Skip to main content

Full text of "California Code of Regulations, (Vol. 06), Title 5, Education (Part 1)"

See other formats


•  *- — 

Barclays  Official 

California 

Code  of 
Regulations 


Title  5.    Education 

Complete  Title 


Vol.6 


XHOIVISOIM 

* 

\A/EST 


Barclays  Official  California  Code  of  Regulations 

425  Market  Street  •  Fourth  Floor  •  San  Francisco,  CA  94105 
800-888-3600 


Barclays  Official  California  Code  Of  Regulations 

revised  edition 

This  edition  of  Barclays  Ojficial  California  Code  of  Regulations,  revised  on  April  1,  1990,  has  been 
published  under  the  direction  of  the  California  Office  of  Administrative  Law  which  is  solely  respon- 
sible for  its  contents.  Comments  or  questions  regarding  regulations  published  in  this  edition  should 
be  addressed  to  the  State  of  California,  Office  of  Administrative  Law,  300  Capitol  Mall,  Suite  1250, 
Sacramento,  CA  95814,  (916)  323-6225.  Errors  reported  will  be  promptly  corrected  in  subsequent 
supplements. 

OFFICIAL  PUBLICATION 

Courts  are  required  to  take  judicial  notice  of  contents  of  regulations  published  in  the  Official  Califor- 
nia Code  of  Regulations  (Gov.  Code,  §  11344.6).  Barclays  Official  California  Code  of  Regulations, 
as  revised  April  1, 1990,  has  been  certified  by  the  Office  of  Administrative  Law  as  the  official  publi- 
cation of  the  State  of  California  for  this  purpose  pursuant  to  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations, 
section  190. 

CODE  SUPPLEMENTS 

Amendments  to  the  official  Code  are  certified  weekly  by  the  Office  of  Administrative  Law  for  publi- 
cation by  Barclays.  These  amendments,  when  certified  and  published,  become  part  of  the  Official 
California  Code  of  Regulations,  beginning  with  Register  90,  No.  14,  dated  April  7, 1 990,  and  include 
all  regulations  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State  on  or  after  April  1, 1990.  Amendment  subscriptions 
to  the  entire  revised  Code,  or  to  parts  of  it,  are  available  from  the  publisher.  For  a  descriptive  bro- 
chure and  order  form,  write  Barclays  Official  California  Code  of  Regulations,  P.O.  Box  2008,  San 
Francisco,  CA  94126  or  telephone  800-888-3600. 

CODE  CITATION 

Cite  all  materials  in  the  Official  California  Code  of  Regulations  by  title  number  and  section  number. 
Example:  Title  3,  California  Code  of  Regulations,  section  432  (Short  form:  Cal.  Code  Regs.,  tit.  3, 

§  432). 

COPYRIGHT  NOTICE 

©  2008,  State  of  California. 

This  material  may  not  be  commercially  reproduced  or  sold  in  print  or  electronic  forms  without 

written  permission  of  ThomsonAVest. 


TITLES.    EDUCATION 


NOMENCLATURE  CROSS-REFERENCE 


(NOTE:  Effective  April  1, 1990,  the  Office  of  Administrative  Law  authorized  the  renaming  of  the 
hierarchical  headings  used  within  the  Titles  of  the  California  Code  of  Regulations.  Until  the  agen- 
cies implement  these  changes  in  their  regulations,  use  the  following  Cross-Reference  Table  for 
the  new  organizational  headings  used  in  this  Title.) 


• 


OLD  HIERARCHY  REVISED  HIERARCHY 

Part Division 

Division Chapter 

Chapter    Subchapter 

Subchapter  Article 

Article  Subarticle 

Section  Section 


Title  5 


Education 


Title  Table  of  Contents 


• 


Title  5.    Education 


Table  of  Contents 


• 


Division  1. 

Chapter  J . 
Subchapter  1 
Subchapter  2 
Subchapter  3 

Subchapter  4, 

Subchapter  5, 
Subchapter  6, 

Subchapter  7. 

Chapter  2. 
Subchapter  1, 
Article  I. 

Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Subchapter  2, 

Article  1. 

Article  1.1. 
Article  2. 


Article  3. 

Article  4. 

Subchapter 

3 

Article  1. 

Page 

California  Department  of 

Education  1 

General  Provisions  i 

Citation  and  Definitions l 

School  Sessions i 

Flag  of  the  United 

States 1 

Affirmative  Action 

Employment  Programs l 

Public  Records l 

Department  of  Education — 

Conflict  of  Interest 

Code 2 

Plans  to  Alleviate  Racial 

and  Ethnic  Segregation 

of  Minority  Students  2 

Pupils  3 

General  Provisions 3 

Admission  and  Exclusion  of 

Pupils 3 

Duties  of  Pupils 4 

Privileges  of  Pupils 4 

Records  of  Pupils  4 

Attendance  Records  and 

Accounting  4 

Record  of  Verification  of 

Absence  Due  to  Illness  and 

Other  Causes 5 

Emergency  Average  Daily 
Attendance   6 

Individual  Pupil  Records  6 

Records  Identifying  and 
Accounting  for  Project- 
Connected  Pupils 8 

Health  and  Safety  of 

Pupils 8 

Fire  Drills 8 


Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Article  4. 

Article  4.1 

Article  5. 

Article  6. 

Article  7. 

Subchapter  3.5. 

Subchapter  3.75. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 


Article  2.5. 

Article  3. 
Subchapter  3.8. 
Subchapter  4. 

Article  1. 
Article  1.5. 


Page 

Civil  Defense  Plans  and 

Drills  8 

School  Safety  Patrols 

(Traffic  Safety) 8 

Vision  Testing 9 

Administering  Medication  to 

Pupils  or  Otherwise 

Assisting  Pupils  in  the 

Administration  of 

Medication  During  the 

Regular  School  Day i  o.  i 

School  Environment  for 

Pupils 12 

Pupil  Fingerprinting 

Program  13 

Safe  Schools  Assessment 

Program  13 

Leroy  Greene  Assessment 

of  Academic  Achievement  16 

Standardized  Testing  and 

Reporting  Program 17 

General  17 

Designated  Achievement  Test, 
Standards-Based  Achievement 
Tests,  Alternate 
Assessment,  and  Designated 
Primary  Language  Test 18 

Golden  State  Seal  Merit 

Diploma  28 

Designated  Primary  Language 

Test 29 

Quality  Education 

Investment  Act  of  2006  31 

Statewide  Testing  of 

Pupils  and  Evaluation 

Procedures   32 

Achievement  Testing 

Programs  32 

Education  Improvement 

Incentive  Program 33 


Page  i 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  Table  of  Contents BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA 

Page 

Article  1 .6.              Immediate  Intervention/ 
Underperforming  Schools 
Program  (II/USP)  and  High 
Priority  Schools  Grant 
Program  (HPSGP):  Definition 
of  Significant  Growth  and 
Criteria  to  Determine 
Academic  Growth  for  II/USP 
and  HPSGP  Schools  Without 
Valid  API's  33 

Article  1.7.  Award  Programs  Linked  to  the 

Academic  Performance  Index 

(API)   34 

Article  2.  Physical  Performance  Testing 

Programs  37 

Article  2.5.  Testing  Variations/ 

Accommodations  38.1 

Article  3.  Reading  Testing  Programs  in 

Grades  1,2,  and  3 38.1 

Article  4.  Alternative  Assessment  Pilot 

Project 38.1 

Article  5.  Alternative  Schools 

Accountability  Model  Pre- 

Post  Assessments  39 

Subchapter  6.  California  High  School 

Exit  Examination  40 

Article  1.  General  40 

Article  2.  High  School  Exit  Examination 

Administration 41 

Article  3.                 High  School  Exit  Examination 
Testing  Variations/ 
Accommodations/ 
Modifications/Waivers  46 

Article  4.  Cheating  46.2 

Article  5.  Apportionment 46.2 

Subchapter  7.          Graduation  of  Pupils  from 
Grade  12  and  Credit 
Toward  Graduation  46.2 

Article  1 .  Measurement  of  Credit  Toward 

Graduation  from  Grade  12 46.2 

Article  2.  Credit  Toward  High  School 

Graduation 46.3 

Article  3.  Diploma  of  Graduation 47 

Chapter  3.  Handicapped  Children 48 

Subchapter  1 .  Special  Education 48 

Article  1 .  General  Provisions 48 

Article  2.  Administration 50 

Article  3.  Identification,  Referral, 

and  Assessment 50 


CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 

Page 

Article  3. 1 .  Individuals  with  Exceptional 

Needs 51 

Article  4.                 Instructional  Planning  and 
Individualized  Education 
Program  53 

Article  5.  Implementation  (Program 

Components) 54 

Article  6.  Nonpublic.  Nonsectarian 

School  and  Agency  Services 61 

Article  7.  Procedural  Safeguards 68 

Article  8.  State  Board  of  Education 

Waivers 70.1 

Chapter  3.5.         Joint  Regulations  for 

Handicapped  Children 71 

Subchapter  I.  Interagency 

Responsibilities  for 

Providing  Services  to 

Handicapped  Children  71 

Chapter  4.  Gifted  and  Talented  Pupil 

Program 71 

Subchapter  1 .  General  Provisions 71 

Subchapter  2.  Eligibility 71 

Subchapter  3.  Standards  Used  for 

Identification  of  Gifted 

and  Talented  Pupils  71 

Subchapter  4.  Minimum  Standards  for 

Programs  72 

Article  1 .  General  72 

Article  2.  Types  of  Programs  72 

Article  3.  Length  of  Program  73 

Subchapter  5.  Approval  of  Programs 73 

Subchapter  6.  Indirect  Cost 

Expenditures 73 

Chapter  5.  Consolidated  Categorical  Aid 

Programs 73 

Subchapter  1 .  General  Provisions 73 

Article  1.  Scope  of  the  Chapter 73 

Article  2.  Administrative  Procedures  74 

Article  3.  Program  Requirements 74 

Article  4.  Fiscal  Concerns  75 

Article  5.  Complaint  Procedures 76 

Subchapter  2.  School  Improvement 

Programs  76 

Article  1.  Definitions 76 

Article  2.  District  Master  Plan — 

Additional  Elements  76 

Article  3.  School  Improvement  Plan  77 

Article  4.  Program  Review  77 


• 


• 


Page  ii 


(7-l)-2()08) 


Title  5 


Education 

Page 

Selection  and  Expansion   77  Article  1. 

Fiscal  Concerns  77  Article  2. 

Local  Staff  Development  Article  3. 

Programs  78 

Local  Staff  Development  Article  4. 

Programs  78  Article  4.5. 

Funding    78 

Economic  Impact  Aid 78  Anicle  5. 

n  ^„  Article  6. 

Purpose 78 

All      .-        ri-     J  ^.  Article  7. 

Allocation  ot  Funds  79 

General  Accounting  a  _•  i    o 

'^  Article  8. 

Requirements  79 

Administration  and  .    ■  ,    g 

Evaluation  Allocations  79 

Bilingual  Education 79         Chapter  5.2. 

Purpose 79 

^  ...  .  .  Chapter  5.3. 

Definitions 79  ^ 

Program  Requirements 79  o  u  u     .     i 

^  ^  Subchapter  1 . 

Special  Funds  to  Assist 

Districts 80 

State  Compensatory 

Education  Programs   81 

Program  Purpose 81 

Article  1. 

Program  Requirements 81 

^  Article  2. 

Designating  Eligible  and  a    ■  ]    o  < 

Participating  School 81 

Article  3 
Designating  Students  to  Be 

Participants  82 

Level  of  Funding 82 

Allocation  Alternatives 82  Article  3.5. 

Evaluation  84 

District  and  School  Advisory 

Councils  84  Article4. 

r-            u\-.  o.  Article  5. 

Comparability 84 

California  Preschool 

Program  85  Article  7. 

Miscellaneous  Programs  85  Article  8. 

Schoolwide  Programs  85 

School  Security  86         Chapter  6. 

„.,.        ,  T-j      .•  Subchapter  1. 

Bilingual  Education  ^ 

Programs  86  Article  1. 

Bilingual-Bicultural 

Education  Programs 86  Article  2. 

Subchapter  2. 
Uniform  Complaint  Procedures 86 

Complaint  Procedures 86 


Title  Table  of  Contents 


• 


Article  5. 

Article  6. 

Subchapter  3. 

Article  1. 

Article  2. 
Subchapter  4. 
Article  1. 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 

Article  4. 


Subchapter 

5, 

Article  1. 

Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Article  4. 

Subchapter 

6 

Article  1. 

Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Article  4. 

Article  5. 
Article  6. 
Article  7. 
Article  8. 

Article  9. 
Article  10. 

Subchapter  7. 

Article  1. 

Article  2. 
Subchapter  8. 

Subchapter  9. 

Chapter  5.1. 
Subchapter  1. 


Page 

Definitions 86 

Purpose  and  Scope  87 

Local  Educational  Agency 
Compliance  88 

Local  Complaint  Procedures 88 

Appeal  of  Local  Educational 

Agency  Decision 89 

State  Complaint  Procedures  90 

Direct  State  Intervention  90 

State  Investigation 

Procedures  9i 

Enforcement — Slate  Procedures 

to  Effect  Compliance 92 

Williams  Complaints 92 

Improvement  of  Elementary  and 
Secondary  Education  92.1 

Nondiscrimination  and 

Educational  Equity  92.2 

Nondiscrimination  in 

Elementary  and  Secondary 

Educational  Programs 

Receiving  State  or 

Federal  Financial 

Assistance  92.2 

General  Provisions  92.2 

Definitions 92.2 

Sexual  Harassment 93 


Nondiscrimination  in 

Intramural, 

Interscholastic,  or  Club 

Athletics 93 


Nondiscrimination  in 

Extracurricular  and  Club 

Activities  94 

Counseling 94 

Course  Access  95 

Marital  and  Parental  Status  95 

Local  Agency  Compliance  95 

Complaint  Process 

Safeguards 96 

Certified  Personnel  96 

General  Provisions 96 

Code  of  Ethics  of  the 

Teaching  Profession 96 

Employment  and  Dismissal 96 

Duties  of  Certificated 

and  Noncertificated 

Personnel 98 


Page  iii 


Title  Table  of  Contents BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA 

Page 

Article  1.  Duties  of  All  Certificated 

Personnel  98 

Article  2.  Duties  of  Principals  98 

Article  3.  Duties  of  Teachers  98 

Article  4.  Duties  of  District 

Superintendents 98 

Article  5.  Duties  of  Temporary  Athletic 

Team  Coaches  98 

Subchapter  3.  Rights  of  Certificated 

Personnel  100 

Subchapter  4.          Grants  of  Financial 
Assistance  to 
Certificated  Personnel lOl 

Article  1 .  Scholarship  Grants  for 

Teachers  of  Reading lOl 

Article  2.  Loans  to  Teachers  of 

Educationally  Handicapped 

Minors  for  Specialized 

Preparation  During  the 

Summer  (Section  56060 

Loans)  lOl 

Subchapter  5.  Instructional  Time  and 

Staff  Development  Reform 

Program  102 

Subchapter  6.          Positions  Requiring 
Certification 
Qualifications 102 

Subchapter  7.  No  Child  Left  Behind 

Teacher  Requirements 103 

Article  1.  General  103 

Article  2.  Elementary  Level  Teachers 103 

Article  3.  Middle  and  High  School  Level 

Teachers  105 

Article  4.                 State  Certification  Not 
Meefing  NCLB  Teacher 
Requirements  105 

Article  5.  One-Time  Compliance 106 

Article  6.  Teachers  from  Out-of-State 106 

Chapter  7.            Credenfials  and  Institutions 
Preparing  Candidates  for 
Credentials 106 

Subchapter  17.        Teacher  Preparation  and 

Licensing  Law  of  1970 106 

Subchapter  18.        All  Prior  Credentials  and 
Life  Diplomas  of  Any 
Kind  Whatsoever  106 

Article  1.  General  Provisions 106 

Article  2.  Fees  106 


CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 

Page 

Article  3.  Application  for  Credentials 

and  Life  Diplomas  106 

Article  4.                 Health  Standards  Required  of 
Applicants  for  Credentials 
Authorizing  School  Service 
in  California  106 

Article  5.  Renewal  of  Credentials 106.1 

Article  6.                 Life  Diplomas  Based  on 
"Prior  Regular 
Credentials" 106.1 

Article  7.                Issuance  and  Denial  of 
Credentials  and  Life 
Diplomas  106.1 

Article  8.  Administrative  Hearing  upon 

Denial  of  an  Application  106.1 

Article  9.  Suspension  and  Revocation  of 

Certification  Documents 106.1 

Subchapter  18.1.     Credentials  Authorized  by 
the  Licensing  of 
Certificated  Personnel 
Law  of  1961  106.1 

Subchapter  18.2.     Restricted  Credentials 106.1 

Subchapter  18.3.     Internship  Credentials 

Issued  under  the  Teacher 
Education  Internship  Act 
of  1967,  As  Amended 106.1 

Subchapter  18.4.     Provisional  and 
Miscellaneous 
Credentials  106.1 

Subchapter  19.        Validation  of  Service 

Without  a  Credential  106.1 

Subchapter  20.        Accreditation  of  Teacher 
Education  Institutions 
for  Teacher 
Certification  Purposes 106.1 

Chapter  9.  Instructional  Materials 106.1 

Subchapter  1.  Elementary  Instructional 

Materials  106.1 

Article  1.  General  Provisions 106.1 

Article  2.                 Adoption  of  Curriculum 
Frameworks,  Evaluation 
Criteria  and  Instructional 
Materials  —  Procedures 107 

Article  2. 1 .  Acquisition  of  Adopted 

Instructional  Materials  112 

Article  2.3.  Instructional  Materials 

Funding 113 

Article  3.  Request  to  Purchase 

Nonadopted  Core  Reading 

Program  Instructional 

Materials 114 


• 


Page  iv 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


Education 

Page 

Additions  to  Lists  of 

Adopted  Instructional 

Materials  in  Reading/ 

Language  Arts  and 

Mathematics  1 1 5 

Courses  of  Study  1 16 

High  School  Courses  of 

Study 116 

Automobile  Driver  Education  ....  116 

Automobile  Driver  Training 1 16 

Contracting  for  Automobile 

Driver  Training  1 18 

Physical  Education  Program 118 

Work  Experience  Education  119 

Community  Classrooms 119 

Cooperative  Vocational 

Education 121 

Adult  Education  124 

Adult  Schools  and  Classes 

for  Adults  (General)   124 

General  Provisions 124 

Approval  of  Adult  Schools 

and  Classes  124 

Standards  for  Adult  Schools 124 

Standards  for  Particular 

Classes  for  Adults 123 

Standards  of  Administration 125 

Classes  for  Adults  in 

County  Jails,  Industrial 

Farms,  and  County  or 

Joint  County  Road  Camps 125 

Adult  Education 

Innovation  and 

Alternative 

Instructional  Delivery 125 

Administration 125 

Special  Programs 126 

Continuation  Education  126 

Standards  for  Programs 126 

Exemption  from  Maintaining 

Continuation  Education 

Classes 127 

Special  Elementary  School 

Reading  Instruction 

Programs  127 

General  Provisions 127 


Title  Table  of  Contents 

Page 

Nomination  and  Designation 

of  Specialist  Teacher  in 

Reading 127 

Minimum  Standards  of  Course 
Content  for  Basic  Reading 
Program  and  Criteria  for 
Approval  of  Application 128 

Allowances  to  Districts  for 
Employment  of  Specialist 
Teachers  and  Salaries  of 
Librarians 128 

Mentor  Teacher  Program 129 

English  Language  Learner 

Education 130 

English  Language  Centers 133 

Summer  Schools  (Other 

Than  Classes  for  Adults, 

Adult  Schools,  and 

Evening  High  Schools) 133 

Regional  Occupational 

Centers  and  Regional 

Occupational  Programs  1 34 

California  English 
Language  Development 

Test  135 

General  135 

Administration i  36 

Test  Variations/ 

Accommodations/ 

Modifications 138.1 

Apportionment 138.2 

High  School  Proficiency 

Certificates  138.2 

Certificate  of  Proficiency 138.2 

High  School  Equivalency 

Certificate  (G.E.D.)— for 

Persons  1 8  Years  of  Age  or 

Older  139 

Vocational  Educafion 

Contracts  140 

General  Provisions 140 

Contracting  Standards 140 

Contract  Provisions  140 

Bilingual  Education I4i 

Bilingual  Teacher  Corps 

Program  141 

Regional  Adult  and 

Vocational  Education 

Councils 141 

General  Provisions 141 


Article  4. 


Chapter  10. 
Subchapter  1. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 

ArUcle  3.1. 
Article  4. 
Article  5. 
Article  6. 

Chapter  10.2. 
Subchapter  1 . 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 

Article  3. 
Article  4. 

Article  5. 
Subchapter  2. 


Subchapter  3. 


Arncle  1. 

Chapter  11. 
Subchapter  1. 
Article  1. 
Article  2. 


Subchapter  2. 


Article  1. 


Article  2. 


Article  3. 


Article  4. 


Subchapter  3. 
Subchapter  4. 

Subchapters. 
Subchapter  6. 


Subchapter  7. 

Subchapter  7.5. 

Article  1 . 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 

Article  4. 
Subchapter  8. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 

Subchapter  9. 

Article  1 . 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 
Subchapter  10. 
Article  1. 

Subchapter  11. 
Article  1. 


Page  V 


Title  Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Article  4. 
Article  5. 
Article  6. 

Subchapter  12. 
Subchapter  13. 

Article  1. 

Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Subchapter  14. 

Article  1. 
Subchapter  15. 

Subchapter  16. 
Subchapter  17. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 

Subchapter  18. 

Article  1. 
Subchapter  19. 
Article  1. 

Article  1.2. 
Article  1.5. 

Article  2. 
Article  3. 

Subchapter  20. 
Subchapter  20.5. 
Subchapter  21. 


Page 

Formation  of  Regional 

Council  Boundaries  142 

Criteria  for  Council 

Boundary  Determination  142 

Organization  of  Councils 142 

Council  Functions 142 

Appeals  from  Decision  of  the 
Council  142 

Alternative  Schools  143 

Independent  Study  143 

General  Provisions 143 

Standards  for  Independent 

Study  144 

Provisions  Unique  to  Charter 
Schools  144 

School  Resource  Centers 143 

School  Resource  Centers 145 

Comprehensive  Health 

Education 1 45 

Pregnant  Minor  Program 146 

Grant  Program  for 

Restructuring  in  Public 

Education 146 

Planning  Grant  Application 146 

Demonstration  Grant 

Applications  146 

Grant  Program  for  Healthy 

Start 148 

Grants  148 

Charter  Schools 150 

Charter  School  Regular 

Average  Daily  Attendance 150 

Closure  Procedures 150 

Classroom-  and  Nonclassroom- 

Based  Instruction  in 

Charter  Schools 151 

General  Provisions 154.1 

Facilities  for  Charter 

Schools 160 

Education  Technology 

Staff  Development 

Program  162.3 

Enhancing  Education 

Through  Technology  Grant 

Program  162.3 

Mathematics  and  Reading 
Professional  Development 
Program  165 


Subchapter  21.5 

Subchapter  22. 
Subchapter  22.5 


Subchapter  23. 


Subchapter  24. 

Article  1. 
Chapter  12. 
Subchapter  1. 

Article  1. 
Subchapter  2. 

Article  1. 

Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Article  4. 

Subchapter  4. 

Subchapter  5. 

Article  1. 

Article  3. 

Subchapter  6. 


Article  1. 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 
Article  4. 
Subchapter  7. 

Article  1. 
Subchapter  9. 

Article  1. 
Subchapter  11. 

Article  1. 
Subchapter  12. 


Page 

School  Community  Violence 

Prevention  Program 168.2(a) 

Reading  First  Program  168.3 

K     Reading  First  Achievement 

Index/Definition  of 

Significant  Progress 168.3 

Defining  Persistently 

Dangerous  Public 

Elementary  and  Secondary 

Schools 168.4 

American  Indian 

Education  Centers  168.5 

General  Provisions 168.5 

Compensatory  Education  168.8 

General  Provisions 168.8 

General  Provisions 168.8 

Migrant  Education  168.8 

Program  Requirements 168.8 

Program  Eligibility 168.8 

Complaint  Procedures 168.8 

Fiscal  Allocation  and 

Service  Delivery  Structure  168.9 

Preschool  Educational 

Programs  168.9 

Special  Teacher 

Employment  Programs  (K-6)  168.9 

General  Provisions 168.9 

Teacher  Aides 169 

Demonstration  Programs  in 

Intensive  Instruction 

(Reading  and 

Mathematics)  for  Low 

Achieving  Pupils  in 

Grade  7,  8  or  9 169 

General  Provisions 169 

Applications  170 

Personnel  in  Program  170 

Evaluation  of  Program  170 

New  Careers  in  Education 

Programs  170 

General  Provisions 170 

Professional  Development 

and  Program  Improvement 

Programs  172 

General  Provisions 172 

School  Housing  Aid  for 

Compensatory  Education 175 

General  Provisions 175 

School  Housing  Aid  for 

Districts  Impacted  by 

Seasonal  Agricultural 

Employment 175 


• 


Page  vi 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


Education 
Page 

Supplemental  Services  17.5 

School  Facilities  and  Equipment 176.1 

School  Housing 176.1 

General  Standards 176,1 

School  Sites 176.1 

Attendance  Areas  and 

Practices 178 

Standards,  Planning  and 

Approval  of  School 

Facilities 178 

Use  of  School  Buses  and 

School  Pupil  Activity 

Buses 183 

General  Provisions 183 

School  Buses  184 

School  Finance 184 

Nonresident  Tuition 184 

Budgeting,  Accounting, 

and  Reporting 184.1 

Transfer  of  Funds  from  the 
School  District  General 
Fund  to  the  Child 
Development  Fund  and  the 
Development  Center  for 
Handicapped  Pupils  Fund  184.1 

Standardized  Account  Code 
Structure 184.1 

Annual  Financial  Statements  . . .  184.2 

Decreases  in  Average 

Daily  Attendance  for 

Apportionment  Purposes 

Due  to  Executive  Ratios 

Pupils  to  Classroom 

Teachers 184.2 

General  Provisions 184.2 

Waiver  of  Class  Size 

Requirements  for 

Kindergarten 1 84.3 

School  District  Reports 184.3 

Class  Size  Reduction 

Program  Kindergarten  - 

Grade  3 184.3 

Program  to  Reduce  Class 

Size  in  Two  Courses  in 

Grade  9 184.4 

Reduction  in  State 

Support  Due  to  Excessive 

Administrative  Employee 

to  Teacher  Ratio  1 84.4(a) 


Title  Table  of  Contents 
Page 

General  Provisions I84,4(a) 

Waiver  of  Full-Time 
Equivalent  Administrative 
Employees iH4..s 

School  District  Reports I84..'s 

Reimbursement  for  Costs 

of  Education  for 

Institutional  and  Family 

Home  Children   \M.5 

Allowances  for  Pupil 

Transportation  184.6 

Definitions 1 84.6 

Classification  of  School  Bus 

Fleets  for  Transportation 

Allowance  Purposes 184.7 

Records  and  Available 

Information  (All 

Districts) 184.7 

Additional  Records  and 
Available  Information 
(Districts  Maintaining  Own 
Transportation  System) 184.8 

Reports  184.8 

Review  and  Approval  of 
Expenditures 1 84.9 

Replacement  of  School  Bus 

and  Fleplacement 

Allowances  184.9 

Newly  Formed  Unified  School 
Districts 184.10 

Revenue  Limits  for  School 

Districts  I84.li 

General  Provisions 1 84. 1 1 

Recomputation  of  1978-79 

School  District  Revenue 

Limits  184.11 

Calculation  of  School 

District  Revenue  Limits  for 

1979-80  184.14 

Revenue  Limits  for  County 
Superintendents  of 

Schools 184.19 

General  Provisions 184.19 

Computation  of  Revenue 

Limits  for  1979-80 184.20 

Criteria  and  Standards 

for  School  District 

Budgets  and  Interim 

Reports 184.25 

Budget  Review 184,25 

Interim  Report  Review  184  27 


• 


Subchapter  13. 

Chapter  13. 

Subchapter  1. 

Article  1. 

Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Article  4. 
Subchapter  2. 


Article  1. 
Subchapter 

Chapter  14. 
Subchapter 
Subchapter 


Article  1. 


Article  2. 

Article  3. 
Subchapter 


Article  1. 
Article  2. 

Article  3. 
Subchapter 


3.5. 


Subchapter  3.75 


Subchapter  4. 


Article  1. 
Article  2. 

Article  3. 
Subchapter  4.1. 


Subchapter  5. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Article  4. 

Article  5. 
Article  6. 

Article  7. 

Article  8. 

Subchapter  6. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Subchapter  7. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 

Subchapter  8. 


Article  1. 
Article  2. 


Page  vii 


(7-ll-2(H)Si 


Title  Table  of  Contents BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA 

Page 

Subchapter  9.           Criteria  and  Standards 
for  County  Office  of 
Education  Budgets  and 
Interim  Reports  184.30 

Article  1.  Budget  Review 184.30 

Article  2.  Interim  Report  Review  184.32 

Chapter  15.  Child  Nutrition  Programs 184.32(d) 

Subchapter  1.  Food  Sales,  Food  Service, 

and  Nutrition  Education 184.32(d) 

Article  1 .  Food  Sales  by  Student 

Organizations  184.32(d) 

Article  2.  Mandatory  Meals  for  Needy 

Pupils 184.33 

Article  3.  Nutrition  Education  184.33 

Article  4.  School  Lunch  and  Breakfast 

Programs  184.34 

Article  5.  California  Fresh  Start  Pilot 

Program  184.35 

Chapter  16.  Governing  Boards  of  School 

Districts 184.36(a) 

Subchapter  1.  Contracts  with  Federal 

Agencies 184.36(a) 

Article  1.  Approval  of  Contracts 184.36(a) 

Subchapter  2.  Destruction  of  Records  of 

School  Districts 184.36(a) 

Article  1.  General  Provisions 184.36(a) 

Article  2.  Period  of  Retention 184.36(b) 

Article  3.  Steps  in  Destruction 184.37 

Subchapter  2.5.       Historical  Inventory  of 

Equipment 184.37 

Subchapter  3.  School  Libraries  184.37 

Article  1.  School  Library  Services 184.37 

Chapter  17.  County  Superintendents  184.38 

Subchapter  1.  Duties  of  the  County 

Superintendent 184.38 

Article  1.                 Services  to  School  Districts 
and  the  California 
Department  of  Education 184.38 

Article  2.  Reports  to  the  State 

Department  of  Education 184.38 

Subchapter  2.          Fiscal  Responsibilities 
of  the  County 
Superintendent 184.38 

Article  1 .  Report  of  Miscellaneous 

Funds  Pursuant  to  Education 

Code  Section  17606 184.38 

Article  2.  Allowances  for  Emergency 

Purposes 184.39 


CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 

Page 

Article  3.  Reimbursement  of  Travel 

Expense  in  Connection  with 

Cooperative  County 

Publication  Projects  184.40 

Article  4.  Purchasing  and  Replacing  of 

Capital  Outlay  Items  184.40 

Article  5.  Purchase,  Replacement, 

Operation,  and  Maintenance 

of  Automotive  Equipment 184.40 

Article  6.  Coordination  of  the 

Educational  Program  by  the 

County  Superintendent 184.41 

Article  7.  County  School  Service  Fund 

Budget  Procedures  184.42 

Article  8.                 County  Tax  for  the 
Identification  and 
Education  of  Physically 
Handicapped  Minors  by  a 
County  Superintendent 184.43 

Article  9.  Petty  Theft  Fine  Fund  184.43 

Subchapter  3.  Destruction  of  Records  of 

a  County  Superintendent 184.43 

Article  1.  General  Provisions 184.43 

Article  2.  Authorization  and 

Procedure 184.44 

Subchapter  4.  Travel  Expenses  for 

County  Superintendents 

of  Schools  and 

Designated  Staff 

Members  184.44 

Chapter  18.          Cahfornia  State  Special  Schools 
for  the  Deaf  or  Blind,  or  State 
Diagnostic  Centers  184.45 

Subchapter  1.  Employees 184.45 

Article  1 .                 Pay  Plan  for  the  Exempt 
Teaching  Staff  of  the  State 
Special  Schools  and 
Diagnostic  Centers  184.45 

Article  2.  Work  Days  and  Vacation 

Credit 184.47 

Article  3.  Tenure  Rights  of  Exempt 

Staff 184.48 

Article  4.                Separation  of  Employees  for 
Lack  of  Funds  or  Lack  of 
Work 184.48(a) 

Article  5.                 Termination  of  a  Supervisory 
or  Managerial 
Appointment 184.48(a) 

Subchapter  2.  State  Special  Schools 

Admission  Process 184.48(b) 

Article  1 .  California  School  for  the 

Deaf 184.48(b) 


Page  viii 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


Education 

Page 

California  School  for  the  Article  5. 

Blind   184.48(c) 

Child  Care  and  Development  ^^^^'^  ^■ 

Programs 1 84.49  Article  7. 

Award  of  Funding  for  Article  8. 

Child  Care  and  Subchapter  6. 

Development  Programs  184.49 

General  Provisions 184.49  Subchapter  7. 

Selection  of  Contractors 184.49 

State  Child  Care  Facilities 

Fund 184.50  Article  2. 

Contingency  Funds  for 

Alternative  Payment  Subchapter  7.5. 

Programs   184.51 

Continued  Funding 184.51  Article  1. 

„          ,  r.       •  Article  2. 

General  Requirements 184.51 

General  Provisions 184.51  o  u  u     .     o 

Subchapter  8. 

Subcontracts  1 84.54 

Costs    184.55 

Determination  of  Article  1. 

Reimbursement  184.56  Article  2. 

Accounting  and  Reporting  Subchapter  9. 

Requirements  184.57 

Utilization  of  the  Subchapter  10. 

Regional  Market  Rate 

Ceiling  184.60  Article  1 . 

General  Provisions 184.60  Article  1.5. 

General  Child  Care  Article  2. 

Programs  184.63  Article  2.5. 

General  Provisions 184.63 

Family  Data  File  184.64 

Enrollment 184.68(c) 

Admission  Policies  and  Article  3. 

Procedures 184.68(d)  Article  4 

Parent  Fees   184.69  Subchapter  11. 

Due  Process  Requirements  ....   184.70 

State  Preschool  Program  184.71  Article  1. 

Scope  of  Chapter 184.71  Article  2. 

Enrollment  Priorities  184.71 

Subchapter  12. 

Other  Requirements 184.72 

Article  1. 
School-Age  Parenting  and  a    •  i    o 

Infant  Development 

Programs  184.72 

^         ,  ^  Subchapter  13. 

General  Provisions 184.72 

Subchapter  14. 
Fiscal  Provisions 184.73 

Educational  Provisions 184.73  Subchapter  15. 

Personnel  Provisions  184.73 


Title  Table  of  Contents 

Page 

Structural  and  Safely 

Provisions  184.73 

Health  Provisions  184.73 

Nutrition  Provisions 184,73 

Social  Services  Provisions 184.73 

Campus  Child  Care 

Program  184.73 

Federal  Based  Migrant 

Program  184.74 

Scope  of  Chapter 1 84.74 

Eligibility  and  Enrollment 

Priorities 184.74 

State  EJased  Migrant 

Program  1 84.74 

Scope  of  Chapter 1 84.74 

Eligibility  and  Enrollment 

Priorities 184.74 

School  Age  Community 

Child  Care  Services 

Program  (Latch  Key) 1 84.74 

Scope  of  Chapter 1 84.74 

General  Provisions  184.75 

Severely  Handicapped 

Program  1 84.75 

Alternative  Payment 

Program  184.76 

Scope  of  Subchapter  184.76 

General  Provisions  184.76 

Policies  and  Procedures  184.76 

Receipt  of  Notification  of 
Temporary  Suspension  Order, 
License  Revocation,  or 
Probation.  Notification  of 

Parents  and  Facihties 184.76(a) 

Services  and  Payments  184.76(a) 

Records 184.76(b) 

Resource  and  Referral 

Program  184.76(b) 

Scope  of  Subchapter  184.76(b) 

Resource  and  Referral 

Service 184.76(b) 

Program  Quality  1 84.77 

Scope  of  Chapter 184.77 

General  Program 

Requirements  1 84.77 

Staffing  Ratios 184.79 

Waiver  of  Qualifications 

for  Site  Supervisor 184.79 

Appeal  and  Dispute 

Resolution  Procedures  184.79 


• 


Article  2. 

Chapter  19. 
Subchapter  1. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 

Article  4. 

Article  5. 
Subchapter  2. 
Article  1. 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 
Article  4. 

Article  5. 

Subchapter  2.5 

Article  1. 
Subchapter  3. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 
Article  4. 

Article  5. 

Article  6. 
Subchapter  4. 

Article  1. 

Article  2. 

Article  3. 
Subchapter  5. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 
Article  4. 


Page  ix 


Title  Table  of  Contents BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA 

Page 

Chapter  19.5.       CalWORKs  and  Child  Care  and 

Development  Programs 184.81 

Subchapter  1.  Definitions 184.81 

Article  1.  General  Provisions  184.8! 

Subchapter  2.  CalWORKs  Stage  2  Child 

Care  Program 1 84.82 

Article  1.  General  Provisions 184.82 

Article  2.                 Requirements  and  Procedures 
for  Receiving  CalWORKs 
Stage  2  Services 184.82 

Article  3.  Requirements  for  Family  Data 

File  184.85 

Article  4.  Provider  Payments  and  Parent 

Fees  184.85 

Article  5.  Program  Policies 184.86 

Article  6.  Data  Reporting 1 84.86 

Article  7.  Program  Quahty  184.86 

Articles.  Due  Process 184.86 

Subchapter  3.  CalWORKs  Stage  3  Child 

Care  Program 184.87 

Article  1.  General  Provisions 184.87 

Article  2.                 Requirements  and  Procedures 
for  Receiving  CalWORKs 
Stage  3  Services 184.87 

Article  3.  Requirements  for  Family  Data 

File  184.89 

Article  4.  Provider  Payments  and  Parent 

Fees  184.90 

Article  5.  Program  Policies 184.90 

Article  6.  Data  Reporting 184.90 

Article  7.  Program  Quality  184.90 

Article  8.  Due  Process 184.90 

Chapter  20.  State  Board  of  Education 

Procedures  184.91 

Subchapter  1.  General  Provisions 184.91 

Article  1.  Public  Hearing 184.91 

Subchapter  2.          Procedure  for  Appearance 
of  an  Employee  Under 
Government  Code  Section 
1028.1  184.91 

Subchapter  3.  Procedures  Relating  to 

Instructional  Materials  184.92 


CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 

Page 

Article  1.                  Procedures  for  the  Public 
Display  of  Textbooks, 
Public  Hearing  Given  the 
Curriculum  Development  and 
Supplemental  Materials 
Commission,  and  Receipt  of 
Comments  from  the  Public  184.92 

Article  2.                 Procedures  for  Submission 
and  Opening  of  Bids  for 
Elementary  Instructional 
Materials 184.92 

Subchapter  4.          Procedures  Relating  to 
Hearings  on  Proposals 
and  Petitions  for  the 
Reorganization  of  School 
Districts  184.93 

Subchapter  5.          State  Board  of  Education — 
Conflict  of  Interest 
Code 184.94 

Chapter  2 1 .  Private  Postsecondary  Education 

Instructions 184.95 

Subchapter  1.  General  Provisions 184.95 

Subchapter  2.          Applications  and 
Affidavits  by 
Institutions 184.97 

Subchapter  3.  Standards  for  Evaluating 

the  Institution 184.98 

Article  1.                 Institutions  Approved  Under 
Education  Code  Section 
94310.2 184.98 

Article  2.  Institutions  Authorized 
Under  Education  Code 
Section  94310.3 184.98 

Article  3.                 Institutions  Approved  Under 
Education  Code  Section 
94311(d) 184.98 

Subchapter  4.  Agents 184.99 

Subchapter  5.  Enforcement 184.100 

Article  6.  Student  Tuition  Recovery 

Fund 184.100 

Chapter  22.  Veterans  Education  184.102 

Subchapter  1 .          Approval  of  Nonaccredited 
Resident  Courses  in 
Educational 
Institutions 184.102 

Subchapter  2.  Approval  of 

Correspondence  Courses 184.102 

Subchapter  3.          Approval  of  Accredited 
Resident  Courses  in 
Educational 
Institutions 184.102 


Page  X 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


Education 

Page 

Miscellaneous  Provisions 184.103  Article  6. 

Instructional  Television  184.103  Article  7. 

Classroom  Instructional 

Television 184.103  Article  8. 

California  Maritime  Subchapter  2 

Academy    1 84. 103  Article  1 

Surplus  Property  184.103  Article  2. 

Direct  Shipment  of  Food  Article  3. 

Commodities 184.103 

Performance  Based  Article  4. 

Accountability  System  184.104  .    •  ,    c 

Library  Services  Provided  by  the 

State  184.106  Article  6. 

Article  7. 
Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel  . .  .  185 

Subchapter  3 

General  Provisions  185 

Summary  Review;  Appeals  185         Chapter  2. 

Audits  of  Cahfornia  K-12  Local 

t:a      ,■      \         •  ,„.  Article  1. 

bducation  Agencies  186 

/-in-  ,n.  Article  2. 

General  Provisions 186 

Audit  Reports 187 

State  Compliance  Procedures:  „,  - 

T       ,  r-j       •       *  Chapter  3. 

Local  bducation  Agencies 

Other  Than  Charter  Schools  ....   190.1 

State  Compliance  Procedures: 

School  Districts  and  »    •  i    i 

_,          o  L     ,  Article  I. 

Charter  Schools  190.15 

Article  2 
State  Compliance  Procedures: 

Charter  Schools  190.19 

California  State  Library 191      Division  3 

Library  Services  Provided  by  the  Chapter  1 

State  191 

Article  1. 

State  Library 191  ,    .  ,    ^ 

^  Article  2. 

General  Provisions 191  .    .  ,    ^ 

Article  3. 

Interlibrary  Loans 191 

Service  to  Individuals  191  Article  4. 

California  Library 

Services  191  Article  5. 

General  Provisions  191 

California  Library  Services  Article  6. 

Board  Procedures  192.1  Article  7. 

General  Provisions  for  Article  8. 

Sy^f^"^^ 192.2  ArticlelO. 

System  Reference 192.3  Article  1 1 

Consolidations  and 

Affihations 192.4(a) 


Title  Table  of  Contents 
Page 

Direct  Loans  I92,4(b) 

Communication  and 

Delivery  192.4(b) 

Interlibrary  Loans 192.4(c) 

Library  of  California 192.4(c) 

General  Provisions 192.4(c) 

Definitions 192.4(d) 

Library  of  California 

Board 192.4(d) 

Eligible  Libraries 192.4(c) 

Regional  Library 

Networks  192.4(0 

Access  Services 192.4(g) 

Statewide  Services  I92.4(i) 

Library  Services  for  the 

Bhnd  192.4(1) 

California  Library  Construction 

and  Renovation  Board 192.4(1) 

General  Provisions 192.4(1) 

California  Library 
Construction  and  Renovation 
Program  192.4(1) 

California  Reading  and  Literacy 
Improvement  and  Public  Library 
Construction  and  Renovation 
Bond  Act  of  2000   192.57 

General  Provisions 192.57 

California  Library 
Construction  and  Renovation 
Program   192.58 

Teachers'  Retirement  System 193 

Teachers'  FLetirement  System  193 

Definitions 193 

Rules  of  Procedure 193 

General  Provisions  of 
Administration 193 

Tax  Sheltered  Annuity 
Contributions  195 

Retired  Members  Employed  as 
Substitute  Teachers 196 

Nomination  of  Beneficiaries 196 

Election  of  Options 196 

Rates  197 

Dependents  197 

State  Teachers'  Retirement 

Systenfi — Conflict  of  Interest 

Code 197 


Chapter  23. 
Subchapter  1 
Article  1. 

Subchapter  2 

Subchapter  3 
Article  1. 

Subchapter  4 
Chapter  24. 

Division  1.5. 

Chapter  1. 
Chapter  2. 
Chapter  3. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 

Article  3.1. 

Article  4. 

Division  2. 

Chapter  1 . 

Subchapter  1 
Article  1. 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 

Subchapter  2 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Article  4. 
Article  5. 


Page  xi 


Title  Table  of  Contents BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA 

Page 

Article  12.  Unused  Excess  Sick  Leave  199 

Article  13.  Election  of  Members  to  the 

Teachers'  Retirement  Board  199 

Article  14.  Investment  Relationships  and 

Campaign  Contributions 200.2 

Division  4.        California  Student  Aid 

Commission  201 

Chapter  1.  California  Student  Aid 

Commission 201 

Article  I.  Definition  of  Certain  Terms  201 

Article  2.  Applicant  Qualifications 202 

Article  3.  Use  of  Cal  Grants  204 

Article  4.  State  Guaranteed  Loans  204 

Article  5.  State  Student  Incentive 

Grant  Program  204 

Article  6.  Conflict  of  Interest  Code 

Student  Aid  Commission 205 

Article  7.                Statement  of  Purpose  and 
Criteria  for  Approval  as 
Processor  for  the  Student 
Aid  Application  for 
California  for  Student  Aid 
Commission  Programs  206 

Article  8.  Approval  or  Disapproval  for 

Processing  206 

Article  9.  The  California  Guaranteed 

Student  Loan  Program  206.  l 

Article  10.  The  California  Loans  to 

Assist  Students  Program 208 

Article  11.  Imposition  of  Civil 

Penalties,  and  Limitation, 

Suspension  and  Termination 

of  Eligibility,  Under  the 

California  Guaranteed 

Student  Loan  Program 

(CGSLP)  and  the  California 

Loans  to  Assist  Students 

(CLAS)  Program 208.1 

Article  12.  The  Paul  Douglas  Teacher 

Scholarship  Program  212 

Article  13.  The  California  Teacher 

Shortage  Loan  Assumption 

Program   215 

Article  14.  Assumption  Program  of  Loans 

for  Education  216 

.'Article  14.5.             National  Guard  Assumption 
Program  of  Loans  for 
Education 218 


CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 

Page 

Article  15.               Process  for  Selecting  an 
Organization  to  Provide 
Financial  Need  Analysis  and 
Related  Services  and  to  Act 
as  the  Sole  Processor  of 
theSAAC 218.3 

Article  16.  Federal  Family  Education 

Loan  Program 2 1 8.4 

Article  17.               State  Nursing  Assumption 
Program  of  Loans  for 
Education  for  Nursing 
Faculty  (SNAPLE-NF)  218.4 

Article  1 8.  State  Nursing  Assumption 

Program  of  Loans  for 
Education  for  Nurses  in 
State  Facilities  (SNAPLE- 

NSF) 218.8 

Division  4.5.     ScholarShare  Investment 

Board 219 

Chapter  1 .  Golden  State  Scholarshare  Trust 

Program 219 

Chapter  2.  Governor's  Scholarship  Programs 220.5 

Division  5.        Board  of  Trustees  of  the 

California  State  Universities  221 

Chapter  1 .  California  State  University 221 

Subchapter  1 .  Definitions 221 

Subchapter  2.  Educational  Program 221 

Article  1 .  General  Function 221 

Article  2.  Curricula 222 

Article  3.  Special  Sessions 223 

Article  4.  Extension  Courses  223 

Article  5.  General  Requirements  for 

Graduation 224 

Article  6.  Undergraduate  Degrees 227 

Article  7.  Graduate  Degrees  229 

Article  8.  Integrated  Teacher 

Preparation  Programs  230 

Article  9.  Lower-Division  Transfer 

Patterns  by  Major  231 

Subchapter  3.  Admission  Requirements 231 

Article  1 .  Construction  and 

Definitions 231 

Article  2.  Estabhshment  of  Enrollment  232 

Article  3.  Matriculation  233 

Article  4.  Admission  As  First-Time 

Freshman  233 

Article  5.  Admission  As  an 

Undergraduate  Transfer  235 


• 


Page  xii 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


Education 

Page 

Admission  of  Undergraduate 

Applicants  Not  Otherwise 

Eligible  238 

Admission  to  Bachelor  of 

Music  and  Bachelor  of  Fine 

Arts  Degree  Programs 238.1 

Admission  of  Post- 
Baccalaureate  and  Graduate 
Students  238.1 

Requirements  for  Admission 

to  Teacher  Basic  Credential 

Programs  and  Student 

Teaching  and  Recommendation 

for  Teaching  Credential   239 

Admission  for  Employee 

Training  and  Career 

Development 240 

Physical  Examinations  240 

Supplemental  Information 241 

Admission  Experiments  241 

Student  Affairs 241 

Scholastic  Probation  and 
Disqualification 241 

Student  Conduct  241 

Student  Body  Organizations 243 

Nondiscrimination  in  Student 
Organizations 245 

Student  Orientation   245 

Administration 245 

Community  Relations 
Responsibilities  245 

Facilities  and  Services 246 

Fees   246 

Nonresident  Tuition 248 

Housing 251 

Meals 252.3 

Parking  252.3 

Gifts,  Donations,  and 

Bequests  to  California 

State  University 253 

Use  of  California  State 

University  Buildings  and 

Grounds  253 

Disposition  of  Lost 

Property   255 

Means  of  Collection 255 

State  College  Special 

Projects  Fund  255 


Title  Table  of  Contents 
Page 

Emergency  Meeting 255 

Privacy  and  Personal 

Information  Management 255 

Alumni  Associations  256 

Auxiliary  Organizations 260 

General  260 

Functions  of  Auxiliary 
Organizations  and 
Requirement  for  Written 
Agreements 262 

Organization  and  Operation  263 

Student  Body  Organization 

Funds 264 

Systemwide  Auxiliary 

Organizations  264 

Employees 265 

Definitions 265 

Staff  Organization  and 

Appointment  of  Employees 266 

Management  Personnel  Plan  ....  266.2 

Academic  Year  Employees  at 
Campuses  on  Quarter  System 
Year-Round  Operations 266.4 

Twelve-Month  Librarians 
Electing  to  Work  on  a  Ten- 
Month  Basis  267 

Compensation  and  Pay  Plan 267 

Tax  Deferred  Retirement 

Benefit 271 

Vacafions  272 

Holidays 274 

Catastrophic  Leave  Donation 
Program  274 

Leaves  of  Absence  with  Pay 275 

Special  Leaves  for  Research 

or  Creative  Activity  277 

Military  Leave  277 

Leaves  of  Absence  Other  Than 
Leaves  of  Absence  with  Pay 277 

Reduced  Worktime  Program  for 
All  Employees  Other  Than 
Academic  Teaching 
Employees 278 

Reduced  Worktime  Program  for 

Academic  Teaching 

Employees 279 

Preretirement  Reduction  in 

Time  Base  281 

Faculty  Early  Retirement 

Program  282 


Article  6. 


Article  7. 


Article  8. 


Article  9. 


Article  10. 

Article  11. 

Article  12. 

Article  13. 

Subchapter  4, 

Article  1 . 

Arficle  2. 

Article  3. 

Ardcle  4. 

Arficle  5. 

Subchapter  5 

Article  1 . 

Article  2. 

Arficle  3. 

Arficle  4. 

Arficle  5. 

Arficle  6. 

Article  7. 

Arficle  8. 

Arficle  9. 

Article  10. 

Article  11. 
Article  12. 


Arficle  13. 
Article  14. 

Article  15. 

Subchapter  6. 

Article  1. 

Article  2. 


Arficle  3. 
Article  4. 

Article  5. 

Subchapter  7. 
Article  1. 
Article  2. 

Article  2.2. 
Article  2.5. 

Article  2.7. 

Article  3. 
Article  3.5. 

Article  4. 
Article  4. 1 . 
Article  4.2. 

Article  5. 
Article  5.1. 

Article  5.9. 
Article  6. 

Article  6.3. 


Article  6.4. 

Article  6.5. 
Article  6.7. 


Page  xiii 


(7-  1I-200S) 


Title  Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Article  7. 

Article  8. 
Article  8. 1 . 
Article  9. 
Article  9.5. 

Article  10. 

Article  11. 
Article  12. 
Article  13. 

Article  14. 

Article  14.1. 

Article  15. 

Article  15.1. 
Article  15.5. 


Article  15.6. 


Article  16. 


Article  16.1, 


Page 

Separation  of  Employees  from 

Service  for  Lack  of  Funds 

or  Lack  of  Work 283 

Termination  of  Employment  of 
Probationary  Employees   283 

Employees  Performance 

Appraisal  Requirements 283 

Change  in  Employment  Status 

of  Disabled  Employees 283 

Industrial  Disability  Leave 
Benefits  and  Nonindustrial 
Disability  Insurance  for 
Disabled  Employees 285 

Reassignment  of 

Administrative  Employees  285 

Disciplinary  Actions  285 

Reinstatement 286 

Tenure  Rights  of  Academic 
Employees 287 

Tenure  Rights  of 

Administrative  Employees  290 

Permanent  Status  of 

Nonacademic  Employees 291 

Tenure  Rights  of  Employees 
Serving  in  Academic- 
Administrative  Assignments 291 

Rules  of  Procedure  for 
Appearance  of  an  Employee 
Under  Government  Code 
Section  1028.1  


292 


Article  16.2. 
Article  17. 


Certification  of  Nonacademic 
and  Administrative 
Employees  to  Confinue 
Employment  Beyond  Mandatory 
Retirement  Age  292 

Certification  of  Tenured 

Faculty  to  Continue 

Employment  Beyond  Age  70 293 

Authority  to  Meet  and  Confer 

with  Employee 

Organizations 293 

PubUc  Notice  of  Initial 

Proposals  of  Exclusive 

Representatives  and 

Cahfornia  State 

University   296 

Bona  Fide  Associations  297 

Rules  of  Procedure  for 
Grievance  Proceedings  for 
Academic  Personnel 297 


Page 

Article  18.  Rules  of  Procedure  for 

Grievance  Proceedings  for 

Nonacademic  and 

Administrative  Personnel 297 

Article  19.  Amendment 297 

Article  20.  California  State  University — 

Conflict  of  Interest  Code  297 

Article  21 .              Effect  of  Memorandum  of 
Understanding  on 
Subchapter 298 

Subchapter  8.  Environmental  Quality 298 

Article  1 .  General  298 

Article  2.  Guidelines  299 

Article  3.                 Authority  to  Adopt  New 
Rules,  Orders  and 
Procedures 299 

Subchapter  9.  Contracts  and  Purchases 299 

Article  1 .                 Disabled  Veteran  Business 
Enterprise  Participation 
Goal  for  California  State 
University  Contracts  299 

Article  2.                 Disabled  Veteran  Business 
Enterprise  Participation 
Goal  for  Professional  Bond 
Services 300 

Division  6.        California  Community  Colleges  ....  301 


Chapter  1 . 
Subchapter  1. 

Subchapter  2. 


Subchapter  3. 
Subchapter  4. 

Subchapter  5. 
Subchapter  6. 


Chapter  2. 
Subchapter  1 . 
Subchapter  2. 


Subchapter  3. 
Subchapter  4. 
Subchapter  5. 


Board  of  Governors   301 

Board  of  Governors' 

Procedures 301 

Board  of  Governors  of  the 

California  Community 

Colleges — Conflict  of 

Interest  Code  301 

Committees 302 

Coordinating  Council  of 

Higher  Education  302 

Chancellor 302 

Board  of  Governors  and 
Chancellor's  Office — 
Conflict  of  Interest 
Code 


302 


Community  College  Standards 302 

Minimum  Conditions  302 

Invesfigafion  and 

Enforcement  of  Minimum 

Conditions 308 

Faculty  309 

Standards  of  Scholarship 309 

Facilities 309 


Page  xiv 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


Education 

Page 

Counseling  Services  309  Article  3. 

Degrees  and  Certificates  309  Subchapter  4. 

Degrees  and  Certificates  309  Article  1 . 

Minimum  Class  Size 309  Article  2. 

New  Colleges  and 

Educational  Centers 309  Subchapter  5. 

Open  Courses 309 

Minimum  Standards  for  Chapter  5. 

Colleges  Operating  Subchapter  1. 

Pursuant  to  Education 

Code  78007  and  Not  Subchapter  2. 

Receiving  or  Utilizing 

State  or  Local  Funds  309 

Subchapter  2.5 
General  Provisions 309 

Instructional  Programs  310  Subchapter  3 

Faculty 310  Subchapter  4. 

Standards  of  Scholarship  310  Subchapter  4.5 

Facilities 310  Subchapter  5. 

Student  Services  310 

Finances  310  Subchapter  6. 

Degrees  and  Certificates 310  Subchapter  7. 

District  Responsibilities  310  Subchapter  8. 

Compliance 311  Article  1. 

Genera]  Provisions  311  ^ 

Subchapter  1. 
Employees  311 

Equal  Employment  Article  1. 

Opportunity  Programs   311 

General  311 

Other  Specific  Article  2. 

Responsibilities  of 

Community  College  Article  3. 

^'''''^'' ^21  Article4. 

Faculty  and  Staff  Diversity 

f"""^ ^'-^  Article5. 

Certificated  Positions  324.1 

Special  Non-Credentialed  Article  6. 

Employees 324.1  Article  7. 

Sick  Leave  Transfer 324.1  Article  8. 

Evaluation  of  Academic  Subchapter  2. 

Employees 324.2 

Academic  Senates 324.2  Article  1 . 

Full-Time  and  Part-Time 

Faculty  326  Article  2. 

Scope  and  Definitions 326 

Proportions  of  Full-Time  and  Article  3. 

Part-Time  Faculty,  Article  4. 

Computation  and  Reports   327 


Title  Table  of  Contents 

Page 

Enforcement  328 

Minimum  Qualifications  328 

Scope  and  Definitions 328 

Qualifications  and 

Equivalencies  3.30 

Faculty  Internship 

Programs  333 

Students 334 

Student  Residence 

Classification  334 

Parking  for  Students 

with  Disabilities   338 

Medical  Insurance  for 

Hazardous  Activities 338 

Attendance   338 

Student  Equity 339 

Electronic  Submissions  339 

Commercial  Solicitation 

on  Campus 340 

Student  Records   340 

Health  Services  341 

Student  Organization 343 

Student  Representation  Fee 343 

Curriculum  and  Instruction  344 

Programs,  Courses  and 

Classes  344 

Program,  Course  and  Class 

Classification  and 

Standards  344 

Grading  and  Academic  Record 
Symbols  348 

Probation  and  Dismissal 350 

Course  Repetition  and 

Academic  Renewal 352 

Alternative  Methods  for 

Awajrding  Credit  354 

The  .Associate  Degree  355 

Credit  Certificates 357 

Educational  Master  Plans 357 

Approval  by  the 

Chancellor 357 

Approval  of  Credit 

Educational  Programs 357 

Approval  of  Noncredit 

Courses  and  Programs 358 

Approval  of  Other  Courses 362 

Approval  of  Colleges  and 
Educational  Centers 362 


Subchapter  6. 
Subchapter  7. 
Subchapter  8. 
Subchapter  9. 
Subchapter  10. 

Subchapter  11. 
Subchapter  15. 


Article  1. 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 
Article  4. 
Article  5. 
Article  6. 
Article  7. 
Article  8. 
Article  9. 
Article  10. 

Chapter  3. 

Chapter  4. 
Subchapter  1. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 


Article  3. 

Subchapter  2. 
Article  1. 

Article  1.5. 
Article  1.6. 

Article  2. 
Subchapter  3. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 


Page  XV 


Title  Table  of  Contents BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA 

Page 

Article  5.  Approval  of  Educational 

Master  Plans  362.2 

Subchapter  3.  Alternative  Instructional 

Methodologies 362.2 

Article  1 .  Distance  Education 362.2 

Article  2.  Excursions  and  Field  Trips  363 

Article  3.  Independent  Study  364 

Article  4.  Cooperative  Work  Experience 

Education 365 

Subchapter  4.  Programs  and  Classes 

Outside  of  District  368 

Subchapter  5.  Educational  Master  Plans 

[Repealed] 371 

Subchapter  5.5.       Excursions  and  Field 

Trips  [Repealed]  372 

Subchapter  6.  Matriculation  Programs  372 

Article  1.  Scope  and  Definitions 372 

Article  2.  Planning  and  Administration  373 

Article  3.  Matriculation  Services  374 

Article  4.                 Appeals,  Waivers,  Student 
Rights  and 
Responsibilities  376 

Subchapter  7.  Contract  Education 377 

Article  1.  Contracts  with  Providers  of 

Career  Technical  Education  377 

Article  2.  Contracting  Standards 378 

Article  3.  Contract  Provisions  379 

Article  4.                 Regional  Adult  and 
Vocational  Education 
Councils  [Repealed] 379 

Article  5.                 Calculation  and  Payment  of 
Excess  Costs  of 
Apprenticeship  Classes 380 

Subchapter  8.  Academic  Calendar 380 

Article  1.  175-Day  Minimum  Academic 

Calendar 380 

Article  2.  Flexible  Calendar 

Operations  380 

Subchapter  9.  Libraries 380.4 

Subchapter  11.  New  Colleges  and 
Education  Centers 
[Repealed] 380.5 

Subchapter  12.        Libraries  [Repealed]  380.6 

Chapter  7.  Special  Programs 380.6 

Subchapter  1.  Disabled  Student  Programs 

and  Services  380.6 

Article  1 .  General  Provisions  and 

Definitions 380.6 


CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 

Page 

Article  2.  DSPS  Services 380.7 

Article  3.  Reports,  Plans  and  Program 

Requirements  380.9 

Article  4.  Funding  and  Accountability  382 

Subchapter  2.  Extended  Opportunity 

Programs  and  Services 383 

Subchapter  2.5.       Extended  Opportunity 

Programs  and  Services 384 

Article  1 .  General  Provisions  and 

Definitions 384 

Article  2.  Student  Eligibility  and 

Responsibility 385 

Article  3.  Program  Standards 386 

Article  4.  EOPS  Financial  Aid 

Standards  388 

Article  5.  Staffing  Standards 388 

Article  6.  Plans  and  Priorities 389 

Article  7.  Funding  and  Expenditures 390 

Subchapter  3.          Educational  Programs  and 
Services  for  Students 
with  Learning 
Disabilities  392 

Subchapter  4.          The  Community  College 
Real  Estate  Education 
Endowment  Fund 392 

Subchapter  5.         Fund  for  the  Improvement 

of  Instruction  394 

Article  1 .  General  394 

Article  2.  Grants  394 

Article  3.  Loans 394.1 

Subchapter  6.  Underrepresented  Students 

Special  Project  Fund 394.2 

Chapter  8.  Construction 394.2 

Subchapter  1.  Community  College 

Construction  Act 394.2 

Subchapter  1.5.       Energy  and  Resource 

Conservation 394.6 

Subchapter  2.  Environmental  Quality 394.8 

Subchapter  3.  District  Funded 

Construction  Projects  394.9 

Subchapter  4.  Deferred  Maintenance 394.9 

Chapter  9.  Fiscal  Support 394.10 

Subchapter  1 .  Attendance  394.10 

Article  1 .  General  Provisions 394.10 

Article  2.  Attendance  Reporting 

Procedures 394.11 

Article  3.  Tabulations  394.14 

Article  4.  Support  Documentation  394.15 


Page  xvi 


(7-11^2008) 


Title  5 


Education 
Page 

Attendance  Accounting  Article  2. 

Standards  394. 16  Article  3 

Limitations  on  State  Aid  394.18 

Open  Courses 394.18 

175-Day  Rule 394.20  Subchapters. 

(Reserved)  394.20 

(Reserved)  394.20 

Other  Limitations  394.20 

Interstate  Attendance 394.25 

Budgets  and  Reports  394.26  Article  1 

Student  Fees  394.29  Article  2. 

Enrollment  Fee  and  Article  3. 

Differential  Enrollment 

F^^  -^94.29  Articled 

Student  Center  Fee 394.31 

Transportation  Services  Subchapter  6. 

Fees   394.32 

Student  Financial  Aid 394.32  Subchapter  7. 

Community  College  General 

Apportionment  Funding 394.34  Subchapter  7. 

General  Provisions 394.34 

Subchapter  8. 
Credit  Instruction  394.35  ^  ,    , 

Subchapter  9. 

Credit  Instructional 

Services 394.35 

Credit  Student  Services 394.36 

Maintenance  and  Division  7 

Operations  394.37 

Institutional  Support  394.38         „,  , 

^'  Chapter  1. 

Noncredil  Activities 394.38  Subchapter  1 . 

Allocation  Process  394.38  Article  1 

Reporting  Procedures  394.40(b)  Article  2. 

Community  College 

Administration  394.40(b) 

„,  Article  3. 

Warrants 394.40(b) 

^  .     ^  „       ^    ,  Article  4. 

Community  College  Budget 

and  Accounting  Manual 394.40(c)  Article  5. 

Retention  and  Destruction 

of  Records 394.41  Article  7. 

General  Provisions  394.41 

Period  of  Retention 394.41  c  u  u     ^     i 

Subchapter  2. 

Procedures  for  Destruction  394.42  Article  1 

Audits  and  Reviews 394.43  Article  2 

Administration  of  Article  3. 

Education  Code  84362 394.45  c  u  u     .     t 

Subchapter  3. 

Auxiliary  Organizations 394.47  Article  1 

Scope  and  Definitions 394.47 


Title  Table  of  Contents 


Article  5. 

Subchapter  2. 

Article  1. 

Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Article  4. 

Article  5. 
Subchapter  3. 
Subchapter  4. 
Subchapter  6. 

Article  1. 

Article  2. 
Article  3. 

Subchapter  7. 
Subchapter  8. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 

Article  4. 
Article  5. 

Article  6. 
Article  7. 
Article  8. 
Article  9. 

Chapter  10. 

Subchapter  1. 
Subchapter  2. 

Subchapter  2.5 

Article  I. 

Article  2. 

Article  3. 
Subchapter  3. 
Subchapter  4. 

Subchapter  4.5 
Article  1. 


Page 

District  Responsibilities  .394.48 

Board  of  Governors  and 

Chancellor's  Office 

Responsibilities  394.50 

Nondiscrimination  in 

Programs  Receiving  State 

Financial  Assistance 

Through  the  Chancellor 

or  Board  of  Governors  of 

the  California  Community 

Colleges  394. .50 

General  394.50 

Definitions 394.5) 

District  Compliance  and 
Enforcement  394.52 

Chancellor's  Procedure  to 

Effect  Compliance  394.55 

Waiver  of  Part-Time 

Instructor  Limit 394.56 

Instructional  and  Other 

Materials  394.56 

5.       Student  Financial 

Obhgations  394.57 

District  Reorganization 394.57 

Nondiscrimination  in 

Public  Works  Contracting 

in  the  California 

Community  Colleges 394.57 

Board  of  Governors  of  the 

California  Maritime  Academy 395 

California  Maritime  Academy  395 

Employees 395 

Organization  395 

Appointment,  Promotion  and 
Tenure  of  Non-Civil  Service 
Employees 395 

Tenure  and  Notice 396 

Grievances 396 

Discipline 396 

Resignation  396 

The  California  Maritime 

Academy — Conflict  of 

Interest  Code 396 

Administration 396 

Means  of  Collection 396 

Emergency  Meeting 397 

Emergency  Meeting 397 

Student  Fees 397 

Establishment  and  Collection 

of  Fees 397 


Page  xvii 


Title  Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Article  2. 
Article  3. 

Division  7.5. 


Page 

Determination  of  Residency  397 

Refund  of  Fees 397 


Private  Postsecondary 
Education  


401 


Chapter  1 .  Council  Administration 401 

Article  1.  General  Provisions  401 


Chapter  2. 


Article  1. 

Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Article  3.5 

Article  4. 

Article  5. 

Article  6. 


Article  7. 

Article  8. 

Article  9. 

Article  10. 

Article  11. 

Article  12. 

Article  13, 

Article  14. 

Article  15, 

Article  16. 

Article  17. 

Article  18. 

Degree-Granting  Private 

Postsecondary  Educational 

Institutions  401 

General  Provisions  401 

Application  for  Approval  to 

Operate  and  Offer 

Educational  Programs 402.  l 

Processing  of  Applications 

for  Approval  402.4(c) 

Applications  from 

Institutions  Operating  on 

December  31,  1990  402.4(d) 

Visiting  Committees 402.4(d)(1) 

Emerging  Fields  of  Study 
and  Innovative  Methods  of 
Instruction  402.4(f) 

Change  in  the  Location  of 
Instruction  402.4(g) 

Addition  of  a  Location  402.4(h) 

Change  of  Mission,  Purposes, 

or  Objectives  or  Primary 

Method  of  Instruction  402.4(i) 

Change  of  Institutional 

Name 402.40) 

Requirements  for  Branch  and 
Satellite  Locations  402.4(k) 

Institutional  Operating 

Standards  402.4(k) 

Admissions  and  Academic 
Achievement  Standards  402.4(n) 

Contract,  Refund,  and 

Catalog  Requirements 402.4(o) 

Special  Provisions  Regarding 
Correspondence  Instruction 

402.4(p) 

Undergraduate  Degree 

Programs  402.4(p) 

Graduate  Degrees  402.4(q) 

Prior  Experiential 

Learning 402.4(s) 

Reports  402.4(s) 


Page 

Article  19.  Maintenance  and  Production 

of  Records  402.4(t) 

Chapter  3.            Regionally  Accredited  Out-of- 
State  Degree-Granting  Private 
Postsecondary  Educational 
Institutions  402.4(u) 

General  Provisions  402.4(u) 

Application  for  Approval  to 

Operate  and  Offer 

Educational  Programs 402.4(v)(l) 

Visiting  Committees   402.4(v)(5) 

Change  and  Addition  of 
Location  and  Change  of 
Name 402.4(v)(6) 

Change  of  Mission,  Purpose 

and  Objectives  402.4(v)(8) 

Requirements  for  Branch  and 
Satellite  Locations  402.4(v)(8) 

Institutional  Operational 

Standards  402.4(v)(9) 

Admissions  and  Academic 
Achievement  Standards  . . .  402.4(v)(il) 

Contract.  Refund,  and 

Catalog  Requirements 402.4(v)(ll) 

Special  Provisions  Regarding 

Correspondence 

Instruction  402.4(v)(l2) 

Undergraduate  Degree 

Programs  402.4(v)(l2) 

Graduate  Programs 402.4(v)(13) 

Prior  Experiential 

Learning 402.4(v)(l4) 

Reports  402.4(v)(i4) 

Maintenance  and  Production 

of  Records  402.4(v)(l5) 

Chapter  4.  Vocational  and  Non-Degree 

Granting  Schools 402.4(v)(l6) 

Article  1.  General  Provisions 402.4(v)(16) 

Article  2.  Application  for  Approval  to 

Operate  402.4(v)(l6) 

Article  3.  Processing  of  Applications 

for  Approval  402.1 1 

Article  4.  Change  of  Institutional 

Name 402.li 

Article  5.  Change  in  the  Location  of 

Instruction  402.12 

Article  6.  Certificate  of  Authorization 

for  Service 402.13 

Article  7.  Institutional  Operating 

Standards  402.14 


Article  1. 

Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Article  4. 

Article  5. 

Article  6. 

Article  7. 

Article  8. 

Article  9. 

Article  10. 

Article  1 1 . 

Article  12. 

Article  13. 

Article  14. 

Article  15. 

Page  xviii 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


Education 

Page 

General  Provisions  Regarding  Article  8. 

Institutional  Operations   402.15 

Additional  Requirements  for 

Institutions  Subject  to  Article  9. 

Article  7  402.17 

Reports  402.18 

Article  10. 
Maintenance  and  Production 

of  Records  402.19 

Provisions  Applicable  to  All  Article  1 2. 

Approved  Postsecondary  Article  13. 

Institutions  402.20 

Fees  and  Payment  Schedule  . . .  402.20 

Change  of  Ownership  or 

Control  402.21      Divisions. 

Probation  402.22 

General  Provisions 402.23         Chapter  1 . 

Provisions  Governing 

Temporary  Approvals  to 

Operate  402.25  Article  1 . 

Agents  and  Agencies  402.25  Article  2 

Agents 402.25 

Agencies 402.26 

Article  3. 
Student  Tuition  Recovery  Fund 402.26 

General  Provisions 402.26  Article  4. 

Assessment  402.27 

..         ,     „      ,  Article  5. 

Payments  rrom  the  Fund   402.28 

Special  Assessments  402.29 

Registered  Educational  Services 

and  Programs 402.29 

Definitions 402.29  .     .  ,    _ 

Article  7. 

Purpose  and  Scope  of 

Chapter 402.30(a) 

Chapter  2. 
Initial  and  Re-Registration, 

Annual  Fees,  and  Report  .  , 

Ti       •           .  .r,^  o„  Article  1. 

Requirements  402.30(a) 

XT    -r-      •        r^u  Article  2. 

Notification  oi  Changes  or 

Amendments  to  Article  3. 

Registration 402.31  Article  4. 

General  Provisions  402.31         Chapter  2  5 

Intensive  English  Language  Article  1. 

Program  Definition  and 

Requirements  402.32  a    '  ^1    9 

Short-Term  Career  Training 

Definition  and  Chapter  3. 

Requirements  402.32  Article  I . 


Title  Table  of  Contents 

Page 

Short-Term  Seminar  Training 

Definition  and 

Requirements  402.33 

License  Examination 
Preparation  Definition  and 
Requirements  402.34 

Continuing  Education 

Definition  and 

Requirements  402.34 

Tuition  Refunds 402.35 

Grounds  for  Denial, 
Complaint  Investigations, 
Revocation,  and  Hearing 
Procedures  and  Remedies  402.35 

Commission  on  Teacher 
Credentialing  403 

Credentials  Issued  Under  the 

Teacher  Preparation  and 

LicensingLaw  of  1 970 403 

General  Provisions  and 

Definitions 403 

Credential  Types, 

Authorizations,  and 

Requirements  404.6 

Examinations  and  Subject 

Matter  Programs  428 

Approval  of  Programs  of 
Professional  Preparation 4.34.1 

Permits  Authorizing  Service 

in  Child  Care  and 

Development  Programs   434.1 

Positions  Requiring 

Administrative  Credentials 

or  Supervision  Credentials 440 

Code  of  Ethics  of  the 

Teaching  Profession 440 

Rules  of  Procedure  for  the 

Commission 441 

General  Provisions 441 

Rules  of  Procedure 441 

Conflict  of  Interest  Code  441 

Information  Practices 443 

Approved  Programs  443 

Professional  Preparation 

Programs  443 

Off-<Campus  Programs  443 

Committee  of  Credentials 443 

General  Provisions 443 


Article  8. 
Article  9. 

Article  10. 
Article  1 1 . 

Chapter  5. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 

Article  3. 
Article  4. 
Article  5. 

Chapter  6. 
Article  1. 
Article  2. 

Chapter  7. 
Article  1. 
Article  2. 
Article  3. 
Article  4. 

Chapter  8. 

Article  1. 
Article  2. 

Article  3. 

Article  4. 

Article  5. 
Article  6. 

Article  7. 


Page  xix 


Title  Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Page 

Article  2.                  Duties  and  Functions  of  the 
Committee  of  Credentials; 
Guidelines  445 

Article  3.  Rules  of  Conduct  for 

Professional  Educators  447 

Chapter  4.  Procedure  for  Application  for, 

Adding  Authorization  to,  and 

Renewal  of  Credentials 430 

Article  1 .  General  Provisions 450 

Article  2.  Direct  Application  to  the 

Commission  452 

Articles.  Recommendation  of  the 

Applicant  by  the 

Institution 455 

Article  4.  Fees  for  Credentials 456 

Article  6.  Denial  of  Application  for 

Credentials 456.2 

Article  7.                 Requirements  and  Procedures 
for  Renewing  Professional 
Clear  Multiple  and  Single 
Subject  Teaching 
Credentials,  Service  or 
Specialist  Credentials,  and 
Designated  Subjects  Adult 
and  Vocational  Education 
Teaching  Credentials 460 


Page 

Chapter  5.  Approved  Programs  460.5 

Article  1.  Procedure  for  Validation 460.5 

Article  2.  Professional  Preparation 

Programs   461 

Article  3.  Other  Program  Approval 

Procedures 466 

Subarticle  J.  Faculty  Participation  in 

the  Public  Schools 466 

Subarticle  2.  Guidelines  for  Staff 

Development  Programs  for 

Teachers  of  English 

Learners   467 


Division  9. 

Chapter  L 


Secretary  for  Education 


477 


Education  Technology  Grant 

Program 477 


Page  XX 


jB^ 


Barclays  Official 

California 

Code  of 
Regulations 


Title  5.    Education 

Division  1.     California  Department  of  Education 


Vol.6 


XMOIVISOIM 

* 

\A/EST 


Barclays  Official  California  Code  of  Regulations 

425  Market  Street  •  Fourth  Floor  •  San  Francisco,  CA  94105 
800-888-3600 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


Table  of  Contents 


Division  1.     California  Department  of  Education 


Table  of  Contents 


Page 


Page 


Chapter  1 .  General  Provisions  i 

Subchapter  1.  Citation  and  Definitions i 

§  1.  Citation. 

{j  2.  Definitions. 

Subchapter  2.  School  Sessions l 

Subchapter  3.  Flag  of  the  United 

States 1 

Subchapter  4.  Affirmative  Action 

Employment  Programs 1 

§  30.  Statement  of  Policy. 

§  31.  Development  and  Implementation 

ot  Programs. 

Subchapter  5.  Public  Records l 

§  50.  Access  to  Public  Records  of  the 

State  Department  of  Education. 
§31.  Obtaining  Copies  of  Public 

Records. 

Subchapter  6.          Department  of  Education — 
Conflict  of  Interest 
Code 2 

§  70.  General  Provisions. 

Appendix 2 

Subchapter  7.  Plans  to  Alleviate  Racial 

and  Ethnic  Segregation 

of  Minority  Students  2 

§  90.  Policy. 

§91.  Findings  and  Intentions. 

§  92.  Definitions. 

§  93.  Identification  of  Segregated 

Schools. 
§  94.  Preparation  of  District  Plans. 

§95.  Contents  of  District  Plan. 

§  96.  Community  Involvement. 

§  97.  Racial  and  Ethnic  Survey. 

§  98.  Publication  by  Governing  Board. 

§  99.  Certification  by  Governing  Board. 

§  100.  Responsibility  of  the  Department. 

§101.  Responsibihty  of  County 

Superintendent  of  Schools. 

Chapter  2.  Pupils  3 

Subchapter  1 .  General  Provisions 3 

Article  1.  Admission  and  Exclusion  of 

Pupils 3 

§  200.  Admittance  to  First  Grade  from 

Kindergarten. 
§  201 .  Admission  to  High  School. 

§  202.  Exclusion  of  Pupils  with  a 

Contagious  Disease. 

Article  2.  Duties  of  Pupils 4 

§  300.  Duties  Generally. 

§  301 .  Duty  to  Refrain  from  Certain 

Conduct. 


§  302. 


Pupils  to  Be  Neat  and  Clean  on 
Entering  School. 


§430. 
§431. 

§432. 
§  433. 

§434. 


§  303. 

Duly  to  Remain  at  School. 

§  304. 

Leaving  Room  at  Recess. 

§  305. 

Pupil  Responsible  for  Care  of 

Property. 

§  306. 

Explanation  of  Absence. 

§307. 

Participation  in  School  Activities 

Until  Departure  of  Bus. 

Article  3. 

Privileges  of  Pupils 

§  350. 

Fees  Not  Permitted. 

§351. 

Work  or  Services  Required  of 

Pupils. 

§  352. 

Detention  During  Recess  or  Noon 

Intermission. 

§  353. 

Detention  After  School. 

Subchapter  2. 

Records  of  Pupils  

Article  1. 

Attendance  Records  and 

Accounting  

§400. 

Attendance  Records. 

§401. 

Forms  and  Procedures  for 

Recording  Attendance. 

§402. 

Attendance  That  May  Be  Counted. 

§403. 

Pupils  Enrolled  for  the  Minimum 

School  Day. 

§404. 

Pupils  Whose  Attendance  Is 

Reported  by  Clock  Hour. 

§405. 

Actual  Attendance  Counted. 

§406. 

Attendance  Reported  by  Clock 

Hour. 

§407. 

Attendance  Recorded  in  Minutes. 

§408. 

Compulation  of  Attendance  for 

Classes  Recorded  in  Minutes. 

§409. 

Deduction  of  Attendance  of  Pupils 

in  Remedial  Classes  Maintained  by 

a  County  Superintendent. 

Article  1.1. 

Record  of  Verification  of 

Absence  Due  to  Illness  and 

Other  Causes 

§420. 

Absences  Allowable  as  Attendance. 

§421. 

Method  of  Verification. 

§422. 

Recording  of  Absence  Due  to 

Illness  or  Quarantine. 

§423. 

Prolonged  Illness. 

§424. 

Prior  Registration  and  Attendance 

PLequired. 

Article  2. 

Emergency  Average  Daily 

Attendance   

§428. 

Material  Decrease. 

§429. 

Inability  to  Maintain  Schools  for  the 

Prescribed  Minimum  Fiscal  Year. 

Article  3. 

Individual  Pupil  Records  

Definition. 

Responsibilities  of  Local  Governing 

Boards. 

Varieties  of  Pupil  Records. 

Maintenance  and  Security  of  Pupil 

Records. 

Access  to  Pupil  Records. 


Page  i 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Page 

Page 

§  435. 

Procedure  for  Access  to  Pupil 

§611. 

Issuance  and  Periodic  Updating  of 

Records. 

Advisory. 

§436. 

Rights  of  Parents  and  Adult  Pupils. 

Article  5. 

School  Environment  for 

§  437. 

Retention  and  Destruction  of  Pupil 

Records. 

Pupils 12 

§  438. 

Transfer  of  Records. 

§630. 

Condition  of  School  Premises. 

Article  4. 

Records  Identifying  and 

§631. 
§  632. 

Maintenance. 

School  Crossing  Signs. 

Accounting  for  Project- 

Article  6. 

Pupil  Fingerprinting 

Connected  Pupils 8 

Program   13 

§  450. 

Records  Identifying 

§640. 

Definitions. 

Project-Connected  Pupils. 

§641. 

Standards. 

Subchapter  3. 

Health  and  Safety  of 

Article  7. 

Safe  Schools  Assessment 

Pupils 8 

Program  13 

Article  1. 

Fire  Drills 8 

§700. 

Definifions. 

§701. 

School  Crime  and  Incident 

§  550. 

Fire  Drills. 

Reporting  Procedures. 

Article  2. 

Civil  Defense  Plans  and 

§702. 

Guidelines  for  Reporting  and 
Required  Documentation. 

Drills  8 

§704. 

Certification  of  Report. 

§  560. 

Civil  Defense  and  Disaster 

§  705. 

Failure  to  Submit  or  Intentionally 

Preparedness  Plans. 

Submitting  Misleading  Data. 

Article  3. 

School  Safety  Patrols 

Subchapter  3.5. 

Leroy  Greene  Assessment 

(Traffic  Safety) 8 

of  Academic  Achievement  16 

§570. 

Establishment  and  Supervision. 

§800. 

General  Testing  Provisions. 

§571. 

Age  or  Grade  of  Members. 

§801. 

Reporting  Test  Results. 

§  572. 

Where  School  Safety  Patrols  May 

§802. 

Waiver  Criteria. 

Be  Used. 

Subchapter  3.75. 

Standardized  Testing  and 

§  573. 
§  574. 

Hours  on  Duty. 

Operating  Procedure  at  Crossings 

Reporting  Program 17 

Where  School  Safety  Patrols  Are 

Article  1. 

General  17 

§  575. 
§  576. 

Stationed. 

School  Safety  Patrol  Crossing  Sign. 

Uniforms  and  Insignia. 

§  850. 
§  850.5. 

Definitions. 

School  District  Liability. 

Article  2. 

Designated  Achievement  Test, 

Article  4. 

Vision  Testin<^ 9 

Standards-Based  Achievement 

§  590. 

Duly  Authorized  Agency. 

§591. 

Employees  Authorized  to  Give 

Tests,  Alternate 

Tests. 

Assessment,  and  Designated 

§  592. 

Acceptable  Course  in  Vision 
Testing. 

Primary  Language  Test 18 

§  593. 

Responsibility  as  to  Eligibility. 

§851. 

Pupil  Testing. 

§  594. 

Test  of  Visual  Acuity. 

§  852. 

Pupil  Exemptions. 

§  595. 

Appraisal  of  Color  Vision. 

§  853. 

Administration. 

§596. 

Gross  External  Observation  of  the 

§  853.5. 

Use  of  Variations,  Accormnodations, 

Children's  Eyes,  Visual 

and  Modifications. 

Performance  and  Perception. 

§  854. 

Advance  Preparation  for  the  Tests. 

§  855. 

Testing  Period. 

Article  4. 1 . 

Administering  Medication  to 

§  856. 

Sales  and  Use  Tax. 

Pupils  or  Otherwise 

§  857. 

District  STAR  Coordinator. 

r 

§  858. 

STAR  Test  Site  Coordinator. 

Assisting  Pupils  in  the 

§  859. 

STAR  Test  Security  Agreement  and 

Administration  of 

Test  Security  Affidavit. 

Medication  During  the 

§860. 

Standard  Agreement  Between 

School  Districts  and  Publisher. 

Regular  School  Day lO.i 

§861. 
§862. 

School-By-School  Analysis. 
Apportionment  Informafion  Report. 

§600. 

Authorization. 

§601. 

Definitions. 

§863. 

STAR  Student  Reports  and 

§602. 

Written  Statement  of  Authorized 

Cumulafive  Record  Labels. 

Health  Care  Provider. 

§864. 

Reporting  Test  Scores. 

§603. 

Written  Statement  of  the  Parent  or 

§  864.5. 

Test  Order  Information. 

Legal  Guardian. 

§  865. 

Transportafion. 

§604. 

Administration  of  Medication  to 

§866. 

School  District  Delivery. 

Pupils  or  Otherwise  Assisting  Pupils 

§867. 

Test  Site  Delivery  and  Return. 

in  the  Administration  of 

§  867.5. 

Retrieval  of  Materials  by 

Medication. 

Contractor. 

§  605. 

Self- Administration  of  Medication. 

§868. 

Discrepancy  Resolution  for 

§606. 

Delivery  and  Storage  of 

Designated  Achievement  Test, 

Medication. 

Standards-Based  Achievement 

§607. 

Documentation. 

Tests,  and  Designated  Primary 

§608. 

Deviation  from  Authorized  Health 

Language  Test. 

Care  Provider's  Written  Statement. 

§869. 

Performance  of  Designated 

§609. 

Unused,  Discontinued  and  Outdated 

Achievement  Test  Publisher. 

Medication. 

§870. 

Apportionment  to  School  Districts. 

§610. 

Applicabihty  of  this  Article. 

§871. 

Payment  of  Publisher. 

Page  ii 


(7-U-2008) 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


Table  of  Contents 


• 


• 


• 


§874. 
vj  875. 

Article  2.5. 

§876. 
Arlicle  3. 

§  880. 
§881. 
§  882, 
§  883. 
§884, 
§  885. 
§886. 

§887. 
§888. 

§889. 

§  890. 
§891. 
§  892. 
§  893, 
§894, 
§  895. 
§896. 
§897, 
§898, 
§899. 

§900. 

§901. 
§902. 
§  903. 
§904. 

Subchapter  3.8. 
§  1000. 

§  1000.1. 

§  1000.2. 

§  1000.3. 

§  1000.4. 
§  1000.5. 

§  1000.6. 

§  1000.7. 
Subchapter  4. 


Article  1. 


Page 

Performance  Bond. 
Standard  Agreement  Form  for  the 
Designated  Achievement  Test. 
Delivery  Schedule  and  Order  Form. 
School  District  Liability. 

Golden  State  Seal  Merit 

Diploma  28 

Golden  State  Seal  Merit  Diploma. 

Designated  Primary  Language 

Test 29 

Pupil  Testing. 

Pupil  Exemptions. 

Administration. 

Advance  Preparation  for  Test. 

Testing  Period. 

Sales  and  Use  Tax. 

STAR  Program  District 

Coordinator. 

STAR  Test  Site  Coordinator. 

STAR  Test  Security  Agreement  and 

Test  Security  Affidavit. 

Standard  Agreements  Between 

School  Districts  and  Publisher(s). 

School-By-School  Analysis. 

Apportionment  Information  Report. 

Parent  Reports. 

Reporting  Test  Scores. 

Test  Order  Information. 

Transportation. 

School  District  Delivery. 

Test  Site  Delivery. 

Retrieval  of  Materials  by  Publisher. 

Discrepancy  Resolution  for 

Designated  Primary  Language 

Test(s). 

Performance  of  Designated  Primary 

Language  Test  Publisher(s). 

Apportionment. 

Payment  of  Publisher. 

Performance  Bond. 

Standard  Agreement  Form  for  Any 

Designated  Primary  Language  Test. 

Quality  Education 

Investment  Act  of  2006  3i 

Eligibility,  Assignment  of  Random 

Order,  and  Determination  of 

Program  Option.  [Repealed] 

Submission  of  Applications  Under 

Education  Code  Section  52055.740. 

[Repealed] 

Submission  of  Applications  Under 

Education  Code  Section  52055.760. 

[Repealed] 

Submission  of  Applications  for 

Priority  Approval.  [Repealed] 

Review  of  Applications.  [Repealed] 

Selection  of  Schools  for  Funding. 

[Repealed] 

Geographic  Distribution  by  County 

and  Distribution  by  Grade  Span. 

[Repealed] 

Definitions.  [Repealed] 


Statewide  Testing  of 
Pupils  and  Evaluation 
Procedures   


§  1020. 
§  1021. 
§  1022. 


Achievement  Testing 
Programs  

Definitions. 

Tests  and  Procedures. 

Recording  Test  Scores. 


32 


32 


Page 

§  1023.  Security  of  Test  Material, 

§  1023.1.  Practice  Exercises. 

§  1024.  Responsibility  of  the  County 

Superintendent  of  Schools. 
§  1025.  Related  Information. 

§  1026.  Reporting  Test  Results. 

Article  1.5.  Education  Improvement 

Incentive  Program 33 

§  1030.  Computation  of  Change  in  a 

Schools  Performance. 

Article  1.6.              Immediate  Intervention/ 
Underperforming  Schools 
Program  (II/USP)  and  High 
Priority  Schools  Grant 
Program  (HPSGP):  Definition 
of  Significant  Growth  and 
Criteria  to  Determine 
Academic  Growth  for  Il/USP 
and  HPSGP  Schools  Without 
Valid  API's  33 

§  1030.5.  Definition  of  Significant  Growth  for 

ll/L'SP  Schools. 
§  1030.6.  Criteria  to  Demonstrate  Significant 

Growth  for  II/USP  Schools  Without 

Valid  APIs. 
§1030.7.  Definition  of  Significant  Growth  for 

HPSGP  Schools. 
§  1030.8.  Criteria  to  Demonstrate  Academic 

Growth  Equivalent  to  Significant 

C}rowth  for  HPSGP  Schools  Without 

Valid  APIs. 

Article  1.7.  Award  Programs  Linked  to  the 

Academic  Performance  Index 

(API)   34 

§1031.  Intent  of  the  Regulations. 

§  1032.  General  Eligibility  Criteria  for 

Award  Programs  Related  to  API 

Growth. 
§  1033.  Award  Funding  Criteria  for 

Governor's  Performance  Award 

Program. 
§  1034.  Specific  Eligibility  Criteria  for  the 

Certified  Staff  Performance 

Incentive  Act. 
§1035.  Award  Funding  Criteria  for 

Certificated  Staff  Performance 

Incentive  Act. 
§1036.  Waiver  Deadline. 

§  1037.  Exemption  from  Statutory  Benefits 

Calculations. 
§  1038.  Exemption  from  Indirect  Costs. 

§  1039.  Use  of  Award  Funds  Allocated  to 

School  Sites. 

Article  2.  Physical  Performance  Testing 

Programs  37 

§  1040.  Definitions. 

§1041.  Required  Program. 

§  1042.  Recommended  Program. 

§  1043.  Methods  of  Administration. 

§  1043.2.  Test  Administration  Training. 

§  1043.4.  District  Physical  Fitness  Test 

Coordinator. 
§  1043.6.  Data  for  Analysis  of  Pupil 

Proficiency. 
§  1043.8.  Reporting  Test  Scores. 

§1043.10.  Reports  of  Results. 

§1044.  Recording  Test  Scores. 

§1045.  Responsibility  of  County 

Superintendent  of  Schools. 


Page  iii 


(7 -11-2^1  )S) 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Page 

§  1046. 

Use  of  Reports. 

Article  2.5. 

Testing  Variations/ 

Accommodations  

.    38.1 

§  1047. 

Testing  Variations  and 
Accommodations  Available  to 
Pupils. 

§  1048. 

Testing  Variations  Available  to 
English  Learners. 

Article  3. 

Reading  Testing  Programs  in 

Grades  1 ,  2,  and  3 

.    38.1 

Article  4. 

Alternative  Assessment  Pilot 

Project 

.    38.1 

§1061. 

Eligibility. 

§  1062. 

Application  Process. 

§  1063. 

Mandatory  Application 
Requirements  and  Review  Process. 

§  1064, 

Quality  Requirements  and  Review 
Process. 

§  1065. 

Eligibility  of  Agency  Providing 
Independent  Evaluation. 

§  1066. 

Evaluation  of  Proposals  to  Conduct 
Independent  Evaluation. 

§  1067. 

Rating  Criteria  for  Selecting 
Independent  Evaluation  Agency. 

Article  5. 

Alternative  Schools 
Accountability  Model  Pre- 

Post  Assessments  

...39 

§  1068. 

Application  of  this  Article. 

§  1069. 

Definitions. 

§  1070. 

Administration  of  Pre-Post 
Assessment  Instrument. 

§1071. 

Test  Administrator  Eligibility. 

§  1072. 

Security  and  Storage  Requirements. 

§  1073. 

Scoring. 

§  1074. 

Reporting. 

ubchapter  6. 

California  High  School 

Exit  Examination  

...40 

Article  1. 

General  

...40 

§  1200. 

Definitions. 

Article  2. 

High  School  Exit  Examination 

Administration 

...41 

§  1202. 

Excessive  Materials  Costs. 

§  1203. 

Pupil  or  Adult  Student 
Identification. 

§  1204. 

Grade  10  Testing. 

§  1204.5. 

Grades  11  and  12  and  Adult  Student 
Testing  Dates. 

§  1205. 

School  District  Information. 

§  1206. 

Permanent  Record  Information. 

§  1207. 

Data  for  Analysis  of  Pupil 
Performance. 

§  1207.1. 

Data  for  Analysis  of  Local  Waiver 
Process  for  Pupils  with  Disabilities. 

§  1207.2. 

Data  for  Analysis  of  Exemption  for 
Pupils  with  Disabilities  in  the  Class 
of  2007. 

§  1207.5. 

Reporting  Test  Scores. 

§  1208. 

Notice  of  the  High  School  Exit 
Examination. 

§  1209. 

High  School  Exit  Examination 
District  Coordinator. 

§  1210. 

High  School  Exit  Examination  Test 
Site  Coordinator. 

§1211. 

High  School  Exit  Examination  Test 
Security. 

§  1211.5. 

High  School  Exit  Examination  Test 
Security  Forms. 

§  1212. 

Test  Site  Delivery. 

Page 

Article  3.  High  School  Exit  Examination 

Testing  Variations/ 
Accommodations/ 

Modifications/Waivers  46 

§1215.  Testing  Variations. 

§  1215.5.  Accommodations  for  Pupils  or 

Adult  Students  with  Disabilities. 
§  1216.  Modifications  for  Pupils  or  Adult 

Students  with  Disabilities. 
§1217.  English  Learners. 

§  1217.5.  English  Language  Learners. 

§  1218.  Review  Process  for  Variations  Not 

Specified  in  Sections  1215,  1215.5, 

or  1216  in  Administering  the 

Examination. 
§1218.5.  Llse  of  Modifications. 

§  1218.6.  Waiver  Requests  on  Behalf  of  Pupils 

in  a  State  Special  School. 
§  1219.  Independent  Work  of  the  Pupil  or 

Adult  Student 
§  1219.5.  Invalidation  of  Test  Scores. 

Article  4.  Cheating  46.2 

§  1220.  Cheating. 

Article  5.  Apportionment 46.2 

§  1225.  Apportionment. 

Subchapter  7.          Graduation  of  Pupils  from 
Grade  12  and  Credit 
Toward  Graduation  46.2 

Article  1.  Measurement  of  Credit  Toward 

Graduation  from  Grade  12 46.2 

§  1600.  Definitions. 

Article  2.  Credit  Toward  High  School 

Graduation 46.3 

§  1630.  Credit  for  College  Courses. 

§  163 1 .  Credit  for  Private  Instruction. 

§  1632.  Credit  for  Private  School  Foreign 

Language  Instruction. 
§1633.  Credit  for  Correspondence 

Instruction, 
§  1634.  Credit  to  Present  or  Past  Members 

of  the  Armed  Services. 
§  1635.  Credit  for  Work  Experience 

Education. 

Article  3.  Diploma  of  Graduation 47 

§1650.  Time  of  Granting  Diploma. 

§1651.  Time  of  Granting  Diploma  upon 

Evaluation  (Veterans), 

Chapter  3.  Handicapped  Children 48 

Subchapter  1 .  Special  Education 48 

Article  1 .  General  Provisions 48 

§  3000,  Scope. 

§  3001.  Definitions. 

Article  2.  Administration 50 

§  3010.  Other  Public  Agencies. 

Article  3.  Identification,  Referral, 

and  Assessment 50 

§3021,  Referral. 

§  302 1.1.  Referral  of  Pupils  Having  a 

Diagnosed  Chronic  Illness. 
§  3022.  Assessment  Plan. 

§  3023.  Assessment. 

§  3024.  Transfer. 

§  3025.  Assessment  Option:  Referral  to 

State  Schools  for  Further 

Assessment. 
§  3027.  Hearing  and  Vision  Screening. 


• 


Page  iv 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


Table  of  Contents 


§  3028. 
§  3029. 


Article  3.1. 


S  3030. 
ij  303 1 . 


Article  4. 


§  3040. 

Jj  3042. 
§  3043. 


Article  5. 


• 


§  30.^  1 

§  305 1 

§  305 1 
§  3051 
?5  305 1 
^  3051 


§  305 1 
§  305 1 
§  3051 
§3051 

§  305 1 
§  305 1 


§.^051.11. 
§3051.12. 
§3051.13. 
§  3051.14. 

§3051.15. 
§3051.16. 

§  .3051.17. 

§3051.18. 

§  3052. 

§  3053. 
§  3054. 


Article  6. 


§  3060. 
§3061. 

§  3062. 
§  3063. 
§  3064. 

§  3065. 


§  3066. 

§  3067. 
§  3068. 


Page 

Audiologicai  Assessmenl. 
Contracting  for  Individually 
Administered  Tests  of  Psychological 
Functioning  Due  to  the 
Unavailability  of  School 
Psychologists. 

Individuals  with  Exceptional 

Needs 31 

Eligibility  Criteria. 

Additional  Eligibility  Criteria  for 

Individuals  with  Exceptional 

Needs — Age  Birth  to  Four  Years 

and  Nine  Months. 

Instructional  Planning  and 

Individualized  Education 

Program  53 

Individualized  Education  Program 

Implementation. 

Placement. 

Extended  School  Year. 

Implementation  (Program 
Components) 54 

Standards  for  Designated  Instniction 

and  Services  (DIS). 

Language,  Speech  and  Hearing 

Development  and  Remediation. 

Audiologicai  Services. 

Mobility  Instruction. 

Instruction  in  the  Home  or  Hospital. 

Adapted  Physical  Education  for 

Individuals  with  Exceptional  Needs. 

Physical  and  Occupational  Therapy. 

Vision  Services. 

Vision  Therapy. 

Specialized  Driver  Training 

Instruction. 

Counseling  and  Guidance  Services. 

Psychological  Services  Other  Than 

Assessment  and  Development  of  the 

Individualized  Education  Program. 

Parent  Counseling  and  Training. 

Health  and  Nursing  Services. 

Social  Worker  Services. 

Specially  Designed  Vocational 

Education  and  Career  Development. 

Recreation  Services. 

Specialized  Services  for 

Low-Incidence  Disabilities. 

Services  for  Pupils  with  Chronic 

Illnesses  or  Acute  Health  Problems. 

Designated  Instruction  and  Services 

for  the  Deaf  and  Hard  of  Hearing. 

Designated  Positive  Behavioral 

Interventions. 

Special  Classes. 

Special  Center. 


§  3069. 


§  3070. 


Article  7. 


§  3080. 
§  3081. 
§  3082. 
§  3083, 
§  3084. 
§  3085. 
§  3086. 
§  3087. 
§  3088. 
§  3088.1 


§  3088. 
§  3089. 


Nonpublic.  Nonsectarian 
School  and  Agency  Services 

Application  for  Certification. 

Service  Fees,  Finance  and 

Maintenance  of  Records. 

Contracts  and  Agreements. 

Program  Reviews. 

Staff  Qualifications  —  Special 

Education  Instruction. 

Staff  Qualifications  —  Related 

Services  including  Designated 

Instruction  and  Services. 

Oul-of-State  Nonpublic 

Schools/Agencies. 

Certification  Status. 

Appeals  and  Waivers. 


61 


Article  8. 

§  3100. 

Chapter  3.5. 
Subchapter  1 . 

§  3300. 
Chapter  4. 

Subchapter  1. 
Subchapter  2. 
Subchapter  3. 


§  3820. 
§3821. 
§  3822. 
§  3823. 
§  3824. 

Subchapter  4. 


Article  1. 

§  3830. 

§3831. 

Article  2. 

§  3840. 

§3841. 

Article  3. 

§  3850. 

Subchapter  5. 

§  3860. 

Subchapter  6. 

§  3870. 


Page 

Annual  Review  of  Individualized 
Education  Program. 
Graduation. 

Procedural  Safeguards 68 

General  Provisions. 
Complaint  Procedures. 
Due  Process  Hearing  Procedures. 
Service  Notice. 
Ex  Parte  Communications. 
Precedent  Decisions. 
Mediation. 

Decision  by  Settlement. 
Sanctions. 

Sanctions:  Withholding  Funds  to 
Enforce  Special  Education 
Compliance. 
2.  Enforcement  and  Withholding  of 

Founds. 

Partial  Non-Applicability  of  Certain 
Sections  of  the  Administrative 
Procedure  Act  to  Special  Education 
Due  Process  Hearing  Procedures. 

State  Board  of  Education 

Waivers 70. i 

Resource  Specialist  Caseload 

Waivers. 

Joint  Regulations  for 

Handicapped  Children  7i 

Interagency 

Responsibilities  for 

Providing  Services  to 

Handicapped  Children  71 

jfoint  Regulations  for  Handicapped 

Children. 

Gifted  and  Talented  Pupil 

Program 71 

General  Provisions 71 

Ehgibility 71 

Standards  Used  for 

Identification  of  Gifted 

and  Talented  Pupils  71 

Method  of  Identification. 

Responsibility  for  Identification. 

Categories  for  Identification. 

Evidence  for  Identification. 

Identification  and  Placement. 

Minimum  Standards  for 

Programs  72 

General  72 

Minimum  Standards  for  All  Types 
of  Programs. 
General  Standards. 

Types  of  Programs  72 

Special  Day  Classes  and  Special 
Services  or  Activities. 
Contracting  for  Programs. 

Length  of  Program  73 

Length  of  Program. 

Approval  of  Programs 73 

Approval  of  Programs. 

Indirect  Cost 

Expenditures 73 

Indirect  Cost  Expenditures. 


Page  V 


(7-11    2l)()Xi 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Chapters. 


Subchapter  1. 

Article  1. 

§  3900. 

Article  2. 

§  3920. 
§3921. 
§  3922. 
§  3923. 

Article  3. 

§  3930. 
§3931, 
§  3932. 


§  3933. 
§  3934. 
§  3935. 
§  3936. 
§  3937. 


Article  4. 


§  3940. 
§3941. 
§  3942. 
§  3943. 


§3944. 
§  3945. 
§  3946. 


§  3947. 

Article  5. 

§  3950. 
§3951. 
§  3952. 
§  3953. 

Subchapter  2. 


Article  1. 

§4000. 
§4001. 
§  4002. 

§  4003. 
§  4004. 
§  4005. 
§  4006. 
§  4007. 


Article  2. 

§  4020. 
§4021. 

§  4022. 

§  4023. 

§  4024. 

Article  3. 

§  4040. 

§4041. 


Page 

Consolidated  Categorical  Aid 

Programs 73 

General  Provisions 73 

Scope  of  the  Chapter 73 

Scope  of  the  Chapter. 

Administrative  Procedures  74 

Application  Procedure. 
Federal  Regulations. 
Waiver  Procedure. 
Complaint  Procedure. 

Program  Requirements 74 

Comprehensive  Plan. 

Instructional  Program. 

Parent,  Community,  Teacher,  Other 

School  Personnel,  and  Student 

Involvement. 

Staff  Development. 

Isolation  and  Segregation  of  Pupils. 

Multicultural  Education. 

Bilingual-Bicultural  Education. 

Basic  Skills. 

Fiscal  Concerns  75 

Maintenance  of  Effort. 

Reports  and  Inspection  of  Records. 

Continuity  of  Funding. 

Federal  Categorical  Aid  Funds  for 

Eligible  Students  Attending  Private, 

Nonprofit,  Tax  Exempt  Elementary 

or  Secondary  Schools. 

Fiscal  and  Technical  Requirements. 

Cooperative  Programs. 

The  Control,  Safeguards,  and 

Disposal  of  Equipment  Purchased 

with  State  and  Federal  Consolidated 

Application  Funds. 

Administrative  Costs. 

Complaint  Procedures 76 

Definitions. 

Local  Educational  Agency  (LEA). 
State  Department  of  Education. 
Compliance  Agreement. 

School  Improvement 

Programs  76 

Definitions 76 

Classroom  Teacher 
Parity. 

Parent  Eligible  for  Membership  on 
the  School-Site  Council. 
Non-English-Speaking  Pupil. 
Limited-English-Speaking  Pupil. 
Pupil  with  Exceptional  Needs. 
Pupil  with  Exceptional  Abilities. 
Elementary  School. 

District  Master  Plan — 

Additional  Elements  76 

Community  Participation. 

Responsiveness  to  the  Improvement 

Objectives  of  Participating  Schools. 

Additional  Elements  of  District 

Master  Plan. 

Availability  of  the  District  Master 

Plan. 

Waivers. 

School  Improvement  Plan 77 

Review  of  School  Improvement 

Plans. 

Existing  School  Plans:  Early 

Childhood  Education. 


Page 

§  4042.  Program  Strategies. 

§  4060.  Evaluation. 

§  4061 .  Availability  of  Evaluation 

Information. 

Article  4.  Program  Review  77 

§  4070.  Program  Reviews  Conducted  by 

Consortia. 
§  407 1 .  Monitoring  of  Consortia  Activities 

and  Training  of  Review  Team 

Members. 

Article  5.  Selection  and  Expansion   77 

§  4080.  Phase-In  of  Elementary  Schools. 

§  408 1 .  Criteria  for  Approval  of  Planning 

Application:  Elementary  Schools. 
§  4082.  Alternative  Elementary  Selection 

Process. 
§  4083.  Secondary  School  Applications. 

§  4084.  Criteria  for  Approval  of  Planning 

Application:  Secondary  Schools. 

Article  6.  Fiscal  Concerns  77 

§  4090.  Expenditure  of  Planning  Grant 

Funds. 
§4091.  School  Improvement  Budget. 

Subchapter  3.  Local  Staff  Development 

Programs  78 

Article  1 .  Local  Staff  Development 

Programs  78 

§  4100.  Definitions. 

§  4101.  School  District  Master  Plans. 

§  4103.  Staff  Development  Objectives  and 

Programs. 
§  4104.  Criteria  for  District  Selection  of 

Staff  Development  Programs. 
§  4105.  Assurance  Requirement  for  District 

Application. 
§  41 06.  Criteria  for  Department  of 

Education  Approval  of  District 

Applications. 
§  4107.  Evaluation. 

§4108.  Maintenance  of  Effort. 

§  4109.  Eligibility  for  Funding. 

Article  2.  Funding    78 

§  4110.  Geographical  Distribution  of  Funds. 

§4111.  Allocation  of  Funds  Among 

Schools. 
§4112.  Annual  Funding  Levels. 

§4113.  Cost  Limitations. 

Subchapter  4.  Economic  Impact  Aid 78 

Article  1 .  Purpose 78 

§  4200.  Purpose. 

Article  2.  Allocation  of  Funds  79 

§4201.  Allocation  of  Funds. 

Article  3.  General  Accounting 

Requirements  79 

§  4202.  Accounting. 

Article  4.  Administration  and 

Evaluation  Allocations  79 

§  4203.  Limits  on  Administration  and 

Evaluation  Allocations. 

Subchapter  5.  Bilingual  Education 79 

Article  1.  Purpose 79 

§  4300.  Purpose. 

§  4301.  Effective  Instruction — Bilingual 

Learning  Opportunities. 

Article  2.  Definitions 79 

§  4302.  Definitions. 


• 


Page  vi 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 

Page 

Program  Requirements  79                           §  4500. 

Program  Requirements.  s  4,  Ul . 

Census. 

Identification  and  Assessment.  Article  2 

Reclassification.  ,.  ,-„_ 

§  4">02 
Educational  Services.  'l  /.„_,' 

n        .  NT  .t-     .■  §  4503. 

Parent  Notiiication. 

Teacher  and  Teacher  Aide  Criteria. 

Waivers.  Subchapter  8. 

Academic  Assessment. 

Advisory  Committees. 

Monitoring  and  Enforcement.  Subchapter  9. 

Special  Funds  to  Assist 
Districts 80 

Determination  of  Funding  to  Chapter  5. 1 , 

Support  Programs  to  Overcome  the 

Linguistic  Difficulties  of  English  Subchapter  1 . 

Learners. 

Article  1. 
State  Compensatory  ^^  4^qo 

Education  Programs   81  .    .  .    ^ 

Program  Purpose 81  §  4610. 

Purpose.  §4611. 

Program  Requirements 81 

Federal  Requirements.  Artirle  ^ 

Consistent  Services. 
Secondary  School  Program. 

Designating  Eligible  and 

Participating  School 81  §  4621. 

General  Standards  for  Determining  §  4622. 

School  Eligibility.  Article  4 

Selecting  Participating  Schools. 

Uniform  Measure  for  Designating  §  4630. 

Eligible  and  Participating  Schools. 

Exceptions  to  the  General  Rule  for  '  ^63 1 . 

Designating  Eligible  and 

Participating  Schools.  Article  4  5 

Designating  Students  to  Be 

Participants  82  §  4632. 

General  Standards  for  Determining 

Student  Eligibility.  §  4633. 

General  Standards  for  Determining 

Students  to  Be  Participants.  Article  5 

Level  of  Funding 82  §  4640. 

Minimum  and  Maximum  Levels  of 

Funding. 

Recognition  of  Local  Compensatory 

Education  Programs.  Article  6 

Allocation  Alternatives 82  §  4650. 

General  Standards.  §4651. 

Allocation  Models.  §  4652. 

Evaluation  84  Article  7. 

Evaluation  Plan. 

District  and  School  Advisory  s  4661 

Councils  84 

Advisory  Councils.  §  4662. 

§  4663. 
Comparability 84 

Comparability  of  Services.  §4664. 

§  4665. 
California  Preschool 

P'"«g^^"^  ^'  Articles. 

California  State  Preschool  Program. 

Maintenance  of  Effort. 

§  4670. 
Miscellaneous  Programs  85  §  467t 

Schoolwide  Programs  85  Article  9. 


Table  of  Contents 


Articli 

e3. 

§  4303. 

§  4304. 

§  4305. 

§  4306. 

§  4307. 

§  4308. 

§  4309. 

§4310. 

§4311. 

§4312. 

§4313. 

Article  4. 

§  4320. 


Subchapter  6. 

Article  1 . 

§  4400. 

Article  2. 

§4401. 
§  4402. 
§  4403. 

Article  3. 


§4410. 

§4411. 
§4412. 

§4413. 


Article  4. 

§4414. 
§  4415. 

Article  5. 

§4416. 

§4417. 


Article  6. 

§4420. 
§4421. 

Article  7. 

§  4422. 

Article  8. 

§4423. 

Article  9. 

§4424. 

Article  10. 

§  4425. 
§4426. 

ubchapter  7. 

Article  1. 

Page 

Lovv  Income  Schoolwide  Programs. 
Low  Achievement  Schoolwide 
Programs. 

School  Security  86 

Improvement  of  School  Security. 
Alternative  Program  Options  for 
Special  Needs. 

Bilingual  Education 

Programs  86 

Bilingual-Bicultural 

Education  Programs 86 

Uniform  Complaint  Procedures  86 

Complaint  Procedures 86 

Definitions 86 

General  Definitions. 

Purpose  and  Scope  87 

Purpose  and  Scope. 

Referring  Complaint  Issues  to  Other 

Appropriate  State  or  Federal 

Agencies. 

Local  Educational  Agency 
Compliance 88 

Local  Educational  Agency 

Responsibilities. 

District  Policies  and  Procedures. 

Notice. 

Local  Complaint  Procedures 88 

Filing  a  Local  Complaint; 
Procedures,  Time  Lines. 
Responsibilities  of  the  Local 
Educational  Agency. 

Appeal  of  Local  Educational 

Agency  Decision 89 

Appeal  of  Local  Educational 

Agency  Decision  —  Grounds. 

Appeal  of  Local  Educational 

Agency  Decision. 

State  Complaint  Procedures  90 

Filing  a  State  Complaint  That  Has 
Not  First  Been  Filed  at  the  Local 
Educational  Agency;  Time  Lines, 
Notice,  Appeal  Rights. 

Direct  State  Intervention   90 

Basis  of  Direct  State  Intervention. 

Notification. 

Appealing  Local  Agency  Decisions. 

State  Investigation 

Procedures 91 

Department  Resolution  Procedures. 

Mediation  Procedures;  State 

Mediation  Agreements;  Notice. 

Investigation  Timeline. 

Department  Investigation 

Procedures. 

Department  Investigation  Report. 

Discretionary  Reconsideration  of 

Department  Investigation  Report. 

Enforcement — State  Procedures 

to  Effect  Compliance 92 

Enforcement. 

Federal  Review  Rights. 

WilUams  Complaints 92 


Page  vii 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Page 


§  4680. 

Complaints  Regarding  Instructional 

Materials,  Teacher  Vacancy  or 

Misassignment,  and  School 

Facilities. 

§4681. 

Contents  of  Complaints  Regarding 

Instructional  Materials. 

§  4682. 

Contents  of  Complaints  Regarding 

Teacher  Vacancy  or  Misassignment. 

§  4683. 

Contents  of  Complaints  Regarding 

the  Condition  of  a  Facility. 

§  4684. 

Notice. 

§  468.S. 

Investigation. 

§  4686. 

Responsibilities  of  Governing 

Boaid. 

§  4687. 

Appeal  of  Facilities  Complaint  to 

Superintendent. 

Chapter  5.2. 


Chapter  5.3. 


Subchapter  1 . 


Article  1. 

§  4900, 
§  4901 , 
§  4902, 

Article  2. 

§4910. 
§4911. 

§4912, 

§4913. 

§  4914, 

Article  2.5. 

§4915, 
§4916, 
§4917, 

Article  3. 


§  4920 
§4921 
§  4922 

Article  3.5. 


§  4925, 
§  4926, 
§  4927 

Article  4. 

§  4930, 
§4931, 

Article  5. 

§  4940, 


Improvement  of  Elementary  and 
Secondary  Education  92.  l 

Nondiscrimination  and 

Educational  Equity  92.2 

Nondiscrimination  in 

Elementary  and  Secondary 

Educational  Programs 

Receiving  State  or 

Federal  Financial 

Assistance  92.2 

General  Provisions 92.2 

Purpose. 

Academic  Requirements. 
State  and  Local  Agency 
Responsibilities  and  Obligations. 

Definitions 92.2 

General  Definitions. 
Government  Code  Definitions, 
Incorporation  by  Reference. 
Educational  Equity  Act  Definifions, 
Incorporation  by  Reference. 
Prohibited  Activities,  Incorporation 
by  Reference. 

Prohibited  Discrimination  on 
Parental,  Family,  or  Marital  Status. 

Sexual  Harassment 93 

General  Prohibitions. 

Sexual  Harassment  Definitions. 

Notification  Requirements. 

Nondiscrimination  in 

Intramural,  Interscholastic,  or 

Club  Athletics 93 

General  Prohibition. 

Separate  Teams. 

Equivalent  Opportunity. 

Nondiscrimination  in 

Extracurricular  and  Club 

Activities  94 

General  Prohibition. 

General  Provisions. 

Equal  Access. 

Counseling 94 

General  Provisions. 

Use  of  Appraisal  and  Counseling 

Materials. 

Course  Access  95 

General  Provisions. 


Page 

Article  6.  Marital  and  Parental  Status 95 

§  4950.  Marital  and  Parental  Status  of 

Students. 

Article  7.  Local  Agency  Compliance  95 

§  4960.  Local  Agency  Responsibilities. 

§  496 1 .  Responsible  District  Officer. 

§  4962.  Compliance  Procedures. 

Article  8.  Complaint  Process 

Safeguards 96 

§  4963.  Prohibitions. 

§  4964.  Confidentiality. 

§  4965.  Disciplinary  Action. 

Chapter  6.  Certified  Personnel  96 

Subchapter  1 .  General  Provisions 96 

Article  1 .  Code  of  Ethics  of  the 

Teaching  Profession 96 

Article  2.  Employment  and  Dismissal 96 

§  5500.  Statement  a  Condition  to 

Employment. 
§  5501.  Filing  of  Nofice  of  Employment. 

§  5502.  Filing  of  Notice  of  Physical 

Examination  for  Employment  of 

Refired  Persons. 
§  5503.  Physical  Examination  for 

Employment  of  Retired  Persons. 
§  5504.  Medical  Certification  Procedures. 

Subchapter  2.          Duties  of  Certificated 
and  Noncertificated 
Personnel 98 

Article  1.  Duties  of  All  Certificated 

Personnel  98 

§  5530.  Moral  Supervision. 

§  5531.  Supervision  of  Extracurricular 

Activities  of  Pupils. 
§  5532.  Employment  of  Noncertificated 

Athletic  Coaches. 

Article  2.  Duties  of  Principals  98 

§  5550.  Principal. 

§  5551.  Administration  of  School. 

§  5552.  Playground  Supervision. 

§  5553.  Disseminafion  of  Information. 

§  5554.  Records  to  Be  Kept  on  File  by  All 

Principals  in  the  Office  of  the 

School. 
§  5555.  Additional  Records  Kept  by  High 

School  Principals. 
§  5556.  Reports  to  the  State  Department  of 

Education. 

Article  3.  Duties  of  Teachers  98 

§  5570.  When  School  Shall  Be  Open  and 

Teachers  Present. 

Article  4.  Duties  of  District 

Superintendents 98 

§  5580.  Library  Records. 

Article  5.  Duties  of  Temporary  Athletic 

Team  Coaches  98 

§  5590.  Definitions. 

§  5591.  Supervision  of  Athletic  Team 

Acfivities. 
§  5592.  Use  of  Noncertificated  Temporary 

Athletic  Team  Coach. 
§  5593.  Temporary  Athletic  Team  Coach 

Qualifications  and  Competencies. 
§  5594.  Local  Board  Certification  of 

Athlefic  Coaches. 


Page  viii 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 
Page 

Recertificalion  of  Temporary  Article  4. 

Athletic  Team  Coaches. 
Code  of  Ethical  Conduct. 

Rights  of  Certificated  §  6115, 

Personnel lOO 

Diity-Free  Lunch  Period.  §  6 1 1 6. 

Transfer  of  Accumulated  Sick  Leave 

of  Cenificated  Employees. 

Article  5. 
Grants  of  Financial  ^  ^p^ 

Assistance  to  ^^^^^^  ^     " 

Certiiicated  Personnel lOi  s  6P5 

Scholarship  Grants  for 

Teachers  of  Reading loi         Chapter  7. 

Application  for  a  Scholarship  Grant 

for  Teachers  of  Reading. 

Review  of  Application; 

Recommendation.  Subchapter  1  7. 

Use  or  Return  of  Scholarship. 

Loans  to  Teachers  of  Subchapter  1 8. 

Educationally  Handicapped 

Minors  for  Specialized 

Preparation  During  the  Article  1 

Summer  (Section  56060 

Loans) lOl  Article  2. 

Applicable  Provisions  of  Article  1.  Article  3. 

Approval  of  Specialized 

Preparation. 

Repayment  of  Loans.  Article  4. 

Instructional  Time  and 

Staff  Development  Reform 

Program  102 

Definitions.  Article  5. 

Records  of  Attendance. 

Method  of  Application  for  Funds.  Article  6. 

Positions  Requiring 

Certification 

Qualifications 102  Article  7. 

No  Child  Left  Behind 

Teacher  Requirements 103  Article  8 

General  103 

Defimtions.  Article  9. 

Elementary  Level  Teachers 103 

Elementary  Teachers.  Subchapter  1 8. 1 

Elementary  Teachers  New  to  the 

Profession. 

Elementary  Teachers  Not  New  to 

the  Profession. 

High  Objective  Uniform  State 

Standard  Evaluation  (HOUSSE).  Subchapter  1 8.2 

Subject  Matter  Verification  Process 

for  Middle  and  High  School  Level  Subchapter  1 8.3 

Teachers  in  Special  Settings. 

Middle  and  High  School  Level 
Teachers  105 

Middle  and  High  School  Teachers.  Subchapter  1 8.4 

Middle  and  High  School  Teachers 

New  to  the  Profession. 

Middle  and  High  School  Teachers 

Not  New  to  the  Profession.  Q   K  h      t       1 Q 

Middle  and  High  School  Teachers  bUDcnapter  1  y . 

Rural  Flexibility. 


Table  of  Contents 
Page 

State  Certification  Not 

Meeting  NCLB  Teacher 

Requirements  i()5 

State  Certification  Not  Meeting 
NCLB  Teacher  Requirements. 
Teachers  with  Supplementary 
Authorizations  and  Local  Teaching 
Assignment  Options. 

One-Time  Compliance 106 

One-Time  Compliance. 

Teachers  from  Out-of-Stale i()6 

Teachers  from  Out-of-State. 
International  Teachers. 

Credentials  and  Institutions 

Preparing  Candidates  for 

Credentials i()6 

Teacher  Preparation  and 

Licensing  Law  of  1970 106 

All  Prior  Credentials  and 

Life  Diplomas  of  Any 

Kind  Whatsoever  106 

General  Provisions  106 

Fees  106 

Application  for  Credentials 

and  Life  Diplomas  106 

Health  Standards  Required  of 
Applicants  for  Credentials 
Authorizing  School  Service 
in  California  106 

Renewal  of  Credentials 106.1 

Life  Diplomas  Based  on 

"Prior  Regular 

Credentials" 106.1 

Issuance  and  Denial  of 

Credentials  and  Life 

Diplomas  106.1 

Adnninistrative  Hearing  upon 

Denial  of  an  Application   1O6.I 

Suspension  and  Revocation  of 
Certification  Documents 106.1 

Credentials  Authorized  by 

the  Licensing  of 

Certificated  Personnel 

Law  of  1961  106.1 

Restricted  Credentials 106.1 

Internship  Credentials 
Issued  under  the  Teacher 
Education  Internship  Act 

of  1967,  As  Amended 106.1 

Provisional  and 

Miscellaneous 

Credentials  106.1 

Validation  of  Service 

Without  a  Credential  1O6.1 


• 


v;  5.595. 
i?  5596. 
Subchapter  3. 

^  5600. 
§5601. 

Subchapter  4. 


Article  1. 

§5710. 
§  57 1 1 . 
§5712. 
Article  2. 


§  5720. 
§.5721. 

§  5722. 

Subchapters. 


§  6000. 
§6001. 
§  6002. 

Subchapter  6. 


Subchapter  7. 

Article  1. 

§6100. 

Article  2. 

§6101. 
§6102. 

§6103. 

§  6104. 

§6105. 

Article  3. 

§6110. 
§6111. 

§6112. 

§6113. 


Page  ix 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Page 

Subchapter  20.        Accreditation  of  Teacher 
Education  Institutions 
for  Teacher 
Certification  Purposes 106.1 

Chapter  9.  Instructional  Materials 106,1 

Subchapter  1 .  Elementary  Instructional 

Materials  106.1 

Article  1 .  General  Provisions 106. 1 

§  9500.  Definition. 

i^  9501 .  Ownership  of  Materials. 

§  9502.  Loan  of  Instructional  Materials. 

§  9503.  Distribution  of  Large  Print 

Textbooks. 
§  9504.  Distribution  of  Braille  Textbooks. 

§  9505.  Purchase  of  In-Service  Training. 

§  9506.  Improvement  of  Quality  and 

Reliability  Through  Learner 

Verification. 

Article  2.                 Adoption  of  Curriculum 
Frameworks,  Evaluation 
Criteria  and  Instructional 
Materials  —  Procedures 107 

§9510.  Definitions. 

§9510.5.  Internal  Governance  of  the 

Curriculum  Commission. 

§9511.  Curriculum  Framework  and 

Evaluation  Criteria  Committee 
Establishment,  Composition  and 
Membership  Qualifications. 

§  9512.  Appointment  of  Instructional 

Materials  Reviewers  and  Content 
Review  Experts. 

§  9513.  Application  Process  for  Curriculum 

Framework  and  Evaluation  Criteria 
Committee  Members,  Instructional 
Materials  Reviewers  and  Content 
Review  Experts. 

§  9514.  Prohibited  Communications. 

§  9515.  Public  Inspection  of  and  Comment 

on.  Curriculum  Framework  and 
Evaluation  Criteria. 

§  95 1 6.  Public  Meetings  Held  by  the 

Curriculum  Commission  and  the 
SBE  Regarding  Curriculum 
Frameworks  and  Evaluation 
Criteria. 

§  9517.  Procedures  for  Submitting 

Instructional  Materials  for 
Adoption. 

§  9517.1.  Follow-Up  Adoptions:  Notice  to 

Publishers  and  Manufacturers, 
Intent  to  Submit,  Fee,  List  of 
Adopted  Materials.  [Repealed] 

§9517.2.  Textbook  Weight  Standards. 

§  9518.  Social  Content  Standards  for  All 

Instructional  Materials  Adoptions. 

§  9519.  Instructional  Materials  Review 

Panels  and  Curriculum  Commission 
Advisory  Report. 

§  9520.  Written  Statements  to  the 

Curriculum  Commission  Regarding 
Instructional  Materials  and 
Curriculum  Frameworks  Submitted 
for  Adoption.  [Repealed] 

§  9521 .  Public  Comments  Regarding 

Content  of  Instructional  Materials. 

§  9522.  Presentation  of  Public  Testimony. 

§  9523.  Display  of  Instructional  Materials 

for  Public  Inspection. 


Page 

§  9524.  Public  Meetings  Held  by  the 

Curriculum  Conrmission  and  the 
State  Board  of  Education  Regarding 
Instructional  Materials. 

§  9525.  Post  Adoption  Edits  and 

Corrections  Procedures. 

Article  2. 1 .  Acquisition  of  Adopted 

Instructional  Materials  112 

§  9527.  Free  Instructional  Materials. 

§  9528.  Alternate  Formats  of  Adopted 

Instructional  Materials. 
§  9529.  New  Editions  of  Adopted 

Instructional  Materials. 
§  9530.  School  District  Ordering  of 

Instructional  Materials. 

Article  2.3.  Instructional  Materials 

Funding 113 

§  9531.  Instructional  Materials  Funding 

Realignment  Program:  Expenditure 
Policy  Percentages  and  24  Month 
Purchasing  Requirement. 

§  9532.  School  District  or  Charter  School  in 

its  First  Year  of  Operation  or  of 
Expanding  Grade  Levels  at  a  School 
Site. 

Article  3.  Request  to  Purchase 

Nonadopted  Core  Reading 
Program  Instructional 

Materials 114 

§  9535.  Request  to  Purchase  Nonadopted 

Core  Reading  Program  Instructional 
Materials. 

Article  4.                 Additions  to  Lists  of 
Adopted  Instructional 
Materials  in  Reading/ 
Language  Arts  and 
Mathematics  115 

§  9540.  Establishment  of  Policy. 

§9541.  Definitions. 

§  9542.  Additional  Submissions  Allowed. 

§  9543.  Required  Subject  Matter  Coverage 

and  Basis  in  Standards. 
§  9544.  Instructional  Materials  Evaluation 

Criteria. 
§  9545.  Formal  Action  by  the  State  Board. 

§  9546.  Prerequisites  to  Formal  Action  by 

the  State  Board. 
§  9547.  Period  of  Adoption. 

§  9548.  Evaluation  Criteria  Development. 

§  9549.  Review  Process. 

§  9550.  Invitation  to  Submit. 

Chapter  10.  Courses  of  Study  116 

Subchapter  1.  High  School  Courses  of 

Study 116 

Article  1.  Automobile  Driver  Education  116 

§10020.  General  Provisions. 

Article  2.  Automobile  Driver  Training 116 

§  10040.  General  Provisions. 

§  10041.  Standards  of  Pupil  Eligibility. 

§  10042.  Standards  for  Automobiles  Used. 

§  10043.  Standards  for  Laboratory  Phase  of 

Driver  Education. 

Article  3.  Contracting  for  Automobile 

Driver  Training  118 

§  10045.  Scope. 

§  10046.  Approved  Private  Driver  Training 

School. 


Page  X 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


Table  of  Contents 


Page 


Page 


i?  10046.5. 

i^  10047. 

{^  10047.5. 

§  10047.6. 

S  10048. 

§  10049. 

Article  3.1. 

§  10060. 

Article  4. 

ij  10070. 

S  10071 


§  10072. 


§  10100. 
§  10101. 
§  10102. 

§  10103. 
§  10104. 
§  10105. 
§  10106. 
§  10107. 

§  10108. 


§  10109. 
§  10110. 
§  10111. 


Application  for  Approval  of  Initial 

and  Renewal  Contract. 

Approval  of  Contract. 

Grounds  for  Contract  Disapproval 

or  Termination. 

Reconsideration  of  Disapproval  or 

Termination. 

Reimbursement. 

Reporting. 

Physical  Education  Program  . . . 
Criteria  for  Physical  Education 
Program. 

Work  Experience  Education  . . . 
District  Plan  for  Work  Experience 
Education. 

Formal  Training  Agreements  for 
Each  Type  of  Work  Experience 
Education. 

Selection  and  Approval  of  Work 
Stations. 


§  10502. 
§  10503. 
§  10504. 
§  10505. 
§  10506. 


§  10507. 
§  10508. 


Article  2. 


118 


119 


Maintenance. 

Educational  Purpose. 

Use  of  Films. 

Recreational  Classes  Not  Permitted. 

Clas.ses  in  Connection  with 

Organizations. 

Attendance  and  Enrollment. 

Records  and  Reports. 

Approval  of  Adult  Schools 
and  Classes  


124 


§  10073. 

Related  Classroom  Instruction. 

J?  10074. 

Supervision  of  Students. 

§  10075. 

Work  Experience  Education 

Teacher-Coordinator  Minimum 

Qualifications. 

Article  5. 

Community  Classrooms 119 

§  10080. 

Definition. 

§  10081. 

Academic  Credit  for  Participation  in 

Community  Classroom. 

^  10082. 

Student  Qualifications. 

§  10083. 

Teacher  Responsibilities. 

§  10084. 

Records. 

§  10085. 

Related  Classroom  Instruction. 

§  10086. 

Selection  and  Approval  of 

Community  Classroom  Training 

Stations. 

§  10087. 

Community  Classroom  Joint 

Venture  Training  Agreements  and 

Plans. 

§  10088. 

Supervision  of  Students. 

§  10089. 

Student-Teacher  Ratio. 

§  10090. 

Unpaid  On-the-Job  Experiences. 

S  10091. 

Programs  Conducted  in  Community 

Classrooms. 

§  10092. 

Scope. 

Article  6. 

Cooperative  Vocational 

Education 121 

i?  10520. 

Approval  of  Adult  Schools. 

§  10521. 

Approval  of  Classes  for  Adults. 

§  10522. 

Areas  of  Instruction  Approved. 

§  10523. 

Areas  of  Instruction  Requiring 

Suppleinentary  Information. 

§  10524. 

Attendance  and  Enrollment. 

§  10525. 

Compliance  with  Regulations. 

Article  3. 

Standards  for  Adult  Schools 124 

§  10530. 

Counseling  and  Guidance  Services. 

§  10531. 

Duration. 

§  10532. 

Curricula. 

§  10533. 

Curricula. 

§  10534. 

Apportionments.  Required 

Pioponional  Level  of  Service. 

Article  4. 

Standards  for  Particular 

Classes  for  Adults 125 

Article  5. 

Standards  of  Administration 125 

§  10560. 

General. 

§  10561. 

Administration — Under  100  A. D. A. 

§  10562. 

Separate  Adult  Schools. 

§  10563. 

Administration.  Schools  and 

Definitions. 

Advisory  Committee. 

Academic  Credit  for  Participation  in 

Cooperative  Vocational  Education. 

Student  Qualifications. 

Teacher  Responsibilities. 

Records. 

Related  Classroom  Instructions. 

Selection  and  Approval  of  Training 

Stations. 

Cooperative  Vocational  Educafion 

Training  Agreements  and 

Individualized  Training  Plans. 

Supervision  of  Students. 

Student-Teacher  Ratio. 

Paid  On-the-Job  Experiences. 


Subchapter  2. 


Subchapter  3. 


Article  1. 

§  10600. 
§  10605. 
§  10610. 
§  10615. 


Classes  for  Adults  in  County 
Tuberculosis  or  Poliomyelitis 
Hospitals  or  Sanitoriums. 

Classes  for  Adults  in 
County  Jails,  Industrial 
Farms,  and  County  or 
Joint  County  Road  Camps . . . 


Adult  Education 
Innovation  and 
Alternative 
Instructional  Delivery 

Administration 


125 


125 
125 


Allowable  Expenditures. 
Range  of  Allowable  Expenditures. 
Reporting  Requirements. 
Program  Evaluation. 


Chapter  1 1 .  Special  Programs 

Subchapter  1.  Continuation  Education 


Chapter  10.2.        Adult  Education 124 

Subchapter  1. 


Article  1. 

§  10500. 
§  10501. 


Adult  Schools  and  Classes 

for  Adults  (General)  124 

General  Provisions  124 

Scope. 
Definitions. 


icle  1. 

Standards  for  Programs 

§  11000. 

Director  of  Continuation  Education. 

§  11001. 

Programs  of  Guidance,  Placement, 

and  Follow-Up. 

§  11002. 

Instruction  Based  on  Individual 

Needs. 

§  11003. 

Coordination  Programs. 

§  11004. 

Separate  Continuation  High 

Schools. 

§  11005. 

Records  and  Reports. 

§  11006. 

Apportionments. 

icle  2. 

Exemption  from  Maintaining 

Continuation  Education 

Classes  

§  11010. 

Exemption. 

126 
126 
126 


127 


Page  xi 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Page 


Page 


ubchapter  2. 

Special  Elementary  School 

Reading  Instruction 

Programs  127 

Article  1. 

General  Provisions 127 

§  11200. 

Scope  of  Chapter. 

§  11201. 

Reading  Testing  Program. 

§  11202. 

Scholarship  Grants  for  Teachers  of 

Reading. 

Article  2. 

Nomination  and  Designation 

of  Specialist  Teacher  in 

Reading 127 

§  11210. 

Nomination  for  the  Position  of 

Specialist  Teacher. 

§  11211. 

Petition  by  Certificated  Employee  to 

Be  Appointed  a  Specialist  Teacher. 

§  11212. 

Appointment  of  Panels  of 

Observers. 

§  11213. 

Conduct  of  Panel  Observations. 

§  11214. 

Report  by  Chairman  of  Observer 

Panel. 

§  11215. 

Examination  for  Specialist  Teacher 

in  Reading  and  Fees. 

Article  3. 

Minimum  Standards  of  Course 

§  11301. 

Knowledge  and  Fluency  in  English. 

§  11302. 

Duration  of  Services. 

§  11303. 

Reclassification. 

§  11304. 

Monitoring. 

§11305. 

Documentation. 

§  11306. 

Annual  Assessment. 

§  11307. 

Census. 

§  11308. 

Advisory  Committees. 

§  11309. 

Parental  Exception  Waivers. 

§  11310. 

State  Board  of  Education  Review  of 

Guidelines  for  Parental  Exception 

Waivers. 

§  11315. 

Community-Based  English  Tutoring 

(CBET)  Programs. 

§  11315.5. 

Duties  of  School  Districts. 

§  11315.6. 

Data  Collection  and  Reporting. 

§11316. 

Notice  to  Parents  or  Guardians. 

Subchapter  5. 

English  Language  Centers 

Subchapter  6. 

Summer  Schools  (Other 

Than  Classes  for  Adults, 

Adult  Schools,  and 

Evening  High  Schools) 133 


§  11220. 
§  11221. 


Article  4. 


§  11230. 
§  11231. 
§  11232. 
§  11233. 

§  11234. 

§  11235. 

§  11236. 
§  11237. 

Subchapter  3. 

§  11250. 

§11251. 

§  11252. 
§  11253. 

§  11254. 


§  11255. 
§  11256. 

§  11257, 
Subchapter  4. 

§  11300. 


Content  for  Basic  Reading 

Program  and  Criteria  for 

Approval  of  Application 128 

Minimum  Standards  of  Course 
Content  for  Basic  Reading  Program. 
Criteria  for  Approving  District 
Applications  for  Funds  Pursuant  to 
Section  5789. 

Allowances  to  Districts  for 
Employment  of  Specialist 
Teachers  and  Salaries  of 
Librarians 128 

Application  for  Allowance. 

Contents  of  the  Application. 

Reporting  for  Allowances. 

Final  Certification  of  Actual 

Participation. 

Repayment  to  the  State  Department 

of  Education. 

Definition  of  Average  Daily 

Attendance. 

Newly  Formed  Districts. 

Determining  Priority  for  Small 

Schools. 

Mentor  Teacher  Program 129 

District  Participation  in  the  Mentor 

Teacher  Program. 

Establishment  of  Selection 

Committees. 

Application  of  Individual  Teachers 

for  Mentor  Teacher  Designation. 

Review  of  Applications  and 

Nominations  by  the  Selection 

Committees. 

Review  of  Nominees  and 

Designation  of  Mentor  Teachers  by 

the  Governing  Boards. 

Renomination  As  Mentor  Teacher. 

Duties  and  Responsibilities  of 

Mentor  Teachers. 

Duration  of  Mentor  Teacher 

Designation. 

English  Language  Learner 

Education 130 

Definitions. 


§  11470. 

Application  of  Chapter. 

§  11471. 

Approval  Required. 

§  11472. 

Courses  Authorized. 

§11473. 

Level  of  Difficulty. 

§  11474. 

Time  and  Duration. 

§  11475. 

Work  Experience  Education. 

Subchapter  7. 

Regional  Occupational 

Centers  and  Regional 

Occupational  Programs  1 34 

§  11500. 

Scope. 

§  11501. 

Definitions. 

§  11502. 

Applications  for  Establishment  of 

Regional  Occupational  Centers  or 

Regional  Occupational  Programs. 

§  11503. 

Course  Approval. 

§  11504. 

Course  Appropriateness  and  Criteria 

for  Course  Approval. 

§  11505. 

Counseling  and  Guidance. 

§  11506. 

Evaluation. 

§  11507. 

Administration. 

§11508. 

Establishing  and  Operating 

Business,  Commercial,  Trade, 

Manufacturing  or  Construction 

Activities. 

Subchapter  7.5. 

California  English 

Language  Development 

Test  135 

Article  L 

General  135 

§  11510. 

Definitions. 

Article  2. 

Administration 136 

§  11511. 

Initial  and  Annual  Assessments. 

§  11511.5. 

Reporting  to  Parents. 

§  11511.6. 

Reporting  Test  Scores. 

§  11512. 

District  Documentation  and  Pupil 

Records. 

§11512.5. 

Data  for  Analysis  of  Pupil 

Proficiency. 

§  11513. 

California  English  Language 

Development  Test  District 

Coordinator. 

§  11513.5. 

California  English  Language 

Development  Test  Site  Coordinator. 

§  11514. 

Test  Security. 

Article  3. 

Test  Variations/ 

Accommodations/ 

Modifications 138.1 

§  11516. 

Variations. 

§11516.5. 

Accommodations. 

Page  xii 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 
Page 

Modifications  for  Pupils  with  §  11620. 

Disabilities. 

Alternate  Assessments  for  Pupils 

with  Disabilities.  §  11621. 

i?  11622, 
Apportionment 138.2 

Apportionment  to  School  Districts.  §  1 1623. 

Apportionment  Information  Report. 

High  School  Proficiency  ^ 

Certificates  138.2  §  11625. 

Certificate  of  Proficiency 138.2  5^  ii626. 

Definitions,  §11627, 

Placement  on  Pupil  Transcript.  §  1 1628. 

Requirement  for  Exemption  from  Article  6 

School  Attendance  Form. 
Examination  Announcements. 

High  School  Equivalency  Subchapter  12. 

Certificate  (G.E.D.)— for  Subchapter  13. 

Persons  18  Years  of  Age  or  Article  1 

O'der  139  i^ '1,700 

Definitions.  jij  11700.1. 

Approval  of  General  Educational 

Development  Testing  Centers.  §  ]  1701 

Eligibility  to  Take  a  GED  Test.  §  1 1 701 .5. 

Vocational  Education 

Contracts  140  Article  2. 

General  Provisions 140  ^i  ,702 

Definitions.  §  11703. 

Application  for  Approval.  .     •   ,    ^ 

Contracting  Standards 140 

Standards,  ^  11704. 

Contract  Provisions  140  ^  '  ^^^^•'^■ 

Terms  and  Conditions. 

Reporting.  Subchapter  14. 

'"PP^^^  Article  I. 

Bilingual  Education Ml  §  J 1710. 

Bilingual  Teacher  Corps 

Program   I4i  §  11712. 

Program. 

Definitions.  §11713. 

Funding.  5?  11714. 

Stipend.  §11715. 

Evaluation, 

Regional  Adult  and 

Vocational  Education 

Councils 141  _  ,    , 

Subchapter  15. 

General  Provisions 141 

Selection  of  Members  to  a  Council.  jj  1  \  goo 

Criteria  for  Review  of  Courses.  §  11801. 

Formation  of  Regional  Subchapter  16. 

Council  Boundaries  142  §  11820. 

§  11822. 
Criteria  for  Council  §  1 1 823. 

Boundary  Determination  142  ^  WItI 

Organization  of  Councils 142  ^  'i^-^- 

§  1 1831 
Initial  Organizational  Meefing.  j  iis'ii 

Membership  Eligibility.  8  11833 

Selection  of  Members  to  a  Council.  ^  moVa 

Vacancies. 

Attendance  at  Meetings.  Subchapter  17. 

Council  Organization. 

Council  Functions 142 


Table  of  Contents 


§  11516.6, 
§  11516.7. 

Article  4. 

§  11517, 
§  11517.5. 

Subchapter  8. 

Article  1. 

§  11520. 
§  11521. 
§  11522. 

§  11523. 
Article  2. 


§  115.30. 
§  11531, 

§  11532. 

Subchapter  9. 

Article  1. 

§  11535. 
§  11536. 

Article  2. 

§  11537. 

Article  3. 

§  11538. 
§  11540. 
§  1 1 544. 

Subchapter  10. 

Article  1. 

§  11600. 
§  11601. 
§  11602. 
§  11603, 
§  11604. 

Subchapter  11. 

Article  1. 

§  11610. 
§  11611. 

Article  2. 


Article  3. 


Article  4. 

§  11614. 
§  11615. 
§  11616. 
§  11617. 
§  11618. 
§  11619. 

Article  5. 


Page 

FLeview  of  Courses  and  Programs 

and  Approval  of  Plans  for  Courses 

and  Programs. 

Criteria  for  Review  of  Courses. 

Procedures  for  Reviewing 

Educational  Courses  and  Programs, 

Criteria  for  Determining  Necessary 

Duplication. 

Delineation  of  Function 

Agreements. 

Short  Term  Plans  for  Vocational  and 

Adult  Continuing  Education. 

Fiouting  of  Material  to  the  Council. 

Fvcport  of  Council  Activities, 

Fiscal  Procedures. 

Appeals  from  Decision  of  the 

Council  142 

Alternative  Schools  143 

Independent  Study  143 

General  Provisions 143 

Definitions. 

Additional  Definitions  Applicable  to 

Charter  Schools. 

District  Responsibilities. 

Equitable  Provision  of  Resources 

and  Services. 

Standards  for  Independent 

Study  144 

Requirements  for  Agreements. 
Records. 

Provisions  Unique  to  Charter 

Schools   144 

Pupil  —  Teacher  Ratio. 
High  School  Graduation 
Requirements. 

School  Resource  Centers 145 

School  Resource  Centers  145 

Definitions. 

Interagency  Agreements  for 

Centers. 

Assurance  Requirement  for 

Resource  Center  Application. 

Selection  Process  and  Criteria. 

Governance  of  Center  Projects. 

Relationship  of  Regulations 

Covering  School  Resource  Centers 

with  Those  Covering  the  Teacher 

Centers  Program  Established 

Pursuant  to  Public  Law  94-482  of 

1976. 

Comprehensive  Health 

Education 145 

Criteria  for  Approval  of  Plans. 

Application. 

Pregnant  Minor  Program 146 

Definitions. 

Statement  of  Assurance. 

General  Program  Provisions. 

Placement  Procedures. 

Parent  Notification. 

Eligibility. 

Staff  Development. 

Program  Advisory  Council. 

Safeguarding  of  Funds. 

Reporting  Requirements. 

Grant  Program  for 

Restructuring  in  Public 

Education 146 


Page  xiii 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Article 


§  11840. 


§  11841. 
§  11842. 


Article  2. 


§  11843. 
§  11844. 

Subchapter  18. 


Article  1. 

§  11900. 
§  11905. 
§  11910. 
§  11915. 

§  11920. 
§  11925. 
§  11930. 
§  11935. 


Page 

Planning  Grant  Application 146 

Procedures  for  Filing  a  Planning 

Grant  Application. 

Criteria. 

Scoring  the  Applications. 

Demonstration  Grant 

Applications  146 

Scoring  Applications. 

Interviews. 


§  11967.6. 


Grant  Program  for  Healthy 
Start  


Grants  

Definitions. 

Operational  Grants. 

Planning  Grants. 

Review  of  Applications  for 

Operational  and  Planning  Grants. 

Awarding  of  Grants. 

Use  of  Funds. 

Grant  Award  Appeal  Process. 

Waivers  to  Program  Regulations. 


148 


148 


i!  11967.7 

§  11967.8 

J?  11968. 

§  11969. 

Article  3. 

§  11969.1 

^  11969.2 

§  11969.3 

§  11969.4 

§  11969.5 

§  11969.6 

§  11969.7 

§  11969.8 

Subchapter  19.        Charter  Schools 150 


§  11969.9. 


§  11969.10. 
§  11969.11. 


Article  1. 

§  11960. 

Article  1.2. 

§  11962. 

§  11962.1. 
Article  1.5. 

§  11963. 
§  11963.1. 
§  11963.2. 

§  11963.3. 
§  11963.4. 

§  11963.5. 

§  11963.6. 

§  11963.7. 


Article  2. 

§  11965. 
§  11966. 
§  11967. 

§  11967.5. 


§  11967.5.1. 


Charter  School  Regular 

Average  Daily  Attendance 150 

Regular  Average  Daily  Attendance 

for  Charter  Schools. 

Closure  Procedures 150 

Definition  of  Procedures  for  School 

Closure. 

Definitions  Related  to  the  Duties  of 

a  Chartering  Authority. 

Classroom-  and  Nonclassroom- 

Based  Instruction  in 

Charter  Schools  151 

Definition  of  Classroom-Based 

Instruction. 

Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction  in 

Charter  Schools. 

Average  Daily  Attendance  for 

Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction  in 

Charter  Schools. 

Determination  of  Funding  Request 

Forms  and  CalculaUons. 

Evaluation  of  Determination  of 

Funding  Requests  Regarding 

Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction. 

Determination  of  Funding  Requests 

for  Nonclassroom-Based  Virtual  or 

On-Line  Charter  Schools. 

Submission  and  Acfion  on 

Determination  of  Funding  Requests 

Regarding  Nonclassroom-Based 

Instruction. 

Termination  of  a  Determination  of 

Funding  Regarding 

Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction. 

General  Provisions 154.1 

Definitions. 
Certification. 

Appeals  on  Charter  Petitions  That 
Have  Been  Denied. 
Review  and  Approval  of  Charter 
School  Pefitions  by  the  State  Board 
of  Education. 

Criteria  for  the  Review  and 
Approval  of  Charter  School 
Petitions  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education. 


Subchapter  20. 


§  11970. 
Subchapter  20.5. 


Page 

Submission  of  Statewide  Benefit 
Charter  School  Petitions  to  the  State 
Board  of  Education. 
Evaluation  of  Facilities  for 
Statewide  Benefit  Charter  Schools. 
Funding  for  Statewide  Benefit 
Charter  Schools. 
Maximum  Number  of  Charters. 
Numbering  of  Charter  School 
Petitions. 

Facilities  for  Charter 

Schools 160 

Purpose  and  Stipulation. 

Definitions. 

Condiuons  Reasonably  Equivalent. 

Operations  and  Maintenance. 

Availability. 

Location. 

Charges  for  Facilities  Costs. 

Reimbursement  Rates  for 

Over-Allocated  Space. 

Procedures  and  Timelines  for  the 

Request  for.  Reimbursement  for,  and 

Provision  of.  Facilities. 

Mediation  of  Disputes. 

Operative  Date  of  Changes. 

Education  Technology 
Staff  Development 

Program  

Definitions. 

Enhancing  Education 
Through  Technology  Grant 
Program  


• 


162.3 


162.3 


§  11971. 

Purpose. 

§  11972. 

Federal  Definifion. 

§  11973. 

State  Definitions. 

§  11974. 

Eligibility  Requirements. 

§  11975. 

Application  Process  and 
Requirements. 

§  11976. 

District  Technology  Plan 
Requirement. 

§11977. 

Funding. 

§  11978. 

Funding  Priority. 

§  11979. 

Process  for  Awarding  Grants. 

§   11979.5. 

Uses  of  Funds. 

s 

jbchapter  21. 

Mathematics  and  Reading 
Professional  Development 
Program  1 65 

§  11980. 

Teacher  Eligibility. 

§  11981. 

Funding  Allocation  for  Program 
Training  Pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Section  99237. 

§  11981.3. 

Funding  Allocation  for  Teachers  of 
English  Learners. 

§  11981.5. 

Funding  Limitafions. 

§  11982. 

Local  Education  Agencies' 
Assurances  of  Compliance. 

§  11982.5. 

Local  Educational  Agencies  as  a 
Consortium. 

§  11983. 

Instructional  Materials. 

§  11983.5. 

Definition  of  Instructional  Materials 
Otherwise  Authorized  by  the 
California  State  Board  of 
Education. 

§  11984. 

Training  Curriculum  for  the  Initial 
Forty  Hours. 

§  11984.5. 

Curriculum  Review  of  the  Initial 
Forty  Hours. 

§  11984.6. 

Training  Providers  of  the  Initial 
Forty  Hours. 

§  11985. 

Training  Curriculum  for  English 
Learner  Professional  Development. 

• 


Page 


XIV 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


Table  of  Contents 


Page 


Page 


^  11985.5. 
§  11985.6. 
S  11986. 


Subchapter  21.5. 


§  11987. 

§  11987.1. 

i^  11987.2. 

§  11987.3. 

§  11987.4. 

§  11987.5. 

§  11987.6. 

§  11987.7. 

Subchapter  22. 

§  11990. 

Subchapter  22.5. 


§  11991. 
§  11991.1. 


§  11991.2. 
Subchapter  23. 


§  11992. 
§  11993. 
§  11994. 

Subchapter  24. 


Article  1. 


Curriculum  Review  of  English 
Learner  Professional  Development. 
Training  Providers  of  English 
Learner  Professional  Development. 
Eligible  Local  Educational 
Agencies.  [Renumbered] 

School  Community  Violence 
Prevention  Program 168.2(a) 

Purpose. 

Eligibility  to  Apply  for  SCVP  Grant 

Funds  and  Grant  Application 

Requirements. 

Reviewing  SCVP  Grant 

Applications. 

Awarding  SCVP  Grants. 

Allowable/Non-Allowable  Uses  of 

SCVP  Grant  Funds. 

Reporting  Requirements  for  the 

SCVP  Program. 

Reimbursement  of  Program 

Expenditures. 

School  Safety  and  Violence 

Prevention  Training  Grant. 

Reading  First  Program  168.3 

Funding  Allocation. 

Reading  First  Achievement 

Index/Definition  of 

Significant  Progress 168.3 

Reading  First  Achievement  Index. 

Defining  Significant 

Progress/Continuance  of  Reading 

First  Funding. 

Appeal  Process. 

Defining  Persistently 
Dangerous  Public 
Elementary  and  Secondary 

Schools 168.4 

Provisions. 
Definitions. 
Data  Collection. 

American  Indian 
Education  Centers   168.5 


§  1 1996. 
§  11996.1. 
§  11996.2. 

§  11996.3. 
i^  11996.4. 

§  11996.5. 
§  11996.6. 
§  11996.7. 
§  11996.8. 
jj  11996.9. 
§  11996.10. 
§  11996.11. 


General  Provisions 168.5 

Purpose. 

Definitions. 

American  Indian  Education 

Oversight  Committee. 

Grant  Application. 

Selection  of  Applications  for  Grant 

Awards. 

Grant  Recipient  Funding. 

Appeals  of  Grant  Awards. 

Reporting  Requirements. 

Fiscal  and  Program  Monitoring. 

Grant  Amount  Revisions. 

Grant  Extension. 

Budget  Application  Revisions. 


Chapter  12. 
Subchapter  1. 

Article  1. 

§  12000 
§  12001 

Subchapter  2. 
Article  1. 


Compensatory  Education  168.8 

General  Provisions 168.8 

General  Provisions 168.8 

Definifions. 

Copies  of  Guidelines. 

Migrant  Education  168.8 

Program  Requirements 168.8 


§  1 20 1 0.  Types  ol  Programs  That  May  Be 

Supported  Through  the  Use  of 
Migrant  Education  Funds. 

§  1201 1 .  Monitoring  and  Enforcement  of 

Regulations. 

fj  12012.  Composition  of  a  Parent  Advisory 

Council. 

Article  2.  Program  Eligibility 16X8 

§  12013.  Determining  and  Documenting 

Student  Eligibility. 

Article  3.  Comiplaint  Procedures 168.x 

§  12015.  Vv^here  to  File  the  Complaint. 

§  12016.  Vv'hen  Direct  Involvement  by  the 

State  Department  of  Education 

(SDE)  Is  Necessary. 
§  12017.  Procedures  Which  the  Operating 

Agency  Must  Adhere  to  When 

Resolving  a  Complaint. 
§  12018.  Procedures  Which  the  SDE  Must 

Adhere  to  When  Resolving  a 

Complaint. 

Article  4.  Fiscal  Allocation  and 

Service  Delivery  Structure   16X9 

§  12019.  Criteria  for  Designation  as  a 

Migrant  Service  Center. 
§  12020.  VVhat  the  Service  Agreement  Shall 

Contain. 
§  1 202 1.  Functions  and  Responsibilities  To 

Be  Carried  Out  by  the  Lead  Agency 

of  a  Migrant  Service  Center. 
§  12022.  How  a  Migrant  Service  Center  May 

Apply  to  Conduct  a  Migrant 

Education  Project. 
§  12023.  How  a  Migrant  Service  Center  May 

Revise  Its  Three- Year  Project 

Application. 
§  12024.  How  Migrant  Education  Funds 

Allocated  to  a  School  District  May 

Be  Reallocated  by  a  Migrant  Service 

Center. 
§  12025.  Procedure  for  Granting  an  Award  to 

a  Migrant  Service  Center. 
§  12026.  Definifions  Applicable  to  the  State 

Migrant  Education  Program. 

Subchapter  4.  Preschool  Educational 

Programs  1 68.9 

Subchapter  5.  Special  Teacher 

Employment  Programs  (K-6)  168.9 

Article  1.  General  Provisions  168.9 

§  12050.  Definifions. 

§  12051 .  Idenfificafion  of  the  Most 

Concentrated  Areas. 

§12052.  Priority  of  Projects. 

§12060.  Application  for  Funds. 

§  12061.  Content  of  Applicafion  for  Grants. 

Article  3.  Teacher  Aides 169 

§  12065.  Qualifications. 

§12066.  Health  Examination. 

§  12067.  Duties  Under  Supervision  of 

Classroom  Teacher. 
§  12068.  Dufies  Not  Under  Direct 

Supervision  of  Classroom  Teacher. 
§  12069.  FLelation  to  Instructional  Program. 

§12070.  Assignment  on  Team  Basis. 

Subchapter  6.  Demonstration  Programs  in 

Intensive  Instruction 

(Reading  and 

Mathematics)  for  Low 

Achieving  Pupils  in 

Grade  7,  8  or  9 169 


Page  XV 


(7-li-2(iOS) 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Page 

Article  1 .  General  Provisions  169 

§  12090.  Definitions. 

Article  2.  Applications  170 

§12091.  Application  for  Funds. 

§  12092.  Application  for  Approval  of 

Demonstration  Program. 
§  12093.  Programs  Operated  by  Public  or 

Private  Agencies. 
§  12094.  Program  Content. 

§  12095.  Evaluation  Committee.  Preceding 

Approval. 

Article  3.  Personnel  in  Program   170 

§12097.  Teaching  and  Supervisory 

Personnel. 
§  12098.  Assistants. 

Article  4.  Evaluation  of  Program  170 

§12099.  Program  Evaluation. 

Subchapter  7.  New  Careers  in  Education 

Programs  170 

Article  1.  General  Provisions  170 

§  13000.  Definitions. 

§  13001 .  Basic  Requirements  of  the  Program. 

§  13002.  Intern  Financial  Support. 

§13003.  Duties  of  Team  Leader 

§  13004.  Compensation  of  Team  Leaders. 

§13005.  CoordinaUon  with  the 

Compensatory  Education  Program. 
§13006.  Funds  for  Student  Support. 

§13007.  Intern  Eligibility. 

§13008.  Selection  of  Interns. 

§  13009.  Applications  for  Funding. 

§  13010.  Eliminating  an  Intern  from  a 

Program. 
§  13011.  District  Responsibilities. 

§  13012.  Services  Provided  by  Institutions  of 

Higher  Education. 
§13013.  Maintenance  of  Effort. 

§  13014.  Program  and  Reporting. 

§  13015.  Fiscal  and  Technical  Requirements. 

§  13016.  Compliance  with  Nondiscrimination 

Requirements. 
§  13017.  Waivers. 

Subchapter  9.  Professional  Development 
and  Program  Improvement 
Programs  172 

Article  1 .  General  Provisions  172 

§  13025.  Definitions. 

§  13026.  Agencies  Eligible  to  Apply. 

§13027.  Establishing  Professional 

Development  Centers  and 

Programs. 
§  13028.  Selecting  the  Center. 

§  13029.  Selecting  Satellite  Schools. 

§13030.  Assurances  Required. 

§  13031.  Personnel  Rotation. 

§  13032.  Professional  Development  Steering 

Committee. 
§  13033.  Integration  of  the  Center  Program 

with  Other  Staff  Development  or 

Training  Programs. 
§  13034.  Summer  School  Training  Required. 

§  1 3035.  Maintenance  of  Effort. 

§  13036.  Legislative  Ceiling  on  Per  Capita 

Cost. 
§  13037.  Competitive  Nature  of  the  Program. 

§13038.  Development  of  Program. 

§  13039.  Project  Evaluation  and  Reporting. 

§13040.  Confinuity  of  Funding. 

§  13041.  Reports  and  Inspection  of  Records. 

§  13042.  Fiscal  and  Technical  Requirements. 


§  13043. 

§  13044. 
Subchapter  1 1. 

Article  1. 

§  13050. 
§  13051. 


§  13052. 
§  13053. 

Subchapter  12. 


Subchapter  13. 

§  13075. 
§  13075.1. 
§  13075.2. 

§  13075.3. 


§  13075.4. 


Page 

Compliance  with  Nondiscrimination 

Requirements. 

Waivers. 

School  Housing  Aid  for 
Compensatory  Education 175 


General  Provisions 

Application  for  Funds. 
Priorities  to  Districts  Reducing 
Teacher-Pupil  Ratio. 
Basis  of  Priorities. 
Computation  of  Entitlements. 

School  Housing  Aid  for 
Districts  Impacted  by 
Seasonal  Agricultural 
Employment 


175 


175 


Supplemental  Services  175 

AppUcation  of  this  Subchapter. 

Definitions. 

Application,  Quality  Requirements 

and  Approval. 

Submission  of  an  Annual 

End-of-Fiscal-Year  Report  by 

Approved  Providers. 

Termination  as  an  Approved 

Provider. 


Chapter  13.  School  Facilities  and  Equipment 176.1 

Subchapter  1.  School  Housing 176.1 

Article  1.  General  Standards 176.1 

§  14000.  Policy  Declaration. 

§14001.  Minimum  Standards. 

Article  2.  School  Sites 176.1 

§  14010.  Standards  for  School  Site  Selection. 

§  14011.  Procedures  for  Site  Acquisition  — 

State-Funded  School  Districts. 
§  14012.  Procedures  for  Site  Acquisition  - 

Locally-Funded  School  Districts. 
§  14013.  Procedures  for  Site  Acquisition - 

Locally-Funded  Districts. 

Article  3.  Attendance  Areas  and 

Practices 178 

Article  4.  Standards,  Planning  and 

Approval  of  School 

Facilities 178 

§  14030.  Standards  for  Development  of  Plans 

for  the  Design  and  Construction  of 

School  Facilities. 
§  14031.  Plan  Approval  Procedures  for 

State-Funded  School  Districts. 
§  14032.  Plan  Approval  for  State-Funded 

School  Districts. 
§  14033.  ApplicabiUty  of  Plan  Standards  to 

Locally-Funded  School  Districts. 
§  14034.  Planning  Guides. 

§14035.  Abandonment  of  Inadequate 

Facilities. 
§  14036.  Integrated  Facilities. 

§  14037.  Integrated  Facilities. 

§  14040.  Scope  of  Article. 

§  14041.  Plans. 

§  14042.  Justification  Procedure. 

§  14043.  Approval. 

§14044.  Change  Orders. 

§14045.  Abandonment  of  Inadequate 

Facilities. 
§  14046.  Building  Area  Required  to  Provide 

Adequate  Facilities  for  Exceptional 

Children. 


Page 


XVI 


(7-11^2008) 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 

Page 

Use  of  School  Buses  and  Subchapter  3.5. 

School  Pupil  Activity 

Buses 183 

^             ,  „        .   .  §  13130. 

ueneral  Provisions 183 

Scope  of  Chapter. 

Definitions.  §  15131. 

Bus  Evacuation  Instruction.  §  15132. 

Authority  of  the  Driver.  §  15133. 

instructor  Certificate  Cancellation. 

Suspension  or  Revocation:  Request  c    u   u      ,      i  nc 

•  c  eu  Subchapter  3.75. 

and  Scope  ot  Hearing.  * 

School  Bus  and  School  Pupil 

Activity  Bus  (SPAB)  Passenger 

Restraint  System  Use.  ^  isidn 

School  Buses  184  §  1-^141. 

Subchapter  4. 
School  Finance 1 84 

Nonresident  Tuition 184 

Definitions  Under  Education  Code 

Section  37107.  Article!. 

Budgeting,  Accounting,  §15150. 

and  Reporting 184.1  5       - 

Article  2. 
Transfer  of  Funds  from  the 

School  District  General 

Fund  to  the  Child  §  15158. 

Development  Fund  and  the 

Development  Center  for  Article  3. 

Handicapped  Pupils  Fund  184.1  §15160. 

Budget  Procedure.  Subchapter  4. 1 . 

Order  of  Governing  Board. 

Transfers  and  Refunds. 

Standardized  Account  Code 

Structure 184.1  §  15180. 

Standardized  Account  Code  §  15181. 

Structure.  §  15182. 

§  15183. 
Annual  Financial  Statements  . . .    184.2 

Submission  of  Annual  Financial  §  15184. 

Statements.  §  15185. 
Alternative  Form  for  Submission  of 

Annual  Financial  Statements  by  §  15186. 

Charter  Schools.  §  15187. 

Decreases  in  Average  ^  ,    , 

„.,.,,,         ,.  Subchapter  5. 

Daily  Attendance  tor  ^ 

Apportionment  Purposes 

Due  to  Executive  Ratios  Article  1. 

Pupils  to  Classroom  |  15^41 

Teachers 184.2  §  15242. 

General  Provisions 184.2  §  15243. 

Purpose.  §  15244. 

Application  and  Exemptions.  ArfiVlp  9 

Combined  Grades. 
Definitions. 

Waiver  of  Class  Size 

Requirements  tor  §15247 

Kindergarten 184.3 

Kindergarten  Exemption.  §15-48. 

School  District  Reports 184.3  §15249. 

Reports  by  School  Districts.  Article  3. 

Classes  Maintained  for  Less  Than 
the  Full  "Second  Period." 
"Ungraded"  Classes. 


Table  of  Contents 


Subchapter  2. 


Article  I. 

§  14100 
§  14101 
§  14102 
§  I4I03 
§  14104 

§  14105 


Subchapter  4. 


Chapter  14. 
Subchapter 


§  15000 


Subchapter 
Article  1. 


§  1 
§1 
§  1 

Article  2. 

§  1 

Article  3. 

§1 

§1 


5050 
5051 
5052 


5060 

5070 
5071 


Subchapter  3. 


Article  1 . 

§  15100 
§  15101 
§  15102 
§  15103 

Article  2. 

§  15106 

Article  3. 

§  15110 
§  15111. 


Page 

Class  Size  Reduction 

Program  Kindergarten  - 

Grade  3 1X4.3 

Eiligibiiity  for  Participation  in  ihe 

Class  Size  Reduction  Program 

Under  Option  Two. 

Oualification  for  Funding. 

Appointments  to  Charter  Schools. 

Apportionment  of  Funds  for  Class 

Size  Reduction. 

Program  to  Reduce  Class 

Size  in  Two  Courses  in 

Grade  9 184.4 

Definitions. 

Certification  of  Enrollment. 

Reduction  in  State 

Support  Due  to  Excessive 

Administrative  Employee 

to  Teacher  Ratio  184.4(a) 

General  Provisions 184.4(a) 

Purpose. 
Definition. 

Waiver  of  Full-Time 

Equivalent  Administrative 

Employees 


184.5 


§  15112. 


Administrative  Employee 
Exemption. 

School  District  Reports 

Reports  by  School  Districts. 

Reimbursement  for  Costs 

of  Education  for 

Institutional  and  Family 

Home  Children  

Application  for  Program  Approval. 

Entitlement. 

The  Special  Educational  Program. 

Determination  of  Local  Property 

Tax  Share. 

Determination  of  Excess  Cost. 

Determination  of  Total  Allowable 

Income  per  Pupil. 

Revenue  Limit. 

Claims  and  Audits. 

Notices. 

Allowances  for  Pupil 
Transportation  

Definitions 

Current  Expenses. 

Minimum  Transportation  Distances. 

Excessive  Distances  and  Relatively 

Few  Pupils. 

Physically  Handicapped  Minors. 

Bus. 

Classification  of  School  Bus 
Fleets  for  Transportation 
Allowance  Purposes 

Definition. 

Establishment  of  School  Bus  Fleet 

Classes. 

Emergency  Affecting  Normal 

Classification:  Exemption. 

Median  Average  Cost. 

Records  and  Available 

Information  (All 

Districts) 


184.5 


184.5 


184.6 
184.6 


184.7 


184.7 


Page  xvii 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  15253. 
§  15254. 
§  15255. 

§  15256. 

§  15257. 


Article  4. 


§  15260. 
§  15261. 

Article  5. 

§  15270. 
§  15271. 


§  15272. 
§  15273. 


Article  6. 


§  15280. 

§  15281. 

§  15282. 

§  15283. 

§  15284. 

§  15285. 


Article  7. 


Page 

Available  Information. 

Identification  of  School  Buses. 

Record  of  Normal  Pupils 

Transported. 

Records  of  All  Pupil  Transportation 

Expenses. 

Records  of  Receipts  for  Service  and 

Sales. 

Additional  Records  and 
Available  Information 
(Districts  Maintaining  Own 
Transportation  System) 184.8 

Available  Information. 

Record  of  Transportation  Expense. 

Reports  184.8 

Annual  Report. 

Exclusion  from  "Annual  Report" 

(J-141)  of  Expense  for  Physically 

Handicapped  and  Mentally  Retarded 

Pupils  Coming  Within  Education 

Code  Section  56515. 

Report  of  School  Bus  Purchase. 

Other  Reports. 

Review  and  Approval  of 
Expenditures 184.9 

Scope  of  Article. 

Limitation  on  Current  Expenses. 

Deductions  of  Payments  Received. 

Deductions  for  Certain  Expenses 

and  for  Depreciation. 

Expenditures  Exceeding  125%  of 

the  Median. 

Maximum  Allowable  for  Excessive 

Distances. 


§  15377. 


§  15378. 

§  15379. 

§  15380. 

icle  3. 

§  15384. 

§  15385. 

§  15386. 

§  15387. 

§  15388. 
§  15389. 

§  15390. 


Replacement  of  School  Bus 
and  Replacement  Allowances 


184.9 


§  15320. 

Disposal  of  Replaced  Bus. 

§  15321. 

Replacement. 

§  15322. 

Replacement  of  More  than  One 
Small  Bus  in  Certain  Unified  Schoo 
Districts. 

1 

§  15323. 

Allowance  for  Expense  of 
Replacing  a  Class  1  School  Bus. 

§  15324. 

Allowances  for  Expense  of 
Replacing  Class  2  School  Buses. 

§  15325. 

Adjustment  for  Use  in  Other  Than 
Home-to-School  Transportation. 

Article  8. 

Newly  Formed  Unified  School 

Districts 

184.10 

§  15340. 

Notification. 

§  15341. 

Inclusion  in  Annual  Report. 

§  15342. 

Maximum  Allowance  for  Capital 
Outlay. 

§  15343. 

Maximum  Allowance  for  Cunenl 
Expense. 

Subchapter  6. 

Revenue  Limits  for  School 

Districts  

184.11 

Article  1. 

General  Provisions 

184.11 

§  15370. 

Scope  of  the  Chapter. 

§  15371. 

Definitions. 

§  15391. 

§  15392. 
Subchapter  7. 


Article  I. 

§  15400. 
§  15401. 

Article  2. 

§  15405. 
§  15406. 
§  15407. 


§  15408. 


Article  2. 


§  15375. 
§  15376. 


Recomputation  of  1978-79 
School  District  Revenue 
Limits  

Use  of  Official  Schedules. 

Use  of  Actual  Data. 


184.11 


Subchapter  8. 


Article  1. 

§  15440. 


Page 

1978-79  Recomputed  Revenue 

Limit  for  K-12  Programs  Using 

Schedule  B  and  Back-Up  Schedules 

Q(B)  and  F. 

Calculation  of  Statewide  Average 

1978-79  Revenue  Limits  for  K-12 

Programs. 

1978-79  Recomputed  Revenue 

Limit  for  Adult  Programs  Using 

Schedule  BB. 

Calculation  of  Statewide  Average 

1978-79  Adult  Revenue  Limit. 

Calculation  of  School 
District  Revenue  Limits  for 
1979-80  184.14 

Use  of  Official  Schedules. 

Use  of  Estimated  or  Actual  Data. 

Calculation  of  1979-80  Revenue 

Limit  for  School  Districts  Using 

Form  K-12. 

Calculation  of  Increase  in  Revenue 

Limit  for  a  High  School  District 

Maintaining  a  Junior  High  School 

Using  Schedule  J. 

Calculation  of  Increase  in  Revenue 

Limit  Because  of  Declining 

Enrollment  Using  Schedule  C. 

Calculation  of  Increase  in  Revenue 

Limit  for  Pupils  in  Children's 

Institutions  and  Foster  Homes  Using 

Schedule  D. 

Calculation  of  Increase  in  Revenue 

Limit  for  Necessary  Small 

Continuation  High  Schools  for 

Fiscal  Year  1979-80  and  a  Newly 

Organized  Unified  School  District 

Which  Became  Effective  for  All 

Purposes  on  or  After  June  30,  1978, 

Using  Schedule  E. 

Calculation  of  Increase  in  Revenue 

Limit  for  Meals  for  Needy  Pupils 

and  Development  Centers  for 

Handicapped  Pupils  Using  Schedule 

G. 

Calculation  of  Adult  Revenue  Limit 

Using  Schedule  S. 

Revenue  Limits  for  County 

Superintendents  of 

Schools 


184.19 


General  Provisions 184.19 

Scope  of  the  Chapter. 
Definitions. 


Computation  of  Revenue 
Limits  for  1979-80 


184.20 


Use  of  Official  Schedules. 
Use  of  Estimated  or  Actual  Data. 
Computation  of  1979-80  Revenue 
Limits  for  Physically  Handicapped 
and  Mentally  Retarded  Programs 
Using  Schedule  W  and  Back-Up 
Schedules  WW  and  T. 
Computation  of  1979-80  Revenue 
Limit  for  County  School  Service 
Fund  Using  Form  O. 

Criteria  and  Standards 

for  School  District 

Budgets  and  Interim 

Reports 

Budget  Review 

General. 


184.25 
184.25 


• 


Page  xviii 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


Table  of  Contents 


Page 


Page 


§  15441. 

Average  Daily  Attendance  (Al^A). 

ij  15442. 

Hnrollment. 

Jj  15443. 

Average  Daily  Attendance  to 
Enrollment. 

!^  15444. 

Revenue  Linvit. 

J^  15445. 

Salaries  and  Benefits. 

§  15446. 

Other  Revenues  and  Expenditures. 

§  15447. 

Facilities  Maintenance. 

S  1.5448. 

Deficit  Spending. 

S  15449. 

Fund  Balance. 

S  154.50. 

Reserves. 

J^  1.5451. 

Supplemental  Information. 

§  15452. 

Supplemental  Information. 
[Repealed] 

Article  2. 

Interim  Report  Review  

184.27 

§  1545.1. 

General. 

§  15454. 

Fund  and  Cash  Balances. 

S  1.5455. 

Reserves. 

§  15456. 

Deficit  Spending. 

§  15457. 

Average  Daily  Attendance. 

§  15458. 

Enrollment. 

§  15459. 

ADA  to  Enrollment. 

§  1.5460. 

Revenue  Limit. 

S  15461. 

Salaries  and  Benefits. 

§  1.5462. 

Other  Revenues  and  Expenditures. 

^  15463. 

Facilities  Maintenance. 

§  15464. 

Supplemental  Information. 

§  15465. 

Cash  Balance. 

S  15466. 

Supplemental  Information. 

Subchapter  9. 

Criteria  and  Standards 

for  County  Office  of 
Education  Budgets  and 
Interim  Reports  


184.30 


Article 


Budget  Review 184.30 


§  15467. 

General. 

§  15468. 

Average  Daily  Attendance. 

§  1 5469. 

Revenue  Limit. 

§  15470. 

Special  Education  Entitlement. 

§  15471. 

Salaries  and  Benefits. 

§  15471.1. 

Other  Revenues  and  Expenditures. 

§  15471.2. 

Facilities  Maintenance. 

§  15472. 

Deficit  Spending. 

§  15473. 

Fund  Balance. 

§  15474. 

Reserves. 

§  15475. 

Supplemental  Information. 

icle  2. 

Interim  Report  Review  

184.32 

§  15476. 

General.  [Repealed] 

§  15477. 

Other  Revenue.  [Repealed] 

J?  15478. 

Other  Operating  Expenses. 
[Repealed] 

§  15479. 

Other  Sources  and  Uses.  [Repealed] 

§  15479.5. 

Supplemental  Information. 
[Repealed] 

§  15480. 

General. 

J5  15481. 

Fund  and  Cash  Balances. 

§  15482. 

Fund  Balance. 

§  15483. 

Reserves. 

§  15484, 

Deficit  Spending. 

§  15485. 

Average  Daily  Attendance. 

§  15486. 

Revenue  Limit. 

§  15487. 

Other  Revenues.  [Repealed] 

§  15488. 

Salaries  and  Benefits. 

S  15489. 

Other  Revenues  and  Expenditures. 

ij  15490. 

Facilities  Maintenance. 

§  15491. 

Fund  Balance. 

§  15492. 

Cash  Balance. 

§  15493. 

Supplemental  Information. 

Chapter  15.  Child  Nutrition  Programs 184.32(d) 

Subchapter  1.  Food  Sales,  Food  Service, 

and  Nutrition  Education 184.32(d) 


Article  1 .  Food  Sales  by  Student 

Organizations  184.32(d) 

§  15500.  Food  Sales  in  Elementary  Schools. 

v5  15501 .  Sales  in  High  Schools  and  Junior 

High  Schools. 

Article  2.  IVIandatory  IVIeals  for  Needy 

Pupils 184.33 

§  15510.  Definitions. 

§15511.  Plan  of  Operation. 

Articles.  Nutrition  Education  184.33 

§15530.  Scope  of  Article. 

§15531.  Eligibility. 

§  15532.  Procedure  for  Filing  an  Application. 

§  15533.  Criteria  for  Approving 

Applications. 

§  15534.  Procedure  for  Funding. 

§  15535.  Procedure  for  Project  Manageinent. 

Article  4.  School  Lunch  and  Breakfast 

Programs  1 84.34 

§  15550.  Scope. 

§15551.  Definitions. 

§  15552.  Authority. 

§  15553.  Administration. 

§  15554.  Agreements. 

§  15555.  Eligibility. 

§15556.  Payment  of  Claims. 

§  15557.  Responsibilifies  of  Child  Nutrition 

Entities. 
§  15558.  Requirements  for  Nutritionally 

Adequate  Lunch  or  Breakfast. 
§  15559.  Requirements  for  Basic  Breakfast. 

§  15560.  Requirements  for  Special  Breakfast. 

§  15561.  Modification  of  Nutrition 

Requirements. 
§  15562.  Meals  Eligible  for  Reimbursement. 

§  15563.  Meal  Requirement  for  Needy 

Students. 
§  15564.  Reimbursement  Procedure. 

§  15565.  Notification  of  Changes  in 

Reimbursement  Rates. 

Article  5.  California  Fresh  Start  Pilot 

Program  184.35 

§15566.  Purpose  and  Scope. 

§  15567.  Definitions. 

§  15568.  Requirements  for  Participation. 

§  15569.  Strategies. 

Chapter  16.  Governing  Boards  of  School 

Districts 184.36(a) 

Subchapter  1 .  Contracts  with  Federal 

Agencies 1 84. 36(a) 

Article  1.  Approval  of  Contracts 184  36(a) 

§  16000.  Approval  of  Contracts  with  Federal 

Agency. 
§  16001.  Contracts  with  Federal  Agency  by 

School  District  or  County 
Superintendent  of  Schools. 

Subchapter  2.  Destruction  of  Records  of 

School  Districts 184.36(a) 

Article  1.  General  Provisions lH4.36(a) 

§16020.  Definition  of  Records. 

§16021.  Scope  of  Chapter. 

§16022.  Classificafion  of  Records. 

Article  2.  Period  of  Retention 184.36(b) 

§  16023.  Class  1 — Permanent  Records. 

§  16024.  Class  2— Optional  Records. 

§  16025.  Class  3 — Disposable  Records. 

§16026.  Retention  Period. 


Page  xix 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Page 

Page 

^  16027. 

Destruction  of  Records. 

Article  5. 

Purchase,  Replacement, 

§  16028. 

Transfer  of  Records. 

Operation,  and  Maintenance 

Article  3. 

Steps  in  Destruction 

.    184.37 

of  Automotive  Equipment 

184.40 

Subchapter  2.5. 

Historical  Inventory  of 

J?  17300. 
§  17301. 

Application. 
Purchasing  Procedure. 

Equipment 

.    184.37 

§  17302. 

Motor  Vehicle  and  Trailer 

§  16035. 

Definition  of  Terms. 

Purchases. 

§  16036. 

Listing. 

§  17303. 
§  17304. 

Motor  Vehicle  Replacements. 
Repair  and  Replacement  of  Parts  of 

Subchapter  3. 

School  Libraries  

.    184.37 

Passenger  Type  Vehicles. 
Public  Liability  and  Property 

J?  17305. 

Article  1. 

School  Library  Services 

.    184.37 

Damage  Insurance. 

!?  16040. 

Definitions. 

§  17306. 

Comprehensive  Insurance. 

§  16041. 

Content  of  School  Libraries. 

§  17307. 

Maintenance  Procedures. 

§  16042. 

Services  for  Pupils  and  Teachers. 

§  17308. 

Conditions  Governing  the  Operation 

§  16043. 

Duties  of  Library  Personnel. 

of  Motor  Vehicles  and  Trailers. 

Chapter  17.  County  Superintendents  184.38 

Subchapter  1 .  Duties  of  the  County 

Superintendent 184.38 

Services  to  School  Districts 

and  the  California 

Department  of  Education 184.38 


Article  6. 


Article  1. 


§  17101. 

Definition  of  "Under  Review." 

Article  2. 

Reports  to  the  State 

Department  of  Education 

184.38 

Subchapter  2. 

Fiscal  Responsibilities 
of  the  County 

Superintendent 

184.38 

Article  L 

Report  of  Miscellaneous 
Funds  Pursuant  to  Education 

Code  Section  17606 

184  38 

§  17260. 

Time  of  Report. 

§  17261. 

Funds  to  Be  Reported. 

§  17262. 

Funds  Not  to  Be  Included. 

Article  2. 

Allowances  for  Emergency 

Purposes  

184.39 

§  17270. 

Application. 

§  17271. 

"Emergency"  Defined. 

§  17272. 

Allowances  for  Emergency 
Elementary  Schools. 

§  17273. 

Other  Emergency  Financial  Aid  to 
School  Districts. 

§  17274. 

Allowances  for  Emergency 
Financial  Aid. 

§  17275. 

Use  of  Funds  of  Suspended  School 
Districts. 

§  17276. 

Use  of  Forest  Reserve  Funds. 

§  17277. 

Approvals  by  County  Board  of 
EducaUon. 

§  17278. 

Final  Filing  Date  for  Claims. 

Article  3. 

Reimbursement  of  Travel 

§  17320. 

§  17321. 

§  17322. 

Article  7. 

§  17340. 

§  17341. 

§  17342. 

§  17343. 

§  17344. 

§  17345. 

§  17346. 

§  17347. 

Article  8. 


§  17280. 
§  17281. 
§  17282. 
§  17283. 


Article  4. 


§  17290. 
§  17291. 
§  17292. 


Expense  in  Connection  with 

Cooperative  County 

Publication  Projects  184.40 

Application. 

Definifion. 

Allowances  for  Reimbursement. 

Final  Filing  Date  for  Claims. 

Purchasing  and  Replacing  of 

Capital  Outlay  Items  184.40 

Application. 

Purchasing  Procedure. 

Limitations  on  Purchases. 


§  17360. 
§  17361. 
§  17362. 
§  17363. 

Article  9. 

§  17370. 

Subchapter  3. 

Article  1. 

§  17401. 

Article  2. 

§  17403. 

§  17404. 
Subchapter  4. 


§  17430. 
§  17431. 
§  17432. 
§  17433. 
§  17434. 
§  17435. 
§  17436. 


Coordination  of  the 

Educational  Program  by  the 

County  Superintendent 184.41 

Definition. 

Level  at  Which  Services  to  Be 

Provided. 

Responsibility  of  District. 

County  School  Service  Fund 

Budget  Procedures  184.42 

Subnaitting  the  Budget. 

Tentafive  Approval  of  Budget. 

Approval  of  Final  Budget. 

Budget  Review. 

Appropriation  for  Contingencies. 

Cumulative  Reserve. 

Trust  Accounts. 

Publications  Included  in  Budget. 

County  Tax  for  the 

Identification  and 

Education  of  Physically 

Handicapped  Minors  by  a 

County  Superintendent 184.43 

Requirement  of  a  Tax  Levy. 

Definitions. 

Determination  of  Amount. 

Restricted  Account. 

Petty  Theft  Fine  Fund  184.43 

Establishment  and  Allocations. 

Destruction  of  Records  of 

a  County  Superintendent 184.43 

General  Provisions 184.43 

Definitions. 

Authorization  and  Procedure  . .   184.44 
Applicable  Provisions  of  Sections 
16020  through  16028. 
Classification  of  Records  Filed  by 
Districts. 

Travel  Expenses  for 

County  Superintendents 

of  Schools  and 

Designated  Staff 

Members  184.44 


Applicafion. 
Definitions. 
Conditions  of  Payment. 
Claims  for  Travel  Expense. 
Subsistence  Allowances. 
Transportation  Allowances. 
Budgeting  and  Accounting  for 
Travel  Expense. 


Page  XX 


(7^11-2008) 


Title  5                                                                California  Department  of  Education                                          Table  of  Contents 

Page  Page 

Chapter  18.           California  Slate  Special  Schools  S  17645.              Cause.  fRcpealcdj 

r      »u     r^      r       ni"    j         c»   ^  '^  17646.                 Notice  of  Terminalioii. 

lor  the  Deal  or  Blind,  or  State  v  n. .-,               n          ,o       i  ji 

5^  17647.  Hearing.  | Repealed] 

Diagnostic  Centers  184.45                           §17648.              Appeaf. 

§  17649.  Termination.  | Repealed] 

Subchapter  1 .             Employees 184.45                                 §  ]7650.                 Appointment  alter  Termination. 

Article  1 .                 Pay  Plan  lor  the  Exempt  Subchapter  2.          State  Special  Schools 

Teaching  Staff  of  the  State  Admission  Process                      184.48(b) 

Special  Schools  and  Article  1 .                 California  School  for  the 

Diagnostic  Centers 184.45                                             Deaf 184.48(b) 

S  17600.                  Application  of  Article.  §17660.                 Definitions. 

S  17601.                  Definitions.  §17661.                  Admission  Process  for  the 

§  1 7602.                  Fixing  of  School  Term.  Summer  California  School  for  the  Deaf 

Session,  and  School  Holidays.  (CSD). 

§17603.                  Amendment  of  Calendar.  §17662.                 Eligibility  for  Enrollment  in  CSD's 

§17604.                  Categories  of  Employees  for  Pay  Dav  Program. 

Plan  Purposes.  §  1 7563.                Eligibility  for  Enrollment  in  CSD's 

§17604.1.               Establishment  of  Exempt  Residential  Program. 
Classifications. 

§  17605.              Effective  Date  of  Initial  Article  2.                California  School  tor  the 

Appointment.  Blind    184,48(c) 

§17605.1.              Failure  to  Meet  a  Requirement  for  §17664                  Definitions 

Continuing  Employment.  j^  ]  -jf^^^^]                 Admission  Process  for  the 

§  17606.                  Pay  Plan  for  School  Term  C:alifomia  School  for  the  Blind 

Employee.  (CSB) 

§  17607.                  Pay  Plan  for  Summer  Session  j^  l^^,^,^                  Eligibility  for  Enrollment  in  CSB's 

Employee.  ^)^y  Program. 

§  17608.                  Pay  Plan  for  Other  Exempt  §  , 7^,67.                 Eligibility  for  Enrollment  in  CSB's 

Employees.  Residential  Program. 
§  17609.                 Personal  Leave  Days. 

Article  2.                 Work  Days  and  Vacation  Chapter  1 9.           Child  Care  and  Development 

Credit 184.47                                     Programs 184.49 

§17624,              Application  of  Article.  Subchapter!.          Award  of  Funding  for 

§  17625.                  Definitions.  ChTH  C^       nnH 

§  17626.                Categones  and  Classifications  of  ^"""  ^^''^  ^"^ 

Employees.  Development  Programs  184.49 

§  17627.                  School  Term  Exempt  Employees.  »     •   1     1                      ^           ,  r,       ■  ■ 

§  1 7628.               Fiscal  Year  Employees.  Article  1 .                 General  Provisions  1 84.49 

§17629.                  Summer  Session  Employees.  §17906.                 Fiscal  Control. 

Substitute  Teachers,  and  Readers  for  §  17930.                Definitions, 

the  Blind.  §18000.                 Definitions. 

§  18001.  Eligibility  for  Funding. 

Article  3.                 Tenure  Rights  ot  Exempt  »    .  ,    ^                  r.  ,      •        ,-^ 

<;,,.,.  18/148              Article  2.                 Selection  01  Contractors 184.49 

.,  ,^            '           !-  ■  •         r„          '  '      ,\ '                                     §  18002.                 Application  Review  and  Award  of 

§  17630.                  Definitions.  [Renumbered]  Contract 

§17630.1.               Application  of  Article._  ^  ,8003                  Contract  Award  Disputes. 

§  17630.2.              Categones  and  Classifications  of  §  18005                  Contractor  Eligibility  for  Slate  Child 

Employees,  and  Definitions.  Care  Facilities  Fund. 

§  1 763 1                   Acquisition  of  Tenure.  g  j  gQoe.                 Priorities  for  State  Child  Care 

§  1 7632.                  Tenure  of  a  Supervisory  or  Facilities  Fund  (School  Age 

Managenal  Employee.  Community  Child  Care  Programs). 
§17633.                  Reappointment  and  Notice  of 

intenfion  Not  to  Reappoint.  Article  3.                 State  Child  Care  Facilities 

[Repealed]  p^nd 184.50 

§  17634.                  Acceptance  of  Appointment  or  ^^^^^                  p^.^^.,^^^  ^^^ 

Reappointment.  [Repealed]  ^,^^.j.^.^^  P^^^^  ^^^^^^ 

Article  4.                     Separation  of  Employees  for  ^  I8OO8.                 Funding  Award  Procedures  for  Stale 

Lack  of  Funds  or  Lack  of  ^^'^'^  ^""^  ^^^"''^  ''""'*^- 

Yv^Qj-j,                                          184  48(a)  Article  4.                Contingency  Funds  for 

§17638.              Application  of  Article.  Alternative  Payment 

§  17639.                 Definitions,  Categories,  and  Programs                                             184.51 

Classifications  of  Employees.  j^  lg009.                ApplicaUon  for  Confingency  Funds. 

§17640.                  Area  and  Order  of  Layofi.  ^^                             ^      ^ 

§17641.              Notice  of  Layoff  Article  5.                Continued  Funding 184.51 

§17642.                  Acceptance  of  Layoff  §18010.                 Confinued  Funding. 

.     •   ,     c                      T-        •      »•          f     c            •  §  18011.                 Location  of  the  Program. 

Article  5.                 Termination  ot  a  Supervisory  ^ 

or  Managerial  Subchapter  2.          General  Requirements 184.51 

Appointment 184.48(a)  Article  1.                 General  Provisions  184.51 

§17643.                  Application  of  Article.  §18012.                 Scope  of  Chapter. 

§17644.                 Definitions,  Categories,  and  §18013.                Definitions. 

Classifications  of  Employees.  §  18014.                 Notification  of  Address  Change. 


Page  xxi 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Page 


Page 


§  18015. 

Private  Agencies;  Open  Board 
Meetings. 

S  18065. 

§  18016. 

Materials  Developed  with  Contract 
Funds. 

§  18066. 

§  18017. 

Prohibition  Against  Religious 
Instruction  or  Worship. 

§  18067. 

§  18018. 

Prohibition  Against  Presigned 
Checks,  Child  Development 

§  18068. 

Division  Prior  Written  Approval: 

§  18069. 

Two  (2)  Authoriiied  Signatures  on 

Checks. 

§  18070. 

§  18019. 

Prohibition  Against  Loans  and 

§  18071. 

Advances. 

§  18072. 

§  18020. 

Compliance  with  Title  22  Cahfomia 
Code  of  Regulations. 

§  18021. 

Payments  to  Family  Child  Care 
Providers. 

§  18073. 

§  18022. 

Contracts  with  Multiple  Service 
Areas. 

§  18023. 

Compliance  Reviews  of 
Contractors. 

Subchapter  2.5. 

§  18024. 

Contractor's  Termination  for 
Convenience. 

§  18025. 

Title,  Use,  Disposition  and 

Retention  of  Equipment. 

Article  1. 

Article  2. 

Subcontracts  1 84.54 

§  18074. 
§  18074.1. 

§  18026. 

Subcontracts  Excluded  from  Scope 
of  This  Article. 

§  18074.2. 

§  18027. 

Private  Contractors;  Three  (3)  Bids 
for  Subcontracts  Exceeding  the 

§  18074.3. 

Amount  Stated  in  Annual  Contract. 

§  18074.4. 

§  18028.  Prior  Child  Development  Division 

Approval  Required  for  All 
Subcontracts  Exceeding  the  Amount 
Stated  in  the  Annual  Child 
Development  Contract. 
Required  Documents  for  Prior  Child 
Development  Division  Approval  of 
Subcontracts. 

Child  Development  Division 
Approval  or  Disapproval  of 
Subcontract  Within  Thirty  (30) 
Calendar  Days. 

Required  Subcontract  Provisions. 
Audit  Requirements  for 
Subcontracts. 

Costs    184.55 

General  Standards. 
Specific  Items  of  Reimbursable 
Costs. 

Nonreimbursable  Costs. 
Charging  of  Expenditures. 
Recoupment  of  Advanced  Contract 
Funds. 

Use  of  Subsidized  Parent  Fees. 
Prior  Approval  for  Certain  Capital 
Outlay  Expenditures. 
§  1 804 1 .  Prior  Approval  for  Out-of-State 

Travel. 

Determination  of 

Reimbursement  184.56 

§  18054.  Determination  of  Reimbursable 

Amount. 
§18055.  Minimum  Days  of  Operation. 

§  18056.  Reduction,  Withholding,  and 

Cancelling  Apportionments  to 
Contractors. 
§18057.  Order  of  Expenditure. 

Article  5.  Accounting  and  Reporting 

Requirements  184.57 

§18063.  General  Provisions. 

§  18064.  Child  Development  Fund;  Interest 

Bearing  Accounts. 


§  18029. 

§  18030. 

§  18031. 
§  18032. 

Article  3. 

§  18033. 
§  18034. 

§  18035. 
§  18037. 
§  18038. 

§  18039. 
§  18040. 

Article  4. 


§  18074.5. 

§  18074.6. 

§  18075. 
§  18075.1. 

§  18075.2. 

§  18076. 
§  18076.1. 
§  18076.2. 
§  18076.3. 

Subchapter  3. 

Article  1. 

§  18077. 
§  18078. 

Article  2. 

§  18081. 
§  18082. 
§  18083. 
§  18084. 

§  18085. 

§  18085.5. 


§  18086. 
§  18086.1. 


§  18086.5. 
§  18087. 


Enrollment  and  Attendance 

Accounting. 

Verification  of  Excused  Absence; 

Policies. 

General  Recordkeeping 

Requirements. 

Attendance  and  Expenditure 

Reports. 

Service  Data  Report  for  Resource 

and  Referral  Programs. 

Report  Data. 

Audits  and  Auditors. 

Review  of  Audit  by  the  State 

Department  of  Education  Office  of 

External  Audits. 

Delinquent  Audits;  One-Time 

Extension;  Liability  for  State 

Department  of  Education  Audit 

Costs. 

Utilization  of  the 

Regional  Market  Rate 

Ceiling  184.60 

General  Provisions 184.60 

Applicable  Regulations. 
Definition(s). 

Application  of  Regional  Market 
Rate  Ceilings. 

Establishment  of  Reimbursement 
Rate. 

Establishment  of  Provider 
Reimbursement  Rate  Utilizing  the 
Comparable  Local  Rate. 
Establishment  of  Hourly 
Reimbursement  Rate  for 
In-Home/Exempt  Providers. 
Determination  of  Reimbursement 
Amount. 

Reimbursement  Rate  Categories. 
Adjustment  for  Evenings  and/or 
Weekends  for  Licensed  Providers. 
Adjustment  for  Children  with 
Exceptional  Needs. 
Limitations  on  Reimbursement. 
Other  Reimbursable  Fees. 
Reimbursable  Hours  of  Care. 
Reimbursement  to  Multiple 
Providers. 

General  Child  Care 

Programs  184.63 

General  Provisions 184.63 

Scope  of  Chapter. 
Definitions. 

Family  Data  File  184.64 

Contents  of  Family  Data  File. 
Certification  of  Eligibility. 
Application  for  Services;  Contents. 
Documentation  of  Income 
Eligibility. 

Documentation  of  Public 
Assistance. 

Documentation  of  Need  Based  on 
Employment,  Seeking  Employment, 
Training,  Seeking  Housing,  and 
Incapacity;  In  General. 
Documentation  of  Employment. 
Documentation  of  Employment  in 
the  Home  or  a  Licensed  Family  Day 
Care  Home;  Service  Limitations. 
Documentation  of  Seeking 
Employment;  Service  Limitations. 
Documentation  of  Training  Toward 
Vocational  Goals;  Service 
Limitations. 


Page  xxii 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


Table  of  Contents 


Page 


Page 


J?  18088. 

§  18089. 

§  18090. 

§  18091. 

§  18092. 

§  18092.5 

§  18093. 

^  18094. 

§  1 8095. 

S  18096. 

Artie 

e3. 

§  18100. 

i?  18101. 


!^  18102. 


§  18103. 

§  18104. 

Article  4. 

§  18105. 

§  18106. 

§  18107. 

Article  5. 

§  18108. 

§  18109. 

§  18110. 

§  18111. 

^  18112. 

§  18113. 

§  18114. 

§  18115. 

§  18116. 

§  18117. 

Article  6. 

§  18118. 

§  18119. 

J^  18120. 

§  18121. 

§  18122. 

Subchapter  4. 
Article  1. 


Documentation  of  Parental 

Incapacity;  Service  Limitations. 

Documentation  of  the  Child's 

Exceptional  Needs. 

Documentation  of  Homelessness. 

Documentation  of  Seeking 

Permanent  Housing:  Service 

Limitations. 

Documentation  of  Child  Protective 

Services. 

Documentation  of  At  Risk  of  Abuse. 

Neglect,  or  Exploitation.  [Repealed] 

Certification  of  Federal  Eligibility 

for  the  Federal  Based  Migrant 

Program. 

Notice  of  Action.  Application  for 

Services. 

Notice  of  Action.  Recipient  of 

Services. 

Calculation  of  Income. 

Enrollment 184.68(c) 

Documentation  and  Determination 

of  Family  Size. 

Parents  Seeking  Employment; 

Eligibility  and  Service  Limitation. 

[Renumbered] 

Notice  to  Families  of  Their 

Responsibility  to  Notify  Contractor 

of  Changes  to  Family 

Circumstances. 

Recertification. 

Limited  Term  Service  Leave 

Requirements. 

Admission  Policies  and 

Procedures 184.68(d) 

Admission  Policies  and  Procedures; 

Interview. 

Admission  Priorities;  Waiting  List; 

and  Displacement. 

Residency  Requirements. 

Parent  Fees  184.69 

Fee  Schedule. 

Fee  Assessment;  Explanation  to 

Parents. 

Exceptions  to  Fee  Assessment. 

No  Additional  Payments  or  Costs; 

Refunds;  Exceptions. 

Credit  for  Fees  Paid  to  Other 

Service  Providers. 

Receipt  for  Payment  of  Fee; 

Retention  of  Copy  for  Records. 

Advance  Payment  of  Fees; 

Delinquent  Fees;  Notice  of 

Delinquency. 

Plan  for  Payment  of  Delinquent 

Fees. 

Consequences  of  Nonpayment  of 

Delinquent  Fees. 

Confidentiality  of  Records. 

Due  Process  Requirements  184.70 

Approval  or  Denial  of  Child  Care 
and  Development  Services. 
Changes  Affecting  Service. 
Clients  Request  for  a  Hearing;  Rules 
and  Procedures. 
Appeal  Procedure  for  Child 
Development  Division  Review. 
Contractor  Compliance  with  Child 
Development  Division  Decision; 
Reimbursement  for  Services  During 
the  Appeal  Process. 

State  Preschool  Program  184.71 

Scope  of  Chapter 184.71 


§  18130.  Scope  of  Chapter;  Applicable 

Regulations. 

Article  2.  Enrollment  Priorities  184.71 

§  18131 .  Enrollment  Priorities  for  State 

Preschool  Programs. 
§  18132.  Certificationof  Eligibility;  Wailing 

List. 
§  18133.  Elxceptions  to  Enrollment  Priorities; 

Ten  Percent  (10%)  Limitation. 
§  18134.  Exceptions  to  Calculation  of 

Adjusted  Monthly  Income  (as 

Defined  in  Section  1 8078)  for 

Military  Personnel. 

Article  3.  Other  Requirements 184.72 

J:;  18135.  Volunteers;  Staffing  Ratios. 

§  18136.  Minimum  Hours  and  Days  of 

Operation. 

Subchapter  5.          School-Age  Parenting  and 
Infant  Development 
Programs  1 84,72 

General  Provisions 184.72 

Definitions. 

Agencies  Who  May  Operate  This 
Program. 

Services  Which  Shall  Be  Provided. 
Location  of  the  Program. 
Eligibility  for  School-Age  Parenting 
and  Infant  Development  Program. 
Priority  for  Service. 
Advisory  Council  Component. 
Composition  of  Advisory  Council. 
Minimum  Number  of  Meefings. 
Records  of  Council  Meetings. 
Admission  Policies  and  Procedures. 
Confidentiality  of  Record. 
Parent  Fee. 
Compliance  Reviews. 
Compliance  Review  Worksheet. 
Quality  Evaluation. 
Compliance  Review  Process. 
Adequacy  of  Program  Components. 
Evaluation  Requirements. 
Application  Procedure. 
Renewal  of  Current  Operating 
Programs. 

Fiscal  Provisions 184.73 

Funding. 

Method  of  Reimbursement. 
Attendance  Factor. 
Claim  for  Reimbursement. 
Budget  Procedures. 

Educational  Provisions 184.73 

Program  Components  for 
School-Age  Parents  and  Other 
Participating  Students. 
§  18167.  Educational  Stimulation 

Component. 

Article  4.  Personnel  Provisions  184.73 

§  18168.  Personnel  and  Their  Duties  with 

Infants  and  Toddlers. 

Article  5.  Structural  and  Safety 

Provisions   1 84.73 

§  18169.  Standards  for  Building  and  Ground. 

Article  6.  Health  Provisions  184.73 

§  18170.  Health  Services  Component. 

Article  7.  Nutrition  Provisions 184.73 

§18171.  Nutritional  Component. 

Articles.  Social  Services  Provisions 184.73 

§  18172.  Social  Services  Requirement. 


Article  1. 

§  18140 

§  18141 

§  18142 

§  18143 

§  18144 

§  18145 

§  18146 

§  18147 

§  18148 

§  18149 

§  181.50 

§  18151 

§  18152 

§  18153 

§  18154 

§  18155 

§  18156 

§  18157 

§  18158 

§  18159 

§  18160 

Article  2. 

§  18161 

§  18162 

§  18163 

§  18164 

§  18165 

Article  3. 

§  18166 

Page  xxiii 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  18173. 
§  18174. 

Subchapter  6. 

§  18175. 

Subchapter  7. 

Article  1. 

§  18180. 

Article  2. 

§  18181. 
§  18182. 
§  18183. 

§  18184. 

Subchapter  7.5. 

Article  1. 

§  18190. 

Article  2. 

§  18191. 
§  18192. 

Subchapter  8. 


Article  1. 

§  18200. 

Article  2. 

§  18201. 

§  18202. 
§  18203. 

§  18204. 

§  18205. 

§  18206. 
§  18207. 
§  18208. 

Subchapter  9. 

§  18210. 

§  18211. 
§  18212. 

§  18213. 
Subchapter  10. 

Article  1. 

§  18220. 

Article  1.5. 

§  18220.2. 


Page 

Social  Services  Contracts. 
Social  Services  Components. 

Campus  Child  Care 

Program  184.73 

Applicable  Regulations. 

Federal  Based  Migrant 

Program  1 84.74 

Scope  of  Chapter 184.74 

Scope  of  Chapter:  Applicable 
Regulations. 

Eligibility  and  Enrollment 

Priorities 184.74 

Definitions. 

Enrollment  Priorities. 

Eligibility  Certification  for  Federal 

Based  Migrant  Programs. 

Migrant  Student  Record  Transfer 

System. 

State  Based  Migrant 

Program  1 84.74 

Scope  of  Chapter 184.74 

Scope  of  Chapter:  Apphcable 
Regulations. 

Eligibility  and  Enrollment 

Priorities 184.74 

EligibiHty  Criteria. 

Priorities  for  Enrollment;  Waiting 

List;  Displacement  Order. 

School  Age  Community 

Child  Care  Services 

Program  (Latch  Key) 184.74 

Scope  of  Chapter 184.74 

Scope  of  Chapter:  Applicable 
Regulations. 

General  Provisions 184.75 

Waiting  List;  Priorities  for 

Enrollment. 

Age  Limitation. 

Staff  Qualifications — Program 

Director  for  School  Age  Programs 

AdultyChild  Ratios  in  Group  Child 

Development  Programs. 

Staff  Qualifications — Site 

Supervisor. 

Staff  Qualifications — Teacher. 

Staff  Qualifications — Teacher  Aide. 

Ratios  Based  on  Average 

Attendance. 

Severely  Handicapped 

Program  1 84.75 

Scope  of  Chapter:  Applicable 

Regulations. 

Eligibility. 

Additional  Basic  Data  File 

Requirements. 

Minimum  Hours  of  Operation. 

Alternative  Payment 

Program  184.76 

Scope  of  Subchapter  184.76 

Scope  of  Subchapter:  Apphcable 
Regulations. 

General  Provisions 184.76 

Definitions. 


Article  2. 

i^  18220.6. 
S  18221. 
§  18222. 
§  18223. 

§  18224. 
Article  2.5. 


§  18224.2. 


§  18224.4. 


Article  3. 

§  18225. 

§  18226. 
§  18228. 

§  18229. 

Article  4. 

§  18230. 

§  18231. 
Subchapter  11. 

Article  1. 

§  18240. 

§  18240.5. 
Article  2. 

§  18241. 
§  18242. 

§  18243. 

§  18244. 
§  18245. 
§  18246. 
§  18247. 
§  18248. 


§  18249. 


ubchapter  12. 

Article  1. 

§  18270. 
Article  2. 

§  18270.5. 
§  18271. 

Page 

Policies  and  Procedures  184.76 

Provider  Rate,  Family  Co-Payment. 

Information  on  Contractor  Policies. 

Information  to  Be  Given  to  Parents. 

Procedures  for  Provider 

Participation. 

Written  Materials  to  Be  Given  to 

Providers. 

Receipt  of  Notification  of 

Temporary  Suspension  Order, 

License  Revocation,  or 

Probation.  Notification  of 

Parents  and  Facilities 184.76(a) 

Receipt  of  Notification  of 
Temporary  Suspension  or  License 
Revocation  from  Resource  and 
Referral  Program.  Nofification  of 
Parents  and  Facilities. 
Receipt  of  Notification  of 
Probationary  Status  of  Facility  from 
Resource  and  Referral  Program. 
Notification  of  Parents  and 
Facilities. 

Services  and  Payments  184.76(a) 

Plan  for  Continuity  of  Service  and 

Expenditures. 

Plan  for  Provider  Payments. 

Offset  of  Parent  Fees  Paid  to 

Providers. 

Basic  Data  File;  Receipt  of 

Supportive  Services. 

Records 184.76(b) 

Records  on  File  Concerning 
In-Home  Service  Providers. 
Records  on  File  Concerning  Service 
Providers. 

Resource  and  Referral 

Program  184.76(b) 

Scope  of  Subchapter  184.76(b) 

Scope  of  Subchapter:  Applicable 

Regulations. 

Definitions. 

Resource  and  Referral 

Service   184  76(h) 

Service  Area. 

No  Fees  Charged  for  Referral 

Services. 

Resources  Available  for  Service 

Providers. 

Written  Referral  Policies. 

Maximizing  Parental  Choice. 

Confidentiality  of  Information. 

Complaint  Procedures. 

Removal  from  Referral  List; 

Notification  of  Temporary 

Suspension,  License  Revocation,  or 

Probation. 

Reinstatement  of  Provider  or 

Facility  at  Conclusion  of  Probation 

or  Temporary  Suspension. 

Program  Quality  184.77 

Scope  of  Chapter 184.77 

Scope  of  Chapter. 

General  Program 

Requirements  184.77 

Definifions. 

Program  Philosophy,  Goals  and 

Objectives. 


Page 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


Table  of  Contents 


• 


i?  18272. 

i^  18273. 

i;  18274. 

§  18275. 

§  18276. 

§  18277. 

J^  18278. 

i?  18279. 

^  18280. 

§  18281. 

Subchapter  13. 

§  18290. 

ij  18291. 

§  18292. 

Subchapter  14. 

i?  1829.S. 


Subchapter  15. 

i?  18300. 
§  18301. 

§  18302. 


Page 

Developmental  Profile. 

Education  Program. 

Stall  Development  Program. 

Parent  Involvement  and  Education. 

Health  and  Social  Services. 

Community  Involvement. 

Nutrition. 

Program  Self-Evaluation  Process. 

Parent  Survey. 

Environment  Rating  Scales. 

Staffing  Ratios 184.79 

Staffing  Ratios  for  Child  Care  and 
Development  Programs. 
Commingling  of  Age  Categories. 
Staffing  Ratio  Variance. 

Waiver  of  Qualifications 

for  Site  Supervisor 184.79 

Waiver  of  Qualifications  for  Site 

Supcrvi.sor;  Conditions. 

Appeal  and  Dispute 
Resolution  Procedures  


184.79 


§  18303. 

§  18304. 

§  18305. 
§  18306. 

§  18307. 

§  18308. 


Scope  of  Chapter. 

Termination.  Suspension,  and  Major 

Reductions  in  Contract. 

Contractor's  Responsibility  After 

Notice  of  Termination  or  Notice  of 

Decision  to  Make  No  Offer  of 

Continued  Funding. 

Administrative  Review  of  Changes 

in  Contract  Status. 

Conditional  Status  Imposed  During 

the  Contract  Period. 

Conditional  Status  Addendum. 

Monthly  Reports;  Inventory  of 

Equipment. 

Duration  of  Conditional  Contract 

Status. 

Resolution  of  Contract 

Administration  Disputes. 


Chapter  19.5. 

Subchapter  1. 

Article  1. 

§  18400. 

Subchapter  2. 

Article  1 . 

§  18405. 

Article  2. 


§  18406. 
§  18407. 
§  18408. 
§  18409. 


CalWORKs  and  Child  Care  and 
Development  Programs 184.81 

Definitions 184.81 


§  18409.5. 


18410. 


§  18411. 


Article  3. 


§  18412. 


General  Provisions 184.81 

Definitions. 

CalWORKs  Stage  2  Child 

Care  Program 1 84.82 

General  Provisions 184.82 

Scope  of  Subchapter. 

Requirements  and  Procedures 

for  Receiving  CalWORKs 

Stage  2  Services 184.82 

Family  Eligibility. 

Child  Eligibility. 

Eligibility  Duration. 

Enrollment  into  CalWORKs  Stage  2 

By  Transfer  from  Another 

CalWORKs  Agency. 

Enrollment  into  CalWORKs  Stage 

2  When  Not  Transferring  from 

Another  CalWORKs  Agency. 

Contractor  Responsibilities  for 

Maintaining  Family  Eligibility. 

Eligible  Providers. 

Requirements  for  Family  Data 

File  184.85 

Family  Data  File. 


Article  4. 

§  18413. 
§  18414. 

Article  5. 

§  18415. 

Article  6. 

S  18416. 

Article  7. 

§  18417. 

Article  8. 

§  18418. 
§  18419. 

Subchapter  3. 


Article  1. 


18420. 


Article  2. 


§  18421. 
§  18422. 
§  18423. 
§  18424. 


§  18425. 

ij  18426. 
Article  3. 

§  18427. 

Article  4. 

§  18428. 
§  18429. 

Article  5. 

§  18430. 
Article  6. 

§  18431. 

Article  7. 

§  18432. 

Article  8. 

§  18433. 
§  18434. 


Provider  Payments  and  Parent 
Fees  

Provider  Payments. 

Parent  Fees  and  Co-payments. 

Program  Policies 

Contractor  Responsibilities. 

Data  Reporting 

Data  Reporting. 

Program  Quality  

Quality. 

Due  Process 

Parental  Appeals. 

Notice  of  Action  Requirements. 

CalWORKs  Stage  3  Child 
Care  Program 


General  Provisions 

Scope  of  Subchapter. 

Requirements  and  Procedures 
for  Receiving  CalWORKs 
Stage  3  Services 

P^'amily  Eligibility. 
Child  Eligibility. 
Eligibility  Duration. 
Enrollment  into  CalWORKs  Stage 
By  Transfer  from  Another 
CalWORKs  Agency. 
Contractor  Responsibilities  for 
Maintaining  Family  Eligibility. 
Eligible  Providers. 

Requirements  for  Family  Data 
File  

Family  Data  File. 
Provider  Payments  and  Parent 
Fees  

Provider  Payments. 

Parent  Fees  and  Co-Payments. 

Program  Policies 

Contractor  Responsibilities. 

Data  Reporting 

Data  Reporting. 

Program  Quality  

Quality. 

Due  Process 

Parental  Appeals. 

Notice  of  Action  Requirements. 


Page 

184,85 

184.86 
184.86 
184.86 
184.86 


184.87 
184.87 


184.87 


Chapter  20. 


State  Board  of  Education 
Procedures  


Subchapter  1 . 

General  Provisions 

Article  1. 

Public  Hearing 

§  18460. 
§  18461. 
§  18462. 
§  18463. 
§  18464. 

Subchapter  2. 

Public  Hearings. 

Speakers. 

Copies  of  Statement. 

Presentation  of  Public  Testimony. 

Waiver  by  President. 

Procedure  for  Appearance 
of  an  Employee  Under 
Government  Code  Section 
1028.1  

Subchapter  3. 

Procedures  Relating  to 
Instructional  Materials  

184.89 

184.90 

184.90 
184.90 
184.90 
184.90 


184.91 
184.91 
184.91 


184.91 


1 84.92 


Page  XXV 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Page 


Page 


Article  1. 


§  18530. 

§  18531. 

§  18532. 
§  18533. 

§  18534. 


Procedures  for  the  Public 
Display  of  Textbooks, 
Public  Hearing  Given  the 
Curriculum  Development  and 
Supplemental  Materials 
Commission,  and  Receipt  of 
Comments  from  the  Public  ... 

CiiiTiculum  Commission 

Recommendation. 

Procedure  for  Hearing  Given  the 

Curriculum  Commission. 

Display  of  Instructional  Materials. 

Written  Statements  to  the  Board 

Regarding  Instructional  Materials 

and  Curriculum  Frameworks. 

Oral  Comments  from  the  Public; 

Notice  of  Intention  to  Present. 


184.92 


§  18807. 

Disclosures  to  Consumers. 

{}  18808. 

Location  of  Approval  or 

Authorization. 

Subchapter  2. 

Applications  and 

Affidavits  by 

Institutions 

§  18809. 

Processing. 

§  18810. 

Earned  Fees. 

§  18811. 

Consent  to  Inspection. 

Subchapter  3. 

Standards  for  Evaluating 

the  Institution 

• 


§  18535. 

Participation  by  the  Public. 

§  18536. 

Time  Devoted  to  Oral  Comments  of 
the  Public. 

§  18537. 

Time  Limitations. 

§  18538. 

Manner  of  Oral  Presentation. 

Article  2. 

Procedures  for  Submission 
and  Opening  of  Bids  for 
Elementary  Instructional 

Materials 

184.92 

§  18550 

Definitions. 

§  18551 

Contents  of  Invitation  to  Submit 
Instructional  Materials  for  Adoption 
in  California. 

§  18552 

Mailing  of  Invitation  to  Submit. 

§  18553 

Submission  of  Instructional 
Materials. 

§  18554 

Submission  of  Bids. 

§  18555 

Opening  of  Bids. 

§  18556 

Opening  of  Bids. 

§  18557 

Estimated  Cost  of  Manufacture. 

§  18558 

Estimated  Cost  of  Acquisition. 

Subchapter  4. 

Procedures  Relating  to 
Hearings  on  Proposals 
and  Petitions  for  the 
Reorganization  of  School 

Districts  

184.93 

§  18570 

Submission  of  Proposals  and 
Petitions. 

§  18571 

Arguments  Before  the  Board 
(Original  Submission). 

§  18572 

Resubmissions  and  Petitions  for 
Reconsideration. 

§  18573 

Criteria  for  Reorganizafion  of 
School  Districts. 

§  18574 

Policy. 

Subchapter  5. 

State  Board  of  Education — 
Conflict  of  Interest 

Code 

184.94 

§  18600 

General  Provisions. 

Appendix 

184.95 

hapter  21. 

Private  Postsecondary  Education 

instructions 

184.95 

Subchapter  1. 

General  Provisions 

184.95 

§  18800 

Definitions, 

§  18801 

Content  of  Diplomas  and  Degrees. 

§  18802 

Custodian  of  Records. 

§  18803 

Affiliation  and  Evaluation  of  Credit 

§  18804 

Advertising. 

§  18805 

Refund  Policy. 

§  18806 

Advertising. 

Article  1, 


§  18814. 
Article  2. 


§  18815. 
Article  3. 


Institutions  Approved  Under 
Education  Code  Section 

94310.2 

Standards. 

Institutions  Authorized 
Under  Education  Code 

Section  94310.3 

Related  Documents. 


184.97 


184.98 


184.98 


184.98 


Institutions  Approved  Under 
Education  Code  Section 

94311(d) 184.98 

§  18816.  Objectives  Subject  to  Approval. 

§  18817.  Standards  Relating  to  Instructors 

and  Administrators. 
§  18818.  Standards  Applicable  to  Courses  of 

Instruction  in  Massage. 

Subchapter  4.  Agents 184.99 

§18822.  Agent's  Permit. 

§  18823.  Standards. 

Subchapter  5.         Enforcement 184.100 

§  18825.  Grounds  for  Denial,  Revocation  or 

Suspension  of  an  Approval  or 

Authorization. 
§  18826.  Grounds  for  Denial,  Revocation,  or 

Suspension  of  an  Agent's  Permit. 
§18827.  Hearing  Procedures. 

§  1 8828.  Automatic  Termination. 

§  18829.  Standards  Applicable  to  Courses  of 

Instruction  in  Massage. 

Article  6.  Student  Tuition  Recovery 

Fund 184.100 

§18831.  Definitions. 

§  18832.  Institutions  Subject  to  Assessment. 

§18833.  Assessment  Base. 

§  18834.  Due  Date. 

§  18835.  Maximum  Assessment. 

§  18836.  EnroIIee  Assessment  Refund. 

§  1 8837.  Application  for  Payment  from  the 

Fund. 

§  18838.  Payments  from  the  Fund. 

§  18839.  Altemafive  Method  for  Exemption 

from  Participation  in  the  Fund. 

§18840.  Notification  of  EnroIIees. 

§18841.  Automatic  Termination. 

§  18846.  Definitions. 

§  18847.  Institutions  Subject  to  Assessment. 

§  1 8848.  Assessment  Base. 

§18849.  Due  Date. 

§18850.  Maximum  Assessment. 

§18851.  EnroUee  Assessment  Refund. 

§  18852.  Application  for  Payment  from  the 

Fund. 

§  18853.  Payments  from  the  Fund. 

§  18854.  Exempted  Institutions. 

§18855.  Nofification  of  EnroIIees. 

§18856.  Administration  of  the  Fund. 

Chapter  22.  Veterans  Education  1 84.102 


Page  xxvi 


(7-11-2008) 


Title  5 


California 


Department  of  Education  Table  of  Contents 

Page  Page 

§  19503.  School  District  Claim  tor 

Allowance. 
§  19504.  County  Superintendent's  Claim  tor 

Allowance. 
1^4  jQT  §19505.  F'lanning  of  Programs. 

§  19506.  Study  Guides. 

Subchapter  2.          California  Maritime 
'^"^■'0-  Academy    1X4.10.3 

Subchapter  3.  Surplus  Property  1X4.10.3 

Article  1.  Direct  Shipment  of  Food 

Commodities 1X4. 103 

I X4  10'' 

§19540.  Direct  Shipment  of  Commodities 

Donated  by  the  United  States 

1 X4. 1 03  Department  of  Agriculture. 

^g^jQ-^  Subchapter  4.  Performance  Based 

Accountability  System  1X4.104 

§  19600.  Definitions. 

184  103  §19601.  PBA  System  Reporting  Procedures. 

Chapter  24.  Library  Services  Provided  by  the 

State  1X4.106 


Subchapter  1.          Approval  of  Nonaccredited 
Resident  Courses  in 
Educational 
Institutions 

Subchapter  2.  Approval  of 

Correspondence  Courses  . . 

Subchapter  3.           Approval  of  Accredited 
Resident  Courses  in 
Educational 
Institutions 

Chapter  23.  Miscellaneous  Provisions 

Subchapter  1 .  Instructional  Television  . . . 

Article  1.  Classroom  Instructional 

Television 

§  19500.  Scope. 

§19501.  Definitions. 

§19502.  Application  for  Approval. 


• 


• 


Page  xxvii 


(7    11-2008) 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§50 


TITLE  5.     EDUCATION 


Division  1. 


• 


California  Department  of 
Education 


Chapter  1.    General  Provisions 


Subchapter  1.    Citation  and  Definitions 

§  1 .    Citation. 

NOTE:  Authorily  cited:  Section  33031(a).  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  I  (§§  1  and  2)  filed  9-23-69;  etTective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter 
(Register  69,  No.  39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  etTective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reeister  77,  No. 
39). 

3.  Repealer  filed  12-14-83;effectivethirtiethdaythereafter(Register83,  No.  51). 

4.  Amendment  of  division  headins  filed  6-8-2004;  operative  6-8-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  24). 

§  2.     Definitions. 

Throughout  Part  I  of  this  title,  unless  otherwise  indicated  by  the  con- 
text: 

(a)  "County  superintendent"  means  the  county  superintendent  of 
schools  having  jurisdiction. 

(b)  "Department"  means  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

(c)  "Governing  board"  means  the  governing  board  of  a  school  district 
maintaining  any  grade  K-12. 

(d)  "Grade"  includes  kindergarten,  unless  otherwise  specified. 

(e)  "High  school"  includes  junior  high  school,  four  year  high  school, 
senior  high  school,  and  continuation  high  school  unless  a  contrary  inten- 
tion appears,  but  excludes  evening  high  schools,  called  "adult  schools" 
in  this  title. 

( 1 )  "Four  year  high  schools"  are  organized  to  include  grades  9, 10,  11 , 
and  12. 

(2)  "Junior  high  schools"  are  organized  to  include  grades  seven  and 
eight;  grades  seven,  eight,  and  nine;  or  grades  seven,  eight,  nine,  and  ten. 

(3)  "Senior  high  schools"  are  organized  to  include  grades  10.  11,  and 
12;  or  grades  1 1  and  12. 

(f)  "K-12"  means  kindergarten  and  grades  1  through  12. 

(g)  "Pupil"  means  a  person  enrolled  in  any  grade  K-12,  in  an  ungraded 
class,  or  individual  instruction. 

(h)  "Regular  day  class"  means  a  class  maintained  during  the  regular 
school  day,  as  fixed  by  the  governing  board  of  the  school  district.  Classes 
in  special  day  and  evening  and  summer  schools,  juvenile  hall  schools,  re- 
medial classes,  and  classes  for  the  physically  handicapped,  mentally  re- 
tarded, severely  mentally  retarded,  educationally  handicapped,  and  men- 
tally gifted  are  not  regular  day  classes. 

(i)  "Regular  full-fime  day  school"  means  a  school  maintained  by  a 
school  district  during  the  day,  as  distinguished  from  evening  or  night,  for 
not  less  than  1 75  days  during  the  fiscal  year  and  for  not  less  than  the  mini- 
mum school  day  established  by  or  pursuant  to  law. 

(j)  "School"  means  a  public  school  maintained  for  a  grade  or  grades, 
K-12. 

(k)  "Section"  means  a  section  of  this  code,  unless  some  other  code  or 
statute  is  expressly  mentioned. 

(/)  "State  Board"  means  the  State  Board  of  Education. 
History 
1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (f)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 

(Register  77,  No.  39). 


Subchapter  2.    School  Sessions 

History 

Repealer  of  Chapter  2  (Sections  lOand  I  1)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39).  For  prior  history  see  Register  70,  No.  9. 


Subchapter  3.    Flag  of  the  United  States 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  Chapter  3  (Secfions  20  and  2 1 )  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day 

thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  69,  No.  .39. 


Subchapter  4.    Affirmative  Action 
Employment  Programs 

§  30.    Statement  of  Policy. 

It  continues  to  be  the  policy  of  the  State  Board  of  Education  to  provide 
equal  opportunity  in  employment  for  all  persons  and  to  promote  the  total 
realizafion  of  equal  employment  opportunity  through  a  continuing  affir- 
mative acfion  employment  program.  It  is  the  intention  of  the  Board  to  im- 
plement that  policy  and  to  implement  Sections  44100  through  44105  of 
the  Educafion  Code  as  added  by  Chapter  1090  of  the  Statutes  of  1977 
(S.B.  179  ). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  4  (Sections  30  and  31):  Article  4  (Sections 
44100-44105)  of  Chapter  I,  Part  25,  Division  3,  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  of  Chapter  4  (Secdons  3C^36)  and  new  Chapter  4  (Sections  30  and  3 1 ) 

filed  5-17-78;  effecUve  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  20).  For  prior 

history,  see  Registers  77,  No.  39;  75,  No.  39;  74,  No.  16. 

§  31 .    Development  and  Implementation  of  Programs. 

Each  public  education  agency  will  develop  and  implement  an  affirma- 
tive action  employment  program  for  all  operating  units  and  at  all  levels 
of  responsibility  within  its  jurisdiction. 


Subchapter  5.     Public  Records 


§50. 


Access  to  Public  Records  of  the  State  Department  of 
Education. 

(a)  Inspecdon  of  the  original  copy  of  any  public  record  of  the  State  De- 
partment of  Educafion  (as  defined  by  Government  Code  Sections 
6252(d)  and  6254)  will  be  permitted  during  regular  office  hours  of  the 
State  Department  of  Educafion,  721  Capitol  Mall,  Sacramento,  Califor- 
nia. 

(b)  Requests  to  inspect  such  records  should  be  filed  with  the  Chief 
Deputy  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  at  least  five  working  days 
prior  to  the  requested  inspecfion  date  in  order  to  in.sure  availability. 

(c)  Requests  for  inspection  should  be  as  specific  as  possible  in  identi- 
fying the  records  desired. 

(d)  Original  copies  of  public  records  shall  not  be  removed  from  the  of- 
fice of  the  custodian  thereof. 

(e)  If  search  by  a  state  employee  for  the  records  requested,  inspection 
of  the  public  record  will  be  subject  to  the  payment  of  the  fees  required 
by  Secfion  18473  of  this  fitle. 

Note:  Authority  cited;  Section  33031(a).  Education  Code;  and  Section  6253(a), 
Government  Code.  Reference:  Section  6253(a),  Government  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  5  (§§  50-5 1 )  filed  1-23-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 76,  No.  4). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 


Page  1 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6  - 1 1  -  2004 


§51 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


3.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  12-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Regis- 
ter 83,  No.  51). 

§  51 .    Obtaining  Copies  of  Public  Records. 

Copies  of  public  records  may  be  obtained  from  the  custodian  thereof 
through  the  procedure  provided  in  Section  18471. 
NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031(a),  Education  Code;  and  Section  6253(a). 
Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  6253(a),  6256  and  6257.  Government 
Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  12-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Regis- 
ter 83,  No.  51). 


Subchapter  6.    Department  of 
Education — Conflict  of  Interest  Code 

§  70.    General  Provisions. 

The  Political  Reform  Act.  Government  Code  Sections  81000.  et  seq.. 
requires  state  and  local  government  agencies  to  adopt  and  promulgate 
Conflict  of  Interest  Codes.  The  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  has 
adopted  a  regulation,  2  Cal.  Code  of  Regulations  Section  18730.  which 
contains  the  terms  of  a  standard  Conflict  of  Interest  Code,  which  can  be 
incorporated  by  reference,  and  which  may  be  amended  by  the  Fair  Politi- 
cal Practices  Commission  to  conform  to  amendments  in  the  Political  Re- 
form Act  after  public  notice  and  hearings.  Tlierefore,  the  terms  of  2  Cal. 
Code  of  Regulations  Section  18730  and  any  amendments  to  it  duly 
adopted  by  the  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission,  along  with  the  at- 
tached Appendix  in  which  officials  and  employees  are  designated  and 
disclosure  categories  are  set  forth,  are  hereby  incorporated  by  reference 
and  constitute  the  Conflict  of  Interest  Code  of  the  Department  of  Educa- 
tion, except  as  provided  below. 

Designated  employees  shall  file  statements  of  economic  interests  with 
the  agency. 

EXCEPTION:  As  provided  in  2  Cal.  Code  of  Regulations  Section  18730(b)(1).  the 
definitions  contained  in  the  Political  Reform  Act  of  1974  shall  apply  to  the  terms 
used  in  this  Code  except  that  neither  the  term  "investment"  nor  the  term  "business 
entity"  shall  operate  to  exclude  any  private  school  in  California,  whether  or  not 
such  school  is  operated  for  profit. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  87300  and  87304,  Government  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  87300,  et  seq..  Government  Code. 

History 

1.  New  chapter  6  (sections  70-78)  filed  12-17-76;  designated  effective  2-1-77. 
Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  10-6-76  (Register  76,  No. 
51). 

2.  Repealer  of  chapter  6  (sections  70-78)  and  new  chapter  6  (section  70  and  Ap- 
pendix) filed  2-26-81 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter.  Approved  by  Fair  Po- 
litical Practices  Commission  12-1-80  (Register  81,  No.  9). 

3.  Amendment  filed  3-2-94;  operative  4-1-94.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only.  Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  1-25-94  (Register  94, 
No.  9). 

4.  Amendment  of  Appendix,  list  of  designated  employees,  filed  1 1-8-99;  opera- 
tive 12-8-99.  Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Coiiunission  9-1-99  (Reg- 
ister 99,  No.  46). 

Appendix 

Disclosure 
Designated  Employees  Categories 

Headquarters  Offices 

All  educational  classifications  at  or  above  the  level  of 

Assistant  Superintendent 1,  II,  111 

All  exempt  positions,  including  those  authorized  for  boards 

and  commissions   1, 11,  111 

All  Career  Executive  Assignment  classes  I,  II,  III 

All  legal  classifications    I,  II.  Ill 

All  professional  education  classifications   I,  II 

Ail  field  representative  classifications  in  school  facilities I.  II.  Ill 

Senior  Architect I,  II.  Ill 

All  positions  in  curriculum  frameworks  and  textbook 

development  at  or  above  the  level  of  Staff  Services  Analyst I,  II 

All  Child  Nutrition  classifications I,  II 

All  fiscal,  management  and  staff  services  classifications  at  or 

above  the  level  of  Staff  Services  Manager  I    II 

All  supervising  data  processing  or  information  systems  classes I,  II 


Disclosure 
Desig)iated  Employees  Categories 

All  per.sons  in  staff  services  classes  where  the  duties  include 

substantial  review  of  local  programs  and  funding  or  coiruiiodities 

decisions  may  be  affected    I,  II 

All  Business  Services  Office  classifications  at  or  above  the 

level  of  Business  Service  Officer  II     11 

All  accounting  classifications  at  or  above  the  level  of 

Accounting  Administrator  I II 

All  audio-visual  classifications  at  or  above  the  level  of 
Audio-Visual  Specialist    II 

Departmental  Construction  and  Maintenance  Supervisor  II 

All  contract  consultants * 

State  Special  Schools 

Site  Superintendent  or  Director  of  a  Special  School  or  Center  1,  II 

All  education  positions  designated  Supervisory,  Managerial, 

or  Excluded    II 

All  physician  positions    II 

All  Business  Manager  positions II 

All  director  of  dietetics  positions II 

All  supervising  cook  positions II 

All  chief  of  plant  operation  positions II 

Disclosure  Categories: 

Category  1. 

Persons  in  this  category  shall  report  investments,  business  positions 
and  income  to  the  extent  that  they  know  or  have  reason  to  know  that  the 
business  entity  in  which  the  investment  or  business  position  is  held  or  the 
source  of  income  is  a  publisher,  manufacturer,  or  vendor  of  instructional 
materials,  educational  materials,  supplies,  machines,  equipment,  food 
commodities  or  consulting  services  offered  to  educational  institutions  in 
the  State  of  California.  They  shall  also  report  any  investments,  business 
positions  and  income  in  or  from  any  private  school  in  the  State  of  Califor- 
nia. 

Category  II. 

Persons  in  this  category  shall  report  investments,  business  positions, 
and  income  to  the  extent  that  they  know  or  have  reason  to  know  that  the 
business  entity  in  which  the  investment  or  business  position  is  held  or  the 
source  of  income  is  engaged  in  the  performance  of  educational,  research 
or  professional  consulting  services,  or  publishes,  manufactures,  or  sells 
supplies,  books,  machines,  equipment,  food  commodities,  or  other  items 
purchased  by  the  Department. 

Category  III. 

Persons  in  this  category  shall  report  interests  in  real  property  in  Cali- 
fornia. 

*  Contract  consultants  shall  be  included  in  the  list  of  designated  employees  and 
shall  disclose  pursuant  to  the  broadest  disclosure  category  in  the  code  subject  to 
the  following  limitations: 

The  Executive  Deputy  Superintendent  may  determine  in  writing  that  a  particu- 
lar consultant,  although  a  "designated  position,"  is  hired  to  perform  a  range  of  du- 
ties that  is  limited  in  scope  and  thus  is  not  required  to  fully  comply  with  he  disclo- 
sure requirements  in  this  section.  Such  written  determination  shall  include  a 
description  of  the  consultant's  duties,  and  based  upon  that  description,  a  statement 
of  the  extent  of  disclosure  requirements.  The  Executive  Deputy  Superintendent's 
determination  is  a  public  record  and  shall  be  retained  for  public  inspection  in  the 
same  manner  and  location  as  this  conflict  of  interest  code. 


• 


Subchapter  7.    Plans  to  Alleviate  Racial  and 
Ethnic  Segregation  of  Minority  Students 

§  90.    Policy. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  chapter  7  (sections  90  through  101)  filed  9-16-77;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  except  for  section  97  (Register  77,  No.  38).  For  effective  date  of  sec- 
tion 97,  see  history  note  of  section  97. 

2.  Repealer  of  section  filed  6-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-91  (Regis- 
ter 91,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
10-28-91  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-28-91  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-16-91 
and  filed  1 1-7-91  (Register  92,  No.  8). 


• 


Page  2 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§201 


• 


§  91 .    Findings  and  Intentions. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  section  filed  6-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-9 1  (Regis- 
ter 91,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
10-28-91  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-28-91  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-16-91 
and  filed  1 1-7-91  (Register  92,  No.  8). 

§  92.    Definitions. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  section  filed  6-28-9 1  as  an  emergency:  operative  6-28-91  (Regis- 
ter 91,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
10-28-91  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-28-91  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-16-91 
and  filed  1 1-7-9 1  (Register  92,  No.  8). 

§  93.    Identification  of  Segregated  Schools. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsecfion  (a)  filed  7-18-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register78,  No.  29). 

2.  Repealer  of  section  filed  (S-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-91  (Regis- 
ter 91,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
10-28-91  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-28-91  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-16-91 
and  filed  1 1-7-91  (Register  92,  No.  8). 

§  94.    Preparation  of  District  Plans. 

History 

1.  Repealerofsecnon  filed  6-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-91  (Regis- 
ter 91,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
10-28-91  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-28-91  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-16-91 
and  filed  1 1-7-91  (Register  92,  No.  8). 

§  95.    Contents  of  District  Plan. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  section  tiled  6-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-91  (Regis- 
ter 91,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
10-28-91  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-28-91  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-16-91 
and  filed  11-7-91  (Register  92,  No.  8). 

§  96.    Community  Involvement. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  section  filed  6-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operafive  6-28-91  (Regis- 
ter 91,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
10-28-91  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-28-91  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-16-91 
and  filed  1 1-7-91  (Register  92,  No.  8). 

§  97.    Racial  and  Ethnic  Survey. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  9-16-77  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing.  Certificate 
of  Compliance  included  (Register  77,  No.  38). 

2.  Repealerofsecnon  filed  6-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operafive  6-28-91  (Regis- 
ter 91,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
10-28-91  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-28-91  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-16-91 
and  filed  1 1-7-91  (Register  92,  No.  8). 

§  98.    Publication  by  Governing  Board. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  secfion  filed  6-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-91  (Regis- 
ter 91,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
10-28-91  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-28-91  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-16-91 
and  filed  1 1-7-91  (Register  92,  No.  8). 


§  99.    Certification  by  Governing  Board. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  7-18-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78.  No. 
29). 

2.  Repealer  of  section  filed  6-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-91  (Regis- 
ter 91,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
10-28-91  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-28-91  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-16-91 
and  filed  1 1-7-91  (Register  92.  No.  8). 

§  1 00.     Responsibility  of  the  Department. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  7-18-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  78,  No.  29). 

2.  Repealer  of  section  filed  6-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-91  (Regis- 
ter 91,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  mu.st  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
10-28-91  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-28-91  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-16-91 
and  filed  1 1-7-91  (Register  92.  No.  8). 

§  1 01 .    Responsibility  of  County  Superintendent  of 
Schools. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  secfion  filed  6-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-9 1  (Regis- 
ter 91,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
10-28-91  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-28-91  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-16-91 
and  filed  11-7-91  (Register  92,  No.  8). 


Chapter  2.     Pupils 


Subchapter  1 .    General  Provisions 


Article  1 . 


Admission  and  Exclusion  of 
Pupils 


§  200.    Admittance  to  First  Grade  from  Kindergarten. 

A  child  who  has  been  lawfully  admitted  to  a  public  school  kindergar- 
ten in  California  may  be  placed  in  the  first  grade  at  the  discretion  of  the 
administration  of  a  school  district  if  it  determines  that  the  child  is  ready 
for  first  grade  work. 

(a)  The  governing  board  shall  adopt  regulations  setting  forth  the  proce- 
dures to  be  followed. 

(b)  The  procedures  adopted  shall  insure  that  a  kindergarten  pupil 
placed  in  the  first  grade  meets  the  following  minimum  criteria: 

(1 )  The  child  is  at  least  five  years  of  age. 

(2)  The  child  has  attended  a  public  school  kindergarten  for  a  long 
enough  time  to  enable  school  personnel  to  evaluate  his  ability. 

(3)  The  child  is  in  the  upper  five  percent  of  his  age  group  in  terms  of 
general  mental  ability. 

(4)  The  physical  development  and  social  maturity  of  the  child  are  con- 
sistent with  his  advanced  mental  ability. 

(5)  The  parent  or  guardian  of  the  child  has  filed  with  the  school  district 
a  written  statement  approving  placement  in  the  first  grade. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  1:  Section  33031  and  33037,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  1  (§§  200-202,  300-307,  350-3.'>3)  filed  9-23-69;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  69,  No.  39). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

§  201 .    Admission  to  High  School. 

The  school  district  maintaining  a  high  school  shall  admit  pupils  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  grade  organization  of  the  schools  maintained  and  the 
maturity  and  achievement  of  the  pupils  as  follows: 

(a)  A  pupil  shall  be  admitted  to  the  high  school  shown  if  he  has  com- 
pleted at  least  the  grade  indicated. 


Page  3 


Itegister  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


§202 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Adiiiitliiii^ 

Grade  Completed  Hi}>h  School 

Grade  6    Junior  high  school 

Grade  8    Four  year  high  school 

Grade  9    Senior  high  school  (having  grades  10,  11,  and  12) 

Grade  10    Senior  high  school  (having  grades  1 1  and  12) 

(b)  A  pupil  may  be  admitted  to  a  high  school  who  in  the  judgment  of 
personnel  of  the  district  described  in  Education  Code  Section  48020  or 
48030,  as  appropriate,  is  capable  of  profiting  from  the  instruction  of- 
fered, regardless  of  the  grade  he  has  completed. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 

(Register77.  No.  39). 

§  202.    Exclusion  of  Pupils  with  a  Contagious  Disease. 

A  pupil  while  infected  with  any  contagious  or  infectious  disease  may 
not  remain  in  any  public  school. 

Article  2.     Duties  of  Pupils 


§  300.    Duties  Generally. 

Every  pupil  shall  attend  school  punctually  and  regularly;  conform  to 
the  regulations  of  the  school;  obey  promptly  all  the  directions  of  his 
teacher  and  others  in  authority;  observe  good  order  and  propriety  of  de- 
portment; be  diligent  in  study;  respectful  to  his  teacher  and  others  in  au- 
thority; kind  and  courteous  to  schoolmates;  and  refrain  entirely  from  the 
use  of  profane  and  vulgar  language. 

§  301 .    Duty  to  Refrain  from  Certain  Conduct. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-23-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76,  No.  26). 

§  302.    Pupils  to  Be  Neat  and  Clean  on  Entering  School. 

A  pupil  who  goes  to  school  without  proper  attention  having  been  given 
to  personal  cleanliness  or  neatness  of  dress,  may  be  sent  home  to  be  prop- 
erly prepared  for  school,  or  shall  be  required  to  prepare  himself  for  the 
schoolroom  before  entering. 

§  303.    Duty  to  Remain  at  School. 

A  pupil  may  not  leave  the  school  premises  at  recess,  or  at  any  other 
time  before  the  regular  hour  for  closing  school,  except  in  case  of  emer- 
gency, or  with  the  approval  of  the  principal  of  the  school. 

§  304.    Leaving  Room  at  Recess. 

Every  pupil  shall  leave  the  schoolroom  at  recess  unless  it  would  occa- 
sion an  exposure  of  health. 

§  305.     Pupil  Responsible  for  Care  of  Property. 

A  pupil  who  defaces,  damages,  or  destroys  any  school  property  or 
willfully  or  negligently  injures  another  pupil  or  school  employee  is  liable 
to  suspension  or  expulsion,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  offense. 

§  306.    Explanation  of  Absence. 

A  principal  or  teacher  may  require  satisfactory  explanation  from  the 
parent  or  guardian  of  a  pupil,  either  in  person  or  by  written  note,  whenev- 
er the  pupil  is  absent  a  part  or  all  of  a  school  day.  The  explanation  shall 
not  be  required  until  the  day  following. 

§  307.    Participation  in  School  Activities  Until  Departure  of 
Bus. 

A  pupil  for  whom  the  district  provides  transportation  facilities  may  be 
required  to  remain  at  school  to  participate  in  activities  approved  by  the 
superintendent  of  schools  or  by  the  governing  board  until  the  departure 
of  the  pupil  in  the  vehicle  to  which  he  has  been  assigned. 


Article  3.     Privileges  of  Pupils 

§  350.     Fees  Not  Permitted. 

A  pupil  enrolled  in  a  school  shall  not  be  required  to  pay  any  fee,  depos- 
it, or  other  charge  not  specifically  authorized  by  law. 

§  351.    Work  or  Services  Required  of  Pupils. 

A  pupil  shall  not  be  required  to  perform  any  work  or  services  that  may 
be  detrimental  to  his  health. 

§  352.     Detention  During  Recess  or  Noon  Intermission. 

A  pupil  shall  not  be  required  to  remain  in  school  during  the  intermis- 
sion at  noon,  or  during  any  recess. 

§  353.     Detention  After  School. 

A  pupil  shall  not  be  detained  in  school  for  disciplinary  or  other  reasons 

for  more  than  one  hour  after  the  close  of  the  maximum  school  day,  except 

as  otherwise  provided  in  Section  307. 

Note.  Specific  authority  cited  for  Section  330:  Section  5  of  Article  IX,  California 
Constitution. 

Subchapter  2.     Records  of  Pupils 


Article  1. 


Attendance  Records  and 
Accounting 


§  400.    Attendance  Records. 

Records  of  attendance  of  every  pupil  in  the  public  schools  shall  be  kept 
for  the  following  purposes; 

(a)  For  apportionment  of  State  funds. 

(b)  To  insure  general  compliance  with  the  compulsory  education  law, 
and  performance  by  a  pupil  of  his  duty  to  attend  school  regularly  as  pro- 
vided in  Section  300. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  46000,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  1  (§§400-408)  filed  2-24-70;  designated  effective  7-1-70  (Regis- 
ter 70,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

§  401 .     Forms  and  Procedures  for  Recording  Attendance. 

(a)  Elementary  school  attendance  shall  be  kept  in  a  state  school  regis- 
ter, as  required  by  Section  44809,  except  when  a  central  file  is  maintained 
as  authorized  by  Education  Code  Section  44809. 

(b)  High  school  attendance  (including  junior  high  school)  shall  be  kept 
on  forms  approved  by  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

(c)  In  all  high  schools,  except  those  listed  in  (d)  of  this  section,  each 
teacher  shall  be  required  to  submit  to  the  principal,  at  least  once  each 
school  day,  a  report  of  attendance  for  each  period  of  the  day  in  which  he 
conducts  classes,  listing  the  names  of  all  pupils  absent  in  any  period. 

(d)  In  all  classes  for  adults,  continuation  schools,  and  classes,  and  re- 
gional occupational  centers  and  programs,  attendance  shall  be  reported 
to  the  supervising  administrator  at  least  once  each  school  month. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  44809, 46000,  EducaUon  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 44809,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No.  39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  1 1-7-79:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 

45). 

§  402.    Attendance  That  May  Be  Counted. 

For  apportionment  purposes,  attendance  of  a  pupil  upon  schools  or 
classes  maintained  by  a  school  district  or  a  county  superintendent  may 
be  counted  when  the  pupil  is  present  during  the  time  lawfully  prescribed 
for  the  school  or  class  in  which  he  is  enrolled  and  when  such  attendance 
meets  the  requirements  prescribed  by  Education  Code  Section  46300.  In 


• 


Page  4 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§421 


addition,  if  the  pupil  is  enrolled  in  summer  school  his  attendance  may  be 
counted  only  ii'lhe  summer  school  meets  the  requirements  of  Education 
Code  Section  12400. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  tiled  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
.39). 

§  403.     Pupils  Enrolled  for  the  Minimum  School  Day. 

Subject  to  the  provisions  of  Sections  402. 404,  and  405.  for  apportion- 
ment purposes  a  pupil  enrolled  in  a  regular  day  class  or  a  special  day  class 
for  the  minimum  school  day  applicable  to  him  (except  pupils  whose  at- 
tendance is  recorded  by  clock  hour)  is  deemed  present  for  the  entire 
school  day,  unless  he  is  absent  for  the  entire  school  day  prescribed  by  the 
local  governing  board  under  Education  Code  Section  46100. 

History 

1   Amendment  tiled  9-2.3-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§  404.     Pupils  Whose  Attendance  Is  Reported  by  Clock 
Hour. 

Subject  to  the  provisions  of  Sections  402  and  405,  a  pupil  eniolled  in 
a  class  described  in  Section  406  is  deemed  present,  and  he  shall  not  be 
counted  or  recorded  as  absent  for  apportionment  purposes,  unless  he  is 
absent  the  entire  clock  hour. 

§  405.    Actual  Attendance  Counted. 

For  apportionment  purposes,  in  a  situation  described  in  (a),  (b),  or  (c) 
of  this  section,  only  a  pupil's  actual  attendance  upon  regular  day  school 
or  class  shall  be  counted.  Such  attendance  shall  be  recorded  in  clock 
hours. 

(a)  Admission  Charge. 

For  some  period  of  time  during  his  regularly  programmed  school  day 
he  attends  or  engages  in  a  school  sponsored  function  or  activity  for  which 
he  pays  a  fee,  an  admission,  or  participation  charge,  except  for  fees  au- 
thorized for  adult  education  (Education  Code  Sections  52612  and 
52613). 

(b)  Work  Experience  Class.  He  is  enrolled  in  a  work  experience  class. 
In  this  case,  his  attendance  is  the  sum  of  the  hours  of  his  actual  attendance 
upon  the  regular  school  plus  the  hours  of  attendance  in  the  work  experi- 
ence class  which  meet  the  requirements  of  Section  46300  of  the  Educa- 
tion Code. 

(c)  Excused  from  Regular  Schools  or  Class. 

Whenever  a  pupil  is  excused  from  a  school  or  class  to  attend  or  partici- 
pate in  a  function  or  activity  which  does  not  meet  the  requirements  of 
Section  46300  of  the  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  tiled  9-23-77;  effective  ttiirtietti  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§  406.     Attendance  Reported  by  Clock  Hour. 

Attendance  shall  be  reported  in  clock  hours  for  the  following: 

(a)  Pupils  enrolled  for  less  than  the  minimum  school  day. 

(b)  Pupils  in  classes  for  adults  wherever  held  pursuant  to  the  Education 
Code. 

(c)  Pupils  enrolled  in  work  experience  programs. 

(d)  Pupils  in  continuation  education  schools  or  classes. 

(e)  Pupils  in  regional  occupational  centers  or  regional  occupational 
programs. 

(f)  Pupils  in  summer  schools. 

(g)  Physically  handicapped  pupils. 

( 1 )  Adults  and  minors  receiving  individual  instruction  in  home  or  hos- 
pital. 

(2)  Pupils  sixteen  years  of  age  or  over  who  are  enrolled  in  an  occupa- 
tional training  program,  i.e.,  sheltered  workshop,  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Section  46500. 

(h)  Educationally  handicapped  minors  receiving  individual  instruc- 
tion in  home  or  hospital  or  children's  institution  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Section  46511. 


History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (g)(  I)  filed  3-19-71 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  71,  No.  12). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
39). 

§  407.    Attendance  Recorded  in  Minutes. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  3-19-71;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  71.  No. 
12). 

2.  Chanee  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  tiled  9-19-91  pursuant  to 
sectio^n  100,  title  1  ."California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  92,  No.  6). 

§  408.    Computation  of  Attendance  for  Classes  Recorded  in 
Minutes. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  3-19-71 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  71 .  No. 
12). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  tiled  9-19-91  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  CaHfornia  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  92,  No.  6). 

§  409.    Deduction  of  Attendance  of  Pupils  in  Remedial 
Classes  Maintained  by  a  County 
Superintendent. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-25-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70.  No, 
26). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  9-2.3-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaher 
(Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  9-19-91  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  92,  No.  6). 


Article  1 .1 .     Record  of  Verification  of 
Absence  Due  to  Illness  and  Other  Causes 

§  420.    Absences  Allowable  as  Attendance. 

Absence  due  to  any  one  or  more  of  the  following  causes,  when  verified 
in  accordance  with  this  article,  is  allowable  as  attendance  in  a  regular 
full-time  day  school  as  defined  in  Section  2(i)  maintained  by  a  district 
and  in  a  school  or  class  maintained  by  a  county  superintendent  of  schools: 

(a)  Illness. 

(b)  Quarantine  directed  by  a  county  or  city  health  officer. 

(c)  Having  medical,  dental,  or  optometrical  services  rendered. 

(d)  Attending  funeral  services  of  a  member  of  the  pupil's  immediate 
family  to  the  extent  of  not  more  than  one  day  if  the  service  is  conducted 
in  California  and  not  more  than  three  days  if  the  service  is  conducted  out- 
side of  California.  Members  of  an  immediate  family  are,  for  purpo.ses  of 
this  subsection,  those  relationships  set  out  in  Education  Code  Section 
45194  except  that  references  therein  to  "employee"  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  references  to  "pupil." 

NOTE;  Authority  cited  for  Article  1.1;  Section  46000,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  1.1  (§^  420  through  424)  filed  2-24-70;  designated  effective 
7-1-70  (Register  70,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-20-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No. 
38). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  421.    Method  of  Verification. 

(a)  Any  of  the  following  persons  may  verify  an  absence  due  to  illness 
or  quarantine: 

(1)  A  school  or  public  health  nurse. 

(2)  An  attendance  supervisor. 

(3)  A  physician. 

(4)  A  principal. 

(5)  A  teacher. 

(6)  Any  other  qualified  employee  of  a  district  or  of  a  county  superin- 
tendent of  schools  assigned  to  m;ike  such  verification. 

(b)  The  verification  shall  be  made  in  accordance  with  any  reasonable 
method  which  establishes  the  fact  that  the  pupil  was  actually  ill  or  under 
quarantine  if  the  method  has  been  approved: 


Page  5 


liegister  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§422 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(1 )  In  the  case  of  a  school  district,  by  resolution  of  the  governing  board 
entered  in  its  minutes. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  a  school  or  class  maintained  by  a  county  superinten- 
dent of  schools,  by  resolution  of  the  county  board  of  education  entered 
in  its  minutes. 

§  422.    Recording  of  Absence  Due  to  Illness  or  Quarantine. 

(a)  Absence  due  to  illness  or  quarantine  shall,  in  the  first  instance,  be 
recorded  on  attendance  accounting  forms  and  in  state  school  registers  in 
the  same  manner  as  any  other  absence  is  recorded. 

(b)  After  a  person  authorized  to  make  verification  has  determined  that 
an  absence  is  due  to  illness  or  quarantine,  such  fact  shall  be  recorded  as 
follows: 

(1)  If  attendance  records  are  kept  manually  and  on  the  negative  basis, 
the  absence  entry  shall  be  circled  with  blue  or  black  ink.  If  attendance  re- 
cords are  kept  manually  and  on  the  positive  basis,  an  attendance  entry 
shall  be  made  and  circled  with  blue  or  black  ink.  Circled  entries  may  be 
recorded  as  attendance  in  the  total  attendance  column. 

(2)  If  attendance  records  are  made  by  machine,  an  appropriate  symbol 
shall  be  used  to  identify  verified  absences  due  to  illness  or  quarantine  on 
monthly  attendance  summary  forms.  Absences  so  identified  may  be  re- 
corded as  attendance  in  the  total  attendance  column. 

§  423.    Prolonged  Illness. 

A  pupil  who  contacts  an  illness  of  a  prolonged  nature  or  who  has  been 
a  victim  of  an  accident  which  will  prevent  attendance  for  a  prolonged  pe- 
riod shall  be  counted  as  absent  due  to  illness  only  until  such  time  as  he 
is  able  and  starts  to  receive  instruction  in  home,  hospital,  or  sanitorium, 
or  is  given  instruction  by  other  means.  No  absence  due  to  illness  shall  be 
credited  as  attendance  beyond  the  current  school  year. 

§  424.    Prior  Registration  and  Attendance  Required. 

Absence  due  to  illness  or  quarantine  shall  not  be  credited  for  a  pupil 
prior  to  his  having  been  registered  and  in  attendance  upon  a  school  or 
class. 

Article  2.     Emergency  Average  Daily 
Attendance* 

§  428.    Material  Decrease. 

A  decrease  in  the  average  daily  attendance  is  material  for  the  purposes 
of  Education  Code  Section  46392  when  at  least  ten  percent  of  the  stu- 
dents who  would  normally  attend  a  school  do  not  attend  on  any  one  day. 
Any  decrease  in  attendance  at  a  necessary  small  school,  as  defined  in 
Education  Code  Section  42283  is  material  for  the  same  purpose.  The  av- 
erage daily  attendance  of  the  school  during  either  the  month  of  May  or 
the  month  of  October  of  the  same  school  year,  at  the  District's  option, 
shall  be  used  to  determine  the  normal  attendance  of  a  school  for  purposes 
of  this  section. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33112  (a)  and  46392,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  46392,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Article  2  (Section  428)  filed  2-24-70  as  an  emergency;  designated  effec- 
tive 7-1-70  (Register  70,  No.  9). 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  4-15-70  (Register  70,  No.  16). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77.  No.  39). 

4.  New  subsections  (d)  and  (e)  filed  12-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No.  50). 

5.  Amendment  filed  11-16-89;  operafive  12-16-89  (Register  89,  No.  46). 


History 

1 .  New  section  filed  12-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
50). 

2.  Repealer  filed  1 1-16-89;  operative  12-16-89  (Register  89,  No.  46). 


*See  Sections  151 00-15106  for  decrease  in  A.D.A.  due  to  excessive  rafio  of  pupils 
to  classroom  teachers. 

§  429.    Inability  to  Maintain  Schools  for  the  Prescribed 
Minimum  Fiscal  Year. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33112(a)  and  41422,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  41422  and  46392,  Education  Code. 


Article  3.    Individual  Pupil  Records 

§  430.    Definition. 

(a)  "F^upil"  means  a  person  who  is  or  was  enrolled  in  a  school. 

(b)  "Adult  Pupil"  means  a  person  who  is  or  was  enrolled  in  school  and 
who  is  at  least  18  years  of  age. 

(c)  "Eligible  Pupil"  means  a  person  1 6  years  or  older  or  who  has  com- 
pleted Grade  10. 

(d)  "Pupil  Record"  means  information  relative  to  an  individual  pupil 
gathered  within  or  without  the  school  system  and  maintained  within  the 
school  system,  regardless  of  the  physical  form  in  which  it  is  maintained. 
Essential  in  this  definition  is  the  idea  that  any  information  which  is  main- 
tained for  the  purpose  of  second  party  review  is  considered  a  pupil  re- 
cord. 

( 1 )  "Mandatory  Permanent  Pupil  Records"  are  those  records  which  are 
maintained  in  perpetuity  and  which  schools  have  been  directed  to  com- 
pile by  California  statute,  regulation,  or  authorized  administrative  direc- 
tive. 

(2)  "Mandatory  Interim  Pupil  Records"  are  those  records  which  the 
schools  are  directed  to  compile  and  maintain  for  stipulated  periods  of 
time  and  are  then  destroyed  as  per  California  statute,  regulation,  or  autho- 
rized administrative  directive. 

(3)  "Permitted  Pupil  Records"  are  those  records  having  clear  impor- 
tance only  to  the  current  educational  process  of  the  student. 

(e)  "District"  means  a  local  school  district  or  county  or  state  operated 
special  school  or  private  or  out-of-state  school  for  which  California  tax 
revenues  pay  all  or  part  of  the  tuition. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  3:  Section  33031  and  49062,  Education  Code 
and  20  U.S.C.  §  1232(g).  Reference:  Section  49062,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  Article  3  (Sections  430-432)  and  new  Article  3  (Sections  430-438) 
filed  9-27-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76,  No.  40). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

§  431.    Responsibilities  of  Local  Governing  Boards. 

(a)  Local  governing  boards  shall  designate  a  certificated  employee  as 
custodian  of  records.  Such  employee  shall  be  charged  with  districtwide 
responsibility  for  implementing  board  policies  relating  to  pupil  records. 

(b)  The  principal  of  each  school  or  a  certificated  designee  shall  be  re- 
sponsible for  the  implementation  of  board  and  district  policies  relating 
to  the  pupil  records  maintained  in  that  school. 

(c)  Each  district  shall  establish  written  policies  and  procedures  for  pu- 
pil records  which  implement  Education  Code  Section  49060,  and  Title 
5  regulations  relating  to  pupil  records.  Such  procedures  and  policies 
shalh 

( 1 )  Guarantee  access  to  authorized  persons  within  5  days  following  the 
date  of  request; 

(2)  Assure  security  of  the  records;  and 

(3)  Enumerate  and  describe  the  pupil  records  collected  and  maintained 
by  the  district. 

(d)  All  anecdotal  information  and  assessment  reports  maintained  as  a 
pupil  record  shall  be  dated  and  signed  by  the  individual  who  originated 
the  data. 

(e)  The  district  shall  notify  parents  in  writing  at  least  annually  of  their 
rights  in  regard  to  pupil  records  as  per  Education  Code  Section  49063. 

(f)  When  a  parent' s  domit\ai\t  language  is  not  English,  the  district  shall 
make  an  effort  to: 

( 1 )  Provide  interpretation  of  the  pupil  record  in  the  dominant  language 
of  the  parent,  or 

(2)  Assist  the  parent(s)  in  securing  an  interpreter. 

(g)  Neither  the  pupil  record,  nor  any  part  thereof,  shall  be  withheld 
from  the  parent  or  eligible  pupil  requesting  access. 


Page  6 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§437 


History 
1.  Amendmenl  tiled  9-23-71:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 


§  432.    Varieties  of  Pupil  Records. 

(a)  The  principal  of  each  school  shall  keep  on  file  a  record  of  enrol- 
lment and  scholarship  for  each  pupil  currently  enrolled  in  said  school. 

(b)  Local  school  districts  shall  not  compile  any  other  pupil  records  ex- 
cept mandatory  or  permitted  records  as  herein  defined: 

( 1 )  "'Mandatory  Permanent  Pupil  Records"  are  those  records  which  the 
schools  have  been  directed  to  compile  by  California  statute  authorization 
or  authorized  administrative  directive.  Each  school  district  shall  main- 
tain indefinitely  all  mandatory  permanent  pupil  records  or  an  exact  copy 
thereof  for  every  pupil  who  was  enrolled  in  a  school  program  within  said 
district.  The  mandatory  permanent  pupil  record  or  a  copy  thereof  shall 
be  forwarded  by  the  sending  district  upon  request  of  the  public  or  private 
school  in  which  the  student  has  enrolled  or  intends  to  enroll.  Such  records 
shall  include  the  following: 

(A)  Legal  name  of  pupil. 

(B)  Date  of  birth. 

(C)  Method  of  verification  of  birth  date. 

(D)  Sex  of  pupil. 

(E)  Place  of  birth. 

(F)  Name  and  address  of  parent  of  minor  pupil. 

1.  Address  of  minor  pupil  if  different  than  the  above. 

2.  An  annual  verification  of  the  name  and  address  of  the  parent  and  the 
residence  of  the  pupil. 

(G)  Entering  and  leaving  date  of  each  school  year  and  for  any  summer 
session  or  other  extra  session. 

(H)  Subjects  taken  during  each  year,  half-year,  summer  session,  or 
quarter. 

(1)  If  marks  or  credit  are  given,  the  mark  or  number  of  credits  toward 
graduation  allows  for  work  taken. 

(J)  Verification  of  or  exemption  from  required  immunizations. 
(K)  Date  of  high  school  graduation  or  equivalent. 

(2)  "Mandatory  Interim  Pupil  Records"  are  those  records  which 
schools  are  required  to  compile  and  maintain  for  stipulated  periods  of 
time  and  are  then  destroyed  as  per  California  statute  or  regulation.  Such 
records  include: 

(A)  A  log  or  record  identifying  those  persons  (except  authorized 
school  personnel)  or  organizations  requesting  or  receiving  information 
from  the  record.  The  log  or  record  shall  be  accessible  only  to  the  legal 
parent  or  guardian  or  the  eligible  pupil,  or  a  dependent  adult  pupil,  or  an 
adult  pupil,  or  the  custodian  of  records. 

(B)  Health  information,  including  Child  Health  Developmental  Dis- 
abilities Prevention  Program  verification  or  waiver. 

(C)  Participation  in  special  education  programs  including  required 
tests,  case  studies,  authorizations,  and  actions  necessary  to  establish  eli- 
gibility for  admission  or  discharge. 

(D)  Language  training  records. 

(E)  Progress  slips  and/or  notices  as  required  by  Education  Code  Sec- 
tions 49066  and  49067. 

(F)  Parental  restrictions  regarding  access  to  directory  information  or 
related  stipulations. 

(G)  Parent  or  adult  pupil  rejoinders  to  challenged  records  and  to  disci- 
plinary action. 

(H)  Parental  authorizations  or  prohibitions  of  pupil  participation  in 
specific  programs. 

(I)  Results  of  standardized  tests  administered  within  the  preceding 
three  years. 

(3)  "Permitted  Records"  are  those  pupil  records  which  districts  may 
maintain  for  appropriate  educational  purposes.  Such  records  may  in- 
clude: 

(A)  Objective  counselor  and/or  teacher  ratings. 

(B)  Standardized  test  results  older  than  three  years. 

(C)  Routine  discipline  data. 


(D)  Verified  reports  of  relevant  behavioral  patterns. 

(E)  All  disciplinary  notices. 

(F)  Attendance  records  not  covered  in  the  Administrative  Code  Sec- 
tion 400. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  subsection  {2)(E)  filed  9-2.V77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  433.     Maintenance  and  Security  of  Pupil  Records. 

(a)  The  custodian  of  records  shall  be  responsible  for  the  security  of  pu- 
pil records  maintained  by  the  district  and  shall  devise  procedures  for  as- 
suring that  access  to  such  records  is  limited  to  authorized  persons. 

(b)  Records  for  each  individual  pupil  shall  be  maintained  in  a  central 
file  at  the  school  attended  by  the  pupil,  or  when  records  are  maintained 
in  different  locations  a  notation  in  the  central  file  as  to  where  such  other 
records  may  be  found  is  required. 

§  434.    Access  to  Pupil  Records. 

Access  to  pupil  records  should  be  in  accordance  with  Education  Code 
Sections  49069  and  49073  through  49077. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 

39). 

§  435.     Procedure  for  Access  to  Pupil  Records. 

(a)  Authorized  organizations,  agencies,  and  persons  from  outside  the 
school  whose  access  requires  the  consent  of  the  parent  or  the  adult  pupil 
must  submit  their  request  to  view  the  records,  together  with  any  required 
authorization,  to  the  chief  school  administrator  or  the  custodian  of  re- 
cords. 

(b)  The  chief  school  administrator  or  the  custodian  of  records  or  a  cer- 
tificated designee  shall  be  responsible  during  the  inspection  for  interpre- 
tation of  the  records  where  necessary  and  for  prevention  of  their  alter- 
ation, damage,  or  loss.  In  every  instance  of  inspection  of  pupil  records  by 
persons  who  do  not  have  assigned  educational  responsibility,  an  entry 
shall  be  made  in  the  access  log  of  said  record,  indicating  the  name  of  the 
person(s)  granted  access,  the  reason  access  was  granted,  the  time  and  cir- 
cumstances of  inspection,  and  the  records  inspected. 

(c)  Unless  otherwise  judicially  instructed,  the  school  district  shall, 
prior  to  the  disclosure  of  any  pupil  records  to  organizations,  agencies,  or 
persons  outside  the  school  pursuant  to  a  court  order,  give  the  parent  or 
adult  pupil  at  least  three  days'  notice,  if  lawfully  possible  within  the  re- 
quirements of  the  judicial  order,  of  the  name  of  the  requesting  agency  and 
the  specific  records  requested.  Such  notification  shall  be  provided  in 
writing,  if  practicable.  Only  those  records  related  to  the  specific  purpose 
of  the  court  order  shall  be  disclosed. 

§  436.     Rights  of  Parents  and  Adult  Pupils. 

A  parent  or  an  adult  pupil  may  challenge  the  content  of  any  pupil  re- 
cord according  to  the  procedures  established  by  Education  Code  Sections 
49069  and  49070.  A  hearing  panel  may  be  convened  to  aid  the  superin- 
tendent or  board  in  deciding  whether  a  challenge  should  be  sustained,  as 
specified  in  Educafion  Code  Section  49071. 

Informafion  shall  be  corrected  or  removed  if  it  is:  (I)  inaccurate,  (2) 
an  unsubstanfiated  personal  conclusion  or  inference,  (3)  a  conclusion  or 
inference  outside  of  the  observer's  area  of  competence,  or  (4)  not  based 
on  the  personal  observation  of  a  named  person  with  the  time  and  place 
of  the  observation  noted. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§  437.     Retention  and  Destruction  of  Pupil  Records. 

(a)  No  additions  except  roufine  updating  shall  be  made  to  the  record 
after  high  school  graduaUon  or  permanent  departure  without  the  prior 
consent  of  the  parent  or  adult  pupil. 

(b)  Mandatory  permanent  pupil  records  shall  be  preserved  in  perpetu- 
ity by  all  California  schools  according  to  Chapter  2,  Division  16.  Part  I, 
of  this  title. 


Page? 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§438 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(c)  Unless  forwarded  to  another  district,  mandatory  interim  pupil  re- 
cords may  be  adjudged  to  be  disposable  when  the  student  leaves  the  dis- 
trict or  when  their  usefulness  ceases.  Destruction  shall  be  in  accordance 
with  Section  16027  of  this  title  during  the  third  school  year  following 
such  classification. 

(d)  Permitted  pupil  records  may  be  destroyed  when  their  usefulness 
ceases.  They  may  be  destroyed  after  six  months  following  the  pupil's 
completion  of  or  withdrawal  from  the  educational  program. 

The  method  of  destaiction  shall  assure  that  records  are  not  available 
to  possible  public  inspection  in  the  process  of  destruction. 

§  438.    Transfer  of  Records. 

(a)  When  a  pupil  transfers  to  another  school  district  or  to  a  private 
school,  a  copy  of  the  pupil's  Mandatory  Permanent  Pupil  Record  shall  be 
transferred  upon  request  from  the  other  district  or  private  school.  The 
original  or  a  copy  must  also  be  retained  permanently  by  the  sending  dis- 
trict. If  the  transfer  is  to  another  California  public  school,  the  pupil's  en- 
tire Mandatory  Interim  Pupil  Record  shall  be  forwarded.  If  the  transfer 
is  out  of  state  or  to  a  private  school,  the  Mandatory  Interim  Pupil  Record 
may  be  forwarded.  Permitted  pupil  records  may  be  forwarded.  All  pupil 
records  shall  be  updated  prior  to  such  transfer. 

(b)  If  the  pupil  is  a  within-Califomia  transfer,  the  receiving  school 
shall  notify  parents  of  the  record  transfer.  If  the  student  transfers  out  of 
state,  the  sending  district  may  notify  the  parents  of  the  rights  accorded 
them.  The  notification  shall  include  a  statement  of  the  parent's  right  to 
review,  challenge,  and  receive  a  copy  of  the  pupil  record,  if  desired. 

(c)  Pupil  records  shall  not  be  withheld  from  the  requesting  district  be- 
cause of  any  charges  or  fees  owed  by  the  pupil  or  his  parent.  This  provi- 
sion applies  to  pupils  in  grades  K-12  in  both  public  and  private  schools. 

Article  4.    Records  Identifying  and 
Accounting  for  Project-Connected  Pupils 

§  450.    Records  Identifying  Project-Connected  Pupils. 

The  following  procedure  shall  be  used,  and  the  following  records  kept, 
in  identifying  project-connected  pupils  defined  in  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 41931: 

(a)  On  October  31  or  on  the  last  day  of  school  preceding  October  31, 
each  school  district  contemplating  the  filing  of  an  application  for  an  ap- 
portionment under  the  provisions  of  Article  1 4  of  Chapter  5  of  Part  24  of 
the  Education  Code  shall  identify  each  pupil  who  has  enrolled  in  the  reg- 
ular full-time  day  schools  of  the  district  subsequent  to  the  commence- 
ment of  any  project  defined  in  Education  Code  Section  41930,  and  whose 
parent  or  guardian  has  moved  into  the  district  subsequent  to  the  com- 
mencement of  such  project.  The  record  of  identification  shall  include,  but 
is  not  limited  to,  each  of  the  following  items  of  information  which  shall 
be  verified  by  an  employee  of  the  school  district: 

( 1 )  Name  of  pupil  enrolled. 

(2)  Grade  in  which  enrolled. 

(3)  Name  of  parent  or  guardian. 

(4)  Address  of  parent  or  guardian. 

(5)  Date  parent  or  guardian  moved  into  district. 

(6)  Name  of  employer  of  parent  or  guardian. 

(7)  Address  of  such  employer  and  location  of  employment. 

(8)  Date  of  beginning  such  employment. 

(9)  Signature  of  school  district  employee  verifying  information. 

(10)  Dates  on  which  re-examinations  required  by  subsection  (c)  of  this 
section  were  made. 

(11)  Date  pupil  enrolled  in  the  regular  full-time  day  schools. 

(b)  The  pupil  identified  in  (a)  above  shall  include  only  those  pupils 
whose  parents  or  guardians  are  employed  by  a  contractor  or  subcontrac- 
tor in  connection  with  the  project  or  by  the  State  of  California  whose 
work  is  in  connection  with  the  project.  Upon  verification  of  the  informa- 
tion required  in  (a)  above  and  the  filing  of  a  ceruficafion  by  the  parent  or 
guardian  of  each  pupil  that  such  parent  or  guardian  moved  into  the  area 


subsequent  to  the  commencement  of  the  project  primarily  for  the  purpose 
of  securing  employment  or  being  employed  in  connection  with  the  proj- 
ect, such  pupil  shall  be  determined  to  be  in  addition  to  the  number  of  chil- 
dren who  would  otherwise  normally  be  expected  to  be  in  the  district  pur- 
suant to  the  provisions  of  Educadon  Code  Secfion  41931. 

(c)  Periodically  throughout  the  school  year,  but  not  less  than  three 
times  during  such  year,  the  district  shall  re-examine  the  employment  sta- 
tus of  the  parent  or  guardian  of  each  project-connected  pupil.  The  date 
of  any  change  of  employment  shall  be  indicated  and  the  new  employer 
noted  on  the  idenUfication  record  of  the  pupil. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  41931,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  from  Article  6  (Section  450)  to  Article  4  (Section  450)  filed 
9-27-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76,  No.  40). 

2.  Amendment  and  new  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No.  39). 

Subchapter  3.    Health  and  Safety  of  Pupils 


Article  1.     Fire  Drills 

§  550.     Fire  Drills. 

A  fire  drill  shall  be  conducted  in  each  elementary  and  intermediate 
school  at  least  once  each  month  and  in  each  secondary  school  not  less 
than  twice  every  school  year.  The  fire  drill  shall  be  conducted  in  accor- 
dance with  either  (a)  or  (b). 

(a)  The  governing  board  may  arrange  for  a  fire  department  to  conduct 
fire  drills  for  the  school. 

(b)  The  principal  of  each  school  shall  conduct  the  fire  drills.  In  this 
case,  all  pupils,  teachers,  and  other  employees  shall  be  required  to  leave 
the  building. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  32001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
32001.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  3  (§§  550,  560,  570-576.  590-593)filed  9-23-69;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  69,  No.  39). 

2.  New  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

3.  Amendment  filed  1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
45). 


Article  2.     Civil  Defense  Plans  and  Drills 

§  560.    Civil  Defense  and  Disaster  Preparedness  Plans. 

The  governing  board  shall  adopt  a  written  policy  for  use  by  schools  of 
the  district  in  formulating  individual  civil  defense  and  disaster  prepared- 
ness plans. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  None. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  6-28-73;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  73,  No. 
26). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

3.  Amendment  filed  1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
45). 


Article  3. 


School  Safety  Patrols  (Traffic 
Safety) 


§  570.    Establishment  and  Supervision. 

A  school  safety  patrol  established  by  a  governing  board  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  Secfion  49300,  shall  comply  with  this  article,  as  well  as 
Article  4  (commencing  with  Secfion  49300)  of  Chapter  1  of  Part  19  of 
the  Educafion  Code. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited  for  Article  3:  Sections  49300  and  49303,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  Section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 


• 


Pages 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


S591 


• 


§  571 .    Age  or  Grade  of  Members. 

A  pupil  enrolled  in  the  school  who  is  either  less  than  10  years  old  or 
enrolled  in  a  grade  below  the  tilth  grade  may  not  be  a  member  of  the  pa- 
trol. 

History 

I .  Amendment  tiled  7-20-73;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Resister  73.  No. 

29). 

§  572.    Where  School  Safety  Patrols  May  Be  Used. 

School  safety  patrols  may  be  used  only  at  those  locations  where  the  na- 
ture of  traffic  will  permit  theirsafe  operation.  The  locations  where  school 
safety  patrols  are  used  should  be  determined  by  joint  agreement  between 
the  local  school  district  and  the  local  police  agency. 

§  573.     Hours  on  Duty. 

(a)  Patrol  members  shall  reach  their  posts  at  least  15  minutes  before 
the  opening  of  classes  in  the  morning  and  in  the  afternoon,  or  at  such  ear- 
lier lime  as  the  governing  board  shall  authorize,  and  shall  remain  on  duty 
until  the  last  bell  calls  the  pupils  to  class. 

(b)  At  dismissals,  patrol  members  shall  leave  their  classes  in  time  to 
reach  their  posts  before  the  dismissal  bell. 

(c)  At  dismissals,  each  patrol  member  shall  remain  on  duty  until  all 
students  who  are  not  stragglers  have  passed  his  post. 

§  574.    Operating  Procedure  at  Crossings  Where  School 
Safety  Patrols  Are  Stationed. 

(a)  At  Crossings  Controlled  by  a  Police  Officer  or  a  Crossing  Guard. 
At  crossings  where  traffic  is  controlled  by  a  police  officer  or  crossing 

guard,  the  .safety  patrol  will  direct  the  crossing  of  the  students  in  confor- 
mity with  the  signal  of  the  police  officer  or  crossing  guard. 

(b)  At  Crossings  With  Automatic  Signals. 

Patrol  members  shall  hold  the  students  off  the  roadway  until  the  sig- 
nals allow  them  to  cross  safely.  The  patrol  members  should  allow  only 
the  immediate  group  to  cross.  All  latecomers  should  wait  for  the  next 
cycle. 

(c)  At  Crossings  With  No  Automatic  or  Pedestrian  Signals. 

(1)  The  patrol  members  shall  be  so  posted  as  to  be  clearly  visible  to 
approaching  traffic.  They  shall  stay  out  of  the  moving  stream  of  traffic 
and  where  there  are  parked  cars  obstructing  their  view,  they  shall  be 
posted  no  farther  in  the  roadway  than  the  outer  edge  of  the  parked  cars. 

(2)  Patrol  members  shall  not  permit  students  to  enter  the  roadway  until 
it  appears  it  is  safe  for  them  to  cross. 

(3 )  When  it  appears  it  is  safe  for  them  to  cross,  the  patrol  members  shall 
direct  the  students  to  cross  the  roadway  in  a  group. 

(4)  When  the  students  are  safely  across  the  roadway,  the  patrol  mem- 
bers shall  change  the  signs  so  that  the  normal  traffic  may  proceed  and  so 
that  the  students  may  be  held  off  the  roadway. 

(d)  At  Crossings  Where  There  Are  No  Automatic  Signals  and  the 
Roadway  Is  Designed  for  More  Than  Two  Lanes  of  Moving  Traffic. 

There  shall  be  at  least  two  patrol  members.  One  shall  operate  as  de- 
scribed in  section  (c)  above.  The  other  patrol  member  shall  operate  in  uni- 
formity similarly  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  roadway  and  give  attention 
to  traftlc  approaching  on  that  side.  He  shall  assist  the  group  of  students 
to  reach  that  side  of  the  roadway  safely. 

(e)  At  Crossings  Where  There  Are  Pedestrian-operated  Signals. 

( 1 )  Patrol  members  shall  have  the  responsibility  for  the  operation  of 
the  pedestrians'  signals  during  the  hours  on  duty  specified  in  Section  573. 

(2)  When  there  is  a  break  in  the  traffic  stream  the  patrol  member  shall 
activate  the  signal. 

(3)  Patrol  members  shall  hold  the  students  off  the  roadway  until  the 
signals  allow  them  to  cross.  The  patrol  members  shall  allow  only  the  im- 
mediate group  to  cross.  Latecomers  should  wait  for  the  next  cycle. 

(0  Pedestrian  Tunnels  or  Overpasses. 

Patrol  members  shall  be  stationed  on  each  side  of  the  roadway  so  that 
the  protection  provided  shall  be  used, 
(g)  Loading  on  Streetcars. 


Patrol  members  shall  hold  the  students  off  the  roadway  until  the  street- 
car or  other  conveyance  which  is  to  be  loaded  in  the  roadway  has  arrived 
at  the  loading  station  and  has  stopped.  The  patrol  members  will  then  al- 
low the  students  to  cross  the  roadway  to  the  public  conveyance,  provided 
their  crossing  is  not  in  conllict  with  a  traffic  signal,  or  the  direction  of  a 
police  officer  or  crossing  guard. 

§  575.    School  Safety  Patrol  Crossing  Sign. 

(a)  The  crossing  sign  shall  be  a  rigid  disk  18  inches  in  diameter  and 
brilliant  red  in  color.  The  word  STOP  in  6-inch  white  letters  shall  appear 
in  the  center  of  the  disk.  The  word  SCHOOL  shall  appear  in  2-inch  white 
letters  directly  above  and  parallel  to  the  word  STOP,  and  the  word 
CROSSING  shall  appear  in  2-inch  white  letters  directly  below  and  paral- 
lel to  the  word  STOP. 

(b)  The  sign  shall  be  fastened  to  a  round  pole  approximately  six  feet 
in  length,  and  at  such  an  angle  that  when  the  sign  is  extended  in  an  operat- 
ing position  the  lettering  will  be  horizontal. 

(c)  In  lieu  of  the  crossing  sign  referred  to  in  subsections  (a)  and  (b)  of 
this  section,  any  other  type  of  crossing  sign  approved  by  the  Department 
of  Public  Works  may  be  used. 

§  576.     Uniforms  and  Insignia. 

(a)  A  school  safety  patrol  member  (except  a  member  of  the  R.O.T.C. 
or  California  Cadet  Corps  on  traffic  duty  in  his  official  uniform)  shall 
wear,  at  all  times  while  on  duty,  the  basic  standard  uniform  specified  in 
this  section,  except  that  the  rainy  day  uniform  may  be  worn  under  appro- 
priate weather  conditions.  Only  the  optional  additions  specified  in  this 
section  may  be  added  to  the  uniform. 

(b)  The  basic  standard  uniform  for  patrol  members  is  the  white  or  fluo- 
rescent orange  Sam  Browne  belt  and  either  an  overseas  type  federal  yel- 
low or  fluorescent  orange  cap  or  a  yellow  or  fluorescent  orange  helmet. 

Optional  additions  to  the  basic  standard  uniform  are  any  or  all  of  the 
following: 

(1)  Colored  piping  on  the  federal  yellow  cap 

(2)  Colored  striping  on  the  yellow  helmet 

(3)  A  red  or  fluorescent  orange  upper  garment 

(4)  Insignia  or  a  special  badge  identifying  the  organization,  to  be  worn 
on  the  left  breast,  left  arm,  or  cap. 

(c)  The  rainy-day  uniform  is  a  federal  yellow  raincoat  and  a  federal 
yellow  rain  hat.  The  Sam  Browne  belt  may  be  worn  over  the  raincoat. 

(d)  The  insignia,  or  special  badge  and  cap  shall  be  worn  only  during 
official  .school  safety  patrol  duty,  except  that  the  governing  board  may 
authorize  members  of  the  school  safety  patrol  to  wear  the  uniform  and 
insignia  for  special  school  safety  patrol  functions. 

Article  4.    Vision  Testing 

(Education  Code  Section  49452) 

§  590.     Duly  Authorized  Agency. 

Pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  49452,  a  county  superintendent 
of  schools  may  contract  with  an  agency  duly  authorized  to  provide  vision 
tests,  which  includes  a  city  or  county  health  department,  a  local  health 
district,  or  the  Stale  Department  of  Health  Services. 
NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
49452,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77.  No.  39), 

2.  Amendment  of  article  heading,  section  heading,  section  and  NotE:  filed 
8-9-2004;  operative  8-9-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4 
(Register  2004,  No.  33). 

§  591 .    Employees  Authorized  to  Give  Tests. 

(a)  An  employee  of  a  school  district  or  of  a  county  superintendent  of 
schools  may  be  authorized  to  give  vision  tests  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Section  49452  and  may  be  designated  a  "duly  qualified  supervisor 
of  health"  within  the  meaning  of  that  section  if  the  employee  is: 

(1)  A  physician  and  surgeon  or  osteopath  employed  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  Section  44873. 


Page  9 


Register  2004,  No.  33;  8-13-2004 


§592 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(2)  A  school  nurse  employed  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section 
44877. 

(3)  An  optometrist  employed  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section 
44878. 

(b)  Any  other  certificated  employee  of  the  school  district  or  of  the 
county  superintendent  of  schools  may  be  authorized  to  give  vision  tests 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  49452  if  the  employee  has  one  of  the 
following  documents: 

( 1 )  A  statement  from  a  qualified  supervisor  of  health  that  the  employee 
has  satisfactorily  completed  an  acceptable  course  of  in-service  training 
in  techniques  and  procedures  in  vision  testing  of  at  least  six  clock  hours 
given  by  the  qualified  supervisor  of  health  making  the  statement  and  that 
the  employee  is  qualified  to  administer  vision  tests  to  pupils. 

(2)  A  transcript  from  an  accredited  college  or  university  evidencing 
that  the  employee  has  successfully  completed  an  acceptable  course  in  vi- 
sion testing  of  at  least  one  semester  unit. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  3303 L  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
44873.  44877,  44878  and  49452,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  8-9-2004;  operative  8-9-2004  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  33). 

§  592.    Acceptable  Course  in  Vision  Testing. 

An  acceptable  course  in  vision  testing  is  one  that  provides  the  follow- 
ing: 

(a)  Basic  knowledge  of  the  structure,  normal  development,  and  func- 
tion of  the  eye  and  common  anomalies  of  vision  and  factors  influencing 
visual  performance. 

(b)  Basic  knowledge  of  signs  and  symptoms  suggesting  eye  difficulty. 

(c)  Techniques  and  procedures  in  administering  optotype  and  color  vi- 
sion tests.  Such  techniques  and  procedures  shall  include  training  in  the 
following: 

(1)  Establishing  tests  rapport  with  pupils. 

(2)  Seating  of  pupil  and  placing  of  equipment. 

(3)  Providing  adequate  lighting  conditions  for  the  testing  situation. 

(4)  Recording  test  results. 

(5)  Referring  pupils  in  need  of  follow-up. 

(d)  Practice  in  administering  optotype  and  color  vision  tests  under  the 
supervision  of  a  duly  qualified  supervisor  of  health. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
49452,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  section  heading,  first  paragraph  and  subsections  (c)  and  (d)  and 

new  Note  filed  8-9-2004;  operative  8-9-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code 

section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  33). 


accurately  the  majority  of  letters  or  symbols  on  the  20-foot  line  of  the  test 
chart  at  a  distance  of  10  feet. 

(2)  For  children  six  years  of  age  or  older:  Visual  acuity  of  20/40  or 
worse.  This  means  the  inability  to  identify  the  majority  of  letters  or  sym- 
bols on  1 5-foot  line  of  the  chart  at  a  distance  of  1 0  feet. 

(3)  For  all  children:  A  difference  of  visual  acuity  between  the  two  eyes 
of  two  lines  or  more  on  the  optotype  chart. 

(b)  For  pupils  who,  because  of  age  or  special  needs  are  not  able  to  be 
tested  with  an  optotype  test,  other  types  of  vision  testing,  such  as  a  func- 
tional vision  test,  may  be  utilized,  using  procedures  and  criteria  of  failure 
as  described  by  the  manufacturer. 

(c)  If  a  pupil  fails  a  vision  test  that  is  conducted  by  an  employee  autho- 
rized to  give  vision  tests  pursuant  to  subdivision  (b)  of  Section  591 .  a  re- 
evaluation  shall  be  conducted  prior  to  a  report  being  made  to  the  pupil's 
parent  or  guardian.  This  reevaluation  shall  be  conducted  by  an  einployee 
authorized  to  give  vision  tests  pursuant  to  subdivision  (a)  of  Section  591 . 

(d)  If  a  pupil  fails  a  vision  test  conducted  by  an  employee  authorized 
to  give  vision  tests  pursuant  to  subdivision  (a)  of  Section  591,  a  report 
shall  be  made  to  the  pupil's  parent  or  guardian  as  required  by  Education 
Code  Section  49456. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
3308.5,  49452.  49455  and  49456,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-19-73;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  73,  No. 
3). 

2.  Amendment  filed  5-21-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
21). 

3.  Amendment  of  Section  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  and  new  Note  filed  8-9-2004;  op- 
erative 8-9-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register 
2004,  No.  33). 

§  595.    Appraisal  of  Color  Vision. 

The  appraisal  of  color  vision  in  male  pupils  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  sections  49452  and  49455  shall  mean  a  test  employing  pseudoi- 
sochromatic  plates.  Procedures  and  criteria  of  failure  as  described  by  the 
manufacturer  shall  be  used. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
49452  and  49455,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-19-73;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  73,  No. 
3). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  and  new  Note  filed  8-9-2004;  op- 
erative 8-9-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register 
2004,  No.  33). 


• 


§  593.    Responsibility  as  to  Eligibility. 

Each  school  district  and  county  superintendent  of  schools  shall  deter- 
mine and  be  responsible  for  the  eligibility  of  personnel  employed  or  per- 
mitted by  the  district  or  county  superintendent  of  schools  to  administer 
vision  tests  or  to  conduct  inservice  training  programs  in  techniques  and 
procedures  in  administering  such  tests. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
49452,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  8-9-2004;  operative  8-9-2004  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  33). 

§  594.    Test  of  Visual  Acuity. 

(a)  The  test  of  visual  acuity  administered  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
sections  49452  and  49455  shall  mean  a  test  for  visual  acuity  at  the  far 
point.  This  shall  be  conducted  by  means  of  an  optotype  test.  Test  failure 
for  the  visual  acuity  test  shall  be  defined  as  follows: 

(1)  For  children  under  six  years  of  age:  Visual  acuity  of  20/50  or 
worse.  The  designation  20/50  or  worse  indicates  the  inability  to  identify 


§  596.    Gross  External  Observation  of  the  Children's  Eyes, 
Visual  Performance  and  Perception. 

Gross  external  observation  of  the  children's  eyes,  visual  performance 
and  perception,  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  49452  and  49455, 
shall  mean  continuous  observation  by  teachers  of  the  appearance,  behav- 
ior and  complaints  of  pupils  that  might  indicate  vision  problems.  Also, 
periodic  investigation  where  pupils'  school  performance  begins  to  give 
evidence  that  existence  of  the  problem  might  be  caused  by  a  visual  diffi- 
culty. Such  an  evaluation  shall  be  done  in  consultation  with  the  school 
nurse. 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
49452  and  49455,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-19-73;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  73,  No. 

3). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
39). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  8-9-2004;  operative  8-9-2004  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  33). 


Page  10 


Register  2004,  No.  33;  8-13-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§601 


Article  4.1.    Administering  Medication  to 

Pupils  or  Otherwise  Assisting  Pupils  in  the 

Administration  of  Medication  During  the 

Regular  School  Day 

§  600.    Authorization. 

Pursuant  to  Section  49423  and  subdivision  (b)  of  Section  49423.6  of 
the  Education  Code,  any  pupil  who  is  required  to  take,  during  the  regular 
school  day,  prescribed  medication  may  be  assisted  by  a  sciiool  nurse  or 
other  designated  school  personnel  if  both  of  the  following  conditions  are 
met: 

(a)  The  pupil's  authorized  health  care  provider  executes  a  written 
statement  specifying,  at  a  minimum,  the  medication  the  pupil  is  to  take, 
the  dosage,  and  the  period  of  time  during  which  the  medication  is  to  be 


taken,  as  well  as  otherwise  detailing  (as  may  be  necessary)  the  method, 
amount,  and  lime  schedule  by  which  the  medication  is  to  be  taken. 

(b)  The  pupil's  parent  or  legal  guardian  provides  a  written  statement 
initiating  a  request  to  have  the  medication  administered  to  the  pupil  or  to 
have  the  pupil  otherwise  assisted  in  the  administration  of  the  medication, 
in  accordance  with  the  authorized  health  care  provider's  written  state- 
ment. 

NOTK:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1  and  49423.6.  Educalion  Code.  RelcrencL': 
Sections  49423  and  49423.6.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  article  4.1  (sections  600-61 1)  and  .section  filed  1 1-20-2003;  opcnilivc 

1 1-20-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1.343.4  (Registci  2003. 

No.  47). 

§601.     Definitions. 

As  used  in  Section  49423  and  subdivision  (b)  of  Section  49423.6  of 
the  Education  Code  and  in  this  article: 


• 


[The  next  page  is  11. J 


Page  10.1 


Register  2004,  No.  33;  8-13-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§604 


• 


(a)  "ALilhorized  health  care  provider"  means  an  individual  who  is  li- 
censed by  the  State  oi' California  to  prescribe  medication. 

(b)  "Medication"  may  include  not  only  a  substance  dispensed  in  the 
United  States  by  prescription,  but  also  a  substance  that  does  not  require 
a  prescription,  such  as  over-the-counter  remedies,  nutritional  supple- 
ments, and  herbal  remedies. 

(c)  "Medication  log"  may  consist  of  a  form  developed  by  the  local 
education  agency  for  the  documentation  of  the  administration  of  the  me- 
dication to  the  pupil  or  otherwise  assisting  the  pupil  in  the  administration 
of  the  medication.  The  medication  log  may  include  the  following: 

(1)  Pupil's  name; 

(2)  Name  of  medication  the  pupil  is  required  to  take; 

(3)  Dose  of  medication; 

(4)  Method  by  which  the  pupil  is  required  to  take  the  medication; 

(5)  Time  the  medication  is  to  be  taken  during  the  regular  school  day; 

(6)  Date(s)  on  which  the  pupil  is  required  to  take  the  medication; 

(7)  Authorized  health  care  provider's  name  and  contact  information; 
and 

(8)  A  space  for  daily  recording  of  medication  administration  to  the  pu- 
pil or  otherwise  assisting  the  pupil  in  administration  of  the  medication, 
such  as  date.  time,  amount,  and  signature  of  the  individual  administering 
the  medication  or  otherwise  assisting  in  administration  of  the  medica- 
tion. 

(d)  "Medication  record"  may  include: 

(1)  The  authorized  health  care  provider's  written  statement; 

(2)  The  written  statement  of  the  parent  or  legal  guardian; 

(3)  The  medication  log;  and 

(4)  Any  other  written  documentation  related  to  the  administration  of 
the  medication  to  the  pupil  or  otherwise  assisting  the  pupil  in  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  medication. 

(e)  "Other  designated  school  personnel"  may  include  any  individual 
employed  by  the  local  education  agency  who: 

(1 )  Has  consented  to  administer  the  medication  to  the  pupil  or  other- 
wise assist  the  pupil  in  the  administration  of  medication;  and 

(2)  May  legally  administer  the  medication  to  the  pupil  or  otherwise  as- 
sist the  pupil  in  the  administration  of  the  medication. 

(f)  "Parent  or  legal  guardian"  means  the  individual  recognized  by  the 
local  education  agency  as  having  authority  to  make  medical  decisions  for 
the  pupil. 

(g)  "Regular  school  day"  may  include  not  only  the  time  the  pupil  re- 
ceives instruction,  but  also  the  time  during  which  the  pupil  otherwise  par- 
ticipates in  activities  under  the  auspices  of  the  local  education  agency, 
such  as  field  trips,  extracurricular  and  cocurricular  activities,  before-  or 
after-school  programs,  and  camps  or  other  activities  that  typically  in- 
volve at  least  one  overnight  stay  away  from  home. 

(h)  "School  nurse"  means  an  individual  employed  by  the  local  educa- 
tion agency  who  is  a  currently  licensed  registered  nurse  and  is  creden- 
tialed  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  44877. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  49423.6,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  44877,  49423  and  49423.6,  Education  Code. 

History 
].  New  section  filed  1 1-20-2003;  operative  11-20-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  47). 


§  602.    Written  Statement  of  Authorized  Health  Care 
Provider. 

(a)  A  local  education  agency  may  establish  specifications  for  the  au- 
thorized health  care  provider's  written  statement  in  order  to  ensure  that: 

(1)  The  pupil  is  clearly  identified; 

(2)  The  medication  is  clearly  identified; 

(3)  The  dosage  is  clearly  specified; 

(4)  The  period  of  time  during  which  the  medication  is  to  be  taken  is 
clearly  specified;  and 

(5)  Other  information  is  obtained  that  is  relevant  to  administering  the 
medication  to  the  pupil  or  otherwise  assisting  the  pupil  in  administration 
of  the  medication. 


(b)  A  pupil's  parent  or  legal  guardian  may  deliver  the  authorized 
health  care  provider's  written  statement  to  an  authorized  representative 
of  the  local  education  agency,  such  as  the  schoolsite  administrator  or  his 
or  her  designee. 

(c)  A  local  education  agency  may  require  that  an  amended  or  new  writ- 
ten statement  be  provided  annually  and  whenever  there  is  a  change  in  the 
pupil's  authorized  health  care  provider,  or  a  change  in  the  medication, 
dosage,  method  by  which  the  medication  is  required  to  be  taken,  or 
date(s)  or  time(s)  the  medication  is  required  to  be  taken. 

NOTll:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1  and  49423.6.  Education  Code.  Kclcrcncc: 
Sections  49423  and  49423.6,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  tiled  1 1-20-2003;  operative  1 1-20-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  47). 

§  603.    Written  Statement  of  the  Parent  or  Legal  Guardian. 

(a)  A  local  education  agency  may  establish  specifications  for  the  writ- 
ten statement  of  the  pupil's  parent  or  legal  guardian  in  order  to  ensure 
that: 

(1)  The  pupil  is  cleariy  identified. 

(2)  Permission  is  obtained  for  an  authorized  representative  of  the  local 
education  agency  to  communicate  directly  with  the  pupil's  authorized 
health  care  provider,  as  may  be  necessary,  regarding  the  authorized 
health  care  provider's  written  statement. 

(3)  The  parent  or  legal  guardian  understands  what  employees  of  the 
local  education  agency  will  do  to  administer  the  medication  to  the  pupil 
or  otherwise  assist  the  pupil  in  the  administration  of  the  medication. 

(4)  The  parent  or  legal  guardian  understands  his  or  her  responsibilities 
to  enable  employees  of  the  local  education  agency  to  administer  the  me- 
dication to  the  pupil  or  otherwise  assist  the  pupil  in  administration  of  the 
medication,  e.g.,  to  ensure  that  a  current  authorized  health  care  provid- 
er's written  statement  has  been  delivered  to  an  authorized  representative 
of  the  local  education  agency,  or  to  ensure  that  the  medication  is  deliv- 
ered to  the  schoolsite  in  a  proper  container  by  an  individual  legally  autho- 
rized to  be  in  possession  of  the  medication. 

(5)  The  parent  or  legal  guardian  understands  how  he  or  she  may  termi- 
nate consent  for  administration  of  the  medication  to  the  pupil  or  other- 
wise assisting  the  pupil  in  the  administration  of  the  medication. 

(b)  A  local  education  agency  may  provide  reasonable  accommoda- 
tions to  a  parent  or  legal  guardian  who  has  insufficient  English  language 
proficiency  to  produce  a  written  statement  without  assistance  or  who  has 
a  disability  that  makes  it  difficult  to  produce  a  written  statement. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  49423.6,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  49423  and  49423.6.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-20-2003;  operative  1 1-20-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  47). 

§  604.    Administration  of  Medication  to  Pupils  or  Otherwise 
Assisting  Pupils  in  the  Administration  of 
Medication. 

(a)  A  school  nurse  may  administer  medication  to  a  pupil  or  otherwi.se 
assist  a  pupil  in  the  administration  of  medication  as  allowed  by  law  and 
in  keeping  with  applicable  standards  of  professional  practice. 

(b)  Other  designated  school  personnel  may  administer  medication  to 
pupils  or  otherwise  assist  pupils  in  the  administration  of  medication  as 
allowed  by  law  and,  if  they  are  licensed  health  care  professionals,  in 
keeping  with  applicable  standards  of  professional  practice  for  their  li- 
cense. 

(c)  The  pupil's  parent  or  legal  guardian  may  administer  medication  to 
the  pupil  or  otherwise  assist  the  pupil  in  the  administration  of  medication 
as  allowed  by  law. 

(d)  An  individual  designated  to  do  so  by  the  parent  or  legal  guardian 
may  administer  medication  to  the  pupil  or  otherwise  assist  the  pupil  in  the 
administration  of  medication  as  allowed  by  law.  A  local  education 
agency  may  establish  rules  governing  the  designation  of  an  individual  by 
a  parent  or  legal  guardian  in  order  to  ensure  that: 

(1)  The  individual  is  clearly  identified; 

(2)  The  individual  is  willing  to  accept  the  designafion; 


Page  11 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§605 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(3)  The  individual  being  designated  is  permitted  to  be  present  on  the 
school  site; 

(4)  Any  limitations  on  the  individual's  authority  in  his  or  her  capacity 
as  designee  are  clearly  established;  and 

(5)  The  individual's  service  as  a  designee  would  not  be  inconsistent 
or  in  conflict  with  his  or  her  employment  responsibilities,  if  the  individu- 
al being  designated  is  employed  by  the  local  education  agency. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1  and  49423.6,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  49423  and  49423.6.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1 1  -20-2003;  operative  1 1  -20-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343 .4  (Register  2003,  No.  47). 

§  605.    Self-Administration  of  Medication. 

With  the  approval  of  the  pupil's  authorized  health  care  provider  and 
the  approval  of  the  pupil's  parent  or  legal  guardian,  a  local  education 
agency  may  allow  a  pupil  to  carry  medication  and  to  self-administer  the 
medication.  A  local  education  agency  may  establish  rules  governing 
self-administration  in  order  to  protect  the  health  and  safety  both  of  the 
pupil  and  of  the  whole  student  body  and  staff  at  the  schoolsite.  Through 
such  rules,  a  local  education  agency  may  describe  circumstances  under 
which  self-administration  may  be  prohibited. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  49423.6,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  49423  and  49423.6,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1 1  -20-2003;  operative  1 1-20-2003  pursuant  to  Government 

Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  47). 

§  606.    Delivery  and  Storage  of  Medication. 

A  local  education  agency  may  establish  policies  governing  the  deliv- 
ery of  medication  to  the  schoolsite  (other  than  medication  a  pupil  is  al- 
lowed to  carry  for  purposes  of  self-administration),  as  well  as  the  storage 
of  medication  in  a  manner  that  is  secure  and  maintains  the  medication's 
effectiveness. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  49423.6,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  49423  and  49423.6,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-20-2003;  operative  1 1-20-2003  pursuant  to  Government 

Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  47). 

§  607.    Documentation. 

A  local  education  agency  may  establish  policies  regarding  documen- 
tation of  the  administration  of  medication  to  pupils  or  otherwise  assisting 
pupils  in  the  administration  of  medication  to  ensure  that: 

(a)  Pupil  confidentiality  is  appropriately  maintained; 

(b)  A  medication  record  is  maintained  for  each  pupil  to  whom  medica- 
tion is  administered  or  other  assistance  is  provided  in  the  administration 
of  medication;  and 

(c)  An  appropriate  record  is  kept  of  pupils  who  are  allowed  to  carry  and 
self-administer  medication. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  49423.6,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  49423  and  49423.6,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-20-2003;  operative  11 -20-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  47). 

§  608.    Deviation  from  Authorized  Health  Care  Provider's 
Written  Statement. 

A  local  education  agency  may  establish  policies  regarding  any  materi- 
al or  significant  deviation  from  the  authorized  health  care  provider's 
written  statement  in  order  to  ensure  that,  as  quickly  as  possible  upon  dis- 
covery, appropriate  notification  of  the  deviation  is  made: 

(a)  In  accordance  with  applicable  standards  of  professional  practice, 
if  the  discovery  is  made  by  a  licensed  health  care  professional;  or 

(b)  To  the  schoolsite  administrator,  the  pupil's  parent  or  legal  guard- 
ian, an  employee  of  the  local  education  agency  who  is  a  licensed  health 
care  professional  (if  any),  and  the  pupil's  authorized  health  care  provider, 
if  the  discovery  is  made  by  an  individual  who  is  not  a  licensed  health  care 
professional. 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  49423.6,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  49423  and  49423.6,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-20-2003;  operative  11 -20-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  secnon  1 1 343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  47). 

§  609.     Unused,  Discontinued  and  Outdated  Medication. 

A  local  education  agency  may  establish  policies  regarding  unused, 
discontinued,  and  outdated  medication  in  order  to  ensure  that: 

(a)  Such  medication  is  returned  to  the  pupil's  parent  or  legal  guardian 
where  possible; 

(b)  Such  medication  that  cannot  be  returned  to  the  pupil's  parent  or  le- 
gal guardian  is  disposed  of  by  the  end  of  the  school  year  in  accordance 
with  apphcable  law. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  49423.6,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  49423  and  49423.6,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-20-2003;  operative  1 1-20-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003.  No.  47). 

§  61 0.    Applicability  of  this  Article. 

Nothing  in  this  article  may  be  interpreted  as  creating  a  state-mandated 
local  program  or  as  affecting  in  any  way: 

(a)  The  staaites,  regulations,  or  standards  of  practice  governing  any 
health  care  professional  licensed  by  the  State  of  California  in  the  carrying 
out  of  activities  authorized  by  the  license; 

(b)  The  statutes  or  regulations  governing  the  administration  of  me- 
dication to  pupils  or  otherwise  assisting  pupils  in  the  administration  of 
medication  by  individuals  who  are  not  licensed  health  care  professionals, 
other  than  Section  49423  and  subdivision  (b)  of  Section  49423.6  of  the 
Education  Code; 

(c)  The  use  of  emergency  epinephrine  auto-injectors  pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 49414  of  the  Education  Code; 

(d)  The  content  or  implementation  of  a  pupil's  individualized  educa- 
tion program  prepared  in  accordance  with  applicable  provisions  of  feder- 
al and  state  law,  or  a  pupil's  Section  504  Accommodation  Plan  prepared 
in  accordance  with  applicable  provisions  of  the  federal  Rehabilitation 
Act  of  1973. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  49423.6,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
SecUons  49414,  49423  and  49423.6,  and  Part  30  (commencing  with  Section 
56000)  of  Division  4  of  Title  2,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-20-2003;  operative  1 1-20-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  47). 

§  611.    Issuance  and  Periodic  Updating  of  Advisory. 

The  California  Department  of  Education,  with  the  approval  of  the 
State  Board  of  Education,  may  issue  and  periodically  update  an  advisory 
providing  non-binding  guidance  on  the  administration  of  medication  to 
pupils  and  otherwise  assisting  pupils  in  the  administration  of  medication. 
The  advisory  shall  be  a  program  guideline  under  Education  Code  section 
33308.5,  and  shall  meet  the  requirements  of  Education  Code  section 
33308.5  (including  the  written  notification  that  the  guideline  is  merely 
exemplary  and  that  compliance  with  the  guideline  is  not  mandatory). 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  49423.6,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  33308.5,  49423  and  49423.6,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-20-2003;  operative  1 1-20-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  47). 


Article  5.    School  Environment  for  Pupils 

§  630.    Condition  of  School  Premises. 

Governing  boards,  superintendents,  principals,  and  teachers  are  re- 
sponsible for  the  sanitary,  neat,  and  clean  condition  of  the  school  prem- 
ises and  freedom  of  the  premises  from  conditions  that  would  create  a  fire 
or  life  hazard. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  5:  Section  33031,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  76,  No.  9. 


Page  12 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§700 


§631.     Maintenance. 

Adequate  separate  toilet  facilities  shall  be  maintained  for  each  sex,  and 
all  buildings  and  grounds  shall  be  maintained  according  to  the  regula- 
tions of  the  Board  of  Health  having  Jurisdiction  over  the  school  district. 

§  632.     School  Crossing  Signs. 

The  governing  board  shall  neither  purchase  nor  accept  any  school 
crossing  sign  (except  hand  signs  to  be  carried  by  adult  crossing  guards 
and  hand  signs  described  in  Section  575  to  be  carried  by  school  safety 
patrols),  unless  it  conforms  to  the  requirements  of  the  Traffic  Manual  is- 
sued by  the  California  Department  of  Transportation. 

History 

I .  Amendment  tiled  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 


Article  6.     Pupil  Fingerprinting  Program 


§  640.     Definitions. 

(a)  "Private  funding,"  as  used  in  Education  Code  Section  32390(a), 
means  fund-raising  activities  by  the  school  district  or  private  persons  or 
entities,  or  any  other  form  of  accepting  donated  funds. 

(b)  "Volunteer  assistance,"  as  used  in  Education  Code  Section 

32390(a),  means  the  voluntary  contribution,  without  charge  to  the  school 

district,  of  materials,  equipment,  or  personal  time,  special  knowledge  or 

skill. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  32390(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
32390(a),  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  10-8-86;  effective  upon  filing  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
Section  1 1346.2(d)  (Register  86,  No.  46). 


§  641 .    Standards. 

In  providing  fingerprint  services,  school  districts  shall  comply  with 
the  following  standards: 

(a)  The  standard  California  Department  of  justice  8"  x  8"  personal 
identification  fingerprint  form  (BID-8)  may  be  used.  Other  fingerprint 
forms  may  be  used  that  are  of  the  card  stock,  size  and  format  of  form 
BID-8,  as  specified  by  the  California  Department  of  Justice. 

(b)  Fingerprint  equipment  used  shall  provide  for  a  permanent  black 
finger  print  impression.  Standard  fingerprinting  ink  or  inkless  equipment 
shall  be  used  which  meet  standards  specified  by  the  Cahfomia  Depart- 
ment of  justice. 

(c)  Those  specifications  referred  to  in  subsections(a)  and  (b)  may  be 
obtained  from  the  California  Department  of  justice.  Bureau  of  Criminal 
Identification,  P.O.  Box  903417,  Sacramento.  California  94203-4170. 

(d)  A  full  set  of  fingerprints  shall  be  taken  that  includes  the  ten  rolled 
impressions  and  the  two  flat  impressions.  A  notation  shall  be  made  on  the 
fingerprint  form  when  fingers  are  amputated,  bandaged  or  deformed. 

(e)  A  person  trained  in  the  taking  of  fingerprints  shall  perform  the  fin- 
gerprint process,  or  if  an  untrained  person  is  used,  a  trained  person  shall 
inspect  each  set  of  fingerprint  impressions  for  quality.  A  person  is 
deemed  to  be  trained  in  the  taking  of  fingerprints  if  he  or  she  has  com- 
pleted a  course  of  instruction  in  the  taking  of  fingerprints  from  a  law  en- 
forcement agency,  or  a  public  or  private  college  or  university,  or  from  a 
person  who  has  successfully  completed  a  course  of  instruction  in  the  tak- 
ing of  fingerprints  from  a  law  enforcement  agency,  or  a  public  or  private 
college  or  university. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  32390(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
32390(a),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 0-8-86;  effective  upon  filing  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
Section  11 346.2(d)  (Register  86,  No.  46). 


Article  7.    Safe  Schools  Assessment 
Program 

§  700.     Definitions. 

(a)  "Aggregated  data,"  means  the  information  contained  on  all  of  the 
completed  California  Safe  Schools  Assessment  School  Crime  and  Inci- 
dent Reporting  Forms  (July  1 ,  2001 )  collected  during  each  reporting  peri- 
od by  the  school  district  or  county  office  of  educarion  from  each  school, 
program,  or  camp  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  superintendent  of  the  re- 
spective school  district  or  county  office  of  education. 

(b)  Crime  classifications 

( 1 )  Arson 

"Arson"  means  the  willful  and  malicious  setting  fire  to  or  burning  any 
structure  or  property,  regardless  of  the  value  of  the  property.  Arson  does 
not  include  one  burning  his  or  her  own  property,  unless  there  is  injury  to 
another  person  or  another  person's  property.  Reporting  for  the  purposes 
of  the  Safe  Schools  Assessment  Program  shall  be  limited  to  incidents  of 
arson  that  result  in  an  economic  loss  of  $1 00  or  more  to  an  individual,  the 
school  district  or  county  office  of  education. 

(2)  Assault  with  a  deadly  weapon 

"Assault  with  a  deadly  weapon"  means  the  use  of  a  firearm,  deadly 
weapon  or  instrument  other  than  a  firearm  or  by  any  means  of  force  likely 
to  produce  great  bodily  injury.  A  deadly  weapon  can  be  a  firearm:  stun 
gun  or  taser;  bows  and  arrows;  knives  or  other  cutting  instalments;  clubs; 
bottles;  explosives;  and  body  parts,  such  as  teeth,  hands,  fists,  and  feet 
used  with  force  likely  to  produce  great  bodily  injury. 

(3)  Battery 

"Battery"  means  the  willful  and  unlawful  use  of  force  or  violence  upon 
the  person  of  another. 

(4)  Burglary 

"Burglary"  means  any  entry  with  the  intent  to  commit  a  theft  or  any 
felony,  even  though  force  may  not  have  been  used  to  gain  entry. 

(5)  Destructive  devices 

"Destructive  devices"  means  the  use  of  any  of  the  following  for  crimi- 
nal purposes: 

(A)  Projectile  containing  any  explosive  or  incendiary  material  or  any 
chemical  substance,  bomb,  facsimile  bomb,  grenade,  explosive  missile 
or  similar  device  or  any  launching  device. 

(B)  Weapon  of  a  caliber  greater  than  0.60  caliber  which  fires  fixed  am- 
munition or  any  ammunition  other  than  a  shotgun. 

(C)  Rocket,  rocket  propelled  projectile,  or  any  similar  device  of  diam- 
eter greater  than  0.60  inches  or  launching  device. 

(D)  Breakable  container  which  contains  a  flammable  liquid  with  a 
flashpoint  of  150  degrees  Fahrenheit  or  less  and  has  a  wick  or  similar  de- 
vice capable  of  being  ignited,  other  than  a  device  which  is  commercially 
manufactured  primarily  for  the  purpose  of  illumination. 

(E)  Sealed  device  containing  dry  ice  (CO  2)  or  other  chemically  reac- 
tive substances  assembled  for  the  purpose  of  causing  an  explosion  by  a 
chemical  reaction. 

Included  in  this  category  also  are  written  or  oral  threats  to  use  destruc- 
tive devices.  Devices  such  as  snappers  or  poppers,  firecrackers,  and  fire- 
works shall  not  be  reported. 

(6)  Drug  and  alcohol  offenses 

"Drug  and  alcohol  offenses"  means  the  possession,  use,  sale,  or  fur- 
nishing of  any  drug,  intoxicating  liquor,  controlled  substance,  or  toluene, 
as  well  as  drug  paraphernalia,  that  is  prohibited  by  law. 

(7)  Explosive  devices 

"Explosive  devices"  means  any  substance,  or  combination  of  sub- 
stances, the  primary  or  common  purpose  of  which  is  detonation  or  rapid 
combustion  with  criminal  intent.  Explosives  include,  but  are  not  limited 
to: 

(A)  Dynamite,  nitroglycerin,  black  powder,  propellant  explosives, 
detonating  primers,  blasting  caps  or  commercial  boosters. 


Page  13 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§700 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(B)  Substances  determined  to  be  class  A  and  class  B  explosives  by  the 
United  States  Department  of  Transportation. 

(C)  Nitro  carbo  nitrate  substances  (blasting  agent)  as  classified  by  the 
United  States  Department  of  Transportation. 

(D)  Any  material  designated  as  an  explosive  by  the  State  Fire  Marshal. 

(E)  Certain  class  C  explosives  designated  by  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Transportation  when  listed  in  regulations  adopted  by  the  State 
Fire  Marshal. 

Included  in  this  category  also  are  written  or  oral  threats  to  use  explo- 
sive devices.  Devices  such  as  snappers  or  poppers,  firecrackers,  and  fire- 
works shall  not  be  reported. 

(8)  Graffiti 

"Graffiti"  means  any  form  of  unauthorized  painting,  writing,  or  in- 
scription on  the  property  of  a  school  district  or  county  office  of  education, 
regardless  of  the  content  or  nature  of  the  material  used  in  the  commission 
of  the  act.  Reporting  for  the  purposes  of  the  Safe  Schools  Assessment 
Program  shall  be  limited  to  incidents  of  graffiti  that  result  in  an  economic 
loss  of  $  100  or  more  to  an  individual,  the  school  district  or  county  office 
of  education. 

(9)  Hate  Crime 

"Hate  crime"  means  an  act  or  attempted  act  against  the  person  or  prop- 
erty of  another  individual  or  institution  which  in  any  way  manifests  evi- 
dence of  hostility  toward  the  victim  because  of  his  or  her  actual  or  per- 
ceived race,  religion,  disability,  gender,  nationality,  or  sexual 
orientation.  This  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  threatening  telephone 
calls,  hate  mail,  physical  assault,  vandalism,  cross  burning,  destruction 
of  religious  symbols,  or  fire  bombings.  This  paragraph  shall  include 
those  threats  or  hate  mail  sent  by  electronic  communication. 

(10)  Homicide 

"Homicide"  means  the  unlawful  killing  of  a  person  by  another  person. 

(11)  Loitering  or  trespassing 

(A)  "Loitering"  means  to  delay,  to  linger,  or  to  idle  about  any  school 
location  without  lawful  business  for  being  present. 

(B)  "Trespassing"  means  the  entering  of  school  grounds  during  school 
hours  without  registering  with  the  site  or  program  administrator,  as  re- 
quired by  law,  and  remaining  after  being  asked  to  leave,  or  returning  to 
the  school  grounds  within  thirty  days  of  being  asked  to  leave  or  within 
seven  days  if  the  person  is  a  parent  or  guardian  of  a  student  attending  the 
school. 

(12)  Possession  of  weapons 

"Possession  of  weapons"  means  the  unauthorized  possession  of  dan- 
gerous weapons,  which  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  fire  arms  or 
knives. 

(13)  Robbery /extortion 

(A)  "Robbery"  means  the  taking  of  personal  property  in  possession  of 
another,  from  his  person  or  immediate  presence,  and  against  his  will,  ac- 
complished by  force  or  fear. 

(B)  "Extortion"  means  the  taking  of  property  from  another  person 
without  their  consent.  Extortion  is  induced  by  a  threat  of  force  or  wrong- 
ful use  of  fear.  Extortion  may  occur  over  a  period  of  time.  Included  in  this 
category  are  written  or  oral  threats  to  take  property. 

(14)  Sex  offenses 

"Sex  offenses"  mean  sexual  battery,  rape,  statutory  rape,  sodomy, 
lewd  and  lascivious  conduct  with  children,  oral  copulation,  and  child  mo- 
lestation. 

(15)  Theft 

"Theft"  (larceny)  means  the  taking,  leading,  driving,  or  carrying  away 
of  property  (including  motor  vehicles)  belonging  to  another  with  the  in- 
tent to  deprive  the  rightful  owner  of  its  use,  regardless  of  the  value  of  the 
property.  Reporting  for  the  purposes  of  the  Safe  Schools  Assessment 
Program  shall  be  limited  to  incidents  of  theft  that  result  in  an  economic 
loss  of  $50  or  more  to  the  individual,  school  district,  or  county  office  of 
education. 

(16)  Vandalism 

"Vandalism"  (to  school,  student,  or  employee  property  on  school  loca- 
tion) means  the  malicious  defacing,  damaging,  or  destroying  of  property. 


Reporting  for  the  purposes  of  the  Safe  Schools  Assessment  Program 
shall  be  limited  to  incidents  of  vandalism  that  result  in  an  economic  loss 
of  $100  or  more  to  the  individual,  school  district,  or  county  office  of  edu- 
cation. 

(c)  "Economic  loss"  means  (except  in  the  case  of  arson)  the  gross  dol- 
lar loss  as  a  result  of  a  crime  committed  against  the  property  of  an  individ- 
ual, school  district  or  county  office  of  education  before  any  insurance 
claim  payments,  restitution  by  students,  or  restitution  by  parents  or 
guardians.  In  the  case  of  arson,  "economic  loss"  means  the  estimated  cost 
of  the  economic  loss  to  the  individual,  school  district  or  county  office  in- 
curred as  a  result  of  the  arson. 

(d)  "Hate  motivated  incident"  means  an  act  or  attempted  act  which 
constitutes  an  expression  of  hostility  against  a  person  or  property  or  insti- 
tution because  of  the  victim's  real  or  perceived  race,  reUgion,  disability, 
gender,  nationality,  or  sexual  orientation.  A  hate  motivated  incident  can 
be  using  bigoted  insults,  taunts,  or  slurs;  distributing  or  posting  hate 
group  literature  or  posters;  defacing,  removing,  or  destroying  posted  ma- 
terials or  announcements;  or  posting  or  circulating  demeaning  jokes  or 
leaflets.  This  subsection  shall  include  those  expressions  of  hostility  sent 
by  electronic  communication. 

(e)  "Intentionally  misleading  data"  means  data  that  the  school  district 
or  county  office  of  education  superintendent  intentionally  withheld  that 
cleariy  should  have  been  reported,  or  data  submitted  that  was  known  or 
reasonably  should  have  been  known  to  be  misleading  or  false. 

(f)  "Location"  means  the  places  where,  and  the  times  when,  school 
personnel  have  supervisory  responsibility  for  pupils,  that  include  the  fol- 
lowing: 

( 1 )  On  campus,  including  before  or  after  school,  and  during  lunch  and 
recess. 

(2)  On  a  school  bus,  to  or  from  school,  or  to  or  from  a  school-spon- 
sored activity. 

(3)  Off  campus  during  lunch  or  at  a  school-sponsored  activity. 

(4)  On  the  way  directly  to  and  from  school  or  at  a  school-sponsored 
activity. 

(g)  "Non-student"  means  a  person,  regardless  of  age,  not  enrolled  in 
the  school  or  program  reporting  the  crime,  including  hate  crime  or  hate 
motivated  incident. 

(h)  "Reportable  crime"  means  an  act  that  (1)  is  a  violation  of  an  exist- 
ing criminal  statute,  (2)  involves  school  activities  or  school-sponsored 
activities  conducted  by  school  districts  or  county  offices  of  education, 
and  (3)  is  reportable  to  local  law  enforcement  as  a  crime,  including  hate 
crime,  whether  or  not  a  crime  report  is  filed  with  the  local  law  enforce- 
ment. The  reportable  crime  classifications  are  described  above  in  subsec- 
tion (b). 

(i)  "Reportable  hate  motivated  incident"  means  an  act  or  attempted  act 
that  (1)  is  a  violation  of  an  existing  civil  rights  statute,  and  (2)  involves 
school  activities  or  school-sponsored  activities  conducted  by  school  dis- 
tricts or  county  offices  of  education.  The  reportable  hate  motivated  inci- 
dent classification  is  described  above  in  subsection  (d). 

(j)  "Safe  schools  assessment"  means  the  reporting  of  crime,  including 
hate  crime  and  hate  motivated  incidents,  committed  at  a  location,  as  de- 
fined above  in  subsecfion  (0. 

(k)  "School  bus"  means  a  bus  that  is  owned  or  leased  by  the  school  dis- 
trict or  county  office  of  education  for  the  purpose  of  transporting  students 
or  staff  members  to  or  from  school  or  school-sponsored  activities. 

(/)  "Site  or  program  administrator"  means  the  school  or  program  site 
person  who  has  responsibility  for  compiling  the  school  crime  and  hate 
motivated  incident  data  and  reporting  the  crime  and  incident  data  to  the 
respective  school  district  or  county  office  of  education  superintendent. 
The  site  or  program  administrator  can  be,  but  is  not  limited  to,  school  site 
principals,  vice  principals,  counselors,  and  coordinators  or  directors  of 
county-operated  programs. 

(m)  "Student"  means  a  person  enrolled  in  the  school  or  program  re- 
porting the  crime  or  incident. 

(n)  "Suspect"  means  a  person  reasonably  suspected  of  having  com- 
mitted the  crime  or  incident. 


Page  14 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§702 


(0)  "Victim,"  as  it  relates  to  crimes  against  persons,  including  hate 

crimes  and  hate  motivated  incidents,  means  a  person  against  whom  a 

crime  or  incident  was  committed. 

Noi  E:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section  628.1,  Penal 
Code.  Reference:  Section  23608.  Business  and  Professions  Code;  Sections  44807 
and  48900,  Education  Code;  Sections  11014.5,  11018.  11054-11058,  11351, 
11 3.57.  1 13.59,  1 1.360,  1 1.364.  1 1.364.7,  11 5.50,  1 1680,  1 1681  and  12000,  Health 
and  Safety  Code;  and  Sections  71,  148.1.  187,  192.211.212,242.243.2,243.4, 

244.5.  245.  245.5,  261,  26!  .5,  286,  288,  288a,  308(b),  380,  381,  417,  417.4,  451 , 
4.52.  459,  484.  487.  488.  518,  519.  594.  626.7-626.9.  628-628.6.  640.5.  647(f). 

647.6,  65.3(g).  12020.  12220,  12301(a).  12403.7(d)  and  12403.8.  Penal  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  subchapter  3,  article  7  and  section  filed  9- 1 3-95  as  an  emergency;  opera- 
live  9-13-95  (Regi.stcr95,  No.  37).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  1-1 1-96  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
lion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Editorial  correction  deleting  duplicative  subchapter  3  heading  (Register  96,  No. 

7). 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  9- !  3-95  order  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tions (b)(1).  (b)(5).  (b)(7).  (b)(14),  renumbering  of  (b)(16)  to  (b)(15),  and 
amendment  of  subsection  (h)  transmitted  to  OAL  1-4-96  and  filed  2-13-96 
(Register96.  No.  7). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a),  (b)(  10)(B).  and  (b)(  1 3)  and  amendment  of  Nrn  E 
filed  8-4-98;  operative  8-4-98  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1.343.4(d)  (Register  98,  No.  32). 

5.  Amendment  filed  8-1-2001;  operative  8-1-2001  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  Section  1  1.343.4  (Register  2001,  No.  31 ). 

§  701.    School  Crime  and  Incident  Reporting  Procedures. 

(a)  All  school  district  superintendents  and  county  office  of  education 
superintendents  who  operate  educational  programs  are  required  to  sub- 
mit to  the  California  Department  oFEducation  safe  school  assessment  re- 
ports that  contain  specific  numerical  data  on  the  incidents  of  crime,  in- 
cluding hate  crimes  or  hate  motivated  incidents,  occurring  on  their 
respective  school  campuses.  Each  school  district  or  county  office  of  edu- 
cation shall  utilize  the  following  procedure  to  report  crime  and  hate  moti- 
vated incident  data  from  school  or  program  sites  to  the  respective  school 
district  or  county  office  of  education  superintendent,  and  to  the  Califor- 
nia Department  of  Education; 

( 1 )  Each  administrator  of  a  school  site  or  county  office  of  education 
program,  or  designee,  shall  complete  a  California  Safe  Schools  Assess- 
ment School  Crime  and  Incident  Reporting  Form  (July  1, 2001)  for  each 
incident  of  crime,  including  hate  crime  or  hate  motivated  incidents.  The 
information  on  the  form  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  identification  of 
the  crime  or  hate  motivated  incident,  victim  characteristics,  suspect  char- 
acteristics, if  known  at  the  time  of  the  incident,  and  the  actual  or  estimated 
dollar  loss  to  the  school  district  or  county  office  of  education  resulting 
from  a  criminal  act  directed  against  property  of  the  school  district  or 
county  office  of  education.  The  site  or  program  administrator  shall  use 
the  crime  and  hate  motivated  incident  classification  definitions  as  speci- 
fied above  in  Section  700(b)  and  (d)  and  the  reporting  guidelines  as  speci- 
fied below  in  Section  702(a)  to  determine  if  a  crime  or  an  incident  is  re- 
portable for  the  purposes  of  the  Safe  Schools  Assessment  Program. 

(2)  The  site  or  program  administrator,  or  designee,  shall  retain  on  file 
for  not  less  than  three  years  the  individual  reports  of  crimes  and  hate  mo- 
viaied  incidents  on  which  the  aggregate  data  is  based,  and  any  other  re- 
quired documentation,  as  specified  below  in  Section  702(b). 

(3)  Each  month  the  data  regarding  reportable  school  crimes  and  hate 
motivated  incidents  shall  be  reported  to  the  designated  person  at  the  re- 
spective school  district  or  county  office  of  education. 

(4)  Any  school  district  that  has  its  own  police  department  may  have  the 
chief  of  its  police  force  or  other  administrator  of  the  police  department 
prepare  the  California  Safe  Schools  Assessment  School  Crime  and  Inci- 
dent Reporting  Form  (July  1,  2001)  for  its  schools  and  submit  the  aggre- 
gated data  to  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(5)  On  or  before  February  1  and  August  1  of  each  year,  the  respective 
school  district  or  county  office  of  education  superintendent,  or  designee, 
shall  aggregate  the  school  crime  and  hate  motivated  incident  data  re- 
ported by  schools  or  programs  within  their  jurisdiction  and  report  the  ag- 
gregated data  to  the  California  Department  of  Education. 


(6)  Beginning  February  1.  1997  and  thereafter,  if  a  school  district  or 
county  office  of  education  chooses  to  submit  its  data  to  the  California  De- 
partment of  Education  in  an  electronic  format,  it  must  do  so  in  a  formal 
designated  by  the  California  Department  of  Education.  For  the  purposes 
of  this  section,  an  electronic  format  includes,  computer  disk,  modem 
transfer,  or  other  electronic  means. 

(b)  Reportable  crimes  and  hate  motivated  incidents  occurring  at  a 
school  in  the  jurisdiction  of  another  school  district  or  county  office  of 
education  shall  be  reported  by  the  education  agency  in  which  the  crime 
or  hate  motivated  incident  occurred. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Section  3.3031 .  Education  Code;  and  Section  628. 1 .  Penal 
Code.  Reference:  Section  48902.  Educalion  Code;  and  Sections  628-628.6.  Penal 
Code. 

History 

1.  New  .section  filed  9-13-95  as  an  emergency;  operative  9-13-95  (Register  95, 
No.  37).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  l-l  1-96 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  9- 1 3-95  order  transmitted  to  OAL  1  -4-96  and 
filed  2-1.3-96  (Register  96.  No,  7). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)(1)  and  (a)(4)  filed  8-4-98;  operative  8-4-98 
pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  98.  No.  32). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  8-1-2001;  operative 
8-1-2001  pursuant  to  Governmerrt  Code  Section  1 1.343.4  (Reeisler  2001.  No. 
31). 

§  702.    Guidelines  for  Reporting  and  Required 
Documentation. 

Site  or  program  administrators  and  school  district  and  county  office  of 
education  superintendents  shall  use  (1)  crime  and  hate  motivated  inci- 
dent classifications  based  on  existing  statutes,  as  specified  above  in  Sec- 
tion 700(b)  and  (d),  (2)  reporting  guidelines  as  specified  in  subsection  (a) 
below,  and  (3)  guidelines  for  required  documentation  as  specified  in  sub- 
section (b)  below  to  complete  the  reporting  procedures  as  specified 
above  in  Secfion  701. 

(a)  Reporting  guidelines 

The  site  or  program  administrator  or  designee  shall  report  a  crime  or 
hate  mofivated  incident  when  it  has  been  determined  that  a  reportable 
crime  or  hate  mofivated  incident,  as  specified  above  in  Section  700(b) 
and  (d),  has  been  committed  on  a  school  location,  as  specified  above  in 
SecUon  700(f).  If  more  than  one  crime  or  hate  motivated  incident  is  com- 
mitted during  an  occurrence,  the  most  serious  crime  or  incident  in  the 
judgment  of  the  site  or  program  administrator  or  designee  shall  be  re- 
ported. The  suspect(s)  need  not  be  apprehended  for  a  crime  or  hate  moti- 
vated incident  to  be  reportable.  The  site  or  program  administrator  or  de- 
signee may  consult  with  local  law  enforcement  to  confirm  that  the 
occurrences  reported  on  the  forms  are  crimes  or  hate  motivated  incidents 
as  defined  in  statute. 

(b)  Required  documentation 

The  school  district  or  county  office  of  educafion  superintendent  re- 
sponsible for  reporting  school  crime  and  hale  mofivated  incident  data 
shall  make  available,  for  not  less  than  three  years  from  the  date  the  report 
was  submitted,  supporting  data  v/hich  verifies  information  contained  on 
the  California  Safe  Schools  Assessment  School  Crime  and  Incident  Re- 
porting Form  (July  1,  2001).  Such  data  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited 
to,  reports  to  local  law  enforcement  officers  and  suspension  and  expul- 
sion reports  which  have  been  reported  to  the  respective  local  governing 
board,  for  the  crime  classificafions  specified  in  Education  Code  section 
48915(a)  through  (d);  and  insurance  claims,  maintenance  records,  and 
other  documents  to  verify  economic  loss,  if  applicable.  In  addition,  staff 
should  be  available  to  participate  in  interviews  during  site  visits  from  the 
California  Department  of  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  3303 1 ,  Educalion  Code;  and  Section  628. 1 ,  Penal 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  628-628.6,  Penal  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  9-13-95  as  an  emergency;  operative  9-13-95  (Register  95, 
No.  37).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  l-1 1-96 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  9-13-95  order  transmitted  to  OAL  1  -4-96  and 
filed  2-13-96  (Register  96,  No.  7). 


Page  15 


Register  2(X)4,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  - 2004 


§704 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  8-4-98;  operative  8-4-98  pursuant  to  Gov- 
ernment Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  98,  No.  32). 

4.  Amendment  filed  8-1-2001;  operative  8-1-2001  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  Section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2001 ,  No.  3 1 ). 

§  704.    Certification  of  Report. 

Each  school  district  or  county  office  of  education  superintendent  or 
designee  shall  certify  to  the  best  of  their  knowledge  and  belief  that  the 
information  in  each  crime  and  hate  motivated  incident  reporting  form  is 
true,  accurate,  and  complete  prior  to  submission  to  the  California  Depart- 
ment of  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code;  and  Section  628.1,  Penal 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  628-628.6,  Penal  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  9-13-95  as  an  emergency;  operative  9-13-95  (Register  95, 
No.  37).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1-1 1-96 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  9-1 3-95  order  transmitted  to  OAL  1^-96  and 
filed  2-13-96  (Register  96,  No.  7). 

3.  Amendment  filed  8-1-2001;  operative  8-1-2001  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  Section  1 1343.4  (Register  2001,  No.  31). 

§  705.    Failure  to  Submit  or  Intentionally  Submitting 
Misleading  Data. 

School  districts  or  county  offices  of  education  failing  to  submit  a  re- 
port or  intentionally  submitting  misleading  data  may  be  sanctioned  by 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instmction.  The  sanction  is  withholding  a 
dollar  aiTiount  not  to  exceed  one-half  of  the  annual  salary  of  the  superin- 
tendent of  either  the  reporting  school  district  or  the  county  office  of  edu- 
cation from  the  school  district's  or  county  office  of  education's  next  state 
funding  apportionment. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  3303 1 ,  Education  Code:  and  Section  628. 1 ,  Penal 
Code.  Reference:  Section  14044,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  628-628.6,  Penal 
Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  9-13-95  as  an  emergency;  operative  9-13-95  (Register  95, 
No.  37).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1-1 1-96 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  9-13-95  order  transmitted  to  OAL  1-^-96  and 
filed  2-13-96  (Register  96,  No.  7). 


Subchapter  3.5.     Leroy  Greene  Assessment 
of  Academic  Achievement 

§  800.    General  Testing  Provisions. 

To  be  eligible  for  incentive  funding  available  under  the  voluntary  Pu- 
pil Testing  Incentive  Program  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section 
60640(a),  a  school  district  must  certify  that  it  administered  an  approved 
test  to  all  pupils  enrolled  in  grades  two  through  ten  or  in  as  many  of  those 
grades  as  are  operated  by  the  school  district  during  the  time  specified  by 
the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

(a)  Each  pupil  enrolled  in  the  school  district  during  the  school  district's 
testing  period  shall  be  given  an  achievement  test  of  basic  academic  skills, 
including  pupils  in  subgroups  that  may  have  been  exempt  from  testing 
in  the  past. 

(b)  School  districts  shall  make  whatever  arrangements  are  necessary 
to  ensure  that  pupils  in  alternative  education  programs  or  programs  con- 
ducted off-campus  are  tested  including,  but  not  limited  to,  pupils  en- 
rolled in  the  school  district's  continuation  school,  independent  study,  or 
community  day  school. 

(c)  Make-up  sessions  shall  be  scheduled  to  permit  pupils  who  were  not 
present  during  the  initial  test  administration  to  complete  the  achievement 
test  of  basic  academic  skills. 

(d)  A  parent  or  guardian  may  submit  to  the  school  a  written  request  to 
excuse  his  or  her  child  from  any  or  all  parts  of  the  achievement  test  of  ba- 
sic academic  skills.  Such  requests  must  be  initiated  by  the  parent  or 


guardian  and  no  school  official  shall  solicit  such  a  written  request  on  be- 
half of  any  child. 

(e)  If  a  pupil  would  not  be  tested  pursuant  to  Secfion  802(a),  the  school 
in  which  the  pupil  is  enrolled  shall  test  the  pupil  upon  the  written  request 
of  the  pupil's  parent  or  guardian  that  his  or  her  pupil  be  tested  with  any 
or  all  parts  of  the  achievement  test  of  basic  academic  skills.  Such  testing 
must  be  conducted  during  the  same  tesfing  window  during  which  other 
pupils  in  the  same  grade  are  tested. 

(f)  Achievement  tests  of  basic  academic  skills  are  to  be  selected  from 
among  those  currently  approved  for  use  by  the  California  State  Board  of 
Educafion  pursuant  to  EducaUon  Code  secfion  60604(d). 

(g)  School  districts  shall  use  more  than  one  approved  test,  if  necessary, 
to  produce  scores  for  all  pupils  in  the  required  curriculum  areas  of  read- 
ing, spelling,  written  expression,  and  mathematics. 

(h)  Pupils  in  special  educafion  programs  may  be  tested  with  an 
achieveinent  test  of  basic  academic  skills  with  necessary  adaptafions  or 
accommodations  including,  but  not  limited  to,  large  print,  braille,  ex- 
tended time  or  the  use  of  a  reader  or  scribe.  Pupils  tested  with  adaptations 
or  accommodations  shall  be  counted  for  the  $5  per-pupil  tested  appor- 
fionment  pursuant  to  Education  Code  secfion  60640(a). 

(i)  Oral  language  proficiency  assessments  do  not  qualify  as  achieve- 
ment tests  of  basic  academic  skills. 

(j)  School  districts  may  administer  an  achievement  test  of  basic  aca- 
demic skills  to  pupils  enrolled  in  grades  other  than  two  through  ten,  but 
such  pupils  may  not  be  counted  for  the  $5  per-pupil  tested  apportionment 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  60640(a). 

(k)  Pursuant  to  Educafion  Code  secfion  60641(a),  the  State  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instrucfion  has  designated  that  achievement  tests  shall 
be  administered  during  the  fall,  or  beginning  of  the  school  year,  between 
5  and  25  percent  of  the  school  district's  instrucfional  days,  or  during  the 
spring,  or  end  of  the  school  year,  between  70  and  90  percent  of  the  school 
district's  instrucfional  days. 

NOTE:  Authority:  Sections  3303 1  and  60605(g),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
fions  60603(a)  and  (c),  60604(a)(  1 ),  (c),  and  (d),  60605(b),  60640  and  6064 1 ,  Edu- 
cation Code. 

History 

1.  New  subchapter  3.5  (section  800)  and  section  filed  5-22-96  as  an  emergency; 
operative  5-22-96  (Register  96,  No.  21).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-19-96  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  op- 
eration of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  subsection  (b)  (Register  96,  No.  38). 

3.  New  subchapter  3.5  (secfion  800)  and  secfion  refiled  9-1 9-96  as  an  emergency; 
operative  9-20-96  (Register  96,  No.  38).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  1-21-97  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  op- 
eration of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Repealed  by  operauon  of  Government  Code  secfion  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  97, 
No.  24). 

5.  New  subchapter  3.5  (.sections  800-802)  and  secfion  filed  6-11-97;  operafive 
6-1 1-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No. 
24). 

§  801 .     Reporting  Test  Results. 

For  purposes  of  Education  Code  section  60641(b),  school  districts 
shall  give  a  written  report  of  individual  pupil  results  to  the  pupil's  parent 
or  guardian  no  later  than  40  school  days  following  the  date  on  which  the 
school  district  received  the  results  of  the  achievement  tesfing  of  basic 
academic  skills. 

NOTE:  Authority:  Secfions  3303 1  and  60605(g),  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 60641(b),  Educafion  Code. 

History 
L  New  section  filed  6-1 1-97;  operative  6-1 1-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code 

section  11343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  24). 

§  802.    Waiver  Criteria. 

(a)  To  establish  compliance  with  Education  Code  secfions  60640  and 
60641,  school  districts  may  request  a  waiver  of  the  requirement  under 
Education  Code  section  60640(a)  that  all  pupils  be  tested  from  the  Cali- 
fornia State  Board  of  Education  pursuant  to  Educafion  Code  sections 
33050-33053.  The  California  State  Board  of  Education  shall  approve  the 
waiver  for  one  or  more  of  the  following  types  of  pupils: 


• 


Page  16 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§850 


(1)  Special  Education  pupils  whose  Individualized  Education  Pro- 
grams (lEP)  provide  for,  and  the  school  district  implements,  an  alterna- 
tive means  for  determining  the  pupils"  academic  progress. 

(2)  Pupils  who  have  not  received  at  least  thirty  (30)  months  of  instmc- 
lion  in  the  core  curriculum,  given  primarily  in  the  English  language,  and 
the  school  district  implements  an  alternative  means  for  determining  the 
pupils"  academic  progress.  This  provision  would  only  apply  if  an  ap- 
proved test  in  the  pupils"  primary  language  was  not  available  for  pur- 
chase. 

(3)  Pupils  who  entered  school  with  no  reading  skills  in  any  language 
and  have  been  enrolled  continuously  in  the  .school  district  for  fewer  than 
180  days. 

(4)  Pupils  who  were  not  present  during  the  test  administration  or  at  any 
required  make-up  sessions. 

(5)  Pupils  in  special  programs  other  than  continuation  school,  inde- 
pendent study,  community  day  school,  or  those  programs  identified  in 
( 1 ),  (2).  or  (3)  of  this  subsection,  who  were  not  tested  due  to  extraordinary 
circumstances  such  as  home/hospital  study  or  traveling  outside  the  coun- 
try. 

(b)  When  the  California  State  Board  of  Education  approves  a  waiver 
of  testing  all  pupils,  school  districts  shall  report  the  numbers  of  pupils  ex- 
empted in  each  waiver  category  to  the  California  Department  of  Educa- 
tion. 

(c)  When  the  California  State  Board  of  Education  approves  a  waiver 
of  testing  all  pupils,  school  districts  shall  assess  the  progress  in  basic  aca- 
demic skills  of  each  pupil  not  tested  using  an  alternative  means  appropri- 
ate to  the  pupil"  s  level  of  language  proficiency. 

(d)  When  the  California  State  Board  of  Education  approves  a  waiver 
of  testing  all  pupils,  school  districts  shall  report  the  results  of  the  pupil's 
alternative  assessment  to  the  pupil's  parent  or  guardian  within  40  school 
days  of  the  date  that  the  results  of  the  alternative  assessment  are  obtained. 

(e)  Should  the  California  State  Board  of  Education  approve  any  waiver 
of  testing  all  pupils  under  this  section,  the  $5.00  per  pupil  incentive  funds 
shall  be  apportioned  solely  with  respect  to  each  pupil  actually  tested  in 
compliance  with  Education  Code  sections  60640  and  60641. 

(0  For  the  1996-97  school  year  only,  school  districts  may  submit  to 
the  California  State  Board  of  Education  requests  to  use  tests  not  approved 
by  the  California  State  Board  of  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority:  Sections  3303 1  and  6060.'i(g),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 33050-33053,  60640  and  60641 .  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  6-1 1-97;  operative  6-1 1-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code 

section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  24). 

Subchapter  3.75.    Standardized  Testing  and 
Reporting  Program 


Article  1.    General 

§  850.     Definitions. 

For  the  purposes  of  the  Standardized  Testing  and  Reporting  (STAR) 
Program,  the  following  terms  shall  have  the  following  meanings  unless 
the  context  indicates  otherwise: 

(a)  "Accommodations"  means  any  variation  in  the  assessment  envi- 
ronment or  process  that  does  not  fundamentally  alter  what  the  test  mea- 
sures or  affect  the  comparability  of  scores.  Accommodations  may  in- 
clude variations  in  scheduling,  setting,  aids,  equipment,  and  presentation 
format. 

(b)  "Administration  Period"  means  one  of  multiple  test  administration 
periods  used  by  school  districts  with  schools  or  programs  on  non-tradi- 
tional calendars  that  begin  and  complete  the  school  year  at  various  times 
and  have  staggered  vacation  periods,  in  order  to  ensure  that  all  pupils  are 
tested  at  approximately  the  same  point  in  the  instructional  year. 

(c)  "Alternate  Assessment"  means  an  assessment  as  provided  in 
Education  Code  section  60640(e)  developed  to  measure  the  degree  to 


which  pupils  with  exceptional  needs  who  are  unable  to  take  the  stan- 
dards-based achievement  tests  even  with  accommodations  or  modifica- 
tions are  achieving  the  state  content  standards.  Alternate  assessments  in- 
clude administration  manuals,  administrative  materials,  and  documents 
on  which  the  test  examiner  records  the  pupils'  responses. 

(d)  "California  Standards  Tests"  means  an  assessment  as  provided  in 
Education  Code  section  60642. 'i  that  measures  the  degree  to  which  pu- 
pils are  achieving  the  state  content  standards. 

(e)  "Department"  means  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(f)  "Designated  achievement  test'"  means  an  assessment  as  provided 
in  Education  Code  section  60640(b)  and  60642  for  grades  3  and  7.  The 
designated  achievement  test  includes  test  booklets,  test  answer  docu- 
ments, administration  manuals,  and  administrative  materials. 

(g)  "Designated  primary  language  test"  means  an  assessment  as  pro- 
vided in  Education  Code  section  60640(f)(  1 )  and  (2)  in  each  primary  lan- 
guage for  which  a  test  is  available  for  students  with  limited  English  profi- 
ciency and  includes  the  test  booklets,  test  answer  documents, 
administration  manuals,  administrative  materials  and  practice  tests. 

(h)  "Eligible  pupil"  is  any  pupil  in  grades  2  to  II.  inclusive,  who  is  not 
otherwise  exempted  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  60615. 

(1)  For  the  designated  achievement  test,  an  eligible  pupil  is  any  pupil 
in  grades  3  or  7. 

(2)  For  the  designated  primary  language  test  and  the  standards-based 
test  in  Spanish,  an  eligible  pupil  is  an  English  learner  with  a  primary  lan- 
guage for  which  a  test  is  required  or  optional  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  60640. 

(i)  "Grade"  means  the  grade  assigned  to  the  pupil  by  the  school  district 
at  the  time  of  testing. 

(j)  "Modification"  means  any  variation  in  the  assessment  environment 
or  process  that  fundamentally  alters  what  the  test  measures  or  affects  the 
comparability  of  scores. 

(k)  "Nonpublic  schools  (NPS)"  are  nonpublic,  nonsectarian  schools  as 
set  forth  in  California  Education  Code  section  56034. 

(/)  "School  districts"  includes  elementary,  high  school,  and  unified 
school  districts;  county  offices  of  education:  and  any  charter  school  that 
for  assessment  purposes  does  not  elect  to  be  part  of  the  school  district  or 
county  office  of  education  that  granted  the  charter;  and  any  charter 
school  chartered  by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

(m)  "Scribe"  is  an  employee  of  the  school  district,  or  a  person  assigned 
by  a  nonpublic  school  to  implement  a  pupil's  lEP  who  has  signed  a  STAR 
Test  Security  Affidavit  and  is  required  to  transcribe  a  pupil's  responses 
to  the  format  required  by  the  test.  A  student's  parent  or  guardian  is  not 
eligible  to  be  a  scribe. 

(n)  A  "significant  medical  emergency"  is  a  significant  accident,  trau- 
ma, or  illness  (mental  or  physical)  that  precludes  a  pupil  in  grades  2  to 
11.  inclusive,  from  taking  the  standards-based  achievement  tests  or  des- 
ignated achievement  test.  An  accident,  trauma,  or  illness  is  significant  if 
the  pupil  has  been  determined  by  a  licensed  physician  to  be  unable  to  par- 
ticipate in  the  tests. 

(o)  "Standards-based  achievement  tests"  means  an  assessment  that 
measures  the  degree  to  which  pupils  are  achieving  the  state  content  stan- 
dards as  provided  in  Education  Code  sections  60640(e)  alternate  assess- 
ment, 60640(0(3)  standards-based  test  in  Spanish,  and  60642.5  Califor- 
nia Standards  Tests.  The  standards-based  achievement  tests  include  test 
booklets,  test  answer  documents,  administration  manuals,  administrative 
materials,  practice  tests  and  other  materials  developed  and  provided  by 
the  contractor  of  the  tests. 

(p)  "Standards-based  test  in  Spanish"  means  an  assessment  as  pro- 
vided in  Education  Code  section  60640(0(3)  in  the  dominant  primary 
language  of  limited-English  proficient  students  enrolled  in  California 
public  schools  that  measures  the  degree  to  which  pupils  are  achieving  the 
state  content  standards. 

(q)  "Test  examiner"  is  an  employee  of  a  school  district  or  an  employee 
of  a  non-public  school  who  has  been  trained  to  administer  the  tests  and 
has  signed  a  STAR  Test  Security  Affidavit.  For  the  alternate  assessment, 
the  test  examiner  must  be  a  certificated  or  licensed  school  staff  member. 


Page  17 


Register  2006,  No.  45;  1 1  - 10-2006 


§  850.5 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(r)  "Test  proctor"  is  an  employee  of  a  school  district,  or  a  person  as- 
signed by  a  nonpublic  school  to  implement  a  pupil '  s  lEP,  who  has  signed 
a  STAR  Test  Security  Affidavit  and  has  received  training  designed  to 
prepare  him  or  her  to  assist  the  test  examiner  in  the  administration  of  tests 
within  the  STAR  Program. 

(s)  "Variation"  is  a  change  in  the  manner  in  which  a  test  is  presented 
or  administered,  or  in  how  a  test  taker  is  allowed  to  respond,  and  includes, 
but  is  not  limited  to,  accommodations  and  modifications. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Sections  33031  and  6060.'i,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  56034,  60613.  60640.  60642  and  60642.3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  subchapter  3.75  (sections  850-874)  and  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board 
ofEducation  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98. 
No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  subchapter  3.75  (sections  850-874)  and  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  5-.5-98  (Register  98,  No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and 
filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  New  article  1  heading,  amendment  of  subsection  (c),  new  subsections  (g)-(h) 
and  amendment  of  Note  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-98 
(Register  98,  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 0-26-98  order,  including  amendment  of  Note, 
transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99  and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

6.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a),  (c)  and  (f),  repealer  of  subsections  (g)-(h)  and 
amendment  of  Note  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99 
(Register  99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  4—14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-16-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

8.  Repealer  of  subsection  (d),  subsection  relettering,  new  subsections  (f)(l)-(g) 
and  amendment  of  Note  filed  11-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

9.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  11-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  19). 

10.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a),  (f)(1)  and  (g),  new  subsections  (h)-(m)  and 
amendment  of  Note  filed  2-3-2004;  operative  2-3-2004  pursuant  to  Govern- 
ment Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  6). 

11.  Amendment  filed  8-22-2005;  operative  9-21-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  34). 

12.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  11-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006 
(Register  2006,  No.  45). 


§  850.5.    School  District  Liability. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60603,  60604  and  60613,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-98  (Register  98, 
No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  u-ansmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

3.  Amendment  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register 
99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2- 1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 1 4-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

5.  Repealer  of  section  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  11-8-2006;  operative 
12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 


Article  2.     Designated  Achievement  Test, 

Standards-Based  Achievement  Tests, 

Alternate  Assessment,  and  Designated 

Primary  Language  Test 

§851.     Pupil  Testing. 

(a)  School  districts  shall  administer  the  designated  achievement  test, 
and  standards-based  achievement  tests  and  the  designated  primary  lan- 
guage test  to  each  eligible  pupil,  enrolled  in  a  school  district  on  the  date 
testing  begins  in  the  pupil's  school  or  school  district. 

(b)  School  districts  shall  make  whatever  arrangements  are  necessary 
to  test  all  eligible  pupils  in  alternative  education  programs  or  programs 
conducted  off  campus,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  continuation 
schools,  independent  study,  community  day  schools,  or  county  commu- 
nity schools,  or  nonpublic  schools. 

(c)  No  test  may  be  administered  in  a  home  or  hospital  except  by  a  test 
examiner.  No  test  shall  be  administered  to  a  pupil  by  the  parent  or  guard- 
ian of  that  pupil.  This  subdivision  does  not  prevent  classroom  aides  from 
assisting  in  the  administration  of  the  test  under  the  supervision  of  a  test 
examiner  provided  that  the  classroom  aide  does  not  assist  his  or  her  own 
child  and  that  the  classroom  aide  signs  a  security  affidavit. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  ofEducation  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register98,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tions (a)  and  (d),  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  (Register  98, 
No.  42). 

4.  Editorial  correction  of  subsection  (b)  (Register  98,  No.  44). 

5.  New  article  2  heading  and  amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (c)  filed  10-26-98 
as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-98  (Register  98,  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-99  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (d),  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99  and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

7.  Amendment  of  article  heading  filed  1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
fion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

8.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  19). 

9.  Amendment  of  article  heading,  secfion  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative 
9-21-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  34). 

10.  Amendment  of  article  heading,  secfion  and  Note  filed  11-8-2006;  operative 
12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  852.     Pupil  Exemptions. 

A  parent  or  guardian  may  submit  to  the  school  a  written  request  to  ex- 
cuse his  or  her  child  from  any  or  all  parts  of  any  test  provided  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  section  60640.  A  school  district  and  its  employees 
may  discuss  the  Standardized  Testing  and  Reporting  Program  with  par- 
ents and  may  inform  parents  of  the  availability  of  exemptions  under 
Education  Code  section  60615.  However,  the  school  district  and  its  em- 
ployees shall  not  solicit  or  encourage  any  written  exemption  request  on 
behalf  of  any  child  or  group  of  children. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60615  and  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Educafion  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  secfion  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 


• 


Page  18 


Register  2(X)6,  No.  45;  11-10-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  853.5 


• 


• 


or  emeieencv  languase  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Cenificale  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  includine  amendment  of  section, 
transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  tiled  10-14-98  (Register  98.  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  tiled  10-26-98  as  an  emergency:  operative 
10-26-98  (Register  98.  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  t>y  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-2.3-99 
and  tiled  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

6.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-27-2000  order,  including  further  amend- 
ment of  subsection  (a),  transmitted  to  OAL  3-28-2001  and"  filed  5-9-2001 
(Regi,ster2001.No,  19). 

8.  Amendinent  of  subsection  (b)  and  amendment  of  Note  tiled  2-3-2004;  opera- 
tive 2-3-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Reeisler  2004, 
No.  6). 

9.  Repealer  of  subsection  (a)  designator  and  subsection  (b)  filed  8-22-2005;  op- 
erative 9-21-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  34). 

10.  Amendment  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  853.    Administration. 

The  designated  achievement  test,  standards-based  achievement  tests 
and  designated  primary  language  test  shall  be  administered  and  returned 
by  school  districts  in  accordance  with  the  manuals  or  other  instructions 
provided  by  the  contractor  for  administering  and  returning  the  tests  un- 
less specifically  provided  otherwise  in  this  subchapter  including  instruc- 
tions for  administering  the  test  with  variations,  accommodations,  and 
modifications  specified  in  section  853.5.  The  procedures  shall  include, 
but  are  not  liinited  to,  those  designed  to  insure  the  uniform  and  standard 
administration  of  the  tests  to  pupils,  the  security  and  integrity  of  the  test 
content  and  test  items,  and  the  timely  provision  of  all  required  student  and 
school  level  information. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  12001,  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  60640,  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Section  631  L 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  I ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  new  subsections  (c)  and 
(d).  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  ("Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (c)  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  opera- 
tive 1 0-26-98  (Register  98,  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

6.  Amendment  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register 
99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

8.  New  subsection  (d),  subsection  relettering  and  amendmentof  newly  designated 
subsecnon  (e)  filed  1 1-8-2000;  operative  1 2-8-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  45). 

9.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (b)  filed  1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

10.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  11-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  .5-9-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  19). 

1 1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a),  repealer  of  former  subsections  (b)-(e),  new  sub- 
sections (b)  and  (c)  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  2-3-2004;  operafive 
2-3-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  II 343.4  (Register  2004,  No. 
6). 

12.  Amendment  of  subsections  (bHc)  filed  8-22-2005;  operative  9-21-2005 
(Register  2005,  No.  34). 

13.  Amendment  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006.  No.  45). 


§  853.5.    Use  of  Variations,  Accommodations,  and 
Modifications. 

(a)  School  districts  may  provide  all  pupils  the  following  variations: 

( 1 )  have  test  directions  simplified  or  clarified. 

(2)  write  in  test  booklets  for  grades  2  to  1 1,  on  the  standard.s-based 
achievement  test  inclusive,  e.g.,  underlining,  working  math  problems. 
Any  marks  other  than  those  in  response  circles  for  grades  2  and  .3  must 
be  erased  to  ensure  that  the  tests  can  be  scored. 

(3)  have  as  much  time  as  needed  within  a  single  sitting  to  complete  a 
test  or  test  part  on  the  standards-based  achievetneni  tests. 

(b)  School  districts  may  provide  all  pupils  the  following  testing  varia- 
tions if  regularly  used  in  the  classrooin: 

(1)  special  or  adaptive  furniture. 

(2)  special  lighting,  special  acoustics,  or  visual  magnifying  or  audio 
amplification  equipment. 

(3)  an  individual  carrel  or  study  enclosure. 

(4)  test  individually  in  a  separate  room  provided  that  an  employee  of 
the  school,  school  district,  or  nonpublic  school,  who  has  signed  the 
STAR  Test  Security  Affidavit,  directly  supervises  the  pupil. 

(5)  colored  overlay,  mask,  or  other  means  to  maintain  visual  attention 
to  the  test  or  test  questions. 

(6)  Manually  Coded  English  or  American  Sign  Language  to  present 
directions  for  administration. 

(c)  Eligible  pupils  with  disabilities  who  have  lEPs  and  pupils  with  Sec- 
tion 504  plans  shall  be  permitted  the  following  presentation,  response  or 
setting  accommodations  if  specified  in  the  lEP  or  Section  504  plan: 

(1)  large  print  versions. 

(2)  test  items  enlarged  if  font  larger  than  that  used  on  large  print  ver- 
sions is  required. 

(3)  Braille  transcriptions  provided  by  the  test  contractor. 

(4)  audio  or  oral  presentation  of  the  mathematics,  science,  or  history- 
social  science  tests. 

(5)  Manually  Coded  English  or  American  Sign  Language  to  present 
test  questions  on  the  mathematics,  science,  or  history-social  science 
tests. 

(6)  for  grades  4  to  1 1  responses  marked  in  test  booklet  and  transferred 
to  the  answer  document  by  a  school,  school  district,  or  nonpublic  .school 
employee  who  has  signed  the  STAR  Test  Security  Affidavit. 

(7)  responses  dictated  orally,  in  Manually  Coded  English  or  American 
Sign  Language  to  a  scribe  for  selected-response  items  (e.g..  multiple- 
choice  test  questions). 

(8)  responses  dictated  to  a  scribe,  audio  recorder,  or  speech  to  text  con- 
verter on  the  writing  portion  of  the  English-language  arts  tests,  and  the 
pupil  indicates  all  spelling  and  language  conventions. 

(9)  use  of  word  processing  software  with  spell  and  grammar  check 
tools  turned  off  on  the  writing  portion  of  the  English-language  arts  tests. 

(10)  use  of  an  assistive  device  that  does  not  interfere  with  the  indepen- 
dent work  of  the  student  on  the  multiple-choice  or  writing  portion  of  the 
test. 

(11)  supervised  breaks  within  a  section  of  the  test. 

(12)  administration  of  the  test  at  the  most  beneficial  time  of  day  to  the 
pupil. 

( 1 3)  administration  of  any  test  or  test  part  to  be  given  in  a  single  sitting 
over  more  than  one  day  except  for  the  writing  portion  of  the  English-lan- 
guage arts  tests. 

(14)  test  administered  by  a  test  examiner  to  a  pupil  at  home  or  in  the 
hospital. 

(15)  extra  time  within  the  testing  day  on  the  designated  achievement 
test. 

(d)  Eligible  pupils  with  disabilities  shall  be  permitted  the  following 
modifications  if  specified  in  the  eligible  pupiTs  lEP  or  Section  504  Plan: 

(1)  calculators,  arithmetic  tables,  or  mathematics  manipulatives  on  the 
mathematics  or  science  tests. 

(2)  audio  or  oral  presentation  of  the  English-language  arts  tests. 

(3)  Manually  Coded  English  or  American  Sign  Language  to  present 
test  questions  on  the  English-language  arts  tests. 


Page  19 


Register  2006,  No.  45;  11-10-2006 


§854 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(4)  spellcheckers,  grammar  checkers,  or  word  processing  software 
programs  that  check  or  correct  spelling  and/or  grammar  on  the  writing 
portion  of  the  English-language  arts  tests. 

(5)  mechanical  or  electronic  devices  or  other  assistive  devices  that  are 
not  used  solely  to  record  the  pupil's  responses,  including  but  not  limited 
to  transcribers,  scribes,  voice  recognition  or  voice  to  text  software,  and 
that  identify  a  potential  error  in  the  pupil's  response  or  that  correct  spell- 
ing, grammar  or  conventions  on  the  writing  portion  of  the  English-lan- 
guage arts  tests. 

(6)  responses  dictated  orally,  in  Manually  Coded  English  or  American 
Sign  Language  to  provide  an  essay  response  to  a  scribe  and  the  scribe 
provides  spelling,  grammar,  and  language  conventions. 

(7)  dictionary. 

(e)  If  the  school  district,  pupil's  lEP  team  or  Section  504  plan  proposes 
a  variation  for  use  on  the  designated  achievement  test,  the  standards- 
based  achievement  tests,  or  the  designated  primary  language  test,  that  has 
not  been  listed  in  this  section,  the  school  district  may  submit,  to  the  De- 
partment, for  review  of  the  proposed  variation  in  administering  the  desig- 
nated achievement  test  standards-based  achievement  tests  or  designated 
primary  language  test. 

(f)  School  districts  shall  provide  identified  English  learner  pupils  the 
following  testing  variations  if  regularly  used  in  the  classroom  or  for  as- 
sessment: 

(1)  Flexible  setting.  Tested  in  a  separate  room  with  other  English 
learners  provided  that  an  employee  of  the  school,  school  district,  or  non- 
public school,  who  has  signed  the  Test  Security  Affidavit,  directly  super- 
vises the  pupil. 

(2)  Rexible  schedule.  Additional  supervised  breaks  following  each 
section  within  a  test  part  provided  that  the  test  section  is  completed  within 
a  testing  day.  A  test  section  is  identified  by  a  "STOP"  at  the  end  of  it. 

(3)  Translated  directions.  Hear  the  test  directions  printed  in  the  test  ad- 
ministration manual  translated  into  their  primary  language.  English 
learners  shall  have  the  opportunity  to  ask  clarifying  questions  about  any 
test  directions  presented  orally  in  their  primary  language. 

(4)  Glossaries.  Access  to  translation  glossaries/word  lists  for  the  stan- 
dards-based achievement  tests  in  mathematics,  science,  and  history-so- 
cial science  (English  to  primary  language).  The  translation  glossaries/ 
word  lists  are  to  include  only  the  English  word  or  phrase  with  the 
corresponding  primary  language  word  or  phrase.  The  glossaries/word 
lists  shall  include  no  definitions  or  formulas. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  12001, 33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  60640,  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Section  631 1. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-3-2004;  operative  2-3-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  6). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  8-22-2005;  operative 
9-21-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  34). 

3.  Amendment  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 


§  854.    Advance  Preparation  for  the  Tests. 

(a)  Except  for  materials  specifically  provided  by  the  Department  or  its 
agents,  no  program  or  materials  shall  be  used  by  any  school  district  or 
employee  of  a  school  district  that  are  specifically  formulated  or  intended 
to  prepare  pupils  for  the  designated  achievement  tests,  standards-based 
achievement  tests,  or  the  designated  primary  language  test.  No  adminis- 
tration or  use  of  an  alternate  or  parallel  form  of  the  designated  achieve- 
ment test  or  the  designated  primary  language  test  shall  be  used  as  practice 
for  any  pupils  in  grades  2  to  11.  inclusive. 

(b)  Practice  tests  provided  by  the  contractor  as  part  of  the  standards- 
based  achievement  tests  and  the  designated  primary  language  test  for  the 
limited  purpose  of  familiarizing  pupils  with  the  use  of  scannable  test 
booklets  or  answer  sheets  and  the  format  of  test  items  are  not  subject  to 
the  prohibition  of  subdivision  (a). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  6061 1  and  60640,  Education  Code. 


History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1  -2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tion (b),  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-98  (Register 
98,  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  fol- 
lowing day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

6.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative 
12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  4- !  4-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

8.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative 
9-21-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  34). 

9.  Amendment  filed  11-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  855.    Testing  Period. 

(a)(1)  The  designated  achievement  test  and  the  standards-based 
achievement  tests,  except  for  the  STAR  writing  assessment  as  specified 
in  subdivision  (c),  shall  be  administered  to  each  pupil  during  a  testing 
window  of  21  instructional  days  that  includes  10  instructional  days  be- 
fore and  after  completion  of  85%  of  the  school's,  track's,  or  program's 
instructional  days.  Testing  for  all  pupils,  including  makeup  testing,  is  to 
be  completed  within  this  21  instructional  day  window. 

(2)  Each  school  district  shall  provide  for  at  least  two  makeup  days  of 
testing  for  pupils  who  were  absent  during  the  period  in  which  any  school 
administered  the  designated  achievement  test  and  the  standards-based 
achievement  tests.  All  makeup  testing  shall  occur  within  five  instruction- 
al days  of  the  last  date  that  the  school  district  administered  the  tests  but 
not  later  than  the  end  of  the  2 1  instructional  day  period  established  in  sub- 
division (a)(1). 

(b)(1)  Any  designated  primary  language  test  or  tests,  as  applicable, 
shall  be  administered  between  March  15  and  May  14,  inclusive,  of  each 
school  year. 

(2)  Each  school  district  shall  provide  for  at  least  two  makeup  days  of 
testing  for  pupils  who  were  absent  during  the  period  that  any  school  ad- 
ministered any  designated  primary  language  test  or  tests.  All  makeup 
testing  shall  occur  within  ten  instructional  days  of  the  last  date  that  the 
school  district  administered  any  designated  primary  language  test  or 
tests,  but  not  later  than  May  25th  of  each  school  year,  whichever  is  earli- 
er. 

(3)  A  school  district  with  schools  operating  on  a  multitrack  year  round 
schedule  may  submit  a  request  to  the  contractor  to  begin  testing  no  earlier 
than  the  fourth  Monday  in  February. 

(c)  The  STAR  writing  assessment  shall  be  administered  to  each  eligi- 
ble pupil  only  on  the  day(s)  specified  annually  by  the  State  Superinten- 
dent of  Public  Instruction.  An  eligible  pupil  for  purposes  of  the  writing 
assessment  is  a  pupil  taking  the  standards-based  achievement  tests  for 
a  grade  at  which  the  writing  test  will  be  administered. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60640  and  60642.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operafive  1-2-98  (Register98,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tion (c),  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 


• 


• 


Page  20 


Register  2006,  No.  45;  11-10-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


S858 


• 


4.  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency:  operative 
12-16-99  (Regisler  99,  No.  5\).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
milted  to  OAL  by  4- 1 4-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certiticate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-16-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 1 4-2000 
and  liled  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

6.  Amendment  filed  1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2001  (Register 
2(J00,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
3-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-27-2000  order,  including  further  amend- 
ment of  subsection  (a)  and  Noxr,.  transmitted  to  OAL  3-28-2001  and  filed 
.5-9-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  19). 

8.  Amendment  of  section  and  N(m:  filed  8-22-2005;  operative  9-21-2005  (Res- 
ister  2005.  No.  M). 

9.  Amendment  filed  1 1-8-2006:  operative  I2-8--2006  (Register  2006.  No.  45). 

§  856.    Sales  and  Use  Tax. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Secfion  60640,  Educafion  Code:  and  Sections  6051  et  seq.  and  6201 
et  seq..  Revenue  and  Tax  Code.. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98. 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and 
filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operafive  10-26-98  (Register 
98,  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  fol- 
lowing day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

6.  Repealer  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register  99, 
No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-16-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

§  857.     District  STAR  Coordinator. 

(a)  On  or  before  September  30  of  each  school  year,  the  superintendent 
of  each  school  district  shall  designate  from  among  the  employees  of  the 
school  district  a  district  STAR  coordinator.  The  district  STAR  coordina- 
tor, or  the  school  district  superintendent  or  his  or  her  designee,  shall  be 
available  through  August  15  of  the  following  year  to  complete  school  dis- 
trict testing.  The  school  district  shall  notify  the  contractor(s)  of  the  identi- 
ty and  contact  information,  including  electronic  mail  address,  if  available 
in  the  school  district,  for  the  district  STAR  coordinator  and  for  the  super- 
intendent and  his  or  her  designee,  if  any.  The  district  STAR  coordinator 
shall  serve  as  the  school  district  representative  and  the  liaison  between 
the  school  district  and  the  contractor(s)  and  the  school  district  and  the  De- 
partment for  all  matters  related  to  the  STAR  Program.  A  school  district 
superintendent  may  designate  a  separate  STAR  program  district  coordi- 
nator for  any  designated  primary  language  test. 

(b)  The  district  STAR  coordinator's  responsibilities  shall  include,  but 
not  be  limited  to,  all  of  the  following  duties: 

( 1 )  Responding  to  correspondence  and  inquiries  from  the  contractor 
and  from  the  Department  in  a  timely  manner  and  as  provided  in  the  con- 
tractor's instructions  and  these  regulations. 

(2)  Determining  school  district  and  individual  school  test  and  test  ma- 
terial needs  in  conjunction  with  schools  within  the  district  and  the  con- 
tractor, using  current  enrollment  data  and  communicating  school  district 
test  material  needs  to  the  contractor  on  or  before  December  1. 

(3)  Ensuring  delivery  of  tests  and  test  materials  to  the  test  sites  no  more 
than  ten  or  fewer  than  five  working  days  before  the  first  day  of  testing 
designated  by  the  district. 


(4)  Coordinating  the  testing  and  makeup  testing  days  for  the  school 
district  and  for  those  pupils  of  the  district  who  are  enrolled  in  nonpublic 
schools  within  any  required  time  periods  with  the  school  test  site  coordi- 
nators. Overseeing  the  collection  of  all  pupil  data  as  required  (o  comply 
with  section  86 1 . 

(5)  Maintaining  security  over  the  designated  achievement  test,  the 
standards-based  achievement  tests,  the  designated  primary  language 
test,  and  test  data  using  the  procedure  set  forth  in  section  859.  The  district 
STAR  coordinator  shall  sign  the  security  agreement  set  forth  in  section 
859  and  submit  it  to  the  contractor  prior  to  receipt  of  the  test  materials 
from  the  contractor. 

(6)  Overseeing  the  administration  of  the  designated  achievement  test, 
the  standards-based  achievement  tests,  and  the  designated  primary  lan- 
guage test  to  eligible  pupils. 

(7)  Overseeing  the  collection  and  return  of  all  lest  materials  and  tesl 
data  to  the  contractor  within  any  required  time  periods. 

(8)  Assisting  the  contractor  and  the  Department  in  the  resolution  of 
any  discrepancies  in  the  test  information  and  materials,  including  but  not 
limited  to,  pre-identification  files  and  all  pupil  level  data  required  to 
comply  with  sections  861  and  862. 

(9)  Immediately  notifying  the  Department  of  any  security  breaches  or 
testing  irregularities  in  the  district  before,  during,  or  after  the  test  admin- 
istration. 

(10)  Ensuring  that  an  answer  document  is  submitted  for  scoring  for 
each  eligible  pupil  enrolled  in  the  district  on  the  first  day  of  testing. 

(11)  After  receiving  summary  reports  and  files  from  the  contractor,  the 
district  STAR  coordinator  shall  review  the  files  and  reports  for  complete- 
ness and  accuracy,  and  shall  notify  the  contractor  and  the  Department  of 
any  errors,  discrepancies,  or  incomplete  information. 

(12)  Training  test  site  coordinators  to  oversee  the  test  adininistration 
at  each  school. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52052,  60630  and  60640,  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Section  631 1. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency:  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Editorial  correction  of  subsection  (b)(5)  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tions (a)  and  (c),  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed"lO-14-98  (Register  98, 
No.  42). 

5.  Amendment  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-98  (Register 

98,  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  fol- 
lowing day. 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (d),  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99  and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  1 5 ). 

7.  Amendment  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operafive  12-16-99  (Register 

99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

8.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-16-99  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (a),  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000  and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register 
2000,  No.  21). 

9.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a),  (b)(2),  (b)(5)-(6)  and  (c)  filed  1 1-27-2000  as 
an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

10.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  11-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  19). 

11.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative 
9-21-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  34). 

12.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a),  (b)(3)  and  (b)(5)-(6)  filed  1 1-8-2006;  opera- 
tive 12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  858.    STAR  Test  Site  Coordinator. 

(a)  At  each  test  site,  including  but  not  limited  to,  each  elementary, 
middle,  and  high  school  or  other  grade-span  designated  school,  each 


Page  21 


Register  2006,  No.  45;  11-10-2006 


§859 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


charter  school,  each  court-school,  each  school  or  program  operated  by 
a  school  district,  and  all  other  public  programs  serving  pupils  in  any  of 
the  grades  2  to  1 1 .  inclusive,  the  superintendent  of  the  school  district  or 
the  district  STAR  coordinator  shall  designate  a  STAR  test  site  coordina- 
tor from  among  the  employees  of  the  school  district.  The  STAR  test  site 
coordinator,  or  the  site  principal  or  his  or  her  designee,  shall  be  available 
to  the  district  STAR  coordinator,  and  the  district  coordinator  for  the  des- 
ignated primary  language  test  by  telephone  through  August  15  for  pur- 
poses of  resolving  discrepancies  or  inconsistencies  in  materials  or  errors 
in  reports. 

(b)  The  STAR  test  site  coordinator's  responsibilities  shall  include,  but 
are  not  limited  to,  all  of  the  following  duties: 

( 1 )  Determining  site  test  and  test  material  needs  and  communicating 
the  site  needs  to  the  district  STAR  coordinator. 

(2)  Overseeing  the  acquisition  and  distribution  of  tests  and  test  materi- 
als at  the  test  site,  including  but  not  hmited  to,  distributing  test  materials 
to  test  examiners  on  each  day  of  testing  in  accordance  with  the  contrac- 
tor's directions. 

(3)  Cooperating  with  the  district  STAR  coordinator  to  provide  the  test- 
ing and  makeup  testing  days  for  the  site  within  any  required  time  periods. 

(4)  Maintaining  security  over  the  designated  achievement  test,  the 
standards-based  achievement  tests,  and  the  designated  primary  language 
test  and  test  data.  The  STAR  test  site  coordinator  shall  sign  the  security 
agreement  set  forth  in  section  859  and  submit  it  to  the  district  STAR  coor- 
dinator prior  to  the  receipt  of  the  test  materials. 

(5)  Arranging  for  and  overseeing  the  administration  of  the  designated 
achievement  test,  the  standards-based  achievement  tests,  and  the  desig- 
nated primary  language  test  to  eligible  pupils  at  the  test  site. 

(6)  Overseeing  the  collection  and  return  of  all  testing  materials  to  the 
district  STAR  coordinator. 

(7)  Assisting  the  district  STAR  coordinator,  the  contractor,  and  the 
Department  in  the  resolution  of  any  discrepancies  in  the  test  information 
and  materials. 

(8)  Overseeing  the  collection  of  all  pupil  level  and  other  data  required 
to  comply  with  sections  861  and  862. 

(9)  Ensuring  that  an  answer  document  is  submitted  for  scoring  for  each 
eligible  pupil  enrolled  in  the  school  on  the  first  day  of  testing  for  the  des- 
ignated achievement  test  or  the  standards-based  achievement  tests. 

( 1 0)  Ensuring  that  for  each  pupil  tested  only  one  scannable  answer 
document  is  submitted  for  scoring,  except  that  for  each  pupil  tested  at 
grades  for  which  the  contractor  has  designated  the  use  of  more  than  one 
answer  document.  An  answer  document  for  the  STAR  writing  assess- 
ment administered  pursuant  to  section  855(c)  shall  be  submitted  in  addi- 
tion to  the  answer  document  for  the  multiple  choice  items. 

(11)  Immediately  notifying  the  district  STAR  coordinator  of  any  secu- 
rity breaches  or  testing  irregularities  that  occur  in  the  administration  of 
the  designated  achievement  test,  the  standards-based  achievement  tests, 
or  the  designated  primary  language  test,  that  violate  the  terms  of  the 
STAR  Security  Affidavit  in  section  859. 

(12)  Training  all  test  examiners,  proctors,  and  scribes  for  administer- 
ing the  tests. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60630  and  60640,  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Section  6311 . 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operadon  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and 
filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)(4)-(5)  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  opera- 
tive 1 0-26-98  (Register98,  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 


5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

6.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a),  (b)(  1 )  and  (b)(7)  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergen- 
cy;  operative  1 2-1 6-99  (Register  99,  No.  5 1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-16-99  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (a),  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000  and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register 
2000,  No,  21). 

8.  Amendment  of  subsecfions  (a),  (b)  and  (b)(4)-(5).  new  subsection  (b)(9)  and 
amendment  of  subsection  (c)  filed  11-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

9.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  11-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  19). 

10.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative  9-21-2005 
(Register  2005.  No.  34). 

11.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a),  (b)(4),  (b)(5),  (b)(9)  and  (b)(ll)  filed 
1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  859.    STAR  Test  Security  Agreement  and  Test  Security 
Affidavit. 

(a)  All  STAR  district  and  test  site  coordinators  (coordinators)  shall 
sign  the  STAR  Test  Security  Agreement  set  forth  in  subdivision  (b)  be- 
fore receiving  any  designated  achievement  test,  standards-based 
achievement  tests,  or  designated  primary  language  tests  or  test  materials. 

(b)  The  STAR  Test  Security  Agreement  shall  be  as  follows: 

STAR  TEST  SECURITY  AGREEMENT 

I  acknowledge  by  my  signature  on  this  form  that  the  designated 
achievement  test,  the  standards-based  achievement  tests,  and  the  desig- 
nated primary  language  test  are  secure  tests  and  agree  to  each  of  the  fol- 
lowing conditions  to  ensure  test  security: 

(1)1  will  take  all  necessary  precautions  to  safeguard  all  tests  and  test 
materials  by  limiting  access  to  persons  within  the  school  district  with  a 
responsible,  professional  interest  in  the  tests'  security. 

(2)  I  will  keep  on  file  the  names  of  all  persons  having  access  to  tests 
and  test  materials.  All  persons  having  access  to  the  materials  shall  be  re- 
quired by  the  coordinator  to  sign  the  STAR  Test  Security  Affidavit  that 
will  be  kept  on  file  in  the  school  district  office. 

(3)  I  will  keep  the  designated  achievement  test,  the  standards-based 
achievement  tests,  and  the  designated  primary  language  test  and  test  ma- 
terials in  a  secure,  locked  location  and  will  deliver  tests  and  test  materials 
only  to  those  persons  who  have  executed  STAR  Test  Security  Affidavits, 
on  actual  testing  dates  as  provided  in  secdon  859(d). 

(4)  I  will  keep  the  alternate  assessment  materials  in  a  secure  locked 
location  when  not  being  used  by  examiners  to  prepare  for  and  to  adminis- 
ter the  assessment.  I  will  adhere  to  the  contractor's  directions  for  the  dis- 
tribution of  the  assessment  materials  to  examiners. 

(5)  I  will  not  copy  any  part  of  the  tests  or  test  materials  without  written 
permission  from  the  Department  to  do  so. 

(6)  I  will  not  disclose,  or  allow  to  be  disclosed,  the  contents  of.  or  the 
test  instrument.  I  will  not  review  any  test  questions,  passages,  or  other  test 
items  with  any  other  person  before,  during,  or  after  the  test  administra- 
tion. 

(7)  I  will  not  review  test  questions,  develop  any  scoring  keys  or  review 
or  score  any  pupil  responses  except  as  required  by  the  contractor's  manu- 
als. 

By  signing  my  name  to  this  document,  I  am  assuring  that  I  will  abide 
by  the  above  conditions. 

By: 

Title: 

School  District: 

Date: 


(c)  All  test  examiners,  proctors,  scribes,  and  any  other  persons  having 
access  to  the  designated  achievement  test  and  test  materials,  the  stan- 
dards-based achievement  tests  and  test  materials,  and  the  designated  pri- 
mary language  test  and  test  materials  shall  acknowledge  the  limited  pur- 
pose of  their  access  to  the  tests  by  signing  the  STAR  Test  Security 
Affidavit  set  forth  in  subdivision  (d). 


Page  22 


Register  2006,  No.  45;  11-10-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§861 


(d)  The  STAR  Test  Security  AtTidavit  shall  be  as  follows: 
STAR  TEST  SECURITY  AFFIDAVIT 

1  acknowledge  that  I  will  have  access  to  the  designated  achievement 
test,  the  standards-based  achievement  tests,  and/or  the  designated  prima- 
ry language  test  tor  the  purpose  of  administering  the  test(s).  I  understand 
that  these  materials  are  highly  secure,  and  it  is  my  professional  responsi- 
bility to  protect  their  security  as  follows: 

(1)1  will  not  divulge  the  contents  of  the  tests  to  any  other  person 
through  verbal,  written,  or  any  other  means  of  communication. 

(2)  I  will  not  copy  any  part  of  the  test(s)  or  test  materials. 

(3)  I  will  keep  the  test(s)  secure  until  the  test(s)  are  actually  distributed 
to  pupils. 

(4)  I  will  limit  access  to  the  test(s)  and  test  materials  by  test  examinees 
to  the  actual  testing  periods  when  they  are  taking  the  test(s). 

(5)  I  will  collect  and  account  for  all  materials  following  each  period 
of  testing  and  will  not  permit  pupils  to  remove  test  materials  from  the 
room  where  testing  takes  place. 

(6)  1  will  not  review  any  test  questions,  passages,  or  other  test  items 
with  pupils  or  any  other  person  before,  during,  or  following  testing. 

(7)  1  will  not  develop  scoring  keys  or  review  or  score  any  pupil  re- 
sponses except  as  required  by  the  contractor's  administration  manual(s) 
to  prepare  answer  documents  for  machine  or  other  scoring. 

(8)  I  will  return  all  test  materials,  except  for  alternate  assessment  mate- 
rials, to  the  designated  STAR  lest  site  coordinator  daily  upon  completion 
of  testing. 

(9)  I  will  keep  all  alternate  assessment  materials  in  secure  locked  stor- 
age except  when  I  am  administering  or  observing  the  administration  of 
the  assessment  to  pupils. 

(10)  I  will  administer  the  test(s)  in  accordance  with  the  directions  for 
test  administration  set  forth  in  the  contractor's  manual  for  test  adminis- 
tration. 

(11)1  have  been  trained  to  administer  the  tests. 

Signed: 

Print  Name: 

Position: 

School: 


School  District: 
Date: 


(e)  To  maintain  the  security  of  the  program,  all  district  STAR  coordi- 
nators and  test  site  coordinators  are  responsible  for  inventory  control  and 
shall  use  appropriate  inventory  control  forms  to  monitor  and  track  test  in- 
ventory. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  60640.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tions (c)  and  (d).  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  fiied"l0-14-98  (Register  98, 

No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)  and  (c)-(e)  filed  1 0-26-98  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 10-26-98  (Register  98,  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  op- 
eration of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

6.  Amendment  filed  1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2001  (Register 
2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  19). 


8.  New  subsections  (b)(4)  and  (b)(5)  and  amendment  of  NoTl.  filed  2-3-2004;  op- 
erative 2-.3-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  M.343.4  (Register 
2004,  No.  6). 

9.  Amendment  filed  8-22-2005;  operative  9-21-2005  (Register  2005.  No.  M). 

10.  Amendment  filed  li-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006.  No.  45). 

§  860.     Standard  Agreement  Between  School  Districts  and 
Publisher. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h),  Rdiicalion  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60640  and  60643,  Education  Code. 

Hkstory 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98.  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98. 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  .5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  NoTi:, 
transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  (Register  98.  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-98  (Regi.ster 
98,  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  fol- 
lowing day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

6.  Repealer  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register  99, 
No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2- 1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 1 4-2(K)0 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21 ). 

§  861.    School-By-School  Analysis. 

(a)  Each  school  district  shall  provide  the  contractor  for  the  designated 
achievement  test  and  standards-based  achievement  tests,  the  following 
information  for  each  pupil  enrolled  on  the  first  day  the  tests  are  adminis- 
tered for  purposes  of  the  reporting  required  by  the  Academic  Perfor- 
mance Index  of  the  Public  Schools  Accountability  Act  (chapter  6. 1 ,  com- 
mencing with  section  52050),  section  60630,  and  chapter  5 
(commencing  with  section  60640)  of  the  Education  Code: 

(1)  Pupil's  full  name. 

(2)  Date  of  birth. 

(3)  Grade  level. 

(4)  Gender. 

(5)  English  proficiency  and  primary  language. 

(6)  Date  of  English  proficiency  reclassification. 

(7)  If  R-FEP  pupil  scored  proficient  or  above  on  the  California  Eng- 
lish-Language Arts  Standards  Test  three  times  since  reclassification. 

(8)  Program  participation. 

(9)  Use  of  accommodations  or  modificadons. 

(10)  Statewide  Student  Identifier. 

(11)  Parent  educafion  level. 

(12)  School  and  district  California  Basic  Educational  Data  System 
(CBEDS)  enrollment. 

(13)  Grade  last  enrolled  in  school  where  being  tested. 

(14)  For  English  learners,  date  first  enrolled  in  school  in  the  United 
States  and  the  length  of  time  in  U.S.  schools. 

(15)  Participafion  in  the  National  School  Lunch  Program. 

(16)  Ethnicity. 

(17)  Primary  disability  code. 

(18)  County  and  District  of  residence  for  pupils  with  lEPs. 

(19)  Special  testing  conditions  and/or  reasons  for  not  being  tested. 

(20)  Student  enrolled  in  NPS  by  district  based  on  lEP. 

(21)  NPS  school  code. 

(b)  In  addition  to  the  demographic  data  required  to  be  reported  in  sec- 
tion 861(a),  school  districts  may  report  if  an  eligible  pupil  is  not  tested 
with  the  standards-based  achievement  tests  due  to  a  significant  medical 
emergency. 

(c)  Each  school  district  shall  provide  the  contractor  for  the  designated 
primary  language  test  the  information  specified  in  subdivision  (a)  for 


Page  23 


Register  2006,  No.  45;  U-10-2006 


§862 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


each  pupil  assessed  with  the  designated  primary  language  test  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  section  60640. 

(d)  The  information  is  for  the  purposes  of  aggregate  analyses  only  and 
shall  be  provided  and  collected  as  part  of  the  testing  materials  for  the  des- 
ignated achievement  test,  and  the  standards-based  achievement  tests. 

(e)  School  districts  shall  provide  the  same  information  for  each  eligi- 
ble pupil  enrolled  in  an  alternative  or  off  campus  program  or  for  pupils 
placed  in  nonpublic  schools  as  is  provided  for  all  other  eligible  pupils  in 
grades  2  to  11,  inclusive. 

(0  If  the  information  required  by  section  861  (a)  is  incorrect,  the  school 
district  may  enter  into  a  separate  agreement  with  the  contractor  to  have 
the  district's  student  data  file  corrected.  The  district  STAR  coordinator 
shall  provide  the  correct  information  to  the  contractor  within  the  contrac- 
tor's timeline.  Any  costs  for  correcting  the  student  data  shall  be  the  dis- 
trict's responsibility. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  60630,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tion (a),  repealer  of  subsections  (a)(10)  and  (a)(ll),  and  amendment  of  Noth, 
transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsecfions  (a)  and  (a)(8)  and  new  subsection  (a)(10)  filed 
12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51).  ACer- 
ti  ficate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4- 1 4-2000  or  emergency 
language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-16-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-1 4-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

6.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative  9-21-2005  (Reg- 
ister 2005,  No.  34). 

7.  Amendment  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operafive  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  862.    Apportionment  Information  Report. 

(a)  Annually,  each  school  district  shall  receive  an  apportionment  in- 
formation report  with  the  following  information  for  the  designated 
achievement  test  and  the  standards-based  achievement  tests  by  grade 
level  for  each  of  grades  2  to  11,  inclusive: 

( 1 )  The  number  of  pupils  enrolled  in  each  school  and  in  the  school  dis- 
trict on  the  first  day  of  testing  as  indicated  by  the  number  of  answer  docu- 
ments submitted  to  the  test  contractor  for  scoring. 

(2)  The  number  of  pupils  in  each  school  and  in  the  school  district  tested 
with  the  alternate  assessment. 

(3)  The  number  of  pupils  in  each  school  and  in  the  school  district  ex- 
empted from  testing  at  the  request  of  their  parents  or  guardians  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  section  60615. 

(4)  The  number  of  pupils  who  were  administered  any  portion  of  the 
designated  achievement  test  and  standards-based  achievement  tests. 

(5)  The  number  of  pupils  with  demographic  information  only  who 
were  not  tested  for  any  reason  other  than  a  parent/guardian  exemption. 

(b)  Annually,  each  school  district  shall  receive  an  apportionment  in- 
formation report  for  the  designated  primary  language  test  with  the  fol- 
lowing information  by  grade  level  for  each  of  grades  2  to  11,  inclusive: 

(1)  The  number  of  English  language  learners  who  were  administered 
each  designated  primary  language  test  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 60640(f). 

(2)  The  number  of  English  language  learners  who  were  administered 
each  designated  primary  language  test  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 60640(g). 

(c)  To  be  eligible  for  apportionment  payment  for  the  designated 
achievement  test,  the  standards-based  achievement  tests  and/or  the  des- 
ignated primary  language  test,  school  districts  must  meet  the  following 
conditions: 

(1)  The  school  district  has  returned  all  secure  test  materials,  and 


(2)  the  superintendent  of  each  school  district  has  certified  the  accuracy 
of  the  apportionment  information  report  for  examinations  administered 
during  the  calendar  year  (January  1  through  December  31),  which  is  ei- 
ther; 

(A)  postmarked  by  December  31,  or 

(B)  if  postmarked  after  December  31 ,  the  apportionment  information 
report  must  be  accompanied  by  a  waiver  request  as  provided  by  Educa- 
tion Code  section  33050.  For  those  apportionment  information  reports 
postmarked  after  December  31,  apportionment  payment  is  confingent 
upon  the  availability  of  an  appropriation  for  this  purpose  in  the  fiscal  year 
in  which  the  testing  window  began. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60615  and  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tion (a),  repealer  of  subsection  (a)(5),  subsection  renumbering,  and  amendment 
of  subsections  (b)(2)  and  (c),  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98 
(Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Repealer  of  subsections  (c)-(d)  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative 
10-26-98  (Register  98,  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

6.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (b)(2)  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

8.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)-(a)(3)  and  repealer  of  subsecfion  (a)(5)  filed 
1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  48).  A 
Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

9.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  19). 

10.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative  9-21-2005 
(Register  2005,  No.  34). 

11.  Amendment  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  863.    STAR  Student  Reports  and  Cumulative  Record 
Labels. 

(a)  The  school  district  shall  forward  the  STAR  Student  Report  for  the 
designated  achievement  test  and  standards-based  achievement  tests  and 
the  designated  primary  language  test  provided  by  the  contractor(s)  to 
each  pupil's  test  to  the  pupil's  parent  or  guardian,  within  no  more  than 
20  working  days  from  receipt  of  the  report  from  the  contractor. 

(b)  If  the  school  district  receives  the  reports  for  the  designated  achieve- 
ment test  and  standards-based  tests,  or  the  designated  primary  language 
test  from  the  contractor  after  the  last  day  of  instruction  for  the  school 
year,  the  school  district  shall  send  the  pupil  results  to  the  parent  or  guard- 
ian by  U.S.  mail  at  the  parent's  or  guardian's  last  known  address.  If  the 
report  is  non-deliverable,  the  school  district  shall  make  the  report  avail- 
able to  the  parent  or  guardian  during  the  next  school  year. 

(c)  Schools  are  responsible  for  affixing  cumulative  record  labels  re- 
porting each  pupil's  scores  to  the  pupil's  permanent  school  records  or  for 
entering  the  scores  into  electronic  pupil  records,  and  for  forwarding  the 
results  to  schools  to  which  pupils  matriculate  or  transfer.  Schools  may 
annotate  the  scores  when  the  scores  may  not  accurately  reflect  pupils' 
achievement  due  to  illness  or  testing  irregularities. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 

Sections  49068,  60641  and  60607,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Educafion  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operafive  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


Page  24 


Register  2006,  No.  45;  11-10-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§866 


2.  New  section  retlled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98. 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  ot  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  includins  amendment  of  Noth. 
transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative 
10-26-98  (Register  98.  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99.  No.  15). 

6.  Amendment  of  section  headine,  section  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative 
9-21-2005  (Register  2005.  No.  34). 

7.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (b)  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006 
(Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  864.     Reporting  Test  Scores. 

No  aggregate  or  group  scores  or  reports  that  are  compiled  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  60641  or  60643  shall  be  reported  electronically, 
in  hard  copy,  or  in  other  media,  to  any  audience  other  than  the  school  or 
.school  district  where  the  pupils  were  tested,  if  the  aggregate  or  group 
scores  or  reports  are  composed  of  ten  or  fewer  individual  pupil  scores. 
In  each  instance  in  which  no  score  is  reported  for  this  reason,  the  notation 
shall  appear  "Tlie  number  of  pupils  in  this  category  is  too  small  for  statis- 
tical accuracy  or  privacy  protection."  In  no  case  shall  any  group  score  be 
reported  that  would  deliberately  or  inadvertently  make  public  the  score 
or  performance  of  any  individual  pupil. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60640  and  60643,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1  -2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  Note, 
transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative  9-21-2005  (Reg- 
ister 2005,  No.  34). 

5.  Amendment  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  864.5.    Test  Order  Information. 

(a)  The  school  district  shall  provide  to  the  contractor(s),  for  the  desig- 
nated achievement  test  and  the  standards-based  achievement  tests  no  lat- 
er than  December  1  of  the  year  immediately  prior  to  the  year  of  test  ad- 
ministration, the  following  data  for  each  test  site  of  the  school  district,  by 
grade  level: 

(1)  Valid  county  district  school  (CDS)  codes. 

(2)  Number  of  tests. 

(3)  Numbers  of  special  version  tests  including,  but  not  limited  to, 
Braille  and  large  print. 

(4)  Number  of  Directions  for  Administration  needed,  by  grade  level. 

(5)  Number  of  pupils  to  be  tested  with  the  alternate  assessment. 

(6)  Number  of  test  examiners  for  the  alternate  assessment. 

(7)  The  first  and  last  date  of  instruction  and  all  non-instructional  days 
during  the  school  year  for  each  school  in  the  district  and  all  non-working 
days  for  the  school  district. 

(b)  the  school  district  shall  provide  to  the  contractor  for  the  designated 
primary  language  test,  the  following  data: 

(1)  Whether  or  not  the  district  has  eligible  pupils  for  the  tests. 

(2)  For  all  tests  sites  in  the  district  with  eligible  pupils,  by  grade  level, 
the  information  in  subdivision  (a)(1),  (2),  (3),  and  (4). 

(c)  Each  school  district  that  elects  pre-identification  of  answer  docu- 
ments shall  submit  an  electronic  file  that  includes  all  of  the  information 
required  in  section  861.  The  file  must  be  submitted  in  accordance  with 
the  timeline,  format,  and  instructions  provided  by  the  contractor(s). 

(d)  If  the  testing  materials  are  lost  or  destroyed  while  in  the  possession 
of  the  school  district,  and  the  contractor  provides  the  school  district  with 


replacement  materials,  the  school  district  is  responsible  for  the  cost  of  all 
replacement  inaterials. 

(e)  If  the  school  district  places  an  order  for  tests  for  any  .school  thai  is 
excessive,  the  school  district  is  responsible  for  the  cost  of  materials  for 
the  difference  between  the  sum  of  the  nuinber  of  pupil  tests  submitted  for 
scoring  including  tests  for  non-tested  pupils  and  90  percent  of  the  materi- 
als ordered.  In  no  event  shall  the  cost  to  the  school  district  for  replace- 
ment or  excessive  materials  exceed  the  amount  per  test  booklel  and  ac- 
companying material  that  is  paid  to  the  contractor  by  the  Department  as 
part  of  the  contract  for  the  current  year. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60640  and  60643,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 0-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 0-26-98  (Register  98. 
No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-2.3-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  li3-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99.  No.  1 5). 

3.  Amendment  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register 
99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 1 4-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21 ). 

5.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a),  (a)(7)  and  (d)  filed  1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergen- 
cy; operative  1-1-2001  (Register  2000.  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operanon  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  11-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  19). 

7.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative  9-2 1-2005  (Reg- 
ister 2005,  No.  34). 

8.  Amendment  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operafive  12-8-2006  (Register  2006.  No.  45). 

§  865.    Transportation. 

(a)  Upon  arrival  of  the  test  materials  at  a  single  location  designated  by 
each  school  district,  the  district  STAR  coordinator  shall  provide  the  con- 
tractor with  a  signed  receipt  certifying  that  all  cartons  were  received. 

(b)  The  security  of  the  test  materials  that  have  been  duly  delivered  to 
the  school  district  is  the  sole  responsibility  of  the  school  district  until  all 
test  materials  have  been  inventoried,  accounted  for,  and  delivered  to  the 
common  or  private  carrier  designated  by  the  contractor  for  return  to  the 
contractor. 

(c)  Secure  transportation  within  a  school  district  is  the  responsibility 
of  the  school  district  once  materials  have  been  duly  delivered  to  the 
school  district.  The  school  district  is  responsible  for  secure  delivery  of 
test  materials  to  non-public  schools. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and 
filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative 
12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  4-1 4-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-16-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 1 4-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2O0O.  No.  21 ). 

6.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative  9-21-2005  (Reg- 
ister 2005,  No.  34). 

7.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (c)  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006 
(Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  866.    School  District  Delivery. 

(a)  No  school  district  shall  receive  its  designated  achievement  test, 
standards-based  achievement  test,  or  designated  primary  language  test 


Page  25 


Register  2006,  No.  45;  1 1  - 10-2006 


§867 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


materials  more  than  twenty  or  fewer  than  ten  working  days  prior  to  the 
first  day  of  testing  in  the  school  district.  A  school  district  that  has  not  re- 
ceived test  materials  from  the  test  contractor  at  least  ten  working  days  be- 
fore the  first  date  of  testing  in  the  school  district  shall  notify  the  contractor 
and  the  Department  on  the  tenth  working  day  before  testing  is  scheduled 
to  begin  that  the  school  district  has  not  received  its  materials.  Deliveries 
of  test  materials  to  single  school  districts  shall  use  the  schedule  in  section 
867. 

(b)  A  school  district  and  the  contractor  shall  establish  a  periodic  deliv- 
ery schedule  to  accommodate  all  test  administration  periods  within  the 
school  district.  Any  schedule  established  must  conform  to  sections 
866(a)  and  (b)  for  each  test  administration  period. 

(c)  No  school  district  shall  receive  its  writing  test  materials  more  than 
ten  or  fewer  than  five  working  days  before  the  day  on  which  the  writing 
tests  are  to  be  administered. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60640,  60642.5  and  60643.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
fion  (a),  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a),  repealer  of  subsecUon  (b)  and  subsection  reletter- 
ing  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-98  (Register  98,  No.  44). 
A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

6.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative 
12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
fion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

8.  Amendment  filed  1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  operafive  1-1-2001  (Register 
2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

9.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-27-2000  order,  including  further  amend- 
ment of  subsection  (b),  transmitted  to  OAL  3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001 
(Register  2001,  No.  19). 

10.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative  9-21-2005 
(Register  2005,  No.  34). 

12.  Amendment  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  867.    Test  Site  Delivery  and  Return. 

(a)  No  school  or  other  test  site  shall  receive  any  designated  achieve- 
ment test,  standards-based  tests,  or  designated  primary  language  test  or 
related  test  materials  more  than  ten  or  fewer  than  five  working  days  prior 
to  the  first  day  of  testing  scheduled  at  the  school  or  test  site. 

(b)  All  testing  materials  shall  be  relumed  to  the  school  district  location 
designated  by  the  district  STAR  coordinator  no  more  than  two  working 
days  after  testing  is  completed  for  each  test  administration  period. 

(c)  No  school  or  other  test  site  shall  receive  any  writing  test  materials 
more  than  six  or  fewer  than  two  working  days  before  the  test  administra- 
tion date. 

(d)  Writing  test  materials  shall  be  returned  to  the  district  STAR  coordi- 
nator no  more  than  one  day  after  the  day  scheduled  for  makeup  testing. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60640  and  60642.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transrrvitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 


or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 

day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and 
filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)-(c)  filed  11-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  opera- 
tive 1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-27-2000  order,  including  further  amend- 
ment of  subsection  (c),  transmitted  to  OAL  .3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001 
(Register  2001,  No.  19). 

6.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  secfion  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative 
9-21-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  34). 

7.  Amendment  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  867.5.    Retrieval  of  Materials  by  Contractor. 

(a)  The  school  district  shall  ensure  that  designated  achievement  test, 
standards-based  tests,  or  designated  primary  language  testing  materials 
are  inventoried,  packaged,  and  labeled  in  accordance  with  instructions 
from  the  contractor,  and  returned  to  a  single  school  district  location  for 
pickup  by  the  contractor  within  five  working  days  following  completion 
of  testing  in  the  school  district  and  in  no  event  later  than  five  working 
days  after  each  test  administration  period. 

(b)  School  districts  shall  return  all  writing  tests  and  test  materials  to  the 
contractor  no  more  than  two  working  days  after  the  makeup  day  specified 
for  the  writing  test. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60640,  60642.5  and  60643,  Educauon  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 0-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-98  (Register  98, 
No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

3.  Repealer  of  subsection  (a)  designator,  repealer  of  subsection  (b)  and  amendment 
of  Note  filed  12-1 6-99  as  an  emergency;  operafive  12-16-99  (Register  99,  No. 
51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-14-2000  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-16-99  order  transnutted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21 ). 

5.  Amendment  filed  1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  operafive  1-1-2001  (Register 

2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Comphance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  11-27-2000  order,  including  further  amend- 
ment of  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register 

2001,  No.  19). 

7.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  secfion  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative 
9-21-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  34). 

8.  Amendment  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  868.     Discrepancy  Resolution  for  Designated 

Achievement  Test,  Standards-Based 
Achievement  Tests,  and  Designated  Primary 
Language  Test. 

(a)  School  districts  shall  process  discrepancies  determined  by  the  con- 
tractor(s)  upon  receipt  of  returned  tests  and  test  materials  pursuant  to  this 
subdivision: 

(1)  Receipt  of  a  discrepancy  notice  in  writing,  via  telephone,  or  via 
electronic  mail  by  the  district  STAR  coordinator  for  one  or  more  of  the 
following  shall  require  a  response  from  the  district  STAR  coordinator  to 
the  contractor  within  24  hours. 

(A)  A  discrepancy  between  the  quantity  of  tests  and  test  materials 
shipped  to  the  school  district  and  the  number  of  tests  and  test  materials 
returned  to  the  contractor  from  the  school  district. 

(B)  Information  on  scannable  documents  or  test  support  materials  that 
is  inconsistent,  incomplete,  or  missing,  according  to  criteria  established 
with  the  Department. 

(2)  The  district  STAR  coordinator  shall  acknowledge  the  discrepancy 
notice  via  electronic  mail,  if  available  in  the  school  district,  to  the  con- 
tractor and  to  the  Department  within  24  hours  of  its  receipt  via  electronic 
mail. 


Page  26 


Register  2006,  No.  45;  11-10-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§870 


(b)  The  districl  STAR  coordinator  shall  report  any  discrepancy  in  the 
total  amount  of  the  shipment  from  the  contractor  within  two  working 
days  of  the  receipt  of  the  shipment.  If  the  contractor  does  not  remedy  the 
discrepancy  within  two  working  days  of  the  school  district  report,  the 
school  district  shall  notify  the  Department  within  24  hours. 

ic)  Any  discrepancy  in  a  shipment  of  designated  achievement  tests  or 
test  materials,  standards-based  achievement  tests  or  test  materials,  or 
designated  primary  language  test  or  test  materials  received  by  a  test  site 
from  the  district  STAR  coordinator  shall  be  reported  to  the  district  STAR 
coordinator  immediately  but  no  later  than  two  working  days  of  the  receipt 
of  the  shipment  at  the  testing  site.  The  district  STAR  coordinator  shall 
remedy  the  discrepancy  within  two  working  days. 

(d)  The  district  STAR  coordinator  shall  report  to  the  contractor  any 
discrepancy  reported  by  a  STAR  test  site  coordinator  within  three  work- 
ing days  of  receipt  of  materials  at  the  lest  site.  If  the  district  STAR  coordi- 
nator does  not  have  a  sufficient  supply  of  tests  or  test  materials  to  remedy 
any  shortage,  the  contractor  shall  remedy  the  shortage  by  providing  suffi- 
cient materials  directly  to  the  test  site  within  two  working  days  of  the  no- 
tification by  the  district  STAR  coordinator. 

(e)  The  notices  required  by  this  section  shall  be  made  by  telephone 
with  simultaneous  confirmation  in  writing  and  by  electronic  mail. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60640  and  60643.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transinitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tions (c)  and  (d).  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  (Register  98, 

No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  NoTEl  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative 
12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  4- 1 4-2000  oremergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

6.  Amendment  of  subsecfion  (c)  filed  1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  11-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  19). 

8.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative 
9-21-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  34). 

9.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative 
12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  869.    Performance  of  Designated  Achievement  Test 
Publisher. 

NOTIi:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h),  Educafion  Code. 
Reference:  Section  60643,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Educafion  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  oremergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and 
filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  of  secfion  heading  and  section  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency; 
operafive  10-26-98  (Register  98,  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  op- 
eration of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order,  including  further  amendment 
of  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99  and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99.  No.  15). 

6.  Repealer  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register  99, 
No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 


4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 1 4-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21 ). 

§  870.    Apportionment  to  School  Districts. 

(a)  The  amount  of  funding  to  be  apportioned  to  the  school  district  for 
the  cosls  of  administering  the  designated  achievement  test,  the  stan- 
dards-based achievement  tests,  and  the  designated  primary  language  test 
shall  be  the  amount  established  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  to  enable 
school  districts  to  meet  the  requirements  of  administering  the  designated 
achievement  test,  the  standards-based  achievement  tests,  and  the  desig- 
nated primary  language  test  per  the  number  of  tests  administered  to  eligi- 
ble pupils  in  grades  2  to  11,  inclusive,  and  the  number  of  answer  docu- 
ments returned  with  only  demographic  information  for  the  designated 
achievement  test  and  the  standards-based  achievement  tests  for  pupils 
enrolled  on  the  first  day  of  testing  who  were  not  tested  in  the  school  dis- 
trict. The  number  of  tests  administered  and  the  number  of  demographic 
answer  documents  shall  be  determined  by  the  certification  of  the  school 
district  superintendent  pursuant  to  section  862.  For  purposes  of  this  por- 
tion of  the  apportionment,  administration  of  the  designated  achievement 
test,  the  standards-based  achievement  tests,  and  the  designated  primary 
language  test  includes  the  following  items: 

( 1 )  All  staffing  costs,  including  the  district  STAR  coordinator  and  the 
STAR  test  site  coordinators,  staff  training  and  other  staff  expenses  re- 
lated to  testing. 

(2)  All  expenses  incurred  at  the  school  district  and  test  site  level  related 
to  testing. 

(3)  All  transportation  costs  of  delivering  and  retrieving  tests  and  test 
materials  within  the  school  district  and  to  nonpublic  schools. 

(4)  All  costs  associated  with  mailing  the  STAR  Student  Reports  to  par- 
ents/guardians. 

(5)  All  costs  associated  with  pre-identification  of  answer  sheets  and 
consumable  test  booklets,  and  other  activities  intended  to  provide  the 
complete  and  accurate  data  required  in  section  861  of  these  regulations. 

(b)  This  amount  does  not  include  any  funding  for  the  purposes  of: 

(1)  reimbursing  the  costs  incurred  by  any  school  district  pursuant  to 
section  864.5(d)  or  (e); 

(2)  reimbursing  any  school  district  for  designated  primary  language 
tests  for  non-eligible  pupils;  and 

(3)  reimbursing  any  school  district  for  designated  achievement  tests 
for  non-eligible  pupils. 

(c)  If  at  the  time  a  school  district's  scannable  documents  are  processed 
by  the  contractor  a  student  data  record  is  missing  any  of  the  data  elements 
required  in  section  861  of  these  regulations  for  the  designated  achieve- 
ment test  or  the  standards-based  achievement  tests,  the  school  district 
shall  provide  the  missing  data  elements  within  the  time  required  by  the 
contractor  to  process  the  documents  and  meet  the  contractor's  schedule 
of  deliverables  under  its  contract  with  the  Department.  The  additional 
costs  incurred  by  the  school  district  to  have  the  contractor  reprocess  the 
student  information  to  acquire  the  data  required  by  section  861  of  these 
regulations  shall  be  withheld  from  the  school  district's  apportionment. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Secfions  60640  and  60643.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operafive  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operafion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98. 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  sub.sec- 
tion  (a)(2)(A).  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  1 0-1 4-98  (Register  98.  No. 

42). 

4.  Repealer  of  subsections  (b)-(b)(2)(E)  and  subsection  reletlering  filed 
10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-98  (Register  98.  No.  44).  A  Cer- 
fificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-99  or  emergency 
language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


Page  27 


Register  2006,  No.  45;  11-10-2(X)6 


§871 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

6.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency; 
operative  12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

7.  Certi  ficate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2- 1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 1 4-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

8.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a),  redesignation  and  amendment  of  former  subsec- 
tion (b)(  1)  as  subsection  (b)  and  repealer  of  subsection  (b)(2)  filed  1 1-27-2000 
as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

9.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  19). 

10.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  8-22-2005;  operative  9-21-2005 
(Register  2005,  No.  34). 

1 1 .  Amendment  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  1 2-8-2006  (Register  2006.  No.  45). 

§  871 .     Payment  of  Publisher. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60640  and  60643,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  section, 
transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-98  (Register 
98,  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  fol- 
lowing day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order,  including  firther  amendment 
of  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99  and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  1 5). 

6.  Repealer  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register  99, 
No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14—2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-16-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

§  872.    Performance  Bond. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60640-60643  and  60646,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tion (b),  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Repealer  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register  99, 
No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-16-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

§  873.    Standard  Agreement  Form  for  the  Designated 
Achievement  Test. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 

Reference:  Section  60643,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  EducaUon  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operaUon  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tions II..  111..  VL,  X-Xll.,  XIV.  and  XIX.  and  amendment  of  Note,  transmitted 
to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  (Register  98.  No.  42). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-98  (Register 
98,  No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  fol- 
lowing day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order,  including  further  amendment 
of  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99  and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

6.  Repealer  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register  99, 
No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-1 4-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 1 4-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21 ). 

§  874.    Delivery  Schedule  and  Order  Form. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  60643,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  filed  1-2-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-5-98  (Register  98, 
No.  19).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-2-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Editorial  cortection  of  subsection  3.  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-5-98  order,  including  amendment  of  section, 
transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-98  and  filed  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

5.  Repealer  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-98  (Register  98, 
No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 

§  875.    School  District  Liability. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60603(j),  60604(a)  and  60613,  Education  Code. 

History 
L  New  section  filed  10-14-98;  operative  10-14-98  (Register  98,  No.  42). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-26-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-98  (Register  98, 
No.  44).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 

day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-23-99 
and  filed  4-6-99  (Register  99,  No.  15). 


Article  2.5. 


Golden  State  Seal  Merit 
Diploma 


§  876.    Golden  State  Seal  Merit  Diploma. 

For  the  purposes  of  the  Golden  State  Seal  Meiit  Diploma: 

(a)  "Demonstration  of  mastery"  or  "demonstrate  mastery"  means 
earning  a  scaled  score  of  370  or  above  on  a  California  Standards  Test 
(CST),  as  set  forth  in  Education  Code  Section  60642.5,  or  a  performance 
level  of  recognition,  honors,  or  high  honors  on  a  Golden  State  Examina- 
tion (GSE). 

(b)  Mastery  must  be  demonstrated  on  six  separate  GSEs  or  high  school 
level  CSTs,  not  including  the  Algebra  I  CST,  General  Mathematics  CST, 
and  Integrated  Mathematics  1  CST. 

(c)  Students  may  not  use  both  a  CST  and  the  GSE  in  the  same  course 
of  study  to  demonstrate  mastery  of  the  curriculum  under  Education  Code 
Section  51452. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031,  51450  and  51451,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  51450,  51451  and  51452,  EducaUon  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  4-22-2004;  operative  4-22-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004,  No.  17). 


Page  28 


Register  2006,  No.  45;  11-10-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§889 


Article  3.    Designated  Primary  Language 
Test 


§  880.    Pupil  Testing. 

NOTt:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  anicie  3  (sections  880-904)  and  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 1-4-99  (Register  99.  No.  2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  5^^99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation 
of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative 
12-16-99  (Register  99.  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  4- 1 4-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-16-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

5.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2001  (Register  2000.  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  5-1  -2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  19). 

7.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§881.    Pupil  Exemptions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60615  and  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1^-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5^4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5^-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operaUve  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  882.    Administration. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Secfion  60640.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1^-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5^4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16^99  (Register 
99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

5.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  883.    Advance  Preparation  for  Test. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  6061 1  and  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-4-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative 
12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

5.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 


§  884.    Testing  Period. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  SecUons  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 

Reference:  Section  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

l.New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  I -4-99  (Register  99.  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  oremer- 
gency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1—4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5^-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsecfion  (c)  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative 
12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  4-1 4-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
non  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12 -16-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 14-2()()() 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000.  No.  21 ). 

5.  Amendment  of  subsecfion  (a)  filed  1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  48 1.  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  11-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  19). 

7.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006.  No.  45). 

§  885.    Sales  and  Use  Tax. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  60640,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  6051  et  seq.  and  6201 
et  seq..  Revenue  and  Tax  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  I  ^^99  (Register  99.  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-^-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register  99, 
No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2~l(j-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  3-26-2000  (Register  2000.  No.  21 ). 

§  886.    STAR  Program  District  Coordinator. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60630  and  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  secfion  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1  -4-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  of  section  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative 
12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  887.    STAR  Test  Site  Coordinator. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60630  and  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  1^4—99  as  an  emergency;  operafive  1^1-99  (Register 99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transinitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-^-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5^1-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  888.    STAR  Test  Security  Agreement  and  Test  Security 
Affidavit. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference;  Secfion  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operafive  1-4-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5^^99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  11-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  889.    Standard  Agreements  Between  School  Districts  and 
Publisher(s). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h),  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60640  and  60643,  Education  Code. 


Page  29 


Register  2006,  No.  45;  11-10-2006 


§890 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


HrSTORY 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-4-99  (Register  99.  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5^1-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5^-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register  99, 
No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2- 1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 1 4-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

§  890.    School-By-School  Analysis. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  60630,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1^-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1^-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5^4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsecfions  (a)  and  (a)(8)  and  new  subsection  (a)(10)  filed 
12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operafive  12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51).  A  Cer- 
tificate of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-14-2000  or  emergency 
language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certi  ficate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2- 1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 1 4-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

5.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 
§  891.    Apportionment  Information  Report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60615  and  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1^-99  (Register  99.  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5^1-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)(6)  and  (b)(2)  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency; 
operative  12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

5.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)(l)-(5)  filed  1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  11-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  19). 

7.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 
§  892.    Parent  Reports. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  60641,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-4-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5^4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register 
99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-16-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

5.  Repealer  of  secfion  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  11-8-2006;  operative 
12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  893.     Reporting  Test  Scores. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h),  Education  Code. 

Reference:  Sections  60640  and  60643,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1^-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5^^-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  894.    Test  Order  Information. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60640  and  60643,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1  -4-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5^^99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register 
99.  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  mu,st  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  .5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21 ). 

5.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)(6)  and  (c)(2)  filed  1 1-27-2000  as  an  emergen- 
cy; operative  1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-1-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operafion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  11-27-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
3-28-2001  and  filed  5-9-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  19). 

7.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  895.    Transportation. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1^4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-4-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4—99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative 
12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  4-1 4-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

5.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  896.    School  District  Delivery. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60640  and  60643,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-4-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1^-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operafive 
12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  4-1 4-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

5.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  897.    Test  Site  Delivery. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  60640,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operafive  1^1-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  ojjeration  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  898.    Retrieval  of  Materials  by  Publisher. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 

Reference:  Section  60643,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1^1-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


Page  30 


Register  2006,  No.  45;  11-10-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  1000.3 


2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
tiled  6-14-99  (Register  99.  No.  23). 

3.  Repealer  tiled  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  899.     Discrepancy  Resolution  for  Designated  Primary 
Language  Test(s). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference;  Sections  60640  and  60643,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New.section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-4-99  (Register  99.  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  NoTi-:  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative 
12-16-99  (Register  99,  No.  51).  A  Ceitificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  4- 14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21 ). 

5.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45), 

§  900.    Performance  of  Designated  Primary  Language  Test 
Publisher(s). 

NOTE:  Authointy  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  60643,  Education  Code, 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-4-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2 ).  A  Certi  ficate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5^4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register  99, 
No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-1 4-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12- 1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 14-2000 
and  filed  .5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

§901.    Apportionment. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60640  and  60643,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-4-99  (Register 99,  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5^1-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operaUve  12-16-99  (Register 
99.  No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Comphance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-16-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-14-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000.  No.  21). 

5.  Repealer  filed  1 1-8-2006;  operative  12-8-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  45). 

§  902.    Payment  of  Publisher. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h),  Educafion  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60640  and  60643,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-4-99  (Register  99.  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5^4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5^4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register  99, 
No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-16-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-1 4-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

§  903.    Performance  Bond. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60640-60643  and  60646,  Education  Code. 


History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-4-99  (Register  99,  No. 
2 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5^4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99.  No.  25), 

3.  Repealer  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register  99. 
No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  triuismitted  to  OAL  4-  14-2(X)0 
and  filed  .5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21). 

§  904.    Standard  Agreement  Form  for  Any  Designated 
Primary  Language  Test. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60605(g)  and  (h).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Secfion  60643,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  1-4-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-4-99  (Register  99.  No. 
2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-4-99  oremer- 
gency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-4-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-4-99  and 
filed  6-14-99  (Register  99,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  12-16-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-16-99  (Register  99, 
No.  51).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-14-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1 6-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4- 1 4-2000 
and  filed  5-26-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  21 ). 


Subchapter  3.8,.   Quality  Education 
Investment  Act  of  2006 

§  1000.    Eligibility,  Assignment  of  Random  Order,  and 

Determination  of  Program  Option.  [Repealed] 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Eulucafion  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52052,  52055.720,  52055.740  and  52055.760,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  subchapter  3.8  (sections  1000-1000.7)  and  section  filed  2-8-2007  as  an 
emergency;  operative  2-8-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  6-8-2007  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Repealer  of  subchapter  3.8  (secnons  1000-1000.7)  and  section  by  operation  of 
Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  1 000.1 .    Submission  of  Applications  Under  Education 
Code  Section  52055.740.  [Repealed] 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33031,  Eiducation  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52055.740  and  52055.750,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-8-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-8-2007  (Register 
2007.  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-8-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  secfion  1 1 346.1  (g)  (Register  2007, 
No.  39). 

§  1000.2.    Submission  of  Applications  Under  Education 
Code  Section  52055.760.  [Repealed] 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  3.3031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
44757.5,  52055.740,  52055.750  and  52055.760,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-8-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-8-2(X)7  (Register 
2007,  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-8-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1  (g)  (Register  2007, 
No.  39). 

§  1000.3.    Submission  of  Applications  for  Priority  Approval. 
[Repealed] 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52055.740  and  52055.760,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-8-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-8-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-8-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


Page  31 


Register  2007,  No.  39;  9-28-2007 


§  1000.4 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


2.  Repealed  by  operation  ofGovemment  Code  section  1 1346.  Kg)  (Register  2007. 
No.  39). 

§  1000.4.    Review  of  Applications.  [Repealed] 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
447.'S7..S,  52053.720,  52055.730.  52055.740,  52055.7.50  and  52055.760.  Educa- 
tion Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-8-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-8-2007  (Register 
2007.  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-8-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operafion  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1  (g)  ( Reaister  2007, 
No.  39). 

§  1000.5.    Selection  of  Schools  for  Funding.  [Repealed] 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52055.730.  52055.740,  52055.760  and  52055.770,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-8-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-8-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-8-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1  (g)  (Register  2007, 
No.  39). 

§  1000.6.    Geographic  Distribution  by  County  and 
Distribution  by  Grade  Span.  [Repealed] 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52055.730,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-8-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-8-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-8-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  11346.Ug)  (Register  2007, 
No.  39). 

§1000.7.    Definitions.  [Repealed] 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Secfions 
52055.650,  52500.720,  52055.740  and  52055.760,  Education  Code. 

History 
\.  New  section  filed  2-8-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-8-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-8-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1  (g)  (Register  2007, 
No.  39). 


Subchapter  4.    Statewide  Testing  of  Pupils 
and  Evaluation  Procedures* 


*For  "vision  screening"  testing  for  pupils,  see  Sections  590-596. 

Article  1.    Achievement  Testing  Programs 

§1020.    Definitions. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  7-20-73;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  73,  No.  29). 
For  prior  history,  see  Register  71,  No.  30. 

2.  Repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effecfi  ve  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77, 
No.  .39). 

§  1021.    Tests  and  Procedures. 

(a)  Each  pupil  in  grade  1  shall  be  given  the  entry  level  test  adopted  or 
developed  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  at  a  time  specified  by  the  State 
Department  of  Education,  but  not  later  than  the  third  month  of  attendance 
in  the  first  grade. 

(b)  Each  pupil  in  grades  3,  6,  and  12  shall  be  given  the  achievement 
test  adopted  or  developed  for  the  respective  grade  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education  at  the  times  designated  for  each  grade  by  the  State  Department 
of  Education. 

(c)  The  adopted  tests  shall  be  administered  to  pupils  by  school  districts 
in  accordance  with  procedures  established  by  the  State  Department  of 
Education  for  the  tests.  Test  answer  sheets  shall  be  submitted  to  the  State 


Department  of  Education  for  scoring  on  dates  specified  and  according  to 
procedures  established  by  the  Department  for  each  grade. 

(d)  After  the  tests  have  been  given,  the  school  principal  shall  certify 
that  the  tests  were  given  in  accordance  with  the  procedures  established 
for  the  test,  and  that  all  answer  sheets  have  been  returned  to  the  State  De- 
partment of  Education  for  scoring. 

(e)  In  nongraded  primary  sections,  pupils  shall  be  certified  as  first  or 
third  grade  pupils  for  purposes  of  official  enrollment,  and  are  deemed,  for 
purposes  of  this  article,  to  be  enrolled  in  the  respective  grade  for  which 
they  are  so  certified. 

(f)  Pupils  enrolled  in  grades  1 .  3  and  6  in  a  school  maintaining  a  year- 
round  program  shall  be  tested  when  they  have  completed  approximately 
the  same  number  of  weeks  of  school  as  pupils  who  are  in  regular  pro- 
grams. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  54103.  60602,  60603,  60607  and  60640, 
EducationCode.  Reference:  Sections  60600-6061 4  and  60640-60644,  Education 
Code. 

History 

1.  New  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39).  For  prior  history  see  Register  74,  No.  52. 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  11-29-79;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  79,  No.  48). 

§  1022.     Recording  Test  Scores. 

Scores  for  individual  pupils  on  these  tests  shall  not  be  used  by  school 
districts  or  teachers  for  individual  diagnosis  or  placement,  or  as  a  basis 
for  any  other  decisions  which  would  affect  the  pupil's  school  experience. 
Scores  from  these  tests  shall  not  in  any  manner  be  included  on  a  pupil's 
cumulafive  school  record. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  1 2-26-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No. 

52). 

§  1 023.    Security  of  Test  l\/laterial. 

In  order  to  afford  protection  to  the  security  and  reliability  of  the  tests 
given  pursuant  to  this  article,  all  officers  and  employees  of  the  district  and 
other  persons  concerned  with  the  state  testing  program  shall  take  all  rea- 
sonable precaufions  to  prevent  pupils  from  learning  in  advance  of  the 
specific  content  of  the  tests. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  1 2-26-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No. 

52). 

§  1 023.1 .    Practice  Exercises. 

No  practice  exercises  other  than  those  specifically  designated  or  ap- 
proved by  the  State  Department  of  Education  shall  be  given  to  pupils  in 
preparation  for  the  testing  program  or  in  the  particular  test  used. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60603,  60640,  Educafion  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Secnons  60600-60614  and  60640-60644,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-29-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 

48). 

§  1 024.    Responsibility  of  the  County  Superintendent  of 
Schools. 

The  county  superintendent  is  requested  to  cooperate  with  and  give  as- 
sistance to  each  school  district  under  his  jurisdiction  which  seeks  such 
assistance  from  him  in  carrying  out  duties  imposed  on  it  by  Chapter  5  of 
Part  33  of  Division  4  of  Title  2  of  the  Education  Code.  In  addition  for  any 
district  which  does  not  have  a  district  superintendent,  the  county  superin- 
tendent shall  make  certain  that  the  tests  are  administered  in  accordance 
with  these  regulations  and  with  the  instructions  and  testing  procedures 
developed  for  the  tests. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60603,  60640,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Secfions  60600-60614  and  60640-60644,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-25-69;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  69,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  1 2-26-74;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No. 
52). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

4.  Amendment  filed  1 1-29-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
48). 


Page  32 


Register  2007,  No.  39;  9-28-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  1030.7 


• 


• 


§1025.     Relatedlnformation. 

Each  school  district  superintendent  shall  furnish  to  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Education  such  other  pupil  and  school  information  that  is  re- 
quested by  the  Department  in  order  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  Chapter 
5  of  Part  33  of  Division  4  of  Title  2  of  the  Education  Code  and  to  properly 
analyze  and  evaluate  the  lest  results  as  required  by  Sections  60604.5  and 
60660  of  the  Education  Code. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031.  60603.  60640,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  60600-606 1 4  and  60640-60644.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-26-74;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter  (Register  74,  No. 
52). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Amendment  filed  1 1 -29-79;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 

48). 

§1026.    Reporting  Test  Results. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
60607  and  60640,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 2-26-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No. 

52). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-27-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76,  No. 
40). 

3.  Repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77, 
No.  39). 

4.  Repealer  filed  1 1-29-84;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  84,  No.  48). 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54653.6,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  54653.6,  Education. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-1-87;  operative  5-31-87  (Regi.ster  87,  No.  20). 


Article  1.5.    Education  Improvement 
Incentive  Program 

§  1030.    Computation  of  Change  in  a  School's 
Performance. 

(a)  The  formula  in  subsection  (b)  shall  be  applied  by  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Education  to  all  secondary  schools  eligible  to  compete  in  the 
Education  Improvement  Incentive  Program  and  whose  performance  in 
the  prior  fiscal  year  has  decreased  from  that  in  the  next  preceding  fiscal 
year.  All  schools  with  a  1 2th  grade  enrollment  of  50  students  or  fewer  and 
all  continuation  education  schools  are  excluded  from  the  computation. 

(b)  The  formula: 

(1)  Subtract  the  school's  prior  year  composite  score  on  the  Cahfomia 
Assessment  Program  (CAP)  from  the  current  year  score  to  compute  a 
change  score. 

(2)  Regress  the  number  of  students  tested  in  CAP  and  the  square  of  the 
number  of  students  tested  onto  the  change  score  using  a  standard  multiple 
regression  procedure. 

(3)  Using  the  results  of  the  multiple  regression,  compute  a  predicted 
change  score. 

(4)  Subtract  the  actual  change  score  obtained  by  the  school  from  the 
predicted  change  score  to  obtain  a  residual. 

(5)  Studentize  the  residual  to  have  a  mean  of  zero  and  a  standard  devi- 
ation of  1 . 

(6)  Identify  those  schools  which  have  a  studentized  residual  equal  to 
or  less  than  minus  1.5.  A  studentized  residual  is  the  ratio  of  the  residual 
to  its  standard  error  after  the  model  has  been  fit  and  predicted  change 
scores  and  residuals  calculated.  Tlie  predicted  change  scores  are  calcu- 
lated from  the  eslitnated  regression  equation.  The  residuals  are  calcu- 
lated as  actual  minus  predicted. 

(7)  For  those  schools  identified  in  paragraph  (6)  of  this  subsection,  the 
incentive  award  for  the  current  year  shall  be  based  on  the  improvement 
in  performance  between  the  current  year  and  the  1983-84  fiscal  year  or 
the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  school  first  participated  in  the  incentive  pro- 
gram. 

(c)  Any  school  whose  incentive  award  is  adversely  affected  by  a  calcu- 
lation pursuant  to  subdivision  (b)  may  appeal  to  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction. 


Article  1.6.     Immediate 

Intervention/Underperforming  Schools 

Program  (ll/USP)  and  High  Priority  Schools 

Grant  Program  (HPSGP):  Definition  of 

Significant  Growth  and  Criteria  to  Determine 

Academic  Growth  for  ll/USP  and  HPSGP 

Schools  Without  Valid  API's 

§  1030.5.     Definition  of  Significant  Growth  for  ll/USP 
Schools. 

A  school  participating  in  the  Immediate  Intervention/Underperform- 
ing Schools  Program  (II/USP)  of  Education  Code  sections  52053 
through  52055.55  achieves  "significant  growth"  as  that  term  is  used  in 
Education  Code  secUons  52055.5  and  52055.55  when  its  schoolwide 
Academic  Performance  Index  (API)  growth  is  greater  than  zero  and  the 
school  does  not  achieve  its  API  growth  target  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  52052(c). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52052,  52053,  52054,  52055.5  and  52055.55,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  article  1.6  (sections  1030.5-1030.8)  and  section  filed  7-28-2005;  opera- 
tive 8-27-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  30). 

§  1030.6.    Criteria  to  Demonstrate  Significant  Growth  for 
ll/USP  Schools  Without  Valid  APIs. 

Schools  participating  in  the  II/USP  without  a  valid  API  score  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  section  52052(f)  demonstrate  academic  growth 
equivalent  to  significant  growth  for  purposes  of  Education  Code  sections 
52055.5  and  52055.55  when  the  weighted  average  percent  proficient 
across  all  California  Standards  Tests  in  (a)  English/language  arts  and  (b) 
mathematics  increased  by  at  least  one  percentage  point  from  the  prior 
year  to  the  year  in  which  they  have  an  invalid  score.  For  purposes  of  this 
calculafion,  there  shall  be  no  rounding  (e.g.,  0.99  does  not  round  up  to 
1.00). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52052,  52053,  52054,  52055.5  and  52055.55,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-28-2005;  operative  8-27-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  30). 

§  1 030.7.    Definition  of  Significant  Growth  for  HPSGP 
Schools. 

(a)  A  school  participating  in  the  High  Priority  Schools  Grant  Program 
(HPSGP)  of  Educafion  Code  secdons  52055.600  through  52055.662 
achieves  "significant  growth"  as  that  term  is  used  in  Education  Code  sec- 
tions 52055.650  when  its  combined  growth  is  equal  to  or  greater  than  ten 
Academic  Performance  Index  (API)  points  on  the  API  over  the  last  three 
years  it  participates  in  the  program  and  also  achieves  positive  API  growth 
in  two  of  the  last  three  years. 

(b)  A  school  without  a  valid  API  score  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  52052(f)  in  any  year  of  participafion  in  the  program  demonstrates 
positive  API  growth  for  that  year  when  the  school's  weighted  average 
percent  proficient  increases  by  at  least  one  percentage  point  from  the 
prior  year  across  all  California  Standards  Tests  in  (a)  English/language 
arts,  and  (b)  mathematics.  For  purposes  of  this  calculation,  there  shall  be 
no  rounding  (e.g.  0.99  does  not  round  up  to  1.00). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52052,  52055.600,  50255.640,  52055.645  and  52055.650,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-28-2005;  operative  8-27-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  30). 

2.  Designation  of  existing  section  as  subsection  (a)  and  new  subsection  (b)  filed 
8-15-2006;  operative  9-14-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  33). 


Page  33 


Register  2007,  No.  39;  9-28-2007 


§  1030.8 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  1030.8.    Criteria  to  Demonstrate  Academic  Growth 

Equivalent  to  Significant  Growth  for  HPSGP 
Schools  Without  Valid  APIs. 

A  school  without  a  valid  API  in  at  least  one  year  that  does  not  demon- 
strate significant  growth  as  defined  in  section  1030.7,  demonstrates  aca- 
demic growth  equivalent  to  significant  growth  for  purposes  of  Education 
Code  section  52055.650  when  the  school's  weighted  average  percent 
proficient  across  all  California  Standards  Tests  in  (a)  English/language 
arts  and  (b)  mathematics  increased  by  at  least  two  percentage  points  over 
the  prior  three  year  period.  For  purposes  of  this  calculation,  there  shall 
be  no  rounding  (e.g.,  0.99  does  not  round  up  to  1.00). 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52052,  52055.600,  50255.640,  52055.645  and  52055.650.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-28-2005;  operative  8-27-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  30). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  8-15-2006;  operative 
9-14-2006  (Register  2006.  No.  33). 


Article  1.7.    Award  Programs  Linked  to  the 
Academic  Performance  Index  (API) 

§  1 031 .    Intent  of  the  Regulations. 

(a)  The  Academic  Performance  Index  (API)  measures  the  perfor- 
mance of  California  public  schools,  especially  the  academic  perfor- 
mance of  pupils,  and  demonstrates  comparable  improvement  in  academ- 
ic achievement  by  all  numerically  significant  ethnic  and 
socioeconomically  disadvantaged  subgroups  within  schools  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  52052  and  the  Framework  for  The  Academic 
Performance  Index,  July  1999  and  The  1999  Base  Year  Academic  Per- 
formance Index,  December  15,  1999,  which  are  incorporated  herein. 

(b)  The  purpose  of  Article  1.7  is  to  implement  the  programs  estab- 
lished by  two  statutes  relating  to  the  API: 

(1)  The  Governor's  Performance  Award  Program  of  the  Public 
Schools  Accountability  Act  of  1 999  (Education  Code  sections  52050  et 
seq.). 

(2)  The  Certificated  Staff  Performance  Incentive  Act  (Education  Code 
sections  44650  et  seq.). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1 .  44650(b)  and  52057(a).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  44650-44652, 44654(b),  52052  and  52057,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  1 .7  (sections  1031-1038)  and  section  filed  1 2-28-2000  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  12-28-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-27-2001  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-28-2000  order,  including  amendment  of 
subsection  (b),  transmitted  to  OAL  4-27-2001  and  filed  6-1 1-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  24). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b),  repealer  of  subsection  (b)(3)  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  1-8-2002;  operative  1-8-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  2). 

§  1032.    General  Eligibility  Criteria  for  Award  Programs 
Related  to  API  Growth. 

(a)  For  purposes  of  this  Article,  "schools"  shall  be  defined  as  all 
schools,  including  charter  schools,  that  receive  a  ranking  on  the  API  in- 
cluding schools  participating  in  the  Immediate  Intervention/Underper- 
forming  Schools  Program.  These  schools  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the 
award  programs  identified  in  Section  1031. 

(b)  For  the  purposes  of  these  award  programs,  the  API  shall  be  the 
measure  of  accountability  for  all  schools,  except  those  that  fall  under  the 


alternative  accountability  system,  once  such  a  system  is  adopted  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education  as  required  by  Education  Code  section 
52052(g).  The  Superintendent  of  Public  InstRiction  will  develop  an  alter- 
native accountability  system  for  schools  with  fewer  than  100  valid  test 
scores,  schools  that  fall  under  the  jurisdiction  of  a  county  board  of  educa- 
tion or  a  county  superintendent  of  schools,  community  day  schools,  and 
alternative  schools,  including  continuation  high  schools  and  independent 
study  schools. 

Alternafive  schools  may  elect  to  be  part  of  the  API  accountability  sys- 
tem for  the  purposes  of  awards  and  interventions  pursuant  to  the  API.  If 
the  school  elects  to  be  part  of  the  API  accountability  system,  the  school 
shall  remain  in  the  system  for  at  least  the  three  subsequent  years. 

(c)  For  the  purposes  of  these  award  programs,  growth  API  means  the 
API  in  the  second  year  of  two  consecufive  years  for  which  the  API  is  cal- 
culated. 

(d)  In  2001  and  subsequent  years,  a  school's  API  shall  be  considered 
invahd  under  any  of  the  following  circumstances: 

( 1 )  The  local  educational  agency  nofifies  the  California  Department  of 
Education  (department)  that  there  were  adult  testing  irregularifies  at  the 
school  affecting  5%  or  more  of  the  pupils  tested. 

(2)  The  local  educational  agency  notifies  the  department  that  the  API 
is  not  representative  of  the  pupil  population  at  the  school. 

(3)  The  local  educational  agency  notifies  the  department  that  the 
school  has  experienced  a  significant  demographic  change  in  pupil  popu- 
lation between  the  base  year  and  growth  year,  and  that  the  API  between 
years  is  not  comparable. 

(4)  The  school's  proportion  of  parental  waivers  compared  to  its  Stan- 
dardized Testing  and  Reporting  Program  (STAR)  enrollment,  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  section  60640  et  seq.,  is  equal  to  or  greater  than  1 5  per- 
cent for  the  2000  STAR.  For  the  2001  STAR  and  each  subsequent  STAR, 
the  school's  proportion  of  parental  waivers  compared  to  its  STAR  enroll- 
ment is  equal  to  or  greater  than  10  percent,  except  when  the  school's  pro- 
portion of  parental  waivers  compared  to  its  STAR  enrollment  is  equal  to 
or  greater  than  10  percent  but  less  than  20  percent.  In  this  case,  the  depart- 
ment will  conduct  standard  statisfical  tests  to  determine  whether  the  pu- 
pils tested  at  the  school  represent  the  school's  pupils  by  grade  level.  If  the 
standard  statistical  tests  demonstrate  that  the  pupils  tested  represent  the 
school's  pupils,  then  the  school's  API  shall  be  considered  valid.  If  the 
standard  statistical  tests  demonstrate  that  the  pupils  tested  do  not  repre- 
sent the  school's  pupils,  then  the  school's  API  shall  be  considered  inval- 
id. There  shall  be  no  rounding  in  determining  this  minimum  parental 
waiver  proportion  (i.e.,  9.99  percent  is  not  10  percent). 

(5)  In  any  content  area  tested  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections 
60642  and  60642.5  and  included  in  the  API,  the  school's  proportion  of 
the  number  of  test-takers  in  that  content  area  compared  with  the  total 
number  of  test-takers  is  less  than  85  percent.  There  shall  be  no  rounding 
in  determining  the  proportion  of  test-takers  in  each  content  area  (i.e., 
84.99  percent  is  not  85  percent). 

(6)  If,  at  any  time,  information  is  made  available  to  or  obtained  by  the 
department  that  would  lead  a  reasonable  person  to  conclude  that  one  or 
more  of  the  preceding  circumstances  occurred.  If  after  reviewing  the  in- 
formation, the  department  determines  that  further  invesfigation  is  war- 
ranted, the  department  may  conduct  an  invesfigation  to  determine  if  the 
integrity  of  the  API  has  been  jeopardized. 

The  department  may  invalidate  or  withhold  the  school' s  API  unfil  such 
time  that  the  department  has  safisfied  itself  that  the  integrity  of  the  API 
has  not  been  jeopardized. 


• 


• 


• 


Page  34 


Register  2007,  No.  39;  9-28-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  1033 


(e)  If  a  school's  API  is  considered  invalid  pursuant  to  subdivisions 
{d)(l),  (d)(2).  (d)(4),  or  (d)(5).  the  school  is  ineligible  for  participation 
in  any  of  the  award  programs  for  the  current  and  subsequent  year.  If  a 
school  does  not  receive  an  API  pursuant  to  subdivision  (d)(3),  the  school 
is  ineligible  for  participation  in  any  of  the  award  programs  for  the  current 
year  only. 

(f)  If  fewer  than  5%  of  the  pupils  tested  are  affected  by  adult  testing 
irregularities,  the  school  will  receive  a  valid  API,  however,  the  school  is 
not  eligible  for  participation  in  any  of  the  award  programs  for  the  current 
year. 

(g)  All  schools  that  have  an  API  score  increase  of  at  least  5%  of  the 
difference  between  the  school's  prior  year  score  and  800  or  an  API  score 
increase  of  five  points,  whichever  is  greater,  and  have  comparable  im- 
provement as  defined  in  subdivision  (h),  and  meet  the  minimum  partici- 
pation rate  in  subdivision  (i),  shall  be  recognized  through  the  Governor's 
Performance  Award  Program. 

(h)  Comparable  improvement  for  numerically  significant  ethnic  or  so- 
cioeconomically  disadvantaged  subgroups  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  52052(a)  shall  be  defined  as  an  API  score  increase  of  at  least  80% 
of  the  school's  API  growth  target  as  established  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  section  52052  except  when  the  sum  of  a  subgroup's  growth  target 
and  the  subgroup's  API  is  greater  or  equal  to  800.  In  these  cases,  compa- 
rable improvement  shall  be  defined  as  the  distance  from  the  subgroup's 
API  to  800.  In  no  case  shall  comparable  improvement  be  less  than  4 
points. 

(i)  For  elementary  and  middle  schools,  the  minimum  participation  rate 
for  the  awards  programs  shall  be  95  percent;  for  high  schools,  it  shall  be 
90  percent,  with  the  intention  of  increasing  this  rate  to  95  percent  in  the 
future. 

( 1 )  If  the  test  publisher  determines,  for  grades  2  to  1 1 ,  that  a  pupil  did 
attempt  to  take  any  content  area  tested  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tions 60642  and  60642.5  and  included  in  the  API,  the  pupil  shall  be 
counted  as  a  test-taker. 

(2)  No  pupil  shall  be  counted  more  than  once  as  a  test-taker. 

(3)  The  participation  rate  shall  be  calculated  as  follows: 

(A)  Divide  the  total  number  of  test-takers  in  grades  2-11  at  the  school 
site  by 

(B)  The  total  enrollment  in  grades  2-1 1  minus  the  number  of  pupils 
exempted  from  taking  the  test  either  by  their  Individualized  Education 
Program  (lEP)  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  60640(e)  or  parental 
waivers  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  60615. 

(4)  For  purposes  of  subdivision  (3)(B)  above,  enrollment  shall  be  de- 
termined by  the  enrollment  information  collected  by  the  department  as 
part  of  the  Standardized  Testing  and  Reporting  Program  (STAR),  pur- 
suant to  Education  Code  sections  60640  et  seq. 

(5)  In  the  case  of  pupil  testing  irregularities,  the  scores  of  affected  pu- 
pils shall  be  ehminated  from  the  calculations  of  the  school's  growth  API, 
although  the  pupils  are  counted  as  tested  and  shall  contribute  to  the 
school's  participation  rate. 

(6)  There  shall  be  no  rounding  in  determining  this  minimum  participa- 
tion rate  (i.e.,  94.9  percent  does  not  equal  95  percent). 

(j )  The  department  will  publish  on  its  web  site  a  report  of  STAR  testing 
and  demographic  data  used  in  the  calculation  and  reporting  of  the  API. 
Prior  to  publishing  the  report  on  its  web  site,  the  department  will  an- 
nounce the  report  in  writing  and/or  by  electronic  communication  to  each 
local  educational  agency  that  appears  in  the  API  report.  The  local  educa- 
tional agency  must  notify  the  department  and  the  test  publisher  via  e- 
mail  or  in  writing  whether  there  are  errors  in  the  STAR  testing  or  demo- 
graphic data.  The  local  education  agency's  notification  must  be  received 
by  the  department  and  the  test  publisher  within  thirty  (30)  calendar  days 
of  the  initial  date  of  publication  of  the  STAR  testing  and  demographic 
data  on  the  department's  web-site.  The  local  educational  agency  must 
submit  all  data  corrections  to  the  test  publisher  in  writing  or  e-mail.  The 
test  publisher  shall  specify  a  deadline  for  submittal  of  the  data  corrections 


that  is  no  less  than  forty-five  (45)  calendar  days  after  the  date  of  publica- 
tion of  the  STAR  testing  and  demographic  data. 

(k)  The  criteria  for  awards  eligibility  based  on  the  2001  growth  API 
for  a  school  that  had  its  2000  API  invalidated  solely  because  of  excessive 
parental  waivers  pursuant  to  subdivision  (d)(4)  or  for  a  school  whose 
school  district  obtained  a  State  Board  of  Education  waiver  of  Section 
1032(c)  on  their  behalf  will  be  (1)  twice  the  school's  1999  growth  target 
or  10  points,  whichever  is  greater,  and  (2)  comparable  improvement  for 
numerically  significant  ethnic  or  socioeconomically  disadvantaged  sub- 
groups pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  52052(a),  and  the  school  has 
met  all  other  2001  eligibility  criteria.  Comparable  improvement  shall  be 
defined  as  twice  the  1999  subgroup  target  for  each  subgroup,  except 
when  the  sum  of  a  subgroup's  1999  growth  target  and  the  subgroup's 
1999  API  is  greater  than  or  equal  to  800.  In  these  cases,  comparable  im- 
provement shall  be  defined  as  two  times  the  distance  from  the  subgroup's 
J 999  API  to  800.  In  no  case  shall  comparable  improvement  be  less  than 
8  points.  While  being  eligible  for  the  Governor's  Performance  Awards, 
such  a  school  would  not  be  eligible  for  awards  under  the  Certificated 
Staff  Performance  Incentive  Act  (Education  Code  sections  44650  et 
seq.). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031, 44650(b)  and  52057(a).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  44650-44652. 44654(b),  52052  and  52057,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 2-28-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  i  2-28-2000  ( Regis- 
ter 2D00,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  subsection  (d)(4)  and  subsection  renumbering  filed  1  -30-2001  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  1-30-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  5).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-30-2001  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-28-2(XX)  and  1-30-2001  orders,  including 
further  amendments,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-27-2001  and  filed  6-11-2001 
(Register  2001,  No.  24). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsections  (d)(4).  (d)(6)  and  (h)(  1)  and  new  subsection  (j)  filed 
8-2-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  8-2-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  31).  A 
Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-30-2001  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  new  subsection  (i)  filed  1 1-15-2001;  op- 
erative 1 1-15-2001  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register 
2001,  No.  46). 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  8-2-2001  order,  including  further  amendment 
ofsection  and  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  11-21-2001  and  filed  1-8-2002  (Reg- 
ister 2002,  No.  2). 

§  1033.    Award  Funding  Criteria  for  Governor's 
Performance  Award  Program. 

(a)  Schools  that  meet  the  eligibility  requirements  in  20{X)-0I  for  the 
Governor's  Performance  Award  Program  (GPA)  shall  receive  a  per  pupil 
award  amount  for  each  of  their  eligible  pupils.  Eligible  pupils  are  those 
who  received  a  score  on  any  subject  matter  area  test  (Total  Reading,  Total 
Math.  Language,  Spelling,  Science,  or  Social  Science)  of  the  nationally 
normed  test  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  60642  and  a  score  on  any 
standards-based  achievement  test  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60642.5.  A  score  on  the  nationally  normed  test  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  section  60642  can  be  a  percentile,  the  number  correct,  a  scale  score, 
or  a  normal  curve  equivalent.  A  score  on  the  standards-based  achieve- 
ment test  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  60642.5  is  defined  as  the 
performance  level. 

(b)  The  amount  allocated  for  this  award  shall  be  determined  on  a  prora- 
ta basis  from  the  total  amount  of  funding  available  in  the  annual  State 
Budget. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52057(a),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  52057,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  secfion  filed  1 2-28-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 2-28-2000  (Regis- 
ter 2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)(3)  and  (b)  and  new  subsections  (b)(l)-(5)  filed 
1-30-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-30-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  5).  A 


Page  35 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


§1034 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-30-2001  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-28-2000  and  1-30-2001  orders,  including 
new  subsection  (b)(6),  transmitted  to  OAL  4-27-2001  and  filed  6-1 1-2001 
(Register  2001,  No.  24). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  subsection  (a),  repealer  of  subsections 
(a)(  1  )-(3),  redesignation  and  amendment  of  former  subsection  (a)(4)  as  sub.sec- 
tion  (b),  renumbering  of  former  subsections  (b)-(b)(6)  to  section  1034,  subsec- 
tions (b)-(c)  and  new  Notf.  filed  1-8-2002;  operative  1-8-2002  (Reeister 
2002,  No.  2). 

§  1 034.    Specific  Eligibility  Criteria  for  the  Certified  Staff 
Performance  Incentive  Act. 

(a)  To  be  eligible  to  receive  awards  under  the  Certified  Staff  Perfor- 
mance Incentive  Act,  school  sites  must  have  attained  a  statewide  decile 
rank  of  1-5  in  the  base  year  of  the  current  growth  API  and  must  meet  all 
of  the  relevant  statutory  requirements  and  each  of  the  following  require- 
ments: 

(1)  Each  school  site  must  have  improved  by  a  minimum  of  two  times 
its  annual  growth  target  on  its  API  between  the  base  year  and  the  current 
growth  year. 

(2)  All  numerically  significant  ethnic  or  socioeconomically  disadvan- 
taged subgroups  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  52052(a)  at  a  school 
must  have  improved  by  a  minimum  of  two  times  their  annual  growth  tar- 
gets, except  when  the  sum  of  a  subgroup's  growth  target  and  the  sub- 
group's API  is  greater  than  or  equal  to  800.  In  these  cases,  comparable 
improvement  shall  be  defined  as  two  times  the  distance  from  the  sub- 
group's API  to  800.  In  no  case  shall  comparable  improvement  be  less 
than  8  points. 

(3)  Each  school  site  shall  have  the  required  participation  rate  for  the 
current  growth  API,  pursuant  to  Section  1032(i),  as  calculated  by  the 
California  Department  of  Education.  Each  school  must  have  been  eligi- 
ble for  API  awards  in  the  year  preceding  the  current  API  growth  year. 

(4)  The  local  educational  agency  must  complete  an  application  on  be- 
half of  its  eligible  schools,  which  shall  include: 

(A)  Certification  that  the  data  used  in  the  API  calculations  from  the 
schools  is  accurate,  and 

(B)  The  number  of  certificated  positions  on  an  FTE  basis  at  each  of  the 
eligible  schools  pursuant  to  subdivision  (b)  below. 

(b)  To  participate  in  the  Certificated  Staff  Performance  Incentive  Act 
(CSPIA)  awards,  school  districts  and  charter  schools  shall  certify,  as  ap- 
propriate, the  number  of  full-time  equivalent  (FTE)  certificated  em- 
ployees employed  by  the  school  district  or  charter  school,  whether  still 
resident  in  the  school  district  or  not,  as  of  the  second  principal  apportion- 
ment for  the  year  in  which  the  award  was  earned  at  each  school  site  under 
their  jurisdiction  that  is  eligible  for  awards  in  accordance  with  Education 
Code  section  4465 1 . 

(1 )  The  "number  of  full-time  equivalent  (FTE)  certificated  employees 
employed  by  the  school  district  or  charter  school,  whether  still  resident 
in  the  school  district  or  not,  as  of  the  second  principal  apportionment" 
shall  be  defined  as  the  number  of  funded  certificated  FTE  positions  at  the 
school  site  as  of  the  date  established  annually  by  the  department  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  sections  41335  and  41601  for  the  submission  by 
school  districts  of  the  attendance  documents  necessary  for  the  depart- 
ment to  prepare  the  second  principal  apportionment. 

(2)  "Employees  at  the  school  site"  shall  be  defined  as  positions  filled 
by  individuals  employed  by  the  school  district  or  charter  school  at  least 
50  percent  of  the  school  year  in  which  the  award  was  earned,  and  who 
spent  at  least  50  percent  of  his/her  total  annual  work  hours  at  school  sites, 
and  who  spent  at  least  20  percent  of  his/her  total  annual  work  hours  at  the 
eligible  school  site  working  with  pupils  in  any  of  grades  K-12.  County 
office  of  education  and  state  employees  are  not  eligible  to  participate. 

(3)  "Full-time  equivalent  (FTE)  positions"  may  include  "full-time" 
and  "part-time"  positions.  A  "full-time"  certificated  position  shall  be 
defined  as  a  position  filled  by  a  person  that  is  required  to  work  a  minimum 
of  a  six  hour  work  day.  Workdays  longer  than  six  hours,  if  in  accordance 
with  local  collective  bargaining  agreements,  should  be  used  as  the  basis 
for  "fuU-Ume"  and  "part-time"  FTE  calculation.  One  person  cannot  gen- 


erate more  than  one  FTE  position.  Part-time  positions  shall  generate  a 
partial  FTE  on  a  proportional  basis. 

(4)  "Certificated  employee"  shall  be  defined  as  an  employee  in  a  posi- 
tion requiring  certification  and  who  holds  a  document  issued  by  the 
California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  authorizing  service  in 
the  public  schools  of  California. 

(5)  "Document"  shall  be  defined  as  a  credential,  emergency  permit,  or 
waiver  issued  by  the  California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing. 

(c)  Starting  in  2001-02,  the  deadline  for  submitting  the  application,  in- 
cluding the  certification  of  FTEs  to  the  department  shall  be  within  the 
close  of  business  on  the  45th  calendar  day  after  the  department's  posting 
on  its  website  of  the  certified  list  of  schools  eligible  to  receive  the  Certifi- 
cated Staff  Performance  IncenUve  Act  award.  If  a  school's  application 
is  not  received  by  the  department  by  the  deadline,  the  school  will  not  re- 
ceive the  award. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031, 44650(b)  and  52057(a),  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  44650-44652  and  44654(b),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 2-28-2000  as  an  emergency;  operafive  12-28-2000  (Regis- 
ter 2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-28-2000  order,  including  amendment  of 
subsection  (d)(3),  transmitted  to  OAL  4-27-2001  and  filed  6-1 1-2001  (Regis- 
ter 2001,  No.  24). 

3.  Repealerof  former  section  1034,  new  subsections  (a)-(a)(4)(B),  and  renumber- 
ing and  amendment  of  former  section  1033,  subsections  (b)-(b)(6)  to  section 
1034,  subsections  (b)-(c)  filed  1-8-2002;  operative  1-8-2002  (Register  2002, 

No.  2). 

§  1035.    Award  Funding  Criteria  for  Certificated  Staff 
Performance  Incentive  Act. 

Distribution  of  Cerfificated  Staff  Performance  Incentive  Act  awards 
pursuant  to  the  2000  growth  API  shall  be  as  follows,  with  at  least  one 
thousand  (1,000)  $25,000  awards,  three  thousand  seven  hundred  fifty 
(3,750)  $10,000  awards  and  up  to  seven  thousand  five  hundred  (7,500) 
$5,000  awards  being  distributed  in  the  process.  The  total  amount  of  fund- 
ing for  this  Act  provided  in  the  annual  State  Budget  shall  be  distributed 
proportionally  across  each  of  elementary,  middle,  and  high  schools  state- 
wide by  the  number  of  certificated  staff  as  reported  in  the  most  current 
CBEDS  report. 

(a)  Schools  will  be  declared  eligible  or  ineligible  according  to  the  rank 
of  schools  pursuant  to  EducaUon  Code  section  52052.  An  "eligible  list" 
will  be  determined  for  each  type  of  school  (elementary,  middle,  and  high) 
for  the  awards  distribufion. 

(b)  Beginning  with  the  school  on  each  of  the  three  "eligible  lists"  with 
the  greatest  raw  score  API  improvement  over  two  times  its  annual  target, 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  apportion  $25,000  per  cer- 
tificated school  site  staff  FTE  position  to  be  distributed  to  the  certificated 
school  site  staff  in  certificated  positions  at  that  school.  The  number  of 
FTE  positions  counted  shall  be  subtracted  from  the  awards  pool  of  1  ,(X)0 
FTE  posiUons. 

(c)  Beginning  with  the  school  on  each  of  the  three  "eligible  lists"  with 
the  next  greatest  raw  score  API  improvement  over  two  rimes  its  annual 
target,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  InstrucUon  shall  apportion  $25,000 
per  certificated  school  site  staff  FTE  position  to  be  distributed  to  the  cer- 
tificated school  site  staff  at  that  school.  The  number  of  FTE  positions 
counted  shall  be  subtracted  from  the  awards  pool  remainder. 

(d)  This  process  shall  continue  until  all  1,000  $25,000/FTE  awards 
have  been  allocated  to  the  eligible  school  sites.  If,  before  all  1 ,000  awards 
have  been  allocated,  an  eligible  school  site  has  more  eligible  FTE  posi- 
tions than  remain  in  the  1 ,000  FTE  awards  pool,  all  of  that  school  site's 
FTE  positions  shall  receive  $25,000  awards.  If  more  than  one  school  site 
has  an  idenfical  score  in  this  circumstance,  the  school  with  the  greatest 
improvement  over  it's  API  growth  target  in  the  prior  year  shall  receive 
$25,000  awards. 

(e)  Beginning  with  the  school  on  each  of  the  three  "eligible  lists"  with 
the  greatest  raw  score  API  improvement  over  two  fimes  its  annual  target 
that  did  not  receive  $25,000  rewards,  the  Superintendent  of  Public 


• 


• 


Page  36 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  1040 


Instruction  shall  apportion  $10,000  per  certificated  school  site  staff  FTE 
position  to  be  distributed  to  the  certificated  school  site  staff  at  that  school. 
The  number  of  FTE  positions  counted  shall  be  subtracted  from  the 
awards  pool  of  3,750  $10,000  awards. 

(f)  Beginning  with  the  school  on  each  of  the  three  "eligible  lists"  with 
the  next  greatest  raw  score  API  improvement  over  two  times  its  annual 
target,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  apportion  $10,000 
per  certificated  school  site  staff  FTE  position  to  be  distributed  to  the  cer- 
tificated school  site  staff  at  that  school.  The  number  of  FTE  positions 
counted  shall  be  subtracted  from  the  awards  pool  remainder. 

(g)  This  process  shall  continue  in  consecutive  order  until  all  3.750 
$10.000/FTE  awards  have  been  allocated  to  the  school  sites.  If.  before 
all  3,750  awards  have  been  allocated,  an  eligible  school  site  has  more  eli- 
gible FTE  positions  than  remain  in  the  3,750  FTE  pool,  all  of  that  school 
site's  FTE  positions  shall  receive  $10,000  awards.  If  more  than  one 
school  site  has  an  identical  score  in  this  circumstance,  the  school  with  the 
greatest  improvement  over  its  API  growth  target  in  the  prior  year  shall 
receive  $10,000  awards. 

(h)  The  sum  of  the  awards  distributed  under  subdivisions  (b)  through 
(g)  shall  be  subtracted  from  $100  million,  and  the  remainder  shall  be  di- 
vided by  $5,000  to  determine  the  maximum  number  of  $5,000  awards  to 
be  distributed.  The  $5,000  awards  shall  be  distributed  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  $25,000  and  the  $10,000  awards,  with  the  exception  that  the  dis- 
tribution process  will  end  when  the  pool  of  available  $5,000  awards  is  not 
sufficient  to  fully  fund  the  eligible  FTE  positions  of  the  next  school  or 
schools  in  line  for  the  awards. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031 ,  44630(b)  and  52057(a),  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  44650-44652, 44654(b),  52052  and  52057,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 2-28-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-28-2000  (Regis- 
ter 2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Editorial  correcfion  of  Note  (Register  2001,  No.  4). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (d)  and  (g)  filed  1-30-2001  as  an  emergency;  opera- 
tive 1-30-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  5).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-30-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-28-2000  and  1-30-2001  orders,  including 
further  amendments,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-27-2001  and  filed  6-11-2001 
(Register  2001,  No.  24). 

5.  Amendment  of  subsections  (d)  and  (g)  filed  1-8-2002;  operative  1-8-2002 
(Register  2002,  No.  2). 

§1036.    Waiver  Deadline. 

Starting  in  2000-01,  the  deadline  for  submitting  to  the  department  a 
waiver  of  any  of  Sections  1031  through  1039  shall  be  no  later  than  the 
close  of  business  on  the  60th  calendar  day  after  the  department's  posting 
on  its  website  of  the  certified  hst  of  schools  eligible  to  receive  the  Gover- 
nor's Performance  Award. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52057(a),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  52052  and  52057,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 2-28-2000  as  an  emergency ;  operative  1 2-28-2000  (Regis- 
ter 2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-28-2000  order,  including  amendment  of 
subsection  (a),  transmitted  to  OAL  4-27-2001  and  filed  6-1 1-2001  (Register 
2001.  No.  24). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
NOTE  filed  1-8-2002;  operative  1-8-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  2). 

§  1037.    Exemption  from  Statutory  Benefits  Calculations. 

Certificated  Staff  Performance  Incentive  Act  awards  shall  not  be  con- 
sidered compensation  for  the  purposes  of  calculating  retirement  benefits 
or  contributions,  or  for  any  other  benefit  that  an  employee  is  eligible  to 
receive  where  the  benefit  or  contribution  amount  is  calculated  based  on 
compensation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031 ,  44650(b)  and  52057(a),  Educafion  Code. 
Reference:  Section  44654(b),  Education  Code. 


History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-28-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-28-2000  (Regis- 
ter 2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-28-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
4-27-2001  and  filed  6-1 1-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 

3.  Amendment  filed  1-8-2002;  operative  1-8-2002  (Register  2002.  No.  2). 

§  1038.    Exemption  from  Indirect  Costs. 

Governor's  Perforinance  Awards  and  Certificated  Staff  Performance 
Incentive  Act  awards  shall  not  be  subject  to  school  district,  county,  or 
school  indirect  charges  or  other  administrative  charges. 
Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1 .  44650(b)  and  52057(a).  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  44650-44652. 44654(b).  52052  and  52057.  Education  Code. 

History 
l.Newsecnon  filed  12-28-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-28-2000  (Regis- 
ter 2000.  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1038  to  section  1039  and  new  section  1038filed 
1-30-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-30-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  5).  A 
Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-30-2(X)l  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-28-2000  and  1-30-2001  orders,  including 
amendment  of  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-27-2001  and  filed  6-1 1-2001 
(Register2001.No.  24). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  1  -8-2002;  operative  1  -8-2002  ( Register 
2002,  No.  2). 

§  1039.    Use  of  Award  Funds  Allocated  to  School  Sites. 

Use  of  funds  at  the  school  site  for  the  Governor's  Performance  Award 
Program  shall  be  decided  by  the  existing  school  site  governance  team/ 
school  site  council  representing  major  stakeholders  and  then  ratified  by 
the  governing  board  of  each  local  educational  agency. 
Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52057(a),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  52052  and  52057.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1038  to  section  1039  filed  1-30-2001  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-30-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  5).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-30-2001  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-30-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
4-27-2001  and  filed  6-11-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  1-8-2002;  operative  1  -8-2002  (Register 
2002,  No.  2). 


Article  2. 


Physical  Performance  Testing 
Programs 


§1040.     Definitions. 

For  the  purpose  of  the  physical  performance  test  required  by  Educa- 
tion Code  section  60800,  and  also  referred  to  as  the  Physical  Fitness  Test 
(PFT),  the  following  definiUons  shall  apply: 

(a)  "Accommodations"  means  any  variation  in  the  assessment  envi- 
ronment or  process  that  does  not  fundamentally  alter  what  the  test  mea- 
sures or  affect  the  comparability  of  scores. 

(b)  "Annual  assessment  window"  begins  on  February  1  and  ends  on 
May  31  of  each  school  year. 

(c)  "Block  schedule"  is  a  restructuring  of  the  school  day  whereby  pu- 
pils attend  half  as  many  classes,  for  twice  as  long. 

(d)  "District  Physical  Fitness  Test  Coordinator"  is  an  employee  of  the 
school  district  designated  by  the  :superintendent  of  the  district  to  oversee 
the  administration  of  the  PFT  within  the  district. 

(e)  ''FITNESSGRAM®''  November,  2005,  is  the  California  Physical 
Fitness  Test  designated  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  (SBE),  a  docu- 
ment incorporated  by  reference. 

(f)  "Grade"  for  the  purpose  of  the  PFT  means  the  grade  assigned  to  the 
pupil  by  the  school  district  at  the  time  of  testing. 

(g)  "Modification"  means  any  variation  in  the  assessment  environ- 
ment or  process  that  fundamentally  alters  what  the  test  measures  or  af- 
fects the  comparability  of  scores. 


Page  37 


Register  2006,  No.  31;  8-4-2006 


§1041 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(h)  "Pupil"  is  a  person  in  grades  5. 7  or  9,  enrolled  in  a  California  public 
school  or  placed  in  a  non-public  school  through  the  individualized 
education  program  (lEP)  process  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
58365. 

(i)  "School  district"  includes  elementary,  high  school,  and  unified 
school  districts,  county  offices  or  education,  any  charter  school  that  for 
assessment  purposes  does  not  elect  to  be  part  of  the  school  district  or 
county  office  of  education  that  granted  the  charter,  and  any  charter  school 
chartered  by  the  SBE. 

(i)  "Test  administration  manual"  is  the  Updated  Third  Edition 
HTNESSGRAM/ACTIVITYGRAM,  a  document  incorporated  by 
reference.  A  copy  is  available  for  review  from  CDE  staff  in  the  Standards 
and  Assessment  Division. 

(k)  "Test  examiner"  is  an  employee  of  the  school  district  who  adminis- 
ters the  PFT. 

(/)  "Variation"  is  a  change  in  the  manner  in  which  a  test  is  presented 
or  administered,  or  in  how  a  test  taker  is  allowed  to  respond,  and  includes, 
but  is  not  limited  to  accommodations  and  modifications. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
60603  and  60608,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  filed  9-25-69;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  69,  No.  39). 

2.  New  Note  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  new  section  and  amendment  of  Note  filed 
7-31-2006;  operative  8-30-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  3r). 

§1041.    Required  Program. 

(a)  During  the  annual  assessment  window,  the  governing  board  of 
each  school  district  maintaining  grades  5,  7,  and  9,  or  any  one  or  more 
of  such  grades,  shall  administer  to  each  pupil  in  those  grades  the  physical 
performance  test,  FITNESSGRAM®,  designated  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education.  This  includes  pupils  who  attend  schools  that  are  on  a  block 
schedule  and  whose  pupils  may  not  be  enrolled  in  physical  education 
classes  during  the  annual  assessment  window. 

(b)  All  pupils  in  grades  5.  7  and  9  shall  only  take  the  test  once  during 
the  annual  assessment  window. 

(c)  School  districts  shall  test  all  pupils  in  alternative  education  pro- 
grams conducted  off  the  regular  school  campus,  including,  but  not  lim- 
ited to  continuation  schools,  independent  study,  community  day  schools, 
and  county  community  schools. 

(d)  No  test  shall  be  administered  in  a  home  or  hospital  except  by  a  test 
examiner.  No  test  shall  be  administered  to  a  pupil  by  the  parent  or  guard- 
ian of  that  pupil. 

(e)  Pupils  shall  be  tested  in  each  fitness  component  included  in  the  PFT 
unless  exempt  by  the  pupil's  lEP  or  Section  504  plan. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
60615  and  60800,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-25-69;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  69,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  5-18-72;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  72.  No. 
21). 

3.  Amendment  filed  5-1 1-89  and  5-15-89;  operative  5-15-89  (Register  89,  No. 
20). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  7-31-2006;  operative  8-30-2006  (Reg- 
ister 2006,  No.  31). 

§  1042.    Recommended  Program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
60605,  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  7-31-2006;  operaUve  8-30-2006  (Reg- 
ister 2006,  No.  31). 

§1043.    Methods  of  Administration. 

(a)  The  tests  shall  be  administered  and  scored  by  employees  of  the  dis- 
trict or  the  employees  of  the  county  superintendent  of  schools.  The  scor- 
ing thereof  shall  be  in  compliance  with  the  instructions  of  the  publisher 
or  developer  for  scoring,  and  the  scores  shall  be  submitted  to  the  govern- 


ing board  of  the  school  district  on  the  dates  required  by,  and  on  forms  pre- 
scribed or  approved  by,  such  governing  board. 

(b)  Districts  may  provide  an  alternative  date  for  make-up  based  on  ab- 
sence or  temporary  physical  restriction  or  limitations  (e.g.,  recovering 
from  illness  or  injury). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
60800,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  7-31-2006;  operative  8-30-2006 
(Register2006,  No.  31). 

§  1043.2.    Test  Administration  Training. 

(a)  For  valid  results,  districts  shall  use  the  test  administration  manual 
provided  for  the  test  designated  by  the  SBE. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60800,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-31-2006;  operative  8-30-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  31). 

§  1043.4.    District  Physical  Fitness  Test  Coordinator. 

(a)  On  or  before  November  1  of  each  school  year,  the  superintendent 
of  each  school  district,  county  office  of  education,  and  independent  char- 
ter school  may  designate  from  among  its  employees  a  District  Physical 
Fitness  Test  Coordinator.  If  a  District  Physical  Fitness  Test  Coordinator 
is  designated,  the  superintendent  shall  notify  the  contractor  for  the  PFT 
of  the  identity  and  contact  information  of  the  District  Physical  Fitness 
Test  Coordinator.  The  District  Physical  Fitness  Test  Coordinator  shall  be 
available  throughout  the  year  and  shall  serve  as  the  liaison  between  the 
school  district  and  the  CDE  for  all  matters  related  to  the  PFT. 

(b)  The  District  Physical  Fitness  Test  Coordinator  responsibilities  in- 
clude, but  are  not  limited  to,  the  following: 

( 1 )  Responding  to  correspondence  and  inquiries  from  the  contractor 
in  a  timely  manner  and  as  provided  in  the  contractor's  instructions. 

(2)  Determining  school  district  and  individual  school  test  and  test  ma- 
terial needs. 

(3)  Overseeing  the  administration  of  the  PFT  to  pupils. 

(4)  Overseeing  the  collection  and  return  of  all  test  data  to  the  contrac- 
tor. 

(5)  Ensuring  that  all  test  data  are  received  from  school  test  sites  within 
the  school  district  in  sufficient  time  to  satisfy  the  reporting  requirements. 

(6)  Ensuring  that  all  test  data  are  sent  to  the  test  contractor  by  June  30 

of  each  year. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33031,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60800,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  7-31-2006;  operative  8-30-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  31). 

§  1043.6.    Data  for  Analysis  of  Pupil  Proficiency. 

(a)  Each  school  district  shall  provide  the  contractor  of  the  PFT  the 
California  School  Information  Services  (CSIS)  student  identification 
number  and  demographic  information  for  each  pupil  tested  for  purposes 
of  the  analyses  and  reporting. 

(b)  The  demographic  information  required  by  subdivision  (a)  is  for  the 
purpose  of  aggregate  analyses  and  reporting  only. 

(c)  School  districts  shall  provide  the  same  information  for  each  pupil 
enrolled  in  an  alternative  or  off-campus  program,  or  for  pupils  placed  in 
nonpublic  schools,  as  provided  for  all  other  pupils. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33031,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section 
49061,  60605  and  60800,  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Secfion  1232g. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  7-31-2006;  operafive  8-30-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  31). 

§  1 043.8.    Reporting  Test  Scores. 

No  aggregate  or  group  scores  or  reports  that  are  compiled  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  60800  shall  be  reported  electronically,  in  hard 
copy,  or  in  other  media,  to  any  audience  other  than  the  school  or  school 
district  where  the  pupils  were  tested,  if  the  aggregate  of  group  scores  or 
reports  are  composed  of  ten  (10)  or  fewer  individual  pupil  scores.  In  each 
instance  in  which  no  score  is  reported  for  this  reason,  the  notation  shall 
appear:  "The  number  of  pupils  in  this  category  is  loo  small  for  statistical 


Page  38 


Register  2006,  No.  31;  8-4-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  1063 


• 


accuracy  or  privacy  protection."  In  no  case  shall  any  group  score  be  re- 
ported that  would  deliberately  or  inadvertently  make  public  the  score  or 
performance  of  any  individual  pupil. 

Noi'E;  Authority  cited:  Section  .13031  and  60605.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  49061,  60605  and  60800,  Education  Code:  20  USC  Section  12322;  34 
CFR  part  99:  and  20  USC  Section  631  l(bK3)(C)xiii. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  7-31-2006;  operative  8-30-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  31). 

§  1 043.1 0.    Reports  of  Results. 

Results  shall  be  provided  to  each  pupil  after  completing  the  test.  The 
results  may  be  provided  orally  or  in  writing. 

NoiE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60800,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  Hied  7-31-2006;  operative  8-30-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  31 ). 

§  1044.    Recording  Test  Scores. 

The  district  superintendent  or  the  county  superintendent  of  schools,  as 
the  case  may  be,  shall  require  that  the  pupil's  scores  on  each  of  the  tests 
given  him  or  her  in  the  physical  performance  testing  program  be  included 
in  the  pupil's  cumulative  record.  This  requirement  may  be  met  by  main- 
taining the  regular  physical  performance  testing  program  card  with  the 
cumulative  record  form. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60800.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  7-31-2006;  operative  8-30-2006 

(Register2006,  No.  31). 

§  1 045.    Responsibility  of  County  Superintendent  of 
Schools. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60610,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2 .  Repealer  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  7-3 1  -2006;  operative  8-30-2006  (Reg- 
ister 2006,  No.  31). 

§  1 046.     Use  of  Reports. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60800,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  7-31-2006;  operative  8-30-2006  (Reg- 
ister 2006,  No,  31). 


Article  2.5.    Testing 
Variations/Accommodations 

§  1047.    Testing  Variations  and  Accommodations  Available 
to  Pupils. 

(a)  Each  pupil  with  an  lEP  or  Section  504  plan  shall  be  given  as  much 
of  the  test  as  his  or  her  condition  will  permit. 

(b)  School  districts  may  provide  all  pupils  the  following  test  varia- 
tions: 

(1 )  extra  time  within  a  testing  day. 

(2)  test  directions  that  are  simplified  or  clarified. 

(c)  All  pupils  may  have  the  following  testing  variations  if  regularly 
used  in  the  classroom: 

(1)  audio  amplification  equipment. 

(2)  test  individual  student  separately  provided  that  the  pupil  is  directly 
supervised  by  the  test  examiner. 

(3)  Manually  Coded  English  or  American  Sign  Language  to  present 
directions  for  test  administration. 

(d)  School  districts  may  provide  pupils  with  disabilities  the  following 
accommodations  when  administering  the  PFT  if  specified  in  the  pupil's 
lEP  or  Section  504  plan: 

(1)  Administration  of  the  PFT  at  the  most  beneficial  time  of  day  to  the 
pupil  after  consultation  with  the  test  contractor. 


(2)  Administration  of  the  PR"  by  a  test  examiner  to  the  pupil  at  home 
or  in  the  hospital. 

(3)  Any  other  accommodation  specified  in  the  pupil's  lEP  or  Section 
504  plan  for  the  PFT. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  3303 1 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC  Sec- 
tion 1400,  e(  see].;  29  USC  Section  794;  and  42  USC  Section  12132  and  12133. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  7-31-2006;  operative  8-30-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  31 ). 

§  1 048.    Testing  Variations  Available  to  English  Learners. 

School  districts  may  provide  identified  English  learner  pupils  the  fol- 
lowing additional  testing  variations  if  regulariy  used  in  the  classroom  or 
for  assessment: 

(1)  English  learners  may  have  the  opportunity  to  be  tested  separately 
with  other  English  learners  provided  that  the  pupil  is  directly  supervised 
by  the  test  examiner. 

(2)  English  learners  may  have  the  opportunity  to  hear  the  test  direc- 
tions printed  in  the  test  contractor's  manual  translated  into  their  primary 
language.  English  learners  may  have  the  opportunity  to  ask  clarifying 
questions  about  the  test  directions  in  their  primary  language. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code.    Reference:  Section 
60800,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  7-31-2006;  operative  8-30-2006  (Register  2006.  No.  31). 


Article  3.     Reading  Testing  Programs  in 
Grades  1,  2,  and  3 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  .54103,  60602,  60603,  60607.  60640. 

Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  60640-60644,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  Article  3  (Sections  1050-1060)  filed  1 1-29-79;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  48).  For  prior  history,  see  Registers  77.  No.  39, 
76,  No.  40,  74,  No.  52,  72,  No.  1 8,  72,  No.  8,  7 1 ,  No.  25, 69,  No.  39  and  67.  No. 
51. 


Article  4. 


Alternative  Assessment  Pilot 
Project 


§1061.    Eligibility. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3.3031  and  60731,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60730,  60731  and  60731.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-20-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-20-91  (Regisler91, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  toOAL  by  9-17-91 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  92. 
No.  39). 

§1062.    Application  Process. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60730,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60730,  60731  and  60731.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-20-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-20-91  (Register  91. 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  rnust  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-17-9 1 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  92, 
No.  39). 

§  1063.    Mandatory  Application  Requirements  and  Review 
Process. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60730,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60731,  60731.5  and  60731  6,  EducaUon  Code;  and  Statutes  of  1990, 
Chapter  12,  Section  1. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-20-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-20-91  (Register  91, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9- 1 7-9 1 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  11346.1(g)  (Register  92, 
No.  39). 


Page  38.1 


Register  2006,  No.  31;  8-4-2006 


§1064 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


3.  Editorial  correction  of  Authority  cite  (Register  95,  No.  9). 

§  1064.    Quality  Requirements  and  Review  Process. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60730,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60731,  60731.5  and  60731.6,  Education  Code;  and  Statutes  of  1990, 
Chapter  12,  Section  1. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-20-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-20-91  (Register  91, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-17-91 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(e)  (Register  92, 
No.  39). 

§  1 065.     Eligibility  of  Agency  Providing  Independent 
Evaluation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60731,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60730  and  60731.5,  Education  Code;  and  Statutes  of  1990.  Chapter  12, 
Section  1. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-20-9 1  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-20-91  (Register  91 , 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-17-91 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  92, 
No.  39). 


§  1066.     Evaluation  of  Proposals  to  Conduct  Independent 
Evaluation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60730,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60730  and  60731.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-20-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-20-91  (Register  91, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-17-9 1 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(e)  (Register  92, 
No.  39). 


§  1067.    Rating  Criteria  for  Selecting  Independent 
Evaluation  Agency. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60730,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60730,  60731.5  and  60731.6,  Education  Code;  and  Statutes  of  1990, 
Chapter  12,  Section  1. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-20-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-20-91  (Register  91, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-17-91 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  92, 
No.  39). 


• 


[The  next  page  is  39.] 


Page  38.2 


Register  2006,  No.  31;  8-4-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  1072 


Article  5.    Alternative  Schools 

Accountability  Model  Pre^Post 

Assessments 


§  1068.     Application  of  this  Article. 

This  article  shall  only  apply  to  schools  that  are  registered  in  the  Alter- 
native Schools  Accountability  Model  ( ASAM)  and  have  chosen  to  adopt 
a  pre-post  assessment  instrument  as  an  indicator  for  use  in  the  ASAM. 
Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52052.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  5  (sections  1 068-1074)  and  section  fded  7-2 1  -2003  as  an  emergen- 
cy; operative  7-21-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  30).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-1 8-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-21-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-25-2003  and  filed  1 1-6-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  45). 

§1069.     Definitions. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  article,  the  following  definitions  apply: 

(a)  "Pre-post  assessment  instrument"  is  an  assessment  instrument 
available  for  adoption  as  an  indicator  of  achievement  by  schools  in  the 
ASAM. 

(b)  "Pre-tesi"  is  an  initial  assessment  given  no  later  than  20  instruc- 
tional days  following  the  pupil's  first  day  of  enrollment  in  the  ASAM 
school. 

(c)  "Post-test"  is  an  assessment  given  after  a  minimum  of  30  days  of 
instruction  following  the  administration  of  the  pre-test. 

(d)  "ASAM  test  site  coordinator"  means  the  ASAM  school  principal 
or  other  district  employee  designated  by  the  district  superintendent  to 
oversee  the  acquisition,  and  the  secure  distribution,  administration,  scor- 
ing, and  reporting  of  a  pre-post  assessment  instrument  at  the  school  site. 

(e)  "Test  Administrator"  means  a  certificated  employee  or  paraprofes- 
sional  employee  of  a  school  district  trained  in  the  administration  of  a  pre- 
post  assessment  instrument  by  the  ASAM  test  site  coordinator. 

(f)  "Long-term  student"  is  a  student  who  has  been  confinuously  en- 
rolled in  the  ASAM  school  for  a  minimum  of  90  consecutive  school  days 
during  the  school  year. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52052.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  7-21-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-21-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  30).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1-18-2003  or  emergency  language  will  berepealedby  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-21-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-25-2003  and  filed  1 1-6-2003  (Register  2003.  No.  45). 

§  1070.     Administration  of  Pre-Post  Assessment 
Instrument. 

(a)  In  order  to  yield  reliable  and  valid  results,  each  pre-post  assess- 
inent  instrument  shall  be  administered  in  accordance  with  directions  pro- 
vided in  the  publisher's  assessment  administrafion  manual. 

(b)  The  school's  ASAM  test  site  coordinator  shall  oversee  the  admin- 
istration of  all  pre-post  assessment  instruments  to  ensure  adherence  to 
the  directions  provided  in  the  publisher's  assessment  administration 
manual. 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52052,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  7-21-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-21-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  30).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1-18-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  oflaw  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-21-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-25-2003  and  filed  1 1-6-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  45). 


§  1 071 .    Test  Administrator  Eligibility. 

Any  certificated  employee  of  a  school  district  trained  in  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  pre-post  assessment  instruinent  may  administer  the  as,sess- 
ment.  Trained  paraprofessional  employees  of  the  district  may  administer 
the  pre-post  assessment  instrument  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a 
trained  cerdficated  employee. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52052,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-21-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-21-2003  (Register 
2003.  No.  30).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1-18-2003  oremergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  oflaw  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  CerUficate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-21-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-25-2003  and  filed  1 1-6-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  45). 

§  1072.    Security  and  Storage  Requirements. 

(a)  To  ensure  security  of  the  pre-post  assessment  instruinents,  all 
ASAM  assessment  test  site  coordinators  (coordinators)  shall  sign  the 
ASAM  Pre-Post  Assessment  Security  Agreement  as  set  forth  in  subdivi- 
sion (b). 

(b)  The  ASAM  Pre-Post  Assessment  Security  Agreement  shall  be  as 
follows: 

ASAM  PRE-POST  ASSESSMENT  SECURITY  AGREEMENT 
The  coordinator  acknowledges  by  his  or  her  signature  on  this  form  that 
the  ASAM  pre-post  assessment  instalments  are  secure  assessments  and 
agrees  to  each  of  the  following  condifions  to  ensure  test  security: 

(1 )  The  coordinator  will  take  all  necessary  precautions  to  safeguard  all 
pre-post  assessment  instruments  and  assessment  materials  by  limiting 
access  to  persons  within  the  school  district  with  a  responsible,  profes- 
sional interest  in  the  assessment  instruments'  security. 

(2)  The  coordinator  will  keep  on  file  the  names  of  persons  having  ac- 
cess to  pre-post  assessment  instruments  and  assessment  materials.  All 
persons  having  access  to  the  materials  shall  be  required  by  the  coordina- 
tor to  sign  the  ASAM  Pre-Post  Assessment  Security  Affidavit  that  will 
be  kept  on  file  in  the  school  and  school  district  office. 

(3)  The  coordinator  will  keep  the  pre-post  assessment  instruments  and 
assessment  materials  in  a  secure,  locked  location  at  the  school  site,  limit- 
ing access  to  only  those  persons  responsible  for  assessment  security,  ex- 
cept on  actual  administration  dates. 

(4)  The  coordinator  will  be  responsible  for  ensuring  the  security  of  all 
scoring  activifies  whether  done  at  the  school  site,  the  district  office,  or  by 
an  external  contractor. 

By  signing  my  name  to  this  document,  I  am  assuring  that  I  and  anyone 
having  access  to  the  pre-post  assessment  instruments  will  sign  a  security 
affidavit. 

By: 

Title: 

School: 

School  District: 

Date: 

(c)  All  persons  having  access  to  the  ASAM  pre-post  assessment 
instruments,  including  but  not  limited  to  the  coordinator  and  test  admin- 
istrators, shall  acknowledge  the  limited  purpose  of  their  access  to  the  as- 
sessment instruments  by  signing  the  ASAM  Pre-Post  Assessment  Secu- 
rity Affidavit  set  forth  in  subdivision  (d). 

(d)  The  ASAM  Pre-Post  Test  Security  Affidavit  shall  be  as  follows: 
ASAM  PRE-POST  ASSESSMENT  SECURITY  AFFIDAVIT 

I  acknowledge  that  I  will  have  access  to  the  ASAM  pre-post  assess- 
ment instruments  for  the  purpose  of  administering  or  scoring  the  assess- 
ments. I  understand  that  these  materials  are  highly  secure,  and  it  is  my 
professional  responsibility  to  protect  their  security  as  follows: 

(1)1  will  not  divulge  the  contents  of  the  pre-post  assessment  instru- 
ments to  any  other  person. 

(2)  I  will  not  copy  any  part  of  the  pre-post  assessment  instruments  or 
assessment  materials. 

(3)  I  will  keep  the  pre-post  assessment  instruments  secure  until  the  as- 
sessments are  actually  distributed  to  pupils  or,  in  the  case  of  computer- 


Page  39 


Register  2007,  No.  51;  12-21-2007 


§1073 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


administered  assessments,  the  pupils  actually  log  on  to  begin  the  assess- 
ments. 

(4)  I  will  limit  pupils'  access  to  the  pre-post  assessment  instalments 
and  assessment  to  the  actual  testing  periods. 

(5)  I  will  not  permit  pupils  to  remove  pre-post  assessment  instruments 
and  assessment  materials  from  the  room  where  testing  takes  place. 

(6)  I  will  not  disclose,  or  allow  to  be  disclosed,  the  contents  of,  or  the 
scoring  keys  to,  the  pre-post  assessment  instruments. 

(7)  I  will  return  all  pre-post  assessment  instruments  and  assessment 
materials  to  the  designated  coordinator  upon  completion  of  the  assess- 
ment administration. 

(8)  I  will  not  interfere  with  the  independent  work  of  any  pupil  taking 
a  pre-post  assessment  and  1  will  not  compromise  the  security  of  the  as- 
sessment instrument  by  means  including,  but  not  limited  to: 

(A)  Providing  pupils  with  access  to  pre-post  assessment  questions 
prior  to  administration  of  the  assessment  instrument. 

(B)  Copying,  reproducing,  transmitting,  distributing  or  using  in  any 
manner  inconsistent  with  test  security  all  or  any  portion  of  any  secure 
pre-post  assessment  instrument. 

(C)  Coaching  pupils  during  administration  of  the  assessment  instru- 
ment or  altering  or  interfering  with  the  pupils'  responses  in  any  way. 

(D)  Making  answer  keys  available  to  pupils. 

(E)  Failing  to  follow  security  rules  for  distribution  and  return  of  secure 
pre-post  assessment  instruments  as  directed,  or  failing  to  account  for  all 
secure  pre-post  assessment  instruments  and  assessment  materials  be- 
fore, during,  and  after  their  administration. 

(F)  Failing  to  follow  administration  directions  specified  in  the  publish- 
er's assessment  administration  manual. 

(G)  Participating  in,  directing,  aiding,  counseling,  assisting  in,  or  en- 
couraging any  of  the  acts  prohibited  in  this  section. 

Signed:  

Print  Name:  

Position: ^____^_______ 

School:  

School  District:  

Date: 


NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52052,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  7-21-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-21-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  30).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1  -1 8-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-21-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-25-2003  and  filed  11-6-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  45). 

§1073.    Scoring. 

All  pre-post  assessment  instruments  scored  at  the  school  site  or  dis- 
trict office  shall  be  scored  under  the  supervision  of  the  coordinator.  The 
coordinator  will  monitor  the  contract  for  any  scoring  activities  carried 
out  by  an  external  contractor.  All  scoring  shall  be  done  following  the 
instructions  and  using  the  answer  keys  provided  by  the  publisher  of  the 
specific  pre-post  assessment  instrument. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52052,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  7-21-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-21-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  30).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1-18-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-21-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-25-2003  and  filed  1 1-6-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  45). 

§1074.    Reporting. 

School  districts  that  have  adopted  a  pre-post  assessment  instrument 
as  an  indicator  of  achievement  for  an  AS  AM  school  shall  submit  the  fol- 
lowing information  for  each  long-term  student  enrolled  in  the  school. 

(a)  Local  student  Identification  number  (as  available). 

(b)  Test  name  and  form. 

(c)  Dates  pre-post  assessment  instruments  were  administered. 


(d)  Scores  on  each  assessment  instrument. 

(e)  Student  demographics: 

( 1 )  Date  of  birth. 

(2)  Grade  level. 

(3)  Gender. 

(4)  Language  lluency  and  home  language. 

(5)  Special  program  participation. 

(6)  Testing  adaptations  or  accommodations. 

(7)  Amount  of  time  in  school  district  and  in  California  public  schools. 

(8)  Ethnicity. 

(9)  Parent  education  level. 

(10)  Handicapping  condition  or  disability. 

This  information  is  for  the  purpose  of  aggregate  analyses  only. 

Districts  shall  submit  the  ASAM  pre-post  assessment  instrument  re- 
sults to  CDE  or  its  designee  by  October  28  each  year. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52052,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-21-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-21-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  30).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
11-1 8-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-21-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-25-2003  and  filed  11-6-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  45). 

3.  Amendment  of  final  paragraph  filed  5-25-2006;  operative  6-24-2006  (Regis- 
ter 2006,  No.  21). 


Subchapter  6.    California  High  School  Exit 
Examination 


Article  1.    General 

§1200.    Definitions. 

For  the  purposes  of  the  high  school  exit  examination,  the  following 
definitions  shall  apply: 

(a)  "CDE"  is  the  Cahfomia  Department  of  Education. 

(b)  "District  coordinator"  is  an  employee  of  the  school  district  desig- 
nated by  the  superintendent  of  the  district  to  oversee  the  administration 
of  the  high  school  exit  examination  within  the  district. 

(c)  "Eligible  adult  student"  is  a  person  enrolled  in  an  adult  school  oper- 
ated by  a  school  district  who  is  working  to  attain  a  high  school  diploma 
and  has  not  passed  both  the  English-language  arts  section  and  the  mathe- 
matics section  of  the  high  school  exit  examination.  This  term  does  not  in- 
clude pupils  who  are  concurrently  enrolled  in  high  school  and  adult 
school. 

(d)  "Eligible  pupil"  is  a  person  enrolled  in  a  California  public  school 
in  grade  1 0, 1 1 ,  or  1 2,  including  those  pupils  placed  in  a  nonpublic  school 
through  the  individualized  education  program  (lEP)  process  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  56365,  who  has  not  passed  both  the  English-lan- 
guage arts  section  and  the  mathematics  section  of  the  high  school  exit  ex- 
amination. 

(e)  "Examination"  is  the  high  school  exit  examination. 

(0  "Excessive  materials"  is  the  difference  between  the  sum  of  the 
number  of  tests  scored  and  80  percent  of  the  tests  ordered  by  the  school 
district  for  the  entire  school  year.  The  difference  must  be  greater  than  1 00 
to  be  "excessive  materials." 

(g)  "Grade"  for  the  purposes  of  the  high  school  exit  examination 
means  the  grade  assigned  to  the  pupil  by  the  school  district  at  the  time  of 
testing. 

(h)  "Grade  10  census  administration"  is  the  administration  of  the  high 
school  exit  examination  during  which  all  eligible  pupils  in  grade  10  are 
to  take  the  examination. 

(i)  "Opportunity"  shall  refer  to  a  chance  an  eligible  pupil  or  eligible 
adult  student  is  provided  to  take  the  section(s)  of  the  examination  not  yet 
passed. 

(j)  "School  district"  includes  unified  and  high  school  districts,  county 
offices  of  education,  any  charter  school  that  for  assessment  purposes 


Page  40 


Register  2007,  No.  51;  12-21-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  1204.5 


does  not  elect  to  be  part  of  the  school  district  or  county  office  of  education 
that  granted  the  charter,  and  any  charter  school  chartered  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education  (SBE). 

(k)  "Scribe"  is  an  employee  of  the  school  district,  or  a  person  assigned 
by  a  nonpublic  school  to  implement  a  pupil's  lEP  and  is  required  to  tran- 
scribe an  eligible  pupil's  or  eligible  adult  student's  responses  to  the  for- 
mat required  by  the  examination.  No  parent  or  guardian  is  eligible  to  be 
a  scribe  for  their  own  pupil  or  student. 

(/)  "Section,"  "portion."  and  "part(s)"  of  the  examination  shall  refer  to 
either  the  English-language  arts  section  of  the  high  school  exit  examina- 
tion or  the  mathematics  section  of  the  high  school  exit  examination. 

(m)  "Significant  medical  emergency"  is  a  significant  accident,  trauma, 
or  illness  (mental  or  physical)  that  precludes  a  pupil  in  grade  10  from  tak- 
ing the  examination.  An  accident,  trauma  or  illness  is  significant  if  the 
pupil  has  been  determined  by  a  licensed  physician  to  be  unable  lo  partici- 
pate in  the  examination. 

(n)  "Test  administration"  is  the  period  of  time  starting  with  the  deliv- 
ery of  the  secure  testing  materials  to  the  district  and  ending  with  the  return 
shipment  of  materials  to  the  test  contractor,  and  includes  the  period  of 
time  during  which  eligible  pupils  or  eligible  adult  students  take  one  or 
both  sections  of  the  examination. 

(o)  "Test  examiner"  is  an  employee  of  a  school  district,  or  a  person  as- 
signed by  a  nonpublic  school  to  implement  a  student's  lEP,  who  has  re- 
ceived training  specifically  designed  to  prepare  him  or  her  to  administer 
the  high  school  exit  examination. 

(p)  "Test  materials"  are  materials  necessary  to  administer  the  ex- 
amination, including  but  not  limited  to  test  manuals,  pupil  test  booklets, 
answer  documents,  special  test  versions,  and  other  materials  developed 
and  provided  by  the  test  contractor. 

(q)  "Test  proctor"  is  an  employee  of  a  school  district,  or  a  person  as- 
signed by  a  nonpublic  school  to  implement  a  pupil's  lEP,  who  has  re- 
ceived training  specifically  designed  to  prepare  him  or  her  to  assist  the 
test  examiner  in  administration  of  the  high  school  exit  examination. 

(r)  "Test  site  coordinator"  is  an  employee  of  the  school  district  desig- 
nated by  the  district  coordinator  or  the  superintendent  or  a  person  as- 
signed by  a  nonpublic  school  to  implement  a  student's  lEP.  who  oversees 
the  administration  of  the  high  school  exit  examination  at  each  test  site  at 
which  the  examination  is  given. 

(s)  "Variation"  is  a  change  in  the  manner  in  which  a  test  is  presented 
or  administered,  or  in  how  a  test  taker  is  allowed  to  respond,  and  includes, 
but  is  not  limited  to.  accommodations  and  modifications  as  defined  in 
Education  Code  section  60850. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52504.  56365,  60850  and  60851,  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Section  631 1 . 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  subchapter  6  heading  and  new  subchapter  6  (articles  1-5,  sec- 
tions 12(X)-1225),  article  1  (section  1200)  and  section  filed  6-20-2001 ;  opera- 
live  7-20-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  25).  For  prior  history  of  subchapter  6,  see 
Register  76,  No.  3. 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (e)  and  (g)  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  5-1  -2003; 
operative  5-1-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register 
2003,  No.  18). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-19-2004;  operative  5-19-2004  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004,  No.  21). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  8-16-2005;  operative  8-16-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  33). 

5.  Amendment  filed  12-20-2007;  operative  12-20-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  51). 


Article  2. 


High  Scliooi  Exit  Examination 
Administration 


§1202.    Excessive  Materials  Costs. 

The  school  district  is  responsible  for  the  cost  of  excessive  materials  or- 
dered by  the  school  district.  In  no  case  shall  the  cost  to  the  school  district 
for  excessive  materials  exceed  the  amount  per  test  booklet  and  accompa- 


nying material  that  is  paid  to  the  contractor  by  the  CDE  as  part  of  the  con- 
tract with  the  test  contractor  for  the  current  year  billed. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  3303 1 .  Edcation  Code.  Reference:  Section  6085 1 . 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-20-2007;  operative  12-20-2007  pursuant  toGovemmenl 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  51 ). 

§  1 203.    Pupil  or  Adult  Student  Identification. 

Test  examiners  at  the  test  site  shall  be  responsible  for  the  accurate 
identification  of  eligible  pupils  or  eligible  adult  students  who  are  to  be 
administered  the  examination  through  the  use  of  photo-identification  or 
positive  recognition  by  an  employee  of  the  school  district. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60851,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  2  (sections  120.3-1212)  and  section  filed  6-20-2001:  operative 
7-20-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  25). 

2.  Amendment  of  article  heading  and  section  filed  5-19-2004:  operative 
5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1.343.4(c)  (Register  2004. 
No.  21). 

3.  Amendment  filed  8-16-2005;  operative  8-16-2005  pursuant  lo  Government 
Code  .section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005.  No.  33). 

§  1 204.    Grade  1 0  Testing. 

All  eligible  grade  10  pupils  shall  only  take  each  section  of  the  ex- 
amination once  per  school  year  v/hile  in  grade  1 0  during  either  the  grade 
10  census  administration  or  the  district-designated  grade  10  make  up  ad- 
ministration. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60851,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-20-2001;  operative  7-20-2001  (Register  2001 .  No.  25). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  5-1-2003;  operative 
5-1-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003.  No. 
18). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  repealer  and  new  section  filed  5-19-2004; 
operative  5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Regis- 
ter 2004,  No,  21). 

4.  Amendment  filed  12-20-2007;  operative  12-20-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2007.  No.  51). 

§  1 204.5.    Grades  1 1  and  1 2  and  Adult  Student  Testing 
Dates. 

(a)  School  districts  shall  provide  eligible  pupils  in  grade  1 1  at  least  two 
opportunities  per  school  year  to  take  the  section(s)  of  the  examination  not 
yet  passed.  Eligible  pupils  in  grade  1 1  may  take  the  section(s)  of  the  ex- 
amination not  yet  passed  up  to  two  times  per  school  year  and  may  take 
examination  in  successive  administrations. 

(b)  School  districts  shall  provide  eligible  pupils  in  grade  12  at  least 
three  opportunities  per  school  year  to  take  the  section(s)  of  the  examina- 
tion not  yet  passed.  Eligible  pupils  in  grade  1 2  may  take  the  section(s)  of 
the  examination  not  yet  passed  up  to  three  times  per  school  year  and  may 
take  the  examination  in  successive  administrations. 

(c)  School  districts  shall  provide  eligible  adult  students  at  least  three 
opportunities  per  school  year  to  tcike  the  section(s)  of  the  examination  not 
yet  passed.  Eligible  adult  students  may  take  the  section(s)  of  the  ex- 
amination not  yet  passed  up  to  three  times  per  school  year  and  may  take 
the  examination  in  successive  administrations. 

(d)  Eligible  pupils  in  grades  11  and  12  and  eligible  adult  students 
should  be  offered  appropriate  remediation  or  supplemental  instruction 
before  being  retested. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
37252,  37254  and  60851,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-19-2004;  operative  5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  secnon  11343.4(c)  (Register  2004,  No.  21). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  8-16-2005;  operative 
8-16-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2()05,  No. 
33). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  3-16-2006  as  an  emergency; 
operative  3-16-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  11).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-14-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


Page  41 


Register  2(X)7,  No.  51;  12-21-2007 


§  1205 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-16-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
6-12-2006  and  filed  7-25-2006  (Register  2006.  No.  30). 

5.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  1 2-20-2007;  operative  1 2-20-2007  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  51 ). 

§  1205.    School  District  Information. 

School  districts  shall  maintain  a  summary  data  file,  as  set  forth  below, 
of  all  pupils  who  participate  in  each  test  administration  of  the  examina- 
tion. This  summary  data  file  shall  include  the  following  information  for 
( 1 )  the  English-language  arts  section,  and  (2)  the  mathematics  section, 
for  each  test  administration: 

(a)  The  date  on  which  each  section  of  the  examination  was  taken. 

( b)  The  full  name  of  each  pupil  who  took  each  section  of  the  examina- 
tion. 

(c)  The  grade  leveJ  of  each  pupil  at  the  lime  each  section  of  the  ex- 
amination was  taken. 

(d)  Whether  each  pupil  has  satisfied  the  requirement  to  successfully 
pass  the  examination  for  each  section  or  sections  of  the  examination  tak- 
en. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60851,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-20-2001 ;  operative  7-20-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  25). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  5-19-2004;  operative 
5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004, 
No.  21). 

3.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph  filed  12-20-2007;  operative  12-20-2007  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1.343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  51). 

§  1206.     Permanent  Record  Information. 

(a)  School  districts  shall  maintain  in  each  pupil's  permanent  record  the 
following  information: 

(1)  The  date  on  which  the  pupil  took  each  section  of  the  examination. 

(2)  Whether  the  pupil  has  satisfied  the  requirement  to  successfully 
pass  the  examination  for  each  section  or  sections  of  the  examination  tak- 
en. 

(b)  The  information  required  by  subdivision  (a)  of  this  section  shall  be 
entered  in  each  pupil's  permanent  record  within  60  days  of  receiving  the 
electronic  data  files  from  the  test  contractor. 

(c)  Whenever  a  pupil  transfers  from  one  school  district  to  another,  the 
new  district  may  request  the  pupil' s  examination  results  as  part  of  the  per- 
manent record,  pursuant  to  subdivision  (a),  in  compliance  with  Educa- 
tion Code  section  49068. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
49068  and  60851,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-20-2001;  operative  7-20-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  25). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  5-19-2004;  operative 
5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004, 
No.  21). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  8-16-2005;  operative  8-16-2005  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  33). 

§  1207.    Data  for  Analysis  of  Pupil  Performance. 

(a)  Each  school  district  shall  provide  the  test  contractor  with  an  answer 
document  with  complete  demographic  information  for  each  grade  1 0  pu- 
pil enrolled  at  the  time  of  the  grade  10  census  administration. 

(b)  Each  school  district  shall  provide  the  following  demographic  in- 
formation for  each  grade  10,  11,  and  12  pupil  tested: 

(1)  Pupil's  full  name 

(2)  Date  of  birth 

(3)  Grade  level 

(4)  Gender 

(5)  English  proficiency 

(6)  Primary  language 

(7)  Date  of  English  proficiency  reclassification 

(8)  English  leaner  enrollment  date 

(9)  Use  of  English  learner  test  variations 


( 1 0)  If  R-FEP  pupil  scored  proficient  or  above  on  the  California  Eng- 
lish-Language Arts  Standards  Test  three  times  since  reclassification 

(11)  Program  participation 

(12)  National  School  Lunch  Program  (NSLP)  participation 

(13)  Use  of  accommodations  or  modifications  during  the  examination 

(14)  Primary  disability  code 

(15)  Special  Education  Exit  Date 

(16)  Participation  in  California  Alternate  Performance  Assessment 
(CAPA) 

(17)  Ethnicity 

(18)  School  and  di.strict  CBEDS  enrollment 

(19)  Parent  or  guardian  education  level 

(20)  District  and  county  of  residence  for  students  with  disabilities 

(21)  Statewide  Student  Identifier  (SSID) 

(22)  For  Alternative  Schools  Accountability  Model  (ASAM)  schools, 
whether  the  student  has  been  enrolled  in  the  school  less  than  90  school 
days  prior  to  testing. 

(23)  Nonpublic  nonsectarian  school  (NPS)  code 

(24)  Independent  evaluator  survey  response  data 

(c)  In  addition  to  the  demographic  data  required  to  be  reported  in  sec- 
tion 1207(b),  school  districts  may  report  if  a  grade  10  pupil  is  not  tested 
due  to  a  significant  medical  emergency. 

(d)  Each  school  district  shall  provide  the  following  demographic  in- 
formation for  each  adult  student  tested: 

(1)  Student's  full  name 

(2)  Date  of  birth 

(3)  Adult  student  status 

(4)  Gender 

(5)  Use  of  accommodations  or  modifications  during  the  examination 

(6)  Use  of  English  learner  test  variations 

(7)  Primary  disability  code 

(8)  Ethnicity 

(9)  District  and  county  of  residence  for  students  with  disabilities 

(e)  The  demographic  information  is  for  the  purposes  of  aggregate  anal- 
yses only  and  shall  be  provided  to  the  test  contractor  and  collected  as  part 
of  the  testing  materials  for  the  examination. 

(0  School  districts  shall  provide  the  same  information  for  each  eligible 
pupil  enrolled  in  an  alternative  or  off-campus  program,  or  for  pupils 
placed  in  nonpublic  schools,  as  is  provided  for  all  other  eligible  pupils. 

(g)  If  the  information  required  by  section  1207(b)  or  1207(d)  is  incor- 
rect, the  school  district  shall  provide  corrected  information  within  the 
time  schedule  specified  by  the  test  contractor  or  may  enter  into  a  separate 
agreement  with  the  contractor  to  have  the  district's  data  file  corrected. 
Any  costs  for  correcting  the  student  data  pursuant  to  a  separate  agreement 
between  the  school  district  and  the  test  contractor  shall  be  the  school  dis- 
trict's responsibility. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52052,  60855  and  60900,  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Section  631 1. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-20-2001;  operative  7-20-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  25). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  secfion  and  Note  filed  5-19-2004;  operative 
5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004, 
No.  21). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  8-16-2005;  operative  8-16-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  33). 

4.  Amendment  filed  12-20-2007;  operafive  12-20-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  51). 

§  1207.1.    Data  for  Analysis  of  Local  Waiver  Process  for 
Pupils  with  Disabilities. 

By  December  31  of  each  year,  each  school  district  shall  provide  to  the 
CDE  the  following  information  from  the  prior  school  year  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  60851: 

(a)  Provide  the  following  information  by  grade  and  by  school  for  those 
pupils  and  adult  students  who  have  taken  one  or  both  parts  of  the  ex- 
amination with  one  or  more  modificafions  and  have  received  the  equiva- 
lent of  a  passing  score: 


• 


Page  42 


Register  2007,  No.  51;  12-21-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


ij  1209 


• 


• 


( 1 )  The  number  of  pupils  or  adull  students  who  received  the  equivalent 
of  a  passing  score  on  the  mathematics  portion  of  the  examination  only. 

(2)  The  number  of  pupils  or  adult  students  who  received  the  equivalent 
of  a  passing  score  on  the  English-language  arts  portion  of  the  examina- 
tion only. 

(3)  The  number  of  pupils  or  adult  students  who  received  the  equivalent 
of  a  passing  score  on  both  portions  of  the  examination. 

(b)  Provide  the  following  information  by  grade,  by  school,  by  primary 
disability,  and  by  the  percent  of  time  in  general  education  for  each  pupil 
and  adult  student  who  has  taken  one  or  both  parts  of  the  examination  with 
one  or  more  modifications  and  has  received  the  equivalent  of  a  passing 
score  and  for  whom  a  waiver  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
6085 1(c)  has  been  requested: 

( 1 )  The  number  of  pupils  or  adult  students  for  whom  a  waiver  of  the 
mathematics  portion  of  the  examination  only  has  been  requested. 

(2)  The  number  of  pupils  or  adult  students  for  whom  a  waiver  of  the 
English-language  arts  portion  of  the  examination  only  has  been  re- 
quested. 

(3)  The  number  of  pupils  or  adult  students  for  whom  a  waiver  of  both 
portions  of  the  examination  has  been  requested. 

(c)  Provide  the  following  information  by  grade,  by  school,  by  primary 
disability,  and  by  the  percent  of  time  in  general  education  for  each  pupil 
and  adull  student  who  has  taken  one  or  both  parts  of  the  examination  with 
one  or  more  modifications  and  has  received  the  equivalent  of  a  passing 
score  and  for  whom  a  waiver  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60851(c)  has  been  granted: 

( 1 )  The  number  of  pupils  or  adult  students  for  whom  a  waiver  of  the 
mathematics  portion  of  the  examination  only  has  been  granted. 

(2)  The  number  of  pupils  or  adult  students  for  whom  a  waiver  of  the 
English-language  arts  portion  of  the  examination  only  has  been  granted. 

(3)  The  number  of  pupils  or  adult  students  for  whom  a  waiver  of  both 
portions  of  the  examination  has  been  granted. 

(d)  Provide  the  following  information  by  grade,  by  school,  by  primary 
disability,  and  by  the  percent  of  time  in  general  education  for  each  pupil 
and  adult  student  who  has  taken  one  or  both  parts  of  the  examination  with 
one  or  more  modifications  and  has  received  the  equivalent  of  a  passing 
score  and  for  whom  a  waiver  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
6085  i(c)  has  been  denied: 

( 1 )  The  number  of  pupils  or  adult  students  for  whom  a  waiver  of  the 
mathematics  portion  of  the  examination  only  has  been  denied. 

(2)  The  number  of  pupils  or  adult  students  for  whom  a  waiver  of  the 
English-language  arts  portion  of  the  examination  only  has  been  denied. 

(3)  The  number  of  pupils  or  adult  students  for  whom  a  waiver  of  both 
portions  of  the  examination  has  been  denied. 

(e)  The  number  of  pupils  or  aduU  students  that  graduated  as  a  result  of 
having  been  granted  a  waiver  on  one  or  both  portions  of  the  examination. 
NOTIZ:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60851,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-16-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-16-2006  (Register 
2006.  No.  11 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-14-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-16-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
6-12-2006  and  filed  7-25-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  30). 

3.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph  and  subsection  (e)  filed  12-20-2007;  operative 
12-20-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2007, 
No.  51). 

§  1207.2.    Data  for  Analysis  of  Exemption  for  Pupils  with 
Disabilities  in  the  Class  of  2007. 

(a)  By  February  1 .  2008.  each  school  district  and  state  special  school 
shall  provide  the  following  information  to  the  CDE  for  each  pupil  in  the 
class  of  2007  who  has  an  lEP  or  Section  504  plan  dated  on  or  before  July 
1 .  2006.  that  indicates  that  the  pupil  is  scheduled  to  graduate  in  2007.  but 
who  has  not  yet  passed  both  sections  of  the  examination: 

(1)  Primary  disability  code. 

(2)  Percent  of  time  spent  in  general  education. 


(3)  Anticipated  graduation  date  as  specified  in  the  lEP  or  Section  504 
plan. 

(4)  Whether  the  pupil  satisfied  all  other  stale  and  local  graduation  re- 
quirements. 

(5)  The  month  and  year  of  each  attempt  to  pass  the  examination  with 
the  accommodations  and  modifications,  if  any.  specified  in  the  lEP  or 
Section  504  plan. 

(6)  Type  of  remedial  or  supplemental  instruction  program  completed. 

(7)  Tine  month  and  year  of  each  attempt  to  pass  the  examination  after 
completing  a  remedial  or  supplemental  instruction  program. 

(8)  The  date  on  which  the  pupil,  or  the  parent  or  legal  guardian  if  the 
student  is  a  minor,  was  notified  in  writing  that  the  pupil  is  entitled  to  re- 
ceive free  appropriate  public  education  up  to  and  including  the  academic 
year  in  which  the  pupil  reaches  22  years  of  age.  or  until  the  pupil  receives 
a  high  school  diploma,  whichever  occurs  first. 

(9)  Whether  the  pupil  received  a  waiver  from  the  requirement  to  pass 
the  examination  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  60851(c). 

( 1 0)  Whether  the  pupil  satisfied  the  criteria  set  forth  in  Education  Code 
section  60852.4. 

(11)  Whether  the  pupil  received  a  diploma  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  60852.4. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60852.4,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-16-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-16-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  1 1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-1 4-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-16-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
6-12-2006  and  filed  7-25-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  30). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  subsections  (a),  (a)(8)  and  (a)(  lOH  ' ' )  and 
amendment  of  Note  filed  12-20-2007;  operative  12-20-2007  pursuant  to 
Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007.  No.  51). 

§  1 207.5.     Reporting  Test  Scores. 

No  aggregate  or  group  scores  or  reports  that  are  compiled  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  60851  shall  be  reported  electronically,  in  hard 
copy,  or  in  other  media,  to  any  audience  other  than  the  school  or  school 
district  where  the  pupils  were  tested,  except  the  independent  evaluator  as 
set' forth  in  Education  Code  section  60855.  if  the  aggregate  or  group 
scores  or  reports  are  composed  often  or  fewer  individual  pupil  .scores. 
In  each  instance  in  which  no  score  is  reported  for  this  reason,  the  notation 
shall  appear:  "The  number  of  pupils  in  this  category  is  too  small  for  statis- 
tical accuracy  or  privacy  protection."  In  no  case  shall  any  group  score  be 
reported  that  would  deliberately  or  inadvertently  make  public  the  score 
or  performance  of  any  individual  student. 

NOTE:  Authoiity  cited:  Secfion  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
60851  and  60855.  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Section  1232g. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-16-2005;  operative  8-16-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005.  No.  33). 

2.  Amendment  filed  12-20-2007;  operative  12-20-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2007.  No.  5 1 ). 

§  1208.    Notice  of  the  High  School  Exit  Examination. 

A  school  district  shall  maintain  documentation  that  the  parent  or 
guardian  of  each  pupil  has  been  sent  written  notification  as  required  by 
Education  Code  sections  48980  and  60850. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
48980  and  60850.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-20-2001;  operative  7-20-2001  (Regi.ster  2001.  No.  25). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  5-19-2004;  operative 
5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Govemment  Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004. 
No.  21). 

§  1209.    High  School  Exit  Examination  District  Coordinator. 

(a)  On  or  before  July  1  of  each  school  year,  the  superintendent  of  each 
school  district  shall  designate  from  among  the  employees  of  the  school 
district  a  district  coordinator.  The  superintendent  shall  notify  the  test  con- 
tractor of  the  identity  and  contact  information  for  the  district  coordinator, 
including  the  district  coordinator's  phone  number  and  email  address. 


Page  43 


Itegister  2(X)7,  No.  51;  12-21 -2007 


§1210 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(b)  The  district  coordinator  or  tiie  school  district  superintendent  or  his 
or  her  designee,  shall  be  available  throughout  the  year  and  shall  serve  as 
the  liaison  between  the  school  district  and  the  test  contractor  and  the 
school  district  and  the  CDE  for  all  matters  related  to  the  examination. 

(c)  The  district  coordinator  or  the  school  district  superintendent  or  his 
or  her  designee  shall  oversee  the  administration  of  the  examination  to  eli- 
gible pupils  or  eligible  adult  students,  in  accordance  with  the  manuals  or 
other  instructions  provided  by  the  test  contractor  for  administering  and 
returning  all  test  materials  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  following  re- 
sponsibilities: 

( 1 )  Responding  to  correspondence  and  inquiries  from  the  test  contrac- 
tor and  the  CDE  in  a  timely  manner  and  as  provided  in  the  test  contrac- 
tor's instructions  and  these  regulations. 

(2)  Advising  the  test  contractor  of  the  selected  administration  dates  for 
the  coming  school  year  by  March  1  of  the  prior  school  year. 

(3)  For  charter  schools,  advising  the  test  contractor  for  the  coming 
school  year  by  March  1  of  the  prior  school  year  of  whether  the  school, 
for  assessment  purposes,  does  not  elect  to  be  part  of  the  school  district 
or  county  office  of  education  that  granted  the  charter.  If  the  charter  school 
does  not  advise  the  test  contractor  by  March  1 ,  the  charter  school  will  be 
designated  as  part  of  the  school  district  or  county  office  of  education  that 
granted  the  charter. 

(4)  Determining  school  district  and  individual  school  examination  and 
test  material  needs  in  conjunction  with  the  test  contractor  using  current 
enrollment  data. 

(5)  Completing,  filing,  and  adhering  to  the  Test  Security  Agreement 
as  set  forth  in  section  1211.5  with  the  test  contractor  prior  to  the  receipt 
of  test  materials.  A  copy  of  the  Test  Security  Agreement  shall  be  main- 
tained at  the  district  office  for  1 2  months  from  the  date  signed. 

(6)  Identifying  and  training  a  test  site  coordinator  for  each  test  site  and 
securing  a  signed  Test  Security  Agreement  from  each  test  site  coordina- 
tor in  the  district  and  from  any  test  examiner  at  a  nonpublic  school  in 
which  a  pupil  has  been  placed  by  the  district. 

(7)  Ordering  sufficient  test  materials  for  eligible  pupils  and  eligible 
adult  students,  including  completing  an  electronic  data  file  containing 
the  data  set  forth  in  section  1207  if  the  district  chooses  to  have  the  test 
contractor  pre-identify  answer  documents. 

(8)  Overseeing  the  collection  of  all  pupil  data  as  required  to  comply 
with  sections  1205,  1206,  and  1207. 

(9)  Ensuring  that  the  test  materials  are  retained  in  a  secure,  locked 
location,  in  the  sealed  boxes  in  which  they  were  received  from  the  test 
contractor,  from  the  time  they  are  received  in  the  school  district  until  the 
time  they  are  opened  for  inventory  and  delivery  to  test  sites. 

(10)  Ensuring  delivery  of  test  materials  to  the  test  sites  no  more  than 
five  working  days  before  the  examination  is  to  be  administered. 

(11)  Ensuring  that  all  test  materials  are  received  from  test  sites  no  later 
than  the  second  day  following  the  administration  of  the  examination. 

( 1 2)  Ensuring  that  all  test  materials  received  from  test  sites  have  been 
placed  in  a  secure  school  district  location  upon  receipt. 

(13)  Ensuring  that  all  test  materials  are  inventoried,  packaged,  and  la- 
beled in  accordance  with  instructions  from  the  test  contractor.  The  test 
materials  shall  be  ready  for  pick-up  by  the  test  contractor  at  a  designated 
location  in  the  school  district  no  more  than  five  working  days  following 
administration  of  the  examination  in  the  school  district. 

(14)  Ensuring  that  an  answer  document  is  submitted  for  scoring  for 
each  eligible  pupil  in  grade  10  enrolled  in  the  district  at  the  time  of  the 
grade  10  census  administration. 

(15)  Assisting  the  test  contractor  and  the  CDE  in  the  resolution  of  any 
discrepancies  in  the  test  information  and  materials,  including  but  not  lim- 
ited to,  pre-identification  files  and  the  number  of  examinations  received 
from  the  test  contractor  and  the  number  of  examinations  collected  for  re- 
turn to  the  test  contractor. 

( 1 6)  Immediately  notifying  the  test  contractor  of  any  testing  irregulari- 
ties, security  breaches,  or  suspected  security  breaches  in  the  district  be- 
fore, during,  or  after  the  administration  of  the  examination. 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  330.11,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
608.S1,  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Section  63 11. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-20-2001;  operative  7-20-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  25). 

2.  Ainendinent  of  subsection  (b)(5)  and  amendment  of  Note-  filed  5-1-2003;  op- 
erative 5-1-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register 
2003.  No.  18). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  5-19-2004;  operative 
5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004, 
No.  21). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  8-16-2005:  operative 
8-16-2005  pursuant  loGovemment  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No. 
33). 

5.  Amendment  filed  1 2-20-2007;  operative  1 2-20-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  51). 

§  1210.    High  School  Exit  Examination  Test  Site 
Coordinator. 

(a)  Annually,  the  district  coordinator  or  the  superintendent  of  the 
school  district  shall  designate  a  test  site  coordinator  for  each  test  site.  The 
designee  shall  be  an  employee  of  the  school  district,  or  the  person  as- 
signed by  a  nonpublic  school  to  implement  a  student's  lEP. 

(b)  The  test  site  coordinator  shall  be  available  to  the  district  coordina- 
tor for  the  purpose  of  resolving  issues  that  arise  as  a  result  of  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  examination. 

(c)  The  test  site  coordinator  shall  oversee  the  administration  of  the  ex- 
amination to  eligible  pupils  or  eligible  adult  students  at  the  test  site  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  manuals  or  other  instructions  provided  by  the  test  con- 
tractor for  administering  the  examination  including,  but  not  limited  to, 
the  following  responsibilities: 

(1)  Determining  test  site  and  test  material  needs. 

(2)  Arranging  for  test  administration  at  the  test  site. 

(3 )  Training  the  test  examiner(s),  test  proctors,  and  scribes  as  provided 
in  the  test  contractor's  manual. 

(4)  Completing  a  Test  Security  Agreement  and  Test  Security  Affidavit 
as  set  forth  in  section  121 1.5  prior  to  the  receipt  of  test  materials. 

(5)  Overseeing  test  security  requirements,  including  collecting  and  de- 
livering all  completed  Test  Security  Affidavit  forms  to  the  school  district 
office  from  the  test  examiners  and  other  site  personnel  involved  with  test- 
ing. All  Test  Security  Affidavits  shall  be  maintained  for  12  months  from 
the  date  signed. 

(6)  Overseeing  the  acquisition  and  inventory  of  test  materials  from  the 
school  district  and  the  distribuUon  of  test  materials  to  the  test  examin- 
er(s). 

(7)  Maintaining  security  over  the  examination  and  test  data  as  follows: 

(A)  Delivering  the  test  materials  only  to  those  persons  who  have 
signed  the  Test  Security  Affidavit  and  who  are  administering  the  ex- 
amination on  the  date  of  testing. 

(B)  Ensuring  that  strict  supervision  is  maintained  over  each  eligible 
pupil  or  eligible  adult  student  who  is  being  administered  the  examination 
both  while  the  eligible  pupil  or  eligible  adult  student  is  in  the  room  in 
which  the  examination  is  being  administered  and  during  any  period  in 
which  the  eligible  pupil  or  eligible  adult  student  is,  for  any  purpose, 
granted  a  break  during  testing. 

(8)  Overseeing  the  collection  of  all  pupil  data  as  required  to  comply 
with  secUons  1205,  1206,  and  1207. 

(9)  Overseeing  the  collection,  inventory,  and  return  of  all  test  materials 
to  the  district  coordinator  no  later  than  the  day  following  administration 
of  the  examination. 

(10)  Ensuring  that  an  answer  document  is  submitted  for  scoring  for 
each  eligible  pupil  in  grade  1 0  enrolled  in  the  test  site  on  the  testing  dates. 

(11)  Assisdng  the  district  coordinator  and  the  test  contractor  in  the  res- 
olution of  any  discrepancies  between  the  number  of  examinations  re- 
ceived from  the  district  coordinator  and  the  number  of  examinations  col- 
lected for  return  to  the  district  coordinator. 

(12)  Immediately  notifying  the  district  coordinator  of  any  tesfing 
irregularities,  security  breaches,  or  suspected  security  breaches  at  the  test 
site  before,  during,  or  after  the  administraUon  of  the  examination. 


• 


• 


Page  44 


Register  2007,  No.  51;  12-21-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  1211.5 


• 


• 


NOTE:  Aiilhoiily  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60851.  Hducation  Code:  and  20  USC  Section  631 1. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-20-2001 :  operative  7-20-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  25). 

2.  Amendmeni  of  section  heading,  .section  and  Nori-  filed  3-19-2004;  operative 
5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Reaister  2004. 
No.  21). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  tiled  8-16-2005;  operative 
8-16-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005.  No. 
33). 

4.  Amendmeni  filed  12-20-2007;  operaUve  12-20-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1  M3.4  (Register  2007.  No.  51). 

§1211.     High  School  Exit  Examination  Test  Security. 

(a)  Access  to  the  exatnination  materials  is  limited  to  eligible  pupils 
and  eligible  adult  students  taking  the  examination  for  the  purpose  of  ob- 
taining a  public  high  school  diploma  of  graduation,  and  those  who  have 
signed  the  security  affidavit  or  agreements,  including  employees  of  a 
school  district  directly  responsible  for  administration  of  the  examination, 
and  persons  assigned  by  a  nonpublic  school  to  implement  students'  lEPs. 

(b)  To  maintain  the  security  of  the  examination,  all  school  district  and 
test  site  coordinators  are  responsible  for  inventory  control  and  shall  use 
appropriate  inventory  control  forms  to  monitor  and  track  test  inventory. 

(c)  The  security  of  the  test  rnaterials  that  have  been  delivered  to  the 
.school  district  is  the  sole  responsibility  of  the  school  district  until  all  test 
materials  have  been  inventoried,  accounted  for.  and  delivered  to  the  com- 
mon or  private  carrier  designated  by  the  test  contractor. 

(d)  Once  test  materials  have  been  delivered  to  the  school  district,  se- 
cure transportation  of  the  test  materials  within  a  school  district  including 
to  nonpublic  schools  (for  students  placed  through  the  lEP  process),  court 
and  community  schools,  and  home  and  hospital  care,  is  the  responsibility 
of  the  school  district. 

(e)  No  examination  may  be  administered  in  a  home  or  hospital  except 
by  a  test  examiner.  No  examination  shall  be  administered  to  an  eligible 
pupil  by  the  parent  or  guardian  of  that  pupil.  This  subdivision  does  not 
prevent  classroom  aides  frorn  being  a  test  proctor  and  assisting  in  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  examination  under  the  supervision  of  a  test  examiner 
provided  that  the  classroom  aide  does  not  assist  his  or  her  own  child  and 
that  the  classroom  aide  signs  the  Test  Security  Affidavit  as  set  forth  in 
section  121 1.5. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
60850  and  60851.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-20-2001;  operative  7-20-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  25). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b),  (f).  (g)  and  (j),  new  subsection  (k)  and  amend- 
ment of  NoTi:  filed  5-1-2003;  operative  5-1-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1  1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  18). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  5-19-2004;  operative 
5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004, 
No.  21). 

4.  Amendment  filed  8-16-2005;  operative  8-16-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  33). 

5.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a),  (c)  and  (d)  filed  12-20-2007;  operative 
12-20-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2007, 
No.  5 1 ). 

§  1 21 1 .5.    High  School  Exit  Examination  Test  Security 
Forms. 

(a)  All  district  and  test  site  coordinators  shall  sign  the  California  High 
School  Exit  Examination  Test  Security  Agreement  set  forth  in  subdivi- 
sion (b). 

(b)  The  California  High  School  Exit  Examination  Test  Security 
Agreement  shall  be  as  follows: 

CALIFORNIA  HIGH  SCHOOL  EXIT  EXAMINATION  TEST 
SECURITY  AGREEMENT 

(1)1  will  ensure  that  all  test  examiners  are  trained  to  administer  the  ex- 
amination in  compliance  with  the  test  administration  manuals. 


(2)  I  will  take  all  necessary  precautions  to  safeguard  all  test  materials 
by  limiting  access  to  persons  within  the  school  district  with  a  responsible, 
professional  interest  in  the  examination's  security. 

(3)  I  will  not  disclose,  or  allow  to  be  disclosed,  the  contents  of  the  ex- 
amination. 

(4)  I  will  keep  on  file  the  names  of  persons  having  access  to  test  materi- 
als. All  persons  having  access  to  the  materials  shall  be  required  to  sign 
the  California  High  School  Exit  Examination  Test  Security  Affidavit  that 
will  be  kept  on  file  in  the  school  district  office. 

(5)  I  will  keep  the  test  materials  in  a  secure,  locked  location,  limiting 
access  to  only  those  persons  responsible  for  test  security,  except  on  actual 
testing  dates  as  provided  in  California  Code  of  Regulations,  title  5,  divi- 
sion 1 ,  chapter  2,  subchapter  6. 

(6)  I  will  not  copy  any  part  of  the  examination  or  test  materials  unless 
necessary  to  administer  the  examination  pursuant  to  section  1215.5  or 
1216. 

(7)  I  will  not  review  test  questions,  develop  any  scoring  keys,  or  review 
or  score  any  pupil  responses  except  as  required  by  the  test  contractor's 
manuals. 

By  signing  my  name  to  this  document,  I  am  assuring  that  I  will  abide 
by  the  above  conditions. 

Signed:  

Print  name: 

Title: 

School  District/Affiliation: 

Date: 


(c)  All  persons  having  access  to  the  California  High  School  Exit  Ex- 
amination, including  but  not  limited  to  the  test  site  coordinator,  test  ex- 
aminers, test  proctors,  scribes,  and  persons  assigned  by  a  nonpublic 
school  to  implement  students'  IlEPs  shall  acknowledge  the  limited  pur- 
pose of  their  access  to  the  examination  by  signing  the  California  High 
School  Exit  Examination  Test  Security  Affidavit  set  forth  in  subdivision 
(d). 

(d)  The  California  High  School  Exit  Examination  Test  Security  Affi- 
davit shall  be  as  follows: 

CALIFORNIA  HIGH  SCHOOL  EXIT  EXAMINATION  TEST 
SECURITY  AFFIDAVIT 

I  acknowledge  that  I  will  have  access  to  test  materials  for  the  purpose 
of  administering  the  examination.  I  understand  that  the.se  materials  are 
highly  secure,  and  it  is  my  professional  responsibility  to  protect  their  se- 
curity as  follows: 

(1)1  will  not  divulge  the  contents  of  the  examination  to  any  other  per- 
son through  verbal,  written,  or  any  other  means  of  communication. 

(2)  I  will  not  copy  any  part  of  the  test  materials. 

(3)  I  will  keep  the  examination  secure  until  the  examination  is  actually 
distributed  to  eligible  pupils  or  eligible  adult  students. 

(4)  I  will  limit  access  to  the  test  materials  by  test  examinees  to  the  actu- 
al testing  periods  when  they  are  taking  the  examination. 

(5)  I  will  collect  and  account  for  all  materials  following  each  examina- 
tion and  will  not  permit  eligible  pupils  or  eligible  adult  students  to  re- 
move test  materials  from  the  room  where  testing  takes  place. 

(6)  I  will  not  review  any  test  questions,  passages,  or  other  test  items 
with  eligible  pupils  or  eligible  adult  students  before,  during,  or  after  the 
examination. 

(7)  I  will  return  all  test  materials  to  the  designated  test  site  coordinator 
upon  completion  of  the  examination. 

(8)  I  will  not  interfere  with  the  independent  work  of  any  eligible  pupil 
or  eligible  adult  student  taking  the  examination  and  I  will  not  compro- 
mise the  security  of  the  examination  by  any  means  including,  but  not  lim- 
ited to: 

(A)  Providing  eligible  pupils  or  eligible  adult  students  with  access  to 
examination  questions  prior  to  testing. 

(B)  Copying,  reproducing,  transmitting,  distributing  or  using  in  any 
manner  inconsistent  with  test  security  all  or  any  section  of  any  secure  test 
materials. 


Page  45 


Register  2007,  No.  51;  12-21  -2007 


§1212 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(C)  Coaching  eligible  pupils  or  eligible  adult  students  during  testing 
or  altering  or  interfering  with  the  eligible  pupil's  or  eligible  adult  stu- 
dent's responses  in  any  way. 

(D)  Making  answer  keys  available  to  eligible  pupils  or  eligible  adult 
students. 

(E)  Failing  to  follow  security  rules  for  distribution  and  return  of  secure 
test  materials  as  directed,  or  failing  to  account  for  all  secure  test  materials 
before,  during,  and  after  testing. 

(F)  Failing  to  follow  test  administration  directions  specified  in  test  ad- 
ministration manuals. 

(G)  Participating  in,  directing,  aiding,  counseling,  assisting  in,  or  en- 
couraging any  of  the  acts  prohibited  in  this  section. 

(9)  I  will  administer  the  examination  in  accordance  with  the  directions 
for  administration  set  forth  in  the  test  contractor's  manuals  for  adminis- 
tration of  the  examination. 

(10)  I  have  been  trained  to  administer  the  examination. 

Signed:  

Print  name: 

Title:   

School  District/Affiliation: 

Date:  


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
60850  and  60851,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-19-2004;  operative  5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004,  No.  21). 

2.  Amendment  filed  8-16-2005;  operative  8-16-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  33). 

3.  Amendment  filed  12-20-2007;  operative  12-20-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  51). 

§  1 21 2.    Test  Site  Delivery. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60851,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-20-2001;  operative  7-20-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  25). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-1-2003;  operative  5-1-2003  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  18). 

3.  Repealer  filed  5-19-2004;  operative  5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004,  No.  21). 


Article  3.    High  School  Exit  Examination 

Testing  Variations/Accommodations/ 

Modifications/Waivers 

§1215.    Testing  Variations. 

(a)  School  districts  may  provide  all  eligible  pupils  and  eligible  adult 
students  the  following  testing  variations: 

(1)  extra  time  within  a  testing  day. 

(2)  test  directions  that  are  simplified  or  clarified. 

(3)  student  marks  in  test  booklets  (other  than  responses),  including 
highlighting. 

(b)  All  eligible  pupils  and  eligible  adult  students  may  have  the  follow- 
ing testing  variations  if  regularly  used  in  the  classroom: 

( 1 )  special  or  adaptive  furniture. 

(2)  special  lighting,  special  acoustics,  or  visual  magnifying  or  audio 
amplification  equipment. 

(3)  an  individual  carrel  or  study  enclosure. 

(4)  test  individual  student  in  a  separate  room  provided  that  the  eligible 
pupil  or  eligible  adult  student  is  directly  supervised  by  an  employee  of 
the  school,  school  district,  or  nonpublic  school,  who  has  signed  the  Test 
Security  Affidavit. 

(5)  colored  overlay,  mask,  or  other  means  to  maintain  visual  attention 
to  the  examination  or  test  items. 

(6)  Manually  Coded  English  or  American  Sign  Language  to  present 

directions  for  test  administration. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60851,  Education  Code. 


History 

1.  New  article  3  (.sections  1215-1219.5)  and  section  filed  12-21-2001;  operative 
1-20-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  article  heading  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  5-1-2003;  opera- 
tive 5-1-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003, 
No.  18). 

3.  Amendment  of  article  heading,  section  heading  and  section  filed  5-19-2004; 
operative  5- 1 9-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4(c)  (Regis- 
ter 2004.  No.  21). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  8-16-2005;  operative 
8- 1 6-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005.  No. 
33). 

5.  Amendment  of  suhsection  (a)(3)  and  repealer  of  subsection  (c)  filed 
12-20-2007;  operative  12-20-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4  (Register  2007.  No.  51). 

§  1215.5.    Accommodations  for  Pupils  or  Adult  Students 
with  Disabilities. 

(a)  Eligible  pupils  or  eligible  adult  students  with  disabilities  shall  be 
permitted  to  take  the  examination  with  the  following  accommodations  if 
specified  in  the  eligible  pupil's  or  eligible  adult  student's  lEP  or  Section 
504  plan  for  use  on  the  examination,  standardized  testing,  or  for  use  dur- 
ing classroom  instruction  and  assessments. 

(b)  Presentation  accommodations  include: 

(1 )  large  print  versions  in  20-point  font. 

(2)  examination  enlarged  if  larger  than  20-point  font  is  required. 

(3)  Braille  transcriptions  provided  by  the  test  contractor. 

(4)  audio  or  oral  presentation  of  the  mathematics  section  of  the  ex- 
amination. 

(5)  Manually  Coded  English  or  American  Sign  Language  to  present 
test  questions  on  the  mathematics  section  of  the  examination. 

(c)  Response  accommodations  include: 

( 1 )  responses  marked  in  test  booklet  and  transferred  to  the  answer  doc- 
ument by  a  school,  school  district,  or  nonpublic  school  employee  who 
has  signed  the  Test  Security  Affidavit. 

(2)  responses  dictated  orally,  or  in  Manually  Coded  English  or  in 
American  Sign  Language  to  a  scribe  for  selected-response  items  (e.g., 
multiple-choice  test  questions). 

(3)  responses  dictated  orally  or  in  Manually  Coded  English  to  a  scribe, 
audio  recorder  or  speech-to-text  converter  on  the  writing  portion  of  the 
examination,  and  the  eligible  pupil  or  eligible  adult  student  indicates  all 
spelling  and  language  conventions. 

(4)  word  processing  software  with  spell  and  grammar  check  tools 
turned  off  on  the  writing  portion  of  the  examination. 

(5)  an  assistive  device  that  does  not  interfere  with  the  independent 
work  of  the  eligible  pupil  or  eligible  adult  student  on  the  multiple  choice 
or  writing  portion  of  the  examination. 

(d)  Scheduling/timing  accommodations  include: 

( 1 )  testing  over  more  than  one  day  after  consultation  with  the  test  con- 
tractor. 

(2)  supervised  breaks  within  a  section  of  the  examination. 

(3)  administration  of  the  examination  at  the  most  beneficial  time  of 
day  to  the  eligible  pupil  or  eligible  adult  student  after  consultation  with 
the  test  contractor. 

(e)  Setting  accommodations  include  tests  administered  by  a  test  ex- 
aminer to  an  eligible  pupil  or  eligible  adult  student  at  home  or  in  the  hos- 
pital. 

(f)  The  use  of  accommodations  on  the  examination  will  not  invalidate 
an  eligible  pupil's  or  eligible  adult  student's  test  score  or  scores. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
60850,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1217  to  new  section  1215.5,  including  amend- 
ment of  section  heading  and  section,  filed  5-19-2004;  operative  5-19-2004 
pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004,  No.  21 ). 

2.  Amendment  filed  8-16-2005;  operative  8-16-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  secnon  11343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  33). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)(2)  and  repealer  of  subsection  (g)  filed 
12-20-2007;  operative  12-20-2(X)7  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
11343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  51). 


• 


Page  46 


Register  2007,  No.  51;  12-21  -2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  1218.5 


§  1 21 6.     Modifications  for  Pupils  or  Adult  Students  with 
Disabilities. 

(a)  Eligible  pupils  or  eligible  adult  students  with  disabilities  shall  be 
permitted  to  take  the  examination  with  the  following  modifications  if 
specified  in  the  eligible  pupil's  or  eligible  adult  student's  lEP  or  Section 
504  plan  for  use  on  the  examination,  standardized  testing,  or  for  use  dur- 
ing classroom  instruction  and  assessments. 

(b)  The  following  are  modifications  as  defined  by  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 60850  because  tiiey  fundamentally  alter  what  the  examination  mea- 
sures or  affect  the  comparability  of  scores: 

( 1 )  arithmetic  table,  calculators,  or  math  manipulalives  on  the  mathe- 
matics section  of  the  examination. 

(2)  audio  or  oral  presentation  of  the  English-language  arts  section  of 
the  examination. 

(3)  Manually  Coded  English  or  American  Sign  Language  to  present 
test  questions  on  the  English-language  arts  section  of  the  examination. 

(4)  spellcheckers,  grammar  checkers,  or  word  processing  software 
programs  that  check  or  correct  spelling  and/or  grammar  on  the  writing 
portion  of  the  examination. 

(5)  mechanical  or  electronic  devices  or  other  assistive  devices  that  are 
not  u.sed  solely  to  record  the  eligible  pupil's  or  eligible  adult  student's  re- 
sponses, including  but  not  limited  to  transcribers,  scribes,  voice  recogni- 
tion or  voice-to-text  software,  and  that  identify  a  potential  error  in  the 
eligible  pupil's  or  eligible  adult  student's  response  or  that  correct  spell- 
ing, grammar  or  conventions  on  the  writing  portion  of  the  examination. 

(6)  responses  dictated  orally,  in  Manually  Coded  English,  or  in  Ameri- 
can Sign  Language  to  provide  an  essay  response  to  a  scribe  and  the  scribe 
provides  spelling,  grammar,  and  language  conventions. 

(7)  dictionary  on  any  section  of  the  examination. 

(c )  For  the  purposes  of  receiving  a  high  school  diploma,  an  eligible  pu- 
pil or  eligible  adult  student  who  takes  the  examination  with  one  or  more 
modifications  shall  receive  a  score  that  is  not  valid  for  the  sections  of  the 
examination  on  which  the  modifications  were  used.  If  the  score  is  equiva- 
lent to  a  passing  score,  the  eligible  pupil  or  eligible  adult  student  may  be 
eligible  for  a  waiver  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  60851. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  .^3031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60850,  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Section  631 1. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-21-2001;  operative  1-20-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  Norn  filed  5-1-2003;  operative  5-1-2003  pursuant  to  Govern- 
ment Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  18). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  repealer  and  new  section  filed  5-19-2004; 
operative  5-1 9-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4(c)  (Resis- 
ter2004.  No.  21). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  8-16-2005;  operative  8-16-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  33). 

5.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)(2)-(3)  and  (c)  and  repealer  of  subsection  (d) 
filed  12-20-2007;  operative  12-20-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
lion  11343.4  (Register  2007,  No,  51). 

§1217.     English  Learners. 

School  districts  shall  provide  identified  English  learner  pupils  or  adult 
English  learner  students  the  following  additional  testing  variations  if  reg- 
ularly used  in  the  classroom  or  for  assessment: 

(a)  Flexible  setting.  English  learners  may  have  the  opportunity  to  be 
tested  in  a  separate  room  with  other  English  learners  provided  that  the  eli- 
gible pupil  or  eligible  adult  student  is  directly  supervised  by  an  employee 
of  the  school,  district,  or  nonpublic  school,  who  has  signed  the  Test  Secu- 
rity Affidavit. 

(b)  Flexible  schedule.  English  learners  may  have  additional  super- 
vised breaks  within  a  testing  day. 

(c)  Flexible  time.  English  learners  may  have  extra  time  on  the  ex- 
amination within  a  testing  day. 

(d)  Translated  directions.  English  learners  may  have  the  opportunity 
to  hear  the  test  directions  printed  in  the  test  contractor's  manual  trans- 
lated into  their  primary  language.  English  learners  may  have  the  opportu- 
nity to  ask  clarifying  questions  about  the  test  directions  in  their  primary 
language. 


(e)  Glossaries.  English  learners  may  have  access  to  translation  glossa- 
ries (English  to  primary  language  and/or  primary  language  to  English). 
The  glossaries  are  to  include  only  the  English  word  or  phrase  with  the 
corresponding  primary  language  word  or  phrase.  The  glossaries  shall  in- 
clude no  definitions,  formulas,  or  parts  of  speech. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  12001  and  33031.  Education  Code.  Ret'crcnce: 
Sections  6081 0(7)(d)(  I ).  60850  and  60852.  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Section 
63 1 1 . 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-21-2001;  operafive  1-20-2002  (Register  2001.  No.  51 ). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  subsection  (c)and  Noti;  filed  5-1-2003;  opera- 
tive 5-1-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2003. 
No.  18). 

3.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1217  to  section  1215.5  and  renumbering  of  for- 
mer section  1217.5  to  section  1217,  including  amendment  of  section  heading, 
section  and  Note,  filed  .5-19-2004;  operative  5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Govern- 
ment Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004,  No,  21 ). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  8-16-2005;  operative  8-16-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  33), 

5.  Redesignafion  of  former  subsections  ( 1  )-(5)  as  new  subsections  (a)-(e)  and 
amendment  of  newly  designated  subsection  (e)  filed  12-20-2007;  operative 
12-20-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2007, 
No.  51). 

§  1217.5.     English  Language  Learners. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60850,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-21-2001;  operative  1-20-2002  (Register  2001.  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  5-1-2003;  operative  5-1-2003  pursuant  to  Govern- 
ment Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003.  No.  18). 

3.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1 2 1 7.5  to  section  1217  filed  5- 1 9-2004;  opera- 
five  5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register 
2004,  No.  21). 

§  1218.     Review  Process  for  Variations  Not  Specified  in 

Sections  1215, 1215.5,  or  1216  in  Administering 
the  Examination. 

(a)  The  school  district  must  file  a  request  with  the  CDE  for  review  and 
approval  of  proposed  examination  variations  that  are  not  specified  in  sec- 
tions 1215,  1215.5,  or  1216.  Requests  must  be  received  by  the  CDE  at 
least  30  working  days  in  advance  of  the  proposed  administration  of  the 
examination. 

(b)  The  request  for  review  of  proposed  variations  in  administering  the 
examination  must  include: 

(1)  A  description  of  the  requested  variation(s). 

(2)  If  applicable,  a  certification  that  the  pupil's  or  adult  student's  lEP 
or  Section  504  plan  specifies  that  the  requested  variation  is  appropriate 
and  necessary  to  access  the  examination  due  to  the  pupil's  or  adult  stu- 
dent's identified  disability(ies)  and  that  such  variation  is  currently  listed 
in  the  pupil's  or  adult  student's  lEP  or  Section  504  plan. 

(c)  The  CDE  determinaUon  shall  be  a  final  administrative  decision  for 
purposes  of  review  under  the  Administrative  Procedure  Act. 

(d)  The  CDE  shall  issue  its  decision  within  1 5  working  days  of  receipt 
of  the  request  for  review  of  proposed  variation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code,  Reference:  Section 
60850,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-21-2001;  operative  1-20-2002  (Register  2001.  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  5-19-2004;  operative 
5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004, 
No.  21). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  subsections  (a),  (c)  and  (d)  filed 
12-20-2007;  operafive  12-20-2Ci07  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  51). 

§  1 21 8.5.     Use  of  Modifications. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
60850  and  60851,  Educafion  Code;  and  34  CFTi  Section  .300.138(a). 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-1-2003;  operative  5-1-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2003.  No.  18). 

2.  Repealer  filed  5-19-2004;  operafive  5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
secUon  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004,  No.  21). 


Page  46.1 


Register  2007,  No.  51;  12-21 -2007 


§  1218.6 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  1 21 8.6.    Waiver  Requests  on  Behalf  of  Pupils  in  a  State 
Special  School. 

(a)  For  a  pupil  in  a  state  special  school  who  is  eligible  for  a  waiver,  at 
the  parent  or  guardian's  request,  the  state  special  school  principal  shall 
submit  a  waiver  request  to  the  local  governing  board  of  the  school  district 
that  placed  the  pupil  in  the  state  special  school. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  48200,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  56\0l  and  60850,  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  Section  300.!38(a). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-19-2004;  operative  5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004,  No.  21). 

§  1 21 9.     Independent  Work  of  the  Pupil  or  Adult  Student 

In  administering  the  examination  with  accommodations  or  modifica- 
tions pursuant  to  Section  1 2 1 5.5  or  1 2 1 6,  school  districts  shall  ensure  thai 
all  examination  responses  are  the  independent  work  of  the  pupil  or  adult 
student.  School  districts,  school  district  personnel,  including  scribes  and 
nonpublic  school  personnel  are  prohibited  from  assisting  any  pupil  or 
adult  student  in  determining  how  the  pupil  or  adult  student  will  respond 
to  each  question,  and  are  prohibited  from  leading  or  directing  the  pupil 
or  adult  student  to  a  particular  response,  and  from  correcting,  prompting 
or  otherwise  influencing  a  response. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60850,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-21-2001;  operative  1-20-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  5-1-2003;  operative  5-1-2003  pursuant  to  Govern- 
ment Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  18). 

3.  Amendment  filed  5-19-2004;  operative  5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11343.4(c)  (Register  2004,  No.  21). 

4.  Amendment  filed  12-20-2007;  operative  12-20-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  51). 

§  1 21 9.5.    Invalidation  of  Test  Scores. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 

60850,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-21-2001;  operative  1-20-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  51 ). 

2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  5-1-2003;  operative  5-1-2003  pursuant  to  Govern- 
ment Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  18). 

3.  Repealer  filed  5-19-2004;  operative  5-1 9-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
section  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004,  No.  21). 

Article  4.    Cheating 

§1220.     Cheating. 

(a)  Any  pupil  or  adult  student  found  by  the  school  district  or  its  agents 
to  have  cheated  or  assisted  others  in  cheating,  or  to  have  compromised 
the  security  of  the  examination  shall  not  receive  a  score  from  that  test  ad- 
ministration. 

(b)  The  school  district  shall  notify  each  eligible  pupil  or  adult  student 
prior  to  each  administration  of  the  examination  of  the  provisions  of  sub- 
division (a). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 

6085 1 ,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  4  (section  1 220)  and  section  fi  led  6-20-200 1 ;  operati  ve  7-20-200 1 
(Register  2001,  No.  25). 

2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  5-1-2003;  operative  5-1-2003  pursuant  to  Govern- 
ment Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  18). 

3.  Amendment  filed  5-19-2004;  operative  5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  secnon  1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2004,  No.  21). 

Article  5.    Apportionment 

§1225.    Apportionment. 

(a)  Annually,  each  school  district  shall  receive  an  apportionment  in- 
formation report  with  the  following  information  for  those  examinations 
administered  during  the  previous  fiscal  year  (July  1  through  June  30). 

( 1 )  The  number  of  eligible  pupil  s  by  grade  level  and  eligible  adult  stu- 
dents enrolled  in  each  school  and  in  the  school  district  on  the  day  of  test- 


ing as  indicated  by  the  number  of  answer  documents  submitted  to  the  test 
contractor  for  scoring  for  each  administration. 

(2)  The  number  of  eligible  pupils  by  grade  level  and  eligible  adult  stu- 
dents who  were  administered  any  portion  of  the  examination. 

(3)  The  number  of  eligible  pupils  by  grade  level  with  demographic  in- 
formation only  who  were  not  tested  for  any  reason  other  than  because 
they  were  taking  the  CAPA. 

(b)  To  be  eligible  for  apportionment  payment,  school  districts  must 
meet  the  following  conditions: 

(1 )  The  school  district  has  returned  all  secure  test  materials; 

(2)  The  superintendent  of  the  school  district  has  certified  that  all  ex- 
aminations during  the  prior  fiscal  year  were  administered  in  compliance 
with  California  Code  of  Regulations,  title  5,  division  1,  chapter  2,  sub- 
chapter 6;  and 

(3)  The  superintendent  of  the  school  district  has  certified  the  accuracy 
of  the  apportionment  information  report  for  examinations  administered 
during  the  prior  fiscal  year  (July  1  through  June  30),  which  certification 
is  either: 

(A)  postmarked  by  December  3 1 ,  or 

(B)  if  postmarked  after  December  31,  the  apportionment  information 
report  must  be  accompanied  by  a  waiver  request  as  provided  by  Educa- 
tion Code  section  33050.  For  those  apportionment  information  reports 
postmarked  after  December  31,  apportionment  payment  is  contingent 
upon  the  availabiUty  of  an  appropriation  for  this  purpose  in  the  fiscal  year 
in  which  the  tests  were  administered. 

(c)  The  amount  of  funding  to  be  apportioned  to  the  school  district  for 
the  examination  shall  be  calculated  by  multiplying  the  amount  per  ad- 
ministration established  by  the  SBE  to  enable  school  districts  to  meet  the 
requirements  of  Education  Code  section  60851  by  the  number  of  eligible 
pupils  and  eligible  adult  students  in  the  school  district  tested  for  one  or 
both  portions  of  the  examination  during  the  previous  fiscal  year  as  deter- 
mined by  the  apportionment  information  report  certified  by  the  school 
district  superintendent  pursuant  to  subdivision  (b). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60851.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  5  (section  1225)  and  section  filed  6-20-2001;  operative  7-20-2001 
(Register  2001,  No.  25). 

2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  5-1-2003;  operafive  5-1-2003  pursuant  to  Govern- 
ment Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  18). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)  and  new  subsection  (d)  filed  5-19-2004;  opera- 
tive 5-19-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4(c)  (Register 
2004,  No.  21). 

4.  Repealer  and  new  subsections  (a)  and  (b),  amendment  of  subsection  (c)  and  re- 
pealer of  subsection  (d)  filed  8-16-2005;  operative  8-16-2(X)5  pursuant  to 
Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  33). 

5.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)(1),  new  subsection  (b)(2),  subsection  renumber- 
ing and  amendment  of  newly  designated  subsection  (b)(3)  and  subsection  (c) 
filed  12-20-2007;  operative  12-20-2007  pursuant  to  Govemmenl  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  51). 


Subchapter  7.    Graduation  of  Pupils  from 
Grade  12  and  Credit  Toward  Graduation 


Article  1 .    Measurement  of  Credit  Toward 
Graduation  from  Grade  12 

§1600.    Definitions. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  chapter: 

(a)  "Semester  period"  and  the  "time  equivalent  to  a  semester  period" 
mean: 

(1)  One  period  of  40  to  60  minutes  of  instructional  time  per  week 
throughout  one  semester  of  no  less  than  1 7  weeks. 

(2)  A  minimum  of  1 2  clock  hours  of  instructional  time  provided  during 
the  academic  year  or  in  a  summer  school. 

(b)  "Semester  period"  and  the  "content  equivalent  to  a  semester  peri- 
od" mean: 


Page  46.2 


Register  2007,  No.  51;  12-21-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


4}  1630 


( 1 )  While  the  content  to  be  covered  is  planned  within  the  time  frames 
referred  to  in  (a),  a  student  may  be  granted  one  semester  period  of  credit 
even  though  the  student  spends  less  than  the  aforementioned  amount  of 
time  in  completing  the  necessary  work. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  Article  1  (Sections  1600  through  1602)  filed  4-17-73:  effective 
thirtieih  dav  ihereafler  (Reeisler  73,  No.  16).  For  prior  history,  see  Retrisler  69. 
No.  .39. 

2.  New  Article  1  (§  1600)  filed  3-7-74:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
74,  No.  10). 

3.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77:  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter  (Register 

77,  No.  .39). 


Article  2.    Credit  Toward  High  School 
Graduation 

§  1 630.    Credit  for  College  Courses. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  51740  and  51760,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  2  (§§  16.30  through  1635)  filed  7-22-69:  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  69,  No.  30). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  ihereal  - 
ter(Register77,  No.  .39). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  9-1-2005  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1.  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2005.  No.  35). 


[The  next  page  is  47. 


Page  46.3 


Register  2007,  No.  51;  12-21-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§1650 


§  1631.     Credit  for  Private  Instruction. 

The  governing  board  may  gram  to  a  pupil  regularly  enrolled  and  in  at- 
tendance in  a  high  school,  credit  toward  graduation  from  Grade  12  for 
private  instruction  in  fields  and  subject  included  in  the  courses  of  study 
and  curricula  of  the  school.  The  pupil  shall  demonstrate,  by  examinations 
given  under  the  direction  and  supervision  of  the  school,  his  capabilities 
at  the  beginning  and  at  the  end  of  his  period  of  private  instruction  and  evi- 
dence that  he  has  made  progress  in  learning  satisfactory  to  the  school. 

§  1632.     Credit  for  Private  School  Foreign  Language 
Instruction. 

if  all  of  the  following  conditions  and  standards  are  met,  credit  for  for- 
eign language  studies  successfully  completed  in  a  private  school  shall  be 
granted  and  apply  toward  meeting  any  foreign  language  requirement  pre- 
scribed for  grades  9-12. 

(a)  The  pupil  seeking  credit  is  regularly  enrolled  and  in  attendance  in 
grade  9-12  of  the  district  or  is  applying  for  admission  thereto. 

(b)  The  pupil,  or  his  parent  or  guardian,  on  behalf  of  the  pupil,  makes 
written  application  for  the  credit,  specifying  the  private  school  attended 
and  the  amount  and  level  of  credit  requested;  and  submits  a  transcript  or 
other  documents  from  the  private  school  evidencing  the  pupil's  succes- 
sful completion  of  the  course.  The  amount  of  credit  sought  shall  not  be 
less  than  one  semester's  work  or  the  equivalent. 

(c)  The  pupil  demonstrates  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  principal  of  the 
public  school  in  which  he  is  enrolled  that  his  achievement  in  the  foreign 
language  is  equivalent  to  that  expected  of  a  pupil  of  comparable  ability 
taking  the  same  or  similar  instruction  at  the  specified  level  in  the  schools 
of  the  district.  The  principal's  determination  shall  be  based  upon  the  pri- 
vate school's  report  of  the  results  of  a  test  given  the  pupil  by  the  private 
school;  the  test  shall  have  been  developed  by  the  private  school  in  coop- 
eration with  the  district  of  the  pupil's  attendance.  If  the  institution  was 
a  school  located  outside  the  district,  the  determination  may  be  based  upon 
a  test  given  the  student  by  a  public  school  or  such  other  evidence  as  the 
principal  deems  appropriate. 

NOTE:  Specific  authority  cited:  Section  8705,  Education  Code. 

§  1633.    Credit  for  Correspondence  Instruction. 

Credit  toward  graduation  may  be  granted  for  correspondence  instruc- 
tion that  meets  the  requirements  of  (a)  and  (b),  is  in  a  subject  included  in 
the  pupil's  course  of  study,  and  is  given  by  an  institution  described  in 
Education  Code  Section  51740. 

Payment  of  the  cost  of  correspondence  instruction  may  be  made  by  the 
district,  only  if  the  requirements  of  Education  Code  Section  51740  or 
5 1 74 1 ,  as  applicable,  are  met  and  all  of  the  following  conditions  are  ful- 
filled: 

(a)  The  governing  board  determined  the  number  of  semester  periods 
to  be  credited  for  successful  completion  of  a  particular  correspondence 
course. 

(b)  No  more  than  40  semester  periods  of  instaiction  by  correspon- 
dence is  credited  to  a  pupil  toward  his  graduation  from  grade  12. 

(c)  The  district  applied,  on  a  form  furnished  by  the  State  Department 
of  Education  and  in  accordance  with  the  directions  thereon,  for  authori- 
zation to  provide  the  correspondence  instruction;  and  the  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction  authorized  it. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  1634.    Credit  to  Present  or  Past  Members  of  the  Armed 
Services. 

The  governing  board  maintaining  a  four-year  high  school  or  a  senior 
high  school  may  award  a  diploma  of  graduation  from  Grade  12  to  a  per- 
son described  in  Education  Code  Section  51440  who  meets  the  gradua- 
tion requirements  adopted  by  the  governing  board  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Section  51225,  or  their  equivalent.  The  governing  board  shall  keep 
a  permanent  record  of  the  credit  allowed  pursuant  to  this  section.  Credit 


toward  graduation  may  be  allowed  to  such  a  person  in  accordance  with 
the  following  table: 

Muxiiiiiiiii 

Scnu'slcr 

Work  Successfully  Periods  of 

Completed  Credit  Mhwcible 

(a)  Basic  or  recruit  training  program  wiih  the 

Armed  Forces  of  the  United  Slates 30 

(b)  Specialist  or  technical  training  program  in  the 
United  States  military  services  evidenced  by 
certification  of  the  U.S.  Armed  Forces  histitute, 
provided  the  training  is  in  subjects  thai  parallel 

courses  usually  taught  in  high  school 20  lor  each  course 

(c)  A  training  course,  as  a  member  of  the 
Armed  Forces,  in  a  vocation  that  is 

found  in  civilian  life 20  lor  each  course 

(d)  General  Educational  Development  Tests 
(high  school  level)  prepared  by  the 

American  Council  on  Education  with  both:  No  limit 

( 1 )  A  standard  score  of  40,  or  above,  on  each  of 
the  tests  in  the  battery. 

(2)  An  average  standard  score  of  43.  or  above. 

(e)  Work  experience  in  the  Armed  Forces  that 
parallels  a  course  or  courses  (usually  taught 
in  high  schools,  evidenced  by  a  statement 

upon  the  serviceman's  record 20 

(f)  Classes  completed  in  either: 

( 1 )  A  pubUc  high  school  in  the  United  States .5  lor  each  semesier 

course  completed 

(2)  A  private  high  school  of  equivalent  status  in 
the  United  States. 

(g)  Classes  in  subjects  included  in  the  high  school 
course  of  study  completed  in  a  junior  college 
or  college  in  the  United  States  accredited  by 

a  regional  accrediting  association.  3  1/3  (or  each 

one  credit  hour 

allowed  by  the 

junior  ct)llege 

or  college  in 

which  the  class 

was  taken. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  31440,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 

31420  and  51440,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (d)(1)  filed  7-28-86;  effective  upon  filing  (Reeisier 
86,  No.  31). 

§  1635.     Credit  for  Work  Experience  Education. 

The  governing  board  shall  grant  to  a  pupil  for  the  satisfactory  comple- 
tion of  work  experience  education  established  under  Education  Code 
Section  51760  credit  in  an  amount  not  to  exceed  a  total  of  40  semesier 
periods  made  up  of  one  or  a  combination  of  two  or  more  of  the  following 
types: 

(a)  For  Exploratory  Work  Experience  Education:  Ten  (10)  semester 
periods  for  each  semester,  with  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  peri- 
ods earned  in  two  semesters. 

(b)  For  General  Work  Experience  Education:  Ten  (JO)  semester  peri- 
ods for  each  semester  with  a  maximum  of  forty  (40)  semester  periods. 

(c)  For  Vocational  Work  Experience  Education:  Ten  ( 1 0)  semester  pe- 
riods for  each  semester  with  a  maximum  of  forty  (40)  semester  periods. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  section  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 


Article  3.    Diploma  of  Graduation 

§  1650.     Time  of  Granting  Diploma. 

Except  as  provided  in  Section  1651,  the  governing  board  shall  award 
the  diploma  of  graduation  from  grade  12  at  the  end  of  the  semesier  or 
summer  school  session  during  which  the  student  completed  the  course 
of  study  prescribed  by  the  governing  board. 

History 
1.  New  Article  3  (Sections  1630  and  1631)  filed  7-22-69;  effective  thirtieth  day 

thereafter  (Register  69,  No.  30). 


Page  47 


Register  2(K)4,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


§  1651 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  1651.    Time  of  Granting  Diploma  upon  Evaluation 
(Veterans). 

If  the  governing  board  evaluates  preparation  of  a  person  described  in 
Education  Code  Section  51440  as  provided  in  Section  1634,  and  finds 
that  he  meets  the  graduation  requirements  or  their  equivalent  specified 
in  that  section,  it  may  award  him  a  diploma  of  graduation  immediately. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Resister  77,  No. 
39). 


Chapter  3.     Handicapped  Children 

Subchapter  1 .    Special  Education 

Article  1.     General  Provisions 

§  3000.    Scope. 

(a)  This  chapter  applies  to  those  special  education  programs  which  are 
administered  under  a  local  plan  as  defined  in  Section  56027  and  Part  30 
of  the  Education  Code.  Provisions  of  this  chapter  shall  be  construed  as 
supplemental  to,  and  in  the  context  of.  Federal  laws  and  regulations  relat- 
ing to  individuals  with  exceptional  needs  in  effect  on  January  1,  1981, 
and  state  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  individuals  with  exceptional 
needs.  The  intent  of  this  chapter  is  to  assure  conformity  with  the  Educa- 
tion for  All  Handicapped  Children  Act.  Public  Law  94-142  (20  USC 
1401,  et  seq.)  and  Section  504  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973,  Public 
Law  93-1 12  (29  USC  794),  and  their  implementing  regulations  includ- 
ing Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Sections  300.1  et  seq,;  Sec- 
tions 104.1  et  seq.;  and  Sections  76.1  et  seq. 

(b)  A  school  district,  special  education  local  plan  area,  or  county  office 
shall  use  federal,  state,  local,  and  private  sources  of  support  which  are 
available  to  provide  services  as  specified  in  an  individualized  education 
program. 

(c)  Nothing  in  this  chapter  relieves  any  other  agency  from  an  otherwise 
valid  obligation  to  provide  or  pay  for  services  for  individuals  with  excep- 
tional needs.  Clarification  and  specificity  of  responsibilities  shall  be  in- 
cluded in  but  not  limited  to  interagency  agreements. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a),  (i)  and  (j).  Education  Code.  Reference: 
sections  56000-56001,  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  300.301. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  Division  3,  Chapters  1-5  (sections  3100-3797,  not  consecutive) 
and  new  Division  3,  Chapter  1,  Articles  1-7,  (sections  300-3080.  not  consecu- 
tive) filed  2-3-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82.  No.  6).  For 
prior  history  of  former  Division  3,  see  Registers  80,  No.  23;  80,  No.  12;  79,  No. 
38;  and  79;  and  79,  No.  16. 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88, 
No.  15). 

§3001.    Definitions. 

In  addition  to  those  found  in  Education  Code  sections  56020-56033, 
Public  Law  94-142  as  amended  (20  USC  1401  et  seq.),  and  Title  34, 
Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Part  300  and  301 ,  the  following  definitions 
are  provided: 

(a)  "Applicant"  means  an  individual,  firm,  partnership,  association,  or 
corporation  who  has  made  application  for  certification  as  a  nonpublic, 
nonsectarian  school,  or  agency. 

(b)  "Assessment  and  development  of  the  individualized  education 
program"  (lEP)  means  services  described  in  Education  Code  sections 
56320  et  seq.  and  56340  et  seq. 

(c)  "Behavioral  emergency"  is  the  demonstration  of  a  serious  behavior 
problem:  (1)  which  has  not  previously  been  observed  and  for  which  a  be- 
havioral intervention  plan  has  not  been  developed;  or  (2)  for  which  a  pre- 
viously designed  behavioral  intervention  is  not  effective.  Approved  be- 
havioral emergency  procedures  must  be  outlined  in  the  special  education 
local  planning  area  (SELPA)  local  plan. 


(d)  "Behavioral  intervention"  means  the  systematic  implementation 
of  procedures  that  result  in  lasting  positive  changes  in  the  individual's  be- 
havior. "Behavioral  intervention"  means  the  design,  implementation, 
and  evaluation  of  individual  or  group  instructional  and  environmental 
modifications,  including  programs  of  behavioral  instruction,  to  produce 
significant  improvements  in  human  behavior  through  skill  acquisition 
and  the  reduction  of  problematic  behavior.  "Behavioral  interventions" 
are  designed  to  provide  the  individual  with  greater  access  to  a  variety  of 
community  settings,  social  contacts  and  public  events;  and  ensure  the  in- 
dividual's right  to  placement  in  the  least  restrictive  educational  environ- 
ment as  outlined  in  the  individual's  lEP.  "Behavioral  interventions"  do 
not  include  procedures  which  cause  pain  or  trauma.  "Behavioral  inter- 
ventions" respect  the  individual's  human  dignity  and  personal  privacy. 
Such  interventions  shall  assure  the  individual's  physical  freedom,  social 
interaction,  and  individual  choice. 

(e)  "Behavioral  intervention  case  manager"  means  a  designated  certif- 
icated school/district/county/nonpublic  school  or  agency  staff  mem- 
ber(s)  or  other  qualified  personnel  pursuant  to  subsection  (ac)  contracted 
by  the  school  district  or  county  office  or  nonpublic  school  or  agency  who 
has  been  trained  in  behavior  analysis  with  an  emphasis  on  positive  be- 
havioral interventions.  The  "behavioral  intervention  case  manager"  is 
not  intended  to  be  a  new  staffing  requirement  and  does  not  create  any  new 
credentialing  or  degree  requirements.  The  duties  of  the  "behavioral  inter- 
vention case  manager"  may  be  performed  by  any  existing  staff  member 
trained  in  behavior  analysis  with  an  emphasis  on  positive  behavioral  in- 
terventions, including,  but  not  hmited  to,  a  teacher,  resource  specialist, 
school  psychologist,  or  program  specialist. 

(f)  "Behavioral  intervention  plan"  is  a  written  document  which  is  de- 
veloped when  the  individual  exhibits  a  serious  behavior  problem  that  sig- 
nificantly interferes  with  the  implementation  of  the  goals  and  objectives 
of  the  individual's  lEP.  The  "behavioral  intervention  plan"  shall  become 
part  of  the  lEP.  The  plan  shall  describe  the  frequency  of  the  consultation 
to  be  provided  by  the  behavioral  intervention  case  manager  to  the  staff 
members  and  parents  who  are  responsible  for  implementing  the  plan.  A 
copy  of  the  plan  shall  be  provided  to  the  person  or  agency  responsible  for 
implementation  in  noneducational  settings.  The  plan  shall  include  the 
following: 

(1)  a  summary  of  relevant  and  determinative  information  gathered 
from  a  functional  analysis  assessment; 

(2)  an  objective  and  measurable  description  of  the  targeted  maladap- 
tive behavior(s)  and  replacement  positive  behavior(s); 

(3)  the  individual's  goals  and  objectives  specific  to  the  behavioral  in- 
tervention plan; 

(4)  adetailed  description  of  the  behavioral  interventions  to  be  used  and 
the  circumstances  for  their  use; 

(5)  specific  schedules  for  recording  the  frequency  of  the  use  of  the  in- 
terventions and  the  frequency  of  the  targeted  and  replacement  behaviors; 
including  specific  criteria  for  discontinuing  the  use  of  the  intervention  for 
lack  of  effectiveness  or  replacing  it  with  an  identified  and  specified  alter- 
native; 

(6)  criteria  by  which  the  procedure  will  be  faded  or  phased-out,  or  less 
intense/frequent  restrictive  behavioral  intervention  schedules  or  tech- 
niques will  be  used; 

(7)  those  behavioral  interventions  which  will  be  used  in  the  home,  resi- 
dential facility,  work  site  or  other  noneducational  settings;  and 

(8)  specific  dates  for  periodic  review  by  the  lEP  team  of  the  efficacy 
of  the  program. 

(g)  "Board"  means  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

(h)  "Certification"  means  authorization  by  the  State  Superintendent  of 
F*ublic  Instruction  (Superintendent)  for  a  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic 
agency  to  service  individuals  with  exceptional  needs  under  a  contract 
pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  section  56366(c). 

(i)  "Contracting  education  agency,"  means  school  district,  special 
education  local  plan  area,  or  county  office  of  education. 

(j)  "Credential"  means  any  valid  credential,  Ufe  diploma,  permit,  or 
document  in  special  education  or  pupil  personnel  services  issued  by,  or 


Page  48 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6  - 11  -  2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  3001 


under  ihe  jurisdiction  of.  liie  State  board  of  Education  prior  to  1 970  or  the 
Calit'omia  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing,  which  entitles  the 
holder  thereof  to  perform  services  for  which  certification  qualifications 
are  required. 

(k)  "'Department"  means  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(/)  "Department  of  Consumer  Affairs"  means  the  California  Depart- 
ment of  Consumer  Affairs. 

(m)  "Dual  enrollment"  means  the  concurrent  attendance  of  the  indi- 
vidual in  a  public  education  agency  and  a  nonpublic  school  and/or  a  non- 
public agency. 

(n)  "Feasible"  as  used  in  Education  Code  section  56363(a)  means  the 
individualized  education  program  team: 

( 1 )  has  determined  the  regular  class  teacher,  special  class  teacher,  and/ 
or  resource  specialist  possesses  the  necessary  competencies  and  creden- 
tials/certificates to  provide  the  designated  instruction  and  service  speci- 
fied in  the  individualized  education  program,  and 

(2)  has  considered  the  time  and  activities  required  to  prepare  for  and 
provide  the  designated  instruction  and  service  by  the  regular  class  teach- 
er, special  class  teacher,  and/or  resource  specialist. 

(0)  "Free  appropriate  public  education"  means  special  education  and 
related  services  that: 

(1)  have  been  provided  at  public  expense,  under  public  supervision 
and  direction  and  without  charge: 

(2)  meets  any  of  the  standards  established  by  state  or  federal  law; 

(3)  include  an  appropriate  preschool,  elementary,  or  secondary  school 
education  in  California;  and 

(4)  are  provided  in  conformity  with  the  individualized  education  pro- 
gram required  under  state  and  federal  law. 

(p)  "Individual  Services  Agreement"  means  a  document,  prepared  by 
the  local  education  agency,  that  specifies  the  length  of  time  for  which 
special  education  and  de.signated  instruction  and  services  are  to  be  pro- 
vided, by  nonpublic  schools  and/or  nonpublic  agencies,  to  individuals 
with  exceptional  needs. 

(q)  "Instructional  day"  shall  be  the  same  period  of  time  as  regular 
school  day  for  that  chronological  peer  group  unless  otherwise  specified 
in  the  individualized  education  program. 

(r)  "License"  means  a  valid  nonexpired  document  issued  by  a  licens- 
ing agency  within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs  or  other  state  li- 
censing office  authorized  to  grant  licenses  and  authorizing  the  bearer  of 
the  document  to  provide  certain  professional  services  or  refer  to  them- 
selves using  a  specified  professional  title.  If  a  license  is  not  available 
through  an  appropriate  state  licensing  agency,  a  certificate  of  registration 
with  the  appropriate  professional  organization  at  the  national  or  state  lev- 
el which  has  standards  established  for  the  certificate  that  are  equivalent 
to  a  license  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  license. 

(s)  Linguistically  appropriate  goals,  objectives,  and  programs  means: 

(1)(A)  Those  activities  which  lead  to  the  development  of  English  lan- 
guage proficiency;  and 

(B)  Those  instructional  systems  either  at  the  elementary  or  secondary 
level  which  meet  the  language  development  needs  of  the  English  lan- 
guage learner. 

(2)  For  individuals  whose  primary  language  is  other  than  English,  and 
whose  potential  for  learning  a  second  language,  as  determined  by  the  in- 
dividualized education  program  teain,  is  severely  limited,  nothing  in  this 
section  shall  preclude  the  individualized  education  program  team  from 
determining  that  instruction  may  be  provided  through  an  alternative  pro- 
gram pursuant  to  a  waiver  under  Education  Code  section  3 1 1  (c),  includ- 
ing a  program  provided  in  the  individual's  primary  language,  provided 
that  the  lEP  team  periodically,  but  not  less  than  annually,  reconsiders  the 
individual's  ability  to  receive  instruction  in  the  English  language. 

(t)  "Local  education  agency"  means  a  public  board  of  education  or  oth- 
er public  authority  legally  constituted  in  California  for  either  administra- 
tive control  or  direction  of,  or  to  perform  a  service  function  for,  public 
elementary  or  secondary  schools  in  a  city,  county,  township,  school  dis- 
trict, or  other  political  subdivision  of  California,  or  such  combination  of 


school  districts  or  counties  as  are  recognized  in  California  as  an  adminis- 
trative agency  for  its  public  elementary  or  secondary  schools. 

(u)  "Local  governing  board,"  means  either  district  or  county  board  of 
education. 

(v)  "Master  contract"  means  the  legal  document  that  binds  the  public 
education  agency  and  the  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency. 

(w)  "Nonsectarian"  means  a  private,  nonpublic  school  or  agency  that 
is  not  owned,  operated,  controlled  by,  or  formally  affiliated  with  a  reli- 
gious group  or  sect,  whatever  might  be  the  actual  character  of  the  educa- 
tion program  or  the  primary  purpose  of  the  facility  and  whose  articles  of 
incorporation  and/or  by-laws  stipulate  that  the  assets  of  such  agency  or 
corporation  will  not  inure  to  the  benefit  of  a  religious  group. 

(x)  "Primary  language"  means  the  language  other  than  English,  or  oth- 
er mode  of  communication,  the  person  first  learned,  or  the  language 
which  is  spoken  in  the  person's  home. 

(y)  "Qualified"  means  that  a  person  has  met  federal  and  state  certifica- 
tion, licensing,  registration,  or  other  comparable  requirements  which  ap- 
ply to  the  area  in  which  he  or  she  is  providing  special  education  or  related 
services,  or.  in  the  absence  of  such  requirements,  the  state-education- 
agency-approved  or  recognized  requirements,  and  adheres  to  the  stan- 
dards of  professional  practice  established  in  federal  and  state  law  or  regu- 
lation, including  the  standards  contained  in  the  California  Business  and 
Professions  Code.  Nothing  in  this  definition  shall  be  construed  as  re- 
stricting the  activities  in  services  of  a  graduate  needing  direct  hours  lead- 
ing to  licensure,  or  of  a  student  teacher  or  intern  leading  to  a  graduate  de- 
gree at  an  accredited  or  approved  college  or  university,  as  authorized  by 
state  laws  or  regulations. 

(z)  "Related  services"  means  transportation,  and  such  developmental, 
corrective,  and  other  supportive  services  (including  speech  pathology 
and  audiology,  psychological  services,  physical  and  occupational  thera- 
py, recreation,  including  therapeutic  recreation,  social  work  services, 
counseling  services,  including  rehabilitation  counseling,  and  medical 
services,  except  that  such  medical  services  shall  be  for  diagnostic  and 
evaluation  purposes  only)  as  required  to  assist  an  individual  with  excep- 
tional needs  to  benefit  from  special  education,  and  includes  the  early 
identification  and  assessment  of  disabling  conditions  in  children.  Related 
services  include,  but  are  not  limited  to.  Designated  Instruction  and  Ser- 
vices. The  list  of  related  services  is  not  exhaustive  and  may  include  other 
developmental,  corrective,  or  supportive  services  if  they  are  required  to 
assist  a  child  with  a  disability  to  benefit  from  special  education.  Each  re- 
lated service  defined  under  this  part  may  include  appropriate  administra- 
tive and  supervisory  activities  that  are  necessary  for  program  planning, 
management,  and  evaluation. 

(aa)  "Serious  behavior  problems"  means  the  individual's  behaviors 
which  are  self-injurious,  assaultive,  or  cause  serious  properly  damage 
and  other  severe  behavior  problems  that  are  pervasive  and  maladaptive 
for  which  instructional/behavioral  approaches  specified  in  the  student's 
lEP  are  found  to  be  ineffective. 

(ab)  "Specified  education  placement"  means  that  unique  combination 
of  facilities,  personnel,  location  or  equipment  necessary  to  provide 
instructional  services  to  an  individual  with  exceptional  needs,  as  speci- 
fied in  the  lEP,  in  any  one  or  a  combination  of  public,  private,  home  and 
hospital,  or  residential  setting.  The  lEP  team  shall  document  its  rationale 
forplacement  in  other  than  the  pupil's  school  and  classroom  in  which  the 
pupil  would  otherwise  attend  if  the  pupil  were  not  disabled.  The  docu- 
mentation shall  indicate  why  the  pupil's  disability  prevents  his  or  her 
needs  from  being  met  in  a  less  restrictive  environment  even  with  the  use 
of  supplementary  aids  and  services. 

(ac)  "Special  education"  means  specially  designed  instruction,  at  no 
cost  to  the  parents,  to  meet  the  unique  needs  of  individuals  with  excep- 
tional needs  whose  educational  needs  cannot  be  met  with  modification 
of  the  regular  instruction  program,  and  related  services,  at  no  cost  to  the 
parent,  thai  may  be  needed  to  assisl  these  individuals  to  benefit  from  spe- 
cially designed  instruction. 


Page  49 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 11  -2004 


§3010 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(ad)  "Specialized  physical  health  care  services"  means  those  health 
services  prescribed  by  the  individual's  licensed  physician  and  surgeon 
requiring  medically  related  training  for  the  individual  who  performs  the 
services  and  which  are  necessary  during  the  school  day  to  enable  the  indi- 
vidual to  attend  school. 

(ae)  "Superintendent"  means  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction. 

(af)  "Temporary  physical  disability"  means  a  disability  incurred  while 
an  individual  was  in  a  regular  education  class  and  which  at  the  termina- 
tion of  the  temporary  physical  disability,  the  individual  can.  without  spe- 
cial intervention,  reasonably  be  expected  to  return  to  his  or  her  regular 
education  class. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  56100  and  56523(a),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  33000,  33300,  49423.5.  56026,  56034,  56320,  56361.  56366, 
56520  and  56523.  Education  Code;  Section  2,  Article  IX,  Constitution  of  the  State 
of  California;  Sections  1401(8)  and  (17),  United  States  Code,  Title  20;  and  Sec- 
tions 300.4  and  300.12,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations.  Title  34. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

2.  New  subsections  (c)-(f)(8)  and  (y)  and  subsection  relettering,  amendment  of 
newly  designated  subsections  (j),  (k),  (p)(  1  )(B)-(p)(3),  (r),  (s),  (v),  (z)  and  (aa), 
and  amendment  of  opening  paragraph  and  Note  filed  4-20-93;  operative 
5-20-93  (Register  93,  No.  I?). 

3.  Editorial  correction  of  subsection  (b)  (Register  96,  No.  8). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsections  (f),  (f)(7),  (j)  and  (y)  filed  2-23-96  as  an  emergency; 
operative  2-23-96  (Register  96,  No.  8).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  6-22-96  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  op- 
eration of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Editorial  correction  of  subsection  (j)  (Register  96,  No.  32). 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-23-96  order  transmitted  to  OAL  6-2 1  -96  and 
filed  8-5-96  (Register  96,  No.  32). 

7.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  7-18-97  as  an  emergency;  operative 
7-1 8-97  (Register  97,  No.  29).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted 
to  OAL  by  1 1-17-97  or  emergency  amendments  will  be  repealed  by  operation 
of  law  on  the  following  day. 

8.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  refiled  1 1-14-97  as  an  emergency;  operative 
11-14-97  (Register  97,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  3-16-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

9.  Reinstatement  of  secfion  and  Note  as  they  existed  prior  to  7-1 8-97  emergency 
amendment  by  operation  of  Government  Code  secfion  1 1346.1(f)  (Register  98, 
No.  16). 

10.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  4—16-98  as  an  emergency;  operative 
4-16-98  (Register  98,  No.  16).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted 
to  OAL  by  8-14-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law 
on  the  following  day. 

1 1 .  Reinstatement  of  section  and  Note  as  they  existed  prior  to  4- 1 6-98  emergency 
amendment  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(f)  (Register  98, 

No.  34). 

12.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph,  new  subsections  (c),  (d),  (n),  (v),  (w),  (z),  (aa), 
(ae),  (ag)  and  (a)(k),  subsection  relettering,  amendment  of  newly  designated 
subsections  (0,  (g),  (i),  (o),  (q),  (r),  (s)(2),  (x),  (y),  (ab),  (ac)  and  (ad),  and 
amendment  of  Note  filed  8-19-98  as  an  emergency;  operafive  8-19-98  (Reg- 
ister 98,  No.  34).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
12-17-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

13.  Reinstatement  of  section  and  Note  as  they  existed  prior  to  8-19-98  emergency 
amendment  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(f)  (Register  98, 

No.  52). 

14.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph,  new  subsections  (c),  (d),  (n),  (v),  (w),  (z),  (aa), 
(ae),  (ag)  and  (ak),  subsection  relettering,  amendment  of  newly  designated  sub- 
sections (f),  (g),  (i),  (o),  (q),  (r)  and  (s)(l)(A)-(B),  repealer  of  subsection  (s)(2), 
subsection  renumbering,  amendment  of  newly  designated  subsecfions  (s)(2), 
(x),  (y),  (ab),  (ac),  (ad)  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  12-21-98  as  an  emergen- 
cy; operative  12-21-98  (Register  98,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-20-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

15.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  3-25-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-25-99 
(Register  99,  No.  13).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  7-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

16.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-25-99  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion and  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  7-23-99  and  filed  9-1-99  (Register  99,  No. 
36). 


Article  2.     Administration 

§3010.    Other  Public  Agencies. 

Educational  programs  and  services  administered  by  other  public  agen- 
cies which  provide  educational  programs  and  services  to  individuals  with 
exceptional  needs  shall  adhere  to  the  provisions  of  federal  and  state  laws 
and  regulations  relating  to  individuals  with  exceptional  needs. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code;  20  U.S.C. 
1414(c)(2)(B);  and  34  CFR  .300.600.  Reference:  Sections  56000.  56]00(i)  and 
56500.  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  300.2.  30.1 1,  300.60. 

Article  3.    Identification,  Referral,  and 
Assessment 

§3021.     Referral. 

(a)  All  referrals  for  special  education  and  related  services  shall  initiate 
the  assessment  process  and  shall  be  documented.  When  a  verbal  referral 
is  made,  staff  of  the  school  district,  special  education  local  plan  area,  or 
county  office  shall  offer  assistance  to  the  individual  in  making  a  request 
in  writing,  and  hall  assist  the  individual  if  the  individual  requests  such  as- 
sistance. 

(b)  All  school  staff  referrals  shall  be  written  and  include: 

(1)  A  brief  reason  for  the  referral. 

(2)  Documentation  of  the  resources  of  the  regular  education  program 

that  have  been  considered,  modified,  and  when  appropriate,  the  results 

of  intervention.  This  documentation  shall  not  delay  the  time-lines  for 

completing  the  assessment  plan  or  assessment. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a).  (i)  and  (j).  Education  Code;  Reference: 
Secuons  56300-56303,  Educafion  Code;  and  34  CFR  300.128  and  300.220. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

§  3021 .1 .     Referral  of  Pupils  Having  a  Diagnosed  Chronic 
Illness. 

(a)  When  a  pupil  has  been  medically  diagnosed  as  having  a  chronic  il- 
lness or  acute  health  problem,  the  pupil  may  be  referred  to  the  school  dis- 
trict or  county  office  for  an  assessment  to  determine  the  need  for  special 
education. 

(b)  The  following  information  shall  be  reviewed  by  the  individualized 
education  program  team: 

(1)  The  type  of  chronic  illness; 

(2)  The  possible  medical  side  effects  and  complications  of  treatment 
that  could  affect  school  functioning: 

(3)  The  educational  and  social  implications  of  the  disease  and  treat- 
ment to  include  but  not  limited  to  the  likelihood  of  fatigue,  absences, 
changes  in  physical  appearance,  amputations,  or  problems  with  fine  and 
gross  motor  control,  and 

(4)  Special  considerations  necessitated  by  outbreaks  of  infectious  dis- 
eases, if  applicable. 

(c)  The  individualized  education  program  team  shall  designate  the 
school's  liaison  with  the  pupil's  primary  health  provider. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a),  (i)  and  (j).  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  56300-56303,  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  300.128  and  300.220. 

History 
1.  New  secfion  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

§  3022.    Assessment  Plan. 

In  addition  to  the  assessment  plan  requirements  of  Education  Code 
Section  56321,  the  proposed  written  assessment  plan  shall  include  a  de- 
scription of  any  recent  assessments  conducted,  including  any  available 
independent  assessments  and  any  assessment  information  the  parent  re- 
quests to  be  considered,  and  information  indicating  the  pupil's  primary 
language  and  the  pupil's  language  proficiency  in  the  primary  language 
as  determined  by  Education  Code  SecUon  52164.1. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  56100(a),  (i),  (j).  Education  Code;  and  20  U.S.C. 
1414(c)(2)(B).  Reference:  Secfions  56321,  56329,  Educafion  Code;  and  34  CFR 
300.500-502,  and  300.515-541. 


• 


• 


Page  50 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  3030 


§  3023.    Assessment. 

(a)  In  addition  to  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  56320,  asses- 
sments shall  be  administered  by  qualified  personnel  who  are  competent 
in  both  the  oral  or  sign  language  skills  and  written  skills  of  the  individu- 
al's primary  language  or  mode  of  communication  and  have  a  knowledge 
and  understanding  of  the  cultural  and  ethnic  background  of  the  pupil.  If 
it  clearly  is  not  feasible  to  do  so.  an  interpreter  must  be  used,  and  the 
assessment  report  shall  document  this  condition  and  note  that  the  validity 
of  the  assessment  may  have  been  affected. 

(b)  The  normal  process  of  second-language  acquisition,  as  well  as 
manifestations  of  dialect  and  sociolinguistic  variance  shall  not  be  diag- 
nosed as  a  handicapping  condition. 

NOTE:  Aiithoritv  cited:  Section  56100(a),  (i)  and  (j).  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  56001 .  56320.  56324  and  56327,  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  300.530, 
300.532  and  300..^43. 

History 
] .  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  Hied  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88, 
No.  15). 

§  3024.    Transfer. 

In  addition  to  the  requirements  specified  in  Education  Code  Section 
.5632.5  and  all  applicable  sections  in  this  chapter,  the  following  shall  ap- 
ply: 

(a)  Transfer  of  Records.  Upon  receipt  of  a  request  from  an  educational 
agency  where  an  individual  with  exceptional  needs  has  enrolled,  a  former 
educational  agency  shall  send  the  pupil's  special  education  records,  or  a 
copy  thereof,  within  five  working  days. 

(b)  Transition  from  Elementary  School  District  to  High  School  Dis- 
trict. 

When  a  pupil  is  to  enroll  in  a  high  school  district  from  an  elementary 
district,  the  elementary  district  shall  invite  the  high  school  district  to  the 
individualized  education  program  team  meeting  prior  to  the  last  sched- 
uled review.  If  the  authorized  high  school  personnel  participate  with  the 
elementary  district  personnel  in  the  individualized  education  program 
team  meeting,  the  individualized  education  program  shall  specify  the  ap- 
propriate high  school  placement. 

If  the  authorized  representative  of  the  high  school  district  has  not  par- 
ticipated in  the  individualized  education  program  development  prior  to 
transfer  from  the  elementary  program,  the  elementary  school  district 
shall  notify  the  high  school  district  of  those  individuals  with  exceptional 
needs  who  require  special  education  and  related  services.  For  each  pupil 
listed  who  enrolls  in  the  high  school  district,  the  administrator  shall  make 
an  interim  placement  in  accordance  with  Education  Code  56325  or  shall 
immediately  convene  an  individualized  education  program  team  meet- 
ing. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  49068  and  56100(a),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  49068  and  .56325,  Education  Code. 

§  3025.    Assessment  Option:  Referral  to  State  Schools  for 
Further  Assessment. 

(a)  Prior  to  referring  a  pupil  for  further  assessment  to  California 
Schools  for  the  Deaf  or  Blind  or  the  Diagnostic  Schools,  districts,  special 
education  local  plan  areas,  counties,  or  other  agencies  providing  educa- 
tion services,  shall  first  conduct  assessments  at  the  local  level  within  the 
capabilities  of  that  agency.  Results  of  local  assessments  shall  be  provided 
to  parent(s)  and  shall  state  the  reasons  for  referral  to  the  State  School.  Re- 
sults of  local  assessments  shall  accompany  the  referral  request. 

(b)  The  Schools  for  the  Deaf  and  Blind  and  the  Diagnostic  Schools 
shall  conduct  assessments  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code 
Section  56320  et  seq. 

(c)  A  representative  of  the  district,  special  education  local  plan  areas, 
or  county  individualized  education  program  team  shall  participate  in  the 
staffing  meeting  and  shall  receive  the  final  report  and  recommendations. 
Conference  calls  are  acceptable  forms  of  participation,  provided  that 
written  reports  and  recommendations  have  been  received  by  the  repre- 
sentative prior  to  the  meeting. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
56326,  Education  Code. 


History 
1.  Amendment  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

§  3027.     Hearing  and  Vision  Screening. 

All  pupils  being  assessed  for  initial  and  three-year  review  for  special 
education  services  shall  have  had  a  hearing  and  vision  screening,  unless 
parental  permission  was  denied. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
56320.  56321  and  56327,  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  300.532. 

§  3028.     Audiological  Assessment. 

All  pupils  continuing  to  fail  a  threshold  hearing  test  shall  be  assessed 
by  a  licensed  or  credentialed  audiologist  and  such  assessinent  shall  be  a 
part  of  the  assessment  plan. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
56320  and  56327,  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  300.532. 

§  3029.     Contracting  for  Individually  Administered  Tests  of 
Psychological  Functioning  Due  to  the 
Unavailability  of  School  Psychologists. 

(a)  School  districts,  county  offices,  and  special  education  local  plan 
areas  shall  ensure  that  credentialed  school  psychologists  are  available  to 
perform  individually  administered  tests  of  intellectual  or  emotional  func- 
tioning pursuant  to  Section  56320(b)(3)  of  the  Education  Code. 

(b)  Due  to  the  temporary  unavailability  of  a  credentialed  school  psy- 
chologist, a  school  district  or  county  office  may  contract  with  qualified 
personnel  to  perform  individually  administered  tests  of  intellectual  or 
emotional  functioning  including  necessary  reports  pursuant  to  Section 
56327  of  the  Education  Code. 

(c)  The  district  or  county  office  shall  seek  appropriately  credentialed 
school  psychologists  for  employment.  These  efforts,  which  include  but 
are  not  hmited  to  contacting  institutions  of  higher  education  having  ap- 
proved school  psychology  programs  and  utilizing  established  personnel 
recruitment  pracuces,  shall  be  documented  and  available  for  review. 

(d)  The  only  persons  qualified  to  provide  assessment  services  under 
this  section  shall  be  educafional  psychologists  licensed  by  the  Board  of 
Behavioral  Science  Examiners. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  56100(a)  and  56320(0.  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  56320(b)  and  56327,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 


Article  3.1. 


Individuals  with  Exceptional 
Needs 


§  3030.    Eligibility  Criteria. 

A  pupil  shall  qualify  as  an  individual  with  exceptional  needs,  pursuant 
to  SecUon  56026  of  the  Education  Code,  if  the  results  of  the  assessment 
as  required  by  Section  56320  demonstrate  that  the  degree  of  the  pupil's 
impairment  as  described  in  Section  3030  (a  through  j)  requires  special 
education  in  one  or  more  of  the  program  options  authorized  by  Section 
56361  of  the  Educafion  Code.  The  decision  as  to  the  whether  or  not  the 
assessment  results  demonstrate  that  the  degree  of  the  pupil's  impairment 
requires  special  education  shall  be  made  by  the  individualized  education 
program  team,  including  personnel  in  accordance  with  Section  56341  (d) 
of  the  Education  Code.  The  individualized  education  program  team  shall 
take  into  account  all  the  relevant  material  which  is  available  on  the  pupil. 
No  single  score  or  product  of  scores  shall  be  used  as  the  sole  criterion  for 
the  decision  of  the  individualized  education  program  team  as  to  the  pu- 
pil's eligibility  for  special  education.  The  specific  processes  and  proce- 
dures for  implementation  of  these  criteria  shall  be  developed  by  each 
Special  Educafion  Local  Plan  Area  and  be  included  in  the  local  plan  pur- 
suant to  Secfion  56220(a)  of  the  Education  Code. 

(a)  A  pupil  has  a  hearing  impairment,  whether  permanent  or  fiuctuat- 
ing,  which  impairs  the  processing  of  linguisfic  informafion  through  hear- 
ing, even  with  amplification,  and  which  adversely  affects  educational 
performance.  Processing  linguistic  information  includes  speech  and  lan- 
guage reception  and  speech  and  language  discrimination. 


Page  51 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§3030 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(b)  A  pupil  has  concomitant  hearing  and  visual  impairments,  the  com- 
bination of  which  causes  severe  communication,  developmental,  and 
educational  problems. 

(c)  A  pupil  has  a  language  or  speech  disorder  as  defined  in  Section 
56333  of  the  Education  Code,  and  it  is  determined  that  the  pupil's  disor- 
der meets  one  or  more  of  the  following  criteria: 

(1)  Articulation  disorder. 

(A)  The  pupil  displays  reduced  intelligibility  or  an  inability  to  use  the 
speech  mechanism  which  significantly  interferes  with  communication 
and  attracts  adverse  attention.  Significant  interference  in  communication 
occurs  when  the  pupil's  production  of  single  or  multiple  speech  sounds 
on  a  developmental  scale  of  articulation  competency  is  below  that  ex- 
pected for  his  or  her  chronological  age  or  developmental  level,  and  which 
adversely  affects  educational  performance. 

(B)  A  pupil  does  not  meet  the  criteria  for  an  articulation  disorder  if  the 
sole  assessed  disability  is  an  abnormal  swallowing  pattern. 

(2)  Abnormal  Voice.  A  pupil  has  an  abnormal  voice  which  is  charac- 
terized by  persistent,  defective  voice  quality,  pitch,  or  loudness. 

(3)  Fluency  Disorders.  A  pupil  has  a  fluency  disorder  when  the  flow 
of  verbal  expression  including  rate  and  rhythm  adversely  affects  commu- 
nication between  the  pupil  and  listener. 

(4)  Language  Disorder.  The  pupil  has  an  expressive  or  receptive  lan- 
guage disorder  when  he  or  she  meets  one  of  the  following  criteria: 

(A)  The  pupil  scores  at  least  1.5  standard  deviations  below  the  mean, 
or  below  the  7th  percentile,  for  his  or  her  chronological  age  or  develop- 
mental level  on  two  or  more  standardized  tests  in  one  or  more  of  the  fol- 
lowing areas  of  language  development:  morphology,  syntax,  semantics, 
or  pragmatics.  When  standardized  tests  are  considered  to  be  invalid  for 
the  specific  pupil,  the  expected  language  performance  level  shall  be  de- 
termined by  alternative  means  as  specified  on  the  assessment  plan,  or 

(B)  The  pupil  scores  at  least  L5  standard  deviations  below  the  mean 
or  the  score  is  below  the  7th  percentile  for  his  or  her  chronological  age 
or  developmental  level  on  one  or  more  standardized  tests  in  one  of  the 
areas  listed  in  subsection  (A)  and  displays  inappropriate  or  inadequate 
usage  of  expressive  or  receptive  language  as  measured  by  a  representa- 
tive spontaneous  or  elicited  language  sample  of  a  minimum  of  fifty  utter- 
ances. The  language  sample  must  be  recorded  or  transcribed  and  ana- 
lyzed, and  the  results  included  in  the  assessment  report.  If  the  pupil  is 
unable  to  produce  this  sample,  the  language,  speech,  and  hearing  special- 
ist shall  document  why  a  fifty  utterance  sample  was  not  obtainable  and 
the  contexts  in  which  attempts  were  made  to  elicit  the  sample.  When  stan- 
dardized tests  are  considered  to  be  invalid  for  the  specific  pupil,  the  ex- 
pected language  performance  level  shall  be  determined  by  alternative 
means  as  specified  in  the  assessment  plan. 

(d)  A  pupil  has  a  visual  impairment  which,  even  with  correction,  ad- 
versely affects  a  pupil's  educational  performance. 

(e)  A  pupil  has  a  severe  orthopedic  impairment  which  adversely  af- 
fects the  pupil's  educational  performance.  Such  orthopedic  impairments 
include  impairments  caused  by  congenital  anomaly,  impairments  caused 
by  disease,  and  impairments  from  other  causes. 

(f)  A  pupil  has  limited  strength,  vitality  or  alertness,  due  to  chronic  or 
acute  health  problems,  including  but  not  limited  to  a  heart  condition,  can- 
cer, leukemia,  rheumatic  fever,  chronic  kidney  disease,  cystic  fibrosis, 
severe  asthma,  epilepsy,  lead  poising,  diabetes,  tuberculosis  and  other 
communicable  infectious  diseases,  and  hematological  disorders  such  as 
sickle  cell  anemia  and  hemophilia  which  adversely  affects  a  pupil's  edu- 
cational performance.  In  accordance  with  Section  5626(e)  of  the  Educa- 
tion Code,  such  physical  disabilities  shall  not  be  temporary  in  nature  as 
defined  by  Section  300 l(v). 

(g)  A  pupil  exhibits  any  combination  of  the  following  autistic-like  be- 
haviors, to  include  but  not  limited  to: 

(1)  An  inability  to  use  oral  language  for  appropriate  communication. 

(2)  A  history  of  extreme  withdrawal  or  relating  to  people  inappropri- 
ately and  continued  impairment  in  social  interaction  from  infancy 
through  early  childhood. 

(3)  An  obsession  to  maintain  sameness. 


(4)  Extreme  preoccupation  with  objects  or  inappropriate  use  of  objects 
or  both. 

(5)  Extreme  resistance  to  controls. 

(6)  Displays  peculiar  motoric  mannerisms  and  motility  patterns. 

(7)  Self-stimulating,  ritualistic  behavior. 

(h)  A  pupil  has  significantly  below  average  general  intellectual  func- 
tioning existing  concurrently  with  deficits  in  adaptive  behavior  and  man- 
i  tested  during  the  developmental  period,  which  adversely  affect  a  pupil's 
educational  performance. 

(i)  Because  of  a  serious  emotional  disturbance,  a  pupil  exhibits  one  or 
more  of  the  following  characteristics  over  a  long  period  of  time  and  to  a 
marked  degree,  which  adversely  affect  educational  performance: 

( 1 )  An  inability  to  learn  which  cannot  be  explained  by  intellectual,  sen- 
sory, or  health  factors. 

(2)  An  inability  to  build  or  maintain  satisfactory  interpersonal  rela- 
tionships with  peers  and  teachers. 

(3)  Inappropriate  types  of  behavior  or  feelings  under  normal  circum- 
stances exhibited  in  several  situations. 

(4)  A  general  pervasive  mood  of  unhappiness  or  depression. 

(5)  A  tendency  to  develop  physical  symptoms  or  fears  associated  with 
personal  or  school  problems. 

(j)  A  pupil  has  a  disorder  in  one  or  more  of  the  basic  psychological  pro- 
cesses involved  in  understanding  or  in  using  language,  spoken  or  written, 
which  may  manifest  itself  in  an  impaired  ability  to  listen,  think,  speak, 
read,  write,  spell,  or  do  mathematical  calculafions,  and  has  a  severe  dis- 
crepancy between  intellectual  ability  and  achievement  in  one  or  more  of 
the  academic  areas  specified  in  Section  56337(a)  of  the  Education  Code. 
For  the  purpose  of  Section  3030(j): 

(1)  Basic  psychological  processes  include  attention,  visual  process- 
ing, auditory  processing,  sensory-motor  skills,  cognitive  abilities  in- 
cluding association,  conceptualization  and  expression. 

(2)  Intellectual  ability  includes  both  acquired  learning  and  learning 
potential  and  shall  be  determined  by  a  systematic  assessment  of  intellec- 
tual functioning. 

(3)  The  level  of  achievement  includes  the  pupil's  level  of  competence 
in  materials  and  subject  matter  explicitly  taught  in  school  and  shall  be 
measured  by  standardized  achievement  tests. 

(4)  The  decision  as  to  whether  or  not  a  severe  discrepancy  exists  shall 
be  made  by  the  individualized  education  program  team,  including  asses- 
sment personnel  in  accordance  with  Section  56341(d),  which  takes  into 
account  all  relevant  material  which  is  available  on  the  pupil.  No  single 
score  or  product  of  scores,  test  or  procedure  shall  be  used  as  the  sole  crite- 
rion for  the  decisions  of  the  individualized  education  program  team  as  to 
the  pupil's  eligibility  for  special  education.  In  determining  the  existence 
of  a  severe  discrepancy,  the  individualized  educafion  program  team  shall 
use  the  following  procedures: 

(A)  When  standardized  tests  are  considered  to  be  valid  for  a  specific 
pupil,  a  severe  discrepancy  is  demonstrated  by:  first,  converting  into 
common  standard  scores,  using  a  mean  of  100  and  standard  deviation  of 
15,  the  achievement  test  score  and  the  ability  test  score  to  be  compared; 
second,  computing  the  difference  between  these  common  standard 
scores;  and  third,  comparing  this  computed  difference  to  the  standard  cri- 
terion which  is  the  product  of  1.5  multiplied  by  the  standard  deviation  of 
the  distribution  of  computed  differences  of  students  taking  these  achieve- 
ment and  ability  tests.  A  computed  difference  which  equals  or  exceeds 
this  standard  criterion,  adjusted  by  one  standard  error  of  measurement, 
the  adjustment  not  to  exceed  4  common  standard  score  points,  indicates 
a  severe  discrepancy  when  such  discrepancy  is  corroborated  by  other 
assessment  data  which  may  include  other  tests,  scales,  instruments,  ob- 
servations and  work  samples,  as  appropriate. 

(B)  When  standardized  tests  are  considered  to  be  invalid  for  a  specific 
pupil,  the  discrepancy  shall  be  measured  by  alternative  means  as  speci- 
fied on  the  assessment  plan. 

(C)  If  the  standardized  tests  do  not  reveal  a  severe  discrepancy  as  de- 
fined in  subparagraphs  (A)  or  (B)  above,  the  individualized  education 
program  team  may  find  that  a  severe  discrepancy  does  exist,  provided 


Page  52 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  3043 


th:ii  the  learn  documents  in  j  written  report  tiiat  the  severe  discrepancy 
between  ability  and  achievement  exists  as  a  result  of  a  disorder  in  one  or 
more  of  the  basic  psychological  processes.  The  report  shall  include  a 
statement  of  the  area,  the  degree,  and  the  basis  and  method  use.d  in  deter- 
mining the  discrepancy.  The  report  shall  contain  information  considered 
by  the  team  which  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to: 

1.  Data  obtained  from  standardized  assessment  instruments; 

2.  hiformation  provided  by  the  parent; 

3.  Information  provided  by  the  pupil's  present  teacher; 

4.  Evidence  of  the  pupil's  performance  in  the  regular  and/or  special 
education  classroom  obtained  from  observations,  work  samples,  and 
group  test  scores; 

.^.  Consideration  of  the  pupil's  age,  particularly  for  young  children; 
and 

6.  Any  additional  relevant  information. 

(5)  The  discrepancy  shall  not  be  primarily  the  result  of  limited  school 
experience  or  poor  school  attendance. 

NOTI.:  Authority  cited:  Statutes  of  1 98 1 .  Chapter  1 094,  Section  25(a);  and  Section 
.56100(a).  (g)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC  1401(a)(15)  and 
1412(5):  34  CFR  300.5(b)(7)  and  (9).  300.532(a)(2).  (d)  and  (e),  300.533, 
300.540.  300.541-43:  and  Sections  56026,  56320,  56333  and  56337,  Education 
Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Article  3.1  (Sections  3030  and  3031)  filed  1-31-83:  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  6). 

2.  Amendment  filed  2-11 -86;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  86,  No. 

7). 

3.  Amendment  filed  3-21-88:  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88.  No.  15). 


§  3031 .  Additional  Eligibility  Criteria  for  Individuals  with 
Exceptional  Needs — Age  Birth  to  Four  Years 
and  Nine  Months. 

(a)  A  child,  age  birth  to  four  years  and  nine  months,  shall  qualify  as  an 
individual  with  exceptional  needs  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section 
.'i6026(c)(  1 )  and  (2)  if  the  Individualized  Education  Program  Team  deter- 
mines that  the  child  meets  the  following  criteria: 

(1)  Is  identified  as  an  individual  with  exceptional  needs  pursuant  to 
Section  3030,  and 

(2)  Is  identified  as  requiring  intensive  special  education  and  services 
by  meeting  one  of  the  following: 

(A)  The  child  is  functioning  at  or  below  50%  of  his  or  her  chronolog- 
ical age  level  in  any  one  of  the  following  skill  areas: 

1 .  gross  or  fine  motor  development; 

2.  receptive  or  expressive  language  development; 

3.  social  or  emotional  development; 

4.  cognitive  development;  and 

5.  visual  development. 

(B)  The  child  is  functioning  between  5 1  %  and  75%  of  his  or  her  chro- 
nological age  level  in  any  two  of  the  skill  areas  identified  in  Section 
303r(2)(A). 

(C)  The  child  has  a  disabling  medical  condition  or  congenital  syn- 
drome which  the  Individualized  Education  Program  Team  determines 
has  a  high  predictability  of  requiring  intensive  special  education  and  ser- 
vices. 

(b)  Programs  for  individuals  with  exceptional  needs  younger  than 
three  years  of  age  are  permissive  in  accordance  with  Section  56001(c)  of 
the  Education  Code  except  for  those  programs  mandated  pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 56425  of  the  Education  Code. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Statutes  of  1 98 1 ,  Chapter  1 094,  Section  25(a);  and  Section 
.56100(a),  (g)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC  1401(a)(15);  34  CFR 
300.5:  Statutes  of  1981,  Chapter  1094,  Secfion  25(a);  and  Sections  56026, 
56030.5,  56333,  and  56337,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)(2)  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4 — 20-88  (Register 
88,  No.  15). 


Article  4.    Instructional  Planning  and 
individualized  Education  Program 

§  3040.    Individualized  Education  Program  Implementation. 

(a)  Upon  completion  of  the  individualized  education  program,  that  in- 
dividualized education  program  shall  be  implemented  as  soon  as  possible 
following  the  individualized  education  program  team  meeting. 

(b)  A  copy  of  the  individualized  education  program  shall  be  provided 
to  the  parents  at  no  cost,  and  a  copy  of  the  individualized  education  pro- 
gram shall  be  provided  in  the  primary  language  at  the  request  of  the  par- 
ent. 

(c)  The  individualized  education  program  shall  show  a  direct  relation- 
ship between  the  present  levels  of  performance,  the  goals  and  objectives, 
and  the  specific  educational  services  to  be  provide. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a),  (i)  and  (j).  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  56341,  Education  Code:  and  34  CFR  300.342-300.345. 

History 

1.  Repealer  and  new  subsection  (c)  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Rciiister 
88,  No.  15). 

§  3042.    Placement. 

(a)  Specific  educational  placement  means  that  unique  combination  of 
facilities,  personnel,  location  or  equipment  necessary  to  provide  instruc- 
tional services  to  an  individual  with  exceptional  needs,  as  specified  in  the 
individualized  education  program,  in  any  one  or  a  coinbination  of  public, 
private,  home  and  hospital,  or  residential  settings. 

(b)  The  individualized  education  program  team  shall  document  its  ra- 
tionale for  placement  in  other  than  the  pupil's  school  and  classroom  i 
which  the  pupil  would  otherwise  attend  if  the  pupil  were  not  handi- 
capped. The  documentation  shall  indicate  why  the  pupil's  handicap  pre- 
vents his  or  her  needs  from  being  met  in  a  less  restrictive  environment 
even  with  the  use  of  suppleinentary  aids  and  services. 

History 
1.  New  .section  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

§  3043.    Extended  School  Year. 

Extended  school  year  services  shall  be  provided  for  each  individual 
with  exceptional  needs  who  has  unique  needs  and  requires  special  educa- 
tion and  related  services  in  excess  of  the  regular  academic  year.  Such  in- 
dividuals shall  have  handicaps  vi/hich  are  likely  to  continue  indefinitely 
or  for  a  prolonged  period,  and  intemjption  of  the  pupil's  educational  pro- 
gramming may  cause  regression.,  when  coupled  with  limited  recoupment 
capacity,  rendering  it  impossible  or  unlikely  that  the  pupil  will  attain  the 
level  of  self-sufficiency  and  independence  that  would  otherwise  be  ex- 
pected in  view  of  his  or  her  handicapping  condition.  The  lack  of  clear  evi- 
dence of  such  factors  may  not  be  used  to  deny  an  individual  an  extended 
school  year  program  if  the  individualized  education  program  team  deter- 
mines the  need  for  such  a  program  and  includes  extended  school  year  in 
the  individualized  education  program  pursuant  to  subsection  (0. 

(a)  Extended  year  special  education  and  related  services  shall  be  pro- 
vided by  a  school  district,  special  education  local  plan  area,  or  county  of- 
fice offering  programs  during  the  regular  academic  year. 

(b)  Individuals  with  exceptional  needs  who  may  require  an  extended 
school  year  are  those  who: 

(1)  Are  placed  in  special  clasises  or  centers;  or 

(2)  Are  individuals  with  exceptional  needs  whose  individualized  edu- 
cation programs  specify  an  extended  year  program  as  determined  by  the 
Individualized  Education  Program  Team. 

(c)  The  term  "extended  year"  as  used  in  this  section  means  the  period 
of  time  between  the  close  of  one  academic  year  and  the  beginning  of  the 
succeeding  academic  year.  The  term  "academic  year"  as  used  in  this  sec- 
tion means  that  portion  of  the  school  year  during  which  the  regular  day 
school  is  maintained,  which  period  must  include  not  less  than  the  number 
of  days  required  to  entitle  the  district,  special  education  services  region, 
or  county  office  to  apportionments  of  state  funds. 


Page  53 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§3051 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(d)  An  extended  year  program  shall  be  provided  for  a  inininium  of  20 
instruclional  days,  including  holidays.  For  reimbursement  purposes: 

(1)  A  maximum  of  55  instructional  days  excluding  holidays  shall  be 
allowed  for  individuals  in  special  classes  or  centers  for  the  severely  han- 
dicapped; and 

(2)  A  maximum  of  30  instaictional  days  excluding  holidays  shall  be 
allowed  for  all  other  eligible  pupils  needing  extended  year. 

(e)  A  local  governing  board  may  increase  the  number  of  instructional 
days  during  the  extended  year  period,  but  shall  not  claim  revenue  for  av- 
erage daily  attendance  generated  beyond  the  maximum  instructional 
days  allowed  in  subsection  (d)(1)  and  (2). 

(f)  An  extended  year  program,  when  needed,  as  determined  by  the  In- 
dividualized Education  Program  team,  shall  be  included  in  the  pupil's  in- 
dividualized education  program. 

(g)  In  order  to  qualify  for  average  daily  attendance  revenue  for  ex- 
tended year  pupils,  all  of  the  following  conditions  must  be  met: 

(1)  Extended  year  special  education  shall  be  the  same  length  of  time 
as  the  school  day  for  pupils  of  the  same  age  level  attending  summer 
school  in  the  district  in  which  the  extended  year  program  is  provided,  but 
not  less  than  the  minimum  school  day  for  that  age  unless  otherwise  speci- 
fied in  the  individualized  education  program  to  meet  a  pupil's  unique 
needs. 

(2)  The  special  education  and  related  services  offered  during  the  ex- 
tended year  period  are  comparable  in  standards,  scope  and  quality  to  the 
special  education  program  offered  during  the  regular  academic  year. 

(h)  If  during  the  regular  academic  year  an  individual's  individualized 
education  program  specifies  integration  in  the  regular  classroom,  a  pub- 
lic education  agency  is  not  required  to  meet  that  component  of  the  indi- 
vidualized education  program  if  no  regular  summer  school  programs  are 
being  offered  by  that  agency. 

(i)  This  section  shall  not  apply  to  schools  which  are  operating  a  contin- 
uous school  program  pursuant  to  Chapter  5  (commencing  with  Section 
37600)  of  Part  22,  Division  3,  Title  2,  of  the  Education  Code. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  561(X)(a)  and  (j).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 37600,  41976.5  and  56345,  Education  Code;  and34  C.F.R.  300.346. 

History 
].  Amendment  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 


Article  5. 


Implementation  (Program 
Components) 


§  3051.    Standards  for  Designated  Instruction  and  Services 
(DIS). 

(a)  General  Provisions. 

( 1 )  Designated  instruction  and  services  may  be  provided  to  individuals 
or  to  small  groups  in  a  specialized  area  of  educational  need,  and  through- 
out the  full  continuum  of  educational  settings. 

(2)  Designated  instruction  and  services,  when  needed  as  determined 
by  the  individualized  education  program,  shall  including  the  frequency 
and  duration  of  services. 

(3)  All  entities  and  individuals  providing  designated  instruction  and 
services  shall  be  qualified. 

(4)  All  entities  and  individuals  providing  designated  instruction  and 
services  shall  be: 

(A)  Employees  of  the  school  district  or  county  office,  or 

(B)  Employed  under  contract  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections 
56365-56366.7.  Such  persons  shall  be  certified  by  the  Department  pur- 
suant to  Sections  3060-3064  of  this  Title,  or 

(C)  Employees,  vendors  or  contractors  of  the  State  Departments  of 
Health  Services  or  Mental  Health,  or  any  designated  local  public  health 
or  mental  agency. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  56100(a)  and  (i)  and  56366.  ](/)(5),  Edu- 
cation Code.  Reference:  Sections  56363  and  56365-56366.7,  Education  Code; 
and  Section  300.12,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Title  34. 


History 

1.  Amendment  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)(2)  and  (a)(3)(B)  and  NOTE^  filed  7-18-97  as  an 
emergency;  operative  7-18-97  (Register  97,  No.  29).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-17-97  or  emergency  amendments 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)(2)  and  (a)(3)(B)  and  amendment  of  NOTi-;refiled 
1 1-14-97  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-14-97  (Register  97,  No.  46).  A  Cer- 
tificate of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  3-16-98  or  emergency 
language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Reinstatement  of  section  and  Note-  as  they  existed  prior  to  7-1 8-97  emergency 
amendment  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(f)  (Re2ister98, 
No.  16). 

5.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)(2)  and  (a)(3)(B)  and  amendment  of  Note  filed 
4-16-98  as  an  emergency;  operaUve  4-16-98  (Register  98,  No.  16).  A  Certifi- 
cate of  Compliance  inusl  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  8-14-98  or  emergency  lan- 
guage will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

6.  Reinstatement  of  section  and  Note  as  they  existed  prior  to  4- 1 6-98  emergency 
amendment  by  operafion  of  Government  Code  secfion  1 1346.1(f)  (Register  98, 
No.  34). 

7.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)(2)  and  (aK3)(B)  and  amendment  of  Note;  filed 
8-19-98  as  an  emergency;  operafive  8-19-98  (Register  98,  No.  34).  A  Certifi- 
cate of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  12-17-98  or  emergency  lan- 
guage will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

8.  Reinstatement  of  section  and  Note  as  they  existed  prior  to  8-19-98  emergency 
amendment  by  operafion  of  Government  Code  secfion  1 1346.1(0  (Register  98, 
No.  52), 

9.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)(2)  and  (a)(3)(B)-(C)  and  amendment  of  Note 
filed  12-21-98  as  an  emergency;  operafive  12-21-98  (Register  98,  No.  52).  A 
Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-20-99  or  emergen- 
cy language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

10.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  3-25-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-25-99 
(Register  99.  No.  1 3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  7-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

1 1.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-25-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  7-23-99 
and  filed  9-1-99  (Register  99,  No.  36). 

§  3051 .1 .    Language,  Speech  and  Hearing  Development 
and  Remediation. 

(a)  An  individual  holding  an  appropriate  credential  with  specialization 
in  language,  speech  and  hearing  may  provide  services  which  include: 

( 1 )  Referral  and  assessment  of  individuals  suspected  of  having  a  disor- 
der of  language,  speech,  or  hearing.  Such  individuals  are  not  considered 
as  part  of  the  caseload  pursuant  to  Section  56363.3  of  the  Education  Code 
unless  an  individualized  education  program  is  developed  and  services 
are  provided  pursuant  to  Section  3051.1(a)(2)  and  (3). 

(2)  Specialized  instruction  and  services  for  individuals  with  disorders 
of  language,  speech,  and  hearing,  including  monitoring  of  pupil  progress 
on  a  regular  basis,  providing  informafion  for  the  review,  and  when  neces- 
sary participating  in  the  review  and  revision  of  individualized  education- 
al programs  of  pupils. 

(3)  Consultative  services  to  pupils,  parents,  teachers,  or  other  school 
personnel. 

(4)  Coordination  of  speech  and  language  services  with  an  individual's 
regular  and  special  education  program. 

(b)  Caseloads  of  full-time  equivalent  language,  speech  and  hearing 
specialists  providing  instruction  and  services  within  the  district,  special 
education  local  plan  area,  or  county  office  shall  not  exceed  a  district- 
wide,  special  education  local  plan  area-wide,  or  county-wide  average  of 
fifty-five  (55)  individuals  unless  prior  written  approval  has  been  granted 
by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

(c)  Services  may  be  provided  by  an  aside  working  under  the  direct  su- 
pervision of  a  credentialed  language,  speech,  and  hearing  specialist  if 
specified  in  the  individualized  educafion  program.  No  more  than  two 
aides  may  be  supervised  b  one  credentialed  language,  speech,  and  hear- 
ing specialist.  The  case  loads  of  persons  in  subsection  (b)  shall  not  be  in- 
creased by  the  use  of  noncertificated  personnel. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 56363(b)(1)  and  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  300.13(b)(12). 

History 
1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No. 
15). 


Page  54 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§3051.7 


§3051.2.    AudJological  Services. 

(a)  In  addition  to  provisions  of  Title  34.  Code  of  Federal  Regulations, 
Section  300. 13(b)(i),  designated  audiological  instruction  and  services 
may  include: 

(1)  Aural  rehabilitation  (auditory  training,  speech  reading,  language 
habilitation,  and  speech  conservation)  and  habilitation  with  individual 
pupils  or  groups  and  support  for  the  hearing-impaired  pupils  in  the  regu- 
lar classroom. 

(2)  Monitoring  hearing  levels,  auditory  behavior,  and  amplification 
for  all  pupils  requiring  personal  or  group  amplification  in  the  instruction- 
al setting. 

(3)  Planning,  organizing,  and  implementing  an  audiology  program  for 
individuals  with  auditory  dysfunctions,  as  specified  in  the  individuahzed 
education  program. 

(4)  Consultative  services  regarding  test  findings,  amplification  needs 
and  equipment,  otological  referrals,  home  training  programs,  acoustic 
treatment  of  rooms,  and  coordination  of  educational  services  to  hearing- 
impaired  individuals. 

(b)  TTie  person  providing  audiological  services  shall  hold  a  valid  cre- 
dential with  a  specialization  in  clinical  or  rehabilitative  services  in  au- 
diology. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a)  and  (i),  Education  Code;  20  U.S.C. 
1414(c)(2)(B):  and  .^4  C.F.R.  300.600.  Reference:  Section  56363(b)(2),  Educa- 
tion Code:  and  34  C.E.R.  300.13(b)(l ). 

§3051.3.    Mobility  Instruction. 

(a)  Mobility  instruction  may  include: 

( 1 )  Specialized  instruction  for  individuals  in  orientation  and  mobility 
techniques. 

(2)  Consultative  services  to  other  educators  and  parents  regarding  in- 
structional planning  and  implementation  of  the  individualized  education 
program  relative  to  the  development  of  orientation  and  mobility  skills 
and  independent  living  skills. 

(b)  The  person  providing  mobility  instruction  and  services  shall  hold 
a  credential  as  an  orientation  and  mobility  specialist. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100  (a)  and  (i).  Education  Code:  20  U.S.C. 
1414(c)(2)(B):  and  34  C.F.R.  300.600.  Reference:  Section  56363,  Education 
Code. 

§  3051 .4.    Instruction  in  the  Home  or  Hospital. 

(a)  Special  education  and  related  services  provided  in  the  home  or  hos- 
pital for  school  age  pupils  is  limited  to  those  pupils  who  have  been  identi- 
fied as  individuals  with  exceptional  needs  in  accordance  with  Section 
3030  and  for  whom  the  individualized  education  program  team  recom- 
mends such  instructions  or  services. 

(b)  Instructions  may  be  delivered  individually,  in  small  groups  or  by 
teleclass. 

(c)  For  those  individuals  with  exceptional  needs  with  a  medical  condi- 
tion such  as  those  related  to  surgery,  accidents,  short-term  illness  or  med- 
ical treatment  for  a  chronic  illness,  the  individualized  education  program 
team  shall  review,  and  revise,  if  appropriate,  the  individualized  educa- 
tion program  whenever  there  is  a  significant  change  in  the  pupil's  current 
medical  condition. 

(d)  When  recommending  placement  for  home  instruction,  the  individ- 
ualized education  program  team  shall  have  in  the  assessment  information 
a  medical  report  from  the  attending  physician  and  surgeon  or  the  report 
of  the  psychologist,  as  appropriate,  stating  the  diagnosed  condition  and 
certifying  that  the  severity  of  the  condition  prevents  the  pupil  from  at- 
tending a  less  restrictive  placement.  The  report  shall  include  a  projected 
calendar  date  for  the  pupil's  return  to  school.  The  individualized  educa- 
tion program  team  shall  meet  to  reconsider  the  individuahzed  education 
program  prior  to  the  projected  calendar  date  for  the  pupil's  return  to 
school. 

(e)  Instruction  in  the  home  or  hospital  shall  be  provided  by  a  regular 
class  teacher,  the  special  class  teacher  or  the  resource  specialist  teacher, 
if  the  teacher  or  specialist  is  competent  to  provide  such  instruction  and 
services  and  if  the  provision  of  such  instruction  and  services  by  the  teach- 


er or  specialist  is  feasible.  If  not,  the  appropriate  designated  instruction 
and  services  specialist  shall  provide  such  instruction. 

(0  The  teacher  providing  the  home  instruction  shall  contact  the  pupil's 
previous  school  and  teacher  to  determine: 

( 1 )  The  course  work  to  be  covered; 

(2)  The  books  and  materials  to  be  used: 

(3)  Who  is  responsible  for  issuing  grades  and  promoting  the  pupil 
when  appropriate; 

(4)  For  pupils  in  grades  7  to  12,  the  teacher  shall  confer  with  the  school 
guidance  counselor  to  determine: 

(A)  For  the  hours  the  pupil  has  earned  toward  semester  course  credit 
in  each  subject  included  in  the  individualized  education  prograin  and  the 
grade  as  of  the  last  day  of  attendance; 

(B)  Who  is  responsible  for  issuing  credits  when  the  course  work  is 
completed: 

(C)  Who  will  issue  the  diploma  if  the  pupil  is  to  graduate. 

NOTE:  Section  56100(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  56001  and 
56363(b)(4),  Education  Code. 

History 
] .  New  section  filed  and  3-21-88;  operalive  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

§  3051 .5.    Adapted  Physical  Education  for  Individuals  with 
Exceptional  Needs. 

(a)  Adapted  physical  education  is  for  individuals  with  exceptional 
needs  who  require  developmental  or  corrective  instruction  and  who  are 
precluded  from  participation  in  the  activities  of  the  general  physical  edu- 
cation prograin,  modified  general  physical  education  program,  or  in  a 
specially  designed  physical  educ:ation  program  in  a  special  class.  Consul- 
tative services  may  be  provided  to  pupils,  parents,  teachers,  or  other 
school  personnel  for  the  purpose  of  identifying  supplementary  aids  and 
services  or  modifications  necessary  for  successful  participation  in  the 
regular  "D"  Physical  education  program  or  specially  designed  physical 
education  programs. 

(b)  The  person  providing  instruction  and  services  shall  have  a  creden- 
tial authorizing  the  teaching  of  adapted  physical  education  as  established 
by  the  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  561()0(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  34 
CFR  300.307. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  3-21-88;  operafive  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

§  3051 .6.    Physical  and  Occupational  Therapy. 

(a)  When  the  district,  special  education  local  plan  area,  or  county  of- 
fice contracts  for  the  services  of  a  physical  therapist  or  an  occupational 
therapist,  the  following  standards  shall  apply: 

(1)  Occupational  or  physical  therapists  shall  provide  services  based 
upon  recommendation  of  the  individual  education  program  team.  Physi- 
cal therapy  and  occupational  therapy  services  for  infants  are  limited  by 
Education  Code  5642.6.  Physical  therapy  services  may  not  exceed  the 
services  specified  in  the  Business  and  Professions  Code  at  Section  2620. 

(2)  The  district,  special  education  local  plan  area,  or  county  office  shall 
assure  that  the  therapist  has  available  safe  and  appropriate  equipment. 

(b)  Qualifications  of  therapists: 

(1)  The  therapists  shall  have  graduated  from  an  accredited  school. 

(2)  A  physical  therapist  shall  be  currently  licensed  by  the  Board  of 
Medical  Quahty  Assurance  of  the  State  of  California  and  meet  the  educa- 
tional standards  of  the  Physical  Therapy  Examining  Committee. 

(3)  An  occupational  therapist  shall  be  currently  registered  with  the 
American  Occupational  Therapy  Association. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 56363(b)(6^,  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  300. 1 3(b)(5)  and  (7)  and  300.600. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

§  3051.7.    Vision  Services. 

(a)  Vision  services  shall  be  provided  by  a  Credentialed  teacher  of  the 
visually  handicapped  and  may  include: 

( 1 )  Adaptations  in  curriculum,  media,  and  the  environment,  as  well  as 
instruction  in  special  skills. 


Page  55 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 11  -2004 


§  3051.75 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(2)  Consultative  services  to  pupils,  parents,  teachers,  and  other  school 
personnel. 

(b)  An  assessment  of  and  provision  for  services  to  visually  impaired 
pupils  may  be  conducted  by  an  eye  specialist  who  has  training  and  exper- 
tise in  low  vision  disabilities  and  has  available  the  appropriate  low  vision 
aids  for  the  purpose  of  assessment.  The  eye  specialist  may  provide  con- 
sultation to  the  pupil,  parents,  teacher  and  other  school  personnel  as  may 
be  requested  by  the  individualized  education  program  team. 

(c)  Procedures  which  may  be  utilized  by  qualified  personnel  are  those 
procedures  authorized  by  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations  and  per- 
formed in  accordance  with  these  laws  and  regulations  and  standards  of 
the  profession. 

(d)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  and  eye  specialist  shall  mean  a  li- 
censed optometrist,  ophthalmologist,  or  other  licensed  physician  and 
surgeon  who  has  training  and  expertise  in  low  vision  disabilities. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  56 1 00(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
lions  44265.5  and  56363(b)(7).  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  and  new  subsections  (b)-(d)  filed  3-21-88;  op- 
erative 4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

§  3051 .75.    Vision  Therapy. 

(a)  Vision  therapy  may  include:  Remedial  and/or  developmental  in- 
struction provided  directly  by  or  in  consultation  with  the  optometrist, 
ophthalmologist,  or  other  qualified  licensed  physician  and  surgeon  pro- 
vided ongoing  care  to  the  individual. 

(b)  Vision  therapy  shall  be  provided  by  an  optometrist,  ophthalmolo- 
gist, or  by  appropriate  qualified  school  personnel  when  prescribed  by  a 
licensed  optometrist,  ophthalmologist,  or  other  qualified  licensed  physi- 
cian and  surgeon. 

(c)  Procedures  which  may  be  utilized  by  qualified  personnel  are  those 
procedures  authorized  by  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations  and  per- 
formed in  accordance  with  these  laws  and  regulations  and  standards  of 
the  profession. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code;  20  U.S.C. 
1414(c)(2)(B);  and  34  C.F.R.  300.600.  Reference:  Section  56363(b)(7),  Educa- 
tion Code. 

§  3051.8.    Specialized  Driver  Training  Instruction. 

(a)  Specialized  driver  training  instruction  may  include  instruction  to 
an  individual  with  exceptional  needs  to  supplement  the  regular  driver 
training  program.  The  individualized  education  program  team  shall  de- 
termine the  need  for  supplementary  specialized  driver  training  instruc- 
tion. The  need  to  supplement  the  regular  program  shall  be  based  on  an 
assessment  of  the  pupil's  health,  physical,  and/or  educational  needs 
which  require  modifications  which  cannot  be  met  through  a  regular  driv- 
er training  program. 

(b)  Driver  training  for  individuals  herein  described  must  be  provided 
by  qualified  teachers,  as  defined  by  Education  Code  Sections  41906  and 
41907. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code;  20  U.S.C. 
1414(c)(2)(B);  and  34  C.F.R.  300.600.  Reference:  Sections  41305-41306, 
41906-41907  and  56363(b)(8),  Education  Code. 

§  3051.9.    Counseling  and  Guidance  Services. 

(a)  Counseling  and  guidance  services  may  be  provided  to  an  individu- 
al with  exceptional  needs  who  requires  additional  counseling  and  guid- 
ance services  to  supplement  the  regular  guidance  and  counseling  pro- 
gram. The  individualized  education  program  team  shall  determine  the 
need  for  additional  guidance  and  counseling  services. 

(b)  Counseling  and  guidance  services  necessary  to  implement  the  indi- 
vidualized education  program  may  include: 

(1)  Educational  counseling  in  which  the  pupil  is  assisted  in  planning 
and  implementing  his  or  her  immediate  and  long-range  educational  pro- 
gram. 

(2)  Career  counseling  in  which  the  pupil  is  assisted  in  assessing  his  or 
her  aptitudes,  abilities,  and  interests  in  order  to  make  realistic  career  deci- 
sions. 


(3)  Personal  counseling  in  which  the  pupil  is  helped  to  develop  his  or 
her  ability  to  function  with  social  and  personal  responsibility. 

(4)  Counseling  and  consultation  with  parents  and  staff  members  on 
learning  problems  and  guidance  programs  for  pupils. 

(c)  The  individual  performing  counseling  services  to  pupils  shall  be 
qualified. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code;  20  U.S.C. 
1414(c)(2)(B);  and  34  C.F.R.  300.600.  Reference:  Sections  35300  and 
56363(b)(  1 1 ),  Education  Code;  and  34  C.F.R.  300. 1 3(b)(2),  (b)(6),  and  (b)(8). 


§  3051 .1 0.    Psychological  Services  Other  Than  Assessment 
and  Development  of  the  Individualized 
Education  Program. 

Psychological  services  may  include: 

(a)  Counseling  provided  to  an  individual  with  exceptional  needs  by  a 
credentialed  or  licensed  psychologist  or  other  qualified  personnel. 

(b)  Consultative  services  to  parents,  pupils,  teachers,  and  other  school 
personnel. 

(c)  Planning  and  implementing  a  program  of  psychological  counseling 
for  individuals  with  excepfional  needs  and  parents. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code;  20  U.S.C. 
1414(c)(2)(B);  and  34  C.F.R.  300.600.  Reference:  Section  56363(b)(10),  Educa- 
tion Code;  and  34  C.F.R.  300.13  (b)(8). 

§  3051 .1 1 .    Parent  Counseling  and  Training. 

Parent  counseling  and  training  may  include: 

(a)  Assisfing  parents  in  understanding  the  special  needs  of  their  child, 
and 

(b)  Providing  parents  with  information  about  child  development. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Education  Code  Section  56100(a)  and  (i);  20  U.S.C. 
1414(c)(2)(B);  and  34  C.F.R.  300.600.  Reference:  Section  56363(b)(l  1),  Educa- 
tion Code;  and  34  C.F.R.  300.13(b)(6). 

§  3051 .1 2.     Health  and  Nursing  Services. 

(a)  Health  and  nursing  services  may  include: 

( 1 )  Providing  services  by  qualified  personnel. 

(2)  Managing  the  individual's  health  problems  on  the  school  site. 

(3)  Consulting  with  pupils,  parents,  teachers,  and  other  personnel. 

(4)  Group  and  individual  counseling  with  parents  and  pupils  regarding 
health  problems. 

(5)  Maintaining  communication  with  health  agencies  providing  care 
to  individuals. 

(b)  Specialized  physical  health  care  may  be  provided  as  described  in 
Education  Code  Section  49423.5. 

(1)  Definifions. 

(A)  Specialized  physical  health  care  services  means  those  health  ser- 
vices prescribed  by  the  child's  licensed  physician  and  surgeon  requiring 
medically  related  training  for  the  individual  who  performs  the  services 
and  which  are  necessary  during  the  school  day  to  enable  the  child  to  at- 
tend school. 

(B)  Standardized  procedures  means  protocols  and  procedures  devel- 
oped through  collaboration  among  school  or  hospital  administrators  and 
health  professionals,  including  licensed  physicians  and  surgeons  and 
nurses,  to  be  utilized  in  the  provision  of  the  specialized  physical  health 
care  services. 

(C)  Qualified  means  ability  to  demonstrate  competence  in  Cardio- 
pulmonary Resuscitafion,  current  knowledge  of  community  emergency 
medical  resources,  and  skill  in  the  use  of  equipment  and  performance  of 
techniques  necessary  to  provide  specialized  physical  health  care  services 
for  individuals  with  exceptional  needs.  In  addiuon: 

1 .  "Qualified"  for  the  professional  school  or  public  health  nurse  or  li- 
censed physician  and  surgeon  shall  mean  trained  in  the  procedures  to  a 
level  of  competence  and  safety  which  meets  the  objectives  of  the  train- 
ing. 

2.  "Qualified"  for  the  designated  school  personnel  shall  mean  trained 
in  the  procedures  to  a  level  of  competence  and  safety  which  meets  the  ob- 
jecfives  of  the  training  as  provided  by  the  school  nurse,  public  health 
nurse,  licensed  physician  and  surgeon,  or  other  programs  which  provide 
the  training. 


Page  56 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§3051.14 


(D)  Supervision  means  review,  observation,  and/or  instaiction  ot^  a 
designated  school  person's  performance  and  of  physical  health  care  ser- 
vices, but  does  not  necessarily  require  the  immediate  presence  of  the  su- 
pervisor at  all  times. 

1 .  Immediate  supervision  means  that  the  supervisor  shall  be  physically 
present  while  a  procedure  is  being  administered. 

2.  Direct  supervision  means  that  the  supervisor  shall  be  present  in  the 
same  building  as  the  person  being  supervised  and  available  for  consulta- 
tion and/or  assistance. 

3.  Indirect  supervision  means  that  the  supervisor  shall  be  available  to 
the  qualified  designated  school  person  either  in  person  or  through  elec- 
tronic means  to  provide  necessary  instruction,  consultation,  and  referral 
to  appropriate  care  and  services  as  needed.  Supervision  of  designated 
school  persons  shall  include  review  on-site  by  a  qualified  school  nurse, 
qualified  public  health  nurse,  or  qualified  licensed  physician  and  sur- 
geon. Supervision  shall  also  include  review  of  the  competence  of  that  in- 
dividual in  performing  the  specialized  health  care  service,  maintenance 
of  appropriate  records,  physical  environment,  and  equipment. 

(E)  Training  means  preparation  in  the  appropriate  delivery  and  skillful 
performance  of  specialized  physical  health  care  services.  In  addition: 

1.  Medically  related  training  of  credentialed  school  nurses  or  public 
health  nurses  shall  be  that  training  in  an  approved  program  which  may 
be  necessary  to  update  or  make  current  the  nurse's  professional  skills  and 
knowledge  related  to  meeting  pupils'  needs  for  specialized  physical 
health  care  services. 

2.  Medically  related  training  of  employed  designated  school  personnel 
is  that  training  in  an  approved  program  in  standardized  procedures  pro- 
vided by  a  qualified  school  nurse,  qualified  public  health  nurse,  qualified 
licensed  physician  and  surgeon,  or  other  approved  programs  to  enable 
the  person  to  provide  the  specialized  physical  health  care  services  neces- 
sary to  enable  the  child  to  attend  school. 

(F)  Competence  in  Cardio-Pulmonary  Resuscitation  means  posses- 
sion of  a  current  valid  certificate  from  an  approved  program. 

(2)  Standards  and  Staffing. 

(A)  AllocaUon  of  qualified  designated  school  personnel  shall  be  deter- 
mined by  the  amount  and  type  of  supervision  necessary  to  this  regulation, 
and  also  the  type  and  frequency  of  services  needed  by  students  in  special 
classes  and  centers,  and  regular  instructional  settings. 

(B)  Approved  training  for  qualified  personnel  shall  be  provided  in  one 
or  more  of  the  following  ways: 

1.  By  a  qualified  school  nurse,  qualified  public  health  nurse,  or  quali- 
fied licensed  physician  and  surgeon,  as  defined  in  these  reguladons. 

2.  By  career  and  continuing  education  programs,  approved  by  the  ap- 
propriate licensing  board. 

3.  By  training  programs  through  public  or  private  medical  instituUons, 
i.e.,  hospitals,  public  health  agencies,  Visiung  Nurses  AssociaUons,  and 
Red  Cross. 

(3)  Organization  and  Administrafion. 

(A)  Specific  conUnuing  specialized  physical  health  care  services  re- 
quired in  order  for  the  individual  to  benefit  from  special  educafion  will 
be  included  in  the  individualized  education  program.  If  the  parent  elects 
to  perform  the  service  during  the  school  day,  a  waiver  shall  be  signed  re- 
lieving the  school  of  the  responsibility. 

(B)  Appropriate  accommodations  for  safety  and  necessary  physical 
care  services  for  the  individual  with  exceptional  needs  in  the  school  set- 
Ung  shall  be  provided  by  the  school.  Personal  privacy  and  dignity  of  an 
individual  with  excepfional  needs  shall  be  assured. 

(C)  The  school  district  shall  not  be  required  to  purchase  medical  equip- 
ment for  an  individual  pupil.  However,  the  school  district,  special  educa- 
tion local  plan  area,  or  county  office  is  responsible  for  providing  other 
specialized  equipment  for  use  at  school  that  is  needed  to  implement  the 
individualized  education  program. 

(D)  In  accordance  with  Education  Code  Section  49423.5(a)(2),  a  qual- 
ified school  nurse,  qualified  public  health  nurse,  or  qualified  licensed 
physician  and  surgeon  responsible  for  supervising  the  physical  health 
care  of  an  individual  with  excepfional  needs  in  the  school  setting  shall: 

I.  Coordinate  the  health  care  services  to  the  individuals  with  excep- 
tional needs  on  the  school  site. 


2.  Consult  with  appropriate  personnel  regarding  management  o\' 
health  care  services  for  individuals  with  exceptional  needs. 

3.  Make  appropriate  referrals  and  maintain  communication  with 
health  agencies  providing  care  to  individuals  with  exceptional  needs. 

4.  Maintain  or  review  licensed  physician  and  surgeon  and  parent  re- 
quests and  daily  documentation  records. 

(E)  Written  licensed  physician  and  surgeon  and  parent  requests,  as 
well  as  the  specific  standardized  procedures  to  be  used  if  physical  health 
care  services  are  provided,  shall  be  maintained  for  each  individual  with 
exceptional  needs.  Daily  documentation  of  specific  services  which  are 
provided  shall  be  maintained  on  a  district-approved  form  which  shall  in- 
clude the  signatures  of  the  qualified  designated  school  person(s)  who 
performs  the  procedure. 

1 .  Any  pupil  who  is  required  to  have  specialized  physical  health  care 
services  during  the  school  day,  prescribed  for  him  or  her  by  a  licensed 
physician  and  surgeon,  may  be  assisted  by  a  qualified  school  nurse,  qual- 
ified public  health  nurse,  or  other  qualified  school  personnel,  if  the  school 
district  receives: 

a.  A  written  statement  from  the  licensed  physician  and  surgeon  stating 
the  procedure  and  time  schedules  by  which  such  procedures  are  to  be  giv- 
en; and 

b.  A  written  statement  from  the  parent  or  guardian  of  the  pupil,  indicat- 
ing the  desire  that  the  school  district  assist  the  pupil  in  the  matters  set 
forth  in  the  Hcensed  physician  and  surgeon's  statement,  and  granting 
consent  for  the  delivery  of  such  services. 

2.  This  written  statement  of  a  licensed  physician  and  surgeon  and  par- 
ent requests  and  daily  documentation  shall  be  maintained  in  accordance 
with  the  requirements  of  confidenfiality  of  pupil  records,  and  are  consid- 
ered mandatory  interim  pupil  records. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Section  361 00(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 49423.5  and  56363(b)(12),  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  300.13(b)(  10). 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)(3)(C)  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Regis- 
ter 88.  No.  15). 

§  3051 .13.    Social  Worker  Services. 

(a)  Personnel  providing  social  worker  services  shall  be  qualified. 

(b)  Social  work  services  may  include: 

( 1 )  Individual  and  group  counseling  with  the  individual  and  his  or  her 
immediate  family. 

(2)  Consultafion  with  pupils,  parents,  teachers,  and  other  personnel  re- 
garding the  effects  of  family  and  other  social  factors  on  the  learning  and 
developmental  requirements  of  individual  pupils  with  excepfional  needs. 

(3)  Developing  a  network  of  community  resources,  making  appropri- 
ate refenal  and  maintaining  liaison  relationships  among  the  school,  the 
pupil  with  exceptional  needs,  the  family,  and  the  various  agencies  pro- 
viding social,  income  maintenance,  employment  development,  mental 
health,  or  other  developmental  services. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Section  56i00(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code;  20  U.S.C. 
1414(c)(2)(B);  and  34  C.F.R.  300.600.  References;  Section  56363(b)(  1 3),  Educa- 
tion Code;  and  34  C.F.R.  300. 13(b)(  1 1). 

§  3051.14.    Specially  Designed  Vocational  Education  and 
Career  Development. 

Specially  designed  vocational  education  and  career  development  for 
individuals  with  excepfional  needs  regardless  of  severity  of  disability 
may  include: 

(a)  Providing  prevocafional  programs  and  assessing  work-related 
skills,  interests,  apfitudes,  and  atfitudes. 

(b)  Coordinafing  and  modifying  the  regular  vocafional  education  pro- 
gram. 

(c)  Assisfing  individuals  in  developing  attitudes,  self-confidence,  and 
vocafional  competencies  to  locate,  secure,  and  retain  employment  in  the 
community  or  sheltered  environment,  and  to  enable  such  individuals  to 
become  participaung  members  of  the  community. 

(d)  Establishing  work  training  programs  within  the  school  and  com- 
munity. 

(e)  Assisfing  in  job  placement. 


Page  57 


Register  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


§  3051.15 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(f)  Instructing  Job  trainers  and  employers  as  to  the  unique  needs  of  the 
individuals. 

(g)  Maintaining  regularly  scheduled  contact  with  all  work  stations  and 
job-site  trainers. 

(h)  Coordinating  services  with  the  Department  of  Rehabilitation  and 
other  agencies  as  designated  in  the  individualized  education  program. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  561(X)(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 56363(b)(14),  Education  Code;  34  CFR  300.14(b)(3). 

§  3051 .15.    Recreation  Services. 

Recreation  services  include  but  are  not  limited  to: 

(a)  Therapeutic  recreation  services  which  are  those  specialized  in- 
structional programs  designed  to  assist  pupils  in  becoming  as  indepen- 
dent as  possible  in  leisure  activities,  and  when  possible  and  appropriate, 
facilitate  the  pupil's  integration  into  regular  recreation  programs. 

(b)  Recreation  programs  in  schools  and  the  community  which  are 
those  programs  that  emphasize  the  use  of  leisure  activity  in  the  teaching 
of  academic,  social,  and  daily  hving  skills;  and,  the  provision  of  nonaca- 
demic  and  extracurricular  leisure  activities  and  the  utilization  of  commu- 
nity recreation  programs  and  facilities. 

(c)  Leisure  education  programs  which  are  those  specific  programs  de- 
signed to  prepare  the  pupil  for  optimum  independent  participation  in  ap- 
propriate leisure  activities,  including  teaching  social  skills  necessary  to 
engage  in  leisure  activities,  and  developing  awareness  of  personal  and 
community  leisure  resources. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56 100(a)  and  (1),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 56363(b)(]5),  Education  Code;  and  CFR  300.13(b)(9). 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  Note  (Register  98,  No.  33). 

§  3051 .1 6.    Specialized  Services  for  Low-Incidence 
Disabilities. 

(a)  Specialized  Services  for  low-incidence  disabilities  may  include: 

( 1 )  Specially  designed  instruction  related  to  the  unique  needs  of  pupils 
with  low-incidence  disabilities  provided  by  teachers  credentialed  pur- 
suant to  Education  Code  section  44265. 

(2)  Specialized  services  related  to  the  unique  needs  of  pupils  with  low- 
incidence  disabihties  provided  by  qualified  individuals  such  as  interpret- 
ers, notetakers,  readers,  transcribers,  and  other  individuals  who  provide 
specialized  materials  and  equipment. 

(b)  Certification  requirements  for  educational  interpreters  for  deaf  and 
hard  of  hearing  pupils. 

(1 )  By  July  1 , 2(X)8,  an  educational  interpreter  shall  be  certified  by  the 
national  Registry  of  Interpreters  for  the  Deaf  (RID),  or  equivalent;  in  lieu 
of  RID  certification  or  equivalent,  an  educational  interpreter  shall  have 
achieved  a  score  of  3.0  or  above  on  the  Educational  Interpreter  Perfor- 
mance Assessment  (EIPA),  the  Educational  Sign  Skills  Evaluation-In- 
terpreter and  Receptive  (ESSE-I/R),  or  the  National  Association  of  the 
Deaf/American  Consortium  of  Certified  Interpreters  (NAD/ACCI)  as- 
sessment. If  providing  Cued  Language  transliteration,  a  transl iterator 
shall  possess  Testing/Evaluation  and  Certification  Unit  (TECUnit)  certi- 
fication, or  have  achieved  a  score  of  3.0  or  above  on  the  EIPA  —  Cued 
Speech. 

(2)  By  July  1 ,  2008,  an  educational  interpreter  shall  be  certified  by  the 
national  RID,  or  equivalent;  in  lieu  of  RID  certification  or  equivalent,  an 
educational  interpreter  must  have  achieved  a  score  of  3.5  or  above  on  the 
EIPA,  the  ESSE-I/R,  or  the  NAD/ACCI  assessment.  If  providing  Cued 
Language  transliteration,  a  transl  iterator  shall  possess  TECUnit  certifi- 
cation, or  have  achieved  a  score  of  3.5  or  above  on  the  EIPA  —  Cued 
Speech. 

(3)  By  July  1,  2009,  and  thereafter,  an  educational  interpreter  shall  be 
certified  by  the  national  RID,  or  equivalent;  in  lieu  of  RID  certification 
or  equivalent,  an  educational  interpreter  must  have  achieved  a  score  of 
4.0  or  above  on  the  EIPA,  the  ESSE-I/R,  or  the  NAD/ACCI  assessment. 
If  providing  Cued  Language  transliteration,  a  transliterator  shall  possess 


TECUnit  certification,  or  have  achieved  a  score  of  4.0  or  above  on  the 
EIPA  —  Cued  Speech. 

(c)  An  '"educational  interpreter"  provides  communication  facilitation 
between  students  who  are  deaf  or  hard  of  hearing,  and  others,  in  the  gen- 
eral education  classroom  and  for  other  school  related  activities,  including 
extracurricular  activities,  as  designated  in  a  student's  Individualized 
Educational  Program  (lEP). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  561 00(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 56363.  Education  Code;  and  Sections  300..34  and  300.156(b)(1),  Title  34, 
Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  .3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  first  sentence  (Register  98,  No.  33). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  7-29-2002;  operative  8-28-2002  (Reg- 
ister 2002,  No.  31). 

4.  Repealer  and  new  subsection  (b)(  1 ),  new  subsections  (b)(2)-(c)  and  amendment 
of  Note  filed  2-22-2008;  operative  3-23-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  8). 

§  3051 .1 7.    Services  for  Pupils  with  Chronic  Illnesses  or 
Acute  Health  Problems. 

(a)  Specialized  services  may  be  provided  to  pupils  determined  eligible 
pursuant  to  Section  3030(f).  Such  services  include  but  are  not  limited  to: 

(1)  Individual  consultation; 

(2)  Home  or  hospital  instruction;  and 

(3)  Other  instructional  methods  using  advanced  communication  tech- 
nology. 

(b)  For  pupils  whose  medical  condition  is  in  remission  or  in  a  passive 
state,  the  individualized  education  program  team  shall  specify  the  fre- 
quency for  monitoring  the  pupil's  educational  progress  to  assure  that  the 
illness  does  not  interfere  with  the  pupil's  educational  progress. 

(c)  When  a  pupil  identified  pursuant  to  Section  3030(f)  experiences  an 
acute  health  problem  which  results  in  his  or  her  non — attendance  at 
school  for  more  than  five  consecutive  days,  upon  notification  of  the  clas- 
sroom teacher  or  the  parent,  the  school  principal  or  designee  shall  assure 
that  an  individualized  education  program  team  is  convened  to  determine 
the  appropriate  educational  services. 

(d)  If  there  is  a  pattern  of  sporadic  illness,  the  individualized  education 
program  team  shall  convene  to  consider  alternative  means  for  the  pupil 
to  demonstrate  competencies  in  the  required  course  of  study  so  that  the 
cumulative  number  of  absences  do  not  prevent  educational  progress. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  56100(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 56363(a),  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  300.14(a)(1). 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

§  3051 .1 8.    Designated  Instruction  and  Services  for  the 
Deaf  and  Hard  of  Hearing. 

(a)  Instruction  and  services  for  deaf  and  hard  of  hearing  pupils  shall 
be  provided  by  an  individual  holding  an  appropriate  Credential,  who  has 
competencies  to  provide  services  to  the  hearing  impaired  and  who  has 
training,  experience  and  proficient  communication  skills  for  educating 
pupils  with  hearing  impairments.  Such  services  may  include  but  need  not 
to  be  limited  to: 

(1)  Speech,  speech  reading  and  auditory  training. 

(2)  Instruction  in  oral,  sign,  and  written  language  development. 

(3)  Rehabilitative  and  educational  services  for  hearing  impaired  indi- 
viduals to  include  monitoring  amplification,  coordinating  information 
for  the  annual  review,  and  recommending  additional  services. 

(4)  Adapting  curricula,  methods,  media,  and  the  environment  to  facili- 
tate the  learning  process. 

(5)  Consultation  to  pupils,  parents,  teachers,  and  other  school  person- 
nel as  necessary  to  maximize  the  pupil's  experience  in  the  regular  educa- 
tion program. 

(b)  A  specially  trained  instructional  aide,  working  with  and  under  the 
direct  supervision  of  the  credentialed  teacher  of  the  deaf  and  hard-of- 
hearing,  may  assist  in  the  implementation  of  the  pupil's  educational  pro- 
gram. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  561 00(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 56363  (b)(16),  Educafion  Code;  and  34  CFR  300, 13(a). 


Page  58 


Register  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  3052 


History 

1.  New  .section  (lied  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  l.S). 

§  3052.    Designated  Positive  Behavioral  Interventions. 

(a)  General  Provision.s. 

( 1 )  An  lEP  team  shall  facilitate  and  supervise  all  assessment,  interven- 
tion, and  evaluation  activities  related  to  a  individual's  behavioral  inter- 
vention plan.  When  the  behavioral  intervention  plan  is  being  developed, 
the  lEP  team  shall  be  expanded  to  include  the  behavioral  intervention 
case  manager  with  documented  training  in  behavior  analysis  including 
positive  behavioral  intervention(s).  qualified  personnel  knowledgeable 
of  the  student's  health  needs,  and  others  as  described  in  Education  Code 
Section  5634 1  (c)(2).  The  behavioral  intervention  case  manager  is  not  in- 
tended to  be  a  new  staff  person  and  may  be  an  existing  staff  member 
trained  in  behavior  analysis  with  an  emphasis  on  positive  behavioral  in- 
terventions. 

(2)  Behavioral  intervention  plans  shall  only  be  implemented  by,  or  be 
under  the  supervision  of,  staff  with  documented  training  in  behavior 
analysis,  including  the  use  of  positive  behavioral  interventions.  Such  in- 
terventions shall  only  be  used  to  replace  specified  maladaptive  behav- 
ior(s)  with  alternative  acceptable  behavior(s)  and  shall  never  be  used 
solely  to  eliminate  maladaptive  behavior(s). 

(3)  Behavioral  intervention  plans  shall  be  based  upon  a  functional 
analysis  assessment,  shall  be  specified  in  the  individualized  education 
program,  and  shall  be  used  only  in  a  systematic  manner  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  this  section. 

(4)  Behavioral  emergency  interventions  shall  not  be  used  as  a  substi- 
tute for  behavioral  intervention  plans. 

(5)  The  elimination  of  any  maladaptive  behavior  does  not  require  the 
use  of  intrusive  behavioral  interventions  that  cause  pain  or  trauma. 

(6)  To  the  extent  possible,  behavioral  intervention  plans  shall  be  de- 
veloped and  implemented  in  a  consistent  manner  appropriate  to  each  of 
the  individual's  life  settings. 

(b)  Functional  Analysis  Assessments.  A  functional  analysis  asses- 
sment must  be  conducted  by,  or  be  under  the  supervision  of  a  person  who 
has  documented  training  in  behavior  analysis  with  an  emphasis  on  posi- 
tive behavioral  interventions.  A  functional  analysis  assessment  shall  oc- 
cur after  the  individualized  education  program  team  finds  that  instruc- 
tional/behavioral approaches  specified  in  the  student's  IE?  have  been 
ineffective.  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  preclude  a  parent  or  legal  guard- 
ian from  requesting  a  functional  analysis  assessment  pursuant  to  the  pro- 
visions of  Education  Code  sections  56320  et  seq. 

Functional  analysis  assessment  personnel  shall  gather  information 
from  three  sources:  direct  observation,  interviews  with  significant  others, 
and  review  of  available  data  such  as  assessment  reports  prepared  by  other 
professionals  and  other  individual  records.  Prior  to  conducting  the  asses- 
sment, parent  notice  and  consent  shall  be  given  and  obtained  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  Section  56321. 

( 1 )  A  functional  analysis  assessment  procedure  shall  include  all  of  the 
following: 

(A)  Systematic  observation  of  the  occurrence  of  the  targeted  behavior 
for  an  accurate  definition  and  description  of  the  frequency,  duration,  and 
intensity; 

(B)  Systematic  observation  of  the  immediate  antecedent  events  asso- 
ciated with  each  instance  of  the  display  of  the  targeted  inappropriate  be- 
havior: 

(C)  Systematic  observation  and  analysis  of  the  consequences  follow- 
ing the  display  of  the  behavior  to  determine  the  function  the  behavior 
serves  for  the  individual,  i.e.,  to  identify  the  specific  environmental  or 
physiological  outcomes  produced  by  the  behavior.  The  communicative 
intent  of  the  behavior  is  identified  in  terms  of  what  the  individual  is  either 
requesting  or  protesting  through  the  display  of  the  behavior; 

(D)  Ecological  analysis  of  the  settings  in  which  the  behavior  occurs 
most  frequently.  Factors  to  consider  should  include  the  physical  setting, 
the  social  setting,  the  activities  and  the  nature  of  instruction,  scheduling, 
the  quality  of  communication  between  the  individual  and  staff  and  other 
students,  the  degree  of  independence,  the  degree  of  participation,  the 


amount  and  quality  of  social  interaction,  the  degree  of  choice,  and  the  va- 
riety of  activities; 

(E)  Review  of  records  for  health  and  medical  factors  which  may  inl1u- 
ence  behaviors  (e.g.  medication  levels,  sleep  cycles,  health,  diet);  and 

(F)  Review  of  the  history  of  the  behavior  to  include  the  effectiveness 
of  previously  used  behavioral  interventions. 

(2)  Functional  Analysis  Assessment  Reports.  Following  the  asses- 
sment, a  written  report  of  the  assessment  results  shall  be  prepared  and  a 
copy  shall  be  provided  to  the  parent.  The  report  shall  include  all  of  the 
following: 

(A)  A  description  of  the  nature  and  severity  of  the  targeted  behavior(s) 
in  objective  and  measurable  terms: 

(B)  A  description  of  the  targeted  behavior(s)  that  includes  baseline 
data  and  an  analysis  of  the  antecedents  and  consequences  that  maintain 
the  targeted  behavior,  and  a  functional  analysis  of  the  behavior  across  all 
appropriate  settings  in  which  it  occurs; 

(C)  A  description  of  the  rate  of  alternative  behaviors,  their  antecedents 
and  consequences;  and 

(D)  Recommendations  for  consideration  by  the  lEP  team  which  may 
include  a  proposed  plan  as  specified  in  Section  3001(0. 

(c)  lEP  Team  Meeting.  Upon  completion  of  the  functional  analysis 
assessment,  an  lEP  team  meeting  shall  be  held  to  review  results  and.  if 
necessary,  to  develop  a  behavioral  intervention  plan,  as  defined  in  Article 
1,  SecUon  3001(f)  of  these  regulations.  The  lEP  team  shall  include  the 
behavioral  intervention  case  manager.  The  behavioral  intervention  plan 
shall  become  a  part  of  the  lEP  and  shall  be  written  with  sufficient  detail 
so  as  to  direct  the  implementafion  of  the  plan. 

(d)  Intervenfion.  Based  upon  the  results  of  the  functional  analysis 
assessment,  posifive  programming  for  behavioral  intervention  tnay  in- 
clude the  following: 

(1 )  Altering  the  idenfified  antecedent  event  to  prevent  the  occurrence 
of  the  behavior  (e.g.,  providing  choice,  changing  the  setting,  offering  va- 
riety and  a  meaningful  curriculum,  removing  environmental  pollutants 
such  as  excessive  noise  or  crowding,  establishing  a  predictable  routine 
for  the  individual); 

(2)  Teaching  the  individual  alternative  behaviors  that  produce  the 
same  consequences  as  the  inappropriate  behavior  (e.g.,  teaching  the  indi- 
vidual to  make  requests  or  protests  using  socially  acceptable  behaviors, 
teaching  the  individual  to  participate  with  alternative  communication 
modes  as  a  substitute  for  socially  unacceptable  attention-getting  behav- 
iors, providing  the  individual  with  acfivities  that  are  physically  stimulat- 
ing as  alternatives  for  stereotypic,  self-stimulatory  behaviors): 

(3)  Teaching  the  individual  adapUve  behaviors  (e.g..  choice-making, 
self-management,  relaxafion  techniques,  and  general  skill  development) 
which  ameliorate  negative  conditions  that  promote  the  display  of  inap- 
propriate behaviors;  and 

(4)  Manipulating  the  consequences  for  the  display  of  targeted  inappro- 
priate behaviors  and  alternafive,  acceptable  behaviors  so  that  it  is  the  al- 
ternative behaviors  that  more  effectively  produce  desired  outcomes  (i.e., 
positively  reinforcing  alternative  and  other  acceptable  behaviors  and  ig- 
noring or  redirecfing  unacceptable  behaviors). 

(e)  Acceptable  Responses.  When  the  targeted  behavior(s)  occurs,  pos- 
itive response  opfions  shall  include,  but  are  not  limited  to  one  or  more  oi' 
the  following: 

(1)  the  behavior  is  ignored,  but  not  the  individual; 

(2)  the  individual  is  verbally  or  verbally  and  physically  redirected  to 
an  acfivity; 

(3)  the  individual  is  provided  with  feedback  (e.g.,  "You  are  talking  too 
loudly"); 

(4)  the  message  of  the  behavior  is  acknowledged  (e.g.,  "You  are  hav- 
ing a  hard  rime  with  your  work");  or 

(5)  a  brief,  physical  prompt  is  provided  to  interrupt  or  prevent  aggres- 
sion, self-abuse,  or  property  destruction. 

(f)  Evaluadonof  the  Behavioral  Intervenfion  Plan  Effectiveness.  Eval- 
uation of  the  effecfiveness  of  the  behavioral  intervention  plan  shall  be  de- 
termined through  the  following  procedures: 


Page  59 


Register  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


§3052 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(1 )  Baseline  measure  of  the  frequency,  duration,  and  intensity  of  the 
targeted  behavior,  taken  during  the  functional  analysis  assessment.  Base- 
line data  shall  be  taken  across  activities,  settings,  people,  and  times  of  the 
day.  The  baseline  data  shall  be  used  as  a  standard  against  which  to  evalu- 
ate intervention  effectiveness; 

(2)  Measures  of  the  frequency,  duration,  and  intensity  of  the  targeted 
behavior  shall  be  taken  after  the  behavioral  intervention  plan  is  implem- 
ented at  scheduled  intervals  determined  by  the  lEP  team.  These  measures 
shall  also  be  taken  across  activities,  settings,  people,  and  times  of  the  day, 
and  may  record  the  data  in  terms  of  time  spent  acting  appropriately  rather 
than  time  spent  engaging  in  the  inappropriate  behavior; 

(3)  Documentation  of  program  implementation  as  specified  in  the  be- 
havioral intervention  plan  (e.g..  written  instructional  programs  and  data, 
descriptions  of  environmental  changes);  and 

(4)  Measures  of  program  effectiveness  will  be  reviewed  by  the  teach- 
er, the  behavioral  intervention  case  manager,  parent  or  care  provider,  and 
others  as  appropriate  at  scheduled  intervals  determined  by  the  lEP  team. 
This  review  may  be  conducted  in  meetings,  by  telephone  conference,  or 
by  other  means,  as  agreed  upon  by  the  lEP  team. 

(5)  If  the  lEP  team  determines  that  changes  are  necessary  to  increase 
program  effectiveness,  the  teacher  and  behavioral  intervention  case  man- 
ager shall  conduct  additional  functional  analysis  assessments  and.  based 
on  the  outcomes,  shall  propose  changes  to  the  behavioral  intervention 
plan. 

(g)  Modifications  without  lEP  Team  Meeting.  Minor  modifications  to 
the  behavioral  intervention  plan  can  be  made  by  the  behavioral  interven- 
tion case  manager  and  the  parent  or  parent  representative.  If  the  case 
manager  is  unavailable,  a  qualified  designee  who  meets  the  training  re- 
quirements of  subsection  (a)(J)  shall  participate  in  such  modifications. 
Each  modification  or  change  shall  be  addressed  in  the  behavioral  inter- 
vention plan  provided  that  the  parent,  or  parent  representative,  is  notified 
of  the  need  and  is  able  to  review  the  existing  program  evaluation  data 
prior  to  implementing  the  modification  or  change.  Parents  shall  be  in- 
formed of  their  right  to  question  any  modification  to  the  plan  through  the 
lEP  procedures. 

(h)  Contingency  Behavioral  Intervention  Plans.  Nothing  in  this  sec- 
tion is  intended  to  preclude  the  lEP  team  from  initially  developing  the  be- 
havioral intervention  plan  in  sufficient  detail  to  include  schedules  for  al- 
tering specified  procedures,  or  the  frequency  or  duration  of  the 
procedures,  without  the  necessity  for  reconvening  the  lEP  team.  Where 
the  intervention  is  to  be  used  in  multiple  settings,  such  as  the  classroom, 
home  and  job  sites,  those  personnel  responsible  for  implementation  in  the 
other  sites  must  also  be  notified  and  consulted  prior  to  the  change. 

(i)  Emergency  Interventions.  Emergency  interventions  may  only  be 
used  to  control  unpredictable,  spontaneous  behavior  which  poses  clear 
and  present  danger  of  serious  physical  harm  to  the  individual  or  others 
and  which  cannot  be  immediately  prevented  by  a  response  less  restrictive 
than  the  temporary  application  of  a  technique  used  to  contain  the  behav- 
ior. 

(1)  Emergency  interventions  shall  not  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  the 
systematic  behavioral  intervention  plan  that  is  designed  to  change,  re- 
place, modify,  or  eliminate  a  targeted  behavior. 

(2)  Whenever  a  behavioral  emergency  occurs,  only  behavioral  emer- 
gency interventions  approved  by  the  special  education  local  planning 
area  (SELPA)  may  be  used. 

(3)  No  emergency  intervention  shall  be  employed  for  longer  than  is 
necessary  to  contain  the  behavior.  Any  situation  which  requires  pro- 
longed use  of  an  emergency  intervention  shall  require  staff  to  seek  assis- 
tance of  the  school  site  administrator  or  law  enforcement  agency,  as 
applicable  to  the  situation. 

(4)  Emergency  interventions  may  not  include: 

(A)  Locked  seclusion,  unless  it  is  in  a  facility  otherwise  licensed  or 
permitted  by  state  law  to  use  a  locked  room; 

(B)  Employment  of  a  device  or  material  or  objects  which  simulta- 
neously immobilize  all  four  extremities,  except  that  techniques  such  as 
prone  containment  may  be  used  as  an  emergency  intervention  by  staff 
trained  in  such  procedures;  and 

(C)  An  amount  of  force  that  exceeds  that  which  is  reasonable  and  nec- 
essary under  the  circumstances. 


(5)  To  prevent  emergency  interventions  from  being  used  in  lieu  of 
planned,  systematic  behavioral  interventions,  the  parent  and  residential 
care  provider,  if  appropriate,  shall  be  notified  within  one  school  day 
whenever  an  emergency  intervention  is  used  or  serious  property  damage 
occurs.  A  "Behavioral  Emergency  Report"  shall  immediately  be  com- 
pleted and  maintained  in  the  individual's  file.  The  report  shall  include  all 
of  the  following: 

(A)  The  name  and  age  of  the  individual; 

(B)  The  setting  and  location  of  the  incident; 

(C)  The  name  of  the  staff  or  other  persons  involved; 

(D)  A  description  of  the  incident  and  the  emergency  intervention  used, 
and  whether  the  individual  is  currently  engaged  in  any  systematic  behav- 
ioral intervention  plan;  and 

(E)  Details  of  any  injuries  sustained  by  the  individual  or  others,  includ- 
ing staff,  as  a  result  of  the  incident. 

(6)  All  "Behavioral  Emergency  Reports"  shall  immediately  be  for- 
warded to.  and  reviewed  by.  a  designated  responsible  administrator. 

(7)  Anytime  a  "Behavioral  Emergency  Reporf '  is  written  regarding 
an  individual  who  does  not  have  a  behavioral  intervention  plan,  the  des- 
ignated responsible  administrator  shall,  within  two  days,  schedule  an  lEP 
team  meeting  to  review  the  emergency  report,  to  determine  the  necessity 
for  a  functional  analysis  assessment,  and  to  determine  the  necessity  for 
an  interim  behavioral  intervention  plan.  The  lEP  team  shall  document  the 
reasons  for  not  conducting  an  assessment  and/or  not  developing  an  inter- 
im plan. 

(8)  Anytime  a  "Behavioral  Emergency  Report"  is  written  regarding  an 
individual  who  has  a  behavioral  intervention  plan,  any  incident  involving 
a  previously  unseen  serious  behavior  problem  or  where  a  previously  de- 
signed intervention  is  not  effective  should  be  referred  to  the  lEP  team  to 
review  and  determine  if  the  incident  constitutes  a  need  to  modify  the  plan. 

(9)  "Behavioral  Emergency  Report"  data  shall  be  collected  by  SEL- 
PAs  which  shall  report  annually  the  number  of  Behavioral  Emergency 
Reports  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  and  the  Advisory 
Committee  on  Special  Education. 

(j)  SELPA  Plan.  The  local  plan  of  each  SELPA  shall  include  proce- 
dures governing  the  systematic  use  of  behavioral  interventions  and  emer- 
gency interventions.  These  procedures  shall  be  part  of  the  SELPA  local 
plan. 

(1)  Upon  adoption,  these  procedures  shall  be  available  to  all  staff 
members  and  parents  whenever  a  behavioral  intervention  plan  is  pro- 
posed. 

(2)  At  a  mirumum,  the  plan  shall  include: 

(A)  The  qualifications  and  training  of  personnel  to  be  designated  as  be- 
havioral intervention  case  managers,  which  shall  include  training  in  be- 
havior analysis  with  an  emphasis  on  positive  behavioral  interventions, 
who  will  coordinate  and  assist  in  conducting  the  functional  analysis 
assessments  and  the  development  of  the  behavioral  intervention  plans; 

(B)  The  qualifications  and  training  required  of  personnel  who  will  par- 
ticipate in  the  implementation  of  the  behavioral  intervention  plans; 
which  shall  include  training  in  positive  behavioral  interventions; 

(C)  Special  training  that  will  be  required  for  the  use  of  emergency  be- 
havioral interventions  and  the  types  of  interventions  requiring  such  train- 
ing; and 

(D)  Approved  behavioral  emergency  procedures. 

(k)  Nonpublic  School  Policy.  Nonpublic  schools  and  agencies,  serv- 
ing individuals  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  56365  et  seq.,  shall 
develop  policies  consistent  with  those  specified  in  subsection  (i)  of  this 
section. 

(/)  Prohibitions.  No  public  education  agency,  or  nonpublic  school  or 
agency  serving  individuals  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  56365  et 
seq.,  may  authorize,  order,  consent  to,  or  pay  for  any  of  the  following  in- 
terventions, or  any  other  interventions  similar  to  or  like  the  following: 

(1)  Any  intervention  that  is  designed  to,  or  likely  to,  cause  physical 
pain; 

(2)  Releasing  noxious,  toxic  or  otherwise  unpleasant  sprays,  mists,  or 
substances  in  proximity  to  the  individual's  face; 


Page  60 


Register  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  3060 


(3)  Any  inierveniion  which  denies  adequate  sleep,  food,  water,  sheker. 
bedding,  physical  comt'ort,  or  access  to  bathroom  facilities: 

(4)  Any  intervention  which  is  designed  to  subject,  used  to  subject,  or 
likely  to  subject  the  individual  to  verbal  abuse,  ridicule  or  humiliation, 
or  which  can  be  expected  to  cause  excessive  emotional  trauma; 

(5)  Restrictive  interventions  which  employ  a  device  or  material  or  ob- 
jects that  simultaneously  immobilize  all  four  extremeties,  including  the 
procedure  known  as  prone  containment,  except  that  prone  containment 
or  similar  techniques  may  be  used  by  trained  personnel  as  a  limited  emer- 
gency intervention  pursuant  to  subsection  (i); 

(6)  Locked  seclusion,  except  pursuant  to  subsection  (i)(4)(A); 

(7)  Any  intervention  that  precludes  adequate  supervision  of  the  indi- 
vidual; and 

(8)  Any  intervention  which  deprives  the  individual  of  one  or  more  of 
his  or  her  senses. 

(m)  Due  Process  Hearings.  The  provisions  of  this  chapter  related  to 
functional  analysis  assessments  and  the  development  and  implementa- 
tion of  behavioral  intervention  plans  are  subject  to  the  due  process  hear- 
ing procedures  specified  in  Education  Code  Section  56501  et  seq.  No 
hearing  officer  may  order  the  implementation  of  a  behavioral  interven- 
tion that  is  otherwise  prohibited  by  this  section,  by  SELPA  policy,  or  by 
any  other  applicable  statute  or  regulation. 

NoTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  56523(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
56520  and  56523.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  4-20-93;  operative  5-20-93  (Register  93,  No.  17). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b).  (b)(2)(D),  (c),  (i),  (i  )(5)  and  (i)(7)  filed  2-2.3-96 
as  an  emergency;  operative  2-23-96  (Register  96,  No.  8).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  6-22-96  or  emergency  language  will  be 
repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-23-96  order  including  further  amendment  of 
subsection  (b)  transmitted  to  OAL  6-21-96  and  filed  8-5-96  (Resister  96.  No. 

§  3053.    Special  Classes. 

(a)  Placement  in  a  special  day  class  shall  not  limit  or  restrict  the  consid- 
eration of  other  options,  including  services  provided  in  a  vocational  edu- 
cation program  or  any  combination  of  programs  and  placements  as  may 
be  required  to  provide  the  services  specified  in  a  pupil's  individualized 
education  program. 

(b)  The  following  standards  for  special  classes  shall  be  met: 

(1)  A  special  class  shall  be  composed  of  individuals  whose  needs  as 
specified  in  the  individualized  education  programs  can  be  appropriately 
met  within  the  class. 

(2)  Pupils  in  a  special  class  shall  be  provided  with  an  educational  pro- 
gram in  accordance  with  their  individualized  education  programs  for  at 
least  the  same  length  of  time  as  the  regular  school  day  for  that  chronolog- 
ical peer  group: 

(A)  When  an  individual  can  benefit  by  attending  a  regular  program  for 
part  of  the  day,  the  amount  of  time  shall  be  written  in  the  individualized 
education  program. 

(B)  When  the  individualized  education  program  team  determines  that 
an  individual  cannot  function  for  the  period  of  time  of  a  regular  school 
day,  and  when  it  is  so  specified  in  the  individualized  education  program, 
an  individual  may  be  permitted  to  attend  a  special  class  for  less  time  than 
the  regular  school  day  for  that  chronological  peer  group. 

(3)  The  procedure  for  allocation  of  aides  for  special  classes  shall  be 
specified  in  the  local  plan.  Additional  aide  time  may  be  provided  when 
the  severity  of  the  handicapping  conditions  of  the  pupils  or  the  age  of  the 
pupils  justifies  it,  based  on  the  individualized  education  programs. 

(4)  Special  class(es)  shall  be  located  to  promote  maximum  appropriate 
interaction  with  regular  educational  programs. 

(c)  The  special  class  shall  be  taught  by  a  full-time-equivalent  teacher 
whose  responsibility  is  the  instruction,  supervision,  and  coordination  of 
the  educational  program  for  those  individuals  enrolled  in  the  special 
class. 

The  special  class  shall  be  taught  by  a  teacher  who  holds  an  appropriate 
special  education  credential  authorized  by  the  Commission  on  Teacher 


Credentialing  and  who  pos.sesses  the  necessary  competencies  to  teach  in- 
dividuals assigned  to  the  class.  Special  class  teachers  with  a  Special  Edu- 
cation Credential  employed  as  of  September  1 ,  1 975,  as  teachers  in  spe- 
cial classes  for  pupils  in  severe  language  disorder  aphasia  programs  and 
who  possess  the  necessary  competencies  to  teach  individuals  assigned  to 
the  class,  shall  be  authorized  to  continue  to  teach. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  561  ()0(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 56001  and  56364,  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  300.55(K554. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88.  No.  15). 

§  3054.    Special  Center. 

(a)  Standards.  Special  centers  of)erating  under  this  section  shall: 

(1)  Provide  pupils  in  a  special  center  with  an  educational  program  in 
accordance  with  their  individualized  education  programs  for  at  least  the 
same  length  of  time  as  the  regular  school  day  for  that  chronological  peer 
group: 

(A)  When  an  individual  can  benefit  by  attending  a  regular  class(es)  or 
other  program  part  of  the  day,  the  amount  of  time  shall  be  written  in  the 
individualized  education  prograin. 

(B)  When  the  individualized  education  program  team  determines  than 
an  individual  cannot  function  for  the  period  ol'  time  of  a  regular  school 
day,  and  when  it  is  so  specified  in  the  individualized  education  program, 
an  individual  may  be  permitted  to  attend  a  special  center  for  less  time  than 
the  regular  school  day  for  that  chronological  peer  group. 

(2)  Be  staffed  by  qualified  personnel  at  a  pupil/adult  ratio  to  enable  im- 
plementation of  the  pupils'  individualized  education  programs. 

(3)  Provide  an  emergency  communication  system  for  the  health  and 
safety  of  individuals  with  exceptional  needs,  such  as  fire,  earthquake,  and 
smog  alerts. 

(4)  Have  specialized  equipment  and  facilities  to  meet  the  needs  of  indi- 
viduals served  in  the  special  centers. 

(b)  Special  centers  should  be  located  to  promote  maximum,  appropri- 
ate interaction  with  regular  educational  programs. 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Section  5610()(a)  and  (i).  Education  Code;  20  U.S.C. 
1414(c)(2)(B);  and  34  C.F.R.  300.600.  References:  Sections  56001  and  56364. 
Education  Code;  and  34  C.F.R.  300.550-554. 

Article  6.     Nonpublic,  Nonsectarian  School 
and  Agency  Services 

§  3060.    Application  for  Certification. 

(a)  Any  school,  person  or  agency  desiring  to  obtain  certification  as  a 
nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency  shall  file  an  application  with  the 
Superintendent  on  forms  developed  and  provided  by  the  Department. 

(b)  Applications  to  be  certified  as  a  nonpublic  school  or  a  nonpublic 
agency  shall  be  filed  at  the  time  allowed  by  Education  Code  section 
56366.1(b)  and  (h). 

(c)  Each  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency  application  shall  in- 
clude information  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  56366. 1(a)  and: 

( 1 )  the  name  and  address  of  the  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency; 

(2)  the  name  of  the  administrator  and  contact  person; 

(3)  the  telephone  and  FAX  numbers; 

(4)  for  nonpublic  schools,  the  name  of  the  teacher(s)  with  a  credential 
authorizing  service  in  special  education; 

(5)  the  types  of  disabling  conditions  served; 

(6)  the  age,  gender  and  grade  levels  served; 

(7)  the  total  capacity  of  the  program; 

(8)  a  brief  description  of  the  program; 

(9)  per  hour,  per  day  or  montlily  fees  for  services  provided: 

(10)  written  directions  and  a  street  map  describing  the  location  of  the 
nonpublic  school  from  the  major  freeways,  roads,  streets,  thoroughfares 
and  closest  major  airport; 

(11)  tuberculosis  expiration  dales  for  all  staff; 

(12)  criminal  record  summary  or  criminal  history  clearance  dates  for 
all  staff  who  may  have  contact  with  pupils; 


Page  61 


Register  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


§3061 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(13)  a  list  of  school  districts,  county  offices  of  education  and  special 
education  local  plan  areas  for  whom  the  applicant  has  a  contract  to  pro- 
vide school  and/or  related  services; 

(14)  for  out-of-state  applicants,  a  copy  of  the  current  certification  or 
license  by  the  state  education  agency  to  provide  education  services  to  in- 
dividuals with  exceptional  needs  under  the  Individuals  with  Disabilities 
Education  Act; 

(15)  for  in-state  private  schools  currently  providing  educational  ser- 
vices to  six  (6)  or  more  students,  a  copy  of  the  Private  School  Affidavit 
which  has  been  filed  with  their  county  superintendent  of  schools; 

( 16)  a  copy  of  the  current  school  year  calendar;  and 

(17)  a  fire  inspection  clearance  completed  within  the  past  twelve 
months. 

(d)  In  addition  to  the  requirements  set  forth  section  3060.2,  each  non- 
public school  with  a  residential  component  shall  include,  as  part  of  the 
application  for  certification: 

( 1 )  the  name  of  the  residential  program  attached  to  the  nonpublic 
school; 

(2)  a  copy  of  the  current  residential  care  license; 

(3)  the  proprietary  status  of  the  residential  program; 

(4)  alist  of  all  residential  facilities  affiliated  with  the  nonpublic  school; 

(5)  the  total  capacity  of  all  the  residential  facilities  affiliated  with  the 
nonpublic  school; 

(6)  the  per  day  or  monthly  fee  for  the  residential  component;  and 

(7)  the  rate  of  care  level  for  each  residential  facility  affiliated  with  the 
nonpublic  school. 

(e)  The  applicant  shall  file  affidavits,  assurances  and  clearances  that 
verify  compliance  with: 

(1)  Fair  Employment  Act; 

(2)  Drug  Free  Workplace  Act  of  1988; 

(3)  Section  504  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973; 

(4)  Individuals  with  Disabilities  Education  Act; 

(5)  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964,  as  amended; 

(6)  Education  Code  Section  33190  (Private  School  Affidavit); 

(7)  Nonsectarian  status; 

(8)  OSHA  Bloodbome  Pathogens  Standards; 

(9)  all  local,  county,  or  state  ordinances  and/or  statutes  relating  to  fire, 
health,  sanitation,  and  building  safety; 

(10)  use  permit,  conditional  permit  or  zoning;  and 

(11)  other  assurances  as  required  by  state  or  federal  law  set  forth  in  the 
Assurance  Statement  in  the  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency  ap- 
plication for  certification. 

(f)  The  applicant  shall  submit,  with  the  application,  a  fee  in  accordance 
with  Education  Code  Section  56366.  l(k). 

(g)  No  fee  shall  be  refunded  to  the  applicant  if  the  application  is  with- 
drawn or  if  the  Superintendent  denies  the  application. 

(h)  Applicants  shall  submit  a  separate  application  for  each  nonpublic 
school  or  nonpublic  agency  site. 

(i)  A  nonpublic  school  or  agency  shall  be  certified  for  a  period  of  two 
years,  terminating  on  December  3 1  of  the  second  year.  An  annual  renew- 
al application  shall  be  required.  The  renewal  application  shall  require  the 
nonpublic  school  or  agency  to  update  information  that  has  changed  since 
the  submission  of  its  previous  application  including,  but  not  limited  to, 
a  copy  of  the  current  school  year  calendar  and  if  the  nonpublic  school  has 
a  residential  component,  a  copy  of  the  current  residential  care  license. 

(j)  To  allow  transition  of  separate  cycles  between  nonpublic  schools 
and  nonpublic  agencies,  beginning  January  2000,  nonpublic  schools 
shall  receive  a  one-time  three-year  certification  that  requires  annual  up- 
dates. Beginning  January  2000,  nonpublic  agencies  shall  begin  a  two- 
year  period  of  certification  that  requires  annual  updates.  When  nonpublic 
school  certifications  expire  on  December  31,  2003,  the  two-year  period 
of  certification  shall  become  effective  thereafter. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  56100  and  56366(e),  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  56366.1,  Education  Code. 


History 

1 .  New  seclion  Hied  7-1 8-97  as  an  emergency:  operative  7-1 8-97  (Register  97, 
No.  29).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-17-97 
oremergency  amendments  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  New  section  retiled  1 1-14-97  as  an  emergency;  operative  11-1 4-97  (Register 
97,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
3-16-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  11346.1(g)  (Register  98, 
No.  16). 

4.  New  seclion  filed  4-16-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-16-98  (Register  98, 
No.  16).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  8-14-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

5.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Resister  98, 

No.  34). 

6.  New  section  tiled  8-19-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  8-19-98  (Register  98, 
No.  34).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  12-1 7-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

7.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  11346.1(c)  (Register  98, 

No.  52). 

8.  New  section  tiled  12-21-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-2 1-98  (Register  98, 
No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-20-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

9.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  3-25-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-25-99 
(Register  99,  No.  13).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  7-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

10.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-25-99  order,  including  repealer  and  new  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  7-23-99  and  filed  9-1-99  (Register  99,  No.  36). 

§  3061 .    Service  Fees,  Finance  and  Maintenance  of 
Records. 

All  certified  nonpublic  schools  and  agencies  shall: 

(a)  provide  the  Superintendent  with  specified  cost  data,  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  Section  56366.7  for  providing  education  and  designated 
instruction  and  services  to  individuals  with  exceptional  needs; 

(b)  maintain  cost  data  in  sufficient  detail  to  verify  the  annual  operating 
budget  in  providing  education  and  designated  instruction  and  services  to 
individuals  with  disabilities.  Fiscal  records  shall  be  maintained  for  a 
minimum  of  five  years  from  the  date  or  origination  or  until  audit  findings 
have  been  resolved,  which  is  longer; 

(c)  make  available  any  books  and  records  associated  with  the  delivery 
of  education  and  designated  instruction  and  services  to  individuals  with 
exceptional  needs  for  audit  inspection  or  reproduction  by  the  Superinten- 
dent or  the  Superintendent's  authorized  representatives.  These  records 
shall  include  those  management  records  associated  with  the  delivery  of 
education  and  designated  instruction  and  services,  costs  of  providing  ser- 
vices and  personnel  records  necessary  to  ensure  that  staff  qualifications 
comply  with  the  requirements  contained  in  Article  6  of  these  regulations; 
and 

(d)  not  charge  parents  for  services  covered  in  the  master  contract  with 
the  public  educafion  agency. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  56100  and  56366(e),  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  56366.7,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  7-1 8-97  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-1 8-97  (Register  97, 
No.  29).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  11-1 7-97 
oremergency  amendments  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day.  For  prior  history,  see  Register  95,  No.  49. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 1-14-97  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-14-97  (Register 
97,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
3-16-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  98, 
No.  16). 

4.  New  section  filed  4-16-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-16-98  (Register  98, 
No.  16).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transnutted  to  OAL  by  8-14-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 


Page  62 


Itegister  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


i}  3063 


• 


5.  Repealed  by  opcralion  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(2)  (Resistor  98. 

No.  ^4). 

(1.  New  section  tiled  8-19-98  as  an  emergency:  operative  8-19-98  (Register  98, 
No.  34).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  iVl  7-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

7.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(2)  (Register  98, 

No.  32). 

8.  New  section  filed  1 2-2 1  -98  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 2-2 1  -98  ( Register 98, 
No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-20-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

9.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  3-25-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-25-99 
( Register  99.  No.  1 3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  7-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

1 0.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-25-99  order,  ineludine  repealer  and  new  sec- 
tion, transinitled  to  OAL  7-23-99  and  filed  9-1-99  (Register  99,  No.  36). 


§  3062.    Contracts  and  Agreements. 

(a)  A  master  contract  shall  be  used  by  a  local  education  agency  for  en- 
tering into  formal  agreements  with  certified  nonpublic  schools  or  non- 
public agencies.  The  term  of  the  contract  shall  not  exceed  one  year.  The 
contract  shall  specify  the  administrative  and  financial  agreements  be- 
tween the  local  education  agency  and  the  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic 
agency. 

(b)  No  master  contract  with  the  local  education  agency  shall  be  contin- 
gent upon  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency  individual  contracts  or 
agreements  with  parents. 

(c)  The  master  contract  shall,  at  a  minimum,  include: 

( 1 )  general  provisions  relating  to  modifications  and  amendments,  no- 
tices, waivers,  disputes,  contractor's  status,  conflicts  of  interest,  termina- 
tion, inspection  and  audits,  compliance  with  applicable  state  and  federal 
laws  and  regulations,  attendance,  record-keeping,  and  reporting  require- 
ments; 

(2)  payment  schedules  to  include,  but  not  limited  to  payment  amounts, 
payment  demand,  right  to  withhold  and  audit  exceptions; 

(.3)  indemniflcation  and  reasonable  insurance  requirements;  and 
(4)  procedures  and  responsibilities  for  attendance  and  unexcused  ab- 
sences. 

(d)  All  master  contracts  shall  be  re-negotiated  prior  to  June  30. 

(e)  Services  may  be  provided  through  dual  enrollment  in  public  and 
nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency  programs  to  meet  the  educational 
requirements  specified  in  the  individualized  education  program.  The 
master  contract  or  individual  service  agreement  shall  specify  the  provid- 
er of  each  service.  The  individual  with  exceptional  needs  shall  be  formal- 
ly enrolled  in  both  nonpublic  and  public  school  programs.  The  nonpublic 
school  or  nonpublic  agency  shall  be  reimbursed  by  the  local  education 
agency  for  services  as  agreed  upon  in  the  contract. 

(f)  Substitute  teachers  shall  be  used  consistent  with  the  provisions  of 
Education  Code  Section  56061. 

(g)  Nonpublic  schools  and  nonpublic  agencies  shall  provide  contract- 
ing local  education  agencies  with  copies  of  current  valid  California  cre- 
dentials and  licenses  for  staff  providing  services  to  individuals  with  ex- 
ceptional needs. 

(h)  Nonpublic  schools  and  agencies  shall  notify  the  Superintendent 
and  contracting  local  education  agencies  in  writing  within  forty-five  (45) 
days  of  any  credential  or  licensed  personnel  changes.  Failure  to  provide 
properly  qualified  personnel  to  provide  services  as  specified  in  the  indi- 
vidualized education  program  shall  be  cause  for  the  termination  of  all 
contracts  between  the  local  education  agency  and  the  nonpublic  school 
or  nonpublic  agency. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  56100  and  56366(e),  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  56366  and  56366.1,  Education  Code. 

Hlstory 
I.  New  section  filed  7-18-97  as  an  emergency;  operafive  7-18-97  (Register  97, 

No.  29).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-17-97 

or  emergency  amendments  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 

day.  For  prior  history,  see  Register  95,  No.  49. 


2.  New  section  refiled  1 1-14-97  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-14-97  (Register 
97,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  mu.st  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
3-16-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1.346.1(2)  (Register  98. 
No.  16). 

4.  New  section  filed  4-16-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-16-98  (Register  98. 
No.  16).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  8-14-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

5.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1.346.1(g)  (Rceister  98. 

No.  34). 

6.  New  section  filed  8-19-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  8-19-98  (Register  98. 
No.  34).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  12-1 7-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

7.  Repealed  by  operafion  of  Government  Code  section  1 1.346.1(2)  (Re2isler  98. 

No.  52). 

8.  New  section  filed  1 2-2 1  -98  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 2-2 1  -98  ( Register 98. 
No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-20-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

9.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  3-25-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-25-99 
(Register99,  No.  13).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  7-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

1 0.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-25-99  order,  including  repealer  and  new  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  7-23-99  and  filed  9-1-99  (Register  99,  No.  .36). 

§  3063.     Program  Reviews,, 

(a)  The  Superintendent  shall  conduct  a  validation  review  of  the  non- 
public school  prior  to  an  initial  conditional  certification.  An  on-site  re- 
view shall  be  conducted  within  90  days  of  the  initial  conditional  certifica- 
tion and  student  enrollment.  On-site  reviews  shall  be  scheduled  at  least 
once  every  four  years  thereafter. 

(b)  The  nonpublic  school,  the  contracting  education  agency  and  the 
special  education  local  plan  area  shall  be  given  a  minimum  of  thirty  (30) 
days  prior  notice  before  an  on-site  review. 

(c)  The  person  serving  as  the  lead  of  the  review  team  shall  confer  with 
the  school  administrator  at  least  48  hours  prior  to  the  on-site  review  to 
discuss  the  procedures  and  the  number  of  days  required  for  the  review. 
The  lead  of  the  review  team  shall  identify  those  persons  who  are  to  partic- 
ipate in  the  on-site  review. 

(d)  Nonpublic  schools  and  nonpublic  agencies  may  be  visited  at  any 
time  without  prior  notice  when  there  is  substantial  reason  to  believe  that 
there  is  an  immediate  danger  to  the  health,  safety,  or  welfare  of  a  child 
or  group  of  children.  The  Superintendent  shall  document  the  concern  and 
submit  it  to  the  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency  at  the  time  of  the 
on-site  monitoring. 

(e)  On-site  reviews  shall  include  the  following  procedures: 

(1)  an  entrance  meeting  to  acquaint  the  on-site  review  team  with  the 
nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency  staff  and  site  to  discuss  the  pur- 
pose and  objectives  of  the  review; 

(2)  a  review  and  examination  of  files  and  documents,  classroom  ob- 
servations and  interviews  with  the  site  administrator,  teachers,  students, 
volunteers  and  parents  to  determine  compliance  with  all  applicable  state 
and  federal  laws  and  regulations;  and 

(3)  an  exit  meeting  to  provide  the  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic 
agency  with  a  preliminary  preview  of  the  on-site  review  findings,  verify 
compliance  and  offer  technical  assistance  including  how  to  resolve  is- 
sues of  noncompliance. 

(f)  The  Superintendent  shall  provide  the  nonpublic  school  or  nonpub- 
lic agency,  the  contracting  educational  agency  and  the  special  education 
local  plan  area  with  a  written  report  within  60  days  of  the  on-site  review. 

(g)  The  Superintendent  shall  request  a  written  response,  within  a  time- 
frame to  be  determined  by  the  Superintendent,  but  in  no  case  to  exceed 
180  days,  to  any  noncompliance  finding  that  resulted  from  the  on-site  re- 
view. 

(h)  The  Superintendent  shall  provide  a  written  notification,  within  30 
days  of  receipt,  to  the  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency  regarding 
their  response  to  each  noncompliance  finding. 


Page  63 


Register  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


§3064 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(i)  On-site  reviews  shall  be  conducted  only  by  personnel  who  have 
been  trained  by  Department  staff  to  perform  such  administrative  and  pro- 
gram examinations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  56100  and  56366(e),  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  56366.1  and  56366.8,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-18-97  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-18-97  (Register  97, 
No.  29).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1  -1 7-97 
or  emergency  amendments  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day.  For  prior  history,  see  Register  95,  No.  49. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 1-14-97  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-14-97  (Register 
97,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
3-16-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  secfion  11346.1(g)  (Resister  98. 
No.  16). 

4.  New  section  filed  4-16-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-16-98  (Register  98, 
No.  16).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  lo  OAL  by  8-14-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

5.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  98, 

No.  34). 

6.  New  section  filed  8-19-98  as  an  emergency;  operafive  8-19-98  (Register  98, 
No.  34).  A  Certificate  ofCompliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  12-17-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

7.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  98, 
No.  52). 

8.  New  section  filed  12-2 1-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 2-2 1  -98  (Register  98, 
No.  52).  A  Certificate  ofCompliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-20-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

9.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  3-25-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-25-99 
(Register  99,  No.  1 3).  A  Certificate  ofCompliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  7-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

10.  Certificate  ofCompliance  as  to  3-25-99  order,  including  repealer  and  new  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  7-23-99  and  filed  9-1-99  (Register  99,  No.  36). 

§  3064.    Staff  Qualifications  —  Special  Education 
Instruction. 

(a)  The  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency  shall  deliver  instruction 
utilizing  personnel  who  possess  a  credential  authorizing  the  holder  to  de- 
liver special  education  instruction  according  to  the  age  range  and  disab- 
ling conditions  of  individuals  with  exceptional  needs  enrolled  in  the  non- 
public school. 

(b)  Instruction  shall  be  directed  and  delivered  pursuant  to  the  master 
contract  and  the  individual  service  agreement. 

(c)  To  provide  special  education  instruction  for  individuals  with  ex- 
ceptional needs  younger  than  three  years  of  age,  as  described  in  Educa- 
tion Code.  Part  30,  Chapter  4.4,  the  nonpublic  school  shall  comply  with 
the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  56425  et  seq.,  and  Education 
Code  Section  56426.2(e)  regarding  adult  to  child  ratios. 

(d)  To  provide  special  education  instruction  for  individuals  with  ex- 
ceptional needs  between  the  ages  of  three  and  five  years,  inclusive,  as  de- 
scribed in  Education  Code,  Part  30,  Chapter  4.45,  the  nonpublic  school 
shall  comply  with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  56440  et 
seq.,  and  Education  Code  Section  56441.5  regarding  appropriate  instruc- 
tional adult  to  child  ratios. 

(e)  Nonpublic  schools  and  nonpublic  agencies  shall  comply  with  the 
personnel  standards  and  qualifications  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 45340  et  seq.,  and  Education  Code  Section  45350  et  seq.,  regarding 
instructional  aids  and  teacher  assistants,  respectively. 

(f)  Nonpublic  schools  and  nonpublic  agencies  shall  comply  with  all  of 
the  laws  and  regulations  governing  the  licensed  professions,  in  particular 
the  provisions  with  respect  to  supervision.  Nonpublic  schools  and  non- 
public agencies  may  use  assistants  to  the  extent  authorized  by  state  and 
federal  law. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  56100  and  56366(e),  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  45340, 45350,  56366.1  and  56425.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  7-18-97  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-18-97  (Register  97, 
No.  29).  A  Certificate  ofCompliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-17-97 


oremergency  amendments  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day.  For  prior  history,  see  Register  95,  No.  49. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 1-14-97  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-14-97  (Register 
97,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
3-16-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Recister  98, 
No.  16). 

4.  New  section  filed  4-16-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-16-98  (Register  98, 
No.  16).  A  Certificate  ofCompliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  8-14-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

5.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  secfion  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  98, 
No.  34). 

6.  New  section  filed  8-19-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  8-19-98  (Register  98. 
No.  34).  A  Certificate  ofCompliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  12-17-98 
oremergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

7.  Repealed  by  operafion  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  98, 
No.  52). 

8.  New  section  filed  12-21-98 as anemergency;  operative  12-21-98  (Register 98, 
No.  52).  A  Certificate  ofCompliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-20-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

9.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  3-25-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-25-99 
(Register  99,  No.  13).  A  Certificate  ofCompliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  7-23-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

1 0.  Certificate  ofCompliance  as  to  3-25-99  order,  including  repealer  and  new  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  7-23-99  and  filed  9-1-99  (Register  99,  No.  36). 

§  3065.    Staff  Qualifications  —  Related  Services  including 
Designated  Instruction  and  Services. 

To  be  eligible  for  certification  to  provide  designated  instruction  and 
services  for  individuals  with  exceptional  needs,  nonpublic  schools  and 
agencies  shall  meet  the  following  requirements: 

(a)(1)  "Adapted  physical  education"  means: 

(A)  a  modified  general  physical  education  program,  or  a  specially  de- 
signed physical  education  program  in  a  special  class;  or 

(B)  consultative  services  provided  to  pupils,  parents,  teachers,  or  other 
school  personnel  for  the  purpose  of  identifying  supplementary  aids  and 
services  or  modifications  necessary  for  successful  participation  in  the 
general  physical  education  program  or  specially  designed  physical 
education  programs. 

(2)  Adapted  physical  education  shall  be  provided  only  by  personnel 
who  possess  a  credential  that  authorizes  service  in  adapted  physical 
education. 

(b)(1)  "Assistive  technology  service"  means  any  service  that  directly 
assists  an  individual  with  exceptional  needs  in  the  selection  or  use  of  an 
assistive  technology  device  that  is  educationally  necessary.  The  term  in- 
cludes the  evaluation  of  the  needs  of  an  individual  with  exceptional  needs 
including  a  functional  evaluation  of  the  individual  in  the  individual's 
customary  environment;  coordinating  and  using  other  therapies,  inter- 
ventions, or  services  with  assistive  technology  devices,  such  as  those 
associated  with  existing  education  programs  and  rehabilitation  plans  and 
programs;  training  or  technical  assistance  for  an  individual  with  excep- 
tional needs  or.  where  appropriate,  the  family  of  an  individual  with  ex- 
ceptional needs  or,  if  appropriate,  that  individual's  family;  and  training 
or  technical  assistance  for  professionals  (including  individuals  providing 
education  and  rehabilitation  services),  employers  or  other  individuals 
who  provide  services  to,  employ,  or  are  otherwise  substantially  involved 
in  the  major  life  functions  of  individuals  with  exceptional  needs. 

(2)  Assistive  technology  services  shall  be  provided  only  by  personnel 
who  possess  a: 

(A)  license  in  Physical  Therapy  issued  by  a  licensing  agency  within 
the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs,  where  the  utilization  of  assistive 
technology  services  falls  within  the  scope  of  practice  of  physical  therapy 
as  defined  in  Business  and  Professions  Code  section  2620  and  imple- 
menting regulations;  or 

(B)  certificate  of  registration  as  an  Occupational  Therapist  pursuant  to 
Business  and  Professions  Code  section  2570  et  seq.,  where  the  utilization 
of  assistive  technology  services  falls  within  the  scope  of  practice  of  oc- 
cupational therapy;  or 


• 


• 


• 


Page  64 


Register  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  3()65 


• 


• 


(C)  license  in  Speech-Language  Pathology  issued  hy  a  licensing 
agency  within  the  Department  ot" Consumer  Affairs  or  a  valid  document, 
issued  by  the  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing.  where  the  function 
of  the  assistive  technology  service  is  augmentative  communication;  or 

(D)  baccalaureate  degree  in  engineering  with  emphasis  in  assistive 
technology;  or 

(E)  baccalaureate  degree  in  a  related  field  of  engineering  with  a  gradu- 
ate certificate  in  rehabilitation  technology  or  assistive  technology;  or 

(F)  certification  from  the  Rehabilitation  Engineering  and  Assistive 
Technology  Society  of  North  America  and  Assistive  Technology  Pro- 
vider (RESNA/ATP);  or 

(G)  a  certificate  in  assistive  technology  applications  issued  by  a  re- 
gionally accredited  post-secondary  institution;  or 

(H)  a  credential  that  authorizes  special  education  of  physically  handi- 
capped, orthopedically  handicapped,  or  severely  handicapped  pupils. 

(c)(1)  "Audiological  services"  means  aural  rehabilitation  (auditory 
training,  speech  reading,  language  habilitation.  and  speech  conservation) 
and  habilitation  with  individual  pupils  in  the  general  classroom;  monitor- 
ing hearing  levels,  auditory  behavior,  and  amplification  for  all  pupils  re- 
quiring personal  or  group  amplification  in  the  instaictional  setting;  plan- 
ning, organizing,  and  implementing  an  audiology  program  for 
individuals  with  auditory  dysfunctions,  as  specified  in  the  individualized 
education  program;  or  consultative  services  regarding  test  finding,  am- 
plification needs  and  equipment,  otological  referrals,  home  training  pro- 
grams, acoustic  treatment  of  rooms,  and  coordination  of  educational  ser- 
vices to  hearing-impaired  individuals. 

(2)  Audiological  services  shall  be  provided  only  by  personnel  who 
possess: 

(A)  a  license  in  Audiology  issued  by  a  licensing  agency  within  the  De- 
partment of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(B)  a  credential  authorizing  audiology  services. 

(d)  Behavior  intervention  shall  be  designed  or  planned  only  by  person- 
nel who  have: 

(1)  pupil  personnel  services  credential  that  authorizes  school  counsel- 
ing or  school  psychology;  or 

(2)  credential  authorizing  the  holder  to  deliver  special  education 
instruction;  or 

(3)  license  as  a  Marriage,  Family,  and  Child  Counselor  issued  by  a  li- 
censing agency  within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(4)  license  as  a  Clinical  Social  Worker  issued  by  a  licensing  agency 
within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(5)  license  as  an  Educational  Psychologist  issued  by  a  licensing 
agency  within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(6)  license  as  a  Psychologist  issued  by  a  licensing  agency  within  the 
Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(7)  master's  degree  issued  by  a  regionally  accredited  post-secondary 
institution  in  education,  psychology,  counseling,  behavior  analysis,  be- 
havior science,  human  development,  social  work,  rehabilitation,  or  in  a 
related  field. 

(e)  To  be  eligible  for  certification  to  provide  behavior  intervention,  in- 
cluding implementation  of  behavior  modification  plans,  but  not  includ- 
ing development  or  modification  of  behavior  intervention  plans,  a  non- 
public school  or  agency  shall  deliver  those  services  utilizing  personnel 
who: 

(1)  possess  the  qualifications  under  subdivision  (d);  or 
(2)(  A)  are  under  the  supervision  of  personnel  qualified  under  subdivi- 
sion (d); 

(B)  possess  a  high  school  diploma  or  its  equivalent;  and 

(C)  receive  the  specific  level  of  supervision  required  in  the  pupil's 
lEP. 

(0(1)  "Counseling  and  guidance"  means  educational  counseling  in 
which  the  pupil  is  assisted  in  planning  and  implementing  his  or  her  im- 
mediate and  long-range  educational  program;  career  counseling  in 
which  the  pupil  is  assisted  Jn  assessing  his  or  her  aptitudes,  abilities,  and 
interests  in  order  to  make  realistic  career  decisions;  personal  counsehng 
in  which  the  pupil  is  helped  to  develop  his  or  her  ability  to  function  with 


social  and  personal  responsibility:  or  counseling  with  parents  and  staff 
members  on  learning  problems  and  guidance  programs  for  pupils. 

(2)  Counseling  and  guidance  shall  be  provided  only  by  personnel  who 
possess  a: 

(A)  license  as  a  Marriage,  Family,  and  Child  Counselor  issued  by  a  li- 
censing agency  within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs:  or 

(B)  license  in  Clinical  Social  Work  issued  by  a  licensing  agency  within 
the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(C)  license  as  an  Educational  Psychologist  issued  by  a  licensing 
agency  within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(D)  license  as  a  Psychologist  issued  by  a  licensing  agency  within  the 
Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(E)  pupil  personnel  services  credential,  which  authorizes  school  coun- 
seling or  school  psychology. 

(g)(1)  "Early  education  programs  for  children  with  disabilities"  means 
the  program  and  services  specified  by  Education  Code  Part  .^0  Section 
56425  et  seq. 

(2)  Early  education  programs  for  children  with  disabilities  shall  be 
provided  only  by  personnel  who  meet  the  appropriate  per.sonnel  qualifi- 
cations set  forth  in  this  Article  and  comply  with  all  other  requirements  of 
Education  Code  Chapter  4.4  commencing  with  Section  56425. 

(h)  An  "educational  interpreter"  provides  communication  facilitation 
between  students  who  are  deaf  or  hard  of  hearing,  and  others,  in  the  gen- 
eral education  classroom  and  for  other  school  related  activities,  including 
extracurricular  activities,  as  designated  in  a  student's  lEP. 

( 1 )  Interpreters  for  deaf  and  hard  of  hearing  pupils  shall  meet  the  fol- 
lowing qualification  standards: 

(A)  By  July  1 ,  2008,  an  educational  interpreter  shall  be  certified  by  the 
national  RID,  or  equivalent;  in  lieu  of  RID  certification  or  equivalent,  an 
educational  interpreter  shall  have  achieved  a  score  of  3.0  or  above  on  the 
EIPA,  the  ESSE-I/R,  or  the  NAD/ACCI  assessment.  If  providing  Cued 
Language  transliteration,  a  transliterator  shall  possess  TECUnit  certifi- 
cation, or  have  achieved  a  score  of  3.0  or  above  on  the  EIPA  —  Cued 
Speech. 

(B)  By  July  1 ,  2008.  an  educational  interpreter  shall  be  certified  by  the 
national  RID,  or  equivalent;  in  lieu  of  RID  certification  or  equivalent,  an 
educational  interpreter  shall  have  achieved  a  score  of  3.5  or  above  on  the 
EIPA,  the  ESSE-I/R,  or  the  NAD/ACCI  assessment.  If  providing  Cued 
Language  transliteration,  a  transliterator  shall  possess  TECUnit  certifi- 
cation, or  have  achieved  a  score  of  3.5  or  above  on  the  EIPA  —  Cued 
Speech. 

(C)  By  July  1 ,  2009,  and  thereafter,  an  educational  interpreter  shall  be 
certified  by  the  national  RID,  or  equivalent;  in  lieu  of  RID  certification 
or  equivalent,  an  educational  interj^reter  shall  have  achieved  a  score  of 
4.0  or  above  on  the  EIPA.  the  ESSE-I/R,  or  the  NAD/ACCI  assessment. 
If  providing  Cued  Language  transliteration,  a  transliterator  shall  possess 
TECUnit  certification,  or  have  achieved  a  score  of  4.0  or  above  on  the 
EIPA  —  Cued  Speech; 

(i)(l)  "Health  and  nursing  services"  means: 

(A)  managing  the  child's  health  problems  on  the  school  site; 

(B)  consulting  with  pupils,  parents,  teachers,  and  other  personnel; 

(C)  group  and  individual  counsehng  with  parents  and  pupils  regarding 
health  problems; 

(D)  maintaining  communication  with  health  agencies  providing  care 
to  individuals  with  disabilities;  or 

(E)  providing  services  by  qualified  personnel. 

(2)  Health  and  nursing  services  shall  be  provided  only  by  personnel 
who  possess: 

(A)  a  license  as  a  Registered  Nurse,  issued  by  a  licensing  agency  with- 
in the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(B)  a  license  as  a  Vocational  Nurse,  issued  by  a  licensing  agency  with- 
in the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs,  under  the  supervision  of  a  li- 
censed registered  nurse;  or 

(C)  a  school  nurse  credential;  or 

(D)  demonstrated  competence  in  cardio-pulmonary  resuscitation, 
current  knowledge  of  community  emergency  medical  resources,  and 


Page  65 


Register  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


§3065 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


skill  in  the  use  of  equipment  and  performance  of  techniques  necessary  to 
provide  specialized  physical  health  care  services  for  individuals  with  ex- 
ceptional needs.  In  addition,  possession  of  training  in  these  procedures 
to  a  level  of  competence  and  safety  that  meet  the  objectives  of  the  training 
as  provided  by  the  school  nurse,  public  health  nurse,  licensed  physician 
and  surgeon,  or  other  training  programs.  "Demonstrated  competence  in 
cardio-pulmonary  resuscitation"  means  possession  of  a  current  valid 
certificate  from  an  approved  program;  or 

(E)  a  valid  license,  certificate,  or  registration  appropriate  to  the  health 
service  to  be  designated,  issued  by  the  California  agency  authorized  by 
law  to  license,  certificate,  or  register  persons  to  practice  health  service  in 
California. 

(j)(l)  "Home  and  hospital  services'"  means  instruction  delivered  to 
children  with  disabilities,  individually,  in  small  groups,  or  by  teleclass. 
whose  medical  condition  such  as  those  related  to  surgery,  accidents, 
short-term  illness  or  medical  treatment  for  a  chronic  illness  prevents  the 
individual  from  attending  school. 

(2)  Home  or  hospital  instruction  shall  be  provided  only  by  personnel 
who  possess  a  valid  teaching  credential. 

(k)(l)  "Language  and  speech  development  and  remediation"  means 
screening,  assessment,  individualized  education  program  development 
and  direct  speech  and  language  services  delivered  to  children  with  dis- 
abilities who  demonstrate  difficulty  understanding  or  using  spoken  lan- 
guage to  such  an  extent  that  it  adversely  affects  their  educational  perfor- 
mance and  cannot  be  corrected  without  special  education  and  related 
services. 

(2)  Language  and  speech  development  and  remediation  shall  be  pro- 
vided only  by  personnel  who  possess: 

(A)  a  license  in  Speech-Language  Pathology  issued  by  a  licensing 
agency  within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(B)  a  credential  authorizing  language  or  speech  services. 

(/)( 1 )  "Occupational  therapy"  means  the  use  of  various  treatment  mo- 
dalities including  self-help  skills,  language  and  educational  techniques 
as  well  as  sensory  motor  integration,  physical  restoration  methods,  and 
prevocation  exploration  to  facilitate  physical  and  psychosocial  growth 
and  development. 

(2)  Occupational  therapy  shall  be  provided  only  by  personnel  who 
have  certification  in  good  standing  with  the  National  Board  for  Certifica- 
tion in  Occupational  Therapy.  Inc.  as  a  registered  occupational  therapist 
(OTR)  or  certified  occupational  therapy  assistant  (COTA).  Services  pro- 
vided by  a  COTA  shall  be  supervised  by  an  OTR  in  accordance  with  pro- 
fessional standards  outlined  by  the  American  Occupational  Therapy 
Association. 

(m)(l)  "Orientation  and  mobility  instruction"  means  specialized 
instruction  for  individuals  in  orientation  and  mobility  techniques  or  con- 
sultative services  to  other  educators  and  parents  regarding  instructional 
planning  and  implementation  of  the  individualized  education  program 
relative  to  the  development  of  orientation  and  mobility  skills  and  inde- 
pendent living  skills. 

(2)  Orientation  and  mobility  instruction  shall  be  provided  only  by  per- 
sonnel who  possess  a  credential  that  authorizes  services  in  orientation 
and  mobility  instruction. 

(n)(  1 )  "Parent  counseling  and  training"  means  assisting  parents  in  un- 
derstanding the  special  needs  of  their  child  and  providing  parents  with 
information  about  child  development. 

(2)  Parent  counseling  and  training  shall  be  provided  only  by  personnel 
who  possess  a: 

(A)  credential  that  authorizes  special  education  instruction;  or 

(B)  credential  that  authorizes  health  and  nursing  services;  or 

(C)  license  as  a  Marriage,  Family,  and  Child  Counselor,  issued  by  a 
licensing  agency  within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(D)  license  as  a  Clinical  Social  Worker,  issued  by  a  licensing  agency 
within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(E)  license  as  an  Educational  Psychologist,  issued  by  a  licensing 
agency  within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 


(F)  license  as  a  Psychologist,  issued  by  a  licensing  agency  within  the 
Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(G)  pupil  personnel  services  credential  that  authorizes  school  counsel- 
ing or  school  psychology  or  school  social  work. 

(o)(  1)  "Physical  therapy"  means  the: 

(A)  administration  of  active,  passive,  and  resistive  therapeutic  exer- 
cises and  local  or  general  massage,  muscle  training  and  corrective  exer- 
cises and  coordination  work; 

(B)  administration  of  hydrotherapy  treatments; 

(C)  assistance  in  administering  various  types  of  electrotherapy  includ- 
ing ultraviolet,  infrared,  diathermy  and  inductothermy; 

(D)  teaching  of  parents  of  hospitalized  pupils  exercises  which  are  to 
be  continued  at  home  and  interpret  to  them  the  significance  of  physical 
therapy  services;  and 

(E)  instruction  in  walking,  standing,  balance,  use  of  crutches,  cane,  or 
walker  and  in  the  care  of  braces  and  artificial  limbs. 

(2)  Physical  therapy  shall  be  provided  only  by  personnel  who  possess 
a  vahd  license  in  Physical  Therapy  issued  by  a  licensing  agency  within 
the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs. 

(p)(l)  "Psychological  services"  means: 

(A)  psychological  counseling  provided  to  children  with  disabilities; 

(B)  consultative  services  to  parents,  pupils,  teachers,  and  other  school 
personnel;  or 

(C)  planning  and  implementing  a  program  of  psychological  counsel- 
ing for  children  with  disabilities  and  parent  by  a  credentialed  or  licensed 
psychologist  or  other  qualified  personnel. 

(D)  This  term  does  not  include  assessment  services  and  the  develop- 
ment of  an  individualized  education  program. 

(2)  Psychological  services,  other  than  assessment  and  development  of 
the  individualized  education  program,  shall  be  provided  only  by  person- 
nel who  possess  a: 

(A)  license  as  a  Marriage,  Family,  and  Child  Counselor,  issued  by  a 
licensing  agency  within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(B)  license  as  a  Clinical  Social  Worker,  issued  by  a  licensing  agency 
within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(C)  license  as  an  Educational  Psychologist,  issued  by  a  licensing 
agency  within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(D)  license  in  Psychology,  issued  by  a  licensing  agency  within  the  De- 
partment of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(E)  pupil  personnel  services  credential  that  authorizes  school  psychol- 
ogy- 

(q)(l)  "Recreation  services"  means: 

(A)  therapeutic  recreation  and  specialized  instructional  programs  de- 
signed to  assist  pupils  to  become  as  independent  as  possible  in  leisure  ac- 
fivities,  and  when  possible  and  appropriate,  facilitate  the  pupil's  integra- 
tion into  general  recreation  programs; 

(B)  recreation  programs  in  schools  and  the  community  which  are  those 
programs  that  emphasize  the  use  of  leisure  activity  in  the  teaching  of  aca- 
demic, social,  and  daily  living  skills  and  the  provision  of  nonacademic 
and  extracurricular  leisure  activities  and  the  ufilizafion  of  community 
recreafion  programs  and  facilities;  or 

(C)  leisure  education  programs  which  are  those  specific  programs  de- 
signed to  prepare  the  pupil  for  optimum  independent  participation  in  ap- 
propriate leisure  activities,  and  developing  awareness  of  personal  and 
community  leisure  resources. 

(2)  Recreation  services  shall  be  provided  only  by  personnel  who  pos- 
sess a: 

(A)  certificate,  issued  by  the  California  Board  of  Recreation  and  Park 
Cerfification;  or 

(B)  certificate  issued  by  the  National  Council  for  Therapeutic  Recre- 
ation; or 

(C)  the  National  Recreation  and  Park  Association,  authorizing  ser- 
vices in  recreation  or  therapeutic  recreation. 

(r)(l)  "Social  worker  services"  means: 


• 


• 


• 


Page  66 


Register  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  3067 


• 


(A)  individual  and  group  counseling  with  the  individual  and  his  or  her 
immediate  family; 

(B)  consultation  with  pupils,  parents,  teachers,  and  other  personnel  re- 
garding the  effects  of  family  and  other  social  factors  on  the  learning  and 
developmental  requirements  of  children  with  disabilities;  or 

(C)  developing  a  network  of  community  resources,  making  appropri- 
ate referral  and  maintaining  liaison  relationships  among  the  school,  the 
pupil,  the  family,  and  the  various  agencies  providing  social  income  main- 
tenance, employment  development,  mental  health,  or  other  developmen- 
tal services. 

(2)  Social  worker  services  shall  be  provided  only  by  personnel  who 
possess  a; 

(A)  license  in  Clinical  Social  Work  issued  by  a  licensing  agency  with- 
in the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(B)  license  as  a  Marriage,  Family,  and  Child  Counselor,  issued  by  a 
licensing  agency  within  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs;  or 

(C)  credential  authorizing  school  social  work. 

(s)(l)  "Specialized  driver  training  instruction"  means  instruction  to 
children  with  disabilities  to  supplement  the  general  driver-training  pro- 
gram. 

(2)  Specialized  driver  education  and  driver  training  shall  be  provided 
only  by  personnel  who  possess  a  credential  that  authorizes  service  in 
driver  education  and  driver  training. 

(t)(l)  "Specially  designed  vocational  education  and  career  develop- 
ment" means: 

(A)  providing  prevocational  programs  and  assessing  work-related 
skills,  interests,  aptitudes,  and  attitudes; 

(B)  coordinating  and  modifying  the  general  vocational  education  pro- 
gram; 

(C)  assisting  pupils  in  developing  attitudes,  self-confidence,  and 
vocational  competencies  to  locate,  secure,  and  retain  employment  in  the 
community  or  shelter  environment,  and  to  enable  such  individuals  to  be- 
come participating  members  of  the  community; 

(D)  establishing  work  training  programs  within  the  school  and  com- 
munity; 

(E)  assisting  in  job  placement; 

(F)  instructing  job  trainers  and  employers  as  to  the  unique  needs  of  the 
individuals; 

(G)  maintaining  regularly  scheduled  contract  with  all  work  stations 
and  job-site  trainers;  or 

(H)  coordinating  services  with  the  Department  of  Rehabilitation,  the 
Employment  Development  Department  and  other  agencies  as  designated 
in  the  individualized  education  program. 

(2)  Specially  designed  vocation  education  and  career  development 
shall  be  provided  only  be  personnel  who  possess  a: 

(A)  adult  education  credential  with  a  career  development  authoriza- 
tion; or 

(B)  credential  that  authorizes  instruction  in  special  education  or  voca- 
tional education;  or 

(C)  pupil  personnel  services  credential  that  authorizes  school  counsel- 
ing. 

(u)(l)  "Specialized  services  for  low-incidence  disabilities"  means: 

(A)  specially  designed  instruction  related  to  the  unique  needs  of  pupils 
with  low-incidence  disabilities;  or 

(B)  specialized  services  related  to  the  unique  needs  of  individuals  with 
low-incidence. 

(2)  Specialized  services  for  pupils  with  low-incidence  disabilities 
shall  be  provided  only  by  personnel  who  possess  a  credential  that  autho- 
rizes services  in  special  education  or  clinical  or  rehabilitation  services  in 
the  appropriate  area  of  disability. 

( v)  Transcribers  for  visually  impaired  pupils  shall  have  a  certificate  is- 
sued by  the  Library  of  Congress  as  a  Braille  Transcriber. 

(w)(l)  "Vision  services"  means: 

(A)  adaptations  in  curriculum,  media,  and  the  environment,  as  well  as 
instruction  in  special  skills;  or 


(B)  consultative  services  to  pupils,  parents,  teachers,  and  other  school 
personnel. 

(2)  Vision  services  shall  be  provided  only  by  personnel  who  possess: 

(A)  a  license  as  an  Optometrist.  Ophthalmologist,  Physician  or  Sur- 
geon, issued  by  a  licensing  agency  with  the  Department  of  Consumer  Af- 
fairs and  authorizing  the  licensee  to  provide  the  services  rendered,  or 

(B)  a  valid  credential  authorizing  vision  instaiction  or  services. 

(x)  Other  designated  instruction  and  services  not  identified  in  this  sec- 
tion shall  only  be  provided  by  staff  who  possess  a  license  issued  by  a  li- 
censing agency  with  the  Department  of  Consumer  Affairs  authorizing 
the  licensee  to  provide  the  specific  service  or  possess  a  credential  autho- 
rizing the  service  or  is  qualified  to  provide  the  service. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  36100  and  .36366(0,  Hducalion  Code. 
Reference:  Section  1750.3.2,  Business  and  Professions  Code:  Section  56366.1. 
Education  Code;  and  Sections  300.34  and  300. 1 56(b)(  1 ),  Title  34,  Code  ofF-cderal 
Regulations. 

History 

1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  12-4-95  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  95.  No.  49). 

2.  New  section  filed  9- 1  -99;  operative  9- 1  -99  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 11 343.4(d)  (Register  99,  No.  36). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (t )-(()( 1),  repealer  of  subsections  (t)(2)-(4).  new 
subsection  (t)(2)  and  amendment  of  Noxi-  filed  7-29-2002:  operative 
8-28-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31 ). 

4.  Amendment  of  .section  and  NOTH  filed  2-22-2008;  operative  .3-23-2008  (Reg- 
ister 2008,  No.  8). 

§  3066.    Out-of-state  Nonpublic  Schools/Agencies. 

For  purposes  of  determining  eligibility  for  certification  for  a  nonpub- 
lic school  or  nonpublic  agency  located  in  a  state  other  than  Califomia,  the 
Department  may  accept  a  valid  certificate,  credential,  license,  or  registra- 
tion issued  by  another  state  for  the  requirements  set  forth  in  Sections 
3064  and  3065. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  56100  and  56366(e),  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  56366.1,  Education  Code. 

Hl.STORY 

1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  12-4-95  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  Califomia  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  95,  No.  49). 

2.  New  section  filed  9-1-99;  operative  9-1-99  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 11343.4(d)  (Register  99.  No.  36). 

§  3067.    Certification  Status. 

(a)  Certification  shall  become  effective  on  the  date  when  the  nonpublic 
school  or  nonpublic  agency  meets  all  the  application  requirements  and 
is  approved  by  the  Superintendent  except  as  specified  in  Subdivision 
3067(d)(1). 

(b)  Certification  may  be  retroactive,  provided  the  nonpublic  school  or 
nonpublic  agency  met  all  the  requirements  for  certification  on  the  date 
the  retroactive  certification  is  effective. 

(c)  The  certification  status  of  a  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency 
shall  be  one  of  the  following: 

(1)  approved  certification  with  no  conditions  or  limitations; 

(2)  condiUonal  cerfification  for  a  limited  period  of  Ume.  A  condiUonal 
cerfificafion  indicates  that  the  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency  has 
not  met  all  the  certificafion  requirements; 

(3)  suspended  certificafion  for  a  defined  period  of  time  pursuant  to  the 
provisions  of  Educafion  Code  Secfion  56366.4.  Nonpublic  schools  or 
nonpublic  agencies  with  a  suspended  certification  cannot  accept  new  pu- 
pils. 

(d)  Any  local  educafion  agency  that  contracts  with  a  certified  nonpub- 
lic school  or  nonpublic  agency  may  request  the  Superintendent  to  review 
the  status  of  the  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency.  Such  requests 
shall  be  in  wrifing  and  a  copy  shall  be  sent  to  the  nonpublic  school  or  non- 
public agency. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  56100  and  56366(e),  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  56366.1  and  56366.4.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  12-4-95  pursuant  lo 
section  100,  title  1,  Califomia  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  95,  No.  49). 


Page  67 


Register  2(X)8,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


§3068 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


3.  New  section  filed  9-1-99;  operative  9-1-99  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  99,  No.  36). 


§  3068.    Appeals  and  Waivers. 

(a)  Within  twenty  (20)  working  days  of  receipt  of  notice,  nonpublic 
schools  or  nonpublic  agencies  (appellant)  may  file  a  written  petition  (ap- 
peal), on  forms  provided  by  the  Superintendent,  to  request  a  review  of  the 
decision  to  deny,  suspend  or  revoke  certification  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Section  56366.6. 

(b)  All  appeals  shall  be  mailed  to  the  Office  of  Administrative  Hear- 
ings. Department  of  General  Services. 

(c)  There  shall  be  three  options  for  appealing  the  denial,  suspension  or 
revocation  of  certification.  The  nonpublic  school  or  nonpublic  agency 
may  request: 

( 1 )  a  written  review  of  the  decision  to  deny,  suspend  or  revoke  certifi- 
cation. The  Office  of  Administrative  Hearings  shall  analyze  the  docu- 
mentation provided  by  the  appellant  and  materials  provided  by  the  De- 
partment and  render  a  decision; 

(2)  a  written  review  with  an  oral  argument.  The  Office  of  Administra- 
tive Hearings  shall  analyze  the  documentation  provided  by  the  appellant 
and  materials  provided  by  the  Department.  The  appellant  shall  also  ap- 
pear before  a  hearing  officer,  on  a  date  scheduled  by  the  Office  of  Admin- 
istrative Hearings,  to  provide  oral  testimony  in  support  of  the  appeal.  The 
Department  shall  also  attend  the  hearing  and  present  testimony  to  support 
the  decision  to  deny,  suspend  or  revoke  certification.  The  hearing  officer 
may  ask  questions  of  either  party.  All  testimony  shall  be  tape-recorded; 
or 

(3)  an  oral  hearing.  The  appellant  shall  appear  before  a  hearing  officer, 
on  a  date  scheduled  by  the  Office  of  Administrative  Hearings,  to  provide 
oral  testimony  in  support  of  the  appeal.  The  Department  shall  also  attend 
the  hearing  and  present  testimony  to  support  the  decision  to  deny,  sus- 
pend or  revoke  certification.  The  hearing  officer  shall  provide  the  oppor- 
tunity for  both  parties  to  review  evidence,  call  witnesses  and  cross-ex- 
amine witnesses.  If  the  appellant  fails  to  appear  at  the  hearing,  the 
petitioner  waives  the  right  to  a  future  hearing,  unless  the  hearing  officer 
agrees  to  reschedule  the  hearing  because  of  extenuating  circumstances. 

(d)  The  Office  of  Administrative  Hearings  shall  issue  the  decision,  in 
writing,  simultaneously  to  the  appellant  and  to  the  Department  within 
thirty  (30)  working  days  after  receipt  of  all  materials  and  evidence.  This 
shall  be  the  final  administrative  decision. 

(e)  Local  education  agencies  and  nonpublic  schools  and  agencies  may 
request  the  Superintendent  to  waive  Education  Code  sections  56365, 
56366,  56366.3,  56366.6  and  56366.7.  Such  petitions  shall  be  made  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  section  56366.2  and 
shall  be  necessary  in  order  to  provide  services  to  individuals  with  excep- 
tional needs  consistent  with  their  individualized  education  program. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  56100  and  56366(e),  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  56101,  56366.2  and  56366.6. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  of  former  section  3068  to  section  3069  and  new  section  3068  filed 
9-1-99;  operative  9-1-99  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4(d) 
(Register  99,  No.  36). 

§  3069.    Annual  Review  of  Individualized  Education 
Program. 

Review  of  the  pupil's  individualized  education  program  shall  be  con- 
ducted at  least  annually  by  the  public  education  agency.  The  public 
education  agency  shall  ensure  that  review  schedules  are  specified  in  the 
individualized  education  program  and  contract  for  the  pupil.  An  elemen- 
tary school  district  shall  notify  a  high  school  district  of  all  pupils  placed 
in  a  nonpublic  school  or  agency  programs  prior  to  the  annual  review  of 
the  individualized  education  program  for  each  pupil  who  may  transfer  to 
the  high  school  district. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  56100(a),  (i)  and  (j),  Education  Code;  20  U.S.C. 
1414(c)(2)(B);  and  34  C.F.R.  300.600.  Reference:  Sections  56345, 
56365-56366.5,  Education  Code;  and  34  C.F.R.  300.4,  300.302,  300.317, 
300.343-348  and  300.400-403. 


History 
1 .  Renumbering  of  former  section  3069  to  new  section  3070  and  renumbering  of 
former  section  3068  to  section  3069  filed  9-1-99;  operative  9-1-99  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  99,  No.  36). 

§  3070.    Graduation. 

When  an  individual  with  exceptional  needs  meets  public  education 
agency  requirements  for  completion  of  prescribed  course  of  study  and 
adopted  differenfial  proficiency  standards  as  designated  in  the  pupil's  in- 
dividualized educafion  program,  the  public  education  agency  which  de- 
veloped the  individualized  education  program  shall  award  the  diploma. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  56100(a),  (i)  and  0)-  Education  Code;  20  U.S.C. 

1414(c)(2)(B);  and   34  C.F.R.   300.600.   Reference:   Sections   56345. 

56365-56366.5.  Education  Code;  and  34  C.F.R.  300.4,  300.302,  300.317, 

300.343-348  and  300.400-403. 

History 

1 .  Renumbeiing  of  former  secdon  3069  to  new  section  3070  filed  9-1-99;  opera- 
tive 9-1-99  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4(d)  (Register  99,  No. 
36). 


Article  7.    Procedural  Safeguards 

§  3080.    General  Provisions. 

(a)  Sections  4600  through  4671  apply  to  the  filing  of  a  complaint,  in 
accordance  with  provisions  of  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 
Section  76.780-783.  regarding  a  public  agency's  alleged  violation  of 
federal  or  state  law  or  regulation  relating  to  the  provision  of  a  free  appro- 
priate public  education. 

(b)  Section  3082  applies  to  due  process  hearing  procedures  which  the 
resolution  of  disagreements  between  a  parent  and  a  public  agency  regard- 
ing the  proposal,  or  refusal  of  a  public  agency  to  initiate  or  change  the 
identification,  assessment,  or  educational  placement  of  the  pupil  or  the 
provision  of  a  free  appropriate  public  education  to  the  pupil. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  56100(a)  and  (j),  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  56500.1  and  56500.2,  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  76.780-783. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92, 
No.  3). 

3.  Editorial  correcfion  deleting  duplicate  heading  (Register  95,  No.  9). 

§  3081 .    Complaint  Procedures. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  56100(a)  and  (j),  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  56500.1  and  56500.2,  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  76.780-783. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  section  3081  to  section  3082,  and  re- 
numbering and  amendment  of  section  3080(a)(l)-(n)  to  section  3081  filed 
3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  1 5).  For  prior  history,  see  Regis- 
ters 86,  No.  21 ;  82,  No.  18;  and  82,  No.  6. 

2.  Repealer  filed  8-26^91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

§  3082.    Due  Process  Hearing  Procedures. 

(a)  A  parent  or  public  education  agency  may  initiate  a  hearing  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  Sections  56500  through  56507  and  Title  34,  Code  of 
Federal  Regulations,  Sections  300.56  through  300.5 1 4  on  any  of  the  mat- 
ters described  in  Education  Code  Section  56501.  The  hearing  shall  be 
conducted  by  a  hearing  officer  knowledgeable  in  administrative  hearings 
and  under  contract  with  the  State  Department  of  Educafion. 

(b)  The  hearings  conducted  pursuant  to  this  secfion  shall  not  be  con- 
ducted according  to  the  technical  rules  of  evidence  and  those  related  to 
witnesses.  Any  relevant  evidence  shall  be  admitted  if  it  is  the  sort  of  evi- 
dence on  which  responsible  persons  are  accustomed  to  rely  in  the  conduct 
of  serious  affairs,  regardless  of  the  existence  of  any  common  law  or  statu- 
tory rule  which  might  make  improper  the  admission  of  such  evidence 
over  objecfion  in  civil  actions.  Hearsay  evidence  may  be  used  for  the  pur- 
pose of  supplementing  or  explaining  other  evidence  but  shall  not  be  suffi- 
cient in  itself  to  support  a  finding  unless  it  would  be  admissible  over  ob- 
jecfion in  civil  actions.  All  tesfimony  shall  be  under  oath  or  affirmation 
which  the  hearing  officer  is  empowered  to  administer. 

(c)  In  addition  to  the  rights  afforded  both  parties  to  the  hearing  pur- 
suant to  Educafion  Code  Secdons  56500-56507  and  Title  34,  Code  of 


Page  68 


Register  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  3085 


• 


Federal  Regulations,  Section  300.5 14.  the  parties  shall  also  have  the  fol- 
lowing rights: 

(1)  To  call  witnesses,  including  adverse  witnesses,  and  to  cross  ex- 
amine witnesses  for  the  other  party. 

(2)  To  compel  the  attendance  of  witnesses.  The  hearing  officer  shall 
have  the  right  to  issue  Subpoenas  (order  to  appear  and  give  testimony) 
and  Subpoenas  Duces  Tecum  (order  to  produce  document(s)  or  paper(s) 
upon  a  showing  of  reasonable  necessity  by  a  party). 

(?<)  Absent  compelling  circumstances  to  the  contrary,  and  upon  motion 
to  the  hearing  officer  to  have  witnesses  excluded  from  the  hearing. 

(d)  Hearings  .shall  be  conducted  in  the  English  language;  when  the  pri- 
mary language  of  a  party  to  a  hearing  is  other  than  English,  or  other  mode 
of  communication,  an  interpreter  shall  be  provided  who  is  competent  as 
determined  by  the  hearing  officer.  Cost  for  an  interpreter  shall  be  borne 
by  the  State  Department  of  Education.  Interpreters  shall  take  an  oath  to 
interpret  fully  and  accurately. 

(e)  If  either  the  school  district  or  the  parents  have  an  attorney  present 
as  an  observer,  the  attorney  may  watch  the  proceedings  to  advise  his 
party  at  a  later  date,  but  the  attorney  may  not  present  oral  argument,  writ- 
ten argument  or  evidence,  or  consult  any  manner  in  or  out  of  the  room, 
during  the  process  hearing. 

(0  Notwithstanding  Government  Code  section  1 1425.10(a)(3)  of  the 
Administrative  Procedure  Act.  special  education  due  process  hearings 
arc  open/closed  to  the  public  at  the  discretion  of  the  parent. 

(g)  Notwithstanding  Government  Code  section  1 1440.30  of  the  Ad- 
ministrative Procedure  Act.  the  hearing  officer  may  conduct  all  or  part 
of  a  hearing  by  telephone,  television,  or  other  electronic  means  if  each 
participant  in  the  hearing  has  an  opportunity  to  participate  in  and  to  hear 
the  entire  proceeding  while  it  is  taking  place  and  to  observe  exhibits. 
Note.  Authority  cited:  Sections  56100(a)  and  (j)  and  56503,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  56500-56507.  Education  Code;  Sections  11425.10  and 
1 1440.30.  Government  Code;  Sections  1415(b)(2)  and  (c),  U.S.  Code.  Title  20; 
and  Sections  300.506-.300.513,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Title  34. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  12-21-81  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Register 
82,  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  within  J  20 
days  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  on  4-20-82. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  transmitted  to  OAL  12-1 1-81  and  filed  4-29-82 
(Regi-ster  82,  No.  18).  3.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  3081  to  Sec- 
tion 3082  filed  3-21-88;  operative  4-20-88  (Register  88,  No.  15). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (d),  new  subsections  (f)  and  (g)  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  6-23-97  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-23-97  (Register  97,  No.  26). 
A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-2 1  -97  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-23-97  order,  including  amendment  of  Note. 
transmitted  to  OAL  10-20-97  and  filed  12-4-97  (Register  97,  No.  49). 


§  3083.    Service  Notice. 

Notwithstanding  Government  Code  section  1 1440.20of  the  Adminis- 
trative Procedures  Act.  service  of  notice,  motions,  or  other  writings  per- 
taining to  special  education  due  process  hearing  procedures  to  the  Cali- 
fornia Special  Education  Hearing  Office  and  any  other  person  or  entity 
are  subject  to  the  following  provisions: 

(a)  The  notice,  motion,  or  writing  shall  be  delivered  personally  or  sent 
by  mail  or  other  means  to  the  Hearing  Office,  person,  or  entity  at  their  last 
known  address  and,  if  the  person  or  entity  is  a  party  with  an  attorney  or 
other  authorized  representative  of  record  in  the  proceeding,  to  the  party's 
attorney  or  other  authorized  representative. 

(b)  Unless  a  provision  specifies  the  form  of  mail,  service  or  notice  by 
mail  may  be  by  first-class  mail,  registered  mail,  or  certified  mail,  by  mail 
delivery  service,  by  facsimile  transmission  if  complete  and  without  error, 
or  by  other  electronic  means  as  provided  by  regulation,  in  the  discretion 
of  the  sender. 

(c)  Service  must  be  made  by  a  method  that  ensures  receipt  by  all  parties 

and  the  Hearing  Office  in  a  comparable  and  timely  manner. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  56100(a)  and  (j)  and  56505,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  56500-56507,  Education  Code;  Section  1 1440.20,  Govem- 


menl  Code:  Sections  1415(b)(2)  and  (c).  U.S.  Code.  Title  20;  and  Sections 
300.506-300.513,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Title  34. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-23-97  as  an  emergency:  operative  6-2.3-97  (Register  97, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  mu.st  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 0-2 1-97 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-23-97  order,  including  removal  of  subsection 
designator  from  first  paragraph  and  redesignation  of  former  subsections 
(a)(lHa)(3)  as  subsections  (a)-(c),  amendment  of  newly  designated  subsec- 
tion (b).  and  amendment  of  NoTi-,  transmitted  to  OAL  10-20-97  and  filed 
12-4-97  (Register  97.  No.  49). 


§  3084.    Ex  Parte  Communications. 

(a)  Notwithstanding  Government  Code  sections  11425.10(a)(8). 
11430.20,  and  1 1430.30of  the  Cahfomia  Administrative  Procedure  Act. 
while  special  education  due  process  hearing  proceedings  are  pending, 
there  shall  be  no  communication,  direct  or  indirect,  regarding  any  issue 
in  the  proceeding,  to  a  hearing  officer  from  an  employee  or  representati  ve 
of  a  party  or  from  an  interested  person  unless  the  communication  is  made 
on  the  record  at  the  hearing. 

(b)  A  proceeding  is  pending  from  the  date  of  receipt  by  the  California 
Special  Education  Hearing  Office  of  the  request  for  hearing. 

(c)  If  a  hearing  officer  receives  a  communication  in  violation  of  this 
section,  the  hearing  officer  shall  disclose  the  content  of  the  communica- 
tion on  the  record  and  give  the  parties  an  opportunity  to  address  the  mat- 
ter if  so  requested  within  10  days  of  receipt  of  notification  of  the  commu- 
nication. 

( 1 )  The  hearing  officer  has  discretion  to  allow  the  party  to  present  evi- 
dence concerning  the  subject  of  the  communication. 

(2)  The  hearing  officer  has  discretion  to  reopen  a  hearing  that  has  been 
concluded. 

(d)  If  a  hearing  officer  receives  a  communication  in  violation  of  this 
section,  the  hearing  officer  shall  make  all  of  the  following  a  part  of  the 
record  in  the  proceeding: 

(1)  If  the  communication  is  written,  the  writing  and  any  written  re- 
sponse of  the  hearing  officer. 

(2)  If  the  communication  is  oral,  a  memorandum  stating  the  substance 
of  the  communication,  any  response  made  by  the  hearing  officer,  and  the 
identity  of  each  person  from  whom  the  hearing  officer  received  the  com- 
munication. 

(e)  The  hearing  officer  shall  notify  all  parties  that  the  communication 
has  been  made  a  part  of  the  record. 

(f)  Receipt  by  the  hearing  officer  of  a  communication  in  violation  of 
this  section  may  be  grounds  for  disqualification  of  the  hearing  officer.  If 
the  hearing  officer  is  disqualified,  the  porfion  of  the  record  pertaining  to 
the  ex  parte  communication  may  be  sealed  by  order  of  the  disqualified 
hearing  officer. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  56100(a)  and  (j)  and  56505,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  56500-56507,  Education  Code;  Sections  11425.10. 
11430.10-11430.30,  11430.50  and  11430.60,  Government  Code;  Sections 
1415(b)(2)  and  (c),  U.S.  Code,  Title  20;  and  Sections  300.506-300.513.  Code  of 
Federal  Regulations,  Title  34. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-23-97  as  an  emergency:  operative  6-23-97  (Register  97, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 0-2 1  -97 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-23-97  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tions (a)  and  (f)  and  amendment  of  Notf.,  transmitted  to  OAL  10-20-97  and 
filed  12-1-97  (Register  97,  No.  49). 

§  3085.    Precedent  Decisions. 

Notwithstanding  Government  Code  secuon  1 1425. 10(a)(7)  of  the  Ad- 
ministraUve  Procedure  Act,  orders  and  decisions  rendered  in  special  edu- 
cation due  process  hearing  proceedings  may  be  cited  as  persuasive  but 
not  binding  authority  by  parties  and  hearing  officers  in  subsequent  pro- 
ceedings. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  36100(a)  and  (j)  and  36503,  Eiducation  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  56500-56507,  Education  Code;  Section  1 1425.10,  Govern- 


Page  69 


Register  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


§3086 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


meiit  Code;  Sections  1415(b)(2)  and  (c),  U.S.  Code.  Title  20;  and  Sections 
.'^00.506-.300.513,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Title  34. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-23-97  as  an  einergency;  operative  6-23-97  (Register  97, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-21-97 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-23-97  order,  includina  amendment  of  Noth, 
transmitted  to  OAL  10-20-97  and  filed  12-4-97  (Register  97,  No.  49). 

§  3086.    Mediation. 

(a)  Government  Code  section  1 1420. 10  of  the  Administrative  Proce- 
dure Act  does  not  apply  to  special  education  due  process  hearing  proce- 
dures because  Education  Code  sections  56500-56507  provide  for  medi- 
ation. 

(b)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  law.  a  communication 
made  in  mediation  is  protected  to  the  following  extent: 

(1)  Anything  said,  any  admission  made,  and  any  document  prepared 
in  the  course  of,  or  pursuant  to,  mediation  under  this  article  is  a  confiden- 
tial communication,  and  a  party  to  the  mediation  has  a  privilege  to  refuse 
to  disclose  and  to  prevent  another  from  disclosing  the  communication, 
whether  in  an  adjudicative  proceeding,  civil  action,  or  other  proceeding. 
This  subdivision  does  not  limit  the  admissibility  of  evidence  if  all  parties 
to  the  proceedings  consent. 

(2)  No  reference  to  mediation  proceedings,  the  evidence  produced,  or 
any  other  aspect  of  the  mediation  may  be  made  in  an  adjudicative  pro- 
ceeding or  civil  action,  whether  as  affirmative  evidence,  by  way  of  im- 
peachment, or  for  any  other  purpose. 

(3)  No  mediator  or  interpreter  or  other  participants  are  competent  to 
testify  in  a  subsequent  administrative  or  civil  proceeding  as  to  any  state- 
ment, conduct,  decision,  or  order  occurring  at,  or  in  conjunction  with,  the 
mediation. 

(c)  Evidence  otherwise  admissible  outside  of  mediation  under  this  sec- 
tion is  not  inadmissible  or  protected  from  disclosure  solely  by  reason  of 
its  introduction  or  use  in  mediation  under  this  section. 

(d)  Interim  and  final  agreements  in  writing  that  result  from  mediation 
are  admissible  for  purposes  of  enforcement  unless  the  written  agreement 
specifies  otherwise. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  56100(a)  and  (J)  and  56505,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  56500-56507,  Education  Code;  Section  11420.10,  Govern- 
ment Code;  Sections  1415(b)(2)  and  (c),  U.S.  Code,  Title  20;  and  Sections 
300.506-300.513,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Title  34. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-23-97  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-23-97  (Register  97, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-21-97 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-23-97  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tion (c)  and  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  10-20-97  and  filed  12-4-97  (Register 
97,  No.  49). 

§  3087.    Decision  by  Settlement. 

Notwithstanding  Government  Code  section  1141 5 .60  of  the  Adminis- 
trative Procedure  Act,  a  decision  by  settlement  may  be  issued  on  terms 
the  parties  determine  are  appropriate  so  long  as  the  agreed-upon  terms 
are  not  contrary  to  the  law. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  56100(a)  and  (j)  and  56505,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  56500-56507,  Education  Code;  Section  11415.60,  Govern- 
ment Code;  Sections  1415(b)(2)  and  (c),  U.S.  Code,  Title  20;  and  Sections 
300.506-300.513,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Title  34. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-23-97  as  an  emergency;  operafive  6-23-97  (Register  97, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-21-97 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-23-97  order,  including  amendment  of  Note, 
tran.smjtted  to  OAL  10-20-97  and  filed  12-4-97  (Register  97,  No.  49). 

§  3088.    Sanctions. 

(a)  Provisions  for  contempt  sanctions,  order  to  show  cause,  and  ex- 
penses contained  in  Government  Code  sections  11455.10-11455.30  of 
the  Administrative  Procedure  Act  apply  to  special  education  due  process 
hearing  procedures  except  as  modified  by  (b)  through  (e)  of  this  secfion. 


(b)  Only  the  presiding  hearing  officers  may  initiate  contempt  sanc- 
tions and/or  place  expenses  at  issue. 

(c)  Prior  to  initiating  contempt  sancfions  with  the  court,  the  presiding 
hearing  officer  shall  obtain  approval  from  the  General  Counsel  of  the 
California  Department  of  Education. 

(d)  The  failure  to  initiate  contempt  sancfions  and/or  impose  expenses 
is  not  appealable. 

(e)  The  presiding  hearing  officer  may,  with  approval  from  the  General 
Counsel  of  the  California  Department  of  Educafion,  order  a  party,  the 
party's  attorney  or  other  authorized  representative,  or  both,  to  pay  rea- 
sonable expenses,  including  costs  of  personnel,  to  the  California  Special 
Education  Hearing  Office  for  the  reasons  set  forth  in  Government  Code 
secfion  11455.30(a). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  56100(a)  and  (j)  and  56505.  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  56500-56507,  Education  Code;  Sections 
1 1455.10-1 1455.30.  Govemment  Code;  Sections  1415(b)(2)  and  (c),  U.S.  Code, 
Title  20;  and  Sections  300.506-300.513.  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Title  34. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-23-97  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-23-97  (Register  97, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-21-97 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-23-97  order,  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tions (a),  (b)  and  (c)  and  amendment  of  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  1 0-20-97  and 
filed  12-4-97  (Register  97,  No.  49). 

§  3088.1 .    Sanctions:  Withholding  Funds  to  Enforce  Special 
Education  Compliance. 

(a)  When  a  district,  special  education  local  plan  area,  or  county  office 
of  education  fails  to  comply  substanfially  with  a  provision  of  law  regard- 
ing special  education  and  related  services,  the  superintendent  may  with- 
hold funds  allocated  to  such  local  agency  under  Chapter  7.2  (commenc- 
ing with  Section  56836)  of  Part  30  of  the  Education  Code  and  the 
Individuals  with  Disabilifies  Educafion  Act  (20  U.S.C.  1400  et  seq.). 
Such  noncompliance  may  result  from  failure  of  the  local  agency  to  sub- 
stantially comply  with  corrective  action  orders  issued  by  the  Department 
of  Educafion  in  monitoring  findings  or  complaint  invesfigation  reports. 
"Substanfial  noncompfiance"  means  an  incident  of  significant  failure  to 
provide  a  child  with  a  disability  with  a  free  appropriate  public  education, 
an  act  which  results  in  the  loss  of  an  educafional  opportunity  to  the  child 
or  interferes  with  the  opportunity  of  the  parents  or  guardians  of  the  pupil 
to  participate  in  the  formulation  of  the  individual  educafion  program,  a 
history  of  chronic  noncompliance  in  a  particular  area,  or  a  systemic 
agency-wide  problem  of  noncompliance. 

(b)  Prior  to  withholding  funds,  the  department  shall  provide  written 
nofice  to  the  local  educafional  agency,  by  certified  mail,  of  the  noncom- 
pliance findings  that  are  the  basis  of  the  Department's  intent  to  withhold 
funds.  The  notice  shall  also  inform  the  local  agency  of  the  opportunity 
to  request  a  hearing  to  contest  the  findings  and  the  proposed  withholding 
of  funds. 

(c)  The  notice  shall  include  the  following  information: 

( 1 )  The  specific  past  and  existing  noncompliance  that  is  the  basis  of 
the  withholding  of  funds. 

(2)  Tlie  efforts  that  have  been  made  by  the  Department  to  verify  that 
ail  required  correcfive  actions  have  been  taken. 

(3)  The  specific  actions  that  must  be  taken  by  the  local  educational 
agency  to  bring  it  into  compliance  by  an  exact  date  to  avoid  the  withhold- 
ing of  funds. 

(d)  The  local  educational  agency  shall  have  30  calendar  days  from  the 
date  of  the  notice  to  make  a  written  request  for  a  hearing.  The  department 
shall  schedule  a  hearing  within  30  days  of  receipt  of  a  request  for  hearing, 
and  nofify  the  local  agency  of  the  fime  and  place  for  hearing.  A  hearing 
officer  with  experience  in  special  educafion  and  with  administrafive 
hearing  procedures  shall  be  assigned  by  the  department  to  conduct  the 
hearing  and  make  an  audio  recording  of  the  proceeding.  The  hearing  offi- 
cer may  grant  continuances  of  the  date  for  hearing  for  good  cause. 

(e)  The  local  education  agency  shall  have  the  opportunity,  prior  to  the 
hearing,  to  obtain  all  documentary  evidence  maintained  by  the  Depart- 


Page  70 


Register  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  3100 


• 


• 


menrs  Special  Education  Division  that  supports  the  findings  of  noncom- 
pliance at  issue  in  the  notice  of  intent  to  withhold  funds. 

(f)  Technical  rules  of  evidence  shall  not  apply  to  the  hearing,  but  rele- 
vant written  evidence  or  oral  testimony  may  be  submitted,  and  given  pro- 
bative effect  only  if  it  is  the  kind  of  evidence  upon  which  reasonable  per- 
sons are  accustomed  to  rely  in  the  conduct  of  serious  affairs.  A  decision 
of  the  hearing  officer  to  withhold  funding  shall  not  be  based  solely  on 
hearsay  evidence  but  must  be  supported  by  evidence  produced  at  the 
hearing  showing  substantial  noncompliance  with  the  provisions  of  spe- 
cial education  law.  Local  education  agencies  may  be  represented  by 
counsel  and  the  hearings  will  be  open  to  the  public. 

(g)  If  a  hearing  is  not  requested,  the  Department  shall  withhold  funds 
as  stated  in  the  notice.  If  a  hearing  is  held,  a  written  decision  shall  be  ren- 
dered within  30  calendar  days  from  the  date  the  hearing  is  held. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
56845(a).  Hducafion  Code. 

History 
i.  New  section  filed  1-10-2005;  operative  2-9-2005  (Register  2005.  No.  2). 


§  3088.2.    Enforcement  and  Withholding  of  Funds. 

(a)  The  hearing  officer  shall  determine,  based  on  the  totality  of  the  evi- 
dence, whether  a  preponderance  of  the  evidence  supports  the  Depart- 
ment's findings  of  noncompliance  and  the  determination  that  withhold- 
ing of  funds  is  appropriate  in  the  particular  circumstances  of  the  case.  The 
hearing  officer's  decision  shall  be  the  final  decision  of  the  Department 
of  Education. 

(b)  If  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  determines,  subsequent 
to  withholding  funds,  that  a  local  educational  agency  has  made  substan- 
tial progress  toward  compliance  with  the  state  law,  federal  law,  or  regula- 
tions governing  the  provision  of  special  education  and  related  services 
to  individuals  with  exceptional  needs,  the  superintendent  may  apportion 
the  state  or  federal  funds  previously  withheld  to  the  local  education 
agency. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
56845(b).  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1-10-2005;  operative  2-9-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  2). 


§  3089.    Partial  Non-Applicability  of  Certain  Sections  of  the 
Administrative  Procedure  Act  to  Special 
Education  Due  Process  Hearing  Procedures. 

Special  education  due  process  hearing  procedures  shall  not  be  subject 
to  the  following  provisions  of  the  Administrative  Procedure  Act:  Gov- 
ernment Code  sections  11 41 5.60  (Decision  by  settlement);  11 420. 10  and 
1 1420.30  (Referral  of  proceedings);  1 1425.10  (Governing  procedures); 
1 1440. 10  (Authority  of  agency  head  following  decision);  1 1440.20  (Ser- 
vice notice);  11440.30(b)  (Conduct  of  hearing  by  electronic  means); 
1 1445.10-1 1445.60  (Informal  hearing);  1 1450.05-11450.30  (Subpoe- 
nas); 11460.10-11460.70  (Emergency  decision);  11465.10-11465.60 
(Declaratory  decisions);  and  11470.10-11470.50  (Conversion  of  pro- 
ceeding). 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Sections  56100(a)  and  (j)  and  56505,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  56500-56507.  Education  Code:  Sections  11415.60, 
11420.10.  11420.30,  11425.10,  11440.10-11440.30,  11445.10-11445.60, 
11450.05-11450.30,  11460.10-11460.70,  11465.10-11465.60  and 
1 1470. 10-1 1470.50,  Government  Code;  Sections  1415(b)(2)  and  (c),  U.S.  Code, 
Title  20;  and  Sections  300.506-.300.513,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Title  34. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-23-97  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-23-97  (Register  97, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-21-97 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-23-97  order,  including  amendment  of  section 
and  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  10-20-97  and  filed  12-4-97  (Register  97,  No. 
49). 


Article  8.    State  Board  of  Education  Waivers 


§  3100.    Resource  Specialist  Caseload  Waivers. 

(a)  A  school  district,  special  education  local  plan  area,  county  office 
of  education,  or  any  other  public  agency  providing  special  education  or 
related  services  may  request  the  State  Board  of  Education  to  grant  a  waiv- 
er of  the  maximum  resource  specialist  ca.seload,  as  .set  forth  in  Education 
Code  secfion  56362(c).  only  if  the  waiver  is  necessary  or  beneficial  either 
(1 )  to  the  content  and  implementation  of  a  pupil's  individualized  educa- 
tion program  and  does  not  abrogate  any  right  provided  individuals  with 
exceptional  needs  by  specified  federal  law  or  (2)  to  the  agency's  com- 
pliance with  specified  federal  law. 

(b)  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  grant  any  waiver  request  sub- 
mitted in  accordance  with  Subdivision  (a)  only: 

(1 )  when  the  facts  indicate  that  failure  to  do  so  would  hinder  either 

(A)  implementation  of  a  pupil's  individualized  education  program  or 

(B)  compliance  by  the  requesting  agency  with  specified  federal  law; 
and 

(2)  when  the  waiver  request  meets  all  of  the  conditions  set  forth  in  Sub- 
divisions (c)  and  (d). 

(c)  A  request  to  waive  the  maximum  resource  specialist  caseload  shall 
be  "necessary  or  beneficial"  within  the  meaning  of  Subdivision  (a)  and 
Educafion  Code  section  56101  only  if  all  of  the  following  conditions  are 
met. 

( 1 )  The  waiver' s  effective  period  does  not  exceed  one  past  school  year 
and/or  the  school  year  in  which  it  is  submitted. 

(2)  The  number  of  students  to  be  served  by  an  affected  resource  spe- 
cialist utider  the  waiver  does  not  exceed  the  maximum  statutory  caseload 
of  28  students  by  more  than  four  students. 

(3)  The  waiver  does  not  result  in  the  same  resource  specialist  having 
a  caseload  in  excess  of  the  statutory  maximum  for  more  than  two  school 
years. 

(d)  For  the  purposes  of  Subdivision  (b),  a  request  to  waive  the  maxi- 
mum resource  specialist  caseload  shall  not  "hinder"  either  ( 1 )  imple- 
mentation of  a  pupil's  individualized  educafion  program  or  (2)  com- 
pliance by  the  requesfing  agency  with  specified  federal  law  if  all  of  the 
following  conditions  are  met: 

( 1 )  The  requesting  agency  demonstrates  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  State 
Board  of  Education  (A)  that  the  excess  resource  specialist  caseload  re- 
sults from  extraordinary  fiscal  and/or  programmatic  condifions  and  (B) 
that  the  extraordinary  conditions  have  been  resolved  or  will  be  resolved 
by  fime  the  waiver  expires. 

(2)  The  waiver  sfipulates  that  an  affected  resource  specialist  will  have 
the  assistance  of  an  instrucfional  aide  at  least  five  hours  daily  whenever 
that  resource  specialist's  ca.seload  exceeds  the  statutory  maximum  dur- 
ing the  waiver's  effecUve  period. 

(3)  The  waiver  confirms  that  the  students  served  by  an  affected  re- 
source specialist  will  receive  all  of  the  services  called  for  in  their  individ- 
ualized education  programs. 

(4)  The  waiver  was  agreed  to  by  any  affected  resource  specialist,  and 
the  bargaining  unit,  if  any.  to  which  the  resource  specialist  belongs  par- 
ticipated in  the  waiver's  development. 

(5)  The  waiver  demonstrates  to  the  safisfaction  of  the  State  Board  of 
Education  that  the  excess  caseload  can  be  reasonably  managed  by  an  af- 
fected resource  specialist  in  particular  relation  to  (A)  the  resource  spe- 
cialist's pupil  contact  time  and  other  assigned  duties  and  (B)  the  pro- 
grammadc  conditions  faced  by  the  resource  specialist,  including,  but  not 
limited  to,  student  age  level,  age  span,  and  the  behavioral  characteristics; 
number  of  curriculum  levels  taught  at  any  one  time  or  any  given  session; 
and  intensity  of  student  instructional  needs. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  56100(a),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  56101  and  56362(c),  Education  Code. 


[The  next  page  is  71.] 

Page  70.1 


Register  2008,  No.  8;  2-22-2008 


• 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§3824 


• 


History 
I .  New  article  8  (section  3100)  and  section  filed  3-2-99;  operative  4-1-99  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  50). 


• 


• 


Chapter  3.5.    Joint  Regulations  for 
Handicapped  Children 


Subchapter  1.    Interagency  Responsibilities 

for  Providing  Services  to  Handicapped 

Children 

§  3300.    Joint  Regulations  for  Handicapped  Children. 

CROSS-REFERENCE:  See  Title  2,  Division  9,  Chapter  1,  Articles 
1-9,  Sections  60000-60610.  not  consecutive. 

History 

1.  New  Division  3.5  (Chapter  1,  Section  3300)  printed  as  cross — reference  only 
(Register86,  No.  21). 


Chapter  4.    Gifted  and  Talented  Pupil 
Program 


Subchapter  1.    General  Provisions 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52203,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52200,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  Division  4  (Chapters  1  -4.  Sections  300-386 1 ,  not  consecutive)  and 
new  Division  4  (Chapters  1-6,  Sections  3800-3870,  not  consecutive)  filed 
3-2 1  -80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  ( Register  80,  No.  12).  For  prior  histo- 
ry, see  Registers  69,  Nos.  25  and  51;  71,  Nos.  51;  72,  No.  21;  77,  Nos.  39  and 
48. 

2.  Repealer  of  Chapter  1  (Section  3800)  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  16). 


Subchapter  2.    Eligibility 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52203,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52200,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  of  Chapter  2  (Section  3810)  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  16). 


Subchapter  3.    Standards  Used  for 
Identification  of  Gifted  and  Talented  Pupils 

§  3820.     Method  of  Identification. 

The  school  district  shall  have  the  responsibility  for  the  development 
of  a  method  for  the  identification  of  pupils  as  gifted  and  talented.  The 
method  of  identification  shall  be  included  in  the  application  and  shall 
conform  to  these  general  principles: 

(a)  Standards  shall  ensure  the  identification  of  pupils  who  possess  a  ca- 
pacity for  excellence  far  beyond  that  of  their  chronological  peers. 

(b)  Methods  shall  be  designed  to  seek  out  and  identify  those  pupils 
whose  extraordinary  capacities  require  special  services  and  programs. 

(c)  Provision  shall  be  made  for  examining  a  pupil's  range  of  capacities. 

(d)  Methods  and  techniques  of  identification  shall  generate  informa- 
tion as  to  a  pupil's  capacities  and  needs. 

(e)  There  shall  be  equal  opportunity  to  be  identified  in  the  categories 
served. 

(f)  Methods  shall  be  designed  to  seek  out  and  identify  gifted  and  tal- 
ented pupils  from  varying  linguistic,  economic,  and  cultural  back- 
grounds. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52203,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52202,  Education  Code. 


History 
1.  Amendment  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83.  No. 
16). 

§  3821 .     Responsibility  for  Identification. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52203.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52200,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83.  No.  16). 

§  3822.    Categories  for  Identification. 

Each  district  shall  use  one  or  more  of  these  categories  in  identifying 
pupils  as  gifted  and  talented.  In  all  categories,  identification  of  a  pupil's 
extraordinary  capability  shall  be  in  relation  to  the  pupil's  chronological 
peers. 

(a)  Intellectual  Ability:  A  pupil  demonstrates  extraordinary  or  poten- 
tial for  extraordinary  intellectual  development. 

(b)  Creative  Ability:  A  pupil  characteristically: 

(1)  Perceives  unusual  relationships  among  aspects  of  the  pupil's  envi- 
ronment and  among  ideas; 

(2)  Overcomes  obstacles  to  thinking  and  doing; 

(3)  Produces  unique  solutions  to  problems. 

(c)  Specific  Academic  Ability:  A  pupil  functions  at  highly  advanced 
academic  levels  in  particular  subject  areas. 

(d)  Leadership  Ability:  A  pupil  displays  the  characteristic  behaviors 
necessary  for  extraordinary  leadership. 

(e)  High  Achievement:  A  pupil  consistently  produces  advanced  ideas 
and  products  and/or  attains  exceptionally  high  scores  on  achievement 
tests. 

(0  Visual  and  Performing  Arts  Talent:  A  pupil  originates,  performs, 
produces,  or  responds  at  extraordinarily  high  levels  in  the  arts. 

(g)  Any  other  category  which  meets  the  standards  set  forth  in  these  reg- 
ulations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52203,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52202,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  4-1 3-83:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  ( Register 
83,  No.  16). 

§  3823.    Evidence  for  Identification. 

Prior  to  identification,  pertinent  evidence  as  to  a  pupil's  capacity  for 
excellence  far  beyond  that  of  chronological  peers  shall  be  compiled. 

(a)  Appropriate  data  to  be  collected  by  the  school  district  may  include: 
school,  class,  and  individual  pupil  records;  individual  tests  (including 
summary  and  evaluation  by  credentialed  school  psychologist);  group 
tests;  interviews  and  questionnaires  (teacher,  parent,  and  others).  The 
range  of  data  shall  be  broad  enough  to  reveal  gifts  and  talents  across  cul- 
tural, economic,  and  linguistic  groups. 

(b)  Evidence  of  a  pupil's  capability  may  also  be  derived  from  pupil 
products,  comments  from  peers,  opinions  of  professional  persons. 

(c)  Studies  of  the  factors  contributing  to  a  pupil's  underachievement 
and  studies  of  a  pupil's  underachievement  resulting  from  handicapping 
or  disadvantaged  conditions  shall  be  considered. 

(d)  The  pertinent  evidence  shall  reflect  consideration  of  the  economic, 
hnguistic,  and  cultural  characteristics  of  the  pupil's  background. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52203,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  4-1 3-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
83,  No.  16). 

§  3824.    Identification  and  Placement. 

The  final  determination  of  eligibility  of  a  pupil,  as  provided  in  Section 
3820,  for  gifted  and  talented  programs  shall  rest  with  the  administrative 
head  of  the  school  district  or  a  designated  employee  of  the  district  in  ac- 
cordance with  procedures  adopted  by  the  local  governing  board. 

(a)  This  school  employee  shall  base  a  decision  upon  the  evaluation  of 
the  pertinent  evidence  by  the  school  principal  or  a  designee  of  the  school 
principal,  a  classroom  teacher  familiar  with  the  school  work  of  the  pupil, 
and,  when  appropriate,  a  credentialed  school  psychologist. 


Page  71 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  3830 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(b)  To  determine  the  full  range  of  a  pupil's  capability,  a  person  recog- 
nized as  an  expert  in  the  gifted  and  talented  category  under  consideration, 
and/or  an  individual  who  has  in-depth  understanding  of  the  pupil's  lin- 
guistic or  cultural  group  shall  participate  in  the  evaluation  of  the  evidence 
unless  there  is  no  doubt  as  to  the  pupil's  eligibility. 

(c)  These  individuals  may  review  screening,  identification,  and  place- 
ment data  in  serial  order  provided  that  these  individuals  shall  meet  to  re- 
solve differences  in  assessment  and  recommendations. 

(d)  This  shall  not  preclude  the  use  of  an  identification  and  placement 
committee. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303!  and  52203,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52203(a),  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
83,  No.  16). 


Subchapter  4.    Minimum  Standards  for 
Programs 

Article  1.    General 


§  3830.     Minimum  Standards  for  All  Types  of  Programs. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52203,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52200,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  4-1 3-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  1 6). 

§3831.    General  Standards. 

The  following  general  standards  apply  to  all  types  of  gifted  and  tal- 
ented programs: 

(a)  Unique  opportunities  for  high-achieving  and  under-achieving  pu- 
pils who  are  identified  as  gifted  and  talented  shall  be  provided. 

(b)  Districts  shall  make  provisions  for  ensuring  participation  of  pupils 
in  the  upper  range  of  intellectual  ability. 

(c)  Districts  shall  make  provisions  for  ensuring  full  participation  of  pu- 
pils from  disadvantaged  and  varying  cultural  backgrounds. 

(d)  The  quality  of  existing  programs  for  gifted  and  talented  pupils  shall 
be  maintained  and/or  improved. 

(e)  Experimentation  with  a  variety  of  programmatic  approaches  and 
cost  levels  shall  be  encouraged. 

(f)  Written  consent  of  a  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person  having  actual 
custody  and  control  of  the  pupil  shall  be  on  file  with  the  district  prior  to 
the  pupil's  participation  in  the  program. 

(g)  The  district  program  shall  meet  the  specific  needs  and  require- 
ments, as  specified  in  Education  Code  Section  52200(c),  of  gifted  and  tal- 
ented pupils.  Academic  components  shall  be  included  in  all  program  of- 
ferings. 

(h)  The  district  program  shall  reflect  the  assessed  needs  of  its  identi- 
fied pupils. 

(i)  All  identified  gifted  and  talented  pupils  shall  have  an  opportunity 
to  participate  in  the  gifted  and  talented  program. 

(j)  The  district  shall  develop  a  written  plan  for  the  district  program 
which  shall  be  available  for  public  inspection.  The  written  plan  shall  de- 
scribe the  appropriately  differentiated  curricula  for  identified  gifted  and 
talented  pupils  as  well  as  specify  the  methods  used  to  examine  the  appro- 
priateness of  the  identified  pupil's  total  educational  experience  including 
articulation  with  other  specially  funded  programs  which  serve  gifted  and 
talented  pupils.  The  plan  shall  include: 

(1)  The  purposes  of  the  program,  including  the  general  goals  and  spe- 
cific objectives  which  pupils  are  expected  to  achieve; 

(2)  The  rationale  for  the  district's  method  of  identification  of  gifted 
and  talented  pupils; 

(3)  Where  appropriate,  procedure  for  the  consideration  of  the  identifi- 
cation and  placement  of  a  pupil  who  was  identified  as  gifted  or  talented 
in  the  district  from  which  the  pupil  transferred; 


(4)  The  services  to  be  rendered  and  the  activities  to  be  included  for  pu- 
pils participating  in  special  day  classes,  receiving  special  services,  or  par- 
ticipating in  special  activities  for  an  amount  of  time  as  specified  in  Edu- 
cation Code  Section  52206; 

(5)  Plan  for  evaluating  the  various  components  of  the  program.  Evalu- 
ation shall  include  an  annual  review  of  pupil  progress  and  of  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  program; 

(6)  Procedures  for  modifying  the  district  gifted  and  talented  program 
on  the  basis  of  the  annual  review; 

(7 )  A  staff  development  plan  based  upon  a  needs  assessment  which  in- 
cludes specification  of  requisite  competencies  of  teachers  and  superviso- 
ry personnel; 

(8)  Procedures  for  ensuring  continuous  parent  participation  in  recom- 
mending policy  for  planning,  evaluating,  and  implemenfing  the  district 
program; 

(9)  A  procedure  to  inform  parents  of  a  pupil's  parficipation  or  nonpar- 
ticipation  in  the  gifted  and  talented  program; 

(10)  An  objective  related  budget. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52203,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52206,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  subsection  (,j)(4)  filed  4-1 3-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  83,  No.  16). 


Article  2.    Types  of  Programs 

§  3840.    Special  Day  Classes  and  Special  Services  or 
Activities. 

All  program  options  shall  be  in  compliance  with  applicable  state  and 
federal  regulations.  Programs  may  consist  of: 

(a)  A  "Special  Day  Class"  for  gifted  and  talented  pupils  consists  of  one 
or  more  classes  (as  defined  in  Education  Code  Section  51016)  totaling 
a  minimum  school  day  where  each  of  the  one  or  more  classes  meets  the 
following  requirements: 

(1)  It  is  composed  of  pupils  identified  as  gifted  and  talented. 

(2)  It  is  especially  designed  to  meet  the  specific  academic  needs  of 
gifted  and  talented  pupils  for  enriched  or  advanced  instruction  and  is  ap- 
propriately differentiated  from  other  classes  in  the  same  subjects  in  the 
school. 

(3)  It  is  taught  by  a  teacher  who  has  specific  preparafion,  experience, 
personal  attributes,  and  competencies  in  the  teaching  of  gifted  children. 

(b)  Part-time  Grouping:  Pupils  attend  classes  as  defined  in  Education 
Code  Section  51016  or  seminars  which  are  organized  to  provide  ad- 
vanced or  enriched  subject  matter  for  a  part  of  the  school  day.  These 
classes  are  composed  of  identified  gifted  and  talented  pupils. 

(c)  Enrichment  Activities:  Pupils  remain  in  their  regular  classrooms 
but  participate  in  supplemental  educational  acfivities  planned  to  augment 
their  regular  educational  programs.  In  these  supplemental  educational 
acfivities,  the  pupils  use  advanced  materials  and/or  receive  special  op- 
portunifies  from  persons  other  than  the  regular  classroom  teacher. 

(d)  Cluster  Grouping:  Pupils  are  grouped  within  a  regular  classroom 
setting  and  receive  appropriately  differentiated  activities  from  the  regu- 
lar classroom  teacher. 

(e)  Independent  Study:  Pupils  are  provided  with  additional  instruc- 
tional opportunities  through  either  special  tutors  or  mentors,  or  through 
enrollment  in  correspondence  courses  specified  in  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 51740  and  Section  1633  of  this  fitle.  These  opportunities  shall  be  su- 
pervised by  a  certificated  person  employed  by  the  pupil's  school  district. 

(f)  Acceleration:  Pupils  are  placed  in  grades  or  classes  more  advanced 
than  those  of  their  chronological  age  group  and  receive  special  counsel- 
ing and/or  instruction  outside  of  the  regular  classroom  in  order  to  facili- 
tate their  advanced  work. 

(g)  Postsecondary  Education  Opportunities:  High  school  pupils  for  a 
part  of  the  day  attend  classes  conducted  by  college  or  community  college 
or  participate  in  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  Advanced  Place- 
ment programs.  When  needed,  the  high  school  shall  provide  books  and 
supplies. 


Page  72 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  3900 


(li)  Services  for  Underachieving  Gifted  and  Talented  Pupils:  Pupils  re- 
ceive services  designed  to  assist  them  in  developing  basic  skills  needed 
to  overcome,  as  soon  as  possible,  their  underachievement  and  to  enable 
them  to  achieve  in  their  academic  classes  at  levels  commensurate  with 
their  individual  abilities.  This  shall  not  preclude  their  participation  in  oth- 
er program  options. 

(i)  Services  lor  Linguistically  Diverse.  Culturally  Divergent  and/or 
Economically  Disadvantaged  Gifted  and  Talented  Pupils:  Pupils  receive 
serviees  designed  to  assist  them  to  develop  their  potential  to  achieve  at 
the  high  levels  commensurate  with  their  abilities.  This  shall  not  preclude 
their  participation  in  other  program  options. 

(j)  Other:  Pupils  participate  regularly,  on  a  planned  basis,  in  a  special 
counseling  or  instructional  activity  or  seminars  carried  on  during  or  out- 
side of  the  regular  school  day  for  the  purpose  of  benefiting  from  addition- 
al educational  opportunities  not  provided  in  the  regular  classroom  in 
which  the  pupils  are  enrolled. 

(k)  Other  services  or  activities  approved  90  days  in  advance  by  the  Su- 
perintendent of  Public  Instruction. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52203.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52206.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)(3)  and  (i)  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day 

thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  16). 

§  3841 ,    Contracting  for  Programs. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52203,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52200,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  16). 


Article  3.    Length  of  Program 

§  3850.     Length  of  Program. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52203,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52200,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  of  Article  3  (Section  3850)  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  there- 
after (Register  83,  No.  16). 


Subchapter  5.    Approval  of  Programs 

§  3860.     Approval  of  Programs. 

School  districts  shall  file  applications  with  the  Superintendent  of  Pub- 
lic Instruction  by  June  15  of  the  preceding  school  year  for  prior  approval 
of  proposed  programs  for  the  next  school  year.  The  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction  shall  submit  to  the  State  Board  of  Education  for  final 
approval  a  list  of  tentatively  approved  agencies. 

(a)  The  application  shall  be  accompanied  by  the  written  plan  for  the 
program  described  in  Section  383 1  (j)  and  shall  explain  how  the  program 
will  be  appropriately  differentiated  from  the  regular  school  program  of 
the  district  and  how  it  will  meet  the  specific  academic  needs  of  the  partici- 
pating gifted  and  talented  pupils. 

(b)  Approval  shall  be  based  upon  evidence  of  compliance  with  the 
general  standards  set  forth  in  Section  3831. 

(c)  Approval  shall  be  for  a  period  to  be  determined  by  the  Superinten- 
dent of  Public  Instruction  but  not  to  exceed  three  years  with  specific  pro- 
grammatic data  to  be  submitted  annually.  Approval  of  programs  may  be 
renewed  upon  submission  of  an  application  form  and  written  evaluation 
of  the  district's  or  county's  gifted  and  talented  program  in  accordance 
with  Section  383 l(j). 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52203,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52204,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  83,  No.  16). 


Subchapter  6.    Indirect  Cost  Expenditures 

§  3870.    Indirect  Cost  Expenditures. 

The  approved  indirect  cost  rate  or  3  percent  of  the  state  apportionment 
for  the  district's  gifted  and  talented  program,  whichever  is  the  lesser, 
shall  be  the  maximum  amount  allowable  as  indirect  costs  funded  through 
gifted  and  talented  program  monies. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52203.  Education  Code.  Reterence: 
Section  52203(c),  Education  Code. 

H/STORY 
1 .  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  4-1 3-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  ( Reuister 

83,  No.  16). 


Chapter  5.    Consolidated  Categorical  Aid 
Programs 

Subchapter  1 .    General  Provisions 

Article  1.    Scope  of  the  Chapter 

§  3900.    Scope  of  the  Chapter. 

The  provisions  of  this  chapter  apply  to  applications  for  funds  under  the 
following  statutes  and  programs: 

(a)  Special  Elementary  School  Reading  Instruction  Program  (Educa- 
tion Code  former  Sections  54100-54145  and  Sections  62000-62002.5). 

(b)  School  Improvement  Programs  (Education  Code  former  Sections 
52000-52049  and  Sections  62000-62002.5). 

(c)  Compensatory  Programs  under  Title  I  of  the  Elementary  and  Sec- 
ondary Education  Act  of  1965,  Helping  Disadvantaged  Children  Meet 
High  Standards.  Parts  A  through  F,  as  amended  by  the  Improving  Ameri- 
ca's Schools  Act  of  1994,  Public  Law  103-382;  (Education  Code  Sec- 
tions 54400-54465  except  Programs  for  Migrant  Children  under  Educa- 
tion Code  Sections  54440-54445). 

(d)  Educationally  Disadvantaged  Youth  Programs  (Education  Code 
Sections  54000-54008  and  former  Sections  54020-54033). 

(e)  Safe  and  Drug  Free  Schools  and  Communities  (Title  IV  of  the  Ele- 
mentary and  Secondary  Education  Act  of  1965  as  amended  by  the  Im- 
proving America's  Schools  Act  of  1994,  Public  Law  103-382). 

(f)  Innovative  Education  Program  Strategies  (Title  VI  of  the  Elemen- 
tary and  Secondary  Education  Act  of  1965  as  amended  by  the  Improving 
America's  Schools  Act  of  1994,  Public  Law  103-382). 

(g)  The  Chacon-Moscone  Bilingual-Bicultural  Education  Act  of 
1976  (Education  Code,  former  Sections  52160-52178  and  Sections 
62000-62002.5). 

(h)  Local  Staff  Development  Programs  (Education  Code  Sections 
44670-44671.5). 

(i)  Dwight  D.  Eisenhower  Professional  Staff  Development  Program 
(Title  II  of  the  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education  Act  of  1965  as 
amended  by  the  Improving  America's  Schools  Act  of  1994,  Public  Law 
103-382). 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  18101,  33031,  54005,  54406  and  62000.2  and 
former  Section  54102,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  4467(MM671.5, 
54000-54008,  54400-54425,  54460-54465,  62001  and  62002  and  former  Sec- 
tions 52000-52049,  52160-52178,  :=>4020-54033  and  54100-54145,  Education 
Code;  and  Sections  6301  et  seq..  Title  20.  U.S.C. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  Chapter  1  (Sections  39(X)-3948,  not  consecutive)  and  new  Chapter 
1  (Sections  3900-3947,  not  consecutive)  filed  5-17-78;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  20).  For  history  of  former  Chapter  1 ,  see  Registers 
74,  No.  52;  75,  Nos.  21  and  26;  76,  Nos.  40  and  43;  77,  Nos.  13,  17,  22  and  39. 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  6-23-99;  operative  7-23-99  (Register 
99,  No.  26). 


Page  73 


liegister  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


§3920 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Article  2.    Administrative  Procedures 

§  3920.    Application  Procedure. 

Each  district  shall  make  a  single  application  to  the  State  Board  of  Edu- 
cation for  approval  or  continuance  of  programs  under  this  Chapter  on 
such  forms  and  at  such  times  as  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
shall  determine. 

§  3921.    Federal  Regulations. 

For  programs  defined  in  Section  3900(c),  (e).  (f),  and  (i),  appropriate 

federal  regulations  apply. 

NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
54000-54041,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  6-23-99;  operative  7-23-99  (Regis- 
ter 99.  No.  26). 

§  3922.    Waiver  Procedure. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
54000-54041,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  6-23-99;  operative  7-23-99  (Register 
99,  No.  26). 

§  3923.    Complaint  Procedure. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code;  P.L.  95-561,  Section 
168.  Reference:  P.L.  95-561,  Section  128. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  1 0-16-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No.  42j. 


Article  3.     Program  Requirements 

§  3930.    Comprehensive  Plan. 

Each  school  receiving  consolidated  application  funds  as  defined  in 
Section  3900(b),  (c),  (d),  (h),  and  (i),  shall  develop  a  comprehensive  pro- 
gram plan  for  students  who  will  receive  additional  services  from  these 
funds.  Each  plan  shall  be  based  on  an  assessment  of  school  capability  to 
meet  the  educational  needs  of  each  pupil,  specify  objectives,  and  indicate 
steps  necessary  to  achieve  such  objectives,  including  intended  outcomes. 
This  comprehensive  plan  shall  account  for  all  program  services  for  par- 
ticipating students,  including  at  least  those  provided  by  district  and  by 
consolidated  application  program  funds.  A  school  that  includes  the  pro- 
visions of  all  state  and  federal  categorical  educational  programs  in  a 
single,  comprehensive  plan  shall  be  deemed  to  have  complied  with  the 
planning  requirements  of  those  programs. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
64001,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  5-17-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No. 
20). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  10-17-2000;  operative  11-12-2000 
(Register  2000,  No.  42). 

§3931.    Instructional  Program. 

Each  school  maintaining  programs  under  this  chapter  shall  plan  and 
implement  instructional  programs  which  are  responsive  to  the  individual 
needs,  strengths,  interests,  and  learning  styles  of  each  student.  Such  in- 
staiction  shall  be  designed  to  enable  students  to  make  continuous  prog- 
ress and  learn  at  a  rate  appropriate  to  their  abilities  and  of  sufficient  quali- 
ty to  promote  the  development  of  each  student's  maximum  potential. 

§  3932.    Parent,  Community,  Teacher,  Other  School 
Personnel,  and  Student  Involvement. 

School  districts  maintaining  programs  under  this  chapter  shall  provide 
opportunities  for  the  involvement  of  parents,  community  representa- 
tives, classroom  teachers,  other  school  personnel,  and  students  in  sec- 
ondary schools,  in  the  planning,  implementation  and  evaluation  of  their 
consolidated  application  programs.  Schools  shall  be  deemed  to  have  met 
this  requirement  by  establishing  a  school  site  council  under  the  provi- 
sions of  Education  Code  sections  52852  and  52855. 


The  local  governing  board  may  satisfy  the  requirement  of  Education 
Code  section  52054(a)  for  a  school-site  and  community  team  by  aug- 
menting an  existing  school  site  council  authorized  under  Education  Code 
section  52852  and  former  Education  Code  section  5201 2  with  at  least  one 
additional  person  not  employed  at  the  school. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52054  and  64001 ,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  10-17-2000;  operafive  11-12-2000 
(Register  2000,  No.  42). 

§  3933.    Staff  Development. 

School  districts  maintaining  programs  under  this  chapter  shall  provide 
staff  development  for  all  certificated,  paraprofessional,  other  appropriate 
classified,  and  volunteer  personnel  involved  in  the  program  to  assure 
successful  implementation  of  the  program.  Staff  development  activities 
must  be  related  to  the  unmet  needs  for  staff  as  identified  in  the  needs 
assessment. 

The  district  shall  provide  for  joint  participation  of  certificated,  para- 
professional. other  appropriate  classified,  and  volunteer  personnel  in 
staff  development  activities.  Attendance  and  participation  in  staff  devel- 
opment activities  shall  be  encouraged  through  appropriate  announce- 
ments to  meinbers  of  district  and  school  advisory  committees  and 
school-site  councils. 

§  3934.    Isolation  and  Segregation  of  Pupils. 

(a)  No  program  utilizing  consolidated  application  funds  shall  sanc- 
tion, perpetuate  or  promote  the  segregation  of  students  on  the  basis  of 
race,  ethnicity,  religion,  sex,  or  socio-economic  status. 

(b)  No  program  utilizing  consolidated  applicafion  funds  shall: 

(1)  Create  special  tracks  for  the  educationally  disadvantaged; 

(2)  Establish  adjustment,  pregrade,  or  junior  grade  classes  for  the  edu- 
cafionally  disadvantaged;  or 

(3)  Physically  isolate  children  from  their  classmates  on  a  scheduled 
daily  basis,  except  in  the  following  instances: 

(A)  At  the  elementary  level,  children  who  are  assigned  to  a  regular 
classroom  teacher  responsible  for  their  instructional  program  may  be 
moved  temporarily  to  a  physical  location  other  than  the  regular  clas- 
sroom, provided  that  such  assignment  is  based  on  a  comprehensive  diag- 
nosfic  assessment  of  student  needs  until  the  diagnosed  need  has  been  al- 
leviated. Such  an  alternate  physical  location  includes,  but  is  not  limited 
to,  a  reading  laboratory,  a  mathematics  laboratory,  a  bilingual-bicultural 
learning  center,  an  intergroup  education  learning  center,  a  diagnostic 
clinic,  or  similar  faciliUes  where  the  specific  needs  of  the  student  may 
best  be  served. 

(B)  At  the  secondary  level,  students  may  be  assigned  to  a  special  class 
for  one  or  more  periods  or  their  equivalent,  provided  that  such  assign- 
ment is  based  on  a  comprehensive  diagnosfic  assessment  of  student 
needs  and  such  assignment  will  terminate  when  the  diagnosed  need  has 
been  alleviated. 

§  3935.    Multicultural  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031 ,  54005  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  54000-54041,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  3936.    Bilingual-Bicultural  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1 ,  54005  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  54000-54041,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  3937.    Basic  Skills. 

All  schools  participaUng  in  programs  funded  through  the  consolidated 
application  shall  provide  instruction  designed  to  ensure  that  participating 
students  acquire  the  basic  skills,  including  reading,  writing,  language, 
and  mathemafics. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  54004-54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 54000,  Education  Code. 


• 


• 


• 


Page  74 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  3947 


I.  New  section  tiled  9-3 

Ml). 


HtsroRY 
-79;  elTective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79.  No. 


• 


Article  4.     Fiscal  Concerns 

§  3940.     Maintenance  of  Effort. 

Districts  maintaining  programs  under  this  chapter  shall  assure  that  the 
sum  of  local  and  stale  apportionment  resources  utilized  in  programs  for 
participating  students  has  not  been  reduced. 

§  3941 .     Reports  and  Inspection  of  Records. 

On  request  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  school  district, 
cooperative,  and  consortia  records  that  are  required  to  be  maintained  by 
the  district  shall  be  made  available  for  inspection  to  verify  the  accuracy 
of  reports  and  to  determine  the  conformity  of  program  activities  to  the 
applicable  program  plans. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  330.^1  and  52039,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52000-52047,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  Hied  5-17-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No. 
20). 

2.  Amendment  tiled  1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
45). 

§  3942.    Continuity  of  Funding. 

Districts  maintaining  programs  under  this  chapter  shall  have  their  pro- 
grams approved  for  a  period  not  to  exceed  three  consecutive  years  con- 
tingent ( I )  upon  the  availability  of  funds,  (2)  upon  compliance  by  the  dis- 
trict with  the  rules  promulgated  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  the 
State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  and  (3)  upon  an  annual  evalu- 
ation which  demonstrates  that  the  program  is  not  one  of  low  effective- 
ness, under  criteria  established  by  the  local  governing  board. 

§  3943.    Federal  Categorical  Aid  Funds  for  Eligible 

Students  Attending  Private,  Nonprofit,  Tax 
Exempt  Elementary  or  Secondary  Schools. 

When  federal  regulations  for  categorical  aid  funding  require  or  permit 
categorical  aid  services  to  be  provided  for  nonpublic  school  students, 
such  services  shall  be  comparable  to  those  provided  for  public  school  stu- 
dents. Criteria  for  student  eligibility  for  these  services  shall  be  the  same 
in  nonpublic  as  in  public  schools,  except  where  federal  regulations  indi- 
cate otherwise. 

The  district  shall  continuously  involve  school  officials  and  parents  of 
nonpublic  schools  receiving  federal  categorical  aid  funds  in  the  identifi- 
cation of  needs,  the  establishment  of  selection  criteria  for  students  to  re- 
ceive extra  services,  the  development  of  program  objectives  and  activi- 
ties, and  the  evaluation  design. 

§  3944.     Fiscal  and  Technical  Requirements. 

(a)  Districts  maintaining  programs  under  this  chapter  shall  develop 
budgets,  account  records,  claims  for  reimbursement  and  reports  in  accor- 
dance with  the  California  School  Accounting  Manual. 

(b)  Auditable  records  shall  be  developed  by  the  local  educational 
agency  to  document  compliance  with  federal  and  state  regulations. 

(c)  Districts  maintaining  programs  under  this  chapter  shall  maintain 
title  to  equipment  purchased  with  funds  under  this  chapter  and  shall 
maintain  inventory  records  sufficient  to  demonstrate  that  such  equip- 
ment is  used  only  for  the  particular  project  approved,  provided  that  obso- 
lete or  unneeded  equipment  may  be  disposed  of  in  accordance  with 
guidelines  established  by  the  Department  of  Education. 

§  3945.    Cooperative  Programs. 

(a)  School  districts  with  less  than  $75,000  total  funding  available  from 
all  consolidated  application  sources  must  enter  into  a  cooperative  pro- 
gram. Any  district  receiving  consolidated  application  funds  on  January 
1,  1978.  and  which  was  not  then  required  to  enter  into  a  cooperative  is 
exempt  from  this  requirement.  Where  the  cooperative  administrative 


agency  is  a  county  office  of  education,  and  the  participating  district  is  a 
direct  .service  district,  charges  may  be  made  only  lor  those  ser\  ices  that 
are  in  addition  to  those  that  are  provided  as  direct  services. 

(b)  Each  cooperative  shall  annually  execute  a  formal  agreement  with 
each  participating  district  regarding  levels  and  types  of  services  and 
amounts  to  be  charged  for  tho.se  services. 

§  3946.    The  Control,  Safeguards,  and  Disposal  of 

Equipment  Purchased  with  State  and  Federal 
Consolidated  Application  Funds. 

(a)  Equipment,  as  defined  in  the  California  State  Accounting  Manual, 
purchased  with  state  consolidated  application  funds,  and  expendable  and 
nonexpendable  personal  property,  as  defined  in  Title  45,  Code  of  Federal 
Regulations,  Part  100. 1,  purchased  with  federal  consolidated  application 
funds,  shall  be  retained  by  the  recipient  district  as  long  as  there  is  a  need 
for  such  property  to  accomplish  the  purpose  of  the  project. 

(b)  All  equipment  purchased  with  con.solidated  application  funds  pro- 
vided under  consolidated  application  programs  shall  be  subject  to  prop- 
erty management  standards  inaintained  by  the  recipient  district,  includ- 
ing, but  not  limited  to.  the  following  controls: 

(1)  Records. 

An  up  to  date  inventory  of  each  item  of  equipment  shall  be  kept  at  the 
district  office  and  at  the  appropriate  school  site.  The  inventory  shall  in- 
clude: 

(A)  A  description. 

(B)  Identification  number. 

(C)  Acquisition  date  and  original  cost. 

(D)  Funding  source. 

(E)  Location. 

(F)  Ultimate  disposition,  including  sale  price  or  method  used  to  deter- 
mine current  fair  market  value. 

(2)  Labeling. 

Each  equipment  item  shall  have  a  label  that  contains  the  name  of  the 
project,  the  identification  number,  and  the  name  of  the  district. 

(3)  Disposal. 

Equipment  purchased  with  federal  or  state  funds  and  no  longer  needed 
for  project  purposes  may  be  taken  off  the  consolidated  application  inven- 
tory list  in  accordance  with  existing  federal  regulations  governing  the 
disposal  of  equipment  purchased  with  federal  consolidated  application 
funds. 

§  3947.    Administrative  Costs. 

The  following  requirements  apply  to  the  funding  sources  identified  in 
Section  3900(b),  (d),  and  (g). 

(a)  Indirect  Costs. 

In  no  case  shall  the  indirect  cost  rate  charged  exceed  three  percent  of 
a  district's  funding,  or  the  districtwide  restricted  indirect  cost  rate  ap- 
proved by  the  State  Department  of  Education,  whichever  is  less.  This  rate 
shall  be  applied  to  the  total  direct  expenditures,  less  capital  outlay,  for 
these  programs. 

(b)  Expenditures  for  Centralized  Services. 

( 1 )  Expenditures  for  centralized  services  shall  include  direct  costs  and 
direct  support  costs,  as  defined  in  the  most  recent  California  School  Ac- 
counting Manual,  administered  centrally  within  the  district,  cooperative, 
or  consortium. 

(2)  Each  comprehensive  school  program  plan  shall  contain  the 
amounts  budgeted  for  centralized  services  and  a  description  of  the  cen- 
tralized services  to  be  provided  to  the  school  program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031  and  former  Section  52039(b).  Education 
Code.  Reference:  former  Section  52039(b)(1),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  4-14-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82.  No. 
16). 

2.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph  and  subsection  (b)(1),  repealer  of  subsection 
(b)(2),  subsection  renumbering,  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  6-23-99;  opera- 
tive 7-23-99  (Register  99,  No.  26). 


Page  75 


Register  2(XM,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§3950 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Article  5.    Complaint  Procedures 

§  3950.     Definitions. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code:  P.L.  95-56).  Section 
168.  Reference:  P.L.  95-.561.  Section  128. 

History 

1.  Adopt  new  article  5  (sections  3950-3953)  filed  10-16-80:  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No.  42). 

2.  Repealer  filed  8-26-91:  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

§  3951.     Local  Educational  Agency  (LEA). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code:  P.L.  95-561.  Section 
168.  Reference:  P.L.  9.5-561,  Section  128. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  8-26-91 ;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92.  No.  3). 

§  3952.    State  Department  of  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code;  P.L.  9.5-561.  Section 
168.  Reference:  P.L.  95-561,  Section  168. 

History 

1.  Repealer  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

§  3953.    Compliance  Agreement. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  P.L.  95-561,  Section  169(c).  Reference:  P.L.  9.5-561,  Sec- 
tion 169(c). 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  8-26-91 ;  operafive  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 


Subchapter  2.    School  Improvement 
Programs 


Article  1.    Definitions 

§  4000.    Classroom  Teacher. 

"Classroom  teacher"  means  all  teachers  as  defined  in  former  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  33150(b)  except  those  included  in  the  definition  of 
"other  school  personnel"  as  defined  in  former  Education  Code  Section 
52001(a). 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  former  Section  52039;  and  Sections  33031  and  62000.2, 
Education  Code.  Reference:  former  Sections  33150  and  52001;  and  Section 
62002.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  2  (Sections  4000-4091 ,  not  consecutive)  filed  5-17-78;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  20). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  6-23-99;  operative  7-23-99  (Register 
99,  No.  26). 

§4001.     Parity. 

"Parity"  of  membership  between  various  groups  of  persons  identified 
in  former  Education  Code  section  52012  and  Education  Code  section 
52852  means  equal  numbers  of  persons. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  former  Section  52039  and  Sections  33031  and  62000.2, 
Educafion  Code.  Reference:  former  Sections  33150,  52001  and  52012  and  Sec- 
tions 52852  and  62002.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  6-23-99;  operative  7-23-99  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  4002.    Parent  Eligible  for  Membership  on  the  School-Site 
Council. 

"Parent  eligible  for  membership  on  the  school  site  council"  means  a 
person  who  is  the  mother,  father,  or  legal  guardian,  or  one  acting  in  loco 
parentis  of  a  pupil  attending  the  particular  school  but  who  is  not 
employed  at  the  school  attended  by  such  pupil. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  former  Section  52039  and  Sections  33031  and  62000.2, 
Education  Code.  Reference:  former  Sections  33150,  52001  and  52012  and  Sec- 
tions 52852  and  62002.5,  Educafion  Code. 


History 

I .  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note:  filed  6-2.3-99;  operative  7-23-99  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  4003.    Non-English-Speaking  Pupil. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52010-52049.1,  62001  and  62002.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 .  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99.  No.  26). 

§  4004.    Limited-Engljsh-Speaking  Pupil. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52010-52049.1.  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  4005.    Pupil  with  Exceptional  Needs. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52010-52049.1,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  4006.    Pupil  with  Exceptional  Abilities. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52010-52049.1,  62001  and  62002.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 .  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  4007.    Elementary  School. 

"Elementary  school"  is  a  school  which  has  two  or  more  elementary 

grades  (K-6). 

Article  2.    District  Master  Plan — Additional 
Elements 

§  4020.    Community  Participation. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52000-52047,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  Article  2  (Sections  4020-4025)  and  new  Article  2  (Sections 
4020-4024)  file  9-5-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  36). 
For  history  of  former  article,  see  Register  78,  No.  20. 

2.  Amendment  filed  1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
45). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  4021 .    Responsiveness  to  the  Improvement  Objectives  of 
Participating  Schools. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52000-52047,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
45). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  4022.    Additional  Elements  of  District  Master  Plan. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 

Sections  52034,  62001  and  62002,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  4023.    Availability  of  the  District  Master  Plan. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52034,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 


• 


Page  76 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§4091 


History 
1.  Change  withoui  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  100,  title  l,CaliforniaCodeof  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99.  No.  26). 

§  4024.    Waivers. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3M)?  1  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  .^20.^3.  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 

I.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  NOTt;  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00.  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99.  No.  26). 


Article  3.    School  Improvement  Plan 


§  4040.     Review  of  School  Improvement  Plans. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52000-52049.1,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  4041.     Existing  School  Plans:  Early  Childhood  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52000-52049.1,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  5-17-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No. 
20). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99.  No.  26). 

§  4042.    Program  Strategies. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52000-52049.1,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  secfion  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  4060.    Evaluation. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52000-52049.1,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Organizational  headings  of  CCR  were  renamed  as  a  result  of  CCR  Reformat 
Project  as  follows:  "Chapter"  was  renamed  to  "Subchapter";  "Division"  was  re- 
named to  "Chapter";  and  "Part"  was  renamed  to  "Division." 

2.  Change  withoui  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  4061 .    Availability  of  Evaluation  Information. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52000-52049.1,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  secUon  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99.  No.  26). 


Article  4.     Program  Review 


§  4070.    Program  Reviews  Conducted  by  Consortia. 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52000-52049.1,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsecfions  (a)(3),  (a)(4)  and  (a)(5)  filed  5-17-78;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  20). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00.  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 


§  4071 .    Monitoring  of  Consortia  Activities  and  Training  of 
Review  Team  Members. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52000-52049.1,  62001  and  62002.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  5-17-78;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter  (Recister  78.  No. 


20). 

Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  NoTi  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  .section  100,  title  I .  California  Code  of  Reiiulations  ( Resiis- 
ter  99,  No.  26). 


Article  5.    Selection  and  Expansion 

§  4080.    Phase-In  of  Elementary  Schools. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52000-52049.1,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 .  California  Code  of  Regulations  ( Regis- 
ter 99.  No.  26). 

§  4081 .    Criteria  for  Approval  of  Planning  Application: 
Elementary  Schools. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  5200(K52049.1,  62001  and  62002,  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99.  No.  26). 

§  4082.    Alternative  Elementary  Selection  Process. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52000-52049.1.  62001  and  62002.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Noti-:  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  100,  title  1 .  California  Code  of  Regulations  ( Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  4083.    Secondary  School  Applications. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52000-52049.1.  62001  and  62002.  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  secnon  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 

§  4084.    Criteria  for  Approval  of  Planning  Application: 
Secondary  Schools. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Secfions  52000-52049.1,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  adding  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00.  fitle  1 .  California  Code  of  Regulations  ( Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 


Article  6.    Fiscal  Concerns 

§  4090.     Expenditure  of  Planning  Grant  Funds. 

School  site  councils  shall  establish  a  single  school  improvement  bud- 
get for  all  participating  grades  and  ensure  that  planning  grant  funds  are 
only  used  for  activities  directly  related  to  planning  and  the  development 
of  the  school  improvement  plan,  and  preparation  for  implementation. 

§  4091 .    School  Improvement  Budget. 

School  site  councils  with  state  allocated  school  improvement  funds 

shall  establish  a  single  school  improvement  budget  with  these  funds  for 

all  participating  grades  to  meet  the  objectives  of  the  school  improvement 

plan.  In  no  case  shall  funds  be  budgeted  for  the  sole  purpose  of  reducing 

class  size. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52039(b),  Education  Code,  Refer- 
ence: Sections  52000-52049.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  5-17-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No. 
20). 


Page  77 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§4100 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Subchapter  3.     Local  Staff  Development 
Programs 


Article  1. 


Local  Staff  Development 
Programs 


§  41 09.     Eligibility  for  Funding. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54001,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-22-99  pursuant  to 
section  100.  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  99,  No.  43). 

Article  2.     Funding 


§4100.    Definitions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54001.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  Chapter  3  (Sections  4100-41 15.  not  consecutive)  filed  9-5-79;  ef- 
fective thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  36).  For  history  of  former  chap- 
ter, see  Register  78,  No.  20. 

2.  Renumbering  of  Chapter  4  (Sections  4200-4209,  not  consecutive)  to  Chapter 
3  (Sections  4100^109)  filed  9-5-79;  effective  thinieth  day  thereafter  (Regis- 
ter 79,  No.  36).  For  history  of  former  chapter,  see  Register  78,  No.  20. 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  subchapter  3  (articles  1-2),  article 
1  (sections  4100-4109)  and  section  filed  10-22-99  pursuant  to  section  100,  title 
1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  99,  No.  43). 

§  41 01 .    School  District  Master  Plans. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54001,  Education  Code. 

History 
I .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-22-99  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  99,  No.  43). 

§  41 03.    Staff  Development  Objectives  and  Programs. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54001,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-22-99  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  I,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  99,  No.  43). 

§  4104.    Criteria  for  District  Selection  of  Staff  Development 
Programs. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54001,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-22-99  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (Register  99,  No.  43). 

§  4105.    Assurance  Requirement  for  District  Application. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54001,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-22-99  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  99,  No.  43). 

§  4106.    Criteria  for  Department  of  Education  Approval  of 
District  Applications. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54001,  Eduction  Code. 

History 

1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-22-99  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  99,  No.  43). 

§4107.    Evaluation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54001,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-22-99  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  99,  No.  43). 

§  41 08.    Maintenance  of  Effort. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54001,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  secfion  filed  10-22-99  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (Register  99,  No.  43). 


§  41 10.    Geographical  Distribution  of  Funds. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and  44671.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Secfions  44671.4  and  44680.04,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  2  (Sections  41 10-41 13)  filed  9-19-85;  effective  upon  filing  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  Section  1 1346.2(d)  (Register  85,  No.  38). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  article  2  (sections  41 10-41 13)  and 
secfion  filed  1 0-22-99  pursuant  to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regu- 
lafions (Register  99,  No.  43). 

§  41 1 1 .    Allocation  of  Funds  Among  Schools. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and44671.2.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Secfion  44671.4,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-22-99  pursuant  to 
secfion  100.  title  I,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  99,  No.  43). 

§  4112.    Annual  Funding  Levels. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  44671 .2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Secfions  44670.9  and  44671.4,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-22-99  pursuant  to 
section  100,  fitle  1,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (Register  99,  No.  43). 

§  41 13.    Cost  Limitations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and  44671 .2,  Educafion  Code.  Reference: 
Secfions  44670.3(b)  and  (c),  44670.9  and  44671.4,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-22-99  pursuant  to 
secfion  100,  tifie  1,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (Register  99,  No.  43). 


Subchapter  4.    Economic  Impact  Aid 


Article  1.    Purpose 

§  4200.     Purpose. 

This  chapter  and  Chapters  5,  6,  and  7  implement  the  three  legislative 
purposes  of  the  Economic  Impact  Aid  (EI  A)  Program  pursuant  to  Educa- 
tion Code  Sections  54000  et  seq. 

One  purpose  is  to  provide  financial  assistance  to  certain  school  dis- 
tricts having  significant  concentrations  of  special  need  students  in  meet- 
ing their  obligation  to  ensure  equal  educational  opportunity  for  pupils  of 
limited  English  proficiency  an  obligation  which  exists,  irrespective  of 
whether  or  not  a  district  qualifies  for  assistance  under  this  chapter  or 
whether  or  not  the  EIA  funds  are  made  available  under  this  chapter.  This 
purpose  is  implemented  in  Chapter  5. 

A  second  equally  important  purpose  is  to  provide  financial  assistance 
to  such  school  districts  to  design  and  implement  State  Compensatory 
Education  (SCE)  programs  to  meet  the  special  educational  needs  of  their 
educationally  disadvantaged  students.  This  purpose  is  implemented  in 
Chapter  6.  A  third  purpose  is  to  provide  financial  assistance  for  other  des- 
ignated purposes  such  as  to  improve  school  security.  This  purpose  is  im- 
plemented in  Chapter  7. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54020,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  4  (Articles  1-4,  Secfions  4200-4203)  filed  9-5-79;  effective  thir- 
fieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  36). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-17-82;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No. 
38). 


Page  78 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  4307 


Article  2.    Allocation  of  Funds 

§  4201 .    Allocation  of  Funds. 

NOTH:  Authority  cited:  Section  62000.2.  Education  Code.  Reference:  former  Sec- 
tion .^4020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  ol  subsection  (a)  filed  9-17-82:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register82.  No.  38). 

2.  Repealer  of  section  and  amendment  of  N(  n  h  filed  6-23-99;  operative  7-23-99 
(Re'jisler99.  No.  26). 


2.  Repealer  of  section  and  amendment  of  NoTi  filed  6-2.3-99;  operalivc  7-2.3-99 
(Register99,  No.  26). 


Article  3.    General  Accounting 
Requirements 

§  4202.     Accounting. 

School  distiicts  receiving  EIA  funds  must  maintain  separate  account- 
ing records  which  document  the  total  amount  of  EIA  funds  spent  under 
Chapters  5, 6.  and  7.  Such  records  shall  be  maintained  at  the  school  level. 
In  Title  I  eligible  schools  receiving  both  ESEA.  Title  I  and  State  Compen- 
satory Education  funds,  the  ESEA  Title  I  accounting  requirements  may 
be  applied. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secuon  54003,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
41010,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Organizational  headings  of  CCR  were  renamed  as  a  result  of  CCR  Reformat 
Project  as  follows:  "Chapter"  was  renamed  to  "Subchapter";  "Division"  was  re- 
named to  "Chapter";  and  "Part"  was  renamed  to  "Division."  The  organizational 
headings  referenced  in  this  regulation  and/or  history  notation  have  not  been  re- 
named; refer  to  the  renamed  organizational  headings  described  in  this  para- 
graph. 


Article  2.    Definitions 

§  4302.    Definitions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  62000.2(d),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52J63,  5216.S(b),  52166  and  52178,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-17-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No. 
.38). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  Norc  filed 
5-1 8-98  pursuant  to  secfion  1 00.  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  ( Regis- 
ter 98,  No.  21). 


Article  4. 


Administration  and  Evaluation 
Allocations 


§  4203.    Limits  on  Administration  and  Evaluation 
Allocations. 

School  districts  receiving  EIA  funds  shall  not  allocate  more  than  10 
percent  of  their  total  EIA  allocation  for  the  purposes  of  administration 
and  evaluation  of  their  programs  which  are  funded  by  EIA  funds. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
54004,  Education  Code. 


Subchapter  5.     Bilingual  Education 


Article  1.    Purpose 


§  4300.     Purpose. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  62000.2(d),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfions 
52160-52179  and  54004.7,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  5  (Articles  1^;  Sections  4300-4320,  not  consecufive)  filed 
9-5-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  36). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-17-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No. 
38). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  NoTi;  filed 
5- 1 8-98  pursuant  to  secfion  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 98,  No.  21). 

§  4301.    Effective  Instruction — Bilingual  Learning 
Opportunities. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  62000.2.  Education  Code.  Reference:  former  Sec- 
tions 52161,  52163(e),  (0,  52163.5  and  52165,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-17-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No. 
38). 


Article  3.     Program  Requirements 

§  4303.    Program  Requirements. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Secfion  62000.2(d).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52161.  52163(e),  (f)  and  52165.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-17-82;  effective  thiilieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82.  No. 
38). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  Noti;  filed 
5-1 8-98  pursuant  to  secfion  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 98,  No.  21). 

§  4304.    Census. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-17-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82.  No. 
38). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsecfions  (a)  and  (b)  and  amendment  of  NoTt;  filed  6-23-99; 
operative  7-23-99  (Register  99,  No.  26). 

3.  Repealer  of  section  and  amendment  of  NoTfi  filed  1-8-2003;  operative 
1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  secfion  1 1343.4  (Register  2003.  No. 
2). 

§  4305.    Identification  and  Assessment. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  62000.2(d).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52164.1,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-17-82;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82.  No. 
38). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  NOTi.  filed 
5- 1 8-98  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  ( Regis- 
ter 98,  No.  21). 

§  4306.    Reclassification. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
62002,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  4306  to  Section  4307,  and  new 
Secfion  4306  filed  9-17-82;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82.  No. 
38). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (b)  filed  5-9-85;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  19). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (b)  refiled  5-16-85;  designated  effective 
5-22-85  pursuant  to  Government  Code  Section  11 346.2(d)  (Register  85.  No. 
19). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  6-23-99;  operative  7-2.3-99  (Register 
99,  No.  26). 

5.  Repealer  of  section  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  1-8-2003;  operative 
1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003.  No. 
2). 

§  4307.    Educational  Services. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  62000.2(d),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52163,  52165  and  52167,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  3-21-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No. 
12). 

2.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  4307  to  Section  4308.  and  re- 
numbering and  amendment  of  former  Section  4306  to  Section  4307  filed 
9-17-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  38). 


Page  79 


Register  2(K)4,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§4308 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  NoT^■  filed 
5-18-98  pursuant  to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 98,  No.  21). 

§  4308.    Parent  Notification. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  62000.2(d),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52161,  52164.1,  52164.3,  52165  and  52173,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  4308  to  Section  4309.  and  re- 
numbering and  amendment  of  former  Section  4307  to  Section  4308  filed 
9-17-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  38). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  NoTt-  filed 
5-1 8-98  pursuant  to  section  1 00.  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 98,  No.  21). 

§  4309.    Teacher  and  Teacher  Aide  Criteria. 

No TE:  Authority  cited:  Section  62000.2(d),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52163,  52165,  52166,  52168,  52172  and  52178,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  4309  to  Section  4310,  and  re- 
numbering and  amendment  of  former  Section  4308  to  Section  4309  filed 
9-17-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  38). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  Note  tiled 
5- 1 8-98  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 ,  Call  fornia  Code  of  Regulations  (Resis- 
ter98.  No.  21). 

§4310.    Waivers. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  62000.2(d),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52178,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  43 1 0  to  Section  4311,  and  re- 
numbering and  amendment  of  former  Section  4309  to  Section  4310  filed 
9-17-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  38). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  Note  filed 
5- 1 8-98  pursuant  to  section  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 98,  No.  21). 

§  431 1 .    Academic  Assessment. 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  62002,  Education  Code;  and  20  U.S.C.  1703(0- 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  4311  to  Section  4312,  and  re- 
numbering and  amendment  of  former  Section  4310  to  Section  4311  filed 
9-17-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  38). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  6-23-99;  operative  7-23-99  (Register 
99,  No.  26). 

3.  Repealer  of  section  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  1-8-2003;  operative 
1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No. 
2)- 

§4312.    Advisory  Committees. 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  62002  and  62002.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  4312  to  Section  4313.  and  re- 
numbering and  amendment  of  former  Section  4311  to  Section  4312  filed 
9-17-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  38). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  6-23-99;  operative  7-23-99  (Register 
99,  No.  26). 

3.  Repealer  of  section  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  1-8-2003;  operative 
1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No. 

2). 

§  4313.    Monitoring  and  Enforcement. 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52177,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  4312  to  Section  4313  filed 
9-17-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  38). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  and  amending  Note  filed 
6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Regis- 
ter 99,  No.  26). 


Article  4.    Special  Funds  to  Assist  Districts 

§  4320.  Determination  of  Funding  to  Support  Programs  to 
Overcome  the  Linguistic  Difficulties  of  English 
Learners. 

(a)  School  districts  are  required  to  provide  services  lo  English  learners 
in  all  schools  in  accordance  with  Education  Code  Sections  300 et  seq.  and 
62002.  In  order  to  meet  this  requirement,  districts  shall  allocate  adequate 
resources  from  local,  slate,  and  other  funds.  To  assist  in  providing  ade- 
quate resources,  a  portion  of  EIA  funds  may  be  used  to  provide  services 
to  schools  which  otherwise  may  not  be  eligible  for  SCE  funds. 

(b)  School  districts  inay  determine  the  amount  and  level  of  resources 
to  meet  the  excess  cost  requirements  of  Education  Code  Section  62002, 
and  may  use  EIA  funds  for  all  or  part  of  meeting  those  requirements. 
There  are  a  variety  of  allocation  patterns  and  levels  which  may  be  appro- 
priate in  local  districts. 

(c)  Those  determinations  may  be  made  in  accordance  with  a  standard 
to  be  established  as  outlined  in  subsection  (d)  below.  The  standard  for  the 
district  will  be  described  in  the  district's  inlradistrict  allocation  plan  re- 
quired by  Education  Code  Sections  54004.3,  54004.5,  and  54004.7. 

(d)  School  districts  may  use  a  standard  established  by: 

( 1 )  Determining  the  number  eligible  educationally  disadvantaged  stu- 
dents in  all  schools  eligible  to  receive  state  compensatory  education 
funds. 

(2)  Determining  the  number  of  English  learners  who  are  not  counted 
in  subsection  (1). 

(3)  Dividing  the  sum  of  subsection  ( 1 )  and  (2)  into  the  total  EIA  alloca- 
tion (after  subtracting  total  district  EIA  indirect  costs  and  EIA  security, 
limited  to  not  more  than  10  percent  of  the  total  EIA  grant). 

(4)  The  resultant  per  pupil  expenditure  levels  (as  established  in  subsec- 
tion (3))  will  establish  the  appropriate  minimum  average  per  pupil  level 
of  funding  to  provide  services  to  pupils  of  limited  English  proficiency  in 
all  schools  in  the  district  with  such  students  in  attendance. 

(e)  If  a  school  district  decides  to  provide  EIA  funding  for  services  to 
English  learners  at  a  per  pupil  level  either  below  or  above  the  standard, 
the  district  must  apply  to  the  State  Department  of  Education  for  approval 
of  that  per  pupil  level.  In  their  inlradistrict  allocation  plan,  those  districts 
must  demonstrate  that  their  per  pupil  level  will  fairiy  provide  the  neces- 
sary resources  to  meet  the  needs  of  all  English  learners.  These  districts 
shall  have  an  affirmative  responsibility  to  demonstrate  that  their  inlradis- 
trict allocation  system  and  allocations  from  other  sources  will  meet  the 
requirements  of  Education  Code  Section  62002. 

(f)  It  is  the  intent  of  this  article  to  encourage  school  districts  to  make 
an  equitable  distribution  of  EIA  funds  and  ESEA,  Title  I,  funds  among 
all  students  receiving  services;  therefore,  the  allocation  of  EIA  funds  un- 
der this  article  will  precede  the  allocation  of  SCE  funds  under  Chapter  6 
or  Chapter  7  and  precede  the  allocation  of  ESEA,  Title  I,  funds.  In  addi- 
tion, districts  will  not  allocate  SCE  or  ESEA,  Title  I,  funds  for  English 
learners  who  are  receiving,  from  this  article,  services  of  the  same  nature 
and  scope  as  would  otherwise  be  provided  by  SCE  or  ESEA,  Title  I,  funds 
so  that  the  total  per  pupil  funding  level  exceeds  the  maximum  established 
pursuant  to  Section  4416.  It  is  assumed  that  the  funds  allocated  under  this 
article  provide  at  least  a  portion  of  the  services  that  would  have  been  pro- 
vided by  SCE  or  ESEA,  Title  I. 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1 ,  54005  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  54004.3,  54004.5,  54004.7,  62001  and  62002,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-17-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No. 
38). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  amending  section  heading,  section  and  NOTE 
filed  6-22-99  pursuant  to  section  1(X),  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations 
(Register  99,  No.  26). 


Page  80 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§4412 


Subchapter  6.    State  Compensatory 
Education  Programs 


Article  1 .     Program  Purpose 

§  4400.     Purpose. 

ElA  funds  needed  by  school  districts  to  support  State  Compensatory 
Education  programs  (i.e.  SCE  funds)  provided  under  this  chapner  must 
be  used  by  school  districts  to  expand  and  improve  the  educational  pro- 
grams provided  for  educationally  disadvantaged  children. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Section  54005.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
54001,  54004.3.',54020,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  Chapter  6  (Articles  1-10;  Sections  4400-4425,  not  consecutive)  filed 

9-5-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  36). 


Article  2.     Program  Requirements 

§4401.     Federal  Requirements. 

Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  chapter,  SCE  funds  must  be  ex- 
pended in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  Title  I  of  the  Elementary 
and  Secondary  Education  Act  as  amended. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited;  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  6.301. 

History 
I.  Amendment  of  section  and  Nt)Tt  filed  6-23-99;  operative  7-23-99  (Register 

99,  No.  26). 

§  4402.    Consistent  Services. 

The  plan  for  compensatory  education  services  developed  pursuant  to 
Section  3930  shall  ensure  that  these  services  are  consistent  with  the  pro- 
gram strategies  and  activities  otherwise  provided  for  educationally  dis- 
advantaged students.  The  compensatory  education  services  for  educa- 
tionally disadvantaged  students  who  are  English  learners  shall  expand 
and  improve  the  services  already  otherwise  provided  to  these  students. 
Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1 ,  54005  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  54000-54020,  60001  and  60002,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  amending  section  and  Note  filed  6-22-99 
pursuant  to  section  100,  title  I ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  99,  No. 
26). 

§  4403.    Secondary  School  Program. 

The  program  provided  for  participating  secondary  school  students  un- 
der this  chapter  shall  make  provision  for  preparing  such  students  for  post- 
secondary  education,  training,  or  employment. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54000,  Education  Code. 

Article  3.     Designating  Eligible  and 
Participating  School 


§  4410.    General  Standards  for  Determining  School 
Eligibility. 

General  standards  for  determining  school  eligibility  are: 

(a)  A  school  district  must  determine,  on  an  annual  basis,  for  all  schools 
in  the  district  (e.g.,  kindergarten  through  grade  twelve),  which  schools 
have  high  concentrations  of  pupils  in  need.  SCE  funds  may  be  used  only 
in  such  schools  and  in  schools  meeting  one  or  more  of  the  requirements 
of  Sections  441 1  and  4413. 

(b)  The  school  district  shall  use  the  following  criteria  for  determining 
concentrations  of  pupils  in  need,  giving  equal  weight  to  each  criterion: 


(1)  The  concentration  of  limited-  and  non-English-speaking  stu- 
dents; 

(2)  The  concentration  of  students  from  low-income  families: 

(3)  The  concentration  of  educationally  disadvantaged  students. 

In  calculating  the  concentrations  of  pupils  in  need  at  each  school  site, 
the  district  may,  at  its  option,  use  either  an  unduplicated  count  of  pupils 
in  need  or  count  a  child  more  than  once  if  he  or  she  meets  more  than  one 
criterion.  Districts  may  use  other  factors,  in  addition  to  using  criteria 
(l)-(3).  to  identify  pupils  in  need.  Districts  proposing  to  use  such  other 
factors  must  demonstrate  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  that 
the  additional  factors  chosen  by  the  district  measure  special  needs  of  pu- 
pils which  are  not  otherwise  adequately  measured  by  criteria  (1  )-(3). 

(c)  A  school  will  be  considered  to  have  a  high  concentration  of  pupils 
in  need  if  it  meets  one  of  the  following  criteria: 

(1)  On  a  numerical  or  percentage  basis  (or  a  combination  of  such 
bases),  the  concentration  of  pupils  in  need  is  as  high  or  higher  than  the 
districtwide  average.  If  a  combination  of  the  numerical  and  percentage 
bases  is  used,  the  number  of  schools  considered  eligible  for  assistance 
under  this  section  may  exceed  the  number  of  such  schools  that  could  be 
so  designated  if  only  one  such  method  had  been  used. 

(2)  At  least  25  percent  of  the  students  are  limited-  or  non-English- 
speaking; 

(3)  At  least  25  percent  of  the  students  are  from  low-income  families; 

(4)  At  least  50  percent  of  the  students  are  educationally  disadvantaged 
per  Section  4414. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54004.5.  Education  Code. 

§  441 1 .    Selecting  Participating  Schools. 

A  district  may  choose  to  operate  compensatory  education  programs  at 
all  eligible  schools  if  it  is  able  to  provide  a  program  for  each  educationally 
disadvantaged  child  at  those  schools  which  meet  the  criterion  established 
by  the  district  for  participation  in  such  programs  at  a  level  of  funding  per 
pupil  meeting  the  requirements  of  Article  5.  If  the  available  compensato- 
ry education  funds  are  not  sufficient  to  serve  all  educationally  disadvan- 
taged students  who  meet  the  district  criterion  for  participation  at  every 
eligible  school,  the  district  must  select  schools  for  participation  in  rank 
order,  from  highest  to  lowest,  according  to  the  relative  degree  of  concen- 
tration of  pupils  in  need  as  determined  under  Section  4410. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54004.5.  Education  Code. 

§  4412.    Uniform  Measure  for  Designating  Eligible  and 
Participating  Schools. 

The  same  measures  of  low-income,  educational  disadvantagement, 
and  linguistic  needs,  which  shall  be  chosen  by  the  school  district  and 
which  may  be  composites  of  several  indicators,  shall  be  used  with  respect 
to  all  such  schools,  both  to  identify  eligible  schools  and,  where  applica- 
ble, to  determine  the  ranking  of  each  school.  Acceptable  types  of  data  for 
student  identification  by  category  are  as  follows: 

(a)  LES/NES  students.  Measures  of  the  concentrations  of  LES/NES 
students  in  each  school  site  shall  be  made  in  accordance  with  the  census 
required  by  Section  4304.  The  numbers  determined  through  this  census 
will  be  the  data  used  in  the  intradistrict  allocation  plan. 

(b)  Students  from  low-income  families.  The  1970  census  data  on  the 
number  of  children  from  low-income  families;  data  on  children  in  fami- 
lies receiving  payments  under  the  program  of  aid  to  families  with  depen- 
dent children  under  a  state  plan  approved  under  Title  IV  of  the  Social  Se- 
curity Act  and  foster  children;  data  concerning  children  eligible  to 
receive  benefits  under  the  National  School  Lunch  Act;  and  data  on  chil- 
dren residing  in  homes  with  low-assessed  value  for  a  single  family  resi- 
dence are  acceptable  sources.  A  school  district  may  select  any  of  these 
data  or  a  combination  of  such  data  to  determine  its  count  of  students  from 
low-income  families.  However,  whatever  data  are  used  must  be  applied 
uniformly  throughout  the  district  and  must  be  clearly  identified  in  the  in- 
tradistrict allocation  plan. 

(c)  Educationally  disadvantaged  students.  The  number  of  educational- 
ly disadvantaged  students  will  be  established  through  the  use  of  general 


Page  81 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§4413 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


standards  for  determining  student  eligibility  as  discussed  in  Section  44 14 
of  these  regulations.  If  a  school  district  varies  its  procedures  for  such 
identification  from  those  established  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  Sec- 
tion 4414.  such  variation  must  be  described  clearly  in  the  intradistrict  al- 
location plan. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54004.5.  Education  Code. 

§  4413.    Exceptions  to  the  General  Rule  for  Designating 
Eligible  and  Participating  Schools. 

(a)  Designating  Grade  Spans.  Among  schools  eligible  for  assistance 
under  this  article,  a  school  district  may  elect  to  designate  schools  having 
specified  grade  spans  as  participating  schools,  irrespective  of  the  relative 
incidence  of  pupils  in  need  in  other  grade  spans. 

(b)  Continuation  of  Participating  School  Designation.  A  school  may 
be  selected  as  a  participating  school  under  Section  4410  for  a  fiscal  year 
even  though  it  does  not  qualify  under  such  subsection  for  that  fiscal  year 
if  such  school  was  eligible  for  and  participated  in  the  program  in  either 
of  the  two  preceding  fiscal  years. 

(c)  Use  of  Title  I  Rules  for  Designating  Schools.  Notwithstanding  Sec- 
tions 4410  and  441 1.  a  school  district  may  choose  to  designate  eligible 
and  participating  schools  in  accordance  with  20  U.S.C.  2732. 

(d)  Expanding  the  Number  of  Participating  Schools.  Notwithstanding 
Sections  4410  and  441 1,  a  school  district  may  designate  a  school  as  par- 
ticipating if  it: 

(1 )  Satisfies  the  requirements  of  20  U.S.C.  2752. 

(2)  Ensures  that  all  children  who  satisfy  the  school  district's  criterion 
for  participation  in  programs  assisted  under  this  article  and  attend 
schools  designated  as  participating  schools  in  accordance  with  Section 
4410  participate  in  those  schools'  programs. 

(3)  Ensures  that  schools  made  eligible  for  assistance  under  this  article 
will  be  served  in  rank  order. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54004.5,  Education  Code. 

Article  4.    Designating  Students  to  Be 
Participants 

§  4414.    General  Standards  for  Determining  Student 
Eligibility. 

(a)  School  districts  must  use  SCE  funds  for  educationally  disadvan- 
taged students  attending  participating  schools  as  determined  in  accor- 
dance with  Sections  4410-4413. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  article,  the  term  "educationally  disadvantaged 
students"  means  students  who  have  need  for  special  educational  assis- 
tance in  order  that  their  level  of  educational  attainment  may  be  raised  to 
that  appropriate  for  students  of  their  age.  The  term  includes  LES/NES 
students  who  are  not  proficient  in  English  and  students  with  a  primary 
language  other  than  English  who  are  proficient  in  the  English  language 
and  who  are  not  functioning  at  the  level  appropriate  for  students  of  their 
age. 

(c)  In  general,  the  needs  assessment  used  to  identify  educationally  dis- 
advantaged students  within  eligible  schools  must  be  based  on  objective 
empirical  evidence  in  the  English  language  which  indicates  the  students 
whose  educational  attainment  in  the  basic  instructional  areas  is  below 
that  appropriate  for  students  of  their  age.  It  is  presumed  that  the  use  of 
standardized,  nationally  normed  tests  meets  the  requirements  of  this  sub- 
section. The  use  of  other  objective  measures,  including  validated  criter- 
ion-referenced tests,  diagnostic  tests,  and  development  scales,  may  be 
used  if  they  provide  a  standardized  means  for  determining  the  level  of 
educational  attainment  appropriate  to  children  of  their  age,  and  if  such 
measures  meet  the  following  criteria: 

(1)  The  cutoff  point,  score,  or  criterion  for  eligibiHty  must  have  been 
determined  by  its  empirical  relationship  to  the  educational  attainment  ap- 
propriate to  the  age  of  the  student  and  may  be  identified  by  the  fiftieth  (or 
more  stringent)  percentile  on  a  nationally  normed  test. 


(2)  Districts  must  have  conducted  an  empirical  study  of  the  relation- 
ship between  their  means  of  identification  and  a  nationally  normed  test, 
and  demonstrate  that  students  identified  as  eligible  for  participation  in 
compensatory  education  programs  by  using  the  alternative  procedure 
would  have  scored  below  grade  level  using  a  nationally  normed  stan- 
dardized test. 

It  is  not  necessary  that  such  a  study  be  conducted  with  every  group  of 
students  to  be  identified.  Districts  are  encouraged  to  use  a  variety  of  val- 
id, reliable  indicators  to  provide  the  best  possible  information  on  student 
performance  for  purposes  of  identification  of  eligible  students. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 

54001,  54004.5,  54020,  Education  Code. 

History 

I .  Organizational  headings  of  CCR  were  renamed  as  a  result  of  CCR  Reformat 
Project  as  follows:  "Chapter"  was  renamed  to  "Subchapter";  "Division"  was  re- 
named to  "Chapter";  and  "Part"  was  renamed  to  "Division." 

§  4415.    General  Standards  for  Determining  Students  to  Be 
Participants. 

(a)  In  the  event  that  not  all  eligible  students  in  those  schools  designated 
as  participating  schools  can  be  participants,  a  school  district  must  select 
a  uniform  objective  criterion  for  purposes  of  determining  which  eligible 
students  will  participate  in  programs  receiving  funds  from  SCE  and/or 
Title  I  as  amended.  The  criterion  selected  must  ensure  that  the  students 
of  greatest  need  are  selected  as  participants. 

(b)  The  total  number  of  students  receiving  ESEA.  Title  I  and  SCE 
funds,  as  determined  by  district  policy  pursuant  to  this  article,  must  not 
exceed  the  total  number  of  students  who  score  below  the  fiftieth  percen- 
tile on  a  nationally  normed  achievement  test  unless  the  district  is  able  to 
demonstrate  that  such  a  policy  is  appropriate. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54004.3,  Education  Code;  20  U.S.C.  2733. 

Article  5.     Level  of  Funding 

§  4416.    Minimum  and  Maximum  Levels  of  Funding. 

Districts  shall  determine  minimum  and  maximum  levels  of  funding 
for  all  educationally  disadvantaged  students  who  participate  in  programs 
funded  in  whole  or  in  part  by  SCE  and  ESEA,  Title  I  according  to  the  fol- 
lowing criteria: 

(a)  The  level  of  funding  ensures  that  the  program  is  of  sufficient  size, 
scope,  and  quality  to  give  reasonable  promise  of  achieving  the  objectives 
of  the  program. 

(b)  The  level  of  funding  is  not  excessive  or  extravagant  in  terms  of  the 
needs  of  students  to  be  served. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52168,  54004.5(b),  Education  Code. 

§  4417.    Recognition  of  Local  Compensatory  Education 
Programs. 

(a)  Local  school  districts  may  provide  compensatory  education  ser- 
vices using  local  funds  and  such  local  programs  may  be  counted  for  the 
purposes  of  the  intradistrict  fund  allocation  plan,  if  it  meets  the  require- 
ments of  20  U.S.C.  275 1  (b)(  1  )(C).  The  district  must  request  advance  de- 
termination by  the  State  Department  of  Education  that  the  local  compen- 
satory education  program  is  approvable. 

(b)  The  district  may  provide  school-level  program  description  outlin- 
ing the  specific  services  provided  under  these  locally-devised  programs. 
The  school-level  funding  must  be  shown  on  local  school  and  district-le- 
vel applications. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54001.  Education  Code. 

Article  6.    Allocation  Alternatives 

§  4420.    General  Standards. 

(a)  In  general,  except  as  provided  in  the  next  sentence.  SCE  funds  must 
be  distributed  according  to  an  objective  criterion  without  taking  into  ac- 
count the  availability  or  existence  of  Title  I  funds  and  in  accordance  with 


Page  82 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§4421 


• 


• 


subsections  (b)  through  (g).  The  existence  of  Title  I  funds  may  be  taken 
into  account  in  allocating  SCE  funds  so  long  as  students  satisfying  the 
objective  criteria  for  participation  residing  in  Title  1  eligible  areas  re- 
ceive, in  the  aggregate,  the  same  amount  of  SCE  funds  as  they  would 
have  received  if  Title  I  funds  were  not  available. 

(b)  Students  residing  in  Title  1  eligible  areas  who  satisfy  the  objective 
criterion  must  receive  assistance  under  SCE  or  Title  I  before  any  student 
who  does  not  satisfy  the  objective  criterion. 

(c)  School  districts  must  ensure  that  the  services  provided  to  all  educa- 
tionally disadvantaged  students  in  greatest  need  of  assistance  residing  in 
Title  1  areas  who  receive  assistance  under  SCE  in  lieu  of  Title  I  and  who 
would  have  received  assistance  under  Title  1  if  SCE  did  not  exist,  are  of 
the  same  nature  and  scope  that  would  have  been  provided  under  Title  1. 

(d)  School  districts  must  also  ensure  that  educationally  disadvantaged 
students  attending  nonpublic  schools  will  be  selected  for  participation  in 
Title  I  programs  according  to  the  Tide  I  procedures  for  ranking  school 
attendance  areas  without  regard  to  an  exemption  to  the  Title  I  ranking 
procedure  which  allows  programs  for  students  residing  in  certain  areas 
to  receive  SCE  funds  in  lieu  of  Title  I  funds. 

(e)  Further,  all  schools  which  satisfy  Section  4410  (pertaining  to  SCE 
school  eligibility)  must  be  served  before  any  school  which  does  not  satis- 
fy Section  4410. 

(f)  SCE  funds  must  be  allocated  at  a  level  per  participant  in  Title  I  eligi- 
ble areas  which  is  consistent  with  Section  4416  and  that  is  at  least  equal 
to  the  minimum  level  per  participant  used  in  non-Title  I  eligible  areas. 

(g)  At  a  minimum,  at  least  50  percent  of  SCE  funds  must  be  spent  in 
Title  [  eligible  areas. 

§4421.    Allocation  Models. 

Each  school  district  shall  allocate  SCE  funds  using  one  of  the  follow- 
ing methods,  and  in  its  consolidated  application,  shall  specify  to  the  De- 
partment of  Education  the  method  used. 

(a)  Alternative  I: 

( 1 )  Identify  the  schools  eligible  for  SCE  funds  in  accordance  with  Sec- 
tion 4410. 

(2)  Identify  students  who  meet  the  objective  criterion  eligible  for  par- 
ticipation in  SCE  programs  in  accordance  with  Section  4414. 

(3)  Identify  all  students  meeting  the  criteria  established  in  subsection 
(2)  who  reside  in  attendance  areas  of  schools  eligible  for  SCE  funds  ac- 
cording to  the  criterion  established  in  subsection  (1). 

(4)  Determine  a  level  of  funding  per  participant  which  is  in  accordance 
with  Section  4416  and  Section  4420. 

(5)  Compute  the  percentage  of  students  participating  in  SCE  programs 
who  reside  in  Title  I  eligible  attendance  areas. 

(6)  Determine  the  amount  of  SCE  funds  to  be  allocated  for  SCE  pro- 
grams serving  participating  students  who  reside  in  Title  I  eligible  atten- 
dance areas  such  that  the  percentage  of  SCE  funds  allocated  to  Title  I  eli- 
gible areas  is  at  least  as  great  as  the  percentage  of  SCE  participating 
students  computed  in  subsection  (5). 

(7)  Allocate  the  portion  of  the  district's  SCE  funds  which  must  be 
spent  in  Title  I  eligible  areas  as  determined  in  subsection  (6)  to  all  Title 
I  eligible  schools  which  are  also  ehgible  to  receive  SCE  funds  such  that 
the  same  percentage  of  students  eligible  to  participate  in  SCE  programs 
is  served  in  each  eligible  school;  e.g..  if  there  are  sufficient  funds  to  serve 
60  percent  of  the  eligible  students  in  all  Title  I  eligible  schools,  then  SCE 
funds  would  be  allocated  to  serve  60  percent  of  the  eligible  students  in 
each  eligible  Title  I  school. 

(8)  Allocate  the  portion  of  the  district's  SCE  funds  which  may  be  spent 
in  non-Title  I  eligible  areas  (the  amount  remaining  after  subtracting  SCE 
funds  allocated  to  Title  I  schools  as  determined  in  subsection  (6))  to  all 
non-Title  I  eligible  schools  which  are  eligible  to  receive  SCE  funds  such 
that  the  same  percentage  of  students  eligible  to  participate  in  SCE  pro- 
grams are  served  in  each  eligible  school;  e.g.,  if  there  are  sufficient  funds 
to  serve  60  percent  of  the  eligible  students  in  all  non-Title  I  eligible 
schools,  then  SCE  funds  would  be  allocated  to  serve  60  percent  of  the  eli- 
gible students  in  each  eligible  non-Title  I  school. 


(9)  Allocate  Title  I  funds  to  Title  I  eligible  schools  and  students  in  ac- 
cordance with  Title  1  law  and  regulations. 

(10)  If  Title  I  eligible  schools  are  skipped  for  purposes  of  receiving 
Title  I  funds  because  their  programs  for  educationally  disadvantaged  stu- 
dents are  funded  by  SCE.  these  Title  I  eligible  schools  must  receive  the 
same  nature  and  scope  of  service  as  those  which  would  have  otherwise 
been  provided  under  Title  I. 

(b)  Alternative  2: 

(1 )  Identify  the  schools  eligible  for  SCE  funds  in  accordance  with  Sec- 
lion  4410. 

(2)  Identify  students  who  meet  the  district  criterion  for  participation 
in  SCE  programs  in  accordance  with  Section  4414. 

(3)  Identify  all  students  meeting  the  criterion  established  in  subsection 
(2)  who  reside  in  attendance  areas  of  schools  eligible  for  SCE  funds  ac- 
cording to  the  criterion  established  in  subsection  ( I ). 

(4)  Determine  a  level  of  funding  per  participant  which  is  in  accordance 
with  Section  4416  and  Section  4420. 

(5)  Compute  the  percentage  of  students  who  meet  the  district  criterion 
for  participation  in  SCE  programs  who  reside  in  Title  I  eligible  atten- 
dance areas. 

(6)  Determine  the  amount  of  SCE  funds  to  be  allocated  for  SCE  pro- 
grams serving  participating  students  who  reside  in  Title  I  eligible  atten- 
dance areas  such  that  the  percentage  of  SCE  funds  allocated  to  Title  I  eli- 
gible areas  is  at  least  as  great  as  the  percentage  of  SCE  participating 
students  computed  in  subsection  (5). 

(7)  Rank  schools  eligible  for  SCE  funds  which  are  in  Title  I  eligible 
areas  according  to  Section  441 1. 

(8)  Allocate  the  portion  of  SCE  funds  which  may  be  spent  in  non-Title 
I  eligible  areas  (the  amount  remaining  after  subtracting  SCE  funds  allo- 
cated to  Title  I  eligible  schools  as  determined  in  subsection  (6))  to 
schools  in  the  order  established  in  subsection  (9).  For  each  such  school 
receiving  an  allocation  (except  for  the  last  school  to  receive  funds),  the 
amount  allocated  must  be  sufficient  to  serve  all  students  who  meet  the 
district  criterion  for  participation. 

(9)  Allocate  Title  I  funds  to  Title  I  eligible  schools  and  students  in  ac- 
cordance with  Title  I  law  and  regulations. 

(10)  If  Title  I  eligible  schools  are  skipped  for  purposes  of  receiving 
Title  I  funds  because  their  programs  for  educationally  disadvantaged  stu- 
dents are  funded  by  SCE.  these  Title  I  eligible  schools  must  receive  the 
same  nature  and  scope  of  service  as  those  which  would  have  otherwise 
been  provided  under  Title  I. 

(11)  If  Title  I  eligible  schools  are  skipped  for  purposes  of  receiving 
Title  I  funds  because  their  programs  for  educationally  disadvantaged  stu- 
dents are  funded  by  SCE.  Title  I  services  must  be  provided  to  qualifying 
nonpublic  school  students  who  reside  within  an  area  skipped  such  that 
the  services  provided  are  comparable  to  the  services  provided  to  public 
school  students  served  by  SCE  funds.  The  total  number  of  nonpublic 
school  participants  served  by  Title  I  must  be  determined  without  regard 
to  the  availability  of  SCE  funds.  Services  to  nonpublic  school  students 
shall  be  provided  to  eligible  areas  in  Title  I  rank  order. 

(c)  Alternative  3: 

( 1 )  Identify  the  schools  eligible  for  SCE  funds  in  accordance  with  Sec- 
tion 4410. 

(2)  Identify  students  who  meet  the  district  criterion  for  participation 
in  SCE  programs  in  accordance  with  Section  4414. 

(3)  Rank  schools  ehgible  for  SCE  funds  in  accordance  with  Section 
4411. 

(4)  Determine  a  level  of  funding  per  participant  which  is  in  accordance 
with  Section  4416  and  Section  4420. 

(5)  Allocate  SCE  funds  to  schools  in  the  order  established  in  subsec- 
tion (3).  For  each  such  school  receiving  an  allocation  (except  for  the  low- 
est ranked  school  to  receive  funds),  the  amount  allocated  must  be  suffi- 
cient to  serve  all  students  who  meet  the  district  criterion  for  participation. 

(6)  Allocate  Title  I  funds  to  Title  I  schools  in  Title  I  rank  order.  Howev- 
er, any  Title  I  schools  receiving  SCE  funds  for  all  eligible  students  identi- 


Page  83 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11  -2004 


§4422 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


fied  as  participants  pursuant  to  subsection  (5)  shall  be  skipped  for  the  pur- 
poses of  receiving  Title  I  funds. 

(7)  Programs  in  Title  I  eligible  schools  skipped  for  the  purposes  of  re- 
ceiving Title  1  funds  pursuant  to  subsection  (6)  must  provide  services  of 
the  same  nature  and  scope  as  those  that  would  otherwise  be  provided  un- 
der Title  I. 

(8)  The  level  of  funding  per  participant  established  pursuant  to  Section 
4416  of  this  chapter  for  Title  I  schools  receiving  SCE  funds  must  be  at 
least  as  high  as  the  level  of  funding  per  participant  in  schools  which  re- 
ceive Title  I  alone. 

(9)  Title  I  services  must  be  provided  to  qualifying  nonpublic  school 
students  who  reside  within  an  area  skipped  under  subsection  (6)  such  that 
the  services  provided  are  comparable  to  the  services  provided  to  public 
school  students  served  with  SCE  funds.  The  total  number  of  nonpublic 
school  participants  served  by  Title  1  must  be  determined  without  regard 
to  the  availability  of  SCE  funds.  Services  to  nonpublic  school  students 
shall  be  provided  to  eligible  areas  in  Title  I  rank  order. 

(d)  Alternative  4: 

( 1 )  Identify  the  schools  ehgible  for  SCE  funds  in  accordance  with  Sec- 
tion 4410. 

(2)  Identify  students  who  meet  the  district  criterion  for  participation 
in  SCE  programs  in  accordance  with  Section  44 1 4. 

(3)  Rank  schools  eligible  for  SCE  funds  in  accordance  with  Section 
4411. 

(4)  Determine  a  level  of  funding  per  participant  in  accordance  with 
Section  4416  and  Section  4420  such  that  schools  eligible  for  both  Title 
I  and  SCE  funds  receive  a  combination  of  Title  I  and  SCE  funds. 

(5)  Allocate  SCE  funds  to  schools  in  the  order  established  in  subsec- 
tion (3).  For  each  such  school  receiving  an  allocation  (except  for  the  low- 
est ranked  school  to  receive  funds),  the  amount  allocated  must  be  suffi- 
cient to  serve  all  students  who  meet  the  district  criterion  for  participation. 

(6)  Allocate  Title  I  funds  to  Title  I  eligible  schools  in  Title  I  rank  order 
by  allocating  Title  I  funds  in  addition  to  SCE  funds  such  that  the  total 
state  and  federal  compensatory  education  funds  per  participant  reach  the 
level  per  participant  determined  in  subsection  (4). 

(7)  Title  I  eligible  schools  that  receive  a  combination  of  Title  I  and 
SCE  funds  must  be  allocated  at  least  the  same  combined  level  of  funding 
per  participant  as  Title  I  eligible  schools  that  are  allocated  Title  I  funds 
alone. 

(e)  Alternative  5: 

(1)  Select  a  grade  span  to  be  served  by  SCE  funds. 

(2)  Identify  the  schools  eligible  for  SCE  funds  in  accordance  with  Sec- 
tion 4410,  which  include  the  grade  spans  selected  in  subsection  (1 ). 

(3)  Rank  schools  eligible  for  SCE  funds  in  accordance  with  Section 
441 1  which  contains  the  grade  spans  selected  in  subsection  (1). 

(4)  Determine  a  level  of  funding  per  participant  which  is  in  accordance 
with  Sections  4416  and  4420. 

(5)  Allocate  SCE  funds  to  schools  in  the  order  established  in  subsec- 
tion (4).  For  each  such  school  receiving  an  allocation  (except  for  the  low- 
est ranked  school  to  receive  funds),  the  amount  allocated  must  be  suffi- 
cient to  serve  all  students  who  meet  the  district  criterion  for  participation 
in  the  grade  span  selected. 

(6)  Select  a  grade  span  to  be  served  by  Title  I  funds  which  is  not  served 
with  SCE  funds. 

(7)  Allocate  Title  I  funds  to  Title  I  grade  spans  in  Title  I  rank  order. 

(8)  SCE  programs  in  Title  I  eligible  grades  skipped  for  the  purposes 
of  receiving  Title  I  funds  pursuant  to  subsection  (6)  must  provide  services 
of  the  same  nature  and  scope  as  those  that  would  otherwise  be  provided 
under  Title  I. 

(9)  Title  I  services  must  be  provided  to  qualifying  nonpublic  school 
students  who  reside  within  an  area  or  are  in  a  grade  skipped  under  subsec- 
tion (7)  such  that  the  services  are  comparable  to  services  provided  to  pub- 
lic school  students  served  with  SCE  funds.  The  total  number  of  nonpublic 
school  participants  served  by  Title  I  must  be  determined  without  regard 
to  the  availability  of  state  funding.  Services  to  nonpublic  school  students 
shall  be  provided  to  eligible  areas  in  Title  I  rank  order. 


(0  Alternative  6: 

( I )  Determine  a  method  of  allocation  which  is  consistent  with  Section 
4420(a).  The  allocation  procedure  used  must  be  described  in  detail  in  the 
district's  consolidated  application. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  54004,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
54004.5,  54004.7,  Education  Code. 

Article  7.    Evaluation 

§  4422.    Evaluation  Plan. 

Each  school  plan  shall  include  an  evaluation  plan  which  addresses,  at 
a  minimum,  the  areas  specified  in  Education  Code  Section  54006.  The 
Department  of  Education  shall  specify  administratively,  through  re- 
quired planning  and  reporting  procedures,  the  minimum  criteria  for  each 
school-level  evaluation  plan.  The  minimum  criteria  shall  include:  a  gen- 
eral framework  of  accepted  evaluation  procedures  such  that  the  school 
advisory  council  and  local  governing  board  will  have  information  ade- 
quate to  carry  out  their  responsibilities;  provision  for  such  information 
as  will  be  necessary  to  enable  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
and  the  State  Board  of  Education  to  carry  out  their  responsibilities  pur- 
suant to  Sections  54005  and  54006. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54004,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54006,  Education  Code. 

Article  8.    District  and  School  Advisory 
Councils 

§  4423.    Advisory  Councils. 

Each  participating  school  district  shall  establish  a  district  advisory 
council  and  shall  also  establish  a  school  advisory  council  at  each  partici- 
pating school.  Advisory  councils  established  pursuant  to  this  article  shall 
comply  with  the  ESEA,  Title  I,  law  and  regulations  pertaining  to  advisory 
councils.  These  councils  shall  include  broad  representation  of  the  parent 
population  served  by  this  district  or  school  respectively  including  socio- 
economic and  ethnic  groups  represented  in  the  district  or  school  atten- 
dance area. 

(a)  If  Title  I  services  are  provided  to  students  in  nonpublic  schools, 
each  nonpublic  school  system  with  such  students  must  be  given  the  op- 
portunity to  submit  the  name  of  a  candidate(s)  for  the  election  of  the  dis- 
trict advisory  council. 

(b)  A  nonpublic  system  may  establish  advisory  councils  at  its  schools 
which  receive  Title  1  services. 

(c)  Applications  for  funds  under  this  chapter  must  contain  a  certifica- 
tion of  participation  in  the  Title  I/SCE  planning  process  as  follows: 

(1)  District  Application — the  district  advisory  council  chairperson; 

(2)  School-level  plans — the  school  advisory  council  chairperson; 

(3)  The  District  Application — Nonpublic  Schools  section — a  repre- 
sentative for  the  Nonpubhc  Schools. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
2735;45C.F.R.  116a.25. 

Article  9.    Comparability 

§  4424.    Comparability  of  Services. 

(a)  After  July  1,  1979,  in  accordance  with  procedures  established  by 
the  Department  of  Education,  an  application  of  a  local  educational 
agency  for  grants  under  Section  54420  of  the  California  Education  Code 
shall  not  be  approved,  nor  payments  made  of  SCE  funds  under  a  pre- 
viously approved  application  of  such  agency,  unless  that  local  education- 
al agency  has  demonstrated  that  exclusive  of  local,  state,  and  federal  cate- 
gorical funding,  including  School  Improvement  Programs,  State 
Compensatory  Education  Programs,  and  programs  pursuant  to  Chapter 
4,  Article  4  of  this  division: 

(1)  The  number  of  children  enrolled  per  full-time  equivalent  clas- 
sroom teacher  and  teacher's  aide  in  schools  pursuant  to  this  section  is  not 
more  than  105  percent  of  the  average  number  of  pupils  per  teacher  and 


• 


• 


Page  84 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


S  4501 


loacher's  aide  in  ail  public  schools  serving  comparable  grade  levels  in  the 
applicant's  districl.  or 

(2)  The  annual  expenditure  per  child  for  salaries  per  full-time  equiva- 
lent teacher  and  teacher's  aide,  exclusive  of  that  portion  of  salary  based 
on  longevity,  in  schools  providing  programs  pursuant  to  this  section  is 
not  less  than  95  percent  of  expenditures  per  child  in  all  public  schools 
serving  comparable  grade  levels  in  the  applicant's  district,  or 

(3)  The  district  can  demonstrate  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  State  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction  that  the  resources  per  pupil  enrolled  in 
each  school  pursuant  to  this  section  is  not  less  than  the  resources  per  pupil 
in  all  of  the  schools  within  the  district  serving  comparable  grade  levels. 

(b)  After  comparability  has  been  demonstrated  pursuant  to  subdivi- 
sion (a)  of  this  section,  and  with  prior  approval  of  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction,  a  local  educational  agency  experiencing  high  student 
mobility  need  not  make  adjustments  in  order  to  maintain  comparability 
unless  the  percentage  amount  computed  under  (a)(  I )  is  more  than  1 1 0  or 
the  percentage  amount  computed  under  (a)(2)  is  less  than  90. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  54000-54005.  Education  Code:  and  20  USC  2736,  34  CFR  201.120. 

History 
1 ,  Amendment  filed  4-14-82:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No. 

16). 


Article  10.    California  Preschool  Program 

§  4425.    California  State  Preschool  Program. 

California  State  Preschool  Education  Program  funds  are  directed  at 
children  of  low-income  families.  Preschool  classes  may  be  operated  by 
any  public  agency  or  any  private  agency  which  meets  eligibility  require- 
ments. Classes  may  be  operated  without  regard  to  specific  school  sites, 
but  preferably  should  be  established  in  target  areas  to  serve  children  who 
reside  within  the  attendance  areas  of  schools  eligible  for  ESEA,  Title  1, 
or  State  Compensatory  Education  funds. 

In  order  for  children  to  be  eligible  for  entrance  into  a  State  Preschool 
Education  Program,  the  children  must  have  reached  their  third  birthday 
and  have  not  yet  reached  the  legally  eligible  age  for  kindergarten. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  54004-54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
lion  8320,  Education  Code. 

§  4426.    Maintenance  of  Effort. 

Districts  maintaining  programs  under  this  chapter  shall  assure  that  the 
sum  of  local  and  state  apportionment  resources  utilized  in  programs  for 
participating  students  has  not  been  reduced.  The  following  standards  ap- 
ply: 

(a)  Except  as  provided  in  subdivisions  (c)  and  (d)  of  this  section,  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  may  approve  an  apphcation  from  a 
Local  Education  Agency  (LEA)  or  state  agency  for  state  compensatory 
education  funds  only  if  it  is  demonstrated  in  the  application  that  its  ex- 
penditures of  state  and  local  funds  for  the  education  of  children,  either  on 
an  aggregate  or  average  daily  attendance  basis,  are  not  less  for  the  first 
fiscal  year  preceding  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  agency  is  applying  for 
funds  than  for  the  second  preceding  fiscal  year. 

(b)  In  demonstrating  compliance  with  the  requirement  in  subdivision 
(a)  of  this  section,  only  the  following  expenditures  may  be  included  in  the 
computation: 

( 1 )  Expenditures  by  object  classifications  1000  through  5000  series  in 
the  California  School  Accounting  Manual,  1980  Edition,  except  expen- 
ditures for  community  service  classes,  and 

(2)  Expenditures  of  federal  funds  received  under  Public  Law  874 
(School  Assistance  in  Federally  Affected  Areas). 

(c)  In  determining  compliance  with  the  requirement  in  subdivision  (a) 
of  this  section,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  may  disregard  a 
decrease  of  less  than  ten  percent  in  allowable  expenditures  from  the  sec- 
ond preceding  fiscal  year  to  the  first  preceding  fiscal  year. 

(d)  Upon  written  application,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
may  determine  that  the  LEA  or  state  agency  is  in  substantial  compliance 
with  the  requirement  in  subdivision  (a)  of  this  section,  provided,  the 


applicant  demonstrates  that  any  decrease  in  allowable  expenditures  from 
the  second  preceding  fiscal  year  to  the  first  preceding  fiscal  year  did  not 
result  in  any  decrease  in  the  level  of  services  provided. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  .54005.  Education  Code,  Reterence: 
Section  54001,  Education  Code:  and  20  USC  2736.  34  CER  200.60-200.61. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  4-14-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Regi.sier  82.  No. 
16). 


Subchapter  7.     Miscellaneous  Programs 


Article  1.    Schoolwide  Programs 

§  4500.    Low  Income  Schoolwide  Programs. 

EIA  funds  and/or  local  funds  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  requirement 
of  Section  20  U.S.C.  2753(b)(7)(B)  pertaining  to  low  income  schoolwide 
programs. 

Note;  Authorilv  cited:  Section  54004,  Education  Code:  20  U.S.C.  2812.  Refer- 
ence: 20  U.S.C.  2751. 

History 
1 .  New  Chapter  7  (Sections  4500-4503)  filed  9-5-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  there- 
after (Register  79.  No,  36). 

§  4501 .     Low  Achievement  Schoolwide  Programs. 

(a)  A  school  district  may.  after  reviewing  advice  from  the  district  par- 
ent advisory  council  established  under  Secfion  4423,  use  a  portion  of  its 
EIA  funds  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  subsection  (b)  of  this  section. 

(b)  Notwithstanding  any  provision  of  Chapters  5,  6,  or  7  of  this  divi- 
sion, a  school  district  may  use  a  portion  of  its  EIA  funds  and/or  local 
funds  to  meet  the  needs  of  educationally  disadvantaged  students  by  im- 
proving the  entire  educational  program  in  a  school  in  which  not  less  than 
75  percent  of  the  students  are  educationally  disadvantaged  (in  accor- 
dance with  criteria  used  by  the  school  district  to  safisfy  the  requirements 
of  Section  4415)  if  the  requirements  of  subsection  (c)  are  met. 

(c)  A  school  may  be  designated  for  a  schoolwide  program  under  sub- 
section (b)  if: 

(1)  A  plan  has  been  developed  meeting  the  requirements  of  20  U.S.C. 
2753(b)(1),  (2).  (3),  (5),  and  (6); 

(2)  The  plan  has  been  approved  by  the  school  advisory  council  estab- 
lished under  Section  4423; 

(3)  In  the  case  of  a  school  district  in  which  there  are  one  or  more 
schools  described  in  subsection  (b)  and  there  are  also  one  or  more  other 
participating  schools,  the  local  educational  agency  makes  EIA  funds 
available  for  children  in  such  schools  described  in  subsection  (b)  in 
amounts  which,  per  educationally  disadvantaged  child  served,  equal  or 
exceed  the  amount  of  such  funds  made  available  per  educationally  disad- 
vantaged child  served  in  such  other  schools; 

(4)  EIA  funds  may  be  provided  to  such  schools  in  amounts  which,  per 
child  served  who  is  not  educationally  disadvantaged,  equal  the  amount 
of  funds  provided  under  this  section  which,  per  educationally  disadvan- 
taged child  served,  are  made  available  for  children  in  such  schools;  and 

(5)  The  average  per-pupil  expenditure  in  schools  described  in  subsec- 
tion (b)  (excluding  amounts  expended  under  this  section)  for  the  fiscal 
year  in  which  the  plan  is  to  be  carried  out  will  not  be  less  than  such  expen- 
diture in  such  schools  in  the  previous  fiscal  year. 

(d)  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  may  approve  the  plan  of 
any  local  educafional  agency  for  a  schoolwide  program  if  that  plan  meets 
the  requirements  of  subsection  (c). 

(e)  For  any  school  with  an  approved  plan  under  this  section,  the  local 
school  district  shall  be  relieved  of  requirements  with  respect  to: 

(1 )  Maintaining  separate  accounting  records  for  each  funding  source. 

(2)  Identifying  particular  students  as  being  eligible  to  participate,  and 

(3)  Demonstrating  that  services  provided  from  those  funding  sources 
are  supplementary  to  the  base  program.  The  local  district  shall,  however, 
demonstrate  that  the  services  provided  in  such  schools  are  substantially 
greater  than  services  furnished  to  schools  without  funding  and  shall  meet 
all  other  school  plan  requirements  contained  in  law  and  regulations. 


Page  85 


Register  2008,  No.  25;  6-20-2008 


§4502 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  54004-54003,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20 
U.S.C.  2753. 


Article  2.     School  Security 


§  4502.    Improvement  of  School  Security. 

School  districts  may  request  that  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instaic- 
tion  approve  a  specific  portion  of  the  ElA  funds  they  receive  be  desig- 
nated for  expenditure  for  noninstructional  costs  to  improve  school  secu- 
rity. Such  noninstructional  expenditures  may  be  used  to  meet  costs 
arising  from  incidents  of  vandalism,  necessary  security  costs,  insurance 
costs,  and/or  other  costs  directly  related  to  school  security.  In  such  appli- 
cation, school  districts  will  specify  the  amounts  of  such  funds  and  the 
purpose  of  such  expenditures.  No  school  district  shall  request  an  amount 
for  such  purposes  which  exceeds  the  portion  of  $2,000,000  that  the  stu- 
dent population  (K-12)  of  such  district  represents  of  the  student  popula- 
tion (K-12)  of  the  state. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54007,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54007.  Education  Code. 

§  4503.    Alternative  Program  Options  for  Special  Needs. 

(a)  EIA  funds  may  be  used  to  carry  out  any  or  all  of  the  three  alternative 
special  program  options  permitted  by  this  section  subject  to  the  provi- 
sions of  subsection  (b). 

(b)  Program  options  permitted  by  subsections  (c),  (d),  and  (e)  of  this 
section  may  only  be  exercised  if: 

(1)  The  school  parent  advisory  council  has  approved  and  the  district 
parent  advisory  council  has  reviewed  the  implementation  of  such  option. 

(2)  The  school  proposing  to  exercise  such  option  is  a  school  which  is 
participating  in  the  state  compensatory  education  program. 

(3)  Not  more  than  25  percent  of  a  district's  EIA  allocation  is  expended 
to  carry  out  the  program  options  authorized  by  this  section  and  the 
school  wide  program  options  authorized  by  Sections  4500  and  4501. 

(4)  A  schoolwide  needs  assessment  has  been  conducted  to  determine 
the  necessity  of  providing  such  option(s). 

(c)  Students  who  have  been  eligible  and  have  participated  in  compen- 
satory education  programs  in  accordance  with  the  objective  criterion  es- 
tablished by  the  district  pursuant  to  Sections  4414  and  4415  may  contin- 
ue to  participate  in  such  services,  even  though  such  student  no  longer 
meets  the  objective  criterion,  if  such  student  met  the  objective  criterion 
in  either  of  the  two  preceding  fiscal  years. 

(d)  In  schools  with  more  than  50  percent  of  their  students  from  low  in- 
come families  (determined  in  accordance  with  Section  4412),  students 
who  do  not  meet  the  objective  criterion  established  by  the  district  pur- 
suant to  Sections  4414  and  4415,  but  who  test  below  the  90th  percentile 
(as  established  through  the  use  of  the  appropriate  test  instruments  pur- 
suant to  Section  4414)  may  be  eligible  to  receive  excess  cost  services  in 
order  that  they  may  be  assisted  in  reaching  their  full  potential. 

(e)  If  adequately  documented  in  a  schoolwide  needs  assessment,  a  par- 
ticipating SCE  school  may  use  EIA  funds  to  conduct  a  schoolwide  proj- 
ect which  is  explicitly  designed  to  provide  assistance  to  the  educationally 
disadvantaged  students  attending  such  schools. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54005,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54004.1,  Education  Code. 

Subchapter  8.     Bilingual  Education 
Programs 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54020,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
54004.7,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  Chapter  8  (Sections  4300-4305)  filed  9-5-79;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  36).  For  history  of  former  chapter,  see  Registers 

78,  No.  20;  77,  No.  39;  and  75,  No.  21. 


Subchapter  9.    Bilingual-Bicultural 
Education  Programs 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  54020.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 

54004.7.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  Chapter  9  (Articles  1  -4;  Sections  43 1 0^322.  not  consecutive)  filed 
9-5-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  36).  For  history  of 
former  chapter,  see  Registers  78.  No.  20;  77,  No.  39;  and  77.  No.  13. 

Chapter  5.1.    Uniform  Complaint 
Procedures 


Subchapter  1.    Complaint  Procedures 


Article  1.    Definitions 

§  4600.    General  Definitions. 

As  used  in  this  chapter,  the  term: 

(a)  "Appeal"  means  a  request  made  in  writing  to  a  level  higher  than  the 
original  reviewing  level  by  an  aggrieved  party  requesting  reconsidera- 
tion or  a  reinvestigation  of  the  lower  adjudicating  body's  decision. 

(b)  "Beginning  of  the  year  or  semester"  means  the  first  day  classes  nec- 
essary to  serve  all  the  students  enrolled  are  established  with  a  single  des- 
ignated certificated  employee  assigned  for  the  duration  of  the  class,  but 
not  later  than  20  working  days  after  the  first  day  students  attend  classes 
for  that  semester. 

(c)  "Complainant"  means  any  individual,  including  a  person's  duly 
authorized  representative  or  an  interested  third  party,  public  agency,  or 
organization  who  files  a  written  complaint  alleging  violation  of  federal 
or  state  laws  or  regulations,  including  allegations  of  unlawful  discrimina- 
tion in  programs  and  activities  funded  directly  by  the  state  or  receiving 
any  financial  assistance  from  the  state. 

(d)  "Complaint"  means  a  written  and  signed  statement  alleging  a  vio- 
lation of  federal  or  state  laws  or  regulations,  which  may  include  an  allega- 
tion of  unlawful  discrimination.  If  the  complainant  is  unable  to  put  the 
complaint  in  writing,  due  to  conditions  such  as  a  disability  or  illiteracy, 
the  public  agency  shall  assist  the  complainant  in  the  filing  of  the  com- 
plaint. 

(e)  "Complaint  investigation"  means  an  administrative  process  used 
by  the  Department  or  local  educational  agency  for  the  purpose  of  gather- 
ing data  regarding  the  complaint. 

(f)  "Complaint  procedure"  means  an  internal  process  used  by  the  De- 
partment or  local  educational  agency  to  process  and  resolve  complaints. 

(g)  "Days"  means  calendar  days  unless  designated  otherwise. 

(h)  "Department"  means  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(i)  "Direct  state  intervention"  means  the  steps  taken  by  the  Department 
to  initially  investigate  complaints  or  effect  compliance. 

(j)  "Educational  institution"  means  a  public  or  private  preschool,  ele- 
mentary, or  secondary  school  or  institution,  the  governing  board  of  a 
school  district,  or  any  combination  of  school  districts  or  counties  recog- 
nized as  the  administrative  agency  for  public  elementary  or  secondary 
schools. 

(k)  "Facilities  that  pose  an  emergency  or  urgent  threat  to  the  health  or 
safety  of  pupils  or  staff  means  a  condition  as  defined  in  paragraph  (1) 
of  subdivision  (c)  of  section  17592.72  and  any  other  emergency  condi- 
tions the  school  district  determines  appropriate. 

(/)  "Good  repair"  shall  have  the  same  definition  as  that  found  in  Educa- 
tion Code  section  17002(d). 

(m)  "Instructional  materials"  means  all  materials  that  are  designed  for 
use  by  pupils  and  their  teachers  as  a  learning  resource  and  help  pupils  to 
acquire  facts,  skills,  or  opinions  or  to  develop  cognitive  processes. 
Instructional  materials  may  be  printed  or  nonprinted,  and  may  include 


Page  86 


Register  2008,  No.  25;  6-20-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§4611 


textbooks,  technology-based  materials,  other  educational  materials,  and 
tests. 

(n)  "Local  agency"  means  a  school  district  governing  board  or  a  local 
public  or  private  agency  which  receives  direct  or  indirect  funding  or  any 
other  financial  assistance  from  the  state  to  provide  any  school  programs 
or  activities  or  special  education  or  related  services. 

(o)  "Local  educational  agency"  (LEA)  includes  any  public  school  dis- 
trict and  county  office  of  education  or  direct-funded  charter  school. 

(p)  "Mediation"  means  a  problem  solving  activity  whereby  a  third 
parly  assists  the  parties  lo  the  dispute  in  resolving  the  complaint. 

(q)  "Misassignment"  means  the  placement  of  a  certificated  employee 
in  a  leaching  or  services  position  for  which  the  employee  does  not  hold 
a  legally  recognized  certificate  or  credential  or  the  placement  of  a  certifi- 
cated employee  in  a  teaching  or  services  position  that  the  employee  is  not 
otherwise  authorized  by  slalute  to  hold. 

(r)  "Public  agency"  means  any  local  agency  or  state  agency. 

(s)  "State  agency"  means  the  Stale  Departments  of  Mental  Health  or 
Health  Services  or  any  other  state  administrative  unit  that  is  or  may  be 
required  to  provide  special  education  or  related  services  to  children  with 
disabilities  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  7570  et  seq. 

ft)  "State  mediation  agreement"  means  a  written,  voluntary  agreement 
approved  by  the  Department,  which  is  developed  by  the  parties  to  the  dis- 
pute, which  resolves  the  allegations  of  the  complaint. 

(u)  "Subject  matter  competency"  means  the  teacher  meets  the  applica- 
ble requirements  of  Chapter  6,  article  1,  subchapter  7  of  these  regula- 
tions, commencing  with  section  6100,  for  the  course  being  taught. 

(v)  "Sufficient  textbooks  or  instructional  materials"  means  that  each 
pupil,  including  English  learners,  has  a  textbook  or  instructional  materi- 
als, or  both,  to  use  in  class  and  to  take  home  but  does  not  require  two  sets 
of  textbooks  or  instructional  materials  for  each  pupil.  Sufficient  text- 
books or  instructional  materials  does  not  include  photocopied  sheets 
from  only  a  portion  of  a  textbook  or  instructional  materials  copied  to  ad- 
dress a  shortage. 

(w)  "Superintendent"  means  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
or  his  or  her  designee. 

(x)  "Teacher  vacancy"  means  a  position  to  which  a  single  designated 
certificated  employee  has  not  been  assigned  at  the  beginning  of  the  year 
for  an  entire  year  or,  if  the  position  is  for  a  one-semester  course,  a  posi- 
tion of  which  a  single  designated  certificated  employee  has  not  been  as- 
signed at  the  beginning  of  a  semester  for  an  entire  semester. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200,  201,  210.1,  220,  17002(d), 
17592.72,  331 26(b)(5)(A)  and  (B)  and  60010,  Education  Code;  and  Sections 
1 1 1 35  and  1 11 38,  Government  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  12-29-2005;  operative  1 2-29-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  amending  subsection  (/)  filed  6-19-2008  pur- 
suant to  section  1 00,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2008,  No. 

25). 


Article  2.     Purpose  and  Scope 


§  4610.     Purpose  and  Scope. 

(a)  This  Chapter  applies  to  the  filing,  investigation  and  resolution  of 
a  complaint  regarding  an  alleged  violation  by  a  local  agency  of  federal 
or  state  law  or  regulations  governing  educational  programs,  including  al- 
legations of  unlawful  discrimination.  The  purpose  of  this  chapter  is  to  es- 
tablish a  uniform  system  of  complaint  processing  for  specified  programs 
or  activities  that  receive  state  or  federal  funding. 

(b)  This  chapter  applies  to  the  following  programs  administered  by  the 
Department: 

( 1 )  Adult  Education  programs  established  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
sections  8500  through  8538  and  52500  through  52616.4; 


(2)  Consolidated  Categorical  Aid  Programs  as  listed  in  Education 
Code  section  64000(a); 

(3)  Migrant  Education  established  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tions 54440  through  54445: 

(4)  Career  Technical  and  Technical  Education  and  Career  Technical 
and  Technical  Training  Programs  established  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  sections  52300  through  52480; 

(5)  Child  Care  and  Developtnent  Programs  established  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  sections  8200  through  8493; 

(6)  Child  Nutrition  Programs  established  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
sections  49490  through  49570;  and 

(7)  Special  Education  Programs  established  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  sections  56000  through  56885  and  59000  through  59300. 

(c)  This  chapter  also  applies  to  the  filing  of  complaints  which  allege 
unlawful  discrimination  against  any  protected  group  as  identified  under 
Education  Code  section  200  and  220  and  Government  Code  section 
11135,  including  actual  or  perceived  sex,  sexual  orientation,  gender,  eth- 
nic group  identification,  race,  ancestry,  national  origin,  religion,  color, 
or  mental  or  physical  disability,  or  age.  or  on  the  basis  of  a  person's 
association  with  a  person  or  group  with  one  or  more  of  these  actual  or  per- 
ceived characteristics,  in  any  program  or  activity  conducted  by  a  local 
agency,  which  is  funded  directly  by,  or  that  receives  or  benefits  from  any 
state  financial  assistance. 

(d)  Nothing  in  these  regulations  shall  prevent  a  local  educational 
agency  from  using  its  local  uniform  complaint  procedure  to  address  com- 
plaints not  listed  in  this  section. 

(e)  The  Department  will  develop  a  pamphlet  for  parents  that  will  ex- 
plain the  Uniform  Complaint  Procedures  in  a  user  friendly  manner  and 
post  this  pamphlet  on  the  Department's  Web  site. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1,  8261,  33031.  49531,  49551.  54445. 
52355.  52451 ,  and  56100(a)  and  (J),  Education  Code;  and  Section  1 1 1 38,  Govern- 
ment Code.  Reference:  Sections  200,  220,  260,  and  49556.  Education  Code;  Sec- 
lions  11135  and  1 1 138,  Government  Code;  and  34  CFR  106.1-106.8  and 
299.10-299.11. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  1 2-29-2005;  operative  1 2-29-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 

§  4611 .    Referring  Complaint  Issues  to  Other  Appropriate 
State  or  Federal  Agencies. 

The  following  complaints  shall  be  referred  to  the  specified  agencies 
for  appropriate  resolution  and  are  not  subject  to  the  local  and  Department 
complaint  procedures  set  forth  in  this  chapter  unless  these  procedures  are 
made  applicable  by  separate  interagency  agreements: 

(a)  Allegations  of  child  abuse  shall  be  referred  to  the  applicable 
County  Department  of  Social  Services  (DSS),  Protective  Services  Divi- 
sion or  appropriate  law  enforcement  agency.  However,  nothing  in  this 
section  relieves  the  Department  from  investigating  complaints  pursuant 
to  section  4650(a)(8)(C)  herein. 

(b)  Health  and  safety  complaints  regarding  a  Child  Development  Pro- 
gram shall  be  referred  to  Department  of  Social  Services  for  licensed  faci- 
hties,  and  to  the  appropriate  Child  Development  regional  administrator 
for  licensing-exempt  facilities. 

(c)  Employment  discrimination  complaints  shall  be  sent  to  the  State 
Department  of  Fair  Employment  and  Housing  (DFEH)  pursuant  to  title 
22,  CCR,  section  98410.  The  complainant  shall  be  notified  by  first  class 
mail  of  any  DFEH  transferral. 

(d)  Allegations  of  fraud  shall  be  referred  to  the  responsible  Depart- 
ment Division  Director  who  may  consult  with  the  Department's  Legal 
and  Audits  Branch. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031.  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference;  Sections  200,  220  and  48987,  Education 
Code;  Sections  11135,  11136.  11138  and  12960.  Government  Code;  Section 
11166,  Penal  Code;  and  34  CFR  106.1-106.8. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  and  Note  filed  4-27-92  as  an  emergency;  opera- 
tive 4-27-92  (Register  92,  No.  1 8).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 


Page  87 


Register  2008,  No.  25;  6-20-2008 


§4620 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


mitted  to  OAL  8-25-92  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation 
of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-27-92  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-15-92 
and  filed  10-28-92  (Register  92,  No.  44). 

4.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  amending  subsection  (c),  adopting  new  sub- 
section (d)  and  relettering  subsections  filed  1 2-1 6-93  pursuant  to  title  1 ,  section 
100.  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  93,  No.  51). 

5.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  1 2-29-2005;  operative  12-29-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Reei.ster  2005.  No.  52). 


Article  3. 


Local  Educational  Agency 
Compliance 


§  4620.     Local  Educational  Agency  Responsibilities. 

Each  local  educational  agency  shall  have  the  primary  responsibility  to 
insure  compliance  with  applicable  state  and  federal  laws  and  regulations. 
Each  local  educational  agency  shall  investigate  complaints  alleging  fail- 
ure to  comply  with  applicable  state  and  federal  laws  and  regulations  and/ 
or  alleging  discrimination,  and  seek  to  resolve  those  complaints  in  accor- 
dance with  the  procedures  set  out  in  this  chapter  and  in  accordance  with 
the  policies  and  procedures  of  the  governing  board. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
1 1 1 38,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Section  200, 220  and  260,  Education  Code; 
Section  1 1 135,  Government  Code;  and  34  CFR  106.8. 

History 

1.  New  section  tiled  8-26^91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  article  3  heading  and  amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed 
12-29-2005;  operative  12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 

§  4621.    District  Policies  and  Procedures. 

(a)  Each  local  educational  agency  shall  adopt  policies  and  procedures 
not  inconsistent  with  sections  4600-4695  of  this  chapter  for  the  investi- 
gation and  resolution  of  complaints.  Local  policies  shall  ensure  that  com- 
plainants are  protected  from  retaliation  and  that  the  identity  of  a  com- 
plainant alleging  discrimination  remain  confidential  as  appropriate. 
School  Districts  and  County  Offices  of  Education  shall  submit  their  poh- 
cies  and  procedures  to  the  local  governing  board  for  adoption. 

(b)  Each  local  educational  agency  shall  include  in  its  policies  and  pro- 
cedures the  person(s),  employee(s)  or  agency  position(s)  or  unit(s)  re- 
sponsible for  receiving  complaints,  investigating  complaints  and  ensur- 
ing local  educational  agency  compliance.  The  local  educational  agency's 
policies  shall  ensure  that  the  person(s),  employee(s),  position(s)  or 
unit(s)  responsible  for  compliance  and/or  investigations  shall  be  knowl- 
edgeable about  the  laws/programs  that  he/she  is  assigned  to  investigate. 

(c)  Except  for  complaints  under  sections  4680-4687  regarding 
instructional  materials,  emergency  or  urgent  facilities  conditions  that 
pose  a  threat  to  the  health  or  safety  of  pupils  or  staff,  and  teacher  vacan- 
cies or  misassignments,  the  local  educational  agency  may  provide  a  com- 
plaint form  for  persons  wishing  to  file  a  complaint  to  fill  out  and  file.  A 
complaint  form  shall  be  provided  for  complaints  regarding  instructional 
materials,  emergency  or  urgent  facilities  conditions  that  pose  a  threat  to 
the  health  or  safety  of  pupils  or  staff,  and  teacher  vacancies  or  misassign- 
ments. However,  a  person  is  not  required  to  use  the  complaint  form  fur- 
nished by  the  local  educational  agency  in  order  to  file  a  complaint. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200,  220  and  260,  Education 
Code;  Section  1 1 135,  Government  Code;  and  34  CFR  106.8  and  299.10-299.1 1. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  12-29-2005;  operative  12-29-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 

§  4622.     Notice. 

Each  local  educational  agency  shall  annually  notify  in  writing,  as 
applicable,  its  students,  employees,  parents  or  guardians  of  its  students, 
the  district  advisory  committee,  school  advisory  committees,  appropriate 
private  school  officials  or  representatives,  and  other  interested  parties  of 
their  local  educational  agency  complaint  procedures,  including  the  op- 
portunity to  appeal  to  the  Department  and  the  provisions  of  this  chapter. 


The  notice  shall  include  the  identity  (identities)  of  the  person(s)  responsi- 
ble for  processing  complaints.  The  notice  shall  also  advise  the  recipient 
of  any  civil  law  remedies  that  may  be  available  under  state  or  federal  dis- 
crimination laws,  if  applicable,  and  of  the  appeal  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  section  262.3.  This  notice  shall  be  in  English,  and  when  necessary, 
in  the  primary  language,  pursuant  to  section  48985  of  the  Education 
Code,  or  mode  of  communication  of  the  recipient  of  the  notice.  Copies 
of  local  educational  agency  complaint  procedures  shall  be  available  free 
of  charge. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  200,  220,  221.1,  262.3  and  33031,  Education 
Code;  and  Section  1 1 138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200  and  220, 
Education  Code;  Sections  11135  and  11138,  Government  Code;  and  34  CFR 
106.8  and  299.11. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  12-29-2005;  operative 
12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2005, 

No.  52). 


Article  4.     Local  Complaint  Procedures 

§  4630.     Filing  a  Local  Complaint;  Procedures,  Time  Lines. 

(a)  Except  for  complaints  under  sections  4680^687  regarding 
instructional  materials,  emergency  or  urgent  facilities  conditions  that 
pose  a  threat  to  the  health  or  safety  of  pupils  or  staff,  and  teacher  vacan- 
cies or  misassignments,  and  complaints  that  allege  discrimination,  any 
individual,  public  agency  or  organization  may  file  a  written  complaint 
with  the  district  superintendent  or  his  or  her  designee  alleging  a  matter 
which,  if  true,  would  constitute  a  violation  by  that  local  educational 
agency  of  federal  or  state  law  or  regulation  governing  a  program  listed 
in  section  4610(b)  of  this  chapter. 

(b)  An  investigation  of  alleged  unlawful  discrimination  shall  be  initi- 
ated by  filing  a  complaint  not  later  than  six  months  from  the  date  the  al- 
leged discrimination  occurred,  or  the  date  the  complainant  first  obtained 
knowledge  of  the  facts  of  the  alleged  discrimination  unless  the  time  for 
filing  is  extended  by  the  district  superintendent  or  his  or  her  designee, 
upon  written  request  by  the  complainant  setting  forth  the  reasons  for  the 
extension.  Such  extension  by  the  district  superintendent  or  his  or  her  de- 
signee shall  be  made  in  writing.  The  period  for  filing  may  be  extended 
by  the  district  superintendent  or  his  or  her  designee  for  good  cause  for  a 
period  not  to  exceed  90  days  following  the  expiration  of  the  six  month 
time  period.  The  district  superintendent  shall  respond  immediately  upon 
a  receipt  of  a  request  for  extension. 

(1)  The  complaint  shall  be  filed  by  one  who  alleges  that  he  or  she  has 
personally  suffered  unlawful  discrimination,  or  by  one  who  believes  an 
individual  or  any  specific  class  of  individuals  has  been  subjected  to  dis- 
crimination prohibited  by  this  part. 

(2)  The  complaint  shall  be  filed  with  the  local  educational  agency  in 
accordance  with  the  complaint  procedures  of  the  local  educational 
agency. 

(3)  An  investigation  of  a  discriminaUon  complaint  shall  be  conducted 
in  a  manner  that  protects  confidentiality  of  the  parties  and  maintains  the 
integrity  of  the  process. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138.  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200  and  220,  Education  Code; 
Sections  11135,  11136,  and  11138,  Government  Code;  and  34  CFR  106.8. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  1 2-29-2005;  operative  12-29-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 

§  4631 .     Responsibilities  of  the  Local  Educational  Agency. 

(a)  Except  for  complaints  regarding  instructional  materials,  emergen- 
cy or  urgent  facilities  condifions  that  pose  a  threat  to  the  health  or  safety 
of  pupils  or  staff,  and  teacher  vacancies  or  misassignments,  which  must 
be  processed  in  accordance  with  sections  4680-4687,  within  60  days 
from  the  date  of  the  receipt  of  the  complaint,  the  local  educational  agency 
person  responsible  for  the  invesfigation  of  the  complaints  or  his  or  her 


Page  88 


Register  2008,  No.  25;  6-20-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  4633 


designee  shall  conduct  and  complete  an  investigation  of  the  complaint  in 
accordance  with  the  local  procedures  adopted  pursuant  to  section  4621 
and  prepare  a  written  Local  Educational  Agency  Decision.  This  time  pe- 
riod may  be  extended  by  written  agreement  of  the  complainant. 

(b)  The  investigation  shall  include  an  opportunity  for  the  complainant, 
or  the  complainant's  representative,  or  both,  to  present  the  complaint(s) 
and  evidence  or  information  leading  to  evidence  to  support  the  allega- 
tions of  non-compliance  with  state  and  federal  laws  and/or  regulations. 

(c)  Refusal  by  the  complainant  to  provide  the  investigator  with  docu- 
ments or  other  evidence  related  to  the  allegations  in  the  complaint,  or  to 
otherwise  fail  or  refuse  to  cooperate  in  the  investigation  or  engage  in  any 
other  obstruction  of  the  investigation,  may  result  in  the  dismissal  of  the 
complaint  because  of  a  lack  of  evidence  to  support  the  allegations. 

(d)  Refusal  by  the  local  agency  to  provide  the  investigator  with  access 
to  records  and/or  other  information  related  to  the  allegation  in  the  com- 
plaint, or  to  otherwise  fail  or  refuse  to  cooperate  in  the  investigation  or 
engage  in  any  other  obstruction  of  the  investigation,  may  result  in  a  find- 
ing based  on  evidence  collected  that  a  violation  has  occurred  and  may  re- 
sult in  the  imposition  of  a  remedy  in  favor  of  the  complainant. 

(e)  The  local  educational  agency  should  issue  a  Decision  (the  Deci- 
sion) based  on  the  evidence.  The  Decision  shall  be  in  writing  and  sent  to 
the  complainant  within  60  days  from  receipt  of  the  complaint  by  the  local 
educational  agency.  The  Decision  should  contain: 

( 1 )  the  findings  of  fact  based  on  the  evidence  gathered, 

(2)  conclusion  of  law, 

(3)  disposition  of  the  complaint, 

(4)  the  rationale  for  such  disposition, 

(5)  corrective  actions,  if  any  are  warranted, 

(6)  notice  of  the  complainant's  right  to  appeal  the  local  educational 
agency  Decision  to  the  Department,  and 

(7)  procedures  to  be  followed  for  initiating  an  appeal  to  the  Depart- 
ment. 

(f)  Nothing  in  this  chapter  shall  prohibit  the  parties  from  utilizing  alter- 
native methods  to  resolve  the  allegations  in  the  complaint,  including,  but 
not  limited  to,  mediation. 

(g)  Nothing  in  this  chapter  shall  prohibit  a  local  educational  agency 
from  resolving  complaints  prior  to  the  formal  filing  of  a  written  com- 
plaint. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200  and  220,  Education  Code; 
Sections  11135,  11136,  and  11138,  Government  Code;  and  34  CFR  106.8. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  12-29-2005;  operative 
12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2005, 

No.  52). 


Article  4.5.    Appeal  of  Local  Educational 
Agency  Decision 


§  4632.    Appeal  of  Local  Educational  Agency  Decision  — 
Grounds. 

(a)  Except  for  complaints  under  sections  4681  and  4682  regarding 
instructional  materials  and  teacher  vacancies  or  misassignments,  a  com- 
plainant may  appeal  a  Decision  to  the  Department  by  filing  a  written  ap- 
peal within  15  days  of  receiving  the  Decision. 

(b)  The  complainant  shall  specify  the  basis  for  the  appeal  of  the  Deci- 
sion and  whether  the  facts  are  incorrect  and/or  the  law  is  misapplied. 

(c)  The  appeal  shall  be  accompanied  by: 

(1)  a  copy  of  the  locally  filed  complaint;  and 

(2)  a  copy  of  the  Decision. 

(d)  If  the  Department  determines  the  appeal  raises  issues  not  contained 
in  the  local  complaint,  the  Department  will  refer  those  new  issues  back 
to  the  local  educational  agency  for  resolution  as  a  new  complaint  under 
section  4630  or  4631. 


(e)  If  the  Department  determines  that  the  Decision  failed  to  address  an 
issue  raised  by  the  complaint,  the  Department  shall  refer  the  matter  to  the 
local  educational  agency  to  make  the  necessary  findings  and  conclusions 
on  any  issue  not  addressed.  The  local  educational  agency  will  address  the 
issue  within  20  days  from  the  date  of  the  referral. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  200,  221 , 1  and  33031 .  Education  Code;  and  Sec- 
tion 11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  11135.  11136  and  11138. 
Government  Code;  .34  CFR  106,8;  and  34  CFR  299.10(a)(2). 

History 

1,  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Renumbering  of  former  section  4632  to  section  4633  and  renumbering  of  former 
section  4652  to  section  4632,  including  new  article  4.5  heading,  and  amendment 
of  section  heading,  section  and  Nort  filed  12-29-2005;  operative  12-29-2005 
pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 

§  4633.    Appeal  of  Local  Educational  Agency  Decision. 

(a)  If  the  Decision  is  appealed,  the  Department  shall  notify  the  local 
educational  agency  of  the  appeal.  Upon  nofification  by  the  Department 
that  the  Decision  has  been  appealed,  the  local  educational  agency  shall 
forward  the  following  to  the  Department: 

(1)  A  copy  of  the  original  complaint; 

(2)  A  copy  of  the  Decision; 

(3)  A  summary  of  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  investigation  conducted 
by  the  local  educational  agency,  if  not  covered  in  the  Decision; 

(4)  A  copy  of  the  investigafion  file,  including  but  not  limited  to,  all 
notes,  interviews  and  docuinents  submitted  by  the  parlies  or  gathered  by 
the  investigator; 

(5)  A  report  of  any  action  taken  to  resolve  the  complaint; 

(6)  A  copy  of  the  local  educational  agency  complaint  procedures;  and 

(7)  Such  other  relevant  information  as  the  Department  may  request. 

(b)  The  Department  shall  not  receive  evidence  from  the  parties  that 
could  have  been  presented  to  the  local  educational  agency  investigator 
during  the  investigation,  unless  requested  by  the  Department.  Any  confi- 
dential information  or  pupil  information  in  the  investigative  file  shall  re- 
main confidenfial  and  shall  not  be  disclosed  by  the  Department. 

(c)  The  Department  may  contact  the  parties  for  further  information,  if 
necessary. 

(d)  The  Department  shall  review  the  invesfigation  file,  the  summary 
of  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  invesfigation  conducted  by  the  local  educa- 
tional agency,  the  complaint  procedures,  documents  and  any  other  evi- 
dence received  from  the  local  educational  agency  and  determine  whether 
substanUal  evidence  exists: 

(1)  That  the  local  educational  agency  followed  its  complaint  proce- 
dures; and 

(2)  That  the  relevant  findings  of  fact  in  the  Decision  which  are  the  sub- 
ject of  the  appeal  are  supported  by  the  evidence. 

(e)  The  Department  shall  review  the  conclusions  of  law  which  are  the 
subject  of  the  appeal  and  determine  whether  they  are  correct. 

(f)  If  the  Department  determines  that  the  Decision  is  deficient  because 
it  lacks  findings  of  fact  and  conclusions  of  law  regarding  the  subject  of 
the  appeal,  the  Department  may  return  the  Decision  to  the  local  educa- 
tional agency  in  order  to  correct  the  deficiencies  within  20  days  of  the  re- 
turn. 

(g)  If  the  Department  finds  that  the  Decision  is  supported  by  substan- 
tial evidence,  and  that  the  legal  conclusions  are  not  contrary  to  law,  the 
appeal  shall  be  denied. 

(h)  If  the  Department  finds  the  grounds  for  the  appeal  have  merit: 

(1 )  The  Department  may,  if  there  is  a  lack  of  substanfial  evidence  or 
a  procedural  defect  in  the  investigation,  remand  the  investigation  to  the 
local  educafional  agency  for  further  investigafion  of  the  allegations 
which  are  the  subject  of  the  appeal;  or 

(2)  The  Department  may  issue  a  decision  based  on  the  evidence  in  the 
investigation  file  received  from  the  local  educational  agency;  or 

(3)  If  the  Department  determines  that  it  is  in  the  best  interest  of  the  par- 
ties, conduct  a  further  investigation  of  the  allegations  which  are  the  basis 
for  the  appeal  and  issue  a  decision  following  further  investigation. 

(i)  If  the  Department  finds  merit  in  the  appeal,  the  Department's  deci- 
sion on  appeal  shall  contain  the  following: 


Page  89 


Register  2005,  No.  52;  12-30-2005 


§4640 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(1)  A  finding  that  the  local  educational  agency  complied  or  did  not 
comply  with  its  complaint  procedures; 

(2)  The  Department's  findings  of  fact  and  conclusions  of  law  regard- 
ing the  issue  on  appeal;  and 

(3)  Where  a  determination  is  made  that  the  local  educational  agency 
failed  to  comply  with  the  applicable  state  or  federal  law  or  regulation,  re- 
medial orders  and/or  required  actions  to  address  the  violation(s). 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031;  and  Section  11138,  Govern- 
ment Code.  Reference:  Sections  200  and  220,  Education  Code;  Sections  1 1 135, 
1 1 136  and  1 1138,  Government  Code;  34  CFR  106.8;  and  34  CFR  299.10(a)(2). 

History 

1.  Renumbering  of  former  section  4632  to  new  section  4633,  including  amend- 
ment of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  12-29-2005;  operative 
12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2005, 

No.  52). 


Article  5.    State  Complaint  Procedures 

§  4640.  Filing  a  State  Complaint  That  Has  Not  First  Been 
Filed  at  the  Local  Educational  Agency;  Time 
Lines,  Notice,  Appeal  Rights. 

Referral  to  the  Local  Educational  Agency  for  Local  Resolution. 

(a)  If  a  complaint  is  erroneously  filed  with  the  Department  without 
first  being  filed  with  and  investigated  by  the  local  educational  agency, 
the  Department  shall  immediately  forward  the  complaint  to  the  local 
educational  agency  for  processing  in  accordance  with  article  4  of  this 
chapter,  unless  extraordinary  circumstances  exist  necessitating  direct 
state  intervention  as  described  at  section  4650. 

(b)  A  letter  shall  be  sent  by  first  class  mail  to  the  complainant(s)  notify- 
ing him,  her,  or  them  that: 

(1)  The  Department  does  not  have  jurisdiction,  at  this  time,  over  the 
complaint  and  that  the  complaint  should  have  been  filed  with  the  local 
educational  agency  in  the  first  instance; 

(2)  That  the  complaint  has  been  transferred  to  the  local  educational 
agency  requesting  the  local  educafional  agency  to  process  and  investi- 
gate the  allegation  in  the  complaint;  and 

(3)  That  the  complainant  may  file  an  appeal  to  the  Department  follow- 
ing the  issuance  of  the  Decision,  if  he  or  she  believes  as  a  matter  of  fact 
or  law  the  Decision  is  incorrect. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200  and  220,  Education  Code; 
Sections  111  35, 1 1 136,  and  1 1 1 38,  Government  Code;  34  CFR  1 06.8;  and  34  CFR 
299.10(a)(2). 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  12-29-2005;  operative 
12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2005, 
No.  52). 


Article  6.    Direct  State  Intervention 

§  4650.    Basis  of  Direct  State  Intervention. 

(a)  Except  for  complaints  under  secfions  4680,  4681,  4682  and  4683 
regarding  instructional  materials,  teacher  vacancies  or  misassignments, 
and  condition  of  a  facility,  the  Department  shall  directly  intervene  with- 
out waiting  for  local  educational  agency  investigation  if  one  or  more  of 
the  following  situafions  exist: 

( 1 )  The  complaint  includes  an  allegation,  and  the  Department  verifies, 
that  a  local  educafional  agency  failed  to  comply  with  the  complaint  pro- 
cedures required  by  this  Chapter  and  its  local  rules  and  regulations,  in- 
cluding, but  not  limited  to,  the  failure  or  refusal  of  the  local  educational 
agency  to  cooperate  with  the  invesfigafion; 

(2)  The  complaint  relates  to  an  agency  that  is  not  a  local  educational 
agency  funded  through  the  Child  Development  or  Child  Nutrifion  Pro- 
grams; 

(3)  The  complainant  requests  anonymity  because  he  or  she  would  be 
in  danger  of  retaliafion  and  would  suffer  immediate  and  irreparable  harm 
if  he  or  she  filed  a  complaint  with  the  local  educational  agency; 


(4)  The  complainant  alleges  that  the  local  educational  agency  failed  or 
refused  to  implement  the  final  decision  resulting  from  its  local  investiga- 
tion or  local  mediation  agreement; 

(5)  The  complainant  alleges  and  the  Department  verifies  that  through 
no  fault  of  the  complainant,  no  acfion  has  been  taken  by  the  local  educa- 
fional agency  within  60  calendar  days  of  the  date  the  complaint  was  filed. 
Prior  to  direct  intervenfion,  the  Department  shall  attempt  to  work  with  the 
local  educational  agency  to  allow  it  to  complete  the  investigafion  and  is- 
sue a  Decision. 

(6)  The  complainant  alleges  and  the  Department  verifies  that  he  or  she 
would  suffer  immediate  and  irreparable  harm  as  a  result  of  an  applicafion 
of  a  district-wide  policy  that  is  in  conflict  with  state  or  federal  law  cov- 
ered by  this  Chapter,  and  that  filing  a  complaint  with  the  local  educational 
agency  would  be  fufile. 

(7)  For  complaints  relafing  to  special  educafion,  any  one  of  the  follow- 
ing shall  be  a  condition  for  direct  state  intervenfion: 

(A)  The  complainant  alleges  that  a  public  agency,  other  than  a  local 
educafional  agency,  as  specified  in  Government  Code  secfion  7570  et 
seq..  fails  or  refuses  to  comply  with  an  applicable  law  or  regulafion  relat- 
ing to  the  provision  of  free  appropriate  public  education  to  individuals 
with  disabilities; 

(B)  The  complainant  alleges  that  the  local  educational  agency  or  pub- 
lic agency  fails  or  refuses  to  comply  with  the  due  process  procedures  es- 
tablished pursuant  to  federal  and  state  law  and  regulafion;  or  has  failed 
or  refused  to  implement  a  due  process  hearing  order; 

(C)  The  complainant  alleges  facts  that  indicate  that  the  child  or  group 
of  children  may  be  in  immediate  physical  danger  or  that  the  health,  safety 
or  welfare  of  a  child  or  group  of  children  is  threatened. 

(D)  The  complainant  alleges  that  an  individual  with  a  disability  is  not 
receiving  the  special  educafion  or  related  services  specified  in  his  or  her 
individualized  educafional  program  (lEP). 

(E)  The  complaint  involves  a  violafion  of  federal  law  governing  spe- 
cial education,  20  U.S. C.  secfion  1400  et  seq.,  or  its  implemenfingregula- 
fions. 

(b)  The  complaint  shall  idenfify  the  basis,  as  described  in  subdivision 
(a)  above,  for  filing  the  complaint  directly  to  the  Department.  The  com- 
plainant must  present  the  Department  with  clear  and  verifiable  evidence 
that  supports  the  basis  for  the  direct  filing,  except  as  in  subdivision  (a)(7). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200  and  220,  Education  Code; 
Sections  n  135, 1 1 136,  and  11 138,  Government  Code;  34  CFR  106.8;  and  34  CFR 
299.10(a)(2). 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  ofsection  and  Note  filed  12-29-2005;  operative  1 2-29-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 

§4651.    Notification. 

When  the  Department  receives  a  complaint  requesting  direct  State  in- 
tervenfion. the  Department  shall  determine  whether  the  complaint  meets 
one  or  more  of  the  criterion  specified  in  secfion  4650  for  direct  State  in- 
tervention and  shall  immediately  notify  the  complainant  by  first  class 
mail  of  the  determination  to  accept  the  complaint  without  a  local  educa- 
tional agency  invesfigation  and/or  Decision.  If  the  complaint  is  not  ac- 
cepted, it  shall  be  referred  to  the  local  educational  agency  for  local  inves- 
figation, or  referred  to  another  agency  pursuant  to  secfion  461 1. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200  and  220,  Education  Code; 
Sections  1 1 1 35, 1 1 1 36  and  1 1 1 38,  Government  Code;  34  CFR  106.8;  and  34  CFR 
299.10(a)(2). 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  ofsection  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  12-29-2005;  operative 
12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2005, 

No.  52). 

§  4652.    Appealing  Local  Agency  Decisions. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Sections  232  and  33031,  Education  Code;  Secfion  1 1 1 38, 
Government  Code.  Reference:  Secfions  11135,  11136,  and  11138,  Government 
Code;  34  CFR  76.780-76.783  and  106.8. 


Page  90 


Register  2005,  No.  52;  12-30-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§4665 


History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-26-91 ;  operative  9-23-91  (Register  92.  No.  3). 

2.  Renumbering  of  former  section  4652  to  section  4632  filed  I2-29-200.S;  opera- 
tive 12-29-200.'i  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register 
200.S.  No.  52). 


Article  7.    State  Investigation  Procedures 

§  4660.    Department  Resolution  Procedures. 

(a)  When  the  Deparlment  determines  that  direct  Slate  intervention  is 
warranted  pursuant  to  any  provision  of  section  4650.  the  following  pro- 
cedures shall  be  used  to  resolve  the  issues  of  the  complaint: 

( 1 )  The  Department  shall  consider  alternative  methods  to  resolve  the 
allegations  in  the  complaint. 

(2)  If  both  parties  request  mediation,  the  Department  shall  offer  to 
mediate  the  dispute  which  may  lead  to  a  state  mediation  agreement. 

(3)  The  Department  shall  conduct  an  investigation,  including  an  on- 
site  investigation  if  necessary,  into  the  allegations  in  the  complaint  unless 
a  settlement  agreement  has  been  reached  between  the  parties  that  dis- 
poses of  all  the  issues  in  the  complaint. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  200, 22 1 . 1  and  3303 1,  Education  Code:  and  Sec- 
tion 11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  11135,  11136  and  11138. 
Government  Code;  34  CFR  106.8;  and  34  CFR  299.10(a)(2). 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-26-91 ;  operaUve  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  article  7  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  1 2-29-2005;  operative 
12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2005, 

No.  52). 

§  4661 .    Mediation  Procedures;  State  l\/lediation 
Agreements;  Notice. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  232  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Secuon 
1 1 138.  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  1 1 135,  1 1 136,  and  1 1 138,  Gov- 
ernment Code;  and  34  CFR  106.8. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Repealer  of  section  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  12-29-2005;  operative 
12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2005, 

No.  52). 

§  4662.    Investigation  Timeline. 

(a)  Each  party  in  the  dispute  shall  be  sent  written  notification  by  the 
Department  of  the  name(s)  of  the  investigator(s)  and  the  investigation 
date(s).  if  known.  The  notice  shall  explain  the  investigation  process. 

(b)  An  investigation  will  be  completed  within  60  days  after  receiving 
a  request  for  direct  intervention  or  an  appeal  request,  unless  the  parties 
have  agreed  to  extend  the  time  lines.  The  Department  may  grant  exten- 
sions for  the  investigation  if  exceptional  circumstances  exist  that  consti- 
tute good  cause  with  respect  to  the  particular  complaint,  and  provided 
that  the  complainant  is  informed  of  the  extension  and  the  reasons  there- 
fore and  provided  that  the  facts  supporting  the  extension  are  documented 
and  maintained  in  the  complaint  file. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
1 1 138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200  and  220,  Education  Code; 
Sections  11135,111 36,  and  1 1 1 38,  Government  Code;  34  CFR  1 06.8;  and  34  CFR 
299.10(a)(2). 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operafive  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  12-29-2005;  operative 
12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  secfion  11343.4  (Register  2005, 

No.  52). 

§  4663.    Department  Investigation  Procedures. 

(a)  The  investigator(s)  shall  request  all  documentation  and  other  evi- 
dence regarding  the  allegations  in  the  complaint. 

(b)  The  investigation  shall  include  an  opportunity  for  the  complainant, 
or  the  complainant's  representative,  or  both,  to  present  the  complaint(s) 
and  evidence  or  information  leading  to  evidence  to  support  the  allega- 
tions of  non-compliance  with  state  and  federal  laws  and/or  regulations. 

(c)  Refusal  by  the  complainant  to  provide  the  investigator  with  docu- 
ments or  other  evidence  related  to  the  allegations  in  the  complaint,  or  to 


otherwise  fail  or  refuse  to  cooperate  in  the  investigation  or  engage  in  any 
other  obstruction  of  the  investigation  may  result  in  the  dismissal  of  the 
complaint  because  of  a  lack  of  evidence  to  support  the  allegations. 

(d)  Refusal  by  the  local  educational  agency  to  provide  the  investigator 
with  access  to  records  and/or  other  information  related  to  the  allegation 
in  the  complaint,  or  to  otherwise  fail  or  refuse  to  cooperate  in  the  inves- 
tigation or  engage  in  any  other  obstruction  of  the  investigation  may  result 
in  a  finding  based  on  evidence  collected  that  a  violation  has  occurred  and 
may  result  in  the  imposition  of  a  remedy  in  favor  of  the  complainant. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200  and  220,  Fiducation  Code; 
Sections  1 1 135,  1 1 136  and  1 11 38,  Government  Code;  34  CFR  76.1  and  106.8;  and 
34  CFR  299.10(a)(2). 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92.  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  12-29-2005;  operative  12-29-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 

§  4664.     Department  Investigation  Report. 

(a)  An  investigation  report  shall  be  issued.  The  investigation  report 
shall  include  the  following: 

(1)  A  summary  of  the  allegations  in  the  complaint; 

(2)  A  description  of  the  general  procedures  of  the  investigation: 

(3)  Citations  of  applicable  law  and  regulations; 

(4)  Department  findings  of  facts; 

(5)  Department  conclusions; 

(6)  LEA  required  actions,  if  applicable; 

(7)  LEA  recommended  specific  actions,  if  applicable; 

(8)  Time  line  for  correcfive  actions,  if  applicable;  and 

(9)  Notice  that  any  party  may  request  reconsideration  of  the  Depart- 
ment's report  from  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  within  .35 
days  of  the  receipt  of  the  report. 

(10)  For  those  programs  governed  by  Part  76  of  Title  34  of  the  Code 
of  Federal  Regulations,  the  parties  shall  be  notified  of  the  right  to  appeal 
to  the  United  States  Secretary  of  Education. 

(b)  An  investigation  report  shall  be  mailed  to  the  parties  within  60  days 
from  the  conclusion  of  the  investigation. 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200  and  221,  Education  Code; 
Sections  1 1 1 35,  1 1 1 36  and  1 1 1 38,  Government  Code;  34  CFR  1 06.8;  and  34  CFR 
299.10(a)(2). 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  1 2-29-2005;  operafive  12-29-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1.343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 

§  4665.     Discretionary  Reconsideration  of  Department 
Investigation  Report. 

(a)  Within  35  days  of  receipt  of  the  Department  investigation  report, 
either  party  may  request  reconsideration  by  the  Superintendent.  The  re- 
quest for  reconsideration  shall  designate  the  finding(s).  conclusion(s),  or 
corrective  action(s)  in  the  Department's  report  to  be  reconsidered  and 
state  the  specific  basis  for  reconsidering  the  designated  finding(s),  con- 
clusion(s)  or  corrective  action(s).  The  request  for  reconsideration  shall 
also  state  whether  the  findings  of  fact  are  incorrect  and/or  the  law  is  mis- 
applied. 

(b)  Within  35  days  of  the  receipt  of  the  request  for  reconsideration,  the 
Superintendent  or  his  or  her  designee  may  respond  in  writing  to  the  par- 
ties modifying  the  specific  finding(s),  conclusion(s),  or  corrective  ac- 
tion(s)  for  which  reconsiderafion  is  requested,  or  denying  the  request  for 
reconsideration.  Pending  the  Superintendent's  reconsideration,  the  De- 
partment report  remains  in  effect  and  enforceable. 

(c)  Appeals  by  private  agencies  regarding  Child  Care  Food  Programs 
shall  be  made  to  the  State  Office  of  Administrative  Hearings  in  accor- 
dance with  applicable  laws  and  regulations. 

(d)  Appeals  from  investigations  of  complaints  involving  Child  Devel- 
opment contractors,  whether  public  or  private,  shall  be  made  to  the  Su- 
perintendent of  Public  Instruction  as  provided  in  subsection  (a)  except  as 
otherwise  provided  in  division  19  of  title  5  of  the  Code  of  California  Reg- 
ulations. 


Page  91 


Register  2005,  No.  52;  12-30-2005 


§4670 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(e)  For  those  programs  governed  by  part  76  of  title  34  of  the  Code  of 
Federal  Regulations,  the  parties  shall  be  notified  of  the  right  to  appeal  to 
the  United  States  Secretary  of  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  200, 22 1 . 1  and  3303 1 .  Education  Code;  and  Sec- 
tion 1 1 138.  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200and  220.  Education  Code; 
Sections  1 1 135.  1 1 136  and  1 1 138.  Government  Code;  34  CFR  76.1  and  106.8. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  NoTii  filed  12-29-2005;  operative 
12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Reaister  2005. 

No.  52). 


Article  8. 


Enforcement — State  Procedures 
to  Effect  Compliance 


§  4670.     Enforcement. 

(a)  Upon  determination  that  a  local  agency  violated  the  provisions  of 
this  chapter,  the  Department  shall  notify  the  local  agency  pursuant  to  sec- 
tion 4664(b)  that  it  must  take  corrective  action  to  come  into  compliance. 
If  corrective  action  is  not  taken,  the  Department  may  use  any  means  au- 
thorized by  law  to  effect  comphance,  including,  but  not  limited  to: 

( 1 )  The  withholding  of  all  or  part  of  the  local  agency's  relevant  state 
or  federal  fiscal  support  in  accordance  with  state  or  federal  statute  or  reg- 
ulation; 

(2)  Probationary  eligibility  for  future  state  or  federal  support,  condi- 
tional on  compliance  with  specified  conditions; 

(3)  Proceeding  in  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for  an  appropriate 
order  compelling  compliance. 

(b)  No  decision  to  curtail  state  or  federal  funding  to  a  local  agency  un- 
der this  chapter  shall  be  made  until  the  Department  has  determined  that 
compliance  cannot  be  secured  by  other  means. 

(c)  If  the  Department  determines  that  a  Child  Development  Contrac- 
tor's Agreement  shall  be  terminated,  the  procedures  set  forth  in  sections 
8257(d)  or  8400  et  seq.  of  the  Education  Code  and  the  regulations  pro- 
mulgated pursuant  thereto  (chapter  19  of  title  5,  CCR,  commencing  with 
section  1 7906),  shall  be  followed. 

(d)  If  the  Department  determines  that  a  local  educational  agency  has 
failed  to  comply  with  any  provision  of  sections  49550  through  49554  of 
the  Education  Code,  the  Department  shall  certify  such  noncompliance  to 
the  Attorney  General  for  investigation  pursuant  to  section  49556  of  the 
Education  Code. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited :  Sections  200,  221.1  and  3303 1 ,  Education  Code;  and  Sec- 
tion 1 1 138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Section  49556,  Education  Code;  Sec- 
tions 1 11 35, 1 1 136  and  1 1 138,  Government  Code;  and  34  CFR  76.783  and  106.8. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  1 2-29-2005;  operative  1 2-29-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 

§  4671.    Federal  Review  Rights. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  232  and  33031,  Education  Code;  Section  1 1 138, 
Government  Code.  Reference:  34  CFR  76.780-76.783. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-26-91;  operative  9-25-91  (Register  92,  No.  3). 

2.  Repealer  filed  12-29-2005;  operative  12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 


Article  9.    Williams  Complaints 

§  4680.    Complaints  Regarding  Instructional  Materials, 
Teacher  Vacancy  or  Misassignment,  and 
School  Facilities. 

(a)  Complaints  regarding  instructional  materials,  emergency  or  urgent 
facilities  conditions  that  pose  a  threat  to  the  health  or  safety  of  pupils  or 
staff,  and  teacher  vacancy  or  misassignment  shall  be  filed  with  the  princi- 
pal of  the  school,  or  his  or  her  designee,  in  which  the  complaint  arises. 
A  complaint  about  problems  beyond  the  authority  of  the  school  principal 


shall  be  forwarded  in  a  timely  manner,  but  not  to  exceed  10  working  days, 
to  the  appropriate  school  district  official  for  resolution. 

(b)  Complaints  regarding  instructional  materials,  emergency  or  urgent 
facilities  conditions  that  pose  a  threat  to  the  health  or  safety  of  pupils  or 
staff,  and  teacher  vacancy  or  misassignment  may  be  filed  anonymously. 
A  complainant  who  identifies  himself  or  herself  is  entitled  to  a  response 
if  he  or  she  indicates  that  a  response  is  requested.  If  a  response  is  re- 
quested, the  response  shall  be  made  to  the  mailing  address  of  the  com- 
plainant indicated  on  the  complaint. 

(c)  The  school  shall  have  a  complaint  form  available  for  such  com- 
plaints. The  complaint  form  shall  identify  the  place  for  filing  the  com- 
plaint and  include  a  space  to  indicate  whether  a  response  is  requested. 
However,  the  coiriplainant  need  not  use  a  complaint  form. 

(d)  All  complaints  and  responses  are  public  records. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
35186.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  9  (sections  4680^687)  and  section  filed  12-29-2005;  operanve 
12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2005, 

No.  52). 

§  4681 .    Contents  of  Complaints  Regarding  Instructional 
Materials. 

(a)  A  complaint  related  to  instructional  materials  may  allege  as  fol- 
lows: 

(1)  A  pupil,  including  an  English  learner,  does  not  have  standards- 
aligned  textbooks  or  instructional  materials  or  state  adopted  or  district 
adopted  textbooks  or  other  required  instructional  materials  to  use  in 
class. 

(2)  A  pupil  does  not  have  access  to  textbooks  or  instructional  materials 
to  use  at  home  or  after  school.  This  does  not  require  two  sets  of  textbooks 
or  instructional  materials  for  each  pupil. 

(3 )  Textbooks  or  instructional  materials  are  in  poor  or  unusable  condi- 
tion, having  missing  pages,  or  are  unreadable  due  to  damage. 

(4)  A  pupil  was  provided  photocopied  sheets  from  only  a  portion  of  a 
textbook  or  instructional  materials  to  address  a  shortage  of  textbooks  or 
instructional  materials. 

(b)  A  complaint  related  to  instructional  materials  shall  identify: 

(1)  the  school; 

(2)  the  course  or  grade  level  in  which  the  deficiency(ies)  in  instruction- 
al materials  exist; 

(3)  the  teacher  of  the  course  or  grade  level;  and 

(4)  the  specific  nature  of  the  deficiency  or  deficiencies  as  specified  in 
subsection  (a). 

(c)  A  complaint  may  include  as  much  text  to  explain  the  deficiency  or 
deficiencies  in  instructional  materials  as  complainant  feels  necessary.  A 
complaint  may  contain  more  than  one  allegation  of  deficiency  or  defi- 
ciencies in  the  instructional  material. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
35186,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Ne w  section  fi  led  1 2-29-2005 ;  operati  ve  1 2-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 

§  4682.    Contents  of  Complaints  Regarding  Teacher 
Vacancy  or  Misassignment. 

(a)  A  complaint  related  to  teacher  vacancy  or  misassignment  may  al- 
lege as  follows: 

( 1 )  A  semester  begins  and  a  teacher  vacancy  exists  (a  position  to  which 
a  single  designated  certificated  employee  has  not  been  assigned  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  year  for  an  entire  year  or,  if  the  position  is  for  a  one-semes- 
ter course,  a  position  of  which  a  single  designated  certificated  employee 
has  not  been  assigned  at  the  beginning  of  a  semester  for  an  entire  semes- 
ter). 

(2)  A  teacher  who  lacks  credentials  or  training  to  teach  English  learn- 
ers is  assigned  to  teach  a  class  with  more  than  20  percent  English  learner 
pupils  in  the  class.  This  subparagraph  does  not  relieve  a  school  district 
from  complying  with  state  or  federal  law  regarding  teachers  of  English 
learners. 


Page  92 


Register  2005,  No.  52;  12-30-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§4687 


(3)  A  teacher  is  assigned  to  teach  a  class  for  which  the  teacher  lacks 
subject  matter  competency. 

(b)  A  complaint  regarding  a  teacher  vacancy  or  misassignment  shall 
identify: 

( 1 )  the  course  or  grade  level  in  which  the  teacher  vacancy  or  misas- 
signment exists; 

(2)  the  specific  nature  of  the  vacancy  or  misassignment  as  specified  in 
subdivision  (a);  and 

(3 )  if  it  is  a  misassignment,  the  name  of  the  teacher  who  is  misassigned. 

(c)  A  complaint  may  include  as  much  text  to  explain  the  teacher  vacan- 
cy or  misassignment  as  complainant  feels  necessary.  A  complaint  may 
contain  more  than  one  allegation  of  teacher  vacancy  or  misassignment. 
NOTE:  Authority  ciled:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
35186.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  tiled  1 2-29-2005;  operative  1 2-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 

§  4683.    Contents  of  Complaints  Regarding  the  Condition 
of  a  Facility. 

(a)  A  complaint  related  to  the  conditions  of  facihties  that  pose  an  emer- 
gency or  urgent  threat  to  the  health  or  safety  of  pupils  or  staff  shall  identi- 
fy the  specific  school  in  which  the  condition  exists.  The  complaint  shall 
specify: 

( 1 )  the  location  of  the  facility; 

(2)  describe  emergency  or  urgent  facilities  conditions  that  pose  a  threat 
to  the  health  or  safety  of  pupils  or  staff;  and 

(3)  how  the  condition  poses  a  threat  to  the  health  or  safety  of  pupils  or 
staff. 

(b)  A  complainant  may  include  as  much  text  to  explain  the  emergency 

or  urgent  facilities  conditions  that  pose  a  threat  to  the  health  or  safety  of 

pupils  or  staff,  as  complainant  feels  necessary.  A  complaint  may  contain 

more  than  one  allegation  of  emergency  or  urgent  facilities  conditions  that 

pose  a  threat  to  the  health  or  safety  of  pupils  or  staff. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
35 1 86,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 2-29-2005;  operative  1 2-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 

§  4684.     Notice. 

(a)  In  order  to  identify  appropriate  subjects  of  complaint,  a  notice  shall 
be  posted  in  each  classroom  in  each  school  in  the  school  district  notifying 
parents  and  guardians  of  the  following: 

(1)  There  should  be  sufficient  textbooks  and  instructional  materials. 
For  there  to  be  sufficient  textbooks  and  instructional  materials  each  pu- 
pil, including  English  learners,  must  have  a  textbook  or  instructional  ma- 
terials, or  both,  to  use  in  class  and  to  take  home. 

(2)  School  facilities  must  be  clean,  safe,  and  maintained  in  good  repair. 

(3)  There  should  be  no  teacher  vacancies  or  misassignments.  There 
should  be  a  teacher  assigned  to  each  class  and  not  a  series  of  substitutes 
or  other  temporary  teachers.  The  teacher  should  have  the  proper  creden- 
tial to  teach  the  class,  including  the  certification  required  to  teach  English 
learners  if  present. 

(4)  The  location  at  which  to  obtain  a  form  to  file  a  complaint  in  case 
of  a  shortage.  Posting  a  notice  downloadable  from  the  Web  site  of  the  De- 
partment shall  satisfy  this  requirement. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
35186,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  12-29-2005;  operative  12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 


§  4685.     Investigation. 

The  principal  or  the  designee  of  the  district  superintendent,  as  applica- 
ble, shall  make  all  reasonable  efforts  to  investigate  any  problem  within 


his  or  her  authority.  The  principal,  or,  where  applicable,  district  superin- 
tendent or  his  or  her  designee  shall  remedy  a  valid  complaint  within  a  rea- 
sonable time  period  but  not  to  exceed  30  working  days  from  the  dale  the 
complaint  was  received.  The  principal,  or  where  applicable,  district  su- 
perintendent or  his  or  her  designee,  shall  report  to  the  complainant  the 
resolution  of  the  complaint  within  45  working  days  of  the  initial  filing, 
if  complainant  identifies  himself  or  herself  and  requested  a  response.  If 
the  principal  makes  this  report,  the  principal  shall  also  report  the  same 
inforiTiation  in  the  same  timeframe  to  the  district  superintendent  or  his  or 
her  designee. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code.  Reference:  .Section 
35186,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1 2-29-2005;  operative  1 2-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005.  No.  52). 


§  4686.    Responsibilities  of  Governing  Board. 

(a)  A  complainant  who  is  not  satisfied  with  the  resolution  of  the  princi- 
pal or  the  district  superintendent  or  his  or  her  designee,  has  the  right  to 
describe  the  coinplaint  to  the  governing  board  of  the  school  district  at  a 
regularly  scheduled  meeting  of  the  governing  board. 

(b)  A  school  district  shall  report  summarized  data  on  the  nature  and 
resolution  of  all  complaints  on  a  quarterly  basis  to  the  county  superinten- 
dent of  schools  and  the  governing  board  of  the  school  district.  The  sum- 
maries shall  be  publicly  reported  on  a  quarterly  basis  at  a  regularly  sched- 
uled meeting  of  the  governing  board  of  the  school  district.  The  report 
shall  include  the  number  of  complaints  by  general  subject  area  with  the 
number  of  resolved  and  unresolved  complaints. 

(c)  The  complaints  and  written  responses  shall  be  available  as  public 
records. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
35186,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-29-2005;  operative  12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 


§  4687.    Appeal  of  Facilities  Complaint  to  Superintendent. 

(a)  A  complainant  who  is  not  satisfied  with  the  resolution  proffered  by 
the  principal,  or  the  district  superintendent  or  his  or  her  designee,  involv- 
ing a  condition  of  a  facility  that  poses  an  emergency  or  urgent  threat,  as 
defined  in  paragraph  (1)  of  subdivision  (c)  of  section  17592.72.  has  the 
right  to  file  an  appeal  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  within 
15  days  of  receiving  the  report. 

(b)  Complainant  shall  comply  with  the  appeal  requirements  of  section 
4632. 

(c)  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  or  his  or  her  designee 
shall  comply  with  the  requirements  of  section  4633. 

(d)  The  Superintendent  of  F*ublic  Instruction  shall  provide  a  written  re- 
port to  the  State  Board  of  Education  describing  the  basis  for  the  com- 
plaint, the  school  district's  response  to  the  complaint  and  its  remedy  or 
proposed  remedy  and.  as  appropriate,  a  proposed  remedy  for  the  issue  de- 
scribed in  the  complaint,  if  different  from  the  school  district's  remedy. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
17592.72  and  35186,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-29-2005;  operative  12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  52). 


Chapter  5.2.    Improvement  of  Elementary 
and  Secondary  Education 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52039,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52013  and  52039(b)(2),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Expired  by  own  terms  12-31-78  (Register  80,  No.  25).  For  prior  history,  see 
Register  77,  No.  47. 


Page  92.1 


Register  2005,  No.  52;  12-30-2005 


§4900 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Chapter  5.3.     Nondiscrimination  and 
Educational  Equity 


Subchapter  1.    Nondiscrimination  in 

Elementary  and  Secondary  Educational 

Programs  Receiving  State  or  Federal 

Financial  Assistance 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 


§  4900.    Purpose. 

(a)  The  purpose  of  this  Chapter  is  to  ensure  compliance  with  federal 
and  stale  nondiscrimination  laws  in  any  program  or  activity  conducted 
by  an  educational  institution.  Therefore,  no  person  in  the  State  of  Califor- 
nia shall  be  subjected  to  discrimination,  or  any  other  form  of  illegal  bias, 
including  harassment.  No  person  shall  be  excluded  from  participation  in 
or  denied  the  benefits  of  any  local  agency's  program  or  activity  on  the 
basis  of  sex,  sexual  orientation,  gender,  ethnic  group  identification,  race, 
ancestry,  national  origin,  religion,  color,  or  mental  or  physical  disability 
in  any  program  or  activity  conducted  by  an  "educational  institution"  or 
any  other  "local  agency,"  defined  in  Article  2  (commencing  with  Section 
4910)  of  this  Chapter,  which  is  funded  directly  by,  or  that  receives  or 
benefits  from  any  state  financial  assistance. 

(b)  All  educational  programs  and  activities  under  the  jurisdiction  of 
the  State  Board  of  Education  receiving  or  benefiting  from  state  or  federal 
financial  assistance  shall  be  available  to  all  qualified  persons  without  re- 
gard to  sex,  sexual  orientation,  gender,  ethnic  group  identification,  race, 
ancestry,  national  origin,  religion,  color,  or  mental  or  physical  disability. 

(c)  It  is  the  intent  of  the  State  Board  of  Education  that  the  Superinten- 
dent of  Public  Instruction  assist  school  districts  and  county  offices  of 
education  to  recognize  and  eliminate  unlawful  discrimination  that  may 
exist  within  their  programs  or  activities  and  to  meet  the  requirements  of 
this  Chapter.  The  Superintendent  shall  meet  this  responsibility  through 
technical  assistance  and  ensuring  compliance  pursuant  to  Chapter  5.1 
(commencing  with  section  4600)  of  this  Title  relating  to  standard  com- 
plaint procedures. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200,  201,  220,  221.1  and  230, 
Education  Code;  Sections  1 1 135-1 1 139.5,  Government  Code;  Section  1681.  Title 
20,  U.S.  Code;  Section  2000d,  Title  42,  U.S.  Code;  and  Section  106.1,  Title  34. 
Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 

History 

1.  New  chapter  5.3  (sections  4900-4962.  nonconsecutive)  filed  12-16-92;  opera- 
tive 1-15-93  (Register  92.  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  chapter  5.3  heading,  subchapter  1  heading,  section  and  Note 
filed  6-13-2001 ;  operative  7-13-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  24). 


§  4901.    Academic  Requirements. 

Nothing  in  this  Chapter  shall  be  interpreted  to  prohibit  bona  fide  aca- 
demic requirements  for  participation  in  a  specific  educational  institu- 
tion's program,  course  or  activity. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138.  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  35160.5  and  49067.  Education 
Code;  Sections  1 1 135-1 1 139.5,  Government  Code;  Section  1681.  Title  20.  U.S. 
Code;  Section  2000d,  Title  42,  U.S.  Code;  and  Section  106,  Title  34,  Code  of  Fed- 
eral Regulations. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-16-92;  operafive  1-15-93  (Register  92.  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  6-13-2001;  operative  7-13-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  24). 


§  4902.    State  and  Local  Agency  Responsibilities  and 
Obligations. 

Except  as  otherwise  stated  in  this  Chapter,  the  Superintendent  of  Pub- 
lic Instruction  is  responsible  for  providing  leadership  to  local  agencies  to 
ensure  that  the  requirements  of  the  following  nondiscrimination  laws  and 
their  related  regulations  are  met  in  educational  programs  that  receive  or 
benefit  from  state  or  federal  financial  assistance  and  are  under  the  juris- 
diction of  the  State  Board  of  Education: 

(a)  Education  Code  sections  200  through  253. 

(b)  Government  Code  sections  1 1 135  through  11 139. 

(c)  The  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964  at  Title  42,  U.S.  Code  Sections  2000a 
et  seq. 

(d)  Title  IX  of  the  Education  Amendments  of  1972  at  Section  1681, 
Title  20,  U.S.  Code. 

(e)  Section  504  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  at  Section  794(a), 
Title  29.  U.S.  Code. 

(0  Federal  Equal  Access  at  Section  4071  et  seq..  Title  20,  U.S.  Code. 

(g)  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  of  1 990  at  Sections  1 2 1 3 1  et  seq., 
Title42.  U.S.  Code. 

(h)  Individuals  with  Disabilities  Education  Act  (Section  1400  et  seq.. 
Title  20,  U.S.  Code). 

(i)  Equal  Educational  Opportunities  Act  (Section  1701  et  seq..  Title 
20,  U.S.  Code). 

(j)  Any  and  all  other  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations  involving 
assurances  that  local  agencies  will  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  sex, 
sexual  orientation,  gender,  ethnic  group  identification,  race,  ancestry,  na- 
tional origin,  religion,  color,  or  mental  or  physical  disability. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031.  Education  Code;  and  Section 
1 1138.  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200.  201  and  33111.  Education 
Code;  Sections  ni35-11139.5,Govemment  Code;  Section  1681,  Title  20,  U.S. 
Code;  and  Section  2000d,  Title  42.  U.S.  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-16-92;  operative  1-15-93  (Register  92.  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  6-13-2001;  operative 
7-13-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  24). 


Article  2.    Definitions 


§  4910.    General  Definitions. 

The  terms  used  in  this  Chapter  shall  be  construed  with  reference  to  the 
laws  and  regulations  existing  on  the  date  of  the  enactment  of  this  section. 
As  used  in  this  Chapter,  the  term: 

(a)  "'Activity'  or  "program  and  activity'"  means  the  same  as  the  defi- 
nition set  out  below  for  the  word  "program." 

(b)  "Ancestry"  means  the  national  or  cultural  origin  of  a  line  of  de- 
scent. 

(c)  "Board"  means  the  California  State  Board  of  Education. 

(d)  "Club"  means  a  group  of  students  which  meets  on  school  property 
and  which  is  student  initiated,  student  operated  and  not  sponsored  by  the 
educational  institution. 

(e)  "Color"  includes  the  concept  "race"  as  it  is  used  in  Title  IV  and 
Title  VI  of  the  Federal  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964,  respectively  commenc- 
ing at  42  use  2000c  and  20  USC  2000d. 

(0  "Department"  means  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(g)  "Educational  institution"  means  any  public  or  private  preschool, 
elementary,  or  secondary  school  or  institution  operated  by  the  local 
agency,  or  any  combination  of  school  districts  or  counties  recognized  as 
the  administrative  agency  for  public  elementary  or  secondary  schools, 
consistent  with  the  definition  found  in  Education  Code  section  210.1. 

(h)  "Ethnic  group  identification"  includes  the  concept  of  "national  ori- 
gin" as  it  is  used  in  Title  IV  and  Title  VI  of  the  Federal  Civil  Rights  Act 
of  1964,  respectively  commencing  at  42  USC  2000c  and  20  USC  2000d. 

(i)  "Equal  opportunity"  and  "equivalent  opportunity"  are  used  synon- 
ymously and  mean  equal  or  equal  in  effect. 

(j)  "Extracurricular  activity"  means  an  activity  that  is  sponsored  by  the 
local  agency  or  an  organization  sanctioned  by  the  local  agency.  The  term 


Page  92.2 


Register  2005,  No.  52;  12-30-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


^912 


■'exiracurricular  activity"  shall  not  include  any  program  that  is  part  of  the 
regular  curriculum  or  that  is  covered  by  Article  3  (commencing  with  Sec- 
lion  4920). 

(k)  "Gender"  means  sex,  and  includes  a  person's  gender  identity  and 
gender  related  appearance  and  behavior  whether  or  not  stereotypically 
associated  with  the  person's  assigned  sex  at  birth. 

(/)  "Harassment"  means  conduct  based  upon  protected  status  that  is  se- 
vere or  pervasive,  which  unreasonably  disrupts  an  individual's  educa- 
tional or  work  environment  or  that  creates  a  hostile  educational  or  work 
environment. 

(ni)  "Individual  with  a  disability"  means  a  person  who  has  a  physical 
or  mental  impairment  that  substantially  limits  one  or  more  major  life  acti- 
vities; a  record  of  such  an  impairment;  or  is  regarded  as  having  such  an 
impairment. 

(n)  "Local  Agency  (LA)"  means  a  school  district  governing  board  or 
county  office  of  education  or  a  local  public  or  private  agency  which  re- 
ceives direct  or  indirect  funding  or  any  other  financial  assistance  from  the 
state  or  federal  government  to  provide  any  school  program  or  activity. 

(o)  "Mental  disability"  means  any  mental  or  psychological  disorder, 
such  as  mental  retardation,  organic  brain  syndrome,  emotional  or  mental 
illness,  and  specific  learning  disabilities. 

(p)  "National  origin"  means  the  country  of  a  person's  birth. 

(q)  "Person"  includes  but  is  not  limited  to  employees,  temporary  em- 
ployees, contract  employees,  applicants  for  employment,  agents  and  rep- 
resentatives of  the  local  agency,  students,  applicants  for  admission  and 
volunteers. 

(r)  "Physical  disability"  means  any  physiological  disorder,  or  condi- 
tion, cosmetic  disfigurement,  or  anatomical  loss  affecting  one  or  more  of 
the  following  body  systems:  neurological,  musculoskeletal,  special 
sense  organs,  respiratory  (including  speech  organs),  cardiovascular,  re- 
productive, digestive,  genito-urinary,  hemic  and  lympathic,  skin,  and 
endocrine. 

(s)  "'Program'  or  'program  activity'"  is  defined  to  include  the  defini- 
tion of  "program  and  activity"  as  set  forth  at  Health  and  Welfare  regula- 
tion 22  CCR  98010  and  to  include  extra  curricular,  research,  occupation- 
al programs,  honors,  students  services  and  other  activities  as  well  as 
include  the  operations  of  an  "educational  institution"  as  defined  at  Edu- 
cation Code  section  210.1.  All  specified  institutions  are  meant  to  entail 
the  operations  of: 

(1)(A)  a  department,  agency,  special  purpose  district,  or  other  instru- 
mentality or  any  educational  institution;  or 

(B)  the  entity  of  such  local  agency  that  distributes  such  assistance  and 
each  such  department  or  agency  to  which  the  assistance  is  extended;  or 

(2)(A)  an  entire  corporation,  partnership,  or  other  private  organiza- 
tion, or  an  entire  sole  proprietorship — 

(i)  if  assistance  is  extended  to  such  corporation,  partnership,  private 
organization,  or  sole  proprietorship  as  a  whole;  or 

(ii)  which  is  principally  engaged  in  the  business  of  providing  educa- 
tion, health  care,  housing,  social  services,  or  parks  and  recreation;  or 

(B )  the  entire  plant  or  other  comparable,  geographically  separate  facil- 
ity to  which  state  or  federal  financial  assistance  is  extended,  in  the  case 
of  any  other  corporation,  partnership,  private  organization,  or  sole  pro- 
prietorship; or 

(3)  any  other  entity  which  is  established  by  two  or  more  educational 
institutions  or  the  entities  described  in  paragraph  (1)  or  (2);  any  part  of 
which  is  extended  state  or  federal  financial  assistance,  except  that  such 


term  does  not  include  any  operation  of  an  entity  which  is  controlled  by 
a  religious  organization  if  the  application  of  this  Chapter  to  such  opera- 
tion would  not  be  consistent  with  the  religious  tenets  of  such  organiza- 
tion. 

(4)  Small  providers  are  not  required  by  this  subsection  to  make  signifi- 
cant structural  alterations  to  their  existing  facilities  for  the  purpose  of  as- 
suring program  accessibility  to  the  physically  disabled,  if  alternative 
means  of  providing  the  services  are  available. 

(t)  "Race"  means  one  of  the  anthropological/racial  ethnic  groups,  in- 
cluding but  not  limited  to:  Asian.  Black,  American  Indian,  Hispanic.  Pa- 
cific Islander,  White,  or  Filipino. 

(u)  "Rehgion"  means  one's  spiritual  beliefs. 

(v)  "Sex"  means  the  biological  condition  or  quality  of  being  a  female 
or  male  human  being. 

(w)  "Sexual  orientation"  means  actual  or  perceived  heterosexualiiy. 
homosexuality,  or  bisexual ity. 

(x)  "Superintendent"  means  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instmction 
or  his  or  her  designee. 

(y)  "Title  IX  Coordinator"  means  the  person(s)  designated  by  the  local 
agency  to  comply  with  and  carry  out  the  local  agency's  responsibilities 
under  Title  IX  of  the  Educafion  Amendments  of  1972. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
]  1 138.  Government  Code.  Reference:  Section  51.7(b).  Civil  Code;  Sections  20(). 
201(g),  210.  210.1.  212.5.  220,  233(e)  and  260.  Education  Code:  Sections  1 1 135 
and  1 1 138,  Government  Code:  Section  422.55  and  422.56.  Penal  Code:  Section 
1681,  Title  20.  .U.S.  Code;  Section  2000d.  Title  42.  U.S.  Code;  Section  106,  Title 
34  Code  of  Federal  Regulations;  and  Sections  98210.  98220,  98230.  98250  and 
98343,  Title  22,  California  Code  of  Regulations. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-16-92;  operative  1-15-93  (Register  92,  No.  51 ). 

2 .  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  6- 1 3-200 1 ;  operative  7- 1 3-2(X)  1  ( Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  24). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (k)  and  amendment  of  Noth  filed  12-29-2(X)5;  op- 
erative 12-29-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register 
2005,  No.  52). 

§  491 1 .    Government  Code  Definitions,  Incorporation  by 
Reference. 

Those  definiuons  of  activifies  prohibited  and  persons  protected  from 
discriminafion  set  forth  in  Chapters  2  and  3  of  Division  8  of  Title  22  of 
the  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (commencing  with  Secfion  98100) 
are  incorporated  into  and  made  applicable  to  this  Chapter  as  if  fully  set 
forth  here. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031.  Education  Code;  and  Section 
1 1 1 38.  Government  Code.  Reference:  Section  260,  Education  Code;  and  Sectit)ns 
1 1 1 35  and  11138.  Government  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-16-92;  operative  1-15-93  (Register  92.  No.  51 ). 

2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  6-13-2001;  operative  7-13-2001  (Register  2001. 
No.  24). 

§  4912.    Educational  Equity  Act  Definitions,  Incorporation 
by  Reference. 

Those  definifions  set  forth  in  Articles  2  and  3  of  Chapter  2  of  Part  1  of 
Title  1  of  the  Cahfomia  Education  Code  (commencing  with  Section  210) 
are  incorporated  into  and  made  applicable  to  this  Chapter  as  if  fully  .set 
forth  here,  specifically  secfion  210. 1  -  "Educational  institufion."  section 
211  -  "Governing  board,"  section  212  -  "Sex,"  secfion  212.5  -  "Sexual 
harassment,"  secfion  213  -  "State  financial  assistance."  and  section  214 
-  "State  financial  aid." 


[The  next  page  is  93. 


Page  92.3 


Register  2005,  No.  52;  12-30-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§4921 


• 


• 


NoiTi:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031.  Education  Code:  and  Section 
1 1 1 38,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Section  260,  Education  Code;  and  Sections 
1  1 135  and  1  1 138.  Government  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-16-92;  operative  1-13-93  (Register  92,  No.  31). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  NoTt^  filed  6-13-2001 ;  operative 
7-1.3-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 

§  4913.     Prohibited  Activities,  Incorporation  by  Reference. 

In  addition  to  acts  or  omissions  prohibited  by  other  nondiscrimination 
laws  or  regulations,  except  as  provided  by  Education  Code  section  220.5, 
the  acts  specifically  proscribed  by  Chapter  2  (commencing  with  Section 
200)  of  Part  I  of  Title  I  ofthe  California  Education  Code  are  incorporated 
into  and  made  applicable  to  this  Chapter  as  if  fully  set  forth  here. 
NOTH:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
1 1 1 38,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  220  and  230,  Education  Code;  and 
Sections  1 1 135  and  1 1 138,  Government  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-16-92;  operative  1-1.5-93  (Register  92,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NoTb  filed  6-13-2001 ;  operative  7-13-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  24). 

§  4914.     Prohibited  Discrimination  on  Parental,  Family,  or 
Marital  Status. 

On  the  basis  of  sex.  the  application  of  any  rule  concerning  the  actual 
or  potential  parental,  family,  or  marital  status  of  a  person,  or  the  exclusion 
of  any  person  from  any  program  or  activity  or  employment  because  of 
pregnancy  or  related  conditions  is  prohibited, 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  230(e),  Education  Code. 

History 
I.  New  section  filed  6-13-2001;  operative  7-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 


Article  2.5.    Sexual  Harassment 

§4915.     General  Prohibitions. 

A  person  in  the  educational  environment  of  a  local  agency  shall  not 
sexually  harass  another  person  in  the  work  or  educational  environment 
of  the  local  agency.  Sexual  harassment  is  a  form  of  sex  discrimination 
and,  as  such,  may  result  in  disciplinary  or  other  action  taken  by  the  local 
agency. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
1 1 138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Section  212.5,  Education  Code;  Sections 
1 1 135  and  12940(h),  Government  Code;  Section  1681,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  Sec- 
tion 2000d,  Title  42,  U.S.  Code;  and  Section  1 06,  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regula- 
tions. 

History 
1.  New  article  2.5  (sections  4915-4917)  and  section  filed  6-13-2001;  operative 

7-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 

§  4916.     Sexual  Harassment  Definitions. 

(a)  "Sexual  harassment"  means  any  unwelcome  sexual  advance,  un- 
welcome requests  for  sexual  favors,  or  other  unwelcome  verbal,  visual, 
or  physical  conduct  of  a  sexual  nature  made  by  someone  from  or  in  the 
educational  or  work  setting,  whether  it  occurs  between  individuals  of  the 
same  sex  or  individuals  of  opposite  sexes,  under  any  of  the  following 
conditions: 

(1)  Submission  to  the  conduct  is  explicitly  or  implicitly  made  a  term 
or  a  condition  of  an  individual's  academic  status,  employment,  or  prog- 
ress. 

(2)  Submission  to,  or  rejection  of,  the  conduct  by  the  individual  is  used 
as  the  basis  of  academic  or  employment  decisions  affecting  the  individu- 
al. 

(3)  The  conduct  has  the  purpose  or  effect  of  having  a  negative  impact 
upon  the  individual's  academic  performance,  work,  or  progress  or  has 
the  purpose  or  effect  of  creating  an  intimidating,  hostile,  or  offensive 
educational  or  working  environment.  The  conduct  is  sufficiently  severe, 
persistent,  pervasive  or  objectively  offensive,  so  as  to  create  a  hostile  or 
abusive  educational  or  working  environment  or  to  limit  the  individual's 
ability  to  participate  in  or  benefit  from  an  education  program  or  activity. 


(4)  Submission  to.  or  rejection  of,  the  conduct  by  the  individual  is  used 
as  the  basis  for  any  decision  affecting  the  individual  regarding  benefits 
and  services,  honors,  programs,  or  activities  available  at  or  through  the 
local  agency. 

(b)  "Verbal  sexual  harassment"  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to.  unwel- 
come epithets,  comments,  or  slurs  of  a  sexual  nature. 

(c)  "Physical  sexual  harassment"  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  as- 
sault, impeding  or  blocking  movement,  or  any  physical  interference  with 
work  or  school  activities  or  movement  when  directed  at  an  individual  on 
the  basis  of  sex. 

(d)  "Visual  sexual  harassment"  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to.  deroga- 
tory posters,  cartoons,  drawings,  obscene  gestures,  or  computer-gener- 
ated images  of  a  sexual  nature. 

(e)  "Educational  environment"  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to.  the  fol- 
lowing: 

(1)  The  campus  or  school  grounds  of  the  local  agency. 

(2)  Properties  controlled  or  owned  by  the  local  agency. 

(3)  Off-campus,  if  such  activity  is  sponsored  by  the  local  agency,  or 
is  conducted  by  organizations  sponsored  by  or  under  the  jurisdiction  of 
the  local  agency. 

Note-,  Authority  cited:  Sections  221 .1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Section  212.5,  Education  Code;  Section 
1 1 1 35,  Government  Code;  Section  1 68 1 ,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  Section  2000d,  Title 
42,  U.S.  Code;  and  Section  106.  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  6-13-2001;  opt;rative  7-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 

§4917.    Notification  Requirements. 

Local  agencies  are  required  to  notify  students,  employees,  and  parents 
of  their  written  policy  prohibiting  sexual  harassment  pursuant  to  Educa- 
tion Code  sections  231.5  and  48980(h),  and  in  accordance  with  Educa- 
tion Code  section  48985.  These  policies  shall  include  information  as  to 
where  to  obtain  specific  procedures  for  reporting  charges  of  sexual  ha- 
rassment and  available  remedies. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  231.5,  262.3,  48980  and  48985, 
Education  Code;  Secfion  1681,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  Section  2000d,  Title  42,  U.S. 
Code;  and  Section  106.9,  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  6-13-2001;  operative  7-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 

Article  3.    Nondiscrimination  in 
Intramural,  Interscholastic,  or  Club  Athletics 

§  4920.    General  Prohibition. 

No  person  shall  on  the  basis  of  sex.  sexual  orientation,  gender,  ethnic 
group  identification,  race,  ancestry,  national  origin,  religion,  color  or 
mental  or  physical  disability  be  excluded  from  participation  in,  be  denied 
the  benefits  of,  be  denied  equivalent  opportunity  in,  or  otherwise  dis- 
criminated against  in  interscholastic,  intramural,  or  club  athletics. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  221.1  and  33031.  Educafion  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200,  230  and  35179,  Education 
Code;  Secfion  1681,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  Section  2000d,  Title  42,  U.S.  Code;  and 
Section  106,  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  12-16-92;  operafive  1-15-93  (Register  92,  No.  5 1 ). 

2.  Amendment  of  article  3  heading,  secfion  and  NOTt  filed  6-13-2001 ;  operative 
7-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 

§  4921 .    Separate  Teams. 

(a)  Local  agencies  may  provide  single  sex  teams  where  selection  for 
teams  is  based  on  competitive  skills. 

(b)  When  a  local  agency  provides  only  one  team  in  a  particular  sport 
for  members  of  one  sex  but  provides  no  team  in  the  same  sport  for  mem- 
bers of  the  other  sex,  and  athletic  opportunities  in  the  total  program  for 
that  sex  have  previously  been  limited,  members  ofthe  excluded  sex  must 
be  allowed  to  try  out  and  compete  with  the  local  agency  team.  The  same 
standards  for  eligibility  shall  be  applied  to  every  student  trying  out  for  a 
team,  regardless  of  sex  or  sexual  orientation  or  other  protected  group  sta- 
tus. 


Page  93 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6  - 1 1  -  2004 


§4922 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
1 1 138.  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  200,  220,  221 .7,  230  and  31.^79, 
Education  Code:  Section  1681,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  and  Section  106,  Title  34, 
Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-16-92;  operative  1-15-93  (Register  92,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b),  repealer  of  subsection  (c)  and  amendment  of 
NOTi;  filed  6-13-2001;  operative  7-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 

§  4922.    Equivalent  Opportunity. 

(a)  For  purposes  of  section  230(c)  of  the  Education  Code,  in  determin- 
ing whether  equivalent  opportunities  are  available  to  both  sexes  in  athlet- 
ic programs,  the  factors  a  local  agency  shall  consider,  include,  but  are  not 
limited  to: 

(1)  Whether  the  selection  of  sports  and  levels  of  competition  offered 
effectively  accommodate  the  interests  and  abilities  of  both  sexes; 

(2)  The  provision  and  maintenance  of  equipment  and  supplies; 

(3)  Scheduling  of  games  and  practice  times;  selection  of  the  season  for 
a  sport;  location  of  the  games  and  practices; 

(4)  Travel  and  per  diem  allowances; 

(5)  Opportunities  to  receive  coaching  and  academic  tutoring; 

(6)  Assignment  and  compensation  of  coaches  and  tutors; 

(7)  Provision  of  locker  rooms,  practice  and  competitive  facilities; 

(8)  Provision  of  medical  and  training  facilities  and  services; 

(9)  Provision  of  housing  and  dining  facilities  and  services; 

(10)  Publicity. 

(b)  Unequal  aggregate  expenditures  for  members  of  each  sex  or  un- 
equal expenditures  for  male  and  female  teams,  if  a  recipient  operates  or 
sponsors  separate  teams,  shall  not  constitute  noncompliance  with  this 
section.  However,  the  failure  to  provide  necessary  funds  for  teams  for 
one  sex  in  assessing  equivalent  opportunity  for  members  of  each  sex 
shall  be  considered. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031.  Education  Code;  and  Section 
1 1 138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  221.7,  230  and  35179,  Education 
Code;  Section  1 681 ,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  and  Section  106,  Title  34,  Code  of  Feder- 
al Regulations. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-16-92;  operative  1-15-93  (Register  92,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  6-13-2001;  operative  7-13-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  24). 


Article  3.5.    Nondiscrimination  in 
Extracurricular  and  Club  Activities 

§  4925.    General  Prohibition. 

A  local  agency  shall  not  provide  or  otherwise  carry  out  any  of  its  extra- 
curricular programs  or  activities  separately,  or  require  or  refuse  partici- 
pation therein  by  any  of  its  students  on  the  basis  of  sex,  sexual  orienta- 
tion, gender,  ethnic  group  identification,  race,  ancestry,  national  origin, 
religion,  color,  or  mental  or  physical  disability.  Nothing  herein  shall  be 
construed  to  prohibit  the  use  of  prerequisites  to  participation  in  certain 
extracurricular  activities  where  the  prerequisites  have  been  demon- 
strated to  be  essential  to  the  success  in  the  particular  extracurricular  acti- 
vities. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  220  and  230,  Education  Code; 
Section  168 1 ,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  Section  2000d,  Title  42,  U.S.  Code;  and  Section 
106,  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 

History 
1.  New  article  3.5  (sections  4925-4927)  and  section  filed  6-13-2001;  operative 

7-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 

§  4926.    General  Provisions. 

Membership  in  student  clubs  must  be  open  to  all  students  regardless 
of  sex,  sexual  orientation,  gender,  ethnic  group  identification,  race,  an- 
cestry, national  origin,  religion,  color,  or  mental  or  physical  disability. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Educafion  Code;  and  Section 
1 1 138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  220, 230  and  35160.5,  Education 
Code;  Section  1681,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  Secfion  2000d,  Title  42,  U.S.  Code;  and 
Section  106,  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 


History 
1.  New  .section  filed  6-13-2001;  operafive  7-13-2001  (Regi.ster  2001,  No.  24). 

§  4927.     Equal  Access. 

Student  clubs  shall  have  equal  access  to  facilities  of  the  educational 
institution  to  conduct  a  meeting  and  a  fair  opporUinity  to  meet  within  the 
limited  open  forum  of  the  educational  institution,  if  the  educational  insti- 
tution has  a  limited  open  forum. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Educafion  Code;  and  Secfion 
1 1 1 38.  Government  Code.  Reference:  Secfions  220,  230  and  35160.5.  Education 
Code:  Section  1681,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  Sections  2000d  and  4071,  Title  42,  U.S. 
Code;  and  Secfion  106,  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-13-2001;  operative  7-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 

Article  4.     Counseling 

§  4930.    General  Provisions. 

(a)  No  local  agency  or  educational  institution  or  counselor  shall  dis- 
criminate against  any  person  on  the  basis  of  sex,  sexual  orientation,  gen- 
der, ethnic  group  identification,  race,  ancestry,  national  origin,  religion, 
color,  or  mental  or  physical  disability  in  the  counseling  or  guidance  of 
pupils. 

(b)  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  be  construed  as  prohibiting  a  local 
agency  from  encouraging  members  of  one  sex  to  enter  courses,  pro- 
grams, activities  or  occupations  which  are  traditionally  entered  by  the 
other  sex. 

(c)  Counseling  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  academic,  vocational, 
career,  social  or  psychological  counseling  which  is  conducted  or  spon- 
sored by,  through,  or  at  an  educational  institution  whether  in  an  informal 
or  formal  program,  workshop  or  other  activity,  or  whether  conducted  or 
sponsored  on  a  routine  or  sporadic  basis. 

(d)  Counseling  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  any  person,  group,  or 
sub-group,  regardless  of  title  or  job  description,  who  engages  in  counsel- 
ing of  any  pupil. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  221.1  and  33031,  Educafion  Code;  and  Secfion 
1 1 138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Secfions  220  and  230,  Education  Code; 
Secfion  1 68 1 ,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  Secfion  2000d,  Title  42,  U.S.  Code;  and  Secfion 
1 06,  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 

History 

1 .  New  secfion  filed  12-16-92;  operative  1-15-93  (Register  92,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  6-13-2001;  operative 
7-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 

§  4931 .    Use  of  Appraisal  and  Counseling  Materials. 

(a)  An  educational  institution  which  uses  testing  or  other  materials  for 
appraising  or  counseling  pupils  shall  not  use  different  materials  for  pu- 
pils on  the  basis  of  their  sex,  sexual  orientation,  gender,  ethnic  group 
identification,  race,  ancestry,  national  origin,  religion,  color,  or  mental 
or  physical  disability.  The  use  of  materials  that  permit  or  require  the  im- 
permissible differential  treatment  of  pupils  on  the  basis  of  sex,  sexual 
orientation,  gender,  ethnic  group  identification,  race,  ancestry,  national 
origin,  religion,  color,  or  mental  or  physical  disability  is  not  permitted 
unless  such  different  materials  cover  the  same  occupations  and  interest 
areas  and  the  use  of  such  different  materials  is  essential  to  the  elimination 
of  bias  and  discrimination. 

(b)  An  educational  institution  may  use  different  materials  if  they  are 
shown  to  encourage  members  of  any  protected  categories  identified  in 
subdivision  (a)  to  enter  courses,  programs,  activities,  or  occupations 
which  are  not  traditionally  entered  by  the  members  of  the  protected  cate- 
gories identified  in  subdivision  (a). 

(c)  Where  the  use  of  a  counseling  or  evaluation  instrument  results  in 
disproportionate  numbers  of  members  of  one  of  the  protected  categories 
identified  in  subdivision  (a)  above  in  any  particular  course,  program,  ac- 
tivity or  occupation,  the  educational  institution  shall  take  such  action  as 
is  necessary  to  ensure  that  such  disproportionate  numbers  are  not  the  re- 
sult of  discrimination  in  the  instrument  or  its  application. 

(d)  Where  an  educational  institution  finds  that  a  particular  course  con- 
tains a  substantially  disproportionate  number  of  individuals  of  one 


• 


• 


Page  94 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§4962 


• 


group,  the  educational  institution  shall  assure  that  such  disproportion  is 
nol  the  result  of  discrimination  in  counseling  policy  or  practice,  or  ap- 
praisal materials  or  discrimination  by  counselors,  or  any  other  employee 
of  the  educational  institution. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031.  Education  Code;  and  Section 
1  1  138.  Government  Code.  Reference:  .Sections  200  and  230.  Education  Code; 
Section  168 1 ,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  Section  2000d,  Title 42.  U.S.  Code;  and  Section 
106.  Title  34.  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-16-92;  operative  l-l.S-93  (Register  92,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTi;  tiled  6-1 3-2001;  operative  7-13-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001.  No.  24), 


• 


Article  5.    Course  Access 


§  4940.    General  Provisions. 

(a)  A  local  agency  and  its  educational  institutions  shall  not  provide  any 
course  or  otherwise  carry  out  any  of  its  educational  programs  or  activities 
.separately  on  the  basis  of  sex.  sexual  orientation,  gender,  ethnic  group 
identification,  race,  ancestry,  national  origin,  religion,  color,  or  mental 
or  physical  disability  or  require  or  refuse  participation  therein  by  any  of 
its  students  on  such  basis,  including  but  not  limited  to,  agriculture,  health, 
physical  education,  industrial  technology,  business,  career,  vocational 
and  emerging  technical  educational  programs,  home  economics,  work 
experience  programs,  occupational  training  programs,  research  opportu- 
nities, visual  and  performing  arts,  and  adult  education  courses. 

(b)  Portions  of  classes  which  deal  with  human  sexuality  may  be  con- 
ducted in  separate  sessions  for  males  and  females. 

(c)  Local  agencies  and  their  educational  institutions  may  make  re- 
quirements based  on  vocal  range  or  quality  which  may  result  in  a  chorus 
or  choruses  of  one,  or  predominantly  one,  sex. 

(d)  A  local  agency  and  its  educational  institutions  shall  not  permit  any 
course  or  activity  labeling  and  scheduling  which  results  in  the  separation 
of  students  on  the  basis  of  sex,  sexual  orientation,  gender,  ethnic  group 
identification,  race,  ancestry,  national  origin,  religion,  color,  or  mental 
or  physical  disability.  In  educational  institutions  where  students  have  the 
opportunity  to  select  a  specific  activity  for  a  physical  education  course, 
the  course  title  and  description  shall  be  gender  neutral. 

(e)  While  instruction  in  all  physical  education  classes  is  coeducational, 
nothing  in  this  section  shall  prohibit  the  grouping  of  students  during 
physical  education  activities  by  ability  when  assessed  by  objective  stan- 
dards of  individual  performance  without  regard  to  sex  and  all  students  are 
involved  in  the  same  physical  activity  or  conceptual  learning  experience 
at  the  same  time. 

(f)  Recruitment.  An  educational  institution  may  choose  to  undertake 
affirmative  recruitment  efforts  to  overcome  the  effect  of  conditions 
which  resulted  in  limited  participation  in  certain  courses  by  a  particular 
group  of  students  including  but  not  limited  to  math,  science,  emerging 
technologies,  occupational  training,  and  career  vocational  and  technical 
educational  program  courses. 

(g)  Prerequisites.  Nothing  herein  shall  be  construed  to  prohibit  the  use 
of  prerequisites  that  have  been  demonstrated  to  be  essential  to  success  in 
a  given  program  or  course.  If  a  prerequisite  is  not  essential  to  success  in 
a  given  course  or  program,  it  shall  be  abolished  as  a  prerequisite. 

(h)  Required  Courses.  In  determining  required  courses  for  any  student, 
such  determination  shall  be  made  without  regard  to  sex,  sexual  orienta- 
tion, gender,  ethnic  group  identification,  race,  ancestry,  national  origin, 
religion,  color,  or  mental  or  physical  disability,  except  as  otherwise  pro- 
vided in  these  regulations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
1 1 138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  220  and  230.  Education  Code; 
Section  1 68 1 ,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  Section  2000d.  Title  42,  U.S.  Code;  and  Section 
106,  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-16-92;  operative  1-15-93  (Register  92,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  6-13-2001;  operative 
7-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 


Article  6.     Marital  and  Parental  Status 

§  4950.    l\/larital  and  Parental  Status  of  Students. 

An  educational  institution  shall  not  apply  any  rule  concerning  a  stu- 
dent's actual  or  potential  parental,  fainily,  or  marital  status  which  treats 
students  differently  on  the  basis  of  sex. 

(a)  An  educational  institution  shall  not  exclude  or  deny  any  student 
from  any  educational  program  or  activity  including  class  or  extracurricu- 
lar activity  solely  on  the  basis  of  a  student's  pregnancy,  childbirth,  false 
pregnancy,  termination  of  pregnancy  or  recovery  therefrom. 

(b)  An  educational  institution  may  require  a  student  to  obtain  the  certi- 
fication of  a  physician  or  nurse  practitioner  that  the  student  is  physically 
and  emotionally  able  to  continue  participation  in  the  regular  program  or 
activity. 

(c)  Voluntary  Alternative  Prograin.  Pregnant  minors  and  minor  par- 
ents shall  not  be  required  to  participate  in  pregnant  minor  programs  or 
alternative  educational  programs.  Such  minors  who  do  voluntarily  par- 
ticipate in  such  alternative  programs  shall  be  given  educational  pro- 
grams, activities  and  courses  equal  to  those  they  would  have  been  in  if 
participating  in  the  regular  program. 

(d)  Any  educational  institution  shall  treat  pregnancy,  child  birth,  false 
pregnancy,  termination  of  pregnancy  and  recovery  therefrom  in  the  saine 
manner  and  under  the  same  policies  as  any  other  temporary  disabling 
condition. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  232  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  .Section 
1 1 138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Section  230.  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR 
106. 

History 

1.  New  section  tiled  12-16-92;  ope:rative  1-15-93  (Register  92.  No.  51 ). 

Article  7.     Local  Agency  Compliance 

§  4960.     Local  Agency  Responsibilities. 

(a)  Each  school  district  and  county  office  of  education  shall  have  pri- 
mary responsibility  to  ensure  that  its  programs  and  activities  are  avail- 
able to  all  persons  without  regard  to  sex,  sexual  orientation,  gender,  eth- 
nic group  identification,  race,  ancestry,  national  origin,  religion,  color, 
or  mental  or  physical  disability.  Each  local  agency  shall  investigate  com- 
plaints of  unlawful  discrimination  in  its  programs  or  activities. 

(b)  Each  governing  board  shall  have  the  ongoing  responsibility  to  pub- 
licize the  provisions  of  this  Chapter  to  students,  parents,  employees, 
agents  of  the  governing  board  and  the  general  public.  This  policy  shall 
be  posted  in  all  schools  and  offices  including  staff  lounges  and  student 
government  meeting  rooms. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  221 .1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  .Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Section  260,  Education  Code;  Section 
1 1 1 35,  Government  Code;  Section  106,  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations;  and 
Section  98340,  Title  22,  California  Code  of  Regulations. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-16-92;  ope;rative  1-15-93  (Register  92.  No.  51 ). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NoTb  filed  6-13-2001 ;  operative  7-1 3-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  24). 

§  4961 .     Responsible  District  Officer. 

Each  local  agency  shall  identify  a  single  person  as  the  responsible  lo- 
cal agency  officer  for  ensuring  district  or  office  compliance  with  this 
chapter.  Each  announcement  shall  include  the  name,  office  address  and 
office  telephone  number  of  the  responsible  local  agency  officer. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  1 1 138.  Government  Code;  and  Sections  71020 
and  71025,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Sections  1 1 135  and  1 1 138,  Government 
Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-16-92;  operative  1-15-93  (Register  92.  No.  51). 

§  4962.    Compliance  Procedures. 

Compliance  with  the  provisions  of  this  division  shall  be  carried  out  in 
accordance  with  the  complaint  procedures  specified  in  sections  4601 
through  4671  of  this  Title  and  Government  Code  sections  1 1 136  and 
11137. 


Page  95 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


§4963 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  232  and  33031,  Education  Code:  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections  1 1 1 35, 1 1 1 36  and  1 1  1 37,  Govern- 
ment Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-16-92;  operative  1-15-93  (Register  92.  No.  51 ). 


Article  8.     Complaint  Process  Safeguards 


§  4963.    Prohibitions. 

(a)  No  person  from  or  in  the  educational  or  work  environment  of  a  lo- 
cal agency  shall  retaliate  against  a  complainant,  witness,  or  other  person 
who  supports  or  participates  in  a  sexual  harassment  investigation. 

(b)  Any  attempt  to  penalize  anyone  from  or  in  the  educational  or  em- 
ployment environment  for  initiating  a  complaint  through  any  form  of 
retaliation  shall  be  treated  as  a  separate  allegation  of  discrimination. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11 138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Section  212.5,  Education  Code;  Sections 
1 1 135  and  12940(h),  Government  Code;  Section  1681,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  Sec- 
tion 2000d,  Title  42,  U.S.  Code;  and  Section  106,  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regula- 
tions. 

History 

1.  New  article  8  (sections  4963-4965)  and  section  filed  6-13-2001;  operative 
7-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 

§  4964.    Confidentiality. 

All  complaints  or  allegations  of  discrimination  or  sexual  harassment 
will  be  kept  confidential  during  any  informal  and/or  formal  complaint 
procedures  except  when  disclosure  is  necessary  during  the  course  of  an 
investigation,  in  order  to  take  subsequent  remedial  action  and  to  conduct 
ongoing  monitoring. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Secfions  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Section  212.5,  Education  Code;  Sections 
11135  and  12940(h),  Government  Code;  Section  1681,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  Sec- 
tion 2000d,  Title42,  U.S.  Code;  and  Section  106,  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regula- 
tions. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  6-13-2001;  operative  7-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 

§  4965.     Disciplinary  Action. 

Harassment  on  the  basis  of  sex,  sexual  orientation,  gender,  ethnic 
group  identification,  race,  ancestry,  national  origin,  religion,  color,  or 
mental  or  physical  disability  is  a  form  of  discrimination,  and  as  such,  may 
result  in  disciplinary  or  other  action  taken  by  the  local  agency.  In  the  case 
of  an  employee,  such  disciplinary  action  may  include  termination.  For 
students  in  Grades  K-12,  the  disciplinary  consequences  shall  depend  on 
the  ages  of  the  students  and  the  factual  circumstances  of  the  incident(s). 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  221.1  and  33031,  Education  Code;  and  Section 
11138,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Section  212.5,  Education  Code;  Sections 
1 1 135  and  12940(h),  Government  Code;  Section  1681,  Title  20,  U.S.  Code;  Sec- 
tion 2000d,  Title  42,  U.S.  Code;  and  Section  106,  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regula- 
tions. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-13-2001;  operative  7-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  24). 


Chapter  6.    Certified  Personnel 


Subchapter  1.    General  Provisions 


Article  1. 


Code  of  Ethics  of  the  Teaching 
Profession 


History 
1.  Amendment  and  renumbering  of  Article  1  (Sections  5480-5485)  to  Article  7 
(Sections  80130-80132)  of  Chapter  1  of  Part  VIII,  filed  12-16^77;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  51).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77, 
No.  21;  and  Register  70,  No.  17. 


Article  2.    Employment  and  Dismissal 

§  5500.    Statement  a  Condition  to  Employment. 

The  governing  board  shall  not  employ  a  person  in  a  position  requiring 
certification  qualifications  unless  the  person  first  files  with  the  governing 
board  his  statement  in  writing  that  he  has  not  entered  into  a  valid  contract 
of  employment  with  the  governing  board  of  another  school  district  which 
will  in  any  way  conflict  with  his  employment. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  2:  Sections  23919,  33031,  44839  and  44843, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  1  (§§  5500-5504)  filed  9-23-69;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  69,  No.  39). 

2.  Article  1  (§§  5500-5504)  renumbering  to  Article  2  filed  4-22-70;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  17). 

3.  New  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§  5501 .     Filing  of  Notice  of  Employment. 

The  notice  of  employment  required  by  Education  Code  Section  44843 
shall  identify  the  school  district,  shall  be  signed  by  the  authorized  official 
or  officials  of  the  school  district,  shall  be  in  the  number  of  copies  speci- 
fied by  the  county  superintendent,  and  shall  contain  at  least  the  following 
data  for  each  employee: 

(a)  Name. 

(b)  Position  filled. 

(c)  Classification  (substitute,  temporary,  probationary,  permanent). 

(d)  Effective  date  and  terminal  date  of  employment. 

(e)  Rate  of  salary  (per  school  month,  calendar  month,  day,  hour). 

(f)  Major  accounting  class,  as  shown  in  Part  I  of  the  California  School 
Accounting  Manual,  to  which  the  salary  will  be  charged. 

The  notice  may  contain  such  additional  data  as  the  governing  board 
and  the  county  superintendent  agree  upon. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth 

day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  5502. .  Filing  of  Notice  of  Physical  Examination  for 
Employment  of  Retired  Persons. 

The  governing  board  shall  on  or  before  employing  a  retired  person  for 
a  position  described  in  Education  Code  Section  44839.5  require  evidence 
that  he  or  she  has  passed  the  physical  examination  required  by  Education 
Code  Section  44839.5. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44839.5,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
44839.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-1 6-80;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No. 
42). 

§  5503.     Physical  Examination  for  Employment  of  Retired 
Persons. 

(a)  The  physical  examination  prescribed  by  the  State  Board  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  Section  44839.5  is  an  examination  by  a  physician  and 
surgeon  licensed  to  pracfice  in  California  that  will  enable  the  examining 
physician  and  surgeon  to  ascertain  whether  or  not  the  person  is  free  from 
infectious  or  contagious  disease,  including  an  examination  for  tuberculo- 
sis made  in  the  manner  described  in  Education  Code  Section  49406. 

The  physician's  certificate,  showing  that  the  employee  was  examined 
and  that  the  person  was  found  free  from  active  tuberculosis  and  from  any 
other  contagious  or  infectious  disease,  shall  be  filed  with  the  county  su- 
perintendent of  schools  and  a  duplicate  or  photographic  copy  shall  be 
filed  with  the  employing  school  district.  A  notice  from  a  public  health 
agency  or  unit  of  the  Tuberculosis  Association  that  indicates  freedom 
from  active  tuberculosis  may  be  substituted  for  that  part  of  the  physicians 
certificate  relating  to  tuberculosis.  The  examination  shall  have  been 
made  within  six  months  of  filing  of  the  completed  certificate  with  both 
the  county  superintendent  of  schools  and  employing  school  district. 


• 


• 


Page  96 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§5504 


• 


(b)  The  certificate  shall  be  in  substanlially  the  following  form: 

CERTIFICATION  OF  FREEDOM  FROM  CONTAGIOUS  OR 
INFECTIOUS  DISEASE 

I  hereby  certify  that: 

( 1 )  1  am  licensed  to  practice  as  a  physician  and  surgeon  in  California. 

(2)  On  the  date  shown  herein  below  I  examined ,  who  gave 

as  his  (her)  date  of  birth  and as  his  (her)  address.  On 

thai  date  1  found  him  (her)  to  be  free  from  any  contagious  or  infectious 
disease  including  freedom  from  active  tuberculosis. ,  19 

Date 


Physician  and  Surgeon 
The  following  authorization  signed  by  the  person  examined  shall  be 
set  forth  below  the  certificate: 
AUTHORIZATION 


Dr. 


You  are  hereby  authorized  to  give  to  the  State  Board  of  Education,  any 
county  superintendent  of  schools,  the  governing  board  of  a  school  district 
to  which  the  undersigned  has  applied  for  employment,  and  representa- 
tives of  any  of  them,  any  and  all  information  you  may  have  regarding  my 
physical  or  mental  condition,  including  but  not  being  limited  to  the  histo- 
ry, findings,  diagnosis,  treatment  given,  present  condition,  and  progno- 
sis. 
.  19 

Dale  Signature  of  Person  Examined 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44839.5,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
44839.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No.  39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-16-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No. 
42). 

§  5504.    Medical  Certification  Procedures. 

(a)  The  governing  board  of  each  school  district  and  the  county  superin- 
tendent of  .schools  office  shall  provide  a  pre-employment  medical  ex- 
amination form  and  related  information  as  prescribed  in  this  section  to 
persons  being  employed  for  the  first  time  in  a  California  school  district 
or  county  office  in  a  position  requiring  certification  requirements  in  ac- 
cordance with  Section  44839  of  the  Education  Code. 

(b)  The  governing  board  or  office  of  the  county  superintendent  of 
.schools  shall  also  develop  a  brief  statement  of  functions  involved  in  the 
position  for  which  the  applicant  will  be  employed  and  attach  it  to  the 
medical  certification  form  for  the  guidance  of  the  physician.  Functions 
should  be  described  in  terms  of  activities  which  may  be  performed  such 
as:  teaching  physical  education;  being  able  to  readily  move  about  the 
classroom  and  playground;  climbing  flights  of  stairs  or  operating  me- 
chanical equipment. 

(c)  The  governing  board  of  each  school  district  and  the  county  superin- 
tendent of  schools  office  shall  use  the  following  medical  certificate  or  a 
similar  certificate  developed  locally  and  approved  by  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Education: 

CERTIFICATE  OF  MEDICAL  EXAMINATION  OF 

APPLICANTS  FOR  FIRST  EMPLOYMENT  IN  A 

CALIFORNIA  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  OR 

COUNTY  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  SCHOOLS  OFFICE 

School  District;  County  Office 


Name 


Name: 


Last 


First 


Middle 


Address: 


Street 


City 


Zip  Code 


To  the  Physician: 

The  medical  examination  required  of  a  person  employed  in  a  certifi- 
cated position  for  the  first  time  in  a  California  School  District  or  County 
Superintendent  of  Schools  Office  to  determine  freedom  from  any  disab- 
ling disease  unfitfing  the  person  to  instruct  or  associate  with  children 
should  be  evaluated  on  the  basis  of  the  function  which  will  be  required 
of  the  applicant  upon  employment.  A  brief  description  of  functions  is  at- 
tached to  this  form. 

Disabling  disease  should  be  considered  in  terms  of: 

(1)  Evidence  of  lack  of  ability  to  demonstrate  average  physical  and 
emotional  capacity  for  the  functions  involved. 

(2)  Evidence  of  disability  which  periodically  may  disable  the  individ- 
ual; for  example,  rheumatoid  arthritis,  uncontrolled  diabetes,  asthma. 

(3)  Evidence  of  long  term  disability  which  may  progressively  deterio- 
rate; for  example,  malignancy.  Multiple  Sclerosis. 

Details 
Check  Every  Item    YES  NO  (Relate  to  functions  to  be  performed) 

1.  Is  there  evidence  of  disabling  disease  of 
the  musculo-skeletal.  cardio-vascular, 
nervous,  gastro-intestinal.  gen i to-urinary, 
endocrine  systems? 

2.  Is  there  evidence  of  disabling  disea.se 
affecfing  vision,  hearing  or  speech? 


3.  Is  there  evidence  of  disabling  metabolic 
disease? 


4.  Is  there  evidence  of  infectious  disease  in 
a  communicable  stage? 


5.  Is  there  evidence  of  drug  dependency  in- 
cluding alcoholism? 


6.  Is  there  evidence  of  any  other  disabling 
disease? 


On  the  basis  of  my  medical  examinafion  on  (date) , 


the 


above  named  individual  is  free  from  disabling  disease,  except  as  noted 
above,  which  I  believe  unfits  the  individual  to  instruct,  in  the  position  for 
which  application  is  being  made,  or  to  associate  with  children. 

/ 


Signature  of  Physician 


Date 


/ 


Name  of  Physician  (print)      License  # 
To  be  relumed  by  the  examining  physician  directly  to  the  school  dis- 
trict or  County  Office  requesting  the  examination. 

(d)  The  governing  board  of  each  district  or  county  superintendent  of 
schools  office  shall  determine,  on  the  basis  of  informaUon  on  the  medical 
examination  form,  whether  or  not  the  applicant  is  free  from  any  disabling 
disease  unfitting  the  applicant  to  perform  the  functions,  required  in  the 
position  for  which  applicafion  is  being  made,  or  to  associate  with  chil- 
dren. 

(e)  The  governing  board  of  a  school  district  or  the  county  superinten- 
dent of  schools  office  may  require  certificated  employees  to  undergo  a 
periodic  medical  examination  by  a  licensed  physician  and  surgeon  to  de- 
termine that  the  employee  is  free  from  any  communicable  disease  unfit- 
ting the  employee  to  instruct  or  associate  with  children.  Such  examina- 
tion shall  be  at  the  expense  of  the  school  district  and  may  be  recorded  in 
a  locally  developed  medical  refen-al  form. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  44843,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
44843,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-17-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Renumbering  of  Secfion  5505  to  Section  5504  filed  1 1-9-79;  effective  thinieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45).  For  history  of  former  Section  5504.  see 
Register  78,  No.  45. 


Page  97 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§5530 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Subchapter  2.     Duties  of  Certificated  and 
Noncertificated  Personnel 


Article  1. 


Duties  of  All  Certificated 
Personnel 


§  5530.     Moral  Supervision. 

All  certificated  personnel  shall  exercise  careful  supervision  of  the 
moral  conditions  in  their  respective  schools.  The  governing  board,  prin- 
cipals, and  other  certificated  personnel  shall  not  tolerate  any  act  of  a  pupil 
described  in  Section  301. 

History 
1 .  New  Chapter  1  (§§  3530,  5531 ,  5550-5556,  5570  and  5590)  filed  9-23-69  ef- 
fective thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  69,  No.  39). 

§  5531.    Supervision  of  Extracurricular  Activities  of  Pupils. 

All  social  activities  of  pupils,  wherever  held,  if  conducted  under  the 
name  or  auspices  of  a  public  school  or  of  any  class  or  organization  there- 
of, shall  be  under  the  direct  supervision  of  certificated  employees  of  a  dis- 
trict or  an  office  of  a  county  superintendent  of  schools. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
33031(c)  and  33352,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  3-7-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No. 
10). 

2.  New  subsection  (b)  filed  7-30-81;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
81,  No.  31). 

3.  Amendment  filed  8-26-82;  effective  upon  filing  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
Section  11 346.2(d)  (Register  82,  No.  35). 

4.  Amendment  filed  6-29-84;  effective  upon  filing  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
Section  1 1346.2(d)  (Register  84,  No.  26). 

5.  Amendment  filed  8-5-85;  effective  upon  filing  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
Section  1 1346.2(d)  (Register  85,  No.  32). 

6.  Amendment  filed  11-2-88;  operative  12-2-88  (Register  88,  No.  46). 

§  5532.     Employment  of  Noncertificated  Athletic  Coaches. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  35160,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  33352,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-5-85;  effective  upon  filing  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
Section  11346.2(d)  (Register  85,  No.  32). 

2.  Repealer  filed  11-2-88;  operafive  12-2-88  (Register  88,  No.  46). 


Article  2.     Duties  of  Principals 

§  5550.     Principal. 

The  governing  board  of  each  school  district  shall  employ  a  principal 
for  each  school  of  the  district  who  may  also  be  a  teacher.  One  person  may 
be  employed  as  principal  of  more  than  one  school.  In  a  one-teacher 
school  the  teacher  is  the  principal. 

§  5551.     Administration  of  School. 

The  principal  is  responsible  for  the  supervision  and  administration  of 
his  school. 

History 

1 .  Organizational  headings  of  CCR  were  renamed  as  a  result  of  CCR  Reformat 
Project  as  follows:  "Chapter"  was  renamed  to  "Subchapter";  "Division"  was  re- 
named to  "Chapter";  and  "Part"  was  renamed  to  "Division." 

§  5552.     Playground  Supervision. 

Where  playground  supervision  is  not  otherwise  provided,  the  princi- 
pal of  each  school  shall  provide  for  the  supervision  by  certificated  em- 
ployees of  the  conduct  and  safety,  and  for  the  direction  of  the  play,  of  the 
pupils  of  the  school  who  are  on  the  school  grounds  during  recess  and  oth- 
er intermissions  and  before  and  after  school. 


§  5553.    Dissemination  of  Information. 

(a)  The  principal  of  a  school  shall  inform  all  employees  in  the  school 
of  the  provisions  of  Articles  2  and  3  of  Chapter  1  of  Division  2  (pupils). 
He  shall  inform  all  certificated  employees  of  the  provisions  of  this  chap- 
ter. 

(b)The  principal  of  the  school  shall  inform,  or  cause  to  be  informed  of 
the  provisions  of  Articles  2  and  3  of  Chapter  1  of  Division  2  (pupils)  all 
pupils  of  the  school  in  a  way  that  the  principal  deems  appropriate  to  the 
grade  level  of  the  pupils. 

§  5554.    Records  to  Be  Kept  on  File  by  All  Principals  in  the 
Office  of  the  School. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
32001,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

§  5555.    Additional  Records  Kept  by  High  School 
Principals. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfions 
51200,  51269,  60260-60265,  and  60400,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

§  5556.    Reports  to  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section 
10043,  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 


Article  3.    Duties  of  Teachers 

§  5570.    When  School  Shall  Be  Open  and  Teachers 
Present. 

Unless  otherwise  provided  by  rule  of  the  governing  board  of  the  school 
district,  teachers  are  required  to  be  present  at  their  respective  rooms,  and 
to  open  them  for  admission  of  the  pupils,  not  less  than  30  minutes  before 
the  time  prescribed  for  commencing  school. 

All  teachers  shall  observe  punctually  the  hours  fixed  by  regulation  of 
the  governing  board  of  the  school  district  for  opening  and  closing  school. 

Article  4.    Duties  of  District 
Superintendents 

§  5580.    Library  Records. 

The  district  superintendent  (or  principal  if  there  is  no  superintendent) 
shall  keep  or  cause  to  be  kept  the  following  school  library  records: 

(a)  Records  of  the  acquisition  of  all  school  library  materials  which, 
with  reasonable  care  and  use,  may  be  expected  to  last  more  than  one  year. 
Such  records  shall  be  kept  in  a  book  or  card  file  provided  for  the  purpose 
and  shall  include  the  name  of  the  author,  or  other  appropriate  identifica- 
tion, the  title,  and  the  date  recorded. 

(b)  An  index,  by  name  of  author,  title,  and  subjects,  of  all  materials  de- 
scribed in  (a).  If  no  author  is  identifiable,  another  appropriate  entry  may 
be  substituted. 


Article  5. 


Duties  of  Temporary  Athletic 
Team  Coaches 


§  5590.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Temporary  athleUc  team  coach"  as  used  in  this  article  implements 
the  substance  of  Education  Code  Sections  35 179.5  and  44919.  A  "tempo- 
rary athletic  team  coach"  is  a  certificated  or  noncertificated  employee, 
other  than  a  substitute  employee,  hired  to  supervise  or  instruct  interscho- 
lastic  athletic  activities  as  a  temporary  employee  in  a  limited  assignment 
capacity.  The  term  is  applicable  to  a  certificated  employee  who  super- 
vises or  instructs  interscholastic  athletic  activities  in  addition  to  his  or  her 
regular  assignment. 


• 


Page  98 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -  2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  5593 


(b)  An  "athleiic  team"  as  used  in  this  article  is  any  team  participating 
in  any  interscholastic  athletic  competition. 

(c)  An  "interscholastic  athletic  competition"  as  used  in  this  article  is 
an  interscholastic  competition  involving  two  or  more  schools. 

(d)  A  "valid  cardiopulmonary  resuscitation  (CPR)  card"  as  used  in  this 
article  is  an  unexpired  CPR  curd  obtained  by  successfully  completing  ei- 
ther: 

( 1 )  One  of  the  courses  listed  in  Section  1 00026  of  Title  22  of  California 
Code  of  Regulations  (CCR)  (two  options  being  a  course  in  cardiopulmo- 
nary resuscitation  sponsored  and/or  approved  by  either  the  American 
Heart  Association  or  the  American  Red  Cross);  or 

(2)  Subject  to  the  conditions  set  out  in  this  subsection  below,  a  course 
from  an  entity  which,  in  the  judgment  of  the  governing  board  of  the 
school  district,  has  provided  the  individual  with  CPR  training  that  com- 
plies with  the  standards  set  out  in  Article  3  of  Chapter  1.5  of  Title  22  of 
the  CCR,  commencing  with  Section  100019. 

(A)  "Cardiopulmonary  resuscitation"  as  it  is  used  in  this  article  shall 
conform  to  the  definition  of  "cardiopulmonary  resuscitation"  as  defined 
in  Section  10006  of  Title  22  of  the  CCR  entailing  standards  promulgated 
by  the  American  Heart  Association  and  the  American  Red  Cross. 

(B)  An  expired  CPR  or  first  aid  card  can  be  revalidated  in  accordance 
with  the  retraining  requirement  set  out  in  Section  100025  of  Title  22  of 
the  CCR. 

(e)  A  "valid  first  aid  card"  as  used  in  this  article  is  any  unexpired  first 
aid  card  obtained  by  successfully  completing  either: 

( 1 )  One  of  the  courses  Hsted  in  Section  1 00026  of  Title  22  of  the  Cali- 
fornia Code  of  Regulations  (CCR)  (one  option  being  a  course  in  first  aid 
sponsored  and/or  approved  by  the  American  Red  Cross);  or 

(2)  Subject  to  the  conditions  set  out  in  this  subsection  below,  a  course 
from  an  entity  which,  in  the  judgment  of  the  governing  board  of  the 
school  district,  has  provided  the  individual  with  first  aid  training  that 
complies  with  the  standards  set  out  in  Article  3  of  Chapter  1.5  of  Title  22 
of  the  CCR,  commencing  with  Section  100019. 

(A)  "First  aid"  as  it  is  used  in  this  article  shall  conform  to  the  definition 
of  "first  aid"  as  defined  in  Section  100008  of  Title  22  of  the  CCR. 

(B)  An  expired  CPR  or  first  aid  card  can  be  revalidated  in  accordance 
with  the  retraining  requirements  set  out  in  Secfion  100025  of  Title  22  of 
the  CCR. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  35179.5,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  33353.  35179.5  and  44919(b),  Education  Code. 

History 
] .  Renumbering  of  former  Section  5590  to  Section  5580,  and  new  Section  5590 
filed  1 1-2-88;  operative  12-2-88  (Register  88,  No.  46). 

§  5591 .     Supervision  of  Athletic  Team  Activities. 

(a)  All  athletic  team  activities,  wherever  held,  if  conducted  under  the 
name  and  auspices  of  a  public  school  or  of  any  class  or  organization 
thereof,  may  be  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  temporary  athletic  team 
coach.  Effective  July  1 ,  1988,  coaches  shall  meet  the  requirements  of  sec- 
tion 5593. 

(b)  Noncertificated  coaches  shall  have  no  authority  to  give  grades  to 
students. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  35179.5,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  35179.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-2-88;  operative  12-2-88  (Register  88,  No.  46). 

§  5592.     Use  of  Noncertificated  Temporary  Atiiletic  Team 
Coacli. 

The  governing  board  of  any  school  district  may  use  a  noncertificated 
temporary  athletic  team  coach  as  defined  in  Section  5590  to  supervise 
and  instruct  in  interscholastic  athletic  programs  and  activities  subject  to 
the  following  general  conditions: 

(a)  The  district  shall  not  use  any  noncertificated  temporary  athletic 
team  coach  who  has  been  convicted  of  any  offense  referred  to  in  Educa- 
tion Code  Sections  44010,  44011,  or  44424  or  any  offense  involving 
moral  turpitude  or  evidencing  unfitness  to  associate  with  children. 


(b)  The  district  has  on  file  a  v^ritten  statement  from  a  licensed  physi- 
cian or  other  authorized  individual  approved  by  the  district  that  the  non- 
certificated  temporary  athletic  team  coach  is  free  from  tuberculosis  and 
any  other  contagious  disease  that  would  prohibit  certificated  teachers 
from  teaching.  The  statement  shall  be  renewed  every  four  years. 

(c)  The  noncertificated  temporary  athletic  team  coach  complies  with 
Section  5593. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  35179.5,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  35179.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-2-88;  operative  12-2-88  (Register  88,  No.  46). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  subsection  (a)  and  relettenng  fol- 
lowing subsections  filed  1 1-21-91  pursuant  to  section  100,  title!,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  (Register  92,  No.  8). 

§  5593.    Temporary  Atiiletic  Team  Coach  Qualifications  and 
Competencies. 

This  section  applies  to  any  person  serving  at  any  grade  level  as  a  tem- 
porary athletic  team  coach. 

(a)  The  district  shall  determine  whether  a  temporary  athletic  team 
coach  is  knowledgeable  and  competent  in  the  areas  of: 

(1)  Care  and  prevention  of  athletic  injuries,  basic  first  aid  and  emer- 
gency procedures; 

(2)  Coaching  techniques; 

(3)  Rules  and  regulauons  in  the  athletic  activity  being  coached;  and 

(4)  Child  or  adolescent  psychology,  whichever  is  appropriate  to  the 
grade  level  of  the  involved  sports  activity. 

(b)  The  district  shall  establish  a  temporary  athletic  team  coach's  quali- 
fications in  each  of  the  below  specified  four  competency  areas. 

( 1 )  Care  and  prevenUon  of  athleUc  injuries,  basic  sports  injury  first  aid, 
and  emergency  procedures  as  evidenced  by  one  or  more  of  the  following: 

(A)  Complefion  of  a  college-level  course  in  the  care  and  prevention 
of  athlefic  injuries  and  possession  of  a  valid  cardiopulmonary  resuscita- 
tion (CPR)  card;  or 

(B)  A  valid  sports  injury  certificate  or  first  aid  card,  and  a  valid  cardio- 
pulmonary resuscitation  CPR  card;  or 

(C)  A  valid  Emergency  Medical  Technician  (EMT)  I  or  II  card;  or 

(D)  A  valid  trainer's  cerfificauon  issued  by  the  National  or  California 
Athletic  Trainers'  Associafion  (NATA/CATA);  or 

(E)  The  person  has  had  practical  experience  under  the  supervision  of 
an  athletic  coach  or  trainer,  or  has  assisted  in  team  athletic  training  and 
conditioning,  and  has  both  valid  CPR  and  first  aid  cards. 

(2)  Coaching  theory  and  techniques  in  the  sport  or  game  being 
coached,  as  evidenced  by  one  or  more  of  the  following: 

(A)  Completion  of  a  college  course  in  coaching  theory  and  techniques; 
or 

(B)  Completion  of  in-service  programs  arranged  by  a  school  district 
or  a  county  office  of  education;  or 

(C)  Prior  service  as  a  student  coach  or  assistant  athletic  coach  in  the 
sport  or  game  being  coached;  or 

(D)  Prior  coaching  in  community  youth  athletic  programs  in  the  sport 
to  be  coached;  or 

(E)  Prior  participation  in  organized  competitive  athletics  at  high 
school  level  or  above  in  the  sport  to  be  coached. 

(3)  Knowledge  of  the  rules  and  regulations  pertaining  to  the  sport  or 
game  being  coached,  the  league  rules  and,  at  the  high  school  level,  regu- 
lations of  the  CIF. 

(4)  Knowledge  of  child  or  adolescent  psychology  as  it  relates  to  sports 
participafion  as  evidenced  by  one  or  more  of  the  following: 

(A)  Completion  of  a  college-level  course  in  child  psychology  for  ele- 
mentary school  positions  and  adolescent  or  sports  psychology  for  sec- 
ondary school  posiUons;  or 

(B)  Complefion  of  a  seminar  or  workshop  on  human  growth  and  devel- 
opment of  youth;  or 

(C)  Prior  acfive  involvement  with  youth  in  a  school  or  community 
sports  program. 

(c)  The  school  district  superintendent  may  waive  compliance  with  any 
one  or  more  of  the  competencies  described  in  subsection  (a)  provided 


Page  99 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§5594 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


that  the  person  is  enrolled  in  a  program  leading  to  acquisition  of  a  compe- 
tency. Until  the  competencies  are  met,  the  prospective  coach  shall  serve 
under  the  immediate  supervision  of  a  fully  qualified  temporary  athletic 
team  coach. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1  and  35 1 79.5,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  33352  and  35179.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
I .  New  section  filed  1 1-2-88;  operative  12-2-88  (Register  88,  No.  46). 

§  5594.    Local  Board  Certification  of  Athletic  Coaches. 

At  the  first  regular  board  meeting  or  within  30  days  after  selection  of 
a  temporary  athletic  team  coach,  whichever  is  sooner,  the  district  super- 
intendent shall  certify  to  the  local  board  of  trustees  that  the  provisions  in 
Section  5593  have  been  met.  The  board  shall,  by  April  1  of  each  year,  cer- 
tify to  the  State  Board  of  Education  that  the  provisions  of  Section  5593 
have  been  met.  Said  certification  form  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  State 
Department  of  Education. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  35179.5,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  35179.5(b),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-2-88;  operative  12-2-88  (Register  88,  No.  46). 

§  5595.    Recertification  of  Temporary  Athletic  Team 
Coaches. 

Once  a  district  has  determined  that  a  coach  meets  the  provisions  of 
Section  5593,  the  district  may  recertify  the  coach. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  35179.5,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  35179.5.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-2-88;  operafive  12-2-88  (Register  88,  No.  46). 

§  5596.    Code  of  Ethical  Conduct. 

Each  school  district  shall,  no  later  than  90  days  subsequent  to  the  filing 
of  this  chapter  with  the  Secretary  of  State,  implement  the  following  listed 
standards  of  ethical  conduct  for  each  temporary,  probationary,  or  perma- 
nent employee  of  a  school  district  providing  supervisory  and  instruction- 
al services  in  interscholastic  athletic  programs  and  activities.  Any  speci- 
fied person  providing  such  services  to  the  district  shall: 

(a)  Show  respect  for  players,  officials  and  other  coaches. 

(b)  Respect  the  integrity  and  judgment  of  game  officials. 

(c)  Establish  and  model  fair  play,  sportsmanship,  and  proper  conduct. 

(d)  Establish  player  safety  and  welfare  as  the  highest  priority. 

(e)  Provide  proper  supervision  of  students  at  all  times. 

(f)  Use  discretion  when  providing  constructive  criticism  and  when 
reprimanding  players. 

(g)  Maintain  consistency  in  requiring  all  players  to  adhere  to  the  estab- 
lished rules  and  standards  of  the  game  to  be  played. 

(h)  Properly  instruct  players  in  the  safe  use  of  equipment. 

(i)  Avoid  exerting  undue  influence  on  a  pupil's  decision  to  enroll  in  an 
athletic  program  at  any  public  or  private  post-secondary  educational  in- 
stitution. 

(j)  Avoid  exerting  undue  influence  on  pupils  to  take  lighter  academic 
course(s)  in  order  to  be  eligible  to  participate  in  athletics. 

(k)  Avoid  suggesting,  providing,  o  encouraging  any  athlete  to  use  non- 
prescription drugs,  anabolic  steroids,  or  any  substance  to  increase  physi- 
cal development  or  performance  that  is  not  approved  by  the  United  States 
Food  and  Drug  Administration,  Surgeon  General  of  the  United  States  or 
American  Medical  Association. 

(1 )  Avoid  recruitment  of  athletes  from  other  schools. 

(m)  Follow  the  rules  of  behavior  and  the  procedures  for  crowd  control 
as  established  by  the  local  board  of  education  and  the  league  in  which  the 
district  participates. 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  35179.7,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  35179.7,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-2-88;  operafive  12-2-88  (Register  88,  No.  46). 


Subchapter  3.    Rights  of  Certificated 
Personnel 

§  5600.     Duty-Free  Lunch  Period. 

The  duty-free  lunch  period  for  teachers  and  other  certificated  em- 
ployees required  by  Education  Code  Section  44813  shall  be  not  less  than 
30  minutes.  It  shall  be  allowed  as  near  noon  as  is  reasonably  possible. 

If  the  principal  leaves  the  school  premises  during  his  duty-free  lunch 
period,  he  shall  leave  the  vice-principal  or  other  certificated  employee 
in  charge. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Secdon  44813,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  3  (  §§  5600,  5601)  filed  9-23-69;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  69.  No.  39). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  5601 .    Transfer  of  Accumulated  Sick  Leave  of  Certificated 
Employees. 

As  used  in  this  section,  "accumulated  sick  leave"  means  a  leave  of  ab- 
sence for  illness  or  injury  that  is  earned  under  Education  Code  Section 
44978  but  is  unused.  A  transfer  of  accumulated  sick  leave  (1)  from  any 
of  the  following — a  California  school  district,  county  superintendent  of 
schools,  or  the  State  Department  of  Education  to  any  of  the  following — a 
school  district  (except  a  community  college  district),  county  superinten- 
dent of  schools,  or  the  Department  of  Education;  or  (2)  from  the  Commis- 
sion for  Teacher  Preparation  and  Licensing  or  the  Office  of  the  Chancel- 
lor of  the  California  Community  Colleges  to  a  school  district  (except  a 
community  college  district),  or  county  superintendent  of  schools  is  au- 
thorized by  Education  Code  Sections  44979. 44980  and  44982,  provided 
the  certificated  employee  meets  the  eligibility  requirements  stated  there- 
in. The  transfer  shall  be  accomplished  as  follows: 

(a)  The  person  who  accumulated  the  leave,  using  a  form  furnished  or 
prescribed  by  the  State  Department  of  Education,  requests  his  former  em- 
ploying agency  to  send  his  new  employing  agency  a  written  statement  of 
his  accumulated  sick  leave. 

(b)  Upon  receipt  of  the  request,  the  former  employing  agency  forth- 
with transmits  to  the  new  employing  agency  a  statement  of  the  person's 
accumulated  sick  leave  certified  to  be  true  and  correct  by  the  officer  or 
employee  of  the  former  employing  agency  who  is  charged  with  maintain- 
ing employee  attendance  records. 

(c)  The  new  employing  agency  credits  the  person  with  the  accumu- 
lated sick  leave  set  forth  in  the  certified  statement.  Any  transfer  of  sick 
leave  to  the  Department  of  Education  shall  be  subject  to  the  limitations 
specified  by  Education  Code  Section  44982.* 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  44979,  44980  and  44982,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  1 2-21-73;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  73,  No. 
51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 


Refer  to  regulations  affecting  transfer  to  California  Community  Colleges  or  the 
Office  of  the  Chancellor  of  the  California  Community  Colleges.  See  regulations 
adopted  by  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  California  Community  Colleges,  Title 
5,  CAC,  Part  VI. 


Page  100 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§5722 


Subchapter  4.    Grants  of  Financial 
Assistance  to  Certificated  Personnel 


Article  1. 


Scholarship  Grants  for  Teachers 
of  Reading 


§  571 0.    Application  for  a  Scholarship  Grant  for  Teachers 
of  Reading. 

An  application  for  a  scholarship  grant  described  in  Education  Code 
Section  54170  shall  be  made  upon  forms  prescribed  and  furnished  by  the 
State  Department  of  Education.  The  application  shall: 

(a)  Specify  the  institution  which  the  applicant  proposes  to  attend. 

(b)  Specify  the  course  or  courses  in  which  the  applicant  proposes  to 
enroll. 

(c)  State  that  if  the  scholarship  is  granted  the  applicant  will  enroll  for 
credit  in  the  course  or  courses  so  specified  and  will  use  the  money  only 
for  tuition,  living  expenses,  and  other  necessary  educational  costs  at  the 
institution. 

(d)  Specify  whether  the  applicant  will  attend  a  regular  session  or  a 
summer  session,  and.  in  either  case,  the  beginning  and  closing  dales  of 
classroom  work  for  the  session  shown  in  the  catalogue  of  the  institution 
conducting  it. 

(e)  Have  attached  the  statement  of  the  chief  administrative  officer  of 
the  district  in  which  the  applicant  is  employed,  or  by  such  officer  of  any 
other  school  district,  either  that  the  applicant  has  been  nominated,  or  if 
the  applicant  successfully  completes  the  course  described  in  the  applica- 
tion he  will  be  nominated,  for  the  position  of  specialist  teacher  by  the  dis- 
trict and  will  be  employed  by  that  district  during  the  following  school 
year.  (For  this  purpose,  it  is  assumed  that  the  appUcant  will  pass  the  ex- 
amination for  "teacher  specialist.") 

(f)  Have  attached  to  it  a  statement  of  the  salary  at  which  the  applicant 
is  employed,  an  estimate  of  other  annual  income  received,  and  other  in- 
formation regarding  income  and  expenses,  as  a  basis  of  determination  by 
the  Department  of  the  financial  need  of  the  applicant. 

(g)  Include  such  information  as  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion may  specify  as  a  basis  for  determining  the  potential  of  the  applicant 
to  profit  from  the  proposed  course  of  study  and  to  improve  the  reading 
program  in  any  school  in  which  he  is  employed  to  perform  services. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  54171  and  56053.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  56050,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  fded  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77.  No.  39). 

2.  Repealer  of  Article  1  (Sections  5700-5706)  and  renumbering  of  Article  2  (Sec- 
tions 5710-5712)  to  Article  1  filed  1 1-9-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  79.  No.  45). 

§  571 1 .     Review  of  Application;  Recommendation. 

An  application  for  a  scholarship  grant  shall  be  reviewed  by  the  Depart- 
ment. Such  review  and  the  recommendation  of  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction  shall  be  made  on  the  basis  of  the  following  criteria: 

(a)  The  application  is  complete. 

(b)  The  course  or  courses  in  which  the  applicant  proposes  to  enroll  are 
designed  to  improve  the  teaching  of  reading  and  have  been  approved  by 
the  State  Board  of  Education. 

(c)  The  course  or  courses  of  study  in  which  the  applicant  will  enroll 
for  credit  total  at  least  six  semester  hours.  An  application  proposing  en- 
rollment in  a  course  or  courses  totaling  less  than  six  semester  hours  may 
be  accepted  if  the  Department  finds  that  the  course  or  courses  require  an 
amount  of  time  spent  in  classroom  or  other  instruction  equal  to  that  usual- 
ly required  for  six  semester  hours  of  credit  or  that  the  instruction  pro- 
posed will  be  of  sufficient  scope,  sequence,  and  depth  to  compare  favor- 
ably with  the  content  of  courses  for  which  six  semester  hours  are  given. 


(d)  The  need  of  the  district  by  which  the  applicant  is  or  will  be 
employed  for  specialized  programs  in  the  teaching  of  reading  is  great. 

(e)  The  applicant  has  the  potential  to  profit  from  the  proposed  course 
of  study  and  will  make  a  substantial  contribution  to  the  reading  program 
of  any  district  which  he  tnay  serve. 

(f)  The  financial  need  of  the  applicant  is  such  that  he  would  be  unlikely 
to  enroll  in,  and  complete,  the  course  of  study  without  the  aid  of  the  schol- 
arship. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaher  (Register  77.  No. 
39). 

§5712.    Use  or  Return  of  Scholarship. 

Scholarship  money  shall  be  used  only  to  meet  expen.ses  in  connection 
with  attendance  at  colleges  and  universities  approved  by  the  State  Board 
for  purposes  of  Secfion  54171  of  the  Education  Code  and  for  enrollment 
in  courses  approved  by  the  Department. 

If  a  scholarship  is  granted  and  the  $250  is  paid  to  the  applicant,  but  the 
applicant  is.  for  any  reason,  unable  or  unwilling  to  proceed  with  enrol- 
lment and  completion  of  the  course,  the  recipient  of  the  award  shall  repay 
the  $250  to  the  State  Board,  unless  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion shall  find  that  the  recipient  actually  enrolled  in  the  course  but  for  rea- 
sons beyond  his  control  was  unable  to  complete  it. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reeister  77.  No. 

39). 


Article  2.     Loans  to  Teachers  of 

Educationally  Handicapped  Minors  for 

Specialized  Preparation  During  the  Summer 

(Section  56060  Loans) 

§  5720.    Applicable  Provisions  of  Article  1 . 

The  provisions  of  Article  1  of  this  chapter  apply  to  guaranteed  loans 
to  teachers  of  educationally  handicapped  minors  authorized  by  Educa- 
tion Code  Sections  56060  through  56064  (hereinafter  called  Section 
56060  Loans). 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Section  560f)3,  Education  Code.  Issuing  Agency:  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction. 

Hlstory 

1 .  New  Article  3  (§§  5720, 5721 ,  5722)  filed  3-27-70;  effective  thirtieth  dav  there- 
after (Register  70,  No.  13). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Renumbering  of  Article  3  (Sections  5720-5722)  to  Article  2  filed  I  1-9-79;  ef- 
fective thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

§  5721.     Approval  of  Specialized  Preparation. 

The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instrucfion  will  issue,  with  the  applica- 
tion for  a  loan,  a  list  of  institutions  offering  specialized  preparation  that 
he  approves  as  designed  to  develop  competencies  for  teaching  educa- 
tionally handicapped  minors.  The  applicant  shall  choose  specialized 
preparation  at  an  institution  so  listed. 

The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  will  consider  for  listing  only 
colleges  and  universities  that  meet  both  of  the  following  requireinents: 

(a)  They  are  approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  (or  comparable 
agency  in  state  other  than  California)  for  preparing  candidates  for  a 
teaching  credential. 

(b)  They  offer  a  program  of  specialized  preparaUon  in  teaching  educa- 
tionally handicapped  minors  or  porfions  of  such  a  program  in  conjunc- 
tion with  a  program  of  specialized  preparation  for  teaching  physically 
handicapped  or  mentally  handicapped  minors. 

§  5722.    Repayment  of  Loans. 

A  loan  made  pursuant  to  this  article  shall  be  repaid  to  the  Department 
of  Education  in  accordance  with  instructions  on  the  application  form 
(Form  No.  SE-34)  furnished  by  the  Department.  The  loan  shall  be  repaid 
in  five  (5)  equal  annual  installments,  beginning  on  the  first  day  of  July 
following  the  summer  the  recipient  undertook  the  preparation  for  which 


Page  101 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§6000 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


the  loan  was  made,  and  on  July  1  of  each  year  thereafter  until  paid.  For 
good  cause  shown  by  the  recipient,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion may  postpone  the  due  date  of  any  installment. 

In  order  to  receive  the  20  percent  credit  authorized  by  Education  Code 
Section  56063  in  heu  of  payment  of  an  installment,  the  recipient  shall 
present  evidence  that  he  taught  educationally  handicapped  minors  in  the 
California  public  schools  for  the  school  year  immediately  preceding  the 
July  1  when  that  installment  is  due.  For  the  purposes  of  Education  Code 
Section  56063  and  this  section,  a  "year"  of  teaching  means  teaching  for 
the  minimum  school  day  applicable  to  the  level  taught  for  at  least  75% 
of  the  number  of  days  the  regular  schools  of  the  district  were  maintained 
in  the  school  year. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 


Subchapter  5.    Instructional  Time  and  Staff 
Development  Reform  Program 

§  6000.     Definitions. 

For  purposes  of  the  Instructional  Time  and  Staff  Development  Reform 
Program  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  44579-44579.4  the  fol- 
lowing definitions  shall  apply: 

(a)  "Certificated  classroom  teacher"  as  used  in  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 44579. 1  (c)(  1 )  means  an  employee  of  the  school  district  or  county  of- 
fice of  education,  employed  in  a  position  or  positions  requiring  certifica- 
tion qualifications,  whose  duties  require  him  or  her  to  provide  direct 
instruction  to  pupils  in  classrooms  of  the  schools  of  that  school  district 
or  county  office  of  education.  Certificated  classroom  teacher  may  in- 
clude a  substitute  only  if  the  employee  or  employees  whom  the  substitute 
is  replacing  are  not  included  for  purposes  of  the  Instructional  Time  and 
Staff  Development  Reform  Program. 

(b)  "Certificated  teaching  assistant"  as  used  in  Education  Code  section 
44579.1(c)(1)  means  a  classified  employee  of  the  school  district  or 
county  office  of  education  who  possesses  a  certificate  issued  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  10020  and  who  is  assigned  to  work  in  the  clas- 
sroom under  the  immediate  supervision  of  a  certificated  classroom  teach- 
er. 

(c)  "Classified  classroom  instructional  aide"  as  used  in  Education 
Code  section  44579.1(c)(1)  means  a  classified  employee  of  the  school 
district  or  county  office  of  education,  employed  in  a  position  or  positions 
as  defined  in  Education  Code  section  45343  whose  duties  require  him  or 
her  to  assist  certificated  classroom  teachers  in  the  classroom  in  the  super- 
vision and  instruction  of  pupils. 

(d)  "Classroom  instructional  aide  and  assistant"  as  used  in  Education 
Code  section  44579. 1  (c)(2)  means  an  employee  of  a  charter  school  who 
is  assigned  to  assist  a  classroom  teacher  in  the  classroom  in  the  supervi- 
sion and  instruction  of  pupils. 

(e)  "Classroom  teacher"  as  used  in  Education  Code  section 
44579. 1  (c)(2)  means  an  employee  of  a  charter  school  in  a  position  or  po- 
sitions whose  duties  require  him  or  her  to  provide  direct  instruction  to  pu- 
pils in  classrooms  of  the  charter  school.  Classroom  teacher  may  include 
a  substitute  only  if  the  employee  or  employees  whom  the  substitute  is  re- 
placing are  not  included  for  purposes  of  the  Instructional  Time  and  Staff 
Development  Reform  Program. 

(f)  "Core  curriculum  areas"  as  used  in  Education  Code  section 
44579. 1  means  those  areas  of  study  specified  in  Education  Code  sections 
51210(a)  through  (g)  and  51220(a)  through  (j). 

(g)  "Number  of  teacher-days  attendance"  as  used  in  Education  Code 
section  44579.2(a)(3)  means  the  sum  of  the  full  staff  development  days 
of  attendance  of  the  qualified  classroom  teachers,  classroom  instruction- 
al aides  and  teaching  assistants  of  the  school  district,  charter  school,  or 
county  office  of  education. 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  44579.1(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  10020.  41401,  44579-44579.4,  45343,  51210  and  51220,  Educa- 
tion Code. 

History 

1 .  New  subchapter  5  (sections  6000-6001 )  and  section  filed  2-2-98  as  an  emer- 
gency: operative  2-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  6-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day.  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 

2.  Subchapter  5  (sections  6000-6001)  and  section  repealed  by  operation  of  Gov- 
ernment Code  section  n346.1(g)  (Register  98,  No.  43). 

3.  New  subchapter  5  (sections  6000-6002)  and  section  filed  1 0-23-98  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  10-23-98  (Register  98.  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-22-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-23-98  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (e).  transmitted  to  OAL  2-9-99  and  filed  3-25-99  (Register  99,  No.  1 3). 

§  6001 .    Records  of  Attendance. 

"Records  of  attendance"  as  used  in  Education  Code  44579.1(e)  shall 
include  a  certification  by  a  school  district  official  that  the  contempora- 
neous record  of  attendance  correctly  represents  the  full  days  of  atten- 
dance claimed  for  each  of  the  participants  claimed  in  SecUon  6002. 

Each  school  district,  charter  school  and  county  office  of  education  par- 
ticipating in  the  Instructional  Time  and  Staff  Development  Reform  Pro- 
gram shall  maintain  a  certification  of  the  contemporaneous  record  of  at- 
tendance of  the  eligible  participants  who  attended  each  full  staff 
development  day  for  which  the  school  district,  charter  school  and  county 
office  of  education  requests  grant  funding  pursuant  to  Educafion  Code 
secfions  44579-44579.4.  If  a  single  staff  development  day  is  conducted 
over  several  calendar  days,  the  contemporaneous  records  must  evidence 
that  each  eligible  school  district,  charter  school  or  county  office  of  educa- 
tion employee  who  participated  in  the  staff  development  day  was  present 
for  the  equivalent  of  a  full-time  instructional  work  day. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  44579.1(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  44579-44579.4,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  2-2-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-2-98  (Register  98,  No. 
6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  6-2-98  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  11346.1(g)  (Register  98, 
No.  43). 

3.  New  section  filed  10-23-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-23-98  (Register  98, 
No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-22-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-23-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-9-99  and 
filed  3-25-99  (Register  99,  No.  13). 

§  6002.    Method  of  Application  for  Funds. 

To  receive  funding,  eligible  school  districts,  charter  schools  and 
county  offices  of  education  shall  complete  and  file  with  the  California 
Department  of  Education  an  Instructional  Time  and  Staff  Development 
Reform  Program  Application  for  Funding  and  certification  (November 
1998). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  44579.1(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  44579.1  and  44579.2,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  10-23-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-23-98  (Register  98, 
No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-22-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-23-98  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  2-9-99  and  filed  3-25-99  (Register  99,  No.  13). 


Subchapter  6.    Positions  Requiring 
Certification  Qualifications 

History 
Amendment  and  renumbering  of  Chapter  6  (Sections  5800-5802)  to  Article  6 
(Sections  80125-80127)  of  Chapter  1  of  Part  VIII,  filed  12-16-77;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  51).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  69, 

No.  34. 


• 


Page  102 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  6103 


• 


Subchapter  7.     No  Child  Left  Behind 
Teacher  Requirements 


Article  1.     General 


§6100.     Definitions. 

For  purposes  of  No  Child  Left  Behind  (NCLB)  Teacher  Require- 
ments, the  following  definitions  shall  apply: 

(a)  "Advanced  Certification"  means  a  teacher  who  has  achieved  Na- 
tional Board  Certification,  or  has  completed  the  Subject  Matter  Verifica- 
tion Process  for  Middle  and  High  School  Level  Teachers  in  Special  Set- 
tings (VPSS  January.  2007)  as  defined  in  section  6105. 

(b)  "Coursework  Equivalent  to  Undergraduate  Major"  means  thirty- 
two  non-remedial  semester  units  in  a  particular  discipline  from  an  ac- 
credited institution  of  higher  education  shall  constitute  coursework 
equivalent  to  an  undergraduate  major. 

(c)  "Credential"  means  a  Preliminary,  Professional  Clear  or  Life  Cre- 
dential, or  any  teaching  credential  issued  under  prior  statutes,  that  autho- 
rizes a  person  to  teach  in  California  K-12  schools. 

(d)  "Elementary,  Middle  and  High  School"  means  the  local  education- 
al agency  shall  determine,  based  on  curriculum  taught,  by  each  grade  or 
by  each  course,  if  appropriate,  whether  a  course  is  elementary,  middle  or 
high  school. 

(e)  "First  Day  of  School"  is  the  first  day  of  school  that  students  report 
to  the  school  per  the  district  school  calendar. 

(0  "Grade  Span":  The  local  educational  agency  shall  determine,  based 
on  curriculum  taught,  which  grades  shall  be  included  in  the  elementary, 
middle,  or  high  school  grade  spans. 

(g)  "Hard-to-Staff  Setting"  means  a  middle  or  high  school  SRSA 
classroom,  a  middle  or  high  school  special  education  classroom,  or  a 
middle  or  high  school  alternative  education  program,  as  specified  by 
California  Education  Code  section  44865.  Alternative  education  pro- 
grams as  specified  in  California  Education  Code  section  44865  are  lim- 
ited to  the  following:  home  teacher,  hospital  classes,  necessary  small 
high  schools,  continuation  schools,  alternative  schools,  opportunity 
.schools,  juvenile  court  schools,  county  community  schools,  and  district 
community  day  schools. 

(h)  "Hired"  means  a  teacher  is  hired  when  they  accept  employment  at 
the  school  district.  The  date  a  teacher  is  hired  is  not  affected  by  a  change 
of  assignments  or  schools  within  the  district.  The  date  a  teacher  is  hired 
in  a  district  does  not  affect  a  teacher's  "new"  or  "not  new"  to  the  profes- 
sion status. 

(i)  "International  Teacher"  means  a  credentialed  teacher  prepared  in 
a  country  other  than  the  United  States. 

(j)  "Level  1  Professional  Development"  means  training  that  will  pro- 
vide a  teacher  the  requisite  understanding  of  each  set  of  Content  Stan- 
dards for  California  Public  Schools  as  outlined  in  the  corresponding 
Framework  for  California  Public  Schools:  Kindergarten  through  Grade 
Twelve.  At  least  36  hours  in  the  core  subject  for  which  the  teacher  is  be- 
ing certified  is  required  to  substantively  address  subject  matter  content 
at  this  level. 

(k)  "Level  2  Professional  Development"  means  training  that  will  pro- 
vide a  teacher  a  more  in-depth  understanding  than  was  provided  in  Level 
1  of  each  set  of  the  grades  seven  through  twelve  Content  Standards  for 
California  Public  Schools  as  outlined  in  the  corresponding  Framework 
for  California  Public  Schools:  Kindergarten  through  Grade  Twelve  from 
an  advance  standpoint.  At  least  36  hours  in  the  core  subject  for  which  the 
teacher  is  being  certified  is  required  to  substantively  address  subject  mat- 
ter content  at  this  level. 

(/)  "SRSA"  means  Small  Rural  Schools  Achievement  Program  as  de- 
fined in  the  Elementary  and  Secondary  Act  of  1965,  as  amended.  Title  VL 
Parts. 


(m)  "Teacher  New  to  the  Profession"  means  a  teacher  is  new  to  the 
profession  if  they  have  graduated  from  an  accredited  institution  of  higher 
education  and  received  a  credential,  or  began  an  approved  intern  pro- 
gram, on  or  after  July  1 ,  2002. 

(n)  "Teacher  Not  New  to  the  Profession"  means  a  teacher  is  not  new 
to  the  profession  if  they  graduated  from  an  accredited  institution  of  high- 
er education  and  received  a  credential,  or  were  enrolled  in,  or  had  com- 
pleted, an  approved  intern  program  before  July  1 ,  2002. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  12001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.SC 
6319(a)  and  7801(23);  Section  44275.4.  Education  Code:  ElenwiiUin  ami  Scv- 
<^-'/;fl't;n\4(7r?/7965,  as  amended.  Title  VI,  Pan  B;  Improving  TeaeherQualily  Slate 
Grants  Title  11,  Part  A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  January  1 6.  2004:  and  In- 
dividuals with  Disabilities  Education  Act  (IDEA)  of  2004  Federal  Register  of  Au- 
gust 14,  2006. 

History 

1.  New  subchapter  7  (articles  1-6,  sections  6100-6125),  article  1  (section  6100) 
and  section  filed  2-27-2004;  operative  2-27-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (d),  new  subsection  (j)  and  amendment  of  Noil  filed 
11-15-2004;  operative  ll-I. 5-2004  pursuant  to  Govemmeni  Code  section 
1 1.^3.4  (Register  2004,  No.  47). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-21-2008;  operative  6-20-2008  ( Ree- 
ister2008.  No.  21). 


Article  2.    Elementary  Level  Teachers 

§6101.    Elementary  Teachers. 

A  teacher  who  meets  NCLB  requirements  at  the  elementary  level  is 
one  who: 

(1)  Holds  at  least  a  bachelor's  degree,  and 

(2)  Is  currently  enrolled  in  an  approved  intern  program  for  less  than 
three  years  or  has  a  credential,  and 

(3)  Meets  the  applicable  requirements  in  Section  6102  or  6103. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  12001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
7801(23).  20  USC  6319(a)  and  Improving  Teacher  Quality  State  Grants  Title  II, 
Part  A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  December  19,  2002. 

History 
1.  New  article  2  (sections  6101-6104)  and  section  filed  2-27-2004;  operative 
2-27-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2(X)4.  No. 
9). 

§  6102.     Elementary  Teachers  New  to  the  Profession. 

A  teacher  who  meets  the  NCLB  requirements  and  is  new  to  the  profes- 
sion at  the  elementary  level,  in  addition  to  having  at  least  a  bachelor's  de- 
gree and  either  being  currently  enrolled  in  an  approved  intern  program 
for  less  than  three  years  or  holding  a  credential,  must  have  passed  a  vali- 
dated statewide  subject  matter  examination  certified  by  the  Commission 
on  Teacher  Credential! ng,  including,  but  not  limited  to  the  California 
Subject  Examination  for  Teachers  (CSET)  Multiple  Subjects,  Multiple 
Subject  Assessment  for  Teachers  (MSAT),  and  National  Teaching  Ex- 
ams (NTE). 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  12001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
7801(23),  20  USC  6319(a)  and  Improving  Teacher  Quality  State  Grants  Title  II, 
Part  A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  December  19,  2002. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  2-27-2004;  operative  2-27-2004  pursuant  to  Govemmeni 

Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  9). 

§  61 03.    Elementary  Teachers  Not  New  to  the  Profession. 

A  teacher  who  meets  NCLB  requirements  and  is  not  new  to  the  profes- 
sion at  the  elementary  level,  in  addition  to  having  at  least  a  bachelor' s  de- 
gree and  either  being  currently  enrolled  in  an  approved  intern  program 
for  less  than  three  years  or  holding  a  credential,  must  have  completed  one 
of  the  following: 

(1)  A  validated  statewide  subject  matter  examination  that  the  Com- 
mission on  Teacher  Credentialing  has  utilized  to  determine  subject  mat- 
ter competence  for  credentialing  purposes. 

(2)  A  high  objective  uniform  state  standard  evaluation  conducted  pur- 
suant to  Section  6104  and  in  conjunction  with  the  teacher's  evaluation 
and  assessment  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  44662,  to  determine 
the  teacher' s  subject  matter  competence  in  each  of  the  academic  subjects 
taught  by  the  teacher. 


Page  103 


Register  2008,  No.  21;  5-23-2008 


§6104 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  12001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
7801(23),  20  USC  6319(a)  and  Improving  Teacher  Quahty  State  Grants  Title  II, 
Part  A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  December  19,  2002. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  2-27-2004;  operative  2-27-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  9). 

§  6104.    High  Objective  Uniform  State  Standard  Evaluation 
(HOUSSE). 

(a)  The  high  objective  uniform  state  standard  evaluation  shall  consist 
of  HOUSSE  Part  1  and  HOUSSE  Part  2. 

( 1 )  HOUSSE  Part  1  shall  be  a  summation  of: 

(A)  years  of  experience  teaching  in  the  grade  span  or  subject.  In  no 
event  shall  years  of  experience  account  for  more  than  half  of  the  total 
points  necessary  to  demonstrate  subject  matter  competency. 

(B)  core  academic  coursework  in  assigned  grade  span  or  subject, 

(C)  in-depth  standards  aligned  professional  development,  and 

(D)  service  to  the  profession  including  but  not  limited  to  presenter  or 
consultant  of  core  content  area  standards-based  professional  develop- 
ment; core  subject-matter  mentor;  academic  curriculum  coach;  universi- 
ty supervising  master  teacher;  instructor  at  a  regionally  accredited  col- 
lege/university in  content  area/content  methodology;  Beginning  Teacher 
Support  and  Assessment  support  provider  in  the  core  content  area;  pub- 
lished author  on  core  curriculum  area;  national/state  recognition  as  ''Out- 
standing Educator"  in  content  area/grade  span;  leadership  role  in  the  core 
content  area  on  a  high  school  accreditation  team;  facilitator  or  leader  of 
a  local  instructional  materials  adoption  committee  in  the  core  subject 
taught. 

(2)  HOUSSE  Part  2  shall  consist  of  direct  observation  and  portfolio  as- 
sessment in  the  grade  span  or  subject  taught.  HOUSSE  Part  2  will  only 
be  conducted  if  HOUSSE  Part  1  does  not  identify  sufficient  experience, 
coursework,  professional  development  or  service  to  demonstrate  subject 
matter  competence. 

(b)  The  high  objective  uniform  state  standard  evaluation  observation 
and  portfolio  section  (HOUSSE  Part  2)  may  be  conducted  at  the  time  and 
by  the  means  utilized  to  satisfy  Education  Code  section  44662,  except 
that  (1)  subject  matter  shall  be  defined  as  the  State  Academic  Content 
Standards  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  section  60605  for  the  grades  and  subjects  taught,  and  (2)  competen- 
cy shall  be  demonstrated  by  satisfactorily  meeting  standards  3  and  5. 1  of 
the  California  Standards  for  the  Teaching  Profession  adopted  by  the 
Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 44225(a).  The  demonstration  of  subject  matter  competence  shall  in- 
clude one  or  more  of  the  following: 

(1)  Classroom  observation, 

(2)  Demonstration  of  knowledge  of  the  appropriate  grade-level  and 
subject  State  Academic  Content  Standards,  and 

(3)  Portfolio  review  of  lesson  plans  and  student  work  for  one  academic 
period  as  defined  by  the  teacher  setting. 

(c)  Local  educational  agencies  shall  conduct  the  California  High  Ob- 
jective Uniform  State  Standard  Evaluation  (HOUSSE)  by  completing 
Form  1  —  NCLB  Teacher  Requirements:  Certificate  of  Compliance  (re- 
vised December  2007),  Form  2  —  California  High  Objective  Uniform 
State  Standard  of  Evaluation,  CALIFORNIA  HOUSSE,  Part  1  —  As- 
sessment of  Qualifications  and  Experience  (revised  December  2007), 
and  Form  3  —  California  High  Objective  Uniform  State  Standard  of 
Evaluation,  CALIFORNIA  HOUSSE,  Part  2  —  Assessment  of  Current 
Qualifications  through  Classroom  Observation  and/or  Portfolio  Devel- 
opment (revised  December  2007),  as  appropriate.  Forms  1,  2,  and  3  are 
hereby  incorporated  by  reference  into  this  section.  Local  education  agen- 
cies may  attach  completed  forms  containing  the  same  information  as 
Forms  1 ,  2  and/or  3  to  those  forms  rather  than  transcribing  that  informa- 
tion onto  the  applicable  Form  1,  2,  and  3. 

(d)  A  teacher's  supervising  administrator  shall  be  responsible  for 
overseeing  the  high  objective  uniform  state  standard  evaluation,  and 
shall  consult,  if  necessary,  with  a  person  or  persons  knowledgeable  in  the 
State  Academic  Content  Standards  for  the  grade  span  or  subject  for 


which  the  teacher  is  demonstrating  subject  matter  competency.  A  teacher 
must  demonstrate  subject  matter  competency  only  once  for  each  grade 
span  or  subject  taught. 

(e)  If  the  teacher  does  not  satisfactorily  meet  standards  3  and  5. 1  of  the 
California  Standards  for  the  Teaching  Profession  as  part  of  the  NCLB 
evaluation,  then  subject  matter  competency  shall  be  demonstrated 
through  completion  of  the  Peer  Assistance  and  Review  Program  for 
Teachers  or  other  individualized  professional  development  plan,  pur- 
suant to  Education  Code  section  44664,  aimed  at  assisting  the  teacher  to 
meet  standards  3  and  5.1  of  the  California  Standards  for  the  Teaching 
Profession. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  12001.  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
7801(23).  20  USC  6319(a);  Improving  Teacher  Quality  State  Grants  Title  II,  Part 
A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  December  19. 2002;  and  Individuals  with  Dis- 
abilities Education  Act  (IDEA)  of  2004  Federal  Register  of  August  14,  2006. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-27-2004;  operative  2-27-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2004.  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  5-21-2008;  operative 
6-20-2008  (Register  2008.  No.  21). 

§  6105.     Subject  Matter  Verification  Process  for  IVIiddle  and 
High  School  Level  Teachers  in  Special 
Settings. 

(a)  To  use  the  Subject  Matter  Verificafion  Process  for  Middle  and  High 
School  Level  Teachers  in  Special  Setfings  (VPSS,  January  2007),  the 
teacher  must  be  assigned  a  Hard-to-Staff  Setting  as  defined  in  section 
6100(g): 

(1)  Have  at  least  a  bachelors  degree, 

(2)  Have  an  Intern  Certificate/Credential  for  no  more  than  three  years, 
or  a  Credential,  as  defined  in  6100(c). 

(3)  Have  demonstrated  compliance  in  one  NCLB  Core  Academic  Sub- 
ject as  defined  in  the  NCLB  (20  USC  9101  [1 1])  including  elementary 
muluple  subjects. 

(b)  If  a  teacher  has  less  than  32  semester  non-remedial  units  but  at  least 
20  total  or  1 0  upper  division  non-remedial  semester  units  (or  quarter 
unit-equivalent)  in  a  NCLB  core  academic  subject  as  defined  in  NCLB 
section  9101  [1 1  ],  the  teacher  must  complete  a  Level  2  High  Quality  Pro- 
fessional Development  Course  as  defined  in  secfion  6100(k)  in  the 
NCLB  core  academic  subject.  At  least  36  hours  is  required  to  substan- 
tively address  subject  matter  content  at  Level  2. 

(c)  If  the  teacher  has  less  than  20  total  or  1 0  upper  division  non-reme- 
dial semester  units  (or  quarter  unit-equivalent)  in  an  NCLB  core  aca- 
demic subject,  the  teacher  must  complete  a  Level  1  High  Quality  Profes- 
sional Development  Course  as  defined  in  section  6100(j)  and  Level  2 
High  Quality  Professional  Development  Course  as  defined  in  section 
6100(k)  in  the  NCLB  core  academic  subject.  At  least  36  hours  is  required 
to  substantively  address  subject  matter  content  at  Level  1.  In  addifion. 
teachers  must  also  complete  the  Level  2  requirements,  which  include  at 
least  an  additional  36  hours. 

(d)  To  meet  the  high  quality  professional  development  specifications 
for  the  Subject  Matter  Verification  Process  for  Middle  and  High  School 
Level  Teachers  in  Special  Setfings,  (VPSS,  January  2(X)7)  the  profes- 
sional development  will  be  consistent  with  state-adopted  academic  con- 
tent standards,  curriculum  frameworks  and  adopted  texts,  and  will  incor- 
porate the  Assessment  of  Subject  Matter  Competency  as  outlined  in  the 
document  California's  Subject  Matter  Verification  Process  for  Middle 
and  High  School  Level  Teachers  in  Special  Settings  (VPSS,  January 
2007). 

(e)  Teachers  have  up  to  three  years  from  date  of  assignment  as  an  eligi- 
ble teacher  to  complete  the  program. 

(f)  The  superintendent  of  any  district/county  shall  attest  that  the  pro- 
fessional development  offered  for  Level  1  and  Level  2  meets  the  subject 
matter  specifications  as  outlined  in  secfion  6105(b),  (c)  and  (d). 

(g)  The  district/county  shall  make  the  master  list  of  approved  Level  1 
and  Level  2  Professional  Development  available  to  the  public  upon  re- 
quest. 


• 


Page  104 


Register  2008,  No.  21;  5-23-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§6115 


• 


Noir;;  Aiithoritv  cited:  Seclion  12001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
7801(23).  20  use  6319(a):  Improving  Teacher  Quality  State  Grants  Title  II,  Part 
A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  December  19, 2002;  and  Individuals  with  Dis- 
abilities Education  Act  (IDEA)  of  2004  Federal  Register  of  August  14.  2006. 

History 

1.  New  section  llled  5-21-2008;  operative  6-20-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  21). 


Article  3. 


Middle  and  High  School  Level 
Teachers 


§  611 0.    Middle  and  High  School  Teachers. 

A  leaciier  who  meets  NCLB  requirements  at  the  middle  and  secondary 
levels  is  one  who: 

( 1 )  Holds  at  least  a  bachelor's  degree,  and 

(2)  Is  currently  enrolled  in  an  approved  intern  program  for  less  than 
three  years  or  has  a  full  credential,  and 

(3)  Meets  the  applicable  requirements  in  section  6111  or  61 12. 

NOTE:  Authoritv  cited:  Section  12001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
7801(23).  20  use  6319(a)  and  Improving  Teacher  Quality  State  Grants  Title  11, 
Part  A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  December  19,  2002. 

History 

1.  New  article  3  (sections  6110-6112)  and  seclion  filed  2-27-2004;  operative 
2-27-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2004,  No. 
9). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)(3)  filed  6-5-2006;  operative  6-5-2006  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  seclion  1 1343.4  (Register  2006.  No.  23). 

§  61 1 1 .     Middle  and  High  School  Teachers  New  to  the 
Profession. 

(a)  A  teacher  who  meets  NCLB  requirements  and  is  new  to  the  profes- 
sion at  the  middle  and  high  school  levels,  in  addition  to  having  at  least 
a  bachelor's  degree  and  either  being  currently  enrolled  in  an  approved  in- 
tern program  for  less  than  three  years  or  holding  a  credential  in  the  subject 
taught,  must  have  passed  or  completed  one  of  the  following  for  every 
core  subject  currently  assigned: 

(1)  A  validated  statewide  subject  matter  examination  certified  by  the 
Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing. 

(2)  University  subject  matter  program  approved  by  the  Commission 
on  Teacher  Credentialing, 

(3)  Undergraduate  major  in  the  subject  taught, 

(4)  Graduate  degree  in  the  subject  taught,  or 

(5)  Coursework  equivalent  to  undergraduate  major. 

(b)  A  new  special  education  teacher  who  is  currently  enrolled  in  an  ap- 
proved special  education  intern  program  for  less  than  three  years  or  who 
holds  a  special  education  credential,  and  can  demonstrate  subject  matter 
competence  in  mathematics,  language  arts,  or  science,  may  demonstrate 
competence  in  the  other  core  academic  subjects  in  which  the  teacher 
leaches  through  the  High  Objective  Uniform  State  Standard  Evaluation 
contained  in  article  2  section  6104  not  later  than  two  years  after  date  of 
employment. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  12001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
7801(23).  20  USC  6319(a)  and  Improving  Teacher  Quality  State  Grants  Title  II, 
Part  A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  December  19,  2002. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-27-2004;  operative  2-27-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  II. 343 .4  (Register  2004,  No.  9). 

2.  Designation  of  first  paragraph  as  subsection  (a)  and  new  subsection  (b)  filed 
11-15-2005;  operative  11-15-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4(c)  (Register  2005,  No.  46). 

§  61 1 2.    Middle  and  High  School  Teachers  Not  New  to  the 
Profession. 

A  teacher  who  meets  NCLB  requirements  and  is  not  new  to  the  profes- 
sion at  the  middle  and  high  school  levels,  in  addition  to  having  at  least 
a  bachelor's  degree  and  either  being  currently  enrolled  in  an  approved  in- 
tern program  for  less  than  three  years  or  holding  a  credential,  must  have 
passed  or  completed  one  of  the  following  for  every  core  subject  currently 
assigned; 


( 1 )  A  validated  statewide  subject  matter  examination  that  the  Com- 
mission on  Teacher  Credentialing  has  utilized  to  determine  subject  mat- 
ter competence  for  credentialing  purposes, 

(2)  University  subject  matter  program  approved  by  the  Commission 
on  Teacher  Credentialing, 

(3)  Undergraduate  major  in  the  subject  taught. 

(4)  Graduate  degree  in  the  subject  taught, 

(5)  Coursework  equivalent  to  undergrad  major, 

(6)  Advanced  certification  or  credentialing  (National  Board  Certifica- 
tion), or 

(7)  The  high  objective  uniform  state  standard  evaluation  pursuant  to 
article  2.  section  6104. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  12001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
7801(23),  20  USC  6319(a)  and  Improving  Teacher  Quality  Slate  Grants  Title  II. 
Part  A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  December  19.  2002. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-27-2004;  operative  2-27-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  ( 1 )  and  (7)  filed  6-5-2006;  operative  6-5-2006  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  secfion  1 1.343.4  (Register  2006,  No.  23). 

§  6113.    Middle  and  High  School  Teachers  Rural  Flexibility. 

(a)  A  teacher  hired  by  a  small  rural  LEA,  as  defined  by  the  Small  Rural 
School  Achievement  (SRSA)  program,  after  the  end  of  the  200.3-04 
school  year,  to  teach  multiple  subjects  must  meet  NCLB  requirements  in 
at  least  one  core  academic  subject  assigned  but  will  have  three  years  from 
the  date  of  hire  to  obtain  highly  qualified  status  in  all  other  core  academic 
subjects  assigned  to  teach. 

(b)  A  teacher  hired  by  a  small  iTiral  LEA,  as  defined  by  the  Small  Rural 
School  Achievement  (SRSA)  pt-ogram,  before  the  end  of  the  2003-04 
school  year,  to  teach  multiple  subjects  must  meet  NCLB  requirements  in 
at  least  one  core  academic  subject  assigned  but  will  have  until  the  end  of 
the  2006-07  school  year  to  obtain  highly  qualified  status  in  all  other  core 
academic  subjects  assigned  to  teach. 

(c)  In  order  to  use  this  flexibility,  covered  LEAs  will  need  to: 

(1)  provide  high-quality  professional  development  that  increases  the 
teachers'  content  knowledge  in  the  additional  subjects  they  teach;  and 

(2)  provide  mentoring  or  a  program  of  intensive  supervision  that  con- 
sists of  structured  guidance  and  regular,  ongoing  support  so  that  teachers 
become  highly  qualified  in  the  additional  core  academic  subject(s)  they 
teach. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  12001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
7801(23),  20  USC  6319(a)  and  Improving  Teacher  Quality  State  Grants  Title  II. 
Part  A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  August  5,  2005. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  6-5-2006;  operative  6-5-2006  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2006,  No.  23). 

Article  4.    State  Certification  Not  Meeting 
NCLB  Teacher  Requirements 

§  61 15.    State  Certification  Not  Meeting  NCLB  Teacher 
Requirements. 

A  teacher  does  not  meet  the  NCLB  teacher  requirements  for  the  core 
academic  subject  taught  if: 

(1)  Teaching  with  an  Emergency  Permit,  or 

(2)  Teaching  with  state  or  local  waivers  for  the  grade  or  subject  taught, 
or 

(3)  Teaching  as  a  pre-intern  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section 
44305  et  seq. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  12001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
6319(a)  and  7801(23);  Section  44275.4,  Education  Code;  and  Improving  Teacher 
Quality  State  Grants  Title  II,  Part  A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  January  16, 
2004. 

History 

1 .  New  article  4  (section  6115)  and  section  filed  2-27-2004;  operative  2-27-2004 
pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  of  article  heading  and  section  heading,  repealer  of  subsection  (2). 
subsection  renumbering  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  1 1-15-2004;  operative 
11-15-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  secfion  11343.4  (Register  2004, 
No.  47). 


Page  105 


Register  2008,  No.  21;  5-23-2008 


§6116 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  611 6.    Teachers  with  Supplementary  Authorizations  and 
Local  Teaching  Assignment  Options. 

Teachers  who  hold  a  supplementary  authorization  or  are  employed  on 
a  local  teaching  assignment  who  meet  the  NCLB  Teacher  Requirements 
are  those  who: 

(1)  hold  a  California  teaching  credential;  and 

(2)  have  demonstrated  subject  matter  competency  for  the  grade  span 
and  subject  matter  taught. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  12001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
63!9(a)  and  7801(23);  and  Improving  Teacher  Quality  State  Grants  Title  11,  Part 
A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  January  1 6,  2004. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1 1  -1 5-2004;  operative  11-1 5-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  47). 


Article  5.    One-Time  Compliance 

§6120.    One-Time  Compliance. 

Once  a  school  district  has  determined  that  a  teacher  meets  the  NCLB 
Teacher  Requirements  for  the  grade  span  and/or  subject  taught,  that 
teacher  will  not  be  required  to  demonstrate  that  they  meet  the  require- 
ments again  for  the  same  grade  span  and/or  subject  taught,  even  if  they 
are  later  hired  by  another  school  district  in  California. 
NOTE:  Authoritv  cited:  Section  12001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
7801(23),  20  use  6319(a)  and  Improving  Teacher  Quality  State  Grants  Title  II, 
Part  A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  December  19,  2002. 

History 
1.  New  article  5  (section  6120)  and  section  filed  2-27-2004;  operative  2-27-2004 

pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  9). 


Article  6.    Teachers  from  Out-of-State 


§  61 25.    Teachers  from  Out-of-State. 

Teachers  who  have  met  the  subject  matter  competency  requirements 
of  NCLB  in  states  outside  of  California  shall  also  be  considered  to  have 
met  those  requirements  for  that  subject  and  grade  span  in  California. 
California's  credentialing  reciprocity  is  not  affected  by  the  requirements 
of  NCLB. 

The  date  of  issuance  of  a  valid  teaching  credential  issued  by  states  out- 
side of  California  shall  be  used  to  identify  a  teacher  as  new  or  not  new 
to  the  profession  in  California. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  12001,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
6319(a)  and  7801(23);  Section  44275.4,  Education  Code;  and  Improving  Teacher 
Quality  State  Grants  Title  II,  Part  A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  January  16, 
2004. 

History 

1 .  New  article  6  (section  6125)  and  section  filed  2-27-2004;  operative  2-27-2004 
pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  1 1  -1 5-2004;  operative  1 1-15-2004  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  47). 

§  6126.    international  Teachers. 

A  teacher  from  another  country  who  meets  the  NCLB  Teacher  Re- 
quirements is  one  who: 

(1)  Holds  a  degree  from  a  foreign  college  or  university  that  is  at  least 
equivalent  to  a  bachelor's  degree  offered  by  an  American  institution  of 
higher  education. 

(2)  Has  completed  a  teacher  preparation  program  that  meets  the 
California  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  requirements  for  out- 
of-country  trained  teachers. 

(3)  Demonstrates  subject  matter  competency  for  the  grade  span  and 
subjects  taught  through  the  same  or  equivalent  processes  and  methods  re- 
quired of  California  Teachers. 

(4)  Holds  a  California  teaching  credential. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  12001,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC 
6319(a)  and  7801(23);  and  Improving  Teacher  Quality  State  Grants  Title  II,  Part 
A  Non-Regulatory  Draft  Guidance  January  16,  2004. 


History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-15-2004;  operative  11-15-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  47). 


Chapter  7.    Credentials  and  Institutions 
Preparing  Candidates  for  Credentials 


Subchapter  17.    Teacher  Preparation  and 
Licensing  Law  of  1970 

History 
Amendment  and  renumbering  of  Subchapter  17,  Articles  1-5  (Sections 
590(K5991,  not  consecutive)  to  Part  VIII.  Chapter  1,  Articles  1-4  (Sections 
80000-80095.  not  consecutive),  filed  12-16-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  5 1 ).  For  prior  history,  see  Registers  77,  No.  44,  No.  33,  No. 
21,  No.  13;  Registers  76,  No.  49,  No.  43,  No.  25,  No.  21,  No.  17,  No.  12,  No. 
5:  Resisters  75,  No.  27,  No.  25,  No.  16;  Registers  74,  No.  51,  No.  45;  and  Regis- 
ter 73^,  No.  26. 


Subchapter  18.    All  Prior  Credentials  and 
Life  Diplomas  of  Any  Kind  Whatsoever 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  152  and  Chapter  2  of  Division  10,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  131 17-13 119  and  Chapter  2  of  Division  10.  Education 
Code. 

History 

1.  New  Subchapter  18  (§§  6000-6011,  6020,  6025-6035,  6050-6053,  6055, 
6058-6060,  6070-6077,  6080-6085,  6090-6097)  filed  5-31-63;  designated 
effective  1-1-64  (Register  63,  No.  9). 

2.  Transfer  of  Subchapter  18  of  Chapter  1  to  Division  7,  Chapter  1,  with  editorial 
reference  corrections,  but  with  same  section  numbers,  filed  1-14-70  as  an 
emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Register  70,  No.  3).  For  prior  history,  see 
Registers  63,  Nos.  9  and  25;  68,  No.  48;  69,  No.  39. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  3-23-70  (Register  70,  No.  13). 

4.  Repealer  of  Article  1  (Sections  6000-601 1)  filed  3-26-81;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  8 1 ,  No.  13).  For  prior  history,  see  Registers  70,  No.  2 1 ; 
70,  No.  9;  65,  No.  22;  65,  No.  17  and  65,  No.  12. 


Article  2.    Fees 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44225(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
44234,  44280,  44289,  and  44353,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (b),  and  new  subsection  (c)  filed  1 1-29-78; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  48).  For  prior  history,  see 
Register  72,  No.  44. 

2.  Repealer  filed  1-17-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No.  3). 


Article  3. 


Application  for  Credentials  and 
Life  Diplomas 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  44225, 44336  and  44339,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  44225,  44234,  44252,  44335,  44336,  44339  and  44344,  Educa- 
tion Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  of  Article  3  (Sections  6025-6035,  not  consecutive)  filed  3-26-8 1 ;  ef- 
fective thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  81,  No.  13).  For  prior  history,  see  Reg- 
ister 70,  No.  21. 


Article  4.    Health  Standards  Required  of 

Applicants  for  Credentials  Authorizing 

School  Service  in  California 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44225,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
44336,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  of  Article  4  (Sections  6050-6053)  filed  3-26-81;  effective  thirtieth 

day  thereafter  (Register  81,  No.  13).  For  prior  history,  see  Registers  68,  No.  48; 

63,  No.  9;  58,  No.  9;  56,  No.  5;  18,  No.  9  and  Register  3. 


• 


• 


Page  106 


Register  2008,  No.  21;  5-23-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


i}  9501 


Article  5.    Renewal  of  Credentials 

NOTH:  Aiilhority  cited:  Section  44225,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 

44331.  Hducaiion  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  Aiticle  5  (Section  6055)  filed  3-26-81 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  there- 
after ( Recister  8 1 .  No.  1 3).  For  prior  history,  .see  Registers  63.  No.  9  and  6 1 .  No. 
18. 


Article  6.     Life  Diplomas  Based  on  "Prior 
Regular  Credentials" 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44225,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
44254  and  44255,  Education  Code. 

Hlstory 
I.  Repealer  of  Article  6  (Sections  6058-6060)  filed  3-26-81;  effective  thirtieth 

day  thereafter  (Register  8 1 ,  No.  1 3).  For  prior  history,  see  Registers  63,  No.  9; 

61.  No.  18  and  Reeister  3. 


Article  7.     Issuance  and  Denial  of 
Credentials  and  Life  Diplomas 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44225,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
44244.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  Article  7  (Sections  6070-6077)  filed  1-31-80;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  80.  No.  5).  For  prior  historv  see  Registers  78,  No.  45, 

and  73,  No.  3.       '' 


Article  8.    Administrative  Hearing  upon 
Denial  of  an  Application 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44225,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
44244,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  of  Article  8  (Sections  6080-6085)  filed  1-31-80;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No.  5). 


Article  9.    Suspension  and  Revocation  of 
Certification  Documents 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44225,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
44244,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  Article  9  (Sections  6090-6097)  filed  1-31-80;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No.  5). 


Subchapter  18.1.     Credentials  Authorized 

by  the  Licensing  of  Certificated  Personnel 

Law  of  1961 

History 
Repealer  of  Subchapter  18.1  (Sections  6100-6562,  not  consecutive)  filed 
1-1 1-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  2).  For  history  of 
former  Subchapter  18.1,  see  Registers  63,  Nos.  9  and  25;  64,  No.  17;  65,  No.  12; 
66,  Nos.  5  and  23;  67,  Nos.  16, 24  and  38;  68,  Nos.  7, 23,  39, 44  and  48;  69,  Nos. 
3,  16, 20  and  2 1 ;  70,  Nos.  3,  1 3,  25, 29  and  .50;  72,  No.  43;  and  75,  No.  39.  Sub- 
chapter 18.1  originally  tiled  5-31-63;  designated  effective  1-1-64. 


Subchapter  18.2.    Restricted  Credentials 

History 
Repealer  of  Subchapter  18.2  (Sections  6570-6604,  not  consecutive)  filed 
1-1 1-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  2).  For  history  of 
former  Subchapter  1 8.2,  see  Registers  67,  No.  5 1 ;  68,  No.  48;  and  70,  Nos.  3  and 
13. 


Subchapter  18.3.    Internship  Credentials 
Issued  under  the  Teacher  Education 
Internship  Act  of  1967,  As  Amended 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  152  and  13225.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Transfer  of  Subchapter  18.3  of  Chapter  1  to  Division  7.  Chapter  1.  with  same 
section  numbers,  filed  1-1 4-70  (Register  70,  No.  3).  For  prior  history  see  Recis- 
ter 67,  No.  51  and  68,  No.  48. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  3-23-70  (Register  70,  No.  13). 

3.  Repealer  of  Subchapter  18.3  (Sections  6620-6624)  filed  9-2.3-82;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82.  No.  39). 


Subchapter  18.4.    Provisional  and 
Miscellaneous  Credentials 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  Subchapter  18.4  (Sections  6630-6675,  not  consecutive)  filed 
1-1 1-79;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  2).  For  history  of 
former  Subchapter  18.4,  see  Regiiiters  70,  Nos.  25  and  27;  71,  Nos.  25  and'28; 
72,  Nos.  25  and  40;  78,  Nos.  10  and  22. 


Subchapter  19.    Validation  of  Service 
Without  a  Credential 

History 

1.  Redesignation  from  chapter  2  of  part  1  (section  6680)  to  chapter  5  of  part  VIII 
(sections  80600-80606.  not  consecutive)  filed  1-1 1-79;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  2).  For  prior  history,  see  Registers  70,  No.  9  and  68, 
No.  7. 

2.  Editorial  redesignation  only  of  former  chapter  2  to  subchapter  19  due  to  refor- 
matting of  the  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  90,  No.  17). 

Subchapter  20.    Accreditation  of  Teacher 

Education  Institutions  for  Teacher 

Certification  Purposes 

Note:  Authority  cited  for  chapter  3  (sections  6685-6692  and  6694-6699):  Sec- 
fion  13101,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  Editorial  renumbering  of  subchapter  3.5.  sections  800-807  and  820-826,  to  di- 
vision 7,  chapter  3,  sections  6685-^692  and  6694-6699,  respectively  (Register 
70,  No.  9).  For  prior  history,  see  Registers  54,  No.  1 1 ;  No.  12;  and  63,  No.  18. 

2.  Repealer  of  chapter  3  (sections  668.5-6699,  not  consecutive)  filed  9-23-82;  ef- 
fective thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  39). 

3.  Editorial  redesignation  only  of  former  chapter  3  to  subchapter  20  due  to  refor- 
matting of  the  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  90,  No.  17). 

Chapter  9.    Instructional  Materials* 

*For  State  Board  procedures  relating  to  text  books,  see  Div.  20. 

Subchapter  1.    Elementary  Instructional 
Materials 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§  9500.    Definition. 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031, 60401  and  60500,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Secfions  20241(e)(2)  and  60024  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  section  and  N  filed  9-23-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No.  39).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  75,  No.  40. 

2.  Repealer  filed  6-17-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  9501 .    Ownership  of  Materials. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031. 60401  and  60500,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60295  and  60315,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 


Page  106.1 


Register  2008,  No.  21;  5-23-2008 


§9502 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


2.  Repealer  filed  6-1 7-83;  effecfi  ve  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83.  No.  25). 
§  9502.    Loan  of  Instructional  Materials. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60404  and  60300,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60314  and  60315,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-1 7-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  9503.    Distribution  of  Large  Print  Textbooks. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  6-17-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  9504.    Distribution  of  Braille  Textbooks. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60401  and  60500,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  60312,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  6-1 7-83:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  9505.    Purchase  of  In-Service  Training. 

No  cash  allotment  authorized  by  Education  Code  Section  60242(b)  for 
purchase  of  in-service  training  shall  be  expended  for  salaries  or  for  travel 
or  per  diem  expenses  of  district  employees  during  or  attendant  to  partici- 
pation in  such  in-service  training. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
60242(b),  Education  Code. 


History 

1 .  Amendment  tiled  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  New  NOTE  filed  6-17-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 

25). 

§  9506.    Improvement  of  Quality  and  Reliability  Through 
Learner  Verification. 

A  plan  developed  by  a  publisher  or  manufacturer  to  improve  the  quali- 
ty and  reliability  of  instructional  materials  through  learner  verification 
shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  the  following  components: 

(a)  A  design  for  evaluating  the  effectiveness  of  the  materials  in  achiev- 
ing a  positive  impact  on  pupil  learning,  including  the  effectiveness  of  the 
materials  with  diverse  pupil  populations  and  pupils  with  special  needs. 

(b)  A  description  of  the  process  for  the  collection  of  field  testing  data. 

(c)  Provisions  for  input  on  the  materials  from  parents,  teachers,  pupils, 
and  administrators. 

(d)  A  description  of  the  process  by  which  problems  with  the  materials 
will  be  identified  and  a  description  of  the  anticipated  procedures  for  solv- 
ing the  problems. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  60226,  Education  Code;  and  Engelmann  v.  State  Board  of  Education 
(1991).  2  Cal.  App.  4th  47,  50. 


[The  next  page  is  107.] 


• 


Page  106.2 


Register  2(X)8,  No.  21;  5-23-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§9510 


History 
1 .  New  seclion  filed  8-28-%:  operative  9-27-96  (Register  96,  No.  35) 


Article  2.    Adoption  of  Curriculum 
Frameworks,  Evaluation  Criteria  and 
Instructional  Materials  —  Procedures 


§9510.     Definitions. 

For  purposes  of  curriculum  frameworks,  evaluation  criteria  and 
instructional  materials  adoptions,  the  following  definitions  shall  apply: 

(a)  "Adoption  Report"  is  the  final  report  reflecting  the  State  Board  of 
Education's  (SBE)  action  on  instructional  materials  submitted  for  adop- 
tion. 

(b)  "CDE"  is  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(c)  "Content  Standards"  are  those  adopted  by  the  SBE,  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  60605,  et  seq. 

(d)  "Curriculum  Commission"  is  the  Curriculum  Development  and 
Supplemental  Materials  Commission  as  referenced  in  Education  Code 
section  33530. 

(e)  "Curriculum  Commission  Advisory  Report"  is  produced  by  the 
Curriculum  Commission  to  indicate  whether  each  set  of  instructional 
materials  submitted  for  adoption  meets  the  content  standards,  curriculum 
frameworks,  evaluation  criteria,  and  social  content  standards  for  a  partic- 
ular adoption.  The  Curriculum  Commission  Advisory  Report  shall  in- 
clude, at  a  minimum: 

( 1 )  a  recommendation  for  or  against  the  adoption  of  each  set  of  instruc- 
tional materials,  and 

(2)  if  applicable,  a  list  of  edits  and  corrections  that  should  be  made  to 
the  instructional  materials  as  a  condition  of  adoption. 

(0  "Curriculum  Commissioner"  is  an  individual  appointed  to  the  Cur- 
riculum Commission,  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33530. 

(g)  "Deliberations"  means  the  time  set  forth  in  the  Schedule  of  Signifi- 
cant Events  when  Content  Review  Experts  (CREs)  and  Instructional  Ma- 
terials Reviewers  (IMRs)  assemble  into  review  panels  and  meet  in  open 
publicly-noticed  meetings  to  discuss  and  make  recommendations  re- 
garding the  instructional  materials  submitted  for  adoption. 

(h)  "Edits  and  corrections"  are  changes  that  must  be  made  to  submitted 
instructional  materials  to  meet  the  social  content  standards,  to  ensure  ac- 
curacy, or  to  achieve  clarity  and  that  are  minimal  in  number,  and  include, 
but  are  not  limited  to: 

( 1 )  Misquoted  content  standards; 

(2)  Imprecise  definitions; 

(3)  Mislabeled  pictures  or  objects; 

(4)  Grammatical  errors  or  misspellings; 

(5)  Simple  factual  errors; 

(6)  Computational  errors. 

(i)  "Evaluation  criteria"  are  adopted  by  the  SBE  for  the  evaluation  of 
submitted  instructional  materials,  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60005(c)(2). 

(j)  "Executive  Committee"  is  a  subcommittee  of  the  Curriculum  Com- 
mission that  is  comprised  of  the  chairperson  and  vice  chairperson  of  the 
Curriculum  Commission  and  three  other  Curriculum  Commissioners 
chosen  by  the  Curriculum  Commission,  with  the  primary  purpose  of  ad- 
vising the  Curriculum  Commission  on  issues  related  to  internal  gover- 
nance of  the  Curriculum  Commission  and  its  subcommittees  and  adviso- 
ry groups. 

(k)  "Facilitator"  is  a  Curriculum  Commissioner,  former  Curriculum 
Commissioner,  IMR  or  CDE  employee  assigned  by  the  Curriculum 
Commission  to  help  each  IMR/CRE  review  panel  organize  and  reach 
consensus  during  deliberations.  The  SBE  must  approve  the  participation 
of  any  facilitator  who  is  not  a  current  Curriculum  Commissioner.  Facili- 
tators shall  be  trained  by  CDE  staff,  Curriculum  Commissioners,  SBE 
members,  or  other  parties  approved  by  SBE,  during  publicly-noticed 
meetings  prior  to  deliberations. 


(/)  "Free  instructional  materials"  refer  to  instructional  materials  pro- 
vided at  no  cost  by  a  publisher  to  a  county  office  of  education,  district 
board,  elementary  school,  middle  school  or  high  school. 

(m)  "IMR/CRE  Report  of  Findings"  is  compiled  by  CDE  and  contains 
the  determinations  of  all  the  IMR  and  CRE  review  panels  as  to  whether 
the  instructional  materials  reviev/ed  by  each  panel  meet  the  content  stan- 
dards, curriculum  frameworks,  evaluation  criteria,  and  social  content 
standards  for  a  particular  adoption.  The  report  shall  include,  at  a  mini- 
mum: 

( 1 )  a  recommendation  for  or  against  the  adoption  of  each  set  of  instmc- 
tional  materials,  and 

(2)  if  applicable,  a  list  of  edits  and  corrections  that  should  be  made  to 
the  instructional  materials  as  a  condition  of  adoption. 

(n)  "Invitation  to  Submit  Instructional  Materials"  (Invitation  to  Sub- 
mit) is  the  document  prepared  by  the  CDE  for  each  instructional  materi- 
als adoption  that: 

(1)  identifies  the  applicable  content  standards,  curriculum  framework 
and  evaluation  criteria  for  the  adoption; 

(2)  sets  out  the  statutes,  regulations,  and  timelines  that  govern  the 
adoption  process;  and 

(3)  invites  publishers  to  participate  in  the  process. 

(0)  "Learning  Resources  Display  Center"  (LRDC)  is  where  instruc- 
tional materials,  curriculum  frameworks  and  evaluation  criteria  that  are 
submitted  for  adoption  shall  be  available  for  public  viewing,  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  60202. 

(p)  "Period  of  adoption"  is  the  length  of  time  established  by  the  SBE, 
as  set  forth  in  the  Schedule  of  Significant  Events,  that  instructional  mate- 
rials adopted  by  the  SBE  shall  be  available  for  procurement,  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  60200(i). 

(q)  "Publisher"  is  any  company,  person,  or  entity  that  submits  instruc- 
tional materials  for  adoption. 

(r)  "Rewrites"  are  extensive  changes  that  would  need  to  be  made  to 
instructional  materials  in  order  for  them  to  meet  the  content  standards, 
curriculum  frameworks,  evaluation  criteria  or  social  content  standards 
and  include,  but  are  not  limited  to: 

(1)  Revising  a  section,  chapter  or  entire  page; 

(2)  Adding  new  content; 

(3)  Moving  materials  from  one  grade  level  to  another. 

(s)  "Schedule  of  Significant  Events"  is  a  timeline  adopted  by  the  SBE 
for  each  instructional  materials  adoption  that  sets  out  the  dates  for  key 
events  that  will  take  place  during  the  adoption.  The  Schedule  of  Signifi- 
cant Events  is  included  in  the  Invitation  to  Submit  document  and  is 
posted  on  the  CDE  website. 

(t)  "Social  content  standards"  are  those  set  forth  in  the  publication  en- 
titled Standards  for  Evaluating  Instructional  Materials  for  Social  Con- 
tent, 2000  Edition,  incorporated  by  reference. 

(u)  "Standards  and  evaluation  criteria  maps"  are  templates  prepared 
by  the  CDE  and  approved  by  the  SBE  for  each  adoption  that  must  be  com- 
pleted by  publishers  submitting  instructional  materials  for  adoption  and 
are  designed  to  determine  if  instmctional  materials  meet  the  content  stan- 
dards and  evaluation  criteria.  The  standards  and  evaluation  criteria  maps 
are  available  on  the  CDE  website. 

(v)  "Subject  Matter  Committees"  are  subcommittees  of  the  Curricu- 
lum Commission  composed  of  Curriculum  Commissioners,  whose 
members  are  selected  by  the  Curriculum  Commission,  each  with  the  pri- 
mary purpose  of  assisting  the  Curriculum  Commission  in  making  recom- 
mendations on  matters  related  to  a  particular  subject  matter  area  and  shall 
exist  for  the  following  subject  matter  areas: 

(1)  Foreign  Language 

(2)  History-Social  Science 

(3)  Mathematics 

(4)  Physical  Education 

(5)  Reading/Language  Arts/English  Language  Development 

(6)  Science 

(7)  Visual/Performing  Arts 

(8)  Health 


Page  107 


Register  2008,  No.  10;  3-7-2008 


§  9510.5 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  33530,  60010,  60048,  60061,  60200,  60202,  60204  and  60605, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  article  heading  and  section  headina,  new  section  and  amend- 
ment of  Note  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10).  For 
prior  history  of  section,  see  Register  2001,  No.  4. 


§  9510.5.    Internal  Governance  of  the  Curriculum 
Commission. 

The  Curriculum  Cominission,  through  its  own  bylaws,  approved  by 
the  SBE.  shall  provide  for  its  inteinal  governance,  including,  but  not  lim- 
ited to,  the  election  of  its  officers  and  the  establishment  of  its  subcommit- 
tees and  advisory  groups. 

NOTE:  Authonty  cited:  Sections  33031,  60005,  60204  and  60206,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33003  and  60206,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  951 1 .    Curriculum  Framework  and  Evaluation  Criteria 
Committee  Establishment,  Composition  and 
Membership  Qualifications. 

(a)  At  the  SBE's  request,  the  Curriculum  Commission  shall  recom- 
mend a  curriculum  framework  and  evaluation  criteria  to  the  SBE. 

(b)  The  SBE  may  establish  a  Curriculum  Framework  and  Evaluation 
Criteria  Committee  (CFCC)  to  assist  in  the  process  of  developing  a  cur- 
riculum framework  and  evaluation  criteria  for  a  particular  content  field 
and  to  make  a  recommendation  to  the  Subject  Matter  Committee.  Curric- 
ulum Commission  and  SBE  regarding  a  curriculum  framework  and  eval- 
uation criteria. 

(c)  When  the  SBE  requests  that  the  Curriculum  Commission  recom- 
mend a  curriculum  framework  and  evaluation  criteria,  the  CDE  shall 
convene  four  public  focus  groups  of  educators  in  different  regions  of 
California  to  provide  comment  to  the  Curriculum  Commission,  the 
CFCC  (if  established),  and  the  SBE. 

(d)  The  CFCC  shall  be  composed  of  a  minimum  of  9  to  a  maximum 
of  20  members  appointed  by  the  SBE. 

(e)  The  Curriculum  Commission  shall  make  recommendations  to  the 
SBE  on  appointing  CFCC  members  according  to  the  qualifications  stated 
below.  The  SBE  may  also  consider  recommendations  from  CDE.  SBE 
staff,  members  of  the  SBE  and  the  public  according  to  the  qualifications 
staled  below. 

(f)  A  majority  of  CFCC  members,  at  the  time  of  appointment,  shall  be 
teachers  who  teach  students  in  kindergarten  or  grades  1-12  and  have  a 
"professional"  credential  (5  CCR  80001)  under  state  law.  and  meet  the 
definition  of  "highly  qualified"  (20  USC  7801  (23))  under  federal  law.  At 
least  one  such  teacher  shall  have  experience  in  providing  instruction  to 
English  Learners,  and  at  least  one  such  teacher  shall  have  experience  in 
providing  instruction  to  students  with  disabilities. 

(g)  CFCC  members  who  are  teachers  as  described  in  subsection  (f) 
above  shall  have  experience  with,  and  expertise  in.  standards-based 
educational  programs  and  practices  in  the  content  field  under  consider- 
ation. 

(h)  At  least  one  CFCC  member  shall  be  a  Content  Review  Expert 
(CRE)  and  shall  meet  the  qualifications  set  forth  in  section  95 1 2. 

(i)  Other  CFCC  members  may  be  administrators,  parents,  local  school 
board  members,  teachers  not  described  in  the  first  sentence  of  subsection 
(f)  above,  and  members  of  the  public. 

(j)  The  SBE  shall  appoint  CFCC  members  who  are  reflective  of  the 
various  ethnic  groups,  types  of  school  districts,  and  regions  in  California. 

(k)  CFCC  members  shall  receive  training  and  information  during  pub- 
licly-noticed meetings  from  any  of  the  following  as  recommended  by  the 
Curriculum  Commission  and  approved  by  the  SBE: 

(1)  Current  and  former  CDE  staff.  Curriculum  Commissioners,  SBE 
members  and  CREs; 

(2)  Subject  matter  experts  whose  qualifications  are  consistent  with 
those  for  CREs  as  set  forth  in  secrion  9512. 


(/)  CFCC  members  shall  serve  until  they  make  their  recommendations 
to  the  Curriculum  Commission  and  SBE. 

(m)  All  CFCC  members  operate  under  the  guidance  and  at  the  pleasure 
of  the  SBE. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60005.  60200  and  60206,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  33530  and  60204,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  9-1 0-92;  operative  10-12-92.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  pursuant  to  Education  (Tode  section  60004  (Register  92,  No.  37). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Ncm-  filed  8-28-96;  operative  9-27-96  (Register 
96.  No.  35). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  Notl  filed  1-22-2001;  operafive  2-21-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001.  No.  4). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
NoTii  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9512.    Appointment  of  Instructional  Materials  Reviewers 
and  Content  Review  Experts. 

(a)  The  SBE  shall  appoint  Instructional  Material  Reviewers  (IMRs) 
and  Content  Review  Experts  (CREs)  to  serve  as  advisors  to  the  Curricu- 
lum Commission  and  SBE,  in  the  review  of  instructional  materials  sub- 
mitted for  adoption.  At  least  one  CRE  shall  also  be  appointed  to  partici- 
pate on  each  CFCC. 

(b)  The  Curriculum  Commission  shall  make  recommendations  to  the 
SBE  on  appointing  IMRs  and  CREs  according  to  the  qualifications  stated 
below.  The  SBE  may  also  consider  recommendations  from  CDE,  SBE 
staff,  members  of  the  SBE  and  the  public  according  to  the  qualifications 
stated  below. 

(c)  A  majority  of  IMRs,  at  the  time  of  appointment,  shall  be  teachers 
who  teach  students  in  kindergarten  or  grades  1-12  and  have  a  "profes- 
sional" credential  under  (5  CCR  80001 )  state  law.  and  meet  the  definition 
of  "highly  qualified"  (20  USC  7801(23))  under  federal  law,  and  who 
have  experience  with,  and  expertise  in.  standards-based-educational 
programs  and  practices  in  the  content  field  under  consideration.  At  least 
one  such  teacher  shall  have  experience  in  providing  instruction  to  Eng- 
lish Learners,  and  at  least  one  such  teacher  shall  have  experience  in  pro- 
viding instruction  to  students  with  disabihties. 

(d)  Other  IMRs  may  be  administrators,  parents,  local  school  board 
members,  teachers  not  described  in  the  first  sentence  of  subsection  (c) 
above,  and  members  of  the  public. 

(e)  When  the  instructional  materials,  or  curriculum  frameworks  and 
evaluation  criteria,  considered  for  adoption  are  in  a  content  field  other 
than  reading/language  arts  and  visual/performing  arts,  the  CREs  shall 
hold  a  doctoral  degree  in  that  field  or  related  field. 

(f)  When  the  instructional  materials,  or  curriculum  frameworks  and 
evaluation  criteria,  considered  for  adoption  are  (1)  in  the  content  field  of 
reading/language  arts  or  visual/performing  arts,  the  CREs  shall  have  a 
masters  degree  or  higher  in  that  field  and  5  or  more  years  of  experience 
with,  and  expertise  in,  standards-based  educational  programs  and  prac- 
tices in  that  field,  or  (2)  in  the  content  field  of  reading/language  arts,  a 
doctoral  degree  and  expertise  in  "research  on  how  reading  skills  are  ac- 
quired" as  defined  in  Education  Code  section  44757.5. 

(g)  The  SBE  shall  appoint  IMRs  and  CREs  who  are  reflective  of  the 
various  ethnic  groups,  types  of  school  districts,  and  regions  in  California. 

(h)  IMRs  and  CREs  shall  receive  training  and  information  during 
publicly-noticed  meetings  from  any  of  the  following  as  recommended 
by  the  Curriculum  Commission  and  approved  by  the  SBE: 

( 1 )  Current  and  former  CDE  staff.  Curriculum  Commissioners,  SBE 
members  and  CREs; 

(2)  Subject  matter  experts  whose  qualifications  are  consistent  with 
those  for  CREs  as  set  forth  in  this  section. 

(i)  IMRs  and  CREs  shall  serve  until  the  SBE  acts  to  adopt  or  not  adopt 
the  submitted  instructional  materials.  CREs  who  are  appointed  to  serve 
on  a  CFCC  shall  serve  until  the  CFCC  makes  its  recommendations  to  the 
Curriculum  Commission  and  SBE. 

(j)  All  IMRs  and  CREs  operate  under  the  guidance  and  at  the  pleasure 
of  the  SBE. 


• 


Page  108 


Register  2008,  No.  10;  3-7-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§9516 


• 


NOTL-:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031.  60005,  60200  and  60206,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  33330  and  60204.  Bdueation  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  fded  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9513.    Application  Process  for  Curriculum  Framework 
and  Evaluation  Criteria  Committee  Members, 
Instructional  Materials  Reviewers  and  Content 
Review  Experts. 

(a)  At  least  90  days  before  the  seheduled  date  of  appointment  by  the 
SBE,  the  CUE  shall  distribute  application  forms,  approved  as  to  form  by 
the  SBE.  to  becorne  a  CFCC  member,  an  IMR,  or  a  CRE  to  districts, 
county  offices.  Learning  Resources  Display  Centers  (LRDCs)  and  others 
upon  request,  as  well  as  post  the  application  forms  on  the  CDE  website, 
to  ensure  sufficient  time  for  interested  parties  to  complete  and  submit  ap- 
phcations  to  the  Curriculum  Commission. 

(b)  The  CDE  shall  assist  the  Subject  Matter  Committee  and  the  Curric- 
ulum Commission  in  reviewing  all  the  submitted  applications  to  ensure 
applications  are  complete. 

(c)  All  completed  applications,  with  the  exception  of  personal  in- 
formation, shall  be  available  for  viewing  at  the  CDE  and  SBE  during  nor- 
mal business  hours  and  at  every  publicly-noticed  meeting  at  which  the 
applications  are  considered. 

(d)  Prior  to  the  SBE  taking  any  action  to  appoint  applicants,  a  list  of 
the  applicants"  names  and  respective  employers,  if  applicable,  shall  be 
posted  on  the  CDE  website  and  provided  to  the  SBE.  Upon  action  by  the 
SBE,  the  list  shall  be  updated  to  indicate  whether  or  not  each  applicant 
was  appointed. 

NOTE:  Authority  Cited:  Sections  33031,  60005,  60200  and  60206,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  33530  and  60204,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  .3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9514.    Prohibited  Communications. 

(a)  Publishers  or  their  representatives  shall  not  communicate  with  fa- 
cilitators, IMRs  and  CREs,  during  their  tenure,  and  facilitators,  IMRs  and 
CREs.  during  their  tenure,  shall  not  communicate  with  publishers  or  their 
representatives,  about  anything  related  to  the  evaluation  or  adoption  of 
instructional  materials  submitted  for  adoption,  other  than  when  publish- 
ers are  making  presentations  or  public  comment  in  open  publicly-not- 
iced meetings.  When  publishers  or  their  representatives,  or  facilitators, 
IMRs  or  CREs,  make  a  prohibited  communication,  the  SBE  may  take 
corrective  action,  including  disqualification  of  the  publisher,  facilitator 
and  IMR/CRE  from  further  participation  in  the  adoption. 

(b)  Publishers,  or  their  representatives,  shall  not  communicate  with 
Curriculum  Commissioners  about  anything  related  to  the  evaluation  or 
adoption  of  instructional  materials,  other  than  during  the  times  for  public 
comment  in  open  publicly-noticed  meetings,  or  other  than  through  writ- 
ten submissions  addressed  to  all  Curriculum  Commissioners  in  care  of 
the  Executive  Director  of  the  Curriculum  Commission,  between  the  date 
set  forth  in  the  Schedule  of  Significant  Events  when  instructional  materi- 
als are  delivered  to  JMRs,  CREs  and  LRDCs  and  the  date  when  the  SBE 
takes  action  to  adopt.  When  publishers  or  their  representatives,  or  curric- 
ulum commissioners  make  a  prohibited  communication,  the  SBE  may 
take  corrective  action,  including  disquahfication  of  the  publisher  and  the 
Curriculum  Commissioner  from  further  participation  in  the  adoption. 

(c)  Notwithstanding  the  above  prohibitions,  facilitators,  IMRs,  CREs, 
and  Curriculum  Commissioners  may  contact  publishers  for  technical  as- 
sistance in  using  electronic  instructional  materials. 

(d)  Notwithstanding  the  above  prohibitions,  publishers  or  their  repre- 
sentatives may  communicate  with  the  chairperson,  or  designee,  of  the 
Curriculum  Commission  or  the  chairperson,  or  designee,  of  the  Subject 
Matter  Committee  involved  in  the  adoption  during  the  time  set  forth  for 
deliberations. 

Note;  Authority  Cited:  Sections  33031  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  33530,  60200  and  60204,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 


§  9515.      Public  Inspection  of,  and  Comment  on. 

Curriculum  Framework  and  Evaluation  Criteria. 

(a)  Prior  to  recommending  a  curriculum  fratnework  and  evaluation 
criteria  to  the  SBE,  the  Curriculum  Commission  shall: 

( 1 )  direct  the  appropriate  Subject  Matter  Committee  to  consider  the 
draft  curriculum  framework  and  evaluation  criteria  developed  by  the 
CFCC,  if  applicable,  and  submit  its  recommendation  to  the  Curriculum 
Commission; 

(2)  consider  the  recommendation  from  the  Subject  Matter  Committee: 

(3)  approve  a  draft  curriculum  framework  and  evaluation  criteria  and 
make  it  available  for  public  review  and  comment  for  a  ininimum  of  60 
days.  The  CDE  shall  ensure  that  the  draft  curriculum  framework  and 
evaluation  criteria  is  posted  on  the  CDE  website  for  the  entire  period,  and 
available  at  the  LRDCs  during  this  period:  and 

(4)  hold  at  least  one  publicly-noticed  meeting  to  receive  comment  on 
the  draft  curriculum  framework  and  evaluation  criteria  as  referenced  be- 
low. 

(b)  Any  comment  from  a  member  of  the  public  regarding  a  draft  curric- 
ulum framework  and  evaluation  criteria  that  is  received  by  the  Executive 
Director  of  the  Curriculum  Commission  not  later  than  1 4  days  prior  to  the 
date  set  for  the  publicly-noticed  meeting  at  which  the  Curriculum  Com- 
mission is  scheduled  to  consider  whether  to  recommend  the  draft  curricu- 
lum framework  and  evaluation  criteria  to  the  SBE  for  adoption,  will  be 
distributed  to  members  of  the  Curriculum  Commission  not  later  than  3 
days  before  the  meeting.  Notice  of  the  14-day  deadline,  and  the  Execu- 
tive Director's  mail,  email,  and  facsimile  addresses,  shall  be  posted  on 
the  CDE  website  and  at  the  LRDCs  at  least  60  days  before  the  meeting. 

(c)  After  the  Curriculum  Commission  recommends  a  curriculum 
framework  and  evaluation  criteria  to  the  SBE  for  adoption,  the  CDE  shall 
ensure  that  the  recommended  curriculum  framework  and  evaluation  cri- 
teria is  posted  on  the  CDE  website  for  a  60-day  period,  and  available  at 
the  LRDCs  during  this  period,  for  public  review  and  comment  prior  to 
consideration  by  SBE  for  adoption. 

(d)  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  restrict  a  member  of  the  public  from 
directly  addressing  a  state  body  at  any  publicly-noticed  meeting,  orally 
or  in  writing,  relating  to  a  curriculum  framework  and  evaluation  criteria. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031 ,  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60202  and  60204,  Education  Code;  Section  1 1125.7.  Govern- 
ment Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  2.1  (sections  9515-9524)  and  section  adopted  by  the  Department 
of  Education  on  12-5-94.  New  section  submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on 
12-6-94,  effective  12-30-94.  Exempt  from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government 
Code  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  60004  (Register  95,  No.  3). 

2.  New  subsection  (f)  and  amendment  of  NoTt-  filed  12-8-2004:  operative 
1-7-2005  (Register  2004,  No.  50). 

3.  Amendment  relocating  article  2.1  heading  from  section  9515  to  section  9527, 
amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9516.    Public  Meetings  Held  by  the  Curriculum 
Commission  and  the  SBE  Regarding 
Curriculum  Frameworks  and  Evaluation 
Criteria. 

(a)  Prior  to  recommending  a  curriculum  framework  and  evaluation 
criteria  to  the  SBE  for  adoption,  the  Curriculum  Commission  shall  hold 
at  least  one  publicly-noticed  meeting.  To  recommend  a  curriculum 
framework  and  evaluation  criteria  to  the  SBE,  the  Curriculum  Commis- 
sion must  conduct  a  roll  call  vote  with  at  least  9  affirmative  votes  required 
for  the  recommendation,  or  at  least  10  affirmative  votes  required  for  the 
recommendation  when  all  18  coinmissioners  vote. 

(b)  Prior  to  adopting  a  curriculum  framework  and  evaluation  criteria, 
the  SBE  shall  receive  the  recommendation  of  the  Curriculum  Commis- 
sion and  hold  at  least  one  publicly-noticed  meeting. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031, 60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60200  and  60204,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  on  1 2-5-94.  New  section 
submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on  12-6-94,  effective  12-30-94.  Exempt 


Page  109 


Register  2008,  No.  10;  3-7-2008 


§9517 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government  Code  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60004(Register95,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 


§  9517.    Procedures  for  Submitting  Instructional  Materials 
for  Adoption. 

(a)  The  CDE  shall  provide  a  copy  of  the  Invitation  to  Submit  to  every 
publisher  thai  submits  a  request  and  also  make  it  available  on  its  website. 

(b)  Publishers  shall  adhere  to  all  dates  and  times  set  forth  in  the  Sched- 
ule of  Significant  Events,  as  approved  by  the  SBE. 

(c)  On  or  before  5:00  p.m.  on  the  date  specified  in  the  Schedule  of  Sig- 
nificant Events,  publishers  shall  provide  to  the  CDE  a  CD-ROM  and 
hard  copy  containing  the  following  submission  information  (Failure  to 
meet  this  deadline  shall  result  in  disqualification  of  the  instructional  ma- 
terials from  further  consideration  in  the  current  adoption  unless  the  pub- 
lisher can  show  the  CDE  that  there  were  extenuating  and  compelling  cir- 
cumstances involving  natural  disasters  or  independent  carriers  beyond 
the  control  of  the  publisher.): 

( 1 )  A  list  of  all  instructional  materials  that  will  be  submitted  for  adop- 
tion. 

(2)  A  short  narrative  description  of  the  instructional  materials  that  will 
be  submitted.  The  description  should  not  exceed  6  pages,  single  spaced. 

(3)  A  description  of  the  technology  requirements  that  will  be  necessary 
to  review  the  submitted  instructional  materials. 

(4)  Contact  information  for  the  publisher's  primary  contact  for  the 
adoption,  a  California  contact,  and  a  contact  for  technology-based  mat- 
ters. 

(d)  Upon  its  determination  that  the  submission  information  is  com- 
plete, the  CDE  will  request  samples  of  all  instructional  materials  for  eval- 
uation. 

(e)  On  or  before  5:00  P.M.  on  the  date  specified  in  the  Schedule  of  Sig- 
nificant Events,  publishers  shall  provide  to  the  CDE  completed  standards 
and  evaluation  criteria  maps  on  a  CD-ROM  and  in  hard  copy  for  all 
instructional  materials  that  have  been  accepted  for  evaluation. 

(0  On  or  before  5:00  P.M.  on  the  date  specified  in  the  Schedule  of  Sig- 
nificant Events,  publishers  shall  deliver  samples  of  all  instructional  mate- 
rials that  have  been  accepted  for  evaluation  to  the  evaluators  and  loca- 
tions specified  by  CDE.  Failure  to  meet  this  deadline  shall  result  in 
disqualification  of  the  instructional  materials  from  further  consideration 
in  the  current  adoption  unless  the  publisher  can  show  CDE  that  there 
were  extenuating  and  compelling  circumstances  involving  natural  disas- 
ters or  independent  carriers  beyond  the  control  of  the  publisher. 

(g)  Publishers  shall  deliver  all  samples  free  of  shipping,  handling, 
sampling,  or  other  charges. 

(h)  Publishers  shall  include  in  instructional  materials  submitted  for 
adoption,  only  content  standards  approved  by  the  SBE  and  specified  in 
the  evaluation  criteria  for  the  adoption.  Adopted  instructional  materials 
shall  not  include  references  to  national  standards  or  standards  from  other 
states. 

(i)  Publishers  shall  hst,  in  the  teacher's  edition  and/or  in  the  student's 
edifion  submitted  for  adoption,  only  authors,  reviewers,  consultants,  ad- 
visors, field  test  teachers,  and  others  who  actually  contributed  to  the  de- 
velopment of  the  materials  and  the  capacity  in  which  they  served. 

(j)  Publishers  shall  submit  all  instrucfional  materials  in  the  same  physi- 
cal form  that  will  be  offered  for  purchase  during  the  adoption  period  with 
the  following  exceptions: 

(1)  Audio  recordings  may  be  submitted  in  manuscript  form; 

(2)  Artwork  may  appear  in  black  and  white  that  will  ultimately  appear 
in  color  in  the  instructional  materials  offered  for  purchase  during  the 
adoption  period. 

(3)  Alternate  formats  as  described  in  section  9528. 

(k)  Except  as  described  in  sections  9528  and  9529,  publishers  shall  not 
change  or  modify  instructional  materials  after  the  date  specified  in  the 
Schedule  of  Significant  Events  for  delivery  of  instructional  materials  to 
IMRs,  CREs  and  LRDCs.  Instrucfional  materials  changed  or  modified 


after  this  delivery  date  shall  be  disqualified  from  consideration  in  the 
adoption  unless  the  changes  or  modifications  are  approved  by  the  SBE. 

(/)  On  or  before  5:00  p.m.  of  the  date  specified  in  the  Schedule  of  Sig- 
nificant Events,  publishers  shall  submit  to  the  CDE  price  quotations  for 
the  sale  of  completed  instructional  materials,  including  all  transportafion 
costs. 

(m)  Publishers  are  discouraged  from  withdrawing  their  instructional 
materials  from  the  adoption  after  the  materials  have  been  submitted.  Any 
such  withdrawal  may  be  noted  in  the  Curriculum  Commission  Advisory 
Report  and  Adoption  Report. 

(n)  Publishers  shall  not  publicize  in  markefing  materials  any  part  of  the 
IMR/CRE  Report  of  Findings,  Curriculum  Commission  Advisory  Re- 
port or  the  Adoption  Report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60200,  60202,  60204,  60221  and  60222,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  on  12-5-94.  New  section 
submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on  12-6-94,  effective  12-30-94.  Exempt 
from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government  Code  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60004  (Register  95,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph  and  subsections  (h)-(j),  new  subsection  (k)  and 
amendment  of  Note  filed  1 2-8-2004;  operative  1-7-2005  (Register  2004,  No. 
50). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9517.1.    Follow-Up  Adoptions:  Notice  to  Publishers  and 
Manufacturers,  Intent  to  Submit,  Fee,  List  of 
Adopted  Materials.  [Repealed] 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60200,  60201,  60202,  60204,  60206,  60221,  60222  and  60227,  Educa- 
tion Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-8-2004;  operative  1-7-2005  (Register  2004,  No.  50). 

2.  Repealer  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  951 7.2.    Textbook  Weight  Standards. 

(a)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  a  "textbook"  means  a  book  adopted 
by  a  governing  board  for  use  by  students  as  the  principal  learning  re- 
source for  a  course. 

(b)  The  following  maximum  weight  standards  are  in  effect  for  each 
student  textbook  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools: 

(1)  Grades  K-4:  Three  Pounds 

(2)  Grades  5-8:  Four  Pounds 

(3)  Grades  9-12:  Five  Pounds 

(c)  Publishers  and  manufacturers  submitting  textbooks  for  adopfion 
by  the  State  Board  of  Education  for  kindergarten  through  grade  eight  that 
exceed  the  maximum  weight  standards  listed  above  shall  provide  at  least 
one  alternative  for  lighter  weight  materials  with  identical  content.  These 
lighter  weight  altemafives  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  split  vol- 
umes, electronic  editions,  softcover  editions  or  other  alternate  physical 
formats.  The  lighter  weight  alternative  must  be  identified  by  the  publish- 
er when  they  submit  their  textbooks  to  the  California  Department  of 
Education  (CDE)  as  part  of  the  instrucfional  materials  adoption. 

(d)  For  materials  for  grades  nine  through  twelve,  the  availability  of 
lighter  weight  alternatives  must  be  disclosed  to  local  education  agencies 
prior  to  local  governing  board  adopfion  of  textbooks. 

(e)  The  following  are  excepfions  to  the  maximum  weight  standards 
listed  in  subdivision  (b)  above: 

( 1 )  Materials  prepared  in  large-print.  Braille,  or  other  materials  specif- 
ically designed  to  provide  accessibility  for  students  with  disabilities.  This 
includes  the  materials  prepared  by  the  CDE' s  Clearinghouse  for  Special- 
ized Media  and  Technology. 

(2)  Textbooks  that  are  only  used  in  the  classroom,  and  are  not  required 
to  be  carried  home  or  to  other  locafions  by  students,  are  not  subject  to  the 
maximum  weight  standards.  This  exception  does  not  exempt  districts 
from  the  requirements  of  Educafion  Code  section  60119. 

(3)  Textbooks  that  are  primarily  for  use  by  the  teacher  are  not  subject 
to  the  maximum  weight  standards,  unless  students  are  required  to  carry 


Page  110 


Register  2008,  No.  10;  3-7-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  9522 


• 


the  materials  home  or  to  other  locations  as  part  of  the  intended  use  of 
those  textbooks. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
49415,  Education  Code. 

History 
I.  New  section  filed  8-27-2007:  operative  9-26-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  35). 

§  9518.    Social  Content  Standards  for  All  Instructional 
Materials  Adoptions. 

The  social  content  standards  in  the  publication  entitled  Standards  for 
Lvaluatini>  Instructional  Materials  for  Social  Content,  2000  Edition,  ap- 
proved by  the  SBE  on  January  13,  2000.  and  maintained  on  the  CDE 
website  at  http://www.cde.ca.gov/ci/cr/cf/lc.asp,  are  incorporated  in  this 
section  by  reference  and  apply  to  all  SBE  adoptions  of  instmctional  mate- 
rials in  all  subjects. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1 ,  60005,  60048,  60200  and  60206,  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Sections  60040-60044,  60048,  60200  and  60200.2.  Educa- 
tion Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  on  1 2-5-94.  New  section 
submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on  12-6-94,  effective  12-30-94.  Exempt 
from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government  Code  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60004(Register95,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  .section  headins.  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
NoTi;  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9519.    Instructional  Materials  Review  Panels  and 

Curriculum  Commission  Advisory  Report. 

(a)  The  CDE  will  propose  and  the  Curriculum  Commission  shall  ap- 
prove, for  each  adoption  of  instructional  materials,  the  organization  of 
IMRs  and  CREs  into  review  panels,  the  assignment  of  instructional  mate- 
rials to  be  evaluated  by  each  review  panel,  and  the  assignment  of  a  facili- 
tator to  each  review  panel. 

(b)  Each  review  panel  shall  be  composed  of  5  to  15  IMRs  and  CREs, 
of  which  a  majority  must  be  IMRs  who  are  teachers,  as  described  in  the 
first  sentence  of  subsection  (c)  of  section  9512.  and  at  least  1  must  be  a 
CRE. 

(c)  Each  review  panel  must  evaluate  instructional  materials  according 
to  the  SBE  adopted  content  standards,  curriculum  frameworks,  evalua- 
tion criteria  and  social  content  standards. 

(d)  At  the  discretion  of  the  chairperson  of  the  Curriculum  Commis- 
sion, the  chairperson  of  the  Subject  Matter  Committee  involved  in  the 
adoption  or  the  Executive  Director  of  the  Curriculum  Commission,  a 
CRE  or  IMR  with  special  expertise  may  respond  to  questions  raised  by 
review  panels  to  which  the  CRE  or  IMR  has  not  been  assigned. 

(e)  Each  review  panel  shall  decide  which  instmctional  materials  to  rec- 
ommend for  adoption. 

(f)  Each  review  panel  shall  make  recommendations  as  to  edits  and 
corrections  that  should  be  made  to  instructional  materials. 

(g)  Review  panels  shall  not  recommend  rewrites  of  instructional  mate- 
rials. 

(h)  Each  review  panel  is  encouraged  to  reach  consensus  on  recommen- 
dations. If  necessary,  the  panel  will  conduct  a  vote  with  a  simple  majority 
necessary  to  put  forward  a  recommendation. 

(i )  The  recommendations  of  the  review  panels  shall  be  compiled  by  the 
CDE  into  a  document  titled  "IMR/CRE  Report  of  Findings"  that  shall  be 
presented  to  the  Curriculum  Commission.  At  least  10  days  before  the  first 
meeting  of  the  Curriculum  Commission  that  follows  the  issuance  of  the 
IMR/CRE  Report  of  Findings,  the  CDE  shall  distribute  the  IMR/CRE 
Report  of  Findings  to  the  Curriculum  Commission  and  post  it  on  its  web- 
site. 

(j)  The  Curriculum  Commission,  the  CDE,  the  SBE,  or  SBE  staff  may 
call  upon  IMRs  and  CREs  to  assist  the  Curriculum  Commission  or  the 
SBE  in  understanding  how  instructional  materials  meet  the  content  stan- 
dards, curriculum  frameworks,  evaluation  criteria  and  social  content 
standards.  In  the  event  that  it  is  determined  that  other  subject  matter  ex- 
perts should  be  called  upon  to  assist  the  Curriculum  Commission  or  the 
SBE  in  understanding  how  instructional  materials  meet  the  content  stan- 


dards, curriculum  frameworks,  evaluation  criteria  and  social  content 
standards,  such  experts  shall  have  qualifications  that  are  consistent  with 
those  for  CREs  as  set  forth  is  section  9512  and  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
SBE. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031. 60005  and  60206  ,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60200  and  60204  ,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  on  12-5-94.  New  section 
submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on  12-6-94,  eifective  12-30-94.  Exempt 
from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government  Code  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60004(Register95,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  headinc,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  ot 
Note  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9520.    Written  Statements  to  the  Curriculum  Commission 
Regarding  Instructional  Materials  and 
Curriculum  Frameworks  Submitted  for 
Adoption.  [Repealed] 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60004,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  60202,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  on  1 2-5-94.  New  section 
submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on  12-6-94,  effective  12-30-94.  Exempt 
from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government  Code  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60004(Register95,  No.  3). 

2.  Repealer  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9521 .    Public  Comments  Regarding  Content  of 
Instructional  Materials. 

(a)  Oral  and  written  public  comment,  whenever  submitted,  addressing 
the  content  of  instructional  materials  should  specifically  identify  the 
instructional  material  and  page  number  where  the  subject  content  ap- 
pears and,  if  pertinent,  provide  a  reason  as  to  why  the  content  is  inaccu- 
rate or  does  not  meet  the  content  standards,  curriculum  frameworks, 
evaluation  criteria  or  social  content  standards  and,  if  pertinent,  suggest 
a  correction  to  the  identified  problem. 

(b)  Any  written  comment  from  a  member  of  the  public  regarding  the 
content  of  instructional  materials  that  is  received  by  the  Executive  Direc- 
tor of  the  Curriculum  Commission  not  less  than  14  days  prior  to  the  first 
date  set  for  review  panel  deliberations  in  the  Schedule  of  Significant 
Events,  will  be  distributed  to  the  review  panel  that  is  reviewing  the 
instructional  material  that  is  the  subject  of  the  comment  not  less  than  7 
days  before  the  first  day  of  deliberations.  Nofice  of  these  deadlines,  and 
the  Executive  Director's  mail,  email,  and  facsimile  addresses,  shall  be 
posted  on  the  CDE  website  and  at  the  LRDCs  on  the  date  when  instruc- 
tional materials  being  submitted  for  adoption  are  to  be  delivered  to  the 
LRDCs. 

(c)  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  restrict  a  member  of  the  public  from 
directly  addressing  a  state  body,  orally  or  in  writing,  at  any  publicly- 
noticed  meeting  relating  to  the  adoption  of  instructional  materials. 

(d)  During  each  day  of  deliberations  there  shall  be  at  least  two  opportu- 
nities for  public  comment. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33013,  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Secnons  60200  and  60202  ,  Education  Code;  Section  ]  11 25.7,  Govern- 
ment Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  on  1 2-5-94.  New  .section 
submitted  to  OAL  for  priming  only  on  12-6-94,  effective  12-30-94.  Exempt 
from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government  Code  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60004  (Register  95,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9522.    Presentation  of  Public  Testimony. 

At  or  before  any  public  meeting  related  to  the  evaluation  or  adoption 
of  a  curriculum  framework,  evaluation  criteria,  or  instructional  materi- 
als, at  which  oral  comments  from  the  public  are  to  be  received,  the  chair- 
person or  presiding  member  of  the  hearing  body  shall  determine  the  total 
amount  of  time  that  will  be  devoted  to  hearing  oral  comments,  and  may 
determine  the  time  to  be  allotted  to  each  person  or  to  each  side  of  an  issue. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031. 60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  60200,  Education  Code;  Section  1 1 125.7,  Government  Code. 


Page  111 


Register  2008,  No.  10;  3-7-2008 


§9523 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


History 

1 .  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  on  12-5-94.  New  section 
submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on  12-6-94,  effective  12-30-94.  Exempt 
from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government  Code  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60004  (Register  95,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9523.     Display  of  Instructional  Materials  for  Public 
Inspection. 

(a)  On  or  before  the  delivery  date  designated  in  the  Schedule  of  Signif- 
icant Events,  publishers  shall  send  instructional  iTiaterials  that  are  being 
submitted  for  adoption  to  LRDCs  at  the  addresses  indicated  in  the  Invita- 
tion to  Submit.  Instructional  materials  that  are  submitted  for  adoption 
shall  be  displayed  at  the  LRDCs  at  least  until  the  date  the  SBE  adopts 
instructional  materials. 

(b)  Beginning  with  the  first  adoption  that  takes  place  after  the  Reading/ 
Language  Arts  adoption  that  is  currently  scheduled  to  be  completed  in 
November  2008,  on  or  before  the  delivery  date  designated  in  the  schedule 
of  significant  events,  publishers  shall  also  provide  CDE  with  a  URL  to 
those  instructional  materials  intended  for  student  use  that  are  being  sub- 
mitted for  adoption,  and  the  CDE  shall  post  on  its  website  direct  hyper- 
links to  the  URLs  provided  by  the  publishers.  Tlie  instructional  materials 
posted  on  each  publisher's  website  shall  be  identical  to  the  hard  copy  ver- 
sion of  the  instructional  materials  submitted  for  adoption,  except  that 
copyrighted  items  that  do  not  allow  for  posting  online  may  be  omitted 
and  replaced  by  a  description  of  the  omitted  item,  and  any  online  features 
that  are  absent  from  the  hard  copy  version  shall  be  identified. 

(c)  LRDCs  shall  ensure  that  instructional  materials  received  are  on  dis- 
play within  three  weeks  after  the  date  of  receipt  unless  circumstances  be- 
yond the  control  of  the  LRDC  prevent  such  display,  in  which  case  the 
instructional  materials  will  be  displayed  within  a  reasonable  amount  of 
time. 

(d)  Instructional  materials  adopted  by  the  SBE  shall  be  available  at 
LRDCs  for  a  minimum  of  two  years  after  the  date  of  adoption. 
Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60005  ,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60202  and  60200(h),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  on  12-5-94.  New  section 
submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on  12-6-94,  effective  12-30-94.  Exempt 
from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government  Code  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60004  (Register  95,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9524.     Public  Meetings  Held  by  the  Curriculum 

Commission  and  the  State  Board  of  Education 
Regarding  Instructional  Materials. 

(a)  Prior  to  recommending  instructional  materials  to  the  SBE  for  adop- 
tion, the  Curriculum  Commission  shall  do  the  following: 

(1)  Not  more  than  30  days  after  the  issuance  of  the  IMR/CRE  Report 
of  Findings,  the  Curriculum  Commission  shall  hold  a  publicly-noticed 
meeting  during  which  any  interested  party  may  provide  the  Curriculum 
Commission  with  written  or  oral  comments  regarding  the  submitted 
instructional  materials  and/or  the  recommendations  contained  in  the 
IMR/CRE  Report  of  Findings.  The  primary  purpose  of  this  pubUcly-not- 
iced  meeting  is  to  afford  the  Curriculum  Commission  an  opportunity  to 
receive  comment  from  those  who  disagree  with  any  part  of  the  IMR/CRE 
Report  of  Findings.  The  complaining  party,  and  any  interested  party  ad- 
verse to  the  complaining  party,  shall  be  provided  a  full  and  fair  opportuni- 
ty to  present  comments. 

(2)  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  prevent  the  Curriculum  Commission 
from  having  additional  publicly-noticed  meetings  that  the  Curriculum 
Commission  deems  necessary  to  receive  additional  input  from  members 
of  the  public  or  to  utilize  IMRs,  CREs  or  other  content  experts  as  pro- 
vided for  in  section  9519(j). 

(3)  Curriculum  Commissioners  must  evaluate  instructional  materials 
according  to  the  SBE  adopted  content  standards,  curriculum  frame- 
works, evaluation  criteria,  and  social  content  standards 


(4)  Not  less  than  30  days  after  the  Curriculum  Commission  meeting 
discussed  in  subdivision  (a)(l )  above,  the  Curriculum  Commission  will 
hold  a  publicly-noticed  meeting  at  which  time  it  will  adopt  its  recom- 
mendations to  the  SBE  regarding  instructional  materials,  and  edits  and 
corrections.  To  adopt  its  recommendations,  the  Curriculum  Commission 
must  conduct  a  roll  call  vote  with  at  least  9  affirmative  votes  required  for 
the  recommendations,  or  at  least  1 0  affirmative  votes  required  for  the  rec- 
ommendations when  all  18  commissioners  vote. 

(5)  The  Curriculum  Commission's  recommendations  shall  be  com- 
piled into  a  document  titled  "Curriculum  Commission  Advisory  Report." 
Those  recommendations  may  be  different  than  those  of  the  review  panels 
as  contained  in  the  IMR/CRE  Report  of  Findings.  The  Curriculum  Com- 
mission shall  not  recommend  rewrites  of  instructional  materials.  The 
Curriculum  Commission  Advisory  Report  shall  be  presented  to  the  SBE 
along  with  the  IMR/CRE  Report  of  Findings. 

(b)  Following  the  Curriculum  Commission  meetings  described  above, 
the  SBE  will  hold  at  least  one  publicly-noticed  meeting  before  adopting 
both  instructional  materials  and  edits  and  corrections  and  issuing  its 
Adoption  Report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031.  60005  and  60206,  Educafion  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60200,  60203  and  60204,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  on  12-5-94.  New  section 
submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on  12-6-94,  effective  12-30-94.  Exempt 
from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government  Code  pursuant  to  Educafion  Code  section 
60004(Register95,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9525.     Post  Adoption  Edits  and  Corrections  Procedures. 

(a)  Following  the  action  of  the  SBE  on  a  specific  instructional  materi- 
als adoption,  CDE  staff  will  notify  publishers,  in  writing,  of  any  edits  and 
corrections  adopted  by  the  SBE. 

(b)  Within  60  days  of  the  SBE  adopting  instructional  materials  and 
edits  and  corrections,  publishers  shall  provide  to  the  CDE  copies  of  re- 
vised instructional  materials,  or  relevant  portions  thereof,  that  reflect  all 
edits  and  corrections  required  by  the  SBE.  If  the  publisher  can  show  that 
circumstances  beyond  its  control  prevented  it  from  delivering  the  revised 
instructional  materials  within  the  60  day  period,  the  CDE  may  grant  a  rea- 
sonable extension  to  the  publisher. 

(c)  CDE  staff  will  schedule  individual  meetings  with  each  publisher 
to  discuss  edits  and  corrections,  at  which  time  publishers  will  be  provided 
an  opportunity  to  show  that  the  adopted  edits  and  corrections  have  been 
made  to  the  revised  instructional  materials. 

(d)  Under  direction  from  the  SBE,  CDE  staff  may  work  with  Curricu- 
lum Commissioners  or  CREs  to  evaluate  whether  publishers  have  made 
the  adopted  edits  and  corrections  to  their  revised  instructional  materials. 

(e)  Upon  completion  of  this  evaluation,  CDE  staff  will  notify  each 
publisher  whether  the  revised  instructional  materials  comply  with  the 
SBE's  action  or  whether  additional  revisions  need  to  be  made.  Within  60 
days  of  this  notification,  publishers  shall  provide  to  the  CDE  copies  of 
final  printed  instructional  materials  that  reflect  all  edits  and  corrections 
required  by  the  SBE.  If  the  publisher  can  show  that  circumstances  be- 
yond its  control  prevented  it  from  delivering  final  printed  instructional 
materials  within  the  60  day  period,  the  CDE  may  grant  a  reasonable  ex- 
tension to  the  publisher. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60005  and  60206,  Educafion  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  60200,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

Article  2.1 .      Acquisition  of  Adopted 
Instructional  Materials 

§  9527.    Free  Instructional  Materials. 

(a)  In  order  to  comply  with  the  statutory  requirement  that  publishers 
provide  any  instructional  materials  free  of  charge  in  this  state  to  the  same 
extent  as  that  received  by  any  state  or  school  district  in  the  United  States, 


Page  112 


Register  2008,  No.  10;  3-7-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§9531 


publishers  shall  post  on  their  website  a  Hsi  of  any  free  instaictional  mate- 
rials that  ihey  have  agreed  to  provide  to  a  county  office  of  education,  dis- 
trict board,  elementary  school,  middle  school  or  high  school  within  10 
days  of  entering  into  such  an  agreement.  Publishers  shall  maintain  this 
list  on  their  websites  through  the  next  biennial  price  adjustment  refer- 
enced in  Education  Code  section  60223.  at  which  time  the  statutory  re- 
quirement regarding  the  instnictional  materials  on  the  list  shall  end. 

(b)  The  publisher  shall  provide  the  CDE  with  the  URL  to  their  list  of 
free  instructional  materials,  and  the  CDE  shall  post  on  its  website  a  direct 
hyperlink  to  the  URL  provided  by  the  publisher. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1 ,  eOOO.T  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  60061.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Arlicle  2.2  (sections  9527-9530)  and  section  adopted  by  the  Departinenl 
of  Education  on  12-5-94.  New  section  submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on 
12-6-94.  effective  12-30-94.  Exempt  from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government 
Code  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  60004  (Register  95,  No.  3). 

2.  Repealer  of  article  2. 2  heading,  relocation  and  amendment  of  article  2.1  heading 
from  section  95 !  5  to  section  9527,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
NoTL-  Hied  3-3-2008;  operative  4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 


§  9528.    Alternate  Formats  of  Adopted  Instructional 
Materials. 

(a)  Publishers  may  submit  alternate  formats  of  adopted  instructional 
materials  to  the  CDE  for  approval  at  any  time  during  the  period  of  adop- 
tion. 

(b)  Alternate  formats  of  adopted  instructional  materials  shall  include: 

( 1 )  instructional  materials  that  are  identical  in  content  to  adopted 
instructional  materials,  but  that  are  different  in  physical  format,  and 

(2)  translations  of  adopted  instructional  materials  into  other  lan- 
guages. Translations  of  adopted  instructional  materials  into  other  lan- 
guages may  include  diffei'ent  literary  selections  that  are  equivalent  in 
content  to  those  contained  in  the  English  version. 

(c)  SubiTiissions  of  alternate  formats  shall  be  reviewed  as  follows: 

( 1 )  For  approval  of  an  alternate  physical  format,  the  CDE  staff  will  re- 
view submitted  materials  to  confirm  that  the  content  is  identical  to  the 
adopted  instructional  materials. 

(2)  For  approval  of  alternate  formats  in  languages  other  than  English, 
the  CDE  will  employ  qualified  CDE  staff  or  contract  with  experts  in  the 
alternate  language  to  review  the  materials  to  confirm  that  the  translation 
is  accurate  and  to  determine  if  the  materials  are  equivalent  in  content  to 
the  adopted  instructional  materials.  Different  literary  selections  must  be 
approved  by  the  SBE. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60200  and  60222,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  on  12-5-94.  New  section 
subnnitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on  12-6-94,  effective  12-30-94.  Exempt 
from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government  Code  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60004  (Register  95.  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  filed  2-27-97;  operative  3-29-97  (Register  97,  No.  9). 

3.  Repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of  Note  tiled  3-3-2008;  operative 
4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9529.     New  Editions  of  Adopted  Instructional  Materials. 

(a)  Upon  written  request  by  a  publisher,  the  CDE  may  approve  a  new 
edition  of  an  adopted  instructional  material  to  replace  the  original 
adopted  edition,  provided  that: 

( 1 )  Changes  contained  in  the  new  edition  are  so  minimal  that  both  the 
new  edition  and  the  original  adopted  edition  may  be  used  together  in  a 
classroom  environment.  No  additional  content  may  be  included  in  the 
new  edition 

(2)  All  changes  comply  with  the  social  content  standards  set  forth  in 
the  publication  entitled  Standards  for  Evaluating  Instructional  Materials 
for  Social  Content,  2000,  as  referenced  in  section  9518  above.  The  price 
of  the  new  edition  is  equal  to  or  lower  than  the  price  of  the  original 
adopted  edition. 


(b)  Upgrades  of  technology-based  materials  that  do  not  contain  con- 
tent changes  can  be  made  by  publishers  without  CDE  approval,  unless 
the  upgrade  results  in  a  new  ISBN  or  identifier. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60040-60044.  60061,  60222  and  60223.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  adopted  by  the  Depanment  of  Education  on  1 2-5-94,  New  .section 
submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on  12-6-94,  effective  12-30-94.  Exempt 
from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government  Code  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60004  (Register  95,  No.  3). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of  NoTi:  tiled  3-3-2008:  operative 
4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 

§  9530.    School  District  Ordering  of  Instructional  Materials. 

Each  school  district  shall  purchase  adopted  instructional  materials  di- 
rectly from  publishers.  With  respect  to  the  purchase  of  adopted  instruc- 
tional materials  by  a  school  district,  the  publisher  shall  comply  with  the 
following  requirements: 

(a)  Instructional  materials  furnished  and  delivered  to  the  school  dis- 
trict by  the  publisher  shall  conform  to  and  be  of  the  same  quality  of  work- 
manship as  the  instructional  materials  submitted  for  adoption. 

(b)  Upon  request  by  any  school  district,  a  publisher  shall  provide  a 
copy  of  any  manufacturing  standards  and  specifications  for  instructional 
materials  with  which  the  publisher  is  currently  in  compliance. 

(c)  Should  the  publisher  discontinue  an  instructional  material  before 
its  adoption  expiration  date,  upon  receipt  of  a  written  request  from  a  dis- 
trict that  has  purchased  the  discontinued  instructional  materials,  the  pub- 
lisher shall  buy  back  froin  the  school  district  all  of  the  instructional  mate- 
rials discontinued  and  any  instructional  materials  designed  to  be  used 
with  the  discontinued  instructional  material.  The  publisher  shall  buy 
back  the  instructional  materials  at  the  price  in  effect  pursuant  to  the  pur- 
chase order  or  agreement  at  the  time  when  the  instructional  materials 
were  purchased. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60061  and  60061.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  on  1 2-5-94.  New  section 
submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on  12-6-94.  effective  12-30-94.  Exempt 
from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government  Code  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60004  (Register  95,  No.  3). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of  NoTt^  filed  3-3-2008;  operative 
4-2-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  10). 


Article  2.3.    Instructional  Materials  Funding 

§  9531.    Instructional  Materials  Funding  Realignment 

Program:  Expenditure  Policy  Percentages  and 
24  Month  Purchasing  Requirement. 

(a)  As  much  of  the  allocation,  as  is  necessary,  from  the  Instructional 
Materials  Funding  Realignment  Program  (IMFRP)  annual  appropriation 
to  local  education  agencies  must  be  spent  to  purchase  textbooks  or  basic 
instaictional  materials  adopted  subsequent  to  the  adoption  of  content 
standards  (Education  Code  Section  60605)  for  each  pupil,  in  reading/lan- 
guage arts,  mathematics,  history-social  science,  and  science. 

(1)  For  kindergarten  and  grades  1  to  8  this  shall  be  textbooks  or  basic 
instructional  materials  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  (SBE) 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  60200  inclusive. 

(2)  For  grades  9  to  1 2,  this  shall  be  textbooks  or  instructional  materials 
adopted  by  the  local  governing  board  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 60400. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  the  hearing  requirement  specified  by  Education 
Code  Section  601 1 9,  textbooks  or  instructional  materials  used  in  kinder- 
garten and  grades  1  to  8  shall  be  considered  "consistent  with  the  content 
and  cycles  of  the  curriculum  framework  adopted  by  the  state  board"  if 
students  are  provided  textbooks  or  instructional  materials  from  the  most 
recent  SBE  adoption  by  the  beginning  of  the  first  school  term  that  com- 
mences no  later  than  24  months  after  those  materials  are  adopted  by  the 
SBE  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  60422.  The  requirements  of 
this  subdivision  apply  to  the  determination  of  whether  textbooks  or 


Page  113 


Register  2008,  No.  10;  3-7-2008 


§9532 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


instructional  materials  are  current,  and  not  to  the  determination  of  suffi- 
ciency under  Education  Code  Section  601 19(c).  This  definition  of  cur- 
rency applies  to  textbooks  or  instructional  materials  that  have  been  the 
subject  of  a  state  board  adoption  made  on  or  after  January  1,  2003. 

(c)  For  purposes  of  subdivision  (b)  and  Education  Code  Section 
60422(a),  the  reference  to  adoption  of  textbooks  or  basic  instructional 
materials  by  the  SBE  shall  refer  to  a  primary  adoption,  which  is  the  first 
adoption  after  the  adoption  of  evaluation  criteria  by  the  SBE.  A  primary 
adoption  is  distinguished  from  a  follow-up  adoption,  which  is  the  second 
adoption  of  textbooks  or  basic  instructional  materials  conducted  by  the 
SBE  using  the  same  evaluation  criteria.  Textbooks  and  basic  instruction- 
al materials  adopted  in  a  follow-up  adoption  are  added  to  the  then-exist- 
ing list  of  adopted  textbooks  and  basic  instructional  materials  for  a  sub- 
ject area,  and  the  period  of  adoption  for  those  materials  is  the  remaining 
time  of  the  list  for  the  primary  adoption. 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60005,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  60040-60045,  60048,  60119,  60200,  60242.  60242.5,  60400,  60421, 
60422  and  60605.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  2.3  (sections  9531-9532)  and  section  filed  1-16-2003  as  an  emer- 
gency: operative  1-16-2003  (Register  2003.  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-16-2003  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-16-2003  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (a)(3)  and  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  5-12-2003  and  filed  6-16-2003 
(Register  2003.  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  6-8-2005;  operative  6-8-2005  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  23). 

§  9532.    School  District  or  Charter  School  in  its  First  Year 
of  Operation  or  of  Expanding  Grade  Levels  at  a 
School  Site. 

(a)(1)  In  order  to  be  eligible  to  receive  funding  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  section  60421  and  consistent  with  Education  Code  section  47652, 
in  the  cuirent  fiscal  year,  a  charter  school  in  its  first  year  of  operation  must 
commence  operation  on  or  before  September  30  of  that  fiscal  year.  A 
charter  school  in  its  first  year  of  operation  that  begins  operations  after 
September  30  of  the  current  fiscal  year  shall  not  be  eligible  to  receive 
instructional  materials  funding  until  the  following  fiscal  year. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  secfion  and  Education  Code  section  60421 , 
"operation"  shall  be  defined  as  providing  instruction  to  pupils  enrolled 
in  the  charter  school. 

(3)  For  purposes  of  receiving  funding  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 60421,  and  consistent  with  Education  Code  section  35534,  except 
as  provided  in  Education  Code  sections  35535  and  35536,  the  first  year 
of  operation  of  a  school  district  shall  be  July  1  of  the  calendar  year  follow- 
ing the  calendar  year  in  which  the  school  district  reorganization  action 
is  completed. 

(b)(1)  For  the  purposes  of  Education  Code  section  60421 ,  "expanding 
grade  levels"  shall  be  defined  as  additional  grades  in  the  current  fiscal 
year  that  did  not  exist  as  a  school  site  of  the  school  district  or  charter 
school  in  the  prior  fiscal  year.  For  charter  schools  that  operate  muUiple 
sites,  expanding  grade  levels  shall  also  only  include  any  additional 
grades  that  did  not  exist  in  the  prior  fiscal  year  when  considering  all  of 
the  individual  or  satellite  sites  of  the  charter  school  in  aggregate.  If  any 
one  site  of  a  charter  school  with  multiple  sites  provides  instruction  to  pu- 
pils in  a  particular  grade  level,  then  that  grade  level  shall  not  be  included 
in  expanding  grade  levels. 

(2)  In  order  to  receive  funding  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
60421,  the  provision  of  instruction  to  pupils  enrolled  in  the  expanding 
grade  levels  at  a  school  site  of  the  school  district  or  charter  school  shall 
commence  on  or  before  September  30  of  the  current  fiscal  year.  A  school 
site  of  the  school  district  or  charter  school  that  commences  instruction  in 
its  expanding  grade  levels  after  September  30  of  the  current  fiscal  year 
shall  not  be  eligible  to  receive  funding  until  the  following  fiscal  year. 

(c)  For  the  purposes  of  this  secfion  andEducafion  Code  section  60421, 
"school  site"  shall  be  defined  as  a  school  with  a  separate  County /District/ 
School  (CDS)  code,  as  maintained  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public 


Instruction  as  of  September  30  of  the  current  fiscal  year.  Charter  schools 
operating  multiple  school  sites  under  one  charter  number  provided  by  the 
SBE  and  one  CDS  code  shall  be  considered  one  school  site. 

(d)  A  school  district  or  charter  school  in  its  first  year  of  operation  or 
of  expanding  grade  levels  at  a  school  site  shall  provide  enrollment  esfi- 
mates  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  by  September  30  of  the 
current  fiscal  year  in  order  for  the  school  district  or  charter  school  to  re- 
ceive funding  in  that  fiscal  year.  The  enrollment  esumates  shall  be  certi- 
fied by  the  school  district  governing  board  or  the  charter  school's  char- 
ter-granting local  educational  agency  (LEA),  as  appropriate,  and  the 
county  office  of  educafion  in  which  the  school  district  or  charter  school's 
charter  granting  LEA  is  located.  These  enrollment  esfimates  and  the 
associated  funding  shall  be  adjusted  for  actual  enrollment  as  reported  by 
the  California  Basic  Education  Data  System  for  the  current  fiscal  year. 
Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60005,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  47652  and  60421,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-16-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-16-2003  (Register 
2003.  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-16-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-16-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
5-12-2003  and  filed  6-16-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  25). 


Article  3.    Request  to  Purchase  Nonadopted 

Core  Reading  Program  Instructional 

Materials 


§  9535.    Request  to  Purchase  Nonadopted  Core  Reading 
Program  Instructional  Materials. 

If,  in  the  judgment  of  the  governing  board  of  a  school  district  or  a 
county  office  of  education,  none  of  the  instructional  materials  adopted  by 
the  California  State  Board  of  Education  in  1 996  promotes  the  maximum 
efficiency  of  pupil  learning  in  that  local  educational  agency's  core  read- 
ing program,  and  if  that  governing  board  desires  to  purchase  non- 
adopted  materials  with  the  funds  apportioned  to  it  pursuant  to  Educafion 
Code  section  6035 1 ,  it  shall  request  authorization  to  do  so  from  the  Cali- 
fornia State  Board  of  Education.  The  request  shall  include  all  of  the  fol- 
lowing: 

(a)  An  overview  of  the  goals  and  objectives  of  the  local  educational 
agency's  core  reading  program  for  kindergarten  and  grades  1  to  3,  inclu- 
sive, including  a  statement  about  how  the  goals  and  objectives  were  de- 
veloped and  a  descripfion  of  their  consistency  with  "Teaching  Reading: 
A  Balanced,  Comprehensive  Approach  to  Teaching  Reading  in  Frekin- 
dergarten  Through  Grade  Three"  (Reading  Program  Advisory),  jointly 
approved  by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  California 
State  Board  of  Educafion,  and  the  California  Commission  on  Teacher 
Credentialing,  and  pubUshed  by  the  California  Department  of  Educafion 
in  1996. 

(b)  A  list  of  the  core  reading  program  instrucfional  materials  proposed 
to  be  purchased,  including  titles  of  individual  curricular  units,  literature, 
and  technology  resources. 

(c)  An  analysis  of  the  proposed  materials,  describing  the  strengths  and 
weaknesses  of  the  materials,  including  the  local  educafional  agency's  ru- 
brics, criteria,  and  standards  used  to  evaluate  the  materials  for  consisten- 
cy with  the  requirements  of  this  secfion,  including,  in  particular,  subdivi- 
sions (j)  and  (k). 

(d)  A  descripfion  of  the  process  by  which  the  proposed  materials  were 
evaluated  and  selected  by  the  local  educafional  agency. 

(e)  A  descripfion  of  the  local  educafional  agency's  plans  for  staff  de- 
velopment for  teachers  regarding  the  use  of  the  proposed  materials. 

(f)  A  description  of  how  the  proposed  materials  will  be  used  by  the  lo- 
cal educational  agency's  teachers. 

(g)  A  descripfion  of  the  projected  fimeline  for  the  purchase  of  the  pro- 
posed materials. 


• 


Page  114 


Register  2008,  No.  10;  3-7-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§9546 


(h)  A  description  of  the  process  used  for  public  display  of  the  proposed 
malerials  by  the  local  educational  agency,  with  a  statement  of  assurance 
from  the  local  educational  agency  that  the  materials  have  been  or  will  be 
on  public  display  for  at  least  30  days  prior  to  their  purchase,  with  all  com- 
ments received  during  the  display  period  being  made  part  of  the  official 
records  of  the  local  educational  agency's  governing  board. 

(i)  A  statement  of  assurance  from  the  local  educational  agency  that  the 
proposed  materials  are  for  use  in  kindergarten  or  any  of  grades  1  to  3.  in- 
clusive. 

(j )  A  statement  of  assurance  from  the  local  educational  agency  that  the 
proposed  malerials  are  based  on  the  fundamental  skills  required  by  read- 
ing, including,  but  not  limited  to.  systematic,  explicit  phonics  and  spell- 
ing, within  the  meaning  of  Education  Code  section  60200.4. 

(k)  A  statement  of  assurance  from  the  local  educational  agency  that  the 
proposed  materials  include,  but  are  not  necessarily  limited  to,  phonemic 
awareness,  systematic  explicit  phonics,  and  spelling  patterns,  accompa- 
nied by  reading  materials  that  provide  practice  in  the  lesson  being  taught, 
within  the  meaning  of  Education  Code  section  60352(d). 

(/)  Evidence  that  the  local  educational  agency's  governing  board: 

(1 )  Formally  approved  the  authorization  request  at  a  properly  noticed 
public  meeting. 

(2)  Supports  the  use  of  the  specified  funds  for  the  purpose  expressed 
in  the  request. 

(3)  Verified  that  the  local  educational  agency  considered  the  Califor- 
nia State  Board  of  Education  adopted  materials  for  its  core  reading  pro- 
gram and  considered  the  reasons  given  by  the  California  State  Board  of 
Education  for  not  adopting  the  materials  proposed  for  purchase,  if  those 
malerials  were  submitted  for  adoption  in  1996. 

(4)  Verified  that  the  proposed  materials  comply  with  Education  Code 
sections  60040,  60041,  60042.  60044,  60045,  and  60046. 

(5)  Verified  that  all  statements  of  assurance  included  within  the  re- 
quest for  authorization  are  taie  and  correct. 

If  the  request  for  authorization  complies  with  subdivisions  (a)  to  (/), 
inclusive,  and  establishes  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  California  State  Board 
of  Education  that  none  of  the  instructional  materials  adopted  by  the  Cali- 
fornia State  Board  of  Education  in  1996  promotes  the  maximum  efficien- 
cy of  pupil  learning  in  the  applying  local  educational  agency's  core  read- 
ing program,  then  the  request  for  authorization  shall  be  granted  by  the 
California  State  Board  of  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60206  and  60352(d),  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  60351  and  60352(d),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  3  (section  9535)  and  section  filed  1-30-97  as  an  emergency;  opera- 
tive 1 -.30-97  (Register  97,  No.  5).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  5-30-97  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day.  For  prior  history,  see  Register  83,  No.  25. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  97, 

No.  31). 

3.  New  section  filed  7-31-97;  operative  7-31-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
section  )  1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  31). 


Article  4.    Additions  to  Lists  of  Adopted 

Instructional  Materials  in  Reading/Language 

Arts  and  Mathematics 


§  9540.    Establishment  of  Policy. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  60200.1(a)(5),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  4  (sections  9540-9550)  and  section  filed  1 1-2-98  as  an  emergency; 
operative  1 1-2-98  (Register  98,  No.  45).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  3-2-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  oper- 
ation of  law  on  the  following  day.  For  prior  history  of  article  4  (sections 
9550-9551)  and  article  5  (sections  9560-9566),  see  Register  75,  No.  40.  For 
prior  history  of  subchapter  2  (sections  9540-9583),  see  Register  75,  No.  40  and 
Register  83,  No.  25. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  11  -2-98  order,  including  amendment  of  section, 
transmitted  to  OAL  3-2-99  and  filed  4-13-99  (Register  99,  No.  16). 


3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  2-9-2005  pursuant  lo 
section  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2005.  No.  6). 

§9541.     Definitions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031 ,  60005  and  60206.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60010(a),  60200.1(a)(5)(A)  and  60605,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  secnon  filed  1 1-2-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-2-98  (Register  98. 
No.  45).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  lo  OAL  by  3-2-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  I  I  -2-98  order,  including  amendnieni  of  subsec- 
tions (d)  and  (e),  transmitted  to  OAL  3-2-99  and  filed  4-13-99  (Register  99. 
No.  16). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  2-9-2005  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  I,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2005.  No.  6). 

§  9542.    Additional  Submissions  Allowed. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60(X)5  and  60206.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60200  and  60200.1(a)(5).  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-2-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-2-98  (Register  98, 
No.  45).  A  Certificate  of  Compliamce  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  3-2-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-2-98  order,  includine  amendment  of  section, 
transmitted  to  OAL  3-2-99  and  filed  4-13-99  (Register  99.  No.  16). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  2-9-2005  pursuant  to 
section  100,  fitle  I,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2005,  No.  6). 

§  9543.    Required  Subject  Matter  Coverage  and  Basis  in 
Standards. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  60200.1(a)(5),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-2-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-2-98  (Register  98, 
No.  45).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  3-2-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-2-98  order,  including  amendment  of  first 
paragraph,  transmitted  to  OAL  3-2-99  and  filed  4- 1 .3-99  (Register  99,  No.  1 6). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  2-9-2005  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (Register  2005,  No.  6). 

§  9544.    instructional  Materials  Evaluation  Criteria. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  60200.1(a)(5),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-2-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-2-98  (Register  98, 
No.  45).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  3-2-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-2-98  order,  including  amendment  of  section, 
transmitted  to  OAL  3-2-99  and  filed  4-13-99  (Register  99,  No.  16). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  2-9-2005  pursuant  to 
section  100,  fitle  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2005,  No.  6). 

§  9545.    Formal  Action  by  the  State  Board. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031 ,  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60200(b)(2)  and  60200.1(a)(5),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  1 1-2-98  as  an  emergency;  operafive  1 1-2-98  (Register  98, 
No.  45).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  3-2-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-2-98  order,  including  amendment  of  section 
heading  and  secfion,  transmitted  to  OAL  3-2-99  and  filed  4-13-99  (Register 
99,  No.  16). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  2-9-2005  pursuant  to 
section  100,  fitle  1,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (Register  2005,  No.  6). 

§  9546.    Prerequisites  to  Formal  Action  by  the  State  Board. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031, 60005  and  60206.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60200(c)(3)  and  (4),  60200. 1  (a)(5),  60200.4, 60200.5, 60202  and 
60203,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  1 1-2-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-2-98  (Register  98, 
No.  45).  A  Certificate  of  Compliamce  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  3-2-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 


Page  115 


Register  2008,  No.  10;  3-7-2008 


§9547 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-2-98  order,  including  amendment  of  section 
headins  and  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  3-2-99  and  filed  4-13-99  (Register 
99.  Nori6). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  2-9-2003  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  I,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2003.  No.  6). 

§  9547.     Period  of  Adoption. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031 .  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60200  and  60200.1(a)(5),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-2-98  as  an  emergency;  operafive  1 1-2-98  (Register  98, 
No.  45).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  3-2-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  ofCompliance  as  to  1 1 -2-98  order,  including  amendment  of  section, 
transmitted  to  OAL  3-2-99  and  filed  4-13-99  (Register  99,  No.  16). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  2-9-2005  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2005,  No.  6). 

§  9548.     Evaluation  Criteria  Development. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60200.1(a)(5)  and  60204(b),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-2-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-2-98  (Register  98, 
No.  45).  A  Certificate  ofCompliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  3-2-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  ofCompliance  as  to  1 1  -2-98  order,  including  amendinent  of  section, 
transmitted  to  OAL  3-2-99  and  filed  4-13-99  (Register  99,  No.  16). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  2-9-2005  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2005,  No.  6). 

§  9549.     Review  Process. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031, 60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  60200.1(a)(5)  and  60204,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-2-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-2-98  (Register  98, 
No.  45).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  3-2-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  ofCompliance  as  to  1 1-2-98  order,  including  amendment  of  section, 
transmitted  to  OAL  3-2-99  and  filed  4-13-99  (Register  99,  No.  16). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  2-9-2005  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2005,  No.  6). 

§  9550.    Invitation  to  Submit. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  60005  and  60206,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  60200.1(a)(5),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-2-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-2-98  (Register  98, 
No.  45).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  3-2-99 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  ofCompliance  as  to  1 1-2-98  order,  including  amendment  of  section, 
transmitted  to  OAL  3-2-99  and  filed  4-13-99  (Register  99.  No.  16). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  2-9-2005  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2005,  No.  6). 


Chapter  10.    Courses  of  Study 


Subchapter  1.    High  School  Courses  of 
Study 


Article  1 .    Automobile  Driver  Education 

§10020.    General  Provisions. 

This  article  goveins  the  establishment,  conduct,  and  scope  of,  and  es- 
tablishes standards  for,  automobile  driver  education  in  high  schools,  ex- 
cept evening  high  schools. 

"Automobile  driver  education"  is  classroom  instruction  described  in 
Education  Code  Section  51220(j). 


(a)  A  course  in  automobile  driver  education  shall  include  instruction 
in  the  following  areas: 

(1 )  Driving  is  your  responsibility. 

(2)  Major  causes  of  accidents. 

(3)  The  driver. 

(4)  Natural  forces  affecting  driving. 

(5)  Signs,  signals,  and  highway  markings,  and  highway  design  fea- 
tures which  require  understatiding  for  safe  operation  of  motor  vehicles. 

(6)  Caiii'omia  Vehicle  Code,  rules  of  the  road,  and  other  state  laws  and 
local  iTiotor  vehicle  laws  and  ordinances. 

(7)  Differences  in  characteristics  of  urban  and  airal  driving  including 
safe  use  of  modem  expressways. 

(8)  Critical  vehicle  systems  and  subsystems  requiring  preventive 
maintenance. 

(9)  Pedestrian  safety. 

(10)  Effects  of  alcohol  and  drugs. 

(11)  Motorcycle  safety. 

(b)  If  an  allowance  will  be  claimed  for  the  laboratory  phase  of  driver 
education  based  upon  the  driver  education  course,  the  course  shall  meet 
the  requirements  of  Section  10044(a)  and  Education  Code  Sections 
41906,  41907  and  51851. 

(c)  If  an  allowance  described  in  (b)  will  not  be  claimed,  the  course  may 
be  taught  by  an  instructor  who  holds  a  credential  authorizing  the  holder 
to  teach  in  all  grades,  10, 1 1 ,  and  12.  In  all  other  respects,  the  course  shall 
meet  the  requirements  of  this  article  and  of  Education  Code  Section 
51851. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  51054,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
51054,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  9-24-71;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register71,No.  39). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)  and  (c)  filed  7-21-72;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  72,  No.  30). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

4.  Repealer  of  Article  1  (Sections  10000-10001)  and  renumbering  of  Article  2 
(Section  10020)  to  Article  1  filed  1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  79,  No.  45). 

Article  2.    Automobile  Driver  Training 

§10040.    General  Provisions. 

This  article  governs  the  establishment,  conduct,  and  scope  of,  and  es- 
tablishes standards  for  the  laboratory  phase  of  driver  education  in  high 
schools,  except  evening  high  schools. 

The  laboratory  phase  of  driver  education  is  instruction  in  driving  mo- 
tor vehicles  through  the  actual  use  of  automobile  simulators,  and  multi- 
ple-car off-street  driving  ranges,  for  the  purpose  of  developing  the 
knowledge,  attitude,  habits,  and  skills  necessary  for  the  safe  operation  of 
motor  vehicles,  with  additional  emphasis  in: 

(a)  The  vehicle,  highway  and  community  features: 

(1)  That  aid  the  driver  in  avoiding  crashes 

(2)  That  protect  him  and  his  passengers  in  crashes 

(3)  That  maximize  the  salvage  of  the  injured. 

(b)  Basic  and  advanced  driving  techniques  including  techniques  for 
handling  emergencies. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  51054.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
51054,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-24-71;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  71,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  7-21-72;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  72,  No. 
30). 

3.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77.  No.  39). 

4.  Renumbering  of  Article  3  (Sections  10040-10044)  to  Article  2  filed  1 1-7-79; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

§  1 0041 .    Standards  of  Pupil  Eligibility. 

(a)  Only  those  pupils  may  receive  instruction  in  the  laboratory-phase 
of  driver  education  who  hold  a  valid  student  license  issued  by  school  au- 


Page  116 


Register  2008,  No.  10;  3-7-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  10042 


ihoriiies.  meet  the  age  and  other  requirements  of  Education  Code  Section 
5 1 850  and  come  within  regulations  adopted  by  the  governing  board  un- 
der that  section,  and  meet  physical  and  mental  qualifications  as  specified 
in  Vehicle  Code  Section  12804.  Screening  examinations  shall  include  a 
test  of  the  hearing  and  eyesight  of  the  applicant  and  such  other  matters 
as  may  be  necessary  to  determine  the  applicant's  mental  and  physical  fit- 
ness to  operate  a  motor  vehicle  upon  the  highways  and  whether  any 
ground  exists  for  refusal  of  the  student  license  under  the  Vehicle  Code. 
Screening  examinations  shall  be  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Sections 
590.  591 .  592.  and  59.'^  of  this  title  and  of  Section  49452  of  the  Education 
Code. 

(b)  Districts  shall  include  in  the  regulations  adopted  by  the  local  gov- 
erning board  provisions  to  determine  who  can  profit  by  and  who  shall  re- 
ceive instruction  in  the  laboratory-phase  of  driver  education. 

(c)  In  addition,  all  districts  shall  include  in  the  regulations  a  provision 
that  the  student  and  his  parent  or  guardian  shall  signify  that  the  student 
will  utilize  his  training  through  parental/student  activities  directed  to  li- 
censing within  six  months  after  the  course  shall  have  been  completed. 

(d)  Students  who  have  satisfactorily  completed  the  laboratory-phase 
of  driver  education  and  who  repeat  the  course  shall  not  be  included  for 
excess  cost  reimbursement  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section 
41304(b). 


History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
39).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  74,  No.  48. 

§  10042.    Standards  for  Automobiles  Used. 

(a)  Equipment.  An  automobile  used  for  the  laboratory  phase  of  driver 
education  shall  at  all  times  have  the  following  equipment: 

(1)  Dual  controls  of  a  type  approved  by  the  California  Stale  Depart- 
ment of  Education.  American  Automobile  Association  dual  controls  and 
those  of  similar  specifications  are  approved. 

(2)  Seat  belts  that  conform  to  the  requirements  of  Motor  Vehicle  Code 
Section  27304. 

(3)  Outside  rear-view  mirrors  for  the  driver's  side  and  for  the  right- 
hand  front  seat. 

(4)  Heaters  and  ventilators  as  needed  for  the  protection  of  health  of  the 
students  and  teachers. 

(5)  Tire  chains,  if  the  automobile  is  being  used  under  conditions  where 
the  Department  of  Public  Works  requires  them  or  where  local  police  or 
the  Highway  Patrol  recommend  them. 

(6)  First-aid  kits,  safety  flares,  and  either  reflectors  or  a  flashing  light 
warning  system,  all  maintained  in  good  condition,  and  readily  accessible. 

(7)  Appropriate  tools  and  minor  replacements  for  emergency  repairs. 

(8)  A  spare  tire. 


[The  next  page  is  117.] 


Page  116.1 


Register  2008,  No.  10;  3-7-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  10043 


(b)  Idenlitlcation.  Some  means  shall  be  used  to  identify  the  automobile 
with  the  laboratory  phase  of  driver  education.  The  name  of  a  lender  of  an 
automobile  may  be  placed,  on  a  single  line  only  and  only  once,  on  each 
side  and  the  rear  of  the  automobile  in  letters  not  exceeding  one  and  one- 
half  (1  1/2)  inches  in  height. 

(c)  Maintenance.  An  automobile  used  in  the  laboratory  phase  of  driver 
education  shall  receive  protective  maintenance  and  repairs  in  accordance 
with  recommendations  of  the  manufacturer.  Maintenance  records  shall 
be  kept  for  it. 

(d)  Safety  Check.  A  complete  safety  check,  as  recommended  by  the 
manufacturer,  shall  be  completed  on  each  automobile  used  in  the  labora- 
tory phase  of  driver  education  at  least  once  each  semester  by  a  competent 
and  qualified  mechanic  to  insure  it  is  in  a  safe  operating  condition. 

(e)  Replacement.  An  automobile  used  in  the  laboratory  phase  of  driver 
education  shall  be  replaced  when  it  cannot  be  maintained  to  meet  maxi- 
mum safety  standards. 

(0  Restricted  Use.  A  loaned  or  leased  automobile  used  in  the  laborato- 
ry phase  of  driver  education  shall  be  used  only  for  the  laboratory  phase 
of  driver  education. 

The  driver  education  identification  of  a  district  owned  automobile 
shall  be  removed  or  covered  whenever  the  automobile  is  used  for  other 
purposes.  The  cost  of  such  other  use  is  not  reimbursable. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)(5)  filed  10-10-69;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  69,  No.  41). 

2.  Amendment  filed  7-21-72;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  72,  No. 
30). 


§  10043.    Standards  for  Laboratory  Phase  of  Driver 
Education. 

(a)  In  any  laboratory  phase  of  driver  education,  no  pupil  shall  receive 
more  than  two  hours  of  classroom  driver  education  nor  more  than  four 
hours  of  laboratory  phase  of  driver  education  (including  observation 
time)  during  any  24-hour  period.  The  driver  training  shall  be  composed 
of  no  more  than  two  hours  of  simulator  training  and  no  more  than  two 
hours  of  behind-the-wheel  training,  including  observation  time,  during 
any  24-hour  period. 

(b)  Districts  offering  the  laboratory  phase  of  driver  education  through 
competency-based  driver  training  shall  develop  an  annual  plan  which 
describes  the  district's  program  requirements  to  assure  that  all  students 
receive  instruction  based  on  assessed  individual  needs  in  order  to  meet 
a  common  level  of  program  performance  criteria.  The  plan  shall  include, 
but  shall  not  be  limited  to,  the  following  elements: 

( 1 )  The  following  basic  driving  skills  and  the  measurement  criteria  to 
be  used  to  ensure  that  students  have  gained  acceptable  skill  in  performing 
each  of  them: 

(A)  Predriving  activities 

1.  Safety  check  outside  car 

a.  Tire  condition 

b.  Trunk  (spare  tire,  jack,  etc.) 

c.  Hood  properly  closed 

2.  Safety  check  inside  car 

a.  Seat  adjustment 

b.  Mirror  adjustment 

c.  Doors  locked 

d.  Seat  belts  fastened 

3.  Auxiliary  equipment 

a.  Headlights  and  dimmer  switch 

b.  Instrument  panel  lights 

c.  Windshield  wipers 

d.  Defroster 

(B)  Starting 

1 .  Foot  on  brake 

2.  Parking  brake 

3.  Blind  spot  check 


(C)  Moving  car 

1.  Bhnd  spot  check 

2.  Driving  straight 

3.  Steering 

4.  Speed  control 

5.  Stopping  car 

6.  Clutch  and  gear  use 

7.  Right  of  way 

(D)  Turning  skills 

1 .  Curb  puUout 

2.  Left  and  right  turns 

3.  Mirror  use 

4.  Position  in  lane 

5.  Over/understeering 

6.  Speed  control 

(E)  Lane  changing 

1.  Blind  spots 

2.  Signaling 

3.  Changing  one  lane  at  a  time 

4.  Speed  control 

5.  Traffic 

(F)  Intersections 
l.Bhnd 

2.  4-way 

3.  Railroad  crossings 

(G)  Skilled  turning  maneuvers 

1.  U-turns 

2.  Backing 

3.  Three-point  tum/Y  turns 
(H)  Defensive  driving 

1 .  Space  cushion 

2.  Hazard  recognition 

3.  Visual  search 

4.  Speed  selection  for  conditions 

(1)  Heavy  traffic 

1.  Exposure  to  heavy  area  traffic  (freeway,  highway,  boulevard) 
(J)  Secure  car 

1 .  Parking  brake 

2.  Shift  to  park 

3.  Lock  doors 

4.  Setting  wheels  and  controls 

(2)  A  minimum  student  training  period  (in  minutes)  required  to  suc- 
cessfully complete  the  competency-based  driver  training  program. 

(3)  Successful  completion,  by  each  competency-based  driver  training 
student,  in  at  least  one  of  the  following  types  of  instruction: 

(A)  A  minimum  of  four  hours  of  on-street  behind-the-wheel  driving 
instruction  in  a  dual  control  automobile  with  a  qualified  instructor  and 
eight  hours  in  conjunction  with  the  behind-the-wheel  instruction  for  the 
purpose  of  observation.  A  minimum  of  twenty  minutes  of  this  time  shall 
be  devoted  to  a  behind-the-wheel  evaluation,  or 

(B)  A  minimum  of  six  hours  of  instruction  in  a  driving  simulator  ap- 
proved by  the  department.  Two  hours  of  on-street  behind  the  wheel  driv- 
ing instruction  in  a  dual-control  automobile  with  a  qualified  instructor 
and  four  hours  in  conjunction  with  the  behind-the-wheel  instruction  for 
the  purpose  of  observation.  A  minimum  of  twenty  minutes  of  this  time 
shall  be  devoted  to  a  behind-the-wheel  evaluation,  or 

(C)  A  minimum  of  six  hours  of  instruction  by  a  qualified  instructor  on 
an  off-street  multiple-car  driving  range  consisting  of  street  registered 
automobiles  approved  by  the  department.  Two  hours  of  on-street  be- 
hind-the-wheel driving  instruction  in  a  dual-control  automobile  with  a 
qualified  instructor  and  four  hours  in  conjunction  with  the  behind-the- 
wheel  instruction  for  the  purpose  of  observation.  A  minimum  of  twenty 
minutes  of  this  time  shall  be  devoted  to  a  behind-the-wheel  evaluation, 
or 

(D)  A  minimum  of  six  hours  of  instruction  by  a  qualified  instructor  in 
combination  in  a  driving  simulator  approved  by  the  department  and  an 


Page  117 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 11  -2004 


§  10045 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


olT-street  multiple-car  driving  range  consisting  of  street  registered  auto- 
mobiles approved  by  the  department.  The  governing  board  of  the  district 
shall  establish  the  proportion  of  time  to  be  utilized  in  simulators  and  on 
the  off-street  multiple-car  driving  range.  The  minimum  time  allocated 
shall  include  two  hours  of  on-street  behind-the-wheel  driving  instruc- 
tion in  a  dual-control  automobile  with  a  qualified  instructor  and  four 
hours  in  conjunction  with  the  behind-the  wheel  instruction  for  the  pur- 
pose of  observation.  A  minimum  of  twenty  minutes  of  this  time  shall  be 
devoted  to  a  behind-the-wheel  evaluation. 

(4)  Procedures  for  parent  participation  through  parent  orientation  acti- 
vities, a  supervised  driving  program,  or  other  district-designed  pro- 
grams. 

(5)  Any  special  driving  skills  to  be  included  in  competency-based 
driver  training  plan  that  are  required  in  order  to  meet  local  driving  condi- 
tions. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  51852(e),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
51852(e),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-24-71;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  71,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  7-21-72;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  72,  No. 
30). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

4.  Repealer  of  former  Section  143  and  renumbering  of  Section  10044  to  Section 
10043  filed  ]  1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

5.  Amendment  filed  8-20-87;  operative  9-19-87  (Register  87,  No,  35). 


Article  3.    Contracting  for  Automobile 
Driver  Training 

§10045.    Scope. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  41913,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
41913,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Article  3.1  (§§  10045-10049)  filed  4-28-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  there- 
after (Register  76,  No.  1 8). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

3.  Renumberingof  Article  3.1  (Secfions  10045-10049)  to  Article  3  filed  1 1-7-79; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

4.  Repealer  filed  8-20-87;  operative  9-19-87  (Register  87,  No.  35). 

§  10046.     Approved  Private  Driver  Training  School. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  41913,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
41913,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  8-20-87;  operative  9-19-87  (Register  87,  No.  35). 

§  10046.5.    Application  for  Approval  of  Initial  and  Renewal 
Contract. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  41913,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
41913,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  9-19-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  8-20-87;  operative  9-19-87  (Register  87,  No.  35). 

§  1 0047.    Approval  of  Contract. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  41913,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
41913,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  secfion  and  new  section  filed  9-19-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  there- 
after (Register  77,  No.  39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  8-20-87;  operafive  9-19-87  (Register  87,  No.  35). 

§  10047.5.     Grounds  for  Contract  Disapproval  or 
Termination. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  41913,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section 
41913,  Education  Code. 


History 

1 .  New  section  filed  9-19-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  8-20-87;  operative  9-19-87  (Register  87,  No.  35). 

§  10047.6.    Reconsideration  of  Disapproval  or  Termination. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Secfion  41913,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
41913,  Education  Code, 

History 
i .  New  section  filed  9-19-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 
2.  Repealer  filed  8-20-87;  operative  9-19-87  (Register  87,  No.  35). 

§10048.    Reimbursement. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  41913,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
41913.  Education  Code, 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  section  and  new  section  filed  9-1 9-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  there- 
after (Register  77,  No.  39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  8-20-87;  operative  9-19-87  (Register  87,  No.  35). 

§10049.    Reporting. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  41913,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
41913,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  filed  8-20-87;  operafive  9-19-87  (Register  87,  No.  35). 


Article  3.1.    Physical  Education  Program 

§  10060.    Criteria  for  Physical  Education  Program. 

Each  school  district  shall  appraise  the  quality  of  the  physical  education 
program  in  each  senior  or  four-year  high  school  of  the  district  by  the  fol- 
lowing criteria: 

(a)  The  course  of  study  provides  for  instruction  in  a  developmental  se- 
quence in  each  of  the  following  areas: 

(1)  Effects  of  physical  activity  upon  dynamic  health. 

(2)  Mechanics  of  body  movement. 

(3)  Aquatics. 

(4)  Gymnastics  and  tumbling. 

(5)  Individual  and  dual  sports. 

(6)  Rhythms  and  dance. 

(7)  Team  sports. 

(8)  Combatives  for  boys. 

(b)  Assignment  of  pupils  to  physical  education  courses  is  made  on  the 
basis  of  individual  needs  including  such  factors  as  health  status,  skill  de- 
velopment, and/or  grade  level. 

(c)  Instruction  is  provided  for  pupils  with  physical  limitations  includ- 
ing those  with  inadequate  skill  development  and  the  physically  underde- 
veloped. Physical  performance  tests  as  required  by  Section  1041  are  used 
to  identify  physically  underdeveloped  pupils  and  to  appraise  the  motor 
aspects  of  physical  fitness. 

(d)  Each  course  includes  activities  of  a  vigorous  nature  adapted  to  indi- 
vidual capacities,  and  designed  to  permit  maximum  development  of  each 
individual  pupil. 

(e)  Each  class  period  includes  the  teaching  of  the  fundamentals  and 
techniques  of  each  instructional  area  conducted  during  that  period. 

(f)  Class  size  is  consistent  with  the  requirements  of  good  instruction 
and  safety. 

(g)  Reporting  of  pupil  achievement  is  based  upon  all  of  the  following: 

(1)  Evaluation  of  the  pupil's  individual  progress  and  the  measure  of 
his  attainment  of  the  goals  specified  in  each  area  of  instruction  listed  in 
subsection  (a)  of  this  section. 

(2)  Tests  designed  to  determine  skill  and  knowledge. 

(3)  Physical  performance  tests. 

(4)  Any  other  evaluation  procedures  required  by  local  governing 
board  regulations. 

(h)  Teaching  stations  are  of  sufficient  number  and  suitability  to  pro- 
vide instruction  in  activities  conducted  under  subsection  (a)  of  this  sec- 
tion. 


Page  118 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  10080 


(i)  Supplies  and  equipment  of  sufficient  quantity  and  quality  are  pro- 
vided to  allow  active  participation  of  each  pupil  throughout  ihe  class  peri- 
od. 

Nori^;  Authority  cited:  Section  51054,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
510.54.  Hducalion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  NOTE  filed  9-23-71;  effective  ihinieth  day  thereafter  (Resister  77.  No. 
39), 

2.  Renumbering  of  Article  4  (Section  10060)  to  Article  3.1  filed  1 1-7-79;  effec- 
tive thirtieth  dav  thereafter  (Resister  79.  No.  45). 


Article  4.    Work  Experience  Education 


§  10070.     District  Plan  for  Work  Experience  Education. 

Secondary  school  districts  conducting  Work  Experience  Education 
shall  develop  a  plan  in  a  form  prescribed  by  the  State  Department  of  Edu- 
cation in  accordance  with  the  standards  described  in  this  article. 
NOTt::  Authority  cited:  Section  51762.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
46300(b)  and  51762.5(d),  Education  Code. 

HtSTORY 
1.  Repealer  of  Article  4  (Sections  10070-10078)  and  new  Article  4  (Sections 

10070-10075)  filed  4-21-86:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  86. 

No.  1 7).  For  prior  history,  see  Registers  79,  No.  45: 77,  No.  39:  and  76,  Nos.  40 

and  12. 


§  1 0071 .     Formal  Training  Agreements  for  Each  Type  of 
Work  Experience  Education. 

Work  Experience  Education  shall  consist  of  one  or  rnore  of  the  follow- 
ing paid  and  unpaid  types  of  on-the-job  experiences  which  the  second- 
ary school  district  may  offer  through  a  formal  training  agreement  with 
each  employer.  The  written  agreement  shall  identify  the  responsibilities 
of  the  student,  employer,  parent  or  guardian  (with  respect  to  minors  only) 
and  the  secondary  school  district  shall  outline  the  objectives  that  the  stu- 
dent is  to  accomplish  at  the  training  site: 

(a)  Vocational  work  experience  education.  Vocational  Work  Experi- 
ence Education  has  as  its  purpose  the  reinforcement  and  extension  of  vo- 
cational learning  opportunities  for  students  through  a  combination  of  re- 
lated classroom  instruction  in  Work  Experience  Education  and 
supervised  paid  employment  in  the  occupation  for  which  their  vocational 
course  in  school  prepares  them. 

(b)  General  work  experience  education.  General  Work  Experience 
Education  is  an  instructional  course  which  has  as  its  purpose  the  applica- 
tion of  basic  skills  of  reading,  writing  and  computation.  General  Work 
Experience  Education  students  will  acquire  general  and  specific  occupa- 
tional skills  through  a  combination  of  a  supervised  paid  employment  in 
any  occupational  field  and  related  classroom  instruction  in  Work  Experi- 
ence Education. 

(c)  Exploratory  work  experience  education.  Exploratory  Work  Expe- 
rience Education  is  nonpaid  and  has  as  its  general  purpose  the  vocadonal 
guidance  of  the  students  by  affording  them  opportunities  to  observe  and 
sample  systematically  a  variety  of  conditions  of  work  for  the  purpose  of 
ascertaining  their  interest  and  suitability  for  the  occupation  they  are  ex- 
ploring. Exploratory  Work  Experience  Education  includes  a  combina- 
tion of  job  observations  and  related  classroom  instruction  in  Work  Expe- 
rience Education.  The  student  may  be  required  to  perform,  on  a  limited, 
periodic  and  sampling  basis,  nonpaid  work  activities  while  exploring  the 
occupation.  The  employer  or  work  station  supervisor  may  but  shall  not 
be  required  to  teach  production  or  other  job  skills  to  the  Exploratory 
Work  Experience  Education  student.  The  length  of  exploratory  assign- 
ments may  vary,  depending  on  the  aptitude  of  the  student,  the  occupation 
being  explored,  the  faciUties  of  the  work  station,  and  the  job  classifica- 
tion. A  student  may  not  be  a  part  of  Exploratory  Work  Experience  Educa- 
tion if  pay  is  received  for  like  work  at  the  same  work  station  or  similar 
job  during  hours  when  not  assigned  as  an  Exploratory  Work  Experience 
Education  student.  The  student  shall  not  replace  a  paid  employee.  The 
district  shall  provide  Worker's  Compensation  Insurance  for  the  student. 


A  secondary  school  student  in  Exploratory  Work  Experience  Education 

may  be  less  than  1 6  years  of  age. 

NOTt;:  .Authority  cited:  Section  51762,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 

51760(a).  51760.3(b),  51762.5(b).  51762.5(d).  51762.5(e)  and  51764.  Education 

Code. 

§  10072.     Selection  and  Approval  of  Work  Stations. 

In  selecting  and  approving  a  work  station  for  an  individual  student,  the 
Work  Experience  Education-Coordinator  shall  approve  work  stations 
that  will  enable  the  student  to  accomplish  meaningful  learning  objec- 
tives. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  51762.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
51762..5(a).  Education  Code. 

§  10073.     Related  Classroom  Instruction. 

The  Work  Experietice  Teacher-Coordinator  shall  conduct  the  related 
classroom  instruction.  Related  classroom  instruction  shall  be  developed 
for  each  semester  and  type  of  V/ork  Experience  Education  offered,  in- 
cluding units  in  appropriate  scope  and  sequence. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  51762,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
51762.5,  Education  Code. 

§  10074.    Supervision  of  Students. 

In  carrying  out  the  district  plan  for  Work  Experience  Education,  the 
Teacher-Coordinator  shall  provide  for  supervision  of  students  by  pre- 
paring individual  training  plans,  observing  and  consulting  with  students, 
and  making  a  minimum  of  two  on-site  contacts  per  semester  with  each 
work  station  supervisor  and  a  minimum  of  one  on-site  contact  during 
summer  school  to  evaluate  student  performance. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  51762,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
51762.5(c),  Education  Code. 

§  10075.    Work  Experience  Education  Teacher-Coordinator 
Minimum  Qualifications. 

The  Work  Experience  Education  Teacher-Coordinator  shall  possess 
a  vahd  California  secondary-level  credential,  have  two  years  of  occupa- 
tional experience  outside  the  field  of  education,  and  have  knowledge  of 
the  educational  purposes,  standards,  laws  and  rules  and  regulations  appli- 
cable to  Work  Experience  Education. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  51762,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
46300(b),  51762,  51762.5,  Education  Code. 

Article  5.    Community  Classrooms 

§10080.    Definition. 

(a)  "Community  Classroom"  is  an  instructional  methodology  which 
utilizes  unpaid  on-the-job  training  experiences  at  business,  industry, 
and  pubhc  agency  sites  to  assist  students  in  acquiring  those  competencies 
(skills,  knowledge,  and  attitudes)  necessary  to  acquire  entry-level  em- 
ployment. The  intent  of  the  community  classroom  methodology  is  to  pro- 
vide additional  resources  so  concurrent,  formalized  classroom  instruc- 
tion can  be  extended  and  the  acquisition  of  salable  skills  enhanced. 

(b)  "Competency"  means  the  prescribed  performance  level  for  a  skill, 
knowledge,  and  attitude  necessary  to  accomplish  a  job  task. 

(c)  "Formal  Vocational  Instruction"  means  instruction  provided  by  a 
qualified  teacher,  ufilizing  a  lesson  plan,  to  a  group  of  students  in  a  clas- 
sroom. 

(d)  "Related  Classroom  Instruction"  means  formal  vocafional  instruc- 
tion which  is  correlated  with  unpaid  on-the-job  training  experiences. 

(e)  "Community  Classroom  Teacher"  is  the  certificated  vocational 
education  instructor,  employed  by  the  local  educational  agency  operat- 
ing a  community  classroom  instrticdon,  conducts  the  required  visitations 
to  on-the-job  training  stations,  and  verifies  student  acquisition  of  coin- 
petencies  identified  in  the  training  plan. 

(f)  "Community  Classroom  Joint  Venture  Training  Agreement"  is  a 
written  document  which  describes  the  conditions  and  requirements  to  be 
met  by  the  local  educational  agency  and  management  of  the  community 
classroom  in  the  utilization  of  business,  industry,  and  public  agency  re- 
sources for  vocational  instrucfion. 


Page  119 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


§  10081 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(g)  "The  Management  of  the  Community  Classroom"  is  the  owner  or 
designated  emp]oyee(s).  representing  tiie  entity  offering  its  resources  for 
vocational  instruction,  who  assists  the  local  educational  agency  in  the  op- 
eration of  community  classroom. 

(h)  "Community  Classroom  Individualized  Training  Plan"  is  a  written 
document  which  identifies  those  competencies  the  student  will  acquire 
through  vocational  classroom  instaiction  and  unpaid  on-the-job  training 
experiences. 

(i)  "Concurrent  Classroom  Instruction"  means  classroom  instruction 
and  unpaid  on-the-job  training  experiences  are  being  conducted  togeth- 
er within  the  same  time  frame  (quarter,  semester,  program  year,  etc. 

(i)  "Approved  Vocational  Education  Course/Program"  means  the 
State  Department  of  Education  has  approved  the  vocational  education 
course/program  by  either  signing  a  ROC/P  Course  Approval  Application 
(Form  VE-77)  or  local  educational  agency  Program  Inventory  (Form 
VE-30). 

(k)  "Community  Classroom  Training  Station"  is  the  business/industry 
or  public  agency  location  where  the  student  receives  his/her  unpaid  on- 
the-job  training  experiences. 

(/)  "Methodology"  means  a  technique  or  procedure  used  for  teaching 
students  skills. 

(m)  "Supervision/Coordination"  are  those  activities  performed  by  the 
community  classroom  teacher,  usually  outside  of  the  classroom,  that  in- 
clude but  are  not  limited  to  advisory  committee  operation,  program  pro- 
motion, recruitment,  selection  of  training  stations,  training  plan  develop- 
ment, relating  in-school  instruction  to  unpaid  on-the-job  training, 
on-the-job  student/employer  visitations,  and  evaluation  of  student  prog- 
ress. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  52372  and  52372. 1,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52372.1,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  6  (Sections  10090-10092)  filed  4-18-75,  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  16). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

3.  Renumbering  of  Article  6  (Sections  10090-10092)  to  Article  5  filed  1 1-7-79; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45).  4.  Renumbering  and 
amendment  of  former  Section  10090  to  Section  10080  filed  12-3-87;  operafive 
1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§  1 0081 .    Academic  Credit  for  Participation  in  Community 
Classroom. 

Provision  shall  be  made  for  evaluating  and  rating  each  student's 
achievement  in  Community  Classroom.  Credit  shall  be  granted  for  the 
satisfactory  completion  of  the  following: 

(a)  Evaluation  of  participation  in  related  classroom  instruction  which 
is  the  responsibility  of  the  community  classroom  teacher. 

(b)  Evaluation  of  participation  at  the  unpaid  training  station  which  is 
the  responsibility  of  the  community  classroom  teacher  with  the  assis- 
tance of  the  management  of  the  community  classroom. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  52372  and  52372.1,  Educafion  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52372.1(a)(7),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§10082.    Student  Qualifications. 

In  order  to  qualify  for  participation  in  Community  Classroom,  an  indi- 
vidual must  be  concurrently  enrolled  in  the  approved  vocational  educa- 
tion course/program. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  52372  and  52372.1,  Educafion  Code.  Reference: 
Section  52372,  52372.1(a)(2)  and  (c).  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§10083.    Teacher  Responsibilities. 

The  community  classroom  teacher  shall: 

(a)  Provide  concurrent  formal  vocational  classroom  instruction.  In- 
struction shall  be  based  on  skills,  knowledges,  attitudes,  and  related  per- 
formance levels  in  the  occupation  for  which  instruction  is  conducted. 


(b)  Conduct  required  training  station  visits  to  observe  students,  pro- 
vide instruction,  and  ensure  that  student  acquisition  of  competencies 
identified  in  the  individualized  training  plan  is  occurring. 

(c)  Prepare  individualized  training  plans. 

(d)  Locate  and  select  training  stations  to  provide  students  unpaid  on- 
the-job  learning  experiences  commensurate  with  their  skill  training. 

(e)  Monitor  the  student's  progress  by  completing  the  individualize 
training  plan. 

(0  Provide  ongoing  and  final  evaluation  of  the  student's  achievement 
of  course  instruction  objectives. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  52372  and  52372.1(a),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  46300(f),  52372.1(a)(1).  (2),  (3),  (4),  (c)  and  (d).  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87.  No.  50). 

§10084.    Records. 

The  community  classroom  teacher  shall  keep  on  file,  copies  of  the  fol- 
lowing records: 

(a)  Joint  Venture  Training  Agreement. 

(b)  Individualized  Training  Plan. 

(c)  Community  Classroom  teacher  unpaid  training  station  visitations 
and  community  classroom  site  management  consultations  regarding  stu- 
dent progress  and  training  plan  on-the-job  experiences. 

(d)  Pupil's  training  hours  from  the  management  of  the  community 
classroom. 

(e)  Students  assigned  at  community  classroom  sites  including  loca- 
tions, duration  of  time,  dates,  and  hours. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Secfions  52372  and  52372.1(a),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Secnons  52372.1(a)(3),  52372.1(a)(4),  (a)(6)  and  (d).  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§  10085.    Related  Classroom  Instruction. 

(a)  Formal  related  concurrent  vocational  classroom  instruction  shall 
be: 

( 1 )  Based  on  the  skills,  knowledges,  attitudes,  and  related  performance 
levels  in  the  occupation  for  which  training  is  conducted. 

(2)  Provided  at  a  minimum  equivalency  of  three  instructional  periods 
per  week.  An  instructional  period  must  equal  at  least  50  minutes.  A  mini- 
mum of  one  instructional  period  per  week  shall  be  scheduled  and  con- 
ducted. 

(b)  The  curriculum  for  a  vocational  course/program,  utilizing  the  com- 
munity classroom  methodology,  shall  identify  how  competencies  neces- 
sary for  employment  will  be  taught  through  concurrent  classroom  in- 
struction and  be  expanded  through  unpaid  on-the-job  training 
experiences. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Secfion  52372.1(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52372.1(a)(2)  and  (c).  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§  10086.    Selection  and  Approval  of  Community  Classroom 
Training  Stations. 

The  following  criteria  shall  be  used  to  select  and  approve  a  community 
classroom  training  station: 

(a)  The  management  of  the  community  classroom  training  station 
shall: 

(1)  Have  a  clear  understanding  of  the  community  classroom  method- 
ology and  a  willingness  to  participate  in  the  training  experience. 

(2)  Cooperate  with  the  vocational  education  director,  or  his/her  desig- 
nee, in  preparing  a  written  joint  venture  agreement. 

(3)  Participate  with  the  community  classroom  teacher  in  preparing  an 
individualized  training  plan. 

(4)  Provide  and  assist  students  with  unpaid  on-the-job  training  expe- 
riences as  described  in  the  individualized  training  plan. 

(5)  Consult  with  the  community  classroom  teacher  regarding  the  stu- 
dent's progress  during  the  unpaid  on-the-job  training  experiences. 

(6)  Assist  in  maintaining  accurate  records  of  the  pupil's  training  hours. 


Page  120 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


S  10100 


(b)  The  training  station  shall  offer  training  opportunities  in  the  specific 
occupation  for  which  tiie  course  is  approved.  Training  opportunities  at 
the  station  shall  expand  competencies  developed  in  the  classroom  in- 
struction portion  of  the  student's  training. 

(c)  The  training  station  shall  have  adequate  equipment,  materials,  and 
other  resources  to  provide  an  appropriate  learning  opportunity. 

(d)  Training  station  conditions  shall  prevail  which  will  not  endanger 
the  health,  safety,  welfare,  or  morals  of  the  pupil. 

(e)  The  training  station  shall  be  concurrently  engaged  in  a  business  op- 
eration which  requires  employment  in  the  occupation  for  which  training 
is  provided. 

NOTti:  Authority  cited:  Section  .'i2372.1{a).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
44806.  46300(0,  52372.1(a),  (3).  (4),  (6)  and  (d).  Education  Code. 

History 
I.  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  30). 

§  10087.    Community  Classroom  Joint  Venture  Training 
Agreements  and  Plans. 

(a)  A  written  joint  venture  training  agreement  shall  be  entered  into  be- 
tween the  director,  or  his/her  designee,  of  the  local  educational  agency 
and  the  manageinent  of  the  community  classroom  site. 

(b)  The  community  classroom  teacher,  in  cooperation  with  the  man- 
ageinent of  the  community  classroom  site,  shall  prepare  an  individual- 
ized training  plan  for  each  pupil  to  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  the  fol- 
lowing; 

( 1 )  Competencies  to  be  included  in  the  instructional  objectives  of  the 
approved  course/program. 

(2)  Expected  duration  of  training  for  competencies  necessary  for  em- 
ployiTient. 

(3)  Identification  of  competencies  to  be  taught  in  either  related  clas- 
srooin  instruction  and/or  the  unpaid  training  station. 

(4)  Verification  that  the  student  has  acquired  the  competency  demon- 
strating a  proficiency  equivalent  to  entry-level  employment.  A  copy  of 
the  community  classroom  training  plan  shall  be  maintained  at  the  com- 
munity classroom  training  station. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52372.1(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52372.1(a)(4)  and  (d),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§10088.    Supervision  of  Students. 

(a)  The  community  classroom  teacher  shall  make  at  least  one  visitation 
every  3  weeks  to  consult  with  the  management  of  the  community  clas- 
sroom, observe  students  at  the  training  station,  provide  instruction,  and 
ensure  that  student  acquisition  of  competencies  identified  in  the  individ- 
ualized training  plan  is  occurring. 

Each  visitation  shall  include  an  observation  of  the  student  engaged  in 
unpaid  on-the-job  training  experiences. 

(b)  The  community  classroom  teacher  shall  be  provided  time  for  su- 
pervision/coordination equivalent  to  one  hour  per  week  for  every  five 
community  classroom  students  enrolled.  When  less  than  five  students  are 
enrolled,  a  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  of  supervision/coordination 
time  shall  be  provided. 

(c)  Only  the  community  classroom  teacher  who  provides  related  clas- 
sroom instruction  shall  provide  supervision/coordination  for  the  unpaid 
on-the-job  training  of  students. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52372.1(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52372.1(a)(2)  and  (a)(3).  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§10089.    Student-Teacher  Ratio. 

(a)  The  maximum  number  of  students  per  vocational  education  course 
section  utilizing  the  community  classroom  and/or  cooperative  vocational 
education  methodology  shaJl  not  exceed  30  at  any  time. 

(b)  The  maximum  number  of  students  assigned  to  a  vocational  educa- 
tion instructor,  utilizing  the  community  classroom  and/or  cooperative 


vocational  education  methodology.,  including  both  related  classroom  in- 
struction and  supervision/coordination,  shall  not  exceed  T.'S  at  any  time. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52372.1(a).  Education  Code.  Reference:  .Section 
52372.1(a)(5),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operalive  1-2-88  (Register  87.  No.  50). 

§  10090.     Unpaid  On-the-Job  Experiences. 

(a)  The  unpaid  on-the-job  training  element  of  the  program  shall  not: 
( i )  Provide  the  inanagement  of  the  community  classroom  site  with  an 

immediate  benefit. 

(2)  Allow  a  student  to  replace  an  employee  of  the  community  clas- 
sroom site  or  cause  the  employee's  hours  to  be  reduced,  nor  shall  the  stu- 
dent's training  activities  preclude  the  hiring  of  additional  employees. 

(3)  Include  productive  work  of  any  kind  as  defined  by  State  and  Feder- 
al Labor  Regulations  (Div.  2.  Part  4  commencing  with  Section  201 1,  Cal- 
ifornia Labor  Code;  Fair  Labor  Stds.  Act,  29  U.S.  Code,  Sections  201  el 
seq.). 

(b)  Unpaid  on-the-job  training  experiences  shall  only  expand  compe- 
tencies developed  in  the  classroom  instruction  portion  of  the  vocational 
cour,se/program  utilizing  the  community  classroom  methodology. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52372.1(a).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52372.1(a)(6),  52372.1(d)  and  (e).  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  10090  to  Section  10080,  and 
new  Section  10090  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50).  For 
history  of  former  Secfion  10090.  see  Register  79,  No.  45. 

§  1 0091 .    Programs  Conducted  in  Community  Classrooms. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  51(354,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
51054,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§10092.    Scope. 

The  provisions  of  this  article  do  not  apply  to  community  colleges  or 
to  private  postsecondary  schools  under  contract  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Section  8092. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  10-30-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
44). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 


Article  6. 


Cooperative  Vocational 
Education 


§10100.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Cooperative  Vocational  Education"  is  an  instructional  methodol- 
ogy which  correlates  concurrent,  formal  vocational  classroom  instruc- 
tion with  regularly  scheduled,  paid  on-the-job  training  experience. 
Cooperative  vocaUonal  education  assists  students  to  develop  and  refine 
occupational  competencies  (attitudes,  skills,  and  knowledges)  needed  to 
acquire,  adjust,  and  advance  in  an  occupation. 

(b)  "Competency"  means  the  prescribed  performance  level  for  a  skill, 
knowledge,  and  atfitude  necessary  to  accomplish  a  job  task. 

(c)  "Formal  Vocational  InstrucUon"  means  instruction  provided  by  a 
qualified  teacher,  utilizing  a  lesson  plan,  to  a  group  of  students  in  a  clas- 
sroom. 

(d)  "Related  Classroom  Instruction"  means  formal  vocational  instruc- 
tion which  is  correlated  with  paid  on-the-job  training  experiences. 

(e)  "Cooperative  Vocational  Education  Teacher"  is  the  certificated 
vocational  educafion  instructor,  employed  by  the  local  educational 
agency,  operating  a  cooperative  vocational  education  instructional  meth- 
odology, who  provides  the  formal  vocafional  classroom  instruction,  con- 
ducts the  required  visitafions  to  paid  on-the-job  training  stations,  and 
verifies  student  acquisition  of  competencies  identified  in  the  training 
plan. 

(f)  "Cooperafive  Vocafional  Education  Training  Agreement"  is  a  writ- 
ten document  which  describes  the  conditions  and  requirements  to  be  met 


Page  121 


Register  2(X)4,  No.  24;  6-11  -2004 


§  10101 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


by  those  parties  (school,  employer,  student,  and  parent)  involved  with  the 
utilization  of  business  and  industry  resources  for  vocational  instruction. 

(g)  "Cooperative  Vocational  Education  Individualized  Training  Plan" 
is  a  written  document  which  identifies  those  competencies  the  student 
will  acquire  through  vocational  classroom  instruction  and  paid  on-the- 
job  experiences. 

(h)  "Concurrent  Classroom  Instruction"  means  classroom  instruction 
and  paid  on-the-job  training  experiences  are  being  conducted  together 
within  the  same  time-frame  (quarter,  semester,  program  year.  etc.). 

(i)  "Approved  Vocational  Education  Course/Program"  means  the 
State  Department  of  Education  has  approved  the  vocational  education 
course/program  by  either  signing  a  ROC/P  Course  Approval  application 
(Form  VE-77)  or  local  educational  agency  Program  Inventory  (Form 
VE-30). 

(j)  "Cooperative  Vocational  Education  Training  Station"  is  the  busi- 
ness/industry, location,  public  or  private,  where  the  student  receives  his/ 
her  regularly,  scheduled,  paid,  on-the-job  training  experiences. 

(k)  "Methodology"  means  a  technique  or  procedure  used  for  teaching 
students  skills. 

(1 )  "Supervision/Coordination"  are  those  activities  performed  by  the 
cooperative  vocational  education  teacher,  usually  outside  of  the  clas- 
sroom that  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:  advisory  committee  operation, 
program  promotion/recruitment,  selection  of  training  stations,  training 
plan  development,  relating  in-school  instruction  to  paid  on-the-job 
training,  on-the-job  student/employer  visitations,  and  evaluation  of  stu- 
dent progress. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  52372  and  52372.1(a),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  52372.1(a),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  7  (Sections  10100-10107)  filed  10-22-76;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  76,  No.  43). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

3.  Renumbering  of  Article  7  (Sections  10100-10107)  to  Article  6  filed  1 1-7-79; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

4.  Repealer  of  former  Section  10100  and  renumbering  and  amendment  of  former 
Section  10101  to  Section  10100  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register83,  No.  41). 

5.  Amendment  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§  1 01 01 .    Advisory  Committee. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52372,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52372,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  10101  to  Section  10100  and 
renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  10102  to  Section  10101  filed 
10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41 ). 

2.  Repealer  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§  1 01 02.    Academic  Credit  for  Participation  in  Cooperative 
Vocational  Education. 

Provision  shall  be  made  for  evaluating  and  rating  each  student's 
achievement  in  Cooperative  Vocational  Education.  Credit  shall  be 
granted  for  the  satisfactory  completion  of  the  following: 

(a)  Evaluarion  of  participation  in  related  classroom  instruction  which 
is  the  responsibility  of  the  cooperative  vocational  education  teacher. 

(b)  Evaluation  of  participation  at  the  paid  training  station  which  is  the 
responsibility  of  the  cooperative  vocational  education  teacher  with  the 
assistance  of  the  employer. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  52372  and  52372.1  (a)(7).  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  52372.1(a)(7),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  10102  to  Section  10101  and 
renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  10103  to  Section  10102  filed 
10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41). 

2.  Amendment  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§  1 01 03.    Student  Qualifications. 

In  order  to  qualify  for  participation  in  cooperative  vocational  educa- 
rion,  a  student  shall: 


(a)  Be  at  least  1 6  years  of  age  except,  a  student  with  exceptional  needs, 
including,  but  not  limited  to,  financial  or  morivational  needs  as  deter- 
mined by  the  principal  or  local  educational  director. 

(b)  Be  a  full-time  student.  For  the  purpose  of  this  section,  a  full-time 
student  means  one  of  the  following: 

( 1 )  A  student  enrolled  in  continuarion/altemarive  education. 

(2)  A  student  enrolled  in  a  regional  occupational  center  or  regional  oc- 
cupational program. 

(3)  A  student  enrolled  in  the  regular  school  for  the  minimum  day.  ex- 
cluding cooperative  vocational  education. 

(4)  A  student  enrolled  in  a  summer  school  approved  pursuant  to  regu- 
lations of  the  State  Board. 

(c)  Have  parental  or  guardian  approval  if  under  18  years  of  age. 

(d)  Be  currently  enrolled  in  the  approved  vocational  education  course/ 
prograin. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52372,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52372  and  52372.1(e),  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  10103  to  Section  10102  and 
renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  10104  to  Section  10103  filed  10-6-83; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41). 

3.  Amendment  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§  1 01 04.    Teacher  Responsibilities. 

The  cooperative  vocational  education  teacher  shall: 

(a)  Assist  students  in  career  planning  and  guidance. 

(b)  Locate  and  select  training  stations  to  provide  students  on-the-job 
training  experiences  commensurate  with  their  abilities  and  interests. 

(c)  Plan  on-the-job  training  station  experiences  with  the  employer. 

(d)  Provide  a  written  evaluation  of  the  paid  on-the-job  progress  of  the 
student  at  least  once  each  grading  period. 

(e)  Assist  students  with  continued  educational  objectives  and/or  em- 
ployment placement. 

(f)  Provide  concurrent,  formal,  related  classroom  instruction. 

(g)  Conduct  required  training  station  visits  to  observe  students  and  en- 
sure that  student  acquisition  of  competencies  identified  in  the  individual- 
ized training  plan  is  occurring. 

(h)  Prepare  individualized  training  plans. 

(i)  Provide  ongoing  and  final  evaluation  of  the  student's  achievement 
of  course/program  instructional  objectives. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  52372  and  52372.1(a),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  46300(f),  52372.1(a)(1),  (2),  (3),  (4)  and  (6),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  10104  to  Section  10103  and 
renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  10105  to  Section  10104  filed 
10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41). 

2.  Amendment  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§10105.     Records. 

The  cooperative  vocational  education  teacher  shall  keep  on  file  copies 
of  the  following  records: 

(a)  Evidence  of  work  permits  issued. 

(b)  Training  agreements. 

(c)  Individualized  training  plans. 

(d)  Cooperative  vocational  education  teacher  on-site  training  station 
visitations  and  employer  consultarions  regarding  student  progress  and 
training  plan  paid  on-the-job  experiences. 

(e)  Pupil  training  hours  from  the  employer. 

(f)  Students  enrolled  in  the  cooperative  vocational  education  program, 
including  the  names  of  firms  that  served  as  training  stations,  the  duration 
of  time  the  students  were  employed,  and  the  total  number  of  hours  the  stu- 
dents were  employed. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  52372  and  52372.1(a),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  52372.1(a),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  10105  to  Section  10104  and 
renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  10106  to  Section  10105  filed 
10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41 ). 


Page  122 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  10111 


• 


2.  Aincndiiicnt  filed. 12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87.  No.  50). 

§  10106.    Related  Classroom  Instructions. 

(a)  Formal  related  voeational  classroom  instruction  shall  be: 

( 1 )  Concurrent  and  directly  related  to  the  paid  on-ihe-job  training  of 
students. 

(2)  Organized  to  ensure  that  each  student  will  have  sufficient  number 
of  hours  of  related  classroom  instruction  and  on-the-job  training  experi- 
ence to  provide  the  student  with  those  competencies  necessary  for  em- 
ployment and  advancement  in  the  occupational  area  for  which  training 
is  offered. 

(3)  Provided  at  a  minimum  equivalency  of  three  instructional  periods 
per  week.  An  instructional  period  must  equal  at  least  50  minutes.  A  mini- 
mum of  one  instructional  period  per  week  shall  he  scheduled  and  con- 
ducted. 

(b)  The  curriculum  for  a  vocational  course/program,  utilizing  the 
cooperative  vocational  education  methodology,  shall  identify  how  com- 
petencies necessary  for  employment  will  be  taught  through  concurrent 
classroom  instruction  and  on-the-job  training  experiences. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  52372.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
.52372.1(a)(2)  and  (b).  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§  10107.    Selection  and  Approval  of  Training  Stations. 

The  following  criteria  shall  be  used  to  select  and  approve  training  sta- 
tions. 

(a)  The  employer  at  the  cooperative  vocational  education  training  sta- 
tion shall: 

(1)  Have  a  clear  understanding  of  program  objectives  and  a  willing- 
ness to  participate  in  the  program. 

(2)  Provide  adequate  supervision  to  ensure  a  planned  program  of  the 
students"  paid  on-the-job  training  in  order  that  the  student  may  receive 
maximum  education  benefit. 

(.3)  Consult  with  the  cooperative  vocational  education  teacher  regard- 
ing the  paid  on-the-job  progress  of  the  student. 

(4)  Cooperate  with  the  vocational  education  director  or  his  or  her  de- 
signee in  preparing  a  written  training  agreement. 

(5)  Participate  with  the  cooperative  vocational  education  teacher  and 
the  student  in  preparing  an  individualized  training  plan. 

(6)  Provide  a  minimum  of  8  hours  of  paid  employment  per  week  to  as- 
sist students  to  acquire  those  competencies  necessary  for  employment 
and  advancement  in  the  occupational  area  for  which  training  is  offered. 

(7)  Assist  in  maintaining  accurate  records  of  the  students'  training 
hours. 

(8)  Provide  Workers"  Compensation  Insurance  for  students  employed 
through  the  Cooperative  Vocational  Education  Program. 

(b)  The  training  station  shall  offer  training  opportunities  in  the  specific 
occupation  for  which  the  course  is  approved.  Training  opportunities  at 
the  paid  station  shall  be  in  the  occupation  for  which  related  instruction 
is  provided. 

(c)  Training  station  working  conditions  shall  not  endanger  the  health, 
safety,  welfare  or  morals  of  the  students. 

(d)  The  training  station  shall  have  adequate  equipment,  materials  and 
other  resources  to  provide  an  appropriate  learning  opportunity. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  52372  and  52372.1(a),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  44806, 46300(f),  51 769, 52372, 52372. 1  (a)(  1 ),  (a)(3),  (a)(4),  (a)(6) 
and  (b).  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
41). 

2.  Amendment  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 


§  10108.    Cooperative  Vocational  Education  Training 

Agreements  and  Individualized  Training  Plans. 

(a)  The  vocational  education  director  or  his/her  designee  shall  prepare 
a  written  training  agreement  which  delineates  the  responsibilities  of  each 
employer  and  local  education  agency. 

(b)  The  cooperative  vocational  education  teacher  in  cooperation  with 
the  training  station  employer  and  student  shall  prepare  an  individualized 
training  plan  for  each  pupil  to  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  the  follow- 
ing: 

( 1 )  Competencies  to  be  presented  in  the  instructional  objectives  of  the 
approved  course/program. 

(2)  Expected  duration  of  training  for  competencies  necessary  for  em- 
ployment. 

(3)  Identification  of  competencies  to  be  taught  in  either  related  clas- 
sroom instruction  and/or  the  paid  training  station. 

(4)  Verification  that  the  student  has  acquired  the  competency  by  dem- 
onstrating a  proficiency  equivalent  to  entry-level  employment  and/or 
advanced  occupational  areas.  A  copy  of  the  individualized  training  plan 
shall  be  maintained  at  the  cooperative  vocational  education  training  sta- 
tion. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  46300(f)  and  52372. 1  (a).  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  46300(f).  52372.1(a)(4)  and  (b).  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Regi.ster  87,  No.  50). 

§  10109.    Supervision  of  Students. 

(a)  The  cooperative  vocadonal  education  teacher  shall  make  at  least 
one  visitation  every  four  weeks  to  each  employer  to  ensure  that  the  train- 
ing agreement  provisions  are  being  met  and  student  acquisition  of  com- 
petencies identified  in  the  individualized  training  plan  are  occurring. 

One  out  of  every  two  visits  to  the  training  station  must  include  an  ob- 
servation of  the  student  engaged  in  on-the-job  training  experiences. 

(b)  The  cooperative  vocational  education  teacher  shall  be  provided 
time  for  supervision/coordinadon  equivalent  to  one  hour  per  week  for  ev- 
ery five  cooperative  vocational  education  students  enrolled.  When  less 
than  five  students  are  enrolled,  a  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  of  super- 
vision/coordination time  shall  be  provided. 

(c)  Only  the  cooperative  vocational  education  teacher  who  provides 
related  classroom  instruction  shall  provide  supervision/coordination  for 
the  paid  on-the-job  training  of  students. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52372.1(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52372.1(a)(2)  and  (a)(3).  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§  1 01 1 0.    Student-Teacher  F^atio. 

(a)  The  maximum  number  of  students  per  vocational  education  course 
section  utilizing  the  community  classroom  and/or  cooperative  vocational 
education  methodology  shall  not  exceed  30  at  any  time. 

(b)  The  maximum  number  of  students  assigned  to  a  vocational  educa- 
tion instructorutilizing  the  community  classroom  and/or  cooperative  vo- 
cational education  methodology,  including  both  related  classroom  in- 
struction and  supervision/coordination,  shall  not  exceed  75  at  any  time. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52372.1,  Education  Code.  References:  Section 
52372.1  (a)(5).  Education  Code. 

History 
I.  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  No.  50). 

§  1 01 1 1 .    Paid  On-the-Job  Experiences. 

(a)  The  paid  on-the-job  training  experience  shall  be: 

(1)  Regularly  scheduled. 

(2)  In  the  specific  occupation  for  which  the  course/program  is  ap- 
proved. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52372.1(a).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52372.1(a)(6)  and  (b).  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-3-87;  operative  1-2-88  (Register  87,  no.  50). 


Page  123 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 11  -2004 


§  10500 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Chapter  10.2.    Adult  Education 


Subchapter  1.    Adult  Schools  and  Classes 
for  Adults  (General) 


such  records  and  shall  make  such  reports  relating  to  such  schools  and 
classes  as  may  be  required  by  the  Field  Services  Section  and  be  subject 
to  inspection. 

(b)  Course  outlines  in  all  subjects  shall  be  on  file  available  for  review. 
History 

1.  Amendment  filed  12-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 


Article  1.     General  Provisions 

§10500.    Scope. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  1:  Sections  33031,  41841.3,  52501,  52506, 
52515-52517  and  52570.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  48040,  41841 .5, 
and  Chapter  1 0  of  Part  28  of  Division  4.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  1  (§§  10500-10508.  10520-10525,  10530-10533,  10540-10544, 
10560-10563)  filed  3-23-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70, 
No.  13). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

3.  Amendment  filed  12-23-77:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
52). 

4.  Repealer  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41 ). 

§10501.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Facilities  Clearly  Identified"  is  the  posting  of  an  appropriate  sign 
in  a  publicly  visible  location  identifying  the  location  as  a  classroom  site 
of  the  adult  school,  or  listing  the  location  in  a  public  announcement,  doc- 
uments, or  brochures. 

(b)  "Adult,"  for  purposes  of  attendance  counting,  means  a  person  1 6 
years  of  age  or  older. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52517,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52610  and  52517.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  12-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
52). 

3.  Amendment  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reeister  83,  No. 
41). 

§10502.    Maintenance. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41). 

§10503.    Educational  Purpose. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  12-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
52). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41 ). 

§10504.    Use  of  Films. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  12-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
52). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41 ). 

§  10505.    Recreational  Classes  Not  Permitted. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  12-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  52). 

§  10506.    Classes  in  Connection  with  Organizations. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  12-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  52). 

§  10507.    Attendance  and  Enrollment. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  1 2-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  52). 

§  10508.    Records  and  Reports. 

(a)  The  program  administrators,  counselors  and  teachers  of  each 
school  district  maintaining  adult  schools  and  classes  for  adults  shall  keep 


Article  2.     Approval  of  Adult  Schools  and 
Classes 

§  1 0520.    Approval  of  Adult  Schools. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  41841.5.  52.501,  52506.  52515,  .52516, 
52517,  52570,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  52500-52615,  Education 
Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  1 2-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

52). 

2.  Repealer  filed  1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

§  1 0521 .    Approval  of  Classes  for  Adults. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  1 2-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

52). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41). 

§  10522.    Areas  of  Instruction  Approved. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  12-23-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

52). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-6-83;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register83,  No.  41). 

§  10523.    Areas  of  Instruction  Requiring  Supplementary 
Information. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  1 2-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

52). 

2.  Repealer  filed  1 0-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83.  No.  41 ). 

§  10524.    Attendance  and  Enrollment. 

Each  program  area  as  authorized  in  Education  Code  Section  41976 
shall  be  designed  for  and  attended  primarily  by  adults. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
41976  and  52500,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  12-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
52). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
41). 

§  10525.    Compliance  with  Regulations. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  12-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
52). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41). 


Article  3.    Standards  for  Adult  Schools 

§  10530.    Counseling  and  Guidance  Services. 

An  approved  adult  school  shall  provide  counseling  and  guidance  ser- 
vices adequate  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  students  attending  classes  of  such 
school. 

§10531.    Duration. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  1 2-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

52). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41). 


Page  124 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  10600 


• 


• 


§10532.     Curricula. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  12-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Rceister  77.  No, 

2.  Repealer  tiled  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83.  No.  41 ). 

§10533.    Curricula. 

Hlstory 
I .  Repealer  tiled  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41 ). 

§  10534.    Apportionments.  Required  Proportional  Level  of 
Service. 

NOTR;  Authority  cited:  Section  41976(b).  Bdiication  Code.  Reference:  Section 
41976(b).  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-18-80;  effective  thiitieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No. 
25). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83.  No.  41). 


History 
1.  Renumbering  of  Sections  10561,  10.%2,  10563  to  Section  1 0.560  and  amend- 
ment filed  12-2.3-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  52). 


Article  4. 


Standards  for  Particular  Classes 
for  Adults 


History 
1,  Repealer  of  Article  4  (Sections  10540-10.544)  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41). 


Article  5.     Standards  of  Administration 

§10560.    General. 

(a)  Each  class  for  adults  shall  be  maintained  in  connection  with  the 
school  fuiTiishing  the  administrative,  counseling  and  guidance,  and  su- 
pervisory services  for  the  class. 

(b)  Administration — Under  100  A.D.A.  In  school  districts  that  had  a 
total  of  less  than  100  units  of  average  daily  attendance  in  classes  for 
adults  during  the  preceding  fiscal  year,  the  governing  board  shall  make 
a  minimal  assignment  of  properly  credentialed  personnel  for  administra- 
tion, counseling  and  guidance,  supervision,  evaluation  and  curriculum 
development  in  the  adult  education  program  equivalent  to  one  day  per 
year  for  each  unit  of  average  daily  attendance  during  the  preceding  fiscal 
year. 

(c)  Administration — Over  100  A.D.A.  In  a  school  district  maintaining 
classes  for  adults  in  connection  with  a  high  school  which  had  a  total  aver- 
age daily  attendance  of  100  or  more  units  in  classes  for  adults  during  the 
preceding  fiscal  year,  a  separate  adult  school  or  schools  shall  be  estab- 
lished by  the  governing  board  of  the  district  as  a  separate  administrative 
unit. 

Theadministratorof  each  adult  school  shall  be  a  properly  credentialed 
person  who  is  not  a  principal  or  a  full-time  vice  principal  of  an  elementa- 
ry or  secondary  school. 

The  governing  board  shall  make  a  minimal  assignment  of  properly 
credentialed  personnel  exclusively  for  administration,  supervision,  eval- 
uation, curriculum  development  and  counseling  and  guidance  in  an  adult 
school  as  follows: 

A.D.A.  in  the  particular 
adult  school  during  the 
preceding  fiscal  year 

100  through  199     One-half  time  of  one  administrator 

200  through  299     One  full-time  administrator 

300  through  399     One  full-time  administrator  and 

one-fourth  time  of  one  other  person 
400  and  over    One  full-time  administrator  and 

one-half  time  of  one  person  for 

each  200  units  of  such  A.D.A.  in 

excess  of  200 

(d)  Administration — Schools  and  Classes  for  Adults  in  County  Tuber- 
culosis or  Poliomyelitis  Hospitals  or  Sanitoriums.*  The  administration 
and  counseling  for  adult  schools  and  classes  for  adults  maintained  at  a 
county  tuberculosis  or  poliomyelitis  ward,  hospital,  or  sanitorium  shall 
be  the  same  as  that  employed  in  other  adult  schools  and  classes  for  adults 
of  the  district. 


*  For  other  regulations  applicable  to  such  clas.ses,  see  Section  .3751. 

§  1 0561 .    Administration—  Under  1 00  A.D.A. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  Sections  10561,  10.562,  10563  to  Section  10.560  and  amend- 
ment filed  12-2.3-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  52). 

§  1 0562.    Separate  Adult  Schools. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  Sections  10561,  10562.  10563  to  Section  10560  and  amend- 
ment filed  12-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  52). 

§  10563.    Administration.*  Schools  and  Classes  for  Adults 
in  County  Tuberculosis  or  Poliomyelitis 
Hospitals  or  Sanitoriums. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  Sections  10561,  10562.  10.563  lo  .Section  10560  and  amend- 
ment filed  12-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  52). 


*  For  other  regulations  applicable  to  such  classes,  see  Section  375 1 . 

Subchapter  2.    Classes  for  Adults  in  County 

Jails,  Industrial  Farms,  and  County  or  Joint 

County  Road  Camps 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  2 :  Section  41 84 1 ,  Education  Code.  Speci  lie  au- 
thority cited:  Sections  33031,  41841.5,  52501,  52506,  52515-52517,  and  52570, 
Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  48040, 4 1 84 1 .5,  and  Chapter  1 0,  Part  28.  Di- 
vision 4,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  2  (§§  10580  through  10591 )  filed  3-23-70;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  13). 

2.  Amendment  ofNOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

3.  Amendment  filed  12-2.3-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
52). 

4.  Repealer  of  Chapter  2  (Sections  10580-10583.  10585-10591,  not  consecutive) 
filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41 ). 


Subchapter  3.    Adult  Education  Innovation 
and  Alternative  Instructional  Delivery 


Article  1.    Administration 

§10600.    Allowable  Expenditures. 

For  purposes  of  the  adult  education  innovation  and  alternative  instruc- 
tional delivery  program,  allowable  expenditures  are  those  costs  defined 
in  Education  Code  section  52616.4(a).  All  expenditures  must  be  ade- 
quately supported  by  source  documentation,  including  tiine  records  and 
other  contemporaneous  records  documenting  employee  time  spent 
working  on  the  adult  education  innovation  and  alternative  instructional 
delivery  program.  Records  of  non-personnel  expenditures  shall  include 
documentation  that  the  service,  supply  or  equipment  was  used  solely  for 
the  adult  education  innovation  and  alternative  instructional  delivery  pro- 
gram. Record  keeping  shall  comply  with  Education  Code  sections  41010 
and  41011. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52522(d),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
41010,  41011,  52506,  .52522  and  52616.4(a).  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  subchapter  3,  article  1  and  section  filed  4-4-94  as  an  emergency ;  operative 
4-4-94  (Register  94,  No.  14).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted 
to  OAL  by  8-2-94  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law 
on  the  following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.2(g)  (Register  94, 
No.  36). 

3.  New  subchapter  3,  article  1  and  section  refiled  9-7-94;  operative  9-7-94  (Reg- 
ister 94,  No.  36). 


Page  125 


Register  2(K)4,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2(K»4 


§  10605 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  1 0605.    Range  of  Allowable  Expenditures. 

School  districts  shall  expend  no  more  than  $2,050  nor  less  than  $9  per 
student  enrolled  in  the  adult  education  innovation  and  alternative  instruc- 
tional delivery  program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52522(d),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
41010,  42238.  52506  and  52616,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  4-4-94  as  an  emergency;  operative  4^-94  (Register  94.  No. 
14).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  8-2-94  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  GovemmenI  Code  section  11346.2(2)  (Register  94, 
No.  36). 

3.  New  section  refiled  9-7-94;  operative  9-7-94  (Register  94,  No.  36). 

§  10610.    Reporting  Requirements. 

(a)  Each  applicant  school  district  shall  describe  in  its  application  to  the 
state,  the  accountability  procedures  to  be  used  in  lieu  of  attendance  re- 
cords. The  accountability  procedures  shall  describe  the  source  documen- 
tation which  may  include,  but  need  not  be  limited  to  records  of  student 
enrollment,  student-teacher  contacts,  student  progress,  and  value-added 
student  growth  as  verified  through  assessment. 

(b)  School  districts  participating  in  the  adult  education  innovation  and 
alternative  instructional  delivery  program,  by  December  1  following  the 
end  of  each  school  year,  shall  provide  to  the  State  Superintendent  of  Pub- 
lic Instruction  an  auditable  fiscal  report,  a  report  of  student  participation, 
and  a  program  evaluation  report. 

(1)  The  annual  fiscal  report  shall  include  all  allowable  expenditures  of 
the  adult  education  innovation  and  alternative  instructional  delivery  pro- 
gram as  determined  in  Section  10600  of  this  arficle. 

(2)  Student  participation  reports  shall  include  data  converted  to  con- 
form to  the  average  student  rate  for  successfully  completing  similar,  tra- 
diUonal  courses.  Students  who  do  not  complete  an  entire  course  will 
qualify  for  partial  participation  credit  based  on  the  percentage  of  work 
completed  as  verified  by  post  testing  or  completed  student  course  work. 

(3)  The  evaluation  report  shall  include  the  requirements  specified  in 
Secfion  10615  of  this  article. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52522(d),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52506,  52522  and  5261 6.4(a),  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  4-4-94  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-4-94  (Register  94,  No. 
14).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  8-2-94  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.2(g)  (Reeister  94, 
No.  36). 

3.  New  section  refiled  9-7-94;  operative  9-7-94  (Register  94,  No.  36). 

§  10615.    Program  Evaluation. 

(a)  In  their  applications,  school  districts  participating  in  the  adult  edu- 
cation innovation  and  alternative  instructional  delivery  program  shall  de- 
scribe their  evaluation  procedures,  including  clearly  defined  and  measur- 
able objectives  for  improving  delivery  of  adult  education  instruction. 

(b)  School  districts  shall  report  in  their  annual  evaluation,  the  actual 
number  of  students  served  as  well  as  the  progress  made  in  reaching  goals 
and  completing  objectives  and  acfivities.  Progress  can  be  determined 
through  a  variety  of  mechanisms,  such  as  standardized  student  testing, 
student  competency  attainment,  increased  student  retention,  and  student 
employment  status. 

(c)  The  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  use  the  evalua- 
tion process  and  reports  to  determine  the  school  district's  program  im- 
pact on  the  adult  educafion  instructional  delivery  system,  and  may  use 
evaluation  results  to  modify  or  deny  a  school  district' s  applicafion  to  con- 
tinue the  innovation  and  alternative  instrucfional  delivery  program  in  fu- 
ture years. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52522(d),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 

52506  and  52522,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  4-4-94  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-4-94  (Register  94,  No. 
14).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  8-2-94  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.2(g)  (Register  94, 
No,  36). 

3.  New  section  refiled  9-7-94  with  editorial  conection  of  subsection  (a);  operative 
9-7-94  (Register  94,  No.  36). 


Chapter  1 1 .    Special  Programs 


Subchapter  1.    Continuation  Education 


Article  1.    Standards  for  Programs 

§  1 1 000.     Director  of  Continuation  Education. 

The  governing  board  of  each  school  district  maintaining  compulsory 
continuation  classes,  a  continuation  high  school,  or  an  alternate  program 
authorized  under  Section  48432  shall  provide  a  director  of  confinualion 
education  who  shall  be  responsible  for  the  organization  and  administra- 
fion  of  the  district  program  of  continuation  educafion  and  guidance, 
placement,  and  follow-up. 

Note:  Authority  cited  for  Article  1:  Section  48432,  Eduction  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Article  1  (§§  II 000  through  1 1 006)  filed  1 2-1 8-69;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  69,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77.  No.  39). 

§  1 1 001 .    Programs  of  Guidance,  Placement,  and 
Follow-Up. 

The  guidance,  placement,  and  follow-up  services  are  to  be  provided 
on  a  regular  basis  and  shall  include  the  following: 

(a)  Personal  Guidance.  All  pupils  shall  be  provided  with  individual 
counsel  in  matters  affecting  their  personal,  social,  and  educafional  ad- 
justment. 

(b)  Occupational  Guidance.  All  pupils  shall  be  provided  with  neces- 
sary occupational  information  that  individually  and  reahstically  prepares 
them  for  future  employment  opportunities. 

(c)  Placement.  All  pupils  shall  be  assisted  in  securing  suitable  employ- 
ment whenever  the  pupil  can  benefit  from  such  employment. 

(d)  Follow-up.  The  district  shall  provide  all  pupils  with  follow-up  ser- 
vices as  follows: 

(1)  Visitation  of  employed  pupils  at  places  of  employment  to  deter- 
mine the  effectiveness  of  the  guidance  and  placement  services. 

(2)  Regular  home  contacts  and  parent  conferences  in  cases  where  a 
student  is  not  succeeding  in  a  continuafion  program. 

(3)  Regular  contacts  with  all  students  enrolled  only  4  hours  per  week 
and  all  pupils  suspended  from  confinuafion  education  with  the  intent  of 
eventually  returning  them  to  the  full-time  continuation  education  pro- 
gram. 

§  11002.    Instruction  Based  on  Individual  Needs. 

The  programs  of  instrucfion  in  confinuafion  education  shall  be  based 
upon  individual  needs  as  determined  by  the  findings  of  the  counseling 
and  coordination  services. 

§11003.    Coordination  Programs. 

The  governing  board  of  each  school  district  maintaining  continuafion 
educafion  schools  or  classes  shall  set  up  a  plan  to  coordinate  the  pupils' 
instrucfion  and  training  in  the  school  with  the  home,  employment,  and 
other  agencies  and  shall  designate  one  or  more  persons  as  coordinators. 

§  1 1 004.    Separate  Continuation  High  Schools. 

(a)  The  continuation  high  school  shall  be  estabhshed  as  a  separate  ad- 
ministrafive  unit  by  resolufion  of  the  governing  board. 

(b)  An  applicafion  for  the  establishment  of  any  new  confinuafion  high 
school  shall  be  approved  by  the  State  Department  of  Education  as  a  con- 
dition to  the  recognifion  of  the  school  as  a  separate  continuafion  high 
school  for  apportionment  purposes. 

(c)  The  governing  board  shall  appoint  as  principal  of  the  school  a  per- 
son who  holds  a  credential  authorizing  service  as  principal  of  a  high 


• 


• 


Page  126 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§11212 


• 


school.  The  principal  may  serve  as  the  director  of  continuation  education 
il'  he  holds  an  administrative  credential. 

(d)  A  continuation  high  school  shall  be  conducted  tor  not  less  than  1 75 
days  during  a  school  year. 

(e)  In  each  continuation  high  school  there  shall  be  provided  a  curricu- 
lum that  will  enable  the  students  to  meet  the  requirements  for  graduation 
prescribed  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Sections  51224  and  51225. 

History 
I.  Amendmeni  of  subsection  (e)  filed  9-23-77:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No.  .^9). 

§  11 005.     Records  and  Reports. 

(a)  The  Director  of  Education  shall  keep  records  and  reports  required 
for  the  annual  report  prescribed  by  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

(b)  The  annual  report  shall  contain  a  statement  of  the  director  of  con- 
tinuation education  that  the  district,  during  the  current  school  year  has 
complied  with  Education  Code  Section  48432  and  this  article. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No.  39). 

§11006.    Apportionments. 

A  district  shall  not  be  entitled  to  receive  any  apportionment  of  funds 
on  account  of  attendance  in  continuation  education  high  schools  or 
classes  unless  the  district  has  complied  fully  with  the  provisions  of  this 
article. 


2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  elTectivc  thirlieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 


Article  2.    Exemption  from  Maintaining 
Continuation  Education  Classes 

§11010.     Exemption. 

An  application  for  exemption  from  the  requirement  of  maintaining 
special  continuation  education  classes,  as  permitted  by  Education  Code 
Section  48432,  shall  describe  the  district's  plan  to  provide  instruction  for 
pupils  subject  to  continuation  education.  The  application  shall  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  State  Department  of  Education,  Bureau  of  Elementary  and 
Secondary  Education,  State  Education  Building,  Sacramento,  Califor- 
nia, by  June  30  for  the  following  school  year.  If  granted,  the  exemption 
shall  apply  to  that  school  year  only. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  2:  Section  48436,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  2  (S  1 1010)  filed  12-18-69;effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 69,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

'■'  For  scholarship  grants  to  teachers  of  reading,  see  Section  571  Off. 

Subchapter  2.    Special  Elementary  School 
Reading  Instruction  Programs* 

■"For  scholarship  grants  to  teachers  of  reading,  see  Section  5710. 

Article  1.     General  Provisions 

§  1 1 200.    Scope  of  Chapter. 

This  chapter  applies: 

(a)  To  all  "Special  Elementary  School  Reading  Instruction  Programs" 
that  are  established  pursuant  to  and  authorized  by  the  Miller-Unruh  Ba- 
sic Reading  Act  of  1965,  as  amended,  hereinafter  called  "the  Act"  (Sec- 
tions 54100-54173  of  the  Education  Code). 

(b)  To  all  districts  that  apply  for  allowances  for  the  employment  of  spe- 
cialist teachers  in  reading  or  for  a  salary  allotment  for  professional  school 
librarians. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  1 :  Section  54103,  Education  Code. 

History 
I .  New  Article  1(  Ji§  1 1 200-1 1 202)  filed  12-1 8-69;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  69,  No.  51). 


§  1 1 201 .    Reading  Testing  Program. 

The  reading  testing  program  required  by  the  Act  in  Grades 
shall  be  conducted  as  provided  in  Sections  1050-1056. 


and3 


§  1 1 202.    Scholarship  Grants  for  Teachers  of  Reading. 

Scholarship  grants  for  teachers  of  reading  authorized  by  the  Act  shall 
be  applied  for,  granted,  and  used  in  accordance  with  Sections 
5710-5712. 


Article  2.     Nomination  and  Designation  of 
Specialist  Teacher  in  Reading 

§  1 1 21 0.    Nomination  for  the  Position  of  Specialist  Teacher. 

A  governing  board  that  nominates,  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 54120,  a  qualified  certificated  employee  of  the  district  for  the  posi- 
tion of  specialist  teacher  shall  submit  the  nomination  to  the  Commission 
for  Teacher  Preparation  and  Licensing  (hereinafter  in  this  Article  called 
the  Commission).  The  nomination  shall  be  on  a  form  supplied,  and  sub- 
mitted in  the  manner  prescribed,  by  the  Bureau.  Either  the  governing 
board  of  a  school  district  or  a  certificated  employee  of  a  school  district 
may  request  the  Commission  for  the  form. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  2:  Section  54103.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  2  (§§11210-11215)  filed  12-1 8-69;effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  69.  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§11211.     Petition  by  Certificated  Employee  to  Be 
Appointed  a  Specialist  Teacher. 

A  certificated  employee  may  petition  the  Commission  to  be  nomi- 
nated a  specialist  teacher.  The  petition  shall  be  submitted  on  the  form  and 
in  the  manner  specified  in  Section  11210. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 

§  1 1 21 2.    Appointment  of  Panels  of  Observers. 

The  Commission  shall  appoint  members  to  each  observer  panel  re- 
quired by  Education  Code  Section  54120.  and  shall  designate  the  chair- 
man of  each  panel.  The  Commission  shall  use  any  of  the  following  crite- 
ria, or  in  the  judgment  of  the  Commission  the  equivalent  thereof,  as  the 
basis  for  the  selection  of  each  person  appointed  as  a  member  of  an  ob- 
server panel: 

(a)  In  the  judgment  of  the  Commission  the  person  has  had  sufficient 
preparation  and  experience  directly  related  to  the  reading  instruction  of 
young  pupils  in  the  public  schools  or  private  schools  of  equivalent  status 
to  demonstrate  familiarity  with  reading  problems  and  knowledge  of  the 
various  teaching  skills  and  methodologies  necessary  to  improve  the  qual- 
ity and  effectiveness  of  reading  instruction. 

(b)  In  the  judgment  of  the  Commission,  the  person  has  had  sufficient 
preparation  and  experience  at  the  college  or  university  level,  or  sufficient 
other  experience,  directly  related  to  the  reading  instruction  of  young  pu- 
pils to  demonstrate  familiarity  with  reading  problems  and  knowledge  of 
the  various  teaching  skills  and  methodologies  necessary  to  improve  the 
quality  and  effectiveness  of  reading  instruction. 

(c)  The  person  is  recognized  by  the  Commission  as  an  expert  in  the 
field  of  the  teaching  of  reading,  possessing  familiarity  with  reading  prob- 
lems and  knowledge  of  the  various  teaching  skills  and  methodologies 
necessary  to  improve  the  quality  and  effectiveness  of  reading  instruction 
of  young  pupils.  Among  other  persons,  a  person  who  holds  a  certificate 
of  "Specialist  Teacher"  in  Reading  under  Education  Code  Section  54 1 04 
is  deemed  to  be  so  recognized  for  the  purposes  of  this  section. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Regi.ster  77,  No. 
39). 


Page  127 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  11213 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  11 21 3.    Conduct  of  Panel  Observations. 

The  chairman  of  each  panel,  in  cooperation  with  the  chief  administra- 
tive official  of  the  school  district  in  which  the  teacher  to  be  observed  is 
employed,  shall  schedule  observation  visitations.  The  panel  chairman 
shall  notify  the  teacher,  the  school  district,  and  the  other  members  of  the 
panel  of  the  time  and  date  when  the  observation  will  be  made.  An  obser- 
vation visitation  shall  consist  of  direct  observation  by  the  panel  of  the 
teacher  in  his  own  classroom  situation  and  shall  be  of  sufficient  duration 
to  allow  the  teacher  to  demonstrate,  through  the  selection  and  use  of  ap- 
propriate teaching  techniques,  his  effectiveness  in  teaching  young  school 
pupils.  The  observation  shall  include,  but  need  not  be  limited  to, the  read- 
ing period.  The  panel,  in  each  instance,  is  authorized  to  interview  the 
teacher  and  to  seek  additional  information  through  persons  who  have 
first-hand  information  of  the  pedagogical  skills  possessed. 

§  1 1214.     Report  by  Chairman  of  Observer  Panel. 

When  a  panel  has  completed  its  observation  of  the  performance  of  a 
teacher,  it  shall,  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  members  of  the  panel,  nomi- 
nate or  deny  nomination  of  the  teacher  for  the  position  of  specialist  teach- 
er. Within  10  days  of  such  completion,  the  chairman  of  the  panel,  on 
forms  provided  by  the  State  Department  of  Education,  shall  declare  the 
decision,  certify  it  to  be  the  decision  of  the  panel,  and  forward  one  copy 
of  the  completed  form  to  the  teachers  observed  by  the  panel,  one  copy  to 
that  teacher's  governing  board,  and  one  copy  to  the  Commission.  The 
Commission  shall  notify  a  teacher  nominated  by  the  panel  of  the  time  and 
place  of  the  written  examination  required  by  Education  Code  Section 
54122. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 

§  1 1 21 5.     Examination  for  Specialist  Teacher  in  Reading 
and  Fees. 

The  Commission  shall  administer  the  examination  program  required 
by  Education  Code  Section  54122.  Applicants  shall  take  the  examination 
designated  by  the  State  Board.  The  applicant  is  required  to  pay  the  cost 
of  administering  and  scoring  the  examination.  Dates  of  the  examination 
and  other  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Commission  upon  re- 
quest. 

Each  nominee  successfully  completing  the  examination  shall  pay  for 
issuance  of  the  certificate  the  amount  fixed  by  the  Commission  for 
Teacher  Preparation  and  Licensing  in  Section  6020  for  issuance  of  a  cre- 
dential. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 


Article  3.    Minimum  Standards  of  Course 

Content  for  Basic  Reading  Program  and 

Criteria  for  Approval  of  Application 

§  1 1 220.    Minimum  Standards  of  Course  Content  for  Basic 
Reading  Program. 

The  minimum  standards  of  course  content  for  a  basic  reading  program 
are  the  following: 

(a)  Systematic  instruction  for  pupils  in  basic  skills  of  word  recogni- 
tion, including  phonics,  and  comprehension  of  meaning  such  as  set  forth 
in  the  basic  reading  texts  adopted  by  the  State. 

(b)  Systematic  and  continuous  practice  provided  the  pupils  in  applying 
skills  in  reading  for  self-directed  purposes. 

(c)  Presentation  to  pupils  of  a  wide  variety  of  literature  appropriate  to 
the  ages,  abilities,  and  interests  of  children  in  the  program. 

(d)  Continuous  assessment  of  language  skills  and  abilities  of  pupils. 

(e)  Instruction  and  practice  for  pupils  in  the  use  of  oral  language  as 
communication  of  meaning  and  expression  of  thought. 


(f)  Instruction,  practice,  and  drill  for  children  in  use  of  oral  language 
as  reinforcement  of  skills  necessary  for  correct  hearing  and  speaking  of 
the  English  language. 

(g)  Utilization  of  a  wide  variety  of  sensory  experiences  for  pupils  to 
provide  a  store  of  basic  concepts  with  which  to  build  meaning  and  inter- 
est. 

(h)  Demonstration  for  teachers  of  a  variety  of  teaching  methods. 

(i)  Assistance  to  teachers  in  techniques  of  informal  observation  of 
child  behavior  as  a  means  of  discovering  reading  disabilities. 

(j)  Assistance  to  teachers  in  planning  effective  organization  for  in- 
stniction. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  3:  Section  54161,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  3  (§§  11220  and  11221)  filed  12-18-69;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  69.  No.  51 ). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77.  No.  .39). 

§  1 1 221 .    Criteria  for  Approving  District  Applications  for 
Funds  Pursuant  to  Section  5789. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  5-1 7-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  20). 


Article  4.    Allowances  to  Districts  for 

Employment  of  Specialist  Teachers  and 

Salaries  of  Librarians 

§  1 1 230.    Application  for  Allowance. 

An  application  by  the  governing  board  for  an  allowance  for  the  em- 
ployment of  specialist  teachers  in  reading  (hereinafter  called  "specialist 
teacher")  and  for  the  salary  allotment  for  professional  school  librarians 
under  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  54165  for  the  regular 
school  year  shall  be  made  in  accordance  with  the  instructions  provided 
on  forms  furnished  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited  for  Article4:  Sections  54160, 54163  and  54164,  Education 
Code.  Issuing  Agency:  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

History 

1 .  New  Article  4  (§§  1 1 230-1 1 237)  filed  2-24-70;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  70,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  filed  5-17-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No. 
20). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  1 1 231 .    Contents  of  the  Application. 

The  application  shall  be  in  two  parts.  Part  I  shall  contain  information 
necessary  to  determine  eligibility,  teacher  quotas,  priorities,  and  allow- 
ances. Part  II  shall  contain  the  information  required  in  Section  11221. 
Part  I  shall  be  in  two  sections. 

(a)  Prior  Year's  Program. 

Section  1  shall  be  completed  only  for  a  program  to  be  maintained  at 
the  level  of  the  prior  year's  program  and  shall  provide  the  information 
necessary: 

(1)  To  determine  continued  eligibility, 

(2)  To  compute  allowances  up  to  the  number  of  specialist  teachers  and 
the  number  of  specialist  teachers  served  by  librarians  that  were  reported 
and  approved  on  the  annual  certification  of  participation  in  the  act  (Form 
J-1 OA)  of  the  year  immediately  preceding  the  year  for  which  the  applica- 
tion is  made. 

(b)  New  and  Expanded  Programs. 

Section  2  shall  be  completed  by  districts  wishing  to  start  a  program  un- 
der the  act  and  by  districts  already  in  the  program  who  wish  to  expand 
beyond  the  level  of  the  prior  year.  Section  2  shall  provide  the  information 
necessary: 

(1)  To  establish  eligibility. 

(2)  To  determine  priority. 

(3)  To  compute  the  allowances  for  specialist  teachers'  and  librarians' 
salaries. 


• 


• 


Page  128 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11251 


• 


(c)  Certilications. 

The  application  sfiall  contain  a  certification  by  the  governing  board 
that  the  application  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  applicable  laws 
and  regulations  and  that  all  requirements  regarding  the  employment  and 
payment  of  reading  specialist  teachers  are  met. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  5-17-74;  elTeetive  thirtieth  day  (hereafter  (Register  74,  No. 

20). 


§  11 232.     Reporting  for  Allowances. 

After  notice  of  approval  of  the  application  and  after  the  start  of  the 
school  year,  each  district  shall  furnish,  on  forms  provided  by  the  State  Su- 
perintendent of  Public  Instruction,  a  preliminary  certification  of  actual 
participation  in  the  act.  The  report  shall  include  the  following  informa- 
tion for  the  approved  state  funded  program: 

(a)  Each  specialist  teacher's  name  and  Specialist  Teacher  in  Reading 
certificate  number. 

(b)  The  school  or  schools  in  which  each  teacher  serves. 

(c)  The  priority  order  (Education  Code  Section  54163)  under  which 
the  teacher  is  authorized. 

(d)  The  salary  of  each  teacher  including  the  specialist  teacher  stipend 
authorized  by  Education  Code  Section  54156. 

(e)  The  number  of  specialist  teachers  served  by  librarians. 

(f)  The  total  salaries  of  librarians  serving  specialist  teachers. 

From  the  information  received  on  this  preliminary  certification  of  ac- 
tual participation  and  as  early  in  the  school  year  as  possible,  an  apportion- 
ment of  allowances  will  be  made. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  tiled  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77, 

§  11233.     Final  Certification  of  Actual  Participation. 

At  the  end  of  the  school  year,  each  district  shall  furnish,  on  forms  pro- 
vided by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  a  final  certifica- 
tion of  actual  participation  in  the  act.  The  report  shall  include  the  follow- 
ing information  for  the  approved  state  funded  program: 

(a)  Each  specialist  teacher's  name  and  Specialist  Teacher  in  Reading 
certificate  number. 

(b)  The  school  or  schools  in  which  each  teacher  served. 

(c)  The  actual  salary  paid  each  teacher  including  the  reading  specialist 
stipend. 

(d)  The  number  of  specialist  teachers  served  by  librarians. 

(e)  The  total  actual  salaries  paid  the  librarians  serving  specialist  teach- 
ers. 

(f)  An  explanation  of  the  circumstances  where  this  report  information 
differs  substantially  from  the  information  on  the  preliminary  certification 
of  actual  participation  in  the  Miller-Unruh  Reading  Improvement  Act. 

§  1 1 234.     Repayment  to  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

If  it  is  determined  that  the  school  district  failed  to  conduct  the  program 
in  full  or  in  part  as  certified  on  the  preliminary  certification  of  actual  par- 
ticipation required  by  Section  1 1232,  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  shall  order  the  governing  board  of  the  district  to  draw  a  war- 
rant in  favor  of  the  Department  of  Education  for  the  amount  of  the  dis- 
crepancy so  determined.  If  the  governing  board  fails  to  draw  the  warrant 
as  ordered,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  notify  the  State 
Controller  to  withhold  such  amounts  from  funds  the  district  would  other- 
wise be  eligible  to  receive  as  apportionments  from  the  State  School  Fund 
in  the  succeeding  fiscal  year. 

§  1 1 235.     Definition  of  Average  Daily  Attendance. 

Average  daily  attendance  for  the  purposes  of  computing  the  quota  of 
specialist  teachers  means  the  average  daily  attendance  of  the  second  re- 
port period  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  preceding  the  year  the  special- 
ist teachers  are  to  be  employed. 


§  1 1 236.    Newly  Formed  Districts. 

For  a  newly  formed  or  reorganized  district,  or  a  district  a  part  or  all  of 
which  was  included  in  a  newly  formed  or  reorganized  district,  the  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction  shall  ascertain  the  average  daily  atten- 
dance and  test  scores  for  each  affected  district  as  it  existed  during  the  pre- 
ceding school  year,  and  determine  the  appropriate  portion  thereof  to  be 
credited  to  the  new  or  reorganized  district.  The  total  of  such  portions  shall 
be  the  appropriate  amount  to  be  considered  as  preceding  year  data  for  the 
newly  formed  or  reorganized  district,  and  the  corresponding  adjustments 
shall  be  made  for  the  former  district  or  districts,  as  the  case  may  be.  The 
determination  shall  be  based  upon  information  supplied  by  the  governing 
boards  concerned,  verified  by  the  county  superintendent  of  schools,  and 
attached  to  the  application  form. 

If  a  component  district  or  school  of  a  newly  formed  or  reorganized  dis- 
trict is  a  participant  in  the  act  the  year  just  prior  to  the  effective  date  of 
the  reorganization,  the  program  level  of  the  component  district  or  school 
becomes  a  part  of  the  first  priority  of  the  newly  formed  or  reorganized 
district,  with  the  requirement  that  the  specialist  teachers  and  librarians 
serving  these  teachers  remain  with  the  primary  student  body  being  served 
prior  to  the  reorganization. 

§  1 1237.     Determining  Priority  for  Small  Schools. 

Whenever  one  specialist  teacher  is  to  serve  more  than  one  school  pur- 
suant to  Education  Code  Section  54140(a)  and  (b),  the  priority  required 
by  Education  Code  Section  54163(b)  shall  be  determined  by  the  com- 
bined totals  of  the  pupils  in  grades  2  and  3. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 

39). 


Subchapter  3.    Mentor  Teacher  Program 

§  1 1 250.    District  Participation  in  the  Mentor  Teacher 
Program. 

(a)  Each  school  district  governing  board  wishing  to  participate  in  the 
Mentor  Teacher  Program  shall  adopt  a  resolution  at  a  public  meeting,  set- 
ting forth  the  goals,  purposes,  and  planned  operation  of  the  district's 
mentor  program  and  evidencing  the  board's  having  considered  including 
parents,  pupils,  or  other  public  representatives  in  the  selection  process. 

(b)Applications  by  school  districts  for  participation  in  the  Mentor 
Teacher  Program  will  be  accepted  by  the  State  Department  of  Education 
only  if  planned  mentor  activities  as  stated  in  the  resolution  specified  in 
subdivision  (a)  and  appended  to  the  district's  application  are  consistent 
with  those  set  out  in  Education  Code  Section  44496. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44491(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
44492(d),  44492.5,  44493(a),  44496.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  Chapter  3  (Sections  11250-1 1257)  filed  3-26-84;  effective  thirtieth  day 

thereafter  (Register  84,  No.  13).  Eor  prior  history,  see  Registers  77,  No.  39;  7 1 . 

No.  30  and  69,  No.  51. 

§  1 1 251 .    Establishment  of  Selection  Committees. 

(a)  A  school  district  may  have  more  than  one  selection  committee  so 
as  to  nominate  candidates  on  an  individual  site,  program  area,  subject 
area,  or  other  alternative  basis. 

(b)  One  more  than  50  percent  of  the  members  of  each  selection  com- 
mittee shall  be  classroom  teachers;  the  remainder  shall  be  school  admin- 
istrators. 

(c)  Classroom  teacher  members  of  the  selection  committee  shall  be 
chosen  by  secret  ballot  election  conducted  among  all  probationary  and 
permanent  classroom  teachers  serving  in  the  site,  program  area,  subject 
area,  or  other  subdivision  from  which  candidates  may  be  nominated,  or 
districtwide  if  there  is  only  one  districtwide  selection  committee. 

(d)  School  administrator  selection  committee  members  shall  be  cho- 
sen by  school  administrators  who  have  been  designated  for  this  role  by 
the  governing  board. 


Page  129 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11  -2004 


§  11252 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE:  Aiitliority  cited:  Section  44491(a).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
44495(a),  Education  Code. 


§  11 252.    Application  of  Individual  Teachers  for  Mentor 
Teacher  Designation. 

(a)  Any  classroom  teacher  who  meets  the  following  qualifications  is 
eligible  to  seek  classification  as  a  mentor  teacher. 

( 1 )  Holds  a  valid  California  teacher  credential. 

(2)  Has  achieved  permanent  status  or,  in  a  district  with  an  average  dai- 
ly attendance  of  fewer  than  250  pupils,  has  been  employed  by  the  district 
as  a  credentialed  classroom  teacher  for  at  least  three  con.secutive  school 
years  prior  to  the  school  year  for  which  nominations  are  to  be  made. 

(3)  Has  substantial  recent  classroom  teaching  instructional  experi- 
ence. 

(b)  Written  applications  for  participation  in  the  mentor  program  shall 
be  submitted  to  the  selection  committee  prior  to  a  reasonable  deadline  es- 
tablished by  the  governing  board. 

(c)  An  application  shall  include  written  consent  by  the  applicant  to  re- 
lease of  personnel  information  relating  to  his  or  her  teaching  experience 
and  performance  to  selection  committee  members. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44491(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
44490.  44491(b)  and  44493,  Education  Code. 

§  1 1 253.    Review  of  Applications  and  Nominations  by  the 
Selection  Committees. 

(a)  Before  nominating  any  candidate,  the  selection  committee  shall  re- 
view the  applicant's  personnel  information  relating  to  his  or  her  teaching 
experience  and  performance. 

(b)  The  selection  committee  may  nominate  for  mentor  teacher  classifi- 
cation any  applicant  who  meets  the  qualifications  of  Section  1 1252,  pro- 
vided the  committee  determines  upon  review  of  all  the  information  be- 
fore it  that  the  applicant  has  demonstrated  exemplary  teaching  ability 
including,  but  not  limited  to,  effective  communication  skills,  subject 
matter  knowledge,  and  mastery  of  a  range  of  teaching  strategies  neces- 
sary to  meet  the  needs  of  pupils  in  different  contexts. 

(c)  Each  nominee  shall  receive  the  vote  of  at  least  one  more  than  half 
the  members  of  the  selection  committee. 

(d)  The  governing  board  may  determine  a  date  by  which  nominations 
must  be  made  in  order  to  allow  a  reasonable  time  prior  to  the  commence- 
ment of  the  succeeding  fiscal  year  for  the  governing  board  to  review 
nominations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44491(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
44490,  44491(b)  and  44495,  Education  Code. 

§  11254.    Review  of  Nominees  and  Designation  of  Mentor 
Teachers  by  the  Governing  Boards. 

(a)  Prior  to  designation  of  any  nominee  as  a  mentor  teacher,  the  gov- 
erning board  may  gather  such  further  information  as  it  deems  necessary 
to  evaluate  the  nominee  according  to  the  criteria  in  Sections  44490  and 
44491(b). 

(b)  The  district  governing  board  may  meet  in  closed  session  to  consid- 
er the  appointment  of  any  nominee  to  be  a  mentor  teacher  in  the  same 
manner  that  it  may  consider  the  appointment  or  employment  of  other  em- 
ployees. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  44491(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
44490  and  44495(d),  Education  Code. 

§  1 1 255.    Renomination  As  Mentor  Teacher. 

Review  and  renomination  shall  be  initiated  and  conducted  in  the  same 
manner  as  provided  in  Sections  11252  and  11253.  First  consideration 
shall  be  given  to  mentor  teachers  if  they  continue  to  qualify  for  renomina- 
tion and  have  served  effectively  as  mentor  teachers. 
NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44491(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
44494(c),  Education  Code. 

History 

I .  Editorial  correction  filed  4-2-84;  designated  effective  4-25-84  (Register  84, 

No.  13). 


§  1 1 256.    Duties  and  Responsibilities  of  Mentor  Teachers. 

(a)  The  duties  and  responsibilities  of  each  mentor  teacher  shall  be  de- 
termined on  an  individual  basis. 

(b)The  time  and  manner  in  which  each  mentor  teacher  shall  render  ser- 
vice in  the  program  shall  be  determined  on  an  individual  basis. 

(c )  "Direct  instruction  of  pupils,"  except  as  it  applies  to  resource  teach- 
ers, shall  be  construed  to  require  a  mentor  teacher  to  instruct  his  or  her 
regularly  assigned  pupils. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44491(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
44496,  Education  Code. 

§  1 1 257.     Duration  of  Mentor  Teacher  Designation. 

(a)  The  duration  of  a  designation  as  mentor  teacher  shall  normally  be 
for  a  period  of  three  consecutive  years.  Designations  having  a  duration 
of  less  than  three  years  shall  be  one  or  two  years  only  and  may  be  renewed 
by  the  governing  board,  without  review  and  renomination,  until  the 
three-year  maximum  is  reached. 

(b)  Except  in  school  year  1983-84,  proration  of  the  mentor  teacher  an- 
nual stipend  shall  occur  only  when  nonprogrammatic  circumstances, 
such  as  extended  absence  for  health  reasons,  prevent  the  mentor  teacher 
from  completing  the  designated  memorial  period. 

(c)  If  for  any  reason  a  mentor  is  unable  to  complete  the  designated 
mentorial  period,  the  governing  board  may  select  a  replacement  from 
committee-nominated  alternates,  if  any. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44491(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
44495(d),  Education  Code. 


Subchapter  4. 


English  Language  Learner 
Education 


§11300.     Definitions. 

"School  term"  as  used  in  Education  Code  section  330  means  each 

school's  semester  or  equivalent,  as  determined  by  the  local  governing 

board,  which  next  begins  following  August  2,  1998.  For  multitrack  or 

year  round  schools,  a  semester  or  equivalent  may  begin  on  different  days 

for  each  school  track. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  330, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  subchapter  4  (sections  11300-11305)  and  section  filed  7-23-98  as  an 
emergency;  operative  7-23-98  (Register  98,  No.  30).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-20-98  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day.  For  prior  history  of  sub- 
chapter 4,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-23-98  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
chapter heading,  transmitted  to  OAL  11-19-98  and  filed  12-30-98  (Register 
99,  No.  1). 

§  11301.     Knowledge  and  Fluency  in  English. 

(a)  For  purposes  of  "a  good  working  knowledge  of  English"  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  Section  305  and  "reasonable  fluency  in  English"  pur- 
suant to  Education  Code  Section  306(c),  an  English  learner  shall  be  trans- 
ferred from  a  structured  English  immersion  classroom  to  an  English  lan- 
guage mainstream  classroom  when  the  pupil  has  acquired  a  reasonable 
level  of  English  proficiency  as  measured  by  any  of  the  state-designated 
assessments  approved  by  the  California  Department  of  Education,  or  any 
locally  developed  assessments. 

(b)  At  any  time,  including  during  the  school  year,  a  parent  or  guardian 
may  have  his  or  her  child  moved  into  an  English  language  mainstream 
classroom. 

(c)  An  English  learner  may  be  re-enrolled  in  a  structured  English  im- 
mersion program  not  normally  intended  to  exceed  one  year  if  the  pupil 
has  not  achieved  a  reasonable  level  of  English  proficiency  as  defined  in 
Section  1 1301  (a)  unless  the  parents  or  guardians  of  the  pupil  object  to  the 
extended  placement. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  305 
and  306(c),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  7-23-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-23-98  (Register  98, 
No.  30).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-20-98 


Page  130 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§11308 


or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
clay. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-23-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  1 1-19-98 
and  tiled  12-30-98  (Register  99.  No.  1). 

§  1 1 302.    Duration  of  Services. 

School  districts  shall  coniiniie  to  provide  additional  and  appropriate 
educational  services  to  English  learners  in  kindergarten  through  grade  1 2 
for  the  purposes  of  overcoming  language  barriers  until  the  English  learn- 
ers have: 

(a)  demonstrated  English-language  proficiency  comparable  to  that  of 
the  school  district's  average  native  English-language  speakers;  and 

(b)  recouped  any  academic  deficits  which  may  have  been  incurred  in 
other  areas  of  the  core  curriculum  as  a  result  of  language  barriers. 
NOTl.:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031 .  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  305, 
.306  and  310.  Education  Code;  U.S.  Code.  Title  20,  Section  1703(f);  Castaneda  v. 
Pukcml  (.Sth  Cir.  1981)  648  F.2d  989.  1009-101 1 ;  and  Gome:,  v.  Illinois  Slate 
Board  of  EdinvrioiiathCn.  1987)811  E2d  1030,  1041-1042. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  7-23-98  as  an  emergency:  operative  7-23-98  (Register  98, 
No.  30).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transniiued  to  OAL  by  1 1-20-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-23-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  1 1-19-98 
and  filed  12-.30-98  (Register  99.  No.  1). 

§11303.    Reclassification. 

The  reclassification  procedures  used  to  reclassify  a  pupil  from  English 
learner  to  proficient  in  English  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  a  re- 
sponsible administrative  mechanism  for  the  effective  and  efficient  con- 
duct of  the  language  reclassification  process,  which  shall  include  each  of 
the  following  procedural  components: 

(a)  Assessment  of  language  proficiency  using  the  English  language 
development  test,  as  provided  for  by  Education  Code  section  60810  pur- 
suant to  the  procedures  for  conducting  that  test  provided  in  Subchapter 
7.5  (commencing  with  Section  11.510). 

(b)  Participation  of  the  pupil's  classroom  teacher  and  any  other  certifi- 
cated staff  with  direct  responsibility  for  teaching  or  placement  decisions 
of  the  pupil. 

(c)  Parental  involvement  through: 

( 1 )  Notice  to  parent(s)  or  guardian(s)  of  language  reclassification  and 
placement,  including  a  description  of  the  reclassification  process  and  the 
parent's  opportunity  to  participate:  and 

(2)  Encouragement  of  the  participation  of  parent(s)  or  guardian(s)  in 
the  school  district's  reclassification  procedure,  including  seeking  their 
opinion  and  consultation  during  the  reclassification  process. 

(d)  Until  the  statewide,  empirically-established  range  of  performance 
in  basic  English/language  arts  skills  is  established  as  required  by  Educa- 
tion Code  section  313(d)(4),  evaluation  of  the  pupil's  performance  as 
specified  in  Section  1 1302(b). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  313, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-23-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-23-98  (Register  98, 
No.  30).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-20-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operadon  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)(3)  filed  8-10-98  as  an  emergency;  operative 
8-1 0-98  (Register  98,  No.  33).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted 
to  OAL  by  1 2-7-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law 
on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-23-98  order  and  8-10-98  order,  including 
amendment  of  subsections  (b)  and  (c),  transmitted  to  OAL  1 1-19-98  and  filed 
12-30-98  (Register  99,  No.  1). 

4.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1 1 303  to  section  1 1 309  and  new  section  1 1 303 
filed  1-8-2003;  operative  1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  secfion 
1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  2). 

§11304.    Monitoring. 

School  districts  shall  monitor  the  progress  of  pupils  reclassified  to  en- 
sure correct  classification  and  placement. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  313, 
Education  Code;  U.S.  Code,  Title  20,  Section  1703(f);  Casleneda  v.  Pickard  (5th 


Cir.  1981)  648  F.2d  989.  1009-101  hand  6\w;^- v.  Illinois- Stale  Board  of  luliira^ 
lion  (7th  Cir.  1987)  81 1  F.2d  1030.  1041-1042. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-23-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-2.3-98  (Register  98. 
No.  30).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  11-20-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  ft)llowing 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-23-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  1  1-19-98 
and  filed  12-30-98  (Register  99.  No.  1 ). 

3.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1 1304  to  section  1 1310  and  new  section  11304 
filed  1-8-2003;  operative  1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  2). 

§11305.     Documentation. 

School  districts  shall  maintain  documentation  of  inultiple  criteria  in- 
formation, as  specified  in  Section  1 1 303(a)  and  (d),  and  participants  and 
decisions  of  reclassification  in  the  pupil's  perinanent  records  as  speciHed 
in  Section  11303(b)  and  (c). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  49062,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  313  and  49062,  Education  Code;  U.S.  Code,  Title  20,  Section  1703(f); 
Casleneda  v.  Pickard  (5th  Cir.  1 98 1 )  648  E.2d  989.  1 009- 1 0 1 1 :  and  Gome:  v.  Illi- 
nois Stale  Board  of  Education  (lihCn  1987)811  E.2d  10.30,  1041-1042. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-23-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-2.3-98  (Register  98. 
No.  30).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  M -20-98 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-23-98  order,  including  amendment  ot  subsec- 
tion (b),  transmitted  to  OAL  1 1-1 9-98  and  filed  12-30-98  (Register99.  No.  1). 

3.  Renumbering  of  former  section  11305  to  section  1 1315  and  new  section  I  1305 
filed  1-8-2003;  operative  1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  2). 

§11306.  Annual  Assessment. 

School  districts  reporting  the  presence  of  English  learners  shall  con- 
duct an  annual  assessment  of  the  English  language  development  and  aca- 
demic progress  of  those  pupils. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  3 1 3, 
60640  and  60810,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  1-8-2003;  operative  1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  2). 

§11307.    Census. 

(a)  All  pupils  whose  primary  language  is  other  than  English  who  have 
not  been  previously  assessed  or  are  new  enrollees  to  the  school  district 
shall  have  their  English  language  skills  assessed  within  30  calendar  days 
from  the  date  of  initial  enrollment. 

(b)  The  census  of  English  learners,  required  for  each  school  district 
shall  be  taken  in  a  form  and  manner  prescribed  by  the  State  Superinten- 
dent of  Public  Instruction  in  accord  with  uniform  census  taking  methods. 

(c)  The  results  of  the  census  shall  be  reported  by  grade  level  on  a 
school-by-school  basis  to  the  Department  of  Education  not  later  than 
April  30  of  each  year. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  313  and  62002,  Educafion  Code. 

HtSTORY 
1.  New  section  filed  1-8-2003;  operative  1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  secfion  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  2). 

§  1 1 308.    Advisory  Committees. 

(a)  School  district  advisory  cominittees  on  programs  and  services  for 
English  learners  shall  be  established  in  each  school  district  with  more 
than  50  English  learners  in  attendance.  School  advisory  committees  on 
education  programs  and  services  for  English  learners  shall  be  established 
in  each  school  with  more  than  20  English  learners  in  attendance.  Both 
school  district  and  school  advisory  committees  shall  be  established  in  ac- 
cordance with  Education  Code  section  62002.5. 

(b)  The  parents  or  guardians  of  English  learners  shall  elect  the  parent 
members  of  the  school  advisory  committee  (or  subcommittee,  if  ap- 
propriate). The  parents  shall  be  provided  the  opportunity  to  vote  in  the 
election.  Each  school  advisory  committee  shall  have  the  opportunity  to 
elect  at  least  one  member  to  the  School  District  Advisory  Committee,  ex- 
cept that  school  districts  with  more  than  30  school  advisory  committees 
may  use  a  system  of  proportional  or  regional  representation. 


Page  131 


Register  2008,  No.  19;  5-9-2008 


§  11309 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(c)  School  District  Advisory  Committees  shall  advise  the  school  dis- 
trict governing  board  on  at  least  the  following  tasks: 

( 1 )  Development  of  a  district  master  plan  for  education  programs  and 
services  for  English  learners.  The  district  master  plan  will  take  into  con- 
sideration the  school  site  master  plans. 

(2)  Conducting  of  a  district  wide  needs  assessment  on  a  school-by- 
school  basis. 

(3)  Establishment  of  district  program,  goals,  and  objectives  for  pro- 
grams and  services  for  English  learners. 

(4)  Development  of  a  plan  to  ensure  compliance  with  any  applicable 
teacher  and/or  teacher  aide  requirements. 

(5)  Administration  of  the  annual  language  census. 

(6)  Review  and  comment  on  the  school  district  reclassification  proce- 
dures. 

(7)  Review  and  comment  on  the  written  notifications  required  to  be 
sent  to  parents  and  guardians  pursuant  to  this  subchapter. 

(d)  School  districts  shall  provide  all  members  of  school  district  and 
school  advisory  committees  with  appropriate  training  materials  and 
training  which  will  assist  them  in  carrying  out  their  responsibilities  pur- 
suant to  subsection  (c).  Training  provided  advisory  committee  members 
in  accordance  with  this  subsection  shall  be  planned  in  full  consultation 
with  the  members,  and  funds  provided  under  this  chapter  may  be  used  to 
meet  the  costs  of  providing  the  training  to  include  the  costs  associated 
with  the  attendance  of  the  members  at  training  sessions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  62000.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  313,  62002  and  62002.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1-8-2003;  operative  1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343 .4  (Register  2003,  No.  2). 


§  11309.    Parental  Exception  Waivers. 

(a)  In  order  to  facilitate  parental  choice  of  program,  all  parents  and 
guardians  must  be  informed  of  the  placement  of  their  children  in  a  struc- 
tured English  immersion  program  and  must  be  notified  of  an  opportunity 
to  apply  for  a  parental  exception  waiver.  The  notice  shall  also  include  a 
description  of  the  locally-adopted  procedures  for  requesting  a  parental 
exception  waiver,  and  any  locally-adopted  guidelines  for  evaluating  a 
parental  waiver  request. 

(b)  School  districts  shall  establish  procedures  for  granting  parental  ex- 
ception waivers  as  permitted  by  Education  Code  sections  310  and  31 1 
which  include  each  of  the  following  components: 

( 1 )  Parents  and  guardians  must  be  provided  with  a  full  written  descrip- 
tion and  upon  request  from  a  parent  or  guardian,  a  spoken  description  of 
the  structured  English  immersion  program  and  any  alternative  courses  of 
study  and  all  educational  opportunities  offered  by  the  school  district  and 
available  to  the  pupil.  The  descriptions  of  the  program  choices  shall  ad- 
dress the  educational  materials  to  be  used  in  the  different  options. 

(2)  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  31 1(c),  parents  and  guardians 
must  be  informed  that  the  pupil  must  be  placed  for  a  period  of  not  less 
than  thirty  (30)  calendar  days  in  an  English  language  classroom  and  that 
the  school  district  superintendent  must  approve  the  waiver  pursuant  to 
guidelines  established  by  the  local  governing  board. 

(3)  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  311(b)  and  (c),  the  school 
principal  and  educational  staff  may  recommend  a  waiver  to  a  parent  or 
guardian.  Parents  and  guardians  must  be  informed  in  writing  of  any  rec- 
ommendation for  an  alternative  program  made  by  the  school  principal 
and  educational  staff  and  must  be  given  notice  of  their  right  to  refuse  to 
accept  the  recommendation.  The  notice  shall  include  a  full  description  of 
the  recommended  alternative  program  and  the  educational  materials  to 
be  used  for  the  alternative  program  as  well  as  a  description  of  all  other 
programs  available  to  the  pupil.  If  the  parent  or  guardian  elects  to  request 
the  alternative  program  recommended  by  the  school  principal  and  educa- 
tional staff,  the  parent  or  guardian  must  comply  with  the  requirements  of 
Education  Code  section  310  and  all  procedures  and  requirements  other- 
wise applicable  to  a  parental  exception  waiver. 


(4)  Parental  exception  waivers  shall  be  granted  unless  the  school  prin- 
cipal and  educational  staff  have  determined  that  an  alternative  program 
offered  at  the  school  would  not  be  better  suited  for  the  overall  educational 
development  of  the  pupil. 

(c)  All  parental  exception  waivers  shall  be  acted  upon  by  the  school 
within  twenty  (20)  instructional  days  of  submission  to  the  school  princi- 
pal. However,  parental  waiver  requests  under  Education  Code  section 
3 1 1(c)  shall  not  be  acted  upon  during  the  thirty  (30)-day  placement  in  an 
English  language  classroom.  These  waivers  must  be  acted  upon  either  no 
later  than  ten  (10)  calendar  days  after  the  expiration  of  that  thirty 
(30)-day  English  language  classroom  placement  or  within  twenty  (20) 
instructional  days  of  submission  of  the  parental  waiver  to  the  school  prin- 
cipal, whichever  is  later. 

(d)  In  cases  where  a  parental  exception  waiver  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  sections  31 1(b)  and  (c)  is  denied,  the  parents  and  guardians  must 
be  informed  in  writing  of  the  reason(s)  for  denial  and  advised  that  they 
may  appeal  the  decision  to  the  local  board  of  education  if  such  an  appeal 
is  authorized  by  the  local  board  of  education,  or  to  the  court. 

(e)  For  waivers  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3 1 1  (a)  and  for  stu- 
dents for  whom  standardized  assessment  data  is  not  available,  school  dis- 
tricts may  use  equivalent  measures  as  determined  by  the  local  governing 
board. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  305, 
310  and  311,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  section  1 1303  to  new  section  1 1309 

filed  1-8-2003;  operative  1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 

1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  2). 

§  1 1 31 0.    State  Board  of  Education  Review  of  Guidelines 
for  Parental  Exception  Waivers. 

(a)  Upon  written  request  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  school  dis- 
trict governing  boards  shall  submit  any  guidelines  or  procedures  adopted 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  31 1  to  the  State  Board  of  Education 
for  its  review. 

(b)  Any  parent  or  guardian  who  applies  for  a  waiver  under  Education 
Code  section  3 1 1  may  request  a  review  of  the  school  district's  guidelines 
or  procedures  by  the  State  Board  of  Education.  The  sole  purpose  of  the 
review  shall  be  to  make  a  determination  as  to  whether  those  guidelines 
or  procedures  comply  with  the  parental  exception  waiver  guidelines  set 
forth  in  Section  11309. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  305, 
310  and  311,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  section  1 1304  to  new  section  1 1310 

filed  1-8-2003;  operative  1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 

1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  2). 

§  1 1 31 5.    Community-Based  English  Tutoring  (CBET) 
Programs. 

In  distributing  funds  authorized  by  Education  Code  sections  315, 
3 1 5.5, 3 16, 3 1 6.5.  and  3 1 7,  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
(SSPI)  shall  allocate  the  funds  and  school  districts  shall  disburse  the 
funds  at  their  discretion  consistent  with  the  following: 

(a)  The  funds  made  available  by  Education  Code  sections  315,  315.5, 
316,  316.5,  and  317  shall  be  apportioned  by  the  SSPI  to  school  districts 
offering  Community-Based  English  Tutoring  (CBET)  based  upon  the 
number  of  limited  English  proficient  (LEP)  pupils  identified  in  the  Annu- 
al Language  Census  Survey  from  the  prior  year. 

(b)  The  governing  boards  of  school  districts  may  disburse  these  funds 
at  their  discretion  to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  this  section.  School  district 
governing  boards  shall  require  providers  of  adult  English  language  in- 
struction which  receive  funds  authorized  by  Education  Code  sections 
315,  315.5, 316, 316.5,  and  317  to  maintain  evidence  that  adult  program 
participants  have  pledged  to  provide  personal  English  language  tutoring 
to  California  school  pupils  with  limited  English  proficiency. 

(c)  School  districts  may  use  these  funds  for  expenses  related  to  the 
CBET  program,  such  as  direct  program  services,  community  notifica- 


• 


Page  132 


Register  2008,  No.  19;  5-9-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11475 


• 


• 


lion,  transportation  services,  and  background  checks  on  CBET  tutors  as 
authorized  by  Education  Code  sections  35021-35021.4  and  45349. 
NOTF;:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3 1 6  and  3303 1 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 313,  3I-S.  315.5,  316.  316.5,  317,  35021,  35021.1,  35021.4,  45349  and 
52164,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  section  11 305  to  new  section  11315 
tiled  l-S-2003;  operative  1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Govemmenl  Code  .section 
1 1.343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  2). 

2.  Ainendmeni  of  section  heading,  section  and  NOTi£  Filed  5-5-2008;  operative 
6-4-2008  (Register  2008.  No.  19). 

§  11 31 5.5.     Duties  of  School  Districts. 

A  school  district  applying  for  CBET  funding  shall  provide  certifica- 
tion to  the  State  Board  of  Education  (SBE)  that: 

(a)  It  has  read  and  is  familiar  with  the  California  Code  of  Regulations, 
title  5.  sections  11315  and  1 1315.5;  and 

(b)  It  will  develop  a  CBET  plan  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections 
3 1 5.5,  3 16.5  and  317.  The  plan  shall  be  approved  by  the  governing  board 
of  the  school  district  and  shall  be  reviewed  and  revised  as  necessary,  or 
at  a  minimum  of  once  every  three  years. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  316  and  33031 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 315,  315.5,  316,  316.5  and  317,  Education  Code. 

History 
I .  New  section  fded  5-5-2008:  operative  6-4-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  19). 

§  1 1 31 5.6.    Data  Collection  and  Reporting. 

(a)  A  school  district  participating  in  the  CBET  program  shall  maintain 
data  that  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to: 

( 1 )  improvement  in  English  literacy  of  adult  English  language  learners 
participating  as  adult  tutors  in  the  CBET  program; 

(2)  improvement  in  attendance  of  pupils  participating  in  the  tutoring 
program; 

(3)  achievement  progress  of  K-12  pupils,  who  were  tutored  by  adult 
CBET  tutors,  as  measured  by  the  California  English  Language  Develop- 
ment Test  (CELDT)  administered  under  Education  Code  section  60810; 
and 

(4)  achievement  progress  of  K-12  pupils,  who  were  tutored  by  adult 
CBET  tutors,  as  measured  by  the  California  Standards  Tests  (CSTs)  ad- 
ministered under  Education  Code  section  60640;  and 

(5)  District-level  assessments  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
317. 

(b)  A  participating  school  district  shall  report  the  data  maintained  pur- 
suant to  subdivision  (a)  to  the  SBE  upon  request. 

(c)  In  no  event  shall  assessment  results  collected  under  subdivision  (a) 
be  communicated,  in  any  way,  to  persons  not  already  legally  authorized 
to  have  that  information. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3 16  and  3303 1 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 313,  315,  315.5,  316,  316.5,  317,  60640  and  60810,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  5-5-2008;  operative  6^^2008  (Register  2008,  No.  19). 

§  1 1 31 6.    Notice  to  Parents  or  Guardians. 

All  notices  and  other  communications  to  parents  or  guardians  required 
or  permitted  by  these  regulations  must  be  provided  in  English  and  in  the 
parents'  or  guardians'  primary  language  to  the  extent  required  under 
Education  Code  section  48985. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  313 
and  48985,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-8-2003;  operative  1-8-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  2). 


Subchapter  5.    English  Language  Centers 

History 
1 .  Repealer  of  Chapter  5  (Sections  1 1400-1 1422)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  69,  No. 
51. 


Subchapter  6.    Summer  Schools  (Other 

Than  Classes  for  Adults,  Adult  Schools,  and 

Evening  High  Schools) 

§  1 1 470.     Application  of  Chapter. 

This  chapter  applies  to  all  summer  schools  receiving  slate  reimburse- 
ment, except  classes  for  adults,  adult  schools,  and  evening  high  schools. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031 ,  37250,  5 1 73 1 .  5 1 76 1 ,  and  52355,  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Sections  .372;SO,  372.52,  517.30-51732  and  51761.  Educa- 
tion Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  8  (§§  1 1 470-1 1 474)  filed  2-24-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  70,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-2.3-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  ( Re<jister 
77,  No.  39). 

3.  Repealerof  Chapter  6  (Sections  1 1440-1 1444)  and  renumbering  of  Chapter  8 
(Sections  11470-11475)  to  Chapter  6  filed  11-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

4.  Amendment  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Recister  83.  No. 
16). 

§  1 1 471 .    Approval  Required. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 

37252,  37253,  42239  and  51730-51732,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
16). 

2.  Repealer  of  section  and  amendment  of  NOTt  filed  9-28-95;  operative  9-28-95 
pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  95,  No.  39). 

§11472.    Courses  Authorized. 

In  addition  to  mathematics  and  science  authorized  by  Education  Code 
section  37253(a),  summer  school  courses  may  be  offered  in  any  of  the 
areas  of  study  specified  in  Education  Code  sections  5 1 2 10(a)  through  (g) 
for  grades  1  to  6  and  51220(a)  through  (j)  for  grades  7  to  12. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  37253(d),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 

37253,  51210,  51220  and  51730-51732,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83.  No.  16). 

2.  New  section  filed  5-16-95  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-16-95  (Register  95, 
No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-1 3-95 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  95, 
No.  39). 

4.  New  section  filed  9-28-95;  operative  9-28-95  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  95,  No.  39). 

5.  Amendment  filed  3-19-96;  operative  4-18-96  (Register  96,  No.  12). 

§  1 1 473.     Level  of  Difficulty. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Sections  33031,  37250,  51731,  51761  and  52355,  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Sections  37250,  37252,  517.30-51732  and  51761,  Educa- 
tion Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  4-1 3-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  1 6). 

§  11474.    Time  and  Duration. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
37252,  37253,  42239  and  5173(K51732.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
16). 

3.  Repealer  of  section  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  9-28-95;  operative  9-28-95 
pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  95,  No.  39). 

§  11475.    Work  Experience  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031.  37250,  51731,  51761  and  52355,  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Sections  37250,  37252,  51730-51732  and  51761,  Educa- 
tion Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-18-72;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  72,  No. 
21). 


Page  133 


Register  2008,  No.  19;  5-9-2008 


§  11500 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


2.  Repealer  filed  4-1 3-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  16). 


Subchapter  7.    Regional  Occupational 

Centers  and  Regional  Occupational 

Programs 

§11500.    Scope. 

The  provisions  of  this  chapter  apply  to  all  Regional  Occupational  Cen- 
ters and  Regional  Occupational  Programs  established  and  maintained 
under  the  authority  of  Article  1  (commencing  with  Section  52300). 
Chapter  9.  Part  28.  Division  4,  Title  2=^=  of  the  Education  Code. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  9:  Section  ]  52  (3303 1  *  ),  745 1 .6  (52306 ''• )  and 
7451.7  (52309*),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Chapter  14  (Sections  7450-7466) 
of  Division  6  of  Part  2  (Article  J  Sections  52300-52330,  Chapter  9,  Part  28,  Divi- 
sion 4,  Title  2*),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  9  (§§  1 1 500  through  1 1 5 1 1 )  filed  4-23-7 1 ;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  71,  No.  17). 

2.  Amendment  filed  12-7-76;  designated  effective  7-1-77  (Register  76,  No.  50). 

3.  Repealer  of  Chapter  7  (Sections  1 1460-1 1461)  and  renumbering  of  Chapter  9 
(Sections  11500-11508)  to  Chapter  7  filed  11-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45).  * 

§11501.    Definitions. 

(a)  A  Regional  Occupational  Center  is  a  vocational  or  technical  train- 
ing program  established  and  maintained  in  a  separate,  identifiable  physi- 
cal facility  pursuant  to  Article  1 ,  Chapter  9,  Part  28,  Division  4,  Title  2* 
of  the  Education  Code. 

(b)  "Region  served"  means  the  area  of  a  county  or  counties  which  con- 
stitutes the  attendance  area  of  the  high  school  district  or  districts  that  form 
the  membership  of  a  Regional  Occupational  Center  and  Program. 

(c)  A  "school  unit"  within  a  participating  district  includes,  but  is  not 
limited  to:  a  community  college,  a  high  school,  a  continuation  high 
school  or  continuation  classes,  an  adult  school  or  classes  for  adults,  or  a 
private  school. 

(d)  "Course/class"  means  any  credit  or  noncredit  instructional  unit  in 
a  subject  area  or  field  of  organized  knowledge,  usually  provided  on  a  se- 
mester, year,  or  other  prescribed  length-of-time  basis. 

(e)  "Section"  means  a  multiple  of  identical  classes  in  a  specific  subject 
having  the  same  goals,  objectives,  and  outcomes. 

(0  "Curriculum"  means  the  courses  of  study,  courses,  subjects, 
classes,  section,  and  organized  group  acfi vines  provided  by  a  school  and/ 
or  Regional  Occupational  Center  or  Regional  Occupational  Program. 

(g)  "Unnecessary  duplication  of  courses  and  programs"  means  that 
two  local  educational  agencies  or  programs,  including  Regional  Occupa- 
tional Centers  or  Regional  Occupational  Programs  offer  the  same  voca- 
tional or  adult  course  or  program  to  the  same  type  of  student  population 
using  similar  operational  characteristics  as  to  prerequisites  unless  one 
agency  reports  that  it  cannot  meet  the  needs  of  all  students  requiring  such 
courses  and  programs. 

(h)  "Supplanting"  occurs  when  a  course,  class,  or  a  section  has  been 
dropped  by  a  school  unit  and  is  replaced  by  another  educational  agency, 
including  a  Regional  Occupational  Center  or  Regional  Occupational 
Program,  without  major  revision  of  the  curriculum,  student  population 
served,  and/or  projected  course  outcomes. 

(i)  "Regional  adult  and  vocational  education  councils"  are  those  coun- 
cils described  in  Article  2  (commencing  with  Section  8020),  Chapter  1 , 
Part  6,  Division  1.  Title  1*  of  the  Education  Code. 

(j)  "Individual  vocational  counseling  and  guidance  services"  means 
services  designed  to: 

( 1 )  Identify  and  encourage  the  enrollment  of  individuals  in  courses  of- 
fered by  a  Regional  Occupational  Center  or  Regional  Occupational  Pro- 
gram. 

(2)  Provide  the  individuals  with  information  necessary  to  make  mean- 
ingful and  informed  occupational  choices. 

(3)  Assist  students  pursuing  a  program  of  vocational  instruction  in  the 
Regional  Occupational  Center  or  Regional  Occupational  Program. 


(k)  A  "county  labor  council,  as  used  in  subsection  (a)(4)  of  Section 
52306''^  of  the  Education  Code,"  means  the  Central  Labor  Council  or  the 
Central  Buildings  and  Trades  Council  having  jurisdiction  in  the  area 
served  by  the  Regional  Occupational  Center  or  Regional  Occupational 
Program. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  52309,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52309.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  subsection  (0  filed  4-19-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74, 
No.  16). 

2.  Repealer  of  former  Secfion  11501,  amendment  and  renumbering  of  Section 
1 1503  to  11501  filed  12-7-76;  designated  effective  7-1-77  (Register  76,  No. 
50). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)  filed  9-19-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  79,  No.  38). 

§  1 1 502.    Applications  for  Establishment  of  Regional 
Occupational  Centers  or  Regional 
Occupational  Programs. 

County  Superintendents  or  cooperating  school  districts  desiring  to  es- 
tablish a  Regional  Occupational  Center  or  a  Regional  Occupational  Pro- 
gram shall  submit  an  application  to  the  State  Board  of  Education  that  in- 
cludes such  detail  as  to  both  explain  and  justify  the  intended  operation, 
including  compliance  with  all  requirements  in  this  Chapter  and  those  de- 
lineated in  Chapter  14  of  Division  6  of  the  Education  Code. 

History 
].  Repealer  of  former  Section  1 1502,  amendment  and  renumbering  of  Section 

1 1505  to  1 1502  filed  12-7-76;  designated  effective  7-1-77  (Register  76,  No. 

50). 

§  1 1 503.    Course  Approval. 

curriculum  provided  by  a  Regional  Occupational  Center  or  a  Regional 
Occupational  Program  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  State  De- 
partment of  Education  and  shall  comply  with  all  requirements  and  stan- 
dards set  forth  in  the  California  State  Plan  for  Vocational  Education  and 
this  Chapter. 

The  State  Department  of  Education  shall  periodically  review  ap- 
proved courses  for  compliance  with  the  California  Five- Year  State  Plan 
for  Vocational  Education  and  this  Chapter.  A  course  found  to  be  out  of 
compliance  shall  be  placed  on  conditional  approval. 

The  State  Department  of  Education  shall  withdraw  course  approval  if 
a  conditionally  approved  course  is  not  brought  into  compliance. 

All  course  approval  records  such  as  those  documenting  compliance 
with  Section  1 1504(a)  through  (1 )  shall  be  maintained  in  the  administra- 
tive office  of  each  Regional  Occupational  Center  or  Regional  Occupa- 
tional Program  for  a  period  of  three  years  and  shall  be  subject  to  review 
and  audit  by  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  SecUon  52309,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
52309,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  and  renumbering  of  Section  1 1507  to  1 1503  filed  1 2-7-79;  desig- 
nated effective  7-1-77  (Register  76,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-19-79;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
38). 

§  1 1 504.    Course  Appropriateness  and  Criteria  for  Course 
Approval. 

(a)  The  only  courses  which  are  appropriate  for  a  Regional  Occupation- 
al Center  and  a  Regional  Occupational  Program  to  offer  are  those  courses 
which  provide  vocational  or  technical  training  for  students  who  are  not 
presently  served  through  such  courses  offered  by  the  high  schools,  com- 
munity colleges,  and  adult  schools  in  the  region  served  by  the  Regional 
Occupational  Center  or  Regional  Occupational  Program. 

Generalized  training  courses  are  not  appropriate.  For  the  purpose  of 
this  section,  "generalized  courses"  includes  courses  in  general  education, 
industrial  arts,  and  basic  adult  education. 

(b)  Opportunity  for  enrollment  shall  be  available  to  eligible  students 
in  the  region  served. 

(c)  The  course  does  not  unnecessarily  duplicate  course  offerings  al- 
ready available  in  the  region  served.  Consideration  will  be  given  to  action 
taken  by  regional  adult  and  vocational  education  councils. 


Page  134 


Register  2008,  No.  19;  5-9-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


S 11504 


• 


(d)  The  course  does  not  unnecessarily  duplicate  vocational  education- 
al opportunities  offered  by  community  colleges  serving  the  same  geo- 
graphical region. 

(e)  The  course  provides  vocational  education  opportunities  for  a  great- 
er number  of  students  than  would  otherwise  be  possible. 

(f)  Evidence  indicates  that  more  efficient  use  is  made  of  facilities,  per- 
sonnel and  services  than  when  the  course  is  provided  for  the  students  of 
a  school  unit.  Such  evidence  shall  include,  but  is  not  hmited  to  the  follow- 
ing: 

( 1 )  The  facility  used  and  equipment  in  the  Regional  Occupational  Cen- 
ter or  Regional  Occupational  Program  is  better  related  to  the  needs  of 
business,  industry,  and  students. 

(2)  The  facilities,  equipment,  and  vocational  instructional  personnel 
of  the  Regional  Occupational  Center  or  Regional  Occupational  Program 
will  be  utilized  by  more  students  than  would  be  utilized  by  a  local  high 
school  unit. 

(g)  Opportunity  is  increased  for  vocational  education  services  to  stu- 
dents regardless  of  their  geographical  location  or  residence  in  the  region 
served. 

(h)  Use  of  supportive  resources  for  vocational  education,  including, 
but  not  limited  to.  industry  cooperation  and  community  facilities  is  in- 
creased. 


(i)  There  is  evidence  that  use  is  being  made  of  subject  area  advisory 
committees  in  determining  courses  appropriate  for  Regional  Occupa- 
tional Centers  or  Regional  Occupational  Programs.  Such  evidence  shall 
include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  the  following: 

(1)  The  majority  of  the  comnrittee  membership  shall  represent  the  oc- 
cupation for  which  instruction  is  given. 

(2)  Documentation  of  advisory  committee  minutes,  with  recommen- 
dations in  regard  to  the  course  being  offered,  shall  be  on  file. 

(j)  The  courses  offered  in  a  Regional  Occupational  Center  or  Regional 
Occupational  Program  shall  only  be  for  providing  training,  upgrading, 
and  retraining  in  recognized  occupations  and/or  emerging  occupations 
to  meet  the  labor  demand  as  determined  and  verified  by  the  Regional  Oc- 
cupational Center  or  Regional  Occupational  Program. 

(k)  The  course  shall  not  unnecessarily  reduce  or  supplant  the  vocation- 
al education  efforts  of  any  participating  district  but  shall  become  an  ex- 
tension or  augmentation  of  vocational  education  opportunities  and  enrol- 
lments in  the  participating  districts. 

(/)  Instruction  in  the  course  is  being  provided  by  an  instructor  meeting 
the  requirements  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  52323,  the  Califor- 
nia State  Plan  for  Vocational  Education,  and  providing  immediate  super- 
vision and  control  as  defined  by  Section  10091  of  this  title. 


• 


[The  next  page  is  135.] 


Page  134.1 


Register  2008,  No.  19;  5-9-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


H1510 


• 


• 


NOTL:  Authoritv  cited:  Section  52309.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
.52309.  Hducation  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  and  renumbering  of  Section  1 1508  to  1 1504  filed  12-7-76;  desig- 
nated effective  7-1-77  (Register  76.  No.  50). 

2.  Repealer  of  .subsection  (I)  and  renumbering  of  subsection  (m)  to  subsection  (1) 
filed  9-19-79;  effective  thiitieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  38). 

§11505.    Counseling  and  Guidance. 

A  Regional  Occupational  Centeror  a  Regional  Occupational  Program 
shall  provide  individual  vocational  coun.seling  atid  guidance  directly 
supportive  of.  and  contributory  to,  the  instructional  programs  that  consti- 
tute the  course  offerings  of  the  Regional  Center  or  Regional  Occupation- 
al Program.  The  counseling  and  guidance  services  funded  pursuant  to  the 
provisions  of  Article  1 ,  Chapter  9,  Part  28.  Division  4.  Title  2*  of  the  Edu- 
cation Code  shall  not  be  construed  as  general  support  for  guidance  and 
counseling  services  for  the  total  school  enrollment  or  for  the  total  voca- 
tional education  enrollment  in  a  .school. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  and  renumbering  of  Section  1 1509  to  1 1505  filed  12-7-76;  desig- 
nated effective  7-1-77  (Register  76.  No.  .50). 

§11506.    Evaluation. 

Each  Regional  Occupational  Center  or  Regional  Occupational  Pro- 
gram shall  submit  to  the  Department  of  Education  in  such  detail,  at  such 
time,  and  in  such  manner  as  the  Department  of  Education  deems  neces- 
sary, an  evaluation  of  the  Regional  Occupational  Center  or  Regional  Oc- 
cupational Program.  This  evaluation  shall  include  but  not  be  limited  to 
the  following  information: 

(a)  Analysis  of  the  cost  of  individual  centers,  programs,  and  services. 

(b)  Enrollments  defined  in  terms  of  high  school  students,  post-high 
school  students,  and  adults. 

(c)  Number  of  trainees  employed  in  specific  entry-level  occupations. 

(d)  Number  of  trainees  continuing  training  in  other  institutions. 

(e)  Dropout  rates  and  placement  data. 

(f)  Activities  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Sections  52305(c),  52306 
and  52307. 

History 

1 .  New  subsection  (f)  filed  4-19-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74, 
No.  16). 

2.  Renumbering  of  Section  1 1510  to  1 1506  filed  12-7-76;  designated  effective 
7-1-77  (Register  76,  No.  50). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (f)  filed  9-2.3-77;  effecUve  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No.  39). 

§11507.    Administration. 

Each  Regional  Occupational  Center  or  Regional  Occupational  Pro- 
gram shall  be  organized  and  administered  in  such  manner  that  there  will 
be  a  clear  and  separate  audit  trail  of  all  income  and  expenditures,  of  all 
agreements  and  contracts,  of  enrollments,  and  of  all  other  statistical  in- 
formation pertaining  to  fiscal  and  instructional  accountability. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  Section  1 151 1  to  1 1507  filed  12-7-76;  designated  effective 

7-1-77  (Register  76.  No.  50). 

§  11508.    Establishing  and  Operating  Business, 
Commercial,  Trade,  Manufacturing  or 
Construction  Activities. 

(a)  Regional  occupational  centers  and  regional  occupational  programs 
iTiay  establish  and  operate  business,  commercial,  trade,  manufacturing  or 
construction  activities  which  may  include  the  sale  of  products  or  services 
to  private  or  public  corporations  or  companies,  or  to  the  general  public 
as  authorized  in  subdivision  (c)  of  Education  Code  Section  52305. 

(b)  Where  the  activities  described  in  subsection  (a)  of  this  section  in- 
clude the  sale  of  products  or  services  to  private  or  public  corporations  or 
companies,  or  to  the  general  public,  the  regional  occupational  center  or 
regional  occupational  program  shall  request  prior  approval  from  the 
State  Department  of  Education.  Application  for  approval  shall  be  sub- 
mitted on  a  form  prescribed  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 


and  the  proposal  therein  shall  comply  with  all  the  conditions  .set  forth  in 
Education  Code  Sections  52306  and  52307. 

Hlstory 

1 .  New  secfion  filed  4-19-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Resiister  74.  No. 
16). 

2.  Renumbering  of  Section  11512  to  1 1508  filed  12-7-76;  designated  effective 
7-1-77  (Register  76,  No.  .50). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 


Subchapter  7.5.    California  English 
Language  Development  Test 


Article  1.    General 

§11510.     Definitions. 

For  the  purposes  of  the  test  required  by  Education  Code  Section 
313(a),  referred  to  as  the  California  English  Language  Development 
Test,  the  following  definitions  shall  apply: 

(a)  "'Accommodation"  is  any  variation  in  the  assessment  environment 
or  process  that  does  not  fundamentally  alter  what  the  test  measures  or  af- 
fect the  comparability  of  scores.  "Accommodations"  may  include  varia- 
tions in  scheduling,  setting,  aids,  equipment,  and  presentation  format. 

(b)  An  "administration"  means  a  pupil's  attempt  to  take  all  sections  of 
the  California  English  Language  Development  Test,  including  listening, 
speaking,  reading,  and  writing. 

(c)  "Alternate  Assessment"  is  an  alternate  means  to  measure  the  Eng- 
lish language  proficiency  of  pupils  with  disabilities  whose  Individual- 
ized Education  Program  Team  has  determined  that  they  are  unable  to  par- 
ticipate in  the  California  English  Language  Development  Test  even  with 
accommodations,  variations,  or  modifications. 

(d)  "Annual  assessments"  are  administrations  of  the  California  Eng- 
lish Language  Development  Test  to  enrolled  pupils  who  are  currently 
identified  as  English  learners. 

(e)  "Annual  assessment  window"  begins  on  July  1  and  ends  on  Octo- 
ber 3 1  of  each  school  year. 

(f)  "Date  of  first  enrollment"  is  the  date  on  which  the  pupil  is  scheduled 
to  be  in  attendance  in  a  California  public  school  for  the  first  time. 

(g)  "Department"  is  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(h)  "District  coordinator"  is  an  employee  of  the  school  district  desig- 
nated by  the  superintendent  of  the  district  to  oversee  the  administration 
of  the  CELDT  within  the  district. 

(i)  "Excessive  materials"  is  the  difference  between  the  sum  of  the 
number  of  tests  scored  and  90  percent  of  the  tests  ordered  by  the  district. 

(j)  "Grade  level"  is  the  grade  assigned  to  the  pupil  by  the  school  district 
at  the  time  of  testing. 

(k)  "Home  language  survey"  is  a  form  administered  by  the  school  dis- 
trict to  be  completed  by  the  pupil's  parent  or  guardian  at  the  time  of  first 
enrollment  in  a  Califomia  public  school  indicating  language  use  in  the 
home  which,  if  completed,  fulfills  the  school  district's  obligation  re- 
quired by  Education  Code  Section  52164.1. 

(/)  "Initial  assessment"  is  the  administration  of  the  Califomia  English 
Language  Development  Test  to  a  pupil  whose  primary  language  is  other 
than  English,  as  determined  by  the  Home  Langtiage  Survey,  and  who  has 
not  previously  been  assessed  for  English  language  proficiency  in  a 
Califomia  public  school. 

(m)  "Modification"  is  any  variation  in  the  assessment  environment  or 
process  that  fundamentally  alters  what  the  test  measures  or  affects  the 
comparability  of  scores. 

(n)  "Primary"  language  is  the  language  first  leamed  by  the  pupil,  most 
frequently  used  at  home,  or  most  frequently  spoken  by  the  parents  or  oth- 
er adults  in  the  home  when  speaking  with  the  pupil. 

(o)  "Proctor"  is  an  employee  of  a  school  district  who  has  received 
training  specifically  designed  to  prepare  him  or  her  to  assist  the  test  ex- 
aminer in  administration  of  the  Califomia  English  Language  Develop- 
ment Test. 


Page  135 


Register  2005,  No.  23;  6-10-2005 


§  11511 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(p)  "Pupil"  is  a  person  enrolled  in  a  California  school  district  in  kinder- 
garten through  grade  1 2,  or  in  ungraded  programs,  including  those  pupils 
placed  in  a  nonpublic  school  through  the  Individualized  Education  Pro- 
gram (lEP)  process  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  .'^6365. 

(q)  "Records  of  results"  are: 

(1 )  Student  test  results  from  the  pupil's  cumulative  file; 

(2)  Parent  notification  letter  of  student  results; 

(3)  Previous  or  current  school  district  pupil  electronic  data  files; 

(4)  Student  Proficiency  Level  Reports;  and 

(5)  Verification  from  prior  school  district. 

(r)  "School  districts"  include  elementary,  high  school,  and  unified 
school  districts,  county  offices  of  education,  and  any  charter  school  that 
for  assessment  purposes  does  not  elect  to  be  part  of  the  school  district  or 
county  office  of  education  that  granted  the  charter,  and  any  charter  school 
chartered  by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

(s)  "Scribe"  is  an  employee  of  the  school  district,  or  a  person  assigned 
by  a  nonpublic  school  to  implement  a  pupil's  lEP  and  is  required  to  tran- 
scribe a  pupil's  responses  to  the  format  required  by  the  test.  The  pupil's 
parent  or  guardian  is  not  eligible  to  be  a  scribe. 

(t)  "Site  coordinator"  is  an  employee  of  the  school  district  designated 
by  the  district  coordinator  or  the  superintendent,  or  a  person  assigned  by 
a  nonpublic  school  to  implement  a  student's  lEP,  who  oversees  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  CELDT  at  each  test  site  at  which  the  examination  is 
given. 

(u)  "Test"  is  the  California  English  Language  Development  Test. 

( v)  "Test  Examiner"  is  an  employee  of  the  school  district  who  is  profi- 
cient in  English  and  has  received  training  specifically  designed  to  pre- 
pare him  or  her  to  administer  the  test. 

(w)  "Test  materials"  are  materials  necessary  for  administration  of  the 
California  English  Language  Development  Test,  including  but  not  lim- 
ited to  audio-cassettes,  test  manuals,  pupil  test  booklets,  forms  for  re- 
cording pupil  responses  and  background  information,  video  tapes,  an- 
swer keys,  scoring  rubrics,  special  test  versions,  and  any  other  materials 
developed  and  provided  by  the  contractor. 

(x)  "Variation"  is  a  change  in  the  manner  in  which  a  test  is  presented 
or  administered,  or  in  how  a  test  taker  is  allowed  to  respond,  and  includes, 
but  is  not  limited  to,  accommodadons  and  modificafions. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  306, 
3L3,  52164.1  and  60810,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  subchapter  7.5  (articles  1^),  article  1  (section  11510)  and  section  filed 
lO^t-2001;  operative  11-3-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  40). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (f),  repealer  of  subsection  (j)  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  4-14-2003;  operative  4-14-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  16). 

3.  Amendment  filed  6-9-2005;  operative  6-9-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343 .4  (Register  2005,  No.  23). 


Article  2.    Administration 


§11511.    Initial  and  Annual  Assessments. 

(a)  Initial  assessments  shall  be  administered  as  follows: 

(1)  Any  pupil  whose  primary  language  is  other  than  English  as  deter- 
mined by  the  home  language  survey  and  who  has  not  previously  been 
idenfified  as  an  English  learner  by  a  California  public  school  or  for  whom 
there  is  no  record  of  results  from  an  administration  of  an  English  lan- 
guage proficiency  test,  shall  be  assessed  for  English  language  proficien- 
cy with  the  test  within  30  calendar  days  after  the  date  of  first  enrollment 
in  a  California  public  school,  or  within  60  calendar  days  before  the  date 
of  first  enrollment,  but  not  before  July  1  of  that  school  year. 

(b)  Annual  assessments  shall  be  administered  as  follows: 

The  English  language  proficiency  of  all  currently  enrolled  English 
learners  shall  be  assessed  by  administering  the  test  during  the  annual  as- 
sessment window. 


(c)  Both  Initial  and  Annual  assessments  shall  be  administered  in  accor- 
dance with  the  test  contractor's  direcfions,  except  as  provided  for  in  Sec- 
tions 11516,  11516.5,  and  11516.6. 

(d)  For  both  Initial  and  Annual  assessments,  the  school  district  is  re- 
sponsible for  the  cost  of  excessive  materials  ordered  by  the  school  dis- 
trict. In  no  event  shall  the  cost  to  the  school  district  for  replacement  or 
excessive  materials  exceed  the  amount  per  test  booklet  and  accompany- 
ing material  that  is  paid  to  the  test  contractor  by  the  California  Depart- 
ment of  Education  as  part  of  the  contract  with  the  test  contractor  for  the 
current  year. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  3.3031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
306(a),  313  and  37200.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  2  (sections  1 151 1-11514)  and  section  filed  10-4-2001;  operative 
1 1-3-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  40). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  6-9-2005;  operative 
6-9-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No. 
23). 

§  1 1 51 1 .5.    Reporting  to  Parents. 

For  each  pupil  assessed  using  the  test,  each  school  district  shall  notify 
parents  or  guardians  of  the  pupil's  results  within  30  calendar  days  follow- 
ing receipt  of  results  of  testing  from  the  test  contractor.  The  noufication 
shall  comply  with  the  requirements  of  Education  Code  Section  48985. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
306(a),  313  and  48985,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-4-2001;  operative  1 1-3-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  40). 

2.  Amendment  filed  6-9-2005;  operative  6-9-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  23). 

§  1 1 51 1 .6.    Reporting  Test  Scores. 

No  aggregate  or  group  scores  or  reports  that  are  compiled  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  Section  6085 1  shall  be  reported  electronically,  in  hard 
copy,  or  in  other  media,  to  any  audience  other  than  the  school  or  school 
district  where  the  pupils  were  tested,  if  the  aggregate  or  group  scores  or 
reports  are  composed  of  three  (3)  or  fewer  individual  pupil  scores.  In  each 
instance  in  which  no  score  is  reported  for  this  reason,  the  notation  shall 
appear:  "The  number  of  pupils  in  this  category  is  too  small  for  statistical 
accuracy  or  privacy  protection."  In  no  case  shall  any  group  score  be  re- 
ported that  would  deliberately  or  inadvertently  make  public  the  score  or 
performance  of  any  individual  student. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
49076,  60810  and  60812,  Education  Code;  20  USC  Section  1232(g). 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  6-9-2005;  operative  6-9-2005  pursuant  to  Government 

Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  23). 

§  11512.     District  Documentation  and  Pupil  Records. 

(a)  The  school  district  shall  maintain  a  record  of  all  pupils  who  partici- 
pate in  each  administration  of  the  test.  This  record  shall  include  the  fol- 
lowing information  for  each  administration: 

( 1 )  The  name  of  each  pupil  who  took  the  test. 

(2)  The  grade  level  of  each  pupil  who  took  the  test. 

(3)  The  date  on  which  the  administration  of  the  test  was  completed  for 
each  pupil. 

(4)  The  test  results  obtained  for  each  pupil. 

(b)  The  school  district  shall  enter  in  each  pupil's  record  the  following 
informaUon  for  each  administration  of  the  test: 

(1)  The  date  referred  to  by  subdivision  (a)(3). 

(2)  The  pupil's  test  results. 

(c)  The  record  required  by  subdivision  (a)  shall  be  created  and  the  in- 
formation required  by  subdivision  (b)  of  this  section  shall  be  entered  in 
each  pupil's  record  prior  to  the  subsequent  administration  of  the  test. 

(d)  In  order  to  comply  with  the  accountability  requirements  under  Title 
III  of  No  Child  Left  Behind,  part  A,  Section  3 1 22  of  the  Elementary  and 
Secondary  Education  Act  (Public  Law  107-110),  whenever  a  pupil 
transfers  from  one  school  district  to  another,  the  pupil's  CELDT  records 
including  the  informaUon  specified  in  Section  11512(a)  shall  be  trans- 


• 


• 


• 


Page  136 


Register  2005,  No.  23;  6- 10-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11513.5 


• 


I'crred  by  the  sending  district  wiiiiin  20  calendar  days  upon  a  request  from 

the  receiving  district  where  the  pupil  is  now  enrolled. 

NOTl:::  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Hducation  Code.  Reference:  Sections 

3()6(a).  313(b).  49068  and  60810(d),  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Sections 

6841-6842, 

History 

1.  New  section  Hied  10-4-2001:  operative  1 1-3-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  40). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (c).  new  subsection  (d)  and  amendment  of 
N(nt.  filed  6-9-200,S;  operative  6-9-200.S  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
lion  1  1,343.4  (Register  200.S,  No.  23). 

§  11 51 2.5.     Data  for  Analysis  of  Pupil  Proficiency. 

(a)  Each  school  district  shall  provide  the  test  contractor  the  following 
information  for  each  pupil  tested  for  purposes  of  the  analyses  and  report- 
ing required  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  60810(c)  and  60812. 
and  for  accountability  requirements  under  Title  III  of  No  Child  Left  Be- 
hind, Part  A,  Section  3122  of  the  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 
Act  (Public  Law  107-110): 

(1)  Pupil's  full  name; 

(2)  Dale  of  birth; 

(3)  County,  district,  school  code; 

(4)  Date  that  testing  was  completed; 

(5)  Grade  level; 

(6)  Gender; 

(7)  Primary  language; 

(8)  Program  participation; 

(9)  Special  education  and  504  plan  status; 

(10)  Primary  Disability; 

(11)  Ethnicity; 

(12)  Year  first  enrolled  in  a  United  States  school; 

(13)  School  mobility. 

( 14)  CELDT  scores  from  the  previous  test  administration; 

(15)  Purpose;  an  initial  assessment  or  an  annual  assessment; 

(16)  District  and  County  of  residence  for  pupils  with  disabilities; 

(17)  Grade  level  from  the  previous  CELDT  administration; 

(18)  Use  of  test  modifications  and/or  accommodations; 

(19)  Use  of  Alternate  Assessment(s);  and 

(20)  California  School  Information  Services  (CSIS)  student  number 
once  assigned. 

(b)  The  demographic  information  required  by  subdivision  (a)  is  for  the 
purposes  of  aggregate  analyses  and  reporting  only. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  313, 
60810  and  60812.  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Sections  6841-6842. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-4-2001;  operative  11-3-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  40). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)(l  1)  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  4-14-2003; 
operative  4-14-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register 
2003,  No.  16). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  6-9-200.*);  operative  6-9-2005  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  23). 

§  11513.     California  English  Language  Development  Test 
District  Coordinator. 

(a)  On  or  before  April  I,  or  90  calendar  days  before  the  beginning  of 
the  annual  assessment  window  of  each  school  year,  the  superintendent 
of  each  school  district  shall  designate  from  among  the  employees  of  the 
school  district  a  California  English  Language  Development  Test  district 
coordinator.  The  superintendent  shall  notify  the  test  contractor  of  the 
identity  and  contact  information  for  the  California  English  Language  De- 
velopment Test  district  coordinator.  The  California  English  Language 
Development  Test  district  coordinator,  or  the  school  district  superinten- 
dent or  his  or  her  designee,  shall  be  available  throughout  the  year  and 
shall  serve  as  the  liaison  between  the  school  district  and  the  CaHfomia 
Department  of  Education  for  all  matters  related  to  the  test.  At  the  discre- 
tion of  the  district  superintendent,  the  contact  information  may  include 
an  electronic  email  address. 

(b)  The  California  English  Language  Development  Test  district  coor- 
dinator's responsibilities  shall  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  follow- 
ing: 


(1)  Responding  to  correspondence  and  inquiries  from  the  contractor 
in  a  timely  manner  and  as  provided  in  the  contractor's  instructions. 

(2)  Determining  school  district  and  individual  school  test  and  test  ma- 
terial needs  in  conjunction  with  the  test  contractor. 

(3)  Overseeing  the  acquisition  and  distribution  of  tests  and  test  materi- 
als to  individual  schools  and  sites. 

(4)  Maintaining  security  over  the  test  and  test  data  using  the  procedure 
set  forth  in  Section  1 1514.  The  California  English  Language  Develop- 
ment Test  district  coordinator  shall  sign  the  Test  Security  Agreement  set 
forth  in  Section  1 1514  with  the  lest  contractor  prior  to  receipt  of  ihc  test 
materials.  A  copy  of  the  Test  Security  Agreement  shall  be  maintained  at 
the  district  office  for  12  inonths  from  the  date  signed. 

(5)  Overseeing  the  administration  of  the  test  to  pupils. 

(6)  Overseeing  the  collection  and  return  of  all  completed  test  materials 
and  test  data  to  the  contractor. 

(7)  Assisting  the  test  contractor  in  the  resolution  of  any  discrepancies 
in  the  test  information  and  materials. 

(8)  Ensuring  that  all  test  materials  are  received  from  school  test  sites 
within  the  school  district  in  sufficient  time  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of 
subdivision  (10). 

(9)  Ensuring  that  all  tests  and  test  materials  received  from  .school  test 
sites  within  the  school  district  have  been  placed  in  a  secure  school  district 
location  upon  receipt  of  those  tests. 

(10)  Ensuring  that  all  test  materials  are  inventoried,  packaged,  and  la- 
beled in  accordance  with  instructions  from  the  test  contractor.  The  com- 
pleted test  materials  shall  be  returned  to  the  test  contractor  at  the  date  spe- 
cified monthly  by  the  test  contractor  for  initial  assessments  of  pupils  but 
no  later  than  ten  (10)  working  days  after  the  clo.se  of  the  testing  window 
for  the  annual  assessment. 

(11)  Ensuring  that  the  tests  and  test  materials  are  retained  in  a  secure, 
locked  location,  in  the  unopened  boxes  in  which  they  were  received  from 
the  test  contractor,  from  the  time  they  are  received  in  the  school  district 
until  the  time  they  are  delivered  to  the  test  sites. 

(12)  Overseeing  the  collection  of  all  pupil  data  to  comply  with  Sec- 
tions 11512  and  1^512.5. 

( 1 3)  Immediately  notifying  the  test  contractor  of  any  security  breaches 
or  testing  irregularities  in  the  district  before,  during,  or  after  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  test. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  3 1 3 
and  60810(d),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-4-2001;  operaUve  11-3-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  40). 

2.  Amendment  filed  6-9-2005;  operative  6-9-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  secfion  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  23). 


§  11513.5.    California  English  Language  Development  Test 
Site  Coordinator. 

(a)  Annually,  the  superintendent  of  the  school  district  shall  designate 
a  California  English  Language  Development  Test  site  coordinator  for 
each  test  site,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  each  charter  school,  each  court 
school,  and  each  school  or  program  operated  by  a  school  district,  from 
among  the  employees  of  the  school  district.  The  California  English  Lan- 
guage Development  Test  site  coordinator,  or  the  site  principal  or  his  or 
her  designee,  shall  be  available  to  the  California  English  Language  De- 
velopment Test  district  coordinator  for  the  purpose  of  resolving  issues 
that  arise  as  a  result  of  the  administration  of  the  test. 

(b)  The  California  English  Language  Development  Test  site  coordina- 
tor's responsibilities  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  all  of  the  follow- 
ing: 

(1)  Determining  site  test  and  test  material  needs. 

(2)  Arranging  for  test  administration  at  the  site. 

(3)  Completing  the  Test  Security  Agreement  and  Test  Security  Affida- 
vit prior  to  the  receipt  of  test  materials. 

(4)  Delivering  test  materials  only  to  those  persons  who  have  executed 
Test  Security  Agreements  and  who  are  administering  the  test. 


Page  137 


Register  2005,  No.  23;  6-10-2005 


§11514 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(5)  Overseeing  test  security  requirements,  including  collecting  and  de- 
livering all  completed  Test  Security  Affidavit  forms  to  the  district  office 
from  the  test  examiners  and  other  site  personnel  involved  with  testing. 

(6)  Maintaining  security  over  the  test  and  test  data  as  required  by  Sec- 
tion 11514. 

(7)  Overseeing  the  acquisition  of  tests  from  the  school  district  and  the 
distribution  of  tests  to  the  test  examiner(s). 

(8)  Overseeing  the  administration  of  the  test  to  pupils  at  the  test  site. 

(9)  Overseeing  the  collection  and  return  of  all  testing  materials  to  the 
California  English  Language  Development  Test  district  coordinator. 

(10)  Assisting  the  California  English  Language  Development  Test 
district  coordinator  and  the  test  contractor  in  the  resolution  of  any  discre- 
pancies between  the  number  of  tests  received  from  the  California  English 
Language  Development  Test  district  coordinator  and  the  number  of  tests 
collected  for  return  to  the  California  English  Language  Development 
Test  district  coordinator. 

(11)  Overseeing  the  collection  of  all  pupil  data  required  by  Sections 
11512  and  11512.5. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  313 
and  60810(d),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  10-4-2001;  operative  1 1-3-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  40). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  6-9-2005;  operative  6-9-2005  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  23). 

§11514.    Test  Security. 

(a)  The  California  English  Language  Development  Test  site  coordina- 
tor shall  ensure  that  strict  supervision  is  maintained  over  each  pupil  while 
the  pupil  is  being  administered  the  test. 

(b)  Access  to  the  test  materials  is  limited  to  pupils  being  administered 
the  test  and  employees  of  the  school  district  directly  responsible  for  ad- 
ministration of  the  test  who  have  signed  the  Test  Security  Affidavit  set 
forth  in  subdivision  (g). 

(c)  All  California  English  Language  Development  Test  district  and 
test  site  coordinators  shall  sign  the  Test  Security  Agreement  set  forth  in 
subdivision  (d). 

(d)  The  Test  Security  Agreement  shall  be  as  follows: 
CALIFORNIA  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  DEVELOPMENT  TEST 

TEST  SECURITY  AGREEMENT 
(1)1  will  take  all  necessary  precautions  to  safeguard  all  tests  and  test 
materials  by  limiting  access  to  persons  within  the  school  district  with  a 
responsible,  professional  interest  in  the  test's  security. 

(2)  I  will  keep  on  file  the  names  of  persons  having  access  to  tests  and 
test  materials.  I  will  require  all  persons  having  access  to  the  materials  to 
sign  the  Test  Security  Affidavit  that  will  be  kept  on  file  in  the  school  dis- 
trict office. 

(3)  I  will  keep  the  tests  and  test  materials  in  a  secure,  locked  location, 
limiting  access  to  only  those  persons  responsible  for  test  security,  except 
on  actual  testing  dates. 

By  signing  my  name  to  this  document,  I  am  assuring  that  I  will  abide 
by  the  above  conditions. 

By: 

Title: 


School  District: 
Date: 


(e)  Each  California  English  Language  Development  Test  site  coordi- 
nator shall  deliver  the  tests  and  test  materials  only  to  those  persons  actual- 
ly administering  the  test  on  the  date  of  testing  and  only  upon  execution 
of  the  Test  Security  Affidavit  set  forth  in  subdivision  (g). 

(f)  All  persons  having  access  to  the  test,  including  but  not  limited  to 
the  California  English  Language  Development  Test  site  coordinator,  test 
examiners,  and  test  proctors,  shall  acknowledge  the  limited  purpose  of 
their  access  to  the  test  by  signing  the  Test  Security  Affidavit  set  forth  in 
subdivision  (g). 

(g)  The  Test  Security  Affidavit  shall  be  completed  by  each  test  ex- 
aminer and  test  proctor. 


CALIFORNIA  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  DEVELOPMENT  TEST 
SECURITY  AFFIDAVIT 

1  acknowledge  that  I  will  have  access  to  the  test  for  the  purpose  of  ad- 
ministering the  test.  I  understand  that  these  materials  are  highly  secure, 
and  it  is  my  professional  responsibility  to  protect  their  security  as  fol- 
lows: 

(1)1  will  not  divulge  the  contents  of  the  test  to  any  other  person 
through  verbal,  written,  or  any  other  means  of  communication. 

(2)  I  will  not  copy  any  part  of  the  test  or  test  materials  unless  necessary 
to  administer  the  test. 

(3)  I  will  keep  the  test  secure  until  the  test  is  actually  distributed  to  pu- 
pils. 

(4)  I  will  limit  access  to  the  test  and  test  materials  by  test  examinees 
to  the  actual  testing  periods  when  they  are  taking  the  test. 

(5)  I  will  collect  and  account  for  all  materials  following  each  period 
of  testing  and  will  not  permit  pupils  to  remove  test  materials  from  the 
room  where  testing  takes  place. 

(6)  1  will  not  disclose  the  contents  of,  or  the  scoring  keys  to,  the  test 
instrument. 

(7)  I  will  not  review  any  test  questions,  passages  or  other  test  items 
with  pupils  before  or  after  testing. 

(8)  I  will  administer  the  test(s)  in  accordance  with  the  directions  for 
test  administration  set  forth  in  the  contractor's  manual  for  test  adminis- 
tration. 

(9)  I  will  return  all  test  materials  to  the  designated  California  English 
Language  Development  Test  site  coordinator  upon  completion  of  the 
test. 

( 1 0)  1  will  not  interfere  with  the  independent  work  of  any  pupil  taking 
the  test  and  I  will  not  compromise  the  security  of  the  test  by  means  includ- 
ing, but  not  limited  to: 

(A)  Providing  pupils  with  access  to  test  questions  prior  to  testing. 

(B)  Copying,  reproducing,  transmitting,  distributing  or  using  in  any 
manner  inconsistent  with  test  security  all  or  any  portion  of  any  secure 
California  English  Language  Development  Test  booklet  or  document. 

(C)  Coaching  pupils  during  testing  or  altering  or  interfering  with  the 
pupil's  responses  in  any  way. 

(D)  Making  answer  keys  available  to  pupils. 

(E)  Failing  to  follow  security  rules  for  distribution  and  return  of  secure 
tests  as  directed,  or  failing  to  account  for  all  secure  test  materials  before, 
during,  and  after  testing. 

(F)  Failing  to  follow  test  administration  directions  specified  in  test  ad- 
ministration manuals. 

(G)  Participating  in,  directing,  aiding,  counseling,  assisting  in,  or  en- 
couraging any  of  the  acts  prohibited  in  this  section. 

I  have  been  trained  to  administer  the  test. 

Signed:  

Print  Name: 

Position: 

School: 


School  District: 
Date: 


(h)  To  maintain  the  security  of  the  test,  all  California  English  Lan- 
guage Development  Test  district  and  test  site  coordinators  are  responsi- 
ble for  inventory  control  and  shall  use  appropriate  inventory  control 
forms  to  monitor  and  track  test  inventory. 

(i)  The  security  of  the  test  materials  that  have  been  duly  delivered  to 
the  school  district  by  the  test  contractor  is  the  sole  responsibility  of  the 
school  district  until  all  test  materials  have  been  inventoried,  accounted 
for,  and  delivered  to  the  common  or  private  carrier  designated  by  the  test 
contractor. 

(j)  Secure  transportation  within  a  school  district  is  the  responsibility 

of  the  school  district  once  materials  have  been  duly  delivered  to  the 

school  district  by  the  test  contractor. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  313, 
Education  Code. 


• 


• 


Page  138 


Register  2005,  No.  23;  6-10-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11516.7 


History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-4-2001 :  operative  1 1-3-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  40). 

2.  Amendnient  tiled  6-9-200.^:  operative  6-9-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  23). 


Article  3.    Test 
Variations/Accommodations/Modifications 

§11516.    Variations. 

(a)  School  district  may  provide  all  pupils  the  following  variations: 

(1)  Test  directions  that  are  simplified  or  clarified  in  English  for  the 
Reading  and  Writing  sections. 

(2)  Sufficient  time  to  complete  the  test  as  provided  in  the  directions  for 
test  administration. 

(b)  School  districts  may  provide  all  pupils  the  following  variations  if 
regularly  used  in  the  classroom: 

( 1 )  Special  or  adaptive  furniture; 

(2)  Special  lighting  or  acoustics,  visual  magnifying,  or  audio  amplifi- 
cation equipment; 

(3)  An  individual  carrel  or  study  enclosure; 

(4)  Covered  overlay,  masks,  or  other  means  to  maintain  visual  atten- 
tion to  the  test  consistent  with  contractor's  test  directions; 

(5)  Test  individual  in  a  separate  room  provided  that  the  pupil  is  directly 
supervised  by  an  employee  of  the  school  district  or  nonpublic  school  who 
has  signed  the  Test  Security  Affidavit;  and 

(6)  Manually  Coded  English  or  American  Sign  Language  to  present 
directions  for  administration  (does  not  apply  to  test  questions). 

(c)  If  a  school  district  proposed  the  use  of  a  variation  on  the  test  that 
is  not  listed  in  this  section.  1 1516.5,  or  1 1516.6,  the  school  district  may 
submit  a  request  to  the  department  for  review  of  proposed  variation  in  ad- 
ministering the  test. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031 .  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  306, 
313  and  37200,  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Section  631 1. 

History 

1.  New  article  3  (sections  11 516-1 1516.5) and  section  filed  10-4-2001;  operative 
1 1-3-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  40). 

2.  Amendnient  of  ailicle  heading  and  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section 
and  amendment  of  Note  filed  6-9-2005;  operative  6-9-2005  pursuant  to  Gov- 
ernment Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005.  No.  23). 

§11516.5.     Accommodations. 

(a)  Pupils  with  disabilities  shall  be  permitted  to  take  the  test  with  those 
accommodations  listed  in  subsections  (b)  through  (e),  if  specified  in  the 
pupil's  lEP  or  Section  504  plan  for  use  on  the  test,  standardized  testing, 
or  for  use  during  classroom  instruction  and  assessments. 

(b)  Presentation  accommodations: 

(1)  Braille  transcriptions  provided  by  the  test  contractor; 

(2)  Large  print  versions  reformatted  from  regular  print  version; 

(3)  Test  items  enlarged  through  electronic  means; 

(4)  Audio  or  oral  presentation  of  questions  or  items  for  the  writing  sec- 
tion; 

(5)  Use  of  Manually  Coded  English  or  American  Sign  Language  to 
present  test  questions  for  the  writing  section; 

(6)  Test  over  more  than  one  day  for  a  test  or  test  part  to  be  administered 
in  a  single  setting; 

(7)  Supervised  breaks  within  a  section  of  the  test;  and 

(8)  Administration  of  the  test  at  the  most  beneficial  time  of  day  to  the 
student. 

(c)  Response  accommodations: 

( 1 )  For  grades  3-12,  Listening,  Reading  and  Writing  sections,  student 
marks  responses  in  test  booklet  and  the  responses  are  transferred  to  the 
answer  document  by  a  school  or  school  district  employee  who  has  signed 
the  Test  Security  Affidavit; 

(2)  For  grades  2-i2,  Listening,  Reading  and  Writing  sections,  re- 
sponses dictated  to  a  scribe  for  selected  response  items  or  multiple- 
choice  items; 


(3)  For  kindergarten  and  grades  1-12.  Speaking  section,  responses 
dictated  to  a  scribe  for  selected  response  iteiTis  or  multiple-choice  items; 

(4)  For  the  Writing  section,  responses  dictated  to  a  scribe,  audio  re- 
corder or  speech  to  text  converter  and  the  pupil  indicates  all  spelling  and 
language  conventions;  and 

(5)  For  the  Writing  section,  use  word  processing  software  with  the 
spell  and  grammar  check  tools  turned  off. 

(d)  For  the  Writing  section,  use  of  an  assistive  device  that  does  not  in- 
terfere with  the  independent  work  of  the  pupil. 

(e)  Setting  accommodations  include: 

(1)  Test  at  home  or  in  hospital,  by  a  lest  examiner. 

(f)  If  the  eligible  pupil's  or  adult  student's  lEP  team  or  Section  504 
plan  proposes  a  variation  for  use  on  the  test  that  has  not  been  listed  in  this 
section,  1 1516,  or  1 1516.6,  the  school  district  may  submit  a  request  to  the 
department  for  review  of  the  proposed  variation  in  administering  the  test. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
306(aj.  313  and  37200,  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  Section  631 1 . 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-4-2001;  operative  1 1-3-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  40). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  6-9-2005:  operative 
6-9-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2()()5.  No. 
23). 

§  1 1 51 6.6.    Modifications  for  Pupils  with  Disabilities. 

(a)  Pupils  with  disabilities  shall  be  permitted  to  take  the  test  with  the 
following  modifications  if  specified  in  the  pupil's  lEP  or  Section  504 
plan  for  use  on  the  test,  standardized  testing,  or  for  use  during  classroom 
instruction  and  assessments. 

(b)  The  following  are  modifications  because  they  fundamentally  alter 
what  the  examination  measures  or  affect  the  comparability  scores.  Modi- 
fications include  but  are  not  limited  to  the  following  procedures: 

(1)  For  the  Reading  section,  questions  or  items  read  aloud  to  the  stu- 
dent or  audio  presentation; 

(2)  For  the  Listening/Speaking  and  Reading  section,  use  of  Manually 
Coded  English  or  American  Sign  Language  to  present  test  questions; 

(3)  For  the  Wrifing  secfion,  essay  responses  dictated  orally,  in  Manual- 
ly Coded  English,  or  in  American  Sign  Language  to  a  scribe,  audio  re- 
corder, or  speech  to  test  converter  (scribe  provides  spelling,  grammar, 
and  language  conventions); 

(4)  Use  of  a  dictionary; 

(5)  For  the  Writing  section,  use  of  word  processing  software  with  spell 
and  grammar  check  tools  enabled  on  the  essay  responses; 

(6)  For  the  Writing  section,  use  of  an  assistive  device  that  interferes 
with  the  independent  work  of  the  student,  including  mechanical  or  elec- 
tronic devices  that  are  not  used  solely  to  record  the  pupil's  responses,  in- 
cluding but  not  limited  to  transcribers,  scribes,  voice  recognition  or  voice 
to  text  software,  and  that  identify  a  potential  error  in  the  pupil's  response 
or  that  correct  spelling,  grammar,  or  conventions. 

(c)  A  pupil  who  takes  the  test  with  one  or  more  modifications  shall  re- 
ceive a  scored  marked  "not  valid"  for  the  sections  of  the  test  on  which 
modifications  were  used  accompanied  by  the  notation  that  a  score 
marked  "not  valid"  was  obtained  through  use  of  alternate  procedures 
which  may  affect  the  validity  of  the  test. 

(d)  If  the  pupil's  or  adult  student's  lEP  or  Secfion  504  plan  proposes 
a  variation  for  use  on  the  test  that  has  not  been  listed  in  this  section, 
1 1516,  or  115 16.5,  the  school  district  may  submit  a  request  for  review  of 
proposed  variafions  in  administering  the  test. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
306(a),  313  and  37200,  Education  Code;  20  USC  Secfion  6311. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  6-9-2005;  operative  6-9-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  23). 

§  1 1 51 6.7.    Alternate  Assessments  for  Pupils  with 
Disabilities. 

(a)  F*upils  with  disabilities  who  are  unable  to  participate  in  the  entire 
CELDT  or  a  secfion  of  the  test  with  variafions.  accommodations  or  modi- 
fications shall  be  administered  alternate  assessments  for  English  lan- 
guage proficiency  as  set  forth  in  the  pupil's  lEP. 


Page  138.1 


Register  2005,  No.  23;  6-10-2005 


§  11517 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(b)  Pupils  who  participate  in  the  Test  Program  using  alternate  assess- 
ment procedures  shall  receive  a  score  marked  not  valid  for  the  sections 
of  the  test  in  which  alternate  assessments  were  administered. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  USC  Sec- 
tion 631 1:  .34 CFR  Section  300.138(b)(l)(2). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  6-9-2005;  operative  6-9-2005  pursuant  to  Government 

Code  section  1 1.343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  23). 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60810,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  313  and  60810,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  6-9-2005;  operative  6-9-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1.343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  23). 


Article  4.     Apportionment 

§  11 51 7.    Apportionment  to  School  Districts. 

The  amount  of  funding  to  be  apportioned  to  the  school  district  for  the 
costs  of  administering  the  test  shall  be  the  amount  established  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education  to  enable  school  districts  to  meet  the  requirements 
of  administering  the  test  to  pupils  in  kindergarten  to  grade  12,  inclusive, 
in  the  school  district.  The  number  of  tests  administered  shall  be  deter- 
mined by  the  certification  of  the  school  district  superintendent  pursuant 
to  Section  11517. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  60810,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  313  and  60810,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  3  (section  11517)  and  section  filed  10-4-2001;  operative 
11-3-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  40). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (c)  and  amendment  of  Note  filed 
4-14-2003;  operative  4-14-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  16). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  6-9-2005;  operative  6-9-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  23). 

§  11517.5.    Apportionment  Information  Report. 

(a)  Annually,  each  school  district  shall  receive  an  Apportionment  In- 
formation Report  that  shall  include  the  following  information  for  those 
tests  administered  during  the  previous  fiscal  year  (July  1  through  June 
30): 

( 1 )  The  number  of  pupils  assessed  with  the  CELDT  as  indicated  by  the 
number  of  answer  documents  submitted  to  and  scored  by  the  test  contrac- 
tor for  each  administration. 

(2)  The  Department  shall  distribute  the  Reports  to  districts  no  later 
than  November  15  following  each  testing  window. 

(b)  To  be  eligible  for  apportionment  payment,  school  district  must 
meet  the  following  conditions: 

(1 )  The  superintendent  of  each  school  district  has  certified  the  accura- 
cy of  the  apportionment  information  report  for  tests  administered  during 
the  prior  fiscal  year  (July  1  through  June  30),  which  is  either: 

(A)  Postmarked  by  December  31,  or 

(B)  If  postmarked  after  December  31,  the  apportionment  information 
report  must  be  accompanied  by  a  waiver  request  as  provided  by  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  33050.  For  those  apportionment  information  reports 
postmarked  after  December  31,  apportionment  payment  is  contingent 
upon  the  availabiUty  of  an  appropriation  for  this  purpose  in  the  fiscal  year 
in  which  the  tests  were  administered. 

(C)  The  amount  of  funding  to  be  apportioned  to  the  school  district  for 
the  tests  shall  be  calculated  by  multiplying  the  amount  per  administration 
established  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  to  enable  school  districts  to 
meet  the  requirements  of  Education  Code  Section  60810  by  the  number 
of  pupils  in  the  school  district  tested  with  the  CELDT  during  the  previous 
fiscal  year  as  determined  by  the  apportionment  information  report  and  as 
certified  by  the  school  district  superintendent  pursuant  to  subdivision 
(b)(1)(B). 


Subchapter  8.    High  School  Proficiency 
Certificates 


Article  1.    Certificate  of  Proficiency 

§11520.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Parent"  as  used  in  Education  Code  Section  48410(e),  relating  to 
verified  parental  approval,  means  the  natural  parent,  or  adoptive  parent 
or  guardian,  having  legal  custody  of  the  pupil. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  48410,  48412  and  51426,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  1  (Secfions  1 1520-11 522)  filed  1 1-21-75;  effecfive  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  47). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Editorial  correction  to  title  of  Article  1  (Register  79,  No.  4). 

4.  Renumbering  of  Chapter  10  (Secfions  11520-11532)  to  Chapter  8  filed 
ll-7-79;effectivethirtiethdaythereafter(Register79,N.  45).  For  prior  history 
of  Chapter  10,  see  Register  74,  No.  3. 

§  1 1 521 .    Placement  on  Pupil  Transcript. 

A  school  district  shall,  for  each  pupil  who  demonstrates  proficiency 
as  provided  in  Education  Code  Section  48410(e),  indicate  the  pupil's  ac- 
complishment and  the  date  of  the  proficiency  certificate  award  on  the  pu- 
pil" s  official  transcript. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  7-18-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No. 

29). 

§  1 1 522.    Requirement  for  Exemption  from  School 
Attendance  Form. 

Each  school  district  shall  develop  a  form  which  evidences  parental 
consent  for  exemption  from  further  compulsory  school  attendance  pur- 
suant to  Education  Code  Section  48410(e).  The  form  shall  be  made  avail- 
able upon  request  to  16-  and  1 7-year-old  pupils  who  have  demonstrated 
proficiency.  The  form  shall  contain  at  least  the  following  information: 

(a)  A  general  explanation  of  the  pupil's  rights  of  exemption  from  com- 
pulsory school  attendance  and  of  re-enrollment  in  the  public  high 
schools. 

(b)  The  date  of  issuance  of  a  certificate  of  proficiency. 

(c)  The  signature  of  the  parent  and  the  date. 

(d)  The  signature  of  a  school  administrator  who  has  personally  con- 
firmed the  authenticity  of  the  parent's  signature  and  the  date. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  7-18-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No. 
29). 

§  1 1 523.    Examination  Announcements. 

The  school  district  superintendent  shall  require  the  principal  of  each 
school  maintaining  either  or  both  of  grades  1 1  and  1 2  to  distribute  to  each 
pupil  in  those  grades  an  announcement  explaining  the  CaUfomia  High 
School  Proficiency  Examination  provided  for  under  Education  Code 


[The  next  page  is  139. 


Page  138.2 


Register  2005,  No.  23;  6-10-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11532 


Section  48412.  Upon  receipt  of  tiie  announcements  from  the  State  De- 
partment of  Education  or  its  contractor,  distribution  shall  be  made  in  time 
sufficient  to  enable  interested  pupils  to  meet  all  examination  registration 
requirements  for  the  fall  test  of  that  year. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  .^3031  and  48412,  Education  Code.  Reference; 
Sections  4841()(e)  and  48412,  Education  Code. 

HlstORY 

1.  New  section  filed  9-1 3-78  as  an  einercency;  effective  upon  filing  (Register  78, 
No.  37). 

2.  Cenificate  of  Compliance  filed  1 1-16-78  (Register  78,  No.  46). 

Article  2.    High  School  Equivalency 

Certificate  (G.E.D.) — for  Persons  18  Years  of 

Age  or  Older 

§11530.     Definitions. 

(a)  "Resident  of  this  State"  means  a  person  who  either  presently  lives 
in  the  State  of  California,  or  who  has  his  domicile  in  California  in  accor- 
dance with  the  criteria  established  in  Government  Code  section  244. 

(b)  "A  general  educational  development  test"  means  a  specific  series 
of  the  General  Educational  Development  Test  adopted  by  the  General 
Educational  Development  Testing  Service  of  the  American  Council  on 
Education. 

(c)  "A  score  equal  to  the  .standard  of  performance  expected"  means  the 
following:  For  examinees  that  take  the  GED  in  the  English  Language 
prior  to  January  1 ,  2002  and  for  examinees  that  take  the  GED  in  the  Span- 
ish language  prior  to  January  1 ,  2003,  the  standard  for  passage  is  a  stan- 
dard score  of  not  less  than  40  on  each  of  the  5  tests  and  a  total  standard 
score  of  not  less  than  225  on  the  5  tests  of  the  battery.  Beginning  January 
1 ,  2002,  the  standard  for  passage  for  the  English  Language  version  of  the 
battery  is  a  standard  score  of  not  less  than  410  on  each  of  the  5  tests  and 
a  total  average  standard  score  of  not  less  than  450  for  the  entire  battery. 
Beginning  January  1 .  2003,  the  standard  for  passage  for  the  Spanish  lan- 
guage version  of  the  GED  is  a  standard  score  of  not  less  than  410  on  each 
of  the  5  tests  and  a  total  average  standard  score  of  not  less  than  450  for 
the  entire  battery. 

(d)  "Testing  center  approved  by  the  Department  of  Education"  means 
a  testing  center  recognized  as  an  official  testing  facility  by  the  American 
Council  on  Education,  General  Educational  Development  Testing  Ser- 
vice and  its  Overseas  Branch. 

(e)  "Fee"  to  accompany  each  application  for  an  equivalency  certificate 
shall  be  $20.00  and  shall  be  nonrefundable  irrespective  of  whether  or  not 
a  California  High  School  Equivalency  Certificate  is  granted.  This  fee 
shall  be  charged  only  once  for  a  given  series  of  the  General  Educational 
Development  Test. 

(f)  "Certificate"  means  a  document  containing  the  words  "California 
High  School  Equivalency  Certificate." 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  51426,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
.S1420,  51421  and  51425,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  chapter  10  (sections  115.30  through  11532)  filed  1-18-74;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  3). 

2.  Heading  and  designation  of  sections  11530-11532  as  article  2  filed  1 1-21-75; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  47). 

3.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77.  No.  39). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  5-21-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register82,  No.  21). 

5.  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)  filed  6-21-84;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  84,  No.  25). 

6.  Amendment  of  subsection  (e)  filed  5-27-86  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon 
filing  (Register  86,  No.  22).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted 
to  OAL  within  1 20  days  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  on  9-24-86. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  8-7-86  (Register  86,  No.  32). 

8.  Amendment  of  subsection  (e)  filed  6-8-90;  operative  7-1-90  pursuant  to  Edu- 
cation Code  section  51421  (Register  90,  No.  31). 

9.  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)  filed  11-6-91;  operative  12-6-91  (Register  92, 

No.  8). 

10.  Amendment  of  subsection  (e)  filed  4-10-96;  operative  5-10-96  (Register  96, 
No.  15). 


1 1.  Amendment  filed  1-24-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-24-2002  (Regis- 
ter 2002,  No.  4).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-24-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

12.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1-24-2002  order,  including  amendment  of 
subsection  (c),  transmitted  to  OAL  5-1-2002  and  filed  6-1 1-2002  (Register 
2002,  No.  24). 

1 3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (e)  filed  9-22-2004;  operative  9-22-2004  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  39). 

§  11531.    Approval  of  General  Educational  Development 
Testing  Centers. 

(a)  A  General  Educational  Development  Testing  Center  may  be  ap- 
proved by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  to  administer  tests  for 
purposes  of  Education  Code  Section  51420  provided  it  has  complied 
with  all  of  the  following: 

(1)  Fulfilled  the  requirements  of  the  General  Educational  Develop- 
ment Testing  Service. 

(2)  Provided  the  State  Department  of  Education  with  all  required  in- 
forination  indicating: 

(A)  Name  of  Institutional  Chief  Administrative  Officer  and  title, 

(B)  Name  of  Chief  Examiner  and  Alternate  Examiner(s)  and  their 
titles. 

(C)  Name  of  testing  facility, 

(D)  Contracting  agency  or  school  district. 

(E)  Address  of  the  testing  center. 

(3)  Agreed  to  comply  with  all  test  security  requirements  provided  by 
the  State  Department  of  Education  and  to  maintain  all  required  records 
regarding  tests  and  testing  activities. 

(4)  Agreed  to  provide  each  examinee  with  his  or  her  test  scores. 

(5)  Agreed  to  inspection  by  authorized  representatives  of  the  State  De- 
partment of  Education  or  other  agency  performing  the  same  function  out- 
side of  California. 

(b)  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  may  suspend  or  revoke 
the  approval,  or  deny  renewal  of  an  approval,  of  any  center  for  failure  or 
refusal  to  maintain  any  one  or  more  of  the  standards  described  in  subdivi- 
sion (a)  of  this  section. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  51426,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
51420,  51422  and  51423,  Education  Code. 

HrSTORY 

1.  Amendment  filed  5-21-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No. 
21). 

2.  Amendment  filed  1-24-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-24-2002  (Register 
2002,  No.  4).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-24-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Certificate  ofCompliance  as  to  1-24-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-1 -2002 
aiid  filed  6-1 1-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  24). 

§  1 1532.     Eligibility  to  Take  a  GED  Test. 

(a)  A  person  is  eligible  to  take  a  general  educational  development  test 
no  sooner  than  60  days  prior  to  the  date  he  or  she  is  eligible  to  receive  a 
certificate  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  51420(c). 

(b)  The  60  day  limitation  in  subdivision  (a)  does  not  apply  to  any  per- 
son who  is  17  years  of  age  or  older  who  has  been  out  of  school  for  at  least 
60  days  and  who  submits  a  letter  of  request  for  the  test  from  the  military, 
a  postsecondary  educational  institution  or  a  prospective  employer. 

(c)  Any  person  who  is  17  years  of  age  or  older  who  is  incarcerated  in 
a  California  state  or  county  correctional  facility  and  who  meets  the  fol- 
lowing criteria  is  eligible  to  take  the  GED  test: 

(1)  The  person  does  not  have  a  realistic  chance  of  completing  the  re- 
quirements for  a  high  school  diploma. 

(2)  The  person  has  adequate  academic  skills  to  successfully  complete 
the  GED  test  battery. 

(3)  The  person  understands  the  options  available  regarding  acquisition 
of  a  high  school  diploma,  the  high  school  equivalency  certificate  or  the 
high  school  proficiency  certificate,  and  the  requirements,  expectations, 
benefits  and  limitations  of  each  option. 

(4)  The  person  has  sufficient  commitment  time  left  to  complete  the  en- 
tire GED  test  battery  before  release;  or  if  released  before  completion  of 
the  test,  may  complete  testing  at  an  authorized  testing  center. 


Page  139 


Register  2004,  No.  39;  9-24-2004 


§  11535 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  51426,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
51420  and  51422.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 2-3 1-84;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No. 
1 ).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  83,  No.  4 1 . 

2.  New  subsection  (c)  filed  6-1 1-92;  operative  7-13-92  (Register  92,  No.  24). 


Subchapter  9.    Vocational  Education 
Contracts 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§11535.    Definitions. 

For  purposes  of  this  chapter,  the  following  definitions  shall  apply: 

(a)  Course.  "Course"  means  an  instructional  unit  of  an  area  or  field  of 
organized  knowledge,  usually  provided  on  a  semester,  year,  or  pre- 
scribed length-of-time  basis. 

(b)  Program.  A  "program"  is  an  organized  sequence  of  courses  of  in- 
struction leading  to  a  defined  objective,  degree,  certificate,  diploma,  or 
license. 

(c)  Student.  A  "student"  is  any  individual  enrolled  in  a  public  entity 
who  may  benefit  from  the  vocational  instruction  under  contract  with  a 
private  postsecondary  school  and  has  either  reached  his  or  her  16th  birth- 
day or  junior  class  standing  in  a  public  secondary  school,  or  who  has  been 
recommended  by  the  chief  school  administrator  of  the  public  entity  to 
participate  in  instruction  provided  by  a  private  entity. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  8092,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  8092,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  11  (Sections  11535-11540,  11542,  11544  and  11545)  filed 
3-7-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Renumbering  of  Chapter  1 1  (Sections  11535-11545)  to  Chapter  9  filed 
1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

4.  Repealer  of  former  Section  1 1 535  and  renumbering  and  amendment  of  former 
Section  1 1538  to  Section  11 535  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register83,  No.  41). 

§  1 1 536.    Application  for  Approval. 

Application  for  approval  shall  be  submitted  on  a  form  prescribed  by 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8092  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  8092,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Repealer  of  former  Section  1 1 536  and  renumbering  and  amendment  of  former 
Section  1 1539  to  Section  1 1536  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  83,  No.  41). 


Article  2.    Contracting  Standards 

§11537.    Standards. 

The  following  standards  shall  be  employed  by  the  Department  of  Edu- 
cation in  determining  the  appropriateness  of  vocational  education  to  be 
provided  by  private  postsecondary  schools  through  contracts  with  public 
agencies: 

(a)  Employment/training  needs  and  job  opportunities  have  been  iden- 
tified that  directly  relate  to  the  instruction  to  be  offered  under  contract. 

(b)  The  proposed  program  or  course  does  not  unnecessarily  duplicate 
offerings  available  in  the  region  served. 

(c)  The  program  or  course  provides  vocational  education  opportuni- 
ties for  a  greater  number  of  students  than  would  otherwise  be  possible. 

(d)  Each  student  eligible  for  enrollment  must  meet  the  criterion  as  de- 
fined in  subdivision  (c)  of  Section  11 535. 


(e)  The  contracted  services  shall  not  reduce  or  supplant  existing  voca- 
tional education  efforts  of  the  public  entity  but  shall  become  an  extension 
or  augmentation  of  vocational  education  opportunities  and  enrollments 
in  the  participating  public  entities. 

(f)  All  programs  and  courses  of  instruction  shall  meet  the  standards  set 
forth  in  the  California  State  Plan  for  Vocational  Education. 

(g)  The  public  entity  establishes  and  maintains,  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  the  California  School  Accounting  Manual,  a  clear  and  sepa- 
rate audit  trail  of  all  fiscal,  enrollment,  and  statistical  data.  Such  records 
shall  be  maintained  for  not  less  than  five  years  and  shall  be  made  avail- 
able for  audit. 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8092  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference: 

Section  8092,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  former  Section  1 1537  and  renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section 
1 1 542  to  Section  1 1 537  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Regis- 
ter 83,  No.  41). 


Article  3.    Contract  Provisions 

§  1 1 538.    Terms  and  Conditions. 

Each  contract  shall  expressly  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  the  follow- 
ing provisions: 

(a)  Methods  for  identifying  costs  and  payment  procedures  for  com- 
pliance with  subdivisions  (2)  and  (3)  of  Education  Code  Section  8092. 

(b)  Performance  objectives  for  each  instructional  area. 

(c)  Designation  of  responsibility  for  maintaining  records  of  student  at- 
tendance and  achievement.  Such  records  shall  be  available  for  review  at 
any  time  by  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

(d)  Instruction  shall  be  provided  only  under  the  immediate  supervision 
and  control  of  teachers  who  hold  valid  California  credentials  authorizing 
the  vocational  subject  to  be  taught. 

(e)  That  the  contractor  provide  indemnity  and  defense  for  the  State  and 
public  entity,  and  their  respective  officers  and  employees,  against  any 
and  all  claims  and  liability  for  death,  injury,  loss  and  damage  arising  out 
of,  or  in  any  manner  connected  with,  the  performance  of  the  contract. 
Such  indemnity  and  defense  may  be  provided  either  by  an  appropriate 
hold  harmless  clause  or  a  policy  of  liability  insurance  coverage,  the  cost 
of  which  is  to  be  borne  by  the  contractor.  Such  policy  shall  name  the  State 
and  public  entity,  along  with  their  respective  officers  and  employees,  as 
additional  insured. 

(f)  Except  when  prohibited  by  law  the  contractor  provide,  at  his  own 
expense,  workers'  compensation  insurance  coverage  for  any  student 
who  performs  services  or  manufactures  or  assembles  products  that  repre- 
sent actual  or  potential  income  for  the  contractor. 

(g)  That  the  contractor  is  in  compliance  with  Title  VI  of  the  Civil 
Rights  Act  of  1964,  Title  IX  of  the  Higher  Education  Act  of  1972,  and 
all  applicable  local,  state  and  federal  health  and  safety  regulations. 

(h)  Procedures  relating  to:  transfer  of  students  between  the  public  enti- 
ty and  contractor;  number  of  class  hours  sufficient  to  meet  the  stated  per- 
formance objectives;  and  withdrawal  of  students  prior  to  completion  of 
a  course  or  program. 

(i)  Terms  and  conditions  relating  to  enrollment  period  and  cancella- 
tion and  termination  of  the  contract. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No.  39). 

2.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Secfion  1 1538  to  Section  11 535  and 
renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  1 1545  to  Section  1 1538  filed 
10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41). 

§11540.    Reporting. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  10-6-83;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41). 

§11544.    Support. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  10-6-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  41 ). 


Page  140 


Register  2004,  No.  39;  9-24-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§11611 


Subchapter  10.    Bilingual  Education 


Article  1.    Bilingual  Teacher  Corps  Program 

§11600.     Program. 

The  purpose  of  the  Bilingual  Teacher  Corps  program  is  to  recruit  and 
insure  the  training  of  bilingual  teachers  and  school  administrators. 

The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  provide  stipends  to  qu- 
alified individuals  who  pursue  an  educational  program  at  a  cooperating 
institution  of  higher  education  which  is  directed  toward  a  teaching  cre- 
dential qualifying  the  holder  to  teach  limited  and  non-English-speaking 
children. 

NOTE;  Authonty  cited  for  Chapter  12:  Sections  .'S21.S1  and  52152,  Education 
Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  12  (Sections  1 1600-1 1604)  filed  2-28-75;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  75.  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 

77,  No.  39). 

3.  Renumbering  of  Chapter  12  (Secfions  11600-1 1604)  to  Chapter  10  filed 
1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

§11601.     Definitions. 

(a)  "Cooperating  institution  of  higher  education"  means  any  Califor- 
nia State  University  or  College,  the  University  of  California,  or  commu- 
nity college. 

(b)  "Qualified  individual"  means  any  person  who  is: 

( 1 )  Enrolled  in  a  cooperating  institution  of  higher  education  for  a  mini- 
mum of  nine  units  per  semester  or  eight  quarter  units  per  quarter  for  a 
minimum  total  of  18  semester  units  or  24  quarter  units  in  the  academic 
year,  and  is 

(2)  Employed  as  a  teacher  aide  to  provide  direct  bilingual  instructional 
services  in  a  public  school  for  a  minimum  of  10  hours  per  week  while  par- 
ticipating in  the  Bilingual  Teacher  Corps  program. 

(c)  "Necessary  expenses"  means  transportation  expenses  generated  by 
traveling  from  the  college  site  to  the  public  school  and  back  again,  and 
other  tuition  and  book  costs  directly  resulting  from  enrollment  in  the  pro- 
gram leading  to  a  credential  qualifying  the  individual  to  teach  limited  and 
non-English-speaking  children. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52151,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52 1 50  and  52 151,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  5-21-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
21). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-19-78  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Register 

78.  No.  42). 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  12-26-78  (Register  78,  No.  52). 

§11602.     Funding. 

The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instaiction  may  allocate  up  to  10%  of 
the  funds  appropriated  for  the  Bilingual  Teacher  Corps  program  to  coop- 
erating institutions  of  higher  education  in  order  to  conduct  program  plan- 
ning, development,  and  administration. 

§11603.    Stipend. 

A  cooperative  institution  of  higher  education  shall  receive  a  stipend 
for  payment  to  each  participant  in  the  approved  program  who  maintains 
a  minimum  of  1 2  units  per  semester  or  quarter  in  the  academic  year.  Such 
stipend  shall  be  renewable  each  year.  Participants  who  maintain  less  than 
1 2  units  per  semester  or  quarter  shall  receive  a  pro-rata  share  of  the  maxi- 
mum stipend. 

The  stipend  shall  supplement  and  not  supplant  any  other  financial  aid. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52151,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52150  and  52151,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  5-21-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
21). 


2.  Amendment  filed  10-19-78  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Resiistcr 

78,  No.  42). 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  12-26-78  (Register  78,  No.  52). 

§11604.    Evaluation. 

Each  cooperating  institution  of  higher  education  shall  submit  an  annu- 
al evaluation  report  in  the  manner  and  form  prescribed  by  the  Superinten- 
dent of  Public  Instruction. 


Subchapter  11.     Regional  Adult  and 
Vocational  Education  Councils 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§  1 1 61 0.    Selection  of  Members  to  a  Council. 

(a)  Prime  Sponsor  Representation.  A  prime  sponsor  for  the  balance  of 
State  shall  make  the  selection  only  in  the  event  that  the  council  region 
does  not  include  a  local  prime  sponsor.  Where  the  council  region  in- 
cludes two  or  more  local  prime  sponsors,  that  local  sponsor  serving  the 
largest  number  of  CETA  participants  in  that  region  shall  make  the  .selec- 
tion. 

(b)  Private  School  Representation.  The  county  superintendent  of 
schools  who  called  the  initial  organizational  meeting  shall  notify  all  pri- 
vate postsecondary  educational  institutions  in  the  council  region  and  re- 
quest that  they  cooperatively  select  one  representative. 

In  the  event  that  a  private  postsecondary  school  does  not  exist  within 
the  region  of  a  council,  the  council  shall  identify,  as  far  as  reasonably  pos- 
sible, all  such  private  schools  located  within  a  reasonable  distance  out- 
side the  council  boundary  that  draw  upon  the  population  of  the  council 
region  for  students.  The  council  shall  then  invite  those  identified  private 
schools  to  select  a  representative  for  membership  on  the  council. 

(c)  District  Representation.  In  the  event  that  the  region  of  a  council  en- 
compasses only  one  secondary  school  or  community  college  district,  the 
particular  district  shall  select  all  four  members.  Where  the  region  encom- 
passes two  or  more  secondary  school  or  community  college  districts, 
nominations  for  selection  of  members  by  elecfion  shall  be  made  in  the 
following  manner:  each  secondary  school  and  community  college  dis- 
trict shall  make  nominations  as  follows:  each  of  two  districts  may  nomi- 
nate no  more  than  three  persons;  each  of  three  districts  may  nominate  no 
more  than  two  persons;  each  of  four  districts  may  nominate  no  more  than 
two  persons;  and  each  of  five  or  more  districts  may  nominate  one  person 
only. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8024. 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  13  (Sections  1 1610-11631)  filed  3-31-76;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  76,  No.  14). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Renumbering  of  Chapter  13  (Sections  11610-11631)  to  Chapter  11  filed 
1 1-7-79;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

4.  Repealer  of  former  Section  11610,  and  renumbering  and  amendment  of  former 
Section  1 1616  to  Section  1 161 0  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  83,  No.  29). 

§  1 1 61 1 .    Criteria  for  Review  of  Courses. 

(a)  In  reviewing  plans  to  offer  courses  and  programs,  a  council  must 
necessarily  examine  the  content  of  the  courses  and  programs.  However, 
the  recommendations  submitted  to  the  Superintendent  and  Chancellor 
shall  be  addressed  to  the  elimination  of  unnecessary  duplication  of 
courses  and  programs. 

(b)  The  council  shall  not  make  recommendations  relative  to  course 
content,  course  title,  method  of  instrucfion  or  qualifications  of  instruc- 
tors. Each  council  shall  include,  in  its  review,  appropriate  labor  market 
supply  and  demand,  population  and  other  data  to  make  its  determina- 
tions. 


Page  141 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  11614 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(c)  For  purposes  of  Education  Code  Section  8030,  a  local  educational 
agency  includes  a  regional  occupational  center  and  a  regional  education- 
al program. 

Note-.  Authority  cited:  Section  8029,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8029 
and  8030,  Education  Code. 

HtSTORY 
1 .  Repealer  of  former  Section  11611.  and  renumbering  and  amendment  of  former 
Section  1 1621  to  Section  11611  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  83,  No.  29).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 


Article  2.     Formation  of  Regional  Council 
Boundaries 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8020-8034,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  of  Article  2  (Section  11612)  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 


Article  3.    Criteria  for  Council  Boundary 
Determination 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8020-8034,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  of  Article  3  (Section  11613)  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 


Article  4.    Organization  of  Councils 

§  11614.    Initial  Organizational  Meeting. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8020-8034,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 

§11615.    Membership  Eligibility. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8020-8034,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 

§  1 1 61 6.    Selection  of  Members  to  a  Council. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8024, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  11616  to  Section  11610  filed 
7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 

§11617.    Vacancies. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8020-8034,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 

§  1 1 61 8.    Attendance  at  Meetings. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  SecUons 
8020-8034,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 

§11619.    Council  Organization. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8020-8034,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsecfion  (i)  filed  9-23-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No.  39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  7-12-83;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 


Article  5.    Council  Functions 

§  1 1 620.    Review  of  Courses  and  Programs  and  Approval 
of  Plans  for  Courses  and  Programs. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8020-8034,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsecfion  (a)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register77,  No.  39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 

§  1 1 621 .    Criteria  for  Review  of  Courses. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8029,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8029 
and  8030,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No.  39). 

2.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  11621  to  Section  11611  filed 
7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 

§  1 1622.     Procedures  for  Reviewing  Educational  Courses 
and  Programs. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Secfions 
8020-8034,  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  ay  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 

§  1 1 623.    Criteria  for  Determining  Necessary  Duplication. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8020-8034,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 

§  11624.    Delineation  of  Function  Agreements. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfions 
8020-8034,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 

§  1 1 625.    Short  Term  Plans  for  Vocational  and  Adult 

Continuing  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8020-8034,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 

§  1 1 626.     Routing  of  Material  to  the  Council. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8020-8034,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 

§  1 1 627.     Report  of  Council  Activities. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfions 
8020-8121,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  1 1-9-79;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

§  1 1 628.    Fiscal  Procedures. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Secfion  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8020-8034,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 


Article  6.    Appeals  from  Decision  of  the 
Council 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8023,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8020-8034,  Educafion  Code. 


Page  142 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


S 11701 


History 
1 .  Repealer  of  Article  6  (Sections  1 1 629- 1 1 63 1 )  filed  7-12-83;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  29). 


• 


Subchapter  12.    Alternative  Schools 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  5851 1,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  58500^58512.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  14  (Sections  1 1650-1 1654)  filed  8-20-76;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  76,  No.  34). 

2.  Amendment  of  Section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Renumbering  of  Chapter  14  (Sections  11650-11654)  to  Chapter  12  filed 
1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

4.  Repealer  of  Chapter  12  (Sections  1 1650-1 1654)  filed  1-20-83;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  4). 


Subchapter  13.    Independent  Study 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§11700.    Definitions. 

(a)  ■'Full-lime  equivalent  certificated  employees"  means  any  combi- 
nation of  full-time  certificated  employees  and  part-time  certificated  em- 
ployee assignments  that  aggregate  to  the  amount  of  instructional  time 
specified  in  the  contract  of  a  full-time  certificated  classroom  teacher  of 
the  district  or  county  office  of  education. 

(b)  "General  supervision"  means  the  supervising  teacher's 

(1)  continuing  oversight  of  the  study  design,  implementation  plan,  al- 
location of  resources,  and  evaluation  of  pupil  or  adult  education  student 
progress  for  any  pupil's  or  adult  education  student's  independent  study; 
and 

(2)  personal  determination  or  personal  review  of  the  determination 
made  by  another  certificated  teacher  of  the  time  values  for  apportionment 
purposes  of  each  pupil's  or  adult  education  student's  work  products. 

(c)  "Independent  study"  means  an  alternative  to  classroom  instruction 
consistent  with  the  district's  course  of  study. 

(d)  "Independent  study  is  an  optional  educational  alternative  in  which 
no  public  may  be  required  to  participate"  means 

(1)  with  regard  to  school  districts  or  county  offices  of  education,  that 

(A)  they  are  not  required  to  offer  independent  study,  and 

(B)  school  districts  or  county  offices  of  education  that  do  offer  inde- 
pendent study  are  not  obliged  to  permit  a  pupil  or  adult  education  student 
to  engage  in  independent  study  if  school  officials  given  responsibility  for 
the  decision  determine  that  independent  study  is  not  an  appropriate  alter- 
native for  the  pupil  or  adult  education  student;  and, 

(2)  with  regard  to  pupils  or  adult  education  students, 

(A)  a  pupil's  or  an  adult  education  student's  choice  to  commence,  or 
to  continue  in,  independent  study  must  not  be  coerced,  and 

(B)  in  the  case  of  a  pupil  who  is  referred  or  assigned  to  any  school, 
class,  or  program  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  48915  or  48917, 
and  to  the  extent  that  independent  study  is  not  prohibited,  instruction  may 
be  provided  to  the  pupil  through  independent  study  only  if  the  pupil  has 
the  continuing  option  of  classroom  instruction. 

(e)  "Method  utilized  to  evaluate"  means  any  specified  procedure 
through  which  a  certificated  teacher  personally  assesses  the  extent  to 
which  achievement  of  the  pupil  or  adult  educaUon  student  meets  the  ob- 
jectives of  an  assignment. 

(f)  "Methods  of  study"  means  the  pupil  or  adult  education  student  acti- 
vities selected  by  the  supervising  teacher  as  the  means  to  reach  the  educa- 
tional objectives  set  forth  in  the  written  agreement. 

(g)  "Missed  assignment"  means  any  specified  independent  study  as- 
signment that  has  not  been  turned  in,  or  evidenced  as  completed,  by  a  pu- 
pil or  adult  education  student  by  the  due  date  for  the  assignment. 


(h)  "Regular  school  program"  means  the  classroom-ba.sed  instruc- 
tional program  or  its  equivalent  that  a  pupil  or  adult  education  student 
would  have  attended  had  the  pupil  or  adult  education  student  not  elected 
independent  study. 

(i)  "Specific  resources"  include  all  resources,  including  materials  and 
services,  reasonably  necessary  to  the  achievement  of  the  objectives  in  the 
written  agreement,  and  shall  not  be  construed  to  exclude  resources  nor- 
mally available  to  all  pupils  or  adult  education  students  on  the  same  terms 
as  the  terms  on  which  they  are  normally  available  to  all  pupils  or  adult 
education  students. 

(j)  "Supervising  teacher"  means  the  certificated  teacher  employed  by 
the  school  district  or  county  office  of  education  and  assigned,  as  noted 
in  the  written  agreement,  the  responsibility  for  coordinating,  evaluating, 
and  providing  general  supervision  of  a  pupil's  or  adult  education  stu- 
dent's independent  study  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
51747.5(a). 

(k)  "Type  of  program"  means  statutory  program  category  for  purposes 
of  attendance  accounting. 

(/)  "Work  product"  means  that  which  results  from  a  pupil's  or  adult 
education  student's  efforts  and  actions  to  complete  or  perform  the  assign- 
ments given  and  which  is  subsequently  evaluated  by  a  certificated  teach- 
er. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  51749.3,  Education  Code,  Reference:  Sections 
48200,  48663,  48916.1,  49067,  51745,  51746,  51747  and  51747.5.  Education 
Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  1 5  (Sections  1 1 700- 1 1703 )  filed  1 0-22-76;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  76,  No.  43). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Renumbering  of  Chapter  15  (Sections  11700-11703)  to  Chapter  13  filed 
1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

4.  Amendment  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
16). 

5.  Amendment  filed  10-15-90;  operative  10-15-90  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1346.2(d)  (Register  90,  No.  47). 

6.  Amendment  of  subchapter  1 3  heading,  section  and  NoTti  filed  1 2-1 2-97;  opera- 
tive 1-1 1-98  (Register  97,  No.  50).^ 

§  1 1 700.1 .    Additional  Definitions  Applicable  to  Charter 
Schools. 

(a)  "Cerfificated  employees,"  in  charter  schools,  means  employees 
meeting  the  requirements  of  subdivision  (/)  of  Education  Code  Section 
47605. 

(b)  "Classroom  instruction,"  v/ith  reference  to  a  charter  school,  means 
classroom  instruction  provided  either  by  the  charter  school  or  by  another 
public  school  that  the  pupil  is  eligible  to  attend. 

(c)  "School  district"  or  "district."  for  the  purposes  of  this  subchapter 
and  of  Article  5.5  (commencing  with  Section  5 1745)  of  Chapter  5  of  Part 
28  of  the  Educfion  Code,  means  a  school  district  or  a  charter  school,  un- 
less the  context  clearly  indicates  otherwise. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47612.5(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  47605(/),  47612.5(b)  and  51745-51749.3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-23-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-3-2000  pursuant  to 
Government  Code  section  11343.4(c)  (Register  99,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-2-2000  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-23-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  3-28-2000 
and  filed  5-2-2000  (Register  200<3,  No.  18). 

§  1 1 701 .     District  Responsibilities. 

In  setfing  policy  pursuant  to  subdivisions  (a)  and  (b)  of  Education 
Code  secfion  51747,  the  local  governing  board  shall  consider,  in  a  public 
hearing,  the  scope  of  its  existing  or  prospective  use  of  independent  study 
as  an  instructional  strategy,  its  purposes  in  authorizing  independent 
study,  and  factors  bearing  specifically  on  the  maximum  realistic  lengths 
of  assignments  and  acceptable  number  of  missed  assignments  for  specif- 
ic populations  of  pupils  or  adult  education  students.  Adopted  policies 
shall  reflect  an  awareness  that  excessive  leniency  in  their  terms  can  result 
in  pupils  falling  so  far  behind  their  age  peers  as  to  increase,  rather  than 
decrease,  the  risk  of  their  dropping  out  of  school. 


Page  143 


Register  2006,  No.  14;  4-7-2006 


§  11701.5 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  51749.3,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Section 
51747(a)  and  (b).  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  4-1 3-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  16). 

2.  New  section  filed  10-15-90;  operative  10-15-90  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1346(d)  (Register  90,  No.  47). 

3.  Amendmentof  section  and  Note  filed  12-12-97;  operative  1-11-98  (Register 
97,  No.  50). 

§  11 701 .5.     Equitable  Provision  of  Resources  and  Services. 

Consistent  with  the  statutory  authorization  to  offer  independent  study 
as  an  alternative  instruetional  strategy  to  meet  the  educational  needs  of 
pupils  or  adult  education  students, 

(a)  the  independent  study  option  is  to  be  substantially  equivalent  in 
quality  and  in  quantity  to  classroom  instruction,  thereby  ensuring  that  a 
pupil  or  adult  education  student  who  engages  in  independent  study  on  a 
full-time  basis,  or  on  a  part-time  basis  in  conjunction  with  part-  or  full- 
time  classroom  study,  will  be  enabled  to  complete  the  district  or  county 
office  of  education  adopted  course  of  study  within  the  customary  time 
frame  for  completion  of  that  course  of  study; 

(b)  pupils  or  adult  education  students  who  choose  to  engage  in  inde- 
pendent study  are  to  have  the  same  access  to  existing  services  and  re- 
sources as  the  other  pupils  or  adult  education  students  of  the  school  in 
which  the  independent  study  pupil  or  adult  education  student  is  enrolled; 
and 

(c)  pupils  or  adult  education  students  who  choose  to  engage  in  inde- 
pendent study  are  to  have  equality  of  rights  and  privileges  with  the  pupils 
or  adult  education  students  of  the  district  or  county  office  of  education 
who  choose  to  continue  in  the  regular  school  program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  51749.3,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
35293,  37202,  46100,  51745,  51746  and  51747.3,  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-12-97;  operative  1-1 1-98  (Register  97,  No.  50). 


Article  2.    Standards  for  Independent  Study 

§  1 1702.    Requirements  for  Agreements. 

(a)  Each  signature  required  for  an  independent  study  agreement  shall 
be  dated.  An  agreement  is  not  in  effect  until  it  is  complete  as  to  all  terms, 
signed  and  dated. 

(b)  The  curriculum  and  methods  of  study  specified  in  an  independent 
study  agreement  shall  be  consistent  with  the  district  or  county  office  of 
education  policies  and  procedures  for  curriculum  and  instruction  as 
adopted  by  the  governing  board. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  51749.3,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
51013,  51050,  51745,  51746  and  51747,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  4-13-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
16). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-15-90;  operative  10-15-90  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  secfion  11 346.2(d)  (Register  90,  No.  47). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  12-12-97;  operative  1-1 1-98  (Register  97,  No.  50). 

§11703.    Records. 

(a)  Maintaining  records  to  meet  audit  requirements  is  the  responsibil- 
ity of  the  local  district  or  county  superintendent's  office.  These  records 
may  be  on  site(s). 

(b)  Records  shall  include  but  not  be  limited  to: 

(1)  A  copy  of  adopted  governing  board  policy  and  procedures. 

(2)  A  separate  listing  of  the  pupils  and  adult  education  students,  by 
grade  level,  program  and  school,  who  have  engaged  in  independent 
study,  identifying  units  of  the  curriculum  undertaken  and  units  of  the  cur- 
riculum completed  by  each  of  those  pupils  in  kindergarten  and  grades  1 
to  8,  inclusive,  and  identifying  course  credits  attempted  by  and  awarded 
to  each  of  those  pupils  in  grades  9  to  12  inclusive  and  each  of  those  stu- 
dents in  adult  education,  as  specified  in  their  written  agreements. 

(3)  A  file  of  all  agreements,  including  representative  samples  of  each 
pupil's  or  adult  education  student's  work  products  bearing  signed  or  ini- 


tialed and  dated  notations  by  the  supervising  teacher  indicating  that  he 
or  she  has  personally  evaluated  the  work,  or  that  he  or  she  has  personally 
reviewed  the  evaluations  made  by  another  certificated  teacher. 

(4)  A  daily  or  hourly  attendance  credit  register,  as  appropriate  to  the 
program  in  which  the  pupils  or  adult  education  students  are  enrolled,  sep- 
arate from  classroom  attendance  records,  and  maintained  on  a  current  ba- 
sis as  time  values  of  pupil  or  adult  education  student  work  products  are 
personally  judged  by  a  certificated  teacher,  and  reviewed  by  the  supervis- 
ing teacher  if  they  are  two  different  persons. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  51749.3,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
51747,  51747.5  and  51748.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
45). 

2.  Amendment  filed  4-13-83;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
16). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)(2)  and  (b)(3)  filed  10-15-90;  operative 
10-15-90  pursuant  to  Government  Code  secfion  1 1346.2(d)  (Register  90,  No. 
47). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)-(b)(4)  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  12-1 2-97; 
operative  1-1 1-98  (Register  97,  No.  50). 


• 


Article  3. 


Provisions  Unique  to  Charter 
Schools 


§  1 1 704.    Pupil  —  Teacher  Ratio. 

In  a  charter  school,  for  the  purposes  of  Education  Code  section 
5 1 745.6,  the  ratio  of  average  daily  attendance  for  independent  study  pu- 
pils to  full-time  equivalent  (FTE)  certificated  employees  responsible  for 
independent  study  shall  not  exceed  a  pupil-teacher  ratio  of  25:1  or  the 
ratio  of  pupils  to  full-time  equivalent  certificated  employees  for  all  other 
educational  programs  operated  by  the  largest  unified  school  district,  as 
measured  by  average  daily  attendance,  as  reported  at  the  second  principal 
apportionment  in  the  prior  year,  in  the  county  or  counties  in  which  the 
charter  school  operates.  Units  of  average  daily  attendance  for  indepen- 
dent study  that  are  ineligible  for  apportionment  as  provided  in  subdivi- 
sion (b)  of  Education  Code  section  51745.6  shall  also  be  ineligible  for 
funding  pursuant  to  Chapter  6  (commencing  with  section  47630)  of  Part 
26.8  of  the  Education  Code.  For  purposes  of  this  section,  a  "full-time  cer- 
tificated employee"  means  an  employee  who  is  required  to  work  a  mini- 
mum six-hour  day  and  1 75  days  per  fiscal  year.  Part-time  positions  shall 
generate  a  partial  FTE  on  a  proportional  basis. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47612.5(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  47612.5(b)  and  51745.6,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  3  (section  1 1704)  and  section  filed  12-23-99  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 1-3-2000  pursuant  to  Government  Code  secfion  1 1343.4(c)  (Register 
99,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-2-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-23-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  3-28-2000 
and  filed  5-2-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  18). 

3.  Amendment  filed  12-6-2005;  operative  12-6-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  49). 

4.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  amending  section  filed  4-4-2006  pursuant  to 
section  100.  title  1.  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2006,  No.  14). 

§  11705.    High  School  Graduation  Requirements. 

For  the  purposes  of  subdivision  (e)  of  Education  Code  section  51745, 
a  charter  school  that  includes  any  of  grades  9  to  12,  inclusive,  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  an  alternative  school  of  every  high  school  district  and  uni- 
fied school  district  within  which  it  operates. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47612.5(b).  Reference:  Sections 
47612.5(b)  and  51745,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  2-10-2000  as  an  emergency;  operafive  2-10-2000  (Register 
2000,  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-9-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-23-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  3-28-2000 
and  filed  5-2-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  1 8). 


• 


Page  144 


Register  2006,  No.  14;  4-7-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11800 


Subchapter  14.    School  Resource  Centers 


Article  1 .     School  Resource  Centers 

§11710.     Definitions. 

(a)  "Staff  Development"  is  ongoing  education  and  training  activities 
whicii  are  planned,  carried  out.  and  evaluated  for  the  purpose  of  improv- 
ing the  job  related  skills  of  principals,  teachers,  instructional  aides,  clas- 
sroom volunteers,  and  other  student  support  personnel  who  regularly 
serve  students  in  kindergarten  through  grade  twelve.  Staff  development 
includes  training  and  education  in  the  following  areas: 

( 1 )  Program  planning,  development,  implementation,  and  evaluation; 

(2)  Disciplines  or  bodies  of  knowledge; 

(3)  Instructional  skills  and  abilities;  and 

(4)  Human  development  and  counseling  skills. 

The  purpose  of  staff  development  is  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of 
instruction  in  order  to  promote  student  achievement  in  a  wide  variety  of 
basic,  academic,  personal,  social,  and  career  skills  and  competencies. 

(b)  A  "School  Resource  Center"  is  a  staff  development  delivery  sys- 
tem which  is  organized  to  provide  the  following  services  to  schools, 
school  districts,  and  county  schools  offices: 

(1)  Assist  school  personnel  to  conduct  an  accurate  assessment  of 
school  staff  development  needs  and  to  help  them  to  become  fully  aware 
of  these  needs; 

(2)  Assist  with  the  design  of  staff  development  programs  which  will 
address  assessed  needs  of  schools; 

(3)  Identify  and  match  available  staff  development  resources  with  the 
assessed  needs  of  schools; 

(4)  Train  key  school  personnel  to  deliver  training  to  school  groups; 

(5)  Provide  training  to  individual  schools;  and 

(6)  Provide  training  to  individuals  or  groups  of  individuals  from  vari- 
ous schools  to  meet  assessed  needs  related  to  their  school  objectives. 

(c)  "Training"  consists  of  staff  development  activities  which  assure 
that  trainees  develop  or  extend  job-related  skills  and  areas  of  knowledge 
and  understanding,  and  that  guided  practice  or  follow-up  activities  will 
be  used  to  strongly  encourage  the  successful  application  of  the  newly  ac- 
quired skills  and  knowledge  in  the  job  setting. 

(d)  "Grantee  Agency"  is  an  agreed  upon  school  district  or  county  of- 
fice of  education  acting  on  its  own,  or  on  behalf  of  a  consortium  which 
selected  it  as  its  representative.  The  agency  shall  be  responsible  for  re- 
ceiving and  disbursing  funds  under  this  Act. 

(e)  "Center  Personnel"  as  used  in  Section  44680.5(b)  is  limited  to  the 
center  project  director  or  manager  and  other  full-time  professional  em- 
ployees of  the  center. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  44680.9,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  16  (Sections  11710-11715)  filed  3-17-78;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  20). 

2.  Renumbering  of  Chapter  16  (Sections  11710-11715)  lo  Chapter  14  filed 
1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

§  1 1 71 1 .    Interagency  Agreements  for  Centers. 

A  school  resource  center  application  may  be  submitted  to  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction  by  a  county  office  of  education,  a  school  dis- 
trict, or  one  of  these  on  behalf  of  a  consortium  which  shall  include  school 
districts  and  county  offices  of  education  and  may  include  institutions  of 
higher  education.  Prior  to  submitting  this  application,  the  participating 
agencies  and  institutions  shall  duly  enter  into  legal  interagency  contracts 
to  support  and  participate  in  such  a  consortium  with  a  grantee  agency. 

§  1 1 71 2.    Assurance  Requirement  for  Resource  Center 
Application. 

Each  application  to  establish  a  resource  center(s)  shall  include  assur- 
ances that  the  following  standards  have  been  met,  or  will  be  met; 


(a)  Tlie  staff  development  program  proposed  in  the  application  is  de- 
signed to  provide  the  appropriate  services  listed  in  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 11710(b). 

(b)  The  proposed  evaluation  design  adequately  provides  for  ongoing 
program  review  and  modification  of  the  staff  development  program,  in- 
cluding intended  outcomes  as  outlined  in  the  application. 

§  1 1 71 3.    Selection  Process  and  Criteria. 

(a)  For  the  1978-79  fiscal  year,  one  center  will  be  funded  in  each  of 
six  regions  as  established  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  and 
each  center  will  receive  a  grant  of  at  least  $80,000. 

(b)  Those  applications  to  establish  centers  which  meet  the  requirement 
of  Section  1 1712shallberankedandapprovedby  the  State  Board  of  Edu- 
cation on  the  basis  of  the  following  criteria,  listed  in  descending  order  of 
importance: 

( 1 )  The  extent  to  which  the  staff  development  program  proposed  in  an 
application  is  designed  to  achieve  objectives  for  the  center  as  specified 
in  Education  Code  Section  44680.2. 

(2)  The  degree  of  commitment  of  a  district,  or  the  parties  to  a  consor- 
tium, as  evidenced  by:  policies;  allocation  of  staff;  allocation  of  fiscal 
and  material  resources  including  the  provision  of  release  time  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  Section  44670.5(d);  the  integration  of  existing  re- 
sources and  services;  and  prospective  utilization  of  the  .services  of  the 
center. 

(3)  The  extent  and  degree  of  collaboration  among  the  parties  in  a  con- 
sortium. 

(4)  The  potenfial  impact  a  center  will  have  regionally. 

(5)  The  extent  to  which  the  staff  development  program  proposed  in  an 
application  is  designed  to  provide  all  of  the  appropriate  services  listed  in 
Section  11710(b). 

§  1 1 71 4.    Governance  of  Center  Projects. 

(a)  A  school  district  or  county  office  of  educafion  which  serves  as  a 
grantee  agency  for  a  school  resource  center  consortium  shall  adopt,  pub- 
lish and  disseminate  legally  consfituted  policies  and  procedures  devel- 
oped by  the  consortium  on: 

(1)  Personnel  recruitment,  selecuon,  placement  and  retention; 

(2)  Staff  development  programis;  and 

(3)  Accounfing  pracfices  consistent  with  the  current  edition  of  the  Cal- 
ifornia School  Accounting  Manual. 

(b)  Each  school  district  or  county  office  of  educafion  which  agrees  to 
participate  in  the  development  of  an  interagency  consorfium  for  the  pur- 
pose of  applying  for  funds  to  operate  a  school  resource  center  shall  con- 
cur in  wrifing  that  the  personnel  and  fiscal  policies  and  procedures  of  the 
grantee  agency  shall  prevail  in  resource  center  operations. 

§  11715.     Relationship  of  Regulations  Covering  School 
Resource  Centers  with  Those  Covering  the 
Teacher  Centers  Program  Established 
Pursuant  to  Public  Law  94-482  of  1976. 

(a)  Nothing  in  these  regulations  is  to  be  construed  as  prohibiting  simul- 
taneous applicafion  and  use  of  funds  under  both  Education  Code  Sections 
44680  through  44680.91  and  the  appropriate  sections  covering  the 
Teacher  Centers  Program  established  pursuant  lo  Public  Law  94-482  of 
1976. 

(b)  The  State  Board  of  Education  will  approve  applications  for  funding 
of  Teacher  Centers  Programs  using  criteria  which  are  based  upon  regula- 
tions promulgated  under  Public  Law  94^82  of  1 976  together  with  those 
hsted  in  Educafion  Code  Secfion  11713. 


Subchapter  15.    Comprehensive  Health 
Education 

§  1 1 800.    Criteria  for  Approval  of  Plans. 

EvaluaUon  and  approval  of  district  plans  for  comprehensive  health 
education  submitted  by  school  districts  that  wish  to  receive  reimburse- 
ment for  inservice  teacher  training  provided  in  accordance  with  Section 


Page  145 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§  11801 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


51920  of  the  Education  Code  will  be  based  on  standards  and  criteria  es- 
tablished by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  made  available  to  all 
school  districts. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  51911,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
.S19I1,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  1 7  (Sections  1 1 800  and  11 801 )  filed  1 1-16-78;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  78.  No.  46). 

2.  Renumhering  of  Chapter  17  (Sections  11800-11801)  to  Chapter  1.5  filed 
1 1-7-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 

§11801.    Application. 

Each  district  submitting  a  plan  for  comprehensive  health  education 
shall  apply  on  such  forms  and  at  such  times  as  the  Department  of  Educa- 
tion shall  determine. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Section  51911,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Section 
5191 1.  Education  Code. 


Subchapter  16.    Pregnant  Minor  Program 

§11820.    Definitions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  2551.3,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
2551.3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  1 6  (Sections  1 1 820- 1 1 834,  not  consecutive)  filed  8-26-82 ;  effec- 
tive thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  35). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  6-21-84;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  84,  No.  25). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  subchapter  16  (sections 
1 1820-1 1834)  and  repealing  section  filed  1-8-2002  pursuant  to  section  100, 
title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2002,  No.  2). 

§  1 1 822.    Statement  of  Assurance. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  2551.3,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
2551.3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1  -8-2002  pursuant  to 

section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2002,  No.  2). 

§  11823.    General  Program  Provisions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  2551.3,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section 
2551.3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1-8-2002  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2002,  No.  2). 

§11827.    Placement  Procedures. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Section  2551.3,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Section 
2551.3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1-8-2002  pursuant  to 

section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2002,  No.  2). 

§  1 1 828.    Parent  Notification. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  2551.3,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
2551.3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1-8-2002  pursuant  to 

section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (Register  2002,  No.  2). 

§11829.    Eligibility. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  2551.3.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
2551.3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1-8-2002  pursuant  to 

section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2002,  No.  2). 

§  1 1 831 .    Staff  Development. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  2551.3,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
2551.3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1-8-2002  pursuant  to 
section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (Register  2002,  No.  2). 


§  1 1 832.     Program  Advisory  Council. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  2551.3.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
2551.3,  Education  Code. 

Hi.story 

1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1-8-2002  pursuant  to 

sectitm  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2002,  No.  2). 

§  1 1 833.    Safeguarding  of  Funds. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  2551.3,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
2551.3.  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  secfion  filed  1-8-2002  pursuant  to 

section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2002,  No.  2). 

§11834.     Reporting  Requirements. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  2551.3.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
2551.3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1-8-2002  pursuant  to 

section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (Register  2002,  No.  2). 


Subchapter  17.    Grant  Program  for 
Restructuring  in  Public  Education 


Article  1.    Planning  Grant  Application 

§  1 1 840.    Procedures  for  Filing  a  Planning  Grant 
Application. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfions 
58901,  58914  and  58916,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-28-91  (Register91, 
No.  16).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-26-91 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operafion  of  Government  Code  secfion  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  91, 
No.  46). 

§11841.    Criteria. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
58901,  58914  and  58916,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-28-91  (Register  91, 
No.  16).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-26-91 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  91, 
No.  46). 

§  11842.    Scoring  the  Applications. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
58901,  58914  and  58916,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-28-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-28-91  (Register  91, 
No.  16).  A  Certificate  of  Comphance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-26-91 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operafion  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  91, 
No.  46). 


Article  2.    Demonstration  Grant 
Applications 

§11843.    Scoring  Applications. 

(a)  The  score  for  each  demonstration  grant  application  is  based  on  the 
proposal  as  a  whole  rather  than  the  sum  of  its  individual  school  part,  dis- 
trict or  consortium  part,  and  collaborative  compact  part  (description  of 
the  school's  efforts  to  consult  with  key  stakeholders  such  as  the  district, 
governing  board,  collective  bargaining  units,  businesses,  public  institu- 
tions of  higher  education,  public  and  private  nonprofit  social  services  and 
child  development  agencies,  and  other  organizations  as  appropriate). 

(b)  The  application,  submitted  on  behalf  of  any  school,  shall  describe 
the  vision  guiding  their  restructuring  effort  and  the  actions  the  school  and 


Page  146 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11844 


districl  or  consortium  propose  to  take  to  integrate  the  primary  elements 
ol'  restnictLiring.  For  pmposes  oi'  this  article,  "vision"  means  what  the 
applicant  wants  students  to  be  able  to  know  and  do,  and  how  the  school 
needs  to  be  structured  and  organized  to  accomplish  this.  The  vision  pro- 
vides an  overarching  picture  of  what  could  be  rather  than  what  is,  and  it 
is  the  source  from  which  the  goals  and  action  plan  follow. 

(c)  The  application  shall  describe,  with  a  rationale: 

( 1 )  What  will  be  done  to  restmcture  public  education  in  the  school  and 
districl; 

(2)  Why  such  action  is  important;  and 

(3)  How  the  action  plan  will  be  carried  out. 

(d)  Each  application  will  be  reviewed  and  scored  as  a  whole  entity  on 
a  t\)ur  part  scale,  with  four  being  the  highest  score.  Specific  criteria  for 
scoring  wil  I  be  based  on  the  degree  to  which  the  proposal  as  a  whole  dem- 
onstrates: 

( 1 )  an  imderstanding  of  the  goal  and  focal  point  of  restructuring: 

(A)  a  focus  on  learning  and  students; 

(B)  quality  of  analysis  of  the  primary  issues  and  problems  the  school 
faces  regarding  student  performance;  and 

(C)  understanding  of  the  depth  and  quality  of  change  needed  to  trans- 
form learning,  teaching,  curriculum,  and  assessment; 

(2)  an  understanding  of  the  critical  elements  of  restructuring  and  how 
they  work  together  to  transform  learning: 

(A)  an  integrated  and  comprehensive  vision  which  includes  all  of  the 
restructuring  elements  in  a  manner  which  shows  promise  for  materially 
improving  the  learning  of  all  students  and  for  engaging  all  students  in  a 
rigorous,  meaningful  learning  experience; 

(B)  the  required  elements  of  a  restructuring  plan  are: 

1.  an  active,  thinking-centered  rather  than  skill-centered  curriculum, 
involving  multiple  and  diverse  instructional  strategies,  and  performan- 
ce-based student  assessment  for  ALL  students,  especially  those  at  risk; 

2.  outcome-based  accountability  systems  that  include  agreement  on 
multiple  and  diverse,  performance-based  outcomes  which  drive  the  de- 
sign of  school  structures  and  policies  at  every  level  of  the  system  (district, 
school,  department,  classroom,  individual,  students,  teachers); 

3.  professional  collaboration,  development  and  decision-making  fo- 
cused on  learning  and  teaching,  and  involving  all  members  of  the  school 
community; 

4.  organizational  patterns  and  processes  that  encourage  expanded  in- 
volvement of  parents,  and  greater  inclusion  and  collaboration  among  the 
various  stakeholders  in  the  decision-making  process  (school  staff  mem- 
bers, parents,  the  business  community,  institutions  of  higher  education, 
social  service  agencies,  and  others  as  appropriate  to  the  particular  school 
setting); 

.S.  technology  as  a  tool  to  enhance  learning  and  instruction  and  to 
strengthen  management  of  the  school;  and 

6.  ongoing,  objective  evaluation  of: 

a.  individual  student  progress  in  learning  and  in  social  and  emotional 
growth; 

b.  the  effectiveness  of  actions  taken  to  meet  long-range  goals;  and 

c.  continuous  feedback  which  uses  evaluation  results  to  reconsider  and 
redesign  the  learning  environment  for  greater  success. 

7.  A  restructuring  demonstration  proposal  that  includes  grades  1 1  or 
1 2  must  include  new  and  expanded  opportunities  for  11  th  and  12th  grade 
students  to  attend  classes  in  colleges  and  universities,  enroll  in  special- 
ized schools  and  programs,  and  to  participate  in  internships  or  other  field 
work  with  business,  industry,  schools,  and  community  organizations. 

8.  A  restructuring  demonstration  proposal  that  includes  preschool  pro- 
grams and/or  school-age  parenting  and  infant  development  programs 
that  have  received  separate,  targeted  funding  for  such  programs  must  in- 
clude an  explanation  of  how  these  programs  fit  into  the  overall  restructur- 
ing effort. 

(3)  a  clear  and  convincing  picture  of  the  specific  actions  needed  to 
move  toward  the  vision: 

(A)  completeness  and  validity  of  the  action  plan; 


(B)  clear  and  convincing  links  between  the  vision  and  the  particular 
strategies,  structures,  actions  and  activities  to  be  undertaken; 

(C)  a  detailed  and  specific  action  plan,  particularly  related  to  the  time- 
line, budget,  evaluation  systems,  professional  development,  and  gover- 
nance structure,  depth  and  quality  of  the  strategies,  actions  and  activities; 
and 

(4)  an  understanding  of  how  to  manage  change,  provide  for  growth 
and  development,  and  sustain  systems  for  continuously  reevaluating  and 
improving  the  learning  and  teaching  environment  evidenced  by: 

(A)  a  rational,  sound  approach  to  managing  the  change  process; 

(B)  systems  for  continuous  evaluation  of  progress  toward  long-range 
goals  and  of  feedback  to  guide  change  efforts; 

(C)  potential  for  successfully  carrying  out  fundamental  change  across 
several  interrelated  dimensions; 

(D)  actions,  roles,  responsibilities  for  stakeholders  which  are  clearly 
described;  and 

(E)  specific  descriptions  of  the  kinds  and  sources  of  support,  leader- 
ship, staff  development,  and  the  conditions  needed  to  maximize  the 
chances  of  successful  change. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
58901,  58903,  58904,  58905,  58906,  58907,  58908.  58909,  58910,  58915,  58916 
and  58923,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-20-92  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-20-92  (Register  92. 
No.  21).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  9-17-92  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-20-92  order  including  amendment  of  section 
transmitted  to  OAL  9-17-92  and  filed  10-27-92  (Register  92,  No.  44). 


§11844.    Interviews. 

(a)  Final  selection  will  include  an  interview  with  panelists  composed 
of  the  advisory  committee  representatives  identified  pursuant  to  Educa- 
tion Code  section  58916  and  other  individuals  representing  a  variety  of 
roles  (school  and  district  and  county  level  administrators,  teachers,  busi- 
ness persons  and  university  faculty)  who  are  knowledgeable  about  re- 
structuring. The  highest  scoring  schools  in  the  categories  described  in 
Education  Code  section  58906(a)  will  be  invited  to  participate  in  an  oral 
interview  to  determine  the  level  of  community  wide  support  and  school- 
site  leadership  for  the  proposed  restructuring  proposal. 

(1)  Community  wide  support  includes  the  specific  resources,  support, 
conditions  or  leadership  to  be  provided  by  those  whose  participation  is 
crucial  to  the  restructuring  effort,  such  as  teachers,  the  school  district,  the 
governing  board,  certificated  and  classified  bargaining  units,  parents,  the 
non-parent  public,  business,  community  organizations,  institutions  of 
higher  education,  and  others  as  appropriate. 

(2)  Schoolsite  leadership  includes  evidence  of  collaborative  decision- 
making and  governance  structures  focused  on  learning  and  teaching;  op- 
portunities for  expanded  participation  by  parents  in  the  change  process; 
processes  for  building  the  capacity  and  knowledge  of  all  members  of  the 
school  site  to  enable  them  to  develop  and  successfully  carry  out  their  re- 
structuring vision  and  action  plan;  and  a  commitment  of  all  the  school's 
resources  to  the  restructuring  effort. 

(b)  The  score  of  each  oral  interview  is  based  on  the  interview  as  a 
whole  rather  than  on  the  quality  of  answers  to  individual  questions.  The 
score  will  be  based  on  a  four  part  scale,  with  four  being  the  highest  score. 
Specific  criteria  for  scoring  will  be  based  on: 

(1)  communitywide  support  as  described  in  subsection  1 1844(a)(1); 

(2)  schoolsite  leadership  as  described  in  subsection  1 1844(a)(2);  and 
(3)(A)  understanding  of  the  goal  and  focal  point  of  restructuring,  (B) 

understanding  of  the  critical  elements  of  restructuring,  (C)  understanding 
of  the  specific  actions  needed  to  move  toward  the  restructuring  vision, 
and  (D)  understanding  of  how  to  manage  change,  as  described  in  subsec- 
tion 11843(d). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
58904  and  58906,  Education  Code. 


Page  147 


Register  2005,  No.  42;  10-21-2005 


§  11900 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


History 

.  New  section  filed  5-20-92  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-20-92  (Register  92. 
No.  21).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  9-17-92  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  lo  5-20-92  order  including  amendment  of  subsec- 
tions (a)(  1 )  and  (b)(3)  transmitted  to  OAL  9-1 7-92  andYiled  1 0-27-92  (Regis- 
ter 92,  No.  44). 


Subchapter  18. 


Grant  Program  for  Healthy 
Start 


Article  1.    Grants 

§11900.     Definitions. 

Throughout  this  subchapter,  unless  otherwise  indicted  by  the  context: 

(a)  "Applicant"  is  a  California  local  educational  agency  or  consortium 
of  local  educational  agencies  involved  in  local  agency  collaboration  that 
submits  an  application  on  behalf  of  qualifying  schools  for  Healthy  Start 
funds. 

(b)  "Application"  is  that  document  submitted  in  response  to  the  Re- 
quest for  Applications. 

(c)  "Application  narrative"  is  that  portion  of  the  application  wherein 
the  applicant  provides  a  written  description  of  local  conditions  and  the 
proposed  Healthy  Start  initiative. 

(d)  "Client-centered  outcomes"  means  specific  improvements  in  the 
academic  performance,  health  status  and  psycho-social  functioning  of 
children  and  families. 

(e)  "Comprehensive,  integrated,  school-linked  services"  means  the 
establishment  of  a  comprehensive,  integrated  system  of  services  which 
includes  school,  health  and  human  service  providers,  and  community 
groups  and  provides  assistance  to  children  and  families  across  multiple 
service  areas. 

(0  "Elements"  are  the  requisite  components  that  each  application  for 
funds  must  contain. 

(g)  "Local  agency  collaboration,"  as  stated  in  Education  Code  section 
8806,  ensures  on-going  consultation  and  collaboration  with  local  agen- 
cies and  involves,  at  a  minimum,  parents  or  guardians  and  teachers  of  eh- 
gible  pupils  and  representatives  of  each  member  agency  or  private  part- 
ner who  will  provide,  or  is  anticipated  to  provide,  services  pursuant  to  the 
Healthy  Start  Support  Services  for  Children  Act  (Education  Code  section 
8800  et  seq.). 

(h)  "Request  for  Applications"  is  the  California  Department  of  Educa- 
tion announcement  for  competitive  award  of  grants  for  the  Healthy  Start 
Program. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  8804(b)  and  (i),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8804  and  8806,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  subchapter  1 8  (sections  1 1900-1 1910,  not  consecutive)  filed  6-23-92  as 
an  emergency;  operative  6-23-92  (Register  92,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  10-21-92  or  emergency  language  will  be 
repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 1-24-92  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-24-92  (Register 
92,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  3-24-92 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  New  section,  including  amendments  to  subsections  (a)  and  (b),  refiled  3-26-93 
as  an  emergency;  operative  3-26-93  (Register  93,  No.  13).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  7-26-93  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-26-93  order  including  amendment  of  section 
heading  and  text  transmitted  to  OAL  7-23-93  and  filed  9-1-93  (Register  93, 
No.  36). 

5.  Amendment  filed  10-19-2005;  operative  11-18-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  42). 

§  1 1 905.    Operational  Grants. 

Operational  grants  applicants  must  be  demonstrate: 
(a)  That  the  students  and  families  they  intend  to  serve  have  exceptional 
health,  social,  education,  and/or  economic  needs,  as  described  in  Educa- 
tion Code  section  8801; 


(b)  That  the  applicant  understands  these  needs  and  available  re- 
sources; 

(c )  That  the  goals  for  students  and  families  in  the  applicable  communi- 
ty are  clearly  stated; 

(d)  That  specific  client-centered  outcomes  are  identified  that  the 
applicant  seeks  to  achieve; 

(e)  That  the  proposed  programs  will  emphasize  the  provision  of  ser- 
vices which  are  prevention-oriented; 

(f)  Evidence  that  the  applicant  represents  a  local  agency  collaboration 
which  will  be  functioning  on  behalf  of  children,  youth,  and  their  families, 
and  that  those  participating  in  the  local  agency  collaboration  support  the 
application; 

(g)  Evidence  that  the  participants  in  the  local  agency  collaboration  of- 
fer a  comprehensive  plan  for  the  activities  that  participating  agencies  will 
undertake;  and 

(h)  That  the  applicant  has  maximized  the  use  of  existing  financial  and 
programmatic  resources  to  implement  fundamental  changes  to  improve 
access  to  services  and  achieve  the  desired  goals  and  client-centered  out- 
comes. 

(i)  That  the  applicant  shall  comply  with  all  state  and  federal  laws  per- 
taining to  confidentiality  of  student  records  and  privacy,  including,  but 
not  limited  to  FERPA  (Family  Educational  Right  to  Privacy  Act,  20 
U.S.C.  1232g)  and  PPRA  (Protection  of  Pupil  Rights  Act,  20  U.S.C. 
1232h),  as  well  as  state  and  federal  laws  pertaining  to  the  confidentiality 
of  medical  records,  including  but  not  limited  to,  HIPAA  (Health  Insur- 
ance Portability  and  Accountability  Act,  42  U.S.C.  I320d,  et  seq.). 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8804(b)  and  (i),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8801,  8804  and  8806,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secdon  filed  6-23-92  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-23-92  (Register  92, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  10-21-92  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 1-24-92  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-24-92  (Register 

92,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  3-24-92 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  New  section  refiled  3-26-93  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-26-93  (Register  93, 
No.  1 3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  7-26-93  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-26-93  order  including  amendment  of  secfion 
heading,  text  and  Note  transmitted  to  OAL  7-23-93  and  filed  9-1-93  (Register 

93,  No.  36). 

5.  New  subsection  (i)  filed  10-19-2005;  operative  1 1-18-2005  (Register  2005, 
No.  42). 

§  1 1 91 0.     Planning  Grants. 

Planning  grant  applicants  must  outline  a  plan  which  identifies  the  steps 
required  for  the  applicant  to  achieve  all  of  the  elements  of  Section  1 1905. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8804(b)  and  (i),  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8804  and  8806,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-23-92  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-23-92  (Register  92, 
No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  10-21-92  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 1-24-92  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-24-92  (Register 
92,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  3-24-92 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  New  section  refiled  3-26-93  as  an  emergency;  operafive  3-26-93  (Register  93, 
No.  13).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  7-26-93  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-26-93  order  including  renumbering  of  former 
section  1 1 9 1 0  to  section  11925  and  adoption  of  new  section  transmitted  to  OAL 
7-23-93  and  filed  9-1-93  (Register  93,  No.  36). 

§  1 1 91 5.    Review  of  Applications  for  Operational  and 
Planning  Grants. 

(a)  Only  those  applications  which  are  complete  in  their  entirely  (col- 
laborative approval.  Healthy  Start  Support  Services  budget,  and  applica- 
tion narrative)  will  be  considered  for  funding. 

(b)  Submission  deadline  dates  must  be  strictly  adhered  to  and  shall  be 
those  specified  in  the  Request  for  Applications. 

(c)  The  application  narrative  may  not  exceed  25  pages  for  operational 
grant  applications;  12  pages  for  planning  grant  applications. 


Page  148 


Register  2005,  No.  42;  10-21-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


$  11925 


(d)  All  application  narrative  that  meets  tiie  Tollowing  format  specifica- 
tions will  be  considered  in  its  entirety: 

( 1 )  The  pages  are  single-sided,  8-1/2  inches  by  1 1  inches. 

(2)  The  top,  bottom,  left,  and  right  margins  are  1  inch  minimum. 

(3)  The  font  is  12  point  and  does  not  exceed  6  lines  per  inch. 

(e)  Attachments  to  the  narrative  may  include  documents  that  support 
the  narrative,  not  to  exceed  i  0  pages.  Attachments  that  are  simply  a  con- 
tinuation of  the  narrative  will  not  be  considered.  Attachments  may  in- 
clude but  are  not  limited  to  student  profile  data  (e.g.,  test  scores,  atten- 
dance, mobility,  discipline,  ethnicity,  immunization  status  at  the  time  of 
enrollment,  etc.)  and  letters  of  support  from  parents.  Memoranda  of  un- 
derstanding that  document  the  specific  commitments  from  the  local 
agency  collaboration  members  may  be  attached  to  the  application  narra- 
tive and  are  excluded  from  the  10-page  attachment  limitation. 

(0  Each  complete  and  timely  application  will  be  reviewed  and  as- 
sessed according  to  the  criteria  in  subdivisions  (g)  and  (h)  below. 

(g)  Operational  grant  applications  will  be  evaluated  for  the  degree  to 
which  the  application: 

(1 )  Demonstrates  an  understanding  of  Healthy  Start  (Education  Code 
section  8800  et  seq.)  objectives  by  addressing  each  of  the  elements  cited 
in  section  1 1 905  in  a  clear  and  logical  manner  using  appropriate  support- 
ive data; 

(2)  Demonstrates  an  understanding  of  student  and/or  family  needs  by 
describing  underlying  conditions  and  causes  based  on  appropriate  data 
sources  including  but  not  limited  to  students,  families,  and  local  public 
and  private  agencies  that  provide  services; 

(3)  Assesses  the  strengths  and  limitations  of  existing  community  ser- 
vices and  utilities,  redirects,  restructures,  or  integrates  local  agency  and 
community  resources. 

(4)  Actively  addresses  local  needs  including  any  unique  cultural 
needs; 

(5)  Delineates  fiscal  and  governance  responsibilities  of  collaborative 
members; 

(6)  Describes  achievable  and  client-centered  outcomes; 

(7)  Demonstrates  that  there  will  be  a  specific  mechanism  in  place  to 
refer  students  and  families  in  need  of  assistance  and  to  ensure  that  the 
supports  are  available  for  the  individual  students  and  families  to  access 
the  needed  services; 

(8)  Establishes  a  procedure  for  ongoing  feedback  regarding  client- 
centered  outcomes  and  local  agency  collaboration  outcomes  to  clients 
and  local  agency  collaboration  participants; 

(9)  Establishes  comprehensive,  integrated  school-linked  services; 
and 

(10)  Establishes  or  tests  innovative  or  new  forms  of  service  delivery 
and  collaboration,  including  but  not  limited  to,  amount  and  sources  of  re- 
quired funding,  redirection  or  restructuring  of  staffing  and  funding,  prio- 
rities for  whom  to  serve,  and  agencies  responsible  for  providing  services. 

(h)  Planning  grant  applications  will  be  evaluated  for  the  degree  to 
which  the  application  demonstrates: 

( 1)  An  understanding  of  Healthy  Start  (Education  Code  section  8800 
et  seq.)  objectives  by  addressing  each  of  the  elements  cited  in  section 
1 1910  in  a  clear  and  logical  manner  using  appropriate  supportive  data; 

(2)  A  plan  for  building  a  collaborative  comprehensive,  integrated 
school-linked  services  delivery  system  which  will  include  ongoing  par- 
ticipation of  parents,  teachers,  community  groups,  and  service  providers; 

(3)  Specific  planning  activities  for  soliciting  input  from  ethnic  and  lin- 
guistic groups  in  the  community; 

(4)  A  plan  for  reaching  the  specified  goals  based  on  a  preliminary  un- 
derstanding of  current  student,  facility,  and  community  conditions,  need- 
ed improvements,  and  steps  to  accomplish  client-centered  outcomes; 
and 

(5)  Evidence  of  efforts  to  include  broad  community  support  and  a 

range  of  available  resources. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8804(b)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8804  and  8806,  Education  Code. 


History 

1.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-26-93  order  including  adoption  of  new  sec- 
tion transmitted  to  OAL  7-23-93  and  filed  9-1-93  (Regi.ster  93,  No.  36). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (d)(3).  (f),  (<!)(])  and  (ir)(7)  filed  l()-l9-2()()5;  op- 
erative 1 1-18-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  42). 

§  1 1 920.    Awarding  of  Grants. 

(a)  All  applications  will  be  ranked  in  accordance  with  their  assessed 
score. 

(b)  Grant  awards  will  be  awarded  on  the  basis  of  an  applicant's  rank 
and  any  other  factors  established  by  Education  Code  section  8804. 

(c)  If  an  LEA  has  been  funded  for  an  operational  grant  on  behalf  of  an 
identified  school,  the  LEA  is  not  eligible  for  a  subsequent  operational 
grant  for  the  same  school. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8804(b)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8804  and  8806,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-26-93  order  including  adoption  of  new  sec- 
tion transmitted  to  OAL  7-23-93  and  filed  9-1-93  (Regi.ster  93,  No.  .%). 

2.  New  subsecfion  (c)  filed  10-19-2005:  operative  1 1-18-2005  (Register  2005, 
No.  42). 

§11925.     Use  of  Funds. 

(a)  An  applicant  must  submit  a  budget  and  a  budget  narrative  support- 
ing the  amount  of  funding  requested  and  documenting  the  required 
match. 

(b)  In  general,  purposes  for  which  Healthy  Start  funds  may  be  used  in- 
clude, but  are  not  limited  to: 

(1)  Staff  salaries. 

(2)  Contracting  for  professional  consultants  or  service  providers  to  de- 
sign programs  or  provide  technical  assistance. 

(3)  Training  and  cross-training. 

(c)  Operational  grants:  No  more  than  50  percent  of  operational  grant 
monies  may  be  used  to  purchase  direct  services.  Funds  may  be  used  for, 
but  are  not  limited  to,  the  following: 

(1)  Contracting  with  pubhc  and  private  agencies  for  delivery  of  ser- 
vices. 

(2)  Purchasing  equipment  dedicated  to  Healthy  Start  use,  including 
computer  equipment,  necessary  for  program  management  and  data  col- 
lection and  evaluation,  not  to  exceed  10  percent  of  the  total  annual  oper- 
ating budget. 

(3)  Facilities  rental,  lease,  or  purchase  costs,  not  to  exceed  1 5  percent 
of  the  total  annual  operating  budget,  for  space  that  is  dedicated  to  Healthy 
Start  use. 

(4)  Start-up  funds  may  be  used  for.  but  are  not  limited  to.  the  following 
costs: 

(A)  Facility  renovations,  not  to  exceed  $50,000. 

(B)  Equipment  purchase. 

(C)  Hiring  staff. 

(D)  Contracting  for  professional  consultants  or  service  providers  to 
design  programs,  or  provide  technical  assistance. 

(d)  Planning  grants:  Planning  grant  monies  may  be  used  to  purchase 
equipment  required  to  implement  the  planning  process  and  dedicated  to 
Healthy  Start  use,  not  to  exceed  10  percent  of  the  total  planning  grant. 
Planning  grant  monies  may  not  be  used  for  capital  expenditures  or  facil- 
ity rental  or  lease. 

(e)  Healthy  Start  funds  may  not  be  used  for  expenses  related  to  out-of- 
state  travel. 

(f)  State  and/or  federal  categorical  funds  may  not  be  used  toward  meet- 
ing the  in-kind  match  requirement  specified  in  Education  Code  section 
8804(c). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8804(b)  and  (i),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8804  and  8806,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-26-93  order  including  renumbering  and 
amendment  of  former  section  11910  to  section  11925  transmitted  to  OAL 
7-23-93  and  filed  9-1-93  (Register  93.  No.  36). 


Page  149 


Register  2007,  No.  15;  4-13-2007 


§  11930 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  11 930.    Grant  Award  Appeal  Process. 

(a)  Applicants  who  wish  to  appeal  the  grant  award  decision  regarding 
the  application  must  submit  a  letter  of  appeal  to  the  State  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction  or  designee. 

(b)  The  letter  of  appeal  must: 

( 1 )  Be  received  by  the  date  specified  in  the  Request  for  Applications: 

(2)  Describe  the  factors  which  caused  the  applicant  to  conclude  that 
the  readers  did  not  follow  the  prescribed  rating  standards  and  explain 
why  the  score  is  in  conflict  with  the  rating  standards  described  in  section 
11915  or  the  grant  award  process  described  in  section  1 1920;  and 

(3)  Identify  specific  information  in  the  application  that  the  applicant 
believes  was  overlooked  or  misinterpreted. 

(c)  The  apphcation  will  be  reevaluated  by  California  Department  of 
Education  staff  or  designees.  The  final  decision  on  any  recommendations 
to  revise  the  original  score  of  an  application  and/or  fund  the  application 
will  be  made  in  writing  by  the  State  Superintendent  of  F*ublic  Instruction, 
or  designee.  In  the  event  that  the  state  budget  has  not  been  approved  for 
the  next  fiscal  year,  notification  may  be  postponed  until  after  state  budget 
approval. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8804(b)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8804  and  8806,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-26-93  order  including  adoption  of  new  sec- 
tion transmitted  to  OAL  7-23-93  and  filed  9-1-93  (Register  93,  No.  36). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-19-2005;  operative  11-1 8-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  42). 

§  11935.    Waivers  to  Program  Regulations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8804(b)  and  (i).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8804,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-26-93  order  including  adopfion  of  new  sec- 
tion transmitted  to  OAL  7-23-93  and  filed  9-1-93  (Register  93,  No.  36). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-19-2005;  operative  1 1-18-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  42). 


Subchapter  19.    Charter  Schools 


Article  1 . 


Charter  School  Regular  Average 
Daily  Attendance 


§  1 1 960.    Regular  Average  Daily  Attendance  for  Charter 
Schools. 

(a)  As  used  in  Education  Code  section  47612,  "attendance"  means  the 
attendance  of  charter  school  pupils  while  engaged  in  educational  activi- 
ties required  of  them  by  their  charter  schools,  on  days  when  school  is  ac- 
tually taught  in  their  charter  schools.  "Regular  average  daily  attendance" 
shall  be  computed  by  dividing  a  charter  school's  total  number  of  pupil- 
days  of  attendance  by  the  number  of  calendar  days  on  which  school  was 
actually  taught  in  the  charter  school.  For  purposes  of  determining  a  char- 
ter school's  total  number  of  pupil-days  of  attendance,  no  pupil  may  gen- 
erate more  than  one  day  of  attendance  in  a  calendar  day. 

(b)  The  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  proportionate- 
ly reduce  the  amount  of  funding  that  would  otherwise  have  been  appor- 
tioned to  a  charter  school  on  the  basis  of  average  daily  attendance  for  a 
fiscal  year,  if  school  was  actually  taught  in  the  charter  school  on  fewer 
than  1 75  calendar  days  during  that  fiscal  year. 

(c)(1)  Beginning  in  2004-05,  a  pupil  who  is  over  the  age  of  19  years 
may  generate  attendance  for  apportionment  purposes  in  a  charter  school 
only  if  both  of  the  following  conditions  are  met: 

(A)  The  pupil  was  enrolled  in  a  public  school  in  pursuit  of  a  high 
school  diploma  (or,  if  a  student  in  special  education,  an  individualized 
education  program)  while  1 9  years  of  age  and,  without  a  break  in  public 
school  enrollment  since  that  time,  is  enrolled  in  the  charter  school  and  is 
making  satisfactory  progress  towards  award  of  a  high  school  diploma  (or, 
if  a  student  in  special  education,  satisfactory  progress  in  keeping  with  an 
individualized  education  program)  consistent  with  the  definition  of  satis- 
factory progress  set  forth  in  subdivision  (b)  of  Section  1 1965. 

(B)  The  pupil  is  not  over  the  age  of  22  years. 


(2)  This  subdivision  shall  not  apply  to  a  charter  school  program  speci- 
fied in  Education  Code  section  47612.1.  A  charter  school  program  as 
specified  in  Education  Code  section  47612.1  may  be  either: 

(A)  the  whole  of  a  charter  school,  if  the  school  has  an  exclusive  part- 
nership agreement  with  one  or  more  of  the  programs  specified  in  Educa- 
tion Code  section  47612.1  and  serves  no  other  pupils;  or 

( B )  an  instructional  program  operated  by  a  charter  school  that  is  exclu- 
sively dedicated  to  pupils  who  are  also  participating  in  one  of  the  pro- 
grams specified  in  Education  Code  section  47612.1,  provided  that  ar- 
rangement is  set  forth  in  an  exclusive  partnership  agreement  between  the 
charter  school  and  one  or  more  of  the  programs  specified  in  Education 
Code  section  47612.1. 

(d)  No  individual  who  is  ineligible  to  generate  attendance  for  appor- 
tionment purposes  in  a  charter  school  pursuant  to  subdivision  (c)  may  be 
claimed  as  regular  attendance  for  apportionment  purposes  by  a  local 
education  agency  that  is  authorized  by  law  to  grant  charters.  This  subdi- 
vision shall  not  apply  to  claims  other  than  claims  for  regular  attendance 
for  apportionment  purposes. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
41420,  46301  and  47612,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  subchapter  19  and  section  filed  9-7-93  as  an  emergency;  operative  9-7-93 
(Register  93,  No.  37).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  1-10-94  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  subchapter  19  and  section  refiled  12-23-93  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-6-94  (Register  93,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted 
to  OAL  by  5-6-94  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law 
on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-23-94  order  transmitted  with  amendments 
to  OAL  5-4-94  and  filed  6-15-94  (Register  94,  No.  24). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  subsecfion  (a),  repealer  of  subsection  (c) 
and  amendment  of  Note  filed  7-1-98  as  an  emergency;  operafive  7-1-98  (Reg- 
ister 98,  No.  27).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-29-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-1-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  1 0-13-98  and 
filed  1 1-13-98  (Register  98,  No.  46). 

6.  New  subsections  (c)(l)-(d)  filed  2-10-2004;  operative  3-11-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  7). 


Article  1.2.    Closure  Procedures 


§  1 1962.    Definition  of  Procedures  for  School  Closure. 

As  used  in  Education  Code  sections  47605(b)(5)(P)  and 
47605. 6(b)(5)(Q),  "procedures"  means,  at  a  minimum,  each  of  the  fol- 
lowing: 

(a)  Designation  of  a  responsible  entity  to  conduct  closure-related  acti- 
vities. 

(b)  Notification  of  the  closure  of  the  charter  school  to  parents  (guard- 
ians) of  pupils,  the  authorizing  entity,  the  county  office  of  education  (un- 
less the  county  board  of  education  is  the  authorization  entity),  the  special 
education  local  plan  area  in  which  the  school  participates,  the  retirement 
systems  in  which  the  school's  employees  participate  (e.g..  Public  Em- 
ployees' Retirement  System,  State  Teachers'  Retirement  System,  and 
federal  social  security),  and  the  California  Department  of  Education,  pro- 
viding at  least  the  following: 

(1)  The  effective  date  of  the  closure; 

(2)  The  name(s)  of  and  contact  information  for  the  person(s)  to  whom 
reasonable  inquiries  may  be  made  regarding  the  closure; 

(3)  The  pupils'  school  districts  of  residence;  and 

(4)  The  manner  in  which  parents  (guardians)  may  obtain  copies  of  pu- 
pil records,  including  specific  information  on  completed  courses  and 
credits  that  meet  graduation  requirements. 

(c)  Provision  of  a  list  of  pupils  in  each  grade  level  and  the  classes  they 
have  completed,  together  with  information  on  the  pupils'  district  of  resi- 
dence, to  the  responsible  entity  designated  in  subdivision  (a). 

(d)  Transfer  and  maintenance  of  all  pupil  records,  all  state  assessment 
results,  and  any  special  education  records  to  the  custody  of  the  responsi- 
ble entity  designated  in  subdivision  (a),  except  for  records  and/or  assess- 


Page  150 


Register  2007,  No.  15;  4-13-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11963.1 


ment  results  that  the  charter  may  require  to  be  transferred  to  a  different 
entity. 

(e)  Transfer  and  maintenance  of  personnel  records  in  accordance  with 
applicable  law. 

(f)  Completion  of  an  independent  final  audit  within  six  months  after 
the  closure  of  the  school  that  may  function  as  the  annual  audit,  and  that 
includes  at  least  the  following: 

( 1)  An  accounting  of  all  financial  assets,  including  cash  and  accounts 
receivable  and  an  inventory  of  property,  equipment,  and  other  items  of 
material  value. 

(2)  An  accounting  of  the  liabilities,  including  accounts  payable  and 
any  reduction  in  apportionments  as  a  result  of  audit  findings  or  other  in- 
vestigations, loans,  and  unpaid  staff  compensation. 

(3)  An  assessment  of  the  disposition  of  any  restricted  funds  received 
by  or  due  to  the  charter  school. 

(g)  Disposal  of  any  net  assets  remaining  after  all  liabilities  of  the  char- 
ter school  have  been  paid  or  otherwise  addressed,  including  but  not  lim- 
ited to,  the  following: 

( 1 )  The  return  of  any  grant  funds  and  restricted  categorical  funds  to 
their  source  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  grant  or  state  and  federal 
law,  as  appropriate,  which  may  include  submission  of  final  expenditure 
reports  for  entitlement  grants  and  the  filing  of  any  required  Final  Expen- 
diture Reports  and  Final  Performance  Reports. 

(2)  The  return  of  any  donated  materials  and  property  in  accordance 
with  any  conditions  established  when  the  donation  of  such  materials  or 
property  was  accepted. 

(h)  Completion  and  fihng  of  any  annual  reports  required  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  47604.33. 

(i)  Identification  of  funding  for  the  activities  identified  in  subdivisions 
(a)  through  (h). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
47607,  Education  Code. 

History 
i.  New  article  1.2  (sections  11962-1 1962.1 )  and  section  filed  4-9-2007;  opera- 
tive 5-9-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  15). 

§  11 962.1 .    Definitions  Related  to  the  Duties  of  a  Chartering 
Authority. 

(a)  "Notification"  as  used  in  Education  Code  section  47604.32(e) 
means  the  transmission  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  of  at 
least  the  following: 

(1)  A  de.scription  of  the  circumstances  of  the  closure; 

(2)  The  effective  date  of  the  closure;  and 

(3)  The  location  of  pupil  records  and  personnel  records. 

(b)  "Personnel  records"  as  used  in  subdivision  (a)  means  any  records 
the  charter  school  has  relevant  to  its  employees,  including,  but  not  limited 
to,  records  related  to  performance  and  grievance  as  specified  in  Labor 
Code  section  1  [9S.5. 

(c)  "Pupil  records"  as  used  in  subdivision  (a)  has  the  same  meaning  as 
per  Education  Code  section  49061(b). 

(d)  "Timely"  as  used  in  Education  Code  section  47604.32(e)  means  re- 
ceipt of  the  evidence  transmitted  pursuant  to  subdivision  (a)  within  ten 
calendar  days  of  the  official  action  taken  by  the  chartering  authority. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
47604.32,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  4-9-2007;  operative  5-9-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  15). 


Article  1.5.    Classroom-  and 

Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction  in  Charter 

Schools 

§  1 1963.    Definition  of  Classroom-Based  Instruction. 

(a)  In  accordance  with  the  definition  of  classroom-based  instruction 
specified  in  Education  Code  section  47612.5(e)(1),  and  for  purposes  of 
identifying  and  reporting  that  portion  of  a  charter  school's  average  daily 


attendance  that  is  generated  through  nonclassroom-based  instruction 
pursuant  to  Educafion  Code  sections  476.34.2(c)  and  47612..5(e)(2). 
classroom-based  instruction  in  a  charier  school  occurs  only  when  all  foui 
of  the  following  conditions  are  met. 

(1)  The  charter  schoors  pupils  are  engaged  in  educational  activities 
required  of  those  pupils,  and  the  pupils  are  under  the  immediate  supervi- 
sion and  control  of  an  employee  of  the  charter  school  who  is  authorized 
to  provide  instruction  to  the  pupils  within  the  meaning  of  Education  Code 
secfion  4760.5(/). 

(2)  At  least  80  percent  of  the  instructional  time  offered  at  the  charter 
school  is  at  the  schoolsite. 

(3)  The  charter  school's  schoolsite  is  a  facility  that  is  used  principally 
for  classroom  instruction. 

(4)  The  charter  school  requires  its  pupils  to  be  in  attendance  at  the 
schoolsite  at  least  80  percent  of  the  minimum  instmctional  time  required 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  47612..5(a)(  1). 

(b)  The  requirement  to  be  "at  the  schoolsite"  is  satisfied  if  either  of  the 
following  conditions  is  met. 

(1)  The  facility  in  which  the  pupils  receive  instruction  is: 

(A)  Owned,  rented,  or  leased  by  the  charier  school  principally  for 
classroom  instrucdon; 

(B)  Provided  to  the  charter  school  by  a  school  district  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  secfion  47614  principally  for  classroom  instmction;  or 

(C)  Provided  to  the  charter  school  free-of-charge  principally  for 
classroom  instrucfion  pursuant  to  a  written  agreement. 

When  not  being  used  by  the  charter  school  for  classroom  instruction, 
the  facility  may  be  rented,  leased,  or  allowed  to  be  used  for  other  pur- 
poses (e.g.,  for  evening  adult  classes  not  offered  by  the  charter  school, 
local  theater  producfions,  or  community  meetings)  and  still  be  deemed 
to  be  principally  for  classroom  instruction. 

(2)  The  charter  school  facility  meets  the  criteria  in  paragraph  (1)  of 
subdivision  (b)  and  the  pupils  are  on  a  field  trip  during  which  the  pupils 
remain  under  the  immediate  supervision  and  control  of  the  employee  of 
the  charter  school  and  are  carrying  out  an  educational  activity  required 
of  the  pupils. 

(c)  The  requirement  to  be  "at  the  schoolsite"  is  not  safisfied  if  the  pu- 
pils are  in  a  personal  residence  (i.e..  a  dwelling),  even  if  space  in  the  resi- 
dence is  set  aside  and  dedicated  to  instructional  purposes  and/or  the  char- 
ter school  rents  or  leases  space  in  the  residence  for  the  provision  of 
instrucfion.  As  used  in  this  subdivision,  a  personal  residence  shall  not  in- 
clude a  facility  that  is  licensed  by  a  state  or  local  government  agency  to 
operate  as  a  facility  in  which  pupils  not  related  to  the  facility's  owners 
are  provided  custodial  care  and  supervision  (e.g.,  a  licensed  children's 
institution  or  a  boarding  school). 

(d)  The  definifions  in  this  secfion  are  solely  for  the  purpose  of  deter- 
mining if  a  charter  school  must  submit  a  determinafion  of  funding  request 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  47634.2. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  47612.5  and  476.'^4.2,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  47605,  47612.5  and  47634.2,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  1.5  (sections  11 963- 1 1963.6)  and  section  filed  10-28-2003;  opera- 
tive 10-28-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register 
2003,  No.  44).  For  prior  history  of  article  1.5,  sections  1 1963-1 1963.4.  see  Reg- 
ister 2002.  No.  42. 


§  11963.1.    Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction  in  Charter 
Schools. 

This  article  does  not  change  the  requirement  that  nonclassroom-based 
instrucfion  in  charter  schools  comply  with  the  provisions  of  Article  5.5 
(commencing  with  Secfion  51745)  of  Chapter  5  of  Part  28  of  the  Educa- 
fion Code. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47612.5,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Article  5.5  (commencing  with  Section  51745)  of  Chapter  5  of  Part  28;  and  Section 
47612.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  10-28-2003;  operative  10-28-2003  pursuant  to  Government 


Code  section  11 343 .4  (Register  20O3,  No.  44). 


Page  151 


Register  2007,  No.  15;  4-13-2007 


§  11963.2 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  11 963.2.    Average  Daily  Attendance  for 

Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction  in  Charter 
Schools. 

(a)  A  charter  school  may  receive  funding  for  nonclassroom-based 
instruction  only  if  a  determination  of  funding  is  made  pursuant  to  Educa- 
tion Code  section  47634.2.  A  determination  of  funding  is  a  specific  per- 
centage approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  for  each  affected  char- 
ter school  by  which  the  charter  school's  reported  nonclassroom-based 
average  daily  attendance  must  be  adjusted  by  the  Superintendent  of  Pub- 
lic Instruction  prior  to  the  apportioning  of  funds  based  upon  that  average 
daily  attendance.  A  determination  of  funding  shall  only  be  approved  by 
the  State  Board  for  a  charter  school  if  the  charter  school  has  submitted 
a  request. 

(b)  A  determination  of  funding  request  approved  by  the  State  Board 
of  Education  shall  be  70  percent,  unless  a  greater  or  lesser  percentage  is 
determined  appropriate  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  in  accordance 
with  section  1 1963.4.  In  no  case  shall  an  approved  determination  of  fund- 
ing exceed  100  percent. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47634.2.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  47612.5,  47634.2  and  51745.6,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 0-28-2003;  operative  1 0-28-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  44). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  12-6-2005;  operative  12-6-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  49). 

§  11963.3.    Determination  of  Funding  Request  Forms  and 
Calculations. 

(a)  For  purposes  of  submitting  a  determination  of  funding  request,  the 
California  Department  of  Education  shall  issue  a  form  or  set  of  forms  to 
collect  the  information  specified  in  this  subdivision.  Unless  otherwise  in- 
dicated, charter  schools  submitting  a  determination  of  funding  request 
shall  complete  the  form  or  forms  in  accordance  with  the  definitions  used 
in  the  2005  edition  of  the  California  School  Accounting  Manual  (which 
can  be  obtained  from  the  California  Department  of  Education  web  site 
at:  http://www.cde.ca.gov/fg/ac/sa).  The  form  or  forms  shall  be  devel- 
oped by  the  California  Department  of  Education  in  consultation  with  the 
Advisory  Commission  on  Charter  Schools.  The  form  or  forms  shall  in- 
clude all  of  the  following  and,  to  the  extent  the  form  or  forms  include 
more  than  the  following,  the  form  or  forms  shall  require  the  approval  of 
the  State  Board  of  Education  and  comply  with  applicable  provisions  of 
the  Administrative  Procedure  Act. 

( 1 )  The  name,  charter  number,  authorizing  entity,  address,  contact 
name  and  title,  telephone  number,  fax  number,  and  email  address,  if  any, 
for  the  charter  school. 

(2)  The  percentage  requested  by  the  school  as  its  determination  of 
funding. 

(3)  The  number  of  fiscal  years  for  which  the  determination  of  funding 
is  requested,  which  shall  not  exceed  five  years. 

(4)  The  date  the  charter  was  initially  granted  and  the  date  the  charter 
or  charter  renewal  will  expire. 

(5)  For  charter  schools  that  operated  in  the  prior  fiscal  year,  all  of  the 
following: 

(A)  The  school's  total  resources,  including  all  federal  revenue,  with 
federal  Public  Charter  School  Grant  Program  start-up,  implementation, 
and  dissemination  grants  separately  identified;  all  state  revenue;  all  local 
revenue  with  in-lieu  property  taxes  separately  identified;  other  financing 
sources;  and  the  ending  balance  from  the  prior  fiscal  year. 

(B)  The  school's  total  expenditures  for  instruction  and  related  ser- 
vices, by  object  of  expenditure,  which  shall  include  all  of  the  following: 

1 .  Activities  dealing  with  the  interaction  between  teaching  staff  and 
students,  without  regard  to  the  instrucfional  locafion  or  medium. 

2.  Services  that  provide  administrative,  technical,  and  logistical  sup- 
port to  facilitate  and  enhance  instrucfion. 

3.  Services  in  direct  support  of  students. 

4.  School-sponsored  extra-curricular  or  co-curricular  activities  de- 
signed to  provide  motivation  and  enjoyment  and  improvement  of  skills. 


5.  Instructional  materials,  supplies,  and  equipment. 

(C)  The  school's  total  expenditures  for  schoolsite  and  administrative 
site  operations  and  facilities,  by  object  of  expenditure,  which  shall  in- 
clude all  of  the  following: 

1 .  Activities  concerned  with  securing  and  keeping  open  and  working 
the  physical  plants,  grounds,  and  equipment  necessary  for  the  operation 
of  the  school. 

2.  Facility  rents,  leases,  and  utilities. 

3.  Facilities  acquisition  and  construction. 

(D)  The  school's  total  expenditures  for  administration  and  all  other  ac- 
tivities, by  object  of  expenditure,  which  shall  include  all  of  the  following: 

1 .  Activities  concerned  with  establishing  and  administering  policy  for 
operating  the  entire  charter  school,  such  as  the  governing  board,  director, 
and  administrafive  staff. 

2.  Other  general  administration  activities,  such  as  payroll  and  account- 
ing services,  auditing  and  legal  .services,  property  and  liability  insurance, 
personnel,  charter-wide  telephone  service,  and  data  processing  services. 

3.  Supervisorial  oversight  fees  charged  by  the  chartering  authority. 

4.  Other  expenditures  not  reported  elsewhere,  such  as  those  for  com- 
munity services  and  enterprise  activities  and  cumulative  administrative 
overhead  from  related  party  transactions. 

(E)  Other  outgo  and  other  uses,  including  debt  service  payments  and 
transfers. 

(F)  The  excess  (or  deficiency)  of  revenues  over  expenditures  calcu- 
lated by  subtracting  the  total  of  subparagraphs  (B),  (C),  (D),  and  (E), 
from  the  total  resources  reported  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (A),  and  a  list 
of  the  amount  of  reserves  for:  facilities  acquisiuon  or  construction,  eco- 
nomic uncertainties,  the  amount  required  by  the  charter-authorizing  en- 
tity, or  other  reserves.  Reserves  in  excess  of  the  greater  of  fifty-thousand 
dollars  or  five  percent  of  total  expenditures  may  be  allowed  for  economic 
uncertainties  or  long-term  expenditures  such  as  capital  projects  if  the  ex- 
cess reserves  are  satisfactorily  explained  pursuant  to  section  1 1963.4(b). 

(6)  For  charter  schools  that  did  not  operate  in  the  prior  fiscal  year,  the 
revenue  and  expenditure  information  required  in  paragraph  (5)  shall  be 
provided  using  reasonable  estimates  of  current-year  annualized  reve- 
nues and  expenditures. 

(b)  In  addition  to  the  form  or  forms  prescribed  pursuant  to  subdivision 
(a),  a  complete  determination  of  funding  request  shall  also  include  the 
following  information.  Only  a  determination  of  funding  request  that  is 
complete  may  be  acted  upon  by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

( 1 )  A  certification  signed  by  the  charter  school' s  director,  principal,  or 
governing  board  chairperson  of  the  following: 

(A)  That  the  information  provided  is  true  and  correct  to  the  best  of  the 
ability  and  knowledge  of  the  individual  authorized  to  do  so  by  the  charter 
school's  governing  board. 

(B)  That  the  charter  school's  nonclassroom-based  instruction  is  con- 
ducted for  and  substantially  dedicated  to  the  instructional  benefit  of  the 
school's  students. 

(C)  That  the  governing  board  of  the  charter  school  has  adopted  and  im- 
plements conflict  of  interest  policies. 

(D)  That  all  of  the  charter  school's  transactions,  contracts,  and  agree- 
ments are  in  the  best  interest  of  the  school  and  reflect  a  reasonable  market 
rate  for  all  goods,  services,  and  considerations  rendered  for  or  supplied 
to  the  school. 

(2)  The  charter  school's  pupil-teacher  rafio  as  calculated  pursuant  to 
title  5,  section  II 704  of  the  California  Code  of  Regulations. 

(3)  A  Usting  of  entities  that  received  in  the  previous  fiscal  year  (or  will 
receive  in  the  current  fiscal  year)  $50,000  or  more  or  10  percent  or  more 
of  the  charter  school's  total  expenditures  identified  pursuant  to  subpara- 
graphs (B).  (C),  (D),  and  (E)  of  paragraph  (5)  of  subdivision  (a),  the 
amount  received  by  each  entity;  whether  each  of  the  contract  payments 
is  based  on  specific  services  rendered  or  upon  an  amount  per  unit  of  aver- 
age daily  attendance  or  some  other  percentage;  and  an  identification  of 
which  entities,  if  any,  have  contract  payments  based  on  a  per  unit  average 
daily  attendance  amount  or  some  other  percentage. 


Page  152 


Register  2007,  No.  15;  4-13-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11963.4 


(4)  An  identification  of  the  members  comprising  the  charter  school's 
governing  board  (i.e.,  parent,  teacher,  etc.)  and  a  description  of  how  those 
members  were  selected;  whether  the  governing  board  has  adopted  and 
implemented  conflict  of  interest  policies  and  procedures;  and  whether 
any  of  the  governing  board  members  are  affiliated  in  any  way  with  any 
of  the  entities  reported  pursuant  to  paragraph  (3)  and  if  so,  how. 

(5)  An  explanation  of  ail  transfers  reponed  pursuant  to  subparagraph 
(E)  of  paragraph  (5)  of  subdivision  (a). 

(6)  A  list  and  the  amount  of  each  of  the  other  reserves  reported  pur- 
suant to  subparagraph  (F)  of  paragraph  (5)  of  subdivision  (a). 

(7)  To  the  extent  that  a  charter  school  desires  to  have  facility  costs  con- 
sidered as  an  instructional  cost,  the  total  annual  facility-related  and  op- 
erational cost,  total  facility  square  footage  occupied  by  the  charter 
school,  total  classroom-based  average  daily  attendance  (if  applicable)  as 
reported  at  the  prior-year  second  principal  apportionment,  and  the  total 
student  hours  attended  by  nonclassroom-based  pupils  at  the  school  site 
shall  be  provided. 

(8)  The  number  of  full-time  equivalent  employees  who  possess  a  valid 
teaching  certificate,  permit,  or  other  document  equivalent  to  that  which 
a  teacher  in  other  public  schools  would  be  required  to  hold  issued  by  the 
Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing  and  who  work  in  the  charter 
school  in  a  position  required  to  provide  direct  instruction  or  direct 
instructional  support  to  students.  For  purposes  of  these  regulations,  "di- 
rect instructional  support"  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to.  activities  that 
are  directly  related  to  student  instruction  that  are  performed  by  qualified 
certificated  persons  such  as  curriculum  coordinators,  individualized 
education  plan  coordinators,  librarians,  counselors,  psychologists,  and 
nurses. 

(c)  The  California  Department  of  Education  shall  perform  the  follow- 
ing using  the  resource  and  expenditure  data  provided  pursuant  to  subdivi- 
sion (a). 

( I )  A  calculation  showing  the  charter  school's  total  expenditures  for 
salaries  and  benefits  for  all  employees  who  possess  a  valid  teaching  cer- 
tificate, permit,  or  other  document  equivalent  to  that  which  a  teacher  in 
other  public  schools  would  be  required  to  hold  issued  by  the  Commission 
on  Teacher  Credentialing  (and  who  work  in  the  charter  school  in  a  posi- 
tion required  to  provide  direct  instruction  or  direct  instructional  support 
to  students)  as  a  percentage  of  the  school's  total  public  revenues.  For  the 
purposes  of  this  subdivision: 

(A)  "Employees"  shall  include  special  education  teachers  who  possess 
a  valid  teaching  certificate,  permit,  or  other  document  equivalent  to  that 
which  special  education  teachers  in  non-charter  public  schools  would  be 
required  to  hold  issued  by  the  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing, 
and  who  provide  direct  instrucfion  or  direct  instructional  support  to  pu- 
pils of  the  charter  school  pursuant  to  a  contract  with  a  public  or  private 
entity. 

(B)  "Employees"  shall  include  individuals  who  possess  a  valid  cerUfi- 
cate.  permit,  or  other  document  equivalent  to  that  which  the  individuals 
would  be  required  to  possess  in  a  non-charter  public  school,  issued  by 
the  Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing,  and  who  are  employed  by  a 
local  education  agency  (LEA),  provided  all  of  the  following  conditions 
are  met:  the  LEA  is  the  employer  of  all  the  charter  school's  staff;  the  gov- 
erning board  of  the  LEA  is  the  governing  authority  for  the  charter  school 
(i.e..  the  charter  school  is  not  a  corporate  entity  separate  from  the  LEA); 
and  the  LEA's  employees  are  assigned  exclusively  to  work  at  the  charter 
school  providing  direct  instruction  or  direct  instructional  support  to  stu- 
dents or,  to  the  extent  that  the  LEA's  employees  are  assigned  to  work  at 
the  charter  school  on  a  part-time  basis,  the  charter  school  pays  for  the  ser- 
vices rendered  by  the  employee  providing  direct  instruction  or  direct 
instructional  support  to  students  on  a  documented,  fee-for-service  basis 
and  not,  for  example,  on  the  basis  of  a  fixed  annual  amount,  fixed  per- 
centage of  average  daily  attendance  revenue,  or  other  basis  that  is  not  re- 
lated to  documented  services  actually  rendered  to  the  charter  school.  Un- 
der no  circumstances  shall  certificated  employees  of  an  LEA  be 
considered  employees  of  a  charter  school  for  purposes  of  this  subpara- 


graph unless  the  charter  school  pays  for  the  services  rendered  by  the 
LEA's  employees  on  a  documented,  fee-for-service  basis. 

(C)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  "employee"  also  means  qualified  per- 
sons that  provide  direct  instruction  or  direct  instaictional  support,  that  are 
hired  directly  by  the  charter  school  through  an  employment  services  con- 
tract based  on  a  documented,  fee-for-service  basis. 

(D)  The  school's  total  public  revenue  is  based  on  the  amounts  reported 
pursuant  to  subparagraph  (A)  of  paragraph  (5)  of  subdivision  (a)  and 
equals  the  sum  of:  all  federal  revenue,  less  any  Public  Charter  School 
Grant  Program  start-up.  implementation,  and  dissemination  grant  funds; 
state  revenue;  and  local  revenue  from  in-lieu  property  taxes. 

(2)  A  calculation  showing  the  charter  school's  total  expenditures  on 
instruction  and  related  services  as  a  percentage  of  the  school's  total  reve- 
nues. For  the  purposes  of  this  subdivision,  the  school's  total  revenues  do 
not  include  the  ending  balance  from  the  prior  fi.scal  year. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47634.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  476)2.5.  47634.2  and  51745.6,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  10-28-2003;  operative  10-28-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  44). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Noth  filed  12-6-2005;  operative  12-6-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  49). 

§  11963.4.     Evaluation  of  Determination  of  Funding 

Requests  Regarding  Nonciassroom-Based 
instruction. 

(a)  When  a  complete  determiination  of  funding  request  is  received 
from  a  charter  school,  it  shall  be  reviewed  by  the  California  Department 
of  Education  and  presented  to  the  Advisory  Commission  on  Charter 
Schools,  along  with  credible  informafion  pertaining  to  the  request  ob- 
tained from  any  other  source.  The  Advisory  Commission  shall  develop 
a  recommendation  pursuant  to  this  section  to  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion regarding  the  request,  and  that  recommendation  shall  be  presented 
to  the  State  Board  of  Education  by  the  California  Department  of  Educa- 
tion. The  following  criteria  shall  guide  the  process  of  reviewing  and  de- 
veloping a  recommendation  on  the  request.  The  California  Department 
of  Education  shall  report  any  difference  of  opinion  between  the  Califor- 
nia Department  of  EducaUon  and  the  Advisory  Commission  as  to  the  rec- 
ommendation presented  to  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

(1 )  If  the  percentage  calculated  pursuant  to  paragraph  ( I )  of  subdivi- 
sion (c)  of  section  1 1963.3  equals  at  least  35  percent  but  less  than  40  per- 
cent, and  the  percentage  calculated  pursuant  to  paragraph  (2)  of  subdivi- 
sion (c)  of  section  11963.3  equals  at  least  60  percent  but  less  than  70 
percent,  the  Advisory  Commission  on  Charter  Schools  shall  recommend 
to  the  State  Board  of  Education  approval  of  the  request  at  70  percent,  un- 
less there  is  a  reasonable  basis  to  recommend  otherwise.  If  the  recom- 
mended percentage  is  lower  than  the  requested  percentage,  the  recom- 
mendafion  to  the  State  Board  shall  include  the  reasons  justifying  the 
reducuon  and,  if  appropriate,  describe  how  any  deficiencies  or  problems 
may  be  addressed  by  the  charter  school. 

(2)  If  the  percentage  calculated  pursuant  to  paragraph  ( 1 )  of  subdivi- 
sion (c)  of  section  1 1963.3  equals  or  exceeds  40  percent,  and  the  percent- 
age calculated  pursuant  to  paragraph  (2)  of  subdivision  (c)  of  section 
1 1963.3  equals  at  least  70  percent  but  less  than  80  percent,  the  Advisory 
Commission  on  Charter  Schools  shall  recommend  to  the  State  Board  of 
Educafion  approval  of  the  request  at  85  percent,  unless  there  is  a  reason- 
able basis  to  recommend  otherv/ise.  The  recommendation  to  the  Stale 
Board  shall  include  the  reasons  justifying  a  percentage  that  is  greater  than 
70  percent  and,  if  the  recommended  percentage  is  lower  than  the  re- 
quested percentage,  the  reasons  justifying  the  reducuon  and,  if  appropri- 
ate, describe  how  any  deficiencies  or  problems  may  be  addressed  by  the 
charter  school. 

(3)  If  the  percentage  calculated  pursuant  to  paragraph  ( 1 )  of  subdivi- 
sion (c)  of  section  1 1963.3  equals  or  exceeds  40  percent,  the  percentage 
calculated  pursuant  to  paragraph  (2)  of  subdivision  (c )  of  section  1 1 963 .3 
equals  or  exceeds  80  percent,  and  the  ratio  of  average  daily  attendance 


Page  153 


Register  2007,  No.  15;  4-13-2007 


§  11963.5 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


for  independent  study  pupils  to  full-time  certificated  employees  respon- 
sible for  independent  study  does  not  exceed  a  pupil-teacher  ratio  of  25: 1 
or  the  equivalent  ratio  of  pupils  to  full-time  certificated  employees  for 
all  other  educational  programs  operated  by  the  largest  unified  school  dis- 
trict, as  measured  by  average  daily  attendance,  in  the  county  or  counties 
in  which  the  charter  school  operates,  the  Advisory  Commission  on  Char- 
ter Schools  shall  recommend  to  the  State  Board  of  Education  approval 
of  the  request  at  100  percent  (i.e.  full  funding),  unless  there  is  a  reason- 
able basis  to  recommend  otherwise.  If  the  recommended  percentage  is 
lower  than  the  requested  percentage,  the  recommendation  to  the  State 
Board  shall  include  the  reasons  justifying  the  reduction  and,  if  appropri- 
ate, describe  how  any  deficiencies  or  problems  may  be  addressed  by  the 
charter  school. 

(4)  If  the  percentage  calculated  pursuant  to  paragraph  (1 )  of  subdivi- 
sion (c)  of  section  1 1963.3  is  less  than  35  percent,  or  the  percentage  cal- 
culated pursuant  to  paragraph  (2)  of  subdivision  (c)  of  section  1 1963.3 
is  less  than  60  percent,  then  the  charter  school's  nonclassroom-based 
instruction  is  not  substantially  dedicated  to  the  instructional  benefit  of  the 
students,  and  the  Advisory  Commission  on  Charter  Schools  shall  recom- 
mend that  the  State  Board  of  Education  deny  the  request,  unless  there  is 
a  reasonable  basis  to  recommend  otherwise.  The  recommendation  to  the 
State  Board  shall  include  the  reasons  justifying  the  denial  and,  if  ap- 
propriate, describe  how  any  deficiencies  or  problems  may  be  addressed 
by  the  charter  school.  Denial  of  a  determination  of  funding  request  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education  shall  result  in  no  funding  being  apportioned  for 
average  daily  attendance  identified  by  the  charter  school  as  being  gener- 
ated through  nonclassroom-based  instruction  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  section  47634.2(c). 

(5)  Any  request  for  a  funding  determination  received  prior  to  the  effec- 
tive date  of  these  regulations  will  be  reviewed  pursuant  to  the  criteria  in 
effect  at  the  time  of  submittal. 

(b)  The  Advisory  Commission  on  Charter  Schools  and/or  the  Califor- 
nia Department  of  Education  may  ask  the  charter  school  to  provide  addi- 
tional information  in  order  to  make  possible  a  more  detailed  review  or  to 
develop  a  reasonable  basis  for  a  recommendation  other  than  those  pre- 
scribed in  subdivision  (a).  With  the  consent  of  the  Superintendent  of  Pub- 
lic Instruction,  the  request  for  additional  information  shall  be  considered 
a  reasonable  inquiry  to  which  the  charter  school  must  respond  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  section  47604.3. 

(c)  Any  multi-year  funding  determination  approved  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education  may  be  modified  by  the  State  Board  of  Education, 
in  terms  of  both  the  multi-year  approval  and  the  percentage  of  funding 
authorized,  if  any  information  that  may  change  the  conclusion  to  approve 
the  original  multi-year  funding  determination  is  found. 

(d)  Prior  to  a  recommendation  by  the  Advisory  Commission  on  Char- 
ter Schools  (that  a  determination  of  funding  request  be  denied  or  ap- 
proved at  a  percentage  lower  than  that  requested)  being  forwarded  to  the 
State  Board  of  Education,  the  affected  charter  school  shall  be  given  thirty 
(30)  calendar  days  in  which  to  amend  its  determination  of  funding  re- 
quest and/or  to  provide  additional  information  in  support  of  the  request. 
Based  upon  consideration  of  the  amended  request  or  any  additional  in- 
formation that  may  be  provided,  the  Advisory  Commission  may  modify 
its  recommendation  to  the  State  Board. 

(e)  A  reasonable  basis  for  the  Advisory  Commission  on  Charter 
Schools  to  make  a  recommendation  other  than  one  that  results  from  the 
criteria  specified  in  subdivision  (a)  may  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  the 
following:  the  information  provided  by  the  charter  school  pursuant  to 
paragraphs  (2)  through  (8),  inclusive,  of  subdivision  (b)  of  section 
11963.3.  documented  data  regarding  individual  circumstances  of  the 
charter  school  (e.g.,  one-time  or  unique  or  exceptional  expenses  for  faci- 
lities, acquisition  of  a  school  bus,  acquisition  and  installation  of  comput- 
er hardware  not  related  to  the  instructional  program,  special  education 
charges  levied  on  the  charter  school  by  a  local  educational  agency,  re- 
stricted state,  federal,  or  private  grants  of  funds  awarded  to  the  charter 
school  that  cannot  be  expended  for  teacher  salaries,  or  contracted  instruc- 


tional services  other  than  those  for  special  educafion),  the  size  of  the  char- 
ter school,  and  how  many  years  the  charter  school  has  been  in  operation. 
The  Advisory  Commission  on  Charter  Schools  shall  give  charter  schools 
with  less  than  a  total  of  one  hundred  ( 1 00)  units  of  prior  year  second  peri- 
od average  daily  attendance  or  that  are  in  their  first  year  of  operation  seri- 
ous consideration  of  full  funding. 

NoTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47634.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  47604.3,  47612.5  and  47634.2,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  10-28-2003;  operative  10-28-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  II  343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  44). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  12-6-2005;  operafive  12-6-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  49). 

§  11963.5.    Determination  of  Funding  Requests  for 

Nonclassroom-Based  Virtual  or  On-Line 
Charter  Schools. 

A  virtual  or  on-line  charter  school  is  one  in  which  at  least  80  percent 
of  teaching  and  student  interaction  occurs  via  the  Internet. 

(a)  A  virtual  or  on-line  nonclassroom-based  charter  school  may  re- 
ceive approval  of  a  funding  determination  with  no  maximum  pupil- 
teacher  ratio  if  the  charter  school  has  and  maintains  an  8  or  above  Aca- 
demic Performance  Index  (API)  rank  in  either  its  statewide  or  similar 
schools  ranking  and  has  no  less  than  a  6  in  the  other  of  these  two  rankings. 

(b)  In  order  to  be  funded  pursuant  to  (a)  above,  a  virtual  or  on-line 
charter  school,  must  demonstrate  that: 

(1)  The  school  has  met  its  overall  and  subgroup  API  growth  targets. 

(2)  Instructional  expenditures  are  at  least  85  percent  of  the  overall 
school  budget.  A  substantial  portion  of  these  expenditures  (at  least  25 
percent  of  the  charter  school's  general  purpose  entitlement  and  categori- 
cal block  grant  as  defined  in  Educafion  Code  section  47632),  are  spent 
on  technology  that  directly  benefits  students  and  teachers  and  results  in 
improved  student  achievement. 

(3)  Computer-based  instruction  and  assessment  is  provided  to  each 
student  and  includes  the  use  of  an  on-line  instructional  management  pro- 
gram, which  at  a  minimum  includes  standards-based  guided  lessons,  les- 
son plans,  initial  testing  of  students,  periodic  assessment  of  student 
achievement,  and  the  use  of  other  measurements  of  student  progress  over 
a  period  of  time. 

(4)  Teachers  are  provided  with  technology  tools  and  print  media, 
which  at  a  minimum  must  include:  standards-aligned  instrucUonal  mate- 
rials, computer,  printer,  monitor,  Internet  service,  telephone,  staff  devel- 
opment that  provides  for  the  monitoring  of  student  progress,  and  a  means 
of  electronic  communicadon  for  frequent  student  contact. 

(5)  All  students  are  provided  an  individualized  learning  plan  that  is 
based  on  inifial  testing  of  the  students  and  that  is  monitored  either  re- 
motely or  in  person,  by  the  teacher  to  evaluate  student  progress. 

(6)  All  students  are  provided  access  to  a  computer,  Internet  service, 
printer,  monitor,  and  standards-aligned  materials  based  on  State  Board 
adopted  academic  content  standards  for  each  grade  level  and  for  each 
subject  studied. 

(7)  All  students  eligible  for  special  educafion  supports  and  services  re- 
ceive those  supports  and  services  in  accordance  with  their  individualized 
education  program. 

(8)  Charter  school  admission  pracfices  will  not  favor  high  performing 
students  or  recruit  a  student  population  that  is  of  a  higher  socioeconomic 
group  or  lower  racial  or  ethnic  representation  than  the  general  population 
of  the  county  orcounfies  served.  Admission  practices  not  reflecfive  of  the 
county  or  counties  served  shall  be  cause  for  denial  by  the  State  Board  of 
Educafion  under  this  secfion. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47634.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  47604.3,  47612.5,  47632,  47634.2,  51747.3,  52052  and  60640-60643, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 0-28-2003;  operative  10-28-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  44). 


Page  154 


Register  2007,  No.  15;  4-13-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11965 


2.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1 1963..*^  to  section  1 1963.6  and  new  section 
1 1 963.3  filed  1 2-6-2005:  operative  1 2-6-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  49). 

§  11963.6.    Submission  and  Action  on  Determination  of 
Funding  Requests  Regarding 
Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction. 

(a)  An  approved  determination  of  funding  for  a  new  charter  school  in 
its  first  year  of  operation  shall  be  submitted  by  December  1  and  shall  be 
for  two  fiscal  years.  Within  90  days  after  the  end  of  its  first  fiscal  year  of 
operation,  a  charter  school  shall  submit  unaudited  actual  expense  reports 
and  a  funding  determination  form  based  on  the  school's  actual  second- 
year  budget.  If  the  Advisory  Commission  on  Charter  Schools  determines 
that  the  actual  expenditures  of  the  charter  school  or  the  second  year  fund- 
ing determination  form  do  not  support  the  funding  determination  for  the 
second  year,  the  Advisory  Commission  on  Charter  Schools  shall  recom- 
mend that  the  State  Board  of  Education  revise  the  funding  determination. 

(b)  For  the  2005-06  fiscal  year  only,  a  determination  of  funding  re- 
quest approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  for  any  nonclassroom- 
based  charter  school  that  is  not  in  its  first  year  of  operation  shall  be  for 
the  2005-06  fiscal  year  and  additionally  a  minimum  of  one  year  but  a 
maximum  of  four  years  prospectively  (for  a  total  funding  determination 
of  not  more  than  five  years). 

(c)  Any  determination  of  funding  request  approved  by  the  State  Board 
of  Education  for  an  existing  nonclassroom-based  charter  school  from  the 
2006-07  fiscal  year  forward  shall  be  prospective  (not  for  the  current 
year),  in  increments  of  a  minimum  of  two  years  and  a  maximum  of  five 
years  in  length.  Beginning  with  the  2007-08  fiscal  year,  nonclassroom- 
based  charter  schools  that  had  a  funding  determination  in  the  prior  year 
must  submit  a  funding  determination  request  by  Febnjary  1  of  the  fiscal 
year  prior  to  the  year  the  funding  determination  will  be  effective,  when 
a  new  request  is  required  under  these  regulations. 

(d)  A  determination  of  funding  shall  be  subject  to  review  each  time  a 
material  change  is  made  in  the  school's  charter  with  respect  to  nonclas- 
sroom-based instruction,  and  may  be  subject  to  review  each  time  the 
school's  charter  is  renewed,  and/or  in  accordance  with  any  condidons  the 
State  Board  of  Education  may  impose  at  the  time  of  the  determination  of 
funding  request  approval.  A  material  change  in  the  school's  charter  with 
respect  to  nonclassroom-based  instruction  is  any  significant  change  that 
affects  the  level  of  resources  devoted  to  nonclassroom-based  instruction, 
the  courses  to  be  offered  through  nonclassroom-based  instrucfion,  and/ 
or  the  delivery  of  educaUonal  services  to  pupils  receiving  nonclassroom- 
based  instruction.  The  charter  school  shall  notify  the  California  Depart- 
ment of  Education  no  later  than  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  material  change 
is  made. 

(e)  A  charter  school  may  submit  a  request  for  funding  determination 
up  to  one  year  prior  to  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  request  will  initially 
be  effective.  The  State  Board  may  grant  the  request  for  up  to  five  years 
following  the  effective  date  of  the  request. 

(f)  Not  more  than  120  days  following  the  receipt  of  a  complete  deter- 
mination of  funding  request,  the  California  Department  of  Education 
shall  present  the  request  and  the  recommendation  of  the  Advisory  Com- 
mission on  Charter  Schools  to  the  State  Board  of  EducaUon  in  accor- 
dance with  subdivision  (a)  of  section  11963.4. 

(g)  If,  during  the  effecuve  period  of  a  determination  of  funding,  a  char- 
ter school  wishes  to  seek  a  higher  or  lower  determination  of  funding,  it 
shall  do  so  by  the  filing  of  a  new  determination  of  funding  request.  Dur- 
ing the  effective  period  of  a  charter  school's  determination  of  funding, 
no  more  than  one  additional  determination  of  funding  request  (which 
would  replace  the  determination  of  funding  then  in  effect)  may  be  sub- 
mitted by  the  charter  school  in  the  same  fiscal  year. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47634.2,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  47604.3,  47612.5,  47634.2  and  51745.6,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 0-28-2003;  operative  10-28-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  44). 

2.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1 1963.6  to  section  1 1963.7  and  renumbering  of 
former  section  11963.5  to  section  1 1963.6,  including  amendment  of  section  and 


NoTi-:,  filed  12-6-2005;  operative  12-6-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  49). 

§  11963.7.    Termination  of  a  Determination  of  Funding 

Regarding  Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction. 

Any  multi-year  funding  determination  approved  by  the  State  Board 
of  Education  may  be  modified  by  the  State  Board  of  Education,  in  terms 
of  both  the  multi-year  approval  and  the  funding  authorized. 

The  State  Board  of  Education  may  terminate  a  determination  of  fund- 
ing if  updated  or  additional  information  requested  by  the  California  De- 
partment of  Education  and/or  the  Advisory  Commission  on  Charter 
Schools  is  not  made  available  by  a  charter  school  within  thirty  (30)  calen- 
dar days  or  if  credible  information  from  any  source  supports  termination. 
If  the  latter  is  the  case,  the  charter  schools  shall  be  given  thirty  (30)  calen- 
dar days  prior  to  the  termination  of  funding  to  provide  additional  in- 
formation to  support  the  school's  determination  of  funding. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47634.2.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  47612.5  and  47634.2,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  former  section  11963.6  to  new  section  1 1963.7,  including 
amendment  of  section  and  Notk,  filed  12-6-2005;  operative  12-6-2005  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2005.  No.  49). 


Article  2.    General  Provisions 

§11965.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Private  school"  as  that  term  is  used  in  Education  Code  section 
47602(b)  means  a  school  that  meets  the  requirements  set  forth  in  Educa- 
tion Code  sections  48222  and  48223. 

(b)  For  each  charter  school,  "satisfactory  progress,"  as  that  term  is 
used  in  Education  Code  section  47612,  means  uninterrtipted  progress  ( 1 ) 
towards  completion,  with  passing  grades,  of  the  substance  of  the  course 
of  study  that  is  required  for  graduation  from  a  non-charter  comprehen- 
sive high  school  of  the  school  district  that  authorized  the  charter  school's 
charter,  that  the  pupil  has  not  yet  completed,  (2)  at  a  rate  that  is  at  least 
adequate  to  allow  the  pupil  to  successfully  complete,  through  full-time 
attendance,  all  of  that  uncompleted  coursework  within  the  aggregate 
amount  of  time  assigned  by  the  chartering  agency  for  the  study  of  that 
particular  quantity  of  coursework  within  its  standard  academic  schedule. 
If  the  charteiing  agency  is  not  a  school  district  having  at  least  one  non- 
charter  comprehensive  high  school,  the  applicable  high  school  gradua- 
tion requirements  and  associated  time  assignments  shall  be  those  for  the 
comprehensive  high  school(s)  of  the  largest  unified  school  district,  as 
measured  by  average  daily  attendance,  in  the  county  or  counties  in  which 
the  charter  school  operates. 

For  individuals  with  exceptional  needs,  as  defined  in  Education  Code 
section  56026,  "satisfactory  progress,"  as  that  term  is  used  in  Education 
Code  section  47612,  means  unintemjpted  maintenance  of  progress  to- 
wards meeting  the  goals  and  benchmarks  or  short-term  objectives  speci- 
fied in  his  or  her  individualized  education  program  made  pursuant  to  U.S. 
Code,  Title  20,  Section  1414(d)  until  high  school  graduation  require- 
ments have  been  met,  or  until  the  pupil  reaches  an  age  at  which  special 
education  services  are  no  longer  required  by  law. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031 ,  47602(b)  and  47612(b),  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  47602(b)  and  47612(b),  Education  Code;  and  Section 
1414(d),  Title  20,  U.S.  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  2  (sections  11 965-1 1968)  and  section  filed  2-8-99  as  an  emergen- 
cy; operative  2-8-99  (Register  99,  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  6-8-99  oremergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  oper- 
ation of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Repealer  of  article  2  (sections  1 1965-1 1968)  and  section  by  operation  of  Gov- 
ernment Code  section  11346.1(g)  (Register  99,  No.  31). 

3.  New  article  2  (sections  11965-11968)  and  section  filed  7-28-99;  operative 
7-28-99  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  99.  No. 
31). 

4.  New  subsection  (a)  designator  and  new  subsection  (b)  and  amendment  of  Noti- 
filed  1 1-18-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-18-99  (Register  99.  No.  47).  A 
Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  3-17-2000  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


Page  154.1 


Register  2007,  No.  t5;  4-13-2007 


§  11966 BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS Title  5 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  ]  1-18-99  order,  including  amendment  of  sub-      attendance  then  reported  is  for  pupils  wliose  attendance  is  eligible  for 
£er  2000  No  ^sT^^  ^^^"^^"ed  to  OAL  2-2-2000  and  filed  2-22-2000  (Reg-      p^^^^Y^^  funding  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  47602(b).  The  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction  shall  not  apportion  state  funds  to  any  char- 
ter school  that  fails  to  make  the  certification  required  by  this  section. 
§  11966.     Certification.  Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47602(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 

On  each  occasion  that  a  charter  school  reports  attendance  to  the  Call-      '^"'-^'^'  ^^^^'^^^  47602(b),  Education  Code. 

fomia  Department  of  Education  for  purposes  of  the  calculation  of  state  ,  ^,  .-,  j.,  n  ,^o  '•'■^"^^  .     ^   ,   .,.  „    .       ^„  . 

n      ,■      r      ,       f  .       .  r-r-   •  V    p  1       I  i.      i     u    •  1 .  Ncw  scctiou  filcd  2-8-99  as  au  emercencv;  ODcrative  2-8-99  (Rcgistcr  99,  No. 

funding  for  the  charter  school,  an  official  of  the  charter  school  who  is  re-  7 ,  ^  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  6-8-99  or  emer- 

sponsible  for  reporting  attendance  shall  specifically  certify  that  all  of  the  gency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


[The  next  page  is  155. 


Page  154.2  Register  2007,  No.  15;  4-13-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11967.5.1 


• 


• 


2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Govemmeni  Code  seclion  1 1346.1(2)  (Register  99. 
No,  31). 

3.  New  seetion  filed  7-28-99;  operative  7-28-99  pursiianl  to  Government  Code 
seetion  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  99,  No.  31). 

§  1 1 967.    Appeals  on  Charter  Petitions  That  Have  Been 
Denied. 

(a)  A  charter  school  petition  that  has  been  previously  denied  by  the 
governing  board  of  a  school  district  must  be  received  by  the  county  board 
of  education  not  later  than  180  calendar  days  after  the  denial.  A  charter 
school  petition  that  has  been  previously  denied  by  a  county  board  of  edu- 
cation must  be  received  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  not  later  than  1 80 
calendar  days  after  the  denial.  Any  petition  received  by  the  county  board 
of  education  or  State  Board  of  Education  more  than  1 80  days  after  denial 
shall  not  be  acted  upon  by  the  county  board  of  education  or  State  Board 
of  Education. 

(b)  When  fihng  a  petition  with  the  county  board  of  education  or  the 
State  Board  of  Education  for  the  establishment  of  a  charter  school,  peti- 
tioner(s)  shall  provide  the  following: 

( 1 )  A  complete  copy  of  the  charter  petition  as  denied,  including  the  sig- 
natures required  by  Education  Code  section  47605. 

(2)  Evidence  of  the  governing  board's  action  to  deny  the  petition  (e.g. 
meeting  minutes)  and  the  governing  board's  written  factual  findings  spe- 
cific to  the  particular  petition,  when  available,  setting  forth  specific  facts 
to  support  one  or  more  of  the  grounds  for  denial  set  forth  in  Education 
Code  section  47605(b). 

(3)  A  signed  certification  stating  that  petitioner(s)  will  comply  with  all 
applicable  law. 

(4)  A  description  of  any  changes  to  the  petition  necessary  to  reflect  the 
county  board  of  education  or  the  State  Board  of  Education  as  the  charter- 
ing entity  as  applicable. 

(c)  The  county  board  of  education  or  State  Board  of  Education  shall 
deny  a  petition  for  the  establishment  of  a  charter  school  only  if  that  board 
makes  written  factual  findings,  specific  to  the  particular  petition,  setting 
forth  specific  facts  to  support  one  or  more  of  the  grounds  for  denial  set 
forth  in  Education  Code  section  47605(b)(l)-(5). 

(d)  Not  later  than  60  days  after  receiving  a  complete  petition  package, 
and  following  review  of  the  petition  at  a  duly  noticed  public  meeting,  a 
county  board  of  education  shall  grant  or  deny  the  charter  petition.  This 
time  period  may  be  extended  by  an  additional  30  days  if  the  county  board 
of  education  and  the  petitioner(s)  agree  to  the  extension. 

(e)  Not  later  than  90  days  after  receiving  a  complete  petition  package, 
the  State  Board  of  Education  shall  schedule,  at  its  next  regular  board 
meeting,  an  action  item  to  grant  or  deny  the  charter  petition.  This  date 
may  be  extended  by  an  additional  30  days  if  the  State  Board  of  Education 
and  the  petitioner(s)  agree  to  the  extension. 

(f)  In  considering  charter  petitions  that  have  been  previously  denied, 
the  county  board  of  education  or  State  Board  of  Education  are  not  limited 
to  a  review  based  solely  on  the  reasons  for  denial  stated  by  the  school  dis- 
trict, but  must  review  the  charter  school  petition  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  section  47605(b). 

NOTIi:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47605(j)(5),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  47605(j),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  2-8-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-8-99  (Register  99,  No. 
7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  6-8-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  99, 
No.  31). 

3.  New  section  filed  7-28-99;  operative  7-28-99  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
section  1 1.343.4(d)  (Register  99,  No.  31). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  6-22-2005;  operative  6-22-200.5  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

§  11 967.5.     Review  and  Approval  of  Charter  School 

Petitions  by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  utilize  the  criteria  set  forth  in  Sec- 
tion 1 1 967.5. 1 .  in  reviewing  the  elements  of  a  charter  petition  submitted 
for  its  approval  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  sec- 


tion 47605(b)  and  (j).  The  purpose  of  the  criteria  is  to  convey  lo  charter 
petitioners  the  State  Board  of  Education's  understanding  of  the  meaning 
of  the  elements  specified  in  Education  Code  section  47605(b).  or  other- 
wise to  convey  essential  information  about  the  elements.  The  criteria  are 
intended  to  require  no  charter  provisions  in  excess  of  those  that  the  State 
Board  of  Education  believes  necessary  to  determine  whether  each  ele- 
ment specified  in  Education  Code  section  47605(b)  has  been  .satisfactori- 
ly addressed.  Where  the  criteria  call  for  judgments  to  be  made,  the  judg- 
ments will  be  made  in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  reasonable,  rational,  and 
fair  to  the  petitioners  and  other  parties  potentially  affected  by  the  charter- 
ing of  the  school  by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-1-2002;  operative  3-31-2002  (Register  2002.  No.  9). 

§  1 1 967.5.1 .      Criteria  for  the  Review  and  Approval  of 

Charter  School  Petitions  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education. 

(a)  For  purposes  of  Education  Code  section  47605(b),  a  charter  peti- 
tion shall  be  "consistent  with  sound  educational  practice"  if,  in  the  State 
Board  of  Education's  judgment,  it  is  likely  to  be  of  educational  benefit 
to  pupils  who  attend.  A  charter  school  need  not  be  designed  or  intended 
to  meet  the  educational  needs  of  every  student  who  might  possibly  seek 
to  enroll  in  order  for  the  charter  to  be  granted  by  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  Education  Code  section  47605(b)(  1 ),  a  charter 
petition  shall  be  "an  unsound  educational  program"  if  it  is  either  of  the 
following: 

(1)  A  program  that  involves  activities  that  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion determines  would  present  the  likelihood  of  physical,  educational,  or 
psychological  harm  to  the  affected  pupils. 

(2)  A  program  that  the  State  Board  of  Education  determines  not  to  be 
likely  to  be  of  educational  benefit  to  the  pupils  who  attend. 

(c)  For  purposes  of  Education  Code  section  47605(b)(2).  the  State 
Board  of  Education  shall  take  the  following  factors  into  consideration  in 
determining  whether  charter  petitioners  are  "demonstrably  unlikely  to 
successfully  implement  the  program." 

(1)  If  the  petitioners  have  a  past  history  of  involvement  in  charter 
schools  or  other  education  agencies  (public  or  private),  the  history  is  one 
that  the  State  Board  of  Education  regards  as  unsuccessful,  e.g.,  the  peti- 
tioners have  been  associated  with  a  charter  school  of  which  the  charter 
has  been  revoked  or  a  private  school  that  has  ceased  operation  for  reasons 
within  the  petitioners'  control. 

(2)  The  petitioners  are  unfamiiliar  in  the  State  Board  of  Education's 
judgment  with  the  content  of  the  petition  or  the  requirements  of  law  that 
would  apply  to  the  proposed  charter  school. 

(3)  The  petitioners  have  presented  an  unrealistic  financial  and  opera- 
tional plan  for  the  proposed  chatter  school.  An  unrealistic  financial  and 
operational  plan  is  one  to  which  any  or  all  of  the  following  applies: 

(A)  In  the  area  of  administrative  services,  the  charter  or  supporting 
documents  do  not  adequately: 

1 .  Describe  the  structure  for  providing  administrative  services,  includ- 
ing, at  a  minimum,  personnel  transactions,  accounting  and  payroll  that 
reflects  an  understanding  of  school  business  practices  and  expertise  to 
carry  out  the  necessary  administrative  services,  or  a  reasonable  plan  and 
time  line  to  develop  and  assemble  such  practices  and  expertise. 

2.  For  any  contract  services,  describe  criteria  for  the  selection  of  a  con- 
tractor or  contractors  that  demonstrate  necessary  expertise  and  the  proce- 
dure for  selection  of  the  contractor  or  contractors. 

(B)  In  the  area  of  financial  administration,  the  charter  or  supporting 
documents  do  not  adequately: 

1.  Include,  at  a  minimum,  the  first-year  operational  budget,  start-up 
costs,  and  cash  flow,  and  financial  projections  for  the  first  three  years. 

2.  Include  in  the  operational  budget  reasonable  esumates  of  all  antici- 
pated revenues  and  expenditures  necessary  to  operate  the  school,  includ- 
ing, but  not  limited  to,  special  education,  based,  when  possible,  on  histor- 
ical data  from  schools  or  school  districts  of  similar  type,  si/e,  and 
location. 


Page  155 


Register  2005,  No.  25;  6-24-2005 


§  11967.5.1 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


3.  Include  budget  notes  that  clearly  describe  assumptions  on  revenue 
estimates,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  basis  for  average  daily  atten- 
dance estimates  and  staffing  levels. 

4.  Present  a  budget  that  in  its  totality  appears  viable  and  over  a  period 
of  no  less  than  two  years  of  operations  provides  for  the  amassing  of  a  re- 
serve equivalent  to  that  required  by  law  for  a  school  district  of  similar  size 
to  the  proposed  charter  school. 

5.  Demonstrate  an  understanding  of  the  timing  of  the  receipt  of  various 
revenues  and  their  relative  relationship  to  timing  of  expenditures  that  are 
within  reasonable  parameters,  based,  when  possible,  on  historical  data 
from  schools  or  school  districts  of  similar  type,  size,  and  location. 

(C)  In  the  area  of  insurance,  the  charter  and  supporting  documents  do 
not  adequately  provide  for  the  acquisition  of  and  budgeting  for  general 
liability,  workers  compensations,  and  other  necessary  insurance  of  the 
type  and  in  the  amounts  required  for  an  enterprise  of  similar  purpose  and 
circumstance. 

(D)  In  the  area  of  facilities,  the  charter  and  supporting  documents  do 
not  adequately: 

1 .  Describe  the  types  and  potential  location  of  facilities  needed  to  oper- 
ate the  size  and  scope  of  educational  program  proposed  in  the  charter. 

2.  In  the  event  a  specific  facility  has  not  been  secured,  provide  evi- 
dence of  the  type  and  projected  cost  of  the  facilities  that  may  be  available 
in  the  location  of  the  proposed  charter  school. 

3.  Reflect  reasonable  costs  for  the  acquisition  or  leasing  of  facilities 
to  house  the  charter  school,  taking  into  account  the  facilities  the  charter 
school  may  be  allocated  under  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  section 
47614. 

(4)  The  petitioners  personally  lack  the  necessary  background  in  the 
following  areas  critical  to  the  charter  school's  success,  and  the  petitioners 
do  not  have  plan  to  secure  the  services  of  individuals  who  have  the  neces- 
sary background  in  these  areas: 

(A)  Curriculum,  instruction,  and  assessment. 

(B)  Finance  and  business  management. 

(d)  For  purposes  of  Education  Code  section  47605(b)(3),  a  charter 
petition  that  "does  not  contain  the  number  of  signatures  required  by  sub- 
division (a)"  of  Education  Code  section  47605  shall  be  a  petition  that  did 
not  contain  the  requisite  number  of  signatures  at  the  time  of  its  submis- 
sion to  a  school  district  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  47605(a). 
The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  not  disregard  signatures  that  may  be 
purported  to  have  been  withdrawn  or  to  have  been  determined  to  be  inval- 
id after  the  petition  was  denied  by  the  school  district. 

(e)  For  purposes  of  Education  Code  section  47605(b)(4),  a  charter 
petition  that  "does  not  contain  an  affirmation  of  each  of  the  conditions 
described  in  subdivision  (d)"  of  Education  Code  section  47605  shall  be 
a  petition  that  fails  to  include  a  clear,  unequivocal  affirmation  of  each 
such  condition,  not  a  general  statement  of  intention  to  comply.  Neither 
the  charter  nor  any  of  the  supporting  documents  shall  include  any  evi- 
dence that  the  charter  will  fail  to  comply  with  the  conditions  described 
in  Education  Code  section  47605(d). 

(f)  For  purposes  of  Education  Code  section  47605(b)(5),  the  State 
Board  of  Education  shall  take  the  following  factors  into  consideration  in 
determining  whether  a  charter  petition  does  not  contain  a  "reasonably 
comprehensive"  description  of  each  of  the  specified  elements. 

(1)  The  descripfion  of  the  educafional  program  of  the  school,  as  re- 
quired by  Education  Code  section  47605(b)(5)(A),  at  a  minimum: 

(A)  Indicates  the  proposed  charter  school's  target  student  population, 
including,  at  a  minimum,  grade  levels,  approximate  numbers  of  pupils, 
and  specific  educational  interests,  backgrounds,  or  challenges. 

(B)  Specifies  a  clear,  concise  school  mission  statement  with  which  all 
elements  and  programs  of  the  school  are  in  alignment  and  which  conveys 
the  petitioners"  definition  of  an  "educated  person  in  the  21st  century,  be- 
lief of  how  learning  best  occurs,  and  a  goals  consistent  with  enabling  pu- 
pils to  become  or  remain  self-motivated,  competent,  and  lifelong  learn- 
ers. 


(C)  Includes  a  framework  for  instructional  design  that  is  aligned  with 
the  needs  of  the  pupils  that  the  charter  school  has  identified  as  its  target 
student  population. 

(D)  Indicates  the  basic  learning  environment  or  environments  (e.g., 
site-based  matriculation,  independent  study,  community-based  educa- 
tion, technology-based  education). 

(E)  Indicates  the  instructional  approach  or  approaches  the  charter 
school  will  utilize,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  curriculum  and 
teaching  methods  (or  a  process  for  developing  the  curriculum  and  teach- 
ing methods)  that  will  enable  the  school's  pupils  to  master  the  content 
standards  for  the  four  core  curriculum  areas  adopted  by  the  State  Board 
of  Education  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  60605  and  to  achieve 
the  objectives  specified  in  the  charter. 

(F)  Indicates  how  the  charter  school  will  idenfify  and  respond  to  the 
needs  of  pupils  who  are  not  achieving  at  or  above  expected  levels. 

(G)  Indicates  how  the  charter  school  will  meet  the  needs  of  students 
with  disabihties,  English  learners,  students  achieving  substantially 
above  or  below  grade  level  expectations,  and  other  special  student  popu- 
lations. 

(H)  Specifies  the  charter  school's  special  education  plan,  including, 
but  not  limited  to,  the  means  by  which  the  charter  school  will  comply 
with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  secfion  47641 ,  the  process  to  be 
used  to  identify  students  who  qualify  for  special  education  programs  and 
services,  how  the  school  will  provide  or  access  special  education  pro- 
grams and  services,  the  school's  understanding  of  its  responsibilifies  un- 
der law  for  special  education  pupils,  and  how  the  school  intends  to  meet 
those  responsibilities. 

(2)  Measurable  pupil  outcomes,  as  required  by  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 47605(b)(5)(B),  at  a  minimum: 

(A)  Specify  skills,  knowledge,  and  attitudes  that  reflect  the  school's 
educational  objectives  and  can  be  assessed,  at  a  minimum,  by  objective 
means  that  are  frequent  and  sufficiently  detailed  enough  to  determine 
whether  pupils  are  making  satisfactory  progress.  It  is  intended  that  the 
frequency  of  objective  means  of  measuring  pupil  outcomes  vary  accord- 
ing to  such  factors  as  grade  level,  subject  matter,  the  outcome  of  previous 
objective  measurements,  and  information  that  may  be  collected  from  an- 
ecdotal sources.  To  be  sufficiently  detailed,  objective  means  of  measur- 
ing pupil  outcomes  must  be  capable  of  being  used  readily  to  evaluate  the 
effectiveness  of  and  to  modify  instruction  for  individual  students  and  for 
groups  of  students. 

(B)  Include  the  school's  Academic  Performance  Index  growth  target, 
if  applicable. 

(3)  The  method  by  which  pupil  progress  is  to  be  measured,  as  required 
by  Education  Code  section  47605(b)(5)(C),  at  a  minimum: 

(A)  Utilizes  a  variety  of  assessment  tools  that  are  appropriate  to  the 
skills,  knowledge,  or  attitudes  being  assessed,  including,  at  a  minimum, 
tools  that  employ  objective  means  of  assessment  consistent  with  para- 
graph (2)(A)  of  subdivision  (f)  of  this  secfion. 

(B)  Includes  the  annual  assessment  results  from  the  Statewide  Testing 
and  Reporting  (STAR)  program. 

(C)  Outlines  a  plan  for  collecting,  analyzing,  and  reporting  data  on  pu- 
pil achievement  to  school  staff  and  to  pupils'  parents  and  guardians,  and 
for  ufilizing  the  data  continuously  to  monitor  and  improve  the  charter 
school's  educational  program. 

(4)  The  governance  structure  of  the  school,  including,  but  not  limited 
to,  the  process  to  be  followed  by  the  school  to  ensure  parental  involve- 
ment in  supporting  the  school's  effort  on  behalf  of  the  school's  pupils, 
as  required  by  Education  Code  secfion  47605(b)(5)(D),  at  a  minimum: 

(A)  Includes  evidence  of  the  charter  school's  incorporafion  as  a  non- 
profit public  benefit  corporafion,  if  applicable. 

(B)  Includes  evidence  that  the  organizafional  and  technical  designs  of 
the  governance  structure  reflect  a  seriousness  of  purpose  necessary  to  en- 
sure that: 

1 .  The  charter  school  will  become  and  remain  a  viable  enterprise. 


• 


• 


Page  156 


Register  2005,  No.  25;  6-24-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11967.5.1 


• 


2.  There  will  be  active  and  effective  representation  of  interested  par- 
ties, including,  but  not  limited  to  parents  (guardians). 

3.  The  educational  program  will  be  successful. 

(5)  The  qualifications  to  be  met  by  individuals  to  be  employed  by  the 
school,  as  required  by  Education  Code  section  47605(b)(5)(E),  at  a  mini- 
mum: 

(A)  Identify  general  qualifications  for  the  various  categories  of  em- 
ployees the  school  anticipates  (e.g.,  administrative,  instructional, 
instructional  support,  non-instructional  support).  The  qualifications 
shall  be  sufficient  to  ensure  the  health,  and  safety  of  the  school's  faculty, 
staff,  and  pupils. 

(B)  Identify  those  positions  that  the  charter  school  regards  as  key  in 
each  category  and  specify  the  additional  qualifications  expected  of  indi- 
viduals assigned  to  those  positions. 

(C)  Specify  that  the  all  requirements  for  employment  set  forth  in  appli- 
cable provisions  of  law  will  be  met,  including,  but  not  limited  to  creden- 
tials as  necessary. 

(6)  The  procedures  that  the  school  will  follow  to  ensure  the  health  and 
safety  of  pupils  and  staff,  as  required  by  Education  Code  section 
47605(b)(5)(F),  at  a  minimum: 

(A)  Require  that  each  employee  of  the  school  furnish  the  school  with 
a  criminal  record  summary  as  described  in  Education  Code  section 
44237. 

(B)  Include  the  examination  of  faculty  and  staff  for  tuberculosis  as  de- 
.scribed  in  Education  Code  section  49406. 

(C)  Require  immunization  of  pupils  as  a  condition  of  .school  atten- 
dance to  the  same  extent  as  would  apply  if  the  pupils  attended  a  non- 
charter  public  school. 

(D)  Provide  for  the  screening  of  pupils'  vision  and  hearing  and  the 
screening  of  pupils  for  scoliosis  to  the  same  extent  as  would  be  required 
if  the  pupils  attended  a  non-charter  public  school. 

(7)  Recognizing  the  limitations  on  admissions  to  charter  schools  im- 
posed by  Education  Code  section  47605(d).  the  means  by  which  the 
school  will  achieve  a  racial  and  ethnic  balance  among  its  pupils  that  is 
reflective  of  the  general  population  residing  within  the  territorial  juris- 
diction of  the  school  district  to  which  the  charter  petition  is  submitted,  as 
required  by  Education  Code  section  47605(b)(5)(G),  shall  be  presumed 
to  have  been  met,  absent  specific  information  to  the  contrary. 

(8)  To  the  extent  admission  requirements  are  included  in  keeping  with 
Education  Code  section  47605(b)(5)(H),  the  requirements  shall  be  in 
compliance  with  the  requirements  of  Education  Code  section  47605(d) 
and  any  other  applicable  provision  of  law. 

(9)  The  manner  in  which  annual,  independent,  financial  audits  shall  be 
conducted,  which  shall  employ  generally  accepted  accounting  prin- 
ciples, and  the  manner  in  which  audit  exceptions  and  deficiencies  shall 
be  resolved  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  chartering  authority,  as  required  by 
Education  Code  section  47605(b)(5)(I),  at  a  minimum: 

(A)  Specify  who  is  responsible  for  contracting  and  overseeing  the  in- 
dependent audit. 

(B)  Specify  that  the  auditor  will  have  experience  in  education  finance. 

(C)  Outline  the  process  of  providing  audit  reports  to  the  State  Board 
of  Education,  California  Department  of  Education,  or  other  agency  as  the 
State  Board  of  Education  may  direct,  and  specifying  the  time  line  in 
which  audit  exceptions  will  typically  be  addressed. 

(D)  Indicate  the  process  that  the  charter  school  will  follow  to  address 
any  audit  findings  and/or  resolve  any  audit  excepfions. 

(10)  The  procedures  by  which  pupils  can  be  suspended  or  expelled,  as 
required  by  Education  Code  section  47605(b)(5)(J),  at  a  minimum: 

(A)  Identify  a  preliminary  list,  subject  to  later  revision  pursuant  to  sub- 
paragraph (E),  of  the  offenses  for  which  students  in  the  charter  school 
must  (where  non-discretionary)  and  may  (where  discretionary)  be  sus- 
pended and,  separately,  the  offenses  for  which  students  in  the  charter 
school  must  (where  non-discretionary)  or  may  (where  discretionary)  be 
expelled,  providing  evidence  that  the  petifioners'  reviewed  the  offenses 
for  which  students  must  or  may  be  suspended  or  expelled  in  non-charter 
public  schools. 


(B)  Identify  the  procedures  by  which  pupils  can  be  suspended  or  ex- 
pelled. 

(C)  Identify  the  procedures  by  which  parents,  guardians,  and  pupils 
will  be  informed  about  reasons  for  suspension  or  expulsion  and  of  their 
due  process  rights  in  regard  to  suspension  or  expulsion. 

(D)  Provide  evidence  that  in  preparing  the  lists  of  offenses  specified 
in  subparagraph  (A)  and  the  procedures  specified  in  subparagraphs  (B) 
and  (C),  the  petifioners  reviewed  the  lists  of  offenses  and  procedures  that 
apply  to  students  attending  non-charter  public  schools,  and  provide  evi- 
dence that  the  charter  petitioners  believe  their  proposed  lists  of  offenses 
and  procedures  provide  adequate  safety  for  students,  staff,  and  visitors 
to  the  school  and  serve  the  best  interests  the  school's  pupils  and  their  par- 
ents (guardians). 

(E)  If  not  otherwise  covered  under  subparagraphs  (A),  (B).  (C),  and 
(D): 

1.  Provide  for  due  process  for  all  pupils  and  demonstrate  an  under- 
standing of  the  rights  of  pupils  with  disabilifies  in  regard  to  suspension 
and  expulsion. 

2.  Outline  how  detailed  policies  and  procedures  regarding  suspension 
and  expulsion  will  be  developed  and  periodically  reviewed,  including, 
but  not  limited  to,  periodic  review  and  (as  necessary)  modification  of  the 
lists  of  offenses  for  which  students  are  subject  to  suspension  or  expul- 
sion. 

(11)  The  manner  by  which  staff  members  of  the  charter  schools  will 
be  covered  by  the  State  Teachers'  ReUrement  System,  the  Public  Em- 
ployees' Retirement  System,  or  federal  social  security,  as  required  by 
Educadon  Code  secfion  47605(b)(5)(K),  at  a  minimum,  specifies  the 
positions  to  be  covered  under  each  system  and  the  staff  who  will  be  re- 
sponsible for  ensuring  that  appropriate  arrangements  for  that  coverage 
have  been  made. 

(12)  The  public  school  attendance  alternatives  for  pupils  residing 
within  the  school  district  who  choose  not  to  attend  charter  schools,  as  re- 
quired by  Educafion  Code  section  47605(b)(5)(L).  at  a  minimum,  specify 
that  the  parent  or  guardian  of  each  pupil  enrolled  in  the  charter  school 
shall  be  informed  that  the  pupils  has  no  right  to  admission  in  a  particular 
school  of  any  local  educafion  agency  (or  program  of  any  local  education 
agency)  as  a  consequence  of  enrollment  in  the  charter  school,  except  to 
the  extent  that  such  a  right  is  extended  by  the  local  education  agency. 

(13)  The  descripfion  of  the  rights  of  any  employees  of  the  school  dis- 
trict upon  leaving  the  employment  of  the  school  district  to  work  in  a  char- 
ter school,  and  of  any  rights  of  return  to  the  school  district  after  employ- 
ment at  a  charter  school,  as  required  by  Educafion  Code  section 
47605(b)(5)(M),  at  a  minimum,  specifies  that  an  employee  of  the  charter 
school  shall  have  the  following  rights: 

(A)  Any  rights  upon  leaving  the  employment  of  a  local  education 
agency  to  work  in  the  charter  school  that  the  local  education  agency  may 
specify. 

(B)  Any  rights  of  return  to  employment  in  a  local  education  agency  af- 
ter employment  in  the  charter  school  as  the  local  educafion  agency  may 
specify. 

(C)  Any  other  rights  upon  leaving  employment  to  work  in  the  charter 
school  and  any  rights  to  return  to  a  previous  employer  after  working  in 
the  charter  school  that  the  State  Board  of  Education  determines  to  be  rea- 
sonable and  not  in  conflict  with  any  provisions  of  law  that  apply  to  the 
charter  school  or  to  the  employer  from  which  the  employee  comes  to  the 
charter  school  or  to  which  the  employee  returns  from  the  charter  school. 

(14)  The  procedures  to  be  followed  by  the  charter  school  and  the  entity 
granting  the  charter  to  resolve  disputes  relating  to  provisions  of  the  char- 
ter, as  required  by  Education  Code  section  47605(b)(5)(N),  at  a  mini- 
mum: 

(A)  Include  any  specific  provisions  relafing  to  dispute  resolution  that 
the  State  Board  of  Education  determines  necessary  and  appropriate  in 
recognifion  of  the  fact  that  the  State  Board  of  Education  is  not  a  local 
education  agency. 

(B)  Describe  how  the  costs  of  the  dispute  resolufion  process,  if  needed, 
would  be  funded. 


Page  157 


Register  2005,  No.  25;  6-24-2005 


§  11967.6 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(C)  Recognize  that,  because  it  is  not  a  local  education  agency,  the  State 
Board  of  Education  may  choose  resolve  a  dispute  directly  instead  of  pur- 
suing the  dispute  resolution  process  specified  in  the  charter,  provided  that 
if  the  State  Board  of  Education  intends  to  resolve  a  dispute  directly 
instead  of  pursuing  the  dispute  resolution  process  specified  in  the  charter, 
it  must  first  hold  a  public  hearing  to  consider  arguments  for  and  against 
the  direct  resolution  of  the  dispute  instead  of  pursuing  the  dispute  resolu- 
tion process  specified  in  the  charter. 

( D)  Recognize  that  if  the  substance  of  a  dispute  is  a  matter  that  could 
result  in  the  taking  of  appropriate  action,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  re- 
vocation of  the  charter  in  accordance  with  Education  Code  section 
47604.5,  the  matter  will  be  addressed  at  the  State  Board  of  Education's 
discretion  in  accordance  with  that  provision  of  law  and  any  regulations 
pertaining  thereto. 

(15)  The  declaration  of  whether  or  not  the  charter  school  shall  be 
deemed  the  exclusive  public  school  employer  of  the  employees  of  the 
charter  school  for  the  purposes  of  the  Educational  Employment  Relations 
Act  (Chapter  10.7  (commencing  with  Section  3540)  of  Division  4  of  Title 
1  of  the  Government  Code),  as  required  by  Education  Code  section 
47605(b)(5)(O),  recognizes  that  the  State  Board  of  Education  is  not  an 
exclusive  public  school  employer  and  that,  therefore,  the  charter  school 
must  be  the  exclusive  public  school  employer  of  the  employees  of  the 
charter  school  for  the  purposes  of  the  Educational  Employment  Relations 
Act  (Chapter  1 0.7  (commencing  with  Section  3540)  of  Division  4  of  Title 
1  of  the  Government  Code). 

(g)  A  "reasonably  comprehensive"  description,  within  the  meaning 
subdivision  (0  of  this  section  and  Education  Code  section  47605(b)(5) 
shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  information  that: 

( 1 )  Is  substantive  and  is  not,  for  example,  a  listing  of  topics  with  little 
elaboration. 

(2)  For  elements  that  have  multiple  aspects,  addresses  essentially  all 
aspects  the  elements,  not  just  selected  aspects. 

(3)  Is  specific  to  the  charter  petition  being  proposed,  not  to  charter 
schools  or  charter  petitions  generally. 

(4)  Describes,  as  applicable  among  the  different  elements,  how  the 
charter  school  will: 

(A)  Improve  pupil  learning. 

(B)  Increase  learning  opportunities  for  its  pupils,  particularly  pupils 
who  have  been  identified  as  academically  low  achieving. 

(C)  Provide  parents,  guardians,  and  pupils  with  expanded  educauonal 
opportunities. 

(D)  Hold  itself  accountable  for  measurable,  performance-based  pupil 
outcomes. 

■(E)  Provide  vigorous  competition  with  other  public  school  options 
available  to  parents,  guardians,  and  students. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47605(j)(5),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  47605,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  3-1-2002;  operative  3-31-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  9). 

§  1 1 967.6.    Submission  of  Statewide  Benefit  Charter 
School  Petitions  to  the  State  Board  of 
Education. 

(a)  A  petition  to  establish  a  statewide  benefit  charter  school  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  section  47605.8  shall: 

(1)  Comply  with  all  statutory  requirements  otherwise  applicable  to 
charter  schools,  except  those  relating  to  geographic  and  site  limitations 
(See  Education  Code  section  47605.8). 

(2)  If  applicable,  comply  with  all  requirements  of  law  relative  to  the 
provision  of  independent  study. 

(A)  A  charter  that  does  not  expressly  provide  for  independent  study 
shall  not  be  interpreted  as  allowing  independent  study  beyond  that  which 
is  incidental  and  required  to  address  the  temporary  needs  of  particular 
students. 

(B)  If  the  independent  study  (nonclassroom-based  instruction)  ex- 
ceeds the  percentage  specified  in  Education  Code  section  47612.5,  it 


shall  be  funded  only  in  keeping  with  a  determination  of  funding  approved 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  secfion  47634.2. 

(3)  Describe  how  an  annual  independent  audit  of  the  statewide  benefit 
charter  school  will  be  conducted  in  keeping  with  applicable  statute  and 
regulation  and  indicate  how  the  statewide  benefit  charter  school's  indi- 
vidual schools  will  be  appropriately  included  in  the  audit  process. 

(4)  Incorporate  a  plan  that  provides  for  initial  commencement  of 
instruction  in  at  least  two  schools,  which  shall  be  in  at  least  two  different 
school  districts  or  two  different  counfies.  The  plan  for  instruction  shall 
describe  how  the  instructional  services  will  provide  a  statewide  benefit, 
as  specified  in  section  1 1967.6(b)  that  cannot  be  provided  by  a  charter 
school  operating  in  only  one  school  district,  or  only  in  one  county.  Exist- 
ing charter  schools  previously  approved  by  a  charter  authorizer  may  not 
be  included  in  a  petifion  to  establish  a  statewide  benefit  charter  school. 

(5)  Include  an  assurance  that  the  instrucfional  services  for  similar  stu- 
dent populations  described  in  the  charter  will  be  essentially  similar  at 
each  school  and,  thus,  that  each  pupil's  educational  experience  will  be 
reasonably  the  same  with  regard  to  instrucfional  methods,  instructional 
materials,  staffing  configuration,  personnel  requirements,  course  offer- 
ings, and  class  schedules. 

(6)  Describe  how  the  statewide  benefit  charter  school  will  participate 
as  a  member  of  a  special  educafion  local  plan  area,  and  ensure  a  coordi- 
nated structure  for  the  provision  of  necessary  programs  and  services  spe- 
cific to  students  with  Individual  Educafion  Programs  (lEPs). 

(7)  Demonstrate  success  in  operating  charter  schools  previously  ap- 
proved in  California  as  evidenced  by  improved  pupil  academic  perfor- 
mance and  annual  financial  audits  with  no  audit  findings  or  exceptions. 
Data  that  shall  be  considered  in  determining  the  likelihood  of  a  charter 
operator  to  successfully  operate  a  statewide  benefit  charter  school  in- 
clude, but  are  not  limited  to,  a  statewide  or  similar  schools  ranking  of  8 
or  higher  on  the  Academic  Performance  Index,  evidence  of  having  met 
growth  targets  over  time,  and  other  alternative  indicators  of  success  as 
defined  in  the  alternative  accountability  system  pursuant  to  subdivision 
(h)  of  Educafion  Code  secfion  52052. 

(8)  Describe  how  local  community  input  for  each  school  included  in 
the  plan  was  solicited  (or  will  be  solicited).  Satisfacfion  of  this  paragraph 
shall  involve  the  holding  of  at  least  one  publicly  noticed  meefing  for  each 
school,  with  a  summary  of  the  input  received  at  the  meefing(s)  being  pro- 
vided. 

(9)  Contain  sufficient  signatures  either  of  parents,  guardians,  or  of 
teachers  in  keeping  with  Educafion  Code  secfion  47605(a)(1)  for  each 
school  proposed  in  the  first  year. 

(10)  Include  an  assurance  that  the  school  district  and  county  superin- 
tendents where  each  school  will  be  located  will  be  notified  at  least  120 
days  prior  to  commencement  of  instrucfion. 

(11)  Address  all  charter  elements  specified  in  Education  Code  section 
47605  adapted  appropriately  for  application  at  the  statewide  level. 

( 1 2)  Contain  or  address  any  provisions  or  condifions  specified  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education  at  the  fime  of  charter  approval. 

(13)  Contain  a  plan  for  operafions  of  the  statewide  benefit  charter 
school  that  describes  the  distinction  between  centralized  and  individual 
school  level  responsibilifies  and  includes  a  staffing  plan  to  implement  the 
activities  at  the  designated  level.  The  plan  shall  address  statewide  benefit 
charter  school  operafions  including,  but  not  limited  to: 

(A)  Academic  program, 

(B)  Facilities  and  school  operafions, 

(C)  Legal  and  programmatic  compliance, 

(D)  Financial  administration, 

(E)  Governance,  and 

(F)  Decision-making  authority. 

( 1 4)  Provide  a  list  of  each  school  that  will  be  operated  by  the  statewide 
benefit  charter  school  that  includes: 

(A)  A  timeline  for  the  commencement  of  instruction  at  each  school. 
Commencement  of  instruction  must  begin  during  the  term  of  the  charter. 

(B)  The  general  location  of  each  school  and  the  school  district  and 
county  in  which  each  school  is  to  be  located. 


• 


• 


Page  158 


Register  2005,  No.  25;  6-24-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11969 


(C)  A  description  of  the  potential  facilities  to  be  used  at  each  school. 

(D)  The  approximate  number  of  pupils  that  can  safely  be  accommo- 
dated by  each  school  facility. 

(b)  "Instructional  services  of  a  statewide  benefit",  as  referenced  in 
Education  Code  section  47605.8(b),  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to. 
the  following  factors: 

( 1 )  Unique  factors  and  circumstances  related  to  the  statewide  benefit 
charter  school's  educational  program  that  can  only  be  accomplished  as 
a  statewide  benefit  charter  and  not  as  a  single  district-  or  single  county- 
authorized  charter,  including  specific  benefits  to  each  of  the  following: 

(A)  The  pupils  who  would  attend  the  statewide  benefit  charter  school. 

(B)  The  communities  (including  the  school  districts  and  the  counties) 
in  which  the  individual  schools  would  be  located  (e.g.,  in  terms  of  pupil 
demographics  and  performance), 

(C)  The  slate,  to  the  extent  applicable,  and 

(D)  The  statewide  benefit  charter  school  itself  (e.g.,  in  fund  raising, 
community  partnerships,  or  relationships  with  institutions  of  higher 
education). 

(2)  Neither  an  administrative  benefit  to  a  charter  operator,  nor  a  desire 
by  a  charter  operator  to  provide  services  in  more  than  one  district  and 
county,  shall  be  considered  sufficient  in  and  of  itself  to  constitute  a  state- 
wide benefit. 

(c)  A  statewide  benefit  charter  school,  regardless  of  the  number  of  in- 
dividual schools,  is  treated  as  a  school  district  for  all  purposes,  including 
but  not  limited  to,  compliance  monitoring,  data  reporting  and  collection, 
student  performance  data,  oversight,  and  apportionments.  For  purposes 
of  compliance  monitoring  and  oversight,  the  State  Board,  in  its  review, 
will  look  at  each  individual  school's  independent  progress  in  meeting 
federal  and  state  growth  targets. 

(d)  Following  its  submission,  a  petition  to  establish  a  statewide  benefit 
charter  school  may  be  modified  or  new  schools  added  that  were  not  in- 
cluded in  the  original  petition  only  with  the  approval  of  the  State  Board 
of  Education. 

(e)  Each  statewide  benefit  charter  school  shall  provide  an  annual  re- 
port to  the  Stale  Board  of  Education  reflecting  student  achievement  data, 
performance  benchmarks,  and  other  pertinent  data  supporting  stated 
charier  goals. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1  and  47605.8,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  47605,  47605.8,  47612.5  and  47634.2,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  6-22-2005;  operative  6-22-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 


§  11 967.7.     Evaluation  of  Facilities  for  Statewide  Benefit 
Charter  Schools. 

(a)  The  statewide  benefit  charter  school  shall  notify  the  California  De- 
partment of  Education  at  least  60  days  prior  to  proposed  commencement 
of  instruction  at  each  individual  school,  including  submission  of  all  docu- 
mentation required  in  section  1 1967.6(a)(l4).  Within  30  days  of  the  re- 
ceipt of  a  complete  and  documented  notice  pursuant  to  this  section,  the 
California  Department  of  Education  shall  evaluate  the  facilities  for  the 
proposed  educational  program  for  compliance  with  local  building  per- 
mits and  codes  and  notify  the  statewide  benefit  charter  school  and  any 
affected  local  education  agency  of  its  determination.  The  charter  school 
or  any  affected  local  education  agency  may  appeal  the  Department's  de- 
termination within  10  calendar  days  of  the  date  of  the  determination,  and 
the  matter  will  be  placed  on  the  agenda  of  the  next  regularly  scheduled 
meeting  of  the  State  Board  of  Education.  If  no  action  is  taken  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education,  the  California  Department  of  Education's  deter- 
mination shall  stand.  A  school  may  not  open  in  a  facility  without  a  posi- 
tive determination. 

(b)  A  school  in  its  first  year  of  operation  may  only  commence  instruc- 
tion between  July  1  and  September  30  of  the  year  in  which  it  proposes 
to  commence  operation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1  and  47605.8,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  47605.8,  Education  Code. 


History 
1.  New  section  filed  6-22-2005;  operative  6-22-2()(J5  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11. 343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

§  1 1 967.8.     Funding  for  Statewide  Benefit  Charter  Schools. 

(a)  A  statewide  benefit  charter  school  approved  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  section  47605.8  shall  be  direct-funded  pursuant  to  Chapter  6  of 
Part  26.8  of  the  Education  Code  (commencing  with  section  47630),  with 
the  following  exceptions: 

(1)  A  statewide  benefit  charter  school's  general-purpose  entitlement 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  .section  47633  shall  be  funded  entirely  from 
state  aid. 

(2)  A  statewide  benefit  charter  school  does  not  have  a  "sponsoring  lo- 
cal education  agency"  as  defined  in  Education  Code  section  47632. 

(b)  The  warrant  for  a  statewide  benefit  charter  school  shall  be  drawn 
in  favor  of  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  and  a  county 
office  of  education  as  follows: 

(1)  The  State  Board  of  Education  may  designate  a  county  office  of 
education  as  the  office  responsible  for  establishing  the  appropriate  funds 
or  accounts  in  the  county  treasury  for  the  statewide  benefit  charter  school 
and  for  making  the  necessary  arrangements  for  the  statewide  benefit 
charter  school's  participation  in  the  State  Teachers'  Retirement  System 
and/or  the  Public  Employees'  Retirement  System.  The  county  office  may 
charge  the  statewide  benefit  charter  school  for  the  actual  cost  of  services. 

(2)  In  designating  a  county  office  of  education,  the  State  Board  shall 
give  preference  to  the  county  office  of  education  of  the  county  that  the 
statewide  benefit  charter  school  identifies  as  the  principal  location  of  its 
business  records. 

(3)  If  the  county  office  of  education  in  the  county  that  the  statewide 
benefit  charter  school  identifies  as  the  principal  location  of  its  business 
records  declines  to  accept  the  responsibility  for  the  statewide  benefit 
charter  school,  the  State  Board  of  Education  may  designate  another 
county  office  of  education  by  mutual  agreement. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47605.8,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  47605.8,  47632,  47633  and  47651,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  6-22-2005;  operative  6-22-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

§  1 1 968.     Maximum  Number  of  Charters. 

(a)  If  a  charter  school,  including  a  statewide  benefit  or  countrywide 
charter  school,  ceases  to  operate  by  voluntary  surrender,  revocation,  or 
non-renewal  of  its  charter,  the  charter  school's  number  will  lapse  and 
will  not  be  reassigned. 

(b)  On  July  1,  1999,  and  on  each  succeeding  July  1,  the  limit  on  the 
total  number  of  charter  schools  authorized  to  operate  in  this  stale  will  be 
increased  by  100. 

(c)  Whenever  the  statutory  limit  on  the  permissible  number  of  charier 
schools  authorized  to  operate  in  this  state  is  reached,  requests  for  new 
numbers  will  be  placed  on  a  list  in  the  order  received  by  the  State  Board 
of  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47602(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  47602,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-8-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-8-99  (Register  99,  No. 
7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  6-8-99  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  99, 
No.  31). 

3.  New  section  filed  7-28-99;  operative  7-28-99  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
section  11343.4(d)  (Register  99,  No.  31). 

4.  Amendment  filed  6-22-2005;  operative  6-22-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

§  1 1 969.    Numbering  of  Charter  School  Petitions. 

(a)  In  accordance  with  subdivision  (a)  of  section  47602  of  the  Educa- 
tion Code,  the  California  Department  of  Education,  on  behalf  of  the  State 
Board  of  Education,  shall  establish  and  administer  a  numbering  system 
to  track  the  total  number  of  charter  schools  authorized  to  operate  in  the 
state,  based  on  the  chronological  order  of  the  receipt  of  a  complete  charter 
petiUon  and  notification  of  charter  approval  by  a  local  educational 


Page  159 


Register  2008,  No.  9;  2-29-2008 


§  11969.1 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


agency  or,  in  the  case  of  a  charter  petition  approved  by  the  State  Board 
of  Education,  the  date  and  time  of  the  State  Board's  approval. 

(b)  When  the  State  Board  of  Education  approves  a  charter  petition  or 
receives  notice  that  a  charter  petition  has  been  approved  by  a  local  educa- 
tion agency,  the  State  Board  shall  assign  a  number  to  that  charter  petition 
in  accordance  with  section  47602(a)(1)  of  the  Education  Code. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
47602,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  4-9-99  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-9-99  (Register  99,  No. 
13).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  8-9-99  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-9-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  6-30-99  and 
filed  8-1 1-99  (Register  99,  No.  33). 

3.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-22-2005;  operative  6-22-2005  pursuant  to 
Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 


Article  3.    Facilities  for  Charter  Schools. 

§  11 969.1 .    Purpose  and  Stipulation. 

(a)  This  article  governs  provision  of  facilities  by  school  districts  to 
charter  schools  under  Education  Code  .section  47614. 

(b)  If  a  charter  school  and  a  school  district  mutually  agree  to  an  alterna- 
tive to  specific  compliance  with  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  article,  noth- 
ing in  this  article  shall  prohibit  implementation  of  that  alternative,  includ- 
ing, for  example,  funding  in  lieu  of  facilities  in  an  amount  commensurate 
with  local  rental  or  lease  costs  for  facilities  reasonably  equivalent  to  faci- 
lities of  the  district. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47614(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  47614,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  3  (sections  1 1969.1-1 1969.9)  and  section  filed  7-30-2002;  opera- 
tive 8-29-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  2-28-2008;  operative 
3-29-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  9). 

§11969.2.    Definitions. 

(a)  Average  Daily  Classroom  Attendance.  As  used  in  Education  Code 
section  47614(b),  "average  daily  classroom  attendance,"  or  "classroom 
ADA,"  is  average  daily  attendance  (ADA)  for  classroom-based  appor- 
tionments as  used  in  Education  Code  section  47612.5.  "In-district  class- 
room ADA"  is  classroom  ADA  attributable  to  in-district  students.  Noth- 
ing in  this  article  shall  prohibit  a  school  district  from  allowing  a  charter 
school  to  include  nonclassroom-based  ADA  in  average  daily  classroom 
attendance,  but  only: 

(1)  to  the  extent  of  the  instructional  time  that  the  students  generating 
the  nonclassroom-based  ADA  are  actually  in  the  classroom  under  the  di- 
rect supervision  and  control  of  an  employee  of  the  charter  school;  and 

(2)  if  the  school  district  and  charter  school  agree  upon  the  time(s)  that 
facilities  devoted  to  students  generating  nonclassroom-based  ADA  will 
be  used. 

(b)  Operating  in  the  School  District.  As  used  in  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 47614(b),  a  charter  school  is  "operating  in  the  school  district"  if  the 
charter  school  meets  the  requirements  of  Education  Code  section 
47614(b)(5)  regardless  of  whether  the  school  district  is  or  is  proposed  to 
be  the  authorizing  entity  for  the  charter  school  and  whether  the  charter 
school  has  a  facility  inside  the  school  district's  boundaries. 

(c)  In-district  Students.  As  used  in  Education  Code  section  47614(b), 
a  student  attending  a  charter  school  is  an  "in-district  student"  of  a  school 
district  if  he  or  she  is  entitled  to  attend  the  schools  of  the  school  district 
and  could  attend  a  school  district-operated  school,  except  that  a  student 
eligible  to  attend  the  schools  of  the  school  district  based  on  interdistrict 
attendance  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  46600^661 1  or  based 
on  parental  employment  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  48204(b) 
shall  be  considered  a  student  of  the  school  district  where  he  or  she  resides. 

(d)  Contiguous.  As  used  in  Education  Code  section  47614(b),  facili- 
ties are  "contiguous"  if  they  are  contained  on  the  school  site  or  immedi- 
ately adjacent  to  the  school  site.  If  the  in-district  average  daily  classroom 


attendance  of  the  charter  school  cannot  be  accommodated  on  any  single 
school  district  school  site,  contiguous  facilities  also  includes  facilities  lo- 
cated at  more  than  one  site,  provided  that  the  school  district  shall  inini- 
mize  the  number  of  sites  assigned  and  shall  consider  student  safety.  In 
evaluating  and  accommodating  a  charter  school's  request  for  facilities 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  47614,  the  charter  school's  in-dis- 
trict students  must  be  given  the  same  consideration  as  students  in  the  dis- 
trict-run schools,  subject  to  the  requirement  that  the  facilities  provided 
to  the  charter  school  must  be  contiguous.  If  a  school  district's  preliminary 
proposal  or  final  notification  presented  pursuant  to  subdivisions  (f)  or  (h) 
of  section  11969.9  does  not  accommodate  a  charter  school  at  a  single 
school  site,  the  district's  governing  board  must  first  make  a  finding  that 
the  charter  school  could  not  be  accommodated  at  a  single  site  and  adopt 
a  written  statement  of  reasons  explaining  the  finding. 

(e)  Furnished  and  Equipped.  As  used  in  Education  Code  section 
47614(b),  a  facility  is  "furnished  and  equipped"  if  it  includes  reasonably 
equivalent  furnishings  necessary  to  conduct  classroom  instruction  and  to 
provide  for  student  services  that  directly  support  classroom  instaiction 
as  found  in  the  comparison  group  schools  established  under  section 
1 1969.3(a),  and  if  it  has  equipment  that  is  reasonably  equivalent  to  that 
in  the  comparison  group  schools.  "Equipment"  means  property  that  does 
not  lose  its  identity  when  removed  from  its  location  and  is  not  changed 
materially  or  consumed  immediately  (e.g.,  within  one  year)  by  use. 
Equipment  has  relatively  permanent  value,  and  its  purchase  increases  the 
total  value  of  a  Local  Educational  Agency's  (LEA' s)  physical  properties. 
Examples  include  furniture,  vehicles,  machinery,  motion  picture  film, 
videotape,  furnishings  that  are  not  an  integral  part  of  the  building  or 
building  system,  and  certain  intangible  assets,  such  as  major  software 
programs.  Furnishings  and  equipment  acquired  for  a  school  site  with 
non-district  resources  are  excluded  when  determining  reasonable  equiv- 
alence. 

(0  General  Fund.  As  used  in  Education  Code  section  47614(b)(1), 
"general  fund"  means  the  main  operating  fund  of  the  LEA.  It  is  used  to 
account  for  all  activities  except  those  that  are  required  to  be  accounted 
for  in  another  fund.  In  keeping  with  the  minimum  number  of  funds  princi- 
ple, all  of  an  LEA' s  activities  are  reported  in  the  general  fund  unless  there 
is  a  compelling  reason  to  account  for  an  activity  in  another  fund.  An  LEA 
may  have  only  one  general  fund. 

(g)  Unrestricted  Revenues.  As  used  in  Education  Code  section 
47614(b)(l ),  "unrestricted  revenues"  are  those  funds  whose  uses  are  not 
subject  to  specific  constraints  and  that  may  be  used  for  any  purposes  not 
prohibited  by  law.  Restricted  revenues  are  those  funds  received  from  ex- 
ternal sources  that  are  legally  restricted  or  that  are  restricted  by  the  donor 
to  specific  purposes.  Programs  funded  by  a  combination  of  restricted  and 
unrestricted  sources  will  be  accounted  for  and  reported  as  restricted. 
Funds  or  activities  that  are  not  restricted  or  designated  by  the  donor,  but 
rather  by  the  LEA' s  governing  board,  will  be  accounted  for  and  reported 
as  unrestricted. 

(h)  Facilities  Costs.  As  used  in  Education  Code  section  47614(b)(1), 
"facilities  costs"  are  those  activities  concerned  with  keeping  the  physical 
plant  open,  comfortable,  and  safe  for  use  and  keeping  the  grounds,  build- 
ings, and  equipment  in  working  condition  and  a  satisfactory  state  of  re- 
pair. These  include  the  activities  of  maintaining  safety  in  buildings,  on 
the  grounds,  and  in  the  vicinity  of  schools.  This  includes  plant  mainte- 
nance and  operations,  facilities  acquisition  and  construction,  and  facili- 
ties rents  and  leases. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47614(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  46600-4661 1,  47612.5,  47614  and  48204,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-30-2002;  operative  8-29-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NoTE  filed  2-28-2008;  operative  3-29-2008  (Reg- 
ister 2008,  No.  9). 

§  1 1 969.3.    Conditions  Reasonably  Equivalent. 

The  following  provisions  shall  be  used  to  determine  whether  facilities 
provided  to  a  charter  school  are  sufficient  to  accommodate  charter  school 
students  in  conditions  reasonably  equivalent  to  those  in  which  the  stu- 


Page  160 


Register  2008,  No.  9;  2-29-2008 


Titles 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11969.3 


dents  would  be  accommodated  if  they  were  attending  public  schools  of 
the  school  district  providing  facilities,  as  required  by  Education  Code 
section  476! 4(b). 

(a)  Comparison  Group. 

( 1 )  The  standard  for  determining  whether  facilities  are  sufficient  to  ac- 
commodate charter  school  students  in  conditions  reasonably  equivalent 
to  those  in  which  the  students  would  be  accommodated  if  they  were  at- 
tending public  schools  of  the  school  district  providing  facilities  shall  be 
a  comparison  group  of  district-operated  schools  with  similar  grade  lev- 
els. If  none  of  the  district-operated  schools  has  grade  levels  similar  to  the 
charter  school,  then  a  contiguous  facility  within  the  meaning  of  subdivi- 
sion (d)  of  section  1 J  969.2  shall  be  an  existing  facility  that  is  most  consis- 
tent with  the  needs  of  students  in  the  grade  levels  served  at  the  charter 
school.  The  district  is  not  obligated  to  pay  for  the  modification  of  an  ex- 
isting school  site  to  accommodate  the  charter  school' s  grade  level  config- 
uration. 

(2)  The  comparison  group  shall  be  the  school  district-operated 
schools  with  similar  grade  levels  that  serve  students  living  in  the  high 
school  attendance  area,  as  defined  in  Education  Code  section 
17070.15(b),  in  which  the  largest  number  of  students  of  the  charter 
school  reside.  The  number  of  charter  school  students  residing  in  a  high 
school  attendance  area  shall  be  determined  using  in-district  classroom 
ADA  projected  for  the  fiscal  year  for  which  facilities  are  requested. 

{?>)  For  school  districts  whose  students  do  not  attend  high  school  based 
on  attendance  areas,  the  comparison  group  shall  be  three  schools  in  the 
school  district  with  similar  grade  levels  that  the  largest  number  of  stu- 
dents of  the  charter  school  would  otherwise  attend.  For  school  districts 
with  fewer  than  three  schools  with  similar  grade  levels,  the  comparison 
group  shall  be  all  schools  in  the  .school  district  with  similar  grade  levels. 

(4)  Although  the  district  is  not  obligated  to  pay  for  the  modification  of 
an  existing  school  site  to  accommodate  the  charter  school's  grade  level 
configuration,  nothing  in  this  article  shall  preclude  the  district  from  en- 
tering into  an  agreement  with  the  charter  school  to  modify  an  existing 
school  site,  with  the  costs  of  the  modifications  being  paid  exclusively  by 
the  charter  school  or  by  the  school  district,  or  paid  jointly  by  the  district 
and  the  charter  school. 

(b)  Capacity. 

(1)  Facilities  made  available  by  a  school  district  to  a  charter  school 
shall  be  provided  in  the  same  ratio  of  teaching  stations  (classrooms)  to 
ADA  as  those  provided  to  students  in  the  school  district  attending  com- 
parison group  schools.  School  district  ADA  sfiall  be  determined  using 
projections  for  the  fiscal  year  and  grade  levels  for  which  facilities  are  re- 
quested. Charter  school  ADA  shall  be  determined  using  in-district  class- 
room ADA  projected  for  the  fiscal  year  and  grade  levels  for  which  facili- 
ties are  requested.  The  number  of  teaching  stations  (classrooms)  shall  be 
determined  using  the  classroom  inventory  prepared  pursuant  to  Califor- 
nia Code  of  Regulations,  title  2.  section  1859.31,  adjusted  to  exclude 
classrooms  identified  as  interim  housing.  "Interim  housing"  means  the 
rental  or  lease  of  classrooms  used  to  house  pupils  temporarily  displaced 
as  a  result  of  the  modernization  of  classroom  facilities,  as  defined  in 
California  Code  of  Regulations,  title  2,  section  1859.2,  and  classrooms 
used  as  emergency  housing  for  schools  vacated  due  to  structural  defi- 
ciencies or  natural  disasters. 

(2)  If  the  school  district  includes  specialized  classroom  space,  such  as 
science  laboratories,  in  its  classroom  inventory,  the  space  allocation  pro- 
vided pursuant  to  paragraph  (1)  of  subdivision  (b)  shall  include  a  share 
of  the  specialized  classroom  space  and/or  a  provision  for  access  to  rea- 
sonably equivalent  specialized  classroom  space.  The  amount  of  special- 
ized classroom  space  allocated  and/or  the  access  to  specialized  class- 
room space  provided  shall  be  determined  based  on  three  factors: 

(A)  the  grade  levels  of  the  charter  school's  in-district  students; 

(B)  the  charter  school's  total  in-district  classroom  ADA;  and 

(C)  the  per-student  amount  of  specialized  classroom  space  in  the  com- 
parison group  schools. 

(3)  The  school  district  shall  allocate  and/or  provide  access  to  non- 
teaching  station  space  commensurate  with  the  in-district  classroom 


ADA  of  the  charter  school  and  the  per-student  amount  of  non-teaching 
station  space  in  the  comparison  group  schools.  Non-teaching  station 
space  is  all  of  the  space  that  is  not  identified  as  teaching  station  space  or 
specialized  classroom  space  and  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to.  adminis- 
trative space,  kitchen,  multi-purpose  room,  and  play  area  space.  If  neces- 
sary to  implement  this  paragraph,  the  district  shall  negotiate  in  good  faith 
with  the  charter  school  to  establish  time  allocations  and  schedules  so  that 
educational  programs  of  the  charter  school  and  school  district  are  least 
disrupted. 

(c)  Condition. 

(1)  All  of  the  factors  listed  below  shall  be  used  by  the  school  district 
and  charter  school  to  determine  whether  the  condition  of  facilities  pro- 
vided to  a  charter  school  is  reasonably  equivalent  to  the  condition  of  com- 
parison group  schools.  Condition  is  determined  by  assessing  such  factors 
as  age  (from  latest  modernization),  quality  of  materials,  and  state  of 
maintenance. 

(A)  School  site  size. 

(B)  The  condition  of  interior  and  exterior  surfaces. 

(C)  The  condition  of  mechanical,  plumbing,  electrical,  and  fire  alarm 
systems,  including  conformity  to  applicable  codes. 

(D)  The  availability  and  condition  of  technology  infrastructure. 

(E)  The  condition  of  the  facility  as  a  safe  learning  environment  includ- 
ing, but  not  limited  to,  the  suitability  of  lighting,  noise  mitigation,  and 
size  for  intended  use. 

(F)  The  condition  of  the  facility's  furnishings  and  equipment. 

(G)  The  condition  of  athletic  fields  and/or  play  area  space. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  paragraph  (1)  of  subdivision  (c),  at  a  charter 
school  established  at  an  existing  public  school  site  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  sections  47605(a)(2),  52055.5, 52055.55.  or  52055.650.  the  condi- 
tion of  the  facility  previously  used  by  the  school  district  at  the  site  shall 
be  considered  to  be  reasonably  equivalent  to  the  condition  of  school  dis- 
trict facihties  for  the  first  year  the  charter  school  uses  the  facility.  During 
its  first  year  of  operation,  the  charter  school  shall  be  subject  to  charges 
for  pro  rata  costs  pursuant  to  section  1 1969.7,  but  shall  not  be  subject  to 
reimbursement  for  over-allocated  space  pursuant  to  section  1 1969.8. 

(d)  Additional  Provisions  Relating  to  a  Charter  School  Established  at 
an  Existing  Public  School  Site. 

The  following  provisions  apply  only  to  a  charter  school  established  at 
an  existing  public  school  site  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections 
47605(a)(2),  52055.5,  52055.55.  or  52055.650  and  that  operated  at  the 
site  in  its  first  year  pursuant  to  paragraph  (2)  of  subdivision  (c). 

(1 )  The  school  site,  as  identified  in  the  school's  charter,  shall  be  made 
available  to  the  school  for  its  second  year  of  operation  and  thereafter 
upon  annual  request  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  47614.  The  dis- 
trict is  entitled  to  charge  the  charter  school  pro  rata  costs  for  the  school 
site  pursuant  to  section  1 1969.7,  and  the  district  is  entitled  to  receive  re- 
imbursement for  over-allocated  space  from  the  charter  school  pursuant 
to  section  1 1969.8,  except  as  provided  in  paragraph  (3). 

(2)(A)  If  by  material  revision  of  the  charter,  the  location  of  a  charter 
school  is  changed,  or  if  one  or  more  additional  sites  are  approved  pur- 
suant to  Education  Code  section  47605(a)(4),  then  the  school  is  entitled 
to  request  and  the  district  shall  provide  for  the  use  of  facilities  by  the 
school  in  accordance  with  the  revised  charter.  Education  Code  section 
47614,  and  the  provisions  of  this  article. 

(B)  If  the  charter  school  was  established  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  47605(a)(2),  the  district  shall  change  the  school's  attendance  area 
only  if  a  waiver  is  first  secured  from  the  State  Board  of  Education  (SBE) 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  33050-33053  of  the  requirement  in 
Education  Code  section  47605(d)(1)  that  the  school  continuously  give 
admission  preference  to  students  residing  in  the  former  attendance  area 
of  the  school  site. 

(C)  If  the  charter  school  was  established  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
sections  52055.5,  52055.55.  or  52055.650,  the  district  shall  relocate  the 
school  or  change  the  school's  attendance  area  only  if  a  waiver  is  first  se- 
cured from  the  SBE  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  33050-33053 
of  the  provision  of  statute  binding  the  school  to  the  existing  school  site. 


Page  161 


Register  2008,  No.  9;  2-29-2008 


§  11969.4 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


( D)  If  a  school  district  decides  to  change  a  charier  school's  attendance 
area  as  provided  in  subparagraphs  (B)  or  (C),  and  if  the  decision  occurs 
between  November  1  and  June  30  and  becomes  operative  in  the  forth- 
coming fiscal  year,  then  the  space  allocated  to  the  charter  school  is  not 
subject  to  reimbursement  for  over-allocated  space  pursuant  to  section 
1 1 969.8  in  the  forthcoming  fiscal  year. 

(3)  If.  by  February  1  of  its  first  year  of  operation,  a  charter  school  noti- 
fies the  district  that  it  will  have  over-allocated  space  in  the  following  fis- 
cal year,  the  space  identified  is  not  subject  to  reimbursement  for  over- 
allocated  space  pursuant  to  section  1 1969.8  in  the  following  year  or 
thereafter,  and  the  district  is  entitled  to  occupy  all  or  a  portion  of  the  space 
identified.  To  recover  space  surrendered  to  the  district  pursuant  to  this 
paragraph,  a  charter  school  must  apply  to  the  district.  An  application  to 
recover  surrendered  space  shall  be  evaluated  by  the  district  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  this  article. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  aiid  47614(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  33050-33053,  47605,  47614,  52055.5,  52055.55  and  52055.650, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-30-2002;  operative  8-29-2002  (Register  2002.  No.  31). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  2-28-2008;  operative  3-29-2008  (Reg- 
ister 2008,  No.  9). 

§  11 969.4.    Operations  and  Maintenance. 

(a)  Facilities  and  furnishings  and  equipment  provided  to  a  charter 
school  by  a  school  district  shall  remain  the  property  of  the  school  district. 

(b)  The  ongoing  operations  and  maintenance  of  facilities  and  furnish- 
ings and  equipment  is  the  responsibility  of  the  charter  school.  Projects  el- 
igible to  be  included  in  the  school  district  deferred  maintenance  plan  es- 
tablished pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  17582  and  the  replacement 
of  furnishings  and  equipment  supplied  by  the  school  district  in  accor- 
dance with  school  district  schedules  and  practices,  shall  remain  the  re- 
sponsibility of  the  school  district.  The  charter  school  shall  comply  with 
school  district  policies  regarding  the  operations  and  maintenance  of  the 
school  facility  and  furnishings  and  equipment,  except  to  the  extent  varia- 
tion is  approved  by  the  district.  However,  the  charter  school  need  not 
comply  with  policies  in  cases  where  actual  school  district  practice  sub- 
stantially differs  from  official  policies. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47614(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  47614,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-30-2002;  operative  8-29-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  2-28-2008;  operative  3-29-2008  (Reg- 
ister 2008,  No.  9). 

§11969.5.    Availability. 

The  space  allocated  for  use  by  the  charter  school,  subject  to  sharing 
arrangements,  shall  be  available  for  the  charter  school's  entire  school 
year  regardless  of  the  school  district's  instructional  year  or  class  schedule 
and  may  not  be  sublet  or  used  for  purposes  other  than  those  that  are  con- 
sistent with  school  district  policies  and  practices  for  use  of  other  public 
schools  of  the  school  district  without  permission  of  the  school  district. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  47614(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
47614,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  7-30-2002;  operative  8-29-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 

§11969.6.    Location. 

A  school  district  may  satisfy  the  requirements  of  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 47614  by  providing  facihties  that  are  located  outside  the  school  dis- 
trict's boundaries,  subject  to  other  provisions  of  this  article  and  subject 
to  the  restrictions  on  location  of  charter  schools  established  in  Education 
Code  sections  47605  and  47605.1.  No  school  district  is  required  to  pro- 
vide facilities  that  are  located  outside  the  school  district's  boundaries  to 
a  charter  school. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47614(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  47605,  47605.1  and  47614,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  7-30-2002;  operative  8-29-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 


2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  2-28-2008;  operative  3-29-2008  (Res- 
ister  2008,  No.  9). 


§  1 1 969.7.    Charges  for  Facilities  Costs. 

If  the  school  district  charges  the  charter  school  a  pro  rata  share  of  its 
facilities  costs  for  the  use  of  the  facilities,  the  pro  rata  share  shall  not  ex- 
ceed ( I )  a  per-square-foot  amount  equal  to  those  school  district  facilities 
costs  that  the  school  district  pays  for  with  unrestricted  revenues  from  the 
district's  general  fund,  as  defined  in  sections  1 1 969.2(0  and  (g)  and  here- 
inafter referred  to  as  "unrestricted  general  fund  revenues."  divided  by  the 
total  space  of  the  school  district  times  (2)  the  amount  of  space  allocated 
by  the  school  district  to  the  charter  school .  The  following  provisions  shall 
apply  to  the  calculation  of  the  pro  rata  share  of  facilities  costs: 

(a)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  facilities  costs  that  the  school  district 
pays  with  unrestricted  general  fund  revenues  includes  those  costs 
associated  with  plant  maintenance  and  operations,  facilities  acquisition 
and  constaiction,  and  facilities  rents  and  leases,  as  defined  in  section 
1 1969.2(h).  For  purposes  of  this  section,  facilities  costs  also  includes: 

( 1 )  contributions  from  unrestricted  general  fund  revenues  to  the  school 
district's  Ongoing  and  Major  Maintenance  Account  (Education  Code 
section  1 7070.75),  Routine  Restricted  Maintenance  Account  (Education 
Code  section  17014),  and/or  deferred  maintenance  fund, 

(2)  costs  paid  from  unrestricted  general  fund  revenues  for  projects  eli- 
gible for  funding  but  not  funded  from  the  deferred  maintenance  fund,  and 

(3)  costs  paid  froin  unrestricted  general  fund  revenue  for  replacement 
of  facilities-related  furnishings  and  equipment,  that  have  not  been  in- 
cluded in  paragraphs  (1)  and  (2),  according  to  school  district  schedules 
and  practices. 

For  purposes  of  this  subdivision,  facilities  costs  do  not  include  any 
costs  that  are  paid  by  the  charter  school,  including,  but  not  limited  to, 
costs  associated  with  ongoing  operations  and  maintenance  and  the  costs 
of  any  tangible  items  adjusted  in  keeping  with  a  customary  depreciation 
schedule  for  each  item. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  the  cost  of  facilities  shall  include  debt 
service  costs. 

(c)  "Space  allocated  by  the  school  district  to  the  charter  school"  shall 
include  a  portion  of  shared  space  where  a  charter  school  shares  a  campus 
with  a  school  district-operated  program.  Shared  space  includes,  but  is 
not  Umited  to,  those  facilities  needed  for  the  overall  operation  of  the  cam- 
pus, whether  or  not  used  by  students.  The  portion  of  the  shared  space  to 
be  included  in  the  "space  allocated  by  the  school  district  to  the  charter 
school"  shall  be  calculated  based  on  the  amount  of  space  allocated  for  the 
exclusive  use  of  the  charter  school  compared  to  the  amount  of  space  allo- 
cated to  the  exclusive  use  of  the  school-district-operated  program. 

(d)  The  per-square-foot  charge  shall  be  determined  using  actual  faci- 
lities costs  in  the  year  preceding  the  fiscal  year  in  which  facilities  are  pro- 
vided and  the  largest  amount  of  total  space  of  the  school  district  at  any 
time  during  the  year  preceding  the  fiscal  year  in  which  facilities  are  pro- 
vided. 

(e)  The  per-square-foot  charge  shall  be  applied  equally  by  the  school 
district  to  all  charter  schools  that  receive  facilities  under  this  article,  and 
a  charter  school  using  school  district  facilities  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  section  47614  shall  report  the  per-square-foot  charge  it  is  paying 
in  the  current  fiscal  year  to  the  California  Department  of  Education 
(CDE)  in  any  notification  the  charter  school  makes  to  the  CDE  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  section  47630.5(b).  The  CDE  shall  post  the  per- 
square-foot  amounts  reported  by  charter  schools  on  its  pubhcly  accessi- 
ble Web  site.  The  CDE  shall  offer  the  opportunity  to  each  school  district 
to  provide  explanatory  information  regarding  its  per-square-foot  charge 
and  shall  post  any  information  received. 

(f)  If  a  school  district  charges  a  charter  school  for  facilities  costs  pur- 
suant to  this  article,  and  if  the  district  is  the  charter  school's  authorizing 
entity,  the  facilities  are  not  substantially  rent  free  within  the  meaning  of 
Education  Code  section  47613,  and  the  district  may  only  charge  for  the 
actual  costs  of  supervisorial  oversight  of  the  charter  school  not  to  exceed 
one  percent  of  the  school's  revenue. 


• 


Page  162 


Register  2008,  No.  9;  2-29-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11969.9 


• 


NOTt:  Authority  cited;  Sections  33031  and  47614(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  17014,  17070.7.S.  47613.  47614  and  47630.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-30-2002:  operative  8-29-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31 ). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NoTi.  filed  2-28-2008;  operative  3-29-2008  (Res- 
ister  2008.  No.  9). 

§  1 1 969.8.     Reimbursement  Rates  for  Over-Allocated 
Space. 

(a)  Space  is  considered  to  be  over-allocated  if  (1)  the  charter  school's 
actual  in-district  classroom  ADA  is  less  than  the  projected  in-district 
classroom  ADA  upon  which  the  facility  allocation  was  based  and  (2)  the 
difference  is  greater  than  or  equal  to  a  threshold  ADA  amount  of  25  ADA 
or  10  percent  of  projected  in-district  classroom  ADA,  whichever  is 
greater.  The  per-pupil  rate  for  over-allocated  space  shall  be  equal  to  the 
statewide  average  cost  avoided  per  pupil  set  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  42263  for  2005-06,  adjusted  annually  thereafter  by  the  CDE  by 
the  annual  percentage  change  in  the  general-purpose  entitlement  to  char- 
ter schools  calculated  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  47633, 
rounded  to  the  next  highest  dollar,  and  posted  on  the  CDE  Web  site.  The 
reimbursement  amount  owed  by  the  charter  school  for  over-allocated 
space  shall  be  equal  to  ( 1 )  this  rate  times  the  difference  between  the  char- 
ter school's  actual  in-district  classroom  ADA  and  the  projected  in-dis- 
trict classroom  ADA  upon  which  the  facility  allocation  was  based,  less 
(2)  this  rate  times  one-half  the  threshold  ADA.  For  purposes  of  this  sub- 
division, the  actual  in-district  classroom  ADA  shall  be  determined  using 
the  report  submitted  pursuant  to  section  1 1969.9(/)  in  conjunction  with 
the  second  principal  apportionment  under  Education  Code  section 
41601. 

(b)  A  charter  school  must  notify  the  school  district  when  it  anticipates 
that  it  will  have  over-allocated  space  that  could  be  used  by  the  school  dis- 
trict. Upon  notification  by  a  charter  school  that  the  charter  school  antici- 
pates having  over-allocated  space,  a  school  district  may  elect  to  use  the 
space  for  school  district  programs.  The  school  district  must  notify  the 
charter  school  whether  or  not  it  intends  to  use  the  over-allocated  space 
within  30  days  of  the  notification  by  the  charter  school.  If  the  school  dis- 
trict notifies  the  charter  school  that  it  intends  to  use  all  or  a  portion  of  the 
over-allocated  space,  payments  for  over-allocated  space  and  pro  rata 
share  payments  shall  be  reduced  accordingly  beginning  at  the  time  of  the 
school  district  notification  to  use  the  space.  If  the  school  district  notifies 
the  charter  school  that  it  does  not  intend  to  use  the  space,  the  charter 
school  must  continue  to  make  payments  for  over-allocated  space  and  pro 
rata  share  payments.  The  school  district  may,  at  its  sole  discrefion,  reduce 
the  amounts  owed  by  the  charter  school. 

(c)  With  respect  to  charter  schools  established  at  exisfing  public  school 
sites  pursuant  to  Education  Code  secfions  47605(a)(2),  52055.5, 
52055.55,  or  52055.650,  the  provisions  of  this  secfion  are  limited  by  the 
applicable  provisions  of  subdivisions  (c)  and  (d)  of  secfion  11969.3. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Sections  33031  and  47614(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  41601,  42263.  47603,  47614,  47633,  52055.5,  52055.55  and 
52055.650,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-30-2002;  operative  8-29-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a),  new  subsection  (c)  and  amendment  of  Note  fded 
2-28-2008;  operative  3-29-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  9). 

§  11 969.9.    Procedures  and  Timelines  for  the  Request  for, 
Reimbursement  for,  and  Provision  of. 
Facilities. 

(a)  A  charter  school  must  be  operafing  in  the  school  district  as  defined 
in  Educafion  Code  secfion  47614  before  it  submits  a  request  for  facilifies. 
A  new  or  proposed  new  charter  school  is  operating  within  the  school  dis- 
trict and,  therefore,  eligible  to  request  facilities  for  a  parficular  fiscal  year 
only  if  it  submitted  its  charter  petidon  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
fions 47605,  47605.5,  47605.6,  or  47605.8  on  or  before  November  1  of 
the  fiscal  year  preceding  the  year  for  which  facilities  are  requested.  A 
new  charter  school  is  entitled  to  be  allocated  and/or  provided  access  to 


facilifies  only  if  it  receives  approval  of  the  petition  before  March  15  of 
the  fiscal  year  preceding  the  year  for  which  facilities  are  requested. 

(b)  To  receive  facilities  during  a  particular  fiscal  year,  a  charier  school 
must  submit  a  written  facilities  request  to  the  school  district  on  or  before 
November  1  of  the  preceding  fiscal  year. 

(c)(l )  The  written  facilifies  request  consists  of: 

(A)  reasonable  projections  of  in-district  and  total  ADA  and  in-district 
and  total  classroom  ADA,  based  on  ADA  claimed  for  apportionment,  if 
any,  in  the  fiscal  year  prior  to  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  facilities  request 
is  made,  adjusted  for  expected  changes  in  enrollment  in  the  forthcoming 
fiscal  year; 

(B)  a  description  of  the  methodology  for  the  projecfions; 

(C)  if  relevant  (i.e.,  when  a  charter  school  is  not  yet  open  or  to  the  ex- 
tent an  operating  charter  school  projects  a  substanfial  increase  in  in- 
district  ADA),  documentation  of  the  number  of  in-district  students  inea- 
ningfully  interested  in  attending  the  charter  school  that  is  sufiicient  for 
the  district  to  determine  the  reasonableness  of  the  projection,  but  that 
need  not  be  verifiable  for  precise  arithmetical  accuracy; 

(D)  the  charter  school's  operational  calendar; 

(E)  informafion  regarding  the  district  school  site  and/or  general  geo- 
graphic area  in  which  the  charter  school  wishes  to  locate;  and 

(F)  information  on  the  charter  school's  educational  program,  if  any, 
that  is  relevant  to  assignment  of  facilities. 

(2)  Projections  of  in-district  ADA,  in-district  classroom  ADA,  and 
the  number  of  in-district  students  shall  be  broken  down  by  grade  level 
and  by  the  school  in  the  school  district  that  the  student  would  otherwise 
attend. 

(3)  School  districts  may  require  the  charier  school  to  submit  its  facili- 
ties request  containing  the  information  specified  in  paragraphs  ( 1 )  and 
(2)  on  a  form  available  from  the  CDE  and  developed  in  consultation  with 
the  Advisory  Commission  on  Charter  Schools  ( ACCS)  or  another  form 
specified  by  the  school  district.  School  districts  may  also  require  the 
charter  school  either  to  distribute  a  reasonable  number  of  copies  of  the 
written  facilities  request  for  review  by  other  interested  parties,  such  as 
parents  and  teachers,  or  to  otherwise  make  the  request  available  for  re- 
view. 

(d)  The  .school  district  shall  review  the  charter  school's  projections  of 
in-district  and  total  ADA  and  in-district  and  total  classroom  ADA  and, 
on  or  before  December  1 ,  express  any  objections  in  wrifing  and  state  the 
projections  the  district  considers  reasonable.  If  the  district  does  not  ex- 
press objecfions  in  writing  and  state  its  own  projections  by  the  deadline, 
the  charier  school's  projecfions  are  no  longer  subject  to  challenge,  and 
the  school  district  shall  base  its  offer  of  facilities  on  those  projections. 

(e)  On  or  before  January  2,  the  charter  school  shall  respond  to  any  ob- 
jecfions expressed  by  the  school  district  and  to  the  district's  projections 
provided  pursuant  to  subdivision  (d).  The  charter  school  shall  reaffirm 
or  modify  its  previous  projecfions  as  necessary  to  respond  to  the  informa- 
tion received  from  the  district  pursuant  to  subdivision  (d).  If  the  charier 
school  does  not  respond  by  the  deadline,  the  district's  projections  pro- 
vided pursuant  to  subdivision  (d)  are  no  longer  subject  to  challenge,  and 
the  school  district  shall  base  its  offer  of  facilities  on  those  projections. 

(f)  On  or  before  February  1.  the  school  district  shall  prepare  in  writing 
a  preliminary  proposal  regarding  the  space  to  be  allocated  to  the  charter 
school  and/or  to  which  the  charter  .school  is  to  be  provided  access.  At  a 
minimum,  the  prehminary  proposal  shall  include  (1)  the  projecfions  of 
in-district  classroom  ADA  on  which  the  proposal  is  based,  (2)  the  specif- 
ic locafion  or  locafions  of  the  space,  (3)  all  conditions  pertaining  to  the 
space,  including  a  draft  of  any  proposed  agreement  pertaining  to  the  char- 
ter school's  use  of  the  space,  and  (4)  the  projected  pro  rata  share  amount 
and  a  description  of  the  methodology  used  to  determine  that  amount.  The 
district  shall  also  provide  the  charter  school  a  list  and  description  of  the 
comparison  group  schools  used  in  developing  its  preliminary  proposal, 
and  a  description  of  the  differences  between  the  preliminary  proposal  and 
the  charter  school's  facilities  request  as  submitted  pursuant  to  subdivi- 
sion (b). 


Page  162.1 


Register  2008,  No.  9;  2-29-2008 


§  11969.10 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(g)  On  or  before  March  1,  the  charter  school  shall  respond  in  writing 
to  the  school  district's  preliminary  proposal  made  pursuant  to  subdivi- 
sion (f),  expressing  any  concerns,  addressing  differences  between  the 
preliminary  proposal  and  the  charter  school's  facilities  request  as  sub- 
mitted pursuant  to  subdivision  (b),  and/or  making  counter  proposals. 

(h)  On  or  before  April  1 .  having  reviewed  any  concerns  and/or  counter 
proposals  made  by  the  charter  school  pursuant  to  subdivision  (g),  the 
school  district  shall  submit  in  writing  a  final  notification  of  the  space  of- 
fered to  the  charter  school.  The  notification  shall  include  a  response  to 
the  charter  school's  concerns  and/or  counter  proposals  (if  any).  The  noti- 
fication shall  specifically  identify: 

(1)  the  teaching  station,  specialized  classroom  space,  and  non-teach- 
ing station  space  offered  for  the  exclusive  use  of  the  charter  school  and 
the  teaching  station,  specialized  classroom  space,  and  non-teaching  sta- 
tion space  to  which  the  charter  is  to  be  provided  access  on  a  shared  basis 
with  district-operated  programs; 

(2)  for  shared  space,  the  arrangements  for  sharing; 

(3)  the  in-district  classroom  ADA  assumptions  for  the  charter  school 
upon  which  the  allocation  is  based  and.  if  the  assumptions  are  different 
than  those  submitted  by  the  charter  school  pursuant  to  subdivision  (e),  a 
written  explanation  of  the  reasons  for  the  differences; 

(4)  the  specific  location  or  locations  of  the  space; 

(5)  all  conditions  pertaining  to  the  space; 

(6)  the  pro  rata  share  amount;  and 

(7)  the  payment  schedule  for  the  pro  rata  share  amount,  which  shall 
take  into  account  the  timing  of  revenues  from  the  state  and  from  local 
property  taxes. 

(i)  The  charter  school  must  notify  the  school  district  in  writing  whether 
or  not  it  intends  to  occupy  the  offered  space.  This  notification  must  occur 
by  May  1  or  30  days  after  the  school  district  notification  pursuant  to  sub- 
division (h),  whichever  is  later.  The  charter  school's  notification  can  be 
withdrawn  or  modified  before  this  deadline.  After  the  deadline,  if  the 
charter  school  has  notified  the  school  district  that  it  intends  to  occupy  the 
offered  space,  the  charter  school  is  committed  to  paying  the  pro  rata  share 
amount  as  identified.  If  the  charter  school  does  not  notify  the  school  dis- 
trict by  this  deadline  that  it  intends  to  occupy  the  offered  space,  then  the 
space  shall  remain  available  for  school  district  programs  and  the  charter 
school  shall  not  be  entitled  to  use  facilities  of  the  school  district  in  the  fol- 
lowing fiscal  year. 

(j)  The  space  allocated  to  the  charter  school  by  the  school  district  (or 
to  which  the  school  district  provides  the  charter  school  access)  must  be 
furnished,  equipped  and  available  for  occupancy  by  the  charter  school 
for  a  period  of  at  least  ten  working  days  prior  to  the  first  day  of  instruction 
of  the  charter  school.  For  good  cause,  the  period  is  subject  to  reduction 
by  the  school  district,  but  to  no  fewer  than  seven  working  days. 

(k)  The  school  district  and  the  charter  school  shall  negotiate  an  agree- 
ment regarding  use  of  and  payment  for  the  space.  The  agreement  shall 
contain  at  a  minimum,  the  information  included  in  the  notification  pro- 
vided by  the  school  district  to  the  charter  school  pursuant  to  subdivision 
(h).  In  addition: 

(1)  The  charter  school  shall  maintain  general  liability  insurance  nam- 
ing the  school  district  as  an  additional  insured  to  indemnify  the  school 
district  for  damage  and  losses  for  which  the  charter  school  is  liable.  The 
school  district  shall  maintain  first  party  property  insurance  for  the  facili- 
ties allocated  to  the  charter  school. 

(2)  The  charter  school  shall  comply  with  school  district  policies  re- 
garding the  operations  and  maintenance  of  the  school  facility  and  fur- 
nishings and  equipment. 

(3)  A  reciprocal  hold-harmless/indemnification  provision  shall  be  es- 
tablished between  the  school  district  and  the  charter  school. 

(4)  The  school  district  shall  be  responsible  for  any  modifications  nec- 
essary to  maintain  the  facility  in  accordance  with  Education  Code  section 
47610(d)  or  47610.5. 


(/)  The  charter  school  must  report  actual  ADA  to  the  school  district  ev- 
ery time  that  the  charter  school  reports  ADA  for  apportionment  purposes. 
The  reports  must  include  in-district  and  total  ADA  and  in-district  and 
total  classroom  ADA.  The  charter  school  must  maintain  records  docu- 
menting the  data  contained  in  the  reports.  These  records  shall  be  avail- 
able on  request  by  the  school  district. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47614(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  47605,  47605.5,  47605.6,  47605.8,  47610.  47610.5  and  47614, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  7-30-2002:  operative  8-29-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  2-28-2008;  operative  3-29-2008  (Reg- 
ister 2008,  No.  9). 

§  11 969.1 0.    Mediation  of  Disputes. 

If  a  dispute  arises  between  a  school  district  and  a  charter  school  con- 
cerning the  provisions  of  Education  Code  section  47614  or  this  article, 
nothing  in  this  article  shall  preclude  the  dispute  being  subject  to  medi- 
ation in  accordance  with  the  procedures  set  forth  in  this  section,  if  agree- 
able to  both  parties.  Mediation  consists  of  the  following: 

(a)  The  initiating  party  shall  select  a  mediator,  subject  to  the  agreement 
of  the  responding  party.  If,  though  agreeing  to  mediation,  the  parties  are 
unable  to  agree  upon  a  mediator,  the  CDE  shall  be  requested  by  the  initi- 
ating parly  to  appoint  a  mediator  within  seven  days  to  assist  the  parties 
in  resolving  the  dispute.  The  mediator  shall  meet  with  the  parties  as 
quickly  as  possible. 

(b)  Within  seven  days  of  the  selection  or  appointment  of  the  mediator, 
the  party  initiating  the  dispute  resolution  process  shall  prepare  and  send 
to  both  the  responding  party  and  the  mediator  a  notice  of  dispute  that  shall 
include  the  following  information: 

(1)  The  name,  address,  and  phone  numbers  of  designated  representa- 
tives of  the  parties; 

(2)  A  statement  of  the  facts  of  the  dispute,  including  information  re- 
garding the  parties'  attempts  to  resolve  the  dispute; 

(3)  The  specific  sections  of  the  statute  or  regulations  that  are  in  dispute; 
and 

(4)  The  specific  resolution  sought  by  the  initiating  party. 

(c)  Within  seven  days  of  receiving  the  informafion  specified  in  subdi- 
vision (b),  the  responding  party  shall  file  a  written  response. 

(d)(1)  The  mediation  procedure  shall  be  entirely  informal  in  nature. 
However,  copies  of  exhibits  upon  which  either  party  bases  its  case  shall 
be  shared  with  the  other  party.  The  relevant  facts  shall  be  elicited  in  a  nar- 
rative fashion  to  the  extent  possible,  rather  than  through  examination  and 
cross-examination  of  witnesses.  The  rules  of  evidence  will  not  apply  and 
no  record  of  the  proceedings  will  be  made. 

(2)  If  an  agreement  is  reached,  the  agreement  shall  be  reduced  to  writ- 
ing and  shall  be  signed  by  the  school  district  and  the  charter  school.  The 
agreement  shall  not  set  a  precedent  for  any  other  case. 

(3)  If  the  school  district  and  the  charter  school  fail  to  meet  within  the 
specified  time  line,  have  not  reached  an  agreement  within  15  days  from 
the  first  meeting  held  by  the  mediator,  or  if  the  mediator  declares  the  par- 
ties at  impasse,  the  mediation  is  terminated. 

(e)  The  costs  of  the  mediafion  shall  be  divided  equally  by  the  two  par- 
ties and  paid  promptly. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47614(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  47614,  Education  Code. 

Hestory 
1 .  New  section  filed  2-28-2008;  operative  3-29-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  9).  For 
prior  history,  see  Register  2002,  No.  37. 

§  1 1 969.1 1 .    Operative  Date  of  Changes. 

The  changes  to  this  article  made  during  2007  and  2008  and  filed  with 
the  Secretary  of  State  in  February  2008  shall  become  operative  with  the 
requests  submitted  by  charter  schools  during  fiscal  year  2008-09  for  the 
use  of  facilities  in  fiscal  year  2009-10. 


• 


Page  162.2 


Register  2008,  No.  9;  2-29-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11973 


• 


NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  47614(b).  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  47614,  Education  Code. 

History 

I .  New  section  Hied  2-28-2008;  operative  3-29-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  9). 


Subchapter  20.     Education  Technology 
Staff  Development  Program 


§11970.     Definitions. 

For  purposes  of  the  Education  Technology  Staff  Development  Pro- 
gram pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  44730-44731  the  following 
definitions  shall  apply: 

(a)  "Action  plan"  as  used  in  Education  Code  section  4473 1(d)  means 
a  written  document  that  outlines  how  the  use  of  education  technology 
will  be  integrated  into  the  curriculum  through  the  incorporation  of  educa- 
tion technology  into  any  professional  development.  This  plan  should  ex- 
plain how  education  technology  will  be  successfully  included  in  existing 
professional  development  programs  such  as,  the  Instructional  Time  and 
Staff  Development  Reform  Program,  the  beginning  Teacher  Support  and 
Assessment  Program;  the  Mentor  Teacher  Program;  the  Bilingual  Teach- 
er Training  Program;  Inter-segmental  Staff  Development;  Demonstra- 
tion Programs  in  Intensive  Instruction;  Teacher  Instructional  Training  in 
Math;  Reading  Instruction  Training  in  Grades  4-12;  Special  Education; 
Administrator  Training;  and.  National  Board  Certification. 

While  each  participating  school  must  have  an  action  plan  for  its  grades 
4  through  8  teachers  and  staff,  the  action  plan  may  be  developed  at  the 
school  district  level  if  that  is  how  staff  development  program  decisions 
have  been  made  historically  in  the  school  district. 

(b)  "Classroom"  as  used  in  Education  Code  section  44731(a)  means 
a  room  in  which  students  in  grades  4  through  8  receive  core  curriculum 
instruction  for  some  or  all  of  the  school  day.  Core  curriculum  instruction 
includes  language  arts,  math,  science,  and  history.  Excluded  from  this 
definition  of  classroom  are  libraries,  computer  labs,  multi-purpose 
rooms  and  gymnasiums. 

(c)  "Internet  access"  as  used  in  Education  Code  section  44731(a) 
means  a  networked  connection  to  the  Internet  either  through  ( 1 )  one  com- 
puter in  the  classroom  that  is  also  connected  to  an  LCD  panel,  television, 
or  other  device  that  allows  it  to  be  viewed  by  the  entire  class  or  (2)  all  the 
computers  in  the  classroom  necessary  to  meet  the  definition  of  "suffi- 
cient number  of  computers  in  the  classroom."  The  number  of  classrooms 
with  Internet  access  is  determined  on  the  date  the  local  governing  board 
certifies  the  application;  however,  connections  to  be  completed  under  an 
E-Rate  funding  commitment  letter  by  the  end  of  the  state  fiscal  year  in 
which  the  application  for  this  program  is  made  may  also  be  counted. 

(d)  "Sufficient  number  of  computers"  as  used  in  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 4473 1  (a)  means  one  computer  per  ten  students  in  the  classroom.  The 
number  of  computers  per  classroom  is  determined  on  the  date  the  local 
governing  board  certifies  the  application. 

(e)  "Up-to-date  computers"  as  used  in  Education  Code  section 
4473 1  (a)  means  multimedia  computers  with  access  to  a  CD-ROM,  inter- 
nally or  over  a  network,  that  have  the  capacity  to  access  web-based  re- 
sources. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
44730  and  44731 ,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  subchapter  20  (section  11 970)  and  section  filed  3-23-99  as  an  emergency ; 
operative  3-23-99  (Register  99,  No.  13).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-2 1-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  op- 
eration of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-23-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  7-2 1  -99  and 
filed  8-31-99  (Register  99,  No.  36). 


Subchapter  20.5.    Enhancing  Education 
Through  Technology  Grant  Program 

§11971.     Purpose. 

The  purpose  of  these  regulations  is  to  set  forth  guidelines  for  program 
administration  and  allocation  of  funds  to  administer  the  competitive 
grants  pursuant  to  the  federal  Enhancing  Education  Through  Technology 
Act  of  2001. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52293.30,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52295.10-52295.35,  Education  Code;  Public  Law  107-1 10.  Title  II.  Pan  I).  Sec- 
tions 2401-2441 ;  and  20  USC  Sections  6751-6777. 

History 

1.  New  subchapter  20.5  (sections  1 1971-1 1979.5)  and  section  filed  4-3-2003  as 
an  emergency;  operative  4-2.3-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  14).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  8-1-2003  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-23-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
7-15-2003  and  filed  8-26-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  35). 

§11972.    Federal  Definition. 

For  purposes  of  the  Enhancing  Education  Through  Technology 
(EETT)  Competitive  Grant  pursuant  to  the  federal  No  Child  Left  Behind 
(NCLB)  legislation  (Public  Law  107-110,  Title  II,  Part  D,  Sections 
2401-2441),  the  following  definition  shall  apply: 

(a)  "Not  of  sufficient  size  to  be  effective"  as  used  in  Section  2412  of 
the  federal  No  Child  Left  Behind  legislation  (Public  Law  107-1 10,  Title 
II,  Part  D)  means  that  a  district  received  less  than  $  1 0,000  in  funding  from 
the  EETT  formula-funded  grant. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52295.30,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Public 
Law  107-1 10,  Title  11,  Part  D.  Section  2412;  and  20  USC  Section  6762. 

Hkstory 

1.  New  section  filed  4-3-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-23-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  14).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
8-1-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-23-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
7-15-2003  and  filed  8-26-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  35). 

§  1 1 973.    State  Definitions. 

For  purposes  of  the  requirements  for  the  competitive  Education 
Technology  Grant  Program  established  by  Senate  Bill  192  (Education 
Code  sections  52295.10-52295.55),  the  following  definitions  shall  ap- 
ply; 

(a)  "School  district"  as  used  in  SB  192  (O'Connell),  Education  Code 
section  52295.25,  for  purposes  of  EETT  competitive  grant  eligibility, 
means  a  school  district,  a  consortium  of  school  districts,  a  county  office 
of  education,  or  a  direct-funded  charter  school  (i.e.,  charter  schools  in 
which  the  state  warrant  will  be  drawn  in  favor  of  the  county  superinten- 
dent of  schools  of  the  county  in  which  the  charter  approving  Local 
Education  Agency  (LEA)  is  located  and  deposited  in  the  appropriate 
fund  or  account  of  the  charter  school)  that  meet  all  of  the  following  crite- 
ria: 

(1)  It  is  among  the  school  districts  in  the  state  with  the  highest  number 
or  percentage  of  children  from  families  with  an  income  below  the  poverty 
line  established  by  the  federal  Director  of  the  Office  of  Management  and 
Budget,  as  annually  revised  by  the  Secretary  of  Health  and  Human  Ser- 
vices; and 

(2)  It  serves  pupils  in  grades  4  to  8,  inclusive,  except  as  specified  in 
subdivision  (c)  of  Education  Code  .section  52295.35;  and 

(3)  It  meets  either  of  the  following  two  criteria: 

(A)  It  operates  one  or  more  schools  identified  for  improvement  or  cor- 
rective action  under  Section  1116  of  the  federal  No  Child  Left  Behind 
Act  of  2001  (Public  Law  107-1 10)  (schools  are  listed  on  the  California 
Department  of  Education  website  (http://www.cde.ca.gov/iasa/titleone/ 
pi/query. asp);  or 


Page  162.3 


Register  2008,  No.  9;  2-29-2008 


§  11973 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(B)  It  has  a  substantial  need  for  assistance  in  acquiring  and  using 
technology. 

(b)  "Substantial  need  for  assistance  in  acquiring  and  using  technolo- 
gy" as  used  in  SB  192  (O'Connell).  Education  Code  section 
52295.25(a)(2)(B),  means  having  either  an  average  of  10: 1  student-to- 
multimedia  computer  ratio  or  greater  in  schools  serving  grades  4-8  in  the 
district  or  an  average  of  less  than  50%  of  classrooms  connected  to  the  In- 
ternet in  schools  serving  grades  4-8  in  the  district  as  determined  by  the 
California  School  Technology  Survey  for  the  year  prior  to  the  grant 
award.  Technology  purchased  through  the  School  Renovation  Technolo- 
gy Grant  will  be  considered  when  calculating  the  student-to-multimedia 
computer  ratio. 

(c)  "Eligible  schools"  as  used  in  SB  1 92  (O'Connell),  Education  Code 
section  52295.35(a),  means  schools  from  eligible  school  districts  that 
serve  students  in  grades  4—8. 

(d)  "Small  schools"  as  used  in  SB  192  (O'Connell),  Education  Code 
section  52295.35(c),  means  schools  that  have  300  or  fewer  pupils  in  all 
grades  served. 

(e)  "Minimum  grant  levels  for  a  small  school"  as  used  in  SB  192 
(O'Connell),  Education  Code  section  52295.35  (c),  means  an  imple- 
mentation grant  base  amount  of  $25,000  for  1-100  eligible  pupils  plus 
$300  per  eligible  pupil  in  excess  of  the  first  25  eligible  pupils;  an  imple- 
mentation grant  base  amount  of  $  1 5 ,000  for  1 0 1  -200  eligible  pupils  plus 
$300  per  eligible  pupil  in  excess  of  the  first  25  eligible  pupils;  and  an  im- 
plementation grant  base  amount  of  $10,000  for  201-300  eligible  pupils, 
plus  $300  per  eligible  pupil  in  excess  of  the  first  25  eligible  pupils. 

(f)  "Amount  of  funding  for  grants  available  to  each  region"  as  used  in 
SB  192  (O'Connell),  Education  Code  section  52295.35(a),  means  the 
proportional  enrollment  of  grade  4-8  pupils,  in  eligible  districts  from 
each  of  the  eleven  California  Technology  Assistance  Project  (CTAP)  re- 
gions. (See  the  California  Department  of  Education  (CDE)  website: 
<http://www.cde.ca.gov/edtech/ctap.htm>.) 

(g)  "Successfully  completes"  as  used  in  SB  192  (O'Connell),  Educa- 
tion Code  section  52295.35(d),  means  the  school  district  has  met  or  made 
significant  progress  (accomplished  70%  or  greater  of  each  required 
benchmark  included  in  the  Enhancing  Education  Through  Technology 
(EETT)  Competitive  grant  application  as  well  as  any  additional  bench- 
mark(s)  added  by  the  Local  Education  Agency  (LEA))  in  meeting  its 


end-of-grant  award  accountability  measures  and  will  be  eligible  to  apply 
for  the  one-lime  follow-up  grant  award,  depending  on  funding  availabil- 
ity. 

(h)  "Accountability  measures"  as  used  in  SB  192  (O'Connell),  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  52295.45(e),  means  the  following  six  performance 
goal  benchmarks: 

( 1 )  The  percentage  of  students  in  the  target  group  that  demonstrate  an 
increase  in  their  use  of  technology  as  a  tool  to  support  meeting  or  exceed- 
ing academic  content  standards  will  increase  from  a  baseline  of  <pro- 
vided  by  school  district>%  in  the  first  year  of  the  grant  award  to  <pro- 
vided  by  school  district>%  by  the  date  specified  in  the  EETT 
Competitive  grant  application  to  <provided  by  school  district>%  by  the 
end  of  the  second  implementation  grant  as  specified  in  the  EETT  Com- 
petitive application  and  defined  in  Section  1 1973(i). 

(2)  Teachers  in  the  target  group  who  participated  in  professional  de- 
velopment on  education  technology  will  demonstrate  an  increase  in  their 
proficiency  in  the  use  of  technology  as  a  tool  for  teaching  and  learning 
from  a  baseline  of  <provided  by  school  district>%  in  the  first  year  of  the 
grant  award  to  <provided  by  school  district>%  by  the  date  specified  in 
the  EETT  Competitive  grant  applicafion  and  to  <provided  by  school  dis- 
trict>%  by  the  end  of  the  second  implementation  grant  as  specified  in  the 
EETT  CompetiUve  application  and  defined  in  Section  1 1973(i). 

(3)  Teachers  in  the  target  group  participating  in  professional  develop- 
ment on  educafion  technology  will  increase  their  use  of  technology  as  a 
tool  to  support  student  academic  achievement  from  a  baseline  of  <pro- 
vided  by  school  district>%  in  the  first  year  of  the  grant  award  to  <pro- 
vided  by  school  district>%  by  the  date  specified  in  the  EETT  Compefi- 
tive  grant  application  and  to  <provided  by  school  district>%  by  the  end 
of  the  second  implementation  grant  as  specified  in  the  EETT  Competitive 
application  and  defined  in  SecUon  1 1973(i). 

(4)  The  average  student-to-multimedia  computer  ratio  at  funded 
schools  in  the  application  will  decrease  from  a  baseline  of  <ratio  pro- 
vided by  school  district>%  in  the  first  year  of  the  grant  award  to  <rafio 
provided  by  school  district>  by  the  date  specified  in  the  EETT  Competi- 
tive grant  appHcation  and  to  <ratio  provided  by  school  district>  by  the 
end  of  the  second  implementation  grant  as  specified  in  the  EETT  Com- 
petitive applicafion  and  defined  in  Section  1 1973(i). 


• 


[The  next  page  is  163.] 


Page  162.4 


Register  2008,  No.  9;  2-29-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11975 


• 


• 


(5)  The  percentage  of  funded  schools  in  the  application  with  less  than 
50%  of  classrooms  connected  to  the  Internet  will  decrease  from  a  base- 
line of  <provided  by  school  district>%  in  the  first  year  of  the  grant  award 
to  <provided  by  school  district>%  by  the  date  specified  in  the  EETT 
Competitive  grant  application  and  to  <provided  by  school  district>%  by 
the  end  of  the  second  implementation  grant  as  specified  in  the  EETT 
Competitive  application  and  defined  in  Section  1 1973(i). 

(6)  Describe  the  communication  and  collaboration  utilizing  technolo- 
gy that  will  be  implemented  or  improved  to  support  home,  school,  and 
community;  how  that  implementation  or  improvement  will  be  measured; 
and  the  benchmark  that  will  be  targeted. 

(i)  "Implementation  grant"  as  used  in  SB  192  (O'Connell),  Education 
Code  Section  52295.35(c),  means  the  EETT  Competitive  grant  funding 
awarded  to  LEAs  to  implement,  monitor  and  evaluate  their  comprehen- 
sive program  as  written  in  their  approved  applications.  Each  funding 
cycle  for  the  EETT  Competitive  grant  may  have  up  to  two  implementa- 
tion grants  that  total  the  complete  grant  award  amount  for  the  LEA. 

(j )  "Allotment"  means  the  distribution  of  funds  via  payments  to  LEAs 
for  the  implementation  grant(s).  Allotments  for  implementation  grant 
funds  may  be  distributed  to  LEAs  in  not  less  than  two  payments  nor  more 
than  four  payments. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52295.30.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52295.10.  52295.20,  52295.25,  52295.35  and  52295.45,  Education  Code;  Public 
Law  107- 110,  Title  11.  Part  D,  Sections  2403, 241 2  and  241 4:  and  20  use  Sections 
6753,  6762  and  6764, 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  4-3-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-23-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  14).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
8-1-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-23-2003  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
sections (b),  (f)  and  (h)(5),  transmitted  to  OAL  7-1 5-2003  and  filed  8-26-2003 
(Register  2003,  No.  35). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (g)-(h)(5)  and  new  subsections  (i)  and  (i)  filed 
5-24-2004;  operative  5-24-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1 343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  22). 


§11974.    Eligibility  Requirements. 

To  be  eligible  for  EETT  competitive  grant  funding,  applicants  must: 

(a)  Meet  the  definition  of  a  school  district,  as  referenced  above  in  Sec- 
tion 11973(a); 

(b)  Have  a  district  technology  plan  as  required  by  Education  Code  Sec- 
tions 52295.35  and  51 871 .5  and  by  Public  Law  107-1 10,  Title  II,  Part  D 
Section  2414  (20  USC  Section  6764); 

(c)  Apply  for  the  EETT  competitive  grant; 

(d)  Complete  EETT  Forms  1-7  (see  Section  1 1 975,  (a)-(g))  and,  when 
applicable  Forms  8a,  8b.  and  8c  and  9,  (see  Section  1 1975,  (h)-(k)); 

(e)  Complete  the  application  narrative; 

(f)  Submit  the  EETT  Competitive  application  not  later  than  the  due 
date  specified  by  the  CDE  to  the  California  Department  of  Education, 
Education  Technology  Office,  located  at  1430  N  Street,  Sacramento, 
C A,  95814; 

(g)  Pass  the  CDE  pre-screening  for  application  completeness  and  for- 
mat that  includes  having  all  of  the  required  application  components,  in- 
cluding completed  EETT  Forms  1-9  as  applicable,  original  signatures  as 
needed,  pages  numbered  according  to  format  requirements;  and 

(h)  Receive  a  minimum  of  50%  of  the  score  possible  on  the  EETT 
Scoring  Criteria.  Those  criteria  are  incorporated  by  reference  and  were 
issued  on  April  9,  2003. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52295.30,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52295.10,  52295.20.  52295.25,  52295.30,  52295.35  and  52295.45,  Education 
Code;  Public  Law  107-110,  Title  II,  Part  D,  Sections  2403,  2412  and  2414;  and 
20  USC  Sections  6753,  6762  and  6764. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  4-3-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-23-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  14).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
8-1-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-23-2003  order,  including  amendment  o(  sub- 
section (0  and  NoTi.,  transmitted  to  OAL  7-15-2003  and  filed  8-26-2003 
(Register  2003,  No.  35). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (f)  filed  5-24-2004:  operative  5-24-2004  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004.  No.  22). 

§  11975.    Application  Process  and  Requirements. 

The  application  will  consist  of  EETT  Forms  1  through  9  that  provide 
information  about  the  applicant.  Each  of  the  forms  is  listed  below  in  sub- 
sections (a)-(k).  Each  of  these  forms  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference. 
The  application  will  also  consist  of  a  narrative  section,  described  below 
in  subsection  (/). 

(a)  Form  1.  Application  Title  Page,  revised  August  26.  2003.  This 
form  must  be  signed  and  dated  by  the  applicant's  superintendent  or  de- 
signee. If  the  applicant  is  applying  as  part  of  a  consortium  and/or  partner- 
ship, the  lead  agency  name  shall  be  given. 

(b)  Form  2.  Certification  Regarding  Lobbying.  Debarment.  Suspen- 
sion and  Other  Responsibility  Matters,  and  Drug-Free  Workplace  Re- 
quirements, revised  April  9.  2003.  This  form  must  include  the  place  of 
performance  address,  name  of  applicant,  printed  name,  title,  date,  and 
signature  of  authorized  representative. 

(c)  Form  3.  Project  Summary,  revised  August  26.  2003.  The  applicant 
must  provide  a  concise  description  of  the  proposed  comprehensive  pro- 
gram planned  through  the  EETT  competitive  grant.  The  summary  must 
include  (I)  a  statement  of  the  overall  intent  of  the  program  funds;  (2)  how 
the  comprehensive  program  will  support  current  school  district  efforts  to 
promote  teaching  and  enhance  learning;  and  (3)  how  the  program  will  be 
implemented. 

(d)  Form  4,  Accountability  Measures/Evaluation,  revised  August  26, 
2003.  The  applicant  must  include  information  for  the  required  perfor- 
mance benchmarks  for  each  of  the  accountability  measures,  list  the  data 
source(s)  (in  addition  to  any  data  sources  that  are  required),  describe  the 
data  collection  method  to  be  used,  and  list  the  schedule  for  evaluation. 
The  applicant  may  add  additional  performance  goals  and  benchmarks 
beyond  the  six  accountability  measures  listed  on  the  form. 

(e)  Form  5,  Strategies  Chart,  revised  April  9, 2003.  The  applicant  must 
describe  the  specific  strategies  and  actions  that  will  be  implemented  to 
achieve  each  of  the  performance  goals  and  benchmarks  referenced 
above.  The  benchmark  date  for  the  strategies/actions  on  Form  5  (refer- 
enced in  Section  11975  (f):  Time  Line.  Roles  and  Responsibilities  for 
Key  Personnel)  must  be  included. 

(f)  Form  6,  Time  Line,  Roles,  and  Responsibilities  for  Key  Personnel, 
revised  April  9, 2003.  The  applicant  must  include  sufficient  detail  so  that 
a  clear  process  for  implementation  of  the  grant  is  outlined.  At  a  mini- 
mum, applicants  should  include  planning  meetings,  data  collection  dates, 
recruitment/selection  for  professional  development  leaders  (i.e., 
coaches,  mentors,  facilitators),  recruitment/selection  for  professional  de- 
velopment program  participants,  selection/ordering  of  equipment  and 
electronic  learning  resources,  major  milestones  (including  strategies/ac- 
tions for  achieving  each  of  the  program  goals  referenced  in  Section 
11975  (e))  for  program  implementation. 

(g)  Form  7a,  Budget  for  Years  1  and  2,  revised  August  26,  2003.  The 
applicant  must  provide  a  listing  and  description  for  each  object  of  expen- 
diture to  be  acquired  under  this  grant. 

(h)  Form  7b.  Budget  Narrative  for  Years  1  and  2.  revised  August  26. 
2003,  The  applicant  must  provide  a  description  of  costs  for  each  object 
of  expenditure  for  which  grant  funding  will  be  allocated. 

(i)  Form  8a.  Priority  List  of  Eligible  Middle  and  Junior  High  Schools 
for  Which  the  District,  Consortium,  and/or  Partnership  is  Applying,  re- 
vised August  26,  2003.  As  applicable,  the  applicant  must  list  in  priority 
order  all  the  eligible  middle  and  junior  high  schools  serving  grades  4-8 
for  which  the  district,  consortium,  and/or  partnership  is  applying  for 
funding.  The  applicant  must  also  indicate  whether  the  listed  school  or 
schools  is/are  a  locally-funded  charter  school  (i.e.,  charter  schools  that 
receive  their  funding  through  the  LEA  that  approved  the  charter). 

(j)  Form  8b,  Priority  List  of  Eligible  Elementary  Schools  for  Which  the 
District,  Consortium,  and/or  Partnership  is  Applying,  revised  August  26, 


Page  163 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


§  11976 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


2003.  As  applicable,  the  applicant  must  list  in  priority  order  all  the  eligi- 
ble elementary  schools  serving  grades  4-8  for  which  the  district,  consor- 
tium, and/or  partnership  is  applying  for  funding,  indicating  whether  the 
listed  school  or  schools  is/are  a  locally-funded  charter  school. 

(k)  Form  8c,  Priority  List  of  Eligible  Other  Schools  Serving  Grades 
4-8  for  Which  the  District,  Consortium,  and/or  Partnership  is  Applying, 
revised  August  26, 2003.  As  applicable,  the  applicant  must  list  in  priority 
order  all  the  other  schools  serving  grades  4-8  for  which  the  district,  con- 
sortium, and/or  partnership  is  applying  for  funding,  indicating  whether 
the  listed  school  or  schools  is/are  a  locally-funded  charter  school. 

(/)  Form  9,  Consortium  and/or  Partnership  Applicants,  revised  August 
26.  2003.  As  applicable,  the  applicant  must  identify  the  lead  school  dis- 
trict and  list  all  applicants  within  the  consortium  and/or  partnership. 

(m)  The  Application  Narrative  must  include  the  following  sections: 

(1)  Program  for  Students; 

(2)  Professional  Development; 

(3)  Expanded  Access  for  Electronic  Learning  Resources,  Including 
Infrastructure,  Equipment,  and  Technical  Support; 

(4)  Communication  and  Collaboration  with  Home,  School,  and  Com- 
munity; and 

(5)  Evaluation. 

(n)  The  application  narrative  sections  are  described  in  (1)  through  (5) 
below: 

(1)  Program  for  Students.  This  section  includes  the  program  descrip- 
tion, number  of  students  who  will  participate  in  the  program,  grade  levels 
of  students  who  will  participate  in  the  program,  curricular  area(s)  of  fo- 
cus for  students,  integration  of  technology  to  support  all  students  in  the 
target  group  in  meeting  or  exceeding  state  academic  content  standards, 
and  administrative  commitment  to  the  program  for  students. 

(2)  Professional  Development.  This  section  includes  the  research- 
based  professional  development  program  design  and  description,  the 
number  of  teachers  who  will  participate,  whether  the  program  will  be  ex- 
panded over  time  to  include  additional  teachers,  and  administrative  com- 
mitment to  the  professional  development  program. 

(3)  Expanded  Access  to  Electronic  Learning  Resources,  Including  In- 
frastructure, Equipment  and  Technical  Support.  This  section  includes  in- 
formation about  the  current  status  of  technology  access,  including  the  ra- 
tio of  access  to  technology  for  teachers  and  students,  how  many  grade 
4-8  classrooms  are  connected  to  the  Internet,  where  the  technology  will 
be  placed,  integration  of  technology,  technology  acquisition,  and  admin- 
istrative commitment  to  expanding  access. 

(4)  Communication  and  Collaboration  Among  Home,  School,  and 
Community.  This  section  includes  information  about  collaboration  and 
partnerships  (i.e.,  higher  education,  school  districts  that  have  effectively 
integrated  technology  and  proven  teaching  strategies  based  on  a  review 
of  relevant  research  into  instruction,  public  or  private  non-profit  orga- 
nizations with  demonstrated  expertise  in  the  application  of  educational 
technology  in  education,  CTAP)  that  includes  how  they  support  stu- 
dents' learning  needs,  add  value  to  the  comprehensive  program,  and 
whether  there  is  administrative  commitment  for  communication  and  col- 
laboration among  home,  school,  and  community. 

(5)  Evaluation.  This  section  includes  information  regarding  the  pro- 
cess to  collect  and  evaluate  data  related  to  all  of  the  accountability  mea- 
sures. The  evaluation  process  and  results  will  be  utilized  to  form  the  basis 
of  a  continuous  review,  refinement,  and  improvement  cycle  for  the  com- 
prehensive program.  The  evaluation  plan  also  provides  a  process  that  will 
assist  CDE  in  documenting  goals  and  benchmarks  to  determine  eligibil- 
ity for  the  one-time  follow-up  grant. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52295.30,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52295.20,  52295.30,  52295.35,  52295.45  and  52295.50,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  4-3-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-23-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  14).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
8-1-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-23-2003  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  7-15-2003  and  filed  8-26-2003  (Register  2003,  No. 
35). 

3.  Amendment  filed  5-24-2004;  operative  5-24-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  22). 

§  1 1 976.    District  Technology  Plan  Requirement. 

Before  receiving  funding  for  the  EETT  coinpetitive  grant,  applicants 
must  have  a  district  technology  plan  as  required  by  Education  Code  sec- 
tions 52295.35  and  51871.5  and  by  Public  Law  107-1 10,  Title  II,  Part  D 
Section  2414  (20  USC  Section  6764). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52295.30,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52295.35  and  51871.5,  Education  Code;  Public  Law  107-110,  Title  11.  Part  D, 
Section  2414:  and  20  USC  Section  6764. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  4-3-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-23-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  14).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
8-1-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-23-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
7-15-2003  and  filed  8-26-2003  (Register  2003.  No.  35). 

§11977.    Funding. 

Funds  will  be  competitively  awarded  on  a  geographic  basis  conform- 
ing to  the  1 1  CTAP  regions,  as  referenced  above  in  Section  1 1973(f).  Ap- 
plicants within  each  region  will  compete  against  other  applicants  from 
that  region.  The  amount  of  funding  available  for  each  region  is  based 
upon  the  California  Basic  Educational  Data  System  (CBEDS)  data  two 
years  prior  to  the  grant  award  to  determine  grade  4-8  enrollment.  Actual 
grant  awards  to  school  districts  will  be  based  on  CBEDS  data  for  one  year 
prior  to  the  grant  award.  Technology  survey  data  will  be  used  to  deter- 
mine the  current  student-to-multimedia  computer  ratio  and  compare  to 
the  request  for  additional  technology  within  the  application.  Allocations 
are  determined  through  the  following  procedure: 

(a)  Listing  of  districts  serving  grades  4-8  in  the  state  with  the  highest 
number  of  children  from  families  with  an  income  below  the  poverty  line 
established  by  the  federal  Director  of  the  Office  of  Management  and 
Budget; 

(b)  Listing  of  districts  serving  grades  4-8  in  the  state  with  the  highest 
percentage  of  children  from  families  with  an  income  below  the  poverty 
line  established  by  the  federal  Director  of  the  Office  of  Management  and 
Budget; 

(c)  Merging  the  top  third  of  the  districts  from  each  list  to  determine  fi- 
nal eligibility  list; 

(d)  Removing  all  districts  that  neither  ( 1 )  operate  one  or  more  schools 
identified  for  improvement  or  corrective  action  under  Section  1 116  of  the 
Federal  No  Child  Left  Behind  Act  of  2001  (Public  Law  1 07-1 10),  nor  (2) 
have  a  substantial  need  for  assistance  in  acquiring  and  using  technology; 

(e)  Sorting  the  list  by  CTAP  region; 

(f)  Determining  the  grade  4-8  enrollment  for  all  districts  remaining  on 
the  list,  and 

(g)  Determining  the  proportionate  amount  of  funding  for  each  CTAP 
region  based  upon  the  total  grade  4-8  enrollment  for  all  districts  remain- 
ing on  the  list. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  52295.30  and  52295.35,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  52295.25  and  52295.35,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  4-3-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-23-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  14).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
8-1-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-23-2003  order,  including  amendment  of  tlrst 
paragraph,  transmitted  to  OAL  7-15-2003  and  filed  8-26-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  35). 

3.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph  filed  5-24-2004;  operative  5-24-2004  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  22). 

§  11978.    Funding  Priority. 

Funding  priority  will  be  determined  as  follows: 
(a)  All  scored  applications  will  be  grouped  within  each  CTAP  region 
by  score  percentage  ranges  (100-90,  89-80,  79-70,  69-60,  and  59-50); 


• 


Page  164 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11980 


• 


(b)  Within  each  score  percentage  range,  applications  will  be  ranked  as 
Ibllows: 

( 1 )  Applications  from  school  districts  that  received  less  than  $10,000 
in  funding  from  the  EETT  formula  grant  will  be  ranked  by  score  percent- 
age and  listed  first.  In  the  event  of  a  tied  score,  the  applicant  with  the  high- 
er substantial  need  for  assistance  in  acquiring  and  using  technology  as 
determined  by  the  California  School  Technology  Survey  will  be  listed 
first. 

(2)  Applications  from  school  districts  that  received  $10,000  or  more 
from  the  EETT  formula  funding  will  be  ranked  by  score  percentage  range 
and  placed  below  the  school  districts  that  received  less  than  $10,000  in 
EETT  formula  funding.  In  the  event  of  a  tied  score,  the  applicant  with  the 
higher  substantial  need  for  assistance  in  acquiring  and  using  technology 
as  determined  by  the  California  School  Technology  Survey  will  be  listed 
first. 

(c)  Starting  with  the  100-90  score  percentage  range  and  working 
downward,  funding  will  then  be  allocated  within  each  scoring  percentage 
range  to  school  districts  based  upon  the  middle  and  junior  high  schools 
contained  in  each  application. 

(d)  If  there  is  a  balance  remaining  after  all  middle  and  junior  high 
schools  have  been  funded,  starting  with  the  100-90  score  percentage 
range  and  working  downward,  funding  will  next  be  allocated  within  each 
scoring  percentage  range  to  each  school  district  based  upon  the  elementa- 
ry schools  in  each  application. 

(e)  If  there  is  a  balance  remaining  after  all  elementary  schools  have 
been  funded,  starting  with  the  100-90  score  percentage  range  and  work- 
ing downward,  funding  will  be  allocated  within  each  score  percentage 
range  to  each  school  district  based  upon  the  other  schools  serving  grades 
4-8  in  the  application. 

School  type  will  be  verified  prior  to  funding.  School  type  will  be  deter- 
mined based  on  the  County  District  School  (CDS)  ownership  code  for 
each  school  listed  on  forms  8a.  8b,  and  8c  (see  Section  1 1975(h)-(j))  as 
of  the  date  the  grant  application  is  due.  School  districts  that  request  a 
change  of  ownership  code  must  have  completed  a  Change  Request  for  a 
County-District-School  (CDS)  Code  (revised  6/2003),  and  submitted 
the  form  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  a  minimum  of  30 
(thirty)  working  days  prior  to  the  grant  application  deadline  to  assure  the 
correct  ownership  code  can  be  validated. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52295.30,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52295.30  and  52295.35,  Education  Code;  Public  Law  107-1 10,  Title  II,  Part  D 
Section  2412;  and  20  USC  Section  6762. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  4-3-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-23-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  14).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
8-1-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-23-2003  order,  including  new  final  para- 
graph, transmitted  to  OAL  7-15-2003  and  filed  8-26-2003   (Register  2003, 

No.  35). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)(  1  )-(2)  filed  5-24-2004;  operative  5-24-2004 
pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2004.  No.  22). 

§  1 1 979.     Process  for  Awarding  Grants. 

The  process  for  awarding  grants  will  be  as  follows: 

(a)  Applications  will  be  read  and  scored  with  other  applications  from 
the  same  CTAP  region  after  the  application  deadline  by  readers  selected 
by  CDE.  Each  reader  will  read  and  score  the  application  against  the  Scor- 
ing Criteria.  Those  criteria  are  incorporated  by  reference  and  were  issued 
on  April  9,  2003.  Readers  will  not  read  applications  from  their  own 
CTAP  region.  If  the  readers'  scores  for  the  application  are  not  more  than 
1 0  points  apart,  the  two  scores  will  be  averaged  to  yield  the  final  applica- 
tion score.  If  the  readers'  scores  are  more  than  10  points  apart,  the  ap- 
plication will  be  re-read  and  re-scored  by  a  Chief  Reader.  The  Chief 
Reader's  score  determination  will  be  the  final  score. 

(b)  Awards  for  each  successful  applicant  for  the  implementation  grant 
will  be  made  in  two  aJJotments  as  follows: 

(1 )  One  allotment  for  two-thirds  of  the  grant  award  total. 

(2)  A  second  allotment  for  one-third  of  the  grant  award  total. 


(c)  A  one-time  follow-up  grant,  depending  on  funding  availability, 
may  be  awarded  if  the  applicant  successfully  completes  the  implementa- 
tion grant,  as  referenced  in  Section  1 1 973(g).  For  schools  not  defined  as 
"small  school"  as  referenced  above  in  Section  1 1973(d),  the  one-time 
follow-up  grant  may  be  in  the  amount  of  $45  per  eligible  pupil.  For  tho.se 
defined  as  "small  school"  as  referenced  above  in  Section  I  1973(d).  the 
one-time  follow-up  grant  may  be  allocated: 

(1)  $6,000  for  1-100  eligible  students; 

(2)  $10,000  for  101-200^eligible  students; 

(3)  $13,500  for  201-300  eligible  students. 

(d)  The  one-time  follow-up  grant  may  be  awarded,  subject  to  funding 
availability,  only  after  the  CDE  verifies  that  the  LEA  has  met  or  made 
significant  progress  in  meeting  its  accountability  measures  as  referenced 
in  Section  11973(g). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52295.30,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52295.10  and  52295.35,  Education  Code. 

Hestory 

1.  New  section  filed  4-3-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-23-2003  (Register 
2003.  No.  14).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
8-1-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-23-2003  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
sections (b)(  1  )-(2 ),  transmitted  to  OAL  7- 1 5-2003  and  filed  8-26-2003  ( Reg- 
ister 2003,  No.  35). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)-(c)  and  (d)  filed  5-24-2004;  operative 
5-24-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No. 
22). 

§  11979.5.     Uses  of  Funds,, 

Pursuant  to  the  federal  No  Child  Left  Behind  (NCLB)  legislation 
(Public  Law  107-1 10,  Title  II.  Part  D,  Sections  2415  and  2416)  and  SB 
192  (O'Connell),  Education  Code  section  52295.40,  grantees  shall  use 
grant  funds  to  provide  the  follov^ing: 

(a)  A  minimum  of  25%  of  the  grant  shall  be  used  to  provide  sustained 
and  intensive,  high-quality  professional  development  based  on  a  review 
of  relevant  research  in  the  integration  of  advanced  technologies,  includ- 
ing emerging  technologies,  into  ctarricula  and  instruction  and  in  using 
those  technologies  to  create  new  learning  environments. 

(b)  Remaining  funds  are  to  be  utilized  to  implement  and  support  the 
comprehensive  program  described  in  the  application  in  a  manner  consis- 
tent with  the  federal  Educafion  Department  Guidelines  Administrative 
Regulafions  (EDGAR),  located  at  34  CFR  Parts  76.  77,  80.  81.  82.  85. 
and  86  (http://www.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/cfrassemble.cgi  ?title= 
199834)  and  with  SB  192  (O'Connell).  Educafion  Code  section 
52295.40. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  52295.30.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
52295.20,  52295.35,  52295.40  and  52295.50,  Education  Code;  Public  Law 
107-1 10,  Sections  2415  and  2416;  20  USC  6765  and  6766;  34  CFR  Pails  76,  77, 
80,  81,82,  85  and  86. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  4—3-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  4-23-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  14).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
8-1-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-23-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
7-15-2003  and  filed  8-26-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  35). 


Subchapter  21.    Mathematics  and  Reading 
Professional  Development  Program 

§  11 980.    Teacher  Eligibility. 

In  addition  to  those  teachers  identified  in  Education  Code  section 
99233,  teachers  who  are  employed  in  a  public  school,  who  hold  a  multi- 
ple-subject credential,  and  whose  primary  assignment  is  to  teach  in  a 
classroom  that  is  not  self-contained  shall  be  eligible  to  receive  instruc- 
tion in: 

(a)  Mathematics  if  their  primary  teaching  assignment  is  mathematics, 
science,  or  both; 

(b)  Reading  if  their  primary  teaching  assignment  is  reading/language 
arts,  social  science,  or  both. 


Page  165 


Register  2007,  No.  47;  1 1  -23-2007 


§  11981 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTF.;  Authority  cited:  Section  99236,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
99233,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  subchapter  21  (sections  1 1980-1 1986)  and  section  filed  3-25-2002  as  an 
emergency;  operative  3-25-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  13).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-23-2002  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-25-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL  7-3-2002 
and  filed  8-15-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  33). 

3.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1 1980  to  section  1 1982  and  renumbering  and 
amendment  of  former  section  11981  to  section  1 1980  filed  1 1-19-2007;  opera- 
tive 11-19-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register 
2007,  No.  47). 

§  11 981 .    Funding  Allocation  for  Program  Training 

Pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  99237. 

(a)  Funds  issued  to  a  Local  Educational  Agency  (LEA)  for  mathemat- 
ics or  reading/language  arts  training  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
99237  shall  be  used  for  expenses  related  to  program  training  in  accor- 
dance with  that  section.  If  an  LEA  has  any  remaining  program  funds  after 
paying  for  program  training,  then  those  funds  shall  be  spent  for  additional 
program  training  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  99237  or  for  other 
professional  development  related  to  mathematics  or  reading/language 
arts. 

(b)  At  the  end  of  each  state  fiscal  year,  the  California  Department  of 
Education  (CDE)  shall  accrue  any  remaining  balance  in  the  appropri- 
ations for  this  program  until  funding  reverts  for  a  state  fiscal  year.  Ac- 
crued funding  shall  be  used  only  to  pay  for  training  completed  during  the 
same  state  fiscal  year  in  which  the  accrued  funding  was  appropriated. 
CDE  shall  allocate  accrued  funding  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
99234. 

(c)  Current-year  funding  shall  be  allocated  in  accordance  with  Educa- 
tion Code  section  99234(e). 

(d)  Reimbursement  for  program  training  is  limited  to  those  teachers 
who  provide  direct  instruction  to  pupils  on  either  a  part-time  or  full-time 
basis. 

(e)  Of  the  $1 ,000  stipend  per  qualified  training  that  an  LEA  may  pay 
a  teacher,  no  more  than  $500  may  be  paid  upon  completion  of  the  40 
hours  of  initial  training,  and  no  more  than  $500  may  be  paid  upon 
completion  of  the  80  hours  of  follow-up  professional  development. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  99236,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
99233,  99234  and  99237,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-25-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-25-2002  (Register 
2002,  No.  13).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-23-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-25-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL  7-3-2002 
and  filed  8-15-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  33). 

3.  Amendment  filed  11-4-2004;  operative  11-4-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  45). 

4.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1 1 98 1  to  section  1 1 980  and  renumbering  of  for- 
mer section  1 1982  to  section  1 1981,  including  amendment  of  section  heading, 
section  and  Note,  filed  1 1-19-2007;  operative  1 1-19-2007  pursuant  to  Gov- 
ernment Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  47). 

§  1 1 981 .3.    Funding  Allocation  for  Teachers  of  English 
Learners. 

(a)  Program  funds  issued  to  an  LEA  for  the  40-hour  English  learner 
(EL)  professional  development  for  teachers  of  EL  pupils  shall  be  used  for 
the  EL  professional  development  program  described  in  Education  Code 
section  99237.5.  If  an  LEA  has  any  remaining  program  funds  after  pay- 
ing for  EL  professional  development,  then  those  funds  shall  be  spent  for 
additional  EL  professional  development  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  99237.5  or  for  other  professional  development  which  focuses  on 
improving  the  delivery  of  mathematics  or  reading/language  arts  instruc- 
tion to  EL  pupils. 

(b)  At  the  end  of  each  state  fiscal  year,  the  CDE  shall  accrue  any  re- 
maining balance  in  the  appropriations  for  this  program  until  funding  re- 
verts for  a  state  fiscal  year.  Accrued  funding  shall  be  used  only  to  pay  for 
training  completed  during  the  same  state  fiscal  year  in  which  the  funding 


was  appropriated.  From  funds  appropriated  in  the  annual  Budget  Act  for 
Education  Code  section  99237.5  in  a  given  state  fiscal  year,  the  CDE 
shall  allocate  accrued  funding  as  follows: 

( 1 )  Claims  for  EL  training  that  are  postmarked  or  faxed  to  the  CDE  by 
November  1 5th  of  the  following  state  fiscal  year  and  that  meet  at  least  one 
of  the  three  funding  criteria  specified  in  Education  Code  secfion 
99237.5(c)  shall  receive  first  priority  for  funding.  An  LEA  shall  indicate 
on  the  claim  each  criterion  under  which  it  qualifies  for  priority  in  funding. 
If  funding  is  insufficient  to  fully  fund  all  of  these  claims,  then  the  CDE 
shall  prorate  the  funds.  The  prorafion  shall  consist  of  first  dividing  the 
funds  appropriated  in  the  annual  Budget  Act  by  the  product  of  $  1 .250  and 
the  total  number  of  teachers  who  received  EL  training  as  reflected  in 
these  first  priority  claims.  The  resulting  number  shall  then  be  mulfiplied 
by  100  to  determine  the  maximum  percentage  of  an  LEA' s  trained  teach- 
ers for  which  reimbursement  may  be  made  pursuant  to  this  subdivision. 
As  it  deems  necessary,  the  CDE  may  adjust  the  percentage,  which  shall 
apply  equally  to  all  LEAs.  to  ensure  that  the  amount  appropriated  in  the 
annual  Budget  Act  is  not  exceeded. 

(2)  If  funding  remains  after  paying  all  the  claims  specified  in  subdivi- 
sion (b)(1),  then  claims  for  EL  training  that  are  postmarked  or  faxed  to 
the  CDE  by  November  15th  of  the  following  state  fiscal  year  and  that  do 
not  meet  any  of  the  funding  criteria  specified  in  Education  Code  section 
99237.5(c)  shall  receive  second  priority  for  funding.  If  funding  is  insuffi- 
cient to  fully  fund  all  of  these  claims,  then  the  CDE  shall  prorate  the 
funds.  The  prorafion  shall  consist  of  first  dividing  the  remaining  funds  by 
the  product  of  $  1 ,250  and  the  total  number  of  teachers  who  received  EL 
training  as  reflected  in  these  second  priority  claims.  The  resulting  num- 
ber shall  then  be  multiplied  by  1 00  to  determine  the  maximum  percentage 
of  an  LEA' s  trained  teachers  for  which  reimbursement  may  be  made  pur- 
suant to  this  subdivision.  As  it  deems  necessary,  the  CDE  may  adjust  the 
percentage,  which  shall  apply  equally  to  all  LEAs,  to  ensure  that  the 
amount  appropriated  in  the  annual  Budget  Act  is  not  exceeded. 

(3)  If  funding  remains  after  paying  all  the  claims  specified  in  subdivi- 
sions (b)(1)  and  (b)(2),  then  claims  for  EL  training  that  are  postmarked 
or  faxed  to  the  CDE  after  November  1 5th  of  the  following  state  fiscal  year 
shall  be  funded  on  a  first-come-first-served  basis  according  to  the  date 
the  claim  is  postmarked  or  faxed  and  provided  the  claim  is  postmarked 
or  faxed  by  the  second  March  1st  date  after  the  November  15th  date  in 
this  subdivision.  If  funding  is  insufficient  to  fully  fund  all  the  claims  re- 
ceived on  the  same  day,  then  the  CDE  shall  prorate  the  funds.  The  prora- 
fion shall  consist  of  first  dividing  the  remaining  funds  by  the  product  of 
$1 ,250  and  the  total  number  of  teachers  who  received  EL  training  as  re- 
flected in  the  claims  received  by  the  CDE  on  that  day.  The  resulting  num- 
ber shall  then  be  multiplied  by  1 00  to  determine  the  maximum  percentage 
of  an  LEA' s  trained  teachers  for  which  reimbursement  may  be  made  pur- 
suant to  this  subdivision.  As  it  deems  necessary,  the  CDE  may  adjust  the 
percentage,  which  shall  apply  equally  to  all  LEAs,  to  ensure  that  the 
amount  appropriated  in  the  annual  Budget  Act  is  not  exceeded. 

(c)  If  a  teacher  elects  to  count  the  completion  of  40-hours  EL  profes- 
sional development  towards  the  80  hours  of  follow-up  professional  de- 
velopment described  in  Education  Code  section  99237,  the  LEA  may  re- 
quest $1,250  reimbursement  after  the  teacher  has  completed  the 
40-hours  EL  professional  development  and  another  $1,250  reimburse- 
ment after  the  teacher  has  completed  the  remaining  40  hours  of  the  80 
hours  of  follow-up  professional  development.  Of  these  amounts,  the 
LEA  may  issue  an  individual  teacher  sfipend  up  to  $500  after  completion 
of  the  40-hours  EL  professional  development  and  up  to  another  $500  af- 
ter complefion  of  the  remaining  40  hours  of  the  80  hours  of  the  follow-up 
professional  development. 

(d)  A  claim  transmitted  to  the  CDE  by  facsimile  during  the  hours  of 
12:00  midnight  to  5  p.m.  is  deemed  faxed  on  the  date  received.  A  claim 
that  begins  transmission  on  or  after  5:01  p.m.  is  deemed  faxed  on  the  next 
regular  business  day. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  99236,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
99233,  99234  and  99237.5,  Education  Code. 


• 


Page  166 


Register  2007,  No.  47;  11-23-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11983.5 


HisroRY 
New  section  filed  1 1-19-2007:  operative  1 1-19-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Reeister  2007.  No.  47). 


§  1 1 981 .5.     Funding  Limitations. 

(a)  Funding  for  training  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  99237 
shall  be  limited  to  one  120-hour  sequence  of  professional  development 
divided  into  40  hours  of  initial  training  and  80  hours  of  follow-up  profes- 
sional development  per  subject  area  for  each  teacher  eligible  to  receive 
instruction  as  set  forth  in  Education  Code  section  99233  and  California 
Code  of  Regulations,  title  5.  section  1 1980.  In  addition  to  the  funding 
available  under  Education  Code  section  99237.  funding  for  EL  training 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  99237.5  is  limited  to  a  total  of  40 
hours  for  each  teacher  of  EL  pupils. 

(b)  Program  funding  shall  be  limited  to  one  training  per  subject  area 
for  each  paraprofessional  and  instructional  aide  eligible  to  receive 
instruction  as  set  forth  in  Education  Code  section  99233. 

(c)  Notwithstanding  subdivision  (a),  the  Slate  Superintendent  of  Pub- 
lic Instruction  shall  also  award  funding  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 99234  tor  additional  professional  development  training  to  eligible 
teachers  if  any  of  the  following  conditions  applies: 

( 1 )  The  LEA  has  adopted  a  new  instructional  materials  program  and 
approved  training  is  available  for  the  new  program; 

(2)  The  teacher's  assignment  has  changed;  or 

(3)  The  teacher's  course  assignment  has  changed  to  an  area  in  which 
the  teacher  has  not  previously  received  the  applicable  training. 

NOTFi;  Authority  cited:  Section  99236,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 

99233.  99234,  99237  and  99237.5.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  of  lornier  section  1 1985  to  section  1 198L5,  including  amend- 
ment of  section  heading,  section  and  NoTL,  filed  11-19-2007;  operative 
11 -19-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2007, 
No.  47). 

§  11982.    Local  Education  Agencies'  Assurances  of 
Compliance. 

In  addition  to  the  assurances  specified  in  Education  Code  section 
99237(a),  an  LEA  applying  for  funding  from  the  Mathematics  and  Read- 
ing Professional  Development  Program  shall  provide  assurances  to  the 
California  State  Board  of  Education  (SBE)  that; 

(a)  It  has  read  and  is  familiar  with  the  regulations  governing  the  pro- 
gram, which  include  California  Code  of  Regulations,  title  5,  sections 
II 1980  through  11985.6; 

(b)  It  will  retain  and  provide  all  information,  including  preprogram 
and  postprogram  pupil  achievement  data,  required  for  the  interim  and  fi- 
nal reports  to  the  Legislature  as  required  by  Education  Code  section 
99237.5  and  99240;  and 

(c)  It  will  retain  all  records  related  to  the  professional  development 
provided  to  participants  in  the  program  for  no  less  than  five  years,  and 
that  these  records  will  include,  but  not  be  limited  to: 

( 1 )  The  number  of  hours  of  training  attended; 

(2)  Attendence  records; 

(3)  Subject  content; 

(4)  The  dates  of  each  training  session  taken  by  teachers,  instructional 
aides,  and  paraprofessionals;  and 

(5)  The  name/s  of  the  providers. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  99236,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
99233.  99234,  99237,  99237.5  and  99240,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-25-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-25-2002  (Register 
2002,  No.  13).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transnnitted  to  OAL  by 
7-23-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-25-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL  7-3-2002 
and  filed  8-1.5-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  33). 

3.  Renumbering  of  former  secfion  1 J  982  to  .section  J 1981  and  renumbering  and 
amendment  of  former  section  1 1980  to  section  1 1982,  including  amendment  of 
section  heading,  section  and  Note,  filed  11-19-2007;  operative  11-19-2007 
pursuant  to  Govemment  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  47). 


§  1 1 982.5.     Local  Educational  Agencies  as  a  Consortium. 

For  purpo.ses  of  the  Mathematics  and  Reading  Professional  Develop- 
ment Program,  a  county  office  of  education  may  coordinate  a  consortium 
of  school  districts  that  functions  as  a  single  LEA. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  99236.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
99231,  99237  and  99237.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1  1986  to  nev\  section  1  1982.5  filed 

11-19-2007:  operafive  11-19-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 

1 1.343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  47). 

§11983.     Instructional  Materials. 

(a)  Instructional  materials  used  by  an  LEA  for  courses  usually  taught 
in  grades  kindergarten  through  8,  including  algebra,  must  be  adopted  by 
the  SBE  unless  otherwise  authorized  by  the  SBE.  Non-adopted  instruc- 
tional materials  are  occasionally  authorized  for  purchase  and  use  by  dis- 
tricts pursuant  to  the  general  waiver  authority  under  Education  Code  sec- 
tions 33050-33053  or  the  petition  process  under  the  authority  of 
Education  Code  section  60200(g).  Instructional  materials  used  by  an 
LEA  for  courses  usually  taught  in  grades  9  through  1 2,  including  algebra 
II  and  geometry,  must  be  adopted  by  the  governing  board  of  the  LEA. 

(b)  An  LEA  participating  in  the  Mathematics  and  Reading  Profession- 
al Development  Program  must  provide  each  pupil  with  currently  adopted 
instructional  materials  that  are  aligned  to  the  state  content  standards  in 
mathematics.  An  LEA  participating  in  the  program  must  provide  each 
pupil  with  currently  adopted  instructional  materials  that  are  aligned  to  the 
state  content  standards  in  English/language  arts  in  accordance  with 
Education  Code  section  99237(aK3)(A)  and  (B). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  99236.  E^^ducation  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
99237  and  99237.5.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-25-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-25-2002  (Register 
2002,  No.  13).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-23-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-25-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL  7-3-2002 
and  filed  8-15-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  33). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTH  filed  1 1-19-2007;  operative  1 1-19-2007  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  47). 

§  1 1983.5.     Definition  of  Instructional  Materials  Otherwise 
Authorized  by  the  California  State  Board  of 
Education. 

(a)  As  used  in  Education  Code  section  9923 1  (c),  instructional  materi- 
als "otherwise  authorized"  by  the  SBE  include  basic  instructional  materi- 
als as  defined  in  Education  Code  section  60010(a)  that  have  been  deter- 
mined to  be  in  alignment  with  applicable  content  standards  through  a 
perition  approved  by  the  SBE  after  May  1,  2000,  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  section  60200(g). 

(b)  In  addition,  if  the  instructional  materials  program  used  by  the  LEA 
is  a  basic  reading/language  arts  program  (RLA),  the  instructional  materi- 
als shall  be  deemed  to  be  "otherwise  authorized"  provided  the  LEA  certi- 
fies all  of  the  following  to  the  CDE  prior  to  receiving  the  funding: 

(1)  The  instructional  materials  were  purchased  by  the  district  prior  to 
the  2002  Reading/Language  Arts/English  Language  Development 
Adoption  (RLA/ELD); 

(2)  The  LEA  has  in  place  specially  designed  instructional  materials 
(component)  to  address  the  needs  of  EL  pupils  that  is  comparable  to  the 
instructional  materials  (component)  approved  and  contained  in  the  RLA/ 
ELD  programs  adopted  in  January  2002  as  approved  by  the  SBE; 

(3)  The  LEA's  specially  designed  component  to  address  the  needs  of 
EL  pupils  has  been  approved  by  the  CDE  for  legal  and  social  compliance 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  60040-60048  and  the  SBE' s  "Stan- 
dards for  Evaluafing  Instructional  .Materials  for  Social  Content"  (2000 
Edition)  which  is  incorporated  by  reference;  and 

(4)  The  publishers  have  met  all  the  requirements  of  Education  Code 
secfion  60061,  as  applicable. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  99236.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
99231,  Education  Code. 


Page  167 


Register  2007,  No.  47;  11-23-2007 


§  11984 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-28-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2002  (Register 
2002.  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-28-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day, 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-28-2002  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (b),  transmitted  to  OAL  10-24-2002  and  filed  12-10-2002  (Register 
2002.  No.  .'SO). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  .section  and  NoTi;  filed  1 1-19-2007:  operative 
1 1-19-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Reeister  2007, 
No.  47). 

§  11 984.    Training  Curriculum  for  the  Initial  Forty  Hours. 

Training  curriculum  for  training  related  to  the  initial  forty  hours  of 
instruction  described  in  Education  Code  section  992.37  shall  be  based  on 
the  criteria  contained  in  Education  Code  section  99237,  subdivisions  (a) 
and  (b),  and  the  requirements  of  this  section.  The  owner  of  the  training 
curriculum  shall  submit  its  curriculum  to  SBE  or  its  designee  for  approv- 
al by  the  SBE  and  include  the  following: 

(a)  Instructional  strategies  designed  to  help  all  pupils  gain  mastery  of 
the  California  academic  content  standards,  with  special  emphasis  on  EL 
pupils  and  pupils  with  exceptional  needs; 

(b)  A  thorough  review  of  the  curriculum  framework  and  academic 
content  standards  related  to  teaching  mathematics  or  reading/language 
arts; 

(c)  Current  and  confirmed  scientific  research  findings  related  to  the 
instructional  practices  for  mathematics  or  reading/language  arts; 

(d)  Readings  and  discussions  of  other  pertinent  materials  which  ad- 
dress the  value  of  the  diagnostic  nature  of  standardized  tests,  the  Stan- 
dardized Testing  and  Reporting  (STAR)  system,  and  the  California  High 
School  Exit  Exam  (CAHSEE);  and 

(e)  A  thorough  review  of  the  adopted  standards-based  instructional 
materials  program,  which  emphasizes  the  following: 

( 1 )  The  material  that  is  taught  during  the  first  six  to  eight  weeks  of 
instruction;  and 

(2)  Instructional  strategies  that  use  the  universal  access  and  English 
language  development  (ELD)  components  of  the  program  so  that  teach- 
ers will  know  and  understand  when  and  how  to  use  them  according  to  the 
instructional  needs  of  all  students. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  99236,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
99237,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-25-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-25-2002  (Register 
2002.  No.  13).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-23-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-25-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL  7-3-2002 
and  filed  8-15-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  33). 

3.  Repealer  and  new  section  heading  and  section  and  amendment  of  Note  filed 
11-19-2007;  operative  11-19-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  47). 

§  11984.5.    Curriculum  Review  of  the  Initial  Forty  Hours. 

(a)  Each  training  curriculum  for  training  related  to  the  initial  forty 
hours  of  instruction  described  in  Education  Code  section  99237  shall  un- 
dergo a  formal  review  process  before  being  approved  by  the  SBE.  The 
review  shall  be  based  on  Education  Code  section  99237,  subdivisions 
(a)(2),  (a)(4),  and  (b),  California  Code  of  Regulations,  title  5,  section 
1 1984,  and  subdivision  (c)  of  this  section. 

(b)The  formal  review  process  shall  include  a  review  panel  consisting 
of  two  or  more  reviewers  designated  by  the  SBE  and  acting  under  its 
direction.  To  be  a  qualified  reviewer,  a  reviewer  shall  have  knowledge 
of  information  related  to  mathematics  or  reading,  as  applicable,  includ- 
ing: 

(1)  Academic  content  standards; 

(2)  Curriculum  frameworks; 

(3)  Instructional  and  teaching  strategies  included  in  the  SBE  adopted 
and  standards-aligned  core  and  ancillary  instructional  materials; 

(4)  Current  and  confirmed  scientific  research;  and 

(5)  Linkage  between  curriculum  and  assessment  with  the  use  of  stan- 
dardized tests,  curriculum-embedded  assessments,  the  STAR  system. 


the  California  English  Language  Development  Test  (CELDT),  and 
CAHSEE  for  diagnostic  information  related  to  all  pupils. 

(c)  TTie  review  panel  shall  review  each  training  curriculum  submission 
for  its  ability  to  produce  the  following  learning  outcomes  for  partici- 
pants: 

(1)  Knowledge  of  grade  level  mathematics  standards  or  English/lan- 
guage arts  standards,  including  the  ability  to  effectively  teach  such  stan- 
dards; 

(2)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  how  standards  are  supported 
through  the  curriculum  frameworks  in  regard  to  differentiating  instruc- 
tion through  universal  access  and  teaching  instructional  strategies  related 
to  mathematics  or  reading/language  arts; 

(3)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  current  and  confirmed  scientific 
research  and  various  technology  resources  with  regard  to  teaching  math- 
ematics or  reading/language  arts; 

(4)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  the  components  of  the  STAR 
program  and  how  student  results  impact  and  inform  instruction; 

(5)  Familiarity  with  key  reference  materials  included  in  the  instruc- 
tional materials; 

(6)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  the  use  of  daily  lesson  guides; 

(7)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  how  to  teach  all  key  instructional 
components; 

(8)  Familiarity  with  effective  use  of  additional  program  support  mate- 
rials for  all  pupils,  including  but  not  limited  to  accelerated  and  advanced 
learners.  EL  pupils  and  pupils  with  exceptional  needs;  and 

(9)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  how  to  analyze  assessments  in- 
cluded in  the  instructional  materials  for  more  effective  instruction. 

(d)  If  the  review  panel  determines  that  the  training  curriculum  meets 
the  requirements  referenced  in  this  section  based  on  documented  find- 
ings, the  review  panel  shall  recommend  approval  of  the  curriculum  to  the 
SBE. 

(e)  If  the  review  panel  determines  that  the  prospective  provider's  cur- 
riculum does  not  meet  the  requirements  of  this  section  based  on  docu- 
mented findings,  the  review  panel  shall  confer  with  the  prospective  pro- 
vider to  correct  deficiencies  for  resubmission.  The  review  panel  shall 
confer  with  the  prospective  provider  on  as  many  occasions  as  the  review 
panel  deems  productive.  Thereafter,  if  the  prospective  provider's  curric- 
ulum is  deemed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  this  section  based  on  docu- 
mented findings,  the  review  panel  shall  recommend  to  the  SBE  that  the 
prospective  provider's  curriculum  be  approved. 

(0  In  addition  to  any  other  lawful  consideration,  the  SBE  may  base  its 
approval  or  disapproval  of  a  training  curriculum  upon  any  of  the  items 
referenced  in  this  section  or  the  recommendation  of  the  review  panel. 
Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  99236,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
99237.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-19-2007;  operative  1 1-19-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  47). 

§  11984.6.    Training  Providers  of  the  Initial  Forty  Hours. 

(a)  Each  prospective  training  provider  who  seeks  to  provide  training 
related  to  the  initial  forty  hours  of  instruction  described  in  Education 
Code  section  99237  shall  submit  a  written  proposal  to  the  SBE  or  its  de- 
signee that  includes  the  following: 

(1)  A  complete,  annotated,  and  scripted  instructor's  training  curricu- 
lum notebook  or  manual  which  includes  a  timed  agenda,  all  of  the  over- 
heads or  Power  Point  presentations  used  by  the  provider  and  instructor, 
and  all  materials  to  be  included  for  each  grade  level  or  program/course 
level; 

(2)  A  statement  describing  whether  the  training  curriculum  described 
in  subdivision  (a)(1)  is  either: 

(A)  Owned  by  the  prospective  provider;  or 

(B)  Being  used  with  the  express  written  consent  of  the  party  that  owns 
it. 

(3)  A  statement  identifying  whether  the  training  curriculum  described 
in  subdivision  (a)(1)  has  already  been  approved  by  the  SBE  and,  if  so,  the 
date  of  the  SBE  meeting; 


• 


Page  168 


Register  2007,  No.  47;  11-23-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  §11985 


(4)  A  provision  that  each  attendee  will  be  provided  with  a  participant 
notebook  or  manual  with  required  readings; 

(5)  A  provision  that  a  complete  set  of  adopted  grade  level  or  program 
or  course  level  materials,  including  both  teacher  and  student  as  well  as 
electronic  components,  will  be  available  at  each  training  session; 

(6)  A  provision  that  participants  will  have  an  opportunity  to  make  up 
the  minimum  time  requirements  of  the  training  by  providing  the  LEA 
with  the  provider's  web  page  and/or  training  calendar,  when  available; 

(7)  A  description  of  the  training  delivery  methods,  table  and  room  set- 
up, and  classroom  structures  that  support  adult  learning  theory  and  opti- 
mal learning; 

(8)  A  descriptive  breakdown  of  instructional  time  as  follows: 

(A)  Thirty  percent  for  presentation  and  direct  instruction  of  academic 
content  standards,  curriculum  framework,  and  approved  instructional 
material's  core  and  ancillary  components,  including  universal  access 
components; 

(B)  Forty  percent  for  demonstrations  and  modeling  of  key  routines  to 
illustrate  instructional  strategies  that  ensure  all  pupils  master  the  academ- 
ic content  standards,  with  emphasis  on  EL  pupils  and  pupils  with  excep- 
tional needs;  and 

(C)  Thirty  percent  for  practice,  planning  instruction  based  on  data  and 
student  work,  small  and  large  group  discussion,  and  other  participant  ac- 
tivities to  reinforce  learning. 

(9)  A  provision  that  the  ratio  of  participants  to  instructor(s)  will  not  ex- 
ceed 35  to  1 ; 

(10)  An  estimate  of  the  number  of  authorized  instructors  to  deliver 
training  over  the  next  five  years; 

( 1 1 )  A  description  of  how  it  will  collaborate  with  the  LEA  in  planning 
and  delivering  the  training  which  also  ensures  that  the  superintendent  or 
his/her  designee  will  be  present  during  the  training; 

( 1 2)  A  description  of  whether  it  plans  to  offer  alternative  training  for- 
mats or  delivery  models  to  small,  remote,  or  rural  LEAs,  including  the 
option  of  webcast  training; 

(13)  Evidence  of  the  prospective  provider's  experience  and  qualifica- 
tions to  deliver  its  training  curriculum,  which  may  include  evaluation 
data  from  past  trainings  and  information  demonstrating  knowledge  of 
stale  and  federal  programs,  sanction  and  intervention  processes,  special 
education  and  EL  pupils,  and  assessment  literacy; 

( 14)  Documentation  of  each  lead  instructor's  experience  and  qualifi- 
cations to  deliver  training; 

(15)  A  description  of  its  instaictor  selection  and  training  process,  in- 
cluding but  not  limited  to  how  instructors  are  selected  and  trained  to  de- 
liver its  curriculum; 

( 16)  A  provision  that  attendance  data  will  be  collected  and  provided 
to  the  LEA,  including  the  number  of  teachers,  by  credential  type,  who 
have  received  training  on  its  curriculum; 

( 1 7)  A  provision  that  when  major  updates  or  revisions  occur  with  cur- 
riculum, the  prospective  provider  will  not  use  the  new  material  until  after 
the  material  has  been  submitted  for  review  pursuant  to  sections  11984 
and  1 1984.5  and  approved  by  the  SBE;  and 

( 1 8)  A  provision  that  it  has  read  and  will  comply  with  the  Mathematics 
and  Reading  Professional  Development  Program  regulations  found  in 
California  Code  of  Regulations,  title  5,  sections  1 1980  through  1 1985.6, 
as  applicable. 

(b)  Each  prospective  training  provider's  written  proposal  shall  under- 
go review  by  a  review  panel  consisting  of  two  or  more  reviewers  desig- 
nated by  the  SBE  and  acting  under  its  direction.  The  review  panel  shall 
evaluate  whether  the  prospective  provider's  written  proposal  contains 
each  of  the  items  identified  in  subdivision  (a)  and  whether  the  written 
proposal  demonstrates  the  prospective  provider's  ability  to  effectively 
deliver  training.  To  be  a  qualified  reviewer,  a  reviewer  shall  have  knowl- 
edge of  information  related  to  mathematics  or  reading,  as  applicable,  in- 
cluding: 

(1)  Academic  content  standards; 

(2)  Curriculum  frameworks; 


(3)  Instructional  and  teaching  strategies  included  in  the  SBE  adopted 
and  standards-aligned  core  and  ancillary  instructional  materials; 

(4)  Current  and  confirmed  scientific  research;  and 

(5)  Assessment  linkage  to  curriculum. 

(c)  If  the  review  panel  determines  thai  the  prospective  provider's  writ- 
ten proposal  satisfies  the  requirements  of  this  section  based  on  docu- 
mented findings,  the  review  panel  shall  recommend  to  the  SBE  thai  the 
prospective  provider  be  approved  as  a  provider. 

(d)  If  the  review  panel  determines  that  the  prospective  provider's  writ- 
ten proposal  does  not  meet  the  requirements  of  this  section  based  on  doc- 
umented findings,  the  review  panel  shall  confer  with  prospective  provid- 
er to  correct  deficiencies  for  resubmission.  The  review  panel  shall  confer 
with  the  prospective  provider  on  as  many  occasions  as  the  review  panel 
deems  productive.  Thereafter,  if  the  prospective  provider's  written  pro- 
posal is  deemed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  this  section  ba.sed  on  docu- 
mented findings,  the  review  panel  shall  recommend  to  the  SBE  that  the 
prospective  provider  be  approved  as  a  provider. 

(e)  In  addition  to  any  other  lawful  consideration,  the  SBE  may  base  its 
approval  or  disapproval  of  a  prospective  provider  upon  any  of  the  items 
Usted  in  this  section  or  the  recommendation  of  the  review  panel. 

(f)  A  provider  approved  by  the  SBE  pursuant  to  this  section  is  only  au- 
thorized to  provide  training  using  the  training  curriculum  it  submitted 
pursuant  to  subdivision  (a). 

NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  99236,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
99237  and  99240,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  11-19-2007;  operative  1 1-19-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  47). 

§  11985.    Training  Curriculum  for  English  Learner 
Professional  Development. 

Training  curriculum  related  to  the  EL  professional  development  de- 
scribed in  Education  Code  section  99237.5  shall  be  based  on  the  criteria 
contained  in  Education  Code  section  99237.5,  subdivisions  (a)  and  (b). 
and  the  requirements  of  this  section.  The  owner  of  the  training  curricu- 
lum shall  submit  its  curriculum  to  SBE  or  its  designee  for  approval  by  the 
SBE  and  include  the  following: 

(a)  Foundational  knowledge  specifically  designed  to  assist  EL  pupils 
to  attain  a  high  level  of  EngUsh  language  proficiency  and  mastery  of  the 
California  mathematics  and  English/language  arts  academic  content 
standards  that  emphasizes  the  following: 

(1)  Instructional  strategies  using  SBE  adopted  instructional  materials 
for  kindergarten  through  grade  eight,  standards-aligned  instructional 
materials  for  grades  nine  through  twelve,  and  certified  supplemental  ma- 
terials for  English  learners  to  assist  teachers  in  understanding  when  and 
how  to  use  them  to  address  the  instructional  needs  of  all  EL  pupils; 

(2)  A  thorough  review  of  the  specific  sections  of  the  curriculum  frame- 
works that  pertain  to  EL  pupils,  academic  content  standards,  and  ELD 
standards; 

(3)  Current  and  confirmed  scientific  research  related  to  the  instruc- 
tional practices  for  EL  pupils; 

(4)  Readings  and  discussions  of  other  pertinent  materials  related  to  the 
language  and  literacy  of  EL  pupils  which  address  the  value  of  the  diag- 
nostic nature  of  standardized  tests,  the  STAR  system,  the  CELDT,  curric- 
ulum-embedded assessments,  and  the  CAHSEE;  and 

(5)  Essential  components  of  a  comprehensive  program  of  ELD  that  in- 
clude actively  developing  all  domains  of  language,  addressing  various 
levels  of  English  proficiency  and  academic  English  while  creating  a  sup- 
portive learning  environment  for  language  learning. 

(b)  ELD  instruction  designed  to  meet  the  language  and  academic 
instructional  needs  of  EL  pupils  that  emphasizes  the  following: 

(1)  Effective  use  of  the  ELD  components  of  the  SBE  adopted  instruc- 
tional materials  for  kindergarten  through  grade  eight  specifically  de- 
signed to  help  teachers  of  EL  pupils  understand  ELD  content; 

(2)  Current  and  confirmed  scientific  research  findings  related  to  the 
instructional  practices  for  second  language  learning; 


Page  168.1 


Register  2007,  No.  47;  11-23-2007 


§  §11985.5 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(3)  A  thorough  understanding  of  different  levels  of  English  language 
proficiency  and  how  to  plan  instruction  for  each  level; 

(4)  The  planning  of  ELD  instruction  to  effectively  and  efficiently  use 
ELD  standards  and  certified  supplemental  materials  for  English  learners 
as  tools  for  ELD  instruction;  and 

(5)  Development  of  vocabulary  and  language  structures  for  purpose- 
ful oral  and  written  communication  that  emphasizes  structured  opportu- 
nities for  practice. 

(c)  Reading/language  arts  and  content  area  instruction  to  help  teachers 
of  EL  pupils  understand  and  apply  knowledge  of  linguistic  structures  to 
SBE  adopted  instructional  materials  for  kindergarten  through  grade 
eight,  standards-aligned  instructional  materials  for  grades  nine  through 
twel  ve,  and  certified  supplemental  materials  for  English  learners  that  em- 
phasizes the  following: 

(1)  Knowledge  of  reading/language  arts  instruction  to  support  EL  pu- 
pils in  oral  language  development,  vocabulary  development,  and  writing 
development; 

(2)  A  thorough  review  and  analysis  of  linguistic  features; 

(3)  Contrastive  analysis  that  leads  to  understanding  the  transfer  of 
skills  and  concepts  from  one  language  to  another; 

(4)  Text  and  lesson  analysis  for  language  and  content  demands;  and 

(5)  Analysis  of  second  language  markers  in  oral  and  written  language 
production  to  inform  instruction. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  99236,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
99237.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-25-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-25-2002  (Register 
2002,  No.  13).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-23-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-25-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL  7-3-2002 
and  filed  8-15-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  33). 

3.  Designation  of  existing  section  as  subsection  (a),  new  subsections  (b)-(e)  and 
amendment  of  Note  filed  1 1-4-2004;  operative  1 1^-2004  pursuant  to  Gov- 
ernment Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  45). 

4.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1 1985  to  new  section  1 1981 .5  and  new  section 
1 1985  filed  1 1-19-2007;  operative  1 1-19-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
section  11 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  47). 

§  11985.5.    Curriculum  Review  of  English  Learner 
Professional  Development. 

(a)  Each  training  curriculum  for  training  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  99327.5  shall  undergo  a  formal  review  process  before  being  ap- 
proved by  the  SBE.  The  review  shall  be  based  on  Education  Code  section 
99237.5,  subdivisions  (a)(4)  and  (b),  California  Code  of  Regulations, 
title  5,  section  11985,  and  subdivision  (c)  of  this  section. 

(b)  The  formal  review  process  shall  include  a  review  panel  consisting 
of  two  or  more  reviewers  designated  by  the  SBE  and  acting  under  its 
direction.  To  be  a  qualified  reviewer,  a  reviewer  shall  have  experience 
teaching  EL  pupils  and  have  knowledge  of  information  related  to  mathe- 
matics or  reading,  as  applicable,  including: 

(1)  Academic  content  standards  and  ELD  standards; 

(2)  Curriculum  frameworks; 

(3)  Instructional  and  teaching  strategies  included  in  the  SBE  adopted 
and  standards-aligned  core  and  ancillary  instructional  materials; 

(4)  Current  and  confirmed  scienfific  research  and  current  and  con- 
firmed scientific  research  related  to  EL  pupils; 

(5)  Certified  supplemental  materials  for  English  learners;  and 

(6)  Linkage  between  curriculum  and  assessment  with  the  use  of  stan- 
dardized tests,  curriculum-embedded  assessments,  the  STAR  system, 
CELDT,  and  CAHSEE  for  diagnostic  informaUon  related  to  EL  pupils. 

(c)  The  review  panel  shall  review  each  training  curriculum  submission 
for  its  ability  to  produce  the  following  learning  outcomes  for  partici- 
pants: 

( 1 )  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  the  language  and  content  de- 
mands required  for  EL  pupils  to  access  grade  level  appropriate  academic 
content  standards  and  ELD  standards; 

(2)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  how  standards  are  supported 
through  the  curriculum  frameworks  in  regard  to  differentiating  instruc- 


tion through  universal  access  related  to  mathematics  or  reading/language 
arts  for  EL  pupils; 

(3)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  current  and  confirmed  scienfific 
EL  research  with  regard  to  teaching  mathematics  or  reading/language 
arts  and  ELD,  including  how  to  apply  this  research  to  classroom  pracfice 
in  order  to  increase  student  learning  and  language  acquisition; 

(4)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  how  to  analyze  and  use  data  from 
muUiple  measures,  including  the  components  of  the  STAR  program. 
CELDT,  and  curriculum-embedded  assessments  and  how  student  re- 
sults impact  and  inform  instrucfion  for  EL  pupils; 

(5)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  how  to  plan  and  teach  ELD  and 
monitor  student  progress  at  each  level  of  English  proficiency; 

(6)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  how  to  teach  the  ELD  compo- 
nents of  the  SBE  adopted  instructional  materials  for  kindergarten 
through  grade  eight  or  standards-aligned  instrucuonal  materials  for 
grades  nine  through  twelve; 

(7)  Demonstrate  the  ability  to  effectively  and  efficiently  teach  content 
standards  using  ELD  standards  and  methodology  to  scaffold; 

(8)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  oral  language  development,  vo- 
cabulary development,  and  wrifing  development; 

(9)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  effecfive  comprehension  and 
instructional  strategies  to  teach  content  through  text  and  lesson  analysis 
that  support  EL  pupils  in  language  development;  and 

(10)  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  eariy  intervenfion  techniques 
for  pupils  experiencing  difficulty. 

(d)  If  the  review  panel  determines  that  the  training  curriculum  meets 
the  requirements  referenced  in  this  secfion  based  on  documented  find- 
ings, the  review  panel  shall  recommend  approval  of  the  curriculum  to  the 
SBE. 

(e)  If  the  review  panel  determines  that  the  prospective  provider's  cur- 
riculum does  not  meet  the  requirements  of  this  section  based  on  docu- 
mented findings,  the  review  panel  shall  confer  with  the  prospective  pro- 
vider to  correct  deficiencies  for  resubmission.  The  review  panel  shall 
confer  with  the  prospecdve  provider  on  as  many  occasions  as  the  review 
panel  deems  producfive.  Thereafter,  if  the  prospective  provider's  curric- 
ulum is  deemed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  this  secfion  based  on  docu- 
mented findings,  the  review  panel  shall  recommend  to  the  SBE  that  the 
prospective  provider's  curriculum  be  approved. 

(f)  In  addiuon  to  any  other  lawful  consideration,  the  SBE  may  base  its 
approval  or  disapproval  of  a  training  curriculum  upon  any  of  the  items 
referenced  in  this  section  or  the  recommendation  of  the  review  panel. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  99236,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
99237.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11 -19-2007;  operative  1 1-19-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  47). 

§  1 1985.6.    Training  Providers  of  English  Learner 
Professional  Development. 

(a)  Each  prospecfive  training  provider  who  seeks  to  provide  training 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  99237.5  shall  submit  a  written  pro- 
posal to  the  SBE  or  its  designee  that  includes  the  following: 

(1)  A  complete,  annotated,  and  scripted  instructor's  training  curricu- 
lum notebook  or  manual  which  includes  a  timed  agenda,  all  of  the  over- 
heads or  Power  Point  presentations  used  by  the  provider  and  instructor, 
and  all  materials  to  be  included  for  each  grade  level,  grade  span,  or  pro- 
gram/course level; 

(2)  A  statement  describing  whether  the  training  curriculum  described 
in  subdivision  (a)(1)  is  either: 

(A)  Owned  by  the  prospecfive  provider;  or 

(B)  Being  used  with  the  express  written  consent  of  the  party  that  owns 
it. 

(3)  A  statement  identifying  whether  the  training  curriculum  described 
in  subdivision  (a)(1)  has  already  been  approved  by  the  SBE  and,  if  so,  the 
date  of  the  SBE  meeting; 

(4)  A  provision  that  each  attendee  will  be  provided  with  a  participant 
notebook  or  manual  with  required  readings; 


Page  168.2 


Register  2007,  No.  47;  11-23-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11987 


(5)  A  provision  that  participants  will  have  an  opportunity  to  make  up 
the  minimum  time  requirements  of  the  training  by  providing  the  LEA 
with  the  provider's  web  page  and/or  training  calendar,  when  available; 

(6)  A  description  of  the  training  delivery  methods,  table  and  room  set- 
up, and  classroom  structures  that  support  adult  learning  theory  and  opti- 
mal learning; 

(7)  A  description  of"  how  the  training  design  will  equip  participants 
with  the  necessary  skills  and  knowledge  to  be  fully  prepared  to  use  their 
standards-based  SBE  adopted  instructional  materials  or  standards- 
aligned  instructional  materials  to  teach  EL  pupils  at  their  academic  and 
language  proficiency  levels; 

(8)  A  descriptive  breakdown  of  instructional  time  as  follows: 

(A)  Thirty  percent  for  presentation  and  direct  instruction  of  current 
and  confirmed  scientific  research  as  related  to  the  effective  insiaiction  of 
English  learners,  including  the  use  of  levels  of  language  proficiency  and 
the  ELD  standards  to  scaffold  instruction,  allowing  access  to  core, 
grade-level  content  area  instruction; 

(B)  Forty  percent  for  demonstrations  and  modeling  of  key  routines  to 
illustrate  instructional  strategies  that  include  whole  and  small  group  dif- 
ferentiated instruction  by  English  language  proficiency  levels  to  ensure 
EL  pupils'  mastery  of  mathematics  and  English/language  arts  content 
standards,  ELD  standards,  and  academic  language  proficiency;  and 

(C)  Thirty  percent  for  practice,  planning  instruction  based  upon  data 
and  student  work,  small  and  large  group  discussion,  and  other  participant 
activities  to  reinforce  learning. 

(9)  A  provision  that  the  ratio  of  participants  to  instructor(s)  does  not 
exceed  35  to  1; 

(10)  An  estimate  of  the  number  of  authorized  instructors  to  deliver 
training  over  the  next  five  years; 

( 1 1 )  A  description  of  how  it  will  collaborate  with  the  LEA  in  planning 
and  delivering  the  training  which  also  ensures  that  the  superintendent  or 
his/her  designee  will  be  present  during  the  training; 

( 12)  A  description  of  whether  it  plans  to  offer  alternative  training  for- 
mats or  delivery  models  to  small,  remote,  or  rural  LEAs,  including  the 
option  of  webcast  training; 

(13)  Evidence  of  the  prospective  provider's  experience  and  qualifica- 
tions to  deliver  its  training  curriculum,  which  may  include: 

(A)  Evaluation  data  from  past  trainings; 

(B)  Information  demonstrating  knowledge  of  state  and  federal  pro- 
grams, including  sanction  and  intervention  processes,  and  how  they  sup- 
port and  relate  to  EL  academic  achievement; 

(C)  Knowledge  of  standards-based  SBE  adopted  instructional  materi- 
als or  standards-aligned  instructional  materials;  and 

(D)  Knowledge  of  certified  supplemental  materials  for  English  learn- 
ers adopted  pursuant  to  the  Budget  Act  of  2004  and  pursuant  to  Chapter 
79  of  the  Statutes  of  2006. 

(14)  Documentation  of  each  lead  instructor's  experience  and  qualifi- 
cations to  deliver  EL  training; 

(15)  A  description  of  its  instructor  selection  and  training  process,  in- 
cluding but  not  limited  to  how  instructors  are  selected  and  trained  to  de- 
liver its  curriculum; 

(16)  A  provision  that  attendance  data  will  be  collected  and  provided 
to  the  LEA,  including  the  number  of  teachers,  by  credential  type,  who 
have  received  training  on  its  curriculum; 

( 1 7)  A  provision  that  when  major  updates  or  revisions  occur  with  cur- 
riculum, the  prospective  provider  will  not  use  the  new  materials  until  af- 
ter the  material  has  been  submitted  for  review  pursuant  to  sections  1 1985 
and  1 1985.5  and  approved  by  the  SBE;  and 

( 18)  A  provision  that  it  has  read  and  will  comply  with  the  Mathematics 
and  Reading  Professional  Development  Program  regulations  found  in 
California  Code  of  Regulations,  title  5,  sections  1 1 980  through  1 1 985.6, 
as  applicable. 

(b)  Each  prospective  training  provider's  written  proposal  shall  under- 
go review  by  a  review  panel  consisting  of  two  or  more  reviewers  desig- 
nated by  the  SBE  and  acting  under  its  direction.  The  review  panel  shall 
evaluate  whether  the  prospective  provider's  written  proposal  contains 


each  of  the  items  identified  in  subdivision  (a)  and  whether  the  written 
proposal  demonstrates  the  prospective  provider's  ability  to  effectively 
deliver  training.  To  be  a  qualified  reviewer,  a  reviewer  shall  have  experi- 
ence teaching  EL  pupils  and  have  knowledge  and  information  related  lo 
mathematics  or  reading,  as  applicable,  including: 

( 1 )  Academic  content  standards  and  ELD  standards; 

(2)  Curriculum  frameworks; 

(3)  Instructional  and  teaching  strategies  included  in  the  SBE  adopted 
and  standards-aligned  core  and  ancillary  instructional  materials; 

(4)  Current  and  confirmed  scientific  research  and  current  and  con- 
firmed scientific  research  related  to  EL  pupils; 

(5)  Certified  supplemental  materials  for  English  learners;  and 

(6)  Linkage  between  curriculum  and  assessment  with  the  use  of  stan- 
dardized tests,  curriculum-embedded  assessments,  the  STAR  system. 
CELDT,  and  CAHSEE  for  diagnostic  information  related  to  EL  pupils. 

(c)  If  the  review  panel  determines  that  the  prospective  provider's  writ- 
ten proposal  satisfies  the  requirements  of  this  section  based  on  docu- 
mented findings,  the  review  panel  shall  recommend  to  the  SBE  that  the 
prospective  provider  be  approved  as  a  provider. 

(d)  If  the  review  panel  determines  that  the  prospective  provider's  writ- 
ten proposal  does  not  meet  the  requirements  of  this  section  based  on  doc- 
umented findings,  the  review  panel  shall  confer  with  the  prospective  pro- 
vider to  correct  deficiencies  for  resubmission.  The  review  panel  shall 
confer  with  the  prospective  provider  on  as  many  occasions  as  the  review 
panel  deems  productive.  Thereafter,  if  the  prospective  provider's  wriuen 
proposal  is  deemed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  this  section  based  on  doc- 
umented findings,  the  review  panel  shall  recommend  to  the  SBE  that  the 
prospective  provider  be  approved  as  a  provider. 

(e)  In  addition  to  any  other  lawful  consideration,  the  SBE  may  base  its 
approval  or  disapproval  of  a  prospective  provider  upon  any  of  the  items 
listed  in  this  section  or  the  recommendation  of  the  review  panel. 

(f)  A  provider  approved  by  the  SBE  pursuant  to  this  section  is  only  au- 
thorized to  provide  training  using  the  training  curriculum  it  submitted 
pursuant  to  subdivision  (a). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  99236,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
99237.5  and  99240,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-19-2007;  operative  1 1-19-2007  pursuantto  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  47). 

§  11986.     Eligible  Local  Educational  Agencies. 
[Renumbered] 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  99236,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
44579.5,  99231  and  99237(e),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-25-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-25-2002  (Register 
2002,  No.  13).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-23-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-25-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL  7-3-2(X)2 
and  filed  8-15-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  33). 

3.  Renumbering  of  former  section  11986  to  new  section  11982.5  filed 
11-19-2007;  operative  11-19-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  47). 

Subchapter  21.5.    School  Community 
Violence  Prevention  Program 

§11987.     Purpose. 

(a)  These  regulations  fulfill  a  mandate  of  Education  Code  section 
41513,  which  requires  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
(SSPI)  and  the  Attorney  General  to  adopt  regulations  to  implement  the 
School  Safety  Consolidated  Competitive  Grant  program  established  by 
sections  41510  through  41514  of  the  Education  Code.  This  program  con- 
sists of  two  competitive  grant  programs,  which  are  hereinafter  referred 
to  as  the  School  Community  Violence  Prevenfion  (SCVP)  Grant  pro- 
gram and  the  School  Safety  and  Violence  Prevention  Training  Grant  Pro- 
gram. The  regulations  shall  speci:Fy  applicafion  submission  rules,  criteria 
for  scoring  applications  and  awarding  grants,  allowable/non-allowable 


Page  168.2(a) 


Register  2007,  No.  47;  11  -  23  -  2007 


§  11987.1 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


uses  of  grant  funds,  annual  reporting  requirements  for  grant  recipients, 
and  the  manner  in  which  grant  recipients  will  he  reimbursed  for  program 
expenditures. 

(b)  The  program  shall  be  jointly  administered  by  the  SSPI  and  the  At- 
torney General's  Office,  through  the  School  Law  Enforcement  Partner- 
ship (S/LEP),  as  authorized  by  Education  Code  section  32262. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  41510  and  41513,  Education  Code.  Reference; 
Sections  41510  and  41512,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  subchapter  21.5  (sections  1 1 987- 1 1 987.7)  and  section  filed  1  - 1 9-2006  as 
an  emergency;  operative  1-19-2006  (Register  2006.  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-1 9-2006  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  subchapter  2 1.5  (sections  1 1987-1 1987.7)  and  section  refiled  5-15-2006 
as  an  emergency;  operative  5-15-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  20).  A  Certificate 
of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-12-2006  or  emergency  lan- 
guage will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  New  subchapter  21.5  (sections  11987-11987.7)  and  section  refiled 
10-16-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-16-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  42). 
A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-13-2007  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  New  subchapter  21.5  (sections  11987-1 1987.7)  and  section  refiled  2-16-2007 
as  an  emergency;  operative  2-16-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  6- 1 8-2007  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-16-2007  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion and  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  6-18-2007  and  filed  7-31-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  31). 

§  1 1 987.1 .     Eligibility  to  Apply  for  SCVP  Grant  Funds  and 
Grant  Application  Requirements. 

(a)  For  purposes  of  this  program,  Local  Education  Agencies  (LEAs) 
are  school  districts,  county  offices  of  education  or  consortia  thereof. 
Only  LEAs  serving  students  in  any  of  grades  kindergarten  through 
twelve  are  eligible  to  apply  for  the  SCVP  grant  funds. 

(b)  School  sites  which  are  receiving  services  from  a  School  Communi- 
ty Policing  Partnership  (SCPP)  grant  may  not  receive  SCVP  grant  funds 
until  the  SCPP  grant  period  has  ended. 

(c)  A  school  site  that  has  previously  received  an  SCVP  grant  shall  not 
be  eligible  to  receive  funds  from  another  SCVP  grant  until  five  years  after 
the  end  of  the  previous  SCVP  grant  period. 

(d)  Prospective  applicants  shall  submit  a  request  to  apply  to  the  S/LEP 
by  November  1  of  each  year.  Attached  to  the  request  to  apply  shall  be  a 
copy,  from  each  proposed  program  site,  of  that  portion  of  the  comprehen- 
sive school  safety  plan  which  is  required  by  Education  Code  sections 
32282(a)(1)  and  (a)(2)(H),  and  by  the  first  paragraph  of  Education  Code 
section  32282(a)(2).  The  safety  plan  shall  have  been  updated  and  ap- 
proved during  the  time  period  specified  in  Education  Code  section 
32286.  If  these  requirements  are  not  met,  the  LEA  shall  not  be  eligible 
to  apply  for  funds. 

(e)  LEAs  wishing  to  receive  funds  from  the  SCVP  grant  program  shall 
submit  applications  for  a  maximum  of  $500,000.  Applications  will  be 
annual  and  will  be  submitted  by  January  15  of  each  year.  The  applica- 
tions shall  include  the  following  elements: 

( 1 )  A  description  of  the  collaborative  process  used  to  develop  and  ad- 
minister the  proposed  SCVP  project.  The  description  shall  include  a  list 
of  all  participants  in  the  collaborative  group  (such  as  school  and  district 
staff,  parents,  students,  law  enforcement  agencies  and  community  orga- 
nizations) which  helped  plan  the  project,  and  which  will  participate  in 
on-going  project  operations. 

(2)  Letters  of  agreement  or  memoranda  of  understanding  between  the 
LEA  and  any  law  enforcement  agency  and/or  community  organiza- 
tion(s)  which  will  take  an  active  part  in  carrying  out  or  administering  the 
proposed  project.  The  letter(s)  must  describe  how  the  partner  agency  and/ 
or  organization(s)  will  participate  in  the  project. 

(3)  An  application  that  is  individualized  and  specific  to  the  school  site 
or  sites  that  are  in  need  of  the  proposed  funding. 

(4)  A  current  school  safety  needs  analysis  conducted  by  the  collabora- 
tive group.  Data  from  the  California  Healthy  Kids  Survey  (CHKS)  and/or 
the  California  Student  Survey  (CSS)  and  from  the  Uniform  Management 


Information  and  Reporting  System  (UMIRS)  must  be  included  in  the 
needs  analysis. 

(5)  A  description  of  the  current  violence  prevention  efforts  at  the  site 
or  sites,  including  a  description  of  how  other  violence  prevention  funds 
are  used  to  meet  the  identified  needs.  The  proposed  violence  prevention 
plan  shall  address  needs  which  are  not  being  met  by  the  violence  preven- 
tion activities  funded  by  existing  fund  sources. 

(6)  A  proposed  plan  that  consists  of  a  primary  prevention  program;  or 
a  combination  of  a  primary  prevention  program,  supplemental  preven- 
tion activities,  and/or  intervention  activities;  which  address  the  problems 
identified  in  the  needs  analysis. 

(7)  A  description  of  the  manner  in  which  the  project  staff  will  track 
process  and  outcome  measures  to  determine  if  the  project  is  progressing 
as  planned  and  on  schedule,  and  a  description  of  the  manner  in  which  the 
project  collaborative  will  review  this  information  and  use  it  to  keep  the 
project  on  track. 

(8)  A  section  describing  how  the  proposed  violence  prevention  pro- 
gram will  be  continued  after  the  end  of  the  grant  period. 

(9)  A  proposed  project  plan  that  identifies  a  project  coordinator  posi- 
tion responsible  for  overall  coordination  of  project  activities,  for  docu- 
menting project  activities,  and  for  providing  required  reports.  The 
amount  of  staff  time  budgeted  for  the  coordinator  position  shall  be  justi- 
fied in  the  grant  application. 

(10)  A  line  item  budget  and  an  explanatory  narrative.  Each  budget 
item  shall  be  explained  with  a  computation  based  upon  the  unit  cost  of 
the  purchased  item.  The  budget  shall  include  funds  for  the  required  inde- 
pendent audits  of  the  use  of  funds.  The  budget  shall  also  contain  funds 
for  attendance  at  training  and  networking  conferences  sponsored  by  the 
S/LEP. 

( 1 1)  An  assurance  that  independent  audits  will  be  conducted  of  the 
grant  recipient's  use  of  the  SCVP  funds.  The  purpose  of  the  audits  will 
be  to  determine  if  the  funds  have  been  used  as  required  by  law  and  regula- 
tion and  as  staled  in  the  grant  recipient's  application. 

( 1 2)  Applicant  LEAs  shall  download  and  print  the  "General  Assur- 
ances" (revised  June,  2007)  and  "Drug  Free  Workplace"  (revised  June, 
2007)  forms  from  the  California  Department  of  Education  (CDE)  "fund- 
ing forms"  web  page  (http://www.cde.ca.gov/fg/fo/fm).  These  docu- 
ments, which  are  incorporated  by  reference,  shall  be  submitted  with  the 
application. 

(f)  Applications  shall  meet  the  following  technical  requirements: 

( 1 )  An  original  SCVP  grant  application  and  four  copies  shall  be  sub- 
mitted. 

(2)  The  original  application  shall  include  all  original  signatures  in  blue 
ink. 

(3)  A  letter  of  agreement  or  memorandum  of  understanding  is  consid- 
ered current  if  dated  after  the  immediately  preceding  June  I. 

(4)  The  application  shall  be  in  12-point  or  greater  Arial  font,  single- 
spaced,  with  one-inch  minimum  margins.  Applicants  may  use  10-point 
Arial  font  on  tables,  charts,  or  boxes.  The  S/LEP  will  screen  applications 
that  do  not  comply  with  these  requirements.  If  smaller  font  sizes  or  mar- 
gins are  used  in  an  application,  the  S/LEP  shall  compute  the  number  of 
excess  characters  added  to  the  application  as  a  result,  and  draw  a  red  line 
through  the  extra  characters.  Application  reviewers  shall  not  be  allowed 
to  use  the  red-lined  characters  in  the  application  review. 

(5)  The  application  shall  be  submitted  on  standard  white,  8  1/2  by 
1  l-inch  paper.  The  narrative  section  shall  not  exceed  20  pages.  If  the  nar- 
rative section  exceeds  20  pages,  the  S/LEP  will  draw  a  red  line  through 
the  extra  pages  and  will  not  allow  application  raters  to  look  at  those 
pages. 

(6)  The  application  shall  be  stapled  or  clipped  together  for  submission. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  41510  and  41513,  Educafion  Code.  Reference: 
Secfions  41510  and  41512,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1-1 9-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1 9-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-1 9-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


Page  168.2(b) 


Register  2007,  No.  47;  11-23-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11987.4 


2.  New  section  re  Filed  5-1 5-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-1 5-2006  (Regis- 
ter 2006,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-12-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

^.  New  section  refiled  10-1 6-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-1 6-2006  (Reg- 
ister 2006.  No.  42).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2- 1 3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

4.  New  section  refiled  2-1(5-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-16-2007  (Regis- 
ter 2007.  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6- 1 8-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-16-2007  order,  including  amendinent  of  sec- 
tion headins.  section  and  NoTi:,  transmitted  to  OAL  6-18-2007  and  filed 
7-31-2007  "(Regislcr  2007,  No.  31). 

§  11 987.2.     Reviewing  SCVP  Grant  Applications. 

(a)  Each  application  will  be  screened  by  the  S/LEP  to  ensure  that  it 
contains  all  required  elements. 

(b)  Each  application  passing  the  screening  process  shall  be  reviewed 
by  a  panel  of  raters  selected  by  the  S/LEP.  Each  application  will  be  eva- 
luated for  compliance  with  applicable  statutes  and  these  regulations,  and 
for  the  degree  to  which  the  application  provides: 

( 1 )  a  demonstration  of  high  levels  of  involvement  of  school  staff,  law 
enforcement,  students,  parents,  and  community  organizations  in  devel- 
oping and  implementing  the  SCVP  project. 

(2)  a  comprehensive  and  clear  needs  analysis  completed  by  the  collab- 
orative group  that  makes  a  compelling  case  for  the  need  for  violence  pre- 
vention services. 

(3)  a  proposed  violence  prevention  program  that:  is  likely  to  be  effec- 
tive in  addressing  the  identified  needs;  is  closely  coordinated  with  cur- 
rent violence  prevention  efforts  at  the  site;  contains  a  plan  for  tracking  the 
implementation  of  the  project  and  keeping  the  project  on  track;  and  con- 
tains clear  and  convincing  plans  for  the  involvement  of  the  collaborative 
group  in  the  ongoing  operation  of  the  project. 

(4)  a  detailed  budget  that  reasonably  reflects  the  proposed  project. 

(c)  Applications  shall  be  ranked  in  accordance  with  the  evaluation  de- 
scribed in  subdivision  (b)  and  shall  be  funded  in  accordance  with  their 
rank. 

(d)  A  grant  applicant  that  chooses  to  appeal  the  results  of  the  grant  ap- 
plication process  shall  file  a  written  appeal  to  the  S/LEP  within  five  work- 
ing days  of  the  announcement  of  the  results.  Protests  shall  be  limited  to 
the  grounds  that  the  S/LEP  failed  to  correctly  apply  the  process  for  re- 
viewing the  applicafions  as  specified  in  these  regulations.  The  S/LEP 
shall  review  the  appeal  and  determine  if  the  S/LEP  failed  to  correctly  ap- 
ply the  grant  applicafion  and  review  process.  The  decision  of  the  S/LEP 
shall  be  the  final  administrafive  action  afforded  the  appellant. 

(e)  Grant  awards  shall  be  limited  to  the  amount  for  which  the  LEA  ap- 
plied. If  the  applicant  does  not  jusfify  all  proposed  budget  items,  the  grant 
amount  shall  be  reduced  by  the  amount  of  the  unjustified  budget  items. 

(f)  In  the  event  that  the  total  amount  of  all  funded  grants  exceeds  the 
available  funds,  the  S/LEP  shall  reduce  all  funded  grants  by  an  identical 
percentage,  so  that  the  total  funds  awarded  equals  the  available  funds. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  41510  and  41513,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  41 5 1 0  and  41 5 1 2,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-19-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-19-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5- 1 9-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-15-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-15-2006  (Regis- 
ter 2006,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-12-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  New  secfion  refiled  10-16-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-16-2006  (Reg- 
ister 2006,  No.  42).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-13-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

4.  New  section  refiled  2-16-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-16-2007  (Regis- 
ter 2007,  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-18-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-16-2007  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion heading,  section  and  NoTi:,  transmitted  to  OAL  6-18-2007  and  filed 
7-31-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  31). 

§  1 1 987.3.    Awarding  SCVP  Grants. 

(a)  The  grant  period  shall  be  a  maximum  of  five  years. 

(b)  Annually,  the  S/LEP  shall  review  school  and  community  safety 
data  including  crime  statistics,  CHKS  data,  CSS  data,  and  UMIRS  data, 
and  shall  consult  with  school  safety  program  practitioners  to  identify  the 
highest  priority  school  safety  needs.  If  the  review  determines  that  the  ex- 
isting SCVP  funding  process  is  not  awarding  funds  for  the  highest  prior- 
ity school  safety  needs,  the  S/LEP  shall  set  aside  funds  for  award  to  appli- 
cants  that  submit  proposals  meeting  those  needs. 

NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  41510  and  41 5 1 3,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  41510  and  41512.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-19-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-19-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-19-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-1 5-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  5- 1 5-2006  ( Regis- 
ter 2006,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-12-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  New  section  refiled  1 0-1 6-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 0- 1 6-2006  ( Reg- 
ister 2006,  No.  42).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-1 3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

4.  New  section  refiled  2-16-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-16-2007  (Regis- 
ter 2007,  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-18-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-16-2007  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion heading,  section  and  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  6-18-2007  and  filed 
7-31-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  31). 

§  1 1 987.4.    Allowable/Non-Allowable  Uses  of  SCVP  Grant 
Funds. 

(a)  Funding  for  administrative  or  supervisory  personnel,  other  than  the 
project  coordinator  position(s),  shall  not  be  approved.  Allowable  budget 
items  are  for  personnel  who  provide  direct  services  to  students,  as  well 
as  for  associated  training,  services,  program  materials,  and  supplies. 

(b)  Grant  funds  shall  not  be  used  for  facilities  costs,  ufilities,  phones 
or  phone  systems,  purchase  of  vehicles,  out-of-state  travel,  or  purchase 
of  ammunition  or  purchase  of  firearms. 

(c)  Grant  funds  shall  be  used  in  accordance  with  law  and  these  regula- 
tions, and  as  proposed  in  the  approved  application  or  a  budget  revision 
approved  by  the  S/LEP. 

(d)  Without  prior  approval  from  the  S/LEP,  budget  adjustments  may 
be  made  of  no  more  than  $500.  or  ten  percent  of  the  line  item  from  which 
the  funds  are  being  moved,  whichever  is  greater. 

(e)  The  funds  made  available  for  the  SCVP  Program  shall  be  used  to 
supplement,  not  supplant,  existing  school  safety  programs. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  41510  and  41513,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  41510  and  41512,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-19-2006  as  an  emergency;  operafive  1-19-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  3),  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-19-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-15-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-15-2006  (Regis- 
ter 2006,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-12-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  New  section  refiled  1 0-1 6-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 0- 1 6-2006  (Reg- 
ister 2006,  No.  42).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-13-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

4.  New  section  refiled  2-16-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-16^-2007  (Regis- 
ter 2007,  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-18-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-16-2007  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion heading,  section  and  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  6-18-2007  and  filed 
7-31-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  31). 


Page  168.2(c) 


Register  2007,  No.  47;  11-23-2007 


§  11987.5 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  1 1 987.5.    Reporting  Requirements  for  the  SCVP  Program. 

(a)  Grant  recipients  shall  provide  an  implementation  report  to  the 
S/LEPin  the  first  year  of  project  implementation.  The  report  shall  contain 
a  detailed  description  of  planned  project  activities  for  that  year.  The  de- 
tailed description  shall  include  a  project  implementation  table  listing,  for 
each  planned  activity,  the  person  responsible  for  implementation;  the 
schedule  of  services;  the  number  of  units,  hours,  lessons,  or  services 
planned;  and  the  number  of  students,  family  members,  and/or  staff  to  be 
served. 

(b)  Grant  recipients  shall  also  report  annually  to  the  S/LEP.  The  report 
shall  contain  a  progress  report  on  the  project  described  in  the  grant  ap- 
plication, a  description  of  program  and  collaborative  activities,  and  a  de- 
scription of  services  planned  for  the  next  year.  The  detailed  description 
of  planned  services  shall  include  a  project  implementation  table  listing, 
for  each  planned  activity,  the  person  responsible  for  implementation;  the 
schedule  of  services;  the  number  of  units,  hours,  lessons,  or  services 
planned;  and  the  number  of  students,  family  members,  and/or  staff  to  be 
served.  The  report  shall  also  contain  a  self-evaluation  completed  accord- 
ing to  the  document  entitled  "School  Community  Violence  Prevention 
Program  (SCVP)  Grant  Recipient  Self-Evaluation  Plan"  (revised  June 
2007),  which  is  incorporated  by  reference. 

(c)  Reports  from  the  independent  auditor  reviewing  use  of  the  LEA's 
grant  funds  shall  be  submitted  to  the  S/LEP  at  the  end  of  grant  years  two 
and  four. 

(d)  Grant  recipients  shall  maintain  accounting  records  and  other  evi- 
dence pertaining  to  costs  incurred  during  the  grant  award  period  and 
thereafter  for  five  full  years  from  the  date  of  the  final  payment  of  grant 
funds.  The  S/LEP  must  be  permitted  to  audit,  review,  and  inspect  the  acti- 
vities, books,  documents,  papers,  and  records  relating  to  the  grant  during 
the  progress  of  the  work  and  for  five  years  following  final  allocauon  of 
funds. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  4L'ilO  and  41513,  Education  Code.  Sections 
41510  and  41512,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-19-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-19-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5- 1 9-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-15-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-15-2006  (Regis- 
ter 2006,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-12-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  New  section  refiled  10-16-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-16-2006  (Reg- 
ister 2006,  No.  42).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-13-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

4.  New  section  refiled  2-16-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-16-2007  (Regis- 
ter 2007,  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-18-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-16-2007  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion heading,  section  and  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  6-18-2007  and  filed 
7-31-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  31). 

§  1 1 987.6.    Reimbursement  of  Program  Expenditures. 

(a)  The  S/LEP  shall  issue  an  advance  of  not  more  than  $50,000  to  each 
grant  recipient  upon  the  award  of  the  grant.  The  remaining  funds  shall  be 
issued  to  grant  recipients  as  reimbursement  for  authorized  expenditures, 
upon  receipt  of  an  invoice  from  the  accounting  office  of  the  LEA.  In- 
voices shall  be  submitted  quarterly  to  the  S/LEP  staff.  Invoices  for  pay- 
ment are  subject  to  review  and  approval  by  S/LEP  staff.  Reimbursements 
shall  not  be  processed  if  annual  reporting  requirements  have  not  been 
met.  Final  invoices  shall  be  submitted  within  four  months  of  the  end  of 
the  grant  period. 

(b)  If  adequate  progress  in  implementation  of  the  grant  program  is  not 
demonstrated  via  annual  reports,  site  visits,  or  other  means,  the  S/LEP 
may  terminate  the  grant  award  and  provide  no  further  grant  funding. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  41510  and  41513,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  41510  and  41512,  Education  Code. 


History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-19-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-19-2006  (Register 

2006,  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-19-2006  oremergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  5-1 5-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-1 5-2006  (Regis- 
ter 2006,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-1 2-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  New  section  refiled  10-16-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-1 6-2006  (Reg- 
ister 2006,  No.  42).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-1 3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

4.  New  section  refiled  2-16-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-16-2007  (Regis- 
ter 2007.  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-1 8-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-16-2007  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion and  Notr,  transmitted  to  OAL  6-18-2007  and  filed  7-31-2007  (Register 

2007.  No.  31). 

§  11987.7.    School  Safety  and  Violence  Prevention  Training 
Grant. 

(a)  The  S/LEP  shall  award  a  maximum  of  $400,000  per  year  of  the 
annual  SCVP  appropriation  for  one  grant  to  a  county  office  of  education 
for  the  purpose  of  providing  statewide  and  regional  training  in  school 
safety  and  violence  prevention  methods.  The  grant  period  shall  be  a  max- 
imum of  five  years  in  duradon. 

(b)  The  S/LEP  shall  issue  an  advance  of  not  more  than  $50,000  to  the 
grant  recipient  upon  the  award  of  the  grant.  The  remaining  funds  shall  be 
issued  to  the  grant  recipient  as  reimbursement  for  authorized  expendi- 
tures, upon  receipt  of  an  invoice  from  the  accounting  office  of  the  grant 
recipient.  Invoices  shall  be  submitted  quarterly  to  the  S/LEP  staff.  In- 
voices for  payment  are  subject  to  review  and  approval  by  the  S/LEP  staff. 

(c)  Applications  for  the  School  Safety  and  Violence  Prevention  Train- 
ing Grant  shall  be  submitted  no  later  than  March  I  of  a  year  in  which  the 
grant  will  be  awarded.  Applications  for  grant  funds  shall  contain  the  fol- 
lowing elements: 

(1 )  The  application  shall  describe  the  applicant's  ability  and  experi- 
ence to  coordinate  a  statewide  training  program,  including  arranging  for 
the  delivery  of  training  throughout  the  1 1  established  CDE  regional  train- 
ing areas. 

(2)  The  application  shall  contain  a  comprehensive  plan  for  administer- 
ing the  training  grant  that  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  how  the  applicant 
will:  schedule  and  arrange  for  delivery  of  a  specified  number  of  regional 
trainings;  secure  experienced  trainers;  reimburse  the  trainers  for  travel 
expenses;  sponsor  and  present  an  orientation  and  update  meeting  for  the 
1 1  regional  training  coordinators;  conduct  a  focus  group  of  trainers,  coor- 
dinators, and  S/LEP  staff  to  revise  and  update  the  training  materials;  pur- 
chase necessary  training  materials;  evaluate  the  training;  coordinate  an 
annual  meeting  among  S/LEP  staff  and  the  1 1  LEA  regional  training 
coordinators;  and  maintain  regular  contact  with  S/LEP  state  staff. 

(3)  The  application  shall  contain  a  line  item  budget,  along  with  an  ex- 
planatory narrative. 

(4)  The  application  shall  contain  an  assurance  that  an  independent  au- 
dit will  be  conducted  in  years  two  and  four  of  the  grant  recipient's  use  of 
the  funds.  The  purpose  of  the  audit  shall  be  to  determine  if  the  funds  have 
been  used  as  required  by  the  law  and  regulation  and  as  stated  in  the  grant 
recipient's  application. 

(5)  Applicants  shall  download  and  print  the  "General  Assurances"  (re- 
vised June,  2007)  and  "Drug  Free  Workplace"  (revised  June,  2007) 
forms  from  the  CDE's  "funding  forms"  web  page  (http://www.cde. 
ca.gov/fg/fo/fm).  These  documents,  which  are  incorporated  by  refer- 
ence, shall  be  submitted  with  the  application. 

(6)  Applications  shall  meet  the  following  technical  requirements: 

(A)  An  original  grant  application  and  four  copies  shall  be  submitted. 

(B)  The  original  application  shall  include  all  original  signatures  in  blue 
ink. 

(C)  The  application  shall  be  in  12-point  or  greater  Arial  font,  single- 
spaced,  with  one-inch  minimum  margins.  If  smaller  font  sizes  or  mar- 
gins are  used  in  an  application,  the  S/LEP  shall  compute  the  number  of 


• 


Page  168.2(d) 


Register  2007,  No.  47;  11-23-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11987.7 


excess  characters  added  to  the  application  as  a  result,  and  draw  a  red  line 
through  the  extra  characters.  Application  reviewers  shall  not  be  allowed 
to  use  the  red-lined  characters  in  the  application  review. 

(D)  The  application  shall  be  submitted  on  standard  white,  8  1/2  X 
1 1  -inch  paper.  The  narrative  section  shall  not  exceed  10  pages.  If  the  nar- 
rative exceeds  1 0  pages,  the  S/LEP  will  draw  a  red  line  through  the  extra 
pages  and  will  not  allow  application  raters  to  look  at  those  pages. 

(E)  Applications  shall  be  stapled  or  clipped  together  for  submission, 
(d)  Each  application  shall  be  screened  by  the  S/LEP  to  ensure  that  it 

contains  all  required  elements.  Each  application  passing  the  screening 
process  shall  be  evaluated  for  compliance  with  applicable  statutes  and 
these  regulations,  and  for  the  degree  to  which  the  application  provides: 
(Da  clear  demonstration  of  the  applicant"  s  extensive  experience  in  de- 
veloping, implementing,  and  coordinating  regional  training  projects 
throughout  the  state. 


(2)  a  plan  of  administering  the  grant  that  contains  enough  specific  de- 
tail to  assure  that  the  applicant  is  capable  of  successfully  implementing 
a  training  program  that  includes:  recruitment  and  training  of  knowledge- 
able trainers;  revision  and  tipdate  of  training  materials;  the  scheduling  of 
trainings  and  obtaining  of  training  facilities;  the  evaluation  of  the  training 
program;  the  administration  of  the  financial  aspects  of  the  program  in- 
cluding reimbursing  trainers;  and  the  presentation  of  annual  conferences 
for  staff  development  and  for  updating  of  the  training  program. 

(3)  a  detailed  budget  that  reasonably  reflects  the  proposed  project. 

(e)  Applications  will  be  ranked  in  accordance  with  the  evaluation  de- 
scribed in  subdivision  (d)  and  shall  be  funded  in  accordance  with  their 
rank. 

(f)  A  grant  applicant  that  chooses  to  appeal  the  results  of  the  grant  ap- 
plication process  shall  file  a  written  appeal  to  the  S/LEP  within  five  work- 


[The  next  page  is  168.3.] 


Page  168.2(e) 


Register  2007,  No.  47;  11-23-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§11991.1 


ing  days  of  the  announcement  of  the  results.  Protests  shall  be  limited  to 
the  grounds  that  the  S/LEP  failed  to  correctly  apply  the  process  for  re- 
viewing the  applications  as  specified  in  these  regulations.  The  S/LEP 
shall  review  the  appeal  and  determine  if  the  S/LEP  failed  to  correctly  ap- 
ply the  process  for  reviewing  applications.  The  decision  of  the  S/LEP 
shall  be  the  final  administrative  action  afforded  the  appellant. 

(g)  Training  grant  funds  may  be  used  for:  Salaries  and  benefits  for  the 
statewide  coordinator,  regional  training  coordinators,  and  clerical  sup- 
port personnel;  travel  costs  for  regional  trainings  and  for  statewide  meet- 
ings and  trainings  for  the  statewide  and  regional  training  coordinators 
and  trainers:  training  materials,  miscellaneous  supplies  directly  related 
to  the  trainings;  services  and  operating  costs,  including  rental  of  training 
rooms:  indirect  cost  not  to  exceed  the  indirect  cost  rale  annually  assigned 
to  the  grant  recipient  by  CDE;  and  audit  costs.  Training  grant  funds  may 
not  be  used  for:  Out-of-state  travel;  acquisition,  rents,  leases  and  utilities 
for  facilities  (except  rentals  of  training  rooms);  or  purchases  of  vehicles. 

(h)  Grant  funds  shall  be  used  in  accordance  with  law  and  these  regula- 
tions and  as  proposed  in  the  approved  application  or  a  budget  revision  ap- 
proved by  the  S/LEP. 

(i)  Without  prior  approval  from  the  S/LEP,  budget  adjustments  shall 
be  made  of  no  more  than  $500,  or  ten  percent  of  the  line  item  from  which 
the  funds  are  being  moved,  whichever  is  greater. 

y )  The  grant  recipient  shall  submit  an  annual  report  containing  a  prog- 
ress report  on  the  implementation  of  the  program  described  in  the  grant 
application,  a  description  of  program  activities,  and  an  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness  of  the  training  sessions  which  have  been  provided.  If  ade- 
quate progress  in  implementation  of  the  grant  program  is  not  demon- 
strated via  annual  reports,  site  visits,  or  other  means,  the  S/LEP  may  ter- 
minate the  grant  award  and  provide  no  further  grant  funding. 

(k)  Grant  recipients  shall  maintain  accounting  records  and  other  evi- 
dence pertaining  to  costs  incurred  during  the  grant  award  period  and 
thereafter  for  five  full  years  from  the  date  of  the  final  payment  of  grant 
funds.  The  S/LEP  shall  be  permitted  to  audit,  review,  and  inspect  the  acti- 
vities, books,  documents,  papers,  and  records  relating  to  the  grant  during 
the  progress  of  the  work  and  for  five  years  following  final  allocation  of 
funds. 

(/)  Funds  shall  be  issued  to  the  grant  recipient  as  reimbursement  for  au- 
thorized expenditures,  upon  receipt  of  an  invoice  from  the  accounting  of- 
fice of  the  grantee.  Invoices  for  payment  are  subject  to  review  and  ap- 
proval by  S/LEP  staff.  Reimbursements  shall  not  be  processed  if  annual 
reporting  requirements  have  not  been  met.  Final  invoices  shall  be  sub- 
mitted within  four  months  of  the  end  of  the  grant  period. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  4L'ilO  and  41513.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  41510  and  41512,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-1 9-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1 9-2006  (Register 

2006,  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-19-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiied  5-1 5-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-15-2006  (Regis- 
ter 2006,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9- 1 2-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  New  section  refiied  10-1 6-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-16-2006  (Reg- 
ister 2006,  No.  42).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-1 3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

4.  New  section  refiied  2-16-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-16-2007  (Regis- 
ter 2007,  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6- 1 8-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-16-2007  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion and  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  6-18-2007  and  filed  7-31-2007  (Register 

2007,  No.  31). 


Subchapter  22.     Reading  First  Program 

§11990.     Funding  Allocation. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  12001,  12032  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Ref 
erence:  20  USC  6361  et  seq.  (Title  I,  Part  B,  federal  No  Child  Left  Behind  Act), 


California's  Approved  Reading  First  Plan  as  approved  by  the  United  States  De- 
partment of  Education  on  August  23,  2002;  Chapter  730.  Statutes  of  2002;  and 
Section  51700,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  subchapter  22  (section  1  ]  990)  and  section  filed  4-2 1  -2003  as  an  emergen- 
cy: operative  4-21-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  17).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  8-19-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Repealer  of  subchapter  22  and  section  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section 
1 1.346. Kg)  (Register  2004,  No.  32). 


Subchapter  22.5.    Reading  First 

Achievement  Index/Definition  of  Significant 

Progress 

§  1 1 991 .    Reading  First  Achievement  Index. 

(a)  The  California  Reading  First  Plan,  approved  by  the  United  States 
Department  of  Education  on  August  23,  2002,  requires  the  development 
of  criteria  to  determine  progress  for  Reading  First  local  educational  agen- 
cies (LEAs).  To  comply  with  this  requirement,  the  Reading  First 
Achievement  Index  (RFAI)  was  created.  The  RFAl  is  an  annually  calcu- 
lated numerical  index  of  a  school's  reading  achievement  in  kindergarten 
through  grade  three,  and  comprises  weighted  test  results  from  the  follow- 
ing assessments: 

(1)  The  Standardized  Testing  and  Reporting  Program  (STAR). 
California  Standards  Test  (CST)  in  English  language  arts,  for  grades  two 
and  three.  Each  of  these  assessments  is  weighted  as  30  percent  of  a 
school's  RFAI,  for  a  total  of  60  percent; 

(2)  The  STAR  norm-referenced  subtests  in  reading,  language  arts,  and 
spelling  for  grade  three.  The  reading  subtest  is  weighted  as  6  percent,  the 
language  arts  subtest  as  2  percent,  and  the  spelling  subtest  as  2  percent 
of  a  school's  RFAI,  for  a  total  of  10  percent;  and 

(3)  The  Reading  First  End-of-Year  Reading  Assessments  in  either 
English  or  Spanish  for  kindergarten  through  grade  three.  The  kindergar- 
ten and  grade  three  assessments  are  each  weighted  as  5  percent  of  a 
school's  RFAI,  and  grade  one  and  two  assessments  are  each  weighted  as 

10  percent  of  a  school's  RFAI,  for  a  total  of  30  percent. 

(b)  If  a  school  does  not  have  test  results  as  specified  in  section 
11 99 1  (a),  due  to  either  not  having  classrooms  in  one  or  more  of  the  pri- 
mary grade  levels,  kindergarten  through  grade  three,  or  having  less  than 

1 1  students  in  any  grade  level,  the  LEA's  mean  values  on  those  missing 
data  elements  will  be  used  to  calculate  the  school's  RFAI. 

(c)  If  a  school  does  not  submit  test  results  for  any  of  the  assessments 
specified  in  section  1 1991(a),  a  value  of  zero  will  be  used  for  that  data 
element  to  calculate  the  school's  RFAI. 

(d)  If  a  school  does  not  have  at  least  45  percent  of  the  RFAI  weights 
specified  in  section  11991(a),  an  RFAI  will  not  be  calculated  for  that 
school. 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Sections  12001,  12032  and  33031.  Education  Code.  Ref 
erence:  Section  51700,  Education  Code:  and  20  USC  6361  (Title  I.  Part  B,  federal 
No  Child  Left  Behind  Act). 

History 
I,  New  subchapter  22.5  (sections  1 1991-1 1991.2)  and  section  filed  10-23-2006; 
operative  1 1-22-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  43). 

§  11 991 .1 .    Defining  Significant  Progress/Continuance  of 
Reading  First  Funding. 

(a)  In  order  to  continue  to  receive  Reading  First  Funding,  a  local 
educational  agency  (LEA)  must  achieve  "significant  progress"  which  is 
defined  as  having  at  least  half  of  the  LEA's  Reading  First  schools,  which 
have  an  RFAI,  achieve  an  RFAI  that  is  above  one  standard  deviation  be- 
low the  mean  on  the  RFAI  for  the  LEA's  cohort. 

(b)  A  cohort  is  made  up  of  all  the  LEAs  that  were  funded  in  the  same 
round  of  subgrant  competition. 

(c)  Cohort  One  is  defined  as  all  of  the  LEAs  in  the  round  of  subgrant 
competition  that  was  funded  commencing  November  13,  2002. 

(d)  For  Cohort  One,  if  a  LEA  fails  to  make  significant  progress  after 
the  fifth  year  of  implementation,  the  CaUfomia  Department  of  Education 


Page  168.3 


Register  2007,  No.  31;  8-3-2007 


§  11991.2 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(CDE)  shall  notify  the  LEA  that  it  will  not  be  funded  for  the  next  year  of 
implementation. 

(e)  For  all  other  cohorts,  if  a  LEA  fails  to  make  significant  progress  af- 
ter the  fourth  year  of  implementation,  CDE  shall  notify  the  LEA  that  it 
will  not  be  funded  for  the  next  year  of  implementation. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  12001,  12032  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  51700,  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  6362  (Title  1.  Part  B,  federal 
No  Child  Left  Behind  Act). 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  10-23-2006;  operative  1 1-22-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  43). 

§  11 991 .2.    Appeal  Process. 

(a)  For  Cohort  One,  if  an  LEA  fails  to  make  significant  progress  after 
the  fifth  year  of  implementation,  or  for  all  other  cohorts,  if  an  LEA  fails 
to  make  significant  progress  after  the  fourth  year  of  implementation, 
CDE  shall  notify  them  in  writing  that  they  will  not  be  funded  for  the  next 
year  of  implementation  (defunding  determination).  Such  notice  shall 
also  include  information  regarding  the  LEA's  ability  to  appeal  the  de- 
funding  determination. 

(b)  If  an  LEA  chooses  to  appeal  the  defunding  determination,  the  fol- 
lowing process  shall  be  adhered  to: 

( 1 )  Within  30  days  of  receipt  of  the  defunding  determination  notifica- 
tion, the  LEA  shall  file  a  written  request  for  appeal  with  the  CDE.  The 
request  shall  include  an  explanation  of  the  basis  for  the  appeal  and  any 
supporting  documentation. 

(2)  Upon  receipt  of  an  LEA  appeal,  the  CDE  shall  have  30  days  to  in- 
vestigate the  appeal.  CDE  shall  have  the  right  to  request  the  LEA  to  pro- 
vide additional  or  clarifying  information.  CDE  shall  also  have  the  right 
to  reasonably  extend  the  investigation  period  for  up  to  an  additional  30 
days,  if  in  its  opinion,  more  time  is  required  to  complete  a  thorough  re- 
view of  the  appeal  and  supporting  documents. 

(3)  Upon  completion  of  its  investigation,  CDE  shall  make  a  recom- 
mendation to  the  SBE  to  either  uphold  or  deny  the  LEA's  appeal,  includ- 
ing the  reasons  for  such  recommendation.  CDE  shall  also  notify  the  LEA 
that  its  investigation  is  complete  and  that  the  recommendation  has  been 
forwarded  to  the  SBE. 

(4)  The  SBE  shall  consider  the  recommendation  at  the  earliest  regular- 
ly scheduled  SBE  meeting  at  which  the  appeal  can  be  placed  on  the  Agen- 
da. 

(c)  An  LEA  involved  in  the  appeal  process  may  continue  to  offer  the 
Reading  First  program  while  the  appeal  is  being  considered  and  a  final 
determination  achieved. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  12001,  12032  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  51700,  Education  Code;  and  20  USC  6362  (Title  I,  Part  B,  federal 
No  Child  Left  Behind  Act). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  10-23-2006;  operative  1 1-22-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  43). 


Subchapter  23.    Defining  Persistently 

Dangerous  Public  Elementary  and 

Secondary  Schools 

§11992.    Provisions. 

(a)  A  California  public  elementary  or  secondary  school  is  "persistently 
dangerous"  if,  in  each  of  three  consecutive  fiscal  years,  one  of  the  follow- 
ing criteria  has  been  met: 

( 1 )  For  a  school  of  fewer  than  300  enrolled  students,  the  number  of  in- 
cidents of  firearm  violations  committed  by  non-students  on  school 
grounds  during  school  hours  or  during  a  school-sponsored  activity,  plus 
the  number  of  student  expulsions  for  any  of  the  violations  delineated  in 
subsection  (b)  is  greater  than  three. 

(2)  For  a  larger  school,  the  number  of  incidents  of  firearm  violations 
committed  by  non-students  on  school  grounds  during  school  hours  or 
during  a  school-sponsored  activity,  plus  the  number  of  student  expul- 
sions for  any  of  the  violations  delineated  in  subsection  (b)  is  greater  than 
one  per  100  enrolled  students  or  a  fraction  thereof. 


(b)  Applicable  violations  include: 

(1)  Assault  or  battery  upon  a  school  employee  (Education  Code  sec- 
tion 4891 5(aK5))-, 

(2)  Brandishing  a  knife  (Education  Code  section  48915(c)(2)); 

(3)  Causing  serious  physical  injury  to  another  person,  except  in  self- 
defense  (Education  Code  section  48915(a)(1)); 

(4)  Hate  violence  (Education  Code  section  48900.3); 

(5)  Possessing,  selling  or  furnishing  a  firearm  (Education  Code  section 
48915(c)(1)); 

(6)  Possession  of  an  explosive  (Education  Code  section  48915(c)(5)); 

(7)  Robbery  or  extortion  (Education  Code  section  48915(a)(4)); 

(8)  Selling  a  controlled  substance  (Education  Code  section 
48915(c)(3));  and 

(9)  Sexual  assault  or  sexual  battery  (Education  Code  section 
48915(c)(4)). 

(c)  In  instances  where  a  student  committed  a  violation  enumerated  in 
subsection  (b)  for  which  expulsion  proceedings  would  have  been  insti- 
tuted, but  is  no  longer  a  student  and  therefore  cannot  be  expelled,  that 
violation  must  be  reported  in  the  total  number  of  incidents  and  expulsions 
referenced  in  subsection  (a). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031.  Education  Code;  Reference:  Sections 
48900.3,  48915(a)(1),  48915(a)(4),  48915(a)(5),  48915(c)(1),  48915(c)(2), 
489 1 5(c)(3),  48915(c)(4)  and  4891 5(c)(5).  Education  Code;  Public  Law  107-1 10, 
Title  IX,  Part  E,  Subpart  2.  Section  9532:  and  20  USC  Section  7912. 

History 
1.  New  subchapter  23  (sections  1 1992-11994)  and  section  filed  6-23-2005;  op- 
erative 7-23-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

§11993.     Definitions. 

(a)  "Assault"  means  an  unlawful  attempt,  coupled  with  a  present  abil- 
ity, to  commit  a  violent  injury  on  the  person  of  another  (Penal  Code  sec- 
tion 240). 

(b)  "Battery"  means  any  willful  and  unlawful  use  offeree  or  violence 
upon  the  person  of  another  (Penal  Code  section  242). 

(c)  "Controlled  substance"  means  all  controlled  substances  listed  in 
chapter  2  of  division  10  of  the  Health  and  Safety  Code  (commencing  with 
section  11053). 

(d)  "Firearm"  means  handgun,  rifle,  shotgun  or  other  type  of  firearm 
(section  921(a)(3)  of  title  18,  United  States  Code). 

(e)  "Firearm  violation"  means  unlawfully  bringing  or  possessing  a 
firearm,  as  defined  in  subsection  (d),  on  school  grounds  or  during  a 
school-sponsored  activity. 

(f)  "Explosive"  means  a  destructive  device  (title  18,  section  921  (a)(4). 
United  States  Code). 

(g)  "Expulsion"  means  an  expulsion  ordered  by  the  local  educational 
agency"  s  governing  board  regardless  of  whether  it  is  suspended,  modi- 
fied, or  stipulated. 

(h)  "Extortion"  means  acts  described  in  Penal  Code  sections  71,  518, 
and  519. 

(i)  "Fiscal  year"  means  the  period  of  July  1  through  June  30  (Education 
Code  section  37200). 

(j)  "Hate  violence"  means  any  act  punishable  under  Penal  Code  sec- 
tion 422.6. 

(k)  An  "incident"  of  a  firearm  violation  by  non-student(s)  for  the  pur- 
pose of  section  1 1992  is  an  event  on  school  grounds  during  school  hours, 
or  at  a  school-sponsored  activity,  involving  a  person  or  persons  not  en- 
rolled in  the  school  who  unlawfully  brings  or  possesses  a  handgun,  rifle, 
shotgun,  or  other  type  of  firearm.  An  event  shall  be  counted  as  a  single 
incident  when  it  happens  at  the  same  time  in  the  same  location,  regardless 
of  the  number  of  non-students  involved.  School  site  administrators  or  de- 
signees are  responsible  for  documenting  the  incident  and  reporting  the 
incident  to  the  local  educational  agency  (LEA)  staff  who  are  responsible 
for  collecting  expulsion  data. 

(/)  "Knife"  means  any  dirk,  dagger,  or  other  weapon  with  a  fixed, 
sharpened  blade  fitted  primarily  for  stabbing,  a  weapon  with  a  blade 
fitted  primarily  for  stabbing,  a  weapon  with  a  blade  longer  than  3  1/2  in- 
ches, a  folding  knife  with  a  blade  that  locks  into  place,  or  a  razor  with  an 
unguarded  blade. 


Page  168.4 


Register  2007,  No.  31;  8-3-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11996.2 


(m)  "Non-stiidenf"  means  a  person,  regardless  of"  age,  not  enrolled  in 
the  school  or  program  reporting  the  violation. 

(n)  "On  school  grounds"  means  the  immediate  area  surrounding  the 
school  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  school  building,  the  gymnasium, 
athletic  fields,  and  the  site  parking  lots. 

(o)  "Robbery"  means  acts  described  in  Penal  Code  sections  21 1  and 
212. 

(p)  A  "school  sponsored  activity"  means  any  event  on  the  grounds  of 
the  school  district  supervised  by  district  staff  at  which  students  are  pres- 
ent, including  transportation  to  and  from  school. 

(q)  "Serious  physical  injury"  means  serious  impairment  of  physical 
condition,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  following:  loss  of  conscious- 
ness; concussion;  bone  fracture;  protracted  loss  or  impairment  of  func- 
tion of  any  bodily  member  or  organ;  a  wound  requiring  extensive  sutur- 
ing; and  serious  disfigurement  (this  is  the  same  definition  as  described 
in  "serious  bodily  injury"  in  Penal  Code  section  243(f)(4)). 

(r)  "Sexual  assault"  means  acts  defined  in  Penal  Code  sections  261, 
266(c),  286,  288a,  288(a^-)-  and  289. 

(s)  "Sexual  battery"  means  acts  defined  in  Penal  Code  section  243.4. 

(t)  "Enrolled  students",  for  the  purpose  of  subsections  1 1 992(a)(  1 )  and 
1 1 992(a)(2),  means  students  included  in  the  most  current  California  Ba- 
sic Educational  Data  System  (CBEDS)  report  for  the  school. 

(u)  "During  school  hours"  means  from  thirty  minutes  before  the  initial 
school  bell  to  thirty  minutes  after  the  closing  school  bell. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code;  Reference:  Sections 
37200  and  48915(g),  Education  Code;  Sections  11 053- 11 058,  Health  and  Safety 
Code;  and  Sections  71,  21 1,  212,  240,  242,  243(0(4),  243.4,  261,  266(c),  286, 
288a,  288(a-c).  289,  422.6,  518  and  519,  Penal  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  6-23-2005;  operative  7-23-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

§  1 1 994.     Data  Collection. 

Local  educational  agencies  (LEAs)  will  submit  to  the  California  De- 
partment of  Education  (CDE)  the  number  of  incidents  of  non-student 
firearm  violations  and  student  expulsions  specified  in  section  11992 
above  for  determining  persistently  dangerous  schools.  The  CDE  will  use 
the  information  collected  to  determine  if  a  school  site  meets  the  criteria 
in  this  subchapter.  If  an  LEA  contests  the  CDE's  determination  that  one 
or  more  of  its  schools  is  persistently  dangerous,  the  LEA  may  appeal  that 
determination  to  the  State  Board  of  Education  based  on  incorrect  data  or 
circumstances  that  caused  the  school  to  be  identified  as  persistently  dan- 
gerous, but  actually  increased  student  and  teacher  safety  at  the  school. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code;  Reference:  Public  Law 
107-110.  Title  IX,  Part  E,  Subpart  2,  Section  9532:  and  20  USC  Section  7912. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-23-2005;  operative  7-23-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 


Subchapter  24. 


American  Indian  Education 
Centers 


Article  1.     General  Provisions 


§11996.     Purpose. 

These  regulations  set  forth  guidelines  for  the  selection  and  administra- 
tion of  California  American  Indian  Education  Centers. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33382,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
33382.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  subchapter  24,  article  1  (sections  11996-11996.11)  and  section  filed 
6-4-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-4-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  23).  A 
Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  12-3-2007  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6^4-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-11- 
and  filed  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  43). 


-2007 


§11996.1.     Definitions. 

For  purposes  of  the  American  Indian  Education  Center  program,  the 
following  definitions  shall  apply: 

(a)  "Adult"  means  a  person  over  the  age  of  1 8,  residing  in  California, 
and  who  does  not  attend  public  school  in  California  in  kindergarten  or 
grades  1  through  12,  inclusive. 

(b)  "AIEC"  means  American  Indian  Education  Center. 

(c)  "AIEOC"  means  American  Indian  Education  Oversight  Commit- 
tee. 

(d)  "CDE"  means  California  Department  of  Education. 

(e)  "Existing  Center"  means  a  center  that  is  funded  under  Education 
Code  sections  33370-33383  in  the  most  recently  funded  year  prior  to  or 
including  the  year  that  a  new  AIIiC  Request  For  Applications  from  CDE 
is  released. 

(f)  "Grant  year"  means  the  period  from  October  1  through  Septeinber 
30  of  the  subsequent  year. 

(g)  "Guardian"  means  a  person  who  is  not  the  mother  or  father  but  who 
has  custody  of  an  American  Indian  pupil  who  is  enrolled  in,  and  attends 
public  school  in  California  in  kindergarten  or  grades  1  through  1 2,  inclu- 
sive. 

(h)  "Incorporated  American  Indian  Associations"  means  a  California 
American  Indian  governed  community-based  organization  that  has  re- 
ceived and  maintains  its  non-profit  status  from  the  federal  government 
and  has  current  articles  of  incorporation  on  file  with  the  state  of  Califor- 
nia. It  also  means  any  tribally  incorporated  non-profit  that  either  main- 
tains separate  non-profit  status  with  the  federal  government  or  uses  the 
incorporating  tribal  federal  designation  (P.L.  93-638). 

(i)  "Parent"  means  the  mother  or  father  of  an  American  Indian  pupil 
who  is  enrolled  in,  and  attends  public  school  in  California  in  kindergarten 
or  grades  1  through  12,  inclusive. 

(j)  "Priority"  means  that  an  existing  center  shall  receive  funding  as 
long  as  the  center  submits  an  application  that  meets  the  minimum  criteria 
for  funding  and  the  center  has  completed  and  submitted  all  required  re- 
ports for  the  current  funding  cycle. 

(k)  "Pupil"  means  an  American  Indian  boy  or  girl  who  is  enrolled  in, 
and  attends  school  in  California  in  kindergarten  or  grades  1  through  1 2. 
inclusive. 

(/)  "RFA"  means  Request  for  Application. 

(m)  "SSPI"  means  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

(n)  "Service"  means  activities  provided  to  promote  the  academic  and 
cultural  achievement  of  American  Indian  pupils  as  defined  in  Education 
Code  section  33381. 

(o)  "Tribal  Group"  means  any  federally  recognized  tribal  government 

including  terminated  California  tribes. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33382,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
33382,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-4-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-4-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
12-3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-^1-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9- 1 1  -2007 
and  filed  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  43). 

§  11996.2.    American  Indian  Education  Oversight 
Committee. 

(a)  The  purpose  of  the  AIEOC  is  to  provide  input  and  advice  to  the 
SSPI  on  all  aspects  of  American  Indian  education  programs  established 
by  the  state.  Members  of  the  AIEOC  shall  possess  proven  knowledge  of 
current  educational  policies  relating  to,  and  issues  faced  by,  tribes  and 
American  Indian  communities  in  California. 

(b)  The  AIEOC  members  shall  serve  at  the  pleasure  of  the  SSPI. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33382,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
33370,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-4-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-4-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
12-3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


Page  168.5 


Register  2007,  No.  43;  10-26-2007 


§  11996.3 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


2.  Cedificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-4-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-1 1-2007 
and  fded  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  43). 


§  1 1 996.3.    Grant  Application. 

(a)  For  each  five  year  funding  cycle,  the  CDE  shall  release  a  competi- 
tive American  Indian  Education  grant  application  no  later  than  July  15. 
Tribal  Groups  or  Incorporated  American  Indian  Associations  wishing  to 
receive  funds  from  CDE's  AIEC  grant  program  shall  submit  to  CDE  an 
application  proposing  projects  responding  to  all  requirements  of  law  and 
these  regulations.  Original  applications  for  2007-08  grant  year  must  be 
received  by  CDE  42  days  from  the  release  date  of  the  application.  All 
sub.sequent  applications  must  be  received  at  CDE  60  days  from  the  re- 
lease date  of  the  application.  Applications  shall  contain  the  following: 

(1)  Organizational  chart  of  AIEC  funded  program  and  staff  and  the 
relationship  to  parent  organization: 

(2)  Agency  description  and  service  location(s): 

(3)  History  of  cultural  and  educational  service  to  the  American  Indian 
community; 

(4)  Demonstrated  organizational  capability  and  commitment  to  man- 
age grants: 

(5)  Demographic  profile  of  the  proposed  AIEC  service  area; 

(6)  Description  of  the  target  population  including  tribe  (if  applicable), 
school,  community; 

(7)  The  results  of  a  "Comprehensive  Needs  Assessment,"  which  must 
include: 

(A)  the  number  of  American  Indian  pupils  enrolled  at  each  school  site, 
their  grade  levels,  school  or  Local  Education  Agency's  state  academic 
performance  measures  for  the  American  Indian  sub-group,  and  free  and 
reduced  lunch  count; 

(B)  the  number  of  pupils  to  be  directly  served;  and 

(C)  the  needs  and  concerns  identified  by  community  members,  collab- 
orative partners,  school  staff,  parents/guardians  and  pupils 

(8)  A  comprehensive  plan  that  includes: 

(A)  Measurable  outcome  objectives  to  meet  identified  needs  by  ser- 
vice category  listed  in  Education  Code  section  33381. 

(B)  For  each  activity  proposed  to  achieve  the  objectives  stated  above, 
applicants  will  provide  the  following: 

1.  description  of  activity; 

2.  total  number  of  American  Indian  pupils  served; 

3.  total  number  of  others  served; 

4.  number  of  American  Indian  pupils  in  each  activity  session; 

5.  number  of  others  in  each  activity  session; 

6.  number  of  hours  per  session;  and 

7.  number  of  scheduled  sessions. 

(C)  An  implementation  timeline  for  activities;  and, 

(D)  A  description  of  the  manner  in  which  culturally  responsive  meth- 
odologies will  be  incorporated  into  program  services. 

(9)  Documentation  of,  and  plans  for,  continuing  coordination  and  col- 
laboration with  local  school  districts,  local  tribes,  other  community  orga- 
nizations and  resources. 

(10)  Signed  CDE  -  General  Assurances  (February  2007),  American 
Indian  Education  Center  Documentation  Requirements  (July  2007), 
Drug-Free  Workplace  (August  2005),  and  American  Indian  Education 
Center  Commercial  Tobacco-Free  Certification  Tobacco-Use  Preven- 
tion Education  (May  2007),  incorporated  by  reference. 

(1 1)  An  annual  budget,  including  narrative. 

( 1 2)  The  narrative  for  an  AIEC  grant  application  must  be  limited  to  20 
single-sided,  8-1/2  by  1 1  inch  pages  using  12  pt  Arial  font,  with  1  inch 
margins. 

(b)  Applications  shall  be  disqualified  from  consideration  if  they  do 
not: 

(1)  Include  all  required  sections  of  the  proposal; 

(2)  Include  the  original  signature  of  the  Board  Chairperson,  Tribal 
Chairperson  or  authorized  representative; 

(3)  Comply  with  the  requirement  that  proposals  be  received  by  CDE 
by  the  due  dates  specified  in  the  RFA. 


(c)  For  each  year  after  year  one  of  the  five-year  funding  cycle,  agen- 
cies shall  submit  to  CDE  a  continuing  application  that  contains  the  fol- 
lowing: 

( 1 )  Degree  to  which  the  objectives  were  met;  modifications  to  the  ob- 
jectives, activities,  target  population,  and/or  implementation  timeline. 

(2)  An  annual  budget  including  narrafive. 

(3)  Signed  CDE -General  Assurances  (February  2007),  American  In- 
dian Education  Center  Documentation  Requirements  (July  2007),  Drug- 
Free  Workplace  (August  2005),  and  American  Indian  Education  Center 
Commercial  Tobacco-Free  Certification  Tobacco-Use  Prevention 
Education  (May  2007),  incorporated  by  reference. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33382.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
33370,  33381,  33383  and  62000.14,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6—4-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-4-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 2-3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6^-2007  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
sections (a)(10)  and  (c)(3),  transmitted  to  OAL  9-11-2007  and  filed 
10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  43). 

§  11 996.4.    Selection  of  Applications  for  Grant  Awards. 

(a)  Each  complete  applicafion  that  meets  the  deadline  for  submission 
shall  be  reviewed  by  a  panel  of  reviewers  selected  by  CDE.  The  CDE 
shall  establish  criteria  for  selection  of  the  reviewers  and  train  the  review- 
ers to  score  grant  applications  consistently. 

(b)  Applications  shall  be  reviewed  and  assessed  according  to  the  de- 
gree to  which  the  apphcafion  fulfills  the  requirements  of  applicable  stat- 
utes and  these  regulaUons,  including: 

( 1 )  The  extent  to  which  the  application  is  designed  to  promote  the  cul- 
ture and  the  academic  achievement  of  American  Indian  pupils  as  demon- 
strated by  the  alignment  between  identified  needs  and  the  proposed  pro- 
gram. 

(2)  The  extent  to  which  the  application  is  designed  to  achieve  measur- 
able outcomes  that  address  the  needs  identified  in  the  comprehensive 
needs  assessment. 

(3)  The  extent  to  which  the  applicant's  actual  and/or  proposed  orga- 
nization structure,  history  of  service  to  the  American  Indian  community, 
and  demonstrated  organizational  capacity  are  indicative  of  the  ability  to 
assure  successful  program  implementation. 

(4)  The  type  and  intensity  of  services  to  be  provided  to  the  targeted 
populadon,  and  the  number  of  pupils  and  other  participants  to  be  served. 

(5)  The  potential  impact  of  the  proposed  service  plan  on  pupils,  their 
families,  and  other  organizaUons  in  the  region  as  evidenced  by  the  imple- 
mentation of  promising  practices  or  proven  strategies. 

(6)  The  completeness  of  the  description  of  the  proposed  service  area, 
including  the  identificafion  of  currently  exisfing  services  and  service  def- 
icits. 

(7)  The  degree  to  which  the  AIEC  will  collaborate  with  the  exisfing 
service-agencies  as  evidenced  by  collaborafive  agreements  that  clearly 
detail  the  responsibility  of  collaborating  entities. 

(c)  All  applicafions  will  be  ranked  according  to  their  assessed  score. 
Grants  will  be  awarded  on  the  basis  of  the  applicant's  rank  and  the  appli- 
cant's funding  priority  as  defined  in  secUon  1 1996.  l(j). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33382,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
33370  and  33383,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-4-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-4-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
12-3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6^4-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-1 1-2007 
and  filed  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  43). 

§  1 1996.5.    Grant  Recipient  Funding. 

(a)  The  CDE  shall  determine  the  amount  of  grant  funds  awarded  to 
each  grant  recipient  based  upon  an  analysis  of  the  recipient's  application 
for  funds.  The  factors  considered  in  the  analysis  shall  include,  but  shall 
not  be  limited  to,  the  following: 

( I )  The  comprehensive  needs  assessment  included  in  the  application. 


Page  168.6 


Register  2007,  No.  43;  10-26-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  11996.9 


(2)  The  scope  of  the  project  including  the  activities  described  in  the  ap- 
plicant's comprehensive  plan  and  the  type  and  intensity  of  services  pro- 
posed for  the  program's  major  activities. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33382,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
33382,  Hducation  Code. 

Hf  STORY 

1.  New  section  tiled  6-4-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  6^-2007  (Register 
2007.  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
12-3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6^-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9- 1 1  -2007 
and  filed  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  43). 

§  1 1 996.6.    Appeals  of  Grant  Awards. 

Applicants  who  wish  to  appeal  a  grant  award  decision  shall  submit  a 
written  appeal  to  the  CDE  within  five  working  days  of  the  posted  deci- 
sion for  grant  year  2007-08  and  within  seven  working  days  in  subsequent 
years.  Appeals  shall  be  limited  to  the  grounds  that  the  CDE  failed  to  cor- 
rectly apply  the  standards  for  reviewing  the  applications  or  the  grant 
award  process  as  specified  in  the  regulations.  The  appealing  applicant 
shall  file  a  full  and  complete  written  appeal,  including  the  issue(s)  in  dis- 
pute, the  legal  authority  or  other  basis  for  the  appeal  position,  and  the 
retnedy  sought.  CDE  shall  not  consider  incomplete  appeals,  late  appeals 
or  appeals  that  only  refute  the  readers'  comments  given  for  technical  as- 
sistance. 

Any  decision  to  revise  the  original  score  or  fund  the  application  shall 
be  documented  in  writing.  The  CDE's  decision  is  the  final  administrative 
action  afforded  the  appeal. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33382,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
33382,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-4-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-4-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 2-3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6--f-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-1 1-2007 
and  filed  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  43). 

§11996.7.    Reporting  Requirements. 

(a)  Each  grant  recipient  shall  provide  an  annual  report  to  the  CDE.  The 
report  shall  he  due  60  days  from  the  end  of  the  grant  period,  and  shall  con- 
tain the  following  information: 

( 1 )  number  of  pupils  enrolled  by  grade  level  or  age; 

(2)  number  of  pupils  served  by  grade  level  or  age  and  service  type  and 
frequency; 

(3)  a  description  of  how  the  center  meets  the  continued  educational 
and  cultural  needs  of  the  community  that  it  serves; 

(4)  a  description  of  the  collaborative  activities  conducted  during  the 
year; 

(3)  progress  made  in  meeting  its  stated  objectives,  including  applica- 
ble program  objectives  as  stated  in  Education  Code  section  33381; 

(6)  AlEC  program  enrolled  pupil  aggregated  performance  on  state 
academic  assessment  measures; 

(7)  recommendations  for  revisions  to  the  project  and  its  budget  based 
upon  an  analysis  of  the  data  by  the  grant  recipient. 

(b)  Each  grant  recipient  shall  submit  annually  a  report  containing  the 
results  of  an  independent  fiscal  audit  of  expenditures.  This  report  is  due 
on  April  30.  A  one  time  60  day  extension  shall  be  granted  if  a  request  for 
the  extension  is  made  prior  to  April  30  and  demonstrates  good  cause  for 
such  an  extension.  Grant  funds  may  be  used  to  pay  for  the  preparation  of 
these  reports. 

(c)  The  AIEC's  shall  submit  quarteriy  fiscal  expenditure  reports.  The 
expenditure  reports  shall  be  received  by  the  CDE  within  six  weeks  of  the 
end  of  each  quarter.  The  reports  shall  be  signed  by  the  AIEC  accounting 
officer,  and  will  have  two  components: 

( 1)  an  AIEC  summary  report  by  CDE  budget  line  item, 

(2)  a  general  ledger  which  shows  the  quarter's  expenditures  in  detail. 

(d)  Failure  to  submit  the  annual  report,  quarterly  fiscal  reports,  or  re- 
sults of  the  fiscal  audit  of  expenditures  by  the  due  dates  will  result  in  a 


delay  of  the  second  payment  for  the  current  year  and  all  paytnents  for 
subsequent  grant  years  until  the  reports  are  submitted. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33382.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
33370  and  62000. 14,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6^-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-4-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
12-3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-4-2007  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (b),  transmitted  to  OAL  9-11-2007  and  filed  10-24-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  43). 

§  11996.8.     Fiscal  and  Program  Monitoring. 

(a)  The  reports  received  from  the  AJEC  shall  be  received  by  the  posted 
due  dates  and  shall  be  assessed  for  completeness,  accuracy;  for  use  o\' 
funds  as  authorized  in  law  and  regulation;  and  for  use  of  funds  as  de- 
scribed in  the  applicafion  of  the  AIEC.  The  AIEC  shall  correct  any  omis- 
sions or  inaccuracies  in  the  reports  and  correct  any  unauthorized  expen- 
ditures by  charging  the  unauthorized  expenditure  to  a  non-AIEC  grant 
fund  source. 

(b)  Program  monitoring  shall  be  conducted  through  CDE  review  of 
quarterly  and  annual  reports,  written  communication,  and  on  site  re- 
views. When  problems  in  implementing  program  services  or  achieving 
program  objecfives  are  encountered,  the  CDE  shall  schedule  meetings, 
site  visits,  and/or  phone  calls  to  provide  training  and/or  technical  assis- 
tance to  the  grant  recipient. 

(c)  The  CDE  shall  provide  the  AIEC  with  a  written  report  of  any  find- 
ings, including  recommendations,  corrective  actions  and  a  timeline  for 
the  correcUve  actions,  if  necessary. 

(d)  If  the  CDE  determines  that  the  AIEC  has  not  inet  the  terms  of  the 
approved  applicafion  or  the  law  or  these  regulations,  then  the  AIEC  shall 
be  nofified  by  certified  mail  of  any  such  failure  to  comply  with  the  terms 
of  the  application,  laws  or  regulations.  This  notice  shall  specify  the  time 
hne  for  correcfive  action.  After  issuance  of  the  notice  the  CDE  has  the 
opfion  to  amend  the  fime  line  for  correcfive  action.  If  the  grant  recipient 
does  not  take  acfion  to  bring  the  program  into  compliance,  the  CDE  shall 
terminate  program  funding. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33382,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
33370,  Education  Code. 

History 

L  New  section  filed  6-4-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-4-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
12-3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6^-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9- 1 1  -2007 
and  filed  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  43). 

§  1 1 996.9.    Grant  Amount  Revisions. 

(a)  The  CDE  may  reduce  grant  amounts  based  on  the  following  condi- 
tions: 

(1)  An  across  the  board  reducfion  will  be  made  in  the  event  of  an  al- 
locafion  reducfion  in  the  state  budget.  Each  AIEC's  grant  amount  will  be 
reduced  proportionately  to  the  reduction  in  the  Budget  Act. 

(2)  If  any  services  budgeted  in  an  AIEC's  application  or  approved  bud- 
get revision  are  not  provided  within  the  grant  year  or  first  quarter  of  the 
subsequent  grant  year  and  if  a  grant  extension  is  not  provided  pursuant 
to  secfion  1 1996.10,  the  CDE  shall  reduce  the  grant  award  to  the  AIEC 
accordingly. 

(b)  When  supplemental  funds  are  made  available  through  the  Budget 
Act,  the  CDE  shall  determine  whether  such  funding  supports  establish- 
ment of  addifional  center  programs.  If  so,  a  new  request  for  applications 
shall  be  issued  and  the  requirements  listed  in  secfion  1 1996.03  shall  be 
enforced. 

(c)  When  addifional  funds  are  made  available  through  the  Budget  Act 
for  Cost  of  Living  Adjustments  (COLA),  the  CDE  will  augment  each 
funded  AIEC's  proportionately.  In  order  to  receive  the  augmentation 
each  AIEC  must  submit  a  Program  and  Budget  Amendment.  The  Pro- 
gram and  Budget  Amendment  must  be  received  by  the  CDE  45  days  from 
release  and  must  contain; 


Page  168.7 


Register  2007,  No.  43;  10-26-2007 


§  11996.10 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(1)  A  description  ofhow  the  additional  funds  will  support  the  existing 
program. 

(2)  If  the  agency  plans  to  use  the  additional  funds  to  add  or  revise  ob- 
jectives, then  the  agency  must  include  Modifications  to  Objectives  in- 
cluding a  revised  timeline. 

(3)  A  detailed  budget  for  the  COLA  including  narrative. 

(d)  If  the  agency  does  not  submit  the  required  forms  by  the  due  dale, 
then  the  agency  forfeits  the  COLA. 

(e)  If  for  any  reason  grant  funding  awarded  to  an  AIEC  is  returned  to 
CDE  or  never  allocated  to  an  AIEC.  the  AIEOC  shall  provide  input  and 
advice  to  the  SSPI  on  the  use  of  the  funds.  Options  for  use  of  the  funds 
shall  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  proportional  allocation  to  existing 
grantees  and  allocation  via  competitive  application. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33382,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
33382,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-4-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-4-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 2-3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6^-2007  order,  including  new  subsections 
(b)-{d)  and  subsection  relettering,  transmitted  to  OAL  9-11-2007  and  filed 
10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  43). 


§  1 1 996.1 0.    Grant  Extension. 

No  later  than  June  30  of  the  grant  year,  the  CDE  will  determine  if  ex- 
tensions for  the  use  of  grant  funds  will  be  made  available  for  use  in  the 
first  quarter  of  the  subsequent  grant  year.  Funds  from  a  grant  year  must 
be  used  to  provide  services  in  the  first  quarter  of  the  subsequent  grant 
year.  The  center  must  submit  to  the  CDE  a  plan  and  line-item  budget  for 
use  of  the  funds  in  the  subsequent  grant  year.  The  plan  must  demonstrate 
that  the  funds  would  be  used  to  provide  supplemental  services  which 
would  not  otherwise  be  funded  from  the  grant  funds  of  the  new  year. 
Note;  Authority  cited:  Section  33382,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
33383,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-4-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  6—4-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 2-3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6^f-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-1 1  -2007 
and  filed  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  43). 


§  11 996.1 1 .    Budget  Application  Revisions. 

(a)  Project  budget  revisions  of  more  than  10  percent  of  the  line  item 
shall  be  approved  in  writing  by  the  CDE  prior  to  implementation.  Expen- 
ditures for  any  grant,  activity,  or  type  of  equipment  not  listed  in  the  ap- 
plication budget  or  approved  revision  must  be  approved  in  advance  by 
CDE. 

(b)  Revisions  to  an  approved  application  may  be  submitted  anytime 
during  the  annual  grant  period,  so  long  as  the  revision  is  approved  prior 
to  implementation  of  the  revision. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33382,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
33370,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  6-4-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-4-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
12-3-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


Chapter  12.    Compensatory  Education 
Subchapter  1.    General  Provisions 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§12000.    Definitions. 

"Director"  means  Director  of  Compensatory  Education. 
History 
1. New  Chap.  1  (§§  12000  and  12001)filed  1-1 4-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  there- 
after (Register  70,  No.  3). 

§  1 2001 .    Copies  of  Guidelines. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  5-1 7-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  20). 

Subchapter  2.    Migrant  Education 
Article  1.    Program  Requirements 

§  1 201 0.    Types  of  Programs  That  May  Be  Supported 

Through  the  Use  of  l\/ligrant  Education  Funds. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2761  and  2762;  34  CFR  204.1,  204.50,  204.51  and  204.65;  and  Secfions 
54440,  54442,  54443,  54443.1  and  54444,  Education  Code. 

History 

1,  New  Chapter  2  (Articles  l^,  Sections  12010-12026,  not  consecutive)  filed 
1-31-83;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  6).  For  history  of 
former  Chapter  2,  see  Register  74,  No.  20. 

2.  Repealer  filed  5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 

§  1 201 1 .    l\/lonitoring  and  Enforcement  of  Regulations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2761,  2814;  34  CFR  200.21,  200.150,  200.151,  No.  12— January  19, 
198 1 ;  34  CFR  204, 10(a),  204.61 ;  and  Sections  54442  and  54443. 1(g),  Education 
Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  7-8-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
28). 

2.  Repealer  filed  5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 

§  12012.    Composition  of  a  Parent  Advisory  Council. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited;  Sections  33031  and  54445,  Educafion  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2735,  2761  and  2762;  34  CFR  204.55;  and  Section  54444.2,  Education 
Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  5-10-88;  operaUve  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 


2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-4-2007  order  transnutted  to  OAL  9-1 ' 
and  filed  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  43). 


-2007 


Article  2.    Program  Eligibility 

§  12013.    Determining  and  Documenting  Student  Eligibility. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54445,  Educafion  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2761,  2762,  2763;  34  CFR  204.12,  204.24,  204.54,  204.56;  and  Secfions 
54441,  54441.5,  54443  and  54444,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  2  (Section  12013)  filed  7-8-83;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  83,  No.  28). 

2.  Repealer  filed  5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 

Article  3.    Complaint  Procedures 

§  1 201 5.    Where  to  File  the  Complaint. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and  54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2815;  34  CFR  200.182,  No.  12— January  19,  1981 ;  and  Section  54442, 
Education  Code. 


Page  168.8 


Register  2007,  No.  43;  10-26-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  12050 


History 
1 .  Repealer  tiled  5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88.  No.  20). 

§  12016.    When  Direct  Involvement  by  the  State  Department 
of  Education  (SDE)  Is  Necessary. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  DSC  2738  and  2815:  34  CFR  200. 1 82  and  200. 1 86.  No.  1 2— January  1 9,  1 98 1 : 
and  Sections  54442  and  54443.1.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88.  No.  20). 

§  12017.    Procedures  Which  the  Operating  Agency  l\/lust 
Adhere  to  When  Resolving  a  Complaint. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2738;  34  CFR  200. 1 83, 200. 1 84  and  200. 1 85,  No.  1 2— January  1 9.  1 98 1 ; 
and  Section  .54442.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  tiled  5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 

§  1 201 8.    Procedures  Which  the  SDE  Must  Adhere  to  When 
Resolving  a  Complaint. 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2815;  34  CFR  200. 186  and  200.187;  and  Section  54442.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 


Article  4. 


Fiscal  Allocation  and  Service 
Delivery  Structure 


§  12019.    Criteria  for  Designation  as  a  Migrant  Service 
Center. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2731,  2734(d),  2761,  2762  and  3142;  34  CFR  204.50(d)(2)  and  204.51; 
and  Sections  .54440.  54442,  54443.1,  54444  and  54444.1,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 

§  1 2020.    What  the  Service  Agreement  Shall  Contain. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2734,  2761  and  2762;  and  Section  54444.1,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  5-10-88;  operafive  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 

§  1 2021 .    Functions  and  Responsibilities  To  Be  Carried  Out 
by  the  Lead  Agency  of  a  Migrant  Service 
Center. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2761,  2762  and  3142;  34  CFR  204.30;  and  Education  Code  Sections 
34442,  54444.1  and  54444.4. 

History 

] .  Repealer  filed  5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 

§  1 2022.    How  a  Migrant  Service  Center  May  Apply  to 
Conduct  a  Migrant  Education  Project. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  1232(e),  2761,  2762  and  3142;  34  CFR  204.30,  204.32  and  204.41;  Sec- 
tions 54441(e),  54444.1,  54444.3  and  54444.4,  Education  Code. 

History 
I .  Repealer  filed  5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 

§  12023.    How  a  Migrant  Service  Center  May  Revise  Its 
Three-Year  Project  Application. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2761  and  2762;  34  CFR  204.50;  and  Section  54444.1,  Education  Code. 


History 

1.  Repealer  filed  .5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 

§  12024.    How  Migrant  Education  Funds  Allocated  to  a 
School  District  May  Be  Reallocated  by  a 
Migrant  Service  Center. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and  54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2761  and  2762;  34  CFR  204.50;  and  Section  54444.1,  Education  Code, 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 

§  12025.    Procedure  for  Granting  an  Award  to  a  Migrant 
Service  Center. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  .54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2761,  2762;  34  CFR  204.40;  and  Section  .54444.1,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 

§  1 2026.    Definitions  Applicable  to  the  State  Migrant 
Education  Program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  54445,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  use  2854;  and  Section  54441,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  5-10-88;  operative  6-9-88  (Register  88,  No.  20). 


Subchapter  4.    Preschool  Educational 
Programs 

History 
1.  Repealer  of  Chapter  4  (Sections  12020-12037)  filed  9-23-77;  effecfive  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No.  39).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  70,  No. 
3;  Register  72,  No.  30  and  Register  74,  No.  20. 


Subchapter  5.    Special  Teacher 
Employment  Programs  (K-6) 

(Education  Code  Sections  54480-54487) 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§12050.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Concentrated  Area  of  Poverty  and  Social  Tension." 
"A  concentrated  area  of  poverty  and  social  tension  in  the  state,""  as 
used  in  Article  5  (beginning  witli  Section  54480)  of  Chapter  4  of  Part  29 
of  the  Education  Code  means  a  census  tract  in  an  urban  area  as  urban  area 
is  described  in  the  1960  federal  decennial  census  served  by  an  elementary 
school  or  schools  with  respect  to  which  tract  both  of  the  following  cir- 
cumstances exist: 

(1)  The  census  tract  was  served  by  an  elementary  .school  or  schools 
that  on  October  1,  1968,  had  a  high  proportion  of  pupils  taking  the  Octo- 
ber 1968  sixth  grade  state  reading  achievement  test  whose  score  on  that 
test  fell  at  or  below  the  first  (lowest)  quartile  score. 

(2)  The  1960  decennial  census  shows  with  respect  to  the  tract  both  of 
the  following: 

(A)  At  least  20%  of  the  families  reported  a  1959  income  of  less  than 
$3,000. 

(B)  A  high  percentage  of  unemployment  of  those  in  the  labor  force  as 
reported  for  1959. 


[The  next  page  is  169. 


Page  168.9 


Register  2007,  No.  43;  10-26-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  12090 


(b)  "Public  School  Population." 

For  the  purpose  of  allocating  funds  available  for  programs  under  Edu- 
cation Code  Section  34480,  public  school  population  means  the  October 
1 968  enrollment  reported  for  the  elementary  schools  serving  a  most  con- 
centrated area  of  poverty  and  social  tension.  When  a  qualified  elementary 
school  has  been  closed  subsequent  to  October  1,  1965,  the  services  pro- 
vided to  the  children  of  that  qualified  school  shall  be  made  available  in 
the  school  or  schools  designated  to  serve  the  area  of  the  formerly  quali- 
fied elementary  school. 

NcriT,:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  5:  Section  5448.^,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  5  (§§  12030  through  12052.  12060.  12061,  12065  through  12070) 
filed  1-14-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  ([Register  70,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  1 2051 .     Identification  of  the  Most  Concentrated  Areas. 

The  "most  concentrated  areas  of  poverty  and  social  tension"  or  a  "des- 
ignated area  of  disadvantage"  as  used  in  Chapter  4  of  Part  3 1  of  the  Edu- 
cation Code  shall  be  either  of  the  following: 

(a)  The  area  served  by  elementary  schools  identified  and  determined 
by  ranking  the  elementary  schools  serving  those  census  tracts  that  are 
concentrated  areas  of  poverty  and  social  tension  as  defined  in  Section 
12050  (a)  in  accordance  with  a  severity  score  based  upon  the  sum  of  the 
following: 

( 1 )  The  percentage  of  the  pupils  enrolled  in  the  school  who  took  the 
October  1 968  sixth  grade  state  reading  achievement  test  whose  score  was 
at  or  below  the  first  quartile; 

(2)  The  percentage  of  families  (at  least  20%)  in  the  census  tract  or 
tracts  served  in  whole  or  in  part  by  the  school  whose  1959  income  re- 
ported to  the  census  was  under  $3,000  and; 

(3)  Twice  the  percentage  of  unemployment  reported  by  the  1960  de- 
cennial census  for  the  census  tract  or  tracts  served  in  whole  or  in  part  by 
the  school;  or 

(b)  The  Director  may  designate  as  "a  most  concentrated  area  of  pover- 
ty and  social  tension"  the  attendance  area  of  an  elementary  school  that 
has  been  identified  and  approved  as  a  target  area  school  for  purposes  of 
Title  I,  ESEA  program  services  in  a  school  district  in  which  there  are 
schools  declared  eligible  in  accord  with  the  scores  computed  under  sub- 
paragraphs ( 1 ),  (2),  and  (3)  of  subsection  (a).  The  selection  of  such  school 
attendance  areas  shall  be  based  primarily  on  the  criteria  of  high  concen- 
tration of  children  from  low  income  and  AFDC  families. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§  1 2052.     Priority  of  Projects. 

Districts  shall  give  priority  to  projects  or  programs  that  provide  for  in- 
novative methods  for  utilization  of  teachers  and  classroom  space  and  for 
the  evaluation  of  those  methods. 

§12060.    Application  for  Funds. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  5-17-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  20). 

§  1 2061 .    Content  of  Application  for  Grants. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  5-17-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  20). 


History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§12066.    Health  Examination. 

Each  person  employed  as  a  teachers"  aide  shall  have  on  file  with  the 
district  a  certificate  defined  in  Education  Code  Section  49406  that  indi- 
cates freedom  of  such  person  from  active  tuberculosis. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  eifective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 

39). 

§  12067.    Duties  Under  Supervision  of  Classroom  Teacher. 

A  teacher  aide  shall  be  under  the  immediate  supervision  and  direction 
of  a  certificated  classroom  teacher,  with  a  reasonable  physical  proximity 
between  the  aide's  work  station  and  the  teacher's  work  station,  so  that 
there  is  ready  communication  between  teacher  and  aide  and  ease  of  su- 
pervision of  the  aide.  Under  such  supervision,  the  teacher  aide  may  en- 
gage in  acfivities  that  include  tutoring  of  individuals  or  very  small  groups 
of  pupils  as  directed  by  the  teacher. 

§  12068.    Duties  Not  Under  Direct  Supervision  of 
Classroom  Teacher. 

A  teacher  aide  may  perform  assigned  duties  while  not  under  the  direct 
supervision  of  the  teacher  for  a  period  not  in  excess  of  25  per  cent  of  the 
time  for  which  he  is  engaged  in  the  performance  of  his  duties  during  any 
school  day.  The  duties  which  a  teacher  aide  may  perform  while  not  under 
the  direct  supervision  of  a  teacher  shall  not  include  independent  control 
or  supervision  of  pupils  except  during  designated  noninstructional  ses- 
sions. While  not  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  teacher,  a  teacher  aide 
may  prepare  materials  as  directed  by  the  teacher,  provide  personal  assis- 
tance to  designated  pupils  in  the  event  of  an  emergency,  and  visit  pupils' 
homes  when  directed  by  the  teacher  in  accordance  with  school  district 
policy,  and  perform  other  duties  as  assigned  by  the  teacher. 

§  12069.    Relation  to  Instructional  Program. 

The  activities  of  teacher  aides  shall  be  directly  related  to  the  instruc- 
tional program  and  to  reinforcement  of  the  teachers'  effectiveness  in  car- 
rying on  the  instructional  program.  Teacher  aides  shall  not  be  assigned 
duties  that  make  them  unavailable  to  assist  teachers  in  instructional  pro- 
grams. 

§  12070.    Assignment  on  Team  Basis. 

Teacher  aides  may  be  assigned  on  a  team  or  cooperative  basis  to  assist 
in  providing  remedial  instruction  or  in  improving  the  quality  of  the  regu- 
lar instructional  program. 

Subchapter  6.    Demonstration  Programs  in 

Intensive  Instruction  (Reading  and 

Mathematics)  for  Low  Achieving  Pupils  in 

Grade  7,  8  or  9 

(Education  Code  secdons  58600-58608) 


Article  3.    Teacher  Aides 

§12065.    Qualifications. 

A  school  district,  in  evaluating  the  qualifications  of  a  prospective 
teacher  aide  to  be  employed  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  54482, 
shall  place  primary  consideration  on  such  person's  basic  knowledge  and 
skills,  personality  factors,  and  his  relationship  to  the  community  in  which 
he  is  to  serve. 


Article  1 .    General  Provisions 

§12090.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Exemplary  program"  as  used  in  Chapter  4  of  Part  31  of  the  Educa- 
tion Code  and  in  these  regulations  means  the  administration  of  an  innova- 
tive, creative  program  over  and  above  the  district's  regular  program  that 
can  serve  as  a  model  for  future  programs. 

(b)  "Model  Demonstration  Program"  as  used  in  Article  2  of  Chapter 
4  of  Part  3 1  of  the  Education  Code  and  in  these  regulations  means  an  ex- 
emplary project  using  research  data  and  experimentation  to  focus  on  the 
conduct  of  intensive  instruction  in  reading  and  mathematics. 

Note.  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  6;  Sections  54462  and  58605,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  Chapter  6  (§§  12090  through  12095,  12097, 12098,  12099)  filed  1-14-70; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70.  No.  3). 


Page  169 


Register  20t)4,  No.  24;  6  - 11  -  2004 


§  12091 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


2.  Amendment  of" section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77.  No.  39). 


Article  2.    Applications 

§  1 2091 .    Application  for  Funds. 

An  applicant  for  funds  to  conduct  programs  under  this  chapter  shall: 

(a)  Be  identified  as  a  "most  concentrated  area  of  poverty  and  social 
tension"  described  in  Section  1205 1  or  a  "designated  area  of  disadvan- 
tage" described  in  Education  Code  Section  58600,  and 

(b)  Meet  the  requirements  of  subsections  (a)  through  (e)  of  Sections 
12060  and  12061. 

History 

i.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  12092.    Application  for  Approval  of  Demonstration 
Program. 

An  application  by  the  governing  board  of  a  school  district  to  establish 
and  operate  a  program  under  Chapter  4  of  Part  3 1  of  the  Education  Code 
shall  be  made  in  accordance  with  the  instructions  provided  on  forms  fur- 
nished by  the  Director  and  shall  contain  a  detailed  description  and  analy- 
sis of  the  program  including  the  manner  in  which  the  standards  and  crite- 
ria established  by  this  article  are  to  be  complied  with,  and  such  other 
information  as  specified  by  the  Director. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 

§  12093.    Programs  Operated  by  Public  or  Private 
Agencies. 

When  a  program  is  to  be  conducted  by  a  school  district  through  a  pub- 
lic or  private  agency,  foundation,  or  corporation,  the  district  shall  submit 
with  its  application  a  statement  containing  evidence  that  the  agency, 
foundation,  or  corporation  is  competent  to  conduct  the  program. 

§  12094.    Program  Content. 

A  demonstration  program  shall  be  designed  to  create  an  atmosphere 
or  climate  for  learning,  to  motivate  the  pupil  for  further  learning  and  to 
insure  educational  attainment  or  success  in  reading  and  mathematics.  A 
demonstration  program  shall  have  the  following  specific  goals: 

(a)  Development  of  creative  programs  to  serve  as  models  or  guides  for 
improved  instruction  generally  and  for  compensatory  education  specifi- 
cally. 

(b)  Experimentation  with  new  curricula  and  methodology  designed  to 
meet  specific  needs  of  low  achieving  pupils. 

(c)  Analysis  and  assessment  of  the  abilities  and  needs  of  low  achieving 
pupils. 

(d)  Providing  of  individualized  instruction. 

(e)  Employment  of  a  variety  of  approaches  to  systematic,  sequential 
skills  development. 

(f)  Corrective  programs  for  pupils  performing  one  year  or  more  below 
grade  expectancy  level. 

§  12095.    Evaluation  Committee.  Preceding  Approval. 

When  a  demonstration  program  is  to  be  conducted  by  a  school  district 
through  contract  with  a  public  or  private  agency,  foundation,  or  corpora- 
tion, the  agency,  foundation,  or  corporation,  and  its  competence  and  abil- 
ity to  conduct  the  program,  shall  be  evaluated  by  an  evaluation  commit- 
tee which  shall  consist  of  four  members  appointed  by  the  Director  as 
follows: 

(a)  One  member  known  for  his  interest  and  leadership  in  industrial 
training. 

(b)  One  member  eminent  in  the  field  of  education. 

(c)  One  member  who  is  an  established  authority  in  teaching  reading. 

(d)  One  member  who  is  an  established  authority  in  teaching  mathemat- 
ics. 


The  committee  shall  confer  with,  advise  and  make  recommendations 
to.  the  Director  with  respect  to  its  evaluations  and  findings. 

Article  3.    Personnel  in  Program 

§  12097.    Teaching  and  Supervisory  Personnel. 

A  person  serving  as  a  teacher  or  supervisor  in  a  demonstration  pro- 
gram who  is  employed  by  a  public  or  private  agency,  foundation,  or  cor- 
poration shall  possess  a  valid  California  certification  document  unless 
this  requirement  has  been  waived  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section 
58603. 

When  this  requirement  has  been  so  waived: 

(a)  A  person  serving  as  a  teacher  shall  be  experienced  and  competent 
in  teaching  reading  or  mathematics. 

(b)  A  person  serving  as  supervisor  shall  be  knowledgeable  in  the  cur- 
rent practices  in  reading  and  mathematics. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§12098.    Assistants. 

Any  nonteaching  aide,  nonteaching  assistant  or  teacher  aide  employed 
to  assist  in  a  demonstration  program  pursuant  to  statutory  authorization 
(including  Education  Code  Section  58603),  shall  perform  such  func- 
tions, in  accordance  with  such  statutory  authorization,  as  shall  be  deter- 
mined by  the  district.  An  application  submitted  pursuant  to  Section 
1 2092  shall  indicate  the  number  of  assistants  or  aides,  their  qualifications 
and  duties. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 


Article  4.    Evaluation  of  Program 

§12099.    Program  Evaluation. 

A  district  or  other  entity  operating  a  demonstration  program  shall  peri- 
odically evaluate  the  program  which  shall  include  an  evaluation  of  pupil 
achievement. 


Subchapter  7.    New  Careers  in  Education 
Programs 

(Education  Code  Sections  44520-44534) 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§13000.    Definitions. 

(a)  Program — Program  means  the  activities  conducted  by  the  State 
Department  of  Education,  local  school  districts,  and  cooperating  institu- 
tions of  higher  education  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  provisions 
of  Article  5  of  Chapter  3,  Part  25,  Sections  44520-44534. 

(b)  Intern — Intern  means  a  person  who  has  met  eligibihty  require- 
ments, been  selected,  and  is  receiving  support  from  the  Program  toward 
the  completion  of  collegiate  preparation  for  and  attainment  of  an  elemen- 
tary school  teaching  credential. 

(c)  Institution  of  Higher  Education — An  institution  of  higher  educa- 
tion (I.H.E.)  is  a  university  or  a  college  which  provides  courses  which 
will  enable  a  person  to  meet  the  requirements  of  a  California  teaching 
credential.  The  university  means  any  location  where  classes  of  that  uni- 
versity are  operated  or  offered. 

(d)  Preservice  Program — A  preservice  program  is  collaborative  guid- 
ance and  training  offered  by  the  cooperating  I.H.E.  and  the  school  dis- 
trict. 

(e)  Team  Leader — A  team  leader  is  an  experienced  teacher  who  has 
demonstrated  the  capability  in  teaching  educationally  disadvantaged  pu- 
pils and  is  responsible  to  direct,  aid,  coordinate  and  supervise  interns  and 


Page  170 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


ii  13009 


• 


• 


• 


who  is  released,  at  least  in  part  lime,  from  other  duties  in  order  to  perform 
this  eoordinaiion  and  supervision. 

(0  Director  of  Compensatory  Education — The  Director  of  Compensa- 
tory Education  is  the  Assistant  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  for 
Compensatory  Education. 

(g)  Tuition  Scholarship — Means  program  and  local  district  funds  paid 
to  the  intern  or  onlhe  intern's  behalf  to  cover  normal  expenses  of  attend- 
ing an  Institution  of  Higher  Education. 

(h)  Fellowship  Expense  Grant — Means  program  and  local  district 
funds  paid  tor  the  subsistence  of  interns  and  their  eligible  dependents 
while  actively  enrolled  in  the  Program. 

NOTl-:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  7:  Sections  .^3031  and  44532.  Education  Code. 

HlSlORY 

1.  New  Chapter  7  (Article  I,  Sections  1 3000-1.301 7)  filed  1-16-76:  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereaher  (Register  76,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  77.  No.  39). 

§  13001.    Basic  Requirements  of  the  Program. 

The  basic  purpo.se  of  the  program  is  to  carefully  select,  from  among 
persons  whose  background  and  experience  makes  them  familiar  with  the 
life  problems  oi'  low-income  and  minority  students,  individuals  who 
have  completed  60  semester  course  units  or  the  equivalent  number  of 
quarter  units  of  lower  division  college  work,  who  otherwise  could  not  be 
expected  to  complete  collegiate  education,  and  to  facilitate  their  becom- 
ing credentialed  elementary  school  teachers.  The  program  incorporates 
academic  study  with  on-the-job  training.  For  this  reason,  local  school 
districts  are  the  eligible  applicant  agencies  and  maintain  control  over  the 
nonacadeinic  learning  opportunities  of  the  interns. 

§13002.    Intern  Financial  Support. 

The  following  items  relate  lo  the  support  of  a  New  Careers  in  Educa- 
tion intern: 

(a)  Fellowship  Expense  Grants — Interns  .shall  receive  Fellowship  Ex- 
pense Grants  of  $75  per  week  throughout  the  months  of  the  year  in  which 
they  are  enrolled  as  full-time  college  students.  The  support  will  continue 
to  be  provided  between  college  semesters  or  quarters,  and  between  the 
academic  year  and  college  summer  sessions.  During  periods  when  in- 
terns are  not  attending  college  classes,  the  local  school  district  may  as- 
sign responsibilities  related  to  the  education  of  disadvantaged  children. 
Interns  may  be  provided  the  same  vacations  as  local  school  district  em- 
ployees without  loss  of  support. 

(b)  Fellowship  Expense  Grant  Supplements — Fellowship  expense 
grant  supplements  of  $  1 5  per  week  for  each  legal  dependent  of  the  intern 
may  be  added  to  the  basic  fellowship  expense  grant. 

(c)  Tuition  Scholarship — Tuition  scholarships  include  but  are  not  lim- 
ited to  those  charges  by  an  institution  of  higher  education  for  attending 
classes  and  necessary  related  costs  including  books,  materials,  fees,  and 
transportation  costs. 

(d)  Eligibility  for  Income  Supplements — It  is  the  intent  of  the  State 
Board  of  Education,  in  adopting  these  regulations,  to  define  the  intern- 
ship and  the  scholarship  and  fellowship  assistance  provided  by  this  pro- 
gram in  such  ways  as  may  protect  the  eligibility  of  interns  for  income  sup- 
plements, health  benefits,  or  other  services  which  would  be  available  to 
them  if  they  were  not  New  Careers  in  Education  interns. 

§  13003.    Duties  of  Team  Leader. 

A  team  leader  shall  devote  at  least  one-half  time  to  the  following  du- 
ties: 

(a)  Direct,  aid.  and  coordinate  intern's  activities. 

(b)  Supervise  interns  and  their  internship  activities. 

(c)  Participate  in  screening  candidates  for  consideration  for  intern- 
ships. 

(d)  Meet  with  intern  individually  to  provide  guidance  and  counsel. 

(e)  Plan  and  conduct  or  arrange  for  other  persons  to  conduct  inservice 
and  preservice  training  for  interns. 

(f)  Arrange  for  interns  to  be  aware  of  meetings  for  professional 
erowth. 


(g)  Collect  data  necessary  for  reporting  on  the  progress  of  interns. 

(h)  Arrange  for  supervising  teachers  and  check  to  make  certain  that 
their  participation  is  helping  to  implement  the  objectives  of  the  program 
for  the  benefit  of  the  interns. 

(i)  Assist  interns  to  develop  skills  and  other  abilities  necessary  for  ef- 
fective teaching. 

(j)  Supervise  at  least  six  but  not  more  than  10  interns. 

(k)  Assist  in  the  teaching  process  in  the  participating  school. 

(I)  Participate  in  facilitating  the  teacher  education  prograin  for  the  in- 
terns. 

§  13004.    Compensation  of  Team  Leaders. 

Team  leaders  shall  receive  compensation  at  a  rale  the  equivalent  to  that 
paid  other  experienced  teachers  in  the  school  district  with  similar  profes- 
sional preparation  and  responsibilities. 

§  13005.    Coordination  with  the  Compensatory  Education 
Program. 

In  keeping  with  the  basic  purpose  of  the  New  Careers  in  Education 
program,  coordination  with  the  school  district  staff  who  work  in  the  area 
of  compensatory  education  is  required. 

§  1 3006.    Funds  for  Student  Support. 

At  least  70  percent  of  the  New  Careers  in  Education  funds  allocated 
to  a  school  district  must  be  expended  for  the  direct  support  of  interns 
through  tuition  scholarships  and  fellowship  expen.se  grants. 

§13007.    Intern  Eligibility. 

All  interns  must  meet  the  following  requirements: 

(a)  At  least  60  units  of  college  credit  have  been  acquired,  and  it  is  pre- 
dicted that  the  student  will  qualify  for  the  credential  within  two  calendar 
years. 

(b)  The  individual  is  to  have  lived  or  worked  extensively  in  areas  of 
high  concentration  of  low-income  families  or  is  a  member  of  a  minority 
or  racial  ethnic  group  who  has  lived  or  worked  extensively  in  low-in- 
come areas. 

(c)  Must  have  a  high  teaching  potential  and  meet  qualifications  for  the 
issuance  of  a  credenfial. 

(d)  Shows  reasonable  evidence  that  the  intern  will  teach  for  at  least  two 
years  following  the  earning  of  a  credential  in  a  school  in  a  low-income 
area. 

(e)  Is  registered  for  at  least  twelve  semester  units  per  semester  or  the 
equivalent  number  of  units  in  an  institution  operating  on  a  quarterly  ba- 
sis. 

§  13008.    Selection  of  Interns. 

Interns  will  be  selected  on  the  basis  of  careful  review  of  applications 
showing  the  qualifications  of  all  interested  individuals  including  teacher 
aides.  The  selection  must  carry  out  the  district's  classified  personnel  hir- 
ing policies. 

§  13009.    Applications  for  Funding. 

Applications  are  to  be  submitted  to  the  Director  of  Compensatory  Edu- 
cation (Assistant  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  or  Compensatory 
Education)  with  these  conditions  and  assurances: 

(a)  The  local  education  agency  must  give  assurance  that  the  school  dis- 
trict intends  to  employ  successful  graduates. 

(b)  The  intern  shall  give  reasonable  evidence  that  he  will  teach  for  at 
least  two  years  following  the  training  program  in  a  school  located  in  a 
low-income  area. 

(c)  The  collaborafing  institution  of  higher  education  must  plan  a  pro- 
gram with  the  local  educational  agency  and  jointly  select  team  leaders 
and  interns. 

(d)  The  local  educational  agency  serves  as  funding  agency. 

(e)  The  educational  programs  for  interns  will  be  competency-based 
with  objectives  identified  and  evaluation  procedures  specified. 

(f)  Community  representatives  have  an  advisory  role  in  planning,  im- 
plementing and  evaluating  the  program. 

(g)  An  annual  report  will  be  submitted  in  the  form  prescribed  by  the 
State  Department  of  Education. 


Page  171 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 11  -2004 


§  13010 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(h)  Assurances  that  auditable  records  will  be  on  file. 

(i)  Assurance  of  compliance  with  the  California  Administrative  Code 
and  the  California  Education  Code. 

(j)  Assurance  that  ethnic  balance  has  been  considered  in  selecting  in- 
terns. 

(k)  Assurance  that  data  is  provided  on  compensation  allowances  and 
training  costs. 

(1)  A  budget  is  provided  indicating  specific  amounts  to  be  allocated  un- 
der each  object  of  expenditure. 

§  13010.    Eliminating  an  Intern  from  a  Program. 

When  representatives  of  the  school  district  or  of  the  collaborating  in- 
stitution of  higher  education  have  concerns  about  the  retention  in  the  pro- 
gram of  a  particular  intern,  a  review  committee  consisting  of  the  team 
leader,  a  school  district  administrator,  a  cooperating  classroom  teacher, 
and  a  faculty  member  from  the  collaborating  institution  of  higher  educa- 
tion shall  be  convened  to  provide  counsel  and  guidance  for  the  intern.  An 
intern  may  be  dropped  from  the  program  after  due  process. 

§  1 301 1 .    District  Responsibilities. 

The  district  is  responsible  for  the  following: 

(a)  Pay  at  least  10  percent,  but  not  more  than  90  percent  of  the  salaries, 
fringe  benefits,  tuition  scholarships,  and  fellowship  expense  grants  to  be 
paid  the  team  leaders  and  the  interns. 

(b)  Provision  of  support  services  to  team  leaders  and  interns  on  the 
same  basis  by  which  services  are  provided  to  other  staff  members  in  the 
district. 

§  13012.    Services  Provided  by  Institutions  of  Higher 
Education. 

In  selecting  collaborating  insututions  of  higher  education,  the  school 
district  shall  obtain  assurances  that  any  services  provided  to  other  stu- 
dents in  the  university  will  be  provided  to  the  interns. 

§  1 301 3.    Maintenance  of  Effort. 

The  new  Careers  in  Education  Act  funds  are  intended  to  supplement 
and  not  supplant  other  federal,  state,  or  local  funds.  Applicants  for  this 
program  are  required  to  maintain,  in  each  school  in  which  the  New  Ca- 
reers interns  and  team  leaders  are  employed  and  trained,  a  level  of  expen- 
diture that  is  at  least  equal  to  the  level  of  expenditure  that  would  be  main- 
tained if  New  Careers  in  Education  funds  were  not  being  expended. 

§  13014.    Program  and  Reporting. 

Each  funded  agency  must  submit  a  year-end  report  to  the  State  De- 
partment of  Education  in  a  form  to  be  provided  by  the  department.  Annu- 
al reports  are  due  in  Sacramento  by  the  close  of  business,  August  3 1  of 
each  year. 

§  13015.    Fiscal  and  Technical  Requirements. 

District  and  county  superintendents  maintaining  programs  shall  de- 
velop budget  accounts  records,  claims  for  reimbursement,  and  reports  in 
accordance  with  the  California  School  Accounting  Manual.  Auditable 
records  shall  be  developed  by  the  school  districts  or  county  superinten- 
dents to  document  compliance  with  regulations. 

§  1 301 6.    Compliance  with  Nondiscrimination 
Requirements. 

Each  application  shall  include  assurance  that  the  applicant  agencies 
have  complied  with  Title  VI,  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964,  and  Title  IX,  Edu- 
cation Act  of  1972,  Section  34,  Title  5,  of  the  California  Administrative 
Code,  and  the  California  Fair  Employment  Practices  Act,  as  amended. 

§  13017.    Waivers. 

Applicant  districts  may  apply  to  the  State  Board  of  Education  for 
waivers  from  provisions  of  the  California  Education  Code  under  provi- 
sions of  Education  Code  Secfions  52021  with  respect  to  early  childhood 
education  schools  and  Section  58603  with  respect  to  ESEA  Title  I 
schools  if  the  granting  of  such  waivers  (which  are  not  inconsistent  with 
federal  statutes  or  regulations)  will  aid  such  applicant  district  in  estab- 


lishment and  operation  of  early  childhood  education  programs  or  com- 
pensatory education  programs  for  low-income  children. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 


Subchapter  9.    Professional  Development 
and  Program  Improvement  Programs 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§13025.    Definitions. 

(a)  Center — Center  means  a  professional  development  and  program 
improvement  center  which  is  an  elementary  school  designated  as  such 
upon  application  of  a  school  district  to  the  State  Board  of  Educafion.  It 
is  a  school  in  which  a  program  under  either  Title  I  of  the  Elementary  and 
Secondary  Education  Act  of  1965,  the  Miller-Unruh  Basic  Reading  Act 
(Chapter  2  commencing  with  Section  54100!  of  Part  29),  the  Educadon- 
ally  Disadvantaged  Youth  Programs  (Chapter  1  commencing  with  Sec- 
tion 54000!  of  Part  29),  or  the  Early  Childhood  Education  Program 
(Chapter  6  commencing  with  Section  52000!  of  Part  28)  is  in  operafion. 

(b)  Satellite  School  — Satellite  school  means  any  other  school  or 
schools  in  the  district  designated  as  such  by  the  district  and/or  county  su- 
perintendent of  schools  and  approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 
Satellite  schools  shall  be  named  in  accordance  with  the  priority  measures 
established  by  Secfion  44636. 

(c)  Program — Program  means  a  professional  development  and  pro- 
gram improvement  center  program  established  pursuant  to  this  article. 

(d)  Joint  Program — Joint  program  shall  mean  a  program  undertaken 
through  joint  agreement  by  two  or  more  school  districts  or  county  super- 
intendents of  schools  joined  together  for  the  purpose  of  providing  in-ser- 
vice training  to  administrators  and  teachers  teaching  kindergarten  and 
grades  1  through  8. 

(e)  Funding — Funding  means  those  state  and/or  federal  monies  which 
may  be  appropriated  by  the  legislature  and/or  congress  for  the  purposes 
of  the  operation  of  the  Program  Development  and  Program  Improvement 
Act  of  1968,  as  amended  and  the  allocations  of  such  monies  to  the  school 
districts  and/or  county  superintendents  of  schools  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Section  44643  as  amended,  and  such  federal  statutes,  regulations, 
or  executive  orders  as  may  be  applicable  to  such  programs. 

(0  Performance  Objective — A  performance  objective  is  an  intent 
communicated  by  a  statement  in  writing  describing  the  proposed  change 
in  a  learner  (teacher,  administrator,  aide).  Such  changes  must  be  observ- 
able and  measurable. 

(g)  Evaluation — An  evaluafion  is  a  systematic  inquiry  in  writing  to  de- 
termine the  effectiveness  of  an  educational  endeavor. 

(h)  Evaluation  Design — An  evaluation  design  is  a  structured  plan  in 
writing  to  determine  the  effecfiveness  of  a  project. 

(i)  Inservice  Training  — Inservice  training  is  the  educafion  and  train- 
ing of  teachers  and  other  school  personnel  who  are  employees  of  a  local 
educational  agency  and  require  no  additional  training  or  education  to 
meet  state  teachers  cerfitication  qualifications.  Exceptions  are  made  for 
personnel  who  have  intern  status  and  who  need  addifional  course  work 
and  training  to  meet  state  cerfification  requirements  for  the  standard 
teaching  credentials. 

(j)  Preservice  Training — Preservice  training  is  the  education  and  train- 
ing of  teachers  and  other  school  personnel  who  are,  or  may  become,  par- 
ticipants in  the  programs  or  joint  programs  contemplated  by  the  Profes- 
sional Development  and  Program  Improvement  Act  of  1 968,  which  shall 
be  specifically  designed  and  implemented  in  such  a  manner  as  to  prepare 
such  teachers  or  other  school  personnel  for  their  participation  in  this  pro- 
gram. 

(k)  Master  Teacher — A  master  teacher  is  one  who  has  been  deter- 
mined to  be  an  outstanding  teacher  by  the  school  district  and/or  the 


• 


• 


Page  172 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  13032 


• 


• 


county  superintendent  of  schools  and  the  cooperating  institution  of  high- 
er education. 

(1)  Resource  Teacher — A  resource  teacher  is  a  master  teacher  as  de- 
fined in  (k)  above  in  reading  and  mathematics  for  purposes  of  this  pro- 
gram. 

(m)  Specialist  Teacher — A  specialist  teacher  is  a  master  teacher  in 
reading  and/or  mathematics  as  referred  to  in  Chapter  1499,  Statutes  of 
1 974  (commencing  with  Education  Code  Section  4463 1 )  for  purposes  of 
this  program.  This  term  is  also  used  as  a  synonym  of  the  words  resource 
teacher  in  this  program. 

(n)  Project  Budget — Project  budget  means  that  amount  of  money  spe- 
cifically set  forth  in  the  applications  of  the  school  districts  and/or  the 
county  superintendents  of  schools  which  may  be  approved  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education  for  the  operation  of  these  programs. 

(o)  Replacement  Teacher — A  replacement  teacher  is  one  who  holds 
an  appropriate  California  teaching  credential  and  who  replaces  the  teach- 
er in  the  satellite  school  in  order  that  the  satellite  teacher  may  receive 
training  in  the  center  school  program.  Long-term  and  short-term  substi- 
tute teachers  may  be  used. 

(p)  Satellite  School  Trainee — A  satellite  school  trainee  is  a  person  who 
holds  a  position  in  the  satellite  school  and  is  eligible  to  participate  in  the 
training  program. 

(q)  Staff  Development  — Staff  development  is  the  development  of 
personnel  competencies  that  promote  pupil  achievement. 

(r)  Training  Cycle — A  training  cycle  is  a  specified  period  of  time  de- 
voted to  the  intensive  training  of  school  personnel. 
NOTH:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  9:  Sections  33031  and  44639,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  9m  \  3025-1 3044)  filed  5-21-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  75.  No.  21). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77.  No.  39). 

§  1 3026.    Agencies  Eligible  to  Apply. 

Any  public  school  district  and/or  county  superintendent  of  schools 
may  make  application  for  funds  under  the  Professional  Development  and 
Program  Improvement  Act  of  1968  as  amended  by  Chapter  1499,  Stat- 
utes of  1974-75. 

§  13027.     Establishing  Professional  Development  Centers 
and  Programs. 

Educational  agencies  applying  for  funds  under  provisions  contained 
in  Education  Code  Sections  44635  and  44638  shall  provide  assurances 
that: 

(a)  Professional  development  and  program  improvement  centers  will 
be  established  to  strengthen  the  instructional  techniques  of  classroom 
teachers  and  other  instructional  personnel  in  kindergarten  and  grades  one 
through  six  to  improve  the  educational  achievement  of  pupils  in  reading 
and  mathematics. 

(b)  Joint  programs  shall  be  designed  to  strengthen  the  instructional 
techniques  of  classroom  teachers  and  other  instructional  personnel  in 
kindergarten  and  grades  one  through  eight  to  improve  the  achievement 
of  pupils  in  reading  and  mathematics. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§13028.    Selecting  the  Center. 

The  school  designated  as  the  center  shall  meet  all  of  the  following  re- 
quirements: 

(a)  Be  an  elementary  school  which  is  classified  as  either  an  Elementary 
and  Secondary  Education  Act  Title  I  school,  a  Miller-Unruh  school  (E.C. 
54 1 00  et  seq.),  an  educationally  disadvantaged  youth  school  (E.C.  54000 
et  seq.),  or  an  early  childhood  education  school  (E.C.  52000  et  seq.). 

(b)  Have  master  teachers  determined  by  the  local  school  district  and/or 
the  county  superintendent  and  the  participating  teacher  training  institu- 
tion to  be  outstanding. 


History 
] .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
39). 

§  13029.    Selecting  Satellite  Schools. 

Schools  designated  as  satellite  schools  shall: 

(a)  Have  the  largest  concentration  of  pupils  whose  reading  or  mathe- 
matics achievement  scores  or  both  fall  below  the  first  quartile  as  mea- 
sured by  standardized  tests  in  reading  and  matheinalics. 

(b)  Have  one  or  more  master  teachers  who  will  be  identified  to  act  as 
resource  teachers  in  reading  and  mathematics. 

(c)  Maintain  a  summer  session  and  integrate  their  instructional  pro- 
grams with  the  inservice  training  program  performed  during  the  summer. 

(d)  Have  the  largest  concentration  of  teachers  who  will  assure  the  dis- 
trict that  they  will  continue  to  teach  in  the  satellite  schools  for  at  least  two 
years  following  their  participation  in  the  training  prograin. 

(e)  Be  schools  with  K-6  enrollinents  or  in  districts  using  the  K-3, 4-6 
plan  of  organization,  or  schools  in  which  a  primary  school  feeds  into  an 
intermediate  school  serving  substantially  the  same  attendance  areas,  or 
in  joint  schools,  or  county  superintendents  serving  K-8  schools. 

(f)  Satellite  schools  shall  be  selected  annually  by  a  ranking  process 
based  on  (a)  above. 

§13030.    Assurances  Required. 

The  applicant  school  district  or  county  superintendent  of  schools  shall 
give  assurances  that  the  following  requirements  and  standards  will  be 
met  in  selecting  personnel  for  the  center. 

(a)  The  director  of  the  center  program  shall  be  appointed  by  the  school 
district  or  county  superintendent  of  schools  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
cooperating  teacher  training  institution. 

(b)  School  districts  shall  select  master  teachers  that  are  judged  to  be 
outstanding  by  the  participating  teacher  training  institution  and  the  local 
school  district  or  county  superintendent  of  schools. 

(c)  All  professional  staff  from  the  teacher  training  institution  assigned 
to  the  center  school  shall  have  the  concurrence  of  the  applicant  school 
district  or  county  superintendent  of  schools. 

(d)  Applicant  school  districts  or  county  superintendents  of  schools 
shall  cooperate  with  one  or  more  higher  education  institutions  in  the  plan- 
ning, implementation,  and  evaluation  of  the  training  program. 

(e)  The  school  districts  or  county  superintendents  of  schools  shall  pro- 
vide professional  development  program  centers  with  adequate  staff  to 
perform  auxiliary  and  administrative  services,  teacher  aides,  and  re- 
placement teachers. 

(0  All  project  staff,  except  those  employed  by  teacher  preparation  in- 
stitutions, with  the  training  project  shall  have  standard  California  creden- 
tials. 

History 

1.  Editorial  correction  of  section  number  Reg.  77,  No.  39. 

§  13031.     Personnel  Rotation. 

All  instructional  and  administrative  school  personnel  from  satellite 
schools  and/or  participating  school  s  are  required  to  participate  in  the  cen- 
ter program  on  a  rotational  basis. 

§  13032.    Professional  Development  Steering  Committee. 

In  addition  to  any  other  school  or  school  district  advisory  committees, 
districts  participating  in  professional  development  center  programs  shall 
form  a  professional  development  steering  committee.  The  professional 
development  steering  committee  shall  maintain  liaison  with  the  school 
and  school  district  advisory  committees  and  should  keep  these  commit- 
tees informed  of  the  status  of  the  program.  The  professional  development 
steering  committee  shall  consist  of  but  not  be  limited  to  the  following 
membership: 

(a)  The  director  of  all  staff  development  programs,  operating  within 
the  district. 

(b)  All  principals  of  the  schools  in  which  the  professional  development 
and  program  improvement  center  will  be  conducted. 


Page  173 


Register  2(K)4,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  13033 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(c)  A  representative  from  the  institution  of  higher  education  which  will 
cooperate  with  the  school  district  in  implementing  the  professional  de- 
velopment and  program  improvement  center. 

(d)  A  representative  of  the  group  of  master  teachers  involved  in  the 
training  program. 

(e)  A  representative  of  the  group  of  participants  and/or  graduates  of 
previous  professional  development  center  programs. 

§  13033.    Integration  of  the  Center  Program  with  Other  Staff 
Development  or  Training  Programs. 

Professional  development  centers/joint  programs  must  be  integrated 
with  existing  staff  development  activities  for  reading  and  mathematics 
within  the  school  district  and  within  the  schools  in  which  the  training  oc- 
curs. This  integration  system  must  be  described  in  the  application  for 
funds,  and  must  include  people,  physical  facilities,  materials,  and  equip- 
ment, whether  funded  by  any  local,  other  state,  or  federal  program 
source. 

§  13034.    Summer  School  Training  Required. 

Each  center  and  satellite  school  shall  participate  in  a  summer  school 
for  students  and  each  project  shall  include  a  summer  training  component. 

§13035.    Maintenance  of  Effort. 

Professional  Development  and  Program  Improvement  Act  funds  are 
intended  to  supplement  and  not  supplant  other  federal,  state,  and  local 
funds.  Applicants  for  this  program  are  required  to  maintain,  in  each 
school  in  which  professional  development  participants  are  employed  and 
trained,  a  level  of  expenditure  that  is  at  least  equal  to  the  level  of  expendi- 
ture that  would  be  maintained  if  professional  development  funds  were 
not  being  expended. 

§  13036.    Legislative  Ceiling  on  Per  Capita  Cost. 

The  maximum  number  of  dollars  per  participant  under  the  appropri- 
ation for  this  program  is  established  by  law.  Participants  are  administra- 
tors, teachers,  aides,  replacement  teachers,  auxiliary  personnel,  and  oth- 
ers who  receive  training. 

§  13037.    Competitive  Nature  of  the  Program. 

It  is  the  intent  of  the  legislature  that  funds  available  be  distributed 
throughout  California.  Applications  will  be  ranked  on  the  basis  of  Educa- 
tion Code  Sections  44635, 44636  or  44638.  The  highest  ranked  applica- 
tions will  be  recommended  for  funding. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39». 

§  13038.    Development  of  Program. 

(a)  Needs  Assessment. 

Each  application  shall  include  comprehensive  data  on  the  unmet  needs 
of  the  student  population  and  of  the  administrative  and  instructional  staff 
members  of  the  participating  schools.  Data  submitted  must  include,  but 
is  not  limited  to,  input  from  students,  parents,  and  staff  members.  Special 
emphasis  must  be  given  to  the  needs  for  improved  pupil  achievement  in 
reading  and  mathematics. 

(b)  Objectives. 

Each  application  shall  include  statements  of  objectives,  stated  in  per- 
formance terms,  with  performance  criteria  identified  for  all  participants 
in  the  project. 

(c)  Activities. 

Each  application  shall  include  descriptions  of  the  system  of  rotation 
by  which  the  participants  will  be  released  from  regular  duties,  receive 
concentrated  training,  receive  follow-up  support,  and  be  assessed.  Sum- 
mer school  activities  shall  be  described  in  relation  to  school-year  activi- 
ties, with  a  rationale  for  the  sequence  of  training  experience  to  be  re- 
ceived by  the  participants.  Learning  groups  of  trainers  and  trainees  shall 
be  described,  and  organizational  and  flow  charts  provided  to  graphically 
illustrate  relationships  and  experience  sequences. 

Activities  must  be  developed  around  a  fully  described  theoretical 
model.  Appropriate  references  to  research  in  teacher  education  shall  be 


cited,  including  but  not  limited  to  data  generated  in  previous  years  in  the 
applicant  district  and  research  done  at  the  cooperating  teacher  training  in- 
stitution. All  activities  must  be  described  in  an  overall  management  plan 
which  shows  what  is  to  be  done,  by  whom,  and  by  when. 

§  13039.    Project  Evaluation  and  Reporting. 

Each  funded  agency  must  submit  a  year-end  evaluation  and  report  to 
the  State  Department  of  Education  in  a  format  to  be  provided  by  the  De- 
partment. Annual  reports  are  due  in  Sacramento  by  the  close  of  business, 
July  31  of  each  year. 

(a)  Report  on  Program  Implementation  Process. 

The  program  application  as  submitted  and  approved  must  be  implem- 
ented. The  process  by  which  the  activities  described  are  implemented 
must  be  monitored  by  the  Professional  Development  Steering  Commit- 
tee. The  Committee's  report  on  the  degree  to  which  the  management  plan 
has  been  implemented  must  be  submitted  as  a  component  of  the  year-end 
program  report. 

(b)  Evaluation  of  the  Program  Product. 

Evaluation  of  the  program  product  shall  focus  on  two  populations: 

(1)  Standardized  achievement  test  data  shall  include  scores  of  pupils 
taught  for  at  least  a  full  school  year  by  a  teacher  who  has  completed  the 
inservice  training  program.  A  comparison  with  scores  of  pupils  in  com- 
parable classes  taught  by  teachers  who  have  not  completed  the  training 
must  be  made. 

(2)  Baseline,  pretraining  data  shall  be  gathered  on  all  participants  and 
compared  with  post  training  data.  Such  data  shall  include,  but  is  not  lim- 
ited to,  the  objectives  established  for  knowledge  and  performance  skills 
to  be  mastered  by  the  participants. 

§13040.    Continuity  of  Funding. 

(a)  Contingent  upon  the  availability  of  funding,  projects  will,  begin- 
ning with  the  1975-76  fiscal  year,  be  funded  for  two  years.  Exceptions 
will  be  projects  which  are  found  by  representatives  of  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Education  to  be: 

(1)  Substantially  out  of  compliance  with  these  regulations,  or 

(2)  Substantially  at  variance  in  program  operation  from  the  program 
described  in  the  approved  application. 

(b)  At  the  end  of  the  second  year  of  operation,  programs  will  be  re- 
viewed in  terms  of: 

(1 )  Whether  the  needs  of  the  pupils  have  been  substantially  met,  and 

(2)  Whether  the  program  has  been  cost-effective  in  operation. 

§  13041 .    Reports  and  Inspection  of  Records. 

On  request  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  records  shall 
be  made  available  for  inspection  to  verify  the  accuracy  of  reports  and  to 
determine  the  conformity  of  program  activities  to  the  applicable  program 
plans.  Each  school  district  and  county  superintendent  of  schools  main- 
taining programs  under  this  chapter  shall  submit  such  reports  at  such 
times  as  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  require  to  effect 
the  purposes  of  this  chapter. 

§  13042.    Fiscal  and  Technical  Requirements. 

(a)  Districts  and  county  superintendents  maintaining  programs  under 
this  chapter  shall  develop  budgets,  account  records,  claims  for  reim- 
bursement, and  reports  in  accordance  with  the  California  School  Ac- 
counting Manual. 

(b)  Auditable  records  shall  be  developed  by  the  school  districts  or 
county  superintendents  to  document  compliance  with  federal  and  state 
regulations. 

§  13043.    Compliance  with  Nondiscrimination 
Requirements. 

Each  application  shall  include  assurance  that  the  applicant  agency 
shall  comply  with  Title  VI,  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1 964,  and  Title  IX,  Educa- 
tion Act  Amendment  of  1972,  Sections  30  through  36of  TitleS  of  theCal- 


• 


• 


Page  174 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11  -2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  13075.1 


• 


irornia  Administrative  Code,  and  the  California  Fair  Employment  Prac- 
tices Act,  as  amended. 

§13044.    Waivers. 

Applicant  districts  may  apply  to  the  State  Board  of  Education  for 
waivers  from  provisions  of  the  California  Education  Code  under  the  pro- 
visions of  Education  Code  Sections  52000  with  respect  to  early  child- 
hood education  schools  and  58603  with  respect  to  ESEA  Title  I  schools 
if  the  granting  of  such  waivers  (which  are  not  inconsistent  with  federal 
statutes  or  regulations)  will  aid  such  applicant  districts  in  the  establish- 
ment and  operation  of  early  childhood  education  programs  or  compensa- 
tory education  programs  for  low  income  children. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 


Subchapter  11.    School  Housing  Aid  for 
Compensatory  Education 

(Education  Code  Sections  16210-162 15) 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§13050.    Application  for  Funds. 

An  applicant  for  school  housing  aid  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Sec- 
tions 16210-16215  shall  be  identified  as  a  "most  concentrated  area  of 
poverty  and  social  tension"  described  in  Section  12051  or  a  "designated 
area  of  disadvantage"  described  in  Education  Code  Section  58600. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  1  i :  Section  1621 3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  11  (§§  13050  through  13053)  filed  l-14-70;effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77.  No.  39). 

§  1 3051 .     Priorities  to  Districts  Reducing  Teacher-Pupil 
Ratio. 

Priorities  in  grants  and  allocations  pursuant  to  Article  4  of  Chapter  8 
of  Part  10  of  the  Education  Code  shall  be  granted  to  districts  for  use  in 
areas  designated  as  the  most  concentrated  areas  of  poverty  and  social  ten- 
sion in  the  State  when  the  district  has  reduced,  or  submitted  an  approv- 
able  plan  for  reducing,  the  number  of  pupils  to  full-time  equivalent  clas- 
sroom teachers  in  grades  kindergarten  through  six,  inclusive,  in  those 
schools  to  a  ratio  of  not  more  than  25-1. 

Hf  STORY 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§13052.    Basis  of  Priorities. 

Priorities  for  purposes  of  grants  and  allocations  pursuant  to  Article  4 
of  Chapter  8  of  Part  1 0  of  the  Education  Code  shall  be  based  upon  needs 
and  the  urgency  thereof,  of  school  districts  as  determined  by  the  foUovv'- 
ing  factors: 

(a)  Justification  of  the  need  for  new  school  plants,  new  classrooms,  ac- 
quisition of  land,  sites  for  new  classrooms,  or  remodeling,  renovation  or 
reconstruction  of  existing  school  buildings  or  facilities. 

(b)  The  number  of  available  unused  or  partially  used  classrooms  in  the 
designated  area. 

(c)  The  number  of  available  unused  or  partially  used  classrooms  out- 
side of  the  designated  area  which  may  be  used  reasonably  to  accommo- 
date pupils  from  the  designated  area. 

(d)  The  joint  recommendation  of  the  Bureau  of  School  Facilities  Plan- 
ning and  the  Bureau  of  Intergroup  Relations  of  the  Department  of  Educa- 
tion of  district  plans  for  new  school  plants,  acquisition  of  land,  sites  for 
new  classrooms,  for  construction  of  new  facilities,  or  for  remodeling, 
renovation,  or  reconstruction  of  existing  school  buildings  or  facilities. 


(e)  Availability  of  the  district's  uncommitted  capital  outlay  funds  for 
school  housing  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  district's  plan  for  compensatory 
education. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  subsection  (d)  filed  9~2.V77:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77.  No.  39). 

§  13053.    Computation  of  Entitlements. 

Entitlements  for  school  housing  aid  shall  be  computed  on  the  basis  of 
public  school  population  ratios  determined  in  accordance  with  Education 
Code  Section  54483.  The  Director,  with  the  approval  of  the  State  Board 
of  Education,  may  modify  entitlements  when  required  by  the  compara- 
tive needs,  and  the  urgency  thereof,  of  school  districts. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No, 

39). 


Subchapter  12.    School  Housing  Aid  for 

Districts  Impacted  by  Seasonal  Agricultural 

Employment 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  12  (Section  13070)  filed  1-14-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  70,  No.  3). 

2.  Repealer  of  Chapter  12  (Section  13070)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 


Subchapter  13.    Supplemental  Services 

§  1 3075.    Application  of  this  Subchapter. 

This  subchapter  shall  apply  to  supplemental  services  providers  and 
those  seeking  to  provide  supplemental  services  as  specified  in  section 
11 16(e)  of  the  No  Child  Left  Behind  (NCLB)  Act  of  2001  (20  U.S.C. 
6316). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  12001  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  Section  6316. 

HtSTORY 

1 .  New  subchapter  1 3  (section  1 3075)  and  section  filed  6-20-2003  as  an  emergen- 
cy; operative  6-20-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  25).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-20-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-20-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-16-2003  and  filed  10-29-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  44). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  5-6-2005;  operative  5-6-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 11343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  J  8). 

§13075.1.    Definitions. 

For  purposes  of  this  subchapter,  the  following  definitions  apply: 

(a)  "Eligible  applicant"  means  any  public  or  private  (nonprofit  or  for- 
profit)  entity  and  includes  public  schools  (including  charter  schools),  pri- 
vate schools,  school  districts,  or  county  offices  of  education  that  are  not 
currently  identified  for  program  improvement  or  for  corrective  action 
pursuant  to  section  1 1 16(b)(1)  of  NCLB,  institutions  of  higher  education, 
faith-based  and  community-based  organizations  and  private  businesses: 

(b)  "Approved  supplemental  educational  services  provider"  ("provid- 
er") means  an  eligible  applicant  that  has  been  approved  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education  (SBE)  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  this  subchapter; 

(c)  "Eligible  student"  means  a  child  from  a  low-income  family  as  de- 
termined by  the  local  educational  agency  for  purposes  of  allocating  funds 
under  section  1113(c)(1)  of  NCLB  who  is  attending  a  Title  I  funded 
school  that  is  in  year  two  or  beyond  of  program  improvement; 

(d)  "Demonstrated  record  of  effectiveness  in  increasing  the  academic 
proficiency  of  students"  means  an  eligible  applicant  has  documentation 
of  the  following: 

(1)  Improved  student  academic  performance  in  individual  student 
scores  on  national,  state,  district  or  other  assessments  in  English  lan- 
guage arts  and^or  mathematics.  These  assessments  must  be  developed  in 
accordance  with  the  standards  for  validity  and  reliability  as  set  forth  in 
Standards  for  Educational  and  Psychological  Testing  (1999);  and 


Page  175 


Register  2005,  No.  18;  5-6-2005 


§  13075.2 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(2)  Improved  student  academic  performance  as  measured  by  written 

teacher  assessments  of  student  growtii  in  English  language  arts  and/or 

mathematics. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  12001  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  Section  6316. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-6-2005;  operative  5-6-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1.343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  18). 


§  13075.2.    Application,  Quality  Requirements  and 
Approval. 

(a)  Eligible  applicants  must  submit  a  completed  application  to  CDE 
before  March  1  of  the  school  year  preceding  the  fiscal  year  in  which  they 
wish  to  become  a  provider; 

(b)  Applications  will  be  reviewed  by  CDE  and  submitted  to  SBE  for 
approval.  The  effective  date  ofany  ensuing  approval  willbeJuly  J  of  that 
same  calendar  year; 

(c)  An  eligible  applicant  shall  be  considered  for  approval  upon  receipt 
of  a  completed  application  that  satisfies  each  of  the  following  qualifica- 
tions; 

(1)  Documents  a  demonstrated  record  of  effectiveness  as  defined  in 
section  13075.1; 

(2)  Contains  at  least  five  letters  of  reference  from  previous  clients 
(e.g.,  families,  schools,  districts,  teachers,  etc.)  offering  testimonial  in- 
formation about  the  positive  impact  of  the  applicant's  program. 

(3)  Certifies  that  the  applicant  has  not  been  removed,  pursuant  to  sec- 
tion 13075.4  of  this  subchapter,  for  cause  from  the  list  of  approved  sup- 
plemental educational  services  providers  at  any  time  within  the  two  years 
preceding  the  fiscal  year  (July  1-June  30)  for  which  it  is  submitting  an 
application; 

(4)  Provides  written  proof  of  current  liability  insurance  coverage  and 
assures  they  will  provide  the  local  educational  agencies  with  which  they 
contract  written  proof  of  current  liability  insurance  coverage  and  other 
necessary  insurance  of  the  type  and  in  the  amount  required  by  the  local 
educational  agency; 

(5)  Demonstrates  that  it  is  legally  constituted  and  qualified  to  do  busi- 
ness in  California; 

(6)  Describes  the  staffing,  fiscal,  equipment,  and  facility  resources  of 
the  organization  that  enable  it  to  work  with  students  in  compliance  with 
these  regulations  and  applicable  federal,  state  and  local  statutes  and  regu- 
lafions; 

(7)  Demonstrates  it  is  fiscally  sound  as  shown  by  all  of  the  following: 

(A)  Proof  of  financial  resources  to  operate  as  a  provider  fora  minimum 
of  6  months  after  initial  approval,  including  a  descripfion  of  how  the  or- 
ganization receives  funding  (e.g.,  grants,  fees-for-services,  etc.)  sepa- 
rate from  reimbursement  for  provider  services; 

(B)  Proof  of  financial  viability  (e.g.,  through  audits,  financial  state- 
ments, or  credit  rating); 

(C)  Organizational  budgets  that  identify  all  sources  of  revenues  avail- 
able to  the  applicant  and  cash  flow  activity  related  to  the  expenditures  of 
that  revenue; 

(8)  Provides  certification  that  the  facility  meets  all  applicable  federal, 
state  and  local  health  and  safety  laws,  if  instruction  will  occur  at  a  facility 
other  that  the  student's  school  or  residence; 

(9)  Demonstrates  instrucfion  meets  the  following  criteria: 

(A)  Instruction  will  be  aligned  with  applicable  state  adopted  academic 
content  standards,  K-1 2  curriculum  frameworks  and  instructional  mate- 
rials; 

(B)  Instruction  will  be  organized  and  presented  in  a  manner  designed 
to  meet  the  specific  achievement  goals  of  individual  students; 

(C)  Instruction  will  be  coordinated  with  the  student's  school  program, 
including  an  Individual  Education  Plan  (lEP)  and/or  a  504  Plan,  if  appli- 
cable; 

(D)  Instruction  will  be  of  high  quality  and  will  increase  student  aca- 
demic achievement  in  English  language  arts  and/or  mathematics; 

(E)  Instruction  shall  be  provided  outside  of  the  regular  school  day; 


(F)  Instruction  will  be  provided  that  is  secular,  neutral,  and  non-ideo- 
logical; 

(10)  Describes  the  procedure  for  developing  specific  achievement 
goals  in  consultation  with  parents/guardians  and  school  staff. 

(11)  Describes  the  manner  in  which  students  with  disabilities  and  Eng- 
lish learners  will  have  access  to  services; 

(12)  Defines  procedures  for  providing  students,  parents/guardians, 
teachers,  schools  and/or  districts  with  regular  reports  of  student  progress; 

(13)  Describes  how  the  applicant  shall  secure  parental/guardian  per- 
mission to  have  access  to  student  data  (e.g.,  STAR  data.  lEP  data  and/or 
504  data)  maintained  by  the  local  educational  agency  (LEA)  for  each  stu- 
dent served  for  purposes  of  demonstrating  academic  improvement; 

( 1 4)  Provides  assurances  that  all  student  information  shall  be  kept  con- 
fidential except  as  necessary  to  inform  parents/guardians  and  appropriate 
school  staff; 

(15)  Describes  the  process  of  collaborafing  with  contracfing  school 
districts  in  the  use  of  individual  student  STAR  test  results  and/or  other 
measures  used  for  purposes  of  accountability  in  determining  the  increase 
in  student  academic  performance; 

(16)  Describes  procedures  to  maintain,  monitor,  and  notify  LEAs 
about  personnel  updates  related  to  provider's  staff  changes; 

(17)  Describes  procedures  for  complefion  of,  and  compliance  with, 
staff  background  checks,  fingerprinfing.  and  TB  tests  for  all  employees 
providing  direct  services  to  students; 

( 1 8)  Provides  assurance  that  the  provider  will  comply  with  all  applica- 
ble federal,  state,  and  local  health,  safety,  and  civil  rights  laws; 

(19)  Agrees  to  limit  incentives  to  those  directly  related  to  services  pro- 
vided, and  not  to  exceed  a  monetary  value  as  designated  in  the  contract 
with  the  LEA. 

(20)  Agrees  to  abide  by  the  conditions  set  forth  in  the  contract  with  the 
LEA,  including  the  payment  schedule,  rates,  and  any  facility  user  fee  ar- 
ranged with  the  LEA  that  will  be  in  compliance  with  section  1 1 16(e)(3) 
and(6)oftheNCLB; 

(21)  Agrees  to  participate  in  the  monitoring  and  evaluation  process 
contained  in  this  subchapter. 

(d)  The  term  of  approval  is  for  a  maximum  of  two  fiscal  years  (July 
1-June  30). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  12001  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  Section  6316. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-6-2005;  operative  5-6-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  .section  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  18). 


§  13075.3.    Submission  of  an  Annual  End-of-Fiscal-Year 
Report  by  Approved  Providers. 

(a)  Approved  providers  must  submit  an  annual  end-of-fiscal-year  re- 
port to  CDE  by  October  1  each  year  disclosing  the  following: 

(1)  Names  and  numbers  of  schools  served. 

(2)  Total  number  of  students  served  by  grade  levels. 

(3)  Location(s)  where  services  were  provided. 

(4)  Data  for  individual  students  served,  with  student  identifying  in- 
formation redacted,  as  follows: 

(A)  Beginning  and  ending  dates  of  service; 

(B)  Instructional  delivery  methods; 

(C)  Subject  area  (i.e.  English  language  arts  and/or  mathemafics); 

(D)  Beginning  and  ending  scores  on  nafional,  state,  district  or  other  as- 
sessments in  English  language  arts  and/or  mathematics.  The  assessments 
used  for  this  purpose  must  be  developed  in  accordance  with  the  standards 
for  validity  and  reliability  as  set  forth  in  Standards  for  Educational  and 
Psychological  Testing  (1999). 

(5)  Fiscal  and  expenditure  informafion;  and 

(6)  Written  documentation  of  any  changes  that  have  occurred  during 
the  year  of  reporting  as  outlined  in  numbers  4,  5,  6,  7  or  8  of  section 
13075.2(c). 

(7)  The  number  of  students  served  online,  with  one-on-one  tutoring, 
or  in  a  small  group  setting;  and 


• 


Page  176 


Register  2005,  No.  18;  5-6-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


^  14010 


• 


(8)  Computer  equipment  and  technology  made  available  during,  and 
solely  lor.  tutoring  services  to  the  student  served; 

(h)  These  records  to  support  the  annual  end-of-fiscal-year  report 
must  be  retained  for  three  years  after  submission  of  the  report. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  12001  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  .Section  6316. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  .S-6-2005:  operative  .'^-6-2005  pursuant  to  Governinent 

Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  18). 

§  13075.4.    Termination  as  an  Approved  Provider. 

(a)  A  provider  that  is  a  local  educational  agency  or  school  identified 
for  program  improvement  or  corrective  action  under  section  1 1 16(b)(1) 
and  1  [  16(c)(3)  of  NCLB  during  its  term  of  approval  is  automatically  ter- 
minated as  an  approved  provider  by  operation  of  law. 

(b)  After  notice  and  opportunity  to  be  heard,  a  provider's  status  as  an 
approved  provider  may  be  terminated  by  the  SBE  for  any  of  the  following 
reasons: 

( 1 )  The  provider  has  failed  to  provide  information  requested  by  CDE 
to  allow  CDE  to  monitor  and  evaluate  the  program; 

(2)  The  provider  has  failed  to  monitor  and  evaluate  the  progress  of  stu- 
dents receiving  services; 

(3)  The  provider  has  failed  to  contribute  to  increasing  the  academic 
proficiency  in  English  language  arts  and/or  mathematics  for  two  consec- 
utive years  for  a  majority  of  students  served,  as  demonstrated  by  student 
scores  on  national,  state,  district  or  other  assessments  in  English  lan- 
guage arts  or  mathematics  for  grades  2-1 1  and  by  teacher  recommenda- 
tions for  grades  K- 1  and  grade  1 2.  These  assessments  must  be  developed 
in  accordance  with  the  standards  for  validity  and  reliability  as  set  forth 
in  Standards  for  Educational  and  Psychological  Testing  (1999). 

(4)  The  provider  has  failed  to  meet  applicable  federal,  state  and  local 
health,  safety,  or  civil  rights  laws; 

(5)  The  provider  has  failed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  4,  5,  6,  7  or  8 
under  section  13075.2(c); 

(6)  The  provider  has  failed  to  meet  the  reporting  requirements  under 
section  13075.3;  or 

(c)  An  approved  provider  may  relinquish  its  approval  by  notifying 
CDE  in  writing. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  12001  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  Section  6316. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-6-2005;  operative  5-6-2005  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2005,  No.  18). 


Chapter  13.    School  Facilities  and 
Equipment 


Subchapter  1.    School  Housing 


Article  1.     General  Standards 

§  14000.     Policy  Declaration. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  1:  Sections  39000,  39100,  39101  and  39118. 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  chapter  1  (§§  14000,  14001,  14010,  14020,  14021,  14030  through  14033, 
14040  through  14045)  filed  1-14-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter.  Ap- 
proved nunc  pro  tunc  by  State  Building  Standards  Commission  as  to  any  build- 
ing standards  involved  (Register  70,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Repealer  filed  1 1-12-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93,  No.  46). 

§14001.    Minimum  Standards. 

Educatrona/  facilities  planned  by  school  districts  shall  be: 
(a)  Evolved  from  a  statement  of  educational  program  requirements 
which  reflects  the  school  district's  educational  goals  and  objectives. 


(b)  Master-planned  to  provide  for  maximum  site  enrollment.. 

(c)  Located  on  a  site  which  meets  California  Department  of  Education 
standards  as  specified  in  Section  14010. 

(d)  Designed  for  the  environmental  comfort  and  work  efficiency  of  the 
occupants. 

(e)  Designed  to  require  a  practical  minimum  of  maintenance. 

(f)  Designed  to  meet  federal,  state,  and  local  statutory  requirements  for 
structure,  fire,  and  public  safety. 

(g)  Designed  and  engineered  with  flexibility  to  accommodate  future 

needs. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  17251(b)  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  17017.5  and  17251(b),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  of  text  and  adoption  of  NoTi,  filed  1 1-12-93;  operative  12-1 3-93 
(Register  93,  No.  46). 

3.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  10-30-2000;  operative  10-.30-2000  pursuant  to 
Government  Code  section  1 1 .343.4(d)  (Register  2000,  No.  44). 


Article  2.    School  Sites 

§  1 401 0.    Standards  for  School  Site  Selection. 

All  districts  shall  select  a  school  site  that  provides  safety  and  that  sup- 
ports learning.  The  following  standards  shall  apply: 

(a)  The  net  usable  acreage  and  enrollment  for  a  new  school  site  shall 
be  consistent  with  the  numbers  of  acres  and  enrollment  established  in  the 
2000  Edition,  "School  Site  Analysis  and  Development"  published  by  the 
California  Department  of  Education  and  incorporated  into  this  section  by 
reference,  in  toto,  unless  sufficient  land  is  not  available  or  circumstances 
exist  due  to  any  of  the  following: 

(1)  Urban  or  suburban  development  results  in  insufficient  available 
land  even  after  considering  the  option  of  eminent  domain. 

(2)  Sufficient  acreage  is  available  but  it  would  not  be  economically 
feasible  to  mitigate  geological  or  environmental  hazards  or  other  site 
complications  which  pose  a  threat  to  the  health  and/or  safety  of  students 
and  staff. 

(3)  Sufficient  acreage  is  available  but  not  within  the  attendance  area 
of  the  unhoused  students  or  there  is  an  extreme  density  of  population 
within  a  given  attendance  area  requiring  a  school  to  serve  more  students 
on  a  single  site.  Choosing  an  alternate  site  would  result  in  extensive  long- 
term  bussing  of  students  that  would  cause  extreme  financial  hardship  to 
the  district  to  transport  students  to  the  proposed  school  site. 

(4)  Geographic  barriers,  traffic  congestion,  or  other  constraints  would 
cause  extreme  financial  hardship  for  the  district  to  transport  students  to 
the  proposed  school  site. 

(b)  If  a  school  site  is  less  than  the  recommended  acreage  required  in 
subsection  (a)  of  this  section,  the  di-strict  shall  demonstrate  how  the  stu- 
dents will  be  provided  an  adequate  educational  program  including  physi- 
cal education  as  described  in  the  district's  adopted  course  of  study. 

(c)  The  property  line  of  the  site  even  if  it  is  a  joint  use  agreement  as 
described  in  subsection  (o)  of  this  section  shall  be  at  least  the  following 
distance  from  the  edge  of  respective  power  line  easements: 

(1)  100  feet  for  50-133  kV  Hne. 

(2)  150  feet  for  220-230  kV  line. 

(3)  350  feet  for  500-550  kV  line. 

(d)  If  the  proposed  site  is  within  1 ,500  feet  of  a  railroad  track  easement, 
a  safety  study  shall  be  done  by  a  competent  professional  trained  in  asses- 
sing cargo  manifests,  frequency,  speed,  and  schedule  of  railroad  trafllc, 
grade,  curves,  type  and  condition  of  track  need  for  sound  or  safety  barri- 
ers, need  for  pedestrian  and  vehicle  safeguards  at  railroad  crossings, 
presence  of  high  pressure  gas  lines  near  the  tracks  that  could  rupture  in 
the  event  of  a  derailment,  preparation  of  an  evacuation  plan.  In  addition 
to  the  analysis,  possible  and  reasonable  mitigation  measures  must  be 
identified. 

(e)  The  site  shall  not  be  adjacent  to  a  road  or  freeway  that  any  site-re- 
lated traffic  and  sound  level  studies  have  determined  will  have  safety 


Page  176.1 


Register  2(X)5,  No.  18;  5-6-2005 


§  14010 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


problems  or  sound  levels  which  adversely  affect  the  educational  pro- 
gram. 

(0  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  17212  and  17212.5,  the  site 
shall  not  contain  an  active  earthquake  fault  or  fault  trace. 

(g)  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  17212  and  17212.5.  the  site 
is  not  within  an  area  of  flood  or  dam  flood  inundation  unless  the  cost  of 
mitigating  the  flood  or  inundation  impact  is  reasonable. 

(h)  The  site  shall  not  be  located  near  an  above-ground  water  or  fuel 
storage  tank  or  within  1 500  feet  of  the  easement  of  an  above  ground  or 


underground  pipeline  that  can  pose  a  safety  hazard  as  determined  by  a 
risk  analysis  study,  conducted  by  a  competent  professional,  which  may 
include  certification  from  a  local  public  utility  commission. 

(i )  The  site  is  not  subject  to  moderate  to  high  liquefaction  or  landslides. 

(j)  The  shape  of  the  site  shall  have  a  proportionate  length  to  width  ratio 
to  accommodate  the  building  layout,  parking  and  playfields  that  can  be 
safely  supervised  and  does  not  exceed  the  allowed  passing  time  to  classes 
for  the  district. 


[The  next  page  is  177.] 


Page  176.2 


Register  2005,  No.  18;  5-6-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


5^  14011 


• 


(k)  The  site  shall  be  easily  accessible  from  arterial  roads  and  shall  al- 
low minimum  peripheral  visibility  from  the  planned  driveways  in  accor- 
dance with  the  Sight  Distance  Standards  established  in  the  "Highway  De- 
sign Manual,"  Table  201.1,  published  by  the  Department  of 
Transportation.  July  I,  1990  edition,  and  incorporated  into  this  section 
by  reference,  in  toto. 

(l)The  site  shall  not  be  on  major  arterial  streets  with  a  heavy  traffic  pat- 
tern as  determined  by  site-related  traffic  studies  including  those  that  re- 
quire student  crossings  unless  mitigation  of  traffic  hazards  and  a  plan  for 
the  safe  arrival  and  departure  of  students  appropriate  to  the  grade  level 
has  been  provided  by  city,  county  or  other  public  agency  in  accordance 
with  the  "School  Area  Pedestrian  Safety"  manual  published  by  the  Cali- 
fornia Department  of  Transportation.  1987  edition,  incorporated  into  this 
section  by  reference,  in  toto. 

(m)  Existing  or  proposed  zoning  of  the  surrounding  properties  shall  be 
compatible  with  schools  in  that  it  would  not  pose  a  potential  health  or 
safety  risk  to  students  or  staff  in  accordance  with  Education  Code  Section 
17213  and  Government  Code  Section  65402  and  available  studies  of  traf- 
fic surrounding  the  site. 

(n)  The  site  shall  be  located  within  the  proposed  attendance  area  to  en- 
courage student  walking  and  avoid  extensive  bussing  unless  bussing  is 
used  to  promote  ethnic  diversity. 

(0)  The  site  shall  be  selected  to  promote  joint  use  of  parks,  libraries, 
museums  and  other  public  services,  the  acreage  of  which  may  be  in- 
cluded as  part  of  the  recommended  acreage  as  stated  in  subsection  (a)  of 
this  section. 

(p)  The  site  shall  be  conveniently  located  for  public  services  including 
but  not  limited  to  fire  protection,  police  protection,  public  transit  and 
trash  disposal  whenever  feasible. 

(q)  The  district  shall  consider  environmental  factors  of  light,  wind, 
noise,  aesthetics,  and  air  pollution  in  its  site  selection  process. 

(r)  Easements  on  or  adjacent  to  the  site  shall  not  restrict  access  or 
building  placement. 

(s)  The  cost  and  complications  of  the  following  shall  be  considered  in 
the  site  selection  process  and  should  not  result  in  undue  delays  or  unrea- 
sonable costs  consistent  with  State  Allocation  Board  standards: 

(1)  Distance  of  utilities  to  the  site,  availability  and  affordability  of 
bringing  utilities  to  the  site. 

(2)  Site  preparation  including  grading,  drainage,  demolition,  hazard- 
ous cleanup,  including  cleanup  of  indigenous  material  such  as  serpentine 
rock,  and  off-site  development  of  streets,  curbs,  gutters  and  lights. 

(3)  Eminent  domain,  relocation  costs,  severance  damage,  title  clear- 
ance and  legal  fees. 

(4)  Long-term  high  landscaping  or  maintenance  costs. 

(5)  Existence  of  any  wildlife  habitat  that  is  on  a  protected  or  endan- 
gered species  list  maintained  by  any  state  or  federal  agency,  existence  of 
any  wetlands,  natural  waterways,  or  areas  that  may  support  migratory 
species,  or  evidence  of  any  environmentally  sensitive  vegetation. 

(t)  If  the  proposed  site  is  on  or  within  2,000  feet  of  a  significant  dispos- 
al of  hazardous  waste,  the  school  district  shall  contact  the  Department  of 
Toxic  Substances  Control  for  a  determination  of  whether  the  property 
should  be  considered  a  Hazardous  Waste  Property  or  Border  Zone  Prop- 
erty. 

(u)  At  the  request  of  the  governing  board  of  a  school  district,  the  State 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  may  grant  exemptions  to  any  of  the 
standards  in  this  section  if  the  district  can  demonstrate  that  mitigation  of 
specific  circumstances  overrides  a  standard  without  compromising  a  safe 
and  supportive  school  environment. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  17251(b)  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  17212,  17212.5,  17213,  17251(b)  and  17251(f),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  of  former  section  14010  to  section  140 11  and  new  section  filed 
11-12-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93,  No,  46).  For  prior  history,  see 
Register  77,  No.  39. 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  1 0-30-2000;  operative  1 0-30-2000  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  2000,  No.  44). 


§  1 401 1 .    Procedures  for  Site  Acquisition  —  State-Funded 
School  Districts. 

A  state-funded  school  district  is  defined  as  a  school  district  having  a 
project  funded  under  Chapter  1 2.5  (commencing  with  Section  1 7070. 1 0) 
of  the  Education  Code.  A  state-funded  school  district,  before  acquiring 
title  to  real  property  for  school  use,  shall  obtain  written  approval  from  the 
California  Department  of  Education  using  the  following  procedures: 

(a)  Request  a  preliminary  conference  with  a  consultant  from  the 
School  Facilities  Planning  Division  and  in  consultation  review  and  eval- 
uate sites  under  final  consideration. 

(b)  Contact  the  School  Facilities  Planning  Division  of  the  California 
Department  of  Education  to  obtain  a  "School  Facilities  Planning  Division 
Field  Site  Review,"  form  SFPD  4.0.  published  by  the  California  Depart- 
ment of  Education,  as  last  amended  in  December  1999  and  incorporated 
into  this  section  by  reference,  in  toto,  which  lists  the  site  options  in  order 
of  merit  according  to  the  site  selection  standards  delineated  in  Section 
14010. 

(c)  Prepare  a  statement  of  policies  as  delineated  on  the  "School  Facili- 
ties Planning  Division  School  Site  Report,"  form  SFPD  4.02,  as  last 
amended  in  December  1999  and  incorporated  into  this  section  by  refer- 
ence, in  toto,  covering  the  range  and  organization  of  grades  to  be  served, 
the  transportation  of  pupils,  and  the  ultimate  maximum  pupil  enrollment 
to  be  housed  on  the  site.  Prepare  a  statement  showing  how  the  site  is  ap- 
propriate in  size  as  justified  by  the  school  district's  Facilities  Master  Plan, 
including  acreage  increases  above  the  California  Department  of  Educa- 
tion recommendation  made  to  compensate  for  off-site  mitigation.  A 
school  district  may  choose,  in  place  of  a  master  plan,  a  developer  fee  jus- 
tification document  or  a  five-year  plan  if  it  addresses  enrollment  projec- 
tions, needed  schools,  and  site  si:zes. 

(d)  Prepare  maps  showing  present  and  proposed  school  sites,  signifi- 
cant roads  or  highways,  unsanitary  or  hazardous  installations,  such  as  air- 
ports or  industries  and  the  indicated  boundary  of  the  pupil  attendance 
area  to  be  served  as  delineated  on  form  SFPD  4.02. 

(e)  Meet  with  appropriate  local  government,  recreation,  and  park  au- 
thorities to  consider  possible  joint  use  of  the  grounds  and  buildings  and 
to  coordinate  the  design  to  benefit  the  intended  users  as  required  by  Edu- 
cation Code  Section  35275. 

(0  Give  written  notice  to  the  local  planning  agency  having  jurisdiction 
to  review  the  proposed  school  site  or  addition  to  an  existing  school  site 
and  request  a  written  report  from  the  local  planning  agency  of  the  investi- 
gations and  recommendations  for  each  proposed  site  with  respect  to  con- 
formity with  the  adopted  general  plan  as  required  by  Public  Resources 
Code  Section  21 151.2  and  Goveirninent  Code  Section  65402. 

(g)  Comply  with  Education  Code  Sections  17212  and  17212.5,  with 
particular  emphasis  upon  an  engineering  investigation  made  of  the  site 
to  preclude  locating  the  school  on  terrain  that  may  be  potentially  hazard- 
ous: 

(1)  The  geological  and  soils  engineering  study  shall  address  all  of  the 
following: 

(A)  Nature  of  the  site  including  a  discussion  of  liquefaction,  subsi- 
dence or  expansive  soils,  slope,  stability,  dam  or  flood  inundation  and 
street  flooding. 

(B)  Whether  the  site  is  located  within  a  special  study  zone  as  defined 
in  Education  Code  Section  17212. 

(C)  Potenfial  for  earthquake  or  other  geological  hazard  damage. 

(D)  Whether  the  site  is  situated  on  or  near  a  pressure  ridge,  geological 
fault  or  fault  trace  that  may  rupture  during  the  life  of  the  school  building 
and  the  student  risk  factor. 

(E)  Economic  feasibility  of  the  construction  effort  to  make  the  school 
building  safe  for  occupancy. 

(2)  Other  studies  shall  include  the  following: 

(A)  Population  trends 

(B)  Transportation 

(C)  Water  supply 

(D)  Waste  disposal  facilities 


Page  177 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6  - 11  -  2004 


§  14012 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(E)  Utilities 

(F)  Traffic  hazards 

(G)  Surface  drainage  conditions 

(H)  Other  factors  affecting  initial  and  operating  costs. 

(h)  Prepare  an  environmental  impact  report,  or  negative  declaration  in 
compliance  with  the  Environmental  Quality  Act,  Public  Resources  Code. 
Division  13,  (commencing  with  Section  21000  with  particular  attention 
to  Section  21 151.8).  As  required  by  Education  Code  Section  17213,  the 
written  findings  of  the  environmental  impact  report  or  negative  declara- 
tion must  include  a  statement  verifying  that  the  site  to  be  acquired  for 
school  purposes  is  not  currently  or  formerly  a  hazardous,  acutely  hazard- 
ous substance  release,  or  solid  waste  disposal  site  or,  if  so,  that  the  wastes 
have  been  removed.  Also,  the  written  findings  must  state  that  the  site 
does  not  contain  pipelines  which  carry  hazardous  wastes  or  substances 
other  than  a  natural  gas  supply  line  to  that  school  or  neighborhood.  If  haz- 
ardous airemissions  are  identified,  the  written  findings  must  stale  that  the 
health  risks  do  not  and  will  not  constitute  an  actual  or  potential  danger 
of  public  health  of  students  or  staff.  If  corrective  measures  of  chronic  or 
accidental  hazardous  air  emissions  are  required  under  an  existing  order 
by  another  jurisdiction,  the  governing  board  shall  make  a  finding  that  the 
emissions  have  been  mitigated  prior  to  occupancy  of  the  school. 

(i)  Consult  with,  or  demonstrate  that  the  lead  agency,  if  other  than  the 
district  preparing  the  environmental  impact  report  or  negative  declara- 
tion, has  consulted  with  the  appropriate  city/county  agency  and  with  any 
air  pollution  control  district  or  air  quality  management  district  having  ju- 
risdiction, concerning  any  facilities  having  hazardous  or  acutely  hazard- 
ous air  emissions  within  one-fourth  of  a  mile  of  the  proposed  school  site 
as  required  by  Education  Code  Section  17213. 

(j)  For  purposes  of  Environmental  Site  Assessment,  school  districts 
shall  comply  with  Education  Code  sections  17210.1,  17213.1,  and 
17213.2. 

(k)  Follow  the  recommendations  of  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  report  based  upon  the  Department  of  Transportation,  Divi- 
sion of  Aeronautics,  findings,  if  the  proposed  site  is  within  two  miles  of 
the  center  line  of  an  airport  runway  or  proposed  runway  as  required  by 
Education  Code  Section  17215. 

(/)  Follow  the  standards  for  school  site  selection  in  Section  14010  of 
this  article. 

(m)  Conduct  a  public  hearing  by  the  governing  board  of  the  school  dis- 
trict as  required  in  Education  Code  Section  1721 1  to  evaluate  the  proper- 
ty using  the  standards  described  in  Section  14010  of  this  article.  The 
school  district's  facility  advisory  committee  may  provide  an  evaluation 
of  the  proposed  site  to  the  governing  board. 

(n)  Submit  the  request  for  exemption  from  a  standard  in  Section  1 401 0 
of  this  article,  with  a  description  of  the  mitigation  that  overrides  the  stan- 
dard, to  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(o)  Certify  there  are  no  available  alternative  school  district-owned 
sites  for  the  project  deemed  usable  for  school  purposes  by  the  California 
Department  of  Education  or  certify  that  the  school  district  intends  to  sell 
an  available  alternative  school  district-owned  site  and  use  the  proceeds 
from  the  sale  for  the  purchase  of  the  new  school  site. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  17251(b)  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  17070.50, 17072.12, 17210.1,  17211,  17212, 17213  and  17251(b), 
Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  section  14010  to  section  1401 1  and  adoption 
of  Note  filed  1 1-12-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93,  No.  46). 

2,  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  10-30-2000;  operative 
10-30-2000  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  2000, 

No.  44). 

§  14012.    Procedures  for  Site  Acquisition  -  Locally-Funded 
School  Districts. 

A  locally-funded  school  district  is  defined  as  a  school  district  with  a 
project  not  applying  for  funding  from  any  state  program  administered  by 
the  State  Allocation  Board  as  defined  in  Chapter  1 2.0  (commencing  with 
Section  17000)  or  Chapter  12.5  (commencing  with  Section  17070.10)  of 


the  Education  Code.  A  locally- funded  school  district,  before  acquiring 
title  to  real  property  for  school  use,  shall: 

(a)  Evaluate  the  property  using  the  standards  established  in  Section 
14010  and  items  (e)  through  (/)  in  Section  1401 1; 

(b)  Comply  with  terms  of  the  complaint  investigation  described  in 
Section  14012(d);  and 

(c)  May  request  advice  from  the  California  Department  of  Education 
as  described  in  Education  Code  Section  1721 1(a). 

(d)  Prepare  documentation  of  and  retain  for  purposes  of  a  complaint 
investigation  the  exemption  from  the  standard  in  Section  14010  of  this 
article  with  a  description  of  the  mitigation  that  overrides  the  standard. 
Locally-funded  school  districts  may  request  from  the  California  Depart- 
ment of  Education  a  review  of  the  adequacy  of  the  mitigation  measure. 

(e)  Comply  with  Education  Code  section  17268  regarding  potential 

safety  or  health  risks  to  students  and  staff 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  17251(b)  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  17251(a)  and  (b)  and  17268,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-12-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93,  No.  46). 

2.  Repealer  of  former  section  14012  and  renumbering  of  former  section  14013  to 
new  section  14012,  including  amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note, 
filed  10-30-2000;  operative  10-30-2000  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 11343.4(d)  (Register  2000,  No.  44). 

§  1 401 3.    Procedures  for  Site  Acquisition  -  Locally-Funded 
Districts. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  39001(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
17700  et.  seq.,  39101(a),  and  39101(b),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-12-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93,  No.  46). 

2.  Renumbering  of  former  section  14013  to  section  14012  filed  10-30-2000;  op- 
erative 10-30-2000  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Regis- 
ter 2000,  No.  44). 


Article  3.    Attendance  Areas  and  Practices 

History 
1 .  Repealer  of  Article  3  (Sections  14020-14021 )  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  70,  No.  1 1 ; 
Register  70,  No.  26  and  Register  71,  No.  1. 


Article  4.    Standards,  Planning  and 
Approval  of  School  Facilities 

§  1 4030.    standards  for  Development  of  Plans  for  the 

Design  and  Construction  of  School  Facilities. 

The  following  standards  for  new  schools  are  for  the  use  of  all  school 
districts  for  the  purposes  of  educational  appropriateness  and  promotion 
of  school  safety: 

(a)  Educational  Specifications. 

Prior  to  submitting  preliminary  plans  for  the  design  and  construction 
of  school  facilities,  and  as  a  condition  of  final  plan  approval  by  CDE, 
school  board-approved  educational  specifications  for  school  design 
shall  be  prepared  and  submitted  to  the  California  Department  of  Educa- 
tion based  on  the  school  district's  goals,  objectives,  policies  and  commu- 
nity input  that  determine  the  educational  program  and  define  the  follow- 
ing: 

(1)  Enrollment  of  the  school  and  the  grade  level  configuration. 

(2)  Emphasis  in  curriculum  content  or  teaching  methodology  that  in- 
fluences school  design. 

(3)  Type,  number,  size,  function,  special  characteristics  of  each  space, 
and  spatial  relationships  of  the  instructional  area  that  are  consistent  with 
the  educational  program. 

(4)  Community  functions  that  may  affect  the  school  design. 

(b)  Site  Layout. 

Parent  drop  off,  bus  loading  areas,  and  parking  shall  be  separated  to 
allow  students  to  enter  and  exit  the  school  grounds  safely  unless  these 
features  are  unavailable  due  to  limited  acreage  in  urban  areas  or  restric- 
tive locations,  specifically: 


Page  178 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  14030 


• 


( 1 )  Buses  do  not  pass  through  parking  areas  to  enter  or  exit  school  site 
unless  a  barrier  is  provided  that  prevents  vehicles  from  backing  directly 
into  the  bus  loading  area. 

(2)  Parent  drop  off  area  is  adjacent  to  school  entrance  and  separate 
from  bus  area  and  staff  parking. 

(3)  Vehicle  traffic  pattern  does  not  interfere  with  foot  traffic  patterns. 
Foot  traffic  does  not  have  to  pass  through  entrance  driveways  to  enter 
school.  Crosswalks  are  clearly  marked  to  define  desired  foot  path  to 
school  entrance. 

(4)  Parking  stalls  are  not  located  so  vehicles  must  back  into  bus  or 
loading  areas  used  by  parents.  Island  fencing  or  curbs  are  used  to  separate 
parking  areas  from  loading/unloading  areas. 

(5)  To  provide  equal  access  to  insure  the  purposes  of  the  least  restric- 
tive environment,  bus  drop  off  for  handicapped  students  is  in  the  same 
location  as  for  regular  education  students. 

(c)  Playground  and  Field  Areas. 

Adequate  physical  education  teaching  stations  shall  be  available  to  ac- 
commodate course  requirements  for  the  planned  enrollment,  specifical- 
ly: 

( 1)  A  variety  of  physical  education  teaching  stations  are  available  to 
provide  a  comprehensive  physical  education  program  in  accordance  with 
the  district's  adopted  course  of  study  (including  hardcourt,  field  area  and 
indoor  spaces). 

(2)  The  physical  education  teaching  stations  are  adequate  for  the 
planned  student  enrollment  to  complete  the  minimum  instruction  and 
course  work  defined  in  Education  Code  Sections  5 1210(g),  51220(d)  and 
51225.3(a)(1)(F). 

(3)  Supervision  of  playfields  is  not  obstructed  by  buildings  or  objects 
that  impair  observation. 

(4)  Joint  use  for  educational  purposes  with  other  public  agencies  is  ex- 
plored. Joint  use  layout  with  parks  is  not  duplicative  and  fulfills  both 
agencies"  needs. 

(d)  Delivery  and  Utility  Areas. 

Delivery  and  service  areas  shall  be  located  to  provide  vehicular  access 
that  does  not  jeopardize  the  safety  of  students  and  staff: 

(1)  Delivery/utility  vehicles  have  direct  access  from  the  street  to  the 
delivery  area  without  crossing  over  playground  or  field  areas  or  interfer- 
ing with  bus  or  parent  loading  unless  a  fence  or  other  barrier  protects  stu- 
dents from  large  vehicle  traffic  on  playgrounds. 

(2)  Trash  pickup  is  fenced  or  otherwise  isolated  and  away  from  foot 
traffic  areas. 

(e)  Future  Expansion. 

Site  layouts  shall  have  capability  for  expansion  without  substantial  al- 
terations to  existing  structures  or  playgrounds: 

(1)  Site  layout  designates  area(s)  for  future  permanent  or  temporary 
additions  that  are  compatible  with  the  existing  site  plans  for  playground 
layout  and  supervision. 

(2)  Utilities  to  the  expansion  area  are  included  in  the  plans  and  have 
the  capacity  to  accommodate  anticipated  growth. 

(3)  Exits,  corridors,  stairs,  and  elevators  are  located  to  accommodate 
capacity  of  additions,  particularly  in  such  buildings  added  as  the  multi- 
purpose/cafeteria, administration,  gymnasium/or  auditorium. 

(f)  Placement  of  Buildings. 

Building  placement  shall  consider  compatibility  of  the  various  func- 
tions on  campus  and  provide  optimum  patterns  of  foot  traffic  flow  around 
and  within  buildings.  Site  layout  of  buildings,  parking,  driveways,  and 
physical  education  areas  shall  be  adequate  to  meet  the  instructional,  secu- 
rity and  service  needs  of  the  educational  program: 

( 1 )  Building  placement  is  compatible  with  other  functions  on  campus; 
e.g.,  band  room  is  not  next  to  library. 

(2)  Physical  relationship  of  classrooms,  auxiliary,  and  support  areas 
allows  unobstructed  movement  of  staff  and  students  around  the  campus. 

(3)  Building  placement  has  favorable  orientation  to  wind,  sun,  rain, 
and  natural  light. 


(4)  Restrooms  are  conveniently  located,  require  minimum  supervi- 
sion, and.  to  the  extent  possible,  are  easily  accessible  from  playground 
and  classrooms. 

(5)  Parking  spaces  are  sufficient  for  staff,  visitors,  and  students  (where 
applicable). 

(6)  The  campus  is  secured  by  fencing  and  electronic  devices  such  as 
code  entries,  electronic  monitoring  or  motion  sensors  when  needed. 

(g)  Classrooms. 

Classrooms  at  new  school  sites  shall  have  adequate  space  to  perform 
the  curriculum  functions  for  the  planned  enrollment  as  described  in  the 
school  district's  facility  master  plan,  specifically: 

(1)  Classroom  size  standards: 

(A)  General  classrooms,  grades  one  through  twelve  are  not  less  than 
960  square  feet.  Classrooms  proposed  of  less  than  960  square  feet  require 
written  justification  to  be  submitted  to  and  approved  by  the  State  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction.  Adjacent  instructional  space  shall  be  in- 
cluded in  the  calculation  of  square  feet  for  purposes  of  approving  class- 
room design. 

(B)  Proposed  classrooms  of  less  than  960  square  feet  have  written  jus- 
tification consistent  with  the  educational  program  and  curriculum  indi- 
cating that  the  district's  education  program  can  be  delivered  in  the  pro- 
posed size  classrooms. 

(2)  Total  classroom  space  meets  or  exceeds  the  capacity  planned  for 
the  school  using  the  district's  classroom  loading  standards  in  accordance 
with  State  Allocation  Board  policy. 

(3)  Consideration  is  given  to  some  classrooms  which  are  easily  alter- 
able in  size  and  shape  at  a  reasonable  cost. 

(4)  Conduit/cabling  and  outlets  are  available  for  technology  in  each 
classroom  to  provide  network  and  stand  alone  equipment  related  to  the 
planned  and  future  potential  educational  functions. 

(h)  Specialized  Classrooms  and  Areas. 

Specialized  classrooms  shall  be  designed  to  reflect  the  function 
planned  for  that  portion  of  the  educational  program.  If  any  of  the  follow- 
ing classrooms  are  needed,  these  standards  apply: 

(1)  Small-Group  Areas. 

(A)  Small-group  instruction  areas  are  not  included  in  the  compulation 
of  classroom  size  unless  the  area  is  an  integral  part  of  the  classroom  and 
can  be  visibly  supervised  by  a  teacher  from  the  classroom. 

(B)  Small-group  instruction  areas  are  designed  to  allow  for  collabora- 
tive learning  opportunities  where  appropriate  to  support  the  regular  edu- 
cation program  and  are  located  in  the  vicinity  of  classrooms. 

(2)  Kindergarten  Classrooms. 

(A)  Kindergarten  classroom  size  for  permanent  structures  is  not  less 
than  1350  square  feet,  including  restrooms,  storage,  teacher  preparation, 
wet  and  dry  areas. 

(B)  Kindergarten  classrooms  are  designed  to  allow  supervision  of  play 
yards  (unless  prevented  by  site  shape  or  size)  and  all  areas  of  the 
classroom. 

(C)  Play  yard  design  provides  a  variety  of  activities  for  development 
of  large  motor  skills. 

(D)  Classrooms  are  located  close  to  parent  drop-off  and  bus  loading 
areas. 

(E)  Storage,  casework,  and  learning  stations  are  functionally  designed 
for  use  in  free  play  and  structured  activities;  e.g..  shelves  are  deep  and 
open  for  frequent  use  of  manipulative  materials. 

(F)  Windows,  marking  boards,  sinks,  drinking  fountains,  and  furniture 
are  appropriate  heights  for  kindergarten-age  students. 

(G)  Restrooms  are  self-contained  within  the  classroom  or  within  the 
kindergarten  complex. 

(3)  Special  Education  Classrooms  and  Areas. 

(A)  A  new  school  designates  at  least  240  square  feet  for  the  resource 
specialist  program  and  provides  additional  space  in  accordance  with  the 
allocations  in  Education  Code  Section  17747(a)  as  larger  enrollments  are 
being  planned. 


Page  179 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§  14030 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(B)  A  new  school  designates  at  least  200  square  feet  for  the  speech  and 
language  program  which  is  close  to  classrooms  when  an  individualized 
instruction  program  is  necessary. 

(C)  A  new  school  designates  office  area  for  the  psychologist/counsel- 
ing program  which  provides  for  confidentiality  and  may  be  shared  with 
other  support  service  programs. 

(D)  Special  day  classrooms  are  at  least  the  same  size  as  regular  educa- 
tion classrooms  at  that  site  and  are  properly  equipped  for  the  students 
who  will  occupy  the  space,  for  their  age  and  type  of  disabling  condition. 

(E)  The  square  footage  allowance  in  Education  Code  Section  1 7747(a) 
for  special  day  class  programs  is  used  for  the  design  of  classroom  space 
and  other  space  on  the  campus  to  support  the  special  education  program. 
The  support  space  includes  but  is  not  limited  to  speech  specialist  area, 
psychologist,  counseling  offices  and  conference  area. 

( F)  Special  day  classrooms  are  distributed  throughout  the  campus  with 
age  appropriate  regular  education  classrooms. 

(G)  A  cluster  of  two  special  day  classrooms  may  be  considered  if  sup- 
port or  auxiliary  services  (e.g.,  bathrooming.  feeding,  physical  or  occu- 
pational therapy)  are  needed  to  serve  the  students  throughout  the  school 
day. 

(H)  A  conference  area  is  available  to  conduct  annual  individualized 
education  program  meetings  for  each  special  education  student. 

(I)  Medical  therapy  units,  if  planned  for  the  site,  are  close  to  visitor 
parking  areas  and  accessible  after  school  hours. 

(i)  Laboratories  shall  be  designed  in  accordance  with  the  planned  cur- 
riculum. 

(1)  Science  laboratory: 

(A)  Size  is  at  least  1 300  square  feet  including  storage  and  teacher  prep- 
aration area. 

(B)  Science  laboratory  design  is  consistent  with  the  requirements  for 
proper  hazardous  materials  management  specified  in  both  the  "Science 
Facilities  Design  for  California  Public  Schools,"  published  by  the  Cali- 
fornia Department  of  Education,  1993,  and  the  "Science  Safety  Hand- 
book for  California  Public  Schools,"  published  by  the  California  State 
Department  of  Education,  1999. 

(C)  Accommodations  are  made  for  necessary  safety  equipment  and 
storage  of  supplies;  e.g.,  fire  extinguisher,  first  aid  kit,  master  disconnect 
valve  for  gas. 

(D)  Secured  storage  areas  are  provided  for  volatile,  flammable,  and 
corrosive  chemicals  and  cleaning  agents. 

(E)  Properly  designated  areas  are  provided  with  appropriate  ventila- 
tion for  hazardous  materials  that  emit  noxious  fumes,  including  a  high 
volume  purge  system  in  the  event  of  accidental  release  of  toxic  sub- 
stances which  may  become  airborne. 

(F)  Exhaust  fume  hoods,  eye  washes,  deluge  showers  are  provided. 

(G)  Floor  and  ceiling  ventilation  is  provided  in  areas  where  chemicals 
are  stored. 

(H)  Room  is  provided  for  movement  of  students  around  fixed-learn- 
ing stations. 

(1)  There  is  the  capability  for  technology  which  complements  the  cur- 
riculum. 

(J)  Classrooms  are  flexibly  designed  to  insure  full  student  access  to 
laboratory  stations  and  lecture  areas. 

(2)  Consumer  Home  Economics  laboratory: 

(A)  There  is  room  for  movement  of  students  around  fixed  learning  sta- 
tions. 

(B)  Cooking  equipment  reflects  current  home  food  preparation  prac- 
tices and/or  commercial  food  preparation  simulafion. 

(C)  There  is  the  capability  for  technology  which  complements  por- 
tions of  the  curriculum,  such  as  fashion  design,  consumer  economics, 
and  nutritional  analysis  of  foods. 

(D)  There  is  space  for  industrial  or  home  sewing  equipment  consistent 
with  the  planned  curriculum. 

(E)  There  is  storage  for  student  projects  and  supplies. 

(F)  Space  for  work  tables  is  provided  for  such  activities  as  cutting  fab- 
ric or  completing  interior  design  projects. 


(G)  Lecture  area  is  provided. 

(H)  At  least  1300  square  feet  is  allocated  for  each  laboratory. 
(I)  If  part  of  the  planned  program,  space  for  a  child  care  area  or  for  a 
laboratory  to  teach  child  growth  and  development  is  provided. 

(3)  Industrial  and  Technology/Education  Laboratory: 

(A)  Room  is  provided  for  movement  of  students  around  fixed  learning 
stations. 

(B)  Flexible  stations  with  sufficient  ouflets  and  power  source  for  in- 
dustrial type  equipment  is  provided. 

(C)  Space  is  provided  for  various  simulations  of  job-related  experi- 
ences and  laboratory  work  stafions. 

(D)  There  is  capability  to  ufilize  technology  which  complements  the 
curriculum,  such  as  computer-aided  graphics,  electronics  and  special- 
ized tools. 

(E)  There  is  lecture  area  within  each  laboratory  or  near  the  laboratory 
area  where  appropriate. 

(F)  There  are  accommodations  for  necessary  health  and  safety  equip- 
ment, such  as  fire  extinguisher  and  first  aid  kit. 

(G)  Secured  storage  areas  for  volatile,  flammable  and  corrosive  chem- 
icals and  cleaning  agents  are  provided  where  appropriate. 

(H)  There  are  properly  designated  areas  with  appropriate  ventilafion 
for  the  use  of  hazardous  material  that  emit  noxious  fumes  or  excessive 
dust  particles. 

(I)  Proper  storage  and  removal  access  for  hazardous  waste  materials 
is  provided  in  each  laboratory  using  such  materials. 

(4)  Computer  Instructional  Support  Area: 

(A)  If  a  standard  classroom  is  being  designated  as  a  computer  laborato- 
ry, size  is  at  least  960  square  feet. 

(B)  Room  is  provided  for  movement  of  students  around  learning  sta- 
tions. 

(C)  Sufficient  outlets,  power  sources,  and  network  links  for  the 
amount  of  equipment  are  provided. 

(D)  Proper  ventilation  is  provided. 

(E)  Room  provides  for  security  of  equipment. 

(F)  Lighting  minimizes  screen  glare  and  eye  strain. 

(j)  Gymnasium,  Shower/Locker  shall  be  designed  to  accommodate 
multiple  use  activities  in  accordance  with  the  planned  enrollment: 

( 1 )  The  gymnasium  is  secured  from  other  parts  of  the  campus  for  eve- 
ning and  weekend  events  or  for  public  use  purposes. 

(2)  The  shower/locker  area  is  of  sufficient  size  to  allow  students  en- 
rolled in  the  physical  education  program  to  shower  and  dress  each  period. 

(3)  Toilets  are  available  for  the  public  in  facilities  intended  for  shared 
community  use  other  than  in  shower/locker  areas. 

(4)  Office  space  is  provided  for  physical  education  teachers. 

(5)  Space  is  available  for  specialized  age-appropriate  physical  educa- 
tion acfivities  such  as  weight  lifting,  exercise  equipment  usage,  aerobics. 

(k)  Auxiliary  Areas. 

(1)  Multipurpose/cafeteria  area  (indoor  or  outdoor)  shall  be  adequate- 
ly sized  and  flexibly  designed  to  protect  students  from  the  elements  and 
to  allow  all  students  adequate  eating  fime  during  each  lunch  period  and 
to  accommodate  such  uses  as  physical  educadon  acfivifies,  assemblies, 
and  extracurricular  activities: 

(A)  Tables  and  benches  or  seats  are  designed  to  maximize  space  and 
allow  flexibility  in  the  use  of  the  space. 

(B)  The  location  is  easily  accessible  for  student  and  community  use, 
but  is  close  to  street  for  delivery  truck  access. 

(C)  Stage/platform  may  have  a  dividing  wall  to  be  used  for  instruction- 
al purposes  but  is  not  intended  as  a  classroom. 

(D)  Area  for  the  cafeteria  line  is  designed  for  the  flow  of  traffic  for  each 
lunch  period. 

(E)  Design  of  kitchen  reflects  its  planned  function;  e.g.,  whether  for 
food  preparation  or  warming  only. 

(F)  Space  is  available  for  refrigeration  and  preparation  of  foods  to  ac- 
commodate maximum  number  of  students  planned  for  the  school. 

(G)  Office,  changing,  and  restroom  area  for  food  preparation  staff  is 
available  and  shall  comply  with  local  department  of  health  requirements. 


• 


Page  180 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  14032 


• 


• 


(H)  Ceiling  height  allows  for  clearance  of  light  fixtures  for  physical 
education  activities. 

(2)  Administrative  Office. 

The  administrative  office  shall  have  sufficient  square  footage  to  ac- 
commodate the  number  of  staff  for  the  maximum  enrollment  planned  for 
the  school  consistent  with  the  master  plan  for  the  school  district  and  shall 
be  designed  to  efficiently  conduct  the  administrative  functions,  specifi- 
cally: 

(A)  Students  have  direct  confidential  access  to  pupil  personnel  area. 

(B)  Counter  tops  are  accessible  for  an  age-appropriate  population 
both  at  a  standing  and  wheelchair  level. 

(C)  Clerical  staff  have  a  clear  view  of  nurse's  office. 

(D)  The  nurse's  office  has  a  bathroom  separate  from  staff  bathroom!  s) 
in  administration  area. 

(E)  Space  for  private  conference  and  waiting  area  is  available. 

(F)  Capability  for  such  computer  networking  functions  as  attendance 
accounting  and  communicating  to  each  classroom  is  considered. 

(G)  A  faculty  workroom  is  available  lor  a  staff  size  proportionate  to 
the  student  population. 

(3)  Library/Media  Center  and  Technology. 

Library  space  shall  be  proportional  to  the  maximum  planned  school 
enrollment.  The  size  shall  be  no  less  than  960  square  feet.  However,  to 
allow  adaptation  for  changing  technology  and  communication  systems, 
the  following  is  recommended: 

-two  square  feet  per  unit  of  a.d.a.  (average  daily  attendance)  for  ele- 
mentary; 

-three  square  feet  per  unit  of  a.d.a.  for  middle  or  junior  high  (grades 
6-8); 

-four  square  feel  per  unit  of  a.d.a.  for  high  school.  In  addition; 

(A)  Provide  security  for  technology  and  media  equipment. 

(B)  Space  and  capabihty  for  computer  terminals  is  considered  for  stu- 
dent use,  research  and  report  writing. 

(C)  Visual  supervision  from  circulation  desk  is  available  to  study 
areas,  stack  space,  and  student  work  centers. 

(D)  Design  for  open  and  closed-circuit  television,  dedicated  phone 
line,  electrical  outlets  for  stand-alone  computers,  and  conduit  connect- 
ing all  instructional  areas  is  considered. 

(/)  Lighting. 

Light  design  shall  generate  an  illumination  level  that  provides  com- 
fortable and  adequate  visual  conditions  in  each  educational  space,  specif- 
ically: 

(1)  Ceilings  and  walls  are  white  or  light  colored  for  high  reflectance 
unless  function  of  space  dictates  otherwise. 

(2)  Lights  do  not  produce  glare  or  block  the  line  of  sight. 

(3)  Window  treatment  allows  entrance  of  daylight  but  does  not  cause 
excessive  glare  or  heat  gain. 

(4)  Fixtures  provide  an  even  light  distribution  throughout  the  learning 
area. 

(5)  Light  design  follows  the  California  Electrical  Code  found  in  Part 
3  of  Title  24  of  the  California  Code  of  Regulations. 

(m)  Acoustical. 

Hearing  conditions  shall  complement  the  educational  function  by 
good  sound  control  in  school  buildings,  specifically; 

( 1 )  The  sound-conditioning  in  a  given  space  is  acoustically  comfort- 
able to  permit  instructional  activities  to  take  place  in  this  classroom. 

(2)  Sound  is  transmitted  without  interfering  with  adjoining  instruc- 
tional spaces;  e.g.,  room  partitions  are  acoustically  designed  to  minimize 
noise. 

(3)  The  ventilation  system  does  not  transmit  an  inordinate  sound  level 
to  the  instructional  program. 

(n)  Plumbing. 

Restroom  stalls  shall  be  sufficient  to  accommodate  the  maximum 
planned  enrollment  and  shall  be  located  on  campus  to  allow  for  supervi- 
sion. 

(I)  Refer  to  Part  5,  Title  24,  of  the  California  Code  of  Regulations. 


(2)  Outdoor  restrooms  having  direct  outside  access  are  located  in  areas 
that  are  visible  from  playground  and  are  easily  supervised. 

(0)  Year-Round  Education. 

if  a  school  is  being  planned  for  multitrack  year-round  operation,  addi- 
tional space  shall  be  provided  for  associated  needs: 

(1 )  Additional  space  is  available  for  storage  of  records  for  staff  for  all 
tracks.  Additional  storage  space  for  the  supplies  and  projects  of  off-track 
students  is  considered. 

(2)  Storage  and  planning  space  is  available  for  off-track  teachers  or 
teachers  not  assigned  to  a  classroom. 

(p)  American  Disabilities  Act. 

Schools  shall  comply  with  standards  established  by  the  American  Dis- 
abilities Act  (Pubhc  Law  101-336,  Title  II). 

(q)  Child  Care  Programs. 

Schools  shall  comply  with  the  requirements  set  forth  in  Education 
Code  Section  39 1 1 3.5  regarding  plans  and  specifications  for  new  schools 
being  designed  to  provide  appropriate  space  to  accommodate  before- 
school  and  after-school  child  care  programs. 

(r)  Exemptions. 

At  the  request  of  the  governing  board  of  a  school  district,  the  State  Su- 
perintendent of  Public  Instruction  may  grant  exemptions  to  any  of  the 
standards  in  this  section  if  the  district  can  demonstrate  that  the  education- 
al appropriateness  and  safety  of  a  school  design  would  not  be  compro- 
mised by  an  alternative  to  that  standard. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  I72.'il(c)  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  17047(a).  17251(c),  17310,  51210(g).  3 1 220(d)  and  51 22.S.3.  Edu- 
cation Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

2.  Amendment  of  article  heading,  repealer  and  adoption  of  section  heading  and 
text,  and  amendment  of  NoTk  filed  1 1-12-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Register 
93,  No.  46). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a),  (b)-(b)(  1 ),  (g)(  1 )( A),  (i)(  1  )(B),  (n)-(n)(  1 )  and 
(p)-(r).  new  subsection  (i)(4)-(i)(4)(F),  and  amendment  of  NoTi;  filed 
10^30-2000;  operative  10-30-2000  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4(d)  (Register  2000,  No.  44). 

§  14031.    Plan  Approval  Procedures  for  State-Funded 
School  Districts. 

(a)  Each  state-funded  school  district  shall  submit  preliminary  plans 
following  the  standards  in  Section  14030  including  site  utilization,  eleva- 
tions and  floor  plan  drawings  that  describe  the  spaces  and  give  the  square 
footage  and  educational  specifications  to  the  California  Department  of 
Education  for  approval.  Prior  to  preparation  of  final  plans,  the  school  dis- 
trict shall  obtain  approval  of  the  preliminary  plans  from  the  California 
Department  of  Education. 

(b)  Each  state-funded  school  district  shall  submit  final  plans  including 
grading,  site  utilization,  elevation,  tloor,  lighting,  and  mechanical  work- 
ing drawings  and  any  alterations  to  the  educational  specifications  to  the 
California  Department  of  Education  for  approval. 

(c)  Each  state-funded  school  district  shall  submit  the  request  for  ex- 
emption from  a  standard  in  Section  14030  of  this  article,  with  a  descrip- 
tion of  how  the  educational  appropriateness  and  safety  of  a  school  design 
would  not  be  compromised  by  deviation  from  the  standard,  to  the  Cali- 
fornia Department  of  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  17251(c)  and  3.^031,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  17017.5(c)  and  17251(c).  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
39). 

2.  Repealer  and  adoption  of  section  heading  and  text,  and  adoption  of  Non;  filed 
1 1-2-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Regi.ster  93,  No.  46). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  10-30-2000;  operative 
10-30-2000  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4(d)  (Register  2(XK), 
No.  44). 

§  14032.    Plan  Approval  for  State-Funded  School  Districts. 

The  California  Department  of  Education  shall  notify  the  district,  the 
district's  architect  and  the  Depaitment  of  General  Services  that  the  pre- 
liminary and  final  plans  comply  with  the  standards  set  forth  in  Section 


Page  181 


Register  TOM,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  14033 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


14030.  Approvals  for  either  preliminary  or  final  plans  are  in  effect  for  a 
maximum  of  two  years  from  the  date  of  signed  approval.  School  districts 
may  request  an  extension  of  preliminary  or  final  plan  approvals  if  the 
time  line  exceeds  one  year. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  17251(c)  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  17024,  17070.30  and  I72.'il(c),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  tiled  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  text,  and  adoption  of  NoTi;  filed  1 1-12-93; 
operative  12-13-93  (Register  93,  No.  46). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  NoTi:  filed  10-30-2000;  operative 
10-30-2000 pursuant  toGovemment  Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register 2000, 

No.  44). 

§  14033.    Applicability  of  Plan  Standards  to 
Locally-Funded  School  Districts. 

(a)  Locally-funded  districts  shall  use  the  plan  standards  set  forth  in 
Section  14030. 

(b)  Locally-funded  districts  may  request  assistance  from  the  Califor- 
nia Department  of  Education  to  review  plans  and  specifications  for  any 
new  school  construction  or  rehabilitation  project. 

(c)  Locally-funded  districts  need  not  submit  preliminary  and  final 
plans  to  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(d)  Locally-funded  districts  shall  prepare  documentation  of  and  retain 
for  purposes  of  a  complaint  investigation  the  exemption  from  the  stan- 
dard in  Section  14030  of  this  article,  with  a  description  of  how  the  educa- 
tional appropriateness  and  safety  of  a  school  design  would  not  be  com- 
promised by  deviation  from  the  standard.  Locally-funded  districts  may 
request  from  the  California  Department  of  Education  a  review  of  the  ade- 
quacy of  the  mitigation  measure. 

(e)  Locally-funded  districts  shall  continue  to  comply  fully  with  the  re- 
quirements of  Article  3  (commencing  with  Section  1 7280)  and  Article  6 
(commencing  with  Section  17365)  of  Chapter  2,  Part  23  of  the  Education 
Code  (The  Field  Act)  and  submit  all  plans  and  specifications  to  the  De- 
partment of  General  Services,  Office  of  the  State  Architect  for  review  and 
approval  prior  to  executing  a  contract  for  the  construction  or  alteration 
of  a  public  school  building  or  expending  any  public  funds  for  such  a  proj- 
ect. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  17251(c)  and  (d)  and  33031,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  17251(d),  17280  and  17365,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  of  former  section  10433  to  section  14035  and  new  section  filed 
1 1-12-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93,  No.  46). 

2.  Repealer  of  former  section  14033  and  renumbering  of  former  section  14034  to 
new  section  1 4033,  including  amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note, 
filed  10-30-2000;  operative  10-30-2000  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  2000,  No.  44). 

§14034.    Planning  Guides. 

The  latest  edition  of  The  Guide  for  Planning  Educafional  Facilities, 
published  by  the  Council  of  Educational  Facility  Planners,  29  West 
Woodruff  Avenue.  Columbus,  Ohio,  43210,  may  be  used  as  a  guide  in 
developing  school  building  plans. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  17251(c)  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  17251(c),  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-12-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93,  No.  46). 

2.  Renumbering  of  former  section  1 4034  to  secfion  1 4033  and  renumbering  of  for- 
mer section  14035  to  new  section  14034,  including  amendment  of  Note,  filed 
10-30-2000;  operative  10-30-2000  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1 343.4(d)  (Register  2000,  No.  44). 

§  14035.    Abandonment  of  Inadequate  Facilities. 

Abandonment  of  inadequate  facilities  may  be  recommended  by  the 
California  Department  of  Education  to  the  State  Allocation  Board  for  ap- 
proval when  it  appears  from  the  estimated  cost  of  structural  rehabilitation 
plus  the  estimated  cost  of  desirable  modernization  that  the  facility  would 
meet  the  criteria  for  replacement  established  by  the  State  Allocation 
Board. 


Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  17251(c)  and  33031.  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  16044,  16047,  16104.  and  16190  through  16207.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  of  former  section  14033  to  section  14035  and  adoption  of  Note 
filed  1 1-12-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93.  No.  46). 

2.  Renumbering  of  former  section  14035  to  section  14034  and  renumbering  of  for- 
mer section  14036  to  new  section  14035,  including  amendment  of  Ncrrn,  filed 
1 0- .30-2000;  operative  10-30-2000  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4(d)  (Register  2000,  No.  44). 

§  14036.    Integrated  Facilities. 

In  accordance  with  Education  Code  Section  17047.5.  for  school  dis- 
tricts constmcting  classrooms  for  special  education  purposes,  those  clas- 
srooms shall  be  no  more  physically  separated  from  classrooms  con- 
structed for  their  nonhandicapped  peers  than  those  classrooms  are  from 
each  other;  preferably  the  classrooms  are  under  the  same  roof  and  adja- 
cent to  the  classrooms  of  their  nonhandicapped  peers,  specifically. 

(a)  A  new  school  facility  is  considered  integrated  if  it  meets  the  follow- 
ing criteria: 

( 1 )  Classrooms  for  special  education  are  located  in  proximity  to  regu- 
lar education  classrooms  in  such  a  way  as  to  encourage  age-appropriate 
interaction  among  all  students. 

(2)  Whenever  possible,  if  relocatable  classrooms  are  used  for  special 
education  classes,  the  ratio  of  special  education  relocatable  classrooms 
to  permanent  special  education  classrooms  is  the  same  as  the  classroom 
ratio  between  relocatable  classrooms  and  permanent  classrooms  for  reg- 
ular education  students. 

(3)  Side-by-side  school  sites  are  not  considered  integrated. 

(b)  A  waiver  to  acquire  or  newly  construct  a  non-integrated  facility  is 
recommended  by  the  Advisory  Commission  on  Special  Education  for  ap- 
proval only  if  it  includes  a  plan  to  transition  the  individuals  with  excep- 
tional needs  to  a  regular  campus  setting.  The  waiver  includes  a  capacity 
study  of  the  existing  special  education  classrooms  in  the  special  educa- 
tion local  plan  area  (SELPA)  to  verify  that  no  classrooms  are  available 
to  house  the  population  targeted  in  the  waiver. 

(c)  The  waiver  includes  justification  as  to  why  the  non-integrated  fa- 
cility is  the  only  option  available  on  a  long-term  basis  and  discus.ses  the 
feasibility  of  a  short-term  lease  as  an  option  to  new  construction  or  acqui- 
sition. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  17251(c)  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  17047,  17047.5,  17251(c)  and  56000  et.  seq..  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  section  14045  to  section  14036  and 
adoption  of  Note  filed  1 1-12-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93,  No.  46). 

2.  Renumbering  of  former  section  14036  to  new  section  14035  and  renumbering 
of  former  section  14037  to  new  section  14036,  including  amendment  of  section 
and  Note,  filed  10-30-2000;  operative  10-30-2000  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  2000,  No.  44). 

§14037.    Integrated  Facilities. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  39101(c),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
17747,  17747.5,  and  56000  et.  seq.,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-12-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93,  No.  46). 

2.  Renumbering  of  former  section  14037  to  new  section  14036  filed  10-30-2000; 
operative  10-30-2000  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Reg- 
ister 2000,  No.  44). 

§  1 4040.    Scope  of  Article. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  5:  Sections  16044,  16047,  16104  and 
16190-16207,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

2.  Repealer  of  article  heading  and  secfion  filed  1 1-12-93;  operative  12-13-93 
(Register  93,  No.  46). 

§14041.    Plans. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  1 1-12-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93,  No.  46). 

§  1 4042.    Justification  Procedure. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 


• 


Page  182 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11  -2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  14105 


• 


• 


.  Repealer  filed  1 1-12-93:  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93.  No.  46). 

14043.  Approval. 

History 

.  Repealer  filed  1 1-12-93:  operative  12-13-93  {Register93.  No.  46). 

14044.  Change  Orders. 

History 
.  Repealer  filed  1 1-12-93:  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93.  No.  46). 

14045.  Abandonment  of  Inadequate  Facilities. 

History 
.  Reniimhering  of  former  seetioii  14045  to  section  14036  filed  11-12-93;  opera- 
tive 12-13-93  (Regi.sler93.  No.  46). 

14046.  Building  Area  Required  to  Provide  Adequate 

Facilities  for  Exceptional  Children. 

History 
.  New  section  filed  9- 1 0-7 1 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter.  Approved  by  State 

Building  Standards  Conunission  (Register  71,  No.  37). 
.  Amendment  of  section  and  repealer  of  NoTh  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth 

day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 
.  Repealer  filed  1 1-12-93;  operative  12-13-93  (Register  93,  No.  46). 


Subchapter  2.    Use  of  School  Buses  and 
School  Pupil  Activity  Buses 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§  1 41 00.    Scope  of  Chapter. 

This  chapter  applies  lo  the  transportation  of  pupils  enrolled  in  the  pub- 
lic and  private  schools  at  or  below  the  12th  grade  and  to  pupils  enrolled 
in  schools  under  the  administration  of  the  State  Department  of  Education. 
NotE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and  39831,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  39830  and  3983 1 ,  Education  Code.  Issuing  agency  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion. 

History 
1.  New  Chapter  2  (Sections  14100-14103,  consecufive)  filed  5-23-79;  effective 

thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79.  No.  21). 

§14101.     Definitions. 

(a)  School  Bus  and  School  Pupil  Activity  Bus.  "School  bus"  and 
"school  pupil  activity  bus"  means  every  vehicle  so  defined  by  Education 
Code  Section  39830  and  Vehicle  Code  Section  545. 

(b)  Governing  Board.  "Governing  board,"  unless  the  context  indicated 
otherwise,  includes  county  superintendents  of  schools  and  every  other 
public  and  private  school  authority  authorized  to  provide  for  the  trans- 
portation of  pupils  of  the  schools  referred  to  in  Section  14100. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031  and  39831,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  39830  and  39831,  Education  Code. 

§  14102.     Bus  Evacuation  Instruction. 

Each  school  year,  the  governing  board  shall  provide,  and  require  each 
pupil  who  is  transported  frotn  home  to  school  in  a  school  bus  to  receive, 
appropriate  instruction  in  safe  riding  practices  and  emergency  bus  evacu- 
ation drills. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  39831,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
39830  and  39831,  Education  Code. 

§  1 41 03.    Authority  of  the  Driver. 

(a)  Pupils  transported  in  a  school  bus  or  in  a  school  pupil  activity  bus 
shall  be  under  the  authority  of.  and  responsible  direcdy  to,  the  driver  of 
the  bus.  and  the  driver  shall  be  held  responsible  for  the  orderly  conduct 
of  the  pupils  while  they  are  on  the  bus  or  being  escorted  across  a  street, 
highway  or  road.  Continued  disorderly  conduct  or  persistent  refusal  to 
submit  to  the  authority  of  the  driver  shall  be  sufficient  rea.son  for  a  pupil 
to  be  denied  transportation.  A  bus  driver  shall  not  require  any  pupil  to 
leave  the  bus  enroute  between  home  and  school  or  other  destinations,  (b) 
Governing  boards  shall  adopt  rules  to  enforce  this  section.  Such  mies 
shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  specific  administration  procedures  re- 


lating to  suspension  of  riding  privileges  and  shall  be  made  available  to 
parents,  pupils,  teachers,  and  other  interested  parties. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  39H31.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
39830  and  3983 1 ,  Education  Code.  Cross-reference:  Section  1 2 1 7(h)  of  Title  1 3. 
California  Administrative  Code. 

§  14104.    Instructor  Certificate  Cancellation,  Suspension  or 
Revocation:  Request  and  Scope  of  Hearing. 

This  section  applies  to  school  pupil  activity  bus  (SPAB).  transit  bus. 
-schoolbus,  or  farm  labor  vehicle  driver  instructor  certificates. 

(a)  Any  state-certified  bus  driver  instructor  who  has  received  a  notice 
of  cancellation,  suspension  or  revocation  from  the  California  Depart- 
ment of  Education  may,  within  20  days  of  date  of  service  of  the  notice, 
submit  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  a  written  request  for 
a  hearing.  Failure  to  request  a  hearing  within  20  days  shall  be  considered 
a  waiver  of  the  right  to  a  hearing. 

(b)  Service  of  the  notice  of  cancellation,  suspension  or  revocation  may 
be  made  personally  or  by  mail.  Service  by  mail  is  effective  as  of  the  date 
the  notice  is  deposited  for  delivery  by  the  United  States  Postal  Service. 

(c)  Upon  receipt  by  the  California  Department  of  Education  of  a  hear- 
ing request,  the  California  Department  of  Education  shall  appoint  an  In- 
structor Certificate  Review  Board  to  conduct  the  hearing.  The  Instructor 
Certificate  Review  Board  shall  consist  of  three  members:  a  Bus  Driver 
Training  Program  Specialist  from  the  California  Department  of  Educa- 
tion who  shall  serve  as  the  chairperson:  and  two  members  representing 
school  pupil  activity  bus  (SPAB),  transit  bus.  .schoolbus,  or  farm  labor 
vehicle  drivers,  depending  upon  the  rating  held  by  the  driver  instructor 
requesting  the  hearing.  The  hearing  will  include  a  presentation  of  the  Cal- 
ifornia Department  of  Education's  reasons  for  the  cancellation,  suspen- 
sion, or  revocation  and  may  include  the  verbal  or  written  presentation  of 
information  by  the  driver  instructor  related  to  the  administrative  action 
being  proposed.  After  the  hearing,  the  chairperson  of  the  Instructor  Cer- 
tificate Review  Board  shall  report  (he  findings  and  recommendations  of 
the  review  board  to  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

(d)  The  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  (or  his  or  her  desig- 
nee) shall  review  the  findings  and  recommendations  of  the  Instructor 
Certificate  Review  Board,  and  after  reviewing  the  record,  make  a  deci- 
sion within  30  days  of  the  hearing  concerning  the  disposition  of  the  action 
to  be  taken  by  the  California  Department  of  Education.  The  decision  of 
the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  (or  his  or  her  designee)  is 
final. 

(e)  This  section  is  not  applicable  to  a  state-certified  bus  driver  instruc- 
tor whose  commercial  driver  license,  special  driver  certificate  or  transit 
bus  driver  certificate  was  canceled,  suspended  or  revoked  by  the  Califor- 
nia Department  of  Motor  Vehicles. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  38165(h),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
38165,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-1 8-96  as  an  emergency:  operative  1 1-18-96  (Register 96, 
No.  47).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  .3-18-97 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  98, 
No.  33). 

3.  New  section  filed  8-10-98;  operafive  9-9-98  (Register  98.  No.  33). 

§  14105.    School  Bus  and  School  Pupil  Activity  Bus  (SPAB) 
Passenger  Restraint  System  Use. 

All  passengers  in  a  school  bus  or  in  a  school  pupil  activity  bus  that  is 
equipped  with  passenger  restraint  systems  in  accordance  with  sections 
273 1 6  and  273 1 6.5  of  the  Vehicle  Code,  shall  use  the  passenger  restraint 
system.  All  pupils  described  in  subdivision  (a)  of  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 39831 .5,  shall  be  instructed  in  an  age-appropriate  manner  in  the  use 
of  passenger  restraint  systems  required  by  Education  Code  Section 
3983 1 .5(a)(3).  The  instruction  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to.  the  fol- 
lowing information: 

(a)  Proper  fastening  and  release  of  the  passenger  restraint  system: 
(1)  Fastening:  To  fasten,  insert  the  latch  plate  (the  metal  "tongue"  at- 
tached to  one  side  of  the  webbing)  into  the  proper  buckle  (the  receptacle 
that  comes  out  from  the  "bight"  in  the  back  of  the  seat,  a  slot  in  the  seat 


Page  183 


Register  2004,  No.  46;  1 1  - 12-2004 


§  15000 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


cushion,  or  from  the  side).  The  lalch  plate  inserts  into  the  buckle  until  you 
hear  an  audible  snap  sound  and  feel  it  latch.  Make  sure  the  latch  plate  is 
securely  fastened  in  the  buckle. 

(2)  Unfastening:  To  unfasten,  push  the  buckle  release  button  and  re- 
move the  latch  plate  from  the  buckle.  The  buckle  has  a  release  mecha- 
nism that,  when  manually  operated  during  "unbuckling."  breaks  the 
bond  and  separates  the  two  sections. 

(b)  Acceptable  placement  of  passenger  restraint  systems  on  pupils: 
Adjust  the  lap  belt  to  fit  low  and  tight  across  the  hips/pelvis,  not  the  stom- 
ach area.  Place  the  shoulder  belt  snug  across  the  chest,  away  from  the 
neck.  Never  place  the  shoulder  belt  behind  the  back  or  under  the  arm. 
Position  the  shoulder  belt  height  adjuster  so  that  the  belt  rests  across  the 
middle  of  the  shoulder.  Failure  to  adjust  the  shoulder  belt  properly  would 
reduce  the  effectiveness  of  the  lap/shoulder  belt  system  and  increase  the 
risk  of  injury  in  a  collision. 

(c)  Times  at  which  the  passenger  restraint  system  should  be  fastened 
and  released:  Passenger  restraint  systems  shall  be  used  at  all  times  the 
school  bus  or  school  pupil  activity  bus  is  in  motion  except  when  ex- 
empted in  subdivisions  (e)  and  (f)  of  this  section. 

(d)  Acceptable  placement  of  the  passenger  restraint  systems  when  not 
in  use:  When  not  in  use,  passenger  restraint  systems  shall  be  fully  re- 
tracted into  the  retractors  so  that  no  loose  webbing  is  visible,  or  stored  in 
a  safe  manner  per  the  school  bus  manufacturer's  instructions. 

(e)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  passenger  with  a  physically  disab- 
ling condition  or  medical  condition  which  would  prevent  appropriate  re- 
straint in  a  passenger  restraint  system,  providing  that  the  condition  is  duly 
certified  by  a  licensed  physician  or  licensed  chiropractor  who  shall  state 
in  writing  the  nature  of  the  condition,  as  well  as  the  reason  the  restraint 
is  inappropriate. 

(f)  This  section  also  does  not  apply  in  case  of  any  emergency  that  may 
necessitate  the  loading  of  school  children  on  a  school  bus  in  excess  of  the 
limits  of  its  seating  capacity.  As  used  in  this  section,  "emergency"  means 
a  natural  disaster  or  hazard  (as  determined  by  the  school  district  superin- 
tendent or  their  designee)  that  requires  pupils  to  be  moved  immediately 
in  order  to  ensure  their  safety. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  38047.3,  38047.6  and  39831,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  38047.5,  38047.6,  39830,  39830.1  and  39831.5, 
Education  Code;  and  Sections  27316  and  27316.5,  Vehicle  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-9-2004;  operative  1 1-9-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  46). 


Subchapter  4.    School  Buses 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  forChapter4:  Sections  33031  and  39831,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  39830  and  39831,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  4  (§§  14200-14207, 14220-14225,  14240-14254,  14260-14276, 
14290-14321,  14339-14358,  14380-14394)  filed  2-24-70;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  filed  12-17-76  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing.  Certificate 
of  Compliance  included  (Register  76,  No.  51). 

3.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

4.  RepealerofChapter4  (Sections  14200-14394,  not  consecutive)  filed  5-23-79; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  21).  For  prior  history,  see 
Registers  77,  No.  39;  77,  No.  34;  77,  No.  22;  77,  No.  4;  76,  No.  51 ;  76,  No.  40; 
75,  No.  52;  75,  No.  49;  75,  No.  47;  74,  No.  48;  74,  No.  12;  73,  No.  12;  72.  No. 
40;  71,  No.  30;  71,  No.  25;  71,  No.  5. 


Chapter  14.    School  Finance' 


*  Note:  For  fiscal  responsibility  of  County  Superintendents. 

Subchapter  1.    Nonresident  Tuition 

§  15000.    Definitions  Under  Education  Code  Section  37107. 

(a)  Total  Current  Expense  of  Education. 


The  term  "total  current  expense  of  education,  exclusive  of  the  expense 
of  transportation."  as  used  in  Education  Code  Section  37 107.  means  the 
total  current  expense  of  education  for  grades  9  through  12  of  the  district 
as  defined  in  the  California  School  Accounting  Manual.  Such  expendi- 
tures are  the  current  general  fund  operating  expenditures  of  the  school 
district  excluding  expenditures  for  pupil  transportation  services,  food 
services,  community  services,  and  object  classifications  6000  and  7000 
(except  7250,  current  expense  for  "Regional  Occupational  Centers  or 
Regional  Occupational  Programs"). 

(b)  Actual  Expense  of  Transportation. 

The  "actual  expense  of  transportation"  is  the  amount  computed,  as 
hereinafter  in  this  section  provided,  for  transportation  between  home  and 
school  of  all  high  school  pupils  in  grades  9  through  12  residing  in  a 
county  and  not  in  any  district  maintaining  a  high  school,  plus  the  amount 
computed,  as  hereinafter  in  this  section  provided,  for  other  than  home- 
to-school  transportation  for  such  pupils. 

(c)  Computation  for  Home-to-School  Transportation. 

The  amount  for  transportation  of  such  pupils  between  home  and 
school  shall  be  computed  by  using  any  one  or  a  combination  of  the  fol- 
lowing alternate  methods: 

(1)  When  one  or  more  vehicles  are  used  to  transport  between  home  an 
school  pupils  in  grades  9  through  12  residing  in  one  county  and  not  in  a 
district  maintaining  a  high  school  and  90  percent  of  the  pupils  regulariy 
so  transported  in  each  vehicle  are  such  pupils,  the  actual  expense  of  such 
transportation  shall  be  computed  by  multiplying  the  number  of  miles  the 
one  or  more  vehicles  traveled  to  provide  such  transportation  by  the  aver- 
age cost  per  mile  of  all  vehicles  operated  by  the  district  to  transport  pupils 
during  the  fiscal  year. 

(2)  When  one  or  more  vehicles  are  used  to  transport  between  home  and 
school  pupils  in  grades  9  through  1 2  residing  in  two  or  more  counties  and 
not  in  any  district  maintaining  a  high  school  and  90  percent  of  the  pupils 
regularly  so  transported  in  each  vehicle  are  such  pupils,  the  actual  ex- 
pense of  such  transportation  shall  be  computed  by  multiplying  the  miles 
traveled  to  provide  such  transportation  by  the  average  cost  per  mile  of  all 
vehicles  operated  by  the  district  to  transport  pupils  during  the  fiscal  year, 
and  such  expense  shall  be  prorated  among  the  two  or  more  counties  in  the 
following  manner: 

(A)  The  distance  measured  by  the  nearest  traveled  road  from  the 
school  of  attendance  to  the  most  distant  point  in  a  county  to  which  trans- 
portation is  provided  shall  be  determined. 

(B)  A  percentage  for  each  county  shall  be  determined  by  dividing  the 
distance  for  each  county  measured  as  provided  in  (A)  above  by  the  sum 
of  the  distances  so  measured  for  each  county. 

(C)  The  percentage  for  each  county  shall  be  multiphed  by  the  amount 
to  be  prorated. 

(3)  When  vehicles  are  used  for  the  transportation  between  home  and 
school  of  pupils  in  grades  9  through  1 2  residing  in  a  county  and  not  in  any 
district  maintaining  a  high  school  and  for  the  transportation  between 
home  and  school  of  other  pupils,  regardless  of  the  respective  percentages 
of  the  pupils,  the  actual  expense  of  transportation  of  pupils  in  grades  9 
through  12  who  reside  in  a  county  and  not  in  any  district  maintaining  a 
high  school  shall  be  computed  by  any  one  of  the  following  methods: 

(A)  The  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  average  number  of  pupils 
per  bus  transported  one  way  daily  by  the  total  miles  traveled  in  providing 
all  transportation  between  home  and  school  shall  be  divided  into  the  total 
expense  of  providing  home-to-school  transportation,  and  the  quotient  so 
obtained  shall  be  multiplied  by  the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the 
number  of  pupils  in  grades  9  through  12  residing  in  a  county  and  not  in 
any  district  maintaining  a  high  school  by  the  total  miles  traveled  to  pro- 
vide such  pupils  transportation.  When  daily  records  of  the  number  of  pu- 
pils transported  are  not  kept  by  a  district,  the  average  number  of  pupils 
transported  for  the  purposes  of  this  subsection  shall  be  determined  by  the 
district  by  a  survey  on  or  about  October  1  st.  December  1  st,  February  1  st, 
and  May  1  st  by  counting  the  number  of  pupils  transported  one  way  be- 
tween home  and  school,  designating  separately  by  name  those  pupils  re- 
siding in  a  county  and  not  in  a  district  maintaining  a  high  school. 


• 


• 


Page  184 


Register  2004,  No.  46;  11-12-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15060 


• 


(B)  The  product  obtained  by  multiplying  75  percent  of  the  average 
number  of  seats  in  each  vehicle  operated  by  the  district  to  transport  pupils 
by  the  total  number  of  miles  traveled  by  all  vehicles  in  home-to-school 
transportation  shall  be  divided  into  the  total  expense  of  providing  home- 
lo-school  transportation,  and  the  quotient  so  obtained  shall  be  multiplied 
by  the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  number  of  pupils  in  grades  9 
through  1 2  residing  in  a  county  and  not  in  any  district  maintaining  a  high 
school  by  the  number  of  miles  traveled  to  provide  such  pupils  transporta- 
tion. 

(C)  The  sum  of  the  miles  each  pupil  was  transported  between  home 
and  school  shall  be  divided  into  the  total  expense  of  transporting  all  pu- 
pils between  home  and  school,  and  the  quotient  so  obtained  shall  be  mul- 
tiplied by  the  sum  of  the  miles  each  pupil  in  grades  9  through  1 2  residing 
in  a  county  and  not  in  any  high  school  district  was  transported.  When  dai- 
ly records  of  the  miles  each  pupil  is  transported  are  not  kept  by  a  district, 
the  sum  of  the  miles  each  pupil  was  transported  for  the  purpose  of  this 
subdivision  shall  be  determined  by  the  district  by  a  survey  on  or  about 
October  1st,  December  1st,  February  1st,  and  May  1st  by  measuring  the 
number  of  miles  one  way  that  each  pupil  is  transported  between  home 
and  school,  designating  separately  by  name  those  pupils  residing  in  a 
county  and  not  in  a  district  maintaining  a  high  school. 

Total  expenses  of  providing  home-to-school  transportation  shall  be 
determined  for  the  purposes  of  this  subsection  (3)  by  multiplying  the 
number  of  miles  traveled  in  providing  such  transportation  by  the  average 
cost  per  mile  to  the  district  in  providing  all  pupil  transportation. 

(d)  Computation  for  Transportation  Other  Than  Home-to-School. 
The  amount  for  providing  transportation  other  than  home-to-school 

transportation  for  pupils  in  grades  9  through  12  residing  in  a  county  and 
not  in  any  high  school  district  shall  be  computed  as  either  ( 1 )  that  amount 
which  is  the  same  percent  of  the  total  expense  of  providing  transportation 
other  than  home-to-school  transportation  as  the  amount  computed  for 
home-to-school  transportation  is  of  the  total  expense  of  providing  ho- 
me-to-school transportation;  or  (2)  that  amount  which  is  the  same  per- 
cent of  the  total  expense  of  providing  other  than  home-to-school  trans- 
portation for  grades  9  through  12  as  the  average  daily  attendance  of 
pupils  in  grades  9  through  12  residing  in  a  county  and  not  in  any  high 
school  district  is  to  the  average  daily  attendance  of  all  pupils  in  grades  9 
through  12. 

(e)  "Expense"  Defined. 

The  term  "expense,"  as  used  in  subsection  (b)  of  this  section,  means 
current  expenses  as  defined  in  Section  15240  of  this  title. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  1:  Section  37107,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbered  from  §  199.8  of  Art.  22;  filed  7-22-69;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  69,  No.  30).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  64,  No.  23. 

2.  Amendment  of  sub.sections  (a)  and  (e)  filed  6-7-74;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  23). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 


Subchapter  2. 


Budgeting,  Accounting,  and 
Reporting 


Article  1 .    Transfer  of  Funds  from  the 
School  District  General  Fund  to  the  Child 
Development  Fund  and  the  Development 

Center  for  Handicapped  Pupils  Fund 


§15050.     Budget  Procedure. 

The  governing  board  may  include  in  the  budget  of  the  school  district 
an  amount  to  be  transferred  during  the  fiscal  year  from  the  general  fund 
to  the  child  development  fund  and  to  the  development  center  for  handi- 


capped pupils  fund  sufficient  to  meet  certain  expenditures  if  the  expense 
is  authorized  or  required  by  law  to  be  paid  from  the  general  fund. 
NoTE;  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  2:  Section  41013,  Education  Code.  Issuing 
agency:  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  2  (§§  1 5050-1  .S077 )  filed  2-24-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  70,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  filed  6-7-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74.  No. 

23). 

3.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Rcjisicr 
77,  No.  39). 

§  1 5051 .    Order  of  Governing  Board. 

Funds  may  be  transferred  at  any  time  as  ordered  by  the  governing 
board.  Such  order  shall  set  forth  the  purposes  for  which  the  funds  are  to 
be  transferred  and  the  amount  estimated  or  actually  required  to  be  ex- 
pended for  each  purpose. 

§  15052.    Transfers  and  Refunds. 

Such  a  transfer  may  be  made  by  warrant  or  by  other  authorized  proce- 
dure of  the  county.  The  amount  of  the  transfer  shall  be  charged  to  the  gen- 
eral fund  account  "7310.  Interfund  Transfers  (Outgoing  Transfers)"  and 
credited  to  the  child  development  fund  account  or  the  development  cen- 
ter for  handicapped  pupils  fund  account,  as  appropriate,  "8930,  Interfund 
Transfers  (Incoming  Transfers)"  as  classified  in  the  California  School 
Accounting  Manual. 

The  amount  of  the  refund  shall  be  charged  to  the  child  development 
fund  account  or  the  development  center  for  handicapped  pupils  fund  ac- 
count, as  appropriate,  "8930.  Interfund  Transfers  (Incoming  Transfers)" 
and  credited  to  the  general  fund  account  "73 10,  Interfund  Transfers  (Out- 
going Transfers)." 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  6-7-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74.  No. 
23). 

2.  Repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77. 
No.  39). 


Article  2. 


Standardized  Account  Code 
Structure 


§  15060.    Standardized  Account  Code  Structure. 

(a)  The  California  School  Accounting  Manual  adopted  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  41010  shall  in- 
corporate a  standardized  account  code  structure  which  is  a  statewide,  uni- 
form financial  reporting  format  (based  on  the  definitions  and  comprehen- 
sive chart  of  accounts  set  forth  in  the  California  School  Accounting 
Manual).  The  structure  shall  be  designed  to  provide  a  flexible  statewide 
accounting  system  for  local  educational  agencies  to  use  in  budgeting  and 
reporting  their  revenues  and  expenditures.  The  structure  shall  accommo- 
date local,  state,  and  federal  reporting  needs  as  determined  by  the  State 
Board. 

(b)  The  standardized  account  code  structure  shall  include,  but  not  be 
limited  to,  the  following  fields; 

(1)  Fund/Account  Group.  Each  fund  is  a  fiscal  accounting  entity,  with 
a  self-balancing  set  of  accounts  recording  cash  and  other  resources,  all 
related  liabilities  and  residual  equities  and  balances  or  changes  therein. 
Fund  types  include,  but  are  not  limited  to.  Governmental  Funds,  Propri- 
etary Funds.  Fiduciary  Funds,  and  Account  Groups. 

(2)  Project  Year.  The  project  year  field  is  used  to  distinguish  the  activi- 
ties of  the  same  grant  with  different  project  years  within  the  fiscal  year. 

(3)  Resource  (Project/Reporting).  The  resource  field  identifies  the 
source  of  funding  and  is  used  for  accumulating  revenues  and  expendi- 
tures to  meet  various  speciaUzed  reporting  requirements  and  tracking 
categorical  activities,  such  as  No  Child  Left  Behind  (NCLB)  Act,  Eco- 
nomic Impact  Aid,  and  School  Improvement  Program. 

(4)  Goal  (Program).  The  goal  field  defines  the  objective,  such  as  the 
target  population  being  served  or  the  education  mode  (e.g.,  regular 
education,  special  education,  or  vocational  education). 


Page  184.1 


Register  2004,  No.  46;  11  - 12-2004 


§  15070 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(5)  Function.  The  function  field  describes  the  activity  being  performed 
for  which  a  service  or  material  object  is  acquired,  for  example,  instruc- 
tional services,  pupil  services,  and  general  administration. 

(6)  Object.  The  object  field  describes  the  service  or  commodity  ob- 
tained as  a  result  of  a  specific  expenditure  (e.g.,  salaries,  books,  and  capi- 
tal outlay). 

(7)  Site.  The  site  field  is  optional,  providing  local  educational  agencies 
the  ability  to  designate  specific  school  sites  within  their  individual  ac- 
counting systems. 

NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
41010,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  2  (section  15060)  and  section  filed  11-4-2003;  operative 
1 1  -4-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2003,  No. 

45). 


Article  3.    Annual  Financial  Statements 

§  15070.    Submission  of  Annual  Financial  Statements. 

Except  as  provided  in  Section  15071,  every  county  office  of  educa- 
tion, school  district,  charter  school,  and  educational  joint  powers  agency 
(as  defined  in  Education  Code  section  41023)  that  elects  to  use  the  stan- 
dardized account  code  structure,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section  39 
of  Chapter  299,  Statutes  of  1 997,  shall  submit  an  annual  statement  of  re- 
ceipts and  expenditures  in  the  format  of  the  standardized  account  code 
structure.  The  form  for  the  annual  statement  shall  be  prescribed  and 
amended  periodically  (to  accommodate  changes  in  statute  or  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles  for  government  agencies)  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  sections  1628  and  42100  and  shall  reflect  Section 
1 5060.  The  form  for  the  annual  statement  is  titled  the  unaudited  Actuals 
Financial  Report,  and  is  incorporated  within  the  Standardized  Account 
Code  Structure  Financial  Reporting  Software,  version  2003  (revised  July 
2003)  and  is  available  at  the  following  website  address: 
http://www.cde.ca.gov/fiscal/software/sacs2(X)3al].htm. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Assembly 
Bill  1578,  Section  39,  Chapter  299,  Statutes  of  1977;  and  Sections  1628,  41010, 
41023  and  42100,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  article  3  (sections  15070-15071)  and  section  filed  1 1^4-2003;  operative 

11-4-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No. 

45). 

§  1 5071 .    Alternative  Form  for  Submission  of  Annual 
Financial  Statements  by  Charter  Schools. 

(a)  Charter  schools  have  the  option  of  reporting  their  annual  financial 
statements  using  an  alternative  form  prescribed  and  amended  periodical- 
ly (to  accommodate  changes  in  statute  or  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles  for  government  agencies)  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
42 100.  The  alternative  form  shall  be  structured  for  electronic  submission 
of  data  and  is  titled  the  Charter  School  Unaudited  Actuals  Financial  Re- 
port —  Alternative  Form  (new  6/19/03)  and  is  available  at  the  following 
website  address:  http://www.cde.ca.gov/regulations. 

The  form  shall  include  the  following  information: 

( 1 )  Revenues.  An  accounting  of  all  funds  received  during  the  preced- 
ing fiscal  year,  including  identification  of  specific  details  within  the  ma- 
jor revenue  categories  of  revenue  Umit  sources,  federal  revenues,  other 
state  revenues,  and  other  local  revenues. 

(2)  Expenditures.  An  accounting  of  all  funds  expended  during  the  pre- 
ceding fiscal  year,  including  identification  of  specific  details  within  the 
major  expenditure  categories  of  certificated  salaries,  non-certificated  sa- 
laries, employee  benefits,  books  and  supplies,  services  and  other  operat- 
ing expenses,  capital  outlay,  and  other  outgo. 

(3)  Other  information.  An  accounting  of  additional  information  in- 
cluding beginning  and  ending  fund  balances,  other  sources  and  uses,  as- 
sets, liabilities,  and  reserves. 

(b)(1)  The  reporting  of  financial  data  by  charter  schools  that  are  estab- 
lished as  governmental  accounting  entities  shall  reflect  the  definitions. 


and  to  the  extent  necessary  for  accurate  financial  reporting,  the  guidance 
provided  in  the  California  School  Accounting  Manual. 

(b)(2)  The  reporting  of  financial  data  by  charter  schools  that  are  estab- 
lished as  nongovernmental  accounting  entities  shall  reflect  the  defini- 
tions, and  to  the  extent  necessary  for  accurate  financial  reporting,  the 
guidance  provided  in  the  California  School  Accounting  Manual,  except 
for  accounung  differences  required  due  to  their  nonprofit  status. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
1628.  41010  and  42100,  Education  Code. 

History 

] .  New  section  filed  1 1-4-2003;  operative  1 1-4-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  45). 


Subchapter  3.     Decreases  in  Average  Daily 

Attendance  for  Apportionment  Purposes 

Due  to  Executive  Ratios  Pupils  to  Classroom 

Teachers 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§15100.     Purpose. 

The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  deems  this  chapter  necessary 
for  the  effecfive  administration  of  Education  Code  Sections  41376, 
41378  and  41379  and  for  the  determinafions  thereby  required  of  him  in 
computing  apportionments  and  allowances  from  the  State  School  Fund. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  3:  Sections  41376,  41378  and  41379,  Educa- 
tion Code.  Issuing  agency:  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  3  (§§  15100-15103,  15106,  151 10-151 12)  filed  2-24-70;  effec- 
tive thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  1 51 01 .    Application  and  Exemptions. 

This  chapter  applies  to  regular  day  classes  in  kindergarten  and  grades 
1  through  8  maintained  by  a  school  district,  except  classes  in: 

(a)  A  school  that  is  the  only  school  maintained  by  a  district  and  that  has 
less  than  101  units  of  average  daily  attendance. 

(b)  A  "necessary  small  school"  with  less  than  101  units  of  average  dai- 
ly attendance  as  provided  in  Education  Code  Section  41702. 

(c)  Grades  7  and  8  of  a  junior  high  school  established  and  organized 
as  a  secondary  school  by  a  high  school  district  or  unified  school  district 
pursuant  to  Article  5  of  Chapter  1  of  Part  1  of  the  Education  Code. 

History 
I.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§15102.    Combined  Grades. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  chapter,  any  class  combining  pupils  in  kinder- 
garten or  in  any  grade  or  grades  4  through  8  with  one  or  more  of  grades 
1 ,  2,  or  3  shall  be  considered  a  class  of  grades  1 ,  2,  and  3. 

§15103.    Definitions. 

For  the  purposes  of  administering  the  provisions  of  this  chapter  and  the 
provisions  of  Educafion  Code  Secfions  41376  and  41378,  the  following 
definitions  apply: 

(a)  "Class"  means  a  group  of  pupils  scheduled  to  report  regularly  at  a 
particular  lime  to  a  particular  teacher  as  opposed  to  a  grade  which  is  a 
broader  segment  of  the  school  organization. 

(1)  Where  the  type  of  teaching  in  kindergarten  and  grades  1,  2,  and  3 
is  other  than  in  self-contained  classes,  the  "class"  is  the  basic  homeroom 
where  all  of  the  following  applies  for  a  child: 

(A)  Attendance  is  recorded  and  invesdgafion  of  absences  is  insfigated. 

(B)  The  child  has  his  desk,  locker,  or  drawer. 

(C)  The  teacher  handles  the  administrafive  routines  such  as  keeping 
cumulative  records,  collecting  basic  data  about  the  child,  distributing 
items  to  go  home,  collecting  lunch  money,  and  distributing  and  collect- 
ing report  cards. 


Page  184.2 


Register  2004,  No.  46;  11-12-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15103 


(D)  The  teacher  is  the  usual  contact  with  the  child's  parents. 

(E)  Some  planned  instruction  is  given. 

(2)  For  kindergarten  and  grades  1.  2.  and  3,  when  it  is  necessary  for  a 
specific  group  of  pupils,  consisting  of  a  portion  or  all  of  the  pupils  other- 
wise enrolled  in  a  "class,"  to  meet  together  for  a  particular  period  or  peri- 
ods during  the  regular  school  day  for  a  particular  phase  of  education  for 
which  responsibility  is  assigned  to  two  or  more  teachers,  or  for  an  extra- 
curricular school  activity,  such  group  shall  not  be  considered  a  "class" 
under  the  provisions  of  this  section. 

(b)  "Regular  day  class"  means  a  class  maintained  during  the  regular 
school  day  as  defined  by  the  governing  board.  Classes  in  special  day  and 
evening  and  summer  schools.  Juvenile  hall  schools,  and  classes  for  the 
physically  handicapped,  mentally  retarded,  severely  mentally  retarded, 
educationally  handicapped,  and  mentally  gifted  are  not  regular  day 
classes  for  the  purposes  of  this  section. 

(c)  "Active  enrollment"  on  a  day  a  count  is  taken  means  the  pupils  in 
enrollment  in  the  class  on  the  first  day  of  the  school  year  on  which  the 
class  was  in  session,  plus  all  later  enrollees,  minus  all  withdrawals  since 
that  first  day. 

( 1 )  For  kindergarten  and  Grades  1 .  2,  and  3,  a  count  shall  be  made  on 
the  last  teaching  day  of  each  school  month  that  ends  prior  to  April  15  of 
the  school  year. 

(2)  For  Grades  4  to  8.  inclusive,  the  count  shall  be  made  at  the  end  of 


the  sixth  school  month.  A  count  of  full-time  equivalent  classroom  teach- 
ers shall  also  be  made  at  the  end  of  the  sixth  school  month. 

(d)  The  "number  of  pupils  enrolled"  in  a  class  for  kindergarten  and 
Grades  1.2,  or  3  means  the  sum  of  the  numbers  determined  by  all  the  ac- 
tive enrollment  counts  made  for  the  class  pursuant  to  (c),  divided  by  the 
number  of  such  counts  made  for  the  class. 

(e)  The  "average  number  of  pupils  enrolled  per  class"  for  grades  1 .  2, 
and  3  is  the  number  obtained  by  dividing  the  sum  of  the  quotients  derived 
under  subsection  (d)  for  all  classes  in  those  grades,  by  the  number  of 
those  quotients.  The  "average  number  of  pupils  enrolled  per  class"  for 
kindergarten  is  the  number  so  obtained  for  all  classes  in  kindergarten. 

(f)  The  "total  number  of  pupils  enrolled"  for  grades  4  to  8,  inclusive, 
means  the  active  enrollment,  as  defined  in  subsection  (c),  in  those  grades 
at  the  end  of  the  sixth  school  month,  exclusive  of  the  active  enrollment 
of  pupils  in  grades  4  to  8.  inclusive,  in  classes  considered  to  be  of  grades 
1.  2.  or  3  under  Section  15102. 

(g)  "Classroom  teacher"  means  an  employee  of  the  district  in  a  posi- 
tion requiring  certification  qualifications  whose  duties  require  him  to 
teach  in  regular  day  classes  in  any  grade  of  Grades  4  to  8,  inclusive,  dur- 
ing the  regular  school  year. 

(h)  One  "full-time  equivalent  classroom  teacher"  means  the  period  of 
time  the  duties  under  subsection  (g)  are  assigned  a  classroom  teacher 


[The  next  page  is  184.3. 


Page  184.2(a) 


Register  2004,  No.  46;  1 1  - 1 2  -  2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15130 


• 


equal  to  the  total  number  of  hours  designated  by  a  governing  board  as  a 
regular  sehool  day.  The  period  of  time  less  than  the  regular  school  day 
for  which  a  classroom  teacher  is  assigned  such  duties  is  that  fraction  of 
a  full-time  equivalent  classroom  teacher  which  the  period  of  time  bears 
to  a  full-time  equivalent  classroom  teacher  expressed  to  the  nearest  one- 
tenth  (0.1). 

History 
1 .  Amendment  tiled  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reeister  77.  No. 
.^9). 


Article  2.    Waiver  of  Class  Size 
Requirements  for  Kindergarten 

§15106.     Kindergarten  Exemption. 

Written  application  for  waiver  authorized  by  Education  Code  Section 
4 1 379  shall  be  directed  to  the  Bureau  of  School  Apportionments  and  Re- 
ports, Department  of  Education.  The  application  shall  be  filed  by  No- 
vember I. 

Possible  reasons  for  exemption  are: 

(a)  The  expense  of  adding  a  class  or  classes  and/or  the  added  expense 
of  transporting  kindergarten  children  to  another  school  will  cause  the  dis- 
trict to  be  unduly  burdened  with  expense.  In  order  to  determine  this  the 
district  shall  include  the  following  information: 

( 1 )  Beginning  balance,  exclusive  of  restricted  funds,  in  the  General 
Fund  for  the  current  fiscal  year. 

(2)  Estimated  total  income  in  the  General  Fund  for  the  current  fiscal 
year. 

(3)  Estimated  expenditures  and  the  appropriation  for  contingencies 
before  costs  of  adding  classes  and/or  transportation  to  reduce  kindergar- 
ten class  size. 

(4)  Number  of  classes  to  be  added  and/or  the  number  of  pupils  to  be 
transported. 

(5)  Estimated  cost  of  item  4. 

(b)  Shifting  kindergarten  children  from  one  school  attendance  area  to 
another  school  in  order  to  balance  the  class  size  will  cause  a  child  to  be 
traveling  undue  time  in  reaching  the  class  to  which  he  is  reassigned.  In 
order  to  determine  this  the  district  shall  include  the  following  informa- 
tion: 

( 1 )  List  the  children  to  be  reassigned  and  the  length  of  time  each  kin- 
dergarten child  will  travel  in  order  to  reach  reassigned  class  from  his 
home. 

(2)  The  distance  between  the  schools  by  the  shortest  traveled  route. 

(3)  If  the  reassigned  children  are  to  be  transported,  give  the  average 
time  for  the  current  kindergarten  bus  runs  in  the  district. 

(c)  Requiring  kindergarten  children  to  travel  from  one  school  atten- 
dance area  to  another  school  in  order  to  balance  class  size  will  expose  a 
child  to  hazards.  In  order  to  determine  exemption  for  this  the  district  shall 
submit  a  description  of  the  hazardous  condition  and  how  a  kindergarten 
child  is  endangered  by  the  condition. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)(3)  filed  6-7-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  74,  No.  23). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 


Article  3.    School  District  Reports 

§  1 51 1 0.    Reports  by  School  Districts. 

The  governing  board  of  each  applicable  school  district  shall  report  in- 
formation in  accordance  with  instructions  provided  on  forms  furnished 
and  prescribed  by  the  Superintendent  of  Pubhc  Instruction  for  making 
the  following  determinations; 

(a)  For  kindergarten  and  grades  1  to  3,  inclusive  (the  status  for  kinder- 
garten to  be  shown  separately): 

( I )  The  number  of  classes. 


(2)  The  number  of  pupils  enrolled  in  each  class  as  defined  in  Section 
15104(d). 

(3)  The  average  number  of  pupils  enrolled  per  class  as  defined  in  Sec- 
tion 15104(e). 

(4)  The  total  of  the  numbers  of  pupils  which  are  in  excess  of  the  stan- 
dard in  each  class  in  which  the  number  of  pupils  enrolled  exceeds  that 
standard. 

(b)  For  grades  4  to  8,  inclusive: 

( 1 )  The  total  number  of  pupils  enrolled. 

(2)  The  number  of  full-time  equivalent  classroom  teachers  at  the  end 
of  the  sixth  school  month. 

(3)  The  average  number  of  pupils  per  each  full-time  equivalent  clas- 
sroom teacher. 

Such  reports  shall  be  filed  with,  and  at  the  same  time  as,  average  daily 
attendance  reports  are  required  to  be  filed  under  the  provisions  of  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  41601  for  the  "second  period"  report  for  the  Second 
Principal  Apportionment. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
39). 

§15111.    Classes  Maintained  for  Less  Than  the  Full 
"Second  Period." 

On  the  report  filed  pursuant  to  Section  15110,  each  class  in  kindergar- 
ten and  in  grades  1 ,  2,  and  3,  maintained  for  a  fewer  number  of  school 
months  than  the  total  number  of  school  months  contained  in  the  "second 
period."  as  defined  in  Education  Code  Section  4 1 601 ,  shall  be  separately 
identified.  The  "number  of  pupils  enrolled"  shall  be  separately  ascer- 
tained for  each  class.  Whenever  the  "number  of  pupils  enrolled"  in  any 
class  is  in  excess  of  the  standards  described  in  Section  41376  or  41378 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  coin- 
puting  the  decrease  in  average  daily  attendance  on  account  of  such  ex- 
cess, modify  the  factor  of  0.97  specified  in  Education  Code  Section 
41 376  by  a  factor  determined  by  dividing  the  number  of  counts  made  for 
each  class  by  the  number  of  full  school  months  during  the  "second  peri- 
od." 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§  1 51 1 2.    "Ungraded"  Classes. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  article,  all  classes  shall  be  graded  in  the  same 
manner  that  classes  are  required  to  be  graded  for  the  reporting  of  atten- 
dance for  apportionment  purposes  and  in  accordance  with  instructions 
provided  on  attendance  forms  furnished  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction. 


Subchapter  3.5.    Class  Size  Reduction 
Program  Kindergarten  -  Grade  3 

§  15130.    Eligibility  for  Participation  in  the  Class  Size 
Reduction  Program  Under  Option  Two. 

For  purposes  of  Option  Two,  as  set  forth  in  Education  Code  section 
52122(b)(2)(B),  the  reference  to  Education  Code  sections  41376  and 
41378  shall  be  interpreted  as  permitting  certificated  teachers,  including 
kindergarten  teachers,  who  are  assisting  in  classrooms  in  which  they  are 
not  the  principal  teachers,  to  be  counted  for  purposes  of  determining  class 
size  to  the  extent  they  provide  direct  instructional  services  to  pupils  pri- 
marily in  reading  and  mathematics. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52125(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  52122,  Education  Code. 

FIlSTORY 

1.  New  subchapter  3.5  (sections  15130-15133)  and  section  filed  8-29-96  as  an 
emergency;  operative  8-29-96  (Register  96.  No.  35).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  52 1 25 
by  2-25-97  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  8-29-96  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-3-97  and 
filed  3-6-97  (Register  97,  No.  10). 


Page  184.3 


Register  2005,  No.  31;  8-5-2005 


§  15131 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


3.  Amendment  of  subchapter  heading  filed  10-1 5-98  as  an  emergency;  operative 
10-15-98  (Register  98,  No.  42).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  2-16-99  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 


§  1 51 31 .    Qualification  for  Funding. 

(a)  Education  Code  section  52 1 24(b)(2)  shall  not  be  interpreted  as  pre- 
cluding a  school  district  from  qualifying  for  funding  for  classes  at  grade 
2  at  a  schoolsile  if  that  school  district  unintentionally  fails  to  meet  the 
class  size  reduction  requirement  for  all  of  its  classes  at  grade  1  at  that 
schoolsite.  Similarly,  Education  Code  section  52124(b)(3)  shall  not  be 
interpreted  as  precluding  a  school  district  from  qualifying  for  funding  for 
classes  in  kindergarten  or  grade  3  at  a  schoolsite  if  that  school  district 
unintentionally  fails  to  meet  the  class  size  reduction  requirement  for  all 
of  its  classes  at  grades  1  and  2  at  that  schoolsite. 

(b)  When  a  schoolsite  does  not  serve  kindergarten  and  all  of  grades  I 
to  3,  inclusive,  but  does  serve  kindergarten  or  one  or  more  of  those  grade 
levels,  that  schoolsite  and  every  other  schoolsite  to  which  it  sends  pupils 
or  from  which  it  receives  pupils  in  kindergarten  or  any  of  grades  1  to  3, 
inclusive,  shall  be  considered  a  single  schoolsite  for  purposes  of  Educa- 
tion Code  section  52124(b). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52125(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  52124,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-29-96  as  an  emergency;  operative  8-29-96  (Register  96, 
No.  35).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  52125  by  2-25-97  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  8-29-96  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-3-97  and 
filed  3-6-97  (Register  97,  No.  10). 

§  15132.    Appointments  to  Charter  Schools. 

(a)  A  school  operated  under  the  Charter  Schools  Act  of  1992  may  par- 
ticipate in  the  Class  Size  Reduction  Program  (Education  Code  sections 
52120-52128)  and  the  Class  Size  Reduction  Facilities  Funding  Program 
(Education  Code  sections  17770-17777)  either  on  the  basis  of  its  own 
applications  and  certifications,  or  through  the  applications  and  certifica- 
tions of  the  school  district  in  which  it  is  located. 

(b)  No  charter  school  that  participates  in  the  Class  Size  Reduction  Pro- 
gram or  the  Class  Size  Reduction  Facilities  Funding  Program  based  on 
its  own  applications  and  certifications  shall  be  included  in  the  applica- 
tions or  certifications  of  any  school  district. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52125(b),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  47600-47625,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-29-96  as  an  emergency;  operative  8-29-96  (Register  96, 
No.  35).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  52125  by  2-25-97  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  8-29-96  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-3-97  and 
filed  3-6-97  (Register  97,  No.  10). 

§  1 51 33.    Apportionment  of  Funds  for  Class  Size 
Reduction. 

(a)  The  apportionment  of  each  school  district  under  Education  Code 
section  52126  shall  be  made  by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction based  upon  the  school  district's  application  under  Education 
Code  section  52123,  but  shall  be  adjusted  to  correct  for  overpayment  or 
underpayment  after  the  certification  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
52124(d)  is  received  from  the  school  districL 

(b)  Regardless  of  the  amount  of  the  apportionment  received  under  sub- 
division (a),  based  upon  a  school  district's  application  under  Education 
Code  section  52123,  in  no  case  shall  the  school  district  be  permitted  to 
retain  funds  for  any  class  that  did  not  actually  meet  all  of  the  requirements 
of  the  Class  Size  Reduction  Program. 

(c)  The  reduced  apportionment  made  to  each  school  district  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  sections  52126(c)(1)(B)  and  52126(d)(1)(B)  shall 
only  be  applicable  if  a  student  enrolling  in  the  school  district  after  Febru- 
ary 16,  1998  causes  a  net  increase  in  a  school  district's  enrollment.  If  a 


net  increase  in  the  school  district's  enrollment  does  not  occur,  the  school 
district  shall  be  paid  at  the  rate  specified  in  Education  Code  section 
52126(a)  or  (b),  as  appropriate. 

(d)  The  reduced  apportionment  made  to  each  .school  district  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  sections  52 126(c)(1)(A)  and  52 126(d)(1)(A)  shall  not 
be  applicable  if  a  teacher  hired  by  the  school  district  after  November  1, 
1 997  is  replacing  a  teacher  who  was  previously  hired  for  a  new  class  pur- 
suant to  Education  Code  section  52122(d)(1)  and  (2),  but  who  subse- 
quently resigned  from  the  school  district  or  was  placed  on  leave  due  to 
medical  or  other  reasons.  If  a  replacement  teacher  is  hired  under  these  cir- 
cumstances, the  school  district  shall  be  paid  at  the  rate  specified  in  Educa- 
tion Code  section  52126(a)  or  (b),  as  appropriate. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52125(b).  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  52122,  52123,  52124  and  52126,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-29-96  as  an  emergency;  operative  8-29-96  (Register  96, 
No.  35).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  52125  by  2-25-97  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  8-29-96  order  transmitted  to  OAL  2-3-97  and 
filed  3-6-97  (Register  97,  No.  10). 

3.  New  subsecfions  (c)  and  (d)  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  12-1-97  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  12-1-97  (Register  97,  No.  49).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  52125(b),  a  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-1-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  fol- 
lowing day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12- 1-97  order  transmitted  to  OAL  3-3 1-98  and 
filed  5-8-98  (Register  98,  No.  19). 


• 


Subchapter  3.75.    Program  to  Reduce  Class 
Size  in  Two  Courses  in  Grade  9 

§15140.    Definitions. 

For  purposes  of  administering  the  Program  to  Reduce  Class  Size  in 
Two  Courses  in  Grade  9  also  known  as  Grade  9  Class  Size  Reduction 
(Grade  9  CSR),  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  52080  to  52090.  in- 
clusive, the  following  definitions  shall  apply: 

(a)  "Certification"  means  a  declaration  made  by  a  school  district  attest- 
ing to  the  compliance  of  each  participating  school  site  with  each  of  the 
provisions  of  Grade  9  CSR. 

(b)  "Class"  means  an  organized  group  of  pupils  scheduled  to  report 
regularly  at  a  particular  time  to  a  particular  certificated  teacher  for  the 
purpose  of  pursuing  a  particular  course  that  is  designated  primarily  for 
pupils  in  grade  9. 

(c)  "Course"  means  an  instructional  unit  of  an  area  or  field  of  orga- 
nized knowledge,  usually  provided  on  a  semester,  year,  or  prescribed 
length  of  time  in  the  subjects  designated  as  English,  mathematics,  sci- 
ence, and  social  studies. 

(d)  "Enrollment"  means  the  pupils  listed  on  the  class  rosters  for  classes 
participating  in  Grade  9  CSR.  However,  an  individual  pupil  may  not  be 
included  in  the  count  of  enrollment  in  a  Grade  9  CSR  class  for  any  month 
until  the  pupil  has  actually  been  in  attendance  at  least  once  during  that 
month. 

(e)  "Full-year  equivalent  enrollment"  (FYEE)  means  enrollment  ad- 
justed by  the  relationship  of  the  number  of  school  days  during  the  school 
year  that  designated  classes  pursuant  to  Educafion  Code  section  52084(a) 
parficipated  in  Grade  9  CSR  to  the  total  number  of  school  days  in  the 
school  year.  To  determine  the  FYEE  the  numerator  of  the  fraction  shall 
be  the  total  number  of  school  days  during  the  school  year  that  the  desig- 
nated classes  participated  in  Grade  9  CSR.  The  denominator  of  the  frac- 
tion shall  be  the  total  number  of  school  days  in  the  school  year  or,  as  ap- 
propriate, the  total  number  of  school  days  in  the  semester  or  two 
trimesters.  The  resulting  percentage  shall  be  rounded  to  the  nearest  hun- 
dredth of  a  percent  and  multiplied  by  the  enrollment  as  defined  in  section 
15140(d)  above. 

(f)  "Per  pupil  rate"  is  the  amount  established  in  the  Annual  Budget  Act 
adjusted  annually  for  inflafion  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
52086. 


Page  184.4 


Register  2005,  No.  31;  8-5-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15150 


• 


NOTF.  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52084,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52080-32090.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  chapter  3.75  (sections  15140-15141)  section  filed  8-1-2005;  operative 
8-3 1 -2005  (Register  2005.  No.  3 1 ).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  99,  No.  12. 

§  1 51 41 .     Certification  of  Enrollment. 

(a)  For  purposes  of  certifying  pupil  enroilmetit  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  sections  52084  and  52086  and  enabling  the  apportionment  of  funds 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  52086.  each  participating  school  dis- 
trict shall  submit  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  an  annual 
MH-CSR9-A  Request  for  Application  (Rev.01/2005)  with  an  estimate 
of  participant  enrollment  numbers  for  the  Grade  9  CSR  program  and,  at 
the  end  of  the  school  year,  the  J-9MH-A  Report  of  Enrollment  (Rev. 
01/2005)  with  actual  participant  numbers.  Both  forms  are  incorporated 
by  reference  into  this  section.  The  forms  are  available  at  the  following 
website  address:  http://www.cde.ca.gov/fg/aa/caymhcsr9thgrade.asp. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  completing  the  1VIH-CSR9-A  Request  for  Ap- 
plication (Rev.  01/2005)  and  the  J-9MH-A  Report  of  Enrollment  (Rev. 
01/2005),  the  following  definitions  shall  apply: 

( 1 )  "Active  Monthly  Enrollment"  is  the  average  enrollment  count  for 
all  instructional  days  of  the  month. 

(2)  "Student  to  Teacher  Ratio"  means  the  school-wide  average  num- 
ber of  students  per  certificated  teacher  for  all  participating  Grade  9  CSR 
classes,  regardless  of  the  subject.  Each  participating  school  must  have  a 
student  to  certificated  teacher  ratio  no  greater  than  20  to  1,  with  no  more 
than  22  pupils  in  any  participating  class  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 52084(c).  Students  who  are  recognized  as  being  in  grades  10,  11.  or 
1 2,  but  who  are  nonetheless  enrolled  in  participating  classes  are  to  be  in- 
cluded in  the  total  number.  The  result  is  rounded  to  2  decimal  places.  A 
result  of  20.49  or  less  will  be  rounded  down  to  20,  and  a  result  of  20.50 
or  greater  will  be  rounded  up  to  21.  Any  school  with  a  ratio  of  20.50  or 
greater  is  not  eligible  to  receive  funding. 

(c)  Both  the  MH-CSR9-A  Request  for  Application  (Rev.  01/2005) 
and  the  J-9MH-A  Report  of  Enrollment  (Rev.  01/2005)  shall  be  com- 
pleted in  full  and  submitted  to  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

( 1 )  For  grade  9  class  size  reduction  the  forms  shall  include: 

( A)  The  designated  course  or  courses,  which  must  be  intended  primar- 
ily for  students  recognized  as  being  in  grade  9. 

(B)  The  student  to  teacher  ratio  as  defined  in  section  15141(b)(2) 
above. 


(2)  For  grades  10,  11,  and  12,  inclusive,  class  size  reduction,  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  section  52084(g),  the  forms  shall  include: 

(A)  The  district-wide  designated  grade  level  and  the  designated 
course. 

(B)  The  number  of  classes  ai  each  school  and  the  total  number  of 
classes  in  the  participating  school  district  for  the  designated  ct)ur.se. 

(C)  The  number  of  pupils  enrolled  in  classes  at  each  school  and  the  to- 
tal number  of  pupils  enrolled  in  all  classes  in  the  participating  school  dis- 
trict for  the  designated  course. 

(d)  In  apportioning  funds  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  52086, 
school  district  funding  is  calculated  by  multiplying  the  FYEE  by  the  per 
pupil  rate  at  each  participating  school.  Maximum  funding  for  one  course 
may  not  exceed  the  total  9th  grade  student  enrolltnent  as  reported  in  the 
California  Basic  Educational  Data  System  (CBEDS)  tnultiplied  by  the 
per  pupil  rate  or,  for  two  courses,  two  times  the  9th  grade  student  enroll- 
ment as  reported  in  CBEDS  multiplied  by  the  per  pupil  rate.  While  a 
school  may  receive  funding  for  non-ninth  graders  in  grade  9  CSR 
classes,  at  least  50  percent  of  those  enrolled  in  participating  classes  must 
be  ninth  graders. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  52084,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  52084  and  52086,  Education  C:ode. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  8-1-2005;  operative  8-3 1  -2005  (Register  2005,  No.  3 1 ).  For 

prior  history,  see  Register  99,  No.  12. 


Subchapter  4.    Reduction  in  State  Support 

Due  to  Excessive  Administrative  Employee 

to  Teacher  Ratio 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§15150.    Purpose. 

The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  deems  this  chapter  necessary 
for  the  effective  administration  of  Education  Code  Sections  33151, 
33154,  41404,  and  41404.5,  and  for  determinations  thereby  required  of 
him  in  computing  apportionments  and  allowances  from  the  State  School 
Fund. 

Note:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  4:  Sections  33 1 5 1 ,  331 54  and  4 1 404.5.  Educa- 
tion Code.  Issuing  agency:  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 


[The  next  page  is  184.5. 


Page  184.4(a) 


Register  2005,  No.  31;  8-5-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


{j  15182 


History 

1.  New  Chapter  5  (Sections  15150,  15151,  15158.  and  15160)  filed  5-25-73;  ef- 
fective thinieth  day  thereafter  (Register  73,  No.  21). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 


§15151.    Definition. 

For  purposes  of  administering  this  chapter  and  the  provisions  of  the 
Education  Code  Section  41404.5,  an  '"unusual  circumstance"  will  be 
deemed  to  exist  in  any  single  year  when: 

(a)  A  district  employs  nonteaching  certificated  personnel  to  manage 
a  program  available  to  one  or  more  other  districts  on  a  contractual  basis, 
or 

(b)  A  district  experiences  a  decline  in  pupil  enrollments  that  results  in 
a  reduction  in  the  number  of  teaching  employees  that  cannot  be  matched 
by  a  corresponding  reduction  in  the  number  of  administrative  employees 
before  the  November  1  reporting  date  due  to  existing  contractual  obliga- 
tions, or 

(c)  A  district  participates  in  categorically  federally  funded  programs 
that  require  the  employment  of  program  coordinators  or  project  directors 
out  of  proportion  to  the  number  of  teachers  employed  in  the  programs. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Resister  77.  No. 

39). 


Article  2.    Waiver  of  FuM-Time  Equivalent 
Administrative  Employees 

§  15158.    Administrative  Employee  Exemption. 

The  written  application  of  the  school  district  governing  board  for 
waiver  in  accordance  with  Education  Code  Section  41404.5  shall  be  di- 
rected to  the  Bureau  of  School  Apportionments  and  Reports,  State  De- 
partment of  Education.  The  application  shall  be  filed  on  or  before  De- 
cember 1st.  Tlie  application  shall  detail  the  unusual  circumstances 
existing  in  the  district,  and  in  addition,  shall  include  the  following  infor- 
mation: 

(a)  Beginning  balance,  exclusive  of  restricted  funds,  in  the  general 
fund  budget  for  the  current  fiscal  year. 

(b)  Estimated  total  income  in  the  general  fund  budget  for  the  current 
fiscal  year  before  the  penalty  for  excessive  administrative  employees  is 
applied. 

(c)  Estimated  expenditures  and  the  appropriation  for  contingencies. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsecfion  (c)  filed  6-7-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  74,  No.  23). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effecfive  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 


Article  3.    School  District  Reports 

§  15160.    Reports  by  School  Districts. 

In  addition  to  the  information  required  by  Education  Code  Section 
33151,  districts  shall  annually  report  on  forms  furnished  and  prescribed 
by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction: 

(a)  The  annual  amount  budgeted  for  the  salaries  of  the  full-time  equiv- 
alent administrative  employees  reported. 

(b)  The  total  state  income  included  in  the  district's  general  fund  budget 
for  the  current  fiscal  year. 

(c)  The  total  income  included  in  the  district's  general  fund  budget,  ex- 
cluding the  beginning  balance,  for  the  current  fiscal  year. 

(d)  The  amount  included  in  the  district's  general  fund  budget  for  "out- 
going transfers"  for  the  current  fiscal  year.  TTie  report  of  the  number  of 
full-time  equivalent  personnel  shall  include  all  persons  employed  by  the 
district  as  of  November  1st. 


Subchapter  4.1 .    Reimbursement  for  Costs 

of  Education  for  Institutional  and  Family 

Home  Children 

§  15180.    Application  for  Program  Approval. 

(a)  Each  school  district  or  county  superintendent  of  schools  desiring 
to  establish  and  maintain  a  special  educational  program  authorized  by 
Education  Code  Secfion  42904(c)  shall  first  make  an  annual  application 
to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  for  approval.  Each  applica- 
tion shall  be  filed  in  a  form  and  by  a  date  prescribed  by  the  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction. 

The  application  shall  include,  but  is  not  limited  to,  the  following: 

(1)  A  description  of  the  instructional  program, 

(2)  A  description  of  instructional  and  general  support  services, 

(3)  A  description  of  the  relafionship  of  the  special  educational  program 
to  all  similar  programs  that  are  categorically  funded  in  the  district  or 
county  office,  and 

(4)  A  budget  and  determination  of  funding  services. 

(b)  As  a  condifion  of  approval,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion may  require  one  or  more  of  the  following: 

(1)  A  minimum  number  of  pupils  enrolled. 

(2)  Development  and  filing  of  a  needs  assessment. 

(3)  A  minimum  and  maximumi  expenditure  per  pupil. 

(c)  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  notify  the  appropri- 
ate County  Superintendent  of  Schools  in  whose  jurisdiction  a  school  dis- 
trict application  is  approved. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  4.1  (Sections  15 180-1 51 88):  Sections  42904 
and  4291 1 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  42902^291 1 ,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  Chapter  4.1  (Sections  15180-15188)  filed  6-26-78;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  26). 

§15181.    Entitlement. 

A  district  or  county  superintendent  is  entitled  to  reimbursement  pur- 
suant to  Education  Code  Sections  42904  and  42905  with  respect  to  any 
pupil  served  who  resides  in  either: 

(a)  A  regularly  established  hcensed  children's  institution, 

(b)  A  hospital  operated  by  a  county. 

(c)  A  nonprofit  tax-exempt  hospital  or  other  nonprofit  tax-exempt 
treatment  facility, 

(d)  An  institution, 

(e)  A  foster  or  family  home  only  if  pursuant  to  a  commitment  or  place- 
ment under  Chapter  2  (commencing  with  Section  200.  of  Part  1  of  Divi- 
sion 2  of  the  Welfare  and  Institutions  Code. 

(f)  A  home  which  legally  qualifies  as  an  established  licensed  chil- 
dren's insfituuon.  Reimbursement  shall  not  be  denied  on  account  of  any 
pupil  solely  because  his  or  her  prior  residence  was  in  the  same  school  dis- 
trict in  which  the  institufion,  hospital,  facihty  or  home,  in  which  he  or  she 
presently  resides,  is  located. 

§  15182.    The  Special  Educational  Program. 

(a)  Special  educational  programs  provided  under  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 42902,  for  which  excess  cost  is  reimbursable  under  Education  Code 
Section  42904(c),  are  only  those  programs  which  are  in  addition  to  any 
other  federal  or  state  categorical  aid  programs. 

(b)  The  special  educational  program  shall  contain  at  least  one  of  the 
following: 

(1)  Liaison  between  the  school  and  the  public  agencies,  foster  parents, 
and  community  and  other  school  programs. 

(2)  Tutoring  in  basic  skills  and  remedial  assistance. 

(3)  Counseling. 

(4)  Educational  and  vocational  planning  and  assistance. 

(5)  Any  other  element  approved  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
strucfion. 


Page  184.5 


liegister  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


§  15183 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  15183.     Determination  of  Local  Property  Tax  Share. 

(a)  The  local  property  tax  share  of  the  revenue  limit  is  determined  by 
subtracting,  from  the  total  revenue  limit  authorized  by  the  governing 
board  of  the  district  (exclusive  of  the  reduction  for  institutional  or  family 
home  reimbursement  received),  all  of  the  following: 

(1)  State  basic  aid, 

(2)  State  equalization  aid, 

(3)  State  guaranteed  yield  program  (GYP)  aid. 

(4)  No  loss  state  aid  because  of  separate  adult  revenue  limit,  and 

(5)  Equalization  aid  offset  tax  income  and  open  space  land  subven- 
tions. The  remainder  is  then  divided  by  the  local  average  daily  attendance 
allowed  for  revenue  limit  purposes.  Tliis  determination  will  be  made  as 
recalculated  from  the  second  period  apportionment.  The  total  amount  de- 
termined for  reimbursement  purposes  shall  be  deducted  from  the  district 
revenue  limit  in  the  year  in  which  the  reimbursement  is  received. 

(b)  The  local  property  tax  share  of  the  excess  cost  of  maintaining 
schools  and  classes  for  physically  handicapped  (PH),  mentally  retarded 
(MR)  or  educationally  handicapped  (EH)  pupils  is  determined  by  sub- 
tracting, from  the  total  allowed  expenditures  for  PH,  MR,  and  EH  pro- 
grams on  the  Special  Education  Cost  Data  Sheet,  all  of  the  following: 

(1)  The  revenue  limit  per  average  daily  attendance  authorized  by  the 
governing  board  of  the  district  (exclusive  of  the  adjustment  for  institu- 
tional or  family  home  reimbursement),  and 

(2)  State  and  federal  special  education  allowances  for  those  PH,  MR 
and  EH  programs. 

§  15184.    Determination  of  Excess  Cost. 

The  excess  cost  of  providing  special  educational  programs  for  pupils 
residing  in  an  institution  or  a  family  home  is  determined  by  subtracting 
all  state  and  federal  special  allowances  per  average  daily  attendance  for 
those  programs  from  the  total  allowed  income  per  pupil  as  approved  by 
the  State  Department  of  Education  for  those  programs. 

The  sum  of  the  excess  cost  plus  state  and  federal  allowances  for  the 
programs  shall  not  exceed  an  amount  per  unit  of  average  daily  attendance 
as  determined  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  pursuant  to 
Section  15185.  Districts  that  provided  special  educational  programs  for 
such  pupils  during  the  1976-77  fiscal  year  shall  receive  no  less  than  the 
reimbursement  received  per  average  daily  attendance  for  the  1976-77 
programs,  such  reimbursement  being  provided  for  by  a  county-wide  tax 
levied  during  the  1977-78  fiscal  year. 

§  15185.    Determination  of  Total  Allowable  Income  per 
Pupil. 

The  total  allowable  income  per  pupil,  exclusive  of  the  provisions  of 
Education  Code  Section  42905  for  programs  allowed  under  Education 
Code  Section  42904(c),  is  determined  annually  by  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction.  The  amount  determined  shall  be  no  less  than  30%  nor 
more  than  60%  of  the  average  per  pupil  expenditure,  excluding  categori- 
cal funds,  in  the  schools  in  California. 

§15186.    Revenue  Limit. 

The  revenue  limit  as  used  in  Education  Code  Section  42904  is  the  total 
revenue  limit  authorized  by  the  governing  board  of  the  district,  exclusive 
of  the  adjustment  for  institutional  or  family  home  tuition. 

§  1 51 87.    Claims  and  Audits. 

The  county  superintendent  of  schools: 

(a)  Shall  require  that  reimbursement  claims  be  submitted  on  forms  pre- 
scribed by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction, 

Shall  require  the  school  district  to  maintain  a  list  of  all  pupils  enrolled 
in  the  program  for  which  reimbursement  is  claimed, 

(c)  Shall  audit,  as  deemed  necessary,  any  school  district's  records  to 
determine  the  accuracy  of  reimbursement  claimed,  and 

(d)  Shall  not  authorize  reimbursement  for  any  special  educational  pro- 
grams not  approved  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 


§15188.    Notices. 

On  or  before  July  31  of  every  year,  each  county  superintendent  of 
schools  shall  inform  every  known  person,  association,  corporation  and 
public  agency  within  the  superintendent's  county  who  maintains  or  con- 
ducts a  children's  institution  or  engages  in  referring  children  to  family 
homes,  of  the  reporting  requirements  in  Education  Code  Section  42903. 

Subchapter  5.    Allowances  for  Pupil 
Transportation* 

*For  Regulations  relating  to  construction,  design,  equipment,  and  operating  of 
school  buses,  see  Division  13,  Chapter  4,  School  Buses. 

Article  1.    Definitions 

§15240.    Current  Expenses. 

"Current  Expenses"  for  pupil  transportation  include  all  expenditures, 
except  for  capital  outlay,  made  by  a  school  district  during  a  fiscal  year 
in  providing  authorized  pupil  transportation.  Such  expenditures  shall  be 
those  recorded  direct  costs  of  transportation  under  the  Support  Service 
Programs  as  defined  in  Part  I  of  the  California  School  Accounting  Manu- 
al. 

Cost  of  equipment  and  supplies  purchased  but  not  used  during  the  fis- 
cal year  for  pupil  transportation  purposes  is  not  a  "current  expense." 
NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  5:  Section  41853  and  41855,  Education  Code. 
Issuing  agency:  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter5  (!^§  15240-15244, 15246-15249,  15253-15257, 15260, 15261, 
15270-15273.  15280-15285,  15320-15325,  and  15340-15343),  filed 
12-18-69;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  69,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  filed  6-7-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No. 
23). 

3.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

§  1 5241 .    Minimum  Transportation  Distances. 

For  the  sole  purpose  of  determining  the  total  current  expense  for  trans- 
portation of  a  district  on  which  reimbursement  is  based,  the  following 
minimum  transportation  distances,  measured  from  the  point  a  pupil 
boards  a  bus  at  a  regularly  established  stop  to  the  school  of  attendance  by 
the  shortest  traveled  road,  are  set  for  normal  pupils. 

For  pupils  attending  kindergarten  or  grades  1 ,  2,  or  3 — three-fourths 
(3/4)  mile. 

For  all  other  pupils  attending  an  elementary  school — one  (1)  mile.  For 
all  pupils  in  grades  7, 8,  or  9  attending  a  separately  maintained  three-year 
junior  high  school — one  ( 1 )  mile. 

For  all  pupils  in  grades  9,  10,  11,  or  12  attending  a  four-year  junior 
high  school  or  a  high  school — two  (2)  miles. 

For  all  pupils  in  grades  13  or  14  attending  a  junior  college — three  (3) 
miles. 

§  15242.    Excessive  Distances  and  Relatively  Few  Pupils. 

For  the  purposes  of  Section  41855  of  the  Education  Code,  "excessive 
distances"  traveled  to  transport  "relatively  few  pupils"  (sparsity)  and  ex- 
pense due  to  travel  for  excessive  distances,  are  as  follows: 

(a)  All  miles  traveled  on  each  bus  route  both  outgoing  and  incoming 
in  excess  of  ten  miles  from  the  school  terminal  and  on  which  route  the 
number  of  pupils  transported  does  not  exceed  the  number  of  miles  re- 
quired to  be  traveled  one  way.  The  expense  due  to  travel  for  excessive 
distances  is  the  product  of  the  cost  per  mile  as  entered  in  item  C,  column 
5  on  Form  No.  J-141,  and  the  number  of  miles  determined  to  be  exces- 
sive. 

(b)  All  miles  traveled  on  a  feeder  route,  the  furthermost  point  of  which 
is  more  than  ten  miles,  by  the  routes  traveled,  from  the  school  terminal, 
and  connects  to  a  primary  route  for  transfer  of  students.  The  expense  due 
to  travel  for  excessive  distances  is  the  product  of  the  cost  per  mile  as  en- 
tered in  item  C,  column  5  on  Form  No.  J-141  and  the  total  miles  traveled 
on  the  feeder  route. 


Page  184.6 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15256 


(c)  All  expense  incurred  by  a  school  district  for  payments  to  parents 
or  guardian  living  in  the  district  in  lieu  of  transportation  (Education  Code 
Section  39806),  is  expense  due  to  excessive  distances  if  eligibility  is  es- 
tablished under  either  (a)  or  (b)  above. 

(d)  All  expense  incurred  by  a  school  district  for  payments  for  board 
and  lodging  for  pupils  whose  parents  or  guardian  live  in  the  district  (Edu- 
cation Code  Section  39807)  shall  be  considered  as  expense  due  to  travel 
for  excessive  distances. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  tiled  November  30,  1971;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Regis- 
ter 71.  No.  49). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-2.^-77;  effective  thiiiieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39;. 

§  15243.     Physically  Handicapped  Minors. 

The  definitions  contained  in  Section  3600  for  deaf,  severely  hard  of 
hearing,  blind,  partially  seeing,  aphasic,  and  orthopedic  or  other  health 
impaired  minor  and  pupil  handicapped  in  mobility  apply  with  respect  to 
allowances  for  transportation  required  by  Education  Code  Sections 
41863,41864,41866. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 

§15244.     Bus. 

As  used  in  this  chapter,  "bus"  means  school  bus. 

Article  2.    Classification  of  School  Bus 

Fleets  for  Transportation  Allowance 

Purposes 

§15246.     Definition. 

In  this  article,  "the  average  number  of  hours  per  day  school  buses  are 
operated"  means  the  number  of  hours  accumulated  between  the  time 
when  the  buses  depart  from  the  location  in  which  they  are  customarily 
stationed  when  not  in  use,  and  the  time  when  the  buses  are  returned  there 
at  the  end  of  the  day,  (excluding  the  time  when  the  buses  are  not  in  use 
between  trips)  divided  by  the  total  number  of  days  buses  are  operated 
during  the  regular  school  term. 

§  15247.     Establishment  of  School  Bus  Fleet  Classes. 

As  a  basis  for  determining  expenditures  upon  which  allowances  shall 
be  computed,  1 6  classes  of  school  bus  fleets  for  districts  are  hereby  estab- 
lished. 

The  1 6  classes  are  as  shown  in  the  following  schedule,  wherein  capital 
letters  indicate  the  average  number  of  hours  of  bus  operation  per  day,  and 
Roman  numerals  indicate  the  average  size  of  buses  so  operated: 
Average  hours  of  bus  operation  per  dav 
A 
Averafie  size  of  buses         Less  than 
in  number  of  rows  4  hours 

1.  Less  than  7  rows  ....    A-I 

II.  7-8  rows A-II 

III.  9-10  rows A-III 

IV.  1 1  or  more  rows  .  .  .    A-IV 

§  15248.    Emergency  Affecting  Normal  Classification: 
Exemption. 

When,  because  of  a  temporary  emergency,  a  district  has  used  addition- 
al school  buses  or  increased  the  hours  of  operation,  or  both,  and  inclusion 
of  the  additional  buses  and  hours  in  computation  of  its  school  bus  fleet 
classification  would  result  in  a  classification  other  than  the  expected  nor- 
mal, the  school  district  may  request  an  exemption  excluding  the  addition- 
al buses  and  hours  of  operation  from  such  computation.  The  request  for 
exemption  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
not  later  than  June  ?>Q  of  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  emergency  occurred. 
If  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  deterinines  that  a  temporary 
emergency  did  exist  and  that  the  changes  in  operational  procedure  were 


B 

C 

D 

4-5 

6-7 

8  or  more 

hours 

hours 

hours 

B-I 

C-I 

D-I 

B-II 

C-II 

D-II 

B-IIl 

C-lTl 

D-I  11 

B-IV 

C-IV 

D-IV 

necessary  to  continue  to  provide  a  safe  and  efficient  transportation  sys- 
tem, he  may  approve  the  exeinpiion. 

§15249.    Median  Average  Cost. 

For  each  of  the  16  classes  of  districts,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction shall  annually  ascertain  the  median  of  the  average  cost  per  bus 
per  day.  This  determination  shall  be  based  upon  the  cost  per  bus  per  day 
for  each  district  in  the  class  that  has  requested  a  transportation  allowance 
in  its  then  current  "Annual  Report  of  Transportation  Expense,"  weighted 
by  the  number  of  vehicles  operated  by  that  district. 

Article  3.    Records  and  Available 
Information  (All  Districts) 

§  15253.    Available  Information. 

Each  school  district  furnishing  transportation  shall  have  available  the 
following  information  for  immediate  inspection,  or  submission  to  the  Su- 
perintendent of  Public  Instruction  if  required: 

(a)  A  statement  of  policy  adopted  by  the  governing  board  that  governs 
the  operation  of  the  pupil  transportation  system  in  the  district,  including 
the  limits  within  which  transportation  is  offered  to  pupils  and  the  distance 
pupils  are  required  to  walk  to  school  or  to  a  regulariy  established  bus  stop. 

(b)  A  map  of  the  district  indicating  each  bus  route  and  each  bus  stop, 
or  a  route  schedule  indicating  the  itinerary  of  the  bus  route  and  each  bus 
stop  to  be  accompanied  by  a  district  map  on  which  routes  may  be  identi- 
fied. 

(c)  A  list  of  salaries  paid  for  supervision,  clerical,  or  administrative 
purposes. 

(d)  A  schedule  of  classes  to  indicate  double  sessions  or  irregularities 
that  might  require  extra  transportation. 

(e)  A  listing  of  trips  made  other  than  between  home  and  school  by  each 
bus  indicating  miles  traveled  and  pupils  transported. 

§  15254.    Identification  of  School  Buses. 

Each  school  district  shall  maintain  records  identifying  each  school  bus 
owned  by  the  district,  and  each  school  bus  owned  by  a  contractor  that  pro- 
vides pupil  transportation  for  the  district. 

§  15255.    Record  of  Normal  Pupils  Transported. 

(a)  Each  school  district  shall  maintain  records  for  each  school  bus  that 
will  clearly  show  the  number  of  normal  pupils  transported  between  home 
and  school  who  board  the  bus  at  a  regularly  scheduled  stop: 

(1)  Within  the  minimum  transportation  distances  specified  in  Section 
15241. 

(2)  Beyond  such  minimum  transportation  distances. 

(b)  The  number  of  pupils  so  boarding  the  bus  is  ascertained  by  one  of 
the  following  methods: 

( 1 )  The  average  of  an  actual  daily  count. 

(2)  The  average  of  an  actual  count  on  four  normal  school  days  occur- 
ring on  or  about  October  1 ,  December  1 ,  February  J ,  and  May  I . 

§  15256.    Records  of  All  Pupil  Transportation  Expenses. 

Each  school  district  shall  maintain  records  of  all  expenses  in  connec- 
tion with  pupil  transportation.  These  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  re- 
cords of  the  following  expenses: 

(a)  Expenses  of  Transporting  Exceptional  Children. 

AUexpensesforthetransportationofphysically  handicapped,  mental- 
ly retarded,  and  educationally  handicapped  minors  shall  be  recorded  by 
category. 

(b)  Actual  Cost  of  Clerical,  Supervision,  and  Administrative  Services. 
Actual  costs  of  supervision,  clerical,  or  administrative  services  shall 

be  recorded  only  to  the  extent  that  one  or  more  employees  designated  by 
name  have  been  given  regular  assignment  by  the  governing  board  or  the 
chief  administrative  officer  to  such  duties  in  connection  with  the  opera- 
tion of  pupil  transportation.  Such  expenditures  shall  be  recorded  as  direct 
costs  of  transportation  under  the  Support  Service  Programs  as  defined  in 
Part  I  of  the  California  School  Accounfing  Manual.  In  each  case,  the  ex- 
penditures so  shown  shall  include  only  that  prorated  portion  of  salaries 


Page  184.7 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


§  15257 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


or  wages  for  time  actually  spent  for  that  purpose.  Full  salaries  or  wages 
shall  not  be  recorded  unless  full  lime  is  devoted  to  pupil  transportation 
exclusively. 

(c)  Expense  for  Insurance. 

These  records  shall  show  the  amount  of  insurance  carried  for  pupil 
transportation  purposes  as  to  type  and  amount  of  coverage,  and  the  annu- 
al expense  for  such  insurance. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  6-7-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register74.  No.  23). 

2.  Repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77, 
No.  39). 

§  1 5257.    Records  of  Receipts  for  Service  and  Sales. 

Each  school  district  shall  maintain  records  of  all  payments  received 
for: 

(a)  Sale  of  any  equipment  or  supplies. 

(b)  Transportation  provided  to  other  school  districts  and  other  parties. 

Article  4.    Additional  Records  and  Available 

Information  (Districts  Maintaining  Own 

Transportation  System) 

§15260.    Available  Information. 

Each  school  district  operating  its  own  system  shall  have  available  the 
following  information  for  immediate  inspection,  or  submission  to  the  Su- 
perintendent of  Public  Instruction  if  required: 

(a)  A  statement  of  how  gasoline,  oil,  and  other  supplies  are  purchased 
and  stored,  and  if  equipment  other  than  school  buses  use  supplies  from 
the  same  storage  facilities. 

(b)  A  statement  of  how  repairs  are  made  to  buses,  how  charges  are 
made,  and  how  separated  if  only  general  shop  charges  or  total  billing  sys- 
tem is  used. 

(c)  A  schedule  of  driver's  salary,  time  worked,  and  if  driver  is  paid  for 
other  services,  how  much,  and  from  which  object  classification  of  the 
budget. 

(d)  A  schedule  of  salaries  for  personnel  engaged  in  the  maintenance 
and  repair  of  buses  and  how  salaries  are  prorated  if  work  other  than  on 
school  buses  is  done  by  the  same  personnel. 

(e)  A  listing  of  accessories  replaced  and  identified  by  item,  bus,  and 
cost. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)  filed  6-7-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  74,  No.  23). 

2.  Repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77, 
No.  39). 

§  15261.    Record  of  Transportation  Expense. 

Each  school  district  operating  its  own  system  shall  maintain  records 
which  will  show: 

(a)  Items  of  Expense. 

All  expenses  for  the  following  items:  gasoline,  oil,  grease,  repairs  to 
school  buses,  maintenance  supplies,  replacement  of  buses,  replacement 
of  accessories,  salaries  and  wages  of  school  bus  drivers,  salaries  and 
wages  for  upkeep  of  buses,  insurance  authorized  by  law,  and  all  other  ex- 
penses in  connection  with  the  operation  and  maintenance  of  pupil  trans- 
portation. 

(b)  Capital  Outlay. 

All  expenses  of  capital  outlay,  including  all  new  equipment,  for  pupil 
transportation  shall  be  identified  by  each  item  and  date  of  acquisition. 

(c)  Expense  of  Replacement. 

The  record  shall  show  the  original  expense  incurred  for  each  item  be- 
ing replaced  as  well  as  the  portion  of  the  cost  of  the  new  item  which  has 
been  charged  to  replacement  and  the  portion  which  has  been  charged  to 
capital  outlay. 

(d)  For  Each  School  Bus  Operated. 

(1)  All  expenses  for  supplies,  maintenance,  and  repairs. 


(2)  Miles  traveled  by  the  bus  in  transporting  pupils. 

(A)  Between  home  and  school. 

(B)  Other  than  between  home  and  school. 


Article  5.     Reports 

§  15270,    Annual  Report. 

Each  school  district  shall  submit  an  "Annual  Report  of  Pupil  Transpor- 
tation Expenses"  (Form  No.  J-141)  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction at  such  time  as  he  may  require  and  in  accordance  with  instruc- 
tions thereon.  The  report  shall  be  accompanied  by  documents  relating  to 
the  following  items,  as  described: 

(a)  Insurance. 

A  schedule  and  certificate  of  insurance,  using  Form  J-141-A,  certi- 
fied to  by  the  insurance  agent  or  company  and  by  the  governing  board  of 
the  district,  or  its  authorized  agent. 

(b)  Buses  Replaced. 

A  report,  using  Form  J-142,  on  each  school  bus  replaced  during  the 
fiscal  year,  or  during  a  prior  fiscal  year  for  which  the  district  will  be  eligi- 
ble for  a  replacement  allowance. 

(c)  Use  for  Community  Recreation. 

A  statement  with  respect  to  transportation,  if  any,  furnished  for  pur- 
poses of  community  recreation  as  provided  in  Education  Code  Section 
39835  that  contains  the  following  information: 

(1)  The  total  number  of  buses  so  used. 

(2)  Identification  of  each  bus. 

(3)  The  purchase  price  paid  for  each  bus,  less  the  value  of  items  re- 
quired by  Section  15272  to  be  deducted. 

(4)  The  total  miles  traveled  under  district  ownership  by  each  bus  dur- 
ing the  school  year. 

(5)  The  total  miles  traveled  during  the  school  year  by  each  bus  under 
district  ownership  for  the  aforesaid  purposes. 

(d)  Use  for  Out-of-State  Transportation. 

A  statement,  with  respect  to  out-of-state  transportation,  if  any,  fur- 
nished pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  16861  that  contains  the  fol- 
lowing information: 

(1)  The  facts  specified  in  subsections  (c)(l)-(c)(5). 

(2)  The  general  route,  including  destination,  of  each  bus  used  on  such 
out-of-state  transportation. 

(e)  Reason  for  Exceeding  125%  of  Median. 

A  statement,  with  attached  vouchers,  justifying  any  expenditures  for 
necessary  replacement  of  the  engine  or  necessary  major  overhaul  when- 
ever they  caused  the  district  to  exceed  125%  of  the  median  average  cost 
described  in  Section  15249. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 

(Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  15271.  Exclusion  from  "Annual  Report"  (J-141)  of 
Expense  for  Physically  Handicapped  and 
Mentally  Retarded  Pupils  Coming  Within 
Education  Code  Section  56515. 

The  expense  and  related  data  for  vehicles,  and  the  vehicles  them- 
selves, shall  not  be  reported  on  the  "Annual  Report  of  Transportation  Ex- 
pense" (Form  No.  J-141)  if  the  vehicles  are  used  exclusively  for  any  or 
all  of  the  following  purposes: 

(a)  Transporting  to  special  day  classes  the  blind,  deaf  aphasic,  cere- 
bral palsied,  orthopedically  handicapped,  and  other  physically  handi- 
capped minors  handicapped  in  mobility. 

(b)  Transporting  to  integrated  programs  of  instruction  as  defined  in 
Education  Code  Section  41864,  the  blind  and  the  deaf 

(c)  Transporting  pupils  impaired  in  vision  or  hearing  to  another  district 
or  to  the  California  School  for  the  Deaf  or  Blind  for  specialized  instruc- 
tion. 

(d)  Transporting  physically  handicapped  pupils  impaired  in  mobility 
who  are  deemed  eligible  for  special  class  placement  who  have  been  de- 


Page  184.8 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15321 


clared  eligible  tor  such  transportation  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struclion. 

(e)  Transporting  to  special  training  schools  and  classes  mentally  re- 
tarded pupils  who  come  within  Education  Code  Section  56515. 

History 

I .  Amendnicnt  Uleci  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Recister  77.  No. 
39). 

§  15272.     Report  of  School  Bus  Purchase. 

Each  school  district  shall  annually  report  to  the  Superintendent  of  Pub- 
lic Instruction  on  Form  No.  J-143  data  on  each  school  bus  purchaseddur- 
ing  the  fiscal  year.  The  cost  of  equipment  and  accessories  not  required 
by  law  or  regulations  governing  pupil  transportation  shall  be  separately 
stated  and  deducted  from  the  total  cost  of  the  bus. 

§15273.    Other  Reports. 

Each  school  district  shall  submit  other  reports  as  the  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction  may  require. 


Article  6. 


Review  and  Approval  of 
Expenditures 


§  1 5280.    Scope  of  Article. 

This  article  applies  to  the  review  and  approval  by  the  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction  of  all  current  expenses  upon  which  allowances  are 
computed. 

§  15281.     Limitation  on  Current  Expenses. 

In  the  determination  of  total  current  expenses  for  pupil  transportation, 
no  amount  will  be  allowed  in  excess  of  the  expenses  recorded  as  direct 
costs  of  transportation  under  the  Support  Service  Programs  as  defined  in 
Part  I  of  the  California  School  Accounting  Manual. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  6-7-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No. 
23). 

2.  Repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77. 
No.  39). 

§  1 5282.     Deductions  of  Payments  Received. 

There  shall  be  deducted  from  totai  current  expenses  as  defined  in  Sec- 
tion 15240: 

(a)  Payments  received  from  other  districts  and  other  sources  for  trans- 
portation of  pupils. 

(b)  Payments  received  for  charges  required  under  Education  Code 
Sections  39836  and  39837. 

§  15283.    Deductions  for  Certain  Expenses  and  for 
Depreciation. 

For  purposes  of  approving  total  transportation  expense,  there  shall  be 
deducted  from  total  current  expenses: 
(a)  Expenditures  for  the  following  items: 

(1)  Transportation  of  exceptional  minors  defined  in  Section  15243. 

(2)  Out-of-state,  community  recreation,  and  other  transportation,  i.e., 
other  than  between  home  and  school. 

(3)  Transporting  children  within  the  minimum  distance  if  their  number 
exceeds  1/10  of  the  number  who  board  a  bus  beyond  that  distance.  The 
amount  of  deductions  for  those  pupils  who  are  in  excess  of  such  1/10  is 
determined  as  follows; 


Total  transportation 
expense  for  normal 
children 


The  number  of 
such  excess 
pupils 


Transportation 
cost  per  normal 
pupil  each  year 


(4)  Bus  rental  in  an  amount  that  exceeds  1  / 1 5  of  the  average  purchase 
price  described  in  Section  15323(b). 

(b)  Expense  of  Transportation  of  Pupils  Other  than  Home-to-School. 
This  deduction  is  the  amount  of  the  actual  expense  if  the  actual  expense 
can  be  readily  identified  in  the  district's  records. 

Otherwise,  the  deduction  is  the  following  amount:  The  cost  per  mile 
for  the  operation  of  all  buses  used  to  provide  pupil  transportation  (wheth- 


er for  norinal  or  exceptional  pupils,  as  the  case  may  be)  multiplied  by  the 
number  of  miles  traveled  in  providing  transportation  for  such  pupils  oth- 
er than  between  home  and  school. 

(c)  Depreciation  of  a  school  bus  due  to  the  travel  listed  in  this  subsec- 
tion (c).  The  depreciation  for  each  type  of  travel  shall  be  determined  by 
the  following  formula  wherein  "miles"  means  miles  the  bus  traveled  in 
the  fiscal  year: 

Cost  of  bus  less  value  of  items 

required  by  Miles  for  a  purpose 

Section  15272  to  be  specified  in  ( 1),  (2), 

deducted X  or  (3) 


12 


Total  miles  under 
district  ownership 


Travel  on  which  depreciation  is  deducted  is  community  recreation 
travel  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  39835. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)  filed  9-2.3-77;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter 

(Register77,  No.  39). 

§  15284.    Expenditures  Exceeding  125%  of  the  Median. 

Except  as  provided  in  this  section,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction shall  not  compute  allowances  upon  expenditures  of  a  district  for 
which  the  average  cost  per  bus  per  day  for  the  class  of  district  to  which 
the  district  belongs  exceeds  1 25%  of  the  median  as  determined  in  Section 
15250.  If  expenditures  which  exceed  that  percentage  were  caused  by 
necessary  replacement  of  the  engine,  or  a  necessary  major  overhaul,  of 
one  or  more  school  buses,  expenditures  so  caused  may  be  allowed  in  ad- 
dition to  the  aforesaid  percentage. 

§  15285.    Maximum  Allowable  for  Excessive  Distances. 

No  amount  computed  for  excessive  distances  defined  in  Section 
15242  shall  be  approved  which,  when  added  to  the  amounts  computed 
under  Education  Code  Sections  41857  and  41858,  exceed  the  approved 
current  expense  as  reported  in  Item  D.  J  of  Form  No.  J-14 1 . 

History 

I.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 


Article  7.     Replacement  of  School  Bus  and 
Replacement  Allowances 

§  15320.    Disposal  of  Replaced  Bus. 

Certification  will  be  required  on  Form  No.  J- 142,  "Report  of  Replaced 
School  Bus,"  that  the  governing  board  has  disposed  of  the  replaced  bus 
in  accordance  with  Education  Code  Sections  39520,  39521,  and  39523. 
The  actual  money  received  in  the  disposal  of  the  bus  shall  be  entered  as 
"sales  value"  on  the  application  for  replacement  allowance. 

§15321.    Replacement. 

(a)  Replacement  is  considered  completed  when  the  replaced  bus  has 
been  disposed  of  and  the  new  bus  has  been  delivered  to  the  district.  Appli- 
cations for  replacement  allowance  will  be  filed  for  the  fiscal  year  in 
which  the  replacement  has  been  completed,  and  if  allowed,  reimburse- 
ment will  be  made  during  the  next  fiscal  year.  If  the  replaced  bus  remains 
in  the  possession  of  the  district  for  a  portion  of  the  fiscal  year  following 
the  delivery  of  the  new  bus,  such  replaced  bus  to  be  eligible  for  replace- 
ment allowance  must  be  discontinued  in  use  for  pupil  transportation  pur- 
poses until  disposed  of  or  until  converted  for  uses  other  than  pupil  trans- 
portation. 

Repurchasing,  renting,  or  leasing  the  vehicle  back  from  the  purchaser 
will  void  all  reimbursement  allowances  granted  under  Sections  15323 
and  15324  of  this  code. 

(b)  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  may  approve  for  reim- 
bursement purposes  the  replacement  of  school  buses  on  a  two-for-one 
basis  if  he  determines  that  the  efficiency  of  operation  of  the  transporta- 
tion system  will  be  increased,  or  that  the  operational  costs  will  be  de- 
creased by  such  replacement.  The  approval  shall  be  subsequent  to  and 
justified  by  a  review  of  the  district's  transportation  system  including  but 


Page  184.9 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


§  15322 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


not  limited  to  fleet  size,  routes,  pupils  transported  and  related  current  ex- 
pense of  operation.  In  no  instance  will  the  combined  reimbursement  ex- 
ceed the  approved  costs  of  the  new  vehicle(s). 

§  15322.     Replacement  of  More  than  One  Small  Bus  in 
Certain  Unified  School  Districts. 

During  the  first  five  years  of  existence  for  all  purposes  of  a  unified 
school  district  formed  under  the  provisions  of  Article  1  or  Article  2  of 
Chapter  2  of  Part  of  the  Education  Code,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction may  approve  the  replacement  of  more  than  one  small  bus  with 
a  single  larger  unit  if  he  determines  that  the  efficiency  of  operation  of  the 
transportation  system  will  be  increased  or  that  operational  costs  will  be 
decreased  by  such  replacement.  The  approval  shall  be  subsequent  to.  and 
justified  by,  a  review  of  the  district's  transportation  system  including 
fleet  size,  schools,  routes,  pupils  transported,  and  related  current  expense 
of  operation. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 

§  15323.    Allowance  for  Expense  of  Replacing  a  Class  1 
School  Bus. 

(a)  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  not  approve,  as  a  ba- 
sis for  computation  of  financial  allowances  for  reimbursement  of  re- 
placement expenses  incurred  by  a  school  district  for  replacement  of  a 
class  1  school  bus,  expenditures  which  exceed  the  lesser  of  the  following 
amounts: 

( 1 )  The  difference  between  the  purchase  price  of  the  bus  paid  by  the 
district,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section  15272,  and  the  amount  re- 
ceived by  the  district  for  the  sale,  insured  loss,  or  credit  for  the  trade-in, 
of  the  bus. 

(2)  The  amount  computed  by  multiplying  the  "average  purchase 
price"  of  the  bus,  as  defined  by  subsection  (b)  hereof,  by  the  percentage 
shown  in  the  following  schedule  for  the  total  number  of  years  of  service 
rendered  by  the  bus  as  a  school  bus  in  the  service  of  the  district,  or,  in  the 
case  of  a  used  school  bus,  the  total  number  of  years  of  service  rendered 
for  the  district  and  for  a  prior  owner  or  owners: 

SCHEDULE 


Percentage 

Percentage 

Total 

for  computing 

Total 

for  computing 

years  of 

replacement 

years  oj 

replacement 

service 

expense 

service 

expense 

1   

0 

11 

73 

1 

0 

12 

78 

3 

5 

13 

85 

4 

n 

14 

92 

'^            

18 

26 

15 

100 

6 

16 

105 

7 

35 

17 

110 

8 

45 

56 

18 

115 

9 

19 

120 

10 

68 

20 

125 

(b)  The  "average  purchase  price"  of  a  bus  purchased  during  any  fiscal 
year  means  the  quotient  resulting  from  dividing  the  purchase  price  paid 
for,  by  the  number  of,  all  new  Class  1  school  buses  having  a  like  number 
of  rows  of  seats  which  were  purchased  by  all  districts  during  that  fiscal 
year.  The  value  of  items  required  by  Section  15272  to  be  deducted  shall 
be  excluded  from  the  purchase  price.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction shall  furnish  to  school  districts  a  list  of  such  "average  purchase 
prices." 

§  15324.    Allowances  for  Expense  of  Replacing  Class  2 
School  Buses. 

The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  not  approve,  as  a  basis 
for  computafion  of  financial  allowances  for  reimbursement  of  replace- 
ment expenses  incurred  by  a  school  district  replacing  a  Class2  bus,  ex- 
penditures which  exceed  the  lesser  of  the  following: 

(a)  The  difference  between  the  purchase  price  of  the  bus  paid  by  the 
district,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section  15272,  and  the  amount  of 


money  received  by  the  district  for  the  sale,  or  credit  received  for  the 
trade-in,  of  the  bus. 

(b)  The  difference  between  the  purchase  price  of  the  bus  paid  by  the 
district,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section  15272,  and  the  value  of  the 
bus  at  the  date  of  application  for  allowance,  as  such  value  is  shown  in  any 
published  used-automobile  wholesale  value  guide  in  general  use  in  Cali- 
fornia selected  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

§  1 5325.    Adjustment  for  Use  in  Other  Than 
Home-to-School  Transportation. 

(a)  Types  of  Transportation. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  miles  traveled  under  district  owner- 
ship by  all  buses  owned  by  a  district  on  the  date  of  apphcation  for  replace- 
ment allowance  are  divided  as  follows: 

( 1 )  Home-to-school  transportation. 

(2)  Community  recreation  under  Education  Code  Section  39835. 

(3)  Other  transportation. 

(b)  Reduction. 

The  replacement  allowance  approved  for  a  school  bus  shall  be  reduced 
if  the  total  miles  traveled  by  all  of  the  buses  for  the  purpose  of  subsection 
(a)(4)  exceed  20  percent  of  the  total  miles  traveled  by  all  of  the  buses  for 
the  purposes  of  subsections  (a)(1)  and  (a)(4). 

(c)  Amount  of  Reduction. 

The  reduction  shall  be  in  an  amount  which  is  the  same  percentage  of 
the  approved  replacement  expense  as  the  excess  mileage  is  of  the  total 
miles  traveled  under  district  ownership  by  all  of  the  buses  for  the  pur- 
poses of  subsections  (a)(1)  and  (a)(4). 

History 
I.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 

(Register  77,  No.  39). 


Article  8. 


Newly  Formed  Unified  School 
Districts 


§15340.    Notification. 

A  unified  school  district  eligible  for  current  expense  allowance  under 
Education  Code  Section  41857  and/or  capital  outlay  allowance  under 
Education  Code  Section  41860  shall  notify  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  by  letter  of  its  intentions  to  apply  for  such  allowances  on  or 
before  May  1  of  the  fiscal  year  preceding  the  year  in  which  such  allow- 
ances, if  approved,  will  be  made. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 

§  15341.    Inclusion  in  Annual  Report. 

Upon  proper  approval  given  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion, the  expenses  may  be  included  on  the  Form  No.  J-141,  "Annual  Re- 
port of  Transportation  Costs."  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
shall  determine  the  actual  expense  required  because  of  a  change  of  the 
location  of  schoolhouses  or  the  reorganizafion  of  attendance  centers. 

§  15342.    Maximum  Allowance  for  Capital  Outlay. 

The  maximum  allowance  for  capital  outlay  expense  shall  be  the  lesser 
of  the  following: 

(a)  The  actual  cost  of  the  bus  or  buses  required. 

(b)  An  amount  determined  by  dividing  the  number  of  pupils  requiring 
transportation  by  the  capacity  of  the  bus  plus  25  percent,  multiplied  by 
the  actual  cost  of  the  bus. 

§  15343.    AAaximum  Allowance  for  Current  Expense. 

The  maximum  allowance  for  current  expense  required  because  of  a 
change  in  location  of  schoolhouses  or  the  reorganizafion  of  attendance 
centers  shall  be  determined  by  muUiplying  the  actual  mileage  that  the  bus 
or  buses  are  required  to  travel  in  transporting  pupils  from  closed  schools 
or  to  reorganized  attendance  centers  by  the  average  expense  per  mile  for 
bus  operation  in  the  district. 


Page  184.10 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15377 


Subchapter  6. 


Revenue  Limits  for  School 
Districts 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 


§  1 5370.    Scope  of  the  Chapter. 

The  provisions  of  this  chapter  apply  to  the  calculation  of  a  district's 
revenue  limit  pursuant  to  Article  2  of  Chapter  7  of  Part  24  of  the  Educa- 
tion Code  (Apportionments  and  Revenue  Control,  Section 
42237-42246). 

NOTE:  Aulhoritv  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
422.^7-42245.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  Chapter  6  (Sections  15.^70-15392)  filed  3-14-80;  effective  thirtieth  day 

thereafter  (Register  80,  No.  1 1 ). 

§15371.    Definitions. 

(a)  "School  Revenue  Limit."  The  revenue  limit  is  a  computed  amount 
that  places  a  limit  on  the  amount  of  revenue  that  a  district  is  allowed  to 
receive  from  property  taxes,  certain  local  sources  of  income,  and  from  the 
stale.  A  district  may  receive  state  and  federal  categorical  aid,  property 
taxes  for  repayment  of  capital  projects  outside  the  revenue  limit,  and 
some  limited  fees  in  addition  to  the  revenue  limit.  The  total  revenue  hmit 
consists  of  a  base  revenue  limit  plus  any  of  a  number  of  revenue  limit  ad- 
justments. 

(b)  "Base  Revenue  Limit."  The  base  revenue  limit  is  an  amount  that 
is  computed  by  formula  each  year  from  the  previous  year's  base  revenue 
limit.  Some  of  the  revenue  limit  adjustments  are  permanent  increases  or 
decreases  to  the  revenue  limit  and  so  become  incorporated  into  the  base 
revenue  limit.  Other  revenue  limit  adjustments  are  computed  anew  each 
year. 

(c)  "Average  Daily  Attendance"  (hereafter  referred  to  as  ADA).  Un- 
less otherwise  indicated,  attendance  is  measured  as  the  count  of  daily  at- 
tendance averaged  over  the  school  year  consisting  of  at  least  175  school 
days  meeting  for  the  minimum  length  school  day  as  specified  in  the  Edu- 
cation Code.  For  classes  for  adults  and  classes  for  regional  occupational 
centers  or  programs  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  41601 ,  the  aver- 
age daily  attendance  shall  be  determined  by  dividing  the  total  number  of 
days  of  attendance  in  all  full  school  months  in  the  first  period  of  atten- 
dance by  a  divisor  of  70,  in  the  second  period  by  135,  and  at  annual  time 
by  175.  For  classes  for  adults  and  classes  for  regional  occupational  cen- 
ters or  programs,  three  hours  of  attendance  are  equal  to  one  apportion- 
ment day  of  attendance.  There  are  three  attendance  periods  for  each  fiscal 
year.  The  First  Principal  attendance  period,  designated  PI,  is  the  atten- 
dance count  from  July  1  through  December  31,  and  is  used  to  compute 
the  First  Principal  Apportionment  due  February  20  of  the  fiscal  year.  The 
second  principal  attendance  period,  designated  P2,  is  the  attendance 
count  from  July  1  through  the  last  school  month  that  ends  on  or  before 
April  15  of  the  fiscal  year,  and  is  used  to  compute  the  Second  Principal 
Apportionment  due  June  25  of  the  fiscal  year.  Annual  Attendance  is  the 
attendance  count  from  July  1  through  June  30  of  the  fiscal  year. 

(d)  "Categorical  Aid."  In  addition  to  the  revenue  limit  support,  school 
districts  receive  other  state  and  federal  funds  which  are  apporfioned  on 
allotment  for  specific  purposes  named  in  the  law,  regulation,  or  statute. 
These  are  known  as  categorical  aid  because  they  can  be  spent  only  for 
specific  categories. 

(e)  "General  Aid."  Revenue  limit  support,  both  local  and  state,  are  gen- 
eral aid  as  it  can  be  spent  for  general  purposes  of  the  district. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245,  Education  Code. 


Article  2.    Recomputation  of  1978-79 
School  District  Revenue  Limits 

§  1 5375.     Use  of  Official  Schedules. 

The  Local  Assistance  Bureau  of  the  State  Department  of  Education 
shall  provide  official  schedules  for  use  in  making  the  recomputations  re- 
quired by  this  article.  These  schedules  shall  be  known  as; 

(a)  SCHEDULE  B.  SCHEDULE  FOR  THE  RECOMPUTATION  OF 
THE  DISTRICTS  1978-79  REVENUE  LIMIT/BLOCK  GRANT  FOR 
K-12  PROGRAMS  TO  BE  USED  AS  A  BASE  FOR  THE  1979-80 
REVENUE  LIMIT, 

(b)  SCHEDULE  Q(B),  SCHEDULE  FOR  THE  DETERMINATION 
OF  THE  ADJUSTMENT  FACTOR  FOR  REDUCTION  OF  TOTAL 
BLOCK  GRANT  FOR  SCHOOL  DISTRICTS. 

(c)  SCHEDULE  F,  1979-80  SCHEDULE  FOR  THE  DETERMINA- 
TION OF  THE  ADDITION  TO  THE  RECOMPUTATION  OF  THE 
1978-79  STATE  TEACHERS"  RETIREMENT  SYSTEM  (STRS)  AL- 
LOWANCE ADJUSTMENT  FOR  HIGH  SCHOOL  DISTRICTS  EDU- 
CATING 7th  and  8th  GRADE  PUPILS, 

(d)  SCHEDULE  BB.  SCHEDULE  FOR  THE  RECOMPUTATION 
OF  THE  DISTRICT"  S  1 978-79  REVENUE  LIMIT  FOR  EDUCATION 
OF  ADULTS  TO  BE  USED  AS  A  BASE  FOR  THE  1979-80  REVE- 
NUE LIMIT. 

These  official  schedules  shall  be  used  in  making  these  calculations. 
Reporting  to  the  Local  Assistance  Bureau  may  be  made  on  computer 
tape,  subject  to  the  prior  approval  of  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

The  Local  Assistance  Bureau  shall  issue  two  sets  of  official  schedules 
for  use  in  recalculation  of  1978-79  revenue  limits.  These  schedules  shall 
have  the  designations  "-PI"  and  "-P2,"  and  shall  be  used  in  making  the 
Annual  Recalculation  of  the  Apportionment. 

The  Local  Assistance  Bureau  shall  modify  these  schedules,  as  re- 
quired, pursuant  to  any  legislation  enacted  subsequent  to  the  approval  of 
these  regulations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245,  Education  Code. 

§  1 5376.     Use  of  Actual  Data. 

References  shall  be  made  in  this  article  to  the  form,  schedules,  and 
worksheet  issued  by  the  Local  Assistance  Bureau  of  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Education  for  use  in  recomputing  the  revenue  limit/block  grant 
in  the  1978-79  fiscal  year.  The  amounts  to  be  used  in  making  the  recom- 
putations described  herein  shall  be  those  reported  to  the  Local  Assistance 
Bureau  on  the  specified  form  or  schedules  issued  by  the  Local  Assistance 
Bureau,  unless  authorization  to  use  computer  tape  has  been  granted. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Sections 
42237^2245,  Education  Code. 

§  1 5377.  1 978-79  Recomputed  Revenue  Limit  for  K-1 2 
Programs  Using  Schedule  B  and  Back-Up 
Schedules  Q(B)  and  F. 

The  county  superintendent  of  schools  shall  recompute  the  1978-79 
revenue  limit  for  K- 1 2  programs  to  be  used  as  a  base  for  the  1 979-80  rev- 
enue limit  for  each  school  district  in  the  county  using  Schedule  B.  Sched- 
ule B  shall  be  completed  as  follows: 

(a)  Line  A:  Report  of  the  total  1978-79  revenue  limit  as  shown  on  Line 
C-18  of  Form  K-I2-A  (1978-79). 

(b)  Line  B:  Report  the  revenue  limit  adjustments  which  are  included 
in  the  base  amount  reported  in  Line  A,  and  which  must  be  excluded  from 
the  revenue  base  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  42237(a)(  1 ).  These 
revenue  limit  adjustments  shall  be  reported  as  follows: 

(1 )  Line  B-1 :  Declining  Enrollment  Adjustment  (reference  Education 
Code  Section  42239).  Use  the  amount  shown  in  Form  K-12-A 
(1978-79),  Line  C-5. 


Page  184.11 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§  15377 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(2)  Line  B-2:  Unemployment  Insurance  Additional  Costs  Adjustment 
(reference  Education  Code  Section  42241.7).  Use  the  amount  shown  in 
Form  K-12-A  (1978-79).  Line  C-12. 

(3)  Line  B-3:  Adjustment  for  Mandated  Costs  Imposed  by  Final  Court 
Orders.  Federal  Statutes,  or  Initiative  Enactments  after  January  1,  1978 
(reference  Education  Code  Section  42243.6).  Use  the  amount  shown  in 
Form  K-12-A  (1978-79),  Line  C-15. 

(4)  Line  B-4:  Prior  Year  and  Other  Adjustments  (reference  Education 
Code  Sections  42245, 46617.5,  52321,  and  52501.5).  Use  the  sum  of  the 
amounts  shown  in  Form  K-12-A  (1978-79),  Lines  C-]7a.  C-17b, 
C-17c.  andC-17d. 

(5)  Line  B-5:  Adjustment  in  Revenue  Limit  for  Nonimmigrant-Non- 
citizen  Children  (reference  Education  Code  Section  42950).  Use  the 
amount  shown  in  Form  K-12-A  (1978-79).  Line  C-14  times  .50. 

(6)  Line  B-6:  Adjustments  in  Revenue  Limit  for  Interdistrict  Atten- 
dance Agreements  (reference  Education  Code  Section  46605(d)).  Use 
the  amount  shown  in  Form  K-12-A  (1978-79),  Line  C-8. 

(7)  Line  B-7:  Report  the  total  of  these  adjustments  (sum  of  the 
amounts  in  Lines  B-1  through  B-6).  This  amount  shall  be  shown  in 
brackets  ()  if  negative. 

(c)  Line  C:  Report  the  total  recomputed  1 978-79  revenue  limit,  which 
is  equal  to  the  amount  in  Line  A  minus  the  amount  in  Line  B-7. 

NOTE:  If  the  amount  in  Line  B-7  is  negative,  this  amount  is  added; 
if  the  amount  is  positive,  this  amount  is  subtracted. 

(d)  Line  D:  Report  the  1977-78  permissive  overrides  levied  and  re- 
ceived which  are  to  be  added  to  the  1978-79  revenue  limit  for  purposes 
of  block  grant.  This  is  the  same  amount  as  shown  on  Form  K-12-A 
(1978-79),  Line  D. 

(e)  Line  E:  Report  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  Lines  C  and  D. 

(f)  Line  F:  Report  the  adjustment  factor  as  recomputed  using  Schedule 
Q(B).  Schedule  Q(B)  shall  be  completed  as  follows: 

(1)  Line  A:  Report  the  1978-79  recomputed  revenue  hmit  as  shown 
on  Line  C  of  Schedule  B  (1979-80). 

(2)  Line  B:  Report  the  1977-78  permissive  overrides  levied  and  re- 
ceived to  be  added  to  the  1978-79  revenue  limit  for  purposes  of  block 
grant,  as  shown  on  Line  D  of  Schedule  B  (1979-80). 

(3)  Line  C:  Report  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  Lines  A  and  B  to  give  the 
total  amount  for  adjustment  factor  determination. 

(4)  Line  D:  Report  the  total  1 978-79  revenue  limit  ADA.  This  amount 
is  the  same  as  shown  on  Line  C-1  of  Form  K-12-A  (1978-79). 

(5)  Line  E:  Report  the  total  amount  per  ADA,  equal  to  the  amount  in 
Line  C  divided  by  the  ADA  reported  in  Line  D,  rounded  to  two  decimal 
places. 

(6)  Line  F  shall  be  used  to  perform  the  computation  of  the  adjustment 
factor. 

(A)  Line  F-la:  Report  the  foundation  program  amount  to  be  used  in 
this  recomputation  for  districts  which  do  not  meet  the  provisions  of 
Chapter  1 19  of  the  Statutes  of  1979  (AB  445).  This  amount  is  $1,241  for 
elementary  school  districts,  $  1 ,427  for  high  school  districts,  or  $  1 ,322  for 
unified  school  districts. 

(B)  Line  F-lb:  Report  the  foundation  program  amount  to  be  used  in 
this  calculation  for  districts  that  do  meet  the  following  three  criteria  spe- 
cified by  Chapter  119,  Statutes  of  1979  (AB  445),  specifically  that: 

( 1)  the  district  has  an  average  daily  attendance  of  less  than  10,000.  as 
reported  on  Line  C-1  of  Form  K-12-A  (1978-79); 

(2)  the  district  maintained  a  necessary  small  school  in  1977-78  and 
1978-79  other  than  a  continuation  high  school  or  a  special  education 
school;  and 

(3)  the  district  was  credited  with  a  foundation  program  amount  in  the 
1 977-78  school  year  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Sections  41 701 ,  41 703, 
or  subdivision  (a)  of  Section  4171 1.  For  districts  that  meet  all  of  these  re- 
quirements, the  amount  used  in  Line  F-lb  shall  be  equal  to  the  district's 
average  foundation  program  amount  per  unit  of  average  daily  attendance 
for  the  1978-79  fiscal  year,  which  is  determined  by  dividing  the  founda- 
tion program  amount  shown  in  Line  C-3  of  Form  K-12-A  (1978-79)  by 


the  average  daily  attendance  shown  in  Line  C-1  of  the  same  form.  The 
result  shall  be  rounded  to  the  nearest  whole  dollar.  This  amount  must  be 
the  same  as  that  shown  in  Line  F-lb  in  Schedule  Q(B)  (1978-79). 

(C)  Line  F-2:  Report  the  computed  factor,  equal  to  the  amount  in  Line 
E  divided  by  the  amount  in  Line  F-la  or  F-lb,  as  appropriate,  rounded 
to  four  decimal  places. 

(D)  Lines  F-3,  F-4,  and  F-5  shall  be  used  to  determine  the  adjustment 
factor.  If  the  factor  in  Line  F-2  is  less  than  or  equal  to  1 .1000,  use  Line 
F-3  to  report  a  deficit  factor  of  .9 1 0000.  If  the  factor  in  Line  F-2  is  greater 
than  or  equal  to  1 .5000.  use  line  F-4  to  report  a  deficit  factor  of  .850000. 
If  the  factor  in  Line  F-2  is  between  1 . 1 000  and  1 .5000,  perform  the  fol- 
lowing calculation:  subtract  1 . 1 000  from  the  amount  in  Line  F-2,  divided 
the  difference  by  .4,  and  multiply  quotient  by  .06  and  then  add  this  prod- 
uct to  .09,  and  then  subtract  that  result  from  1 .00.  (Round  the  answer  in 
Line  F-5  to  six  decimal  places). 

(7)  Line  G:  Report  the  adjustment  factor,  which  is  equal  to  the  amount 
in  Line  F-3  or  F-4  or  F-5,  as  appropriate. 

NOTE:  Return  to  Schedule  B  and  report  this  amount  on  Line  F  of 
that  schedule. 

(g)  Line  G,  Schedule  B:  The  1978-79  Total  Recomputed  Adult  Reve- 
nue Limit:  The  amount  on  Line  G  of  Schedule  B  is  the  same  as  the  amount 
on  Line  C  of  Schedule  BB,  Schedule  for  the  Recomputation  of  the  Dis- 
trict's 1978-79  Revenue  Limit  for  Education  of  Adults.  Use  this  amount 
as  the  base,  the  recomputation  of  which  is  described  in  Section  15379. 

(h)  Line  H,  Schedule  B:  Report  the  total  recomputed  block  grant  sub- 
ject to  reduction.  This  amount  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  Lines 
E  and  G. 

(i)  Line  I:  Report  the  total  recomputed  block  grant  after  adjustment 
factor  which  is  equal  to  the  amount  in  Line  F  times  the  amount  in  Line 
H,  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar. 

(j)  Line  J:  Report  the  reduction  of  specified  categorical  programs  and 
state  special  schools  adjustment  as  required  by  Education  Code  Sections 
42237(a)(2)(A)  and  42243.5.  This  reduction  shall  be  made  for  the  fol- 
lowing programs: 

(1 )  Line  J-1 :  Child  Development  (reference  Education  Code  Section 
8329).  Use  the  amount  levied  and  received  for  Child  Development  pur- 
suant to  Schedule  P  ( 1 978-79),  Line  2  times  the  adjustment  factor  shown 
in  Form  K-12-A  (1978-79),  Line  F,  but  not  to  exceed  the  amount  trans- 
ferred to  the  Child  Development  Fund  in  1978-79.  Report  this  amount, 
rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar,  on  Line  J-1. 

(2)  Line  J-2:  Development  Centers  for  Handicapped  Pupils  (reference 
Education  Code  Section  5681 1).  Use  the  amount  levied  and  received  for 
Development  Centers  for  Handicapped  Pupils  pursuant  to  Schedule  P 
(1978-79),  Line  9,  fimes  the  adjustment  factor  shown  in  Form  K-12-A 
(1978-79),  Line  F,  but  not  to  exceed  the  amount  transferred  to  Develop- 
ment Centers  for  Handicapped  Pupils  Fund  in  1978-79.  Report  this 
amount,  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar,  on  Line  J-2. 

(3)  Line  J-3:  Meals  for  Needy  Pupils  (reference  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 49502).  Use  the  amount  levied  and  received  pursuant  to  Schedule  P 
(1978-79),  Line  7  dmes  the  adjustment  factor  shown  in  Form  K-12-A 
(1978-79),  Line  F,  but  not  to  exceed  the  amount  transferred  to  Meals  for 
Needy  Programs  in  1978-79.  Report  this  amount,  rounded  to  the  nearest 
dollar,  on  Line  J-3. 

(4)  Line  J-4:  Decrease  in  Revenue  Limit  to  Reflect  a  Required  Reduc- 
tion Because  of  Payments  to  Special  Education  Schools.  State  Special 
Education  Schools  (reference  Education  Code  Section  42243.5).  Use  the 
amount  of  district  contributions  for  state  special  education  schools  from 
local  tax  revenues  pursuant  to  former  Education  Code  Sections  59021, 
59121,  and  59221  (repealed  by  Chapter  237,  Statutes  1979)  for  the 
1972-73  fiscal  year,  plus  the  1978-79  fiscal  year  revenue  limit  adjust- 
ment shown  on  Line  C-1 1  of  Form  K-12-A  (1978-79)  pursuant  to  Sec- 
fion  42243.5  as  it  read  in  that  fiscal  year.  Report  this  amount  on  Line  J^. 

(5)  Line  J-5:  Total  Categorical  Programs  Reducfion.  Report  the  sum 
of  the  amounts  in  Lines  J-1  through  J^. 


Page  184.12 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15377 


(k)  Line  K:  Compute  ihe  amount  of  reduction  for  mandated  adult  pro- 
grams, as  required  by  Education  Code  Section  42237(a)(2)(B).  The 
amounts  o1'  the  required  reduction  shall  be  computed  as  follows: 

( 1 )  Line  K-l :  Compute  the  1 978-79  adult  base  revenue  limit  per  ADA 
which  includes  the  adult  base  revenue  limit  and  the  adult  revenue  limit 
adjustment  for  additional  STRS  cost  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section 
42238(i)  (Chapter  232,  Statutes  1978).  This  amount  shall  be  equal  to  the 
sum  of  the  amounts  in  Lines  C-2  and  C-3  from  Worksheet  S  (1978-79) 
divided  by  the  adult  attendance  shown  in  Line  C-1  of  Worksheet  S 
(1978-79).  Report  this  result  rounded  totwodecimal  places  on  Line  K- 1 . 

(2)  Line  K-2:  Report  the  1 978-79  adjustment  factor  as  shown  in  Form 
K-12-A  (1978-79)  Line  F.  rounded  to  six  decimal  places. 

(3)  Line  K-3:  Compute  the  1978-79  reduced  adult  base  revenue  limit 
which  is  equal  to  the  amount  in  Line  K-l  times  the  amount  in  Line  K-2. 
Round  this  result  to  two  decimal  places  and  show  this  on  Line  K-3. 

(4)  Line  K-4:  Report  the  1978-79  school  year  second  principal  adult 
average  daily  attendance  generated  in  the  adult  education  programs  man- 
dated by  Item  3 1 6. 1  of  the  Budget  Act  of  1 978  (Chapter  359,  Statutes  of 
1 978).  Do  not  report  any  adult  attendance  from  the  1977-78  school  year. 
Report  this  amount  on  Line  K-4. 

(5)  Line  K-5:  Compute  the  total  reduction  for  mandated  adult  pro- 
gram, which  is  equal  to  the  amount  in  Line  K-3  times  the  attendance  in 
Line  K-4.  Report  this  amount  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar  on  Line  K-5. 

(/)  Line  L:  Additions  to  Revenue  Limits  Pursuant  to  Education  Code 
Section  42237(a)(3). 

( 1 )  Line  L-la:  Report  the  amount  of  state  apportionments  received  by 
the  district  in  fiscal  year  1978-79  in  Recalculated  Second  Principal  Ap- 
portionment for  this  State  Teachers  Retirement  System  pursuant  to  Item 
316. 1  of  the  Budget  Act  of  1978  (Chapter  359.  Statutes  of  1978)  exclud- 
ing that  portion  allocated  by  the  district  for  adults  in  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 42237(c)(4)(A).  Use  only  the  K-12  share  of  the  amount  shown  on 
Exhibit  C,  1 978-79  Recalculated  Second  Principal  Apportionments  pur- 
suant to  both  Sections  41716  and  41716.5  of  the  Education  Code.  This 
recalculation  is  based  on  1978-79  actual  salaries  shown  on  Page  21,  Col- 
umn 2  of  the  1979-80  J-4]  and  the  calculation  in  1978-79^  Schedule 
H(A). 

(2)  Line  L-lb:  To  complete  Line  L-lb,  see  Schedule  F  to  report  the 
revenue  limit  increase  for  those  high  school  districts  providing  education 
to  7th  and  8th  graders,  as  authorized  by  Section  42237.6  of  the  Education 
Code. 

NOTE:  Only  those  high  school  districts  educating  7th  and  8th  grade 
pupils  need  to  complete  L-lb. 

Schedule  F  shall  be  completed  as  follows: 

(A)  Column  I  reflects  the  recalculation  of  Schedule  H(A)  for  fiscal 
year  1978-79.  Column  II  reflects  calculations  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Section  42237.6. 

1.  Line  A:  Report  the  actual  1978-79  district  contribution  to  STRS 
(8.0%).  This  figure  is  obtained  from  Column  2,  page  21  of  the  J-41 ,  Dis- 
trict Budget  and  Financial  Report. 

2.  Line  B:  Report  the  computation  amount  in  Column  I  based  on  the 
1 978-79  actual  assessed  valuation  times  (.05  divided  by  1 00).  In  Column 
11,  multiply  the  1978-79  actual  assessed  valuation  times  (.0692  divided 
by  1 00).  For  1 978-79.  modified  assessed  valuation  is  actual  assessed  val- 
uation. 

3.  Line  C:  Determine  the  balance  by  deducting  Line  B  from  Line  A. 
If  the  balance  in  both  columns  is  negative,  stop  the  calculation  and  pro- 
ceed no  further.  If  the  balance  in  either  column  is  positive,  proceed  with 
the  calculations. 

4.  Line  D:  Report  the  computation  based  on  the  1978-79  modified  as- 
sessed valuation  times  (.03  divided  by  100)  for  Column  I  and  1978-79 
modified  assessed  valuation  times  (.0415  divided  by  100)  for  Column  II. 

5.  Line  E:  Determine  the  balance  by  deducting  Line  D  from  amount 
in  Line  C.  If  the  balance  in  both  columns  is  negative,  stop  the  calculation 
and  proceed  no  further.  If  the  balance  in  either  column  is  positive,  pro- 
ceed with  the  calculations. 


6.  Line  F:  Report  the  computation  based  on  1978-79  modified  as- 
sessed valuation  times  (.04  divided  by  100)  for  Column  1  and  1978-79 
modified  assessed  valuation  times  (.0554  divided  by  100)  for  Column  II. 

7.  LineG-1 :  For  each  column  (I  and  II).  if  the  amount  in  Line  F  is  equal 
to  or  exceeds  the  amount  in  Line  E.  the  state  will  pay  one-half  the  amount 
in  Line  E.  If  G-l  is  the  alternate,  proceed  to  line  H. 

8.  Line  G-2:  For  each  column  (I  and  II),  if  the  amount  in  Line  F  is  less 
than  the  amount  in  Line  E,  the  state  will  pay  one-half  the  amount  in  Line 
F.  Do  not  proceed  to  Line  H  if  Line  G-2  is  the  alternate. 

9.  Line  H:  The  local  district  is  required  from  its  own  funds  to  pay  an 
amount  equal  to  the  amounts  shov^n  in  Line  G-l  or  G-2  in  either  column. 
This  additional  local  cost  cannot  be  added  to  the  revenue  limit  by  the  dis- 
trict. 

10.  Line  I:  The  balance  required  after  deduction  of  the  amount  in  Line 
G-l  or  G-2  from  the  amount  in  Line  E,  minus  the  amount  in  Line  H. 

1 1.  Line  J-1:  State  pays  60  (sixty)  percent  of  the  amount  in  Line  1. 

12.  Line  J-2:  Local  school  district  pays  40  (forty)  percent  of  the 
amount  on  Line  I.  District  cannot  add  this  amount  to  the  revenue  limit. 

(B)  Analysis  of  State  Teachers  Retirement  Allowances  for  1978-79. 

1 .  Line  I:  In  Column  1,  the  1978-79  Second  Principal  Actual  STRS  Al- 
lowance from  Column  I,  Line  D  plus  Line  G.  It  should  be  noted  that  this 
amount  reflects  the  recalculation  of  1978-79  STRS  allowances  to  take 
into  effect  the  actual  district  contribution  to  STRS  paid  in  1978-79. 

2.  Line  II:  In  Column  II,  the  actual  1 978-79  revised  Second  Principal 
STRS  Allowance  from  Column  II,  Line  D  plus  Line  G.  This  amount  is 
for  purposes  of  Education  Code  Section  42237.6  (junior  high  STRS). 

3.  Line  III:  In  Column  I.  the  actual  1978-79  local  district  additive  from 
Schedule  H(A),  Line  A-4d.  This  amount  is  based  on  .05  times  the 
1978-79  actual  assessed  valuation  divided  by  100. 

4.  Line  IV:  In  Column  II.  show  the  actual  1 978-79  local  district  STRS 
additive  which  would  have  been  shown  on  Schedule  H(A).  Line  A— Id. 
Tliis  amount  is  based  on  .0692  times  the  1978-79  actual  assessed  valua- 
tion divided  by  100.  From  this  amount,  subtract  the  amount  on  Line 
A-4d,  1978-79,  Schedule  H(A).  From  this  difference,  add  the  amount 
shown  on  Line  III. 

5.  Line  V:  Subtract  the  amount  in  Line  III  from  the  amount  in  Line  IV 
and  subtract  the  amount  in  Line  I  from  the  amount  in  Line  II.  Add  the  two 
amounts  obtained  and  show  in  Line  V.  This  amount  is  then  used  on 
Schedule  B.  Line  L-lb,  and  is  a  one-time  permanent  adjustment  to  the 
base  revenue  limit.  For  further  calculations,  return  to  Schedule  B.  Line 
L-2. 

(3)  Line  L-2:  Report  the  balances  of  funds  on  June  30. 1 977  restricted 
for  meals  for  needy  pupils  for  districts  which  levied  no  meals  for  needy 
pupils  tax  pursuant  to  Section  49502  of  the  Education  Code  in  the 
1977-78  fiscal  year. 

(4)  Line  L-3:  (A)  Report  one-half  of  the  amount  of  salary  increases 
granted  to  classified  employees  of  a  school  district  in  the  fiscal  years 
1974-75  to  1979-80,  inclusive,  by  the  board  of  supervisors  of  a  com- 
bined city  and  county  (Education  Code  Section  42237(a)(3)(C)). 

(B)  Report  any  revenue  limit  increase  authorized  pursuant  to  Section 
42244  of  the  Education  Code  which  was  not  authorized  to  be  levied  prior 
to  the  1979-80  fiscal  year  (Education  Code  Section  42237(a)(3)(D)). 

(C)  If  items  (4)(A)  and/or  (4)(B)  are  claimed  by  a  school  district,  the 
county  must  provide  the  Local  Assistance  Bureau  with  an  explanation  of 
how  the  amounts  were  derived. 

(5)  Line  L-4:  Report  the  sum  of  lines  L-la,  L-lb,  L-2,  and  L-3  to  the 
revenue  limit. 

(m)  Line  M:  Report  the  1978-79  recomputed  base  revenue  limit, 
which  amount  shall  be  equal  to  the  amount  in  Line  I  minus  the  amount 
in  Line  J-5  minus  the  amount  in  Line  K-5  plus  the  amount  in  Line  L-4. 

(n)  Line  N:  Report  the  1978-79  redefined  second  principal  revenue 
limit  average  daily  attendance  used  for  block  grant  purposes  as  follows: 

(1)  Line  N-1:  Report  the  actual  K-12  average  daily  attendance  used 
in  the  1978-79  Second  Principal  Apport:ionment,  as  shown  in  Form 
K-12-A  (1978-79),  Line  C-1. 


Page  184.13 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  - 2004 


§  15378 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(2)  Line  N-2:  Report  the  actual  1978-79  second  principal  summer 
school  average  daily  attendance  for  programs  for  graduating  seniors, 
which  amount  shall  be  rounded  to  a  whole  number. 

(3)  Line  N-3:  Report  the  1977-78  second  principal  apportionment  av- 
erage daily  attendance  in  summer  school  programs  that  is  included  in 
Line  N-1.  Summer  school  programs  for  substantially  handicapped  pu- 
pils are  regular  attendance  and  shall  not  be  included  in  the  attendance  re- 
ported on  Line  N-3. 

(4)  LineN^:  Report  the  total  1978-79  redefined  second  principal  rev- 
enue limit  average  daily  attendance,  which  shall  be  equal  to  the  average 
daily  attendance  in  Line  N-1  plus  the  average  daily  attendance  in  Line 
N-2  minus  the  average  daily  attendance  in  Line  N-3. 

(0)  Line  O:  Determine  the  1978-79  recomputed  K-12  base  revenue 
limit  amount  per  unit  of  average  daily  attendance  which  is  to  be  used  as 
the  base  for  the  1979-80  revenue  hmit  calculation.  This  amount  shall  be 
equal  to  the  amount  in  Line  M  divided  by  the  average  daily  attendance 
in  Line  N-4,  and  reported  to  two  decimal  places.  Enter  this  result  on  Form 
K-12,  Line  A. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245,  Education  Code. 

§  1 5378.    Calculation  of  Statewide  Average  1 978-79 
Revenue  Limits  for  K-12  Programs. 

The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  determine  the  1978-79 
statewide  weighted  mean  revenue  limits  for  seven  classifications  of  dis- 
tricts by  ADA  for  K-12  programs  computed  pursuant  to  Section 
42237(a)(5)  of  the  Education  Code  and  reported  on  Line  O  of  Schedule 
B  (1979-80)  as  described  in  Section  15377.  As  used  in  this  section, 
"ADA"  is  the  district's  1978-79  regular  average  daily  attendance,  and  is 
equal  to  the  average  daily  attendance  in  Line  N-4  minus  the  average  daily 
attendance  in  Line  N-2  of  Schedule  B  ( 1 979-80).  This  computation  shall 
be  made  for  the  following  groups  of  districts: 

(a)  Elementary  districts  with  less  than  101  units  of  ADA. 

(b)  Elementary  districts  with  more  than  100  and  less  than  901  units  of 
ADA. 

(c)  Elementary  districts  with  greater  than  900  units  of  ADA. 

(d)  High  school  districts  with  less  than  301  units  of  ADA. 

(e)  High  school  districts  with  greater  than  300  units  of  ADA. 

(f)  Unified  districts  with  less  than  1,501  units  of  ADA. 

(g)  Unified  districts  with  greater  than  1,500  units  of  ADA. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245,  Education  Code. 

§  15379.    1978-79  Recomputed  Revenue  Limit  for  Adult 
Programs  Using  Schedule  BB. 

The  county  superintendent  of  schools  shall  recompute  the  1978-79 
revenue  limit  for  adult  programs  to  be  used  as  a  base  for  the  1 979-80  rev- 
enue limit  for  each  school  district  in  the  county  providing  education  for 
adults,  using  Schedule  BB.  Schedule  BB  shall  be  completed  as  follows: 

(a)  Line  A:  Report  the  total  1978-79  adult  revenue  limit  as  shown  on 
Line  C-9  of  Worksheet  S  (1978-79,  dated  10/10/78).  (Also  the  same  as 
Line  G,  Form  K-12-A,  1978-79). 

(b)  Line  B:  Report  the  revenue  limit  adjustments  which  are  included 
in  the  base  amount  reported  in  Line  A,  and  which  must  be  excluded  from 
the  revenue  base  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Secfion  42237(a)(1).  These 
revenue  limit  adjustments  shall  be  reported  as  follows: 

(1 )  Line  B-1 :  Prior  year  adjustments  (reference  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 42245).  Use  the  amount  shown  in  Worksheet  S  (1978-79).  Line 
C-4. 

(2)  Line  B-2:  Gain  or  loss  from  Interdistrict  Attendance  Agreements 
(reference  Education  Code  Section  46605(d)).  Use  the  amount  shown  in 
Worksheet  S  (1978-79),  Line  C-6. 

(3)  Line  B-3:  Report  the  total  of  these  adjustments  equal  to  the  sum 
of  the  amounts  in  Lines  B-1  and  B-2.  This  amount  shall  be  shown  in 
brackets  ( )  if  negative. 

(c)  Line  C:  Report  the  total  recomputed  1978-79  adult  revenue  limit 
prior  to  adjustment  factor,  equal  to  the  amounts  in  Line  A  minus  the 
amount  in  Line  B-3. 


NOTE:  if  the  amount  in  Line  B-3  is  negative,  add  the  amount.  Positive  amounts 
are  subtracted.  Report  this  amount  on  Schedule  B,  Line  G. 

(d)  Line  D;  Report  the  1978-79  adjustment  factor  as  shown  on  Line 
F  of  Form  K-12-A  (1978-79),  rounded  to  six  decimal  places. 

(e)  Line  E:  Compute  the  1978-79  reduced  adult  revenue  limit,  equal 
to  the  amount  in  Line  C  times  the  amount  in  Line  D.  Report  this  amount 
rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar. 

(f)  Report  an  adjustment  to  the  adult  revenue  limit  pursuant  to  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  42237(a)(3).  This  adjustment  is  equal  to  the  amount 
of  state  apportionments  received  by  the  district  for  the  State  Teachers  Re- 
tirement System  pursuant  to  Item  3 1 6. 1  of  the  Budget  Act  of  1 978  (Chap- 
ter 359,  Statutes  of  1 978).  Use  the  adult  share  of  the  amount  shown  on 
Exhibit  C,  1978-79  Recalculated  Second  Principal  Apportionment.  This 
amount  includes  that  portion  allocated  by  the  district  for  adult  programs 
and  excluded  from  Schedule  B,  Lines  L-la  and  L-lb. 

(g)  Line  G:  Report  the  1978-79  recomputed  adult  base  revenue  limit, 
equal  to  the  amount  in  Line  E  plus  the  amount  in  Line  F. 

(h)  Line  H:  Report  the  1977-78  actual  recalculated  second  principal 
adult  average  daily  attendance.  Count  all  1977-78  adult  attendance  ex- 
cept for  concurrently  enrolled  students. 

NOTE:  This  must  be  the  same  attendance  as  shown  on  Line  C-1  of 
Worksheet  S  (1978-79  dated  10/10/78),  unless  ADA  corrections  were 
processed  after  that  time. 

(i)  Line  1:  Report  the  recomputed  1978-79  adult  base  revenue  limit  per 
unit  of  average  daily  attendance  to  be  used  as  the  base  for  the  1979-80 
revenue  limit  calculation.  This  amount  is  equal  to  the  amount  in  Line  G 
divided  by  the  attendance  in  Line  H,  and  shall  be  reported  to  two  decimal 
places.  Use  this  amount  on  Schedule  S,  Line  A. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245,  Education  Code. 

§  1 5380.    Calculation  of  Statewide  Average  1 978-79  Adult 
Revenue  Limit. 

The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  take  the  amount  shown 
on  1979-80  Schedule  BB,  Line  I,  computed  pursuant  to  Section 
42237(c)(4)(A)  of  the  Education  Code  and  multiply  this  amount  per 
ADA  by  the  1978-79  mandated  adult  ADA  shown  on  1979-80  Form 
K-12,  Line  K^.  The  product  of  this  calculation  will  be  summed  for  all 
districts  with  adult  programs.  The  amount  obtained  will  then  be  divided 
by  the  statewide  1978-79  mandated  adult  ADA  (1979-80  Form  K-12, 
Line  K-4)  generated  in  the  adult  education  program  as  specified  in  Item 
316.1  of  the  Budget  Act  of  1978  (Chapter  359,  Statutes  of  1978).  This 
quotient,  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar,  is  the  1978-79  statewide  average 
adult  revenue  limit. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245,  Education  Code. 

Article  3.     Calculation  of  School  District 
Revenue  Limits  for  1979-80 

§  1 5384.    Use  of  Official  Schedules. 

The  Local  Assistance  Bureau  of  the  State  Department  of  Education 
shall  provide  an  official  form  and  schedules  for  use  in  making  the  calcu- 
lations required  by  this  article.  The  form  and  schedules  shall  be  known 
as: 

(a)  FORM  K-12.  FORM  FOR  THE  DETERMINATION  OF  THE 
DISTRICT'S  REVENUE  LIMIT  FOR  K-12  PROGRAMS  FOR  RS- 
CALYEAR  1979-80. 

(b)  SCHEDULE  C,  SCHEDULE  FOR  THE  DETERMINATION  OF 
THE  1979-80  DECLINING  ENROLLMENT  ADJUSTMENT  TO  BE 
ADDED  TO  LINE  C-3  OF  THE  REVENUE  LIMIT  FORM  K-12. 

(c)  SCHEDULE  D,  SCHEDULE  FOR  THE  DETERMINATION  OF 
THE  1979-80  REVENUE  LIMIT  ADJUSTMENT  FOR  INSTITU- 
TIONALIZED AND  FOSTER  HOME  CHILDREN— SPECIAL  EDU- 
CATION AND  SPECIAL  PROGRAMS. 

(d)  SCHEDULE  E,  SCHEDULE  FOR  THE  DETERMINATION  OF 
THE  NECESSARY  SMALL  CONTINUATION  HIGH  SCHOOL  AD- 


Page  184.14 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


ij  15386 


JUSTMENT  FOR  FISCAL  YEAR  J  979-80  FOR  SCHOOLS  AP- 
PROVED FOR  1979-80  PRIOR  TO  NOVEMBER  30,  1979  AND  THE 
ADJUSTMENT  FOR  A  NEWLY  ORGANIZED  UNIFIED  DISTRICT 
WHICH  BECAME  EFFECTIVE  FOR  ALL  PURPOSES  ON  OR  AF- 
TER JUNE  30,  1978. 

(c)  SCHEDULE  G,  SCHEDULE  FOR  DETERMINATION  OF  REV- 
ENUE LIMIT  ADJUSTMENT  FOR  FISCAL  YEAR  1979-80  FOR  DE- 
VELOPMENT CENTERS  FOR  HANDICAPPED  PUPILS  AND 
MEALS  FOR  NEEDY  PUPILS. 

(0  SCHEDULE  J.  SCHEDULE  FOR  THE  DETERMINATION  OF 
THE  PERMANENT  ADJUSTMENT  TO  THE  K- 12  REVENUE  LIM- 
IT FOR  FISCAL  YEAR  1979-80  FOR  HIGH  SCHOOL  DISTRICTS 
MAINTAINING  JUNIOR  HIGH  SCHOOL  PROGRAMS. 

(g)  SCHEDULE  S.  SCHEDULE  FOR  THE  DETERMINATION  OF 
THE  DISTRICT" S  1979-80  REVENUE  LIMIT  FOR  THE  MAN- 
DATED PROGRAMS  FOR  THE  EDUCATION  OF  ADULTS. 

The  form  and  schedules  shall  be  used  in  making  the  calculations.  Re- 
porting to  the  Local  Assistance  Bureau  will  be  made  using  the  form  and 
schedules  or  may  be  made  on  computer  tape,  subject  to  the  prior  approval 
of  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

The  Local  Assistance  Bureau  shall  issue  three  sets  of  official  revenue 
limit  form  and  schedule  for  use  in  calculating  1979-80  revenue  limits. 
These  forms  and  schedules  shall  have  the  designations  (PI ),  (P2)  and  (A) 
and  shall  be  used  to  collect  data  for  use  in  making  the  First  Principal  Ap- 
portionment, the  Second  Principal  Apportionment  and  the  Annual  Recal- 
culation of  the  Revenue  Limit,  respectively.  TTie  Local  Assistance  Bu- 
reau shall  modify  this  form  and  these  schedules  as  required,  pursuant  to 
any  legislation  enacted  subsequent  to  the  approval  of  these  regulations. 
NOTF:  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245.  Education  Code. 

§  15385.    Use  of  Estimated  or  Actual  Data. 

The  data  u.sed  in  calculating  the  revenue  limit  using  the  (PI )  set  of  form 
and  schedules  for  the  First  Principal  Apportionment  shall  be  the  best 
available  estimates  of  data.  The  1 979-80  data  used  in  calculating  revenue 
limit  using  the  (P2)  set  of  form  and  schedules  for  the  Second  Principal 
Apportionment  shall  include  actual  second  principal  data  where  avail- 
able and  the  best  available  estimates  of  other  data  where  actual  data  is  not 
available. 

Data  used  in  calculating  the  revenue  limit  using  the  (A)  set  of  forms 
and  schedules  for  the  Annual  Recalculation  shall  be  actual  1 979-80  data. 
The  ADA  used  in  the  annual  recalculation  is  corrected  actual  second 
principal  ADA.  Any  data  required  from  years  1978-79  or  1977-78  shall 
be  actual  recalculated  second  principal  data. 

Pursuant  to  Section  41601 .5  of  the  Education  Code,  any  district  whose 
annual  ADA  is  equal  to  or  greater  than  2  percent  more  than  the  second 
principal  ADA  specified  herein,  provided  that  this  increase  in  attendance 
is  attributable  to  the  children  of  migrant  agricultural  workers,  may  substi- 
tute annual  ADA  for  second  principal.  If  annual  attendance  is  used  pur- 
suant to  Section  41601.5  of  the  Education  Code,  the  county  shall  notify 
the  Local  Assistance  Bureau  of  the  State  Department  of  Education  of  the 
actual  annual  ADA  of  the  district. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245,  Education  Code. 

§  15386.    Calculation  of  1979-80  Revenue  Limit  for  School 
Districts  Using  Form  K-12. 

The  county  superintendent  of  schools  shall  calculate  the  1979-80  rev- 
enue limit  for  each  school  district  in  the  county  using  Form  K-12  and 
Schedules  C,  D,  E,  G.  J,  and  S.  Form  K-1 2  shall  be  completed  as  follows: 

(a)  Line  A:  Report  the  recomputed  K-12  base  revenue  limit  per  unit 
of  average  daily  attendance  as  shown  in  Line  O  of  Schedule  B  ( 1 979-80). 
This  amount  shall  be  reported  to  two  decimal  places. 

(b)  Line  B- 1 :  Report  the  appropriate  weighted  mean  base  revenue  lim- 
it computed  pursuant  to  Section  1 5378.  The  weighted  mean  revenue  lim- 
its provided  on  Forms  K-12  (P-I)  and  K-1 2  (P-2)  are  an  estimate.  The 
weighted  mean  revenue  limits  provided  on  Form  K-1 2(A)  shall  be  the 
actual  weighted  mean.  For  purposes  of  Line  B-1,  "ADA"  shall  be  the 


1978-79  regular  average  daily  attendance,  equal  to  the  attendance  in 
Line  N-4  minus  the  attendance  in  Line  N-2  of  Schedule  B  (1979-80). 
Use  the  appropriate  weighted  mean  for  the  type  and  size  of  district  as  fol- 
lows: 

(1)  Line  B-1  a:  For  elementary  districts  with  less  than  101  ADA. 

(2)  Line  B-lb:  For  elementary  districts  with  greater  than  100  but  less 
than  901  ADA. 

(3)  Line  B-lc:  For  elementary  districts  with  greater  than  900  AI3A. 

(4)  Line  B-ld:  For  high  school  districts  with  less  than  301  ADA. 

(5)  Line  B-le:  For  high  school  districts  with  greater  than  300  ADA. 

(6)  Line  B-lf:  For  unified  districts  with  less  than  1,501  ADA. 

(7)  Line  B-lg:  For  unified  districts  with  greater  than  l,5(X)  ADA. 

(c)  Line  B-2:  Determine  the  computed  factor  equal  to  the  appropriate 
amount  in  Line  B-1  divided  by  the  amount  in  Line  A.  Report  this  amount 
rounded  to  four  decimal  places.  Note  that  this  computed  factor  may  be 
greater  than  1 .0000. 

(d)  Line  B-3:  Computation  of  the  annual  inflation  adjustment.  The  ad- 
justment for  all  districts  is  based  on  8.6  percent  (.086)  times  the  weighted 
mean  revenue  limit  of  a  unified  district  with  ADA  greater  than  1,500 
ADA  (estimated  to  $1,476).  $1,476  times  .086  =  $127  when  rounded  to 
whole  dollars.  The  accuracy  of  the  $l27/per  ADA  will  not  be  totally 
known  until  the  final  data  to  determine  the  $1,476  are  available  in  the 
summer  of  1980. 

(e)  Line  B-4:  Report  a  permanent  decrease  in  the  revenue  limit  per  unit 
of  average  daily  attendance  which  is  required  by  Education  Code  Section 
42244.7  when  special  education  programs  are  transferred  from  a  school 
district  to  a  county  superintendent  of  schools  pursuant  to  Section  1710 
of  the  Education  Code.  The  amount  of  reduction  shall  be  equal  to  the 
amount  of  excess  cost  which  the  district  expended  from  its  revenue  limit, 
exclusive  of  income  from  federal  sources  or  tuition  for  such  programs  in 
1978-79,  divided  by  the  average  daily  attendance  in  1979-80  as  shown 
on  Line  C-1  of  this  form.  This  computed  amount  represents  a  decrease 
to  the  revenue  limit  and  so  shall  be  shown  in  brackets  ()  and  shall  be  re- 
ported to  two  decimal  places. 

(f)  Line  B-5:  Report  a  permanent  increase  to  the  revenue  limit  autho- 
rized by  Section  42237.5  of  the  Education  Code  and  calculated  pursuant 
to  Section  15387.  Add  the  amounts  shown  in  Line  I  of  Schedules  J 
(1979-80)  for  the  feeder  elementary  districts,  and  divide  this  sum  by  the 
high  school  ADA,  as  shown  on  Line  C-l,  1979-80  Form  K-12. 

(g)  Line  B-6:  Report  the  1979-80  adjusted  revenue  limit  per  unit  of 
ADA,  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  Lines  A,  B-3,  B^,  and  B-5. 
This  result  shall  be  reported  to  two  decimal  places. 

(h)  Line  C-l:  Report  the  1979-80  second  principal  apportionment 
revenue  limit  ADA.  On  forms  K-12(P1 )  and  K-1 2(P2)  use  the  estimated 
second  principal  ADA,  and  on  Form  K-1 2(A)  use  the  actual  second  prin- 
cipal ADA. 

( 1 )  Line  C-  la:  Report  the  regular  average  daily  attendance  reduced  by 
class-size  penalties.  Exclude  summer  school  ADA  and  adult  ADA  atten- 
dance in  both  adult  and  regional  occupational  programs  and  centers.  Do 
include  concurrently  enrolled  pupils  in  ROP/C  and  adult  programs.  Also 
count  ADA  in  summer  programs  for  the  substantially  handicapped,  as 
this  is  regular  attendance  and  not  summer  school  attendance. 

(2)  Line  C-lb:  Report  the  1979-80  actual  ADA  in  summer  school  pro- 
grams for  graduating  seniors  times  .6,  rounding  the  result  to  the  nearest 
whole  number.  If  the  district  had  a  1979-80  summer  program  for  gra- 
duating seniors  and  this  result,  prior  to  rounding,  is  less  than  one,  report 
one  ADA.  ADA  in  summer  school  programs  hall  be  credited  only  for 
those  high  school  seniors  who  actually  graduated  by  the  end  of  Septem- 
ber 1979. 

(3)  Line  C-l :  Report  the  sum  of  the  ADA  shown  on  Lines  C-l  a  and 
C-lb. 

(i)  Line  C-2:  Compute  the  1979-80  adjusted  revenue  limit,  equal  to 
the  amount  in  Line  B-6  times  the  ADA  in  Line  C-l .  Round  the  result  to 
the  nearest  whole  dollar. 

(j)  Line  C-3:  Report  the  increase  in  revenue  limit  because  of  declining 
enrollment  authorized  by  Sections  42239  and  42239.5  of  the  Education 


Page  184.15 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


§  15386 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Code  and  calculated  pursuant  to  Section  15388  of  this  Article.  Report  the 
amount  shown  in  Line  K  of  Schedule  C  (1979-80). 

(k)  Line  C-4:  Report  any  gain  or  loss  from  Interdistrict  Attendance 
Agreements  Authorized  by  Education  Code  Section  46605(d). 

( 1 )  Under  an  interdistrict  attendance  agreement  where  tuition  is  paid, 
as  authorized  by  this  Education  Code  Section,  the  district  in  which  the 
pupil  lives  shall  claim  the  ADA  and  shall  pay  a  tuition  to  the  district  in 
which  the  pupil  attends.  Pursuant  to  subdivision  (d)  of  Section  46605  of 
the  Education  Code,  the  district  of  residence  shall  reduce  its  revenue  limit 
by  the  total  excess,  if  any.  which  is  determined  by  subtracting  the  district 
of  residence's  revenue  limit  per  unit  of  average  daily  attendance  as  re- 
ported in  Line  B-6  of  Form  K-12  ( 1 979-80)  multiplied  by  the  total  inter- 
district average  daily  attendance  from  the  total  tuition  to  be  paid  to  the 
districts  of  attendance.  Also,  the  district  of  residence  may  increase  its  rev- 
enue limit  by  the  total  excess,  if  any,  which  is  determined  by  subtracting 
the  total  tuition  to  be  paid  to  districts  of  attendance  from  the  district  of 
residence's  revenue  limit  per  unit  of  average  daily  attendance  as  reported 
in  Line  B-6  of  Form  K-1 2  (1979-80)  multiplied  by  the  total  interdistrict 
average  daily  attendance. 

(2)  If  the  district  of  attendance  claims  the  units  of  average  daily  atten- 
dance under  an  inter-district  attendance  agreement,  and  no  tuition  is  col- 
lected, the  adjustment  on  Line  C-4  shall  not  be  allowed. 

(/)  Line  C-5:  Report  the  increase  in  the  revenue  limit  to  reflect  addi- 
tional costs  incurred  by  the  district  for  unemployment  insurance  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  Section  42241.7.  This  section  of  the  Education  Code 
allows  the  district  to  increase  its  revenue  limit  by  an  amount  equal  to  the 
expenditures  to  be  incurred  by  the  district  in  1 979-80  for  the  costs  of  un- 
employment insurance  for  certificated  personnel  minus  the  costs  of  un- 
employment insurance  for  certificated  personnel  in  1975-76  (the  base 
year  for  this  calculation). 

(m)  Line  C-6:  Report  the  increase  in  the  revenue  limit  to  reflect  man- 
dated costs  imposed  by  final  court  orders,  federal  statutes,  or  initiative 
enactments  after  January  1 ,  1978,  as  authorized  by  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 42243.6.  If  this  revenue  limit  adjustment  is  used,  the  district  and/or 
the  county  shall  provide  a  letter  of  explanation  to  the  Local  Assistance 
Bureau  of  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

(n)  Line  C-7a:  Report  of  pupils  in  children's  institutions  and  foster 
home  additive  pursuant  to  Sections  42902  and  42903  of  the  Education 
Code  and  calculated  pursuant  to  Section  15389  of  this  Article.  Report  the 
amount  shown  in  Line  C  of  Schedule  D  (1979-80). 

(0)  Line  C-7b:  Report  necessary  small  continuation  high  school  ad- 
justment and  newly  organized  unified  district  adjustment  effective  on  or 
after  June  30, 1 978.  Calculation  is  made  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 42243.7  and  calculated  pursuant  to  Section  15390  of  this  Article.  Re- 
port the  amount  shown  in  Line  E  of  Schedule  E  (1979-80). 

(p)  Line  C-8:  Report  the  increase  in  revenue  limit  for  meals  for  needy 
pupils  and  development  centers  for  handicapped  pupils  authorized  by 
Section  42237  of  the  Education  Code  and  calculated  pursuant  to  Section 

15391  of  this  Article.  Report  the  amount  shown  in  Line  C  of  Schedule  G 
(1979-80) 

(q)  Line  C-9:  Report  the  1979-80  adult  revenue  limit  authorized  by 
Section  42237  of  the  Education  Code  and  calculated  pursuant  to  Section 

15392  of  this  Article.  Report  the  amount  shown  in  Line  E  of  Schedule  S 
(1979-80). 

(r)  Line  C-10:  Report  the  following  revenue  limits  adjustments.  These 
adjustments  for  1 979-80  shall  all  be  shown  in  brackets  ()  since  they  rep- 
resent reductions  to  the  revenue  limit. 

(1)  In  1980-81  and  thereafter,  Line  C-lOa  could  be  plus  or  minus. 

(2)  Line  C-lOb:  Report  a  reduction  for  excess  reserves  for  Regional 
Occupational  Center  or  Program,  as  required  by  Section  52321  of  the 
Education  Code.  Excess  reserves  are  defined  in  Section  52321  of  the 
Education  Code  to  mean  net  ending  balances,  exclusive  of  capital  outlay 
balances  accumulated  through  the  regional  occupational  center  or  pro- 
gram restricted  capital  outlay  tax  authorized  by  Sections  52312  and 
52317  of  the  Education  Code,  which  are  in  excess  of  15  (fifteen)  percent 
of  the  previous  fiscal  year's  expenditures  for  operation. 


(3)  Line  C-lOc:  Report  a  reduction  for  excess  adult  reserves  as  re- 
quired by  Section  52501 .5  of  the  Education  Code.  Excess  adult  reserves 
are  defined  in  this  section  of  the  Education  Code  to  mean  net  ending  bal- 
ances in  excess  of  15  (fifteen)  percent  of  the  amount  expended  in  the  prior 
year  for  the  operation  of  the  adult  educafion  program. 

(4)  Line  C-lOd:  Report  a  reducfion  in  the  revenue  limit  to  reflect  the 
difference  between  county-operated  revenue  limit  or  Joint  Powers  Re- 
gional Occupational  Center  or  Program  actual  cost  and  the  district  reve- 
nue limit,  as  required  by  Section  52321  of  the  Educafion  Code.  Pursuant 
to  this  section  of  the  Education  Code,  a  district  shall  pay  an  amount  of 
tuifion  for  each  unit  of  average  daily  attendance  equal  to  the  base  revenue 
limit  of  the  district,  but  not  to  exceed  the  revenue  limit  of  a  county-oper- 
ated regional  occupational  center  or  program  per  unit  of  average  daily  at- 
tendance or  the  actual  cost  per  unit  of  average  daily  attendance  of  a  re- 
gional occupational  center  or  program  operated  pursuant  to  a  joint 
powers  agreement.  The  amount  of  any  excess  of  the  district's  base  reve- 
nue limit  over  the  amount  the  district  is  required  to  pay  shall  be  a  reduc- 
fion in  the  district's  revenue  limit,  and  this  amount  shall  be  reported  in 
LineC-lOd. 

Use  Line  C-IO  to  report  the  total  of  the  adjustments  shown  on  Lines 
C-lOb,  C-lOc.  and  C-lOd.  Note:  Prior-year  adjustments  pursuant  to 
Section  42245  of  the  Educafion  Code  shall  not  be  a  revenue  limit  adjust- 
ment in  the  1979-80  fiscal  year  and  so  Line  C-lOa  shall  not  be  used.  Any 
corrections  to  the  1978-79  K-12  revenue  limit  shall  be  made  through  the 
recalculafion  of  the  1978-79  K-12  revenue  limit  due  February  1980. 

(s)  Line  C-1 1 :  Report  the  total  Revenue  Limit  of  he  district  first  com- 
putafion,  which  is  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  Lines  C-2  through  C-IO. 

(t)  Line  C-1 2:  Compute  the  minimum  1979-80  revenue  limit,  which 
is  equal  to  1 .02  fimes  the  difference  between  the  1 978-79block  grant  (af- 
ter applicafion  of  the  adjustment  factor  shown  on  Line  I  of  Form  K-12-A 
(1978-79)  and  the  1978-79  amount  for  Child  Development  shown  on 
Line  J-l  of  Schedule  B  (1979-80)). 

(u)  Line  C-1 3:  Report  the  increase  in  the  revenue  limit  for  high  trans- 
portation costs  in  small  school  districts  pursuant  to  Secfion  42240  of  the 
Educafion  Code.  The  county  office  of  education  shall  compute  for  each 
school  district  with  less  than  2,501  units  of  average  daily  attendance  in 
regular  programs,  excluding  attendance  in  adult  programs,  regional  oc- 
cupational centers  or  programs,  and  summer  school  programs  in  the 
1978-79  second  principal  apporfionment,  the  difference  between: 

( 1 )  The  approved  1977-78  home-to-school  transportation  expense  as 
shown  in  Line  D-1  ofFormJ-141  issued  by  the  Local  Assistance  Bureau 
of  the  State  Department  of  Education,  and 

(2)  Three  percent  of  the  district's  1977-78  general  fund  total  expense 
of  education  as  shown  in  the  sum  of  accounts  1000  through  6000  in  Form 
J^l  (1978-79),  Column  2  issued  by  the  Local  Assistance  Bureau  of  the 
State  Department  of  Education.  If  this  difference  is  greater  than  zero,  it 
shall  be  added  to  the  revenue  limit  of  the  school  district. 

(v)  Line  C-14:  Compute  the  total  1979-80  revenue  limit,  equal  to  the 
greater  of: 

(1)  The  sum  of  the  amounts  in  Lines  C-1 1  and  C-13,  or 

(2)  The  sum  of  the  amounts  in  Lines  C-12  and  C-13. 

(w)  Line  D-l:  Report  1979-80  secured  roll  tax  collections  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  Secfion  26912  excluding  all  subvenfions. 

(x)  Line  D-2:  Report  the  1979-80  subventions  for  the  homeowners 
exempfion  (HOX)  and  the  business  inventory  exemption  (BIX)  for  both 
the  secured  and  unsecured  rolls. 

(y)  Line  D-3:  Report  1979-80  secured  and  unsecured  roll  tax  collec- 
tions for  subventions  other  than  homeowners  and  business  inventory  ex- 
emptions, pursuant  to  Secfion  41052  of  the  Educafion  Code  and  Secfion 
992  of  the  Revenue  and  Taxation  Code. 

(z)  Line  D-4:  Report  the  1979-80  amount  of  timber  tax  yield  revenue 
received  pursuant  to  Section  41760.5  of  the  Educafion  Code  and  Section 
38906  of  the  Revenue  and  Taxafion  Code. 

(aa)  Line  D-5:  Report  the  1979-80  tax  income  from  the  unsecured  roll 
excluding  all  subvenfions. 


Page  184.16 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


S  15388 


• 


(bb)  Line  D-6:  Report  the  amount  of  regular  prior-year  taxes  received 
in  1979-80. 

(cc)  Line  D-7:  Report  the  amount  of  prior-year  impounds  released  in 
1 979-80. 

(dd)  Line  D-8:  [Report  tor  1979-80  the  amount  of  any  unrestricted 
prior  year  balances  in  any  other  lax  funds.  This  amount  shall  be  used  in 
1979-80  as  local  income. 

(ee)  Line  I)-9:  Report  50  (fifty)  percent  of  the  miscellaneous  funds  for 
1979-80.  Section  41604  of  the  Education  Code  defines  miscellaneous 
funds  to  be  revenues  that  a  district  has  received  and  which  have  been  de- 
posited to  the  credit  of  the  general  fund  of  the  district  on  account  of  in- 
lieu  taxes  or  income  from  bonu.ses  or  royalties.  Potash  and  potassium 
royalties  received  pursuant  to  U.S.  federal  mineral  deposits  in  excess  of 
$909,517  are  considered  to  be  miscellaneous  funds.  Federal  forest  re- 
.serve  revenues  and  revenues  from  rents  are  not  considered  to  be  miscella- 
neous funds. 

(ff)  Line  D-IO:  Report  total  local  revenue,  equal  to  the  sum  of  the 
amounts  on  Lines  D-1  through  D-9. 

(gg)  Line  E:  Compute  the  state  aid  portion  of  the  revenue  limit,  equal 
to  the  amount  in  Line  C- 1 4  minus  the  amount  in  Line  D- 1 0.  In  no  event 
shall  the  state  block  grant  be  less  than  $2,4(X)  or  the  product  of  the  aver- 
age daily  attendance  shown  in  Line  C-1  and  $120. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245,  Education  Code. 

§  15387.    Calculation  of  Increase  in  Revenue  Limit  for  a 

High  School  District  Maintaining  a  Junior  High 
School  Using  Schedule  J. 

Notr:  Only  high  school  districts  with  junior  high  programs  are  affected. 

The  increase  in  revenue  limit  for  a  high  school  district  maintaining  a 
junior  high  school  authorized  by  Section  42237.5  of  the  Education  Code 
shall  be  calculated  using  Schedule  J.  This  calculation  shall  not  apply  to 
any  high  school  district  whose  1978-79  recomputed  base  revenue  limit 
per  unit  of  average  daily  attendance,  as  shown  on  Line  A  of  Form  K-12 
( 1 979-80)  exceeds  1 20  (one  hundred  and  twenty)  percent  of  the  1978-79 
weighted  average  revenue  limit  for  high  school  districts  having  over  300 
units  of  average  daily  attendance  computed  pursuant  to  Section  15378, 
nor  shall  this  calculation  apply  to  high  school  districts  that  do  not  receive 
junior  high  school  tuition  payments  pursuant  to  Section  37062  of  the 
Education  Code.  The  calculation  described  in  Steps  (a)  through  (j)  below 
shall  be  made  for  each  elementary  school  district  sending  junior  high 
school  pupils  to  the  high  school  district,  using  Schedule  J. 

(a)  Line  A:  Compute  the  1979-80  base  revenue  limit  per  unit  of  aver- 
age daily  attendance  for  the  elementary  school  district,  equal  to  the  sum 
of  the  amounts  shown  in  Lines  A  and  B-3  of  Form  K-12  (1979-80)  for 
the  elementary  school  district.  Report  this  amount  rounded  to  two  deci- 
mal places  on  Line  A. 

(b)  Line  B:  Compute  the  1979-80  base  revenue  limit  for  the  high 
school  district,  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  amounts  shown  in  Lines  A  and  B-3 
of  Form  K-12  (1979-80)  for  the  high  school  district.  Report  this  amount, 
rounded  to  two  decimal  places,  on  Line  B. 

(c)  Line  C:  Subtract  the  elementary  district's  base  revenue  limit  shown 
in  Line  A  from  the  high  school  district's  base  revenue  limit  shown  in  Line 
B  and  multiply  this  difference  by  .75.  Report  this  result  rounded  to  two 
decimal  places  on  Line  C. 

(d)  Line  D:  Report  the  1979-80  elementary  school  district  junior  high 
school  tuition  rate  pursuant  to  Section  37062  of  the  Education  Code.  This 
amount  shall  be  rounded  to  two  decimal  places. 

(e)  Line  E:  Subtract  the  elementary  district's  base  revenue  limit  shown 
in  Line  A  from  the  junior  high  school  tuition  rate  shown  in  Line  D.  and 
report  this  result  to  two  decimal  places  on  Line  E. 

(0  Line  F:  Report  the  1979-80  Second  Principal  seventh  and  eighth 
grade  average  daily  attendance  attending  the  high  school  district. 

(g)  Line  G:  Subtract  the  amount  in  Line  E  from  the  amount  in  Line  C, 
and  multiply  this  result  by  the  average  daily  attendance  shown  in  Line  F. 
Report  this  result  to  a  whole  dollar  on  Line  G.  If  this  result  is  less  than 
zero,  report  zero. 


(h)  Line  H:  Subtract  the  high  school  district's  base  revenue  limit 
shown  in  Line  B  from  the  junior  high  school  tuition  rate  shown  in  Line 
D.  and  multiply  this  result  by  the  average  daily  attendance  in  Line  F.  Re- 
port this  result  to  a  whole  dollar  on  Line  H.  If  this  result  is  less  than  zero, 
report  zero. 

(i)  Line  I:  Subtract  the  amount  in  Line  H  from  the  amount  in  Line  G. 
Tliis  is  the  amount  for  a  single  district.  A  separate  Schedule  J  must  be 
completed  for  each  of  the  elementary  school  districts  that  send  junior 
high  school  students  to  the  high  school  district.  When  this  has  been  done, 
add  the  amounts  shown  in  Line  1  of  Schedule  J  lor  all  the  feeder  elementa- 
ry districts  of  the  high  school  district,  and  divide  this  sum  by  the  high 
school  ADA,  as  shown  on  Line  C- 1 ,  1 979-80.  Form  K- 1 2.  This  quotient 
shall  be  rounded  to  two  decimal  places  and  reported  on  Line  B-5  on  the 
1979-80  Form  K-12.  Note:  If  the  .sum  of  the  Feeder  elementary  districts. 
Line  I  adjustments,  is  less  than  zero,  there  is  no  adjustment  to  the  high 
school  revenue  limit. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-4224.S,  Education  Code. 

§  15388.    Calculation  of  Increase  in  Revenue  Limit  Because 
of  Declining  Enrollment  Using  Schedule  C. 

The  increase  in  revenue  limit  for  declining  enrollment  authorized  by 
Sections  42239  and  42239.5  of  the  Education  Code  shall  be  calculated 
using  Schedule  C.  Schedule  C  shall  be  completed  as  follows: 

(a)  For  the  purpose  of  Schedule  C  only,  "ADA"  shall  mean  regular 
K-12  average  daily  attendance,  but  shall  exclude  ADA  in  summer  school 
programs,  ADA  for  concurrently  enrolled  high  school  students  in  adult 
education  programs,  ADA  earned  in  regional  occupational  centers  or 
programs.  ADA  from  interdistrict  attendance  agreements,  ADA  for 
Sedgwick  Act  pupils,  ADA  in  adult  education  programs.  ADA  gained  or 
lost  because  of  district  reorganization,  ADA  for  pupils  transferred  to  a 
county  superintendent  of  schools  special  education  program,  ADA  for 
Master  Plan  Special  Education  formerly  reported  by  county  offices  of 
education  but,  for  1979-80,  reported  as  school  district  ADA  (1979-80 
compared  to  1978-79  only),  and  ADA  changes  due  to  class-size  penal- 
ties. Attendance  in  summer  school  programs  for  substantially  handi- 
capped pupils  is  counted  as  regular  attendance,  not  summer  school  atten- 
dance. Changes  in  attendance  due  to  district  reorganization  shall  not  be 
counted  as  required  by  Section  42239  of  the  Education  Code. 

(b)  Line  A:  Report  the  1978-79  second  principal  ADA. 

(c)  Line  B:  Report  the  1979-80  second  principal  ADA. 

(d)  Line  C:  Compute  the  loss  in  ADA  between  1978-79  and  1979-80 
equal  to  the  attendance  in  Line  A  minus  the  attendance  in  Line  B. 

(e)  Line  D:  Compute  1  (one)  percent  of  the  1 978-79  ADA.  equal  to  .0 1 
times  the  attendance  in  Line  A. 

(f)  If  the  loss  in  ADA  in  Line  C  is  more  than  the  I  (one)  percent  loss 
shown  in  Line  D,  then  compute  the  additional  ADA  that  the  district  is  al- 
lowed to  count,  equal  to  .75  times  the  attendance  in  Line  C,  and  report 
this  amount  in  Line  E  rounded  to  a  whole  number. 

(g)  Line  F:  Report  the  1977-78  second  principal  ADA. 

(h)  Line  G:  Compute  the  loss  in  ADA  between  1 977-78  and  1 978-79, 
equal  to  the  attendance  in  Line  F  minus  the  attendance  in  Line  A. 

(i)  Line  H:  Compute  1  (one)  percent  of  the  1 977-78  ADA,  equal  to  .0 1 
times  the  attendance  in  Line  F. 

(j)  Line  I:  If  the  loss  in  ADA  shown  in  Line  G  is  more  than  the  1  percent 
loss  shown  in  Line  H.  then  compute  the  additional  ADA  that  the  district 
is  allowed  to  count,  equal  to  .50  times  the  attendance  in  Line  G,  and  report 
this  amount  on  Line  I,  rounded  to  a  whole  number.  Proceed  with  this 
computation  even  if  the  district  did  not  qualify  for  the  .75  adjustment. 

(k)  Line  J:  Report  the  base  revenue  limit  per  unit  of  average  daily  atten- 
dance for  1979-80.  This  is  the  same  amount  as  shown  on  Line  B-6  of 
Form  K-12  (1979-80). 

(1)  Line  K:  Report  the  total  additional  revenue  to  be  added  as  a  declin- 
ing enrollment  adjustment.  This  amount  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  atten- 
dance computed  in  Lines  E  and  1  multiplied  by  the  amount  in  Line  J,  and 
rounded  to  a  whole  dollar.  Report  this  amount  on  Line  C-3  of  Form  K-12 
(1979-80). 


Page  184.17 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  15389 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245.  Education  Code. 

§  15389.    Calculation  of  Increase  in  Revenue  Limit  for 
Pupils  in  Children's  Institutions  and  Foster 
Homes  Using  Schedule  D. 

(a)  The  increase  in  revenue  limit  for  pupils  in  children's  institutions 
and  foster  homes  authorized  by  Sections  42902  and  42903  of  the  Educa- 
tion Code  shall  be  calculated  using  Schedule  D. 

(b)  Part  A  of  Schedule  D  is  used  to  report  the  expenditures  for  a  special 
education  program  for  foster  home  and  institutionalized  pupils  operated 
by  a  district  as  follows: 

( 1 )  Line  A- 1  a:  Report  actual  1 978-79  expenditure  for  special  educa- 
tion programs  for  pupils  in  foster  homes  and  institutions. 

(2)  Line  A- lb:  Report  actual  1978-79  expenditure  for  Development 
Centers  for  Handicapped  Pupils  in  foster  homes  and  institutions. 

(3)  Line  A-lc:  The  total  expenditures  are  obtained  by  adding  the 
amounts  in  Lines  A- la  and  A-lb. 

(4)  Line  A-2:  This  line  shows  the  1978-79  ADA  in  special  education 
programs  for  pupils  in  foster  homes  and  institutions. 

(5)  Line  A-3a:  Report  the  1978-79  special  education  allowances  re- 
ceived for  pupils  in  foster  homes  and  institutions. 

(6)  Line  A-3b:  Report  the  1978-79  state  allowance  for  development 
centers  for  handicapped  pupils  for  those  pupils  in  foster  homes  and  insti- 
tutions. 

(7)  Line  A-3c:  Report  the  revenue  limit  income  for  special  education 
pupils  in  foster  homes  and  institutions.  From  the  1978-79  Form 
K-12-A,  add  the  base  revenue  limit  (Line  C-4)  to  the  voted  increase 
(Line  C-6)  and  divide  by  the  ADA  (Line  C-1).  Multiply  the  resultant 
quotient  by  the  reduction  factor  (Line  F),  and  multiply  that  product  by  the 
Special  Education  ADA  on  Line  A-2  of  the  1979-80  Schedule  D. 

(8)  Line  A-3d:  Report  any  1978-79  federal  funds  received  for  any 
special  education  pupils  in  foster  homes  and  institutions. 

(9)  Line  A-3e:  Add  the  amounts  in  Lines  A-3a  through  A-3d.  (10) 
Line  A^:  Deduct  the  amount  in  Line  A-3e  from  the  expenditures  in  Line 
A-lc. 

(c)  Part  B  is  used  to  report  special  educational  programs  authorized 
pursuant  to  Section  42904  of  the  Education  Code  as  it  read  in  1977-78 
or  1978-79. 

(1)  Line  B-1 :  Report  the  1978-79  total  expenditures  in  program. 

(2)  Line  B-2:  Report  the  1 978-79  actual  recalculated  second  principal 
ADA  in  the  special  educational  program. 

(3)  Line  B-3a:  Report  the  revenue  limit  income  for  special  educational 
pupils.  From  the  1978-79  Form  K-12-A,  add  the  base  revenue  limit 
(Line  C-4)  to  the  voted  increase  (Line  C-6)  and  divide  the  sum  by  the 
ADA  (Line  C-l).  Multiply  the  resultant  quotient  by  the  reduction  factor 
(Line  F),  and  multiply  that  product  by  the  special  educational  ADA  on 
Line  B-2  of  the  1979-80  Schedule  D. 

(4)  Line  B-3b:  Report  any  1 978-79  federal  funds  received  for  any  spe- 
cial educational  pupils. 

(5)  Line  B-3c:  Report  1978-79  state  categorical  funds  received  for 
any  special  educational  pupils. 

(6)  Line  B-3d:  Sum  the  amounts  in  Lines  B-3a  through  B-3c. 

(7)  Line  B-4:  Deduct  the  amount  in  Line  B-3d  from  the  expenditure 
in  Line  B-1. 

(8)  Line  C:  Sum  the  amounts  on  Lines  A-4  and  B-4  and  show  on  this 
line  and  on  the  1979-80  form  K-12(P2),  Line  C-7a. 

Chapter  1035,  Statutes  of  1979  (SB  186)  provides  $12,000,000  for  the 
purposes  set  forth  on  Schedule  D.  If  the  statewide  total  exceeds  this 
amount,  a  deficit  across  the  board  will  be  applied. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  42246.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245,  Education  Code. 


§  15390.    Calculation  of  Increase  in  Revenue  Limit  for 

Necessary  Small  Continuation  High  Schools 
for  Fiscal  Year  1979-80  and  a  Newly  Organized 
Unified  School  District  Which  Became 
Effective  for  All  Purposes  on  or  After  June  30, 
1978,  Using  Schedule  E. 
The  increase  in  revenue  limit  authorized  by  Section  42243.7  of  the 
Education  Code  for  necessary  small  continuation  high  schools  that  were 
approved  for  the  1979-80  fiscal  year  prior  to  November  30.  1979,  and 
a  newly  organized  unified  school  district  which  became  effective  for  all 
purposes  on  or  after  July  1,  1978,  shall  be  calculated  by  using  Schedule 
E.  Schedule  E  shall  be  completed  as  follows: 

(a)  Line  A:  Report  the  name,  the  1979-80  second  principal  average 
daily  attendance,  and  the  number  of  cerfificated  employees  for  each  con- 
tinuation high  school  that  had  not  been  approved  prior  to  the  1 979-80  fis- 
cal year  and  which  was  approved  for  the  1979-80  fiscal  year  before  No- 
vember 30,  1979.  or  for  a  necessary  small  high  school  in  a  newly 
organized  unified  school  district  which  became  effecfive  on  or  after  July 
1 , 1 978.  Use  one  line  for  each  school.  Attach  a  copy  of  the  necessary  con- 
tinuation high  school  approval  if  continuation  high  schools  are  listed.  Do 
not  report  any  high  schools  that  have  over  300  units  of  second  principal 
average  daily  attendance  in  1979-80. 

(b)  Lines  B-1  and  B-2:  Report  the  computed  foundafion  programs  for 
each  school  listed  in  Line  A-1  and  A-2.  The  computed  foundation  pro- 
gram for  each  school  shall  be  the  lesser  of  the  foundation  program 
amount  corresponding  to  the  number  of  certificated  employees  or  the 
number  of  units  of  average  daily  attendance  shown  in  the  following 
schedule:  Necessary  Small  High  Schools  1977-78 

Necessary  Small  High  Schools  1977-78 
Certificated  Foundation 

Employees  ADA  Program 

1         "  1-20  $22,240 


3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

13 


1-20 

1-20 

1-20 

21-40 

41-60 

61-75 

76-90 

91-105 

106-120 

121-135 

136-150 

151-180 

181-220 

221-260 

261-300 


44,480 
112,020 
134,260 
156,500 
178,740 
200,980 
223,220 
245,460 
267,700 
289,940 
312,180 
334.420 
356,660 
378,900 


(c)  Line  B-3:  Add  the  foundafion  programs  shown  in  Lines  B-1 
through  B-2  and  report  this  sum  on  Line  B-3. 

(d)  Line  C:  Use  Line  C  to  report  the  total  second  principal  average  dai- 
ly attendance  shown  in  Lines  A-1  and  A-2. 

(e)  Line  D:  Multiply  the  total  average  daily  attendance  shown  in  Line 
C  by  $1,263.  and  report  this  product  on  Line  D. 

(f)  Line  E:  Subtract  the  amount  in  Line  D  from  the  amount  in  Line  B-3 
and  report  the  result  on  Line  E.  This  amount  is  the  revenue  limit  adjust- 
ment for  necessary  small  high  schools  in  1979-80  and  shall  also  be  re- 
ported on  Form  K-12  (1979-80),  Line  C-7b. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245,  Education  Code. 

§  1 5391 .    Calculation  of  Increase  in  Revenue  Limit  for 
Meals  for  Needy  Pupils  and  Development 
Centers  for  Handicapped  Pupils  Using 
Schedule  G. 

The  increase  in  revenue  limit  for  Meals  for  Needy  Pupils  and  Develop- 
ment Centers  for  Handicapped  Pupils  programs  authorized  by  Section 


• 


• 


Page  184.18 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15400 


• 


42237  of  the  Education  Code  shall  be  calculated  using  Schedule  G 
{ 1979-80).  Schedule  G  shall  be  completed  as  follows: 

(a)  Line  A- 1 :  Report  the  1 978-79  amount  for  the  Meals  for  Needy  Pu- 
pils Program  on  Line  J-3  of  Schedule  B  (1979-80). 

(b)  Line  A-2;  Report  the  1978-79  pupil  participation  in  the  Meals  for 
Needy  Pupils  program,  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  amounts  shown  in  Lines 
1 3  and  1 4  for  columns  A,  B,  and  C  on  Forms  BCNS  7 1  -5  for  each  school 
month  in  1978-79.  If  the  district  uses  Form  BCNS-73-6,  data  on  this 
form  shall  be  used  in  lieu  of  data  on  Form  BCNS-71-5. 

(c)  Line  A-3:  Compute  the  1978-79  amount  per  pupil,  equal  to  the 
amount  in  Line  A-1  divided  by  the  amount  in  Line  A-2.  Report  this  result 
rounded  to  four  decimal  places  on  Line  A-3. 

(d)  Line  A-4:  Compute  the  1979-80  amount  per  pupil,  equal  to  the 
amount  in  Line  A-3  times  1.07,  and  report  this  amount  rounded  to  four 
decimal  places  on  Line  A-4. 

(e)  Line  A-5:  Report  the  1979-80  pupil  participation  in  the  Meals  for 
Needy  Pupils  program,  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  amounts  shown  in  Lines 
13  and  14  for  columns  A,  B,  and  C  on  Forms  BCNS  71-5  for  each  school 
month  in  1979-80.  If  the  district  uses  form  BCNS-73-6,  data  on  this 
form  shall  be  used  in  lieu  of  data  on  Form  BCNS-71-5. 

(0  Line  A-6:  Compute  the  revenue  limit  adjustment  for  Meals  for 
Needy  Pupils  Program,  equal  to  the  amount  in  Line  A-4  times  the  amount 
in  Line  A-5.  Report  this  result,  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar,  on  Line 
A-6. 

(g)  Line  B-1:  Report  the  1978-79  amount  for  the  Development  Cen- 
ters for  Handicapped  Pupils  program  shown  on  Line  J-2  of  Schedule  B 
(1978-79). 

(h)  Line  B-2:  Report  the  1978-79  pupil  participation  in  clock  hours 
in  Development  Centers  for  Handicapped  Pupils  program,  as  shown  on 
Form  J-65,  Line  V-C,  for  1978-79. 

(i)  Line  B-3:  Compute  the  1978-79  amount  per  clock  hour,  equal  to 
the  amount  in  Line  B-1  divided  by  the  amount  in  Line  B-2.  Report  this 
amount  rounded  to  four  decimal  places  on  Line  B-3. 

(j)  Line  B^:  Compute  the  1979-80  amount  per  clock  hour,  equal  to 
the  amount  in  Line  B-3  times  1.07,  and  report  this  amount  rounded  to 
four  decimal  places  on  Line  B-4. 

(k)  Line  B-5:  Report  the  1979-80  clock  hours  for  Development  Cen- 
ters for  Handicapped  Pupils  program,  as  shown  on  Line  V-C  of  Form 
J-65  for  1979-80. 

(1)  Line  B-6:  Compute  the  revenue  limit  adjustment  for  Development 
Centers  for  Handicapped  Pupils  program,  equal  to  the  amount  in  Line 
B^  times  the  amount  in  Line  B-5 .  Report  this  result,  rounded  to  the  near- 
est dollar,  on  Line  B-6. 

(m)  Line  C:  Report  the  total  amount  to  be  added  to  the  revenue  limit 
for  the  Meals  for  Needy  Pupils  and  Development  Centers  for  Handi- 
capped Pupils  programs,  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  Lines  A-6 
and  B-6.  Also  report  this  amount  on  Line  C-8  of  Form  K-12  ( 1 979-80). 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245,  Education  Code. 

§  15392.    Calculation  of  Adult  Revenue  Limit  Using 
Schedule  S. 

The  1979-80  adult  revenue  limit  shall  be  calculated  pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 42237  of  the  Education  Code  using  Schedule  S  (1979-80).  Schedule 
S  shall  be  completed  as  follows: 

(a)  Line  A:  Report  the  1978-79  recomputed  adult  base  revenue  limit 
per  unit  of  average  daily  attendance  as  shown  on  Line  I  of  Schedule  BB 
(1979-80). 

(b)  Line  B:  Report  the  1979-80  average  daily  attendance  in  programs 
for  adults  mandated  by  paragraph  (5)  of  subdivision  (b)  of  Section  97  of 
Chapter  282  of  the  Statutes  of  1979  (AB  8)  and  by  Section  41976  of  the 
Education  Code.  This  shall  be  known  as  the  1979-80  mandated  adult  av- 
erage daily  attendance. 

(c)  Line  C:  Compute  the  1 979-80  revenue  limit  for  adults  in  mandated 
programs  as  foUows: 

(1)  Line  C-1:  If  the  amount  in  Line  A  is  less  than  the  1978-79  state- 
wide average  adult  revenue  Hmit  computed  in  Section  15380,  multiply 


the  amount  in  Line  A  times  1 .07  times  the  ADA  in  Line  B,  and  report  this 
result  rounded  to  a  whole  dollar  in  Line  C-l . 

(2)  Line  C-2:  If  the  amount  in  Line  A  is  greater  than  or  equal  to  the 
1978-79  statewide  average  adult  revenue  limit  computed  in  Section 
15380,  but  less  than  or  equal  to  1.07  times  the  1978-79  statewide  aver- 
age, then  compute  an  amount  equal  to  1.07  times  that  statewide  average 
times  the  ADA  in  Line  B,  and  report  this  result  to  the  nearest  dollar  in 
Line  C-2. 

(3)  Line  C-3a  and  b: 

(A)  Line  C-3a:  If  the  amount  in  Line  A  is  greater  than  the  1 978-79  sta- 
tewide average  adult  revenue  limit  computed  in  Section  15380  times 
1.07,  compute  the  1979-80  revenue  limit  as  follows.  Multiply  the 
amount  in  Line  A  by  either  the  1978-79  adult  average  daily  attendance 
in  mandated  programs  shown  in  Line  K-4  of  Schedule  B  (1979-80)  or 
the  1979-80  average  daily  attendance  in  mandated  adult  programs 
shown  in  Line  B,  whichever  is  less,  and  report  the  result  to  the  nearest 
dollar  in  Line  C-3a. 

(B)  Line  3C-b:  If  the  1978-79  adult  average  daily  attendance  in  man- 
dated programs  shown  in  Line  K-4  of  Schedule  B  ( 1 979-80)  is  less  than 
the  1979-80  average  daily  attendance  in  mandated  adult  programs 
shown  in  Line  B,  then  also  compute  an  amount  equal  to: 

1 .  The  1978-79  statewide  average  amount  computed  in  Section  1 5380 
times 

2.  The  factor  1.07  times 

3.  The  1979-80  average  daily  attendance  in  mandated  adult  programs, 
minus  the  1978-79  average  daily  attendance  in  mandated  adult  pro- 
grams, and  report  this  result,  rounded  to  a  whole  dollar,  on  Line  C-3b. 

(d)  Line  D:  Report  any  adjustments  to  the  adult  revenue  limit.  Note 
that  prior-year  adjustments  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  42245 
shall  not  be  a  revenue  limit  adjustment  in  the  1979-80  fiscal  year  for  the 
prior  fiscal  year,  and  therefore  Line  D-1  is  not  to  be  used.  Any  correc- 
tions to  he  1978-79  adult  revenue  limit  shall  be  made  through  the  recal- 
culation of  the  1978-79  adult  revenue  limit  due  February  1980. 

(1)  Line  D-2:  Report  any  gain  or  loss  from  interdistrict  attendance 
agreements  pursuant  to  subdivision  (d)  of  Section  46605  of  the  Educa- 
tion Code.  This  adjustment  is  computed  in  the  same  manner  as  that  for 
the  K-12  program  described  in  Section  15386(k),  but  relates  only  to 
mandated  adult  average  daily  attendance. 

(2)  Line  D-3:  Report  an  increase  in  the  revenue  limit  to  reflect  man- 
dated costs  imposed  by  final  court  orders,  federal  statutes,  or  initiative 
enactments  after  January  1,  1978,  pursuant  to  Section  42243.6  of  the 
Education  Code.  If  this  revenue  limit  adjustment  is  used,  a  letter  of  expla- 
nation shall  be  sent  to  the  Local  Assistance  Bureau. 

(3)  Line  D-4:  Report  the  total  adjustments  to  the  1979-80  adult  reve- 
nue limit,  equal  to  the  amount  in  Line  D-2  plus  the  amount  in  Line  D-3. 

(e)  Line  E:  Compute  the  1 979-80  adult  revenue  limit,  which  is  equal 
to  either  the  amount  in  Line  D-4  plus  the  amount  in  Line  C-l,  or  the 
amount  in  Line  C-2,  or  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  Lines  C-3a  and  C-3b, 
depending  on  the  districts'  prior-year  adult  revenue  limit.  Report  this  re- 
sult on  Line  E  and  also  on  Line  C-9  of  Form  K-1 2  (1979-80). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  42246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
42237-42245,  Education  Code. 

Subchapter  7.     Revenue  Limits  for  County 
Superintendents  of  Schools 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 


§  1 5400.    Scope  of  the  Chapter. 

The  provisions  of  this  chapter  apply  to  the  computation  of  revenue 
limits  for  county  superintendents  of  schools  pursuant  to  Article  3  of 
Chapter  1 2  of  Part  2  of  the  Education  Code  (computation  of  revenue  lim- 
its. Sections  2550-2558). 
NOTE;  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Sections  2550-2558.  Education  Code. 


Page  184.19 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  15401 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


History 
1.  New  Chapter  7  (Sections  15400-15408)  filed  3-14-80;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  80,  No.  1 1 ). 

§15401.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Revenue  Limits."  The  revenue  limit  for  county  superintendents 
is  a  computed  amount  that  places  a  limit  on  the  amount  of  revenue  that 
the  county  supeiintendent  can  receive  from  property  taxes,  other  local 
sources  of  income,  and  from  the  state  for  the  support  of  special  education 
programs,  special  schools  and  classes,  vocational/technical  schools  and 
classes,  and  other  specified  county  school  service  fund  operations  (refer- 
ence Sections  2550-2555,  Education  Code).  The  county  superintendent 
may  also  receive  categorical  funds,  certain  property  taxes  levied  for  spe- 
cific indebtedness  repayment  purposes,  and  some  limited  fees  in  addition 
to  the  revenue  limit.  The  revenue  limit  is  computed  each  year  from  the 
prior  year's  base  revenue  limit,  adjusted  for  inflation  and/or  various  other 
factors. 

(b)  "Categorical  Funds."  Revenue  designated  for  direct  service  and 
other  purpose  apportionments,  contracted  income  and  fees,  and  funds 
designated  exclusively  for  the  support  of  a  specific  program  (or  pro- 
grams) which  cannot  be  used  to  supplant  the  revenue  limit  of  that  pro- 
gram. 

(c)  "Average  Daily  Attendance"  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  ADA).  Un- 
less otherwise  indicated  below,  attendance  is  measured  as  the  count  of 
daily  attendance  averaged  over  the  school  year  consisting  of  at  least  175 
school  days  meeting  for  the  minimum  length  school  day  as  specified  in 
the  Education  Code.  For  Regional  Occupational  Centers/Programs  pur- 
suant to  Section  41601  (Education  Code),  the  average  daily  attendance 
in  all  full  school  months  in  the  first  period  of  attendance  by  a  divisor  of 
70,  in  the  second  period  by  135.  and  at  annual  time  by  1 75.  For  ROC/Ps, 
three  hours  of  attendance  are  equal  to  one  apportionment  day  of  atten- 
dance. 

(d)  "Attendance  Periods."  There  are  three  attendance  periods  for  each 
fiscal  year.  The  First  Principal  attendance  period,  designated  "PI,"  is  the 
attendance  count  from  July  1  through  the  last  school  month  that  ends  on 
or  before  December  3 1  of  the  fiscal  year,  and  is  used  to  compute  the  First 
Principal  Apportionment  due  February  20  of  the  fiscal  year.  The  Second 
Principal  attendance  period,  designated  "P2,"  is  the  attendance  count 
from  July  1  through  the  last  school  month  that  ends  on  or  before  April  1 5 
of  the  fiscal  year,  and  is  used  to  compute  the  Second  Principal  Apportion- 
ment due  June  25  of  the  fiscal  year.  The  annual  attendance  period,  desig- 
nated "A,"  is  the  attendance  count  from  July  1  through  June  30  of  the  fis- 
cal year,  and  is  used  to  compute  the  Annual  Recalculation  of  the 
Apportionment  due  February  20  of  the  following  fiscal  year. 

(e)  "Excess  Costs."  Excess  costs  are  any  and  all  costs  for  a  particular 
program  that  are  in  excess  of  the  revenue  limit  and/or  the  state  and  federal 
allowances  for  that  program. 

(f)  "Allowed  Average  Expenditures."  The  average  expenditure  per 
class  or  ADA,  excluding  capital  outlay,  as  determined  for  a  designated 
base  fiscal  year  and  increased  each  year  thereafter  by  an  inflation  adjust- 
ment. Allowed  average  expenditures  are  used  to  establish  certain  base 
revenue  limits. 

NOTE:  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Sections  2550-2558,  Education  Code. 

Article  2.    Computation  of  Revenue  Limits 
for  1979-80 

§  15405.     Use  of  Official  Schedules. 

The  Local  Assistance  Bureau  of  the  State  Department  of  Education 
shall  provide  an  official  form  and  schedule  to  use  in  making  the  computa- 
tions required  by  this  article.  This  form  and  schedule  shall  be  known  as 
FORM  O,  FORM  FOR  THE  COMPUTATION  OF  1 979-80  REVENUE 
LIMIT  FOR  THE  COUNTY  SCHOOL  SERVICE  FUND;  and  SCHED- 
ULE W,  SCHEDULE  FOR  THE  COMPUTATION  OF  1979-80  REVE- 
NUE LIMITS  FOR  PHYSICALLY  HANDICAPPED  AND  MENTAL- 
LY RETARDED  PROGRAMS.  This  form  and  schedule  shall  be  used  in 


making  these  computations  and  in  reporting  to  the  State  Department  of 
Education,  Local  Assistance  Bureau. 

The  Local  Assistance  Bureau  shall  issue  three  sets  of  official  forms 
and  schedules  for  use  in  computing  1 979-80  revenue  limits.  These  forms 
and  schedules  shall  have  the  designations  "P-1."  "P-2,"  and  "A"  and 
shall  be  used  to  collect  the  data  for  use  in  making  the  First  Principal  Ap- 
portionment. Second  Principal  Apportionment,  and  Annual  Recalcula- 
tion of  the  Apportionment,  respectively.  The  Local  Assistance  Bureau 
shall  modify  the  forms  and  schedules  as  frequently  as  may  be  required, 
consistent  with  any  legislation  enacted  subsequent  to  the  approval  of 
these  regulations. 
Note.  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Sections  2550-2558,  Education  Code. 

§  15406.    Use  of  Estimated  or  Actual  Data. 

The  1979-80  data  used  in  computing  the  revenue  limit  using  the  "P-1 " 
form  and  schedule  for  the  First  Principal  Apporfionment  shall  be  the  best 
available  estimates  of  annual  data.  The  1979-80  data  used  in  computing 
the  revenue  limit  using  the  "P-2"  form  and  schedule  for  the  Second  Prin- 
cipal Apportionment  shall  be  the  best  available  estimates  of  annual  data. 
The  1979-80  data  used  in  computing  the  revenue  limit  using  the  "A" 
form  and  schedule  for  the  Annual  Recalculation  of  the  Apportionment 
shall  be  actual  1979-80  data,  including  actual  annual  counts  of  atten- 
dance and  participation.  Any  data  required  from  fiscal  year  1978-79  or 
1977-78  shall  be  actual  second  period  data. 
Note,  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Sections  2550-2558,  Education  Code. 

§  1 5407.    Computation  of  1 979-80  Revenue  Limits  for 

Physically  Handicapped  and  Mentally  Retarded 
Programs  Using  Schedule  W  and  Back-Up 
Schedules  WW  and  T. 

For  each  county  superintendent  of  schools,  the  Superintendent  of  Pub- 
lic Instruction  shall  calculate  the  1979-80  revenue  limits  for  physically 
handicapped  and  mentally  retarded  programs  using  Schedule  W.  This 
schedule  shall  be  completed  as  follows: 

(a)  Use  Schedule  W  to  report  data  and  make  separate  computations  for 
the  following  programs  (reference  Sections  2500b),  (c),  (d),  and 
2550(a)(1),  Educafion  Code). 

( 1 )  Physically  Handicapped — Special  Day  Classes: 

(A)  Hearing  handicapped 

(B)  Vision  handicapped 

(C)  Orthopedically  handicapped — other  health  impaired 

(D)  Aphasic 

(E)  Pregnant  minors 

(F)  Deaf-Blind  and  other  multihandicapped 

(G)  Other  handicapped 
(H)  Autistic 

(2)  Physically  Handicapped — Other  Classes: 

(A)  Remedial  physical  education 

(B)  Other  remedial  instruction — speech 

(C)  Individual  instruction 

(D)  Special  speech  instrucfion — speech  aides 

(E)  For  the  special  blind  allowance 

(3)  Mentally  Retarded  Programs  for  the  Educable  Mentally  Retarded 

(4)  Mentally  Retarded  Programs  for  the  Trainable  Mentally  Retarded 

(b)  Column  1 :  Report  on  the  appropriate  program  line  the  1978-79  al- 
lowed average  expenditures  per  class  or  ADA.  This  is  determined  by 
multiplying  the  1977-78  allowed  average  expenditures  per  class  or  ADA 
times  1.1327  and  rounding  the  result  to  two  decimal  places  (Reference 
1978-79  Worksheet  W  and  Form  J-73-W(A)). 

(1)  Counties  which  have  computed  pupil  transportauon  separately 
from  special  day  class  allowed  average  expenditures  in  prior  years  shall 
complete  Schedule  WW  (P-2).  All  other  counties  shall  include  transpor- 
tation expenditures  in  their  respective  Physically  Handicapped  and  Men- 
tally Retarded  programs  and  shall  not  complete  Schedule  WW  (P-2). 

(2)  Those  counties  completing  Schedule  WW  (P-2)  shall  prorate  to  the 
respective  special  day  classes  in  column  (a)  their  1978-79  total  transpor- 
tation expenses  which  had  been  reported  as  a  separate  program  item  on 


Page  184.20 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11  -2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15408 


• 


iheir  1978-79  Schedule  J-73  W(A).  The  county  shall  report  their 
1978-79  actual  special  education  transportation  allowances  in  column 
(b).  Column  (c)  is  computed  as  follows:  Determine  the  allowed  adjusted 
transportation  expenditure  per  special  day  class  programs  by  subtracting 
the  amount  in  column  (b)  from  the  amount  in  column  (a)  and  multiply  the 
difference  by  the  adjustment  factor  (.90).  The  column  (cl)  is  the  sum  of 
column  (b)  (Special  Allowances)  and  column  (c).  The  county  shall  report 
their  actual  number  of  1978-79  ADA  transported  per  respective  special 
class  program  in  column  (d).  The  actual  allowed  transportation  expendi- 
ture shall  be  determined  by  dividing  the  amount  in  column  (cl)  by  the 
ADA  reported  in  column  (d).  This  quotient  is  reported  in  column  (e).  The 
county  shall  report  their  179-80  annual  ADA  being  transported  in  each 
respective  special  class  program  in  column  (f)  and  multiply  this  ADA  by 
the  allowed  average  transportation  expenditure  shown  in  column  (e). 
This  product  is  reported  in  column  (g)  Schedule  WW  (P-2)  and  column 
(7)  of  Schedule  W  (P-2). 

(3)  In  determining  allowed  average  expenditures  per  class  or  ADA  for 
programs  involving  more  than  one  class  size  and/or  level,  it  is  necessary 
to  develop  a  weighted  average  expenditure  per  class  or  ADA  for  such 
programs. 

(4)  Those  counties  that  maintained  programs  but  did  not  tax  in  prior 
years  shall  use  the  1977-78  current  expenditures  per  class  or  ADA  for 
such  programs  increased  by  1.1327. 

(5)  If  a  district  transfers  its  physically  handicapped  or  mentally  re- 
tarded program(s)  to  the  county  superintendent  of  schools  pursuant  to 
Section  1 7 1 0  of  the  Education  Code,  the  revenue  limit  of  the  district  shall 
be  reduced  by  the  amount  of  excess  cost  which  the  district  expended  from 
its  revenue  limit  for  the  program(s)  in  the  prior  fiscal  year.  This  excess 
cost  shall  not  include  expenditures  of  income  from  federal  sources  of  tu- 
ition (reference  Section  42244.7,  Education  Code). 

If  a  special  education  program  is  transferred  from  a  district  to  the 
county  superintendent,  it  is  necessary  to  develop  a  weighted  average  ex- 
penditure per  class  or  ADA  for  both  the  county  and  the  district-operated 
program. 

(6)  If  the  county  superintendent  started  a  new  program  in  1978-79  not 
previously  maintained  by  the  county  superintendent  or  a  district  within 
the  county,  the  allowed  average  expenditures  shall  be  determined  by  us- 
ing either  the  1977-78  current  expenditures  of  the  most  similar  program 
already  in  operation  multiplied  by  1 . 1 327  or  the  1 977-78  statewide  aver- 
age expenditure  for  the  program  (obtained  from  the  Local  Assistance  Bu- 
reau) multiplied  by  1.1327. 

(c)  Column  2:  Report  the  1978-79  actual  average  special  allowances, 
and  any  federal  aid.  per  class  or  ADA  determined  by  dividing  the  sum  of 
the  actual  1 978-79  annual  recalculated  special  allowances  and  any  actual 
1 978-79  federal  aid  for  each  program  by  the  actual  number  of  classes  or 
ADA  for  each  program  as  reported  in  the  1 978-79  annual  attendance 
count  (Form  J-22-A).  Report  this  result  carried  to  two  decimal  places. 

( 1 )  In  determining  average  special  allowances  per  class  or  ADA  for 
programs  involving  more  than  one  class  size  and/or  level,  it  is  necessary 
to  develop  a  weighted  average  allowance  per  class  or  ADA  for  such  pro- 
grams. 

(2)  Include  federal  aid  only  if  the  allowed  average  expenditure  base 
included  any  such  federal  aid. 

(d)  Column  3:  Report  the  1978-79  deficit  adjustment  determined  by 
subtracting  column  2  from  column  1,  and  multiplying  the  difference  by 
.90.  Report  this  result  carried  to  two  decimal  places. 

(e)  Column  4:  Determine  the  1 978-79  revenue  limit  per  class  or  ADA 
by  adding  column  2  to  column  3.  Report  this  result  carried  to  two  decimal 
places. 

(f)  Column  5:  Report  the  number  of  classes  or  ADA  as  determined  for 
the  1979-80  annual  attendance  period.  (Report  to  two  decimal  places  if 
fractional  classes  are  involved.) 

( 1)  If  a  class  is  operated  for  only  part  of  the  year,  arrive  at  a  fraction 
of  a  whole  class  by  dividing  the  number  of  days  taught  for  that  class  by 
175  days.  Carry  the  result  to  two  decimal  places. 


(2)  If  a  class  is  operated  for  extended  sessions,  arrive  at  an  additional 
fraction  of  a  whole  class  by  dividing  the  total  number  of  days  taught  in 
extended  session  for  that  class  by  175  days.  Carry  the  result  to  two  deci- 
mal places. 

(g)  Column  6;  Determine  the  i  979-80  base  revenue  limit  per  class  or 
ADA  by  multiplying  the  1978-79  allowed  average  adjusted  expenditure 
reported  in  column  3  by  the  1 979-80  annual  Class/ADA  reported  in  col- 
umn 4.  Report  this  result  rounded  to  two  decimal  places.  If  the  county  su- 
perintendent starts  a  new  program  in  1 979-80  not  previously  maintained 
by  the  county  superintendent  or  a  district  within  the  county,  the  revenue 
limit  shall  be  computed  by  using  either  the  1 978-79  current  expenditures 
of  the  most  similar  program  already  in  operation  multiplied  by  1 .086.  or 
the  1978-79  statewide  average  expenditure  for  the  program  (obtained 
from  the  Local  Assistance  Bureau)  multiplied  by  1.086. 

(h)  Column  7:  Those  counties  completing  Schedule  WW  shall  report, 
on  column  7  of  Schedule  W.  their  total  transportation  expenditure  as  re- 
ported on  column  g  of  Schedule  WW. 

(i)  Column  8:  Determine  the  total  1979-80  revenue  limits  for  physical- 
ly handicapped  and  mentally  retarded  programs  by  adding  column  5  and 
column  6.  Report  this  result  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar.  Only  the  "TO- 
TALS" lines,  A  &  B,  in  column  7  shall  be  used  to  report  the  total  1 979-80 
revenue  limits  for  physically  handicapped  and  mentally  retarded  pro- 
grams on  Form  O,  lines  A- la  and  A- lb. 
NOTE;  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Sections  2550-2558.  Education  Code. 

History 
] .  Amendment  History  filed  3-28-80  as  an  emergency ;  effective  upon  filing.  Cer- 
tificate of  Compliance  included  (Register  80,  No.  13). 

§  1 5408.    Computation  of  1 979-80  Revenue  Limit  for 

County  School  Service  Fund  Using  Form  0. 

The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  compute  the  1979-80 
revenue  limit  for  the  county  school  service  fund  using  Form  O.  This  form 
shall  be  completed  as  follows: 

(a)  Subdivision  A:  Determination  of  the  revenue  limits  for  special  edu- 
cation programs: 

(1)  Line  A-l:  Report  the  revenue  limits  for  physically  handicapped 
and  mentally  retarded  programs  computed  in  1979-80  Schedule  W  as 
follows: 

(A)  Line  A-l  a:  Report  the  revenue  limit  for  physically  handicapped 
programs  as  shown  in  1979-80  Schedule  W,  column  7,  line  A.  TOTAL 
PHYSICALLY  HANDICAPPED. 

(B)  Line  A-lb:  Report  the  revenue  limit  for  mentally  retarded  pro- 
grams as  shown  in  1979-80  Schedule  W,  column  7,  line  B,  TOTAL 
MENTALLY  RETARDED. 

(C)  Line  A-lc:  Compute  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  lines  A-l  a  and 
A-lb,  and  report  this  result  on  Line  A-l. 

(2)  Line  A-2:  Report  the  revenue  limit  pursuant  to  the  tuition  charges 
for  excess  costs  in  mandated  programs  (reference  Sections  2505  and 
2550(a)(2),  Education  Code).  For  the  county  superintendent,  whose  re- 
sponsibility it  is  to  educate  physically  handicapped  and  mentally  retarded 
students,  and  who  is  contracting  with  another  county  superintendent  of 
schools  or  school  district  for  educating  its  children,  and  whose  ADA  is 
reported  by  the  other  county  superintendent  of  schools  or  school  district 
which  provides  the  education,  the  county  of  responsibility  shall  incorpo- 
rate the  cost  of  transporting  those  physically  handicapped  and  mentally 
retarded  students  with  any  excess  cost  of  tuition  by  completing  Schedule 
T.  The  county  of  responsibility  shall  compute  its  expenses  for  transport- 
ing those  physically  handicapped  and  mentally  retarded  students  attend- 
ing the  other  county  or  district  schools  on  a  per  ADA  basis  and  add  this 
to  the  tuition  charges  for  excess  cost  in  mandated  programs  and  report  the 
total  for  the  1977-78  fiscal  year  on  Line  A-2  if  applicable.  This  revenue 
limit  shall  be  computed  as  follows: 

(A)  Line  A-2a:  Report  the  total  tuition  actually  paid  for  the  1 977-78 
fiscal  year  for  this  program. 

(B)  Line  A-2b:  Report  the  actual  1977-78  Second  Principal  (P-2) 
ADA  in  this  program. 


Page  184.21 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


§  15408 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(C)  Line  A-2c:  Divide  the  amount  in  Line  A-2a  by  the  attendance  in 
Line  A-2b  and  report  this  result  carried  to  two  decimal  places. 

(D)  Line  A-2d:  Determine  the  1979-80  base  revenue  limit  per  ADA 
by  multiplying  the  amount  in  Line  A-2c  by  1.086.  Report  this  result 
rounded  to  two  decimal  places. 

(E)  Line  A-2e:  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Line  A-2e  to  report  the 
1979-80  annual  ADA  in  this  program.  Multiply  this  attendance  by  the 
amount  in  Line  A-2d  and  report  this  result,  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar, 
on  Line  A-2. 

(3)  Line  A-3:  Report  the  revenue  limit  for  educationally  handicapped 
pupils  in  institutions  (reference  Sections  56604.  42902,  and  2550(a)(3). 
Education  Code).  This  revenue  limit  shall  be  computed  as  follows: 

(A)  Line  A-3a:  Report  the  actual  1977-78  total  current  expenditures 
for  this  program. 

(B)  Line  A-3b:  Report  the  actual  1977-78  Second  Principal  (P-2) 
ADA  in  this  program. 

(C)  Line  A-3c:  Divide  the  amount  in  Line  A-3a  by  the  attendance  in 
Line  A-3b  and  report  this  result  carried  to  two  decimal  places. 

(D)  Line  A-3d:  Determine  the  1979-80  revenue  limit  per  ADA  by 
multiplying  the  amount  in  Line  A-3c  by  1 .086.  Report  this  result  rounded 
to  two  decimal  places. 

(E)  Line  A-3e:  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Line  A-3e  to  report  the 
1979-80  annual  ADA  in  this  program.  Multiply  this  attendance  by  the 
amount  in  Line  A-3d  and  report  this  result,  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar, 
on  Line  A-3. 

(4)  Line  A^:  Report  the  revenue  limit  for  those  institutionalized/fos- 
ter home  students  excess  costs  qualifying  pursuant  to  Section  42904  of 
the  Education  Code. 

(5)  Line  A-5:  Report  the  revenue  limit  for  development  centers  for 
handicapped  pupils  (reference  Sections  56811  and  2550(a)(4),  Educa- 
tion Code).  This  revenue  limit  shall  be  computed  as  follows: 

(A)  Line  A-5a:  Report  the  actual  1977-78  total  expenditures,  includ- 
ing transportation  expenditures,  in  this  program  (reference  1977-78 
Form  J-73-D,  "Cost  of  Operation  for  Development  Centers"). 

(B)  Line  A-5b:  Report  the  actual  1977-78  annual  instructional  hours 
in  tliis  program  (Form  J-73-D  or  J-65). 

(C)  Line  A-5c:  Divide  the  amount  in  Line  A-5a  by  the  amount  in  Line 
A-5b  and  report  this  result  carried  to  two  decimal  places. 

(D)  Line  A-5d:  Determine  the  1979-80  base  revenue  limit  per  instruc- 
tional hour  by  multiplying  the  amount  in  Line  A-5c  by  1 .086.  Report  this 
result  rounded  to  two  decimal  places. 

(E)  Line  A-5e:  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Line  A-5e  to  report  the 
1979-80  annual  instructional  hours.  Multiply  this  number  of  hours  by  the 
amount  in  Line  A-5d  and  report  this  result  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar 
on  Line  A-5. 

(6)  Line  A-6:  Report  the  revenue  for  the  planning  stage  of  the  coordi- 
nation of  the  Master  Plan  for  Special  Education  (reference  Sections 
56314  and  2550(a)(5),  Education  Code).  The  following  classification  of 
counties,  as  defined  by  Section  1205  of  the  Education  Code,  shall  be  used 
in  making  this  computation. 

— Class  1  includes  all  counties  with  over  750,000  units  of  average  dai- 
ly attendance. 

— Class  2  includes  all  counties  with  an  average  daily  attendance  of  be- 
tween 140,000  and  749,999  inclusive. 

— Class  3  includes  all  counties  with  an  average  daily  attendance  of  be- 
tween 60,000  and  1 39,999  inclusive.  — Class  4  includes  all  counties  with 
an  average  daily  attendance  of  between  30,000  and  59,999  inclusive. 

— Classes  5-8  include  all  counties  with  an  average  daily  attendance 
of  less  than  30,000.  The  revenue  amount,  based  on  attendance  counts  tak- 
en on  December  L  1979,  shall  be  computed  as  follows: 

(A)  Class  1  counties:  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Line  A-6a  to  report 
the  1 979-80  count  of  special  education  students  in  the  county.  Multiply 
this  student  count  by  $5  and  report  this  result  on  Line  A-6. 

(B)  Class  2  counties:  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Line  A-6b  to  report 
the  1979-80  count  of  special  education  students  in  the  county.  Multiply 
this  student  count  by  $6  and  report  this  result  on  Line  A-6. 


(C)  Class  3  counties:  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Line  A-6c  to  report 
the  1979-80  count  of  special  education  students  in  the  county.  Multiply 
this  student  count  by  $7  and  report  this  result  on  Line  A-6. 

(D)  Class  4  counties:  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Line  A-6d  to  report 
the  1979-80  count  of  special  education  students  in  the  county.  Multiply 
this  student  count  by  $8  and  report  this  result  on  Line  A-6. 

(E)  Counties  of  Classes  5-8:  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Line  A-6e 
to  report  the  1979-80  count  of  special  education  students  in  the  county. 
Multiply  this  student  count  by  $10  and  report  this  result  on  Line  A-6. 

(7)  Line  A-7:  Compute  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  Lines  A- 1  through 
A-6,  and  multiply  the  result  by  .994.  Report  this  result,  rounded  to  the 
nearest  dollar,  on  Line  A. 

(b)  Subdivision  B:  Determination  of  revenue  limits  for  special  schools 
and  classes: 

(1 )  Line  B-l:  Report  the  revenue  limit  for  the  juvenile  hall  program 
(reference  Sections  2500(e)  and  2550(b)(1)  and  (2),  Education  Code). 
This  revenue  limit  shall  be  computed  as  follows: 

(A)  Line  B-l  a:  Report  the  1978-79  allowed  average  expenditures  per 
ADA  in  this  program  (determined  by  multiplying  the  1977-78  allowed 
average  expenditures  per  ADA  by  1 .1327  and  rounding  the  result  to  two 
decimal  places).  Reference  1978-79  Worksheet  W  and  Form 
J-73-W(A). 

1 .  In  determining  allowed  average  expenditures  per  ADA  for  pro- 
grams involving  more  than  one  level,  it  is  necessary  to  develop  a 
weighted  average  expenditure  per  ADA. 

2.  Those  counties  that  maintained  programs  but  did  not  tax  in  prior 
years  shall  use  the  1 977-78  current  expenditures  for  such  programs  in- 
creased by  1.1327. 

3.  If  a  district  transfers  its  juvenile  hall  program  to  the  county  superin- 
tendent of  schools  pursuant  to  Section  1 7 10  of  the  Education  Code,  the 
revenue  limit  of  the  district  shall  be  reduced  by  the  amount  of  excess  cost 
which  the  district  expended  from  its  revenue  limit  for  the  program  in  the 
prior  fiscal  year.  This  excess  cost  shall  not  include  expenditures  of  in- 
come from  federal  sources  of  tuition  (reference  Section  42244.7,  Educa- 
tion Code). 

If  a  juvenile  hall  program  is  transferred  from  a  district  to  the  county 
superintendent,  it  is  necessary  to  develop  a  weighted  average  expendi- 
ture per  ADA  for  both  the  county  and  the  district-operated  program. 

(B)  Line  B-lb:  Report  any  1978-79  federal  aid  per  ADA.  Include  fed- 
eral aid  only  if  the  allowed  average  expenditures  base  included  any  such 
federal  aid. 

(C)  Line  B-lc:  Report  the  1978-79  deficit  adjustment  determined  by 
subtracting  Line  B-lb  from  B-l  a  and  multiplying  the  difference  by  .90. 
Report  this  result  carried  to  two  decimal  places. 

(D)  Line  B-ld:  Determine  the  1978-79  revenue  hmit  per  ADA  by 
adding  Line  B-lb  to  Line  B-lc.  Report  this  result  carried  to  two  decimal 
places. 

(E)  Line  B-le:  Determine  the  1979-80  base  revenue  limit  per  ADA 
by  multiplying  the  1978-79  revenue  limit  reported  on  Line  B-ld  by 
1.086.  Report  this  result  rounded  to  two  decimal  places. 

(F)  Line  B-lf:  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Line  B-l  f  to  report  the 
1 979-80  annual  ADA  in  this  program,  including  ADA  in  county  commu- 
nity school  juvenile  hall  programs  pursuant  to  Section  1981(c)  of  the 
Education  Code.  Multiply  this  attendance  by  the  amount  in  Line  B-le 
and  report  this  result,  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar,  on  Line  B-l. 

(G)  Funding  for  type  A  and  B  students  in  County  Community  Schools 
E.C.  1981  (a)  and  (b)  will  be  provided  to  county  superintendent  of 
schools  by  participating  districts.  The  contribution  will  be  derived  by 
multiplying  the  district's  base  revenue  limit  per  unit  of  ADA  (1979-80 
Form  K,  item  B-6)  times  the  district's  ADA  in  the  county  community 
school.  The  district's  contribution  will  not  be  reported  on  Form  O. 

(2)  Line  B-2:  Report  the  1979-80  allowances  for  opportunity  schools 
programs  (reference  Sections  48633,  14057,  and  2550(b)(2),  Education 
Code.  These  allowances  shall  be  computed  as  follows: 

(A)  Line  B-2a:  Use  the  underlined  space  in  B-2a  to  report  the  number 
of  classes  or  ADA.  Report  either  the  classroom  computation  which  is  the 


Page  184.22 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


S 15408 


product  of  $33,750  times  the  number  of  1979-80  elementary  classes  in 
this  program,  or  the  ADA  computation  which  is  the  product  of  $1,360 
times  the  number  of  1979-80  elementary  annual  ADA  in  this  program. 
The  classroom  computation  shall  be  used  when  the  ADA  for  this  program 
is  100  units  or  less. 

(B)  Line  B-2b:  Use  the  underlined  space  in  B-2b  to  report  the  respec- 
tive ADA.  Report  the  product  of  $1,546  times  the  1979-80  high  school 
annual  ADA  in  this  program. 

(C)  Line  B-2c:  Compute  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  lines  B-2a  and 
B-2b  and  report  this  result  on  Line  B-2. 

(3)  Line  B-3:  Compute  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  lines  B-1  and  B-2, 
and  multiply  the  result  by  .994.  Report  this  result,  rounded  to  the  nearest 
dollar,  on  Line  B. 

(c)  Subdivision  C:  Determination  of  the  amount  to  be  allocated  for  vo- 
cational/technical schools  and  classes: 

(1)  Line  C-1:  Report  the  1979-80  revenue  limit  for  regional  occupa- 
tional centers  and  programs  (reference  Sections  52317  and  2550(c)(1), 
Education  Code).  This  revenue  limit  shall  be  computed  as  follows: 

(A)  Line  C-1  a:  Report  the  actual  1978-79  base  revenue  limit  per  ADA 
for  this  program,  carried  to  two  decimal  places,  as  shown  on  1978-79 
Schedule  Y(a),  Line  C. 

(B)  Line  C-lb:  Report  the  1978-79  deficit  adjustment  determined  by 
multiplying  the  amount  in  Line  C-la  by  .90.  Report  this  result  carried  to 
two  decimal  places. 

(C)  Line  C-lc:  Determine  the  1979-80  revenue  limit  per  ADA  by 
multiplying  the  amount  in  Line  C-1  b  by  1 .086.  Report  this  result  rounded 
to  two  decimal  places. 

(D)  Line  C-ld:  Use  the  underlined  space  in  line  C-ld  to  report  the 
1 979-80  annual  ADA  for  concurrently  enrolled  high  school  students  and 
for  adults  enrolled  in  short-term  vocational  programs.  Multiply  this  at- 
tendance by  the  amount  in  Line  C-lc  and  report  this  result,  rounded  to 
the  nearest  dollar,  on  Line  C-1 . 

(2)  Line  C-2:  Report  the  1 979-80  revenue  limit  for  technical,  agricul- 
tural, and  natural  resource  conservation  schools  (reference  Sections  1806 
and  2550(c)(2),  Education  Code).  This  revenue  limit  shall  be  computed 
as  follows: 

(A)  Line  C-2a:  Report  the  total  1 977-78  tax  revenues  per  ADA  for  this 
program  (determined  by  dividing  the  amount  shown  on  1978-79  Form 
0(A),  Line  A-6e,  by  the  1977-78  actual  second  principal  (P-2)  ADA  in 
this  program  and  carrying  the  result  to  two  decimal  places). 

(B)  Line  C-2b:  Multiply  the  amount  in  Line  C-2a  by  1 .068  and  report 
this  result  rounded  to  two  decimal  places. 

(C)  Line  C-2c:  Compute  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  line  C-2b  and  the 
actual  1978-79  foundation  program  amount  per  second  principal  (P-2) 
ADA  (determined  by  dividing  the  foundation  program  amount  shown  on 
1978-79  Form  0(A),  Line  A^f,  by  the  1978-79  actual  second  principal 
(P-2)  ADA  in  this  program).  Report  this  result  carried  to  two  decimal 
places. 

(D)  Line  C-2d:  Report  the  1978-79  deficit  adjustment  determined  by 
multiplying  the  amount  in  Line  C-2c  by  .90.  Report  this  result  carried  to 
two  decimal  places. 

(E)  Line  C-2e:  Determine  the  1979-80  revenue  limit  per  ADA  by 
multiplying  the  amount  in  Line  C-2d  by  1 .086.  Report  this  result  rounded 
to  two  decimal  places. 

(F)  Line  C-2f:  Use  the  underiined  space  in  hne  C-2f  to  report  the 
1979-80  annual  ADA  in  this  program.  Multiply  this  attendance  by  the 
amount  in  Line  C-2e  and  report  this  result,  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar, 
on  Line  C-2. 

(3)  Line  C-3:  Report  the  1979-80  revenue  limit  for  the  outdoor  sci- 
ence and  conservation  program  (reference  Sections  2520  and  2550(c)(2), 
Education  Code).  This  revenue  limit  shall  be  computed  as  follows: 

(A)  Line  C-3a:  Report  the  total  1977-1978  tax  revenues  for  this  pro- 
gram as  shown  on  1978-79  Form  0(A),  Line  A-6j. 

(B)  Line  C-3b:  Multiply  the  amount  in  Line  C-3a  by  1 .068  and  report 
this  result  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar. 


(C)  Line  C-3c:  Report  the  1978-79  deficit  adjustment  determined  by 
multiplying  the  amount  in  Line  C-3b  by  .90.  Report  this  result  carried  to 
the  nearest  dollar. 

(D)  Line  C-3d:  Determine  the  1979-80  revenue  limit  by  multiplying 
the  amount  in  Line  C-3c  by  1 .086.  Report  this  result,  rounded  to  the  near- 
est dollar,  on  Line  C-3, 

(4)  Line  C^:  Compute  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  lines  C-1  through 
C-3.  and  multiply  the  result  by  .994.  Report  this  result,  rounded  to  the 
nearest  dollar,  on  Line  C. 

(d)  Subdivision  D:  Determination  of  the  allowances  for  other  county 
superintendent  special  schools  and  classes: 

(1 )  Line  D-i :  Compute  the  revenue  limit  for  the  county  jails  program 
(reference  Section  1900,  Education  Code).  This  revenue  limit  shall  be 
equal  to  the  product  of  (A)  (($1,029  times  .8)  minus  (.01  times  the 
1979-80  assessed  value  per  ADA  for  the  county))  times  (B)  the  1979-80 
annual  ADA  in  this  program.  Report  this  result  rounded  to  the  nearest 
dollar. 

(2)  Line  D-2:  Report  the  1 979-80  amount  authorized  for  handicapped 
adult  programs  (reference  Section  52570,  Education  Code).  This  amount 
shall  be  reported  only  for  counties  that  participated  in  this  program  in 
1978-79,  and  shall  be  based  on  the  1979-80  ADA  actually  served  under 
this  program  by  these  counties.  However,  in  no  case  shall  the  total  of  the 
amounts  authorized  for  this  program  exceed  $50,000. 

(3)  Line  D-3:  Report  the  1979-80  foundation  program  amounts  for 
the  educationally  handicapped  programs  (reference  Sections  14057, 
14058,  and  56600,  Education  Code).  The  foundation  amounts  retlect  an 
increase  equal  to  that  amount  which  would  have  been  calculated  if  AB 
65  had  been  continued. This  foundation  program  shall  be  computed  as 
follows: 

(A)  Line  D-3a:  Use  the  underiined  space  in  Line  D-3a  to  report  the 
number  of  elementary  classes  in  this  program  in  1979-80.  Compute  the 
product  of  this  number  times  $33,750  and  report  this  result,  carried  to  the 
nearest  dollar,  on  Line  D-3a.  Use  this  elementary  small  school  founda- 
tion only  when  half  or  more  of  the  students  are  from  districts  that  have 
less  than  901  elementary  units  of  ADA. 

(B)  Line  D-3b:  If  the  elementary  small  school  foundation  computa- 
tion in  Line  D-3a  is  not  used,  use  Line  D-3b  to  report  the  1979-80  ele- 
mentary foundation  amounts  for  this  program  as  follows: 

1 .  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Li  ne  D-3b(  1 )  to  report  the  1 979-80  ele- 
mentary annual  ADA  for  pupils  from  districts  that  have  less  than  901  ele- 
mentary units  of  ADA.  Multiply  this  attendance  by  $1 ,350  and  report  this 
result,  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar,  on  Line  D-3b(l). 

2.  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Line  D-3b(2)  to  report  the  1 979-80  ele- 
mentary annual  ADA  for  pupils  from  districts  that  have  over  900  elemen- 
tary units  of  ADA.  Multiply  this  attendance  by  $  1 ,360  and  report  this  re- 
sult, rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar,  on  Line  D-3b(2). 

(C)  Line  D-3c:  Use  Line  D-3c  to  report  the  1 979-80  high  school  foun- 
dation amounts  for  this  program  as  follows: 

1 .  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Line  D-3c(  J )  to  report  the  1 979-80  high 
school  annual  ADA  for  pupils  from  districts  that  have  less  than  30 1  high 
school  units  of  ADA.  Multiply  this  attendance  by  $  1 ,536  and  report  this 
result,  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar,  on  Line  D-3c(]). 

2.  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Line  D-3c(2)  to  report  the  1 979-80  high 
school  annual  ADA  for  pupils  from  districts  that  have  over  300  high 
school  units  of  ADA.  Multiply  this  attendance  by  $1,546  and  report  this 
result,  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar,  on  Line  D-3c(2).  (D)  Line  D-3d: 
Compute  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  lines  D-3a,  D-3b,  and  D-3c,  and  re- 
port this  result  on  Line  D-3. 

(4)  Line  D^:  Compute  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  lines  D-1  through 
D-3,  and  multiply  the  result  by  .994.  Report  this  result,  rounded  to  the 
nearest  dollar,  on  Line  D. 

(e)  Subdivision  E:  Determination  of  the  revenue  limit  for  other  county 
school  service  fund  operations: 


Page  184.23 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§  15408 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


( 1 )  Line  E-1 :  Report  the  1 979-80  revenue  limit  for  county  superinten- 
dent office  operations  (reference  Sections  1 5 1 0  or  2506,  and  255 1 ,  Edu- 
cation Code).  This  revenue  Umit  shall  be  computed  as  follows: 

(A)  Line  E-la:  Report  the  total  1977-78  secured,  unsecured,  and 
prior-year  taxes  received  pursuant  to  Section  2506  of  the  Education 
Code  as  shown  on  1978-79  Form  0(A),  Line  A-6i. 

(B)  Line  E-lb:  Report  the  total  1977-78  secured,  unsecured,  and 
prior-year  taxes  received  from  the  county  board  of  supervisors  pursuant 
to  Section  15  lOofthe  Education  Code  as  shown  on  1978-79  Form  0(A), 
Line  A-61. 

(C)  Line  E-lc:  Multiply  the  amount  in  either  Line  E-la  or  E-lb,  as 
appropriate,  by  1 .068  and  report  this  result,  rounded  to  the  nearest  dollar, 
on  Line  E-lc. 

(D)  Line  E-ld:  Report  the  1978-79  deficit  adjustment  determined  by 
muUiplying  the  amount  in  Line  E-lc  by  .90.  Report  this  result  carried  to 
the  nearest  dollar. 

(E)  Line  E-le:  Report  the  difference  between  the  amount  paid  to  the 
State  Teachers' Retirement  System  in  1978-79  and  that  paid  in  1976-77. 
pursuant  to  Section  2507.7  of  the  Education  Code. 

(F)  Line  E- If:  Compute  the  sum  of  lines  E-ld  and  E-le  and  report  the 
result. 

(G)  Line  E-lg:  Determine  the  1979-80  base  revenue  limit  by  muUi- 
plying the  amount  in  line  E-lf  by  1.086.  Report  this  result  rounded  to  the 
nearest  dollar. 

(H)  Line  E-lh:  Report  the  difference  between  the  amount  of  unem- 
ployment insurance  paid  in  1979-80  and  that  paid  in  1975-76  pursuant 
to  Secfion  2507.5  of  the  Education  Code. 

(1)  Line  E-1  i:  Report  the  mandated  costs  paid  pursuant  to  Section  2510 
of  the  Education  Code. 

(J)  Line  E-lj:  Compute  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  lines  E-lg,  E-lh, 
and  E-li,  and  report  this  result  on  Line  E-l. 

(2)  Line  E-2:  Report  the  1 979-80  revenue  limit  for  capital  outlay  (ref- 
erence SecUons  2504  and  2552,  Educafion  Code).  This  revenue  limit 
shall  be  computed  as  follows: 

(A)  Line  E-2a:  Determine  the  greatest  of: 

1.  The  1976-77  taxes  collected  for  capital  outlay; 

2.  The  1976-77  expenditures  for  capital  outlay; 

3.  The  1977-78  taxes  collected  for  capital  outlay;  or 

4.  The  1977-78  expenditures  for  capital  outlay. 

This  result  is  not  to  exceed  $.0005  times  the  modified  assessed  valua- 
tion for  the  appropriate  year.  Use  the  underlined  space  in  Line  E-2a  to 
specify  the  selection  and  report  the  result  on  Line  E-2a. 

(B)  Line  E-2b:  Determine  the  1978-79  revenue  limit  by  multiplying 
the  amount  in  Line  E-2a  by  1 .086.  Report  this  result,  rounded  to  the  near- 
est dollar,  on  Line  E-2. 

(3)  Line  E-3:  Report  the  1 979-80  billings  for  the  county  school  tuition 
program  for  out-of-state  tuition  pursuant  to  Sections  2006  and  2554  of 
the  Education  Code. 

(4)  Line  E-4:  Report  the  1979-80  payments  required  pursuant  to  the 
State  Building  Aid  Law  (reference  SecUons  2503  and  2555,  Educafion 
Code). 

(5)  Line  E-5:  Compute  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  lines  E-1  through 
E-A,  and  multiply  the  result  by  .994.  Report  this  result,  rounded  to  the 
nearest  dollar,  on  Line  E. 

(f)  Subdivision  F:  Determinafion  of  the  total  1979-80  county  school 
service  fund  revenue  limit.  Compute  the  sum  of  the  amounts  in  lines  A, 
B,  C,  D,  and  E,  and  report  this  result  in  Line  F. 

(g)  Subdivision  G:  Determination  of  1979-80  sources  of  revenue: 

(1)  Line  G-1:  Report  the  1979-80  secured  tax  collecfions  pursuant  to 
Secfion  26912  of  the  Government  Code,  excluding  all  subvenfions. 

(2)  Line  G-2:  Report  the  1979-80  unsecured  tax  collecfions  pursuant 
to  Secfion  26912  of  the  Government  Code,  excluding  all  subventions. 


(3)  Line  G-3:  Report  the  1 979-80  homeowners  exemption  (HOX)  and 
the  business  inventory  exemption  (BIX)  income  from  both  the  secured 
and  unsecured  tax  rolls. 

(4)  Line  G-4:  Report  the  1 979-80  tax  collecfions  for  subventions,  oth- 
er than  homeowners  and  business  inventory  exemptions,  pursuant  to 
Section  4 1 052  of  the  Educafion  Code  and  Section  992  of  the  Revenue  and 
Taxation  Code. 

(5)  Line  G-5:  Report  the  1979-80  equalizafion  offset  tax  income  in- 
cluding any  prior  year  balances  in  this  fund  (reference  Secfion  2556, 
Educafion  Code). 

(6)  Line  G-6:  Report  any  amounts  that  county  superintendent  of 
schools  was  required  to  maintain  as  restricted  and  not  available  for  ex- 
penditures in  the  1978-79  fiscal  year  pursuant  to  Section  2558(b)(5)  of 
the  Education  Code.  This  is  the  negative  amount  shown  on  1978-79 
Form  0(A),  Line  D,  which  is  the  excess  of  the  1 978-79  State  Block  Grant 
over  the  total  1978-79  revenue  limit.  This  amount  shall  be  reported  as  a 
posifive  amount  on  Line  G-6. 

(7)  Line  G-7:  Report  the  1 979-80  Timber  Tax  Yield  paid  by  the  State 
Controller  pursuant  to  Section  41760.5  of  the  Educafion  Code  and  Sec- 
fion 38906  of  the  Revenue  and  Taxafion  Code. 

(8)  Line  G-8:  Report  the  1979-80  prior-year  tax  collecfions. 

(A)  Line  G-8a:  Report  the  1979-80  regular  prior-year  taxes. 

(B)  Line  G-8b:  Report  the  amount  of  released  prior-year  tax  im- 
pounds for  1979-80. 

(9)  Line  G-9:  Report  the  1979-80  special  educafion  district  billings 
pursuant  to  Secfion  1705  of  the  Educafion  Code  and  for  excess  costs. 

(A)  Line  G-9a:  Report  the  physically  handicapped  district  billings 
pursuant  to  Section  1705  of  the  Education  Code  and  for  excess  costs. 

(B)  Line  G-9b:  Report  the  mentally  retarded  district  billings  pursuant 
to  Section  1705  of  the  Education  Code  and  for  excess  costs. 

(C)  Line  G-9c:  Report  the  Educafionally  Handicapped  district  billings 
pursuant  to  Secfion  1705  of  the  Educafion  Code. 

(10)  Line  G-10:  Report  the  1979-80  district  revenue  limit  contribu- 
tions to  the  county  regional  occupational  center  or  program.  These  dis- 
trict contributions  shall  be  equal  to  the  district's  revenue  limit  or  the  reve- 
nue limit  of  the  county  ROC/P,  whichever  is  less,  mulfiplied  by  the 
district  P^2  ADA  in  this  program. 

(A)  Line  G-lOa:  Report  the  district  contributions  for  adults  enrolled 
in  short-term  vocational  programs. 

(B)  Line  G-1  Ob:  Report  the  district  contribufions  for  concurrenfiy  en- 
rolled students. 

(11)  Line  G-1 1:  Report  the  1979-80  receipts  from  the  county  board 
of  supervisors  pursuant  to  Secfion  1510  of  the  Educafion  Code. 

(12)  Line  G-1 2:  Report  the  1979-80  state  categorical  aid  specified  as 
special  allowances.  This  includes  class  or  ADA  allowances  for  physical- 
ly handicapped  and  mentally  retarded  programs,  attendance  allowances 
for  development  centers  for  the  handicapped,  and  transportafion  allow- 
ances for  physically  handicapped,  trainable  mentally  retarded,  and  de- 
velopment centers  for  the  handicapped  programs. 

(13)  Line  G-13:  Report  the  1979-80  federal  categorical  aid. 

( 14)  Line  G-14:  Report  any  1979-80  income  from  other  sources  such 
as  the  community  college  tuifion  fund  pursuant  to  Secfion  2104  of  the 
Education  Code. 

(15)  Line  G-1 5:  Compute  the  sum  of  lines  G-1  through  G-14  and  re- 
port this  result  on  Line  G. 

(h)  Subdivision  H:  Determinafion  of  the  state  aid  portion  of  the  reve- 
nue limit  for  1 979-80.  Subtract  Line  G  from  Line  F  and  report  the  result 
on  Line  H.  If  this  result  is  negafive,  no  state  aid  shall  be  apportioned  to 
the  county  superintendent  of  schools.  This  negative  amount  of  funds 
shall  be  deemed  restricted  and  not  available  for  expenditures  during  the 
current  fiscal  year.  In  the  next  fiscal  year,  this  negative  amount  shall  be 


• 


Page  184.24 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15445 


considered  to  be  local  property  tax  revenue  for  the  1980-81  fiscal  year. 

pursuant  to  Section  2558(d)  of  the  Education  Code. 

NOTE;  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Sections  2550-2558.  Education  Code. 


Subchapter  8.     Criteria  and  Standards  for 
School  District  Budgets  and  Interim  Reports 


Article  1.    Budget  Review 

§15440.    General. 

(a)  School  districts  shall  use  the  following  criteria  and  standards  (be- 
ginning with  section  15441)  and  supplemental  information  (beginning 
with  section  15452)  in  the  development  of  their  annual  budgets.  The 
county  superintendent  of  schools  will  review  the  school  district's  budget 
to  determine  whether  it  complies  with  the  criteria  and  standards. 

(b)  The  budget  review  includes  an  analysis  of  ten  criteria,  with  stan- 
dards, and  additional  information  about  the  status  of  the  budget.  The  ten 
criteria  are  average  daily  attendance  (ADA),  enrollment,  ADA  to  enroll- 
ment, revenue  limit,  salaries  and  benefits,  other  revenues  and  expendi- 
tures, facilities  maintenance,  deficit  spending,  fund  balance,  and  re- 
serves. School  district  budgets  are  measured  against  the  standards  for 
each  ofthe.se  criteria.  In  addition  to  the  criteria  and  standards,  the  review 
must  identify  additional  information  regarding  contingent  liabihties,  use 
of  one-time  revenues  for  ongoing  expenditures,  use  of  ongoing  revenues 
for  one-time  expenditures,  contingent  revenues,  contributions,  long- 
term  commitments,  unfunded  liabilities,  and  the  status  of  labor  agree- 
ments. Deviations  from  the  standards  must  be  explained,  and  may  affect 
the  approval  of  the  budget. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  tiled  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131 
(Register  2001.  No.  38). 

4.  Amendment  of  subchapter  heading,  article  heading  and  section  filed 
.5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§  1 5441 .    Average  Daily  Attendance  (ADA). 

Funded  ADA  has  not  been  overestimated  in  the  first  prior  fiscal  year 
or  in  two  or  more  of  the  previous  three  fiscal  years  by  more  than  the  fol- 
lowing percentage  levels: 


3% 
2% 
1% 


for  districts  with  0-300  ADA 
for  districts  with  301-1.000  ADA 
for  districts  with  1,001  and  over  ADA 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative 
6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§15442.    Enrollment. 

Projected  enrollment  has  not  been  overestimated  in  the  first  prior  fiscal 
year  or  in  two  or  more  of  the  previous  three  fiscal  years  by  more  than  the 
following  percentage  levels: 

3%  for  districts  with  0-300  ADA 

2%  for  districts  with  301-1 ,000  ADA 

1%  for  districts  with  1,001  and  over  ADA 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  .Sections  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Retcrencc: 
Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  10-5-2000;  operative 
11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  foT  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative 
6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  33131  (Register  2008.  No  20). 

§  15443.    Average  Daily  Attendance  to  Enrollment. 

Projected  second  period  ADA  to  enrollment  ratio  forany  of  the  budget 
year  or  two  subsequent  fiscal  years  has  not  increased  from  the  historical 
average  ratio  from  the  three  prior  fiscal  years  by  more  than  one  half  of 
one  percent. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127  and  33129.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2(X)0,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2001.  No. 
38). 

4.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  5-1 3-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register 
2008,  No.  20). 

§15444.     Revenue  Limit. 

Projected  revenue  limit  for  any  of  the  budget  year  or  two  subsequent 
fiscal  years  has  not  changed  from  the  prior  fiscal  year  by  more  than  the 
change  in  population  and  the  funded  cost  of  living  adjustment  plus  or  mi- 
nus one  percent. 

For  basic  aid  districts,  projected  revenue  limit  has  not  changed  from 
the  prior  fiscal  year  by  more  than  the  percent  change  in  property  tax  reve- 
nues plus  or  minus  one  percent. 

Eor  districts  funded  by  necessary  small  school  formulas,  projected 
revenue  limit  has  not  changed  from  the  prior  fiscal  year  amount  by  more 
than  the  funded  cost  of  living  adjustment  plus  or  minus  one  percent. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  33128,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33 1 3  ( Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313!  (Register  2001,  No. 
38). 

4.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-1 2-2008.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register 
2008,  No.  20). 

§  15445.    Salaries  and  Benefits. 

Projected  ratio  of  total  unrestricted  salaries  and  benefits  to  total  unre- 
stricted general  fund  expenditures  for  any  of  the  budget  year  or  two  sub- 
sequent fiscal  years  has  not  changed  from  the  historical  average  ratio 
from  the  three  prior  fiscal  years  by  more  than  the  greater  of  three  percent 
or  the  district's  required  reserves  percentage. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2001,  No. 
38). 


Page  184.25 


Register  2008,  No.  20;  5- 16-2008 


§  15446 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


4.  Repealer  of  article  2  heading  and  repealer  and  new  section  filed  5-13-2008;  op- 
erative 6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 


§  15446.    Other  Revenues  and  Expenditures. 

Projected  operating  revenues  (including  federal,  other  state  and  other 
local)  or  expenditures  (including  books  and  supplies,  and  services  and 
other  operating)  for  any  of  the  budget  year  or  two  subsequent  fiscal  years, 
have  not  changed  from  the  prior  fiscal  year  amount  by  more  than  the  per- 
centage change  in  population  and  the  funded  cost  of  living  adjustment 
plus  or  minus  ten  percent. 

For  each  major  object  category,  changes  that  exceed  the  percentage 
change  in  population  and  the  funded  cost  of  living  adjustment  plus  or  mi- 
nus five  percent  must  be  explained. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  33128.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-1 2-2008.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register 
2008,  No.  20). 

§15447.     Facilities  Maintenance. 

Confirm  that  the  annual  contribudon  for  facilities  maintenance  fund- 
ing is  not  less  than  the  amounts  required  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
fio^ns  17584  and  17070.75,  if  applicable. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  17070.75,  17584  and  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 

printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No. 

20).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  2000,  No.  40. 

§  15448.     Deficit  Spending. 

(a)  Unrestricted  deficit  spending  (total  unrestricted  expenditures  and 
other  financing  uses  is  greater  than  total  unrestricted  revenues  and  other 
financing  sources)  as  a  percentage  of  total  unrestricted  expenditures  and 
other  financing  uses,  has  not  exceeded  one-third  of  the  district's  avail- 
able reserves  as  a  percentage  of  total  expenditures  and  other  financing 
uses  in  two  out  of  three  prior  fiscal  years. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  secfion,  available  reserves  are  the  unrestricted 
reserves  in  the  Designated  for  Economic  Uncertainties  and  the  Undesig- 
nated/Unappropriated  accounts  in  the  General  Fund  and  the  Special  Re- 
serve Fund  for  Other  Than  Capital  Outlay  Projects.  Available  reserves 
will  be  reduced  by  any  negafive  ending  balances  in  restricted  resources 
in  the  General  Fund. 

(c)  For  purposes  of  this  secfion,  a  school  district  that  serves  as  the  Ad- 
ministrafive  Unit  (AU)  of  a  Special  Education  Local  Plan  Area  (SELPA) 
may  exclude  from  its  expenditures  the  distribufion  of  funds  to  its  partici- 
pafing  members. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
secfion  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11^-2000.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Reg- 
ister 2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register 
2008,  No.  20). 

§15449.     Fund  Balance. 

(a)  Budgeted  beginning  unrestricted  general  fund  balance  has  not  been 
overesfimated  for  two  out  of  three  prior  fiscal  years  by  more  than  the  fol- 
lowing percentage  levels: 


1 .1%  for  districts  with  0-300  ADA 

1 3%  for  districts  with  301-1 ,000  ADA 

1 .0%  for  districts  with  1 ,001-30,000  ADA 

0.7%  for  districts  with  .30,001-400,000  ADA 

0.3'7r  for  districts  with  400,001  and  over  ADA 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  secfion,  the  percentage  levels  equate  to  a  rate 
of  deficit  spending  which  would  eliminate  recommended  reserves  for 
economic  uncertainties  over  a  three  year  period. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-19-91 ;  operative  7-1-91 .  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Govemment  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33 1 3  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register 
2008,  No.  20). 

§15450.    Reserves. 

(a)  Available  reserves  for  any  of  the  budget  year  or  two  subsequent  fis- 
cal years  are  not  less  than  the  following  percentages  or  amounts  as  ap- 
plied to  total  expenditures  and  other  financing  uses: 

the  greater  of  5%  or  $55,000  for  districts  with  0-300  ADA 
the  greater  of  4%  or  $55,000  for  districts  with  301-1 .000  ADA 
3%  for  districts  with  1,001-30,000  ADA 
2%  for  districts  with  30,001^00,000  ADA 
1%  for  districts  with  400,001  and  over  ADA 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  secfion,  the  following  shall  apply: 

(1)  Available  reserves  are  the  unrestricted  reserves  in  the  Designated 
for  Economic  Uncertainties  and  the  Undesignated/Unappropriated  ac- 
counts in  the  General  Fund  and  the  Special  Reserve  Fund  for  Other  Than 
Capital  Outlay  Projects.  Available  reserves  will  be  reduced  by  any  nega- 
tive ending  balances  in  restricted  resources  in  the  General  Fund. 

(2)  A  school  district  that  serves  as  the  AU  of  a  SELPA  may  exclude 
from  its  expenditures  the  distribufion  of  funds  to  its  participadng  mem- 
bers. 

(3)  The  dollar  amounts  are  to  be  adjusted  annually  by  the  prior  year 
statutory  cost  of  living  adjustment  (Educafion  Code  section  42238), 
rounded  to  the  nearest  thousand. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  33128  and  42238,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Govemment  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operafive  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register 
2008,  No.  20). 

§15451.    Supplemental  Information. 

(a)  School  districts  shall  provide  supplemental  information  in  the  fol- 
lowing general  areas: 

(1)  Provide  the  methodology  and  assumpfions  used  to  esfimate  ADA, 
enrollment,  revenues,  expenditures,  reserves  and  fund  balance,  and 
mulfiyear  commitments  (including  cost  of  fiving  adjustments). 

(2)  Provide  information  on  addifional  indicators  as  requested. 

(b)  School  districts  shall  provide  supplemental  information  in  the  fol- 
lowing specific  areas: 

(1 )  Confingent  Liabilities.  Idenfify  any  known  or  confingent  habilifies 
from  financial  or  program  audits,  state  compliance  reviews,  litigation, 
etc.,  that  may  impact  the  budget. 

(2)  Use  of  One-time  Revenues  for  Ongoing  Expenditures.  Idenfify 
any  ongoing  general  fund  expenditures  in  excess  of  one  percent  of  the  to- 
tal general  fund  expenditures  that  are  funded  with  one-time  resources  in 
the  budget  year,  and  explain  how  the  one-ume  resources  will  be  replaced 
to  continue  funding  the  ongoing  expenditures  in  the  following  fiscal 
years. 

(3)  Use  of  Ongoing  Revenues  for  One-fime  Expenditures.  Idenfify 
any  large  nonrecurring  general  fund  expenditures  that  are  funded  with 
ongoing  general  fund  revenues. 


• 


Page  184.26 


Register  2008,  No.  20;  5-16-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15453 


• 


(4)  Contingent  Revenues.  Identify  projected  revenues  for  the  budget 
year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years  that  are  contingent  on  reauthoriza- 
tion by  the  local  government,  special  legislation,  or  other  definitive  act 
(e.g.  parcel  taxes).  If  any  of  these  revenues  are  dedicated  for  ongoing  ex- 
penses, explain  how  the  revenues  will  be  replaced  or  the  expenditures  re- 
duced. 

(5)  Contributions.  Provide  information  regarding  contributions  as  fol- 
lows: 

(A)  Identify  projected  contributions  from  unrestricted  resources  in  the 
general  fund  to  restricted  resources  in  the  general  fund  for  the  budget  year 
and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years.  Provide  an  explanation  if  contributions 
have  changed  from  the  prior  fiscal  year  amounts  by  more  than  $20,000 
and  more  than  ten  percent.  An  explanation  should  include  whether  con- 
tributions are  ongoing  or  one-time  in  nature. 

(B)  Identify  projected  transfers  to  or  from  the  general  fund  to  cover  op- 
erating deficits  in  either  the  general  fund  or  any  other  fund  for  the  budget 
year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years.  Provide  an  explanation  if  transfers 
have  changed  from  the  prior  fiscal  year  amounts  by  more  than  $20,000 
and  more  than  ten  percent.  An  explanation  should  include  whether  trans- 
fers are  ongoing  or  one-time  in  nature. 

(C)  Estimate  the  impact  of  any  capital  projects  on  the  general  fund  op- 
erational budget. 

(6)  Long-term  Commitments.  Provide  information  regarding  long- 
term  commitments  as  follows: 

(A)  Identify  all  existing  and  new  multiyear  commitments  (include 
multiyear  commitments,  multiyear  debt  agreements,  and  new  programs 
or  contracts  that  result  in  long-term  obligations)  and  their  annual  re- 
quired payment  for  the  budget  year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years. 

(B)  Explain  how  any  increase  in  annual  payments  will  be  funded.  Also 
explain  how  any  decrease  to  funding  sources  used  to  pay  long-term  com- 
mitments will  be  replaced. 

(7)  Unfunded  Liabilities.  Provide  information  regarding  unfunded  lia- 
bilities as  follows: 

(A)  Estimate  the  unfunded  liabihty  for  post  employment  benefits  other 
than  pensions  (OPEB)  based  on  an  actuarial  valuation,  if  required,  or  oth- 
er method;  identify  or  estimate  the  annual  required  contribution;  and  in- 
dicate how  the  obligation  is  funded  (pay-as-you-go,  amortized  over  a 
specific  period,  etc.). 

(B)  Estimate  the  unfunded  liability  for  self-insurance  programs  such 
as  workers'  compensation  based  on  an  actuarial  valuation,  if  required,  or 
other  method;  identify  or  estimate  the  required  contribution;  and  indicate 
how  the  obligation  is  funded  (level  of  risk  retained,  funding  approach, 
etc). 

(8)  Status  of  Labor  Agreements.  Analyze  the  status  of  employee  labor 
agreements,  including  the  following: 

(A)  Identify  new  labor  agreements,  as  well  as  new  commitments  pro- 
vided as  part  of  previously  ratified  multiyear  agreements;  and  include  all 
contracts,  including  all  administrator  contracts  (and  including  all  com- 
pensation). For  new  agreements,  indicate  the  date  of  the  required  board 
meeting. 

(B)  Compare  the  increase  in  new  commitments  to  the  projected  in- 
crease in  ongoing  revenues,  and  explain  how  these  commitments  will  be 
funded  in  future  fiscal  years. 

(C)  If  salary  and  benefit  negotiations  are  not  finalized  at  budget  adop- 
tion, upon  settlement  with  certificated  or  classified  staff: 

1 .  The  school  district  must  determine  the  cost  of  the  settlement,  includ- 
ing salaries,  benefits,  and  any  other  agreements  that  change  costs,  and 
provide  the  county  office  of  education  with  an  analysis  of  the  cost  of  the 
settlement  and  its  impact  on  the  operating  budget. 

2.  The  county  superintendent  of  schools  shall  review  the  analysis  rela- 
tive to  the  criteria  and  standards,  and  may  provide  written  comments  to 
the  president  of  the  district  governing  board  and  superintendent. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  33128,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  3540.2  and  3547.5,  Government 
Code. 


HisrORY 

1.  New  section  Hied  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92.  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  i]-4-20()0.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  331 3  (Register  2000.  No.  40). 

3.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  .5-13-2008;  operative  6- 12-2008.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Rciii.stcr 
2008,  No.  20). 

§  15452.    Supplemental  Information.  [Repealed] 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33127  and  33129.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  heading  and  section  filed  10-5-2000;  operative 
11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Repealer  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  print- 
ing only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008.  No.  20). 


Article  2.    Interim  Report  Review 

§15453.    General. 

(a)  School  districts  shall  conduct  a  review  of  their  budgets  at  Interim 
Report  fime  in  accordance  with  the  following  criteria  and  standards  (be- 
ginning with  secfion  15454)  and  supplemental  information  (beginning 
with  secfion  15464).  The  county  superintendent  of  schools  will  review 
the  school  district's  Interim  Report  using  the  criteria  and  standards. 

(b)  The  school  district  superintendent  shall  submit  two  interim  reports 
to  its  governing  board  during  each  fiscal  year.  Both  interim  reports  shall 
be  approved  by  the  district's  governing  board  along  with  a  certification 
on  whether  their  school  district  is  able  to  meet  its  financial  obligations  for 
the  remainder  of  the  fiscal  year  and,  based  on  current  forecasts,  for  the 
two  subsequent  fiscal  years.  The  certification  shall  be  based  on  the  gov- 
erning board's  assessment  and  the  criteria  and  standards.  The  certifica- 
tion shall  be  classified  as  positive,  qualified,  or  negafive. 

(1 )  A  positive  cerfificafion  indicates  that,  based  on  current  projections 
the  school  district  will  meet  its  financial  obligations  for  the  current  fiscal 
year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years. 

(2)  A  qualified  certificafion  indicates  that,  based  on  current  projec- 
fions  the  school  district  may  not  meet  its  financial  obligafions  for  the  cur- 
rent fiscal  year  or  two  subsequent  fiscal  years. 

(3)  A  negative  certification  indicates  that,  based  on  current  projections 
the  school  district  will  be  unable  to  meet  its  financial  obligations  for  the 
remainder  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  the  subsequent  fiscal  year. 

(c)  The  review  includes  an  analysis  often  criteria,  with  standards,  and 
supplemental  information  about  the  status  of  the  budget  at  Interim  Report 
fime.  The  ten  criteria  are  fund  and  cash  balances,  reserves,  deficit  spend- 
ing, ADA,  enrollment,  ADA  to  enrollment,  revenue  limit,  salaries  and 
benefits,  other  revenues  and  expenditures,  and  facilities  maintenance. 
Each  of  these  criteria  has  a  standard  by  which  it  is  measured.  In  addition 
to  the  criteria  and  standards,  the  review  must  identify  addifional  informa- 
tion regarding  contingent  liabilities,  use  of  one-time  revenues  for  ongo- 
ing expenditures,  confingent  revenues,  contributions,  long-term  com- 
mitments, unfunded  liabilities,  temporary  interfund  borrowings,  status 
of  labor  agreements,  and  the  status  of  other  funds.  Deviations  from  the 
standards  must  be  explained,  and  may  affect  the  interim  certification. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127,  33129  and  42131,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  1 1^4-2000.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33 1 3  (Reg- 
ister 2000,  No.  40). 


Page  184.27 


Register  2008,  No.  20;  5-16-2008 


§  15454 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131 
(Register  2001,  No.  38). 

4.  Repealer  of  subchapter  9  heading  and  article  1  heading,  new  article  2  heading 
and  amendment  of  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted 
to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register 
2008.  No.  20). 


§  15454.  Fund  and  Cash  Balances. 

Projected  general  fund  balances  will  be  positive  at  the  end  of  the  cur- 
rent fiscal  year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years  and  the  projected  general 
fund  cash  balance  will  be  positive  at  the  end  of  the  current  fiscal  year. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127,  33129  and  42131,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Ainendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  10-5-2000;  operative 
1 1  -4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2001,  No. 

38). 

4.  Amendment  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Educadon  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No. 

20). 

§15455.    Reserves. 

(a)  Available  reserves  for  any  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two  subse- 
quent fiscal  years  are  not  less  than  the  following  percentages  or  amounts 
as  applied  to  total  expenditures  and  other  financing  uses: 

the  areater  of  5%  or  $55,000  for  districts  with  0-300  ADA 
the  greater  of  4%  or  $55,000  for  districts  with  301-1,000  ADA 
3%  for  districts  with  1,001-30,000  ADA 
2%  for  districts  with  30,001-400,000  ADA 
1%  for  districts  with  400,001  and  over  ADA 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  the  following  shall  apply: 

(1)  Available  reserves  are  the  unrestricted  reserves  in  the  Designated 
for  Economic  Uncertainties  and  the  Undesignated/Unappropriated  ac- 
counts in  the  General  Fund  and  the  Special  Reserve  Fund  for  Other  Than 
Capital  Outlay  Projects.  Available  reserves  will  be  reduced  by  any  nega- 
tive ending  balances  in  restricted  resources  in  the  General  Fund. 

(2)  A  school  district  that  serves  as  the  AU  of  a  SELPA  may  exclude 
from  its  expenditures  the  distribution  of  funds  to  its  participating  mem- 
bers. 

(3)  The  dollar  amounts  are  to  be  adjusted  annually  by  the  prior  year 
statutory  cost  of  living  adjustment  (Education  Code  section  42238), 
rounded  to  the  nearest  thousand. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127,  33128,  33129  and  33131,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  33128  and  42238,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No. 
20).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  2000,  No.  40. 

§15456.    Deficit  Spending. 

(a)  Unrestricted  deficit  spending  (total  unrestricted  expenditures  and 
other  financing  uses  is  greater  than  total  unrestricted  revenues  and  other 
financing  sources)  as  a  percentage  of  total  unrestricted  expenditures  and 
other  financing  uses,  has  not  exceeded  one-third  of  the  district's  avail- 
able reserves  as  a  percentage  of  total  expenditures  and  other  financing 
uses  in  any  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two  subsequent  fiscal  years. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  secfion,  the  following  shall  apply: 

(1)  Available  reserves  are  the  unrestricted  reserves  in  the  Designated 
for  Economic  Uncertainties  and  the  Undesignated/Unappropriated  ac- 
counts in  the  General  Fund  and  the  Special  Reserve  Fund  for  Other  Than 
Capital  Outlay  Projects.  Available  reserves  will  be  reduced  by  any  nega- 
tive ending  balances  in  restricted  resources  in  the  General  Fund. 


(2)  A  school  district  that  serves  as  the  AU  of  a  SELPA  may  exclude 
from  its  expenditures  the  distribution  of  funds  to  its  participating  mem- 
bers. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33 127,  33129  and  42131.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91,  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33 1 3  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Reeister  2001,  No. 
38). 

4.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  5-1 3-2008;  operative  6-1 2-2008.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register 
2008,  No.  20). 

§  15457.    Average  Daily  Attendance. 

(a)  Funded  ADA  for  any  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two  subsequent 
fiscal  years  has  not  changed  by  more  than  two  percent  since  budget  adop- 
tion. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared 
to  adopted  budgets;  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first  inter- 
im projections. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127,  33129  and  42131,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  prinfing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131 
(Register  2001,  No.  38). 

4.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register 
2008,  No.  20). 

§  15458.    Enrollment. 

(a)  Projected  enrollment  for  any  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two  subse- 
quent fiscal  years  has  not  changed  by  more  than  two  percent  since  budget 
adoption. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared 
to  adopted  budgets;  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first  inter- 
im projecfions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127,  33129  and  42131,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operafive  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Educadon  Code 
secfion  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  1 1-4-2000.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  onl  y  pursuant  to  Education  Code  secfion  3313  (Register  2000, 
No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Educafion  Code  section  33131  (Register  2001,  No. 
38). 

4.  Amendment  of  secfion  heading  and  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative 
6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
secfion  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§  1 5459.    ADA  to  Enrollment. 

Projected  second  period  ADA  to  enrollment  ratio  for  any  of  the  current 
fiscal  year  or  two  subsequent  fiscal  years  has  not  increased  from  the  his- 
torical average  ratio  from  three  prior  fiscal  years  by  more  than  one  half 
of  one  percent. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Secfions  33127,  33129  and  42131,  Educafion  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  8-19-91;  operafive  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Educafion  Code 
secfion  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  10-5-2000;  operafive  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2000, 
No.  40). 


• 


Page  184.28 


Register  2008,  No.  20;  5-16-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15464 


• 


• 


3.  Amendment  tiled  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printinc  only  puisuant  lo  Edueation  Code  seetion  33131  (Register  2001,  No. 

38). 

4.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  .S-13-2()OH:  operative  6- 12-2008.  Submitted  to 
OAL  tor  printiniz  onlv  pursuant  lo  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register 

2008.  No.  20). 

§15460.    Revenue  Limit. 

(a)  Projected  revenue  limit  for  any  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two  sub- 
sequent fiscal  years  has  not  changed  by  more  than  two  percent  since  bud- 
gel  adoption. 

(b)  For  purpo.ses  of  this  section,  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared 
to  adopted  budgets;  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first  inter- 
im projections. 

No  IT::  Authority  ciled:  Sections  33 1 27,  33 1 29  and  42 1 3 1 ,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
seciion  3313  (Register  92.  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  NoTi;  filed  10-5-2000;  operative 
1 1-4  2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  onlv  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  33 1 3  ( Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative 
6-12-2008.  Submitted  lo  OAL  for  printing  onlv  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§  1 5461 .    Salaries  and  Benefits. 

Projected  ratio  of  total  unrestricted  salaries  and  benefits  to  total  unre- 
stricted general  fund  expenditures  for  any  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two 
subsequent  fiscal  years  has  not  changed  from  the  historical  average  ratio 
from  the  three  prior  fiscal  years  by  more  than  the  greater  of  three  percent 
or  the  district's  required  reserves  percentage. 

NOTE:  Aulhonty  cited:  Sections  33127,  33129  and  42131,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  II 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NoTi:  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  1 1-4-2000.  Sub- 
mitted lo  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33 1 3  (Reg- 
ister 2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register 
2008.  No.  20). 

§  15462.    Other  Revenues  and  Expenditures. 

(a)  Projected  operating  revenues  (including  federal,  other  state  and 
other  local)  or  expenditures  (including  books  and  supplies,  and  services 
and  other  operating)  for  any  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two  subsequent 
fiscal  years,  have  not  changed  by  more  than  five  percent  since  budget 
adoption. 

(b)  Changes  that  exceed  five  percent  in  any  major  object  category  must 
be  explained. 

(c)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared 
to  adopted  budgets;  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first  inter- 
im projections. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127,  33129  and  42131,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printins  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2000, 
No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative 
6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§15463.    Facilities  Maintenance. 

(a)  Identify  changes  that  have  occurred  since  budget  adoption  in  the 
projected  contributions  for  facilities  maintenance  funding  as  required 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  17584  and  17070.75. 


(b)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared 
to  adopted  budgets;  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first  inter- 
im projections. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33 1 27.  33 1 29  and  42 1 3 1 .  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  17070.75,  17584  and  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  tor  priming 
only  and  exempt  from  Govemment  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92.  No.  lOi. 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  10- .5-2000;  operative  1 1— l-2(K)0.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33 1 3  (Rcl'- 
ister  2000,  No.  40). 

4.  Repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of  Niri  E  filed  .5-1 3-2008;  operative 
6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 


§  15464.    Supplemental  Information. 

(a)  School  districts  shall  provide  supplemental  information  in  the  fol- 
lowing general  areas: 

( 1 )  Provide  the  methodology  and  assumpuons  used  to  estimate  ADA, 
enrollment,  revenues,  expenditures,  reserves  and  fund  balance,  and 
multiyear  commitments  (including  cost  of  living  adjustments). 

(2)  Provide  information  on  additional  indicators  as  requested. 

(b)  School  districts  shall  provide  supplemental  information  in  the  fol- 
lowing specific  areas: 

( 1 )  Contingent  Liabilities.  Identify  any  known  or  contingent  liabilities 
from  financial  or  program  audits,  state  compliance  reviews,  litigation, 
etc..  that  have  occurred  since  budget  adoption  that  may  impact  the  bud- 
get. 

(2)  Use  of  One-Time  Revenues  for  Ongoing  Expenditures.  Identify 
ongoing  general  fund  expenditures  funded  by  one-time  revenues  that 
have  changed  by  more  than  five  percent  since  budget  adoption.  (For  this 
purpose,  the  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  adopted  budgets; 
the  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first  interim  projections). 

(3)  Contingent  Revenues.  Identify  projected  revenues  for  the  current 
fiscal  year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years  that  are  contingent  on  reautho- 
rizafion  by  the  local  govemment,  special  legislation,  or  other  definitive 
act  (e.g.,  parcel  taxes).  If  any  ofthe.se  revenues  are  dedicated  for  ongoing 
expenses,  explain  how  the  revenues  will  be  replaced  or  the  expenditures 
reduced. 

(4)  Contributions.  Provide  information  regarding  contributions  as  fol- 
lows: 

(A)  Idenfify  projected  contributions  from  unrestricted  resources  in  the 
general  fund  to  restricted  resources  in  the  general  fund  for  the  current  fis- 
cal year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years.  Provide  an  explanation  if  con- 
tributions have  changed  by  more  than  $20,000  and  more  than  five  percent 
since  budget  adopfion.  (For  this  purpose,  the  first  interim  reports  will  be 
compared  to  adopted  budgets;  the  second  interim  reports  will  be 
compared  to  first  interim  projections). 

(B)  Identify  projected  transfers  to  or  from  the  general  fund  to  cover  op- 
erating deficits  in  either  the  general  fund  or  any  other  fund  for  the  current 
fiscal  year  and  two  subsequent  tlscal  years.  Provide  an  explanation  if 
transfers  have  changed  by  more  than  $20,000  and  more  than  five  percent 
since  budget  adopfion.  (For  this  purpo.se.  the  first  interim  reports  will  be 
compared  to  adopted  budgets;  the  second  interim  reports  will  be 
compared  to  first  interim  projections). 

(C)  Identify  capital  project  cost  overruns  that  have  occurred  since  bud- 
get adoption  that  may  impact  the  general  fund  budget.  (For  this  purpose, 
first  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  adopted  budgets;  second  interim 
reports  will  be  compared  to  first  interim  projecfions.) 

(5)  Long-Term  Commitments.  Provide  information  regarding  long- 
term  commitments  as  follows: 

(A)  Idenfify  all  exisfing  and  new  multiyear  commitments  (include 
muUiyear  commitments,  multiyear  debt  agreements,  and  new  programs 
or  contracts  that  result  in  long-term  obligations)  and  their  annual  re- 
quired payment,  for  the  current  fiscal  year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal 
years. 


Page  184.29 


Register  2008,  No.  20;  5-16-2008 


§  15465 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(B)  Explain  how  any  increase  in  annual  payments  will  be  funded.  Also 
explain  how  any  decrease  to  funding  sources  used  to  pay  long-term  com- 
mitments will  be  replaced. 

(6)  Unfunded  Liabilities.  Identify  any  changes  in  estimates  for  un- 
funded liabilities  since  budget  adoption,  and  indicate  whether  the 
changes  are  the  result  of  a  new  actuarial  valuation.  (For  this  purpose,  the 
first  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  adopted  budgets;  the  second  in- 
terim reports  will  be  compared  to  first  interim  projections). 

(7)  Temporary  Interfund  Borrowings.  Identify  projected  temporary 
borrowings  between  funds  (refer  to  Education  Code  section  42603). 

(8)  Statusof  Labor  Agreements.  Analyze  the  status  of  employee  labor 
agreements,  including  the  following: 

(A)  Identify  new  labor  agreements  that  have  been  ratified  since  budget 
adoption,  as  well  as  new  commitments  provided  as  part  of  previously  ra- 
tified multiyear  agreements;  and  include  all  contracts,  including  all  ad- 
ministrator contracts  (and  including  all  compensation).  For  new  agree- 
ments, indicate  the  date  of  the  required  board  meeting.  (For  this  purpose, 
the  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  adopted  budgets;  the  second 
interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first  interim  projections). 

(B)  Compare  the  increase  in  new  commitments  to  the  projected  in- 
crease in  ongoing  revenues,  and  explain  how  these  commitments  will  be 
funded  in  future  fiscal  years. 

(C)  If  salary  and  benefit  negotiations  are  not  finalized,  upon  settlement 
with  certificated  or  classified  staff: 

1 .  The  school  district  must  determine  the  cost  of  the  settlement,  includ- 
ing salaries,  benefits,  and  any  other  agreements  that  change  costs,  and 
provide  the  county  office  of  education  with  an  analysis  of  the  cost  of  the 
settlement  and  its  impact  on  the  operating  budget. 

2.  The  county  superintendent  of  schools  shall  review  the  analysis  rela- 
tive to  the  criteria  and  standards,  and  may  provide  written  comments  to 
the  president  of  the  district  governing  board  and  the  district  superinten- 
dent. 

(9)  Status  of  Other  Funds.  Analyze  the  status  of  other  funds  that  may 
have  negative  fund  balances  at  the  end  of  the  current  fiscal  year.  If  any 
other  fund  has  a  projected  negative  fund  balance,  prepare  an  interim  re- 
port and  multiyear  projection  for  that  fund.  Explain  plans  for  how  and 
when  the  negative  fund  balance  will  be  addressed. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  33128  and  42603,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  3540.2  and  3547.5, 
Government  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No. 
20).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  2000,  No.  40. 


§15465.    Cash  Balance. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127,  33129  and  35014,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  toOAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  1 1-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  print- 
ing only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 


§  15466.    Supplemental  Information. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33127,  33129  and  35014,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-19-9L,  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  1 1-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  print- 
ing only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 


Subchapter  9.    Criteria  and  Standards  for 

County  Office  of  Education  Budgets  and 

Interim  Reports 


• 


Article  1.     Budget  Review 

§15467.    General. 

(a)  County  offices  of  education  shall  use  the  following  criteria  and 
standards  (beginning  with  section  15468)  and  supplemental  information 
(beginning  with  section  15475)  in  the  development  of  their  annual  bud- 
gets. The  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instrucuon  (SSPI)  will  review 
the  county  office  of  education's  budget  to  determine  whether  it  complies 
with  the  criteria  and  standards. 

(b)  The  budget  review  includes  an  analysis  of  eight  criteria,  with  stan- 
dards, and  additional  information  about  the  status  of  the  budget.  The 
eight  criteria  are  ADA,  revenue  limit,  salaries  and  benefits,  other  reve- 
nues and  expenditures,  facilifies  maintenance,  deficit  spending,  fund  bal- 
ance, and  reserves.  County  office  budgets  are  measured  against  a  stan- 
dard for  each  of  these  criteria.  In  addition  to  the  criteria  and  standards, 
the  review  must  identify  additional  information  regarding  contingent  lia- 
bilities, use  of  one-fime  revenues  for  ongoing  expenditures,  use  of  ongo- 
ing revenues  for  one-fime  expenditures,  contingent  revenues,  contribu- 
fions,  long-term  commitments,  unfunded  liabilities,  and  the  status  of 
labor  agreements.  Deviations  from  the  standards  must  be  explained,  and 
may  affect  the  approval  of  the  budget. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621,  1622,  1623.  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33 1 3  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131 
(Register2001,No.  38). 

4.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  subchapter  1 0  to  subchapter  9  and 
amendment  of  article  1  heading  and  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative 
6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§  1 5468.    Average  Dally  Attendance. 

(a)  Projected  countywide  other  purpose  ADA  has  not  been  overesfi- 
mated  in  the  first  prior  fiscal  year  or  in  two  or  more  of  the  previous  three 
fiscal  years  by  more  than  the  following  percentage  levels: 

3.0%         for  counties  with  under  7,000  ADA 

2.0%         for  counties  with  7,000  through  59.999  ADA 

1 .0%         for  counties  with  over  59.999  ADA 

(b)  Projected  ADA  for  county  operated  programs  for  any  of  the  budget 
year  or  two  subsequent  fiscal  years  has  not  increased  from  the  historical 
average  from  the  three  prior  fiscal  years  by  more  than  two  percent  each 
year. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621,  1622,  1623,  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  1205  and  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  .section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  toOAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  33 1 3  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2001,  No. 
38). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131 
(Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§15469.     Revenue  Limit. 

(a)  Projected  revenue  limit  for  any  of  the  budget  year  or  two  subse- 
quent fiscal  years  has  not  changed  from  the  prior  fiscal  year  by  more  than 


• 


Page  18430 


Register  2008,  No.  20;  5-16-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15474 


• 


Ihe  change  in  population  and  the  funded  cost  of  living  adjustment 
(COLA)  plus  or  minus  one  percent. 

(b)  For  excess  property  tax  counties,  projected  revenue  limit  has  not 
changed  from  the  prior  fiscal  year  by  more  than  the  percent  change  in 
property  tax  revenues  plus  or  minus  one  percent. 

NOTK:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621,  1622,  1623.  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  .section  filed  5-1 3-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 

printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008.  No. 

20).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  2001.  No.  38. 

§  15470.    Special  Education  Entitlement. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621,  1622,  1623,  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  1 1-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  print- 
ing only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

§  1 5471 .    Salaries  and  Benefits. 

Projected  total  salaries  and  benefits  for  any  of  the  budget  year  or  two 
subsequent  fiscal  years  has  not  changed  from  the  prior  fiscal  year  amount 
by  more  than  the  change  in  funded  COLA  plus  or  minus  five  percent. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621,  1622,  1623,  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 
I.  New  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 

printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No. 

20).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  2001,  No.  38. 

§  1 5471 .1 .    Other  Revenues  and  Expenditures. 

(a)  Projected  operating  revenues  (including  federal,  other  state  and 
other  local)  or  expenditures  (including  books  and  supplies,  and  services 
and  other  operating)  for  any  of  the  budget  year  or  two  subsequent  fiscal 
years,  have  not  changed  from  the  prior  fiscal  year  amount  by  more  than 
the  change  in  funded  COLA  plus  or  minus  ten  percent. 

(b)  For  each  major  object  category,  changes  that  exceed  the  percentage 
change  in  funded  COLA  plus  or  minus  five  percent  must  be  explained. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621,  1622,  1623,  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No. 
20). 

§  1 5471 .2.     Facilities  Maintenance. 

Confirm  that  the  annual  contribution  for  facilities  maintenance  fund- 
ing is  not  less  than  the  amounts  required  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tions 17584  and  17070.75. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621,  1622,  1623,  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  17070.75,  17584  and  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 

printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No. 

20). 

§  15472.     Deficit  Spending. 

(a)  Unrestricted  deficit  spending  (total  unrestricted  expenditures  and 
other  financing  uses  is  greater  than  total  unrestricted  revenues  and  other 
financing  sources)  as  a  percentage  of  total  unrestricted  expenditures  and 
other  financing  uses,  has  not  exceeded  one-third  of  the  county  office's 
available  reserves  as  a  percentage  of  total  expenditures  and  other  financ- 
ing uses  in  two  out  of  three  prior  fiscal  years. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  the  following  shall  apply: 

(1)  Available  reserves  from  the  Juvenile  Court/County  Community 
Schools  and  Regional  Occupational  Centers/Programs  may  be  included, 
up  to  the  applicable  percentage  of  program  expenditures.  Funds  desig- 
nated as  reserves  for  this  purpose  continue  to  be  restricted  for  use  only 
in  those  programs.  Also,  available  reserves  are  unrestricted  reserves  in 
the  Designated  for  Economic  Uncertainties  and  the  Undesignated/Unap- 


propriated  accounts  in  the  County  School  Service  Fund  and  Special  I^e- 
serve  Fund  for  Other  Than  Capital  Outlay  Projects.  Available  reserves 
will  be  reduced  by  any  negative  ending  balances  in  restricted  resources 
in  the  County  School  Service  Fund. 

(2)  A  county  office  of  education  that  serves  as  the  AU  of  a  SELPA  may 
exclude  from  its  expenditures  the  distribution  of  funds  to  its  participating 
members. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621,  1622,  1623.  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Goveniment  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  10-5-2000;  operative 
1 1-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  priming  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  2000.  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  tiled  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printina  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2(K)L  No. 
38). 

4.  Amendment  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2(K)8.  No. 
20). 

§  15473.    Fund  Balance. 

(a)  Budgeted  beginning  unrestricted  county  school  service  fund  bal- 
ance has  not  been  overestimated  for  two  out  of  three  prior  fiscal  years  by 
more  than  the  following  percentage  levels: 

1.7%  for  counties  with  total  expenditures  and  other  financing  uses  of 
less  than  $4,895,000 

1 .3%  for  counties  with  total  expenditures  and  other  financing  uses  of 
$4,895,000  through  $12,235,999. 

1 .0%  for  counties  with  total  expenditures  and  other  financing  uses  of 
$12,236,000  through  $55,064,000. 

0.7%  for  counties  with  total  expenditures  and  other  financing  uses  of 
over  $55,064,000. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  the  following  shall  apply: 

(1 )  A  county  office  of  education  that  serves  as  the  AU  of  a  SELPA  may 
exclude  from  its  expenditures  the  distribution  of  funds  to  its  participating 
members. 

(2)  Percentage  levels  equate  to  a  rate  of  deficit  spending  which  would 
eliminate  recommended  reserves  for  economic  uncertainties  over  a  three 
year  period. 

(3)  The  dollar  amounts  are  to  be  adjusted  annually  by  the  prior  year 

statutory  cost  of  living  adjustment  calculated  pursuant  to  Education  Code 

section  2557,  rounded  to  the  nearest  thousand. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621,  1622,  1623,  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-13-2008;  oijerative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No. 
20).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  2001,  No.  38. 

§15474.    Reserves. 

(a)  Available  reserves  for  any  of  the  budget  year  or  two  subsequent  fi  s- 
cal  years  are  not  less  than  the  following  percentages  or  amounts  as 
applied  to  total  expenditures  and  other  financing  uses: 

the  greater  of  5%  or  $55,000  for  counties  with  total  expenditures  and  other  fi- 
nancing uses  of  less  than  $4,895,000. 

the  greater  of  4%  or  $245,000  for  counties  with  total  expenditures  and  other  fi- 
nancing uses  of  $4,895,000  through  $12,235,999. 

the  greater  of  3%  or  $489,000  for  counties  with  total  expenditures  and  other  fi- 
nancing uses  of  $12,236,000  through  $55,064,000. 

the  greater  of  2%  or  $1 ,652.000  for  counties  with  total  expenditures  and  other 
financing  uses  of  over  $55,064,000. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  the  following  shall  apply: 

(1)  Available  reserves  from  the  Juvenile  Court/County  Community 
Schools  and  Regional  Occupational  Centers/Programs  may  be  included, 
up  to  the  applicable  percentage  of  program  expenditures.  Funds  desig- 
nated as  reserves  for  this  purpose  continue  to  be  restricted  for  use  only 
in  those  programs.  Also,  available  reserves  are  unrestricted  reserves  in 
the  Designated  for  Economic  Uncertainties  and  the  Undesignated/Unap- 
propriated  accounts  in  the  County  School  Service  Fund  and  Special  Re- 


Page  184.31 


Register  2008,  No.  20;  5-16-2008 


§  15475 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


serve  Fund  for  Other  Than  Capital  Outlay  Projects.  Available  reserves 
will  be  reduced  by  any  negative  ending  balances  in  restricted  resources 
in  the  County  School  Service  Fund. 

(2)  A  county  office  of  education  that  serves  as  the  AU  of  a  SELPA  may 
exclude  from  its  expenditures  the  distribution  of  funds  to  its  participating 
members. 

(3)  The  dollar  amounts  are  to  be  adjusted  annually  by  the  prior  year 
statutory  cost  of  living  adjustment  calculated  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  2557.  rounded  to  the  nearest  thousand. 

NOTEi:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621,  1622,  1623.  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printina  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Reaister  2001,  No. 

38). 

3.  Amendment  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No. 
20). 

§  15475.    Supplemental  Information. 

(a)  County  offices  of  education  shall  provide  supplemental  informa- 
tion in  the  following  general  areas: 

( 1 )  Provide  the  methodology  and  assumptions  used  to  estimate  ADA, 
enrollment,  revenues,  expenditures,  reserves  and  fund  balance,  and 
multiyear  commitments  (including  cost  of  living  adjustments). 

(2)  Provide  information  on  additional  indicators  as  requested. 

(b)  County  offices  of  education  shall  provide  supplemental  informa- 
tion in  the  following  specific  areas: 

( 1 )  Contingent  Liabilities.  Identify  any  known  or  contingent  liabilities 
from  financial  or  program  audits,  state  compliance  reviews,  litigation, 
etc.,  that  may  impact  the  budget. 

(2)  Use  of  One-time  Revenues  for  Ongoing  Expenditures.  Identify 
any  ongoing  county  school  service  fund  expenditures  in  excess  of  one 
percent  of  the  total  county  school  service  fund  expenditures  that  are 
funded  with  one-time  resources  in  the  budget  year,  and  explain  how  the 
one-time  resources  will  be  replaced  to  continue  funding  the  ongoing  ex- 
penditures in  the  following  fiscal  years. 

(3)  Use  of  Ongoing  Revenues  for  One-time  Expenditures.  Identify 
any  large  nonrecurring  county  school  service  fund  expenditures  that  are 
funded  with  ongoing  county  school  service  fund  revenues. 

(4)  Contingent  Revenues.  Identify  projected  revenues  for  the  budget 
year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years  that  are  contingent  on  reauthoriza- 
tion by  the  local  government,  special  legislation,  or  other  definitive  act 
(e.g.  parcel  taxes).  If  any  of  these  revenues  are  dedicated  for  ongoing  ex- 
penses, explain  how  the  revenues  will  be  replaced  or  the  expenditures  re- 
duced. 

(5)  Contribufions.  Provide  information  regarding  contributions  as  fol- 
lows: 

(A)  Identify  projected  contributions  from  unrestricted  resources  in  the 
county  school  service  fund  to  restricted  resources  in  the  county  school 
service  fund  for  the  budget  year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years.  Provide 
an  explanation  if  contributions  have  changed  from  prior  fiscal  year 
amounts  by  more  than  $20,000  and  more  than  ten  percent.  An  explana- 
tion should  include  whether  contributions  are  ongoing  or  one-time  in  na- 
ture. 

(B)  Identify  projected  transfers  to  or  from  the  county  school  service 
fund  to  cover  operating  deficits  in  either  the  county  school  service  fund 
or  any  other  fund  for  the  budget  year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years. 
Provide  an  explanation  if  transfers  have  changed  from  the  prior  year 
amounts  by  more  than  $20,000  and  more  than  ten  percent.  An  explana- 
tion should  include  whether  transfers  are  ongoing  or  one-time  in  nature. 

(C)  Estimate  the  impact  of  any  capital  projects  on  the  county  school 
service  fund  operational  budget. 

(6)  Long-term  Commitments.  Provide  information  regarding  long- 
term  commitments  as  follows: 


(A)  Identify  all  existing  and  new  multiyear  commitments  (include 
multiyear  commitments,  multiyear  debt  agreements,  and  new  programs 
or  contracts  that  result  in  long-term  obligafions)  and  their  annual  re- 
quired payment  for  the  budget  year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years. 

(B)  Explain  how  any  increase  in  annual  payments  will  be  funded.  Also 
explain  how  any  decrease  to  funding  sources  used  to  pay  long-term  com- 
mitments will  be  replaced. 

(7)  Unfunded  Liabilifies.  Provide  information  regarding  unfunded  lia- 
bilities as  follows: 

(A)  Estimate  the  unfunded  liability  for  post  employment  benefits  other 
than  pensions  (OPEB)  based  on  an  actuarial  valuation,  if  required,  or  oth- 
er method;  identify  or  esfimate  the  annual  required  contribution;  and  in- 
dicate how  the  obligation  is  funded  (pay-as-you-go,  amortized  over  a 
specific  period,  etc.). 

(B)  Esfimate  the  unfunded  liability  for  self-insurance  programs  such 
as  workers"  compensation  based  on  an  actuarial  valuation,  if  required,  or 
other  method;  identify  or  esfimate  the  required  contribution;  and  indicate 
how  the  obligafion  is  funded  (level  of  risk  retained,  funding  approach, 
etc). 

(8)  Analyze  the  status  of  labor  agreements,  including  the  following: 

(A)  Idenfify  new  labor  agreements,  as  well  as  new  commitments  pro- 
vided as  part  of  previously  ratified  multiyear  agreements;  and  include  all 
contracts,  including  all  administrator  contracts  (and  including  all  com- 
pensation). For  new  agreements,  indicate  the  date  of  the  required  board 
meefing. 

(B)  Compare  the  increase  in  new  commitments  to  the  projected  in- 
crease in  ongoing  revenues,  and  explain  how  these  commitments  will  be 
funded  in  future  fiscal  years. 

(C)  If  salary  and  benefit  negotiations  are  not  finalized  at  budget  adop- 
tion, upon  settlement  with  ceruficated  or  classified  staff: 

( 1 )  The  county  office  must  determine  the  cost  of  the  settlement,  includ- 
ing salaries,  benefits,  and  any  other  agreements  that  change  costs,  and 
provide  the  California  Department  of  Educafion  (CDE)  with  an  analysis 
of  the  cost  of  the  settlement  and  its  impact  on  the  operaUng  budget. 

(2)  The  CDE  shall  review  the  analysis  relative  to  the  criteria  and  stan- 
dards, and  may  provide  written  comments  to  the  president  of  the  govern- 
ing board  and  the  county  superintendent  of  schools. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  162L  1622,  1623,  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128,  Educafion  Code;  Sections  3540.2  and  3547.5, 
Government  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operafive  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  forprinfing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Educafion  Code  section  33131  (Register  2001,  No. 
38). 

4.  Amendment  of  secfion  and  Note  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131 
(Register  2008,  No.  20). 


• 


Article  2.    Interim  Report  Review 

§15476.    General.  [Repealed] 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  1621,  1622,  1623,  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  secfion  filed  8-19-91;  operafive  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  prinfing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
secfion  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  secfion  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operafive  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2001,  No. 
38). 

4.  Amendment  of  article  heading  and  repealer  of  section  filed  5-13-2008;  opera- 
five  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  secfion  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 


• 


Page  184.32 


Register  2008,  No.  20;  5-16-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15483 


§15477.    Other  Revenue.  [Repealed] 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621,  1622,  1623.  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Repealer  filed  3-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  print- 
ing only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§  15478.    Other  Operating  Expenses.  [Repealed] 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621.  1622,  1623,  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Repealer  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  print- 
ing only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008.  No.  20). 

§  15479.    Other  Sources  and  Uses.  [Repealed] 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621,  1622,  1623,  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operafive  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
.section  3313  (Register  92.  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  filed  1(^.5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Repealer  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-1 2-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  print- 
ing only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§  15479.5.    Supplemental  Information.  [Repealed] 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1621,  1622,  1623,  33127  and  33129,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33 1 3  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

2.  Repealer  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  print- 
ing only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§15480.    General. 

(a)  County  offices  of  education  shall  conduct  a  review  of  their  budgets 
at  Interim  Report  time  in  accordance  with  the  following  criteria  and  stan- 
dards and  supplemental  information  (beginning  with  section  15481)  and 
supplemental  information  (beginning  with  section  15493).  The  SSPI  will 
review  the  county  office's  Interim  Report  using  the  criteria  and  stan- 
dards. 

(b)  The  county  superintendent  of  schools  shall  submit  two  interim  re- 
ports to  its  governing  board  during  each  fiscal  year.  Both  interim  reports 
shall  be  reviewed  by  the  county  board  of  education  and  approved  by  the 
county  superintendent  of  schools,  who  shall  certify  whether  their  county 
office  of  education  is  able  to  meet  its  financial  obligations  for  the  remain- 
der of  the  fiscal  year  and,  based  on  current  forecast,  for  two  subsequent 
fiscal  years.  The  certification  shall  be  based  on  the  criteria  and  standards 
and  shall  be  classified  as  positive,  qualified,  or  negative. 

( 1)  A  positive  certification  indicates  that,  based  on  current  projections 
the  county  office  of  education  will  meet  its  financial  obligations  for  the 
current  fiscal  year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years. 

(2)  A  qualified  certification  indicates  that,  based  on  current  projec- 
tions the  county  office  of  education  may  not  meet  its  financial  obligations 
for  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two  subsequent  fiscal  years. 

(3)  A  negative  certification  indicates  that,  based  on  current  projections 
the  county  office  of  education  will  be  unable  to  meet  its  financial  obliga- 
tions for  the  remainder  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  the  subsequent  fiscal 
year. 

(b)  The  review  includes  an  analysis  of  eight  criteria,  with  standards, 
and  supplemental  information  about  the  status  of  the  budget  at  Interim 
Report  time.  The  eight  criteria  are  fund  and  cash  balances,  reserves,  defi- 
cit spending,  ADA,  revenue  limit,  salaries  and  benefits,  other  revenues 
and  expenditures,  and  facilities  maintenance.  Each  of  these  criteria  has 
a  standard  by  which  it  is  measured.  In  addition  to  the  criteria  and  stan- 


dards, the  review  must  identify  additional  information  regarding  contin- 
gent liabilities,  use  of  one-tiine  revenues  for  ongoing  expenditures,  con- 
tingent revenues,  contributions,  long-term  commitments,  unfunded 
liabilities,  temporary  interfund  borrowings,  the  status  of  labor  agree- 
ments, and  the  status  of  other  funds.  Deviations  froin  the  standards  must 
be  explained,  and  may  affect  the  interim  certification. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  124(J(/),  33 1 27  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 .343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92.  No.  10). 

2.  Repealer  of  subchapter  11  heading  and  article  1  heading  and  amendment  of  sec- 
lion  and  Note  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  (o  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008.  No. 
20). 

§15481.    Fund  and  Cash  Balances. 

Projected  county  school  service  fund  balances  will  be  positive  ai  the 
end  of  the  current  fiscal  year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years  and  the  proj- 
ected county  school  service  fund  cash  balance  will  be  positive  at  the  end 
of  the  current  fiscal  year. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Secfions  1 240(/).  33 1 27  and  33 1 29,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Secfion  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operafive  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  NoTt:  filed  10-5-2000;  operative 
1 1-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
secfion  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2001,  No. 
38). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  prinfing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131 
(Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§15482.     Fund  Balance. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33 127, 33 1 29  and  1 240(j).  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Secfion  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  8-19-91;  operafive  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92.  No.  10). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-5-2000;  operafive  1 1-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  print- 
ing only  pursuant  to  Educafion  Code  secfion  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

§15483.    Reserves. 

(a)  Available  reserves  for  any  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two  subse- 
quent fiscal  years  are  not  less  than  the  following  percentages  or  amounts 
as  applied  to  total  expenditures  and  other  financing  uses: 

the  greater  of  5%  or  $55,000  for  counties  with  total  expenditures  and  other  fi- 
nancing uses  of  less  than  S4,895,000. 

the  greater  of  4%  or  $245,000  for  counties  with  total  expenditures  and  other  fi- 
nancing uses  of  $4,895,000  thiough  $12,235,999. 

the  greater  of  3%  or  $489,000  for  counties  with  total  expenditures  and  other  fi- 
nancing uses  of  $12,236,000  tlu-ough  $55,064,000. 

the  greater  of  2%  or  $1,652,000  for  counties  with  total  expenditures  and  other 
financing  uses  of  over  $55,064,000. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  the  following  shall  apply: 

(1)  Available  reserves  from  the  Juvenile  Court/County  Community 
Schools  and  Regional  Occupational  Centers/Programs  may  be  included, 
up  to  the  applicable  percentage  of  program  expenditures.  Funds  desig- 
nated as  reserves  for  this  purpose  continue  to  be  restricted  for  use  only 
in  those  programs.  Also,  available  reserves  are  unrestricted  reserves  in 
the  Designated  for  Economic  Uncertainties  and  the  Undesignated/Unap- 
propriated  accounts  in  the  County  School  Service  Fund  and  Special  Re- 
serve Fund  for  Other  Than  Capital  Outlay  Projects.  Available  reserves 
will  be  reduced  by  any  negative  ending  balances  in  restricted  resources 
in  the  County  School  Service  Fund. 

(2)  A  county  office  of  education  that  serves  as  the  AD  of  a  SELPA  may 
exclude  from  its  expenditures  the  distribution  of  funds  to  its  participating 
members. 


Page  184.32(a) 


Register  2(X)8,  No.  20;  5-16-2008 


§  15484 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(3)  The  dollar  amounts  are  to  be  adjusted  annually  by  the  prior  year 
statutory  cost  of  living  adjustment  calculated  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  2557,  rounded  to  the  nearest  thousand. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  ]240(/),  33127  and  33129.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  1 1-4-2000.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  331 3  (Reg- 
ister 2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2001,  No. 

38). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  5-13-2008;  operative 
6-12-2008.  Subnutted  to  OAL  for  printine  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  33 1 3 1  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§15484.    Deficit  Spending. 

(a)  Unrestricted  deficit  spending  (total  unrestricted  expenditures  and 
other  financing  uses  is  greater  than  total  unrestricted  revenues  and  other 
financing  sources)  as  a  percentage  of  total  unrestricted  expenditures  and 
other  financing  uses,  has  not  exceeded  one-third  of  the  county  office's 
available  reserves  as  a  percentage  of  total  expenditures  and  other  financ- 
ing uses  in  any  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two  subsequent  fiscal  years. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  the  following  shall  apply: 

(1)  Available  reserves  from  the  Juvenile  Court/County  Community 
Schools  and  Regional  OccupaUonal  Centers/Programs  may  be  included, 
up  to  the  applicable  percentage  of  program  expenditures.  Funds  desig- 
nated as  reserves  for  this  purpose  continue  to  be  restricted  for  use  only 
in  those  programs.  Also,  available  reserves  are  unrestricted  reserves  in 
the  Designated  for  Economic  Uncertainties  and  the  Undesignated/Unap- 
propriated  accounts  in  the  County  School  Service  Fund  and  Special  Re- 
serve Fund  for  Other  Than  Capital  Outlay  Projects.  Available  reserves 
will  be  reduced  by  any  negafive  ending  balances  in  restricted  resources 
in  the  County  School  Service  Fund. 

(2)  A  county  office  of  education  that  serves  as  the  AU  of  a  SELPA  may 
exclude  from  its  expenditures  the  distribuUon  of  funds  to  its  participating 
members. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1240(/),  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  1 1-4-2000.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Reg- 
ister 2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2001,  No. 
38). 

4.  Repealer  of  article  2  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of  Note 
filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§15485.    Average  Daily  Attendance. 

(a)  Projected  countywide  other  purpose  (ADA)  has  not  changed  for 
any  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two  subsequent  fiscal  years  by  more  than 
two  percent  since  budget  adopfion. 

(b)  Projected  ADA  for  county  operated  programs  has  not  changed  for 
any  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two  subsequent  fiscal  years  by  more  than 
two  percent  since  budget  adoption. 

(c)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared 
to  adopted  budgets;  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first  inter- 
im projecfions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1240(/),  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  1205  and  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  secfion  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 


2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33 1 3  (Register  2000, 

No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2001,  No. 

38). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-1 3-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131 
(Register2008,  No.  20). 

§15486.    Revenue  Limit. 

(a)  Projected  revenue  limit  for  any  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two  sub- 
sequent fiscal  years,  has  not  changed  by  more  than  two  percent  since  bud- 
get adopfion. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  secfion,  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared 
to  adopted  budgets;  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first  inter- 
im projecfions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1240(/),  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2000, 
No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-19-2001;  operative  9-19-2001.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Educafion  Code  secfion  33131  (Register  2001,  No. 
38). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Sub- 
nrutted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131 
(Register  2008.  No.  20). 

§  15487.    Other  Revenues.  [Repealed] 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  1240(/),  33127  and  33 129,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Secfion  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  priming 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  33 1 3  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  Note  filed  10-5-2000;  operative 
1 1  ^i-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Repealer  of  section  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  5-13-2008;  operative 
6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  prinfing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§  15488.    Salaries  and  Benefits. 

(a)  Projected  total  salaries  and  benefits  for  any  of  the  current  fiscal  year 
or  two  subsequent  fiscal  years  has  not  changed  by  more  than  five  percent 
since  budget  adopfion. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared 
to  adopted  budgets;  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first  inter- 
im projecfions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Sections  1240(/),  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Secfion  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operafive  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  secfion  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
secfion  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  secfion  and  Note  filed  10-5-2000;  operafive  1  l^f-2000.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33 1 3  (Reg- 
ister 2000,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  prinfing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131 
(Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§  15489.    Other  Revenues  and  Expenditures. 

(a)  Projected  operating  revenues  (including  federal,  other  state  and 
other  local)  or  expenditures  (including  books  and  supplies,  and  services 
and  other  operafing)  for  any  of  the  current  fiscal  year  or  two  subsequent 
fiscal  years,  have  not  changed  by  more  than  five  percent  since  budget 
adoption. 

(b)  Changes  that  exceed  five  percent  in  any  major  object  category  must 
be  explained. 


• 


Page  184.32(b) 


Register  2008,  No.  20;  5-16-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15493 


(c)  For  purposes  of  (his  section,  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared 
to  adopted  budgets;  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first  inter- 
im projections. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Sections  1240(/).  33127  and  33 129.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-19-91 ;  operative  7-1-91 .  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1 343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92.  No.  JO). 

2.  Amendment  of  Notf  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  11-4-2000.  Submitted  to 
OAL  for  printinii  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33 1 3  (Register  2000, 
No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  NoTi;.  filed  .S-1 3-2008;  operative 
6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  onlv  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  33 1 3 1  (Register  2008.  No.  20). 

§15490.    Facilities  Maintenance. 

(a)  Identify  changes  that  have  occurred  since  budget  adoption  in  the 
projected  contributions  for  facilities  maintenance  funding  as  required 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  17584  and  17070.75. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  the  first  interim  reports  will  be 
compared  to  adopted  budgets;  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared 
to  first  interim  projections. 

NOTt;  Authority  cited:  Sections  1240(/),  33127  and  33129.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  secfion  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  J  1^-2000.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Reg- 
ister 2000.  No.  40). 

3.  Repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  5-13-2008;  operative 
6- J  2-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  33131  (Register  2008,  No.  20). 

§  15491.    Fund  Balance. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited :  Sections  33 1 27, 33 1 29  and  1 240(j ),  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  1 1-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  print- 
ing only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

§  15492.    Cash  Balance. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33127,  33129  and  1240(j),  Educafion  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  33128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-19-91;  operative  7-1-91.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only  and  exempt  from  Government  Code  section  1 1343  under  Education  Code 
section  3313  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-5-2000;  operative  1 1-4-2000.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  print- 
ing only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  3313  (Register  2000,  No.  40). 

§15493.    Supplemental  Information. 

(a)  County  offices  of  education  shall  provide  supplemental  informa- 
tion in  the  following  general  areas: 

(1 )  Provide  the  methodology  and  assumptions  used  to  estimate  ADA, 
enrollment,  revenues,  expenditures,  reserves  and  fund  balance,  and 
multiyear  commitments  (including  cost  of  living  adjustments). 

(2)  Provide  information  on  additional  indicators  as  requested. 

(b)  County  offices  of  education  shall  provide  supplemental  informa- 
tion in  the  following  specific  areas: 

( 1 )  Contingent  Liabilities.  Identify  any  known  or  contingent  liabilities 
from  financial  or  program  audits,  state  compliance  reviews,  litigation, 
etc.,  that  have  occurred  since  budget  adoption  that  may  impact  the  bud- 
get. 

(2)  Use  of  One-Time  Revenues  for  Ongoing  Expenditures.  Identify 
the  ongoing  county  school  service  fund  (CSSF)  expenditures  funded  by 
one  time  revenues  that  have  changed  by  more  than  five  percent  since  bud- 
get adoption.  (For  this  purpose,  the  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared 


to  adopted  budgets;  the  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first 
interim  projections). 

(3)  Contingent  Revenues.  Identify  projected  revenues  for  the  current 
fiscal  year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal  years  that  are  cotitingent  on  reautho- 
rization by  the  local  government,  special  legislauon,  or  other  definitive 
act  (e.g.,  parcel  taxes).  If  any  of  these  revenues  are  dedicated  for  ongoing 
expenses,  explain  how  the  revenues  will  be  replaced  or  the  expenditures 
reduced. 

(4)  Contributions.  Provide  information  regarding  contributions  as  fol- 
lows; 

(A)  Identify  projected  contributions  froin  unrestricted  resources  in  the 
CSSF  to  restricted  resources  in  the  CSSF  for  the  current  year  and  two  sub- 
sequent fiscal  years.  Provide  an  explanation  if  contributions  have 
changed  by  more  than  $20,000  and  more  than  five  percent  since  budget 
adoption.  (For  this  purpose,  the  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to 
adopted  budgets;  the  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first  in- 
terim projections.) 

(B)  Identify  projected  transfers  to  or  from  the  CSSF  to  cover  operating 
deficits  in  either  the  CSSF  or  any  other  fund  for  the  current  year  and  two 
subsequent  fiscal  years.  Provide  an  explanation  if  transfers  have  changed 
by  more  than  $20,000  and  more  than  five  percent  since  budget  adoption. 
(For  this  purpose,  the  first  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  adopted 
budgets;  the  second  interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  first  interim  pro- 
jections.) 

(C)  Identify  capital  project  cost  overruns  that  have  occurred  since  bud- 
get adopfion  that  may  impact  the  CSSF  budget.  For  this  purpose,  first  in- 
terim reports  will  be  compared  to  adopted  budgets;  second  interim  re- 
ports will  be  compared  to  first  interim  projections. 

(5)  Long-Term  Commitments.  Provide  information  regarding  long- 
term  commitments  as  follows: 

(A)  Identify  all  exisfing  and  new  multiyear  commitments  (include 
multiyear  commitments,  multiyear  debt  agreements,  and  new  programs 
or  contracts  that  result  in  long-term  obligations)  and  their  annual  re- 
quired payment,  for  the  current  fiscal  year  and  two  subsequent  fiscal 
years. 

(B)  Explain  how  any  increase  in  annual  payments  will  be  funded.  Also 
explain  how  any  decrease  to  funding  sources  used  to  pay  long-term  com- 
mitments will  be  replaced. 

(6)  Unfunded  Liabilities.  Identify  any  changes  in  estimates  for  un- 
funded liabilities  since  budget  adoption,  and  indicate  whether  the 
changes  are  the  result  of  a  new  aci:uarial  valuation.  (For  this  purpose,  first 
interim  reports  will  be  compared  to  adopted  budgets;  second  interim  re- 
ports will  be  compared  to  first  interim  projecfions.) 

(7)  Temporary  Interfund  Borrowings.  Identify  projected  temporary 
borrowings  between  funds  (refer  to  Education  Code  section  42603). 

(8)  Status  of  Labor  Agreements.  Analyze  the  status  of  employee  labor 
agreements,  including  the  following: 

(A)  Identify  new  labor  agreements  that  have  been  ratified  since  budget 
adoption,  as  well  as  new  commitments  provided  as  part  of  previously  ra- 
tified multiyear  agreements;  and  include  all  contracts,  including  all  ad- 
ministrator contracts  (and  including  all  compensation).  For  new  agree- 
ments, indicate  the  date  of  the  required  board  meeting. 

(B)  Compare  the  increase  in  new  commitments  to  the  projected  in- 
crease in  ongoing  revenues,  and  explain  how  these  commitments  will  be 
funded  in  future  fiscal  years. 

(C)  If  salary  and  benefit  negotiations  are  not  finalized,  upon  settlement 
with  certificated  or  classified  staff: 

1 .  The  county  office  of  education  must  determine  the  cost  of  the  settle- 
ment, including  salaries,  benefits,  and  any  other  agreements  that  change 
costs,  and  provide  the  CDE  with  an  analysis  of  the  cost  of  the  settlement 
and  its  impact  on  the  operating  budget. 

2.  The  CDE  shall  review  the  analysis  relative  to  the  criteria  and  stan- 
dards, and  may  provide  written  comments  to  the  president  of  the  govern- 
ing board  and  county  superintendent  of  schools. 

(9)  Status  of  Other  Funds.  Analyze  the  status  of  other  funds  that  may 
have  negative  fund  balances  at  the  end  of  the  current  fiscal  year.  If  any 


Page  184.32(c) 


I^egister  2008,  No.  20;  5-16-2008 


§  15500 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


other  fund  has  a  projected  negative  fund  balance,  prepare  an  interim  re- 
port and  multiyear  projection  for  that  fund.  Explain  plans  for  how  and 
when  the  negative  fund  balance  will  be  addressed. 
Note.  Authority  cited:  Sections  1240(/),  33127  and  33129,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  33128  and  42603,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  3540.2  and 
3547. .5,  Government  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-13-2008;  operative  6-12-2008.  Submitted  to  OAL  for 
printing  only  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  33131  (Register  2008,  No. 
20).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  2000,  No.  40. 


Chapter  15.    Child  Nutrition  Programs 


Subchapter  1 .    Food  Sales,  Food  Service, 
and  Nutrition  Education 


Article  1 .    Food  Sales  by  Student 
Organizations 

§  15500.    Food  Sales  in  Elementary  Schools. 

(a)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  (b)  and  Section  15501,  no  school 
providing  kindergarten  or  any  of  grades  one  through  eight  shall  permit 
the  sale  of  food  by  pupil  organizations  if  such  school  is  participating  in 
the  National  School  Lunch,  School  Breakfast,  or  Food  Distribution  pro- 
gram. 

( b)  The  governing  board  of  a  school  district  or  a  county  superintendent 
of  schools  may  permit  a  student  organization  to  sell  not  more  than  one 
food  item  per  sale  when  all  of  the  following  conditions  are  met: 

(1)  The  specific  nutritious  food  item  is  approved  by  the  governing 
board. 


(2)  The  food  sales  do  not  begin  until  after  the  close  of  the  regulariy 
scheduled  midday  food  service  period. 

(3)  The  sales  during  the  regular  school  day  are  not  of  food  items  pre- 
pared on  the  premises. 

(4)  There  are  no  more  than  four  such  sales  per  year  per  school. 

(5)  The  food  item  sold  is  a  dessert  type  food,  such  as  pastry,  ice  cream 
or  fruit. 

(6)  The  food  item  sold  is  not  one  sold  in  the  food  service  program  at 
that  school  during  that  school  day. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  1 :  Sections  33031  and  48931,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Division  15  (Article  1,  Sections  15.500-15501)  filed  1-16-76;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 

77,  No.  39). 

§  15501.    Sales  In  High  Schools  and  Junior  High  Schools. 

The  governing  board  of  any  district  or  a  county  superintendent  of 
schools  maintaining  a  high  school  or  a  junior  high  school  may  permit  an 
organization  consisting  solely  of  pupils  of  such  school  to  sell  food  items 
during  or  after  the  regular  school  day  if  the  following  conditions  are  met: 

(a)  The  specific  nutritious  food  items  are  approved  by  the  governing 
board. 

(b)  A  student  organization  or  organizations  may  be  approved  to  sell 
food  at  any  time  during  the  school  day.  including  the  regularly  scheduled 
food  service  period(s),  as  provided  in  (1)  and/or  (2): 

( 1 )  Only  one  such  organization  each  school  day  selling  no  more  than 
three  types  of  food  or  beverage  items  such  as  confections,  popcorn,  nuts, 
fruit,  or  soft  drinks:  and/or 

(2)  Any  one  or  more  student  organizations  may  conduct  no  more  than 
four  food  sales  of  any  food  items  during  a  school  year  in  each  school,  but 
such  sales  shall  be  held  on  the  same  four  days  for  any  or  all  organizations. 

(c)  The  sales  during  the  regular  school  day  are  not  of  food  prepared  on 
the  premises. 


[The  next  page  is  184.33.] 


Page  184.32(d) 


Register  2008,  No.  20;  5-16-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15535 


(d)  The  food  items  sold  during  the  regular  school  day  are  not  those  sold 
by  the  district  in  the  food  service  program  at  that  school  during  that 
school  day. 

Article  2.    Mandatory  Meals  for  Needy 
Pupils 

§15510.    Definitions. 

The  rollowing  definitions  mean: 

(a)  A  nutritionally  adequate  meal  is  a  breakfast  or  lunch  which  meets 
the  requirements  of  Section  49553  of  the  Education  Code  and  the  federal 
National  School  Lunch  Act  and  the  Child  Nutrition  Act. 

(b)  A  needy  pupil  eligible  to  receive  a  free  meal  is  one  whose  family 
income  is  not  more  than  twenty-five  percent  above  the  income  poverty 
guidelines  prescribed  by  the  United  States  Secretary  of  Agriculture  for 
such  family  size. 

(c)  A  needy  pupil  eligible  to  receive  a  reduced  price  meal  is  one  whose 
family  income  is  more  than  twenty-five  percent  and  is  equal  to  or  less 
than  ninety-five  percent  above  the  income  poverty  guidelines  prescribed 
by  the  United  States  Secretary  of  Agriculture  for  such  family  size. 

(d)  For  the  purposes  of  this  article,  a  school  day  is  defined  as  enrol- 
lment for  a  minimum  of  180  minutes  daily  in  preschool  and  kindergarten; 
1 80  minutes  in  continuation  and  opportunity  schools  or  classes;  1 80  min- 
utes in  Regional  Occupational  Centers  and  Regional  Occupation  Pro- 
grams, except  that  no  mandate  exists  when  a  meal  is  offered  at  any  regu- 
lar day  school  of  enrollment;  230  minutes  in  grades  1.  2,  and  3;  and  240 
minutes  in  grades  4  through  8. 9  through  1 2,  summer  school  and  interses- 
sion  programs  in  year-around  schools.  When  free  or  reduced  price  meals 
are  served  to  needy  pupils  enrolled  for  less  than  the  school  day  prescribed 
by  this  section,  such  meals  served  are  eligible  for  reimbursement  in  the 
same  manner  as  are  meals  served  to  pupils  enrolled  for  the  school  day 
prescribed  by  this  section. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  2:  Sections  33031 ,  49492  and  49551,  Education 
Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Article  2  (§§  1 5510,  1 551 1 )  filed  2-25-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  76,  No.  9). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  subsection  (d)  filed  9-27-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  76,  No.  40). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  1 551 1 .     Plan  of  Operation. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  49551,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  49555,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  1 1-9-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 


Article  3.    Nutrition  Education 

§  1 5530.    Scope  of  Article. 

The  provisions  of  this  Article  apply  to  nutrition  education  programs 
established  pursuant  to  Section  49534  of  the  Education  Code. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  3:  Sections  33031  and  49534,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  3  (Sections  15530-15535)  filed  4-16-76;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  76,  No.  16). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§15531.    Eligibility. 

Each  "child  nutrition  entity"  defined  in  Section  49530.5  of  the  Educa- 
tion Code  may  submit  a  nutrition  education  application  for  funding  to  the 
State  Department  of  Education. 


History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  ihereaher  (Renister  77.  No. 
39). 

§  15532.    Procedure  for  Filing  an  Application. 

The  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  determine  the 
date  for  submission  of  each  application.  Each  applicant  shall: 

(a)  Prior  to  the  submission  of  an  application  file  a  letter  of  intent  at  a 
time  prescribed  by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

(b)  Submit  an  application  on  forms  and  at  times  prescribed  by  the  State 
Superintendent  of  Public  In.struction  to  the  Office  of  Curriculum  Ser- 
vices, State  Department  of  Education,  721  Capitol  Mall,  Sacramento, 
California  95814. 

§  15533.    Criteria  for  Approving  Applications. 

Each  application  shall  be  reviewed  by  a  team  appointed  by  the  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction  or  his  designee  and  shall  be  composed  of 
three  persons  who  are  knowledgeable  in  either  nutrition,  education  cur- 
riculum or  evaluation  and  who  reside  outside  of  the  county  of  the  appli- 
cant child  nutrition  entity,  which  team  shall  review  an  application  based 
on  the  following  minimum  criteria: 

(a)  The  nutritional  needs  of  the  children; 

(b)  Trained  nutritionists  to  provide  direction  and/or  leadership; 

(c)  A  comprehensive  nutrition  curriculum  to  be  correlated  with  other 
school  programs  including  the  school  food  service  program; 

(d)  Current,  scientifically  accurate  instructional  materials; 

(e)  An  economically  sound  project;  and 

(f)  A  comprehensive  evaluation  plan. 

§15534.    Procedure  for  Funding. 

(a)  Each  application  recommended  by  the  State  Department  of  Educa- 
tion may  be  approved  for  funding  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  on  or 
before  June  15. 

(b)  Payment  of  expenses  incurred  by  a  child  nutrition  entity  shall  only 
be  based  on  actual  cost  in  accordance  with  the  approved  project  budget. 

§  15535.    Procedure  for  Project  Management. 

Each  child  nutrition  entity  approved  for  funding  shall  establish  a  man- 
agement procedure  which  shall  include,  but  need  not  be  limited  to,  the 
following: 

(a)  Any  amendment  or  revision  in  the  project  program  shall  be  ap- 
proved by  the  State  Department  of  Education.  Requests  shall  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  Office  of  Curriculum  Services,  State  Department  of  Educa- 
tion, 721  Capitol  Mall,  Sacramento,  California  95814. 

(b)  Budget  adjustments  of  20  percent  or  more  shall  be  approved  in  ad- 
vance by  the  State  Department  of  Education.  Requests  for  budget  revi- 
sions shall  be  submitted  to  the  Office  of  Curriculum  Services,  State  De- 
partment of  Education,  721  Capitol  Mall,  Sacramento.  California  958 1 4. 

(c)  Separate  accounting  records  shall  be  maintained  for  each  project 
which  shall  be  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  stan- 
dards and  the  project  budget.  Files  of  supporting  documentation  shall  in- 
clude, but  not  be  limited  to,  purchase  orders,  work  orders,  contracts,  item- 
ized invoices,  and  correspondence  shall  be  maintained  separately  or 
otherwise  identified  for  audit  purposes. 

(d)  Project  records  shall  be  kept  for  at  least  three  years  after  the  close 
of  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  funds  were  expended  or  until  the  grantee 
is  notified  that  such  records  are  not  needed  for  administrative  review, 
whichever  occurs  first.  On  request,  records  shall  be  made  available  for 
inspection  and  verification. 

(e)  Any  application  for  copyright  of  material  developed  under  a  proj- 
ect shall  first  be  approved  by  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

(f)  A  child  nutrition  entity  shall  provide  to  the  State  Department  of 
Education  a  quarterly  report  on  the  progress  of  the  project  on  forms  pre- 
scribed by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.  Such  reports 
shall  be  due  on  the  15th  day  of  October,  January,  April,  and  July. 

(g)  An  annual  report  shall  be  submitted  within  90  days  after  the  close 
of  the  state  fiscal  year.  A  final  report  for  projects  which  extend  for  more 
than  one  fiscal  year  shall  be  due  within  90  days  after  the  project  is  com- 


Page  184.33 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6  - 1 1  -  2004 


§  15550 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


pleled.  Such  reports  shall  contain  as  a  minimum  a  narrative  summary  of 
tlie  project,  statistical  analysis,  evaluation,  and  financial  summary. 

(h)  On-site  visits  may  be  conducted  at  the  discretion  of  the  State  De- 
partment of  Education  which  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  fiscal 
audit,  status  of  the  project  objectives,  financial  status,  and  summary  of 
the  evaluation  data. 


Article  4. 


School  Lunch  and  Breakfast 
Programs 


§  1 5550.    Scope. 

This  article  is  applicable  to  school  lunch  and  breakfast  programs  oper- 
ated by  child  nutrition  entities  under  agreements  made  with  the  State  De- 
partment of  Education. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  4:  Sections  3303 1  and  49531 ,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  4  (§i^  15550-15565)  filed  5-28-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  76,  No.  22). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77.  No.  39). 

§15551.    Definitions. 

The  following  definitions  mean: 

(a)  Lunch  Program — a  program  operated  by  a  child  nutrition  entity  to 
provide  pupils  with  a  nutritionally  adequate  lunch. 

(b)  Breakfast  Program — a  program  operated  by  a  child  nutrition  entity 
to  provide  pupils  with  any  of  the  following:  nutritionally  adequate  break- 
fast, basic  breakfast,  special  breakfast. 

(c)  Nutritionally  Adequate  Lunch  or  Nutritionally  Adequate  Break- 
fast— one  which  meets  or  exceeds  minimum  food  and  nutrition  require- 
ments pursuant  to  Section  15558. 

(d)  Basic  Breakfast — one  which  meets  or  exceeds  minimum  food  and 
nutrition  requirements  pursuant  to  Section  15559. 

(e)  Special  Breakfast — one  which  meets  or  exceeds  minimum  food 
and  nutrition  requirements  pursuant  to  Section  15560  and  which  pro- 
vides eligibility  to  the  child  nutrition  entity  for  increased  reimbursement 
when  offered  in  especially  needy  schools. 

(f)  Especially  Needy  School — one  which  meets  eligibility  criteria  es- 
tablished by  the  State  Department  of  Education  and  which  may  receive 
increased  reimbursement  for  special  breakfasts. 

(g)  Child  Nutrition  Entity — any  school  district,  county  superintendent 
of  schools,  private  school,  parochial  school,  local  agency,  or  child  devel- 
opment program  operated  pursuant  to  Chapter  2  (commencing  with  Sec- 
tion 8200)  of  Part  6  of  the  Education  Code  eligible  to  participate  in  child 
nutrition  programs  authorized  by  the  National  School  Lunch  Act  and/or 
the  Child  Nutrition  Act  of  1966,  as  amended. 

(h)  Department — the  State  Department  of  Education. 

(i)  Agreement  — the  School  Lunch  Program  Application-Agreement 
or  the  School  Breakfast  Program  Application-Agreement  between  the 
child  nutrition  entity  and  the  State  Department  of  Education  for  operation 
of  a  school  lunch  and/or  breakfast  program. 

(j)  Child  Nutrition  Program — any  program  authorized  by  state  law,  the 
National  School  Lunch  Act  or  the  Child  Nutrition  Act  of  1966. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (g)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 

(Register  77,  No.  39). 

§15552.    Authority. 

Pursuant  to  Section  49531  of  the  Education  Code,  any  child  nutrition 
entity  may  apply  to  the  Department  for  all  available  federal  and  state 
funds  for  the  purpose  of  providing  a  nutritionally  adequate  breakfast  or 
lunch  or  both  to  pupils  each  school  day.  A  State  Child  Nutrition  Fund  is 
created  and  continuously  appropriated  to  the  Department  pursuant  to 
Section  413 1 1  of  the  Education  Code  for  the  purpose  of  providing  finan- 
cial assistance,  subject  to  the  availability  of  funds,  for  the  administration 
and  operation  of  child  nutrition  programs  at  the  state  and  local  levels. 


History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§15553.    Administration. 

The  Department  shall  be  responsible  for  administration  of  child  nutri- 
tion programs  authorized  by  state  law,  the  National  School  Lunch  Act, 
and/or  the  Child  Nutrition  Act  of  1966. 

§15554.    Agreements. 

(a)  To  participate,  the  Department  shall  enter  into  a  written  agreement 
with  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  each  fiscal/budget  year  to  ac- 
cept responsibility  for  the  administration  of  child  nutrition  programs  at 
the  state  level. 

(b)  To  participate,  each  child  nutrition  entity  shall  enter  into  a  written 
agreement  with  the  Department  each  fiscal/budget  year  to  accept  respon- 
sibility for  operation  of  a  school  lunch  and/or  breakfast  program. 

Agreement  forms,  provided  by  the  Department,  shall  be  submitted  by 
the  child  nutrition  endty  to  the  Department  at  least  30  calendar  days  prior 
to  the  commencement  date  of  school  lunch  and/or  breakfast  program  op- 
erations. The  child  nutrition  entity  may  renew  this  agreement  on  an  annu- 
al basis  by  notice  in  writing  submitted  to  the  Department  at  least  30  days 
prior  to  expiration  of  the  initial  agreement.  Subsequent  renewal  notices 
shall  be  submitted  at  least  30  days  prior  to  expiration  of  the  current  agree- 
ment notice. 

§15555.    Eligibility. 

Each  child  nutrition  entity  shall  be  eligible  for  state  and  federal  meal 
reimbursement  after  completing  and  submitting  a  School  Lunch  Pro- 
gram Application- Agreement  and/or  a  School  Breakfast  Program  Appli- 
cation-Agreement to  the  Department  and  upon  receiving  approval  of  the 
application-agreement(s). 

§  1 5556.    Payment  of  Claims. 

(a)  Each  child  nutrition  entity  shall  submit  a  claim  for  reimbursement 
to  the  Department  within  10  days  after  the  close  of  each  calendar  month. 

(b)  If  a  child  nutrition  entity  has  not  filed  a  claim  within  30  days  fol- 
lowing the  close  of  any  calendar  month,  the  department  shall  notify  the 
entity  of  its  failure  to  file  such  claim. 

(c)  Each  child  nutrition  entity  failing  to  submit  a  claim  within  90  days 
after  the  close  of  any  calendar  month  shall  forfeit  reimbursement  for  such 
month. 

§  15557.    Responsibilities  of  Child  Nutrition  Entities. 

Responsibilities  of  child  nutrition  entities  shall  include,  but  not  be  lim- 
ited to: 

(a)  Development  and  implementation  of  goals  and  objectives  to  pro- 
vide pupils  with  high  quality  food  service  programs. 

(b)  Implementation  of  policies,  regulations  and  guidelines  established 
by  the  Department  for  the  management  and  operation  of  child  nutrition 
programs. 

(c)  Planning,  management  and  supervision  of  programs  to  insure  that 
food  service  programs  will  become  an  integral  part  of  the  total  education- 
al program. 

(d)  Maintenance  of  records,  preparation  of  reports,  and  submission  of 
claims  as  required  by  state  and  federal  regulations. 

§  15558.    Requirements  for  Nutritionally  Adequate  Lunch 
or  Breakfast. 

A  nutritionally  adequate  lunch  or  a  nutritionally  adequate  breakfast 
shall  contain,  as  a  minimum,  each  of  the  following  food  components  in 
the  amount  indicated  as  modified  forage  level  pursuant  to  Section  15561 : 

(a)  One-half  pint  of  fresh,  fluid  milk  as  a  beverage  or  on  cereal  or  used 
in  part  for  each  purpose. 

(b)  Two  ounces  of  lean  meat,  poultry,  fish,  or  cheese;  or  one  egg;  or 
one-half  cup  of  cooked  dry  beans  or  peas,  or  4  tablespoons  of  peanut  but- 
ter; or  any  equivalent  quantity  of  any  combination  of  the  above  listed 
foods  or  acceptable  alternates.  To  be  counted  in  meeting  this  require- 
ment, such  foods  shall  be  served  as  a  main  dish  or  as  part  of  a  main  dish 
plus  one  other  menu  item. 


Page  184.34 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15567 


(c)  Three-fourths  cup  of  two  or  more  vegetables  or  fruits,  or  both. 
Full-strength  vegetable  or  fruit  juice  may  be  counted  to  meet  not  more 
than  one-fourth  cup  of  this  requirement. 

(d)  One  slice  of  whole  grain  or  enriched  bread;  or  an  equivalent  serv- 
ing of  cornbread,  biscuits,  rolls,  tortillas,  or  acceptable  alternates,  made 
o\'  whole  grain  or  enriched  flour  or  meal;  or  three-fourths  cup  or  one- 
ounce  serving  of  whole  grain  cereal  or  enriched  or  fortified  cereal;  or  any 
equivalent  quantity  of  any  combination  of  these  foods. 

(e)  One  teaspoon  of  butter  or  fortified  margarine. 

§  15559.    Requirements  for  Basic  Breakfast. 

(a)  A  basic  breakfast  shall  contain,  as  a  minimum,  each  of  the  follow- 
ing food  components  in  the  amount  indicated  as  modified  for  age  level 
pursuant  to  Section  15561: 

(I  )One-half  pint  of  fresh,  fluid  milk  served  as  a  beverage  or  on  cereal 
or  used  in  part  for  each  purpose. 

(2)  One-half  cup  serving  of  fruit  or  full  strength  fruit  or  vegetable 
juice,  or  combination  thereof. 

(3)  One  slice  of  whole  grain  or  enriched  bread;  or  an  acceptable  alter- 
nate, made  of  whole  grain  or  enriched  meal  or  flour;  or  three-fourths  cup 
or  one-ounce  serving  of  whole  grain  cereal  or  enriched  or  fortified  cere- 
al; or  an  equivalent  quantity  of  any  combination  of  these  foods. 

(b)  Approved  formulated  grain  fruit  products,  when  served  with  1/2 
pint  milk,  constitutes  a  reimbursable  breakfast  when  the  use  of  regular 
food  components  is  not  possible. 

§  15560.    Requirements  for  Special  Breakfast. 

A  child  nutrition  entity  providing  a  special  breakfast  shall  be  eligible 
for  increased  reimbursement  when  such  breakfast  is  served  in  especially 
needy  schools  as  determined  by  the  Department.  The  breakfast  shall  con- 
tain, in  addition  to  all  components  of  the  basic  breakfast  as  specified  in 
Section  1 5559:  one  ounce  serving  of  meat,  poultry,  fish,  cheese,  or  egg; 
or  two  tablespoons  of  peanut  butter;  or  an  equivalent  combination  of  such 
foods.  Each  meal  shall  also  contain  at  least  one  Vitamin  C-rich  food. 
This  requirement  may  be  modified  for  age  level  pursuant  to  Section 
15561. 

§  1 5561 .    Modification  of  Nutrition  Requirements. 

The  requirements  of  Sections  15558,  15559,  and  15560  are  estab- 
lished for  children  at  age  level  10-12,  inclusive,  and  may  be  modified  for 
other  age  levels  in  accordance  with  directives  issued  by  the  Department. 

§  15562.    IVIeals  Eligible  for  Reimbursement. 

For  purpose  of  meal  reimbursement: 

(a)  Federal  reimbursement  may  be  claimed  for: 

(1)  Lunches  and/or  breakfasts  which  meet  requirements  of  Section 
15558. 

(2)  Breakfasts  which  meet  requirements  of  Section  15559  and  Section 
15560. 

(b)  State  reimbursement  may  be  claimed  for: 

( 1 )  Lunches  and/or  breakfasts  which  meet  requirements  of  Section 
15558. 

(2)  Breakfasts  served  under  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section 
41 350(a)  and  which  meet  the  requirements  of  Section  15559  or  Section 
15560. 

(3)  Breakfasts  served  under  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section 
41350(b)  are  reimbursable  when  both  a  nutritionally  adequate  lunch  and 
a  basic  breakfast  are  offered,  or  when  a  nutritionally  adequate  lunch  and 
a  special  breakfast  are  offered.  In  either  case  they  shall,  together,  provide 
at  least  one-half  to  two-thirds  of  the  daily  dietary  allowance  as  deter- 
mined by  the  Department. 

(c)  Federal  and  stale  reimbursements  may  be  claimed  for  substitutions 
made,  due  to  medical  reasons,  for  any  food  components  required  by  Sec- 
tions 15558,  15559,  and  15560,  provided  that  such  substitutions  are  au- 
thorized by  a  physician,  in  writing,  and  such  authorizations  are  on  file  at 
the  school. 


History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thcrcaltcr 
(Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  15563.    Meal  Requirement  for  Needy  Students. 

For  purposes  of  Sections  49550  and  49553  of  the  Education  Code,  a 
nutritionally  adequate  meal  shall  meet  requirements  for  a  nutritionally 
adequate  lunch  or  breakfast  pursuant  to  Section  15558. 

History 

I .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39), 

§  15564.    Reimbursement  Procedure. 

(a)  Eligible  child  nutrition  entities  may  submit  claims  to  the  Depart- 
ment for  reimbursement  of  each  lunch  and  breakfast  served  to  pupils  pro- 
vided such  lunch  and/or  breakfa.st  qualifies  for  reimbursement  pursuant 
to  Section  15562.  Claims  are  to  be  submitted  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  Section  15556. 

(b)  Claiins  shall  be  computed  by  utilizing  the  lesser  of  the  following: 

(1)  Multiplying  the  total  number  of  meals  served  to  students  in  each 
reimbursement  category  by  the  current  meal  reimbursement  rate,  or 

(2)  Actual  cash  expenditures  for  food,  labor,  and  other  expenses  of  the 
food  service  program. 

(c)  Reimbursement  claims  shall  be  submitted  on  forms  provided  by  the 
Department. 

§  15565.    Notification  of  Changes  in  Reimbursement  Rates. 

Prior  to  July  15  the  Department  shall  notify  child  nutrition  entities  re- 
garding federal  and  state  reimbursement  rates  for  the  current  fiscal  year. 
Prior  to  January  15  the  Department  shall  notify  child  nutrition  entities  as 
to  any  changes  in  the  federal  reimbursement  rates  effective  for  the  re- 
mainder of  the  current  fiscal  year. 

Article  5.    California  Fresh  Start  Pilot 
Program 

§  15566.  Purpose  and  Scope. 

This  article  specifies  the  policies  and  requirements  of  the  California 
Fresh  Start  (CFS)  Pilot  Program  to  promote  the  consumption  of  fresh 
fruits  and  vegetables  by  schoolage  children  and  to  provide  supplemental 
State  reimbursement  for  breakfast  meals  served  that  meet  the  require- 
ments of  the  CFS  Pilot  Program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  49565.8,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  49565,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  5  (sections  15566-15569)  and  section  filed  3-16-2006  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  3-16-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  1 1).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-14-2006  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Repealer  of  article  5  (sections  15566-15569)  and  repealer  of  section  by  opera- 
tion of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  2006,  No.  29). 

3.  New  article  5  (sections  15566-15569)  and  section  filed  7-21-2006  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  7-21-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  29).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1  l-20-2(X)6  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-21-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
7-19-2006  and  filed  8-30-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  35). 

§15567.    Definitions. 

As  used  in  this  article  and  the  CFS  Pilot  Program,  the  term: 

(a)  "After  school"  means  following  the  end  of  the  school  day.  For  kin- 
dergarten pupils,  "after  school"  means  following  the  end  of  a  morning  or 
afternoon  session. 

(b)  "Deep-fried"  means  any  fruit  or  vegetable  cooked  by  total  submer- 
sion in  oil  or  fat. 

(c)  "Department"  means  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(d)  "Funds"  means  program  reimbursement  provided  by  the  Depart- 
ment pursuant  to  provisions  of  the  CFS  Pilot  Program. 

(e)  "Fresh  fruits  or  vegetables"  means  whole  or  portioned  fruits  or  veg- 
etables, including,  but  not  limited  to,  those  that  are  minimally  processed. 


Page  184.35 


Register  2006,  No.  35;  9- 1  -2006 


§  15568 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(0  "Fniil"  means  ripened  seed-bearing  part  of  a  plant  developed  from 
a  flower,  usually  considered  to  be  sweet  and  fleshy,  as  in  apples,  oranges, 
plums  or  strawberries. 

(g)  "Fruit  bar"  means  a  self-service  counter  featuring  an  array  of 
fruits. 

(h)  "Give  priority  to"  means  that  fresh  faiits  or  vegetables  shall  be 
served  unless  they  are  not  reasonably  available  on  a  commercial  basis 
within  program  funds. 

(i)  "Grab  and  Go"  means  food  that  is  packaged  in  a  bag,  box,  or  other 
container  that  can  be  picked  up  quickly  and  eaten  "on  the  go." 

(j)  "Juice"  means  the  extractable  liquid  that  is  contained  in  fruits  or 
vegetables.  Any  liquid  or  frozen  product  labeled  "juice,"  "full-strength 
juice,"  "100  percent  juice,"  "single-strength  juice,"  or  "reconstituted 
juice"  is  included  in  this  definition. 

(k)  "Meal"  means  breakfast,  as  defined  in  7  CFR  220.2(b). 

(/)  "Minimally  processed"  means  fruits  and  vegetables  prepared  and 
handled  to  maintain  their  fresh  nature  while  providing  convenience  to  the 
user  by  pre-cleaning,  washing,  trimming,  coring,  slicing,  shredding,  and 
other  similar  actions.  Other  terms  used  to  refer  to  minimally  processed 
products  are  "lightly  processed,"  "partially  processed,"  "fresh  pro- 
cessed," and  "prepared." 

(m)  "Nonprofit  [school]  food  service"  means  all  food  service  opera- 
tions conducted  by  the  School  Food  Authority  principally  for  the  benefit 
of  school  children,  all  of  the  revenue  from  which  is  used  solely  for  the 
operation  or  improvement  of  such  food  service. 

(n)  "Nutrition  education"  means  a  broad  range  of  activities  that  pro- 
mote and  enable  healthy  eating  behaviors. 

(o)  "Nutritious  fruits  or  vegetables"  means  fruits  or  vegetables  that  are 
fresh,  or  that  are  canned,  dried,  or  frozen.  Fruits  or  vegetables  that  are 
canned,  dried  or  frozen  shall  contain  no  added  sweeteners  other  than  100 
percent  fruit  juice. 

(p)  "School  Breakfast  Program"  (SBP)  means  the  federal  program  op- 
erated pursuant  to  7  CFR  220. 

(q)  "Serving"  means  an  amount  of  fruit(s)  and/or  vegetable(s),  equal 
to  one  half  (1/2)  cup  or  as  referenced  in  Charts  2  A  and  B  of  the  USD  A 
Food  Buying  Guide  for  Child  Nutrition  Programs  (2001  edition),  which 
is  incorporated  by  reference. 

(r)  "Site"  means  a  public  elementary  school,  middle  school,  junior 
high  school,  or  high  school,  including  a  charter  school,  in  California,  op- 
erating classes  for  pupils  in  a  single  building  or  complex  of  buildings,  or 
any  public  classes  of  preprimary  grade  when  they  are  conducted  in  the 
aforementioned  school  that  participate  in  the  School  Breakfast  Program. 

(s)  "Supplant"  means  "to  substitute  for"  and/or  "take  the  place  of." 

(t)  "Supplement"  means  (1)  an  additional  serving  to  the  number  of 
fruit  or  vegetable  servings  provided  in  the  SBP  prior  to  claiming  CFS  Pi- 
lot Program  reimbursement,  or  (2)  increasing,  by  no  less  than  90  percent 
of  the  CFS  Pilot  Program  reimbursement,  the  total  expenditure  for  nutri- 
tious fruits  or  vegetables  served  as  part  of  a  SBP. 

(u)  "Tasting  and  Sampling"  means  offering  a  taste  or  small  portion  of 
fresh  fruits  and/or  vegetables  to  pupils  not  as  part  of  the  SBP  or  National 
School  Lunch  Program  (NSLP). 

(v)  "Universal  classroom  breakfast"  means  providing  all  children 
breakfast  in  the  classroom  at  no  charge. 

(w)  "Vegetable"  means  a  plant  cultivated  for  an  edible  part,  such  as  the 
root,  stem,  leaf,  or  flower,  such  as  spinach,  broccoli  or  carrot. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 1  and  49565.8,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  49534  and  49565,  Education  Code;  and  Title  7  CFR  Parts  220. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-1 6-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-16-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  1 1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-14-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1  (g)  (Register  2006, 
No.  29). 

3.  New  section  filed  7-21-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-21-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  29).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1-20-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


4.  Certi  llcate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-2 1  -2006  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
sections (e).  (j).  (o)  and  (u),  transmitted  to  OAL  7-19-2006  and  filed 
8-30-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  35). 

§  15568.    Requirements  for  Participation. 

All  school  districts  and  charter  schools  that  operate  a  SBP  are  eligible 
to  participate  in  the  CFS  Pilot  Program.  To  receive  reimbursement,  the 
school  district  or  charter  school  shall: 

(a)(1)  Provide  one  or  more  supplemental  servings  of  nutritious  fruits 
or  vegetables,  or  both,  at  breakfast,  at  no  additional  charge  to  a  pupil  and 
give  priority  to  serving  fresh  fruits  or  vegetables; 

(2)  If  already  serving  two  nutritious  fruits  and/or  vegetables  at  a  site 
during  breakfast,  the  district  or  charter  school  may  provide  one  to  two 
servings  of  nutritious  fruits  or  vegetables  for  after  school  snacks.  Such 
snacks  do  not  need  to  be  provided  through  the  NSLP,  but  if  they  are,  serv- 
ing size  requirements  may  differ  from  the  one-half  (1/2)  cup  required  for 
the  CFS  Pilot  Program. 

(b)  Spend  at  least  90  percent  of  the  CFS  Pilot  Program  funding  re- 
ceived on  the  direct  purchase  of  nutritious  fruits  or  vegetables,  or  both, 
and  give  priority  to  purchasing  fresh  fruits  or  vegetables  while  adhering 
to  state  and  federal  procurement  requirements. 

(c)  Not  spend  any  of  the  funding  for  the  purchase  of  juice  or  for  the 
provision  of  fruits  and  vegetables  that  have  been  deep  fried. 

(d)  Provide  data  as  required  by  the  independent  evaluator  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  49565.7(b). 

(e)  Expend  the  CFS  Pilot  Program  reimbursement  funds  only  for  the 
benefit  of  participating  school  sites. 

(0  Claim  reimbursement  only  for  meals  that  provide  at  least  one  serv- 
ing of  a  nutritious  fruit  and/or  vegetable  that  is  not  juice  or  a  fruit  or  vege- 
table that  has  been  deep  fried.  Reimbursement  can  be  claimed  for  meals 
served  on  all  or  some  school  days. 

(g)  Promote  the  consumption  of  California-grown  fruits  and  vegeta- 
bles through  the  tasting  and  sampling  of  nutritious  fruits  and  vegetables 
as  part  of  nutrition  education  at  school  sites  participating  in  the  CFS  Pilot 
Program.  Strategies  for  nutrition  education  that  include  tasting  and  sam- 
pling of  nutritious  fruits  or  vegetables,  or  both,  may  include,  but  are  not 
limited  to: 

(1)  Educational  sampling  and  tasting  supported  with  nutrition  educa- 
tion. 

(2)  An  offering  of  fruits  or  vegetables  in  the  classroom  that  is  rein- 
forced with  nutrition  and  agricultural  bulletins. 

(3)  A  monthly  school  campus  farmers'  market  that  highlights  Califor- 
nia fruits  and  vegetables  for  the  student  body  to  sample  and  taste,  includ- 
ing: 

(A)  Demonstration  markets  that  allow  students  or  school-sponsored 
organizations  to  sell  and  offer  samples  of  California's  fruits  and  vegeta- 
bles, obtained  by  the  school,  school  district,  or  school  organization  di- 
rectly from  farmers  to  students. 

(B)  Certified  farmers'  markets  operated  by,  or  in  coordination  with, 
students  or  school-sponsored  organizations,  on  school  grounds,  in  com- 
pliance with  applicable  state  statutes  and  regulations. 

(4)  A  produce  sampling  program  that  supports  a  school  garden's  har- 
vest through  additional  purchases  of  local,  in-season  fruits  or  vegetables 
to  be  used  for  a  sampling  and  tasting  program  for  the  school  campus  fea- 
turing what  is  growing  in  the  school  garden. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  49565.8,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  49565,  49565.1,  49565.2,  49565.3,  49565.4  and  49565.6,  Education 
Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-16-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-16-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  11).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-14-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346. 1(g)  (Register  2006, 

No.  29). 

3.  New  section  filed  7-21-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-21-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  29).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1  -20-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


Page  184.36 


Register  2006,  No.  35;  9-1-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  15577 


4.  Ccrtillcatc  of  Compliance  as  to  7-21-2006  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  7-19-2006  and  filed  8-30-2006  (Register  2006.  No. 

§15569.    Strategies. 

NOTl',:  Authority  cited:  Sections  .3.3031  and  4956.S.8,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  49,^65. ."i.  Hducation  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  .3- 16-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-16-2006  (Register 
2006.  No.  1  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-14-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 

following  day. 

2.  Repealed  by  operation  ofGovcmment  Code  section  1 1.346. 1(g)  (Register  2006. 
No.  29). 

3.  New  section  filed  7-2 1-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-21-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  29).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1  -20-2006  or  emergency  language  will  berepealedby  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificaie  of  Compliance  as  to  7-21-2006  order,  including  repealer  of  .section, 
transmitted  to  OAL  7-19-2006  and  filed  8-30-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  3.S). 


Article  6.     Food  and  Beverage 

Requirements  Outside  of  the  Federal  School 

Meal  Programs 

§  15575.    Definitions  for  Foods. 

As  u.sed  in  this  article,  the  term: 

(a)  "Dairy"  means  a  food  made  from  milk  with  the  exception  of  chee.se 
packaged  for  individual  sale. 

(b)  "Entree  item"  means  a  food  generally  regarded  as  the  primary  food 
in  a  meal  and  contains: 

( 1 )  Two  or  more  of  the  following  groups:  meat/meat  alternate,  grain/ 
bread,  vegetable/fruit  that  are  eaten  together  (e.g.,  turkey  sandwich,  piz- 
za, hamburger  on  a  bun,  bean  burrito,  chefs  salad,  fruit  and  cheese  plat- 
ter, baked  potato  with  chili,  chicken  vegetable  stir-fry,  veggie 
sandwich),  or 

(2)  A  meat/meat  alternate  alone  (e.g.,  sausage  patty,  egg,  chicken  nug- 
gets), excluding  nuts,  nut  butters,  seeds,  cheese,  and  yogurt. 

(c)  "Exempt  foods"  means  nuts,  nut  butters,  seeds,  eggs,  cheese  pack- 
aged for  individual  sale,  fruits,  vegetables  that  have  not  been  deep  fried, 
and  legumes  that  do  not  contain  added  sugars  or  fat,  and 

(1)  Fruit  that  is  dried  and  contains  added  sugar  is  exempt  only  if  the 
added  sugar  is  part  of  the  dehydration  process  or  added  as  dextrose  to  pre- 
vent caking  and  maintain  flowability. 

(2)  Fruit  that  is  canned  or  frozen  is  exempt  only  if  it  contains  no  added 
sugar  other  than  100  percent  fruit  juice. 

(d)  "Full  meal"  means  any  combination  of  food  items  that  meet  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  (USDA)  approved  School 
Breakfast  Program  or  National  School  Lunch  Program  meal  pattern  re- 
quirements found  in  7  CFR  210.10  or  220.8. 

(e)  "Meat/meal  alternates."  "grain/breads,"  and  "vegetables/fruits" 
mean  those  described  in  the  USDA  's  Food  Buying  Guide  for  Child  Nutri- 
tion Programs  (2001  edition)  Sections  1 .  2.  and  3,  which  is  incorporated 
by  reference. 

(f)  "Non-exempt  foods"  means  foods  other  than  nuts,  nut  butters, 
seeds,  eggs,  cheese  packaged  for  individual  sale,  fruits,  vegetables  that 
have  not  been  deep  fried,  and  legumes  that  do  not  contain  added  sugars 
or  fat. 

(g)  "Whole  grain"  means,  but  is  not  limited  to,  whole  wheat  flour,  gra- 
ham flour,  cracked  wheat,  crushed  wheat,  wheat  berries,  entire  wheat 
Hour,  whole  durum  flour,  whole  oats,  oat  groats,  oatmeal,  rolled  oats, 
whole  com.  whole  grain  cornmeal.  popcorn,  brown  rice,  brown  rice 
flour,  wild  rice,  whole  rye,  whole  rye  flour,  dehulled  barley,  dehulled 
bariey  flour,  whole  grain  bariey,  whole  grain  barley  flour,  buckwheat 
groats,  whole  buckwheat  flour,  bulgur  (cracked  wheat),  whole  millet, 
whole  millet  flour,  whole  quinoa,  whole  quinoa  flour,  whole  spelt,  whole 
spelt  flour,  whole  sorghum  (milo),  whole  sorghum  flour,  whole  triticale, 
whole  triticale  flour. 


(h)  "Whole  grain  food  item"  means: 

(1 )  For  purchased  grain  or  bread  products: 

(A)  A  product  that  contains  the  following  statement:  "Diets  rich  in 
whole  grain  foods  and  other  plant  foods  and  low  in  total  fat,  .saturated  fat. 
and  cholesterol,  may  help  reduce  the  risk  of  heart  disease  and  certain  can- 
cers", or 

(B)  The  first  listed  grain  ingredient  is  a  whole  grain,  or 

(C)  If  the  first  listed  ingredient  is  not  specifically  identified  as  a  whole 
grain,  documentation  has  been  obtained  within  the  previous  12  months 
from  the  manufacturer  that  lists  whole  grains,  which,  when  combined, 
shall  represent  at  least  51  percent  of  the  weight  of  the  total  grains  in  the 
product. 

(2)  For  grain  or  bread  products  prepared  by  schools: 

(A)  The  weight  of  the  whole  grains  shall  represent  at  least  5\  percent 
of  the  total  grain  weight  of  the  product. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code;  Reference:  Sections 
49430,  49431  and  49431 .2,  Education  Code;  and  7  CFR  Parts  2 1 0. 1 0  and  220.8. 

History 
1.  New  article  6  (sections  L5.'S7.'S- 1 5.578)  and  section  filed  8-4-2008;  operative 

9-3-2008  (Register  2008.  No.  32). 

§  15576.    Definitions  for  Beverages. 

As  used  in  this  article  the  term: 

(a)  "Beverage"  means  any  potable  liquid. 

(b)  "Electrolyte  replacement  beverage"  means  a  potable  liquid  that 
meets  all  of  the  following  requirements: 

( 1 )  Water  as  the  first  ingredient. 

(2)  Contains  no  more  than  2.1  grams  of  added  sweetener  per  lluid 
ounce. 

(3)  Contains  at  least  10  milligrams  but  no  more  than  150  milligrams 
of  sodium  per  8  ounces. 

(4)  Contains  at  least  10  milligrams  but  no  more  than  90  milligrams  of 
potassium  per  8  ounces. 

(5)  Contains  no  added  caffeine. 

(c)  "Milk"  means  cow's  or  goat's  milk  that: 

(1)  Contains  Vitamin  A,  Vitamin  D,  and  at  least  25  percent  of  the 
FDA-established  Daily  Value  (DV)  for  calcium  per  8  ounces. 

(2)  Contains  no  added  sweeteners  exceeding  28  grams  of  total  sugars 
per  8  ounces. 

(3)  Is  two-percent  fat  milk,  one-percent  fat  milk,  or  nonfat  milk. 

(d)  "Non-dairy  milk"  alternative  (e.g.,  rice  milk,  soy  milk)  means  a 
beverage  that: 

( 1 )  Contains  Vitamin  A,  Vitamin  D  and  at  least  25  percent  of  the  DV 
for  calcium  per  8  ounces, 

(2)  Contains  no  added  sweeteners  exceeding  28  grams  of  tola!  sugars 
per  8  ounces,  and 

(3)  Contains  no  more  than  5  grams  of  fat  per  8  ounces. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
49431.5,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  38181,  38191  and  3821 1,  Food  and  Agri- 
cultural Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  8^4-2008;  operative  9-3-2008  (Regi.ster  2008,  No.  32). 

§  15577.    Food  and  Beverages  Restrictions. 

As  used  in  this  article  the  term: 

(a)  "Caloric  restriction"  means: 

(1 )  In  elementary  schools,  no  more  than  175  calories  per  item. 

(2)  In  middle,  junior,  or  high  schools,  no  more  than  250  calories  per 
item  for  a  snack  item  and  no  more  than  400  calories  per  item  for  an  entree 
item. 

(b)  "Fat  restriction"  means  no  more  than  35  percent  of  calories  from 
fat. 

(c)  "Saturated  fat  restriction"  means  no  more  than  10  percent  calories 
from  saturated  fat. 

(d)  "Sugar  restriction"  means  no  more  than  35  percent  sugar  by 
weight. 

(e)  "Sugar"  means  all  free  mono-  and  disaccharides,  such  as  glucose, 
fructose,  lactose,  and  sucrose. 


Page  184.36(a) 


Register  2(X)8,  No.  32;  8-8-2(X)8 


§  15578 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
49430.  49431  and  49431.2.  Education  Code;  and  21  CFR  Part  101.9(c)(6)(ii). 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  8-4-2008;  operative  9-3-2008  (Register  2(X)8,  No.  32). 

§  1 5578.    Sale  of  Food  Items. 

(a)  Any  food  items  appearing  together  on  a  menu  and  sold  together  as 
if  they  were  a  single  food  item,  and  typically  combined  for  simultaneous 
consumption  (e.g..  pita  with  hummus,  salad  with  dressing,  chicken  patty 
on  a  bun),  shall  be  considered  as  one  item  for  compliance  ( 1 )  with  the  fat 
restriction,  saturated  fat  restriction,  sugar  restriction  and  caloric  restric- 
tion for  a  snack  item  or  (2)  with  the  fat  restriction  and  caloric  restriction 
for  an  entre'e  item. 

(b)  All  non-exempt  food  items  for  sale  must  meet  the  fat  restriction, 
saturated  fat  restriction,  sugar  restriction  and  caloric  restriction  for  a 
snack  item  or  the  fat  restriction  and  caloric  restriction  for  an  entree  item. 

(c)  A  food  item  for  sale  containing  non-exempted  foods  or  ingredients 
combined  with  fruits,  vegetables,  nuts,  nut  butters,  seeds,  eggs,  or  le- 
gumes shall  comply  with  the  restrictions  for  non-exempted  foods  as  de- 
scribed in  section  15578(b). 

(d)  A  food  item  for  sale  containing  solely  a  mix  of  exempted  foods  is 
exempt  from  the  fat  restriction,  saturated  fat  restriction,  sugar  restriction 
and  caloric  restriction. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
49430,  49431  and  49431.2,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-4-2008;  operative  9-3-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  32). 


Chapter  16.    Governing  Boards  of  School 
Districts 


Subchapter  1 .    Contracts  with  Federal 
Agencies 


Article  1 .    Approval  of  Contracts 

§  1 6000.    Approval  of  Contracts  with  Federal  Agency. 

The  governing  board  of  a  school  district  shall  not  execute  or  complete 
any  contract,  agreement  or  arrangement  with  any  agency  of  the  Federal 
Government  for  any  loan  or  advance  to  aid  in  financing  the  cost  of  archi- 
tectural, engineering,  and  economic  investigations  and  studies,  surveys, 
designs,  plans,  working  drawings,  specifications,  procedures,  and  other 
action  preliminary  to  school  plant  construction  until  the  Bureau  of  School 
Facilities  Planning,  State  Department  of  Education  shall  have  given  said 
board  its  approval,  in  writing,  of  the  school  plant  construction  on  account 
of  which  such  loan  or  advance  is  desired  as  conforming  to  the  over-all 
state  policy  for  school  plant  construction. 

Such  approval  shall  include  the  following  conditions: 

(a)  No  payment  due  an  architect  or  engineer  under  a  contract  between 
the  governing  board  of  a  school  district  and  the  architect  or  engineer  for 
the  completion  of  preliminary  plans  which  are  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the  Bureau  of  School  Planning,  State  Department  of  Education,  shall  be 
inade  from  funds  lent  or  advanced  by  any  agency  of  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment until  such  preliminary  plans  bear  the  written  approval  of  said  bu- 
reau. 

(b)  No  final  payment  for  complefion  of  plans  and  specifications  by  the 
architect  and  engineer  under  the  contract  between  the  school  district  and 
the  architect  and  engineer  from  funds  lent  or  advanced  by  any  agency  of 
the  Federal  Government  shall  be  made  without  the  written  approval  of 
the  Department  of  General  Services  required  by  Article  3  of  Chapter  2 
of  Part  23  of  the  Education  Code. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  1 :  Sections  331 13  and  33 11 4,  Education  Code. 
Issuing  agency:  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 


History 

1.  New  Chapter  1  (§^  16000  and  16001)  filed  12-18-69;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  69.  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  16001 .    Contracts  with  Federal  Agency  by  School  District 
or  County  Superintendent  of  Schools. 

NotE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33113,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
33 1 1 3  and  33 1 14.  Education  Code. 

History 
I .  Repealer  filed  1 2- 14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  5  i ). 


Subchapter  2.     Destruction  of  Records  of 
School  Districts 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§16020.    Definition  of  Records. 

(a)  As  used  in  this  article,  "records"  means  all  records,  maps,  books, 
papers,  and  documents  of  a  school  district  required  by  law  to  be  prepared 
or  retained  or  which  are  prepared  or  retained  as  necessary  or  convenient 
to  the  discharge  of  official  duty. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  35253,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
35250-35255,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  2  (§§  16020-16030)  filed  2-24-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  70,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)(2)  filed  2-18-71;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  71,  No.  8). 

3.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

4.  Amendment  filed  1 2-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
51). 

§  1 6021 .    Scope  of  Chapter. 

History 

I .  Repealer  filed  12-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  5 1 ). 

§16022.    Classification  of  Records. 

(a)  Prior  Year  Records.  Before  January  1,  the  district  superintendent 
(or  a  person  designated  by  the  district  not  employing  a  superintendent) 
shall  review  documents  and  papers  originating  during  the  prior  school 
year  and  classify  them  as  Class  1 — Permanent,  Class  2 — Optional,  or 
Class  3 — Disposable. 

(b)  Continuing  Records.  Records  of  a  continuing  nature,  i.e.,  active 
and  useful  for  administrative,  legal,  fiscal,  or  other  purposes  over  a  peri- 
od of  years,  shall  not  be  classified  until  such  usefulness  has  ceased.  A  pu- 
pil's cumulative  record,  if  not  transferred,  is  a  continuing  record  until  the 
pupil  ceases  to  be  enrolled  in  the  district. 

(c)  Microfilm  Copy.  Whenever  an  original  record  is  photographed, 
microphotographed,  or  otherwise  reproduced  on  film,  the  copy  thus 
made  is  hereby  classified  as  Class  1 — Permanent.  The  original  record, 
unless  classified  as  Class  2 — Opfional,  may  be  classified  as  Class 
3 — Disposable  and  may  then  be  destroyed  in  accordance  with  this  chap- 
ter if  the  following  conditions  have  been  met: 

( 1 )  The  reproduction  was  accurate  in  detail  and  on  film  of  a  type  ap- 
proved for  permanent,  photographic  records  by  the  United  States  Bureau 
of  Standards. 

(2)  The  superintendent  has  attached  to  or  incorporated  in  the  microfilm 
copy  his  signed  and  dated  certificafion  of  compliance  with  the  provisions 
of  Section  1531  of  the  Evidence  Code. 

(3)  The  microfilm  copy  was  placed  in  a  conveniently  accessible  file, 
and  provision  was  made  for  preserving  permanently,  examining  and  us- 
ing same. 

(d)  Any  "historical  inventory  of  equipment"  shall  be  a  continuing  re- 
cord as  provided  in  subdivision  (b)  and  shall  not  be  subject  to  classifica- 
fion  for  retention  or  destruction  until  the  inventory  is  superseded  or  until 
the  equipment  is  removed  from  district  ownership. 


Page  184.36(b) 


Register  2008,  No.  32;  8-8-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  16023 


NOTI-;  Authority  cited:  Section  35253,  Education  Code.  Refeience:  Sections 
35168  and  35254.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  1 2-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
51). 


Article  2.     Period  of  Retention 

§16023.    Class  1— Permanent  Records. 

The  original  of  each  of  the  records  listed  in  this  section,  or  one  exact 
copy  thereof  when  the  original  is  required  by  law  to  he  filed  with  another 
agency,  is  a  Class  1 — Permanent  record  and  shall  be  retained  indefinite- 
ly, unless  microfilmed  in  accordance  with  Section  16()22(c). 

(a)  Annual  Reports. 

( 1 )  Official  budget. 

(2)  Financial  report  of  all  funds,  including  cafeteria  and  student  body 
funds. 

(3)  Audit  of  all  funds. 

(4)  Average  daily  attendance,  including  Period  1  and  Period  2  reports. 

(5)  Other  major  annual  reports,  includitig: 

(A)  Those  containing  information  relating  to  property,  activities,  fi- 
nancial condition,  or  transactions. 

(B)  Those  declared  by  board  minutes  to  be  permanent. 

(b)  Official  Actions. 

( 1 )  Minutes  of  the  Board  or  Committees  Thereof,  including  the  text  of 
a  rule,  regulation,  policy,  or  resolution  not  set  forth  verbatim  in  the  min- 
utes but  included  therein  by  reference  only. 

(2)  Elections,  including  the  call,  if  any,  for  and  the  result  (but  not  in- 
cluding detail  documents,  such  as  ballots)  of  an  election  called,  con- 
ducted or  canvassed  by  the  governing  board  for  a  board  member,  his  re- 
call, issuance  of  bonds  incurring  any  long-term  liability,  change  in 
maximum  tax  rates,  reorganization,  or  any  other  purpose. 


(3)  Records  transmitted  by  another  agency  that  pertain  to  that  agency's 
action  with  respect  to  district  reorganization. 

(c)  Personnel  Records. 

(1)  Employees. 

(A)  All  detail  records  relating  to  employment,  assignment,  amounts 
and  dates  of  service  rendered,  termination  or  dismissal  of  an  employee 
in  any  position,  sick  leave  record,  rate  of  compen.sation.  .salaries  or  wages 
paid,  deductions  or  withholdings  made  and  the  person  or  agency  to  whom 
such  amounts  were  paid.  In  lieu  of  the  detail  records,  a  complete  proven 
summary  payroll  record  for  every  employee  of  the  school  district  con- 
taining the  same  data  may  be  classified  as  Class  I — Permanent,  and  the 
detail  records  may  then  be  classified  as  Class  3 — Disposable. 

(B)  Information  of  a  derogatory  nature  as  defined  in  Education  Code 
Section  4403 1  shall  be  Class  1 — Permanent  only  after  it  becomes  final. 
This  information  becomes  final  when: 

1 .  The  time  for  filing  a  grievance  has  lapsed,  or 

2.  The  document  has  been  sustained  by  the  grievance  process. 

(C)  Information  of  a  derogatory  nature  as  defined  in  Education  Code 
Section  4403 1  shall  be  Class  3 — Disposable  if  prior  to  the  effective  date 
of  this  section  the  document  was  subject  of  grievance  process  and  was 
not  sustained. 

(2)  Pupils. 

(A)  The  records  of  enrollment  and  scholarship  for  each  pupil  required 
by  Section  432. 

(B)  All  records  pertaining  to  any  accident  or  injury  involving  a  minor 
for  which  a  claim  for  damages  has  been  filed  as  required  by  law,  includ- 
ing any  policy  of  liability  insurance  relating  thereto,  except  that  these  re- 
cords cease  to  be  Class  1 — Permanent  records  one  year  after  the  claim 
has  been  settled  or  the  statute  of  limitations  has  run. 

(d)  Property  Records.  All  detail  records  relating  to  land,  buildings,  and 
equipment.  In  lieu  of  such  detail  records,  a  complete  property  ledger  may 


[The  next  page  is  184.37.] 


Page  184.36(c) 


Register  2008,  No.  32;  8-8-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  16040 


be  classified  as  Class  I — Permanent,  and  the  detail  records  may  then  be 
classified  as  Class  3 — Disposable,  if  the  property  ledger  includes: 

( 1 )  All  fixed  assets. 

(2)  An  equipment  inventory. 

(})  For  each  unit  of  property,  the  date  of  acquisition  or  augmentation, 
the  person  from  whom  acquired,  an  adequate  description  or  identifica- 
tion, and  the  amount  paid,  and  comparable  data  if  the  unit  is  disposed  of 
by  sale,  loss,  or  otherwise. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  35253,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
35253,  Hducation  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)(2)(A)  filed9~27-76;effectivethirtiethday  there- 
after (Register  76,  No.  40). 

2.  Amendment  ofsubsection  (c)(  1 )  filed  5-3 1-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  78.  No.  22).  Issuing  agency:  State  Board  of  Education. 

3.  Amendment  filed  12-14-83;effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Recister  83,  No. 
51). 

§  16024.    Class  2 — Optional  Records. 

Any  record  worthy  of  temporary  preservation  but  not  classified  as 
Class  I -Permanent  may  be  classified  as  Class  2-Optional  and  shall  then 
be  retained  until  reclassified  as  Class  3-Disposable.  If  the  superintendent 
and  governing  board  agree  that  classification  should  not  be  made  by  the 
time  specified  in  section  16022,  all  records  of  the  prior  year  may  be  clas- 
sified as  Class  2-OpUonal  pending  further  review  and  classification 
within  one  year. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  35253.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
35253,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  12-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
51), 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  printing  error  restoring  dropped  text  (Register  91,  No. 
29). 

§  16025.    Class  3 — Disposable  Records. 

All  records  not  classified  as  Class  I — Permanent  or  Class  2 — Opfional 
shall  be  classified  as  Class  3 — Disposable,  including  but  not  limited  to 
detail  records  relating  to: 

(a)  Records  Basic  to  Audit,  including  those  relafing  to  attendance,  av- 
erage daily  attendance,  or  a  business  or  financial  transaction  (purchase 
orders,  invoices,  warrants,  ledger  sheets,  cancelled  checks  and  stubs,  stu- 
dent body  and  cafeteria  fund  records,  etc.),  and  detail  records  used  in  the 
preparation  of  any  other  report.  Teachers'  registers  may  be  classified  as 
Class  3 — Disposable  only  if  all  informafion  required  in  Section  432  is  re- 
tained in  other  records  or  if  the  General  Record  pages  are  removed  from 
the  register  and  are  classified  as  Class  1 — Permanent. 

(b)  Periodic  Reports,  including  daily,  weekly,  and  monthly  reports, 
bullefins  and  instrucfions. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  ofsubsection  (c)  filed  2-18-71;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 71,  No.  8). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-27-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76,  No. 
40). 

§  16026.    Retention  Period. 

A  Class  3 — Disposable  record  shall  not  be  destroyed  until  after  the 
third  July  1  succeeding  the  complefion  of  the  audit  required  by  Education 
Code  Section  41020  or  of  any  other  legally  required  audit,  or  after  the 
ending  date  of  any  retention  period  required  by  any  agency  other  than  the 
State  of  California,  whichever  date  is  later.  A  continuing  record  shall  not 
be  destroyed  until  the  fourth  year  after  it  has  been  classified  as  Class 
3 — Disposable. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  12-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
50). 

§  16027.    Destruction  of  Records. 

Unless  otherwise  specified  in  this  chapter,  all  Class  3 — Disposable  re- 
cords shall  be  destroyed  during  the  third  school  year  after  the  school  year 


in  which  they  originated  (e.g.,  1976-77  records  may  be  destroyed  after 
July  1,  1980). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  35253.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
35253,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  1 2-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  ( Retiister  83.  No. 
51). 

§  16028.    Transfer  of  Records. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (b)  filed  9-27-76:  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  76.  No.  40). 

2.  Repealer  filed  12-14-83;effectivethirtiethdaythereafter(Register83,  No.  51 ). 


Article  3.    Steps  in  Destruction 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  35253,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
35250-35255,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  Article  3  (Sections  16029-16030)  filed  1 1-9-79;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  79.  No.  45). 


Subchapter  2.5.    Historical  Inventory  of 
Equipment 

§  1 6035.     Definition  of  Terms. 

(a)  As  used  in  this  arficle,  "historical  inventory  of  equipment."  herein 
referred  to  as  inventory,  means  a  list,  a  card  file,  or  electronic  data-pro- 
cessed information  containing  the  description,  name,  identification  num- 
bers and  original  cost  of  all  items  of  district-owned  equipment  whose 
current  market  value  exceeds  $200  per  item  (or  exceeds  any  lesser 
amount  approved  by  the  local  governing  board),  the  date  of  acquisition, 
the  locafion  of  use,  and  the  date  and  mode  of  disposal. 

(b)  Any  other  system  in  use  in  a  school  district  on  June  30,  1 973.  may 
be  approved  by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  after  due 
consideraUon  of  the  requirements  and  suggestions  in  the  State  manuals. 
Administration  of  School  Risk  Management  Program  and  California 
School  Accounting,  1976. 

(c)  Any  "historical  inventory  of  equipment"  shall  be  a  continuing  re- 
cord as  provided  in  Section  16022(d)  herein  and  shall  not  be  subject  to 
classification  for  retention  or  destruction  until  the  inventory  is  supersed- 
ed or  until  the  equipment  is  removed  from  district  ownership. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  2.5  (Sections  16035  and  16036);  Secfion 
35168,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  2.5  (Sections  16035  and  1 6036)  filed  .3-22-74;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  12). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Repealer  of  Article  1  heading  only  filed  9-1 3-84;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  84,  No.  37). 

§16036.     Listing. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031  and  35168,  Education  Code.  Reference: 

Section  35168,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  Article  2  heading  and  Section  16036  filed  9-13-84;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  84.  No.  37).  shall  be  kept  as  a  Class  3  record  and 
shall  be  destroyed  only  in  accordance  with  Section  16026. 


Subchapter  3.    School  Libraries 


Article  1 .    School  Library  Services 

§16040.     Definitions. 

(a)  "School  library  services"  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  provi- 
sion, organization,  and  utilization  of  materials  and  related  activities  sup- 
portive of  the  educational  requirements  prescribed  by  law  and  by  the 
school  districts  which  may  include  the  following: 


Page  184J7 


Register  2005,  No.  23;  6-10-2005 


§  16041 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(1)  Library  Instniction — Provide  instruction  to  students  that  will  en- 
able them  to  become  proficient  users  of  library  resources;  and  provide  in- 
service  training  for  teachers. 

(2)  Curriculum  Development — Provide  information  to  teachers  and 
administrators  concerning  sources  and  availability  of  instructional  mate- 
rials that  will  aid  in  the  development  of  school  curriculum;  team  with 
classroom  teachers  to  develop  units  of  instruction  and  activities  using  li- 
brary resources  in  the  instructional  programs. 

(3)  Materials  Selection — Provide  assistance  to  teachers  and  students 
in  the  evaluation,  selection,  production,  and  uses  of  instmctional  materi- 
als. 

(4)  Access  to  Materials  and  Information  Resources — Provide  a  collec- 
tion of  materials  and  resources  that  support  the  curriculum  and  are  appro- 
priate for  user  needs.  Plan  a  functional  system,  procedures,  and  services 
for  maximum  utilization  of  resources. 

(5)  Professional  Development — Assist  teachers,  administrators,  and 
other  school  staff  members  in  becoming  knowledgeable  and  current  con- 
cerning appropriate  uses  of  library  media  services,  materials  and  equip- 
ment. 

(b)  A  "School  Library"  is  an  area  or  group  of  areas  where  a  program 
of  information  sources,  associated  equipment,  and  services  from  appro- 
priate staff  are  accessible  to  pupils  and  school  personnel  and  may  be  iden- 
tified by  each  school  district  by  any  title  which  is  descriptive  of  its  func- 
tion such  as  Learning  Resource  Center,  Library  Media  Center,  or 
Instructional  Materials  Center. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  18101  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  18100,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  3  (§§  16040-16043)  filed  3-24-72;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  72,  No.  13). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-23-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No. 
39). 

§  1 6041 .    Content  of  School  Libraries. 

Each  school  district  may  provide  in  its  libraries  books,  reference 
books,  periodicals,  photographs,  pictorial  or  graphic  works,  maps, 
charts,  globes,  sound  recordings,  films,  filmstrips,  kinescopes,  video 
tapes,  videodiscs,  video  cassette  recorders,  other  printed  or  audio  visual 
materials,  and  high  technology  systems  such  as  computers  approved  for 
use  in  the  schools  by  the  governing  board  pursuant  to  Article  1  (com- 
mencing with  Section  18100)  of  Chapter  2  of  Part  11  of  the  Education 
Code. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  18101  and  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  18100,  18131  and  18170,  Education  Code. 

History 

1,  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-23-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No. 
38). 

§  16042.    Services  for  Pupils  and  Teachers. 

Opportunity  is  to  be  afforded  pupils  to  borrow  school  library  materials 
at  no  charge  for  use  in  the  district's  libraries,  classrooms  and  out-of- 
school.  A  school  district  shall  make  no  charge  for  the  late  return  of  library 
materials  unless  authorized  to  do  so  by  the  governing  board  of  such  dis- 
trict. Pupils  and  teachers  are  assisted  in  the  selection  and  use  of  school 
library  materials. 

§  16043.    Duties  of  Library  Personnel. 

Persons  employed  by  a  school  district  as  school  librarians,  assisted  by 
other  certificated  personnel  where  deemed  necessary,  are  responsible  to 
perform  the  duties  assigned  by  the  school  district  governing  board,  in- 
cluding, but  not  limited  to,  supplementing  classroom  instruction,  helping 
and  instructing  pupils  in  the  choice  and  use  of  library  materials,  planning 
and  coordinating  school  library  programs  with  the  instructional  pro- 
grams of  a  school  district,  selecting  materials  for  school  libraries,  and 
conducting  a  planned  course  of  instruction  for  those  pupils  who  assist  in 
the  operation  of  school  libraries,  subject  to  such  policies,  rules  and  regu- 


lations as  may  be  established  by  the  governing  board  for  the  operation 
and  utilization  of  school  libraries.  Classified  personnel  assigned  school 
library  duties  are  to  be  under  the  supervision  of  certificated  personnel; 
instructional  aides  assigned  to  school  libraries  are  subject  to  the  provi- 
sions of  Education  Code  Sections  45340  through  45349;  pupils  are  under 
the  supervision  of  certificated  personnel. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39), 


Chapter  17.    County  Superintendents 


Subchapter  1.    Duties  of  the  County 
Superintendent 


Article  1 .    Services  to  School  Districts  and 
the  California  Department  of  Education 

§  17101.     Definition  of  "Under  Review." 

For  the  purposes  of  ensuring  the  use  and  sufficiency  of  state  adopted 
textbooks  and  instructional  materials  and  standards-aligned  textbooks 
and  instructional  materials  that  are  adopted  by  local  governing  boards, 
pursuant  to  Section  1240(i)(3)  of  the  Education  Code,  schools  "under  re- 
view" are  schools  undergoing  interventions  pursuant  to  Sections 
52055.5(b)(2),  52055.51,  or  52055.650(e)  of  the  Education  Code. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
1240,  52055.5,  52055.51,  52055.640  and  52055.650,  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  article  heading  and  new  section  filed  6-8-2005;  operative 
6-8-2005  pursuant  to  Government  Code  secfion  1 1343.4  (Register  2005,  No. 

23). 


Article  2.    Reports  to  the  State  Department 
of  Education 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  1243,  Education  Code.  Reference:  None. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  1  filed  2-24-70;  effecfi  ve  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No. 
9). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Repealer  of  Article  2  (Section  17220)  filed  11-9-79;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  45). 


Subchapter  2.     Fiscal  Responsibilities  of 
the  County  Superintendent 


Article  1.    Report  of  Miscellaneous  Funds 
Pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  17606 

§17260.    Time  of  Report. 

The  county  superintendent  of  schools  shall  report  on  or  before  August 
1st  of  each  year  the  amount  of  miscellaneous  funds  which  each  district 
under  his  jurisdiction  has  received  and  which  has  been  deposited  to  the 
credit  of  the  general  fund  of  the  district  during  the  preceding  fiscal  year. 
The  report  shall  be  made  on  forms  prescribed  by  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  1:  Section  41604,  Education  Code.  Issuing 
agency:  Superintendent  of  Public  Instrucfion. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  2  (§§  17260-17262, 17270-17278,  17280-17283,  17290-17292, 
17300-17308,  17320-17322, 17340-17347,  17360-17363)  filed  2-24-70;  ef- 
fective thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 


Page  184.38 


Register  2005,  No.  23;  6-10-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  17276 


§  1 7261 .    Funds  to  Be  Reported. 

Miscellaneous  funds  as  defined  in  Education  Code  Section  41604 
which  shall  be  reported  by  a  county  superintendent  include  but  are  not 
limited  to: 

(a)  Payments  by  the  federal,  state,  county  or  city  government  or  any 
agency  of  any  such  government  that  are  payments  in  lieu  of  taxes.  (State 
lax  relief  subventions  for  homeowners  and  business  inventory  tax  relief 
are  not  "payments  in  lieu  of  taxes."") 

(b)  Payments  by  the  federal,  state,  county  or  city  government  or  by  any 
private  individual,  partnership,  company,  or  corporation  of  all  or  a  por- 
tion of  the  royalties  and  bonuses  received  from  the  operation  of  any  law 
or  under  the  terms  of  any  agreement. 

(c)  Payments  by  any  governmental  agency,  private  individual,  part- 
nership, company  or  corporation  for  rental  of  property  owned  by  the 
school  district  and  not  on  the  tax  rolls  of  the  district  in  an  amount  that  ex- 
ceeds the  actual  expense  of  operating  and  maintaining  the  property. 

(d)  Payments  received  from  or  on  account  of  school  district  property 
or  any  other  property  within  the  district  or  State  not  being  assessed  for 
tax  purposes  and  not  being  used  for  school  purposes. 

History 
I .  Amendment  tiled  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Recister  77,  No. 
39). 

§  1 7262.     Funds  Not  to  Be  Included. 

Miscellaneous  funds  as  defined  in  Education  Code  Section  41604  do 
not  include: 

(a)  Payments  of  federal  forest  reserve  funds. 

(b)  Payments  of  Indian  education  reimbursement  funds. 

(c)  Payments  for  tuition  of  nonresident  pupils  attending  the  schools  of 
the  district. 

(d)  Payments  from  the  Veterans  Administration  for  services  rendered 
to  veterans. 

(e)  Payments  received  as  a  part  of  any  state  apportionment  made  under 
the  provisions  of  the  Education  Code  or  as  a  part  of  any  federal-state  ap- 
portionment for  vocational  type  courses. 

(f)  Payments  received  as  interest  from  cash  on  deposit  and  investments 
in  United  States  bonds. 

(g)  Payments  received  for  sale  of  property  or  from  insurance  indemni- 
ties. 

History 
I .  Amendment  tiled  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter  (Register  77,  No 
39). 


Article  2. 


Allowances  for  Emergency 
Purposes 


§17270.     Application. 

The  provisions  of  this  article  prescribed  the  conditions  under  which  al- 
lowances will  be  made  to  meet  conditions  of  an  emergency  nature  requir- 
ing one  or  more  of  the  following: 

(a)  The  establishment  and  maintenance  of  emergency  elementary 
schools. 

(b)  The  providing  of  emergency  teachers  to  regular  elementary 
schools. 

(c)  The  providing  of  emergency  transportation  to  regular  elementary 
schools. 

(d)  Emergency  apportionments  to  school  districts. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited  for  Article  2:  Section  14050(f),  Education  Code.  Issuing 
agency:  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

§17271,     "Emergency"  Defined. 

For  the  purpose  of  granting  allowances  to  meet  emergency  conditions, 
an  "emergency"  is  an  extraordinary  condition  not  of  a  continuing  or  per- 


manent nature  that  cannot  be  met  with  the  available  funds  of  a  .school  dis- 
trict, or  from  funds  to  be  apportioned  to  the  .school  district  from  the  State 
School  Fund  during  the  then  current  fiscal  year,  or  from  other  available 
funds. 

§  17272.    Allowances  for  Emergency  Elementary  Schools. 

The  direct  operation  of  education  programs,  which  may  be  financed 
in  part  by  allowances  from  the  county  school  service  fund,  is  limited  to 
emergency  elementary  schools  for  normal  pupils,  as  authorized  by  Sec- 
tion 1920  of  the  Education  Code. 

The  proposed  expenditures  by  county  superintendents  for  such  emer- 
gency elementary  schools  shall  be  submitted  on  the  annual  budget  forms 
as  prescribed  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.  Such  expendi- 
tures as  are  properly  justified  will  be  approved  as  a  part  of  the  county 
school  service  fund  budget.  Allowances  of  service  funds  to  the  counties, 
when  expenditures  exceed  the  regular  state  allowances  and  other  avail- 
able funds,  will  be  made  only  on  a  reimbursement  basis  following  actual 
expenditure.  Claims  for  reimbursement  shall  be  presented  on  forms  pre- 
scribed by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

History 
1.  Amendment  tiled  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 

39). 

§  17273.    Other  Emergency  Financial  Aid  to  School 
Districts. 

Emergency  financial  aid  may  be  granted  to  school  districts,  other  than 
by  the  direct  operation  of  education  programs,  as  follows: 

(a)  Employment  of  emergency  teachers  for  assignment  to  school  dis- 
tricts for  the  instruction  of  normal  pupils,  as  authorized  by  subdivision 
(b)  of  Section  1920  of  the  Education  Code. 

(b)  Payment  of  transportation  costs  for  normal  pupils  attending  ele- 
mentary schools,  as  authorized  by  subdivision  (c)  of  Section  1 920  of  the 
Education  Code. 

(c)  Apportionment  to  districts  for  current  expense,  as  authorized  by 
subdivision  (a)  of  Section  1602  of  the  Education  Code. 

(d)  Apportionment  to  districts  for  transportation  of  pupils  to  and  from 
school  to  meet  temporary  emergency  conditions,  as  authorized  by  subdi- 
vision (b)  of  Section  1602  of  the  Education  Code. 

(e)  Tuition  to  high  .school  districts  for  the  education  of  pupils  residing 
on  military  reservations,  as  authorized  by  Sections  37106-371 1 1  of  the 
Education  Code. 

(0  Apportionment  to  districts  with  resident  cerebral  palsied  minors 
who  attend  special  schools  or  classes  in  other  districts  if  such  districts  of 
residence  are  financially  unable  to  pay  the  tuition  charges  of  the  districts 
of  attendance,  as  authorized  by  Section  56720  of  the  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§  17274.    Allowances  for  Emergency  Financial  Aid. 

Proposed  expenditures  and  apportionments  for  emergency  financial 
aid  described  in  Section  17273  shall  be  submitted  on  the  annual  budget 
forms  as  prescribed  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.  A  de- 
tailed statement  of  the  emergency  existing,  the  cause  or  reason  for  the 
emergency,  and  the  need  for  an  allowance  shall  be  provided.  Subsequent 
to  the  actual  expenditure,  a  claim  for  reimbursement  shall  be  presented 
on  Form  J^,  "Claim  for  Reimbursement  for  the  County  School  Service 
Fund." 

§  17275.    Use  of  Funds  of  Suspended  School  Districts. 

No  allowances  shall  be  made  from  the  county  school  service  funds  for 
the  operation  of  emergency  schools  for  normal  pupils  located  in  a  sus- 
pended district  until  all  existing  ftinds  of  the  suspended  school  district  are 
exhausted. 

§17276.    Use  of  Forest  Reserve  Funds. 

When  proposing  an  allowance  from  the  county  school  service  funds 
for  emergency  financial  aid  to  a  school  district  eligible  to  receive  county 
forest  reserve  school  funds,  certification  shall  be  made  by  the  county  su- 


Page  184.39 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 11  -2004 


§  17277 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


periniendent  of  schools  that  an  apportionment  from  the  latter  funds  is  not 
possible. 

§  17277.    Approvals  by  County  Board  of  Education. 

The  direct  operation  of  education  programs,  as  set  forth  in  Section 
17272,  or  the  granting  of  financial  aid  to  school  districts,  as  set  forth  in 
Section  1 7273,  must  be  approved  by  the  county  board  of  education,  and 
a  copy  of  that  board's  resolution  shall  accompany  any  claim  for  reim- 
bursement for  the  operation  of  an  education  program  or  any  proposal  for 
allowances  for  other  financial  aids. 

§  17278.    Final  Filing  Date  for  Claims. 

No  claim  for  reimbursement  of  expenditures  for  the  purposes  enumer- 
ated in  this  article  shall  be  allowed  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction unless  the  claim  is  received  by  him  prior  to  the  tenth  day  of  June 
of  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  expenditures  were  made. 

Article  3.    Reimbursement  of  Travel 

Expense  in  Connection  with  Cooperative 

County  Publication  Projects 

§17280.    Application. 

The  provisions  of  this  article  prescribe  the  conditions  under  which  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  will  make  allowances  to  reimburse 
necessary  and  actual  travel  expenses  of  county  superintendents  of 
schools  or  their  designated  staff  members  in  connection  with  cooperative 
county  publication  projects. 

NOTK:  Authority  cited  for  Article  3:  Sections  14050  and  14052,  Education  Code. 
Issuing  agency:  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 

77.  No.  39). 

§17281.    Definition. 

A  cooperative  county  publication  project  for  the  purpose  of  this  article 
is  a  joint  endeavor  by  two  or  more  counties  initiated  by  the  Superinten- 
dent of  Public  Instruction  or  by  county  superintendents  with  the  approval 
of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  to  develop  written  materials 
for  publication  that  will  be  used  in  connection  with  the  curricular  and  spe- 
cial services  of  the  county  superintendents. 

§  17282.    Allowances  for  Reimbursement. 

Anticipated  travel  expenses  in  connection  with  co-operative  publica- 
tion projects  shall  be  budgeted  as  a  part  of  the  proposed  expense  of  the 
budget  class  to  which  the  publication  relates. 

If  additional  funds  are  required,  they  shall  be  derived  from  the  other 
purpose  balances  of  the  participating  counties.  If  no  such  funds  exist  in 
any  of  the  participating  counties,  a  claim  against  the  contingency  fund 
may  be  submitted  along  with  a  county  school  service  fund  budget  revi- 
sion and  a  memorandum  of  explanation.  The  claim  shall  be  presented  on 
forms  prescribed  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

§  17283.    Final  Filing  Date  for  Claims. 

No  claim  for  reimbursement  of  expenditures  in  connection  with  coop- 
erative county  publication  projects  shall  be  allowed  by  the  Superinten- 
dent of  Public  Instruction  unless  such  claim  is  received  by  him  prior  to 
the  tenth  day  of  June  of  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30th  in  which  the  ex- 
penditures were  made. 

Article  4.    Purchasing  and  Replacing  of 
Capital  Outlay  Items 

§17290.    Application. 

The  provisions  of  this  article  govern  the  purchasing  and  replacing  of 
capital  outlay  items  by  a  county  superintendent  of  schools  from  county 
school  service  funds.  These  provisions  do  not  apply  to  the  purchasing  and 


replacing  of  automotive  equipment.  The  latter  subjects  are  included  in 
Article  6  of  this  subchapter. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  4:  Section  14050,  Education  Code.  Issuing 
agency;  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 

77.  No.  .■^9). 

§  1 7291 .    Purchasing  Procedure, 

A  county  superintendent  shall  purchase  a  capital  outlay  item  involving 
an  expenditure  of  more  than  two  thousand  five  hundred  dollars  ($2,500) 
through  the  county  purchasing  agent,  or  he  shall  make  the  purchase  di- 
rectly from  a  vendor  only  after  having  secured  in  writing  from  responsi- 
ble vendors  at  least  three  estimates  of  the  cost  of  the  item.  The  county  su- 
perintendent of  schools  shall  purchase  the  capital  outlay  item  at  the 
estimated  cost  from  the  vendor  who  submits  the  lowest  estimate  meeting 
the  prescribed  specifications,  or  shall  reject  all  estimates.  The  provisions 
of  this  section  shall  not  apply  to  the  purchasing  of  films,  filmstrips,  and 
books. 

History 

].  Amendment  filed  5-2-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
18). 

§  17292.    Limitations  on  Purchases. 

The  county  superintendent  shall  observe  the  following  limitations  in 
purchasing  or  replacing  capital  outlay  items: 

(a)  For  the  operation  of  a  library  and  supplementary  book  service,  the 
purchases  of  books  and  other  instructional  materials  shall  be  limited  to 
those  books  and  materials  adopted  by  the  county  board  of  education. 

(b)  For  the  operarion  of  audio-visual  services,  the  purchases  of  films 
and  film  strips  shall  be  limited  to  films  and  film  strips  adopted  by  the 
county  board  of  education. 

(c)  The  purchase  of  projection  equipment  shall  be  limited  to: 

( 1 )  Equipment  for  use  of  the  staff  of  the  county  superintendent  of 
schools  for  authorized  curricular  and  special  services. 

(2)  Equipment  for  use  of  such  staff  in  programs  of  orienting  school  dis- 
tricts to  audio-visual  services. 

(3)  Equipment  for  loan  to  school  districts  in  emergency  cases  of  break- 
down or  failure  of  district-owned  equipment. 

(4)  Equipment  for  use  in  educational  services. 

Article  5.    Purchase,  Replacement, 

Operation,  and  Maintenance  of  Automotive 

Equipment 

§  17300.    Application. 

The  provisions  of  this  article  govern  the  purchase,  replacement,  opera- 
tion, and  maintenance  of  automotive  equipment,  title  to  which  will  be  or 
is  vested  in  the  office  of  the  county  superintendent. 
Note:  Authority  cited  for  Article  5:  Section  14050,  Education  Code.  Issuing 
agency;  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 

77,  No.  39). 

§17301.    Purchasing  Procedure. 

The  county  superintendent  shall  make  an  initial  or  replacement  pur- 
chase of  a  motor  vehicle,  trailer,  or  other  item  of  automotive  equipment 
involving  an  expenditure  of  more  than  three  thousand  five  hundred  dol- 
lars ($3,500)  through  the  county  purchasing  agent  or  he  shall  make  the 
purchase  directly  from  the  vendor  only  after  having  secured  in  writing 
from  responsible  vendors  at  least  three  estimates  of  the  cost  thereof.  The 
county  superintendent  of  schools  shall  purchase  the  equipment  at  the  es- 
timated cost  from  the  vendor  who  submits  the  lowest  estimate  meeting 
the  prescribed  specifications,  or  shall  reject  all  estimates. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  5-2-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 

18). 


Page  184.40 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  17320 


§  17302.    Motor  Vehicle  and  Trailer  Purchases. 

The  county  supeiintendeni  shall  observe  the  following  limitations  in 
the  purchase  of  motor  vehicles  and  trailers: 

(a)  A  motor  vehicle  purchased  primarily  for  the  transportation  of  staff 
personnel  shall  be  an  automobile  of  the  light  car  class. 

(b)  A  motor  vehicle  of  the  light  car  class  shall  be  as  described  in  the 
specifications  provided  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

(c)  A  motor  vehicle  purchased  for  the  transportation  of  pupils  shall 
meet  all  requirements  of  Chapter  4  (commencing  with  Section  14200)  of 
Division  13  relative  to  pupil  transportation. 

(d)  A  motor  vehicle  to  be  used  primarily  for  the  transportation  of 
equipment  or  supplies  shall  be  purchased  only  after  the  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction  has  approved  the  specifications  therefor  and  the  jus- 
tification for  the  use  thereof. 

(e)  A  motor  vehicle  or  trailer  designed  and  built  for  a  special  use  or 
uses  shall  be  purchased  only  after  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion has  approved  the  specifications  therefor  and  the  justification  for  the 
use  thereof. 

§  17303.    Motor  Vehicle  Replacements. 

For  a  vehicle  to  be  replaced,  one  of  the  following  conditions  shall  exist, 
or  prior  to  the  end  of  the  budget  year  will  exist,  with  respect  to  the  vehicle 
being  replaced: 

(a)  The  age  of  the  vehicle  exceeds  four  years  since  the  date  of  first  reg- 
istration. 

(b)  The  total  mileage  on  the  vehicle  exceeds  fifty  thousand  (50,000) 
miles. 

(c)  The  operating  cost  per  mile  is  excessive  due  to  unusual  conditions, 
or  will,  in  the  future,  be  excessive  due  to  unusual  need  for  repair. 

(d)  The  vehicle  has  been  so  damaged  by  casualty  that  the  cost  of  repair 
would  be  excessive. 

(e)  There  are  special  circumstances,  other  than  those  specified  in  (a) 
through  (d),  which  justify  replacement. 

§  17304.    Repair  and  Replacement  of  Parts  of  Passenger 
Type  Vehicles. 

Where  damages  to  passenger  type  vehicles  due  to  casualty  not  covered 
by  insurance  are  suffered  to  the  extent  that  repair  and  replacement  of 
parts  on  vehicles  are  not  possible  within  the  budgeted  allowances  for  op- 
eration and  maintenance  and  normal  replacement,  sufficient  amounts 
may  be  allowed  from  available  funds  by  transfer  through  use  of  the  pre- 
scribed budget  revision  forms. 


§  17305.     Public  Liability  and  Property  Damage  Insurance. 

The  county  superintendent  shall  insure  the  office  of  the  county  super- 
intendent against  liability  (other  than  a  liability  which  is  insured  against 
under  the  provisions  of  Divisions  4  and  5  of  the  Labor  Code)  for  damages 
by  reason  of  death,  or  by  reason  of  injury  to  person  or  property,  resulting 
from  the  use  of  any  motor  vehicle  or  trailer  to  which  the  office  of  the 
county  superintendent  has  title.  The  insurance  shall  be  procured  from  an 
admitted  insurer  and  shall  be  in  an  amount  deemed  by  the  county  superin- 
tendent of  schools  to  be  appropriate.  When  a  county  superintendent  of 
schools  holds  title  to  five  or  more  motor  vehicles  and  trailers  and  the  cost 
of  the  insurance  is  charged  to  county  school  service  funds,  the  insurance 
shall  be  at  rates  applicable  to  motor  vehicle  fleets. 

§17306.    Comprehensive  Insurance. 

(a)  The  county  superintendent  shall  insure  the  office  of  the  county  su- 
perintendent against  loss  or  damage  with  respect  to  commercial  type  mo- 
tor vehicles,  such  as  trucks,  buses,  trailers,  and  special  type  mobile  units, 
due  to  fire,  theft,  collision,  upset,  or  other  casualties  ordinarily  included 
in  provisions  for  comprehensive  coverage.  Collision  insurance  may  be 
of  the  type  commonly  referred  to  as  "deductible." 

(b)  The  county  superintendent  may  insure  his  office  against  such 
losses  with  respect  to  passenger  type  motor  vehicles. 


(c)  Insurance  shall  be  procured  from  an  admitted  insurer  and  shall  be 
in  an  amount  deemed  by  the  county  superintendent  o\'  schools  to  be  ap- 
propriate. 

§17307.     Maintenance  Procedures. 

When  the  cost  of  operation  and  maintenance  of  motor  vehicles  and 
trailers  is  paid  from  the  county  school  service  fund,  the  county  superin- 
tendent shall  comply  with  the  following: 

(a)  Motor  vehicle  fuel  shall  be  purchased  from  either  of  the  following: 

(1)  County-owned  garage  facilities. 

(2)  A  private  vendor,  after  the  county  superintendent  has  secured  in 
writing  from  responsible  vendors  at  least  three  estimates  of  the  cost.  The 
county  superintendent  shall  purchase  the  fuel  at  the  estimated  cost  from 
the  vendor  who  submitted  the  lowest  estimate  meeting  the  prescribed 
specifications,  or  shall  reject  all  estimates. 

(b)  When  repair  of  motor  vehicle  or  trailer  involves  more  than  six 
hundred  dollars  ($600)  and  is  to  be  made  in  other  than  a  county-owned 
garage,  the  county  superintendent  shall  secure  in  writing  from  responsi- 
ble persons  or  firms  at  least  three  estimates  of  the  cost  thereof  and  shall 
authorize  the  repair  to  be  made  at  the  estimated  cost  from  the  person  or 
firm  who  submits  the  lowest  estimate  meeting  the  prescribed  specifica- 
tions, or  he  shall  reject  all  estimates. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  5-2-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75.  No. 
18). 

§  17308.    Conditions  Governing  the  Operation  of  Motor 
Vehicles  and  Trailers. 

When  the  cost  of  maintenance  or  operation  of  motor  vehicles  and  trail- 
ers is  paid  from  the  county  school  service  fund,  a  county  superintendent 
and  his  employees  shall  comply  with  the  following  conditions  regarding 
the  use  and  operation  of  such  vehicles  and  trailers: 

(a)  All  motor  vehicles  and  trailers  shall  be  adequately  identified  as 
property  of  the  office  by  the  affixing  of  suitable  seals  or  by  other  methods 
showing  suitable  insignia  or  descripfion. 

(b)  The  county  superintendent  shall  designate  the  normal  storage  loca- 
tion for  all  motor  vehicles  and  trailers  under  his  jurisdiction,  and  all  such 
vehicles  and  trailers  shall  normally  be  garaged  at  such  locations. 

(c)  Motor  vehicles  and  trailers  shall  be  used  only  in  the  conduct  of  offi- 
cial business;  i.e.,  driven,  or  in  the  case  of  a  trailer  drawn  by  a  motor  ve- 
hicle driven,  by  the  county  superintendent  or  by  an  employee  of  his  office 
acting  in  the  performance  of.  or  necessary  to,  or  in  the  course  of,  official 
duties.  Any  other  use,  including  use  for  driving  to  and  from  the  county 
superintendent's  or  the  employee's  home,  unless  the  county  superinten- 
dent or  the  employee  is  departing  or  returning  from  an  official  trip  or  un- 
less his  home  is  the  officially  designated  storage  station,  will  be  consid- 
ered misappropriation  for  private  use. 

Article  6.    Coordination  of  the  Educational 
Program  by  the  County  Superintendent 

§17320.     Definition. 

For  the  purposes  of  Section  1703  of  the  Education  Code,  coordination 
of  the  educafional  program  consists  of  the  actions,  efforts,  and  proce- 
dures of  a  county  superintendent,  directed  to  one  or  more  districts,  to: 

(a)  Enforce  minimum  educational  standards 

(b)  Improve  the  educafional  program 

(c)  Promote  order  and  reasonable  uniformity  in  the  educational  pro- 
gram 

(d)  Effect  working  relationships  between  school  districts  and  other 
agencies  serving  youth  whose  functions  are  related  to  the  programs  of  the 
public  schools 

(e)  Promote  effective  and  efficient  operation  of  the  programs  of  in- 
strucfion  and  special  services  in  the  areas  of  courses  of  study,  guidance 
services,  health  services,  special  education,  attendance  activities,  library 
services,  audio-visual  services,  and  advisory  services  in  school  business 
administrafion  among  the  districts  under  his  jurisdiction. 


Page  184.41 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  17321 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  6:  Section  1703.  Education  Code.  Issuing 
agency:  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§  1 7321 .    Level  at  Which  Services  to  Be  Provided, 

Coordination  provided  shall  be  at  the  district  level  through  working 
with  district  personnel  who  are  responsible  for  the  conduct  in  the  district 
of  the  service  so  that  the  service  will  supplement  the  work  or  responsibili- 
ties assigned  to  members  of  the  staff  of  the  district,  and  not  supplant  dis- 
trict personnel  or  the  work  and  assignments  that  normally  are  given  to 
staff  members  of  a  district. 

§  1 7322.     Responsibility  of  District. 

Coordination  services  provided  by  the  county  superintendent  of 
schools  shall  be  with  full  recognition  that  the  responsibility  for  operating 
the  educational  program  and  for  effecting  internal  improvements  in  a  dis- 
trict is  the  responsibility  of  the  governing  board  of  the  school  district,  and 
such  program  and  improvements  shall  be  effected  and  financed  by  the 
school  district. 


Article  7.    County  School  Service  Fund 
Budget  Procedures 

§  17340.    Submitting  the  Budget. 

The  county  superintendent  shall,  on  or  before  June  30  of  each  year, 
submit  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  a  proposed  budget  as 
approved  by  the  county  board  of  education  for  the  succeeding  fiscal  year, 
on  forms  prescribed  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  pur- 
suant to  the  provisions  of  Section  14050  of  the  Education  Code. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  14050,  Education  Code.  Reference:  None. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  1 1-9-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
45). 

§  1 7341 .    Tentative  Approval  of  Budget. 

The  budget  shall  be  tentatively  approved  by  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction  on  or  before  July  1  to  provide  a  basis  for  operation  dur- 
ing the  early  months  of  the  fiscal  year  and  to  determine  the  amount  of  the 
advance  apportionment  to  be  certified  under  the  provisions  of  Section 
41330  of  the  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 


§  17342.    Approval  of  Final  Budget. 

(a)  Immediately  after  certification  of  average  daily  attendance  pur- 
suant to  Education  Code  Section  41303,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction shall  adjust  the  tentatively  approved  budget,  if  necessary,  in  or- 
der to: 

(1)  Assure  certification  of  an  amount  under  the  provisions  of  Section 
41332  of  the  Education  Code  not  in  excess  of  the  amount  provided  by 
law. 

(2)  Recognize  the  differences  between  the  actual  data  for  the  preced- 
ing fiscal  year  as  of  June  30  and  the  estimated  amounts  used  in  giving  ten- 
tative approval  of  the  budget. 

(b)  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  notify  the  county  su- 
perintendent of  adjustments  made  in  the  tentatively  approved  budget. 
The  notice  constitutes  final  approval  of  the  budget. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 


§17343.     Budget  Review. 

In  determining  the  necessary  expenses,  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  shall  consider  but  not  be  limited  to  the  following: 

(a)  The  explanations  and  justifications  supporting  the  budget  request. 

(b)  The  level  of  expenditures  for  the  two  preceding  fiscal  years. 

(c)  The  available  net  beginning  balances  and  estimated  income  other 
than  state  aid. 

(d)  The  necessity  of  pilot  projects  of  statewide  interest  or  of  nonrecur- 
ring items  of  expense. 

(e)  The  authorization  for  the  use  of  the  county  school  service  fund  to 
pay  for  those  services  prescribed  in  Chapter  6,  Part  2  of  the  Education 
Code  (commencing  at  Section  1700)  and  as  specifically  authorized  in 
Section  1500  of  the  Education  Code. 

(f)  The  adherence  to  applicable  provisions  of  the  Education  Code  and 
of  this  title. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
39). 

§  17344.    Appropriation  for  Contingencies. 

In  addition  to  expenditures,  the  county  superintendent  may  request, 
and  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  may  approve,  an  appropri- 
ation for  contingencies,  not  to  exceed  5  percent  of  the  approved  expendi- 
tures from  state  funds  in  the  budget.  Amounts  from  the  appropriation  for 
contingencies  may  be  made  available  for  expenditures  during  the  fiscal 
year  upon  approval  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  under  the 
provisions  of  Section  1604  of  the  Education  Code,  of  a  request  for  revi- 
sion of  the  approved  budget. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  6-7-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No. 
23). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§17345.    Cumulative  Reserve. 

In  addition  to  normal  expenditures,  the  county  superintendent  may  re- 
quest and  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  may  approve  a  special 
reserve  for  the  accumulation  of  funds  over  a  period  of  years  for  the  re- 
placement of  equipment  and  for  capital  outlay  purposes.  The  request  for 
a  cumulative  reserve  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  resolution  of  the  county 
superintendent,  with  the  approval  of  the  county  board  of  education,  set- 
ting forth  the  purpose  of  each  reserve,  the  amount  to  be  accumulated  each 
fiscal  year,  and  the  plan  of  expenditure.  The  cumulative  reserve  may  be 
expended  upon  approval  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.  The 
county  superintendent  shall,  on  or  before  July  10  of  each  fiscal  year,  re- 
port to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  the  expenditures  made 
during  the  preceding  fiscal  year  in  compliance  with  the  resolution  and  the 
approved  budget  revision.  Any  moneys  not  expended  for  the  purposes 
specified  in  the  resolution,  in  conformance  with  the  plan  prescribed  and 
approved,  shall  be  considered  available  for  general  support  of  the  budget 
for  the  succeeding  year. 

§  17346.    Trust  Accounts. 

The  moneys  deposited  to  the  credit  of  the  county  school  service  fund 
which  remain  in  expendable  trust  accounts  established  for  the  purposes 
specified  in  an  agreement  with  the  donor  or  grantor,  and  not  contem- 
plated to  be  expended  from  the  county  school  service  fund  during  the 
budget  year,  shall  not  be  considered  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction as  available  for  meeting  the  needs  of  the  current  year.  On  or  be- 
fore July  10,  the  county  superintendent  of  schools  shall  file  a  report  with 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  indicating  the  nature  of  such  ex- 
pendable trust  accounts,  the  purposes  for  which  the  moneys  are  to  be  ex- 
pended, the  unexpended  portion  remaining  from  previous  receipts,  the 
amount  expended  for  the  preceding  year,  and  the  amount  proposed  for 
expenditure  during  the  budget  year. 

Gifts,  grants,  and  contributions  received  which  are  not  restricted  for 
specific  purposes  shall  be  considered  available  for  meeting  the  needs  of 
the  current  year. 


Page  184.42 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  17401 


§  17347.     Publications  Included  in  Budget. 

For  the  purposes  of  Education  Code  Section  14052,  a  publication  is 
any  written,  taped,  or  graphically  presented  communication,  except  a 
communication  lor  use  only  in  the  operation  of  the  office  of  the  county 
superintendent  of  schools  or  by  cooperating  agencies  in  the  selection  for 
use  of  audio-visual,  library,  and  instructional  materials,  that  meets  all  of 
the  following  criteria: 

(a)  The  communication  is  prepared  by.  or  intended  for  distribution  by. 
the  county  superintendent  of  schools  in  accordance  with  rules  and  regula- 
tions of  the  county  board  of  education. 

(b)  It  is  produced  to  disseminate  information,  data,  or  instructions  re- 
lating to  any  service  the  county  superintendent  of  schools  is  authorized 
to  provide. 

(c)  It  is  approved  by  the  county  board  of  education. 

History 
I .  Amendment  filed  9-2.V77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Resisler  77,  No. 


Article  8.     County  Tax  for  the  Identification 

and  Education  of  Physically  Handicapped 

Minors  by  a  County  Superintendent 


§  17360.     Requirement  of  a  Tax  Levy. 

Whenever  under  Education  Code  Section  1850  a  county  superinten- 
dent is  required,  or  under  Education  Code  Section  1852  is  permitted  to 
maintain,  or  to  contract  with  a  school  district  or  another  county  superin- 
tendent of  schools  to  provide,  a  program  for  the  identification  and  educa- 
tion of  minors  living  in  the  county  and  in  a  school  district  who  are  consid- 
ered to  be  physically  handicapped  under  the  provisions  of  Education 
Code  Sections  56700  and  56701  (hereinafter  called  physically  handi- 
capped minors),  the  board  of  supervisors  shall  levy  an  identical  rate  of 
tax  upon  the  taxable  property  in  each  school  district  in  which  such  minors 
live  and  which  are  designated  as  the  responsible  districts  under  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  56710. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  8:  Section  1836,  Education  Code.  Issuing 
agency:  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§17361.     Definitions. 

For  the  purposes  of  computing  the  tax  as  provided  in  this  article,  the 
following  definitions  apply: 

(a)  "Schools  or  classes"  are  those  categories  of  instruction  identified 
in  the  Education  Code  as:  regular  day  classes,  remedial  classes  in  special 
physical  education  classes,  other  remedial  classes,  individual  instruc- 
tion, and  special  day  classes. 

(b)  The  "average  daily  attendance"  is  the  estimated  average  daily  at- 
tendance of  pupils  in  the  appropriate  schools  during  the  fiscal  year  taxes 
are  levied  and  consistent  with  that  used  for  computing  the  foundation 
program  for  apportionments  from  the  State  School  Fund. 

(c)  The  "total  assessed  valuation"  of  the  districts  is  the  sum  of  the  as- 
sessed valuations  of  each  district  as  modified  in  computing  equalization 
aid  allowances  from  the  State  School  Fund. 

(d)  The  "cost  of  the  education"  is  the  current  expense  of  education  as 
defined  in  the  CaUfomia  School  Accounting  Manual,  less  any  expendi- 
tures for  the  rental  of  property. 

(e)  "Capital  outlay"  includes  expenditures  for  sites,  improvement  of 
sites,  buildings,  and  equipment,  as  defined  in  the  California  School  Ac- 
counting Manual. 

§  1 7362.     Determination  of  Amount. 

The  total  amount  of  money  required  to  be  raised  by  the  tax  pursuant 
to  Section  17360  shall  be  computed  as  follows: 


Current  Expense  of  Education S 

Less,  Rental  of  Property S 

Cost  of  Education  (Section  17361(d)) S 

Capital  Outlay  (Section  17361(e))  3> 

Plus.  Rental  of  Property $ $ 

Total,  Cost  of  Education  and  Capital  Outlay $ 

Less,  State  Apportionment  to 

County  School  Service  Fund  S 

Net  Prior  Year  Adjustment S 

Total  Tax  Required    $ 

§17363.    Restricted  Account. 

The  tax  collected  shall  be  deposited  in  the  county  school  service  fund 
and  the  revenues  and  expenditures  shall  be  accounted  separately  within 
such  fund.  If  the  collection  is  in  excess  of  the  expenses  of  educating  the 
physically  handicapped  pupils,  or  if  there  is  a  deficiency,  the  excess  or 
deficiency  shall  be  applied  to  reduce  or  increase  the  amount,  as  the  case 
may  be.  which  would  otherwise  be  required  in  succeeding  fi.scal  years. 


Article  9.     Petty  Theft  Fine  Fund 

§  17370.    Establishment  and  Allocations. 

The  county  superintendent  of  schools  may.  with  the  approval  of  the 
county  board  of  supervisors,  establish  in  the  County  School  Service  Fund 
Budget,  a  Petty  Theft  Fine  Fund  pursuant  to  Penal  Code  Section 
490.5(d).  Allocation  of  such  funds  shall  be  made  by  the  county  superin- 
tendent to  school  districts  submitting  project  applications  for  educational 
programs  providing  counseling  or  other  educational  services  designed  to 
discourage  shoplifting,  theft,  and  burglary.  The  county  superintendent 
shall  review  the  project  applications  to  ensure  that  the  proposed  use  of 
such  funds  shall  be  for  newly  developed  programs  which  supplement 
rather  than  supplant  existing  programs.  A  portion  of  the  Petty  Theft  Fine 
Fund  may  be  retained  by  the  county  superintendent  for  necessary  costs 
of  administration.  A  district  shall  budget  and  account  for  the  use  of  Petty 
Theft  Fine  Fund  income  separately  within  the  general  fund  of  the  district. 
NOTE:  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Section  490.3(d),  Penal  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  9  (Section  17370)  filed  12-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No.  50). 


Subchapter  3.    Destruction  of  Records  of  a 
County  Superintendent 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§17401.    Definitions. 

(a)  Records.  "Records,"  as  used  in  this  article,  mean  all  records,  maps, 
books,  papers,  and  documents  of  a  county  superintendent  that  he  is  re- 
quired by  law  to  prepare  or  retain  or  which  he  prepares  or  retains  as  neces- 
sary or  convenient  to  the  discharge  of  his  official  duty,  except  that: 

(1)  The  record,  map,  book,  paper,  or  document  shall  have  been  pre- 
pared, preserved,  or  maintained  by  the  county  superintendent  with  re- 
spect to  a  matter  of  state  concern,  i.e.,  a  matter  dealing  directly  with  the 
administration  and  government  of  the  public  schools,  including,  but  not 
being  limited  to: 

(A)  Records  relating  to  the  county  school  service  fund. 

(B)  Records  relating  to  any  activity  financed  by  the  county  school  ser- 
vice fund. 

(C)  One  exact  copy  of  an  original,  made  by  carbon  or  other  duplicating 
process  other  than  a  photostatic  or  microfilmed  copy,  when  the  original 
is  required  by  law  to  be  filed  with  another  agency. 

(D)  All  other  records  prepared,  preserved,  or  maintained  pursuant  to 
a  state  statute,  except  as  specified  in  subsection  (2)  of  this  section. 

(2)  The  term  does  not  include  the  records,  maps,  books,  papers  or  doc- 
uments, destruction  of  which  is  provided  for  in  the  Government  Code, 
such  as  the  following: 


Page  184.43 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  17403 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(A)  Records  relating  to  county  matters,  such  as  expenses  and  travel 
costs  financed  from  the  county  general  fund  and  matters  imposed  by 
county  ordinance. 

(B)  Records  of  a  county  board  of  education  and  of  a  county  committee 
on  school  district  organization. 

(b)  Microfilm  Copy.  "Microfilm"  copy  means  the  same  as  in  Section 
16022(d),  except  that  the  copy  was  prepared  under  the  direction  of  the 
county  superintendent. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  1246,  Education  Code.  Issuing  agency:  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  3  (  §§  17401.  17403,  17404)  filed  2-24-70;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  9). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 


Article  2.    Authorization  and  Procedure 

§  1 7403.    Applicable  Provisions  of  Sections  1 6020  through 
16028. 

Sections  16020(b),  16021  and  16022  through  16028  apply  to  the  re- 
cords of  the  county  superintendent,  except  that  for  the  purposes  of  this 
chapter  where  the  expression  "superintendent"  or  "school  district"  is 
used  it  means  the  county  superintendent  and  where  the  term  "governing 
board"  is  used  it  means  the  county  board  of  education. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  1246,  Education  Code.  Reference:  None. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  1 1-9-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 

45), 

§  17404.    Classification  of  Records  Filed  by  Districts. 

The  county  superintendent  shall  classify  as  Class  3 — Disposable  or  as 
Class  2 — Optional  any  record  other  than  an  original  record  required  to 
be  filed  with  him  by  a  school  district.  Copies  of  district  invoices,  war- 
rants, ledger  sheets,  attendance  reports,  and  correspondence  are  exam- 
ples of  records  that  may  be  so  classified. 

Subchapter  4.    Travel  Expenses  for  County 

Superintendents  of  Schools  and  Designated 

Staff  Members 

§17430.     Application. 

This  chapter  applies  to  the  payment  of  travel  expenses  and  related  al- 
lowances incurred  by  the  county  superintendent  of  schools  and  staff 
members  as  authorized  by  Education  Code  Sections  1080(b).  1081, 
1200, 1201  and  1942.  Payments  for  such  expenses  are  authorized  within 
the  following  criteria: 

(a)  The  travel  expenses  are  incurred  either  by  the  county  superinten- 
dent or  members  designated  to  incur  travel  expenses  from  funds  under 
the  control  of  the  county  superintendent. 

(b)  The  travel  expenses  are  incurred  for  curricular  and  special  services 
or  other  activities  legally  authorized  to  be  performed  by  the  county  super- 
intendent of  schools  and  staff  members. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  4:  Sections  1942  and  14050,  Education  Code. 
Issuing  agency:  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  4  (§§  17430-1 7436)  filed  2-24-70;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  70,  No.  9). 

2.  Repealer  of  Chapter  4  (Sections  17430-17436)  and  new  Chapter  4  (Sections 
17430-17436)  filed  5-2-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
18).  For  former  history,  see  Register  73,  No.  16. 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§17431.     Definitions. 

(a)  Headquarters  — The  headquarters  of  the  county  superintendent  and 
staff  members  is  the  main  office  of  the  county  superintendent.  The 
county  superintendent  may  establish  an  alternate  location  as  headquar- 


ters for  designated  staff  members  if  these  individuals  are  required  to 
spend  more  than  fifty  (50)  percent  of  their  time  at  an  alternate  location. 
Headquarters  shall  be  established  for  each  staff  member  whose  duties 
require  travel  and  each  staff  member's  residence  shall  be  noted. 

(b)  Curricular  and  Special  Services — Curricular  and  special  services 
are  those  services  authorized  or  required  by  law  to  be  provided  to  the 
school  districts  of  the  county  that  are  financed  from  the  county  school 
service  fund. 

(c)  Other  Acfivifies.  Other  acfivities  are  defined  as  those  functions  au- 
thorized by  law  or  regulation  to  be  performed  by  the  county  superinten- 
dent of  schools. 

§  17432.    Conditions  of  Payment. 

The  county  superintendent  may  pay  from  funds  under  his  or  her  con- 
trol travel  expenses  incurred  by  the  county  superintendent  and  desig- 
nated staff  members  if  the  following  conditions  are  met: 

(a)  A  claim  has  been  filed  in  accordance  with  this  article. 

(b)  The  travel  expenses  were  actual  and  necessary  or  meet  the  criteria 
established  by  the  county  board  of  education  pursuant  to  these  regula- 
uons. 

(c)  The  expenses  are  authorized  under  Secfions  1080(b),  1081,  1200, 
1201  and  1942  of  the  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No,  39). 

§  17433.    Claims  for  Travel  Expense. 

A  claim  for  travel  expenses  shall  be  submitted  in  accordance  with  rules 
and  regulations  adopted  by  the  county  board  of  educafion  pursuant  to 
Secfions  1040  and  1042  of  the  Education  Code.  The  following  minimum 
requirements  shall  apply: 

(a)  The  purpose  of  the  trip  is  shown. 

(b)  Sufficient  detail  is  provided  to  establish  that  the  expenses  incurred 
were  actual  and  necessary  to  accomplish  the  purpose  of  the  travel. 

(c)  The  claim  is  approved  by  an  officer  designated  by  the  county  super- 
intendent. 

(d)  Accompanying  the  claim  are  receipts  or  vouchers  except  for  the 
following: 

( 1 )  Where  published  tariffs  are  available,  and  the  travel  is  wholly  with- 
in the  State. 

(2)  Where  subsistence  allowance  is  paid  for  travel  within  the  State. 

(3)  Taxi  or  hotel  bus  fares. 

(4)  Fares  and  tolls  paid  for  public  transit,  ferries,  and  bridges.  (5)  Long 
distance  telephone  or  telegraph  charges  under  $2.50. 

(6)  All  legal  expenditures  of  $1.00  or  less. 

(7)  Parking  fees  less  than  $3.00. 

(e)  Any  claim  shall  be  disapproved  which  does  not  comply  with  the 
minimum  provisions  set  forth  in  this  section. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§17434.    Subsistence  Allowances. 

A  per  diem  allowance  may  be  claimed  pursuant  to  this  section.  Travel 
shall  have  been  more  than  10  miles  from  the  employee's  headquarters. 

(a)  In-state  Travel.  Educafion  Code  Secfions  1080(b),  1081  and  1942 
provide  that  actual  and  necessary  travel  expenses  may  be  paid  to  a  county 
superintendent  and  designated  staff  members  in  accordance  with  regula- 
fions  established  by  the  county  board  of  educafion  subject  to  the  follow- 
ing requirements: 

(1)  The  county  board  of  educafion  shall  adopt  regulafions  providing 
for  no  greater  than  the  actual  and  necessary  travel  expenses  of  the  county 
superintendent  and  designated  staff  members. 

(2)  For  those  offices  of  county  superintendent  of  schools  where  the 
staff  is  comprised  of  a  combination  of  employees  employed  directly  by 
the  county  superintendent  and  employees  assigned  to  the  county  superin- 
tendent by  the  county  board  of  supervisors,  the  county  board  of  educafion 
may  adopt  the  same  travel  and  per  diem  rules  for  employees  of  the  county 


Page  184.44 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  17602 


• 


• 


• 


superintendent  as  the  county  board  of  supervisors  has  adopted  for  their 
employees. 

(b)  Out  of  State  Travel.  For  out  of  state  travel  a  county  superintendent 
and  designated  staff  members  shall  be  authorized  only  those  actual  and 
necessary  travel  expenses  which  are  provided  for  by  regulations  adopted 
by  the  county  board  of  education. 

(c)  Lunch  Allovk/ance.  On  certain  types  of  one-day  trips  as,  for  exam- 
ple, trips  routinely  made  for  an  extended  period  of  time  to  the  same  place 
or  over  the  same  route,  the  necessity  for  employees  to  incur  additional 
expenses  for  meals  should  be  questioned.  The  person  approving  the 
claim  will  determine  the  necessity  for  meal  allowance  in  such  cases  pur- 
suant to  regulations  adopted  by  the  county  board  of  education. 

(d)  Meal  Allowance.  When  an  employee  is  required  to  work  by  a  su- 
pervisor more  than  two  hours  past  the  normal  quilting  time  (which  re- 
quires working  more  than  10  hours)  and  it  is  unreasonable  to  expect  the 
employee  to  return  to  his  or  her  residence  for  meals,  reimbursement  may 
be  allowed  for  actual  cost  of  a  meal  not  to  exceed  $5.00  for  the  evening 
meal  and  up  to  $4.00  for  all  others.  An  additional  meal  allowance  may 
be  allowed  for  each  additional  six  hours  worked;  a  total  of  up  to  three 
overtime  meal  allowances  in  any  24-hour  period  may  be  allowed.  No 
overtime  meal  will  be  allowed  if  an  employee  also  claims  per  diem. 

History 
1.  Amendinent  of  subsection  (a)  filed  9-23-77:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register77,  No.  39). 

§17435.    Transportation  Allowances. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  1942,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  1942, 
Hducation  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  tiled  6-16-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  25). 

§  17436.     Budgeting  and  Accounting  for  Travel  Expense. 

The  amounts  required  for  travel  expenses  for  a  county  superintendent 
and  staff  members  will  be  reviewed  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction as  part  of  the  budget  and  financial  reporting  processes. 

Chapter  18.    California  State  Special 

Schools  for  the  Deaf  or  Blind,  or  State 

Diagnostic  Centers 


Subchapter  1.     Employees 


Article  1 .     Pay  Plan  for  the  Exempt  Teaching 

Staff  of  the  State  Special  Schools  and 

Diagnostic  Centers 

§17600.     Application  of  Article. 

This  article  applies  to  a  person  employed  by  a  state  special  school  or 
diagnostic  center,  and  who  is  appointed  to  a  classification  designated  ex- 
empt from  civil  service  under  California  State  Constitution,  article  VII, 
section  4(i).  If  the  provisions  of  this  article  are  in  conflict  with  the  provi- 
sions of  a  memorandum  of  understanding  reached  pursuant  to  Govern- 
ment Code  section  3517.5,  the  memorandum  of  understanding  shall  be 
controlling. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59(X)3,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003.  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Chapter  1  (§§  17600-17608,  17625-17629,  17630-17634,  17640-17642, 
17645-17649)  filed  12-18-69;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  69, 
No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77.  No.  39). 

3.  Amendment  of  chapter  heading  filed  8-13-2(X)7;  operative  8-13-2007  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  33). 

4.  Amendment  of  chapter  heading,  article  heading,  section  and  Note  filed 
9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  .39). 


§17601.    Definitions. 

The  following  words  have  in  this  Chapter  the  meaning  specified  in  this 
section: 

(a)  "Administrator"  means  the  site  superintendent  of  a  special  school 
or  the  director  of  a  diagnostic  center. 

(b)  "Annual  school  term  salary"  means  the  product  of  1 2  times  an  em- 
ployee's monthly  salary  specified  for  the  position. 

(c)  "Employee"  means  a  member  of  the  exempt  teaching  staff  of  a  spe- 
cial school. 

(d)  "Exempt  classification"  means  a  classification  established  to 
employ  persons  exempt  from  civil  service  under  California  Constitution 
Article  VII,  section  4(i). 

(e)  "Exempt  staff  means  all  employees,  unless  otherwise  excluded, 
appointed  to  an  exempt  classification. 

(f)  "Full-time  service"  means  full-time  service  as  one  of  the  follow- 
ing: 

(1 )  A  school  term  employee,  for  90%  of  the  work  days  in  one  schot)l 
term  applicable  to  the  employee. 

(2)  A  fiscal  year  employee,  for  90%  of  the  work  days  in  one  fiscal  year. 

(g)  "Managerial  employee"  means  an  employee  appointed  to  an  ex- 
empt classification  that  is  designated  managerial  under  Government 
Code  section  3513(e). 

(h)  "Personal  Leave  Day"  means  a  day  during  the  school  term  which 
may  be  used  without  reduction  of  salary. 

(i)  "School  holiday"  means  a  day  designated  as  a  school  holiday  in  the 
academic  calendar  of  the  special  school. 

(j)  "School  term"  means  the  period  beginning  in  any  fiscal  year  with 
the  first  day  upon  which  members  of  the  exempt  staff  who  are  employed 
for  the  school  term  are  required  to  be  present  for  duty  and  ending  in  the 
following  calendar  year  with  the  last  day  those  members  are  required  to 
be  present  for  duty,  and  shall  include  at  least  184  work  days.  The  total 
number  of  workdays  in  the  school  term  may  vary  by  exempt  classifica- 
tion and  by  special  school. 

(k)  "Special  school"  means  any  one  campus  of  the  California  Schools 
for  the  Deaf  (CSD),  the  California  School(s)  for  the  Blind  (CSB).  or  the 
State  Diagnostic  Centers. 

(/)  SSPI"  means  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

(m)  "Summer  Session"  means  a  period  between  the  end  of  one  school 
term  and  the  beginning  of  the  following  school  term  during  which  ex- 
empt staff  members  may  be  present  for  duty. 

(n)  "Supervisory  employee"  means  an  employee  appointed  to  an  ex- 
empt classification  that  is  designated  supervisory  under  Government 
Code  section  3513(g) 

(o)  "Vacation  credit"  means  time  for  which  the  employee  may  be  ab- 
sent from  duty  on  pay  status. 

(p)  "Workday"  means  each  day  during  the  school  term  designated  by 
the  administrator  as  a  workday  for  exempt  employees,  regardless  of 
whether  or  not  any  such  workday  is  a  legal  holiday.  Said  workdays  shall 
be  designated  for  any  five  days  per  week  during  the  school  term  unless 
an  academic  holiday  or  holidays  fall  thereon. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

H  [STORY 

1.  New  subsection  (h)  filed  1-26-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
79,  No.  4). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007 
(Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  17602.    Fixing  of  School  Term,  Summer  Session,  and 
School  Holidays. 

The  administrator  of  a  special  school  shall  annually  for  pay  plan  pur- 
poses: 

(a)  Fix  and  publish  the  academic  calendar  of  the  special  school  includ- 
ing the  beginning  and  ending  dates  of  the  school  term  as  it  applies  to  the 
exempt  staff  and,  if  a  summer  session  is  held,  the  summer  session.  Any 
combination  of  work  days  in  any  fiscal  or  calendar  year  is  allowed  for  the 
school  term  or  the  summer  session  subject  to  the  minimum  number  of 
work  days  set  forth  in  section  17601  (j). 


Page  184.45 


Register  2007,  No.  39;  9-28-2007 


§  17603 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(b)  Publish  in  the  academic  calendar  of  the  special  school  all  days  des- 
ignated by  the  administrator  as  school  holidays. 

(c)  Certify  to  the  SSPI  and  to  the  State  Controller: 

( 1 )  The  beginning  and  ending  dates  of  the  school  term  and  of  the  sum- 
mer session. 

(2)  The  number  of  exempt  staff  workdays  in  the  school  term  and  sum- 
mer session,  respectively. 

(3)  The  number  and  dates  of  school  holidays  in  the  school  term  and 
summer  session,  respectively. 

(4)  The  school  term,  workdays,  and  school  holidays  for  each  exempt 
school  term  classification. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003.  59103  and  59203.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  and  new  Note  filed  9-24-2007;  op- 
erative 10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§17603.    Amendment  of  Calendar. 

The  administrator,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  SSPI  or  designee, 
may,  at  any  time  during  the  year,  certify  to  the  SSPI  and  the  State  Control- 
ler an  amendment  to  the  calendar  previously  submitted. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007 

(Register2007,  No.  39). 

§  17604.    Categories  of  Employees  for  Pay  Plan  Purposes. 

For  pay  plan  purposes,  the  following  categories  of  employees  of  the 
special  schools  are  established: 

(a)  School  term  employee — an  exempt  employee  who  is  required  to 
render  service  for  only  the  school  term  at  a  special  school. 

(b)  Summer  session  employee — an  exempt  employee  employed  to 
render  service  in  a  summer  session  conducted  by  a  special  school. 

(c)  Fiscal  year  employee — an  exempt  employee  employed  to  render 
service  in  a  special  school  for  the  full  fiscal  year. 

(d)  Substitute  teacher — an  exempt  employee  who  is  employed  for  a 
limited  period  to  perform  the  duties  of  a  teacher  who  is  absent  from  duty. 

(e)  Reader  for  the  blind — an  exempt  employee  whose  duties  are  to 
read  for  blind  persons. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003.  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  and  new  Note  filed  9-24-2007;  op- 
erative 10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  1 7604.1 .    Establishment  of  Exempt  Classifications. 

The  SSPI  or  designee  shall  establish,  modify,  or  abolish  exempt  classi- 
fications. For  each  classification  and  assignment  the  SSPI  may  determine 
the  minimum  requirements,  including  experience,  education,  and  license 
or  credential,  consistent  with  California  licensing  or  credentialing  re- 
quirements. One  or  more  classifications  may  be  established  with  the  title 
of  teacher,  teacher  specialist,  supervising  teacher,  assistant  site  superin- 
tendent, site  superintendent,  diagnostic  center  director,  substitute  teach- 
er, reader  for  the  blind,  or  other  title  as  deemed  necessary. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  9-24-2007;  operafive  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  17605.    Effective  Date  of  Initial  Appointment. 

The  effective  date  of  the  appointment  of  an  exempt  employee  of  a  spe- 
cial school  shall  be  the  date  the  employee  reports  for  duty. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007 

(Register  2007,  No.  39). 


§  1 7605.1 .    Failure  to  Meet  a  Requirement  for  Continuing 
Employment. 

An  employee  who  fails  to  meet  a  requirement  for  continuing  employ- 
ment, including  the  possession  of  a  license  or  credential,  may  be  termi- 
nated, demoted,  or  transferred  by  .serving  upon  the  employee,  either  per- 
sonally or  by  certified  mail,  a  written  notice  thereof,  at  least  five  calendar 
days  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  the  action.  The  notice  shall  inform  the 
employee  of  the  proposed  action  and  allow  the  employee  the  opportunity 
to  discuss  it  with  the  SSPI  or  designee  prior  to  the  effective  date.  Within 
thirty  days  after  receipt  of  notice  of  action  under  this  section  the  em- 
ployee may  appeal  the  action  to  the  State  Personnel  Board  (SPB).  When 
the  employee  regains  the  requirement  for  continuing  employment,  the 
employee  may  be  reinstated  to  the  position. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  .59003.  59103  and  59203.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003.  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  .39). 

§  17606.    Pay  Plan  for  School  Term  Employee. 

(a)  Pay  for  Entire  School  Term.  A  school  term  employee  who  com- 
pletes all  the  service  required  for  an  entire  school  term  shall  for  such  ser- 
vice be  paid  his  or  her  annual  school  term  salary  in  installments  payable 
on  state  pay  days  covering  the  period  of  one  year  beginning  with  the  ef- 
fective date  of  his  appointinent  to  the  position.  The  first  installment  shall 
be  paid  on  an  appropriate  state  pay  day  following  the  effective  date  of  his 
appointment  for  the  year  and  shall  be  the  amount  of  the  established 
monthly  salary  for  the  position.  If  such  employee  separates  from  the  posi- 
tion following  the  completion  of  assigned  duties  in  the  position  but  prior 
to  the  end  of  the  period  of  a  year,  the  employee  may  on  separation  be  paid 
as  a  final  settlement  the  unpaid  balance  of  the  salary  due,  such  balance 
to  be  computed  by  taking  into  account  changes,  if  any,  in  the  salary  rate 
and  time  base.  Such  balance  will  equal  the  amount  which  the  employee 
would  have  been  paid  if  employment  had  continued  until  the  end  of  the 
period  of  a  year.  For  each  month  the  employee  works  one-half  or  more 
of  the  workdays  certified  to  the  Controller  for  that  month  the  employee 
shall  be  granted  a  qualifying  pay  period. 

(b)  Interim  Adjustment  in  Pay  Due  to  Noncompensable  Absence.  If, 
because  of  a  late  start  or  noncompensable  absence  of  a  school  term  em- 
ployee, it  is  necessary  to  reduce  the  salary  payment  for  any  state  pay  peri- 
od, the  interim  reduction  for  that  period  shall  be  computed  as  follows: 

(1)  First  Step  —  Divide  the  annual  salary  by  210.  The  annual  salary 
shall  be  the  monthly  salary  rate  in  effect  at  the  time  of  dock  multiplied 
by  twelve. 

(2)  Second  Step  —  Divide  the  number  of  hours  on  dock  by  8. 

(3)  Third  Step — The  amount  of  dock  shall  be  the  result  of  the  first  step 
multiplied  by  the  result  of  the  second  step. 

(c)  If  the  amount  of  dock  computed  in  any  one  pay  period  would  result 
in  zero  or  minus  pay,  the  dock  pay  shall  be  calculated  as  follows: 

( 1 )  First  Step  —  Divide  the  annual  salary  by  210.  The  annual  salary 
shall  be  the  monthly  salary  rate  in  effect  at  the  time  of  dock  multiplied 
by  twelve. 

(2)  Second  Step  —  Divide  the  number  of  hours  on  dock  by  8. 

(3)  Third  Step — The  amount  of  dock  shall  be  the  result  of  the  first  step 
multiplied  by  the  result  of  the  second  step. 

(d)  Settlement  Payments.  A  school  term  employee  who  serves  less 
than  a  school  term,  or  whose  pay  has  been  adjusted  due  to  a  late  start  or 
a  noncompensable  absence,  or  who  has  had  a  change  in  time  base,  or  who 
is  transferred  to  service  in  a  position  other  than  as  a  school  term  employee 
shall,  on  the  state  pay  day  immediately  following  the  final  state  pay  peri- 
od for  which  appointed  and  served  or  at  the  time  separated  or  transferred 
from  the  school  term  position,  receive  a  final  settlement  payment  com- 
puted in  accordance  with  the  following  formula: 

(1)  First  step  —  The  total  salary  earned  equals  the  total  days  worked 
by  the  employee  divided  by  the  number  of  workdays  in  the  school  term 
for  the  employee's  classification;  the  resulting  figure  is  multiplied  by  the 
employee's  annual  school  term  salary. 


• 


• 


Page  184.46 


Register  2007,  No.  39;  9-28-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  17628 


• 


(2)  Second  step  —  The  amount  ofsetllemenl  pay  equals  ihe  total  salary 
earned  minus  the  salary  payment  previously  received  by  the  employee 
for  the  current  school  term. 

(e)  Report  to  Controller.  The  final  settlement  payment  shall  be  com- 
puted by  the  special  school  and  a  copy  of  such  computation  furnished  lo 
the  Slate  Controller. 

NOTt;:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  591 13  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  59003.  591 13  and  59203.  Hducalion  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  .subsection  (b)  filed  9-12-SO;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(RegisterSO.  No.  37). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Noii;  filed  9-24-2007:  operative  10-24-2007 
(Register  2007.  No.  39). 

§  17607.    Pay  Plan  for  Summer  Session  Employee. 

For  service  during  the  summer  session,  an  exempt  employee,  except 
a  fiscal  year  employee,  shall  be  paid  at  the  rate  established  for  the  summer 
sesssion  position,  but  not  to  exceed  a  total  of  two  months'  salary,  in  addi- 
tion to  any  salary  due  for  service  during  the  school  term. 
NoTt::  Authority  cited:  Sections  59(K)3,  59103  and  59203.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003.  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  9-24-2007:  operative  10-24-2007 

(Register2007,  No.  39). 

§  17608.    Pay  Plan  for  Other  Exempt  Employees. 

(a )  The  workdays  and  pay  plan  for  a  fiscal  year  exempt  employee  shall 
be  the  same  as  for  a  slate  civil  service  employee.  The  employee  shall  be 
paid  at  the  established  salary  rate  for  the  position  on  each  slate  pay  day 
for  the  time  served  during  the  immediately  preceding  slate  pay  per- 
iod.Whenever  a  school  work  day  falls  on  a  state  holiday  the  adminLstralor 
may  authorize  appropriate  compensation  for  working  on  the  holiday. 

(b)  A  substitute  teacher  or  reader  for  the  blind  shall  be  paid  at  the  estab- 
lished daily  or  houriy  rale  for  the  position  on  each  stale  pay  day  for  the 
time  served  during  the  immediately  preceding  state  pay  period. 
NOTE;  Authoritv  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  and  new  NoTi:  filed  9-24-2007;  op- 
erative 10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  17609.    Personal  Leave  Days. 

The  SSPI  or  designee  may  authorize  one  or  more  personal  leave  days 
for  each  exempt  employee,  except  a  substitute  teacher  or  reader  for  the 
blind,  in  conformance  with  criteria  and  procedures  developed  and  ad- 
ministered by  the  California  Departinent  of  Education. 
NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-26-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
4). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  NOTt  filed  9-24-2007;  operative 
10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 


Article  2.    Work  Days  and  Vacation  Credit 

§  17624.    Application  of  Article. 

This  article  applies  lo  a  person  employed  by  a  stale  special  school  or 
diagnostic  center,  and  who  is  appointed  to  a  classification  designated  ex- 
empt from  civil  service  under  California  Stale  Constitution,  article  VII, 
seclion4(i).  If  the  provisions  of  this  article  are  in  conflict  with  the  provi- 
sions of  a  memorandum  of  understanding  reached  pursuant  to  Govern- 
ment Code  section  3517.5,  the  memorandum  of  understanding  shall  be 
controlling. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33119,  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Educafion 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  331 19.  59003.  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  article  heading  and  new  section  filed  9-24-2007;  operative 

10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 


§17625.     Definitions. 

Definitions  contained  in  article  1  apply  to  this  article. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33119,  59003,  59103  and  59203.  Education 
Code.  Reference;  Sections  331 19,  59003,  .59103  and  .59203.  Education  Code. 

HiSIORY 

1 .  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter  ( Reiii.ster 
77,  No.  .39). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Non    filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007 
(Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  17626.    Categories  and  Classifications  of  Employees. 

Categories  of  employees  contained  in  section  17(i04.  and  classifica- 
tions of  employees  contained  in  section  1 7604.  i .  apply  to  this  article. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33119,  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  331  19.  59003,  59103  and  59203.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  and  new  Noti.  filed  9-24-2007;  op- 
erative 10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  17627.    School  Term  Exempt  Employees. 

(a)  Each  school  term  employee  is  not  required  to  work  on  days  falling 
between  the  end  of  one  school  term  and  the  beginning  of  the  next  school 
term,  or  on  holidays  during  the  school  term  as  certified  to  the  Slate  Con- 
troller on  the  academic  calendar  for  the  employee's  exempt  classifica- 
tion. A  school  term  employee  does  not  earn  additional  compensation  for 
time  worked  on  an  official  state  holiday. 

(b)  A  supervising  teacher  in  the  CSD  or  in  the  CSB  shall  be  employed 
for  a  school  term  of  at  least  1 94  days. 

(c)  An  assistant  superintendent  in  the  CSD  or  in  the  CSB  shall  be 
employed  for  a  school  term  of  at  least  204  days. 

(d)  A  supervising  teacher  in  the  Diagnostic  Center  shall  be  employed 
for  a  school  term  of  at  least  219  days. 

(e)  A  diagnostic  center  director  shall  be  employed  for  a  school  term  of 
at  least  224  days. 

(f)  A  school  term  employee  does  not  earn  vacation  credit. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33119,  59003.  59103  and  59203.  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Secfions  331 19,  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  8-15-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
34). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  9-24-2007;  operative 
10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§17628.     Fiscal  Year  Employees. 

(a)  Vacauon  Credit  for  Full-time  Employment.  On  the  day  following 
completion  of  six  qualifying  pay  periods  of  continuous  service,  an  em- 
ployee rendering  full-fime  service  as  a  fiscal  year  employee  shall  be  al- 
lowed 10  1/2  workdays  of  vacation  credit.  Thereafter,  for  each  additional 
qualifying  pay  period  such  employee  shall  be  allowed  on  the  first  day  of 
the  following  pay  period  1  3/4  workdays  of  vacafion  credit. 

(b)  Vacation  Credit  for  Less  Than  Full-time  Employment.  A  fiscal 
year  employee  rendering  service  on  less  than  a  full-time  basis,  and  who 
has  completed  at  least  six  qualifying  pay  periods  of  continuous  .service 
in  this  type  of  position,  shall  for  such  service  be  allowed  on  the  first  day 
of  the  pay  period  following  completion  of  960  hours  of  paid  employment 
in  the  position  or  posiuons  10  1/2  workdays  of  vacation  credit.  Thereaf- 
ter, on  the  first  day  of  the  pay  period  following  completion  of  additional 
service  of  160  hours  in  the  position  or  positions,  the  employee  shall  for 
that  service  be  allowed  1  3/4  workdays  of  vacation  credit. 

(c)  Accumulation.  A  fiscal  year  employee  shall  be  permitted  to  accu- 
mulate and  to  be  paid  for  vacation  credit  in  accordance  with  the  provi- 
sions of  California  Code  of  Regulations,  title  2,  sections  599.737  and 
599.738. 

(d)  Right  to  Vacafion.  The  administrator  of  the  special  school  in  which 
a  fiscal  year  employee  is  employed  shall  determine  when  the  employee 
shall  take  vacation.  In  the  event  the  administrator  does  not  provide  vaca- 
tion for  an  employee  sufficient  to  reduce  accumulated  vacation  credit  to 
the  amount  permitted  by  secfions  599.737  and  599.738  as  of  January  1 , 
the  provisions  of  California  Code  of  Regulafions,  fitle  2,  section  599.742 
shall  apply. 


Page  184.47 


Register  2007,  No.  39;  9-28-2007 


§  17629 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(e)  A  site  superintendent  in  the  CSD  or  in  the  CSB  shall  be  a  fiseal  year 
employee.  The  SSPI  or  designee  may  establish  other  exempt  classifica- 
tions in  which  a  person  may  be  employed  for  the  fiscal  year. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  .13119,  .59003.  59103  and  59203,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  331 19,  59003.  59103  and  .59203.  Education  Code. 

History 
I .  Amendment  of  section  and  new  NoTii  filed  9-24-2007:  operative  10-24-2007 

(Register2007,  No.  39). 

§  17629.    Summer  Session  Employees,  Substitute 
Teachers,  and  Readers  for  the  Blind. 

(a)  An  employee  rendering  service  as  a  suinmer  session  employee,  a 
substitute  teacher,  or  a  reader  for  the  blind  does  not  earn  vacation  credit 
for  such  service. 

(b)  A  summer  session  employee  does  not  earn  additional  compensa- 
tion for  time  worked  on  an  official  state  holiday. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33119,  59003.  59103  and  59203.  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  331 19,  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  new  N()Tt£  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007 
(Register  2007,  No.  39). 


Article  3.    Tenure  Rights  of  Exempt  Staff 

§  17630.    Definitions.  [Renumbered] 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  article  heading  and  renumbering  of  former  section  1 7630to  new 
section  17630.2  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No. 
39). 

§  1 7630.1 .    Application  of  Article. 

This  article  applies  to  a  person  employed  by  a  state  special  school  or 
diagnostic  center,  and  who  is  appointed  to  a  classification  designated  ex- 
empt from  civil  service  under  California  State  Constitution,  article  VII, 
section4(i),  except  a  person  employed  temporarily.  Substitute  teacher 
and  reader  for  the  blind  shall  be  temporary  appointments  for  purposes  of 
tenure.  If  the  provisions  of  this  article  are  in  conflict  with  the  provisions 
of  a  memorandum  of  understanding  reached  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  3517.5,  the  memorandum  of  understanding  shall  be  con- 
trolling. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007  (Register  2007.  No.  39). 

§  17630.2.     Categories  and  Classifications  of  Employees, 
and  Definitions. 

(a)  The  categories  of  employees  established  by  section  17604  and  the 
exempt  classifications  established  by  section  17604.1  apply  to  this  ar- 
ticle, except  as  excluded  in  section  17630.1. 

(b)  Definitions  contained  in  section  17601  apply  to  this  article. 

(c)  A  "pre-tenure  employee"  means  an  exempt  employee  at  a  particu- 
lar special  school  who  does  not  have  tenure. 

(d)  'Tenure"  means  the  right,  under  the  provisions  of  this  article,  of  an 
employee  to  continued  full-time  employment  in  an  exempt  classification 
that  is  not  designated  supervisory  under  Government  Code  section 
35 1 3(g)  or  managerial  under  Government  Code  section  35 1 3(e).  at  a  par- 
ticular special  school,  subject  to  resignation,  dismissal,  suspension,  or 
termination. 

(e)  A  "tenure  employee"  means  an  exempt  employee  who  has  met  the 
tenure  requirements  under  the  provisions  of  section  17631. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  of  former  section  17630  to  new  section  17630.2,  including 
amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  and  new  Note,  filed  9-24-2007;  op- 
erative 10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 


§  1 7631 .    Acquisition  of  Tenure. 

Tenure  is  acquired  by  meeting  all  of  the  requirements  specified  in  any 
one  of  the  following  subsections: 

(a)  Full-time  service  as  a  pre-tenure  employee  at  one  special  school 
in  one  or  more  exempt  classes,  except  service  in  classes  excluded  from 
tenure  in  sections  17630.1  and  17632(c),  for  three  successive  school 
terms  or  fiscal  years,  as  applicable;  and  commencement  of  service  upon 
reappointment  for  full-time  service  at  that  special  school  for  the  next 
school  term  or  fiscal  year,  as  applicable.  The  tenure  is  in  that  special 
school. 

(b)  Voluntary  transfer,  including  transfer  in  lieu  of  layoff,  promotion, 
or  demotion,  of  a  tenure  employee  at  one  special  school  to  another  special 
school;  full-time  service  for  one  school  term,  or  fiscal  year,  as  applica- 
ble, immediately  following  the  transfer,  in  the  special  school  to  which  the 
employee  so  transferred;  and  commencement  of  service  upon  reappoint- 
ment for  full-time  service  at  that  special  school  for  the  next  school  term 
or  fiscal  year,  as  applicable.  At  the  date  of  commencement  of  service  for 
the  second  school  term,  or  fiscal  year,  as  applicable,  at  that  special 
school,  the  transferee  shall  lose  tenure  at  the  special  school  from  which 
transferred,  and  shall  have  tenure  at  the  special  school  to  which  trans- 
ferred. If  the  transferee  is  notified  that  commencement  of  service  for  the 
second  school  term,  or  fiscal  year,  as  applicable,  will  not  occur,  the  trans- 
feree shall  be  reinstated  to  the  special  school  from  which  transferred  and 
appointed  to  the  classification  at  which  tenure  is  earned  at  that  special 
school.  If  such  reinstatement  creates  a  need  for  a  layoff  at  the  special 
school  to  which  returned,  the  layoff  provisions  under  sections 
17638-17642,  inclusive,  shall  apply. 

(c)  Transfer  of  a  pre-tenure  employee  from  a  special  school  to  a  newly 
established  special  school  for  the  same  type  of  student;  rendition  of  full- 
fime  service  for  three  successive  school  terms  or  fiscal  years,  as  applica- 
ble, at  either  or  both  of  such  special  schools,  and  commencement  of  ser- 
vice upon  appointment  for  full-time  service  at  the  newly  established 
special  school  for  the  next  school  term  or  fiscal  year,  as  applicable.  At  the 
date  of  such  commencement  of  service,  the  transferee  shall  lose  all  rights 
toward  tenure  at  the  school  from  which  transferred  and  shall  have  tenure 
only  at  the  special  school  to  which  transferred. 

(d)  Full-time  service  in  a  special  school  by  a  pre-tenure  employee  for 
at  least  one  school  term  or  fiscal  year,  as  applicable;  transfer,  including 
promotion  or  demotion,  to  an  existing  special  school  and  rendition  of 
full-time  service  therein  for  two  successive  school  terms  or  fiscal  years, 
as  applicable;  and  commencement  of  service  therein  upon  reappointment 
for  full-time  service  at  that  special  school  for  the  next  school  term  or  fis- 
cal year,  as  applicable.  At  the  date  of  commencement  of  service  under 
such  reappointment,  the  transferee  shall  lose  all  rights  toward  tenure  at 
the  school  from  which  transferred  and  shall  have  tenure  only  at  the  spe- 
cial school  to  which  transferred. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007 
(Register  2007,  No.  39). 


§  17632.    Tenure  of  a  Supervisory  or  Managerial  Employee. 

(a)  A  supervisory  employee  at  a  school  for  the  deaf  or  school  for  the 
blind  may  acquire  tenure  only  as  a  teacher. 

(b)  A  supervisory  employee  at  a  diagnostic  center  may  acquire  tenure 
only  as  a  teacher  specialist. 

(c)  A  managerial  employee  does  not  acquire  tenure  for  such  service. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref 
erence:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendinent  of  section  heading  and  section  and  new  Note  filed  9-24-2007;  op- 
erative 10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 


• 


• 


Page  184.48 


Register  2007,  No.  39;  9-28-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  17646 


§  17633.    Reappointment  and  Notice  of  Intention  Not  to 
Reappoint.  [Repealed] 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  17634.    Acceptance  of  Appointment  or  Reappointment. 
[Repealed] 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007  (Register  2007.  No.  39). 


Article  4.     Separation  of  Employees  for  Lack 
of  Funds  or  Lack  of  Work 

§  17638.    Application  of  Article. 

This  article  applies  to  a  person  employed  by  a  state  special  school  or 
diagnostic  center,  and  who  is  appointed  to  a  classification  designated  ex- 
empt from  civil  service  under  California  State  Constitution,  article  VII, 
section4(i).  If  the  provisions  of  this  article  are  in  conflict  with  the  provi- 
sions of  a  memorandum  of  understanding  reached  pursuant  to  Govern- 
ment Code  section  3517.5,  the  memorandum  of  understanding  shall  be 
controlling. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  article  heading  and  new  section  filed  9-24-2007;  operative 

10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  17639.     Definitions,  Categories,  and  Classifications  of 
Employees. 

(a)  Definitions  contained  in  sections  17601  and  17630.2  apply  to  this 
article. 

(b)  Categories  of  employees  established  in  section  17604  apply  to  this 
article. 

(c )  Exempt  classifications  established  in  section  1 7604. 1  apply  to  this 
article. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§17640.     Area  and  Order  of  Layoff. 

Whenever  a  determination  has  been  made  that  there  is  a  lack  of  funds 
or  lack  of  work: 

(a)  The  SSPI  or  designee  may,  without  regard  to  area  of  layoff,  sepa- 
rate from  service  any  part-time  exempt  staff,  substitute  teacher,  or  sum- 
mer session  exeinpt  staff.  Such  persons,  if  performing  the  same  or  com- 
parable work  as  that  performed  by  a  pre-tenure  or  tenure  employee,  shall 
be  separated  before  any  pre-tenure  or  tenure  employee  whose  work  is  the 
same  or  comparable  and  who  desires  to  continue  in  employment  is  laid 
off  under  this  article. 

(b)  Layoff  of  pre-tenure  and  tenure  employees  shall  be  by  teaching 
service  areas  of  layoff  within  a  special  school.  Teaching  service  areas  of 
layoff  shall  be  developed  according  to  the  educational  needs  of  students 
and  the  operational  needs  of  the  special  school.  Employees  in  a  teaching 
service  area  of  layoff  shall  be  laid  off  in  the  following  order: 

(1 )  Pre-tenure  employees  shall  be  separated  without  regard  to  length 
of  service. 

(2)  Tenure  employees  shall  be  separated  in  the  inverse  order  of  their 
length  of  employment  as  an  employee  appointed  exempt  under  Califor- 
nia State  Constitution,  article  VH,  section  4(i). 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
I .  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007 
(Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  1 7641 .     Notice  of  Layoff. 

After  a  determination  has  been  made  of  the  areas  to  be  reduced  and  the 
number  of  employees  to  be  laid  off.  the  SSPI  or  designee  shall  notify  each 


employee  to  be  laid  off  that  the  employee  is  being  laid  off  for  lack  oi' 
funds  or  lack  of  work  and  the  effective  date  of  the  layoff.  Such  notice 
shall  be  in  writing  and  mailed  by  certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested, 
to  the  employee's  last  known  address  as  listed  in  the  employee's  official 
personnel  record,  or  the  notice  may  be  delivered  to  the  employee  in  per- 
son and  verified  by  declaration  of  proof  of  service.  The  notice  shall  be 
so  delivered  or  mailed  at  least  thirty  days  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  the 
layoff.  The  decision  of  the  SSPI  or  designee  to  issue  a  notice  of  layoff  is 
the  final  decision  with  respect  to  the  affected  employee.  The  final  deci- 
sion shall  include  a  determination  that  the  required  procedures  have  been 
complied  with  and  that  the  layoff  v^as  made  in  good  faith  or  was  other- 
wise proper.  The  employee  may  not  appeal  the  final  decision  of  the  SSPI 
or  designee. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003.  59103  and  59203.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  9-24-2007:  operative  10-24-2007 
(Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§17642.    Acceptance  of  Layoff. 

An  employee  to  be  laid  off  may  elect  to  accept  such  layoff  prior  to  the 
date  named  in  the  notice  of  layoff.  If  an  employee  elects  to  accept  early 
layoff,  the  employee  shall  give  notice  of  such  election  as  soon  as  possi- 
ble. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003.  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  section  and  new  Note  filed  9-24-2007;  operafive  10-24-2007 
(Register  2007,  No.  39). 


Article  5.    Termination  of  a  Supervisory  or 
Managerial  Appointment 

§17643.    Application  of  Article. 

This  article  applies  to  a  person  employed  by  a  state  special  school  or 
diagnostic  center,  and  who  is  appointed  to  a  classification  designated  ex- 
empt from  civil  service  under  California  State  Constitution,  article  VII, 
section4(i),  and  who  has  an  appointment  as  a  supervisory  employee  or 
as  a  managerial  employee. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  and  new  article  heading  and  new  section  filed  9-24-2007;  operative 

10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  17644.    Definitions,  Categories,  and  Classifications  of 
Employees. 

(a)  Definitions  contained  in  sections  17601  and  17630.2  apply  to  this 
article. 

(b)  Categories  of  employees  established  in  secUon  17604  apply  to  this 
article. 

(c)  Exempt  classifications  established  in  section  1 7604. 1  apply  to  this 
article. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003.  59103  and  59203.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  9-24-2007:  operative  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§17645.    Cause.  [Repealed] 

History 

1.  Repealer  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  1 7646.    Notice  of  Termination. 

The  SSPI  or  designee,  may  give  notice  of  termination  of  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  managerial  employee  or  a  supervisory  employee  by  serving 
upon  the  employee,  either  personally  or  by  certified  mail,  a  written  notice 
thereof,  at  least  twenty  calendar  days  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  the  ter- 
mination. The  notice  shall  inform  the  employee  of  the  proposed  action 
and  allow  the  employee  the  opportunity  to  discuss  the  termination  with 
the  SSPI  or  designee  prior  to  the  effective  date. 


Page  184.48(a) 


Register  2007,  No.  39;  9-28-2007 


§  17647 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  and  new  Note  filed  9-24-2007;  op- 
erative 10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  17647.    Hearing.  [Repealed] 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§17648.    Appeal. 

Within  thirty  days  after  receipt  of  notice  of  lerinination  of  a  superviso- 
ry appointment  or  of  a  managerial  appointment,  the  employee  may  ap- 
peal to  the  SPB  upon  the  grounds  that  the  termination  was  effected  for 
reasons  of  age.  sex.  sexual  preference,  marital  status,  race,  color,  national 
origin,  ancestry,  disability  as  defined  in  Government  Code  section 
1 923 1 ,  religion,  or  religious  opinions  and  affiliations.  At  the  hearing,  the 
employee  bears  the  burden  of  proving  that  the  termination  was  for  pro- 
hibited discriminatory  reasons.  After  the  hearing,  the  SPB  may  affirm  the 
action  of  the  appointing  authority  or  restore  the  affected  employee  to  the 
managerial  or  supervisory  appointment. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  and  new  section  and  new  Note  filed  9-24-2007;  operative 

10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  17649.    Termination.  [Repealed] 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

§  1 7650.    Appointment  after  Termination. 

(a)  A  supervisory  employee  terminated  under  section  1 7646.  and  who 
meets  the  tenure  provisions  under  section  17631,  shall  be  appointed  to 
the  tenure  classification  specified  in  section  17632(a)  or  (b),  as  applica- 
ble. Such  appointment  shall  be  subject  to  the  provisions  of  section  1 7631 . 

(b)  A  managerial  employee  terminated  under  section  1 7646.  and  who 
met  the  tenure  provisions  under  section  1 763 1  prior  to  the  managerial  ap- 
pointment, shall  be  appointed  to  the  same  tenure  classification  as  that 
specified  for  a  supervisory  employee  in  sections  1 7632(a)  or  (b),  as  appli- 
cable, provided  no  permanent  separation  from  service  occurred  between 
the  date  the  tenure  provisions  were  met  and  the  date  of  the  termination. 
Such  appointment  shall  be  subject  to  the  provisions  of  section  17631 . 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Sections  59003,  59103  and  59203,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  9-24-2007;  operative  10-24-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  39). 

Subchapter  2.    State  Special  Schools 
Admission  Process 


Article  1 .    California  School  for  the  Deaf 

§17660.    Definitions. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  article,  the  following  definitions  shall  apply: 

(a)  "Assessment  of  suitability  for  placement"  is  the  period  of  evalua- 
tion and  review  for  purposes  of  determining  whether  the  California 
School  for  the  Deaf  (CSD)  is  the  appropriate  placement  for  a  deaf  appli- 
cant. 

(b)  "Deaf  apphcant"  is  a  pupil  who  seeks  admission  into  the  CSD's 
educational  program  and  whose  primary  disability  is  severe  hearing  loss. 
A  deaf  applicant  may  also  demonstrate  the  ability  to  use  spoken  language 
and  may  require  related  speech  services. 

(c)  "Enrollment"  is  the  registration  of  the  deaf  applicant  into  CSD's 
educational  program. 


(d)  "Severe  hearing  loss"  is  a  hearing  loss  so  severe  that  it  adversely 
affects  the  pupil's  educational  performance  and  ability  to  access  the  gen- 
eral education  curriculum  in  a  regular  education  program  so  that  direct 
instruction  using  sign  language  is  required. 

(e)  "Temporary  assignment"  is  an  applicant's  presence  at  the  CSD  for 
purposes  of  completing  an  assessment  of  suitabihty  for  placement  at  the 
school.  A  temporary  assignment  shall  not  exceed  the  time  limits  set  forth 
in  Education  Code  section  56344(a),  and  does  not  guarantee  admission. 
For  purposes  of  stay  put,  a  temporary  assignment  shall  not  constitute  the 
last  agreed  upon  placement. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  59020,  Education  Code.  Reference:  5  CCR  Sec- 
lion  3030(a);  Section  56342(a),  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  Section  300.555. 

History 

1.  New  subchapter  2  (articles  1-2,  sections  17660-17667),  article  1  (sections 
17660-17663)  and  secdon  filed  8-13-2007;  operative  8-13-2007  pursuant  to 
Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  33). 

§  1 7661 .     Admission  Process  for  the  California  School  for 
the  Deaf  (CSD). 

For  purposes  of  determining  whether  a  deaf  applicant  meets  the  crite- 
ria for  enrollment,  the  following  process  shall  be  followed: 

(a)  The  school  district  of  residence  (local  education  agency  [LEA]) 
shall  refer  a  deaf  applicant  to  CSD  by  submitting  an  application  packet 
to  CSD. 

(b)  The  completed  application  packet  must  be  received  by  CSD  within 
60  calendar  days  of  the  referral.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  LEA  to  com- 
plete the  application  packet  and  to  submit  it  to  CSD.  Applications  not 
completed  within  60  days  of  the  referral  shall  be  returned  to  the  deaf  ap- 
plicant's district  of  residence  (LEA),  and  shall  not  be  assessed  for  suit- 
ability of  placement  at  CSD. 

(c)  The  application  packet  shall  contain  the  following  information,  as- 
sessments and  reports: 

(1)  The  last  three  years  of  Individualized  Education  Programs  (lEP) 
or  Individual  Family  Service  Plans  (IFSP)  if  completed; 

(2)  Audiograms,  completed  within  one  year  of  the  date  of  the  applica- 
tion of  admission; 

(3)  The  current  assessments  and/or  reports  prepared  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  56320,  et  seq.  and  as  required  to  comply  with 
Education  Code  section  56381;  and 

(4)  Any  additional  assessments  and/or  reports  dated  within  two  years 
of  the  date  of  the  application  of  admission  which  document: 

(A)  The  impact  of  the  deaf  applicant's  hearing  loss: 

(B)  The  deaf  applicant's  inability  to  auditorily  access  the  general 
education  curriculum;  and 

(C)  Any  other  disabilities,  conditions,  or  behaviors  that  may  affect  the 
deaf  applicant's  ability  to  access  the  general  education  curriculum. 

(d)  Once  a  completed  application  has  been  received,  CSD  shall  initiate 
and  complete  an  assessment  of  suitability  for  placement  at  CSD,  in  accor- 
dance with  Education  code  section  56344.  It  is  the  sole  responsibility  of 
the  deaf  applicant's  district  of  residence  (LEA)  to  ensure  compliance 
with  Education  Code  section  56321  prior  to  CSD's  commencement  of 
the  deaf  applicant' s  assessment  for  suitability  for  placement.  This  assess- 
ment plan  may  include  temporary  assignment  at  CSD  for  purposes  of  de- 
termining eligibility  for  enrollment  in  the  day  or  residential  program  and 
should  include  any  necessary  and  appropriate  amendments  to  the  lEP  to 
ensure  appropriate  services  during  this  temporary  assignment. 

(e)  Prior  to  the  completion  of  the  assessment  of  suitability  for  place- 
ment at  CSD,  the  deaf  applicant's  lEP  team,  including  the  appropriate 
CSD  personnel,  shall  meet  to  determine  the  appropriate  placement.  The 
lEP  team  may  not  make  a  determination  of  placement  at  CSD  without  the 
agreement  of  CSD  personnel. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  59020,  Education  Code.  Reference:  5  CCR  Sec- 
tion 3030(a);  Section  56342(a),  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  Section  300.555. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  8-13-2007;  operative  8-13-2(X)7  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  33). 


Page  184.48(b) 


Register  2007,  No.  39;  9-28-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


{}  17665 


§  17662.    Eligibility  for  Enrollment  in  CSD's  Day  Program. 

The  Calilornia  Schools  for  the  Deafprovide  intensive,  specialized  ser- 
vices lo  students  with  or  without  additional  disabilities  whose  primary 
education  needs  are  due  to  their  deafness.  A  deaf  applicant  who  meets  the 
following  criteria  may  be  eligible  for  enrollment  or  continued  enrollment 
in  the  California  School  for  the  Deafs  (CSD)  Instructional  Program: 

(a)  The  deaf  applicant  demonstrates  the  ability  to  learn  and/or  use 
American  Sign  Language  as  the  primary  mode  of  communication  to  ac- 
cess instruction,  including  as  follows: 

( 1 )  The  deaf  applicant  attends  to  communication  in  the  environment; 

(2)  The  deaf  applicant  visually  attends  to  others  in  the  environment; 

(3)  The  deaf  applicant  evidences  an  understanding  or  awareness  of  the 
intended  communication; 

(4)  The  deaf  applicant  initiates  or  sustains  interactions  with  others;  and 

(5)  The  deaf  applicant  has  the  ability  to  respond  to  a  majority  of 
instructions  in  an  academic,  functional,  social,  and  self-care  situation. 

(b)  The  deaf  applicant  demonstrates  that  his  or  her  primary  educational 
needs  are  related  to  a  severe  hearing  loss  with  or  without  additional  dis- 
abilities. 

(c)  The  deaf  applicant  demonstrates  that  he  or  she  can  benefit  educa- 
tionally from  an  ASL  environment. 

(d)  The  deaf  applicant  demonstrates  the  ability  to  access  the  general 
education  or  alternative  curriculum  with  reasonable  accommodations 
without  requiring  a  fundamental  alteration  of  the  educational  program  of 
CSD. 

NOTR;  Authority  cited:  Section  59020.  Education  Code.  Reference:  5  CCR  Sec- 
tion .^030(a);  Section  56342(a).  Education  Code;  and  34  CFR  Section  300.555. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-13-2007;  operative  8-13-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  II. 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  33). 

§  1 7663.     Eligibility  for  Enrollment  in  CSD's  Residential 
Program. 

Deaf  applicants  eligible  for  the  CSD's  day  program  are  not  automati- 
cally enrolled  into  the  residential  program.  Enrollment  into  CSD's  resi- 
dential program  is  a  separate  and  distinct  consideration  even  for  a  pupil 
currently  enrolled  in  CSD's  day  program.  A  deaf  applicant  who  meets  the 
criteria  established  by  section  17662  may  also  be  admitted  into  CSD's 
residential  program,  if  CSD  determines: 

(a)  The  deaf  applicant  resides  beyond  a  60-minute  commute  each  way 
between  home  and  CSD  using  transportation  the  LEA  provides  for  day 
pupils. 

(b)  The  deaf  applicant  has  the  abiUty  to  respond  independently  and  ap- 
propriately to  life-threatening  situations. 

(c)  The  responsible  local  school  district  and  parent/guardian  have  ap- 
proved the  deaf  applicant's  placement  in  the  residential  program. 

(d)  The  deaf  applicant  does  not  have  a  history  of  un-rehabilitated  be- 
havior that  poses  a  threat  to  themselves  and/or  others,  including  but  not 
limited  to  substance  abuse,  fire-starting,  sexually  predatory  behavior,  or 
assault. 

NOTC:  Authority  cited:  Section  59020,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
59020.  Education  Code. 

Hl.STORY 
1.  New  section  filed  8-L3-2007;  operative  8-13-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11. 343.4  (Register  2007.  No.  33). 


Article  2.    California  School  for  the  Blind 

§17664.     Definitions. 

(a)  An  "applicant"  includes  "blind  or  visually  impaired  applicant."  and 
"deaf-blind  applicant"  and  is  a  pupil  between  the  age  of  3  through  21 
whose  primary  disability  is  a  severe  sensory  loss  which  limits  their  ability 
to  access  the  general  education  curriculum  and  who  seeks  admission  into 
California  School  for  the  Blind's  (CSB)  educational  program. 

(b)  "Assessment  of  suitability  for  placement"  is  the  period  of  evalua- 
tion and  review  for  purposes  of  determining  whether  the  CSB  is  the  ap- 
propriate placement  for  an  applicant. 


(c)  "Enrollment"  is  the  registration  of  the  applicant  into  CSR's  educa- 
tional program. 

(d)  "Severe  sensory  loss"  is  a  loss  of  vision,  or  vision  and  hearing  com- 
bined, that  severely  affects  the  pupil's  ability  to  access  the  general  educa- 
tion or  alternative  curriculum  and  causes  difficulty  to  such  an  extent  that 
it  adversely  affects  his/her  educational  performance  requiring  the  ser- 
vices of  personnel  trained  to  work  with  blind,  visually  impaired  or  deaf- 
blind  children. 

(e)  "Temporary  assignment"  is  an  applicant's  presence  at  the  School 
for  purposes  of  completing  an  assessment  of  suitability  for  placement  at 
the  school.  Temporary  assignment  shall  not  exceed  the  time  limits  set 
forth  in  Education  Code  section  56344(a),  and  does  not  guarantee  admis- 
sion. For  purposes  of  stay  put,  the  temporary  assignment  shall  not  consti- 
tute the  last  agreed  upon  placement. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  59020,  Education  Code.  Reference:  5  CCR  .Sec- 
tion 3030(a);  Section  56.342(a),  Education  Code;  and  .34  CER  Section  300.555. 

History 
1.  New  article  2  (sections  1 7664- 1 7(i67 )  and  section  filed  8-13-2007:  operative 

8-1 .3-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1  1 .343.4  (Register  2007,  No. 

33). 

§  17665.    Admission  Process  for  the  California  School  for 
the  Blind  (CSB). 

For  purposes  of  determining  whether  an  applicant  is  qualified  for  en- 
rollment in  CSB,  the  following  process  shall  be  followed: 

(a)  The  school  district  of  residence  (LEA)  shall  refer  an  applicant  to 
CSB  by  submitting  an  application  packet  to  CSB. 

(b)  The  completed  application  packet  must  be  received  by  CSB  within 
60  calendar  days  of  the  referral.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  LEA  to  com- 
plete the  application  packet  and  submit  it  to  CSB.  Applications  not  com- 
pleted within  60  days  of  the  referral  shall  be  returned  to  the  applicant's 
district  of  residence  (LEA),  and  the  applicant  shall  not  be  assessed  for 
suitability  of  placement  at  CSB. 

(c)  The  Application  shall  contain  the  following  information,  assess- 
ments and  reports: 

( 1 )  The  last  three  years  of  lEF*  or  IFSP  if  completed; 

(2)  An  Ophthalmologic  or  optometric  assessment  completed  within 
one  year  of  the  date  of  the  application; 

(3)  TTie  current  assessments  and/or  reports  prepared  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  sections  56320,  et  seq.  and  56352,  and  as  required  to 
comply  with  Education  Code  section  56381;  and 

(4)  Any  additional  assessments  and/or  reports  dated  within  two  years 
of  the  date  of  the  application  of  admission  which  document: 

(A)  The  impact  of  the  applicant's  vision  or  vision  and  hearing  loss, 

(B)  TTie  applicant's  inability  to  visually  or  visually  and  auditorily  ac- 
cess the  general  education  curriculum;  and 

(C)  Any  other  disabilities,  conditions,  or  behaviors  that  may  affect  the 
applicant's  ability  to  access  the  general  education  curriculum. 

(d)  Once  a  completed  application  has  been  received,  CSB  shall  initiate 
and  complete  an  assessment  of  suitability  for  placement  at  CSB,  in  accor- 
dance with  Education  Code  section  56344.  It  is  the  sole  responsibility  oi' 
the  applicant's  district  of  residence  (LEA)  to  ensure  compliance  with 
Education  Code  section  56321  prior  to  CSB's  commencement  of  the  ap- 
plicant's assessment  for  .suitability  for  placement.  This  assessment  plan 
may  include  temporary  assignment  at  CSB  for  purposes  of  determining 
eligibility  for  enrollment  in  the  day  or  residential  program  and  should  in- 
clude any  necessary  and  appropriate  amendments  to  the  lEP  to  ensure  ap- 
propriate services  during  this  temporary  assignment. 

(e)  Prior  to  the  completion  of  the  assessment  of  suitability  for  place- 
ment at  CSB.  the  applicant's  lEP  team,  including  the  appropriate  CSB 
personnel,  shall  meet  to  determine  the  appropriate  placement.  The  lEP 
team  may  not  make  a  determination  of  placement  at  CSB  without  the 
agreement  of  CSB  personnel. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  59020,  Education  Code.  Reference:  5  CCR  Sec- 
tion 3030(a);  Section  56342(a),  Education  Code;  and  34  CER  Section  300.555. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  8-13-2(X)7;  operative  8-13-2007  pursuant  to  Govemmeni 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  33). 


Page  184.48(c) 


Register  2(K)7,  No.  39;  9-28-2007 


§  17666 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  17666.     Eligibility  for  Enrollment  in  CSB's  Day  Program. 

Applicants  may  be  considered  for  admission  if  they  can  demonstrate 
they  will  benefit  educationally  from  the  CSB  instructional  program  by 
showing: 

(a)  Applicant  demonstrates  that  his  or  her  primary  educational  needs 
are  related  to  a  severe  sensory  loss  such  that  it  affects  the  pupil's  ability 
to  access  the  general  education  or  alternative  curriculum. 

(b)  The  ability  to  attend  to  non-visual  stimuli. 

(c)  The  ability  to  benefit  from  disability-specific  instruction,  as  dem- 
onstrated by  the  following: 

( 1 )  potential  to  learn  Braille,  potential  to  use  low  vision  aids; 

(2)  potential  to  benefit  from  expanded  core  curriculum  instruction; 
and 

(3)  potential  to  benefit  from  adaptations  to  the  environment. 

(d)  The  ability  to  learn  simple  mobility  patterns  and  routes  around 
campus,  as  demonstrated  by  the  following: 

(1)  The  potential  to  use  the  white  cane; 

(2)  The  potential  to  orient  self  in  space; 

(3)  The  potential  to  learn  own  body  and  body  parts;  and 

(4)  The  potential  to  learn  concepts  of  directionality. 

(e)  Applicant  demonstrates  the  ability  to  access  the  general  education 
or  alternative  curriculum  with  reasonable  accommodations  without  re- 
quiring a  fundamental  alteration  of  the  educational  program  of  CSB. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  59020,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
56350  and  56352,  Education  Code. 


History 
1.  New  section  filed  8-13-2007:  operative  8-13-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11. 343.4  (Register  2007.  No.  33). 

§  17667.    Eligibility  for  Enrollment  in  CSB's  Residential 
Program. 

Applicants  eligible  for  CSB's  day  program  are  not  automatically  en- 
rolled into  the  residential  program.  Enrollment  into  CSB's  residential 
program  is  a  separate  and  distinct  consideration  even  for  a  pupil  currently 
enrolled  in  CSB's  day  program.  An  applicant  who  meets  the  criteria  es- 
tablished by  section  17666  may  also  be  admitted  into  CSB's  residential 
program,  if  CSB  determines: 

(a)  The  applicant  resides  beyond  a  60-minute  commute  each  way  be- 
tween home  and  CSB  using  transportation  the  LEA  provides  for  day  pu- 
pils. 

(b)  The  applicant  has  the  ability  to  respond  independently  and  ap- 
propriately to  life-threatening  situations. 

(c)  The  responsible  local  school  district  and  parent/guardian  have  ap- 
proved the  applicant's  placement  in  the  residential  program. 

(d)  The  applicant  does  not  have  a  history  of  un-rehabilitated  behavior 
that  poses  a  threat  to  themselves  and/or  others,  including  but  not  limited 
to  substance  abuse,  fire-starting,  sexually  predatory  behavior  or  assault. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  59020,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
59020,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  8-13-2007;  operative  8-13-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  33). 


[The  next  page  is  184.49. 


Page  184.48(d) 


Register  2007,  No.  39;  9-28-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§18002 


Chapter  19. 


Child  Care  and  Development 
Programs 


• 


Subchapter  1.     Award  of  Funding  for  Child 
Care  and  Development  Programs 


Article  1.     General  Provisions 

§17906.     Fiscal  Control. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8248,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8243. 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  ol"  Article  1  (Sections  17900-17918)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  69,  No.  5 1 ; 
Register  71.  No.  20;  Register  72,  No.  30;  and  Register  74,  No.  23. 

2.  New  Article  1  (Section  17906)  filed  8-18-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register78,  No.  33). 

3.  Repealer  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50), 

§17930.     Definitions. 

History 
1.  Amendment  and  renumbering  of  former  Article  2  (Sections  17930-17946)  to 
Part  Vlll,  Chapter  1,  Article  5  (Sections  80105-80117)  filed  12-16-77;  effec- 
tive thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No.  51 ).  For  prior  history  see  Register 
77.  No.  39;  Registers  75,  No.  44,  No.  32,  No.  25;  and  Register  74,  No.  47. 

§18000.     Definitions. 

As  used  in  this  Chapter: 

(a)  "Additional  funds"  means  award  of  new  contracts  or  expanded 
contracts  which  increase  the  contractor's  level  of  administrative  respon- 
sibility. Cost  of  living  adjustments,  rate  increases,  one-time-only 
supplemental  funds  and  Alternative  Payment  program  contingency 
funds  are  not  considered  to  be  "additional  funds." 

(b)  "Applicants  headquartered  in"  means: 

( 1 )  Contractors  or  applicants  who  have  provided  child  care  and  devel- 
opment services  in  the  service  delivery  area,  as  defined  in  Section 
1 8000(g)  of  this  Division,  for  at  least  three  (3)  years  immediately  preced- 
ing the  date  of  the  Request  for  Applications;  or 

(2)  Contractors  or  applicants  who  have  their  primary  administrative 
offices  for  the  child  development  program  in  the  service  delivery  area  as 
defined  in  Section  18000(g)  of  this  Division.  The  primary  administrative 
office  is  that  office  which  houses  the  executive  officer(s),  the  fiscal  func- 
tions and  other  centralized  support  services. 

(c)  "Cost  effective  manner"  for  the  purposes  of  Article  3  of  this  Chap- 
ter, means  that  services  are  provided  at  rates  which  are  within  the  range 
of  local  market  rates. 

(d)  "Extended  day  care"  means  before  and  after  school  care  and  care 
during  school  vacation  days  for  children  kindergarten  age  through  the 
ninth  (9th)  grade. 

(e)  "New  contract"  means  either: 

(1)  a  contract  award  to  applicants  who  do  not  currently  contract  with 
the  State  Department  of  Education  for  child  care  and  development  ser- 
vices; or 

(2)  a  contract  award  to  an  existing  contractor  which  is  for  a  program 
type  as  specified  in  Education  Code  Section  8208(h)  that  is  different  than 
the  child  development  contract(s)  currently  administered  by  the  appli- 
cant. 

(0  "Request  for  Applications"  means  an  announcement  issued  by  the 
Child  Development  Division  for  competitive  award  of  a  new  contract  for 
child  care  and  development  services  or  expansion  of  an  existing  level  of 
services.  The  Request  for  Applications  includes: 

(1)  the  apphcation  content  requirements; 

(2)  procedures  for  submission  of  an  application  for  funding;  and 

(3)  the  criteria  to  be  used  in  evaluating  the  application. 


(g)  "Service  delivery  area"  means  the  community,  geographic  area  or 
political  subdivision  in  which  the  child  care  and  development  services 
are  to  be  provided  as  specified  in  the  Request  for  Applications. 
NotE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8261, 
8269,  8406.6,  8447  and  8465,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No. 

50).  For  prior  history,  .see  Register  77,  No.  39. 

§  1 8001 .    Eligibility  for  Funding. 

(a)  A  contractor  is  not  eligible  for  additional  funds  if  the  contractor  has 
received  final  notification,  as  specified  in  Section  18301  of  this  Division, 
thai  its  contract  has  been  terminated. 

(b)  A  contractor  is  not  eligible  for  additional  funds  if  the  contractor  has 
demonstrated  fiscal  and/or  programmatic  noncompliance  and  has  re- 
ceived final  notification,  as  specified  in  Section  18303  of  this  Division, 
that: 

(1 )  its  contract  will  be  placed  on  conditional  status;  or 

(2)  it  will  not  be  offered  continued  funding. 

(c)  An  applicant  is  not  eligible  for  funding  if  it  has  had  a  prior  contract 
with  the  State  Department  of  Education  for  child  care  and  development 
services  within  three  (3)  years  immediately  preceding  the  date  of  the  Re- 
quest for  Applications  and: 

(1)  the  contract  was  terminated  for  fiscal  and/or  programmatic  non- 
compliance; or 

(2)  the  contract  funding  was  not  continued  because  of  fiscal  and/or 
programmatic  noncompliance. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261 .  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  826 1 . 
8406.6  and  8447,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No. 
50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  76,  No.  34. 


Article  2.    Selection  of  Contractors 

§  18002.    Application  Review  and  Award  of  Contract. 

(a)  An  applicant  must  submit  a  complete  application  in  accordance 
with  the  instructions  contained  in  the  Request  for  Applications. 

(b)  If  an  application  is  submitted  that  is  incomplete  or  not  completed 
in  accordance  with  the  instructions,  the  Child  Development  Division 
shall  reject  it  and  no  further  reviev/  will  be  made. 

(c)  If  any  change  is  made  in  the  contents  of  the  Request  for  Applica- 
tions, that  change  will  be  made  in  writing  and  mailed  to  all  agencies  and 
persons  that  received  the  Request  for  Application. 

(d)  All  applicants  that  submit  a  complete  application  in  accordance 
with  the  instructions  shall  be  evaluated  as  follows: 

( 1 )  If  the  Request  for  Applications  includes  more  than  one  service  de- 
livery area,  applicants  will  be  considered  for  the  service  area(s)  specified 
in  their  applications; 

(2)  Applicants  headquartered  in  the  service  delivery  area(s)  specified 
in  the  Request  for  Applications  will  be  reviewed  first; 

(3)  Applications  will  be  evaluated  and  scored  in  accordance  with  the 
rating  criteria  specified  in  the  Request  for  Applications. 

(4)  The  Request  for  Applicafions  shall  specify  the  minimum  number 
of  points  necessary  for  applicants  to  qualify  for  an  interview. 

(5)  The  interview  will  consist  of  an  oral  presentation  by  the  applicant 
regarding  the  content  area  of  the  application  and  a  question  and  answer 
portion  to  clarify  or  expand  on  the  information  presented. 

(6)  The  interview  will  be  evaluated  and  scored  in  accordance  with  the 
rating  criteria  specified  in  the  Request  for  Applications; 

(7)  The  applicants  will  be  ranked  on  the  basis  of  the  combined  scores 
for  the  written  application  and  interview. 

(8)  If  there  are  no  applicants  headquartered  in  the  service  delivery  area 
meeting  the  minimum  criteria  specified  in  the  Request  for  Applications, 
applications  from  applicants  that  are  not  headquartered  in  the  specified 
service  delivery  area(s)  will  be  evaluated  in  accordance  with  the  proce- 
dures specified  above. 


Page  184.49 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  18003 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(9)  The  highest  scoring  application  shall  receive  a  tentative  offer  of 
funding,  subject  to  the  provisions  specified  in  Section  1 8003  of  this  Divi- 
sion. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8261 
and  8445. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50).  For  histo- 
ry of  former  Article  2  (Sections  179.^0-17946),  see  Register  77.  No.  51. 


§  18003.    Contract  Award  Disputes. 

(a)  Applicants  may  review  applications,  interview  scores  and  any 
reader  comments  after  the  date  the  proposed  application  results  are 
posted  at  the  office  of  the  Child  Development  Division.  An  unsuccessful 
applicant  may  appeal  the  procedures  used  in  the  scoring  of  applications 
and  interviews.  If  the  unsuccessful  applicant  intends  to  appeal,  the  fol- 
lowing appeal  process  shall  apply: 

( 1 )  The  unsuccessful  applicant  shall  file  a  notice  of  appeal  with  the  Ap- 
peals Coordinator  identified  in  the  Request  for  Applications  within  seven 
(7)  calendar  days  after  the  date  the  proposed  application  results  are 
posted  at  the  office  of  the  Child  Development  Division. 

(2)  The  Director  of  the  Child  Development  Division  shall  designate  a 
Child  Development  Division  staff  person  who  shall  coordinate  the  ap- 
peal process  and  who  shall  be  referred  to  as  the  "Appeals  Coordinator." 
The  Request  for  Applications  shall  specify  the  name,  address  and  tele- 
phone number  of  the  Appeals  Coordinator. 

(3)  The  Appeals  Coordinator  shall  appoint  no  less  than  two  (2)  State 
Department  of  Education  staff  who  will  be  members  of  an  Appeals  Panel 
that  shall  hear  all  appeals.  The  members  of  the  Appeals  Panel  shall  be  in- 
dependent from  the  application  review  process. 

(4)  A  notice  of  appeal  shall  be  deemed  to  be  filed  if  the  Appeals  Coor- 
dinator receives  a  written  notice  of  appeal  or  a  telephone  communication 
within  the  time  period  required  for  filing  a  notice  of  appeal. 

(5)  The  notice  to  appeal  shall  contain  the  following  information:  the 
appellant's  name,  mailing  address  and  telephone  number;  the  name(s)  of 
the  person(s)  who  will  represent  the  appellant  at  the  appeal  hearing;  and 
whether  the  representative(s)  will  appear  in  person  at  the  appeal  hearing 
or  will  appear  though  a  telephone  conference  call  with  the  Appeals  Panel. 

(6)  The  Appeals  Coordinator  shall  schedule  an  appeal  hearing  to  be 
held  in  Sacramento  or  with  a  telephone  conference  call  by  the  Appeals 
Panel  within  seven  (7)  calendar  days  of  the  receipt  of  the  notice  of  appeal. 

(7)  The  unsuccessful  applicant  shall  not  submit  additional  information 
to  be  evaluated  and  scored  during  the  appeal  process. 

(8)  The  Appeals  Panel  shall  adjust  scores  assigned  by  the  reviewers 
and/or  interviewers  when  there  is  evidence  of  an  inconsistent  application 
of  scoring  criteria  by  a  reader(s)  or  interviewer(s). 

(9)  The  Appeals  Panel  shall  notify  the  appellant  in  writing  of  the  re- 
sults of  the  appeal  within  seven  (7)  calendar  days  of  the  appeal  hearing. 

(b)  If,  after  the  Appeals  Panel's  decision,  there  is  a  change  in  the  rank 
order  of  appUcations,  the  applicant  who  received  a  tentative  offer  for 
funding  pursuant  to  Section  18002  of  this  Division  shall  receive  a  notice 
of  the  change,  and  may  file  an  appeal  with  the  Appeals  Coordinator  with- 
in seven  (7)  calendar  days  of  the  date  the  notice  of  the  change  was  sent. 
If  a  notice  to  appeal  is  filed  pursuant  to  this  Subsection,  the  procedures 
specified  above  in  Subsecfions  (a)(2)  through  (a)(9),  inclusive,  shall  ap- 
ply. 

(c)  A  contract  award  decision  is  final  when  an  appeal  is  filed  pursuant 
to  subsection  (b)  and  the  appellant  is  notified  of  the  Appeal  Panel's  deci- 
sion. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 


§  1 8005.    Contractor  Eligibility  for  State  Child  Care 
Facilities  Fund. 

In  order  for  a  contractor  to  be  eligible  to  apply  for  a  lease  of  a  relocat- 
able facility  for  extended  day  care,  the  contractor  shall  maintain  a  clear 
or  provisional  contract  status. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8477, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18006.    Priorities  for  State  Child  Care  Facilities  Fund 

(School  Age  Community  Child  Care  Programs). 

Priorities  for  the  acquisition  and  leasing  of  facilities  from  the  State 
Child  Care  Facilities  Fund  are: 

(a)  First  priority  shall  be  given  to  extended  day  care  programs  that: 

(1)  Operate  within  the  boundaries  of  a  school  district  which  has  un- 
housed pupils, 

(2)  Have  developed  a  plan  to  provide  extended  day  care  services  in  a 
cost  effecfive  manner. 

(b)  Second  priority  shall  be  given  to  extended  day  care  programs  that: 

( 1 )  Operate  within  the  boundaries  of  a  school  district  with  housed  pu- 
pils, 

(2)  Have  developed  a  plan  to  provide  extended  day  care  services  in  a 
cost  effective  manner. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8461,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8477, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21- 


History 
5;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


Article  3.    State  Child  Care  Facilities  Fund 


§  18007.    Priorities  for  State  Child  Care  Facilities  Fund 
(GAIN). 

For  programs  serving  participants  in  the  Greater  Avenues  for  Indepen- 
dence Act  of  1985  (GAIN),  priorities  for  the  acquisition  and  leasing  of 
facilities  from  the  Child  Care  Facilities  Fund  are: 

(a)  First  priority  shall  be  given  to  extended  day  care  programs  that: 

( 1 )  Operate  within  the  boundaries  of  school  districts  that  have  un- 
housed pupils; 

(2)  Have  developed  a  plan  to  provide  extended  day  care  services  in  a 
cost  effective  manner;  and 

(3)  Are  providing  or  seeking  to  provide  extended  day  care  services  in, 
or  in  close  proximity  to,  public  housing  projects,  or  in  areas  of  high  densi- 
ty of  recipients  of  benefits  under  the  Aid  to  Families  with  Dependent 
Children  programs  in  order  to  serve  participants  under  the  Greater  Ave- 
nues for  Independence  Act  of  1985  (GAIN). 

(b)  Second  priority  shall  be  given  to  extended  day  care  programs  that: 

(1)  Operate  within  the  boundaries  of  a  school  district  that  has  housed 
pupils; 

(2)  Have  developed  a  plan  to  provide  extended  day  care  services  in  a 
cost  effective  manner;  and 

(3)  Are  providing  or  seeking  to  provide  extended  day  care  services  in, 
or  in  close  proximity  to  public  housing  projects,  or  in  areas  of  high  density 
of  recipients  of  benefits  under  the  Aid  to  Families  with  Dependent  Chil- 
dren programs  in  order  to  serve  participants  under  the  Greater  Avenues 
for  Independence  Act  of  1985  (GAIN). 

(c)  Third  priority  shall  be  given  to  extended  day  care  programs  that: 

(1)  Operate  within  the  boundaries  of  a  school  district  that  has  un- 
housed pupils; 

(2)  Have  developed  a  plan  to  provide  extended  day  care  services  in  a 
cost  effecfive  manner;  and 


Page  184.50 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18013 


(3)  Arc  providing  or  seeking  lo  provide  extended  day  care  services  that 
are  not  in  or  in  close  proximity  to  public  housing  projects,  or  in  areas  of 
high  density  of  recipients  of  benefits  under  the  Aid  to  FamiHes  with  De- 
pendent Children  programs  in  order  to  serve  participants  under  the  Great- 
er Avenues  for  Independence  Act  of  1985  (GAIN). 

(d)  Fourth  priority  shall  be  given  to  extended  day  care  programs  thai: 

( 1 )  Operate  within  the  boundaries  of  a  school  district  that  has  housed 
pupils; 

(2)  Have  developed  a  plan  to  provide  extended  day  care  services  in  a 
cost  effective  manner;  and 

(3 )  Are  providing  or  seeking  to  provide  extended  day  care  services  that 
are  not  in  or  in  close  proximity  to  public  housing  projects,  or  in  areas  of 
high  density  of  recipients  of  benefits  under  the  Aid  to  Families  with  De- 
pendent Children  programs  in  order  to  serve  participants  under  the  Great- 
er Avenues  for  Independence  Act  of  1985  (GAIN). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8461.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
8478..'^,  Education  Code. 

H  I.STORY 
I.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 

§  18008.    Funding  Award  Procedures  for  State  Child  Care 
Facility  Funds. 

(a)  No  additional  eligibility  criteria  beyond  those  specified  in  Section 
1 8005  of  this  Division  and  Education  Code  Sections  8477  and  8478.5 
shall  be  imposed. 

(b)  Based  on  the  priorities  and  procedures  specified  in  Sections  18006 
and  18007  above,  the  Child  Development  Division  shall  make  recom- 
mendations for  funding  to  the  State  Allocation  Board. 

(c)  Funds  shall  be  awarded  by  the  State  Allocation  Board  based  on 

availability  and  ailes  and  procedures  established  by  the  State  Allocation 

Board  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Sections  8477(e)  and  8478. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8477, 
Education  Code. 

History 

I.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


Article  4.    Contingency  Funds  for 
Alternative  Payment  Programs 

§  18009.    Application  for  Contingency  Funds. 

(a)  Alternative  Payment  programs  as  defined  in  Section  18018(e)  of 
this  Division  may  apply  for  funding  for  additional  services  which  were 
provided  pursuant  to  Section  8222. 1  of  the  Education  Code  by  submit- 
ting a  request  to  the  State  Department  of  Education,  Office  of  External 
Audits. 

(b)  The  request  shall  be  in  the  form  of  a  letter  which  must  be  submitted 
by  October  3 1  of  the  fiscal  year  following  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  ad- 
diUonal  costs  were  incurred  and  services  were  provided. 

(c)  The  Office  of  External  Audits  shall  order  payments  from  the  con- 
tingency fund  after  verifying; 

(1)  the  costs  incurred  and  the  level  of  addifional  services  provided; 

(2)  that  reimbursement  from  the  contingency  fund  does  not  exceed 
five  thousand  dollars  ($5,000)  or  two  percent  (2%)  of  the  contractor's 
maximum  reimbursable  amount,  whichever  is  greater;  and 

(3)  that  the  contractor  has  not  been  reimbursed  for  additional  services 
from  the  contingency  fund  for  the  prior  two  (2)  consecutive  years. 
NotE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8222.1  and  8278,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88:  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


(b)  Contractors  that  are  not  on  conditional  contract  status  but  which 
have  evidenced  fiscal  or  programmatic  noncompliance  with  the  provi- 
sions of  this  Division  or  Education  Code  Sections  8200  et  seq.,  shall  re- 
ceive an  administrative  review  in  accordance  with  Section  18303  of  this 
Division  lo  determine  whether  they  will  receive  an  offer  for  continued 
funding. 

(c)  Contractors  currently  on  conditional  status  thai  do  not  meet  the  re- 
quirements specified  in  the  Conditional  Status  Addendum,  as  specified 
in  Section  18305  of  this  Division,  may  not  be  offered  a  subsequent  con- 
tract and  shall  be  so  notified  by  the  Child  Development  Division  at  least 
ninety  (90)  calendar  days  prior  to  the  end  of  the  current  contract  period. 

(d)  Contractors  that  intend  to  accept  the  offer  to  continue  services  in 
the  subsequent  contract  period  shall  respond  to  a  continued  funding 
application  request  from  the  Child  Development  Division  in  accordance 
with  the  instructions  and  timelines  specified  in  the  request. 

(e)  Failure  to  respond  within  the  timelines  specified  in  the  continued 
funding  application  request  shall  constitute  notification  to  the  Child  De- 
velopment Division  of  the  contractor's  intent  to  discontinue  services  at 
the  end  of  the  current  contract  period  unless  the  contractor  has  received 
a  written  extension  of  the  original  timeline  from  the  Child  Development 
Division. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8406.6,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No. 
50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 

§  1 801 1 .    Location  of  the  Program. 

History 

1.  Repealer  filed  1 1-2 1-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50).  For  prior  his- 
tory, see  Register  77,  No.  39. 


Subchapter  2.    General  Requirements 


Article  5.    Continued  Funding 

§  18010.    Continued  Funding. 

(a)  Contractors  have  no  vested  right  to  a  subsequent  contract. 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§  1 801 2.    Scope  of  Chapter. 

Unless  otherwise  provided  in  this  Division,  the  regulations  in  this 
Chapter  apply  to  all  contracting  agencies  authorized  to  establish,  main- 
tain, or  operate  services  pursuant  to  the  Child  Care  and  Development  Ser- 
vices Act.  Chapter  2,  Part  6  of  Title  1  of  the  California  Education  Code 
(commencing  with  Secfion  8200). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8203. 
8261  and  8269,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  of  former  Chapter  2  (Sections  18140-18174)  to  Chapter  5  (Sec- 
tions 18140-18174)  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No. 
50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77.  No.  39. 

§18013.     Definitions. 

As  used  in  this  Division; 

(a)  "Actual  and  allowable  net  costs"  means  the  costs  which  may  be  re- 
imbursed under  a  particular  child  development  contract  after  disallowed 
costs  and  restricted  income  have  been  subtracted  from  total  expenditures. 

(b)  "Adjusted  child  days/hours  of  enrollment"  means  child  days  or 
hours  of  enrollment  after  special  needs  adjustment  factors  specified  in 
Educafion  Code  Secfion  8265.5  have  been  applied. 

(c)  "Administrative  costs"  means  costs  incurred  for  administrative  ac- 
tivities where  neither  the  family,  the  child  nor  the  service  providers  for 
Alternative  Payment  programs  and  family  child  care  homes  directly 
benefit  from  the  acfivity. 

(d)  "Adult"  for  the  purposes  of  this  Division  means  a  person  who  is  at 
least  eighteen  (18)  years  of  age. 

(e)  "Alternative  Payment  programs"  means  contracts  designated  as 
Alternative  Payment,  County  Welfare  Department,  or  Child  Protective 
Services.  Contracts  designated  as  School  Age  Community  Child  Care 
and  Excepfional  Needs  which  operate  in  a  vendor  payment  mode  are  in- 


Page  184.51 


Register  2007,  No.  16;  4-20-2007 


§  18014 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


eluded  in  the  definition  of  Alternative  Payment  programs.  Contractors 
operating  Alternative  Payment  programs  are  not  precluded  from  con- 
tracting for  other  program  types  as  specified  in  Education  Code  Section 
8208(h). 

(f)  "Authorized  representative"  means  a  person  who  has  been  dele- 
gated the  responsibility  to  sign  a  child  in  and  out  of  a  child  care  program 
in  the  absence  of  the  parent. 

(g)  "Benefit  to  the  state"  means  that  the  activity  will  improve  knowl- 
edge or  expertise  in  areas  directly  related  to  subsidized  child  care  and  de- 
velopment services. 

(h)  "Ceases  operation"  means  the  contractor  does  not  provide  subsi- 
dized services  in  accordance  with  the  contractor's  program  operating  cal- 
endar submitted  to  and  approved  by  the  Child  Development  Division  for 
the  applicable  contract  period. 

(i)  "Commingled  child  care  services"  means  the  provision  of  services 
to  both  subsidized  and  nonsubsidized  children  in  the  same  classroom  at 
the  same  dme. 

(j)  "Contract  period"  means  the  time  span  the  contract  is  in  effect  as 
specified  in  the  child  development  contract. 

(k)  "Depreciation"  means  a  cost  in  the  current  fiscal  year  that  is  based 
on  acquisition  costs,  less  any  estimated  residual  value,  computed  on  a 
straight  line  method  (based  on  the  normal,  estimated  useful  life  expectan- 
cy of  the  asset). 

(/)  "Disallowed  costs"  means  costs  which  have  been  incurred  but  are 
not  reimbursable  because  they  are  not  reasonable  and/or  necessary  for 
the  performance  of  the  contract  as  defined  in  Section  1 801 3(s)  of  this  Di- 
vision or  are  nonreimbursable  as  specified  in  Section  1 8035  of  this  Divi- 
sion. 

(m)  "Indirect  cost  allocation  plan"  means  a  written  justification  and  ra- 
tionale for  assigning  the  relative  share  of  indirect  costs  across  more  than 
one  program  or  contract. 

(n)  "Indirect  cost"  means  an  expense  that  cannot  be  readily  assigned 
to  one  specific  program  or  one  specific  line  item  within  a  program. 

(o)  '"Maximum  reimbursable  amount"  means  the  total  dollar  amount 
of  a  contract.  Reimbursement  from  the  State  shall  not  exceed  the  maxi- 
mum reimbursable  amount.  The  initial  maximum  reimbursable  amount 
shall  be  the  approved  original  version  of  the  annual  contract  based  on  the 
Budget  Act  as  signed  by  the  Governor. 

(p)  "Net  reimbursable  program  costs"  means  the  portion  of  the  actual 
and  allowable  net  costs  which  are  incurred  in  the  provision  of  child  care 
and  development  services  for  subsidized  children. 

(q)  "Private  contractor"  means  an  entity  other  than  a  public  agency 
which  is  tax  exempt  or  non-tax  exempt  and  under  contract  with  the  State 
Department  of  Education  for  the  provision  of  child  care  and  development 
services. 

(r)  "Public  contractor"  means  a  school  district,  community  college  dis- 
trict, county  superintendent  of  schools,  campus  of  the  California  State 
University  or  the  University  of  California  system,  county,  city  or  other 
public  entity  under  contract  with  the  State  Department  of  Education  for 
the  provision  of  child  care  and  development  services. 

(s)  "Reasonable  and  necessary  costs"  means  expenditures  that,  in  na- 
ture and  amount,  do  not  exceed  what  an  ordinarily  prudent  person  would 
incur  in  the  conduct  of  a  competitive  business. 

(t)  "Restricted  income"  means  income  which  the  donor  designates 
may  only  be  expended  for  specific  limited  purposes  that  are  reimbursable 
according  to  the  contract. 

(u)  "Total  contract  amount"  for  the  purpose  of  determining  the  limit 
of  allowable  administrative  and  program  support  services  for  Alternative 
Payment  type  programs  means  either  the  initial  maximum  reimbursable 
amount  or  the  total  of  direct  payments  to  providers,  which  includes  fami- 
ly fees  for  certified  children  and  interest  earned  on  advanced  contract 
funds,  plus  reimbursable  administrafive  and  support  services  costs, 
whichever  is  greater. 

(v)  "Total  expenditures"  means  all  costs  for  the  provision  of  subsi- 
dized services  under  the  contract  and  any  nonsubsidized  services  which 
are  provided  in  commingled  classrooms. 


(w)  "Unnecessarily  increase  the  value"  means  an  improvement  of  a 
site  beyond  what  isrequired  to  meet  California  Code  of  Regulations,  title 
22.  Community  Care  Licensing  Standards. 

(x)  "Unrestricted  income"  means  income  that  has  no  restrictions  re- 
garding use  by  the  donor,  and  income  restricted  by  the  donor  for  purposes 
that  are  not  reimbursable  according  to  the  contract,  including  income  for 
services  to  children  not  subsidized  by  the  contract. 

(y)  "Use  allowance"  means  an  alternate  method  for  claiming  the  use 
of  the  contractor's  assets  as  a  cost  when  depreciation  methods  are  not 
used. 

NOTC:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8208 
and  8261.  Hducation  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  !  1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No. 
50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (o),  new  subsection  (u),  subsection  relettering  and 
amendment  of  newly  designated  subsection  (w)  filed  1  ]-i3-2(X)6  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  11-13-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  46).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  toOAL  by  3-13-2007  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  11-13-2006  order,  including  further  amend- 
ment of  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  3-8-2007  and  filed  4-17-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  16). 

§  18014.    Notification  of  Address  Change. 

(a)  Contractors  shall  notify  the  Child  Development  Division  in  writing 
of  any  change  in  mailing  address  for  communication  regarding  the  con- 
tract within  ten  (10)  calendar  days  of  the  address  change. 

(b)  Contractors  shall  notify  the  Child  Development  Division  in  writing 
of  any  proposed  change  in  operating  facility  address(es)  at  least  thirty 
(30)  calendar  days  in  advance  of  the  change  unless  such  change  is  re- 
quired by  an  emergency  such  as  fire,  flood  or  earthquake. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No. 
50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 

§  18015.    Private  Agencies;  Open  Board  Meetings. 

Any  private  tax  exempt  or  private  non-tax  exempt  agency  receiving 
public  funds  under  these  regulations  must,  to  the  extent  of  the  publicly 
funded  program,  comply  with  the  Ralph  M.  Brown  Open  Meetings  Act, 
Government  Code  Sections  54950-54961. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8203(f)  and  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  5495 1 .7,  Government  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  and  new  secUon  filed  11-21-88;  operative  -1-89  (Register  88,  No. 

50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 

§  18016.    Materials  Developed  with  Contract  Funds. 

(a)  If  the  contractor  receives  income  from  materials  developed  with 
contract  funds,  the  use  of  the  income  shall  be  restricted  to  the  child  devel- 
opment program. 

(b)  If  the  materials  were  developed  in  part  with  contract  funds,  the  in- 
come from  the  sale  of  the  materials  that  shall  be  used  in  the  child  develop- 
ment program  shall  be  computed  in  direct  proportion  to  the  share  of  con- 
tract funds  used  in  development  of  the  materials. 

(c)  Materials  developed  with  contract  funds  shall  contain: 

( 1 )  An  acknowledgement  of  the  use  of  State  funds  in  the  development 
of  materials; 

(2)  A  disclaimer  that  the  contents  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the  posi- 
tion or  policy  of  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  SecUon  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No. 
50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 

§  18017.    Prohibition  Against  Religious  Instruction  or 
Worship. 

The  contractor  shall  not  provide  nor  be  reimbursed  for  child  care  and 
development  services  which  include  religious  instruction  or  worship. 


• 


Page  184.52 


liegister  2007,  No.  16;  4-20-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18024 


• 


• 


Noi  1-:  Audiority  cited:  Section  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8265, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No. 
30).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 

§  18018.    Prohibition  Against  Presigned  Checks,  Child 

Development  Division  Prior  Written  Approval; 
Two  (2)  Authorized  Signatures  on  Checks. 

Except  for  external  payroll  services,  private  contractors: 

(a)  Shall  not  use  any  presigned,  preauthorized.  or  prc-stamped  checks, 
without  the  prior  written  approval  of  the  Child  Development  Division; 
and 

(b)  Shall  require  two  (2)  authorized  signatures  on  all  checks  unless: 

( 1 )  the  contractor  has  a  policy  approved  by  its  governing  board  requir- 
ing dual  signatures  only  on  checks  above  a  specified  dollar  amount;  and 

(2)  the  annual  audit  verifies  that  appropriate  internal  controls  are  main- 
tained. 

Norr,:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No. 
50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 

§  18019.     Prohibition  Against  Loans  and  Advances. 

(a)  Contractors  shall  not  loan  contract  funds  to  individuals,  corpora- 
tions, organizations,  public  agencies  or  private  agencies. 

(b)  Contractors  shall  not  advance  unearned  salary  to  employees. 

(c)  Contractors  shall  not  make  advance  payments  to  subcontractors 
and  shall  compensate  subcontractors  after  services  are  rendered  or  goods 
are  received  except  for: 

(1)  Subcontractors  providing  direct  child  care  and  development  ser- 
vices; and 

(2)  Subcontractors  with  subcontracts  exempt  from  the  provisions  of 
Article  2  of  this  Chapter  as  specified  in  Section  18026  of  this  Division. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No. 
50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77.  No.  39. 

§  1 8020.    Compliance  with  Title  22  California  Code  of 
Regulations. 

Contractors  with  facilities  which  are  exempt  by  statute  or  otherwise 
exempt  from  licensure  shall  comply  with  health  and  safety  regulations 
for  day  care  centers  and  family  child  care  homes  as  specified  in  Title  22 
California  Code  of  Regulations.  Community  Care  Licensing  Standards 
in  order  to  qualify  for  child  care  and  development  program  contract 
funds. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 
I .  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No. 

50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 

§  1 8021 .     Payments  to  Family  Child  Care  Providers. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No. 
.50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 

2.  Repealer  filed  9-4-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  9-4-2003  (Register  2003, 
No.  36).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1-2-2004 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Repealer  refiled  12-29-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-29-2003  (Regis- 
ter 2004.  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-29-2003  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
4-26-2004  and  filed  6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  24). 


§  18022.    Contracts  with  Multiple  Service  Areas. 

(a)  A  contractor  with  more  than  one  service  delivery  area  as  specified 
in  and  funded  through  a  single  contract  shall  maintain  service  at  the  same 
level,  plus  or  minus  ten  percent  {]07()  of  the  contracted  child  hours  or 
child  days  of  enrollment,  as  applicable,  in  the  individual  service  area(s) 
specified  in  its  current  contract. 

(b)  The  contractor  may  request  approval  from  the  Child  Development 
Division  to  vary  service  levels  by  more  than  ten  percent  ( 1 09( )  if  the  con- 
tractor can  demonstrate  that  the  need  for  services  in  the  designated 
area(s)  has  changed. 

(c)  The  Child  Development  Division  shall  approve  or  deny  the  request 
within  thirty  (30)  calendar  days  of  receipt  of  the  request. 

(d)  If  the  request  is  denied,  the  contractor  may  appeal  this  decision  in 
accordance  with  Section  18308  of  this  Division. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261.  Education  Code.  Reference:  .Sections  8203 
and  8269,  Education  Code. 

HisroRY 
1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No. 
50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77.  No.  39. 

§  18023.    Compliance  Reviews  of  Contractors. 

(a)  Definitions. 

(1)  "Compliance  review"  means  that  a  team  of  California  Department 
of  Education  staff  reviews  a  contractor's  program  at  the  program  site  to 
determine  compliance  with  applicable  laws,  regulations,  or  contractual 
provisions. 

(2)  "CCR"  means  the  monitoring  and  review  instrument  for  child  de- 
velopment programs  that  is  used  to  determine  compliance  and  is  con- 
tained within  the  "Coordinated  Compliance  Review  Guide  — 
2003-2004",  a  document  that  is  incorporated  by  reference. 

(b)  At  least  once  every  three  (3)  years  and  as  resources  permit,  the 
California  Department  of  Education  shall  conduct  reviews  at  the  contrac- 
tor's office(s)  and  operating  facility(ies)  to  determine  the  contractor's 
compliance  with  applicable  laws,  regulations  or  contractual  provisions. 

(c)  The  reviews  shall  be  conducted  according  to  the  provisions  of 
CCR,  as  defined  in  subsection  (a)(2)  of  this  section. 

(d)  The  reviews  shall  be  conducted  by  consultants,  analysts,  and/or 

management  staff  of  the  California  Department  of  Education  or  other 

State  of  California  representatives. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No. 
50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77.  No.  39. 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  9-23-2003;  operative  9-23-2003  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003.  No.  39). 

§  18024.    Contractor's  Termination  for  Convenience. 

(a)  A  contractor  may  terminate  the  contract  for  any  reason  during  the 
contract  term. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  notify  the  Child  Development  Division  of  its 
intent  to  terminate  the  contract  at  least  ninety  (90)  calendar  days  prior  to 
the  date  the  contractor  intends  to  terminate  the  contract. 

(c)  Within  fifteen  (15)  days  from  the  date  the  contractor  notifies  the 
Child  Development  Division  of  its  intent  to  terminate  the  contract,  the 
contractor  shall  submit: 

(1)  A  current  inventory  of  equipment  purchased  in  whole  or  in  part 
with  contract  funds;  and 

(2)  The  names,  addresses  and  telephone  numbers  of  all  families  .served 
by  the  contract  and  all  staff  members  funded  by  the  contract. 

(3)  Family  child  care  home  and  Alternative  Payment  program  contrac- 
tors shall  also  submit  the  names,  addresses  and  telephone  numbers  of  all 
providers  of  subsidized  services  funded  by  the  contract. 

(d)  Upon  receipt  of  a  notice  of  intent  to  terminate,  the  Child  Develop- 
ment Division  will  transfer  the  program  to  another  agency  as  soon  as 
practicable. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8269,  Education  Code. 


Page  184.53 


Register  2007,  No.  16;  4-20-2007 


§  18025 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


History 

1.  Repealer  and  new  section  tiled  1 1-21-88;  operative 
50).  For  prior  histoiy,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 


-1-89  (Register  88.  No. 


§  18025.    Title,  Use,  Disposition  and  Retention  of 
Equipment. 

(a)  Title.  When  equipment  is  purchased  with  State  funds,  title  shall 
vest  in  the  contractor  only  for  such  period  of  time  as  the  contractor  has 
a  contract  with  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

(b)  Retention  of  Equipment.  The  Child  Development  Division  may 
provide  written  authorization  for  the  contractor  to  retain  the  equipment 
for  the  contractor"  s  own  use  if  a  fair  compensation  is  paid  to  the  State  for 
the  State'sshareof  the  cost  of  the  equipment.  Fair  compensation  shall  be 
determined  by  the  State  using  the  State's  share  of  original  acquisition 
cost,  less  depreciation,  computed  on  a  straight  line  method  over  the  esti- 
mated useful  life  expectancy  of  the  equipment. 

(,c)  Use.  When  equipment  is  purchased  in  whole  or  in  part  with  State 
funds,  the  contractor  shall  use  the  equipment  exclusively  in  the  pro- 
gram(s)  from  which  funds  were  used  to  purchase  the  equipment.  If  the 
contractor  wishes  to  share  the  use  of  the  equipment  between/among  two 
(2)  or  more  programs,  the  cost  of  .such  equipment  shall  be  prorated  bet- 
ween/among the  programs. 

(d)  Disposition.  If  the  contractor  no  longer  has  a  contract  with  the  State 
Department  of  Education,  the  contractor  shall  dispose  of  the  equipment 
in  accordance  with  written  directions  from  the  Child  Development  Divi- 
sion. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8269,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

Article  2.    Subcontracts 

§  1 8026.    Subcontracts  Excluded  from  Scope  of  This 
Article. 

The  following  types  of  relationships  are  not  subject  to  the  regulations 
contained  in  this  Article: 

(a)  Employment  agreements; 

(b)  Facility  rental  or  lease  agreements; 

(c)  Payment  arrangements  with  family  child  care  homes; 

(d)  Payment  arrangements  with  child  care  providers  for  Alternative 
Payment  programs; 

(e)  Medical  or  dental  service  agreements; 

(0  Bookkeeping/auditing  agreements,  except  for  Section  18027; 

(g)  Food  services  agreements; 

(h)  Janitorial  and  groundkeeping  agreements; 

(i)  A  subcontract  with  a  public  agency;  and 

(j)  Subcontracts  with  an  individual  for  less  than  ten  thousand  dollars 
($10,000.00),  except  for  Section  18027. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18027.    Private  Contractors;  Three  (3)  Bids  for 

Subcontracts  Exceeding  the  Amount  Stated  in 
Annual  Contract. 

Private  contractors  shall  obtain  at  least  three  (3)  bids  or  estimates  for 
subcontracts  that  exceed  the  amount  stated  for  subcontract  bid  require- 
ments in  the  annual  child  development  contract. 

(a)  The  subcontract  shall  be  awarded  to  the  lowest  responsible  bidder. 

(b)  If  three  (3)  bids  or  estimates  cannot  be  obtained,  the  private  con- 
tractor shall  maintain  documents  in  its  records  that  establish: 

( 1 )  The  reasons  why  three  (3)  bids  or  estimates  could  not  be  obtained; 
and 

(2)  The  reasonableness  of  the  proposed  expenditure  without  three  (3) 
bids  or  estimates. 


(c )  The  contractor  shall  not  split  subcontracts  to  avoid  competitive  bid- 
ding requirements. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1  1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18028.     Prior  Child  Development  Division  Approval 

Required  for  All  Subcontracts  Exceeding  the 
Amount  Stated  in  the  Annual  Child 
Development  Contract. 

Contractors  shall  obtain  prior  written  approval  from  the  Child  Devel- 
opment Division  for  subcontracts  that: 

(a)  Are  not  excluded  from  the  provisions  of  this  Article  by  Section 
18026  of  this  Division;  and 

(b)  Exceed  the  amount  stated  for  subcontract  approval  in  the  annual 
child  development  contract. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .50). 

§  18029.    Required  Documents  for  Prior  Child  Development 
Division  Approval  of  Subcontracts. 

The  contractor  shall  submit  the  following  documents  to  the  Child  De- 
velopment Division  before  entering  into  any  agreement  with  a  proposed 
subcontractor  and  before  any  work  begins  pursuant  to  the  proposed  sub- 
contract: 

(a)  A  copy  of  each  bid  or  estimate; 

(b)  If  applicable,  the  documents  required  to  be  maintained  under  Sec- 
tion 18027(b)  of  this  Division; 

(c)  Identification  of  the  lowest  responsible  bidder  selected  by  the  con- 
tractor; 

(d )  For  capital  outlay  subcontracts,  documents  showing  that  the  bidder 
selected  by  the  contractor  has  obtained  a  payment  bond  in  an  amount  not 
less  than  one-half  (1/2)  the  amount  of  the  proposed  subcontract;  and 

(e)  Two  (2)  copies  of  the  proposed  subcontract,  including  a  proposed 
line-item  budget  which  shows  the  costs  of  the  services  to  be  performed. 
The  budget  for  a  proposed  subcontract  for  renovation  and  repair  shall 
show  the  total  cost  of  labor  and  the  total  cost  of  materials. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 


I .  New  section  filed  11-21- 


HlSTORY 
operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


§  18030.    Child  Development  Division  Approval  or 

Disapproval  of  Subcontract  Within  Thirty  (30) 
Calendar  Days. 

(a)  The  Child  Development  Division  shall  approve  or  disapprove  a 
proposed  subcontract  submitted  for  prior  approval  within  thirty  (30)  cal- 
endar days  following  the  receipt  of  all  required  documents. 

(b)  Upon  approval  or  disapproval,  the  Child  Development  Division 
shall  return  a  copy  of  the  approved  subcontract  or  a  copy  of  the  disap- 
proved subcontract  to  the  contractor. 

(c)  A  disapproved  contract  will  include  a  statement  of  the  reason(s)  for 
not  approving  the  subcontract. 

(d)  If  the  request  for  approval  of  a  subcontract  is  denied,  the  contractor 
may  appeal  the  decision  in  accordance  with  instructions  specified  in  Sec- 
tion 18308  of  this  Division. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18031.    Required  Subcontract  Provisions. 

Every  subcontract  shall  specify: 

(a)  The  dates  within  which  the  subcontractor  is  to  perform  the  contract. 
The  time  for  subcontractor  performance  shall  not  begin  prior  to,  nor  shall 
the  time  extend  beyond,  the  time  period  of  the  contract  between  the  con- 
tractor and  the  State. 


• 


• 


Page  184.54 


Register  2(K)7,  No.  15;  4-20-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18035 


• 


• 


(b)  The  dollar  amount  of  the  subcontracl  or  specify  an  amount  not  to 
exceed  a  maximum  dollar  amount. 

(c)  The  service(s)  to  be  provided  under  the  subcontract. 

(d)  The  responsibilities  of  each  party  under  the  subcontract. 

(e)  That  the  subcontractor,  and  the  agents  and  employees  of  the  sub- 
contractor, in  the  performance  of  the  subcontract,  are  acting  in  an  inde- 
pendent capacity  and  not  as  officers  or  employees  or  agents  of  the  Stale 
of  California. 

(f)  That  modifications  of  the  subcontract  shall  be  in  writing,  and  that 
for  subcontracts  in  excess  of  the  amount  staled  in  ihe  annual  child  devel- 
opment contract,  prior  wrillen  Child  Development  Division  approval  is 
required  unless  the  subcontract  is  otherw/ise  exempt  from  prior  Child  De- 
velopment Division  approval. 

(g)  That  the  subcontracl  is  the  complete  and  exclusive  statement  of  the 
mutual  understanding  of  the  parlies  and  that  the  subcontract  supersedes 
and  cancels  all  previous  wrillen  and  oral  agreements  and  communica- 
tions relating  to  the  subject  matter  of  the  subcontracl. 

(h)  Remedies,  in  case  of  a  breach  of  contract,  for  subcontracts  in  ex- 
cess often  thousand  dollars  ($10,000.00). 

( i )  That  the  State  of  California  retains  title  to  any  equipment  or  supplies 
purchased  with  State  funds  and  that  the  equipment  shall  be  relumed  to 
the  contractor  upon  termination  of  the  subcontracl.  The  subcontracl  shall 
also  specify  that  the  subcontractor  shall  obtain  prior  written  approval 
from  the  contractor  and  the  Child  Development  Division  for  any  unit  of 
equipment  that  costs  in  excess  of  the  amount  stated  in  the  annual  child 
development  contract. 

(j)  That  the  subcontractor  shall  be  reimbursed  for  travel  and  per  diem 
expenses  only  at  rales  that  do  not  exceed  the  rales  paid  lo  the  majority  of 
State  Department  of  Education's  represented  employees  computed  in  ac- 
cordance with  Slate  Department  of  Personnel  Administration  regula- 
tions. Title  2  California  Code  of  Regulations.  Subchapter  1. 

(k)  That  the  subcontractor  agrees  lo  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the 
Stale  of  California,  its  officers,  agents  and  employees  from  any  and  all 
claims  and  losses  occurring  or  resulting  to  any  and  all  contractors,  sub- 
contractors, materialmen,  laborers  and  any  other  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
lion  furnishing  or  supplying  work,  services,  materials  or  supplies  in  con- 
nection with  the  performance  of  the  subcontract,  and  from  any  and  all 
claims  and  losses  occurring  or  resulting  to  any  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion that  may  be  injured  or  damaged  by  the  subcontractor  in  Ihe  perform- 
ance of  the  subcontract. 

( I)  That  for  those  subcontracts  requiring  Child  Development  Division 
prior  approval,  the  subcontractor  shall  maintain  records  for  program  re- 
view, evaluation,  audit  and/or  other  purposes  and  make  the  records  avail- 
able to  agents  of  the  State  for  a  period  of  five  (5)  years. 

(m)  Contain  provisions  of  the  "Nondiscrimination  Clause"'  included 
in  the  prime  contract  as  specified  in  Title  2  California  Code  of  Regula- 
tions. Chapter  5.  Section  8107. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Hducalion  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18032.    Audit  Requirements  for  Subcontracts. 

(a)  Subcontracts  requiring  Child  Development  Division  approval 
shall  be  audited  in  accordance  with  Slate  Department  of  Education  Audit 
Guidelines. 

(b)  The  cost  of  the  audit  shall  be  reimbursable  and  shall  be  borne  by 
the  contractor  either  directly  or  as  an  allowance  in  the  subcontract. 

(c)  The  audit  of  the  subcontract  shall  be  submitted  to  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Education  as  follows: 

( 1 )  School  districts,  county  offices  of  education  and  community  col- 
leges shall  submit  the  audit  of  the  subcontract  by  the  fifteenth  day  of  the 
fifth  month  following  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  subcontracted  services 
were  performed; 

(2)  All  other  contractors  shall  submit  the  subcontract  audit  along  with 

the  contractor's  audit  as  specified  in  Section  18071  of  this  Division. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8448, 
Education  Code. 


1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21 -J^ 


History 
operative  i-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .SO). 


Article  3.    Costs 

§  18033.    General  Standards. 

Contractors  will  be  reimbursed  for  actual  costs  that  are  reasonable  and 
necessary  to  the  performance  of  the  contract  as  defined  in  Section 
I8013(s)  of  this  Division. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8265  and  8275,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .50). 

§  18034.    Specific  Items  of  Reimbursable  Costs. 

Reimbursable  costs  include,  but  are  not  limited  to.  the  following: 

(a)  Start-up  costs  specified  in  Education  Code  Section  8275,  not  to  ex- 
ceed fifteen  percent  (15%)  of  the  annual  contract  amount. 

(b)  Close-down  costs  for  Migrant  Programs  as  specified  in  Education 
Code  Section  8233. 

(c)  Administrative  costs,  not  to  exceed  fifteen  percent  ( 1 5% )  of  net  re- 
imbursable program  costs.  Such  costs  include  activities  that  do  not  pro- 
vide a  direct  benefit  to  the  children,  parents,  or  providers. 

(d)  Employee  compensation,  including  fringe  benefits,  and  personal 
service  contracts. 

(e)  Equipment  and  equipment  replacement  with  prior  Child  Develop- 
ment Division  approval  if  required  in  the  annual  child  development  con- 
tract. 

(f)  Improvement  of  sites  and  adjacent  grounds  to  meet  or  continue  to 
meet  Title  22  California  Code  of  Regulations,  Community  Care  Licens- 
ing Standards.  Reimbursable  improvements  are  those  that: 

(1)  do  not  unnecessarily  increase  the  value  as  defined  in  18013(v)  of 
this  Division  of  a  facility;  and 

(2)  the  contractor  has  obtained  prior  Child  Development  Division  ap- 
proval if  required  in  the  annual  child  development  contract. 

(g)  Taxes,  insurance,  and  maintenance  for  buildings  and/or  equip- 
ment. 

(h)  Depreciafion  based  on  the  useful  life  of  an  asset  using  a  straight  line 
method  from  the  original  date  of  acquisition.  Depreciation  shall  not  be 
claimed  on  land,  donated  assets  or  assets  purchased  with  public  funds. 

(i)  A  use  allowance  for  buildings  and  improvements,  computed  at  an- 
nual rate  not  to  exceed  two  percent  (%)  of  acquisition  costs.  A  use  allow- 
ance for  equipment  computed  at  an  annual  rate  not  to  exceed  six  and  two- 
thirds  percent  (6  2/3%)  of  acquisifion  costs.  A  use  allowance  shall  not  be 
claimed  on  assets  purchased  with  contract  funds  or  on  land,  and  shall  not 
be  claimed  for  assets  for  which  depreciation  has  been  claimed. 

(j)  Travel  and  per  diem  expenses,  including  approved  out-of-state 
travel,  at  rates  not  to  exceed  those  rates  paid  to  the  majority  of  State  De- 
partment of  EducaUon's  represented  employees  computed  in  accordance 
with  State  Department  of  Personnel  Administration  regulaUons.  Title  2 
California  Code  of  Regulations,  Subchapter  1.  The  Child  Development 
Division  shall  notify  the  contractor  of  a  change  in  expense  rales  within 
thirty  (30)  calendar  days  after  the  Child  Development  Division  has  re- 
ceived notification  of  a  change  in  rates  from  the  State  Department  of  Per- 
sonnel Administration. 

(k)  An  indirect  cost  rate  based  on  an  approved  cost  allocation  plan,  not 
to  exceed  the  rate  specified  in  the  annual  child  development  contract. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8269,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .50). 

§  18035.    Nonreimbursable  Costs. 

The  following  costs  shall  not  be  reimbursable  under  the  child  develop- 
ment contract: 

(a)  Bad  debts,  including  losses  arising  from  uncollectible  accounts  and 
any  related  legal  costs.  Uncollected  parent  fees  are  not  considered  to  be 
bad  debts  if  documentaUon  of  collection  attempts  exists; 

(b)  Contributions; 


Page  184.55 


Register  2007,  No.  16;  4-20-2007 


§  18037 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(c)  Costs  of  amusement  or  entertainment; 

(d)  Costs  of  fines  or  penalties; 

(e)  Costs  of  idle  facilities  unless  those  costs  are  related  to  a  partial  year 
program  and  the  costs  of  the  idle  facilities  have  been  approved  by  the 
Child  Development  Division: 

(f)  Costs  incurred  after  the  contract  has  been  terminated; 

(g)  Fund  raising  costs  except  as  specified  in  Section  1 8277  of  this  Divi- 
sion; 

(h)  Consumer  interest  except: 

( 1 )  Interest  on  borrowed  funds  when  apportionments  are  withheld  be- 
cause of  a  delay  or  error  attributable  to  the  State  and  the  amount  of  inter- 
est claimed  is  approved  by  the  Child  Development  Division;  or 

(2)  when  interest  is  part  of  a  lease  purchase  agreement. 
(i)  Investment  management  costs; 

(j)  Costs  of  organization  of  a  nonprofit  corporation  such  as  incorpora- 
tion fees  or  consultant  fees; 

(k)  Public  relations  consultant  fees: 

(/)  Costs  of  legal,  consulting  and  accounting  services  incurred  in 
prosecution  of  claims  against  the  State; 

(m)  State  and  federal  income  taxes; 

(n)  Costs  for  the  acquisition  of  sites  and  buildings  except  through  de- 
preciation; 

(0)  Bonuses  unless  part  of  a  collective  bargaining  agreement; 

(p)  Compensation  to  the  members  of  the  board  of  directors  except  for: 

(1)  reimbursement,  computed  in  accordance  with  Section  18034  of 
this  Division,  for  travel  and/or  per  diem  incurred  while  the  members  are 
conducting  business  for  the  organization;  and 

(2)  as  provided  in  the  California  Corporation  Code  Section  5227.  et 
seq. 

(g)  Costs  of  subcontracts  which  increase  the  contractor's  cost  or  sub- 
contracts which  contain  a  provision  for  reimbursement  for  cost-plus  a 
percentage-of-costs. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8208(0)  and  8269.  Education  Code. 

History 
i.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§18037.    Charging  of  Expenditures. 

Reimbursement  for  net  reimbursable  program  costs  shall  meet  the  fol- 
lowing criteria: 

(a)  Costs  must  be  incurred  during  the  contract  period. 

(b)  Contractors  shall  not  use  current  year  contract  funds  to  pay  prior 
or  future  year  obligations. 

(c)  The  cost  of  the  annual  independent  audit  may  be  claimed  either  in 
the  contract  period  which  was  the  subject  of  the  audit  or  during  the  con- 
tract period  in  which  the  audit  is  completed. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8269,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18038.    Recoupment  of  Advanced  Contract  Funds. 

(a)  The  State  Department  of  Education  shall  recoup  any  payments 
made  for  costs  which  were  not  reasonable  and  necessary.  The  amount 
that  is  recouped  shall  be  the  excess  payment  over  the  reasonable  or  fair 
market  value,  or  one  hundred  percent  (100%)  of  the  cost,  if  the  cost  was 
not  necessary. 

(b)  The  State  Department  of  Education  may  elect  to  recover  any  costs 
of  recoupment,  including  collection  services  or  attorney  fees. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8265  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8269,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18039.    Use  of  Subsidized  Parent  Fees. 

(a)  Fees  received  from  subsidized  parents  are  to  be  expended  and 
earned  by  the  contractor  before  contract  funds  shall  be  claimed  for  reim- 
bursement. 


(h)  Such  fees  shall  be  expended  on  reimbursable  costs  and  earned  by 

providing  child  days/hours  of  enrollment  beyond  the  minimum  required 

by  the  contract  at  a  rate  equal  to  the  lesser  of  the  daily/hourly  contract  rate 

or  the  actual  cost. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8265,  Education  Code. 

History 

1,  New  .section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18040.    Prior  Approval  for  Certain  Capital  Outlay 
Expenditures. 

(a)  When  expenditures  for  equipment,  equipment  replacement  and  im- 
provements exceed  the  level  specified  in  the  annual  child  development 
contract,  private  contractors  shall  obtain  at  least  three  (3)  bids  or  esti- 
mates; 

( 1 )  Award  shall  be  made  to  the  lowest  responsible  bidder; 

(2)  If  three  (3)  bids  or  estimates  cannot  be  obtained,  the  contractor 
shall  maintain  documentation  that  specifies  the  reason(s)  why  three  (3) 
bids  or  estimates  could  not  be  obtained  and  establishes  the  reasonable- 
ness of  the  cost  without  three  (3)  bids  or  estimates; 

(b)  When  expenditures  for  equipment,  equipment  replacement  and 
improvements  exceed  the  level  specified  in  the  annual  child  development 
contract,  the  contractor  shall  request  prior  written  approval  from  the 
Child  Development  Division. 

(c)  The  Child  Development  Division  shall  approve  or  deny  the  request 
for  the  capital  outlay  expenditure  within  thirty  (30)  calendar  days  of  the 
receipt  of  the  request; 

(d)  If  the  request  is  denied,  the  contractor  may  appeal  the  decision  in 
accordance  with  instructions  specified  in  Section  18302  of  this  Division. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8265,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  1 8041 .    Prior  Approval  for  Out-of-State  Travel. 

(a)  Contractors  shall  be  reimbursed  for  out-of-state  travel  expenses 
only  with  prior  written  approval  from  the  Child  Development  Division. 
The  Child  Development  Division  shall  not  approve  out-of-state  travel 
expenses: 

( 1 )  For  more  than  one  employee  per  contract  per  year; 

(2)  For  contractors  with  delinquent  accounts  payable  which  are  delin- 
quent more  than  ninety  (90)  calendar  days  after  the  date  of  the  original 
invoice; 

(3)  For  contractors  on  conditional  status; 

(4)  When  there  is  no  clear  benefit  to  the  state;  or 

(5)  When  the  benefit  to  the  state  can  be  obtained  within  California. 

(b)  The  Child  Development  Division  shall  approve  or  deny  the  request 
for  out-of-state  travel  within  thirty  (30)  calendar  days  of  the  receipt  of 
the  request; 

(c)  If  the  request  is  denied,  the  contractor  may  appeal  the  decision  in 
accordance  with  instructions  specified  in  Section  18308  of  this  Division. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8265,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


• 


Article  4.    Determination  of  Reimbursement 

§  18054.    Determination  of  Reimbursable  Amount. 

(a)  Except  for  Resource  and  Referral  programs  and  Alternative  Pay- 
ment type  programs,  all  contractors  shall  be  reimbursed  for  an  audited 
claim  that  is  the  least  of  the  following: 

( 1 )  The  maximum  reimbursable  amount  as  stated  in  the  annual  child 
development  contract;  or 

(2)  The  net  reimbursable  program  costs;  or 

(3)  The  product  of  the  adjusted  child  days/hours  of  enrollment  for  cer- 
tified children,  times  the  contract  rate  per  child  day/hour  of  enrollment, 
times  the  actual  percentage  of  attendance  plus  five  percent  (5%),  but  in 
no  case  to  exceed  one  hundred  percent  (100%)  of  enrollment; 


• 


Page  184.56 


Register  2007,  No.  16;  4-20-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18066 


(b)  Resource  and  Referral  programs  will  be  reimbursed  for  the  lesser 
of  (a)(  1 )  or  (a)(2)  of  this  section. 

(c)  Alternative  Payment  type  programs  shall  be  reimbursed  for  an  au- 
dited claim  that  is  the  least  of  the  following: 

( 1 )  The  maximum  reimbursable  amount  as  stated  in  the  annual  child 
development  contract;  or 

(2)  The  amount  earned,  which  is  reimbursable  expenditures  of: 

(A)  direct  payments  to  providers,  which  includes  family  fees  for  certi- 
fied children  and  interest  earned  on  advanced  contract  funds;  and 

(B)  actual  administrative  and  support  costs  directly  related  to  child 
care  services  provided,  which  combined  cannot  exceed  the  allowable 
percentage  of  the  total  contract  amount. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8265.  Hduealion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  and  new  subsections  (c)-(c)(2)(B)  filed 
I  l-i.V2()()6  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-13-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  46). 
A  Ceililleate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  3-13-2007  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-13-2006  order,  including  amendment  of 
subsection  (c)(2)(B).  transmitted  to  OAL  3-8-2007  and  filed  4-1 7-2007  (Res- 
ister2007.  No.  16). 

§  18055.     Minimum  Days  of  Operation. 

If  the  contractor  fails  to  operate  at  least  ninety  eight  percent  (98%)  of 
the  minimum  days  of  operation  required  in  its  contract,  ceases  operation 
or  the  contract  is  terminated  prior  to  the  end  of  the  contract  period,  the 
maxiinum  reimbursable  amount  shall  be  reduced  in  proportion  to  the  per- 
centage of  the  contract  minimum  days  of  operation  that  the  contractor 
was  not  in  operation. 

NOTt::  Authority  cited:  Section  8269.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8269. 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .SO). 

§  18056.    Reduction,  Withholding,  and  Cancelling 
Apportionments  to  Contractors. 

(a)  The  State  Department  of  Education  shall  reduce,  withhold  or  can- 
cel any  scheduled  apportionment  when  one  or  more  of  the  following  con- 
ditions exist: 

( 1 )  The  contractor  has  not  submitted  an  acceptable  audit  for  any  prior 
year  of  operation  on  or  before  the  date  due. 

(2)  The  contractor  has  not  submitted  the  reports  required  by  Sections 
18068,  18069. 18070,  18071,  18072  and  1807.3  of  this  Division,  if  appli- 
cable, on  or  before  the  date  due. 

(3)  The  contractor  will  not  earn  the  full  contract  amount  based  on  the 
current  year  projected  and  the  prior  year  actual  net  reimbursable  pro- 
grams costs  as  determined  by  the  State  Department  of  Education,  Local 
Assistance  Bureau. 

(4)  A  creditor  of  the  contractor  has  placed  a  lien  on  the  contractor's 
.scheduled  apportionments. 

(5)  The  contractor  has  accounts  payable  which  are: 

(A)  more  than  ninety  (90)  days  delinquent  to  the  State  Department  of 
Education;  and 

(B)  not  under  appeal  as  specified  in  either  Section  18301  or  Section 
18.308  of  this  Division. 

(b)  If  any  apportionment  is  to  be  reduced,  withheld  or  cancelled,  the 
State  Department  of  Education  shall  provide  the  contractor  prior  written 
notice  of  the  intended  action. 

NOTl:;  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  826.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  1 8057.    Order  of  Expenditure. 

Expenditure  from  the  Child  Development  Fund  shall  occur  in  the  fol- 
lowing order: 

(a)  Fees  collected  from  parents  of  certified  children  shall  be  first  in  and 
first  out. 


(b)  State  or  federal  contract  funds  apportioned  by  the  State  Department 
of  Education  shall  be  second  in  and  second  out. 

(e)  Interest  received  on  advanced  State  Departinent  of  Education 
funds  shall  be  last  in  and  last  out. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8265.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  ,50). 


Article  5. 


Accounting  and  Reporting 
Requirements 


§18063.    General  Provisions. 

Contractors  shall  report  expenditures  on  an  accrual  basis. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8261 
and  8448(g),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  0). 

§  18064.    Child  Development  Fund;  Interest  Bearing 
Accounts. 

(a)  All  contractors  shall  establish  a  fund  to  be  known  as  the  "Child  De- 
velopment Fund"  as  specified  in  Education  Code  Section  8328,  except 
that  private  contractors  shall  establish  the  fund  in  a  federally  insured 
banking  institution  located  in  California. 

(b)  Contractors  with  multiple  fund  sources  shall  establish  .separate 
program  cost  accounts  for  each  source  of  funds. 

(c)  If  a  contractor  places  advanced  contract  funds  in  an  interest  bearing 
account,  the  interest  bearing  account  shall  be  a  separate  account  within 
the  Child  Development  Fund. 

(d)  Interest  earned  shall  be  retained  by  the  contractor  if: 

(1)  Expended  on  reimbursable  costs;  and 

(2)  Except  Resource  and  Referral  programs,  earned  by  providing  sub- 
sidized days/hours  of  enrollment  beyond  the  minimum  required  to  earn 
the  maximum  reimbursable  amount  at  a  rate  equal  to  the  lesser  of  the  dai- 
ly/houriy  contract  rate  or  the  actual  program  costs. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  826 1  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8328,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  1 8065.    Enrollment  and  Attendance  Accounting. 

(a)  Contractors  operating  centers  and/or  family  child  care  homes  shall 
use  daily  sign-in/sign-out  sheets  as  a  primary  source  document  for  audit 
and  reimbursement  purposes. 

(b)  One  of  the  following  persons  shall  enter  the  lime  of  arrival  and  de- 
parture on  a  sign-in/sign-out  sheet  and,  except  as  specified  in  Subsection 
(c)  below,  shall  sign  the  sheet  using  their  full  signature: 

(1 )  The  parent  or  other  adult  authorized  by  the  parent  to  drop  ofl7pick 
up  a  child;  or 

(2)  The  staff  person  designated  by  the  contractor  as  the  person  respon- 
sible for  entering  the  times  of  arrival  and  departure  if  the  child  is  not 
dropped  off/picked  up  by  a  parent  or  other  adult  authorized  by  the  parent. 

(c)  First  and  last  initials  of  the  contractor's  authorized  representative 
along  with  a  notation  of  the  time  are  required  to  document  when  a 
school-age  child  departs  for  and  returns  from  school  during  the  day. 

(d)  Contractors  operating  an  Alternative  Payment  program  may  use  an 
alternative  to  daily  sign-in/sign-out  sheets  as  documentation  of  atten- 
dance for  reimbursement  purposes  with  the  prior  written  approval  of  the 
Child  Development  Division. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  826 1  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8269,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .50). 

§  18066.    Verification  of  Excused  Absence;  Policies. 

(a)  If  the  absence  is  claimed  by  the  contractor  as  an  excused  absence 
as  defined  in  Education  Code  Section  8208(d),  the  attendance  accounting 
records  shall  contain  verification  that  includes: 

( 1 )  The  name  of  the  child; 


Page  184.57 


Register  2(X)7,  No.  16;  4-20-2007 


§  18067 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(2)  The  dale(s)  of  absence; 

(3)  The  specific  reason  for  the  absence;  and 

(4)  The  signature  of  the  parent  or  the  contractor's  authorized  represen- 
tative if  verification  is  made  by  telephone. 

(b)  If  an  excused  absence  is  based  on  time  spent  with  a  parent  or  other 
relative  as  required  by  a  court  of  law.  the  basic  data  file  shall  contain  a 
copy  of  the  Court  Order. 

(c)  Contractors  shall  adopt  reasonable  policies  delineating  circum- 
stances that  would  constitute  an  excused  absence  for  "family  emergen- 
cy" and  "in  the  best  interest  of  the  child." 

(d)  Contractors  shall  also  adopt  a  policy  governing  unexcu.sed  ab- 
sences which  may  include  reasonable  limitations,  if  any. 

(e)  Contractors  shall  inform  parents  of  these  policies. 

(f)  Except  for  children  who  are  recipients  of  protective  services  or  at 
risk  of  abuse  or  neglect,  excused  absences  "in  the  best  interest  of  the 
child"  shall  be  limited  to  ten  (10)  days  during  the  contract  period. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8208(d),  826!  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (f)  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative 
5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  emergency  amendment  filed 
10-14-2005  by  ojjeration  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(f).  Certificate 
of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-2005;  disap- 
proved by  OAL  and  order  of  repeal  as  to  5-6-2005  order  filed  on  10-14-2005 
(Register  2005,  No.  41). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10-14-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-14-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  No.  41 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-13-2(X)6  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  10-14-2005  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  11 346. 1(f)  (Register  2006,  No. 
20). 

§  18067.    General  Recordkeeping  Requirements. 

(a)  All  records  shall  be  retained  for  a  minimum  period  of  five  (5)  years. 

(b)  Claims  for  reimbursement  shall  not  be  paid  unless  there  are  docu- 
ments to  support  the  claims.  The  contractor  has  the  burden  of  supporting 
claims  for  reimbursement. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8269,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18068.    Attendance  and  Expenditure  Reports. 

(a)  Contractors  shall  submit  reports  containing  the  following  informa- 
tion for  each  contract  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  at  inter- 
vals specified  in  the  annual  child  development  contract: 

(1 )  Days/hours  of  enrollment  and  attendance  for  all  children  served  in 
the  program  in  the  current  reporting  period  and  year  to  date; 

(2)  Total  days  of  operation  in  the  current  reporting  period  and  year  to 
date; 

(3)  Except  for  contractors  operating  Alternative  Payment  programs, 
the  report  shall  include  all  services,  revenues  and  expenditures  for  both 
subsidized  and  nonsubsidized  children  if  nonsubsidized  and  subsidized 
children  are  commingled  as  defined  in  section  18013(i)  of  this  division; 

(4)  Amount  and  sources  of  all  revenues  other  than  advanced  contract 
funds  for  the  current  reporting  period  and  the  year  to  date;  restricted  and 
unrestricted  income  shall  be  reported  as  follows: 

(A)  restricted  income  expended  during  the  contract  period  shall  be  re- 
ported as  "restricted";  restricted  income  that  is  not  expended  during  the 
contract  period  remains  restricted  and  shall  be  considered  "deferred  reve- 
nue"; 

(B)  all  unrestricted  income  shall  be  reported  as  "unrestricted"; 

(5)  Total  expenditures  related  to  the  program  operation  for  the  current 
reporting  period  and  the  year  to  date,  including  all  expenses  for  specific 
purposes  as  designated  by  restricted  income  and  all  non-reimbursable 
expenses. 


(b)  Reports  not  received  by  the  due  dates  shall  be  considered  delin- 
quent. Penalties  for  delinquent  reporting  are  specified  in  section  18056 
of  this  division. 

(c )  Contractors  on  conditional  or  provisional  status  shall  report  month- 
ly. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8269, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  .section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .50). 

2.  Amendment  filed  4-17-2007;  operative  4-17-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1.343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  16). 

§  18069.    Service  Data  Report  for  Resource  and  Referral 
Programs. 

Contractors  operating  Resource  and  Referral  programs  shall  submit 
reports  to  the  Child  Development  Division  which  contain  the  following 
data  at  intervals  specified  in  the  annual  child  development  contract: 

(a)  Number  of  requests  for  general  child  care  information  and  child 
care  referrals. 

(b)  Age  categories  of  child  care  requests  and  referrals: 

(1)  Infants  (birth  to  eighteen  months); 

(2)  Toddlers  (eighteen  months  to  thirty-six  months); 

(3)  Preschool  (3  years  to  kindergarten  enrollment);  and 

(4)  School-age  (kindergarten  enrollment  to  age  14). 

(c)  Time  categories  of  child  care  referrals: 

(1)  Full-time; 

(2)  Part-time; 

(3)  Before  and  after  school; 

(4)  Occasional  (drop-in,  temporary,  emergency  care); 

(5)  Summer  care  only;  and 

(6)  Special  time  categories  (nights,  weekends,  rotating  shifts,  swing 
shift,  graveyard  shift,  etc.). 

(d)  Reasons  for  requesting  referrals: 

(1)  Employed  or  seeking  employment; 

(2)  School  or  training; 

(3)  Respite  care  (emergency  only); 

(4)  Parental  relief  (non-emergency); 

(5)  Child's  developmental  or  special  need; 

(6)  Child  is  ill  and  cannot  attend  school  or  usual  child  care  arrange- 
ment; and 

(7)  Child  Protective  Service  referral. 

(e)  Number  of  technical  services  provided: 

(1)  Written  materials; 

(2)  Telephone  consultations; 

(3)  Program  visitations; 

(4)  Office  consultations; 

(5)  Resource  information  Ubrary; 

(6)  Toy/equipment  lending  library; 

(7)  Published  newsletters; 

(8)  Conducted  workshops  or  conferences; 

(9)  Attended  meetings  with  child  care  providers; 

(10)  Attended  meetings  with  child  care  related  service  agencies; 

(11)  Coordinated  workshops  or  conferences;  and 

(12)  Media  contacts. 

(f)  Referral  procedures  utilized: 

( 1 )  Telephone  referrals  service; 

(2)  Answering  machine  requests  for  referrals; 

(3)  Office  hours  for  appointments  or  drop-in  referrals;  and 

(4)  Evening  or  weekend  office  hours  for  referrals. 

(g)  Types  of  child  care  providers  in  resource  file: 

( 1 )  Centers; 

(2)  Family  child  care  home  (licensed);  and 

(3)  In-home  caregivers. 

(h)  Responses  to  referral  requests: 

( 1 )  Method  of  response; 

(2)  Number  of  responses;  and 

(3)  Languages  used  to  respond. 


Page  184.58 


Register  2007,  No.  16;  4-20-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18073 


Note;:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Rel'erence:  Section  8212. 
Hducation  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  tiled  1  1-21 -88-.  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (d)(7)  and  amendment  of  Noti  filed  5-6-2005  as  an 
emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  ( Register  2005,  No.  1 8).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

.^.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  emergency  amendment  tiled 
10-14-2005  by  operation  of  Government  Code  .section  1 1346.1(0.  Certificate 
ol  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  iransnutled  to  OAL  9-2-2005;  disap- 
proved by  OAL  and  order  of  repeal  as  to  5-6-2005  order  filed  on  1 0-14-2005 
(Regi.slcr2005,  No.  41). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10-14-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-14-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005.  No.  41 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-13-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  10-14-2005  emergency  amend- 
ment bv  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1  (f)  (Resister  2006,  No. 
20). 


§18070.    Report  Data. 

(a)  Contractors  .shall  submit  statistical,  cost  and  program  data  as  re- 
quested by  the  Stale  Department  of  Education  in  order  for  the  Depart- 
ment to  prepare  various  legislatively  mandated  reports,  to  meet  state  and 
federal  reporting  requirements,  and  for  the  effective  administration  of 
child  care  and  development  programs. 

(b)  By  September  30  of  each  year,  the  State  Department  of  Education 
shall  issue  a  notice  to  all  affected  child  development  contractors  of  any 
data  collection  efforts  planned  for  the  current  contract  period. 

(c)  Contractors  shall  submit  the  data  to  the  State  Department  of  Educa- 
tion by  the  date  specified  in  the  State  Department  of  Education's  request 
for  this  information. 

(d)  Reports  not  received  by  the  required  due  date  shall  be  considered 
delinquent.  Penalties  for  delinquent  reporting  are  specified  in  Section 
18056  of  this  Division. 

(e)(  1 )  Contractors  shall  provide  a  copy  of  the  Child  Care  Data  Collec- 
tion Privacy  Notice  and  Consent  Form  CD  9600A  (New  01/01/00)  which 
is  incorporated  by  reference  herein,  to  any  head  of  a  family  unit  at  the 
time  of  enrollment  and  shall  obtain  a  signed  copy  of  that  form  indicating 
the  head  of  household's  decision  whether  to  authorize  or  not  authorize 
release  of  his  or  her  social  security  number  for  the  purposes  of  data 
collection  and  program  management  as  described  in  this  section. 

(2)  Each  signed  Child  Care  Data  Collection  Privacy  Notice  and  Con- 
sent Form  CD  9600A  (New  01/01/00),  whether  the  head  of  a  family  unit 
authorized  or  did  not  authorize  release  of  his  or  her  social  security  num- 
ber, shall  be  retained  by  the  contractor  pursuant  to  the  requirements  of 
sections  18081  and  181 17  of  these  regulations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8261.5,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  826 1 .5  and  8280,  Education  Code;  Section  1 798.24,  Civil  Code;  and  Sec- 
tion 7  of  the  Privacy  Act  of  1974  (Title  5,  Dnited  States  Code,  Section  552a,  Note: 
Disclosure  of  Social  Security  Numbers). 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11 -2 1-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  subsections  (a)  and  (b),  new  subsections 
(e)i  1 )  and  (e)(2),  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  12-29-99  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 1-1-2000  (Register  99,  No.  53).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  5-1-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  subsections  (a)  and  (b),  new  subsections 
(c)(  1 )  and  (c)(2)  and  amendment  of  Note  refiled  4-28-2000  as  an  emergency; 
operative  4-28-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  17).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  8-28-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-28-2000  order,  including  further  amendment 
of  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  7-19-2000  and  filed  8-30-2000  (Register  2000, 

No.  35). 


§  1 8071 .    Audits  and  Auditors. 

(a)  Contractors  shall  submit  to  the  State  Department  of  Education  Of- 
fice of  External  Audits  an  acceptable  annual  financial  and  compliance 
audit. 

(b)  All  audits  shall  be  performed  by: 

(1)  A  Certified  Public  Accountant  who  posses.ses  a  valid  license  to 
practice  within  the  State  of  California; 

(2)  A  Public  Accountant  licensed  on  or  before  December  31.1 970  and 
currently  certified  and  licensed  by  the  State  of  California;  or 

(3)  A  member  of  the  State  Department  of  Education  staff  of  auditors. 

(c)  Non-school  district  contractors  shall  submit  the  audit  by  the  fif- 
teenth day  of  the  fifth  month  following  the  end  of  the  contract  period  or 
eariier  if  specified  by  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

(d)  The  audits  for  school  districts  and  county  offices  of  education  shall 
be  submitted  to  the  State  Controller  by  November  15,  or  by  December 
31  if  an  extension  has  been  approved  by  the  applicable  county  superin- 
tendent of  schools. 

(e)  If,  for  any  reason,  the  contract  is  terminated  during  the  contract  pe- 
riod, the  audit  shall  cover  the  period  from  the  beginning  of  the  contract 
through  the  date  of  termination. 

(f)  Public  agencies  may  have  their  audits  prepared  by  in-house  audi- 
tors if  the  public  contractor  has  internal  audit  staff  that  performs  auditing 
functions  and  meets  the  tests  of  independence  found  in  Standards  for  Au- 
dits of  Governmental  Organization,  Programs,  Activities,  and  Functions 
issued  by  the  Comptroller  General  of  the  United  States. 

(g)  Subcontracts  which  are  required  to  have  approval  from  the  Child 
Development  Division  prior  to  their  execution  as  specified  in  Section 
18028  of  this  Division  shall  be  audited  in  accordance  with  the  require- 
ments stated  in  Section  18032  of  this  Division. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8261. 
8448,  33420  and  41020.5. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 

§  1 8072.    Review  of  Audit  by  the  State  Department  of 
Education  Office  of  External  Audits. 

(a)  The  State  Department  of  Education  Office  of  External  Audits  shall 
conduct  a  review  of  the  audit  to  determine  whether  the  audit  is  acceptable 
and  to  determine  the  contractor's  net  reimbursable  program  costs.  The 
Office  of  External  Audits'  determinadon  of  earnings  shall  be  the  final  ac- 
counting of  any  amount  payable  to  or  receivable  from  the  contractor  pur- 
suant to  the  contract. 

(b)  The  contractor  may  appeal  the  Office  of  External  Audits'  findings 
according  to  the  procedures  specified  in  Secfion  1 8301  of  this  Division 
if  the  amount  of  the  demand  for  remittance  meets  or  exceeds  the  thresh- 
old specified  in  Educafion  Code  Section  8402(c). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261.,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8261. 
8402(c)  and  8448,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18073.    Delinquent  Audits;  One-Time  Extension;  Liability 
for  State  Department  of  Education  Audit  Costs. 

(a)  If  an  audit  is  not  received  on  or  before  the  required  due  dale  and  an 
extension  has  not  been  granted,  the  audit  shall  be  considered  delinquent 
and  all  apportionments  shall  be  withheld  as  specified  in  Secfion  18056 
of  this  Division. 

(b)  Except  for  contractors  on  conditional  status,  the  State  Department 
of  Education  Office  of  External  Audits  may  grant  a  contractor  a  one-lime 
only,  thirty  (30)  calendar  day  extension  of  the  audit  due  date  provided  the 
inability  of  the  contractor  to  submit  the  audit  by  the  due  date  was  beyond 
the  fault  and  control  of  the  contractor. 

(c)  Contractors  shall  be  liable  for  all  State  Department  of  Education 
costs  incurred  in  obtaining  an  independent  audit  if  the  contractor  fails  to 
produce  or  submit  an  acceptable  audit. 


Page  184.59 


Register  2006,  No.  46;  11-17-2006 


§  18074 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8261 
and  8448,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 


Subchapter  2.5.    Utilization  of  the  Regional 
Market  Rate  Ceiling 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§18074.    Applicable  Regulations. 

The  regulations  contained  in  this  Subchapter,  except  for  those  con- 
tained in  Section  18075.1,  shall  apply  to  contractors  using  the  regional 
market  rate  ceiling  to  develop  reimbursement  agreements  with  licensed 
and  license-exempt  providers  of  child  care  and  development  services  to 
eligible  fainilies.  Section  18075.1  applies  to  contractors  developing  re- 
imbursement agreements  with  licensed  providers  only.  For  the  purposes 
of  this  subchapter,  the  term  "contractor"  shall  also  apply  to  county  wel- 
fare departments  operating  programs  pursuant  to  Article  15.5,  commenc- 
ing with  Section  8350,  of  Chapter  2  of  Division  1  of  the  Education  Code. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8265  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8265  and  8269,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  subchapter  2.5  (article  1),  article  1  (sections  18074-18076.2)  and  section 
filed  9-4-2003  as  an  emergency,  operative  9-4-2003  (Register  2003.  No.  36). 
A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1-2-2004  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  subchapter  2.5  (article  1),  article  1  (sections  18074-18076.2)  and  section 
refiled  12-29-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-29-2003  (Register  2004, 
No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-27-2004 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-29-2003  order,  including  amendment  of 
subchapter  heading  and  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-26-2004  and  filed 
6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  24). 

§18074.1.     Definition(s). 

(a)  "Certified  need  for  child  care"  means  the  number  of  days  and  hours 
of  child  care  and  development  services  approved  and  documented  by  the 
contractor  as  sufficient  to  meet  the  family's  need  for  child  care. 

(b)  "Maximum  subsidy  amount"  means  the  regional  market  rate  ceil- 
ing plus  any  applicable  adjustments  pursuant  to  Sections  18075.1  or 
18075.2. 

(c)  "Regional  market  rate  ceilings"  means  the  maximum  amount  cal- 
culated by  the  Department  that  providers  in  different  regions  of  the  state 
may  be  reimbursed  for  the  same  type  of  child  care  for  the  same  age  child 
in  accordance  with  statutory  ceilings  currently  in  effect. 

(d)  "Subsidized  families"  means  eligible  families  who  are  receiving 
child  care  and  development  services  and  on  whose  behalf  the  Department 
or  the  California  Department  of  Social  Services  is  providing  a  reimburse- 
ment, in  whole  or  in  part. 

(e)  "Unsubsidized"  means  children  or  families  other  than  those  de- 
fined in  subdivision  (d). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261,  8263  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  8263,  8269  and  8461,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  9-4-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  9^1-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  36).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1-2-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  12-29-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-29-2003  (Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  1 ).  A  Cenificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-29-2003  order,  including  amendment  of 
secnon,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-26-2004  and  filed  6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No. 
24). 

4.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  subsections  (b)-(d),  relettering  sub- 
sections and  amending  newly  designated  subsecfion  (e)  filed  9-15-2006  pur- 


suant to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Reculations  (Register  2006,  No. 

.37). 

§  18074.2.     Application  of  Regional  Market  Rate  Ceilings. 

Contractors  shall  use  the  age  of  the  child,  the  certified  need  for  child 
care,  and  the  facility  type  to  identify  the  applicable  regional  market  rate 
ceiling. 

(a)  The  applicable  facility  type  shall  be  determined  as  follows: 

( 1 )  Child  care  center  rate  ceilings  shall  be  used  for  those  providers 
who: 

(A)  Operate  licensed  centers;  or 

(B)  Are  public  or  private  schools  operating  extended  day  programs;  or 

(C)  Operate  centers  on  tribal  or  federal  lands;  or 

(D)  Operate  recreation  programs  exempt  from  licensure  pursuant  to 
Health  and  Safety  Code  Section  1596.792  and  that  meet  the  requirements 
for  participation  in  the  alternative  payment  program,  including: 

1 .  Using  sign-in/sign-out  documents  to  record  attendance  pursuant  to 
Section  18065; 

2.  Providing  adult  supervision  for  all  children  during  all  hours  of  op- 
eration; and 

3.  Ensuring  that  all  employees  who  have  contact  with  children  have 
completed  criminal  history  background  examinations  comparable  to  the 
criminal  history  background  examinations  required  by  Chapter  3.35  of 
Division  2  of  the  Health  and  Safety  Code,  commencing  with  Section 
1596.60. 

(2)  Family  child  care  home  rate  ceilings  shall  be  used  for  those  provid- 
ers who; 

(A)  Operate  licensed  family  child  care  homes;  or 

(B)  Operate  a  child  care  business  in  a  home  setting  on  tribal  or  federal 
land. 

(3)  In-home/exempt  rate  ceilings  shall  be  used  for  all  other  providers. 
If  no  ceiling  is  provided  for  the  applicable  reimbursement  rate  category 
pursuant  to  Section  18075,  the  contractor  shall  determine  a  ceiling  by 
multiplying  the  regional  market  rate  hourly  ceiling  by  the  hours  of  certi- 
fied need. 

(b)  For  children  enrolled  in  kindergarten  who  are  less  than  six  years 
of  age,  the  applicable  age  category  shall  be  determined  as  follows: 

(1)  Providers  identified  in  (a)(1)  above  shall  utilize: 

(A)  The  6+  age  category  when  the  child  is  considered  school-age  for 
licensing  purposes. 

(B)  The  2-5  age  category  when  the  child  is  considered  preschool  age 
for  licensing  purposes. 

(2)  Providers  identified  in  (a)(2)  and  (a)(3)  above  shall  utilize: 

(A)  The  6-1-  age  category  when  the  child  is  six  years  of  age  or  older. 

(B)  The  2-5  age  category  when  the  child  is  less  than  six  years  of  age. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8265  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Sec- 
Uons  8265  and  8269,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  9-4-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  9-4-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  36).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1-2-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  12-29-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-29-2003  (Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-29-2003  order,  including  repealer  and  new 
section,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-26-2004  and  filed  6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No. 
24). 

§  18074.3.     Establishment  of  Reimbursement  Rate. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8265  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8222,  8265,  8266.5,  8269  and  8357,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  9-4-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  9-4-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  36).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1-2-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  12-29-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-29-2003  (Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


Page  184.60 


Register  2006,  No.  46;  11-17-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18075.2 


3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-29-2003  order,  including  amendment  of 
section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of  Note,  transmitted 
to  OAL  4-26-2004  and  filed  6-8-2004  (Register  2004.  No.  24). 

4.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  9-15-2006  pursuant 
to  secUon  100.  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2006.  No.  37). 

§  1 8074.4.     Establishment  of  Provider  Reimbursement  Rate 
Utilizing  the  Comparable  Local  Rate. 

NOTIr;:  Authority  cited:  Sections  826.5  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8222,  826.5,  8266.5,  8269  and  8357,  Education  Code. 

H  [.STORY 

1.  New  section  filed  6-8-2004:  operative  6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  24). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  9-15-2006  pursuant 
to  .secnon  100,  title  1 .  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2006.  No.  37). 

§  18074.5.    Establishment  of  Hourly  Reimbursement  Rate 
for  In-Home/Exempt  Providers. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8265  and  8269.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8265  and  8269,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-8-2004;  operative  6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  24). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  .section  filed  9-15-2006  pursuant 
to  .section  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2006,  No.  37). 

§  1 8074.6.     Determination  of  Reimbursement  Amount. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8265  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8265  and  8269,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-8-2004;  operative  6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  24). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  9-15-2006  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  R^egulations  (Register  2006,  No.  37). 

§  18075.     Reimbursement  Rate  Categories. 

Contractors  shall  reimburse  providers  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing rate  categories. 

(a)  Hourly,  which  shall  only  be  used  for  the  following: 

( 1 )  A  child's  certified  need  for  child  care  of  less  than  30  hours  per  week 
and  less  than  six  hours  on  any  day;  or 

(2)  An  unscheduled  but  documented  need  of  less  than  six  hours  per  oc- 
currence, such  as  the  parent's  need  to  work  overtime,  that  exceeds  the 
certified  need  for  child  care;  or 

(3)  That  portion  of  the  certified  need  for  child  care  that  exceeds  52.5 
hours  per  week  and  is  not  included  in  the  provider's  full-time  weekly  or 
full-time  monthly  rate.  This  provision  applies  only  if  the  family  utilizes 
no  more  than  one  provider  to  meet  the  child's  entire  need  for  child  care 
and  development  services.  Additional  payment  made  under  the  hourly 
rate  for  this  purpose  cannot  exceed  the  provider's  full-time  weekly  or 
full-time  monthly  rate. 

(b)  Daily,  which  shall  only  be  used  for  the  following: 

( J )  A  certified  need  for  child  care  of  six  hours  or  more  per  day;  or 
(2)  An  unscheduled  but  documented  need  of  six  hours  or  more  per  oc- 
currence, such  as  the  parent's  need  to  work  on  a  regularly  scheduled  day 
off,  that  exceeds  the  certified  need  for  child  care. 

(c)  Part-time  weekly,  which  shall  only  be  used  when  a  certified  need 
for  child  care  less  than  30  hours  per  week. 

(d)  Full-time  weekly,  which  shall  only  be  used  when  a  certified  need 
for  child  care  is  30  hours  or  more  per  week. 

(e)  Part-time  monthly,  which  shall  only  be  used  for  the  following: 

( 1 )  A  certified  need  for  child  care  of  less  than  30  hours  per  week  and 
that  need  occurs  in  every  week  of  the  month;  or 

(2)  A  certified  need  for  child  care  averages  less  than  30  hours  per  week 
when  calculated  by  dividing  the  total  number  of  hours  of  need  in  the 
month  by  4.33,  and  that  need  occurs  in  every  week  of  the  month. 

(f)  Full-time  monthly,  which  shall  only  be  used  for  the  following: 

(1)  A  certified  need  for  child  care  of  30  hours  or  more  per  week  and 
that  need  occurs  in  every  week  of  the  month;  or 

(2)  A  certified  need  for  child  care  averages  30  hours  or  more  per  week 
when  calculated  by  dividing  the  total  number  of  hours  of  need  in  the 
month  by  4.33,  and  that  need  occurs  in  every  week  of  the  month. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8265  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8220,  8222  and  8357,  Education  Code. 


History 

1.  New  .section  filed  9^-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  9-4-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  36).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1-2-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 2-29-2003  as  an  emergency;  operati  ve  1 2-29-2003  ( Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-29-2003  order,  including  amendment  of 
section,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-26-2004  and  filed  6-8-2004  (Register  2004.  No. 

24). 

§  1 8075.1 .     Adjustment  for  Evenings  and/or  Weekends  for 
Licensed  Providers. 

(a)  This  section  applies  only  to  reimbursement  to  licensed  providers, 
except  this  section  shall  not  apply  to  reimbursement  provided  pursuant 
to  the  hourly  rate  defined  in  Section  1 8075(a). 

(b)  When  a  licensed  provider  is  meeting  the  certified  need  for  child 
care  that  includes  hours  during  the  period  from  6:00  p.m.  to  6:00  a.m.  on 
any  day  of  the  week  or  from  6  a.m.  Saturday  to  6:00  a.m.  Monday,  the 
contractor  shall  multiply  the  regional  market  rate  ceiling  for  the  applica- 
ble rate  category  by  the  appropriate  adjustment  factor  as  follows: 

( 1)  By  1 .25  when  50  percent  or  more  of  the  certified  need  for  child  care 
occurs  during  this  period. 

(2)  By  1.125  when  at  least  ten  percent,  but  less  than  50  percent  of  the 
certified  need  for  child  care  occurs  during  this  period. 

(c)  Reimbursement  to  the  provider  shall  be  the  lesser  of  the  amount  the 
provider  charges  unsubsidized  families  for  the  same  hours  of  child  care, 
or  the  maximum  subsidy  amount  as  determined  pursuant  to  subsection 
(b)  above. 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8265  and  8269,  Iiducation  Code.  Reference:  .Sec- 
tions 8220,  8222  and  8357,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  9-4-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  9-4-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  36).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1-2-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 2-29-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 2-29-2003  (Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-29-2003  order,  including  amendment  of 
section  heading  and  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-26-2004  and  filed 
6^8-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  24). 

§  18075.2.     Adjustment  for  Children  with  Exceptional 
Needs. 

(a)  When  child  care  and  development  services  are  provided  to  a  child 
with  exceptional  needs,  the  contractor  shall  multiply  the  lesser  of  the  re- 
gional market  rate  ceiling  or  the  rate  determined  pursuant  to  Section 
18074.3  or  18074.4,  whichever  is  lower,  by  only  one  of  the  following: 

(1)  By  1.2,  when  the  child  has  exceptional  needs  as  defined  in  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  8208(/). 

(2)  By  1.5,  when  the  child  is  severely  disabled  as  defined  in  Education 
Code  Section  8208(x). 

(b)  Contractors  shall  apply  this  adjustment  only  when  there  is  docu- 
mentation that  additional  services  and/or  accommodations  for  that  par- 
ticular child  are  being  provided,  and  such  services  and/or  accommoda- 
tions result  in  an  on-going  financial  impact  on  the  provider. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8222,  8265,  8265.5  and  8269,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Secnons  8208(0  and  8208(x),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  9-4-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  9-4-2003  (Register 
2003.  No.  36).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1-2-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 2-29-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 2-29-2003  (Reg- 
ister 2004.  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-29-2003  order,  including  amendment  of 
section  heading  and  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-26-2004  and  filed 
6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  24). 


Page  184.61 


Register  2006,  No.  46;  1 1  - 1 7  -  2006 


§  18076 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  18076.    Limitations  on  Reimbursement. 

(a)  Single  Rale  Category.  Contractors  shall  only  reimburse  providers 
using  a  single  rate  category  as  defined  in  Section  18075. 

(b)  Notwithstanding  subsection  (a),  contractors  may  provide  reim- 
bursement to  a  provider  using  both  a  daily  and  an  hourly  rate  when: 

( 1 )  No  single  rate  established  by  the  provider  corresponds  to  the  fami- 
ly's need  for  care;  and 

(2)  The  provider  has  established  a  rate  in  both  daily  and  hourly  rate 
categories  pursuant  to  Section  18074.3;  and 

(3)  Using  both  rates  is  consistent  with  the  rates  the  provider  charges 
unsubsidized  families  needing  similar  hours  of  care. 

(c)  Notwithstanding  subsection  (a),  when  Sections  18075(a)(2). 
18075(a)(3),  or  18075(b)(2)  are  applicable,  contractors  may  reimburse 
providers  for  those  categories  in  addition  to  the  applicable  single  catego- 
ry. 

(d)  Contractors  shall  not  be  bound  by  the  regional  market  rate  ceilings 
when  there  are,  in  the  region,  no  more  than  two  child  care  providers  of 
the  type  needed  by  the  subsidized  family.  For  the  purposes  of  this  subsec- 
tion, types  of  providers  are  licensed  child  care  centers,  licensed  family 
child  care  homes,  and  exempt  providers. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Sections  8265  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8222,  8266.5  and  8357,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  9-4-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  9-4-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  36).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1-2-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 2-29-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 2-29-2003  (Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  1).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 


4-27-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 
3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-29-2003  order,  including  amendment  of 
section,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-26-2004  and  filed  6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No. 

24). 

§  1 8076.1 .     Other  Reimbursable  Fees. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  reimburse  fees  charged  by  providers  such  as 
registration,  materials,  and  insurance,  either  in  a  single  payment  or  pro- 
rated over  a  12-month  period,  as  long  as: 

( 1 )  The  provider  documents  that  the  contractual  terms  used  for  ser- 
vices to  unsubsidized  families  require  payment  for  such  fees;  and 

(2)  The  fees  or  prorated  portion  thereof,  plus  the  rate  established  for 
the  provider  pursuant  to  this  subchapter,  do  not  exceed  the  maximum 
subsidy  amount. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8265  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8222,  8266.5  and  8357,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  9^-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  9-4-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  36).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1-2-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 2-29-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 2-29-2003  (Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-29-2003  order,  including  amendment  of 
section  heading  and  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-26-2004  and  filed 
6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  24). 

§  18076.2.     Reimbursable  Hours  of  Care. 

(a)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  reimbursement  for  services  provided 
pursuant  to  Sections  18075(a)(2),  (a)(3),  and  (b)(2)  of  this  subchapter. 


• 


Page  184.62 


Register  2006,  No.  46;  11-17-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18078 


• 


(b)  Reimbursable  hours  for  the  child's  regular  provider  shall  include: 

( 1 )  Time  that  a  child's  absence  is  deemed  excused  pursuant  to  Section 
18066  and  the  time  the  child  is  absent  when  the  contractual  terms  used 
by  the  provider  for  services  to  unsubsidized  families  require  payment  for 
such  absences.  Reimbursement  for  an  excused  absence  based  on  the 
child's  illness  shall  not  occur  in  lieu  ofproviding  accommodations  for  the 
child  pursuant  to  the  applicable  provisions  of  the  Americans  with  Disabi- 
lities Act. 

(2)  Time  that  the  provider  has  a  paid  day  of  non-operation  and  can  pro- 
vide documentation  that  the  contractual  terms  used  by  the  provider  for 
services  to  unsubsidized  families  require  payment  for  such  day(s)  of 
non-operation.  The  number  of  reimbursable  paid  day(s)  of  non-opera- 
tion shall  be  limited  to  a  maximum  of  ten  days  per  fiscal  year  per  provid- 
er. 

(c)  Reimbursable  hours  for  an  eligible  alternate  provider  shall  include: 

(1)  Time  that  services  are  provided  when  the  regular  provider  has  a 
paid  day  of  non-operation,  and  the  parent  has  to  obtain  an  alternate  pro- 
vider to  meet  the  certified  need  for  child  care.  Payment  to  an  alternate 
provider  when  the  regular  provider  has  a  paid  day  of  non-operation  shall 
be  limited  to  ten  days  per  child  per  fiscal  year. 

(2)  Time  that  child  care  services  are  provided  by  an  eligible  alternate 
provider  when  the  child  is  ill  and  the  parent  has  to  obtain  care  from  an 
eligible  alternate  provider.  Payment  to  an  alternate  provider  when  the 
child  is  ill  shall  be  limited  to  a  maximum  of  ten  days  per  child  per  fiscal 
year.  Contractors  may  reimburse  an  alternate  provider  in  excess  of  ten 
days  per  year  based  on  the  illness  of  the  child  if  the  parent  provides  a  phy- 
sician verification. 

(d)  Reimbursable  hours  do  not  include: 

( 1 )  The  scheduled  instructional  minutes  of  a  public  educational  pro- 
gram available  to  a  school-age  child,  or  a  private  school  in  which  the 
child  is  enrolled  and  attending. 

(2)  Time  when  the  child  is  receiving  any  other  child  care  and  develop- 
ment services. 

(3)  Days  on  which  the  provider  is  not  open  to  provide  services,  except 
as  specified  in  subsection  (b)(2).  A  contractor  shall  reimburse  an  alter- 
nate provider  when  the  regular  provider  is  not  open  to  provide  services 
and  the  subsidized  family  must  obtain  an  alternate  provider  during  the 
certified  need  for  child  care. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8265  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8208(e),  8263,  8266.5  and  8357,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  9-4-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  9^-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  36).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1-2-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 2-29-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 2-29-2003  (Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
4-27-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-29-2003  order,  including  amendment  of 
section  heading  and  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-26-2004  and  filed 
6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  24). 

§  18076.3.     Reimbursement  to  Multiple  Providers. 

(a)  Except  for  reimbursement  pursuant  to  Section  18076.2(c).  contrac- 
tors shall  reimburse  only  one  provider  of  child  care  services  per  child 
when  the  hours  of  operation  of  the  child  care  provider  selected  by  the  par- 
ent can  accommodate  the  certified  need  for  child  care.  Contractors  may 
reimburse  more  than  one  provider  per  child  when  the  hours  of  operation 
of  the  first  provider  cannot  accommodate  the  certified  need  for  child  care. 

(b)  Notwithstanding  subsection  (a),  when  a  family's  first  provider  is 
not  a  licensed  center  and  the  parent  also  chooses  a  licensed  center  for  the 
specific  purpose  of  providing  the  child  with  large  group  school  readiness 
experiences,  the  contractor  may  also  reimburse  the  services  provided  by 
the  licensed  center  provider. 

(c)  Contractors  who  pay  multiple  providers  pursuant  to  this  section 
shall  not  pay  more  than  one  provider  for  the  same  portion  of  a  child' s  cer- 
tified need  for  child  care. 


NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  8265  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8265  and  8269,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-8-2004:  operative  6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  24). 


Subchapter  3.    General  Child  Care 
Programs 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§  1 8077.    Scope  of  Chapter. 

Unless  otherwise  provided  in  this  Division,  the  regulations  in  this 
chapter  apply  to  all  contracting  agencies  authorized  to  establish,  main- 
tain, or  operate  services  pursuant  to  the  Child  Care  and  Development  Ser- 
vices Act,  Chapter  2.  Part  6  of  Title  1  of  the  California  Education  Code 
(commencing  with  Section  8200). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261  and  8263.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 826 J  and  8265,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-2 1-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .50).  For  histo- 
ry of  former  Chapter  3  (Sections  18201-18208),  see  Register  79,  No,  16. 

§18078.    Definitions. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  chapter,  the  following  definitions  shall  apply: 

(a)  "Adjusted  monthly  income"  means  the  total  countable  income  as 
defined  in  subdivision  (q)  below,  minus  verified  child  support  payments 
paid  by  the  parent  whose  child  is  receiving  child  development  services, 
excluding  the  non-countable  income  listed  below: 

(1 )  Earnings  of  a  child  under  age  1 8  years; 

(2)  Loans; 

(3)  Grants  or  scholarships  to  students  for  educational  purposes  other 
than  any  balance  available  for  living  costs; 

(4)  Food  stamps  or  other  food  assistance; 

(5)  Earned  Income  Tax  Credit  or  tax  refund; 

(6)  GI  Bill  enfitlements.  hardship  duty  pay,  hazardous  duty  pay.  hos- 
tile fire  pay,  or  imminent  danger  pay; 

(7)  Adoption  assistance  payments  received  pursuant  to  Welfare  and 
InsUtufions  Code  section  16115  et  seq.; 

(8)  Non-cash  assistance  or  gifts; 

(9)  All  income  of  any  individual  counted  in  the  family  size  who  is  col- 
lecUng  federal  Supplemental  Security  Income  (SSI)  or  State  Supplemen- 
tal Program  (SSP)  benefits; 

(10)  Insurance  or  court  settlements  including  pain  and  suffering  and 
excluding  lost  wages  and  punitive  damages; 

(11)  Reimbursements  for  work-required  expenses  such  as  uniforms, 
mileage,  or  per  diem  expenses  for  food  and  lodging; 

(12)  Business  expenses  for  self-employed  family  members; 

(13)  When  there  is  no  cash  value  to  the  employee,  the  portion  of  medi- 
cal and/or  dental  insurance  documented  as  paid  by  the  employer  and  in- 
cluded in  gross  pay;  and 

(14)  Disaster  relief  grants  or  payments,  except  any  portion  for  rental 
assistance  or  unemployment. 

(b)  "Certify  eligibility"  means  the  formal  process  the  contractor  goes 
through  to  collect  information  and  documentation  to  determine  that  the 
family  and/or  child  meets  the  criteria  for  receipt  of  subsidized  child  de- 
velopment services  as  specified  in  Education  Code  .sections  8263(a)(1) 
and  8263  (a)(2).  The  signature  of  the  contractor's  authorized  representa- 
tive on  an  application  for  services  attests  that  the  criteria  have  been  met. 

(c)  "Child  protective  services"  means  children  receiving  protective 
services  through  the  local  county  welfare  department  as  well  as  children 
identified  by  a  legal,  medical,  social  service  agency  or  emergency  shelter 
as  abused,  neglected  or  exploited  or  at  risk  of  abuse,  neglect  or  exploita- 
tion. 

(d)  "Declaration"  means  a  written  statement  signed  by  a  parent  under 
penalty  of  perjury  attesting  that  the  contents  of  the  statement  are  true  and 
correct  to  the  best  of  his  or  her  knowledge. 


Page  184.63 


Register  2007,  No.  33;  8- 17-2007 


§  18081 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(e)  "Displace  families"  means  to  disenroll  families  in  order  to  reduce 
service  levels  due  to  insufficient  funding  or  inability  of  a  contractor  to 
operate  one  or  more  sites  because  of  reasons  stated  in  Education  Code 
section  8271. 

(f)  "Family"  means  the  parents  and  the  children  for  whom  the  parents 
are  responsible,  who  comprise  the  household  in  which  the  child  receiving 
services  is  living.  For  purposes  of  income  eligibility  and  family  fee  deter- 
mination, when  a  child  and  his  or  her  siblings  are  living  in  a  family  that 
does  not  include  their  biological  or  adoptive  parent,  "family"  shall  be 
considered  the  child  and  related  siblings. 

(g)  "Fee  schedule"  means  the  "Family  Fee  Schedule,"  issued  by  the 
department  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  8447(e).  The  "fee  sched- 
ule" is  used  by  child  development  contractors  to  assess  fees  for  families 
utilizing  child  care  and  development  services. 

(h)  "Homeless"  means  a  person  or  family  that  lacks  a  fixed,  regular, 
and  adequate  night-time  residence  and  has  a  primary  night  time  resi- 
dence that  is: 

(1)  A  supervised  publicly  or  privately  operated  shelter,  transitional 
housing,  or  homeless  support  program  designed  to  provide  temporary 
living  accommodations;  or 

(2)  A  public  or  private  place  not  designed  for,  or  ordinarily  used  as,  a 
regular  sleeping  accommodation  for  human  beings. 

(i)  "Income  eligible"  means  for  the  purpose  of  child  care  and  develop- 
ment services  that  a  family's  adjusted  monthly  income  is  at  or  below  75 
percent  of  the  state  median  income,  adjusted  for  family  size. 

(j)  "Income  fluctuation"  means  income  that  varies  due  to: 

(1)  Migrant,  agricultural,  or  seasonal  work; 

(2)  Intermittent  earnings  or  income,  bonuses,  commissions,  lottery 
winnings,  inheritance,  back  child  support  payment,  or  net  proceeds  from 
the  sale  of  real  property  or  stock; 

(3)  Unpredictable  days  and  hours  of  employment,  overtime,  or  self- 
employment. 

(k)  "Legally  qualified  professional"  means  a  person  licensed  under 
applicable  laws  and  regulations  of  the  State  of  California  to  perform  le- 
gal, medical,  health  or  social  services  for  the  general  public. 

(/)  "Parent"  means  a  biological  parent,  adoptive  parent,  stepparent, 
foster  parent,  caretaker  relative,  legal  guardian,  domestic  partner  of  the 
parent  as  defined  in  Family  Code  section  297,  or  any  other  adult  living 
with  a  child  who  has  responsibihty  for  the  care  and  welfare  of  the  child. 

(m)  "Parental  Incapacity"  means  the  temporary  or  permanent  inability 
of  the  child's  parent(s)  to  provide  care  and  supervision  of  the  child(ren) 
for  part  of  the  day  due  to  a  physical  or  mental  health  condition. 

(n)  "Recipients  of  service"  means  families  and/or  children  enrolled  in 
a  child  care  and  development  program  subsidized  by  the  California  De- 
partment of  Education. 

(0)  "Self-Certification  of  Income"  means  a  declaration  signed  by  the 
parent  under  penalty  of  perjury  identifying: 

( 1 )  To  the  extent  known,  the  employer  and  date  of  hire  and  stating  the 
rate  and  frequency  of  pay,  total  amount  of  income  received  for  the  pre- 
ceding month(s),  the  type  of  work  performed,  and  the  hours  and  days 
worked,  when  an  employer  refuses  or  fails  to  provide  requested  employ- 
ment information  or  when  a  request  for  documentation  would  adversely 
affect  the  parent's  employment;  or 

(2)  The  amount  and  frequency  of  sources  of  income  for  which  no  doc- 
umentation is  possible. 

(p)  "State  median  income"  means  the  most  recent  median  income  for 
California  families  as  determined  by  the  State  Department  of  Finance. 

(q)  "Total  countable  income"  means  all  income  of  the  individuals 
counted  in  the  family  size  that  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  the  follow- 
ing: 

( 1 )  Gross  wages  or  salary,  advances,  commissions,  overtime,  tips,  bo- 
nuses, gambling  or  lottery  winnings; 

(2)  Wages  for  migrant,  agricultural,  or  seasonal  work; 

(3)  Public  cash  assistance; 

(4)  Gross  income  from  self-employment  less  business  expenses  with 
the  exception  of  wage  draws; 


(5)  Disability  or  unemployment  compensation; 

(6)  Workers  compensation; 

(7)  Spousal  support,  child  support  received  from  the  former  spouse  or 
absent  parent,  or  financial  assistance  for  housing  costs  or  car  payments 
paid  as  part  of  or  in  addition  to  spousal  or  child  support; 

(8)  Survivor  and  retirement  benefits; 

(9)  Dividends,  interest  on  bonds,  income  from  estates  or  trusts,  net 
rental  income  or  royalties; 

(10)  Rent  for  room  within  the  family's  residence; 

(11)  Foster  care  grants,  payments  or  clothing  allowance  for  children 
placed  through  child  welfare  services; 

( 1 2)  Financial  assistance  received  for  the  care  of  a  child  living  with  an 
adult  who  is  not  the  child's  biological  or  adoptive  parent; 

( 1 3)  Veterans  pensions; 

(J 4)  Pensions  or  annuities; 

(15)  Inheritance; 

( 1 6)  Allowances  for  housing  or  automobiles  provided  as  part  of  com- 
pensation; 

(17)  Portion  of  student  grants  or  scholarships  not  identified  for  educa- 
tional purposes  as  tuition,  books,  or  supplies; 

( 1 8)  Insurance  or  court  settlements  for  lost  wages  or  punitive  damages; 

(19)  Net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  real  property,  stocks,  or  inherited 
property;  or 

(20)  Other  enterprise  for  gain. 

(r)  "Update  the  application"  means  the  process  of  revising  the  applica- 
tion for  services  between  recertifications  as  specified  in  section  1 81 03  of 
this  chapter.  The  application  shall  be  revised  by  inserting  the  latest  family 
information  that  documents  the  continued  need  and  eligibility  for  child 
care  and  development  services. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8203,  8208  and  8261,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative 
5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  emergency  amendment  filed 
10-14-2005  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  11346. 1(f).  Certificate 
of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-2005;  disap- 
proved by  OAL  and  order  of  repeal  as  to  5-6-2005  order  filed  on  10-14-2005 
(Register2005,  No.  41). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10-14-2005  as  an  emergency;operative  10-14-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  No.  41).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-13-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  10-14-2005  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(f)  (Register  2006,  No. 
20). 

6.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  8-16-2007;  operative  9-15-2007  (Reg- 
ister 2007,  No.  33). 

Article  2.     Family  Data  File 

§  1 8081 .    Contents  of  Family  Data  File. 

(a)  Contractors  shall  establish  and  maintain  a  family  data  file  for  each 
family  receiving  child  care  and  development  services. 

(b)  The  family  data  file  shall  contain  a  completed  and  signed  applica- 
tion for  services  and  the  following  records  as  applicable  to  determine  eli- 
gibility and  need  in  accordance  with  Education  Code  section  8263(a)(1) 
and  (a)(2): 

(1 )  Documentation  of  income  eligibility,  including  an  income  calcula- 
tion worksheet; 

(2)  Documentation  of  employment; 

(3)  Documentation  of  seeking  employment; 

(4)  Documentation  of  training; 

(5)  Documentation  of  parental  incapacity; 

(6)  Documentation  of  child's  exceptional  needs; 

(7)  Documentation  of  homelessness; 

(8)  Documentation  of  seeking  permanent  housing  for  family  stability; 


• 


Page  184.64 


Itegister  2007,  No.  33;  8-17-2007 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


!^  18084 


(9)  Written  releiTal  from  a  legally  qualified  professional  from  a  legal, 
medical,  or  social  services  agency,  or  emergency  shelter  for  children  at 
risk  of  abuse,  neglect,  or  exploitation. 

( 10)  Written  referral  from  a  county  welfare  department,  child  welfare 
services  worker,  certifying  that  the  child  is  receiving  protective  services 
and  the  family  requires  child  care  and  development  services  as  part  of  the 
case  plan. 

(11)  Iftheparentofthechild  was  on  cash  assistance,  the  date  the  paren- 
tal cash  aid  was  terminated. 

(c)  A  signed  Child  Care  Data  Collection  Privacy  Notice  and  Consent 
Form  CD  %00A  (Rev.  01/04)  shall  be  included. 

(d)  Notice  of  Action.  Application  for  Services  and/or  Recipient  of  Ser- 
vices shall  be  included. 

(e)  The  family  data  file  shall  contain  all  child  health  and  current  emer- 
gency information  required  by  California  Code  of  Regulations,  title  22, 
Social  Security,  Division  12.  Community  Care  Facilities  Licensing  Reg- 
ulations with  the  following  exception.  Immunization  records  are  not  re- 
quired to  be  in  the  family  data  file  for  children  attending  a  public  or  pri- 
vate elementary  school  or  for  children  receiving  care  in  licensed  facilities 
and  reimbursed  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  8220  and  8350. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited;  Sections  8261,  8261.5,  8263  and  8269,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  8261 .  8261.5.  826.3  and  8269.  Education  Code;  and  Sections 
16500.5  and  16506,  Welfare  and  institutions  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  tiled  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  and  amendment  of  NoTi:  filed  12-29-99  as  an 
emergency;  operative  1-1-2000  (Register  99.  No.  53).  A  Certitlcate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  .5-1-2000  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  and  amendment  of  Note  refiled  4-28-2000  as  an 
emergency;  operative  4-28-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  17).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  8-28-2000  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  4-28-2(X)0  order,  includine  further  amendment 
of  Non..  transmitted  to  OAL  7-19-2000  and  tiled  8-30-2000  (Register  2000, 

No.  35). 

5.  Amendment  of  sub.sections  (b)  and  (b)(8),  new  subsection  (b)(9)  and  amend- 
ment of  NOTL  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register 
2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

6.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  emergency  amendment  tiled 
10-14-2005  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(f).  Certificate 
o(  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-2005;  disap- 
proved by  OAL  and  order  of  repeal  as  to  5-6-2005  order  filed  on  10-14-2005 
(Register2005,  No.  41). 

7.  Amendment  filed  10-14-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-14-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  No.  41 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-1 3-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

8.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  10-14-2005  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  ofGovemment  Code  section  1 1346.1(f)  (Register  2006,  No. 
20). 

9.  Amendment  of  article  heading,  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed 
8-16^2007;  operative  9-15-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  33). 

§  18082.     Certification  of  Eligibility. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  designate  the  staff  person(s)  authorized  to  cer- 
tify family/child  eligibility;  and 

(b)  Prior  to  initial  enrollment  and  at  the  time  of  recertification,  an  au- 
thorized representative  of  the  contractor  shall  certify  each  family's/ 
child' s  eligibility  for  child  care  and  development  services  after  reviewing 
the  completed  application  and  docuinentation  contained  in  the  basic  data 
file. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261,  8263  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  8261.  8263  and  8269,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18083.    Application  for  Services;  Contents. 

The  application  for  services  shall  contain  the  following  information: 
(a)  The  parent' s(s')  full  name(s),  address(es)  and  telephone  num- 
ber(s); 


(b)  The  names  and  birth  dates  of  all  children  under  the  age  of  eighteen 
(18)  in  the  family,  whether  or  not  they  are  served  by  the  program; 

(c)  The  number  of  hours  of  care  needed  each  day  for  each  child; 

(d)  The  names  of  other  family  members  in  the  household  related  by 
blood,  marriage  or  adoption; 

(e)  The  reason  for  needing  child  care  and  development  services  as  spe- 
cified in  Education  Code  Section  8263(a)(2): 

( 1 )  Child  Protective  Services: 

(2)  Employment; 

(3)  Training; 

(4)  Seeking  Employment: 

(5)  Incapacitation  of  the  parent: 

(6)  Special  Need  of  the  Child:  or 

(7)  Seeking  Permanent  Housing  for  Family  Stability. 

(f)  Employment  or  training  information  for  parent(s)  including  name 
and  address  of  employer(s)  or  training  institution(s)  and  days  and  hours 
of  employment  or  training,  if  applicable: 

(g)  Eligibility  status  as  specified  in  Education  Code  Section 
8263(a)(r): 

(1)  Child  Protective  Services: 

(2)  Current  Aid  Recipient; 

(3)  Income  Eligible:  or 

(4)  Homeless. 

(h)  Fainily  size  and  income,  if  applicable; 

(i)  The  parent's  signature  and  date  of  the  signature; 

(j)  The  signature  of  the  contractor's  authorized  representative  certify- 
ing the  eligibility. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secnon  filed  1  l-21-88;operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (e)  and  (g),  new  subsections  (e)(2)  and  (g)(2).  sub- 
section renumbering  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency; 
operative  .5-6-2005  (Register  2005.  No.  1 8).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  emergency  amendment  filed 
10-14-2005  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(f).  Certificate 
of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-2005;  disap- 
proved by  OAL  and  order  of  repeal  as  to  .5-6-2005  order  filed  on  1()-14-2CK)5 
(Register  2005,  No.  41). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10- 14-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-14-2(X)5  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  No.  4 1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-1 3-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  10-14-2005  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1(f)  (Register  2006,  No. 
20). 

§  18084.     Documentation  of  Income  Eligibility. 

The  parent  is  responsible  for  providing  documentation  of  the  family's 
total  countable  income  and  the  contractor  is  required  to  verify  the  in- 
formation, as  described  below: 

(a)  The  parent(s)  shall  document  total  countable  income  for  all  the  in- 
dividuals counted  in  the  family  size  as  follows: 

(1 )  If  the  parent  is  employed,  provide: 

(A)  A  release  authorizing  the  contractor  to  contact  the  employer(s).  to 
the  extent  known,  that  includes  the  employer's  name,  address,  telephone 
number,  and  usual  business  hours,  and 

(B)  All  payroll  check  stubs.a  letter  from  the  employer,  or  other  record 
of  wages  issued  by  the  employer  for  the  month  preceding  the  initial  certi- 
fication, an  update  of  the  application,  or  the  recertification  that  esta- 
blishes eligibility  for  services 

(2)  When  the  employer  refuses  or  fails  to  provide  requested  documen- 
tation or  when  a  request  for  documentation  would  adversely  affect  the 
parent's  employment,  provide  other  means  of  verification  that  may  in- 
clude a  list  of  clients  and  amounts  paid,  the  most  recently  signed  and 
completed  tax  returns,  quarterly  estimated  tax  statements,  or  other  re- 
cords of  income  to  support  the  reported  income,  along  with  a  self-certifi- 
cation of  income. 


Page  184.65 


Register  2008,  No.  22;  5-30-2008 


§  18085 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(3)  If  the  parent  is  self-employed,  provide  a  combination  of  documen- 
tation necessary  to  establish  current  income  eligibility  for  at  least  the 
month  preceding  the  initial  certification,  an  update  of  the  application,  or 
the  recertification  that  establishes  eligibility  for  services.  Documentation 
shall  consist  of  as  many  of  the  following  types  of  documentation  as  nec- 
essary to  determine  income: 

(A)  A  letter  from  the  source  of  the  income, 

(B)  A  copy  of  the  most  recently  signed  and  completed  tax  return  with 
a  statement  of  current  estimated  income  for  tax  purposes,  or 

(C)  Other  business  records,  such  as  ledgers,  receipts,  or  business  logs. 

(4)  Provide  copies  of  the  documentation  of  all  non-wage  income  pur- 
suant to  section  18078(q).  self-certification  of  any  income  for  which  no 
documentation  is  possible,  and  any  verified  child  support  payments  pur- 
suant to  section  1 8078(a)  of  this  chapter. 

(b)  The  contractor: 

( 1 )  Shall  retain  copies  of  the  documentation  of  total  countable  income 
and  adjusted  monthly  income  in  the  family  data  file. 

(2)  When  the  parent  is  employed,  shall,  as  applicable,  verify  the  par- 
ent's salary/wage;  rate(s)  of  pay;  potential  for  overtime,  tips  or  additional 
compensation;  hours  and  days  of  work;  variability  of  hours  and  days  of 
work;  pay  periods  and  frequency  of  pay,  start  date  for  the  employee.  If 
the  employer  refuses  or  is  non-responsive  in  providing  requested  in- 
formation or  a  request  for  employer  documentation  would  adversely  af- 
fect the  parent's  employment,  and  if  the  information  provided  pursuant 
to  subdivision  (a)(3)  is  inconsistent  with  the  contractor's  knowledge  or 
community  practice,  shall  request  clarification  in  the  self-certification  of 
income,  additional  income  information  or  a  reasonable  basis  for  conclud- 
ing that  the  employer  exists. 

(3)  When  the  parent  is  self-employed,  shall  obtain  and  make  a  record 
of  independent  verification  regarding  the  cost  for  services  provided  by 
the  parent  that  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  clients,  reviewing  bank 
statements,  or  confirming  the  information  in  the  parent's  advertisements 
or  website. 

If  the  income  cannot  be  independently  verified,  the  contractor  shall  as- 
sess whether  the  reported  income  is  reasonable  or  consistent  with  the 
community  practice  for  this  employment. 

(4)  May  request  additional  documentation  to  verify  total  countable  in- 
come to  the  extent  that  the  information  provided  by  the  parent  or  the  em- 
ployer is  insufficient  to  make  a  reasonable  assessment  of  income  eligibil- 
ity. 

(5)  To  establish  eligibility,  shall,  by  signing  the  application  for  ser- 
vices, certify  to  the  contractor's  reasonable  belief  that  the  income  docu- 
mentation obtained  and,  if  applicable,  the  self-certification,  support  the 
reported  income,  are  reliable  and  are  consistent  with  all  other  family  in- 
formation and  the  contractor's  knowledge,  if  applicable,  of  this  type  of 
employment  or  employer. 

(c)  If  the  family  is  receiving  child  care  and  development  services  be- 
cause the  child(ren)  is/are  at  risk  of  abuse,  neglect,  or  exploitation  or  re- 
ceiving child  protective  services,  and  the  written  referral  required  by  sec- 
fions  18081(b)(9)  and  (b)(10)  specifies  that  it  is  necessary  to  exempt  the 
family  from  paying  a  fee,  then  the  parent  will  not  be  required  to  provide 
documentation  of  total  countable  income. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (c),  new  subsection  (e)  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No. 
18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  emergency  amendment  filed 
10-14-2005  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  11346.1(f).  Certificate 
of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-2005;  disap- 
proved by  OAL  and  order  of  repeal  as  to  5-6-2005  order  filed  on  10-14-2005 
(Register  2005,  No.  41). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10-14-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-14-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  No.  41).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-13-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


5.  Reinstatemenl  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  10-14-2005  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1  (f)  (Register  2006,  No. 
20). 

6.  Amendment  of  .section  heading  and  section  filed  8-16-2007:  operative 
9-15-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  33). 

§  18085.     Documentation  of  Public  Assistance. 

If  the  basis  of  ehgibility  as  specified  in  Education  Code  section 
8263(a)(  1 )  is  a  current  aid  recipient,  the  parent  shall  provide  documenta- 
tion of  public  cash  assistance,  unless  the  contractor  has  and  elects  to  use 
other  means  of  obtaining  verification. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8263.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  filed  8-16-2007;  operative  9-15-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  33). 

§  18085.5.    Documentation  of  Need  Based  on  Employment, 
Seeking  Employment,  Training,  Seeking 
Housing,  and  Incapacity;  In  General. 

(a)  Families  who  are  eligible  for  subsidized  child  care  and  develop- 
ment services  based  on  income,  public  assistance,  or  homelessness  must 
document  that  each  parent  in  the  family,  pursuant  to  section  18078(f), 
meets  a  need  criterion,  as  specified  in  Education  Code  section 
8263(a)(2)(B).  The  need  criteria  are:  vocational  training  leading  directly 
to  a  recognized  trade,  paraprofession,  or  profession;  employment  or 
seeking  employment;  seeking  permanent  housing  for  family  stability; 
and  incapacitation. 

(b)  Subsidized  child  care  and  development  services  shall  only  be  avail- 
able to  the  extent  to  which: 

(1)  The  parent  meets  a  need  criterion  as  specified  in  subdivision  (a) 
that  precludes  the  provision  of  care  and  supervision  of  the  family's  child 
for  some  of  the  day; 

(2)  There  is  no  parent  in  the  family  capable  of  providing  care  for  the 
family's  child  during  the  time  care  is  requested;  and 

(3)  Supervision  of  the  family's  child  is  not  otherwise  being  provided 
by  school  or  another  person  or  entity. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261,  8263  and  8265,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Secfions  8206,  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  5-28-2008;  operative  6-27-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  22). 

§  18086.    Documentation  of  Employment. 

(a)  If  the  basis  of  need  as  stated  on  the  applicaUon  for  services  is  em- 
ployment of  the  parent,  the  documentation  of  the  parent's  employment 
shall  include  the  days  and  hours  of  employment. 

(b)  If  the  parent  has  an  employer,  the  documentation  of  need  based  on 
employment  shall  consist  of  one  of  the  following: 

(1)  The  pay  stubs  provided  to  determine  income  eligibility  that  indi- 
cate the  days  and  hours  of  employment; 

(2)  When  the  provided  pay  stubs  do  not  indicate  the  days  and  hours  of 
employment,  the  contractor  shall  verify  the  days  and  hours  of  employ- 
ment by  doing  one  of  the  following; 

(A)  Secure  an  independent  written  statement  from  the  employer; 

(B)  Telephone  theemployer  and  maintain  a  record; 

(C)  If  the  provided  pay  stubs  indicate  the  total  hours  of  employment 
per  pay  period  and  if  the  contractor  is  satisfied  that  the  pay  stubs  have 
been  issued  by  the  employer,  specify  on  the  application  for  services  the 
days  and  hours  of  employment  to  correlate  with  the  total  hours  of  em- 
ployment and  the  parent's  need; 

(D)  If  the  variability  of  the  parent's  employment  is  unpredictable  and 
precludes  the  contractor  from  verifying  specific  days  and  hours  of  em- 
ployment or  work  week  cycles,  specify  on  the  applicafion  for  services 
that  the  parent  is  authorized  for  a  variable  schedule  for  the  actual  hours 
worked,  idenfifying  the  maximum  number  of  hours  of  need  based  on  the 
week  with  the  greatest  number  of  hours  within  the  preceding  four  weeks 
and  the  verification  pursuant  to  subdivisions  (A),  (B),  or  (C)  above.  Until 
such  time  as  the  employment  pattern  becomes  predictable,  need  for  ser- 
vices shall  be  updated  at  least  every  four  months  and  shall  be  based  on 
the  requirements  of  subdivision  (b)  and  the  child  care  services  utilized; 


Page  184.66 


Register  2008,  No.  22;  5-30-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18086.5 


(E)  If  the  employer  refuses  or  is  non-responsive  in  providing  the  re- 
quested inlbrmation,  record  the  contractor's  attempts  to  contact  the  em- 
ployer, and  specify  and  attest  on  the  application  for  services  to  the  reason- 
ableness of  the  days  and  hours  of  employment  based  on  the  description 
of  the  employment  and  community  practice;  or 

( F)  1  f  the  parent  asserts  in  a  declaration  signed  under  penalty  of  perjury 
that  a  request  for  employer  documentation  would  adversely  affect  the 
parent's  employment,  on  the  application  for  services: 

(i)  Attest  to  the  reasonableness  of  the  parent's  assertion;  and 
(ii)  Specify  and  attest  to  the  reasonableness  of  the  days  and  hours  of 
employment  based  on  the  description  of  the  employment  and  community 
practice. 

(3)  When  the  employed  parent  does  not  have  pay  stubs  or  other  record 
of  wages  from  the  employer  and  has  provided  a  self-certification  of  in- 
come, as  defined  in  section  18078(o).  the  contractor  shall  assess  the  rea- 
sonableness of  the  days  and  hours  of  employment,  based  on  the  descrip- 
tion of  the  employment  and  the  documentation  provided  pursuant  to 
section  1 8084(a)(3 ).  and  authorize  only  the  time  determined  to  be  reason- 
able. 

(c)  If  the  parent  is  self-employed,  the  documentation  of  need  based  on 
employment  shall  consist  of  the  following; 

( 1 )  Parent  provided  information  that  includes: 

(A)  A  declaration  of  need  under  penalty  of  perjury  that  includes  a  de- 
scription of  the  employment  and  an  estimate  of  the  days  and  hours 
worked  per  week; 

(B)  To  demonstrate  the  days  and  hours  worked,  a  copy  of  one  or  more 
of  the  following:  appointment  logs,  client  receipts,  job  logs,  mileage 
logs,  a  list  of  clients  with  contact  information,  or  similar  records;  and 

(C)  As  applicable,  a  copy  of  a  business  license,  a  workspace  lease,  or 
a  workspace  rental  agreement. 

(2)  A  statement  by  the  contractor  assessing  the  reasonableness  of  the 
total  number  of  days  and  hours  requested  per  week  based  on  the  descrip- 
tion of  the  employment  and  the  documentation  provided  pursuant  to  this 
section  and  section  18084.  If  the  parent  has  unpredictable  hours  of  em- 
ployment, the  contractor  shall  authorize  the  parent  for  a  variable  schedule 
not  to  exceed  the  number  of  hours  determined  to  be  needed  per  week. 
Need  for  services  for  unpredictable  hours  shall  be  updated  at  least  every 
four  months  and  shall  be  based  on  the  requirements  of  subdivision  (c). 
if  the  contractor  has  been  unable  to  verify  need  based  on  the  documenta- 
tion provided,  the  contractor  shall  take  additional  action  to  verify  self- 
employment  that  includes  any  one  or  more  of  the  following: 

(A)  If  the  self-employment  occurs  in  a  rented  space,  contacting  the 
parent's  lessor  or  other  person  holding  the  right  of  possession  to  verify 
the  parent's  renting  of  the  space; 

(B)  If  the  self-employment  occurs  in  variable  locations,  independent- 
ly verifying  this  information  by  contacting  one  or  more  clients  whose 
names  and  contact  information  have  been  voluntarily  provided  by  the 
parent;  or 

(C)  Making  other  reasonable  contacts  or  requests  to  determine  the 
amount  of  time  for  self-employment. 

(3)  If  the  contractor  is  unable  to  make  a  reasonable  assessment  of  the 
hours  needed  for  self-employment  after  attempdng  to  verify  such  hours 
and  documenting  the  attempts,  the  contractor  may  divide  the  parent's 
self-employment  income,  as  defined  in  section  18078(q)(4),  by  the  ap- 
plicable minimum  wage.  The  resulting  quotient  shall  be  the  maximum 
hours  needed  for  employment  per  month. 

(d)  For  the  instances  identified  in  subdivision  (b)(2)(A)  through  (E) 
and  (c),  the  parent  shall  provide  a  release  to  enable  the  contractor  to  ob- 
tain the  informafion  it  deems  necessary  to  support  the  parent's  asserted 
days  and  hours  worked  per  week. 

(e)  If  additional  services  are  requested  for  travel  time  or  sleep  time  to 
support  employment,  the  contractor  shall  determine,  as  applicable,  the 
time  authorized  for: 

(1)  Travel  to  and  from  the  location  at  which  services  are  provided  and 
the  place  of  employment,  not  to  exceed  half  of  the  daily  hours  authorized 
for  employment  to  a  maximum  of  four  hours  per  day;  or 


(2)  Sleep,  if  the  parent  is  employed  anytime  between  10:00  p.m.  and 
6:00  a.m.,  not  to  exceed  the  number  of  hours  authorized  for  employment 
and  travel  between  those  hours. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  826!  and  8263.  Education  Code.  Relcrencc:  .Sec- 
tions 8206.  8261  and  8263.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  .section  fded  1  1-21-88:  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  .SO). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  headin'j  and  section  tiled  .^-28-2008;  operative 
6-27-2008  (Register  2008.  No.  22). 

§  18086.1.     Documentation  of  Employment  in  the  Home  or  a 
Licensed  Family  Day  Care  Home;  Service 
Limitations. 

(a)  The  requirements  of  this  section  are  in  addition  to  those  stated  in 
section  18086. 

(b)  If  the  parent's  employment  is  in  the  family's  home  or  on  property 
that  includes  the  family's  home,  the  parent  must  provide  justification  for 
requesting  subsidized  child  care  and  development  services  based  on  the 
type  of  work  being  done  and  its  requirements,  the  age  of  the  family's 
child  for  whom  services  are  sought,  and,  if  the  child  is  more  than  \"i\c 
years  old,  the  specific  child  care  needs.  The  contractor  shall  determine 
and  document  whether  the  parent's  employment  and  the  identified  child 
care  needs  preclude  the  supervision  of  the  family's  child. 

(c)  If  the  parent  is  a  licensed  family  day  care  home  provider  pursuant 
to  Health  and  Safety  Code  section  \59bJ^  or  an  individual  licen.se-ex- 
empt  provider  pursuant  to  Health  and  Safety  Code  section  LS96.792,  sub- 
divisions (d)  or  (f),  the  parent  is  not  eligible  for  subsidized  .services  dur- 
ing the  parent's  business  hours  because  the  parent's  employment  does 
not  preclude  the  supervision  of  the  family's  child. 

(d)  If  the  parent  is  employed  as  an  assistant  in  a  licensed  large  family 
day  care  home,  pursuant  to  Health  and  Safety  Code  section  1596.78(b). 
and  is  requesting  services  for  the  family's  child  in  the  same  family  day 
care  home,  the  parent  shall  provide  documentation  that  substantiates  all 
of  the  following: 

( 1 )  A  copy  of  the  family  day  care  home  license  indicating  it  is  licensed 
as  a  large  family  day  care  home; 

(2)  A  signed  statement  from  the  licensee  stating  that  the  parent  is  the 
assistant,  pursuant  to  the  staffing  ratio  requirement  of  California  Code  of 
Regulations,  Utle  22,  section  102416.5(c); 

(3)  Proof  that  the  parent's  fingerprints  are  associated  with  that  licensed 
family  day  care  home  as  its  assistant,  which  the  contractor  may  verify 
with  the  local  community  care  licensing  office;  and 

(4)  Payroll  deducfions  withheld  for  the  assistant  by  the  licensee,  which 
may  be  a  pay  stub. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261.  8263  and  8265,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  8206,  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-28-2008:  operative  6-27-2008  (Register  2(K)8.  No.  22). 

§  18086.5.     Documentation  of  Seeking  Employment; 
Service  Limitations. 

(a)  If  the  basis  of  need  as  stated  on  the  application  for  services  is  seek- 
ing employment,  the  parent's  period  of  eligibility  for  child  care  and  de- 
velopment services  is  limited  to  60  working  days  during  the  contract  peri- 
od, except  as  specified  in  subdivisions  (d)  and  (e).  Services  shall  occur 
on  no  more  than  five  days  per  week  and  for  less  than  30  hours  per  week. 
The  period  of  eligibility  shall  start  on  the  day  authorized  by  the  contractor 
and  extend  for  consecutive  working  days. 

(b)  Documentation  of  seeking  employment  shall  include  a  written  pa- 
rental declaration  signed  under  penalty  of  perjury  stating  that  the  parent 
is  seeking  employment.  The  declaration  shall  include  the  parent's  plan 
to  secure,  change,  or  increase  employment  and  shall  identify  a  general 
description  of  when  services  will  be  necessary. 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  determine  the  number  of  working  days  avail- 
able for  seeking  employment  and  the  child  care  schedule,  which  may  be 
a  variable  schedule,  based  on  the  documentation.  During  the  period  of 
authorization  and  if  necessary  to  verify  need,  the  contractor  may  request 
that  the  parent  provide,  no  more  than  once  a  week,  a  description  of  the 


Page  184.67 


Register  2008,  No.  22;  5-30-2008 


§  18087 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


acliviiies  he  or  she  has  undertaken  during  the  previous  week  to  seek  em- 
ployment and,  as  appropriate,  may  require  additional  documentation. 

(d)  If  the  Governor  declares  a  state  of  emergency  and  if  the  factual 
bases  for  the  Governor's  declaration  indicate  that  opportunities  lor  em- 
ployment have  temporarily  diminished  to  such  a  degree  that  parents  can- 
not be  reasonably  expected  to  find  employment  within  60  working  days 
of  diligent  searching,  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
(SSPI)  may  investigate  to  determine  whether  the  60-working-days  li- 
mitation described  in  paragraph  (a)  should  be  suspended.  If  the  SSPI  de- 
termines that  it  is  in  the  public  interest  to  do  so,  he  or  she  may,  by  order, 
suspend  the  60-working-days  limitation  on  eligibility  during  the  period 
of  the  emergency  or  for  a  lesser  time.  The  scope  of  the  suspension,  in- 
cluding the  geographic  areas  and  the  persons  affected,  and  its  duration, 
shall  be  no  more  than  necessary  to  respond  to  the  emergency  as  deter- 
mined in  the  SSPl's  investigation,  and  shall  be  specifically  described  in 
the  SSPl's  order.  If  a  parent's  services  for  seeking  employment  were  ex- 
hausted after  an  emergency  was  declared  and  before  the  SSPI  suspends 
the  eligibility  limitation,  the  contractor  may  re-authorize  services  for 
seeking  employment  in  accordance  with  the  conditions  specified  in  the 
SSPI's  order. 

(e)  If  the  parent  has  concurrently  received  services  based  on  employ- 
ment or  vocational  training  for  at  least  20  working  days  while  receiving 
services  for  seeking  employment,  eligibility  for  seeking  employment 
may  be  extended  for  an  additional  20  working  days.  For  such  a  parent, 
services  for  this  purpose  shall  not  exceed  80  working  days  during  the 
contract  period. 

(f )  If  services  for  this  purpose  are  discontinued,  the  number  of  working 
days  remaining  in  the  period  of  eligibihty  shall  be  available  for  a  subse- 
quent period  of  eligibility  during  the  contract  period. 

(g)  As  used  in  this  section,  the  working  days  used  to  determine  the  pe- 
riod of  eligibility  shall  include  the  consecutive  Mondays  through  Fri- 
days, excluding  any  federal  holidays. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261,  8263  and  8265,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  8206,  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  former  section  18101  to  new  section  18086.3,  including 

amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note,  filed  5-28-2008;  operative 

6-27-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  22). 

§  1 8087.    Documentation  of  Training  Toward  Vocational 
Goals;  Service  Limitations. 

(a)  If  the  basis  of  need  as  stated  on  the  application  for  services  is  voca- 
tional training  leading  directly  to  a  recognized  trade,  paraprofession,  or 
profession,  child  care  and  development  services  shall  be  limited,  except 
as  specified  in  subdivision  (/),  to  whichever  expires  first: 

( 1 )  Six  years  from  the  initiation  of  services  pursuant  to  this  section;  or 

(2)  Twenty  four  semester  units,  or  its  equivalent,  after  the  attainment 
of  a  Bachelor's  Degree. 

(b)  The  parent  shall  provide  documentation  of  the  days  and  hours  of 
vocational  training  to  include: 

(1)  A  statement  of  the  parent's  vocational  goal; 

(2)  The  name  of  the  training  institution  that  is  providing  the  vocational 
training; 

(3)  The  dates  that  current  quarter,  semester,  or  training  period,  as  ap- 
plicable, will  begin  and  end; 

(4)  A  current  class  schedule  that  is  either  an  electronic  print-out  from 
the  training  institution  of  the  parent's  current  class  schedule  or,  if  un- 
available, a  document  that  includes  all  of  the  following: 

(A)  The  classes  in  which  the  parent  is  currently  enrolled; 

(B)  The  days  of  the  week  and  fimes  of  day  of  the  classes;  and 

(C)  The  signature  or  stamp  of  the  training  institution's  registrar. 

(5)  The  anticipated  completion  date  of  all  required  training  activities 
to  meet  the  vocational  goal;  and 

(6)  Upon  completion  of  a  quarter,  semester,  or  training  period,  as  ap- 
plicable, a  report  card,  a  transcript,  or,  if  the  training  institution  does  not 
use  formal  letter  grades,  other  records  to  document  that  the  parent  is  mak- 


ing progress  toward  the  attainment  of  the  vocational  goal  in  accordance 
with  subdivision  (f). 

(c)  A  parent  shall  report  any  change  in  his  or  her  class  schedule  related 
to  the  days  and  times  of  any  class,  including  a  withdrawal  from  a  class, 
within  five  calendar  days  of  requesting  the  change  from  the  insUtution. 

(d)  Services  may  be  provided  for  classes  related  to  the  General  Educa- 
tion Development  (GED)  test  or  English  language  acquisition  if  such 
courses  support  the  attainment  of  the  parent's  vocational  goal. 

(e)  On-line  or  televised  instructional  classes  that  are  unit  bearing 
classes  from  an  accredited  training  insUtufion  shall  be  counted  as  class 
time  at  one  hour  a  week  for  each  unit.  The  parent  shall  provide  a  copy  of 
the  syllabus  or  other  class  documentation  and,  as  applicable,  the  Web  ad- 
dress of  the  on-line  program.  The  accrediting  body  of  the  training  institu- 
tion shall  be  among  those  recognized  by  the  United  States  Department 
of  Education. 

(0  Continuafion  of  services  based  on  training  is  contingent  upon  mak- 
ing adequate  progress.  To  make  progress  each  quarter,  semester,  or  train- 
ing period,  as  applicable,  the  parent  shall,  in  the  college  classes,  technical 
school,  or  apprenticeship  for  which  subsidized  care  is  provided: 

(1 )  In  a  graded  program,  earn  a  2.0  grade  point  average;  or 

(2)  In  a  non-graded  program,  pass  the  program's  requirements  in  at 
least  50  percent  of  the  classes  or  meet  the  training  institufion's  standard 
for  making  adequate  progress. 

(g)  The  first  time  the  parent  does  not  meet  the  condition  in  subdivision 
(f).  the  parent  may  continue  to  receive  services  for  one  additional  quarter, 
semester,  or  training  period,  as  applicable,  to  improve  the  parent's  prog- 
ress. At  the  conclusion  of  that  session,  the  parent  shall,  in  the  classes  for 
which  subsidized  care  was  provided,  have  made  adequate  progress  pur- 
suant to  subdivision  (f).  If  the  parent  has  not  made  adequate  progress  pur- 
suant to  subdivision  (f),  services  for  this  purpose  shall  be: 

(1)  Terminated;  and 

(2)  Available  to  the  parent,  to  the  extent  provided  by  subdivision  (a), 
after  six  months  from  the  date  of  terminafion. 

(h)  No  later  than  ten  calendar  days  after  the  training  institution's  re- 
lease of  progress  reports  for  the  quarter,  semester,  or  vocational  training 
period,  as  applicable,  the  parent  shall  provide  the  contractor  with  a  copy 
of  the  parent's  official  progress  report.  As  it  deems  appropriate,  the  con- 
tractor may  require  the  parent  to: 

( 1 )  Have  an  official  copy  of  a  progress  report  sent  directly  from  the 
training  institution  to  the  contractor;  or 

(2)  Provide  a  release,  as  may  be  required  by  the  training  institution,  to 
enable  the  contractor  to  verify  the  parent's  progress  with  the  institution. 

(i)  A  parent  may  change  his  or  her  vocational  goal,  but  services  shall 
be  limited  to  the  time  or  units  remaining  from  the  initiation  of  the  provi- 
sion of  services  for  vocational  training  as  specified  in  subdivision  (a). 

(j)  The  contractor  shall  determine  the  days  and  hours  needed  per  week, 
and  whether  the  parent  is  making  progress,  based  on  the  documentation. 
The  contractor  may  request  that  the  parent  provide  a  publication  from  the 
training  institution  describing  the  classes  required  to  complete  the  par- 
ent's vocational  goal. 

(k)  If  additional  services  are  requested  for  study  time  or  travel  time  to 
support  the  vocational  training,  the  contractor  shall  determine,  as  ap- 
propriate, the  amount  of  services  needed  for: 

( 1 )  Travel  to  and  from  the  location  at  which  services  are  provided  and 
the  training  location,  not  to  exceed  half  of  the  weekly  hours  authorized 
for  training  to  a  maximum  of  four  hours  per  day;  or 

(2)  Study  time,  including  study  Ume  for  on-line  and  televised  instruc- 
fional  classes,  according  to  the  following: 

(A)  Two  hours  per  week  per  academic  unit  in  which  the  parent  is  en- 
rolled; 

(B)  On  a  case-by-case  basis  and  as  may  be  confirmed  with  the  class 
instructor,  additional  time  not  to  exceed  one  hour  per  week  per  academic 
unit  in  which  the  parent  is  enrolled;  and 

(C)  On  a  case-by-case  basis,  no  more  than  the  number  of  class  hours 
per  week  for  non-academic  or  non-unit  bearing  training. 


Page  184.68 


Register  2008,  No.  22;  5-30-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18091 


(/)  The  service  limitations  specified  in  subdivision  (a)  shall  not  apply 
to  a  parent  who  demonstrates  he  or  she  is: 

( 1 )  As  of  June  27,  2008  receiving  services  for  vocational  training  and 
has  attained  a  Bachelor's  Degree; 

(2)  Receiving  services  from  a  program  operating  pursuant  to  Educa- 
tion Code  section  66060; 

(3)  Attending  vocational  training  when  the  parent  has  been  deemed  el- 
igible for  rehabilitation  services  by  the  California  Department  of  Rehabi- 
litation; or 

(4)  Attending  retraining  services  available  through  the  Employment 
Development  Department  of  the  State  or  its  contractors  due  to  a  business 
closure  or  mass  layoff. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261,  8263  and  8265,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence; Sections  8206.  8261  and  8263.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Notk,  filed  5-28-2008;  operative 
6-27-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  22). 

§  18088.     Documentation  of  Parental  Incapacity;  Service 
Limitations. 

(a)  If  the  basis  of  need  as  stated  on  the  application  for  services  is  paren- 
tal incapacity,  child  care  and  development  services  shall  not  exceed  50 
hours  per  week. 

(b)  Documentation  shall  include  a  release  signed  by  the  incapacitated 
parent  authorizing  a  legally  qualified  health  professional  to  disclose  in- 
formation necessary  to  establish  that  the  parent  meets  the  definition  of 
incapacity,  pursuant  to  section  18078,  and  needs  services. 

(c)  The  documentation  of  incapacitation  provided  by  the  legally  quali- 
fied health  professional  shall  include: 

( 1 )  A  statement  that  the  parent  is  incapacitated,  that  the  parent  is  inca- 
pable of  providing  care  and  supervision  for  the  child  for  part  of  the  day, 
and,  if  the  parent  is  physically  incapacitated,  that  identifies  the  extent  to 
which  the  parent  is  incapable  of  providing  care  and  supervision; 

(2)  The  days  and  hours  per  week  that  services  are  recommended  to  ac- 
commodate the  incapacitation,  taking  into  account  the  age  of  the  child 
and  the  care  needs.  This  may  include  time  for  the  parent's  regularly 
scheduled  medical  or  mental  health  appointments; 

(3)  The  probable  duration  of  the  incapacitation;  and 

(4)  The  name,  business  address,  telephone  number,  professional  li- 
cense number,  and  signature  of  the  legally  qualified  health  professional 
who  is  rendering  the  opinion  of  incapacitation  and,  if  applicable,  the 
name  of  the  health  organization  with  which  the  professional  is 
associated. 

(d)  The  contractor  may  contact  the  legally  qualified  health  profession- 
al for  verification,  clarification,  or  completion  of  the  provided  statement. 

(e )  The  contractor  shall  determine  the  days  and  hours  of  service  based 
on  the  recommendation  of  the  health  professional  and  consistent  with  the 
provisions  of  this  article. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261,  8263  and  8265,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Secfions  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note,  filed  5-28-2008;  operative 
6-27-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  22). 

§  18089.    Documentation  of  the  Child's  Exceptional  Needs. 

The  family  data  file  shall  contain  documentation  of  the  child's  excep- 
tional needs  if  the  contractor  is  claiming  adjustment  factors  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  8265.5(b)(4)  or  (b)(5),  the  child  with  exceptional 
needs  is  1 3  through  2 1  years  of  age,  or  the  contractor  is  operating  a  pro- 
gram pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  8250(d).  The  documentation 
of  exceptional  needs  shall  include: 

(a)  A  copy  of  the  portion  of  the  active  individual  family  service  plan 
(IFSP)  or  the  individualized  education  program  (lEP)  that  includes  the 
information  as  specified  in  Education  Code  section  56026  and  California 
Code  of  Regulations,  title  5,  sections  3030  and  3031;  and 

(b)  A  statement  signed  by  a  legally  qualified  professional  that: 


(1 )  The  child  requires  the  special  attention  of  adults  in  a  child  care  set- 
ting; and 

(2)  Includes  the  name,  address,  license  number,  and  telephone  number 
of  the  legally  qualified  professional  who  is  rendering  the  opinion. 
NOTF.:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8208,  8250.  8261,  8263  and  56026,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Noth  filed  8-16-2007:  operative 
9-1.5-2007  (Register  2007.  No.  33). 

§  1 8090.     Documentation  of  Homelessness. 

If  the  basis  of  eligibility  as  specified  in  Educafion  Code  section 
8263(a)(  I )  is  homelessness,  the  family  data  file  shall  include  documenta- 
tion of  homelessness.  The  documentation  of  homelessness  shall  include: 

(a)  A  written  referral  from  an  emergency  shelter  or  other  legal,  medical 
or  social  service  agency;  or 

(b)  A  written  parental  declaration  that  the  family  is  homeless  and  a 
statement  describing  the  family's  current  living  situation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8263,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  filed  8-16-2007:  operative  9-15-2007  (Register  2007.  No.  33). 

§  18091.     Documentation  of  Seeking  Permanent  Housing; 
Service  Limitations. 

(a)  If  the  basis  of  need  as  stated  on  the  application  for  services  is  seek- 
ing permanent  housing  for  family  stability,  the  parent's  period  of  eligibil- 
ity for  child  care  and  development  services  is  limited  to  60-working- 
days  during  the  contract  period,  except  as  specified  in  subdivision  (d). 
Services  shall  occur  on  no  more  than  five  days  per  week  and  for  less  than 
30  hours  per  week.  The  period  of  eligibility  shall  start  on  the  day  autho- 
rized by  the  contractor  and  extend  for  consecutive  working  days. 

(b)  Documentation  of  seeking  permanent  housing  shall  include  a  writ- 
ten parental  declaration  signed  under  penalty  of  perjury  that  the  family 
is  seeking  permanent  housing.  Thie  declaration  shall  include  the  parent's 
search  plan  to  secure  a  fixed,  regular,  and  adequate  residence  and  shall 
identify  a  general  description  of  when  services  will  be  necessary.  If  the 
family  is  residing  in  a  shelter,  services  may  also  be  provided  while  the 
parent  attends  appointments  or  activities  necessary  to  comply  with  the 
shelter  participation  requirements. 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  determine  the  number  of  weeks  available  for 
seeking  permanent  housing  and  the  child  care  schedule,  which  may  be 
a  variable  schedule,  based  on  the  documentation.  During  the  period  of 
authorization  and  if  necessary  to  verify  need,  the  contractor  may  request 
that  the  parent  provide,  no  more  than  once  a  week,  either  a  declaration 
signed  under  penalty  of  perjury  describing  the  acfivities  the  parent  has 
undertaken  during  the  previous  week  to  seek  permanent  housing  or  a 
signed  statement  from  the  shelter,  transitional  housing  agency,  or  home- 
less support  program  regarding  the  parent's  search  progress  to  date. 

(d)  If  the  parent  does  not  expect  to  secure  housing  prior  to  the  end  of 
the  eligibility  period: 

( 1 )  The  parent  may  request  an  extension  in  a  declaration  of  need  signed 
under  penalty  of  perjury  that  includes  an  update  of  the  parent's  search 
plan  and  either  a  description  of  the  activities  undertaken  during  the  pre- 
vious week  to  seek  permanent  housing  or  a  signed  statement  from  the 
shelter,  transitional  housing  agency,  or  homeless  support  program  indi- 
cating the  parent's  continued  need  for  services;  and 

(2)  The  contractor  may  authorize  an  extension  of  search  eligibility  for 
up  to  20  additional  working  days. 

(e)  If  services  for  this  purpose  are  discontinued,  the  number  of  work- 
ing days  remaining  in  the  period  of  eligibility  shall  be  available  for  a  sub- 
sequent period  of  eligibility  during  the  contract  period. 

(f)  As  used  in  this  section,  the  working  days  used  to  determine  the  peri- 
od of  eligibility  shall  include  the  consecutive  Mondays  through  Fridays, 
excluding  any  federal  holidays. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8263.  Educafion  Code. 


Page  184.68(a) 


Register  2008,  No.  22;  5-30-2008 


§  18092 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section,  filed  5-28-2008;  operative 
6-27-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  22). 

§  18092.    Documentation  of  Child  Protective  Services. 

If  eligibility  and  need  as  specified  in  Education  Code  Sections 
8263(a)(1)  and  (a)(2)  are  based  on  child  protective  services,  the  basic 
data  file  shall  contain  a  written  referral,  dated  within  the  six  (6)  months 
immediately  preceding  the  date  of  application  for  services,  from  a  legal, 
medical,  social  service  agency  or  emergency  shelter.  The  written  referral 
shall  include  either: 

(a)  A  statement  from  the  local  county  welfare  department,  child  pro- 
tective services  unit  certifying  that  the  child  is  receiving  child  protective 
services  and  that  child  care  and  development  services  are  a  necessary 
component  of  the  child  protective  services  plan;  or 

(b)  A  statement  by  a  legally  qualified  professional  that  the  child  is  at 
risk  of  abuse  or  neglect  and  the  child  care  and  development  services  are 
needed  to  reduce  or  eliminate  that  risk;  and 

(c)  The  probable  duration  of  the  child  protective  service  plan  or  the  at 
risk  situation;  and 

(d)  The  name,  address,  telephone  number  and  signature  of  the  legally 
qualified  professional  who  is  making  the  referral. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative 
5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  emergency  amendment  filed 
10-14-2005  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  11346.1(0-  Certificate 
of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-2005;  disap- 
proved by  OAL  and  order  of  repeal  as  to  5-6-2005  order  filed  on  10-14-2005 
(Register  2005,  No.  41). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10-14-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  ]  0-14-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  No.  41).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-13-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  10-14-2005  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1  (f)  (Register  2006,  No. 
20). 

§  18092.5.    Documentation  of  At  Risk  of  Abuse,  Neglect,  or 
Exploitation.  [Repealed] 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8208(k)  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register 
2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Repeal  of  emergency  adoption  filed  10-14-2005  by  operation  of  Government 
Code  section  11 346. 1(g).  Certificate  ofCompliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  9-2-2005;  disapproved  by  OAL  and  order  of  repeal  as  to 
5-6-2005  order  filed  on  10-14-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  41). 

3.  New  section  filed  10-14-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-14-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  No.  41).  A  Certificate  ofCompliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-13-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Repealed  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(g)  (Register  2006, 
No.  20). 

§  18093.    Certification  of  Federal  Eligibility  for  the  Federal 
Based  Migrant  Program. 

Prior  to  enrolling  a  child  in  the  Federal  Based  Migrant  Program,  the 
contractor  shall  certify  that  the  child  meets  eligibility  requirements  of  the 
Education  Consolidation  Improvement  Act  (E.C.I. A.),  Chapter  1  Mi- 
grant funds.  The  certification  documentation  shall  include: 

(a)  The  child's  full  name,  date  of  birth  and  birthplace; 

(b)  The  parent(s)  full  name(s); 

(c)  The  child's  most  recent  address  and  date  of  departure; 

(d)  The  child's  current  address  and  the  date  of  arrival; 


(e)  Information  about  the  employment  of  the  parent(s)  which  identi- 
fies such  employment  as: 

( 1 )  seasonal  or  temporary  and 

(2)  relating  to  fishing  or  agriculture; 

(f)  The  purpose  of  the  child's  last  move  which  qualifies  the  child  for 
migrant  services  as  defined  in  34  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Section 
201.3(b); 

(g)  A  statement  signed  by  the  parent(s)  certifying  that  the  child  has 
moved  with  the  family  in  order  for  the  parent(s)  to  seek  temporary  or  sea- 
sonal agriculturally  related  work; 

(h)  A  statement  signed  by  the  contractor's  authorized  representative 
certifying  that  the  child  meets  the  eligibility  criteria  necessary  to  receive 
services  funded  by  E.C.I. A..  Chapter  1  Migrant  funds;  and 

(i)  Documentation  that  the  parent  has  given  consent  for  the  child  to 
participate  in  the  program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8233,  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code  and  34  Code  of  Federal  Regulations, 
Part  201. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18094.    Notice  of  Action,  Application  for  Services. 

(a)  The  contractor' s  decision  to  approve  or  deny  services  shall  be  com- 
municated to  the  applicant  through  a  written  statement  referred  to  as  a 
Notice  of  Action.  Applicafion  for  Services,  in  accordance  with  SecUon 
181 18  of  this  Division.  The  contractor  shall  maintain  copies  of  theNofice 
of  Action,  Application  for  Services  in  the  basic  data  file.  The  Notice  of 
Action,  Application  for  Services  shall  include: 

(1)  The  applicant's  name  and  address; 

(2)  The  contractor's  name  and  address; 

(3)  The  name  and  telephone  number  of  the  contractor's  authorized 
representative  who  made  the  decision; 

(4)  The  date  of  the  notice; 

(5)  The  method  of  distribution  of  the  notice. 

(b)  If  services  are  approved,  the  notice  shall  contain: 

(1)  Basis  of  eligibility; 

(2)  Daily/hourly  fee.  if  applicable; 

(3)  Duration  of  the  eligibility; 

(4)  Names  of  children  approved  to  receive  services; 

(5)  Hours  of  service  approved  for  each  day; 

(c)  If  the  services  are  denied,  the  notice  shall  contain: 

(1)  The  basis  of  denial;  and 

(2)  Instructions  for  the  parent(s)  on  how  to  request  a  hearing  if  they  do 
not  agree  with  the  contractor's  decision  as  stated  in  the  Notice  of  Action, 
Applicafion  for  Services  in  accordance  with  procedures  specified  in  Sec- 
fions  18120  and  18121  of  this  Division. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8263,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  1 8095.    Notice  of  Action,  Recipient  of  Services. 

If  upon  recertification  or  update  of  the  application,  the  contractor  de- 
termines that  the  need  or  ehgibility  requirements  are  no  longer  being  met, 
or  the  fee  or  amount  of  service  needs  to  be  modified,  the  contractor  shall 
notify  the  family  through  a  written  Notice  of  Acfion,  Recipient  of  Ser- 
vices in  accordance  with  Section  181 19  of  this  Division.  The  contractor 
shall  maintain  copies  of  all  Nofices  of  Action,  Recipient  of  Services  in 
the  family's  basic  data  file.  The  Notice  of  Action,  Recipient  of  Services 
shall  include: 

(a)  The  type  of  action  being  taken; 

(b)  The  effective  date  of  the  action; 

(c)  The  name  and  address  of  the  recipient; 

(d)  The  name  and  address  of  the  contractor; 

(e)  The  name  and  telephone  number  of  the  contractor' s  authorized  rep- 
resentative who  is  taking  the  action; 

(f)  The  date  the  notice  is  mailed  or  given  to  the  recipient; 

(g)  The  method  of  distribution  to  the  recipient; 
(h)  A  descripdon  of  the  action; 


Page  184.68(b) 


Register  2008,  No.  22;  5-30-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18103 


(i)  A  statement  of  the  reason(s)  for  the  changes; 
(j)  A  statement  of  the  reason(s)  for  termination,  if  applicable;  and 
(k)  Instructions  for  the  parent(s)  on  how  to  request  a  hearing  if  they  do 
not  agree  with  the  contractor' s  decisions  as  stated  in  the  Notice  of  Action, 
Recipient  of  Services  in  accordance  with  procedures  specified  in  Sec- 
lions  18120  and  18121  of  this  Division.  These  instioictions  shall  inform 
parents  how  to  request  a  hearing  from  the  contractor  and,  if  necessary, 
from  the  Child  Development  Division  as  described  in  Sections  18120 
and  18121  of  this  Division. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  Hied  1  I -21 -88-.  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18096.    Calculation  of  Income. 

The  contractor  shall  calculate  total  countable  income  based  on  income 
information  reflecting  the  family's  current  and  on-going  income: 

(a)  Using  an  income  calculation  worksheet  that  specifies  the  frequen- 
cy and  amount  of  the  payroll  check  stubs  provided  by  the  parent  and  all 
other  sources  of  income  pursuant  to  section  18078(q). 

(b)  When  income  fluctuates  because  of: 

( 1 )  Agricultural  work  as  referenced  in  section  18078(i)(  1),  by  averag- 
ing income  from  the  12  months  preceding  the  initial  certification,  an  up- 
date of  the  application,  or  the  recertification  that  establishes  eligibility  for 
services. 

(2)  Intermittent  income  as  referenced  in  section  18078(j)(2).  by  aver- 
aging the  intermittent  income  from  the  preceding  12  months  by  dividing 
by  1 2  and  add  this  amount  to  the  other  countable  income. 

{?>)  Unpredictable  income  as  referenced  in  section  18078(j)(3),  by  av- 
eraging the  income  from  at  least  three  consecutive  months  and  no  more 
than  12  months  preceding  the  initial  certification,  an  update  of  the  ap- 
plication, or  the  recertification  that  estabHshes  eligibility  for  services. 
NOTt::  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  8-16-2007;  operative  9-15-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  33). 


Article  3.    Enrollment 

§  18100.    Documentation  and  Determination  of  Family  Size. 

(a)  A  parent  shall  provide  the  names  of  the  parents  and  the  names,  gen- 
der and  birthdates  of  the  children  identified  in  the  family.  This  informa- 
tion shall  be  documented  on  a  confidential  application  for  child  care  and 
development  services  and  used  to  determine  family  size.  The  parent  shall 
provide  supporting  documentation  regarding  the  number  of  children  and 
parents  in  the  family. 

(l)The  number  of  children  shall  be  documented  by  providing  at  least 
one  of  the  following  documents,  as  applicable: 

(A)  Birth  certificates; 

(B)  Court  orders  regarding  child  custody; 

(C)  Adoption  documents; 

(D)  Records  of  Foster  Care  placements; 

(E)  School  or  medical  records; 

(F)  County  welfare  department  records;  or 

(G)  Other  reliable  documentation  indicating  the  relationship  of  the 
child  to  the  parent. 

(2)  When  only  one  parent  has  signed  the  application  and  the  informa- 
tion provided  pursuant  to  subdivision  (a)(  1 )  indicates  the  child(ren)  in  the 
family  has  another  parent  whose  name  does  not  appear  on  the  applica- 
tion, then  the  presence  or  absence  of  that  parent  shall  be  documented  by 
providing  any  one  of  the  following  documents,  as  applicable: 

(A)  Records  of  marriage,  divorce,  domestic  partnership  or  legal  sepa- 
ration; 

(B)  Court-ordered  child  custody  arrangements; 

(C)  Evidence  that  the  parent  signing  the  application  is  receiving  child 
support  payments  from  that  person,  has  filed  for  child  support  with  the 


appropriate  local  agency,  or  has  e;<ecuted  documents  with  that  agency 
declining  to  file  for  child  support; 

(D)  Rental  receipts  or  agreeinents,  contracts,  utility  bills  or  other  docu- 
ments for  the  residence  of  the  family  indicating  that  the  parent  is  the  re- 
sponsible party;  or 

(E)  Any  other  documentation,  excluding  a  self-declaration  except  as 
provided  in  subdivision  (A)(3).  \o  confirin  the  presence  or  absence  of  a 
parent  of  a  child  in  the  family. 

(3)  If,  due  to  the  recent  departure  of  a  parent  from  the  family,  the  re- 
maining applicant  parent  cannot  provide  any  documentation  pursuant  to 
subdivision  (a)(2),  the  applicant  parent  inay  submit  a  self-declaration 
signed  under  penalty  of  perjury  explaining  the  absence  of  that  parent 
from  the  family.  Within  six  months  of  applying  or  reporting  this  change 
in  family  size,  the  parent  must  provide  documentation  pursuant  to  subdi- 
vision (a)(2). 

(b)  If  the  information  provided  by  the  parent  is  insufficient,  the  con- 
tractor shall  request  any  additional  documentation  necessary  from  subdi- 
vision (a)  above  to  verify  the  family  composition  and  family  size. 

(c)  For  income  eligibility  and  family  fee  purposes,  when  a  child  and 
his  or  her  siblings  are  living  in  a  family  that  does  not  include  their  biologi- 
cal or  adopfive  parent,  only  the  child  and  related  siblings  shall  be  counted 
to  determine  fainily  size.  In  these  cases,  the  adult(s)  must  meet  a  need  cri- 
terion as  specified  in  Education  Code  section  8263(a)(2). 

(d)  Upon  the  transfer  of  a  fainily  from  CalWORKs  Stage  I  to  Cal- 
WORKs  Stage  2  or  Stage  3,  the  CalWORKs  Stage  2  or  Stage  3  contractor 
shall  accept  the  CalWORKs  Stage  I  agency's  determination  of  family 
size  until  the  family  is  re-certified. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  826 1  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  8-16-2007;  operative 
9-15-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  33). 

§  18101.    Parents  Seeking  Employment;  Eligibility  and 
Service  Limitation.  [Renumbered] 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  826 1  and  8263.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  .50). 

2.  Amendment  filed  6-26-91  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-26-91  (Register  91, 
No.  39).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmiued  to  OAL  by  10-24-9 1 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-24-91  order  including  deletion  of  ( 1 )  desig- 
nator and  repealer  of  subsection  (a)(2)  transmitted  to  OAL  10-22-91  and  tiled 
11-15-91  (Register92,  No.  7). 

4.  Renumbering  of  former  section  18101  to  new  section  18086.5  filed  .5-28-2008; 
operative  6-27-2008  (Register  2008.  No.  22). 

§  18102.    Notice  to  Families  of  Their  Responsibility  to 
Notify  Contractor  of  Changes  to  Family 
Circumstances. 

At  the  time  the  contractor  certifies  or  recertifies  eligibility  of  a  family/ 
child  for  child  care  and  development  services,  the  contractor  shall  inform 
the  family  of  the  family's  responsibility  to  notify  the  contractor  within 
five  calendar  days  of  any  changes  in  family  income,  family  size,  or  the 
need  for  services  as  specified  in  Education  Code  section  8263(a)(2). 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261,  8263  and  8265,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  8206,  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-28-2008;  operative  6-27-2008  (Reg- 
ister 2008,  No.  22). 

§  18103.    Recertification. 

(a)  After  initial  certification  and  enrollment,  the  contractor  shall  verify 
need  and  eligibility  and  recertify  each  family/child  as  follows: 

( 1)  Families  receiving  services  because  the  child  is  at  risk  of  abuse,  ne- 
glect or  exploitation  shall  be  recertified  at  least  once  every  six  (6) 
months; 


Page  184.68(c) 


Register  2008,  No.  22;  5-30-2008 


§  18104 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(2)  Families  receiving  services  because  of  actual  abuse,  neglect  or  ex- 
ploitation shall  be  recertified  at  least  every  six  (6)  months  and,  at  the  time 
of  recertification.  the  contractor  shall  document  that  the  family  is  partici- 
pating in  a  protective  services  plan  in  accordance  with  the  requirements 
of  their  local  county  welfare  department,  child  protective  services  unit  to 
alleviate  the  circumstances  causing  the  abuse,  neglect  or  exploitation; 

(3)  All  other  families  shall  be  recertified  at  least  once  each  contract  pe- 
riod and  at  intervals  not  to  exceed  twelve  (12)  months; 

(b)  Contractors  shall  update  the  family's  application  to  document  con- 
tinued need  and  eligibility  as  specified  in  Education  Code  Section 
8263(a)(1)  and  (a)(2)  and  determine  any  change  to  fee  assessment,  if 
applicable,  as  follows; 

( 1 )  For  migrant  and  other  seasonally  employed  families,  the  applica- 
tion shall  be  updated  within  thirty  (30)  days  whenever  there  is  a  change 
in  family  size  or  need  as  specified  in  Section  18083(e)  of  this  Division 
if  need  is  based  on  training  or  incapacity  of  the  parent; 

(2)  For  all  other  families,  the  application  shall  be  updated  within  thirty 
(30)  days  whenever  there  is  a  change  in  family  size,  income,  public  assis- 
tance status  or  need  as  specified  in  Section  18083(e)  of  this  Division; 

(3)  The  requirement  for  updating  the  files  does  not  apply  to  families 
receiving  services  because  the  child  is  abused,  neglected  or  exploited  or 
at  risk  of  abuse,  neglect,  or  exploitation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register 
2005.  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

3.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  emergency  amendment  filed 
10-14-2005  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(f).  Certificate 
of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-2005;  disap- 
proved by  OAL  and  order  of  repeal  as  to  5-6-2005  order  filed  on  10-14-2005 
(Register  2005,  No.  41). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10-14-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-14-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  No.  41).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-13-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  10-14-2005  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1  (f)  (Register  2006,  No. 
20). 

§  18104.    Limited  Term  Service  Leave  Requirements. 

(a)  If  the  family  will  temporarily  not  have  a  need  for  subsidized  child 
care  and  development  services  as  specified  in  Education  Code  section 
8263(a)(2),  the  contractor  may  grant  the  family  a  limited  term  service 
leave.  Reasons  for  a  limited  term  service  leave  shall  include  medical 
leave  and  family  leave,  and  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to.  break  in 
employment,  school  break,  the  child' s  visit  with  the  non-custodial  parent 
that  is  not  ordered  by  the  court,  or  family  vacation  in  excess  of  best  inter- 
est days  as  specified  in  secfion  18066(0-  Family  leave  means  a  leave: 

( 1 )  For  the  birth  and  care  of  the  newborn  child  of  the  parent, 

(2)  For  placement  with  the  parent  of  a  child  for  adoption  or  foster  care, 
and 

(3)  To  care  for  the  parent's  child,  spouse,  or  parent  who  has  a  health 
condifion. 

(b)  If  the  contractor  offers  limited  term  service  leaves,  the  contractor: 

(1)  Shall  provide  equal  access  to  limited  term  service  leaves;  and 

(2)  May  set  a  limit  on  the  number  of  leaves  to  be  granted  in  a  contract 
year  based  on  an  assessment  of  contract  resources  pursuant  to  section 
18054. 

(c)  If  the  contractor  grants  a  limited  term  service  leave: 

(1 )  The  family  shall  not  be  disenrolled  from  the  program; 

(2)  The  service  agreement  with  the  parent  shall  indicate  that  no  ser- 
vices will  be  provided  during  the  limited  term  service  leave;  and 

(3)  The  contractor  shall  not  report  the  child  as  enrolled  nor  claim  reim- 
bursement from  the  California  Department  of  Education  while  the  child 
is  on  a  limited  term  service  leave. 


(d)  A  limited  term  service  leave  shall  not  exceed  12  consecutive  weeks 
in  duration,  except  as  specified  in  subdivisions  (e)  and  (f). 

(e)  A  limited  term  service  leave  from  employment  or  training  shall  not 
exceed  16  consecutive  weeks  in  duration  if  the  leave  is  for; 

( 1 )  A  medical  or  family  leave;  or 

(2)  A  period  when  the  vocational  training  program  is  not  in  spring,  fall, 
or  winter  sessions. 

(f)  A  limited  term  service  leave  may  be  granted  for  any  portion  of  the 
contract  period  in  which  a  child  is  attending  an  After  School  Education 
and  Safety  Program,  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  8482  et  seq.. 
or  a  federal  2 1st  Century  Community  Learning  Centers  program,  as  ref- 
erenced in  Education  Code  sections  8484.7  et  seq. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261,  8263,  8265  and  8269,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  8206.  8261,  8263  and  8265,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88:  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-28-2008;  operative  6-27-2008  (Reg- 
ister 2008,  No.  22). 


Article  4. 


Admission  Policies  and 
Procedures 


§  18105.    Admission  Policies  and  Procedures;  Interview. 

(a)  Contractors  shall  develop  written  admission  policies  and  proce- 
dures which  shall  be  made  available  to  the  public. 

(b)  The  admission  procedures  established  shall  conform  to  require- 
ments in  Title  22  California  Code  of  Regulafions,  Secfion  101319. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8203  and  8263.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18106.    Admission  Priorities;  Waiting  List;  and 
Displacement. 

(a)  Within  the  first  priority  for  services  stated  in  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 8263(b)(1),  children  receiving  protective  services  through  the  local 
county  welfare  department  shall  be  enrolled  before  children  idenfified  as 
at  risk  of  being  neglected  or  abused. 

(b)  Except  for  situations  where  not  all  of  the  children  in  a  family  are 
certified  based  on  child  protecUve  services,  or  the  child's  special  need, 
a  family  that  has  a  child  or  children  emolled  in  a  program  shall  be  allowed 
to  enroll  additional  children  provided  there  exists  an  appropriate  program 
opening  such  as  infant  care  or  services  to  school  age  care  children  in 
which  to  enroll  the  child. 

(c)  When  not  all  of  the  children  in  a  family  are  cerfified  based  on  child 
protective  services,  or  the  child's  special  need,  the  other  children  or  the 
parents  in  the  family  must  meet  both  eligibility  and  need  criteria  as  speci- 
fied in  Education  Code  section  8263(a)(1)  and  (a)(2)  prior  to  enrollment 
and  shall  be  admitted  in  accordance  with  priorities  specified  in  Education 
Code  secfion  8263(b). 

(d)  Contractors  shall  not  deny  service  to  nor  assign  a  lower  priority  to 
a  family  that  needs  less  than  full-time  services. 

(e)  Contractors  shall  maintain  a  current  waiting  list  in  accordance  with 
admission  prioriues.  Contractors  may  satisfy  the  requirement  for  main- 
taining a  waiting  list  by  pardcipafing  in  a  county  child  care  centralized 
eligibility  list.  Contractors  shall  contact  applicants  in  order  of  priority 
from  the  waiting  list  as  vacancies  occur. 

(f)  If  it  is  necessary  to  displace  families,  families  shall  be  displaced  in 
reverse  order  of  admission  priorities. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (e)  filed  4-15-2003;  operative  5-15-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  16). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)  and  (c)  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  5-6-2005 
as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


Page  184.68(d) 


Register  2008,  No.  22;  5-30-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18107 


4.  Reiiistatcmcnl  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  emergency  amendment  filed 
10~l4~200.'i  by  operation  ot  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(1").  Certificate 
ol  Compliance  as  to  5-6-200.'i  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-2005;  disap- 
proved by  OAL  and  order  ol  repeal  as  to  .S-6-2005  order  Tiled  on  10-14-2005 
(Kegister2005.  No.  41). 

5.  Amendment  filed  10-14-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-14-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  Nt).  41 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2- 1  .^-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

6.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  10-14-2005  emergency  amend- 
ment bv  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1  l.M6.1(f)  (Reeister2006.  No. 

20). 


§18107,     Residency  Requirements. 

(a)  In  addiiion  to  other  applicable  eligibility  requirements  as  specified 
elsewhere  in  this  Division,  to  be  eligible  for  child  care  and  development 
services  the  child  must  live  in  the  State  of  California  while  services  are 
being  received. 


(b)  Any  evidence  of  a  street  address  or  post  office  address  in  California 
will  be  sufficient  to  establish  residency.  A  person  identified  as  homeless 
pursuant  to  section  18078(h)(2)  is  exempted  from  this  requirement  and 
shall  submit  a  declaration  of  intent  to  reside  in  California. 

(c)  The  governing  board  of  any  school  district,  community  college  or 
county  superintendent  of  schools  may  accommodate  children  residing 
outside  its  district  boundaries  in  accordance  with  Education  Code  section 
8322(a). 

(d)  The  determination  of  eligibility  for  child  care  and  developinent  ser- 
vices shall  be  without  regard  to  the  immigration  status  of  the  child  or  the 
child's  parent(s),  unless  the  child  or  the  child's  parent(s)  are  under  a  final 
order  of  deportation  from  the  United  States  Departinent  of  Justice. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8263, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .50). 

2.  Amendment  filed  8-16-2007;  operative  9-15-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  33). 


[The  next  page  is  184.69. 


Page  184.68(e) 


Register  2008,  No.  22;  5-30-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§18114 


• 


Article  5.    Parent  Fees 

§  1 81 08.     Fee  Schedule. 

Contractors  shall  use  a  fee  schedule  prepared  and  issued  by  the  Child 
Development  Division. 

NOTK:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Rclerence:  Sections  8263 
and  8265.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  tiled  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 

§  18109.     Fee  Assessment;  Explanation  to  Parents. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  utilize  the  following  factors  in  determining  the 
fee  to  be  assessed  for  each  family: 

(1)  The  adjusted  monthly  family  income; 

(2)  Family  size;  families  having  fewer  than  three  (3)  members  shall  be 
regarded  as  a  family  of  three  (3). 

(3)  The  fee  shall  be  assessed  and  collected  based  on  the  family's  child 
who  is  enrolled  for  the  longest  period. 

(4)  The  fee  assessed  and  collected  shall  be  either  the  fee  indicated  on 
the  fee  schedule,  the  actual  costs  of  services  or  the  contract  maximum 
daily/hourly  rate,  whichever  is  least. 

(-5)  No  adjustment  shall  be  made  for  excused  or  unexcused  absences. 
(6)  The  fee  shall  be  the  full  portion  of  the  family's  cost  for  services. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  maintain  a  record  of  each  family's  fee  asses- 
sment, the  effective  date(s)  of  each  fee  increase  or  decrease,  the  dates  and 
amounts  of  fees  collected  and  any  amounts  which  are  delinquent. 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  explain  to  the  parent(s)  the  contractor's  poli- 
cies regarding  fee  assessment  and  collection  and  the  possible  conse- 
quences for  delinquent  payment  of  fees. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8263 
and  8265,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  New  subsection  (d)  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency; 
operative  5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  1 8).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  emergency  amendment  filed 
10-14-2005  by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(f).  Certificate 
of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-2005;  disap- 
proved by  OAL  and  order  of  repeal  as  to  5-6-2005  order  filed  on  10-14-2005 
(Register2005,  No.  41). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10-14-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-14-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  No.  41).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-13-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  10-14-2005  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operafion  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(0  (Register  2006,  No. 
20). 

§  1 81 1 0.    Exceptions  to  Fee  Assessment. 

No  fees  shall  be  collected  from  the  following  types  of  families  whose 
children  are  enrolled: 

(a)  Because  of  a  need  for  child  protective  services; 

(b)  In  the  State  Preschool  Program; 

(c)  In  the  Federal  Based  Migrant  program; 

(d)  In  the  Severely  Handicapped  program;  or 

(e)  With  an  income  level  that,  in  relation  to  family  size,  is  less  than  the 
first  entry  in  the  fee  schedule. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8250  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8250  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative 
5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  1 8).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  emergency  amendment  filed 
10-14-2005  by  operafion  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(f).  Certificate 
of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL  9-2-2005;  disap- 


proved by  OAL  and  order  of  repeal  as  to  5-6-2005  order  filed  on  1 0- 1 4-2005 
(Register2005,  No.  41). 

4.  Amendment  filed  10-14-2005  as  an  emergency:  operative  10-14-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  No.  41 ).  A  Certificaie  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
2-13-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  10-14-2005  emergency  amend- 
ment bv  operafion  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346. 1(f)  (Register  2006,  No. 
20). 

§  1 81 1 1 .    No  Additional  Payments  or  Costs;  Refunds; 
Exceptions. 

(a)  Except  as  provided  in  Subsection  (b)  below,  neither  a  contractor 
nor  a  provider  of  services  .shall  require  or  solicit,  in  cash  or  in  kind,  addi- 
tional payments  from  the  recipients  of  .service.  The  prohibition  includes 
activities  or  services  that  would  increase  the  family's  cost  of  participation 
including  meals,  recreation  and  field  trips.  If  additional  payments  are 
made  or  additional  costs  are  incurred  by  the  family,  the  contractor  shall 
refund  to  the  parent(s)  the  amount  of  payments  made  or  costs  incurred. 

(b)  A  contractoror  a  provider  of  service  need  not  make  a  refund  as  spe- 
cified in  Subsection  (a)  above  under  the  following  conditions: 

(1 )  The  family  is  enrolled  in  an  Alternative  Payinent  program  and  the 
parent(s)  has  voluntarily  placed  the  child  with  a  service  provider  that  re- 
quires all  parent(s)  to  provide  a  sack  lunch  or  supplies  such  as  diapers. 

(2)  School  Age  Community  Child  Care  programs  may  require  all  par- 
ents to  provide  a  sack  lunch.  The  contractor  shall  provide  a  meal  if  the 
parent  does  not  provide  a  sack  lunch.  A  contractor  that  requires  parents 
to  provide  sack  lunches  may  develop  a  policy  which  includes  reasonable 
penalties  for  parents  who  fail  to  provide  a  sack  lunch. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8263 
and  8265,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  secfion  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  1 81 1 2.    Credit  for  Fees  Paid  to  Other  Service  Providers. 

This  section  shall  apply  to  child  care  and  development  services  pro- 
vided by  someone  other  than  the  contractor: 

(a)  When  a  contractor  cannot  meet  all  of  a  family's  needs  for  child  care 
for  which  eligibility  and  need  as  specified  in  Education  Code  Section 
8263(a)(1)  and  (a)(2)  have  been  established,  the  contractor  shall  grant  a 
fee  credit  equal  to  the  amount  paid  to  the  other  provider(s)  of  these  child 
care  and  development  services. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  apply  the  fee  credit  to  the  family's  subsequent 
fee  billing  period.  The  family  shall  not  be  allowed  to  carry  over  the  fee 
credit  beyond  the  family's  subsequent  fee  billing  period. 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  obtain  copies  of  receipts  or  cancelled  checks 
for  the  other  child  care  and  development  services  from  the  parent.  The 
copies  of  the  receipts  or  cancelled  checks  shall  be  maintained  in  the  con- 
tractor's fee  assessment  records. 

NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8263 
and  8265,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  1 81 1 3.    Receipt  for  Payment  of  Fee;  Retention  of  Copy  for 
Records. 

(a)  The  contractor  or  service  provider  shall  provide  an  original  copy 
of  a  pre-numbered  receipt  to  each  person  who  pays  a  fee.  The  receipt 
shall  show  the  amount  paid,  the  date  of  payment,  the  rate  of  payment  and 
the  period  of  service  purchased. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  retain  a  copy  of  the  receipt  in  its  fee  assessment 
records. 

NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8263 
and  8265,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  secfion  filed  11-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18114.    Advance  Payment  of  Fees;  Delinquent  Fees; 
Notice  of  Delinquency. 

(a)  Contractors  shall  adopt  a  policy  for  the  collection  of  fees  in  advance 
of  providing  services.  The  written  policy  shall  be  provided  to  families  at 
the  time  of  initial  enrollment  into  the  program. 


Page  184.69 


Register  2006,  No.  20;  5-19-2006 


§  18115 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(b)  For  contractors  providing  direct  services  to  children,  fees  shall  be 
considered  delinquent  after  seven  (7)  calendar  days  from  the  date  the  fees 
were  due. 

(c)  For  contractors  providing  services  through  Alternative  Payment 
programs,  fees  shall  be  considered  delinquent  on  the  date  they  are  noti- 
fied by  the  provider  that  fees  have  not  been  paid. 

(d)  A  Notice  of  Action,  Recipient  of  Services  shall  be  used  to  inform 
the  family  of  the  following: 

( 1 )  The  total  amount  of  unpaid  fees; 

(2)  The  fee  rate; 

(3)  The  period  of  delinquency;  and 

(4)  That  services  shall  be  terminated  two  (2)  weeks  from  the  date  of 
the  Notice  unless  all  delinquent  fees  are  paid  before  the  end  of  the  two 
(2)-week  period. 

Note-.  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8263 
and  8265,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88:  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


§  1 81 1 5.    Plan  for  Payment  of  Delinquent  Fees. 

The  contractor  shall  accept  a  reasonable  plan  from  the  parent(s)  for 
payment  of  delinquent  fees.  The  contractor  shall  continue  to  provide  ser- 
vices to  the  child,  provided  the  parent(s)  pays  current  fees  when  due  and 
complies  with  the  provisions  of  the  repayment  plan. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8263 
and  8265,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


§  1 811 6.    Consequences  of  Nonpayment  of  Delinquent 
Fees. 

Upon  termination  of  services  for  nonpayment  of  delinquent  fees,  the 
family  shall  be  ineligible  for  child  care  and  development  services  until 
all  delinquent  fees  are  paid. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8263 
and  8265,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


§  18117.    Confidentiality  of  Records. 

(a)  The  use  or  disclosure  of  all  information  pertaining  to  the  child  and 
his/her  family  shall  be  restricted  to  purposes  directly  connected  with  the 
administration  of  the  program. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  permit  the  review  of  the  basic  data  file  by  the 
child's  parent(s)  or  parent's  authorized  representative,  upon  request  and 
at  reasonable  times  and  places. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


Article  6.     Due  Process  Requirements 

§  1 81 1 8.    Approval  or  Denial  of  Child  Care  and 
Development  Services. 

The  contractor  shall  mail  or  deliver  a  completed  Notice  of  Action, 
Application  for  Services  to  the  parents  within  thirty  (30)  calendar  days 
from  the  date  the  application  is  signed  by  the  parent(s)  in  accordance  with 
Sections  18094  and  18095  of  this  Division. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  1 81 1 9.    Changes  Affecting  Service. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  complete  a  Notice  of  Action,  Recipient  of  Ser- 
vices when  changes  are  made  to  the  service  agreement.  Such  changes 
may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  an  increase  or  decrease  in  parent  fees, 
an  increase  or  decrease  in  the  amount  of  services,  or  termination  of  ser- 
vice. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  mail  or  deliver  the  notice  of  action  to  the  par- 
ents at  least  fourteen  (14)  calendar  days  before  the  effective  date  of  the 
intended  action  whenever: 

( 1 )  The  contractor  has  factual  information  that  confirms  the  death  of 
the  parent  or  the  child; 

(2)  The  contractor  receives  notification  from  the  parent  that  the  parent 
no  longer  wants  the  service; 

(3)  The  agreement  for  services  was  a  limited  term  authorization  which 
has  come  to  the  end  of  the  term,  and  at  the  time  of  approval  of  the  limited 
term  authorization,  the  parent  was  informed  in  writing  of  the  date  ser- 
vices would  terminate;  or 

(4)  The  parent  does  not  provide  eligibility  or  need  information  after  a 
written  request  by  the  contractor. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18120.    Clients  Request  for  a  Hearing;  Rules  and 
Procedures. 

(a)  If  the  parent  disagrees  with  an  action,  the  parent(s)  may  file  a  re- 
quest for  a  hearing  with  the  contractor  within  fourteen  (14)  calendar  days 
of  the  date  the  Notice  of  Action  was  received. 

(b)  Upon  the  filing  of  a  request  for  hearing,  the  intended  action  shall 
be  suspended  until  the  review  process  has  been  completed.  The  review 
process  is  complete  when  the  appeal  process  has  been  exhausted  or  when 
the  parent(s)  abandons  the  appeal  process. 

(c)  Within  ten  (10)  calendar  days  following  the  receipt  of  the  request 
for  a  hearing,  the  contractor  shall  notify  the  parent(s)  of  the  time  and 
place  of  the  hearing.  The  time  and  place  of  the  hearing  shall,  to  the  extent 
possible,  be  convenient  for  the  parent(s). 

(d)  The  hearing  shall  be  conducted  by  an  administrative  staff  person 
who  shall  be  referred  to  as  "the  hearing  officer."  The  hearing  officer  shall 


Page  184.70 


Register  2006,  No.  20;  5-19-2006 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18132 


• 


be  al  a  slatT  level  higher  in  authority  than  the  statT  person  who  made  the 
contested  decision. 

(e)  The  parent(s)  or  parent's  authorized  representative  is  required  to 
attend  the  hearing.  Ifthe  parent  or  the  parent's  authorized  representative 
tails  to  appear  at  the  hearing,  the  parent  will  be  deemed  to  have  aban- 
doned his  or  her  appeal. 

(1)  Only  persons  directly  affected  by  the  hearing  shall  be  allowed  to 
attend. 

(g)  The  contractor  shall  arrange  for  the  presence  of  an  interpreter  at  the 
hearing,  if  one  is  requested  by  the  parent(s). 

(h)The  hearing  officer  shall  explain  totheparent(s)  the  legal,  regulato- 
ry, or  policy  basis  for  the  intended  action. 

(i)  During  the  hearing,  the  pareni(s)  shall  have  an  opportunity  to  ex- 
plain the  reason(s)  they  believe  the  contractor's  decision  was  incorrect. 
The  contractor's  staff  shall  present  any  material  facts  omitted  by  the  par- 
entis). 

(j)  The  hearing  officer  shall  mail  or  deliver  to  the  parent(s)  a  written 

decision  within  ten  (10)  calendar  days  after  the  hearing. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Hducalion  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .SO). 

§18121.    Appeal  Procedure  for  Child  Development  Division 
Review. 

(a)  If  the  parent  disagrees  with  the  written  decision  from  the  contrac- 
tor, the  parent  has  fourteen  (14)  calendar  days  in  which  to  appeal  to  the 
Child  Developinent  Division. 

(b)  Ifthe  parent(s)  do(es)  not  submit  an  appeal  request  to  the  Child  De- 
velopment Division  within  fourteen  (14)  calendar  days,  the  parents'  ap- 
peal process  shall  be  deemed  abandoned  and  the  contractor  may  imple- 
ment the  intended  action, 

(c)  The  parent(s)  shall  specify  in  the  appeal  request  the  reason(s)  why 
he/she  believes  the  contractor's  decision  was  incorrect. 

(d)  A  copy  of  the  contractor's  notice  of  intended  action  and  written  de- 
cision shall  be  submitted  by  the  parent(s)  with  the  appeal  request. 

(e)  Upon  receipt  of  an  appeal  request,  the  Child  Development  Division 
may  request  copies  of  the  basic  data  file  and  other  relevant  materials  from 
the  contractor.  The  Child  Development  Division  may  also  conduct  any 
investigations,  interviews  or  mediation  necessary  to  resolve  the  appeal. 

(0  The  decision  of  the  Child  Development  Division  shall  be  mailed  or 

delivered  to  the  parent(s)  and  to  the  contractor  within  thirty  (30)  calendar 

days  after  receipt  of  the  appeal  request. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88:  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18122.     Contractor  Compliance  with  Child  Development 
Division  Decision;  Reimbursement  for  Services 
During  the  Appeal  Process. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  comply  with  the  decision  of  the  Child  Devel- 
opment Division  immediately  upon  receipt  thereof. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  be  reimbursed  for  child  care  and  development 
services  delivered  to  the  fainily  which  is  appealing  during  the  appeal  pro- 
cess. 

(c)  If  a  contractor's  determination  that  a  family  is  ineligible  is  upheld 
by  the  Child  Development  Division,  services  to  the  family  shall  cease 
upon  receipt  of  the  Child  Development  Division's  decision  by  the  con- 
tractor. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8261, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


Subchapter  4.    State  Preschool  Program 


Article  1.    Scope  of  Chapter 

§  18130.    Scope  of  Chapter:  Applicable  Regulations. 

(a)  The  regulations  contained  in  this  Chapter  shall  apply  only  to  eon- 
tractors  funded  for  the  State  Preschool  Program. 

(b)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Chapter,  contractors  funded 
for  the  State  Preschool  program  shall  also  comply  with  regulations  con- 
tained in  Chapters  1.2,  12.  14  and  15  in  whole,  and  Sections  18077. 
18078  (a)(d)(h)(l).  18081  (aj(b)(l),  18082.  18083  (a)(b)(h)(i)(j),  18084. 
1 8094,  1 8095.  1 8 1 00,  1 8 1 05,  1 8 1 07.  18117  and  18118  through  18122  of 
Chapter  3  and  Section  1829()(c)(e)  of  Chapter  13  of  this  Division. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  820.1 
and  8235,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50).  Eor  histo- 
ry of  former  Chapter  4  (Sections  18201-18208),  .see  Register  79,  No.  16. 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  subsection  (b)  (Register  95,  No.  9). 


Article  2.    Enrollment  Priorities 

§  18131.     Enrollment  Priorities  for  State  Preschool 
Programs. 

(a)  The  first  priority  for  services  shall  be  given  to  eligible  children 
whose  families  have  the  lowest  adjusted  monthly  income  at  the  time  of 
enrollment  not  to  exceed  the  most  recent  schedule  of  income  ceilings  is- 
sued by  the  Child  Development  Division. 

(b)  Thereafter,  the  contractor  may  establish  the  following  priorities  in 
an  order  determined  by  the  contractor: 

( 1 )  Children  who  are  identified  as  limited  English  or  non-English  pro- 
ficient. 

(2)  Children  with  exceptional  needs  and  whose  Individualized  Educa- 
tion Plan  (lEP)  as  described  in  Section  56026  of  the  Education  Code  and 
Sections  3030  and  303 1  of  Title  5  California  Code  of  Regulations,  identi- 
fies a  State  Preschool  program  as  being  an  appropriate  placement  during 
all  or  part  of  the  state  preschool  day  as  defined  in  Section  1 8 1 36  of  this 
Division. 

(3)  Children  from  families  whose  special  circumstances  may  diminish 
the  children's  opportunities  for  normal  development. 

(4)  Children  who  range  in  age  from  three  years-nine  months  to  four 
years-nine  months. 

(5)  Within  these  additional  priorities,  families  with  the  lowest  adjusted 
monthly  income  shall  be  admitted  first. 

(c)  The  basic  data  file  shall  include  documentation  to  support  the  de- 
termination that  the  child  meets  the  priority  for  service.  Ifthe  priority  for 
service  is  the  child's  exceptional  need,  the  basic  data  file  shall  include 
documentation  as  specified  in  Section  18089(0  of  this  Division. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  82.'^5, 
Education  Code. 


1.  New  section  filed  11-21- 


H I  STORY 
operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .50). 


§  18132.    Certification  of  Eligibility;  Waiting  List. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  certify  eligibility  no  more  than  thirty  (30)  cal- 
endar days  prior  to  the  first  day  of  the  beginning  of  the  new  pre.school 
year. 

(b)  After  full  enrollment  is  attained,  the  contractor  shall  prepare  a  wait- 
ing list  based  on  the  enrollment  priorities  set  forth  in  Section  18131  of  this 
Division. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8235 
and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


Page  184.71 


Register  2(X)8,  No.  17;  4-25-2008 


§  18133 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  18133.    Exceptions  to  Enrollment  Priorities;  Ten  Percent 
(10%)  Limitation. 

(a)  If  no  eligible  children  are  on  the  waiting  list,  the  contractor  may  en- 
roll children  who  are  not  otherwise  eligible  for  participation.  This  in- 
cludes children  who  exceed  the  age  limitations  and  children  from  fami- 
lies whose  income  exceeds  the  current  income  ceiling  issued  by  the  Child 
Development  Division  by  fifteen  percent  (15%)  or  less  of  the  adjusted 
monthly  income  for  income  eligible  families  of  the  same  size. 

(b)  Children  enrolled  pursuant  to  subsection  (a)  above  shall  comprise 
a  maximum  of  ten  percent  (10%)  of  the  total  enrollment. 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  maintain  the  following  information  in  the  ba- 
sic data  file  of  children  enrolled  pursuant  to  this  section: 

( 1 )  Evidence  that  shows  the  contractor  has  made  a  diligent  search  for 
eligible  children; 

(2)  The  child's  family  income;  and 

(3)  The  specific  reason(s)  for  enrolling  each  child. 

(d)  To  the  greatest  extent  possible,  the  contractor  shall  assign  children 
enrolled  pursuant  to  this  section  to  all  of  the  State  Preschool  program 
classes  within  the  contractor's  jurisdiction. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  82.^i.S 
and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88:  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  1 81 34.    Exceptions  to  Calculation  of  Adjusted  Monthly 
Income  (as  Defined  in  Section  18078)  for 
Military  Personnel. 

Program  vacancies  shall  be  filled  first  by  children  pursuant  to  all  statu- 
torily mandated  priorities.  For  programs  located  on  or  in  close  proximity 
to  a  military  base  or  base  housing,  for  purposes  of  determining  eligibility 
and  income  ranking  for  families  when  an  individual  counted  in  the  family 
size  is  on  federal  active  duty,  state  active  duty,  active  duty  for  special 
work,  or  Active  Guard  and  Reserve  duty  in  the  military,  and  the  families 
reside  on  a  military  base  or  in  military  housing,  the  contractor  may,  with 
prior  written  approval  from  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion or  his  or  her  designee,  exclude  the  amount  of  the  basic  allowance  for 
housing  provided  to  the  individual  pursuant  to  37  USC  403. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8235,  8236,  8263  and  8263.1,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-5-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 1-5-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  45).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-5-2008  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 1-5-2007  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  3-1 1-2008  and  filed  4-21-2008  (Register  2008,  No. 
17). 


History 

New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 


Article  3.     Other  Requirements 

§  18135.    Volunteers;  Staffing  Ratios. 

If  the  contractor  cannot  recruit  a  sufficient  number  of  parents  or  volun- 
teers, the  contractor  shall  hire  teacher  aides  for  each  class  to  the  extent 
required  to  meet  adult/child  ratios  as  set  forth  in  Section  1 8290  of  this  Di- 
vision. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8287,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfions  8235 
and  8288,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  secfion  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18136.    Minimum  Hours  and  Days  of  Operation. 

The  contractor  shall  operate  classes  a  minimum  of  three  (3)  hours  per 
day,  excluding  home-to-school  transportation  time,  for  a  minimum  of 
1 75  days  per  year,  unless  the  child  development  contract  specified  a  low- 
er minimum  days  of  operation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8235 
and  8265.  Education  Code. 


Subchapter  5.    School-Age  Parenting  and 
Infant  Development  Programs* 

(Originally  filed  5-21-75) 
■  Regulations  contained  in  Division  19,  Chapter  3  prior  to  tiling  of  4-23-79. 

Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§18140.    Definitions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Subchapter  5:  Sections  8391  and  33031,  Education 
Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  Chapter  2  ( Sections  1 8 1 00- 1 8 1 39,  not  consecuti  ve)  filed  4-23-79; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  16).  Regulations  concerning 
similar  subject  matter  contained  in  Title  5.  Division  3.  Chapter  5.  Subchapter 
5.4.  For  history  of  former  Chapter  2,  see  Registers  69,  No.  51 ;  73,  No.  40;  75, 
No.  39;  and  77,  No.  .39. 

2.  Renumbering  from  Chapter  3  (Sections  18140-18174)  to  Chapter  2  (Sections 
18140-18174)  filed  4-23-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79, 
No.  1 6).  For  history  of  former  Chapter  3.  see  Registers  75,  No.  21 ;  and  77,  No. 
39. 

3.  Renumbering  of  former  Chapter  2  (Sections  1 8140-18174)  to  Chapter  5  (Sec- 
tions 18140-18174)  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

4.  Editorial  correction  of  Authority  cite  (Register  95,  No.  9). 

5.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  11-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001 ,  No.  45). 

§18141.    Agencies  Who  May  Operate  This  Program. 

History 

1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 

§  18142.    Services  Which  Shall  Be  Provided. 

History 

1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  11-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 

§  1 81 43.    Location  of  the  Program. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 

§  18144.    Eligibility  for  School-Age  Parenting  and  Infant 
Development  Program. 

History 
1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001 ,  No.  45). 

§  1 81 45.    Priority  for  Service. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  11-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100.  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001 ,  No.  45). 

§  18146.    Advisory  Council  Component. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 

§  18147.    Composition  of  Advisory  Council. 

History 
1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 

§  18148.    Minimum  Number  of  Meetings. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 

§  18149.    Records  of  Council  Meetings. 

History 
I .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 


• 


• 


• 


Page  184.72 


Register  2008,  No.  17;  4-25-2008 


• 


Titles  California  Department  of  Education  §18154 

§18150.    Admission  Policies  and  Procedures.  §18153.    Compliance  Reviews. 

History  History 

1.  Change  without  regulatoi^  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant  1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 

to  section  100.  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001 ,  No.  43).  to  seclion  100.  title"] ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001 .  No.  4.5). 

§18151.    Confidentiality  of  Record.  ^^3^5^     Compliance  Review  Worksheet. 

History 

History 
1.  Chanse  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-^-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1.  CaliYomia  Code  of  Reeulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45).       1- Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  11-5-2001  pursuant 

to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001 .  No.  45). 

§18152.     Parent  Fee. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  11-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 


• 


[The  next  page  is  184.73. 


Page  184.72(a)  Register  2008,  No.  17;  4-25-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18175 


§18155.    Quality  Evaluation. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001.  No.  43). 

§  18156.    Compliance  Review  Process. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100.  titled.  California  Code  of  R^egulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 

§  1 81 57.    Adequacy  of  Program  Components. 

History 
I.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  J 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  secUon  100.  title  1 .  California  Code  of  R^egulations  (Register  2001 ,  No.  45). 

§  18158.    Evaluation  Requirements. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  11-5-2001  pursuant 
to  .secfion  100.  title  1 .  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001 ,  No.  45). 

§18159.    Application  Procedure. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  11-5-2001  pursuant 
to  secfion  100.  title  1,  California  Code  of  R^egulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 

§  18160.    Renewal  of  Current  Operating  Programs. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  11-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 


§  18167.    Educational  Stimulation  Component. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100.  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001 .  No.  45). 


Article  4.     Personnel  Provisions 

§  18168.    Personnel  and  Their  Duties  with  Infants  and 
Toddlers. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100.  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001 .  No.  45). 


Article  5.    Structural  and  Safety  Provisions 

§  18169.    Standards  for  Building  and  Ground. 

History 

1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1 -.5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001 ,  No.  45). 


Article  6.     Health  Provisions 


§  18170.    Health  Services  Component. 

History 
I.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  secfion  filed  1 1-.5-200I  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001 ,  No.  45). 


Article  2.     Fiscal  Provisions 


§18161.    Funding. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  77,  No.  39). 


Article  7.    Nutrition  Provisions 

§18171.    Nutritional  Component. 

History 


2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant       '  •  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 


to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 

§18162.    Method  of  Reimbursement. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  of  Section  1862  to  Section  18162  filed  9-23-77;  effecfive  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  secfion  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100.  title  1 .  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 

§18163.    Attendance  Factor. 

History 
1 .  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001 ,  No.  45). 

§  1 81 64.    Claim  for  Reimbursement. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  11-5-2001  pursuant 
to  secfion  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001 ,  No.  45). 

§  1 81 65.    Budget  Procedures. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  R^egulafions  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 


to  section  100,  fifie  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001.  No.  45) 


Article  8.    Social  Services  Provisions 


§  18172.    Social  Services  Requirement. 

History 

1,  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  I ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 

§18173.    Social  Services  Contracts. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  fitle  1,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (Register  2001 ,  No.  45). 

§  18174.    Social  Services  Components. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  rep<;aling  section  filed  1 1-5-2001  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (Register  2001.  No.  45). 


Article  3.    Educational  Provisions 

§  18166.    Program  Components  for  School-Age  Parents 
and  Other  Participating  Students. 

History 
I.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  secfion  filed  11-5-2001  pursuant 


Subchapter  6.    Campus  Child  Care  Program 

§18175.    Applicable  Regulations. 

Except  as  provided  in  Education  Code  Section  8225(b),  contractors 
funded  by  the  Campus  Child  Care  Program  shall  also  comply  with  the 
regulations  set  forth  in  Chapters  1,2, 3, 12, 13, 14  and  15  of  this  Division. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  826 1 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8225 
and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 


to  secfion  100.  fitle  I,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  (Register  2001,  No.  45).       1.  New  secfion  filed  1 1-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 

Page  184.73  Register  2005,  No.  41;  10-14-2005 


§  18180 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Subchapter  7.     Federal  Based  Migrant 
Program 


Article  1 .    Scope  of  Chapter 


§  18180.    Scope  of  Chapter:  Applicable  Regulations. 

(a)  The  regulations  contained  in  this  Chapter  shall  apply  only  to  con- 
tractors funded  through  the  Federal  Based  Migrant  program. 

(b)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Chapter,  contractors  funded 
by  the  Federal  Based  Migrant  program  shall  also  comply  with  regula- 
tions contained  in  Chapters  1,2,  12,  13, 14  and  15  in  whole  and  Sections 
18077, 18078(d).  18081  (a)  (b)  (c)  and  (d),  18093,  18094, 18095. 18103, 
18105,  18110,  18117,  18118,  18119,  18120,  18121  and  18122  of  Chap- 
ter 3  of  this  Division. 

NoTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  8261 .  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8233 
and  8261,  Education  Code;  34  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Part  201;  and  20 
United  States  Code,  Parts  2761 ,  2762,  2763. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 


Article  2. 


Eligibility  and  Enrollment 
Priorities 


§18181.    Definitions. 

Definitions  contained  in  34  Code  of  Federal  Regulations  Section 
201.3  apply. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  34  Code  of 
Federal  Regulations,  Section  201.3. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§18182.    Enrollment  Priorities. 

(a)  The  following  are  the  enrollment  priorities  for  the  Federal  Based 
Migrant  program: 

( 1 )  First  Priority:  Currently  migratory  child. 

(2)  Second  Priority:  Formerly  migratory  child. 

(b)  A  newborn  infant  whose  family's  residence  has  not  changed  since 
birth  is  not  considered  to  be  a  currently  migratory  child. 

(c)  Contractors  operating  in  a  federally  funded  public  migrant  housing 
center  shall  reserve  the  first  fourteen  (14)  days  of  their  initial  enrollment 
period  for  residents  of  the  public  housing  center. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8231,  Education  Code;  and  34  Code  of  Federal  Regulations  Part  201.31. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  1 81 83.    Eligibility  Certification  for  Federal  Based  Migrant 
Programs. 

Federal  eligibility  shall  be  determined  before  the  child  is  enrolled  or 
served  in  the  program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8263,  Education  Code;  and  34  Code  of  Federal  Reguiafions  Part  201.30. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  1 81 84.    Migrant  Student  Record  Transfer  System. 

The  contractor  shall  register  all  children  enrolled  on  the  Migrant  Stu- 
dent Record  Transfer  System  (MSRTS). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8231, 
Education  Code;  and  34  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Part  201 .32. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


Subchapter  7.5.    State  Based  Migrant 
Program 


Article  1 .    Scope  of  Chapter 

§  18190.    Scope  of  Chapter:  Applicable  Regulations. 

(a)  The  regulations  contained  in  this  Chapter  shall  apply  only  to  con- 
tractors funded  by  the  State  Based  Migrant  program. 

(b)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Chapter,  contractors  funded 

by  the  State  Based  Migrant  program  shall  also  comply  with  regulations 

contained  in  Chapters  1,2,  12,  13,  14,  15  in  whole  and  Chapter  3,  except 

for  Section  18106,  of  this  Division. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8231,  8232,  8233  and  8261,  Education  Code. 

History 

I.  New  secfion  filed  11-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


Article  2. 


Eligibility  and  Enrollment 
Priorities 


§18191.    Eligibility  Criteria. 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  criteria  for  being  an  agricultural  worker  fam- 
ily as  specified  in  Education  Code  Section  823 1(a),  the  family  shall  also 
meet  eligibility  and  need  criteria  specified  in  Education  Code  Section 
8263(a)(1)  and  (a)  (2). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
fions  8231  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  1 1-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18192.    Priorities  for  Enrollment;  Waiting  List; 
Displacement  Order. 

(a)  Children  of  eligible  migrant  agricultural  worker  families  shall  be 
enrolled  in  the  order  of  priorities  specified  in  Education  Code  Section 
8231(b). 

(b)  Contractors  operating  in  federally  funded  public  migrant  housing 
centers  shall  reserve  the  first  fourteen  (14)  days  of  their  enrollment  period 
for  residents  of  the  public  migrant  housing  center. 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  maintain  a  waiting  list  in  accordance  with  the 
enrollnnent  priorities  specified  in  Education  Code  Section  8231(b). 

(d)  If  it  is  necessary  to  displace  families,  families  shall  be  displaced  in 
reverse  order  of  enrollment  priorities. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
fions  8231  and  8263,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


Subchapter  8.    School  Age  Community 
Child  Care  Services  Program  (Latch  Key) 


Article  1 .    Scope  of  Chapter 

§  18200.    Scope  of  Chapter:  Applicable  Regulations. 

Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Chapter,  contractors  funded  by 
the  School  Age  Community  Child  Care  Services  program  (Latchkey) 
shall  also  comply  with  the  regulations  contained  in  Chapters  1,  2, 12  and 
15  in  whole,  and  Chapter  3  except  for  Section  18106  and  Section 
18290(d)(e)  of  Chapter  13  of  this  Division.  Contractors  operating  a 
School  Age  Community  Child  Care  Services-Alternative  Payment  pro- 
gram shall  also  comply  with  Chapter  10  of  this  Division. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8461,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8463, 
Educafion  Code. 


• 


• 


Page  184.74 


Register  2005,  No.  41;  10-14-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18212 


History 
I.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 


• 


Article  2.     General  Provisions 

§  18201.    Waiting  List;  Priorities  for  Enrollment. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  maintain  a  waiting  list  of  families  seeking 
entry  into  the  program  in  accordance  with  the  enrollment  priorities  set 
forth  in  Education  Code  Section  8468.5. 

(b)  As  vacancies  occur  in  the  program,  families  shall  be  enrolled  in  the 
order  of  priority  established  on  the  waiting  list. 

(c)  When  displacement  from  services  is  required  either  temporarily  or 
permanently,  families  shall  be  displaced  in  the  reverse  order  of  the  priori- 
ties set  forth  in  paragraph  (a)  of  this  section. 

NoiR:  Authority  cited:  Section  8461,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
8468. .5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No. 
50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  79.  No.  16. 

§18202.    Age  Limitation. 

(a)  Only  school  age  children  are  eligible  to  be  enrolled  in  School  Age 
Community  Child  Care  program. 

(b)  "School  age"  means  children  enrolled  in  kindergarten  through  9th 
grade. 

(c)  A  child  is  considered  to  be  enrolled  in  kindergarten  on  June  1  of 
each  year  if  he  or  she  will  be  four  years  nine  months  of  age  by  September 
1  of  the  same  year. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8461,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
8468.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No. 
50).  For  prior  histoi-y,  see  Register  79,  No.  16. 

§  18203.    Staff  Qualifications— Program  Director  for  School 
Age  Programs. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  employ  a  program  director  who  has  overall  ad- 
ministrative responsibility  for  programs  operated  at  one  or  more  sites. 

(b)  The  program  director  may  also  serve  as  a  site  supervisor  at  one  of 
the  sites  if  he/she  assumes  responsibility  for  the  day-to-day  operation  of 
the  program  at  that  site. 

(c)  The  program  director  shall  meet  the  requirements  of  either  Subsec- 
tion (c)(l)(A)(B)  or  (c)(2)(A)(B)(C)(D)(E)  below: 

( 1 )  A  baccalaureate  degree  in  recreation,  recreational  therapy,  special 
education  or  a  related  field;  and 

(A)  Three  (3)  semester  units  of  administration  and  supervision  of  rec- 
reation, child  development  or  related  programs;  and 

(B)  Two  (2)  years  of  teaching  or  supervisory  experience  in  recreation 
or  related  programs;  or 

(2)  Hold  one  of  the  following  valid  permits  or  credentials  issued  by  the 
Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing: 

(A)  Children's  Center  Supervision  Permit; 

(B)  Life  Children's  Center  Supervision  Permit; 

(C)  Preliminary  Administrative  Services  Credential; 

(D)  Professional  Administrative  Services  Credential;  or 

(E)  Be  deemed  to  hold  a  permit  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section 
8360  and  have  three  (3)  semester  units  of  administration  and  supervision 
of  child  development  programs. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8287  and  8461 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8463(1),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No. 
50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  79,  No.  16. 

§  18204.    Adult/Child  Ratios  in  Group  Child  Development 
Programs. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50).  For  prior  his- 
tory, see  Register  79,  No.  16. 


§  1 8205.    Staff  Qualifications— Site  Supervisor. 

Each  site  shall  have  a  site  supervisor  who  meets  the  requiremenis  spe- 
cified in  Title  22  California  Code  of  Regulations,  Division  12,  Chapters 
1  and  2,  Sections  101215,  101315  and  101515. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8287  and  8461,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8463(1),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  11-21-88:  operative  i-1-89  (Register  88.  No. 

50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  79,  No.  16. 

§  18206.    Staff  Qualifications— Teacher. 

Each  contractor  shall  employ  sufficient  numbers  of  qualified  teachers 
to  meet  the  requirements  specified  in  Title  22  California  Code  of  Regula- 
tions, Chapters  1  and  2,  Sections  101216,  101316.2  and  101516.2. 
Note;  Authority  cited:  Sections  8287  and  8461 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8463(1),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No. 

50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  79,  No.  16. 

§  1 8207.    Staff  Qualifications— Teacher  Aide. 

Each  contractor  shall  employ  sufficient  numbers  of  teacher  aides  to 
meet  the  requirements  specified  in  Title  22  California  Code  of  Regula- 
tions. Chapter  1  and  2,  Sections  101216  and  101316.3. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8287  and  8461 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8463(1),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No. 
50).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  79,  No.  16. 

§  18208.    Ratios  Based  on  Average  Attendance. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  tiled  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50).  For  prior  his- 
tory, see  Register  79,  No.  16. 


Subchapter  9.    Severely  Handicapped 
Program 

§  18210.    Scope  of  Chapter:  Applicable  Regulations. 

(a)  The  regulations  contained  in  this  Chapter  shall  only  apply  to  con- 
tractors funded  through  the  Severely  Handicapped  program. 

(b)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Chapter  contractors  funded  by 

the  Severely  Handicapped  program  shall  also  comply  with  regulations 

contained  in  Chapters  1,2, 12, 14, 15  in  whole  and  Sections  18077,  18078 

(h) ,  J8081  (a)  (b)  (5)  (c)  (d),  18082,  18083  (a)  (b)  (c)  (h)  (i)  (j).  18094. 

18095,  18105,  18107,  18110  and  181 17  through  18122  of  Chapter  3  and 

Sections  18290  and  18291  of  Chapter  13  of  this  Division. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8208. 
8230  and  56026,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88:  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .50). 

§18211.    Eligibility. 

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  services  through  the  Severely  Handicapped 
program,  the  child  must  have  a  physical,  mental  or  emotional  handicap 
of  such  severity  that  the  child  cannot  be  adequately  or  appropriately 
served  in  regular  child  care  and  development  program  as  determined  by 
the  individualized  Education  Plan  (lEP)  required  by  Section  18212  of 
this  Division. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8250. 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88:  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18212.    Additional  Basic  Data  File  Requirements. 

The  child's  basic  data  file  shall  include  an  Individualized  Education 
Plan  (lEP)  as  specified  in  Section  56026  of  the  Education  Code  and  Sec- 
tions 3030  and  3031  of  Title  5  California  Code  of  Regulations. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8250, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  .50). 


Page  184.75 


Register  2005,  No.  41;  10-14-2005 


§  18213 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  18213.    Minimum  Hours  of  Operation. 

The  contractor  shall  provide  child  development  services  a  minimum 
of  three  and  a  half  (3  1/2)  hours  per  day. 

Note-.  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8250,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50)  .18220. 

Scope  of  chapter:  Applicable  Regulations. 


Subchapter  10.    Alternative  Payment 
Program 


Article  1 .    Scope  of  Subchapter 

§  1 8220.    Scope  of  Subchapter:  Applicable  Regulations. 

(a)  The  regulations  contained  in  this  subchapter  shall  only  apply  to 
contractors  authorized  to  establish,  maintain,  or  operate  Alternative  Pay- 
ment programs  as  defined  in  section  18013(e)  of  this  chapter. 

(b)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  chapter,  contractors  funded 
to  provide  Alternative  Payment  program  services  shall  also  comply  with 
regulations  contained  in  subchapters  1 , 2, 3,  and  1 5  in  whole  and  sections 
18271(a),  (c),  18274,  18277  and  18279  of  subchapter  1 2  of  this  chapter. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8203 
and  8261,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operauve  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  printing  error  restoring  subchapter  10  and  article  1  head- 
ings (Register  91,  No.  29). 

3.  Amendment  of  article  heading,  section  heading  and  section  filed  5-6-2005  as 
an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8-30-2005 
and  filed  10-1 1-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  41). 


Article  1.5.    General  Provisions 

§18220.2.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Probation"  means  the  period  of  time  that  a  licensed  child  care  fa- 
cility is  required  to  comply  with  specific  terms  and  conditions  set  forth 
by  the  California  Department  of  Social  Services  in  order  to  stay  or  post- 
pone revocation  of  the  facility's  license. 

(b)  "Revocation"  means  an  administrative  action  taken  by  the  Califor- 
nia Department  of  Social  Services  to  void  or  rescind  the  license  of  a  child 
care  facility  because  of  serious  or  chronic  violations  of  licensing  laws  or 
regulations  by  the  facility. 

(c)  "Temporary  suspension"  means  an  administrative  action  taken  by 
the  California  Department  of  Social  Services  that  immediately  suspends 
a  facility  license. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion  8212, 
Education  Code;  and  Sections  1596.773,  1596.885  and  1596.886,  Health  and 
Safety  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  1 .5  (section  1 8220.2)  and  section  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency; 
operative  5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
sections (a)  and  (b),  transmitted  to  OAL  8-30-2005  and  filed  10-11-2005 
(Register  2005,  No.  41). 


Article  2.    Policies  and  Procedures 

§  1 8220.6.    Provider  Rate.  Family  Co-Payment. 

(a)  A  family  may  choose  a  child  care  provider  regardless  of  the  provid- 
er's rate. 


(b)  When  a  provider's  rate  and  other  allowable  charges  exceed  the 
maximum  subsidy  amount,  the  family  shall  be  responsible  for  paying  the 
provider  the  difference  between  the  provider's  rate  and  the  maximum 
subsidy  amount.  This  shall  be  considered  the  family's  co-payment.  The 
contractor  shall  not  be  responsible  for  collecting  the  family's  co-pay- 
ment. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8265  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8265  and  8269,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-8-2004;  operative  6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  24). 

§  18221.    Information  on  Contractor  Policies. 

The  contractor  shall  develop  and  implement  a  written  pohcy  state- 
ment. The  policy  statement  shall  include  information  regarding: 

(a)  A  description  of  the  program's  purpose,  design,  and  organization 
framework; 

(b)  Priorities  for  enrollment; 

(c)  Family  eligibility  requirements; 

(d)  Conditions  for  participation; 

(e)  Reimbursement  of  providers  which  may  include  a  limitation  of  1.5 
standard  deviations  from  the  mean  market  rate  for  the  type  of  care  pro- 
vided as  estabhshed  by  the  most  recent  survey  of  the  local  resource  and 
referral  agency; 

(f)  Requirements  for  provider  participation; 

(g)  Range  of  services  available  including  limitations,  if  any,  on  pay- 
ment for  in-home  care;  and 

(h)  Parent  fee  collection  policy  and  procedures  including  direct  pay- 
ment of  fees  to  the  provider,  if  allowable. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  8261,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section  8203, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  11-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  prinfing  error  restoring  article  2  heading  (Register  91 ,  No. 
29). 

§  18222.    Information  to  Be  Given  to  Parents. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  provide  parents  with  the  following  informa- 
tion upon  enrollment  in  the  program; 

(1)  The  policy  statement  specified  in  Section  18221  of  this  Division; 

(2)  Information  regarding  the  confidentiality  of  records; 

(3)  Information  regarding  grievance  procedures  for  parents;  and 

(4)  Information  regarding  the  rights  of  parents  to  change  child  care  set- 
tings. 

(b)  If  the  parent(s)  speaks  a  language  other  than  English  or  is  (are) 
hearing  impaired,  the  information  shall  be  provided  through  written  ma- 
terials or  by  Presentation  of  an  interpreter  in  a  language  the  parent  under- 
stands. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  8261,  Educafion  Code,  Reference:  Secfion  8203, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  secfion  filed  1 1-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18223.     Procedures  for  Provider  Participation. 

The  contractor  shall  develop  and  implement  written  policies  and  pro- 
cedures for  provider  participation  which  include  the  following; 

(a)  Maximizing  parental  choice  with  consideration  of  the  contractor's 
ability  to  pay  for  the  services  within  the  funding  provided  in  the  annual 
child  development  contract. 

(b)  Acceptance,  rejection  and  termination  of  provider  affiliation  with 
the  program. 

(c)  Grievance  procedures  for  parents  and  providers  in  the  program. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section  8203, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18224.    Written  Materials  to  Be  Given  to  Providers. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  give  to  all  providers  the  following  informa- 
tion; 

(1)  A  copy  of  the  contractor's  policy  statements  as  specified  in  Sec- 
tions 18221  (e),  (f)  and  (h),  18223  and  18226  of  this  Division; 


Page  184.76 


Register  2005,  No.  41;  10-14-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18229 


(2)  A  statement  prohibiting  the  provider  from  engaging  in  religious  in- 
struction or  worship  while  providing  child  care  and  development  ser- 
vices; 

(3)  A  statement  prohibiting  the  provider  from  engaging  in  any  form  of 
discrimination; 

(4)  A  schedule  for  the  payment  of  services  which  shall  be  signed  by 
the  provider;  and 

(5)  instructions  on  enrolhnent  and  attendance  recordkeeping  require- 
ments. 

(b)  If  a  provider  speaks  a  language  other  than  English  or  is  hearing  im- 
paired, the  information  shall  be  provided  either  through  written  materials 
or  by  presentation  of  an  interpreter  in  the  language  that  the  provider  un- 
derstands. 

NOTt:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8203, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11 -2 1-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50)  . 


Article  2.5.    Receipt  of  Notification  of 

Temporary  Suspension  Order,  License 

Revocation,  or  Probation.  Notification  of 

Parents  and  Facilities 

§  1 8224.2.     Receipt  of  Notification  of  Temporary 

Suspension  or  License  Revocation  from 
Resource  and  Referral  Program.  Notification  of 
Parents  and  Facilities. 

(a)  When  an  Alternative  Payment  program  is  notified  by  the  Resource 
and  Referral  program  that  a  licensed  child  care  facility's  license  has  been 
temporarily  suspended  or  revoked,  the  Alternative  Payment  program 
shall  do  the  following  within  two  business  days  of  receiving  the  notifica- 
tion; 

( 1 )  Terminate  payment  to  the  licensed  child  care  facility  for  services 
provided  as  of  the  effective  date  of  the  temporary  suspension  or  license 
revocation.  The  facility  will  be  reimbursed  for  services  provided  prior  to 
that  date; 

(2)  Notify  the  licensed  child  care  facility  and  the  parents  funded  by  the 
Alternative  Payment  program  and  enrolled  in  the  facility  in  writing  that 
the  payment  has  been  terminated  and  the  reason  for  the  termination;  and 

(b)  To  extent  feasible,  the  Alternative  Payment  program  shall  provide 
the  notice  to  the  parent  in  the  primary  language  of  the  parent. 

(c)  The  Akemalive  Payment  program  shall  document  action  taken 
pursuant  to  subdivisions  ( I )  and  (2)  above.  The  Alternative  Payment  pro- 
gram shall  retain  the  documentation  and  make  it  available  to  the  Califor- 
nia Department  of  Education  upon  request. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8212 
and  8220,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  1596.773  and  1596.886,  Health  and  Safe- 
ty Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  2.5  (sections  18224.2-18224.4)  and  section  filed  5-6-2005  as  an 
emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  1 8).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order,  including  amendment  of  article 
heading,  section  heading  and  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  8-30-2005  and  filed 
10-1 1-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  41). 

§  18224.4.    Receipt  of  Notification  of  Probationary  Status  of 
Facility  from  Resource  and  Referral  Program. 
Notification  of  Parents  and  Facilities. 

(a)  The  regulations  contained  in  this  Subchapter  apply  to  providers  al- 
ready on  probation  as  of  January  1 ,  2005,  and  to  providers  that  are  placed 
on  probation  on  or  after  January  1,  2005. 

(b)  When  an  Alternative  Payment  program  is  notified  by  the  Resource 
and  Referral  program  that  a  facility  has  been  placed  on  probation,  the  Al- 
ternative Payment  program  shall  provide,  within  two  business  days,  writ- 


ten notice  to  the  parents  funded  by  the  Alternative  Payment  program  and 
enrolled  in  the  facility  that  the  facility  has  been  placed  on  probation  and 
that  the  parents  have  an  option  to  make  different  child  care  arrangements 
or  may  remain  with  the  facility  v/ithout  risk  of  subsidy  payments  being 
terminated. 

(c)  To  extent  feasible,  the  Alternative  Payment  program  shall  provide 
the  notice  to  the  parent  in  the  primary  language  of  the  parent. 

(d)  The  Alternative  Payment  program  shall  document  notification  pro- 
vided pursuant  to  subdivision  (bl  above.  The  Alternative  Payment  pro- 
gram shall  retain  the  documentation  and  make  it  available  to  the  Califor- 
nia Department  of  Education  upon  request. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261 .  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  82 1 2. 
Education  Code;  and  Section  1596.773,  Health  and  Safety  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2(K)5  (Register 
2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion heading  and  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  8-30-2005  and  filed  10- 1 1  -2(XJ5 
(Register  2005,  No.  41). 


Article  3.    Services  and  Payments 

§  18225.     Plan  for  Continuity  of  Service  and  Expenditures. 

The  contractor  shall  develop  and  implement  a  plan  to  ensure  that  ser- 
vices are  provided  to  families  enrolled  in  the  program  continuously 
throughout  the  contract  period. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8203, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  prinfine  error  restoring  article  3  heading  ( Register  9 1 .  No. 
29). 

§  1 8226.    Plan  for  Provider  Payments. 

The  contractor  shall  develop  and  implement  a  plan  for  timely  payment 
to  providers.  The  plan  shall  include  a  description  of  parent  fee  collection 
methods  in  accordance  with  the  policy  required  by  Section  18221  (h)  of 
this  Division. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8203 
and  8261,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18228.    Offset  of  Parent  Fees  Paid  to  Providers. 

(a)  If  the  contractor's  policy  allows  parents  to  make  direct  payments 
of  their  fees  to  the  provider,  the  provider  shall  submit  a  copy  of  the  par- 
ent's receipt  to  the  contractor. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  offset  the  amount  of  the  fee  paid  by  the  parent 
in  calculating  the  payment  due  to  the  provider. 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  report  the  amount  of  fee  collected  and  retained 
by  the  provider  as  "income  "  on  the  attendance  and  expenditure  reports 
as  specified  in  Section  18068  of  this  Division. 

(d)  The  contractor  shall  report  its  payment  to  the  provider  along  with 
the  amount  of  fees  paid  directly  by  the  parent  which  serve  in  lieu  of  pay- 
ment from  the  contractor  to  the  provider  as  "expense"  on  the  attendance 
and  expenditure  reports  as  specified  in  Section  18068  of  this  Division. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8261  and  8265,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operaUve  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18229.    Basic  Data  File;  Receipt  of  Supportive  Services. 

The  documents  required  by  Education  Code  Section  8266.5  shall  be 

maintained  in  the  family's  basic  data  file. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8266.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50) . 


Page  184.76(a) 


Register  2005,  No.  41;  10-14-2005 


§  18230 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Article  4.     Records 

§  18230.    Records  on  File  Concerning  In-Home  Service 
Providers, 

If  the  contractor's  policies  allow  payment  for  in-home  care,  the  con- 
tractor shall  maintain  in  its  file  the  following  records  concerning  in- 
home  care  providers: 

(a)  A  description  of  the  caregiver's  qualifications  and  work  experience 
obtained  during  a  personal  interview  with  the  care-giver. 

(b)  A  declaration  by  the  care  giver  that  he  or  she  is  in  good  health. 

(c)  A  signed  statement  from  the  parent  verifying  that  the  parent  has  in- 
terviewed and  approved  of  the  caregiver. 

(d)  A  California  driver's  license  number  or  other  valid  and  recognized 
form  of  identification  to  verify  that  the  caregiver  is  at  least  eighteen  ( 1 8) 
years  of  age. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8203,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  l]-2]-88:  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  printing  errorrestoring  article  4  heading  (Register  9 1 ,  No. 
29). 

§  18231.    Records  on  File  Concerning  Service  Providers. 

The  contractor  shall  maintain  in  its  files  the  following  records  con- 
cerning each  service  provider: 

(a)  A  statement  of  the  service  provider's  current  fees  with  information 
regarding  the  provider's  usual  and  customary  services  provided  for  those 
fees: 

(b)  A  statement  signed  by  the  provider  that  the  child  care  and  develop- 
ment services  being  provided  do  not  include  religious  instruction  or  wor- 
ship; 

(c)  A  document  that  contains  the  rate  and  schedule  of  payment  for  ap- 
proved services  that  is  signed  by  both  the  service  provider  and  the  con- 
tractor; 

(d)  A  copy  of  the  facility  license  that  shows  the  authorized  capacity  of 
the  facility; 

(e)  The  name,  address  and  telephone  number  of  the  service  provider; 
and 

(f)  The  age  group(s)  served  by  the  provider. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8261 
and  8266.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


Subchapter  1 1 .    Resource  and  Referral 
Program 


Article  1.    Scope  of  Subchapter 

§  1 8240.    Scope  of  Subchapter:  Applicable  Regulations. 

(a)  The  regulations  contained  in  this  subchapter  shall  apply  only  to 
contractors  funded  to  provide  Resource  and  Referral  Program  services. 

(b)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  chapter,  contractors  funded 
to  provide  Resource  and  Referral  Program  services  shall  also  comply 
with  regulations  contained  in  subchapters  1, 2,  and  15  in  whole  and  sec- 
tions 18271(a),  (c),  18274,  18277  and  18279  of  subchapter  12  of  this 
chapter. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8212, 
8213  and  8226,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  printing  errorrestoring  subchapter  1 1  and  article  1  head- 
ings (Register  91,  No.  29). 


3.  Amendment  of  article  heading,  section  heading,  section  and  NoTF.  filed 
5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  ^Register  2005.  No.  18).  A 
Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8-30-2005 
and  filed  10-1 1-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  41). 

§18240.5.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Probation"  means  the  period  of  time  that  a  licensed  child  care  fa- 
cility is  required  to  comply  with  specific  terms  and  conditions  set  forth 
by  the  California  Department  of  Social  Services  in  order  to  stay  or  post- 
pone revocation  of  the  facility's  license. 

(b)  "Revocation"  means  an  administrative  action  taken  by  the  Califor- 
nia Department  of  Social  Services  to  void  or  rescind  the  license  of  a  child 
care  facility  because  of  serious  or  chronic  violations  of  licensing  laws  or 
regulations  by  the  facility. 

(c)  "Temporary  suspension"  means  an  administrative  action  taken  by 
the  California  Department  of  Social  Services  that  immediately  suspends 
a  facility  license. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secuons  8212 
and  8226,  Education  Code:  and  Sections  1596.773,  1596.885  and  1596.886, 
Health  and  Safety  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register 
2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (c),  transmitted  to  OAL  8-30-2005  and  filed  10-11-2005  (Register 
2005,  No.  41). 


Article  2.    Resource  and  Referral  Service 

§18241.    Service  Area. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  identify  in  its  application  for  funding  the  spe- 
cific geographical  area  in  which  the  contractor  proposes  to  operate  refer- 
ral services. 

(b)  The  proposed  service  area  shall  be  approved  by  the  Child  Develop- 
ment Division. 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  not  provide  resource  and  referral  services  out- 
side of  its  approved  service  area. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8212, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  printing  error  restoring  article  2  heading  (Register  91,  No. 
29). 

§  18242.    No  Fees  Charged  for  Referral  Services. 

The  contractor  shall  not  charge  a  fee  for  resource  and  referral  services 
funded  by  the  State  Department  of  Education  except  for  the  recovery  of 
printing  and  duplication  costs,  the  costs  of  damaged  or  lost  materials 
from  the  lending  library  or  late  fees.  This  does  not  preclude  contractors 
from  entering  into  separate  contracts  for  resource  and  referral  services 
with  other  entities  such  as  cities,  counties  or  private  industry  which  may 
allow  for  the  collection  of  fees  for  the  service  provided. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8214, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 

§  1 8243.    Resources  Available  for  Service  Providers. 

The  contractor  shall  contact  each  licensed  facility  in  the  contractor's 
service  area  at  least  annually  to  inform  the  provider  of  the  available  re- 
sources provided  by  the  contractor. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfions  8212 
and  8214,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18244.    Written  Referral  Policies. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  develop  and  implement  written  referral  poli- 
cies. 


• 


Page  184.76(b) 


Register  2005,  No.  41;  10-14-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18249 


• 


(h)  The  written  referral  policies  shall  include  the  lollowing  informa- 
tion: 

(1)  A  statement  that  referral  services  are  available  to  all  persons  re- 
questing them  regardless  of  income  level  or  other  eligibility  require- 
ments; 

(2)  A  statement  that  information  received  from  the  parent(s)  is  confi- 
dential; and 

(3)  The  conditions  under  which  referrals  to  a  provider  may  be  discon- 
tinued. 

(c)  The  written  referral  policies  shall  be  available  to  parents  and  pro- 
viders upon  request. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8212 
and  8214.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Chanee  without  regulatory  effect  correctine  formatting  errors  filed  10-1 1-2005 
(Regi'ster2005,  No.  41). 

§  18245.    Maximizing  Parental  Choice. 

The  contractor  shall  assist  parents  in  choosing  child  care  services  by 
providing  parents  with  the  following; 

(a)  Information  regarding  how  to  select  child  care  services  which  will 
meet  the  needs  of  the  parent(s)  and  the  child(ren). 

(b)  A  range  of  possible  child  care  alternatives  from  which  the  parents 
may  choose. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8212 
and  8214,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18246.    Confidentiality  of  Information. 

The  use  or  disclosure  of  information  pertaining  to  the  child  or  the 
child's  family  shall  be  restricted  to  purposes  directly  related  to  the  admin- 
istration of  the  program.  Data  collection  and  dissemination  of  informa- 
tion shall  be  handled  in  such  a  manner  as  to  ensure  confidentiality  of  the 
names  and  addresses  of  individual  clients. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8203 
and  8261,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§18247.    Complaint  Procedures. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  develop  and  implement  written  complaint  pro- 
cedures which  specify; 

(1)  The  procedures  for  the  documentation  and  resolution  of  com- 
plaints; and 

(2)  The  procedures  for  referring  reports  of  licensing  violations  to  ap- 
propriate agencies. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261 ,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8203 
and  8212,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18248.    Removal  from  Referral  List;  Notification  of 

Temporary  Suspension,  License  Revocation, 
or  Probation. 

(a)  If  the  contractor  is  notified  by  the  California  Department  of  Social 
Services  that  a  child  care  facility  has  been  issued  a  temporary  suspension 


order,  had  its  license  revoked,  or  has  been  placed  on  probation,  the  con- 
tractor shall,  within  two  business  days; 

(1)  Remove  that  facility  from  the  referral  list; 

(2)  Notify  the  following  entities  within  the  contractor's  juri.sdiction 
that  a  particular  facility  has  been  given  a  temporary  suspension,  had  its 
license  revoked,  or  has  been  placed  on  probation; 

(A)  Alternative  Payment  programs  that  operate  under  article  3  o\'  the 
Education  Code,  commencing  with  section  8220; 

(B)  CalWORKs  child  care  and  development  programs  that  operate  un- 
der article  15.5  of  the  Education  Code,  commencing  with  section  8350, 
including  county  welfare  departments  that  operate  child  care  and  devel- 
opment programs  for  families  participating  in  CalWORKs  Stage  I . 

(3)  The  contractor  shall  notify  the  facility  in  writing  that  referrals  have 
been  discontinued.  The  notice  shall  include  the  reason(s)  for  the  decision 
and  shall  inform  the  facility  of  the  California  Department  of  Social  Ser- 
vices' process  for  appealing. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  documient  action  taken  pursuant  to  subdivision 
(a)  above.  The  contractor  shall  retain  the  documentation  and  make  it 
available  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  upon  request. 
Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8203, 
8212  and  8226,  Education  Code;  and  Section  1596.853,  Health  and  Safety  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  and  new  section  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No. 
1 8).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-^-2005  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion heading  and  section,  transmitted  to  OAL  8-30-2005  and  filed  10-11  -2005 
(Register  2005,  No.  41). 

§  1 8249.    Reinstatement  of  Provider  or  Facility  at 
Conclusion  of  Probation  or  Temporary 
Suspension. 

(a)  The  California  Department  of  Social  Services  shall  notify  the  con- 
tractor of  the  final  resolution  of  any  action  about  which  notification  is 
provided  pursuant  to  section  18248(a)  above. 

(b)  When  the  California  Dep;artment  of  Social  Services  informs  the 
contractor  that  the  facility  is  no  longer  on  probation,  or  that  the  temporary 
suspension  of  the  facility  license  has  been  lifted  without  revocation,  the 
contractor  shall  return  the  facility  to  the  referral  list  within  two  business 
days  and  resume  referrals  to  that  facility,  except  when  the  facility  is  sub- 
ject to  conditions  under  which  referrals  to  the  facility  may  be  discontin- 
ued, pursuant  to  section  18244(b)(3). 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  document  action  taken  pursuant  to  subdivi- 
sions (a)  and  (b)  above.  The  contractor  shall  retain  the  documentation  and 
make  it  available  to  the  Cahfornia  Department  of  Education  upon  re- 
quest. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Eiducation  Code.  Reference:  Sections  82 1 2 
and  8226,  Education  Code;  and  Section  1596.853,  Health  and  Safety  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register 
2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  8-30-20135  and  filed  10-11  -2005  (Register  2005,  No. 
41). 


[The  next  page  is  184.77.] 


Page  184.76(c) 


Register  2005,  No.  41;  10- 14-2005 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18273 


• 


Subchapter  12.    Program  Quality 


• 


• 


Article  1 .     Scope  of  Chapter 


§  1 8270.    Scope  of  Chapter. 

Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  division,  all  contractors  shall 
comply  with  the  requirements  of  this  chapter. 

NOTFi:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  bducalion  Code.  Reference:  Section  8203, 
Rducation  Code. 

History 

1.  New  .section  filed  1 1-21-88:  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2,  Editorial  coirection  of  printing  error  restoring  subchapter  12  and  article  1  head- 
ings (Register  9 1 .  No.  29). 


Article  2.    General  Program  Requirements 


§18270.5.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Agency  Self-Evaluation  Report"  is  a  form  issued  by  the  depart- 
ment in  February  2002.  that  is  incorporated  by  reference. 

(b)  "Developmental  profile"  means  a  record  of  a  child's  physical,  cog- 
nitive, social,  and  emotional  development  that  is  used  to  inform  teachers 
and  parents  about  a  child's  developmental  progress  in  meeting  desired 
results.  In  center-based  programs,  teacher  and  parent  observations  shall 
be  included  as  part  of  the  information  used  to  complete  the  child's  devel- 
opmental profile.  In  family  child  care  home  networks,  the  observations 
of  agency  staff,  in  consultation  with  providers,  and  parents  shall  be  in- 
cluded as  part  of  the  information  used  to  complete  the  child's  develop- 
mental profile. 

(c)  "Desired  Results  Developmental  Profile"  is  a  document  issued  by 
the  department  February  28,  2002  to  record  the  information  in  the  devel- 
opmental profile  defined  in  subsection  18270.5(b),  that  is  incorporated 
by  reference. 

(d)  "Desired  Results  Parent  Survey"  is  a  document  issued  by  the  de- 
partment in  June  2000,  that  is  incorporated  by  reference. 

(e)  "Education  program"  means  the  environment,  activities,  and  ser- 
vices provided  to  the  children. 

(f)  "Environment  rating  scale"  means  an  instrument  that  measures 
program  quality  by  rating  the  education  program  as  defined  in  Section 
18273,  the  staff  development  program  as  defined  in  Section  18274,  and 
parent  involvement  and  education  as  defined  in  Section  1 8275.  Environ- 
ment rating  scales  include  one  or  more  of  the  following: 

( 1 )  "ECERS-R"  means  the  document  entitled.  Early  Childhood  Envi- 
ronment Rating  Scale,  Revised  Edition.  1998,  that  is  incorporated  by  ref- 
erence. 

(2)  "ITERS"  means  the  document  entitled.  Infant-Toddler  Environ- 
ment Rating  Scale.  1990,  that  is  incorporated  by  reference. 

(3)  "FDCRS"  means  the  document  entitled.  Family  Day  Care  Rating 
Scale.  1989.  that  is  incorporated  by  reference. 

(4)  "SACERS"  means  the  document  entitled.  School-Age  Care  Envi- 
ronment Rating  Scale,  1996,  that  is  incorporated  by  reference. 

(g)  "Parent  involvement  and  education"  means  those  acfivities  specifi- 
cally designed  to  include  parents  in  the  education  of  their  children,  help 
parents  participate  in  the  program,  and  enhance  their  understanding  of 
child  development. 

(h)  "Parent  survey"  means  a  questionnaire  completed  by  the  parent  to 
assess  the  child  care  program  or  services  that  the  child  and  family  receive. 
The  parent  survey  asks  for  information  about  how  the  program  helps  par- 
ents support  their  child's  learning  and  development  and  meets  the  fami- 
ly's needs. 

(i)  "Program  se/f-eva/uation  process"  means  those  activities  and  pro- 
cedures used  by  the  contractor  to  evaluate  its  program  quality  and  com- 
pliance with  applicable  laws,  regulafions,  and  contractual  provisions. 


(J)  "Staff  development  program"  means  those  activities  that  address 
the  needs,  interests,  and  skills  of  program  staff  or  service  providers  to  im- 
prove program  quality. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  820.^ 
and  8261.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  9-2.V2()0.^;  operative  9-2.^-20(B  pursuant  to  Go\ernmenl 

Code  section  11 34.^.4  (Register  2003,  No.  39). 

§  18271.    Program  Philosophy,  Goals  and  Objectives. 

(a)  Each  conlracior  shall  have  a  written  philosophical  statement  and 
goals  and  objectives  which  support  that  philosophy.  The  governing  body 
of  each  contractor  shall  approve  the  program  philosophy,  goals  and  ob- 
jectives. 

(b)  The  goals  and  objectives  shall  address  the  requirements  contained 
in  all  of  the  sections  in  this  article. 

(c)  The  goals  and  objectives  shall  reflect  the  cultural  and  linguistic 
characteristics  of  the  families  served  by  the  contractor. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8203 
and  8261.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  printing  error  restoring  article  2  heading  ( Register  9 1 .  No. 
29). 

§18272.     Developmental  Profile. 

(a)  Center-based  and  Family  Child  Care  Home  Education  Network 
contractors  shall  complete  the  age-appropriate  Desired  Results  Devel- 
opmental Profile,  as  defined  in  subdivision  1 8270.5(c)  of  this  chapter,  for 
each  child  who  is  enrolled  in  the  program  for  at  least  10  hours  per  week. 

(b)  The  Desired  Results  Developmental  Profile  required  in  subdivi- 
sion (a)  shall  be  completed  for  each  child  within  60  calendar  days  of  en- 
rollment and  at  least  once  every  six  months  for  infants,  toddlers,  pre- 
schoolers and  school-age  children. 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  use  the  developmental  profiles  to  plan  and 
conduct  age  and  developmentally  appropriate  activities. 

(d)  If  a  child  has  exceptional  needs,  the  developmental  profile  shall  be 
completed  with  any  necessary  accommodafions  and  adaptations.  Not- 
withstanding subdivision  (a),  a  developmental  profile  is  required  for  a 
child  with  excepfional  needs  even  if  that  child  is  enrolled  less  than  10 
hours  per  week. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8203, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .SO). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-23-2003;  operative  9-23-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1 .3434  (Register  2003,  No.  39). 

3.  Amendment  filed  7-16-2008;  operative  8-15-2008  (Register  2008.  No.  29). 

§18273.     Education  Program. 

(a)  The  standards  for  the  child  development  and  education  program 
component  shall  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  following: 

(1)  The  program  approach  is  developmentally.  linguistically,  and  cul- 
turally appropriate. 

(2)  The  program  is  inclusive  of  children  with  special  needs. 

(3)  The  program  encourages  respect  for  the  feelings  and  rights  of  oth- 
ers. 

(4)  The  program  supports  children's  social  and  emotional  develop- 
ment by: 

(A)  Building  trust; 

(B)  Planning  roufines  and  transifions  so  they  can  occur  in  a  timely,  pre- 
dictable, and  unhurried  manner;  and 

(C)  Helping  children  develop  emotional  security  and  facility  in  social 
relafionships. 

(5)  The  program  provides  for  the  development  of  each  child's  cogni- 
five  and  language  skills  by: 

(A)  Using  various  strategies,  including  experimentation,  inquiry,  ob- 
servafion,  play,  and  explorafion; 

(B)  Ensuring  opportunifies  for  creative  self-expression  through  acti- 
vifies  such  as  art,  music,  movement,  and  dialogue; 


Page  184.77 


Register  2008,  No.  29;  7  - 1 8  -  2008 


§  18274 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(C)  Promoting  interaction  and  language  use  among  children  and  be- 
tween children  and  adults;  and 

(D)  Supporting  emerging  literacy  and  numeracy  development. 

(6)  The  program  promotes  each  child's  physical  development  by  pro- 
viding sufficient  time,  indoor  and  outdoor  space,  equipment,  materials, 
and  guidelines  for  active  play  and  movement. 

(7)  The  program  promotes  and  maintains  practices  that  are  healthy  and 
safe. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8203. 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88:  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  printing  error  in  subsection  (c)  (Register  91,  No.  29). 

?>.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  9-2.3-2003:  operative  9-23-2003  pursuant  to 
Government  Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  39). 

§18274.    Staff  Development  Program. 

Each  contractor  shall  develop  and  implement  a  staff  development  pro- 
gram that  includes  the  following: 

(a)  Identification  of  training  needs  of  staff  or  service  providers; 

(b)  Written  job  descriptions; 

(c)  An  orientation  plan  for  new  employees; 

(d)  An  annual  written  performance  evaluation  procedure  unless  a  dif- 
ferent frequency  of  performance  evaluations  is  specified  in  a  contractor's 
collective  bargaining  agreement  with  their  employees; 

(e)  Staff  development  opportunities  that  include  topics  related  to  the 
functions  specified  in  each  employee's  job  description  and  those  training 
needs  identified  by  the  contractor  pursuant  to  subsection  (a)  of  this  sec- 
tion. 

(f)  An  internal  communication  system  that  provides  each  staff  mem- 
ber with  the  information  necessary  to  carry  out  his  or  her  assigned  duties. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8203, 
8208,  8244,  8261  and  8360.1,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph,  subsection  (e)  and  Note  filed  9-23-2003;  op- 
erative 9-23-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register 
2003,  No.  39). 

§  18275.    Parent  Involvement  and  Education. 

(a)  Each  contractor  shall  include  in  its  program  a  parent  involvement 
and  education  component. 

(b)  The  parent  involvement  and  education  component  shall  include  the 
following: 

( 1 )  An  orientation  for  parents  that  includes  topics  such  as  program  phi- 
losophy, program  goals  and  objectives,  program  activities,  eligibility  cri- 
teria and  priorities  for  enrollment,  fee  requirements,  and  due  process  pro- 
cedures; 

(2)  At  least  two  (2)  individual  conferences  with  the  parent(s)  per  year. 
For  school  age  programs,  such  conferences  may  be  informal; 

(3)  Parent  meetings  with  program  staff. 

(4)  An  open  door  policy  that  encourages  parents  to  participate  in  the 
daily  activities  whenever  possible;  and 

(5)  A  parent  Advisory  Committee  that  advises  the  contractor  on  issues 
related  to  services  to  families  and  children. 

(c)  Sharing  information  between  staff  and  parents  concerning  their 
child's  progress. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8203 
and  8261,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  filed  9-23-2003;  operative  9-23-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  ]  1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  39). 

§18276.    Health  and  Social  Services. 

(a)  Each  contractor  shall  include  in  its  program  a  health  and  social  ser- 
vice component  that: 

( 1 )  Identifies  the  needs  of  the  child  and  the  family  for  health  or  social 
services; 


(2)  Refers  a  child  and/or  family  to  appropriate  agencies  in  the  commu- 
nity based  on  the  health  or  social  service  needs;  and 

(3)  Conducts  follow-up  procedures  with  the  parent  to  ensure  that  the 
needs  have  been  met. 

NoTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8203 
and  826 1 ,  Education  Code. 

History 

1,  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§18277.    Community  Involvement. 

Each  contractor  shall  include  in  its  program  a  community  involvement 
component  which  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  the  following: 

(a)  Each  contractor  shall  solicit  support  from  the  community.  This  in- 
cludes the  solicitation  of  donated  goods  and  services. 

(b)  Providing  information  to  the  community  regarding  the  services 
available.  Contractors  may  utilize  media  or  other  forms  of  communica- 
tion in  the  community. 

NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8203 
and  8261,  Education  Code. 

History 
i.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  printing  error  (Register  91,  No.  29). 

§18278.    Nutrition. 

(a)  Each  contractor  shall  include  in  its  program  a  nutrition  component 
that  ensures  that  the  children  have  nutritious  meals  and  snacks  during  the 
time  in  which  they  are  in  the  program. 

(b)  The  meals  and  snacks  shall  be  culturally  and  developmentally  ap- 
propriate for  the  children  being  served  and  shall  meet  the  nutritional  re- 
quirements specified  by  the  federal  Child  Care  Food  or  the  National 
School  Lunch  program. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Sections  8203 
and  8261,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18279.     Program  Self-Evaluation  Process. 

(a)  Each  contractor  shall  develop  and  implement  an  annual  plan  for  its 
program  self-evaluation  process. 

(b)  The  annual  plan  shall  include  the  following: 

(1 )  A  self-evaluation  based  on  the  use  of  the  CCR,  as  defined  in  sub- 
section 18023(a)(2)  of  this  Chapter. 

(2)  An  assessment  of  the  program  by  parents  using  the  Desired  Results 
Parent  Survey,  as  defined  in  subsection  18270.5(d)  of  this  Chapter. 

(3)  An  assessment  of  the  program  by  staff  and  board  members  as  evi- 
denced by  written  documentation. 

(4)  An  analysis  of  the  CCR  findings,  including  the  Desired  Results  De- 
velopmental Profiles,  the  environment  rating  scales,  and  the  Desired  Re- 
sults Parent  Survey,  each  of  which  are  defined  in  Section  18270.5  of  this 
Chapter;  together  with  all  other  self-evaluation  findings. 

(5)  A  written  list  of  tasks  needed  to  modify  the  program  in  order  to  ad- 
dress all  areas  that  need  improvement,  as  indicated  in  the  analysis  speci- 
fied in  subsection  (b)(4). 

(6)  Procedures  for  the  ongoing  monitoring  of  the  program  to  assure 
that  areas  of  the  program  that  are  satisfactory  continue  to  meet  standards, 
and  areas  requiring  modification  pursuant  to  subsection  (b)(5)  are  ad- 
dressed in  a  timely  and  effective  manner. 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  use  the  Agency  Self-Evaluation  Report,  as  de- 
fined in  subsection  18270.5(a)  of  this  Chapter,  to  submit  a  summary  of 
the  findings  of  the  program  self-evaluation  to  the  California  Department 
of  Education  by  June  1  of  each  year. 

(d)  The  contractor  shall  modify  its  program  to  address  any  areas  identi- 
fied during  the  self-evaluation  as  needing  improvement. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8203 
and  8261,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


• 


• 


Page  184.78 


Itegister  2008,  No.  29;  7-18-2008 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18301 


2.  Amendment  of  section  heading  and  section  filed  9-23-2003;  operative 
9-23-2003  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2003,  No. 
39). 

§  18280.     Parent  Survey. 

(a)  Each  contractor  shall  annually  distribute  the  Desired  Results  Par- 
ent Survey,  as  defined  in  subsection  18270.5(d)  of  this  Chapter,  to  par- 
ents; collect  the  surveys  from  parents;  and  analyze  the  results. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  use  the  parent  survey  results  to  plan  and  con- 
duct activities  to  help  parents  support  their  child's  learning  and  develop- 
ment and  to  tncet  the  family's  needs. 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  use  the  results  and  analysis  of  the  parent  survey 
as  part  of  its  annual  self-evaluation  process. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8203, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  9-23-2003;  operative  9-23-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  39). 

§  1 8281 .     Environment  Rating  Scales. 

(a)  Center-based  programs  and  family  child  care  home  networks  shall 
complete  an  environment  rating  scale  as  defined  in  subsection  18270.5(f) 
of  this  Chapter,  that  is  appropriate  for  the  type  of  setting  and  age  of  chil- 
dren served,  to  measure  program  quality: 

( 1 )  Every  three  (3)  years  as  part  of  the  program  compliance  review; 
and 

(2)  Annually  as  part  of  the  self-evaluation  process. 

(b)  For  each  environment  rating  scale  completed,  the  contractor  shall 
achieve  a  minimum  average  score  of  "Good"  on  each  subscale. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8203, 
Education  Code. 

History 
I.  New  section  filed  9-23-2003;  operative  9-23-2003  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2003,  No.  39). 


Subchapter  13.    Staffing  Ratios 

§  18290.    Staffing  Ratios  for  Child  Care  and  Development 
Programs. 

Contractors  shall  maintain  at  least  the  following  minimum  ratios  in  all 
centers: 

(a)  Infants  (birth  to  18  months  old)-l:3  adult-child  ratio,  1:18  tea- 
cher-child ratio. 

(b)  Toddlers  ( 1 8  months  to  36  months  old)- 1 :4  adult-child  ratio,  1:16 
teacher-child  ratio. 

(c)  Preschool  (36  months  to  enrolltnent  in  kindergarten-l:8  adult- 
child  ratio,  1 :24  teacher  child  ratio. 

(d)  Children  enrolled  in  kindergarten  through  1 4  years  old-1 ;  1 4  adult- 
child  ratio,  1:28  teacher-child  ratio. 

(e)  Compliance  with  these  ratios  shall  be  determined  based  on  actual 
attendance. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Section  8288,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Section  8288, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  printing  error  restoring  subchapter  1 3  heading  (Register 
91,  No.  29). 

§  1 8291 .    Commingling  of  Age  Categories. 

(a)  Whenever  groups  of  children  of  two  (2)  age  categories  are  com- 
mingled and  the  younger  age  group  exceeds  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  the 
total  number  of  children  present,  the  ratios  for  the  entire  group  must  meet 
the  ratios  required  for  the  younger  age  group. 

(b)  If  the  younger  age  group  does  not  exceed  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  the 
total  number  of  the  children  present,  the  teacher-child  and  adult-child 
ratios  shall  be  computed  separately  for  each  group. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Section  8288,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Section  8288, 
Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


§  18292.    Staffing  Ratio  Variance. 

Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Division  or  Title  22  California 
Code  of  Regulations,  Community  care  Licensing  Standards  the  program 
may  exceed  teacher-child  and  adult-child  ratios  prescribed  by  Section 
18290  by  fifteen  percent  (15%)  for  a  period  of  time  not  to  exceed  one 
hundred  twenty  (120)  minutes  in  any  one  day. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Section  8288,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8288, 
Education  Code. 

FllSTORY 
].  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  .50). 


Subchapter  14.    Waiver  of  Qualifications  for 
Site  Supervisor 

§  18295.    Waiver  of  Qualifications  for  Site  Supervisor; 
Conditions. 

(a)  The  Child  Development  Division  shall  grant  a  waiver  of  Education 
Code  section  8208(z)  upon  a  contractor's  demonstration  of  the  existence 
of  compelling  need.  Factors  the  Child  Development  Division  shall  con- 
sider in  determining  compelling  need  are  as  follows: 

(1)  Evidence  that  the  contractor's  recruitment  efforts  have  not  be 
successful  in  obtaining  qualified  applicants; 

(2)  Evidence  of  the  contractor's  inability  to  offer  competitive  salaries; 

(3)  Evidence  of  potential  or  current  staffs  lack  of  reasonable  access  to 
training  resources  which  offer  required  course  work. 

(b)  A  waiver  may  be  granted  if  the  contractor  can  provide  evidence  of 
either  (a)(1),  (2)  or  (3)  of  this  section. 

(c)  Waivers  granted  shall  remain  in  effect  for  the  period  of  time  speci- 
fied by  the  Child  Development  Division. 

(d)  The  site  supervisor  shall,  at  a  minimum,  meet  the  qualifications 
specified  in  fitle  22  California  Code  of  Regulafions,  Community  Care  Li- 
censing Standards  for  "program  director." 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8208(z)  and  8287,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  printing  error  restoring  subchapter  14  heading  (Register 
91,  No.  29). 


Subchapter  15.    Appeal  and  Dispute 
Resolution  Procedures 

§  1 8300.    Scope  of  Chapter. 

The  regulations  in  this  Chapter  apply  to  all  agencies  contracting  with 
the  State  Department  of  Educafion  for  provision  of  services  pursuant  to 
the  Child  Care  and  Development  Services  Act  Chapter  2  Part  6  of  Title 
1  of  the  California  Educafion  Code  (commencing  with  Secfion  8200). 
Note:  Authority  cited;  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Sections  8401 
and  8402,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18301.    Termination,  Suspension,  and  Major  Reductions 
in  Contract. 

(a)  Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Education  Code  sections  8400 
through  8409,  an  independent  appeal  procedure  shall  be  available  to  any 
contractor  whose  contract  is  terminated  or  suspended,  or  whose  total  re- 
imbursable contract  amount  is  reduced  by  four  percent  (4%)  or  $25,(X)0, 
whichever  is  less. 

(b)  Such  appeals  shall  be  heard  by  independent  hearing  officers  in  ac- 
cordance with  procedures  established  by  the  Office  of  Administrative 
Hearings  as  specified  in  Title  I  California  Code  of  Regulations,  Sections 
201  through  207. 

(c)  Termination  or  suspension  of  a  contract  during  the  contract  period 
may  occur  when: 

( 1 )  A  contractor  fails  to  correct  items  of  fiscal  or  programmatic  non- 
compliance within  six  (6)  months  of  receiving  a  condiuonal  contract 


Page  184.79 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  18302 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


which  includes  an  addendum  stating  the  specific  items  of  noncompliance 
and  the  corrective  actions  necessary  to  come  into  compliance;  or 

(2)  A  contractor  engages  in  serious  misconduct  posing  an  immediate 
threat  to  health  and  safety  or  to  State  funds  for  any  of  the  reasons  listed 
in  Education  Code  section  8406.7;  or 

(3)  A  contractor  fails  or  refuses  to  make  available  for  examination  or 
copying  by  an  authorized  employee  of  the  Department  any  records  or 
documents  that  the  contractor  is  required  to  retain  pursuant  to  this  Divi- 
sion, upon  a  request  by  that  employee  to  examine  or  copy  such  records 
or  documents;  or 

(4)  A  contractor  refuses  to  permit  an  authorized  employee  of  the  De- 
partment to  enter  a  facility  operated  by  the  contractor  during  the  days 
and/or  hours  of  operation  on  file  with  the  Department,  for  the  purpose  of 
reviewing  administrative  operations  of  the  contractor  or  for  observing 
child  care  and  development  services  provided  by  the  contractor  pursuant 
to  this  Division. 

(d)  Any  action  by  the  Child  Development  Division  to  terminate  or  sus- 
pend a  contract  or  to  reduce  the  total  reimbursable  contract  amount,  as 
stated  in  Education  Code  section  8402(a)  through  (c),  shall  be  preceded 
by  a  notice  stating  the  specific  reasons  for  the  action  and  describing  the 
contractor's  appeal  rights. 

(e)  Unless  the  termination  or  suspension  is  for  reason(s)  specified  in 
Subsection  (c)  (2)  above,  the  contractor  may  continue  to  operate  during 
the  appeal  process. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8400-8409,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  1 0-21-2002  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  10-21-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-18-2003  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-21-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-10-2003  and  filed  2-24-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  9). 

§  18302.    Contractor's  Responsibility  After  Notice  of 

Termination  or  Notice  of  Decision  to  Make  No 
Offer  of  Continued  Funding. 

After  receiving  notice  of  the  Child  Development  Division's  decision 
to  terminate  the  contract  or  to  make  no  offer  of  continued  funding,  the 
contractor  shall  submit  copies  to  or  make  available  for  copying  by  the 
Child  Development  Division  all  of  the  following: 

(a)  A  current  inventory  of  equipment  purchased  in  whole  or  in  part 
with  contract  funds; 

(b)  The  names,  addresses  and  telephone  numbers  of  all  families  served 
by  the  contract,  all  staff  members  funded  by  the  contract;  and 

(c)  Monthly  enrollment  and  attendance  reports  until  the  contract  is  ac- 
tually terminated  or  until  the  final  month  for  which  the  contractor  retains 
a  contract. 

(d)  Family  child  care  home  contractors  and  Alternative  Payment  pro- 
grams shall  also  submit  the  names,  addresses  and  telephone  numbers  of 
all  providers  of  subsidized  services  under  the  contract. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8261 
and  8402,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  6-5-2001  as  an  emer- 
gency; operafive  6-5-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-3-2001  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-5-200 1  order  transmitted  to  OAL  10-2-2001 
and  filed  1 1-6-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 

§  18303.    Administrative  Review  of  Changes  in  Contract 
Status. 

(a)  Contract  performance  shall  be  reviewed  at  least  annually  by  Child 
Development  Division  staff  who  shall  determine  by  April  1  of  each  year 
whether  to  offer  continued  funding  on  a  clear  contract,  continued  funding 
on  a  conditional  basis  or  to  make  no  offer  of  continued  funding. 


(b)  1  f  the  staff  recommends  conditional  status  or  no  offer  of  continued 
fund-ing,  the  contractor  shall  be  notified  in  writing  of  the  reasons  for  the 
proposed  change  in  contract  status  by  April  7.  The  notice  of  proposed  ac- 
tion shall  be  sufficiently  specific  to  allow  the  contractor  to  respond  to  the 
factual  basis  for  the  proposed  action. 

(c)  if  the  contractor  disagrees  with  the  proposed  action: 

( 1 )  The  contractor's  response  shall  be  received  by  the  Child  Develop- 
ment Division  within  ten  (10)  calendar  days  of  receipt  of  the  notice  of 
proposed  action: 

(2)  The  contractor's  response  shall  include  any  written  materials  in 
support  of  its  position;  and 

(3)  If  the  contractor  intends  to  make  an  oral  presentation,  the  response 
shall  so  specify. 

(d)  If  the  action  is  being  appealed,  the  staff  recommendation  and  the 
contractor's  response  shall  be  reviewed  by  an  administrative  review  pan- 
el convened  by  the  Director  of  the  Child  Development  Division  within 
seven  (7)  calendar  days  of  receipt  of  the  contractor's  response.  The  re- 
view panel  will  consist  of  representatives  of  Child  Development  Divi- 
sion management  and  the  State  Department  of  Education's  Local  Assis- 
tance Bureau,  Legal  Office,  Office  of  External  Audits  and  Contracts 
Office  and  a  representative  of  a  child  care  and  development  service  pro- 
vider familiar  with  the  type(s)  of  program(s)  operated  by  the  contractor. 
Upon  review  of  the  written  submissions,  the  panel  will  do  one  of  the  fol- 
lowing: 

(1)  Issue  a  final  decision  holding  or  modifying  the  proposed  change 
in  status  if  no  oral  presentation  has  been  requested;  or 

(2)  Schedule  a  time  and  place  for  an  oral  presentation  by  the  contrac- 
tor. 

(3)  Issue  a  final  decision  to  not  change  the  contract  status. 

(e)  If  an  oral  presentation  has  been  requested,  the  contractor  will  be  no- 
tified by  telephone  of  the  time  and  place  of  the  presentation.  The  oral  pre- 
sentation will  be  scheduled  no  later  than  fourteen  (14)  calendar  days  from 
receipt  of  the  contractor's  response. 

(f)  At  the  oral  presentation,  the  contractor  or  the  contractor's  represen- 
tative will  have  an  opportunity  to  explain  any  material  submitted  in  its 
response.  While  the  contractor  may  present  any  information  or  argu- 
ments that  are  relevant  to  the  proposed  action,  the  review  panel  may  set 
reasonable  limits  on  the  scope  of  the  presentation. 

(g)  Within  seven  (7)  calendar  days  after  the  oral  presentation,  the  re- 
view panel  shall  issue  and  mail  to  the  contractor  a  decision  upholding, 
reversing  or  modifying  the  proposed  change  in  contract  status.  The  deci- 
sion of  the  review  panel  shall  be  the  final  action  of  the  State  Department 
of  Education  with  regard  to  that  contract. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8406 
and  8406.6,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18304.    Conditional  Status  Imposed  During  the  Contract 
Period. 

(a)  If  the  contractor  demonstrates  fiscal  or  programmatic  noncom- 
pliance during  the  contract  period,  based  on  such  informafion  as  an  annu- 
al audit  report,  a  contract  compliance  review,  a  program  quality  review, 
or  a  change  in  licensing  status,  the  Child  Development  Division  may 
place  the  contract  on  conditional  contract  status  for  the  remainder  of  the 
contract  period. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  receive  notice  and  may  request  an  administra- 
tive review  of  the  proposed  action  as  set  forth  in  Section  18303  of  this 
Division,  in  the  event  such  a  change  in  contract  status  is  recommended 
by  staff  of  the  Child  Development  Division. (c)  if  the  contract  is  placed 
on  conditional  status  during  the  last  ninety  (90)  days  of  the  contract  peri- 
od and  the  contractor  is  offered  continued  funding,  the  contract  for  the 
subsequent  contract  period  will  also  be  on  condiUonal  status. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
8406.6,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  11-21-88;  operafive  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 


• 


Page  184.80 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18400 


§  18305.    Conditional  Status  Addendum. 

A  condiiional  status  contract  shall  contain  a  bill  of  particulars  speci- 
fied in  Education  Code  Section  8406.6  called  a  Conditional  Status  Ad- 
dendum explain-ing  the  contract  conditions.  The  Addendum  shall  in- 
clude the  following: 

(a)  The  specific  item(s)  of  noncompliance  which  the  contractor  must 
correct; 

(b)  The  specific  corrective  action(s)  which  must  be  taken: 

(c)  The  time  period  within  which  the  contractor  must  complete  the  cor- 
rections; 

(d)  Notice  that  failure  to  make  required  corrections  will  result  in  termi- 
nation of  the  contract  or  no  offer  of  continued  funding. 

(e)  If  the  contractor  is  placed  on  conditional  status  during  the  contract 
period: 

( 1 )  A  Conditional  Status  Addendum  will  be  issued  by  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Education  and 

(2)  The  Conditional  Status  Addendum  shall  be  considered  a  part  of  the 
annual  child  development  contract  and  binding  on  the  contractor. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Section 
8406.6,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  tiled  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18306.    Monthly  Reports;  Inventory  of  Equipment. 

A  contractor  on  conditional  contract  status  shall  submit: 

(a)  Monthly  enrollment  and  attendance  reports  to  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Education,  Local  Assistance  Bureau. 

(b)  The  first  monthly  report  shall  include  a  current  inventory  of  equip- 
ment purchased  in  whole  or  in  part  with  contract  funds. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
8406.6,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 

§  18307.    Duration  of  Conditional  Contract  Status. 

(a)  A  contractor  shall  remain  on  conditional  contract  status  until  the 
contractor  has  corrected  deficiencies  and/or  has  met  requirements  identi- 
fied in  the  Conditional  Status  Addendum. 

(b)  A  contractor  with  a  repayment  plan  shall  remain  on  conditional 
contract  status  until  full  repayment  is  made. 

(c)  A  contractor  on  conditional  contract  status  that  is  not  on  a  repay- 
ment plan  shall  remain  in  that  status  until: 

( 1 )  the  State  Department  of  Education  issues  written  notice  to  the  con- 
tractor that  the  conditional  status  has  been  cleared;  or 

(2)  the  contractor  is  issued  a  clear  contract;  or 

(3)  the  contract  terminates  according  to  its  terms. 

(d)  A  contractor  may  request  written  verification  from  the  Child  De- 
velopment Division  that  some  of  the  deficiencies  have  been  corrected 
even  if  the  contractor  will  not  be  removed  from  conditional  contract  sta- 
tus. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
8406.6,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1  -89  (Register  88,  No.  50). 

§  18308.    Resolution  of  Contract  Administration  Disputes. 

(a)  The  procedure  specified  in  this  Section  shall  be  used  to  resolve  dis- 
putes between  contractors  and  the  State  Department  of  Education  that 
may  arise  regarding  the  interpretation  and  application  of  any  term  or  con- 
dition of  a  contract,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  requests  for  waivers, 
approval  of  subcontracts  or  expenditures  requiring  approval,  requests  for 
reimbursement  rate  adjustments,  or  reductions  in  the  total  amount  of  con- 
tract reimbursement  that  are  not  appealable  under  Section  18301  of  this 
Division. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  attempt  to  resolve  contract  disputes  at  the  low- 
est staff  level  within  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

(c)  if  the  dispute  is  not  resolved  at  the  lowest  staff  level,  the  contractor 
may  appeal  the  decision  by  submitting  a  written  description  of  the  issues 


and  the  basis  for  the  dispute  to  the  Regional  Administrator  of  the  Child 
Development  Division  having  Jurisdiction  over  the  contractor's  service 
delivery  area.  Tlie  Regional  Administrator  shall  make  a  determination 
and  shall  send  a  written  notification  of  the  decision  to  the  contractor,  to- 
gether with  the  reasons  for  the  decision  within  thirty  (30)  calendar  days 
of  the  receipt  of  the  appeal  by  the  Regional  Administrator. 

(d)  The  contractor  may  appeal  the  decision  of  the  Regional  Adminis- 
trator to  the  Assistant  Director  of  the  Child  Development  Division  by 
submitting  a  written  description  of  the  issues  in  the  dispute  and  a  copy 
of  the  Regional  Administrators  decision.  The  Assistant  Director  of  the 
Child  Development  Division  shall  :^end  notification  of  the  decision  to  the 
contractor  and  shall  specify  the  reason(s)  for  the  decision  within  thirty 
(30)  calendar  days  of  the  receipt  of  the  appeal  by  the  Assistant  Director. 
The  decision  of  the  Assistant  Director  of  the  Child  Development  Divi- 
sion shall  be  the  final  administrative  action  afforded  the  contractor. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  8445, 
Education  Code. 

History 
l.New  section  filed  1 1-21-88;  operative  1-1-89  (Register  88.  No.  50). 

Chapter  19.5.    CalWORKs  and  Child  Care 
and  Development  Programs 


Subchapter  1.    Definitions 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§18400.     Definitions. 

As  used  in  this  Chapter: 

(a)  "CalWORKs  cash  aid  recipient"  means  a  minor  teen  parent  or  adult 
who  receives  cash  aid  from  the  county  welfare  department  for  the  Cal- 
WORKs or  Cal-Learn  program. 

(b)  "Child  care  provider"  means  an  adult  or  agency  that  provides  child 
care  services. 

(c)  "Contractor"  means  a  public  or  private  non-profit  agency  that  has 
a  contract  with  the  California  Department  of  Education  for  the  provision 
of  CalWORKs  Stage  2  and/or  Stage  3  child  care  services. 

(d)  "Diversion  services"  means  one-time  assistance  services  provided 
by  the  county  welfare  department,  either  in  cash  or  in  non-cash  services, 
to  an  otherwise  CalWORKs  eligible  family,  when  the  county  welfare  de- 
partment determines  that  such  assistance  will  help  the  family  avoid  be- 
coming a  CalWORKs  cash  aid  recipient. 

(e)  "Family  size"  means  the  number  of  adults  and  children  related  by 
blood,  marriage,  or  adoption  that  comprise  the  household  in  which  the 
child  is  living. 

(1)  When  an  adult  living  in  the  household  is  neither  the  parent  of  the 
child  nor  the  spouse  of  the  parent,  the  adult  and  the  adult's  children  if  any, 
shall  be  excluded  from  the  calculation  of  family  size. 

(2)  When  a  child  is  living  with  adult(s)  other  than  a  natural  or  adoptive 
parent,  the  child  shall  be  considered  a  family  of  one.  In  these  cases,  a  need 
criterion  as  specified  in  Section  18406(b)  or  (c)  or  18421(b)  or  (c)  must 
be  met  by  the  caretaker  of  the  child. 

(f)  "Former  CalWORKs  cash  aid  recipient"  means  an  adult  or  minor 
teen  parent  who  has  previously  received  and  is  no  longer  receiving  cash 
aid  in  the  CalWORKs  or  Cal-Learn  program  because  of  but  not  limited 
to,  earnings,  other  income,  or  a  sanction  of  the  adult  imposed  by  the 
county  welfare  department. 

(g)  "Incapacity"  means  the  incapacity  of  a  parent  that  significantly 
limits  the  parent's  ability  to  provide  normal  care  for  the  child  because  of 
a  substantiated  medical  or  psychiatric  special  need  that  is  verified  by  a 
legally  qualified  professional. 

(h)  "Legally  qualified  professional"  means  a  person  who  is  licensed 
under  the  applicable  laws  and  regulations  of  the  State  of  California  to  per- 
form medical,  health,  or  social  services  for  the  general  public. 


Page  184.81 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1-2004 


§  18405 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(i)  "Licensed  provider"  means  an  individual  or  organization  that  lias 
obtained  a  child  care  license,  as  specified  in  Title  22,  California  Code  of 
Regulations,  Section  101156. 

(j)  "Maximum  payment  rate"  means  the  maximum  payment  that  may 
be  paid  to  a  provider  and  that  is  no  more  than  the  lower  of  the  provider's 
rate  for  unsubsidized  children  or  1 .5  standard  deviations  above  the  mean 
cost  of  care  for  the  region  where  the  care  is  provided. 

(k)  "Notice  of  action,  application  for  services"  means  a  written  state- 
ment of  specific  information  issued  by  the  contractor  that  informs  the  ap- 
plicant of  the  contractor's  decision  to  approve  or  deny  child  care  services. 

(/)  "Notice  of  action,  recipient  of  services"  means  a  written  statement 
of  specific  information  issued  by  the  contractor  informing  the  family  re- 
ceiving child  care  services  that  a  change  has  been  made  to  their  service 
agreement.  These  changes  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to.  need  and 
eligibility  requirements  that  are  no  longer  being  met,  fees  that  have  not 
been  paid,  or  the  proposed  modification  of  the  fee  or  amount  of  services 
provided  by  the  contractor. 

(m)  "Recertification"  means  a  formal  process  to  collect  information 
and  documentation  to  determine  that  the  family  continues  to  meet  the  eli- 
gibility criteria  for  CalWORKs  child  care.  The  adult  must  certify  the  in- 
formation as  accurate  with  a  signature. 

(n)  "Stage  1"  means  the  first  stage  of  CalWORKs  child  care  services. 
Stage  1  child  care  services  are  administered  by  the  California  Depart- 
ment of  Social  Services  through  county  welfare  departments  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  835 1 .  Stage  1  child  care  begins  when  authorized 
by  the  county  welfare  department. 

(o)  "Stage  2"  means  the  second  stage  of  CalWORKs  child  care  ser- 
vices. Stage  2  child  care  services  are  administered  by  the  California  De- 
partment of  Education  through  contracts  with  alternative  payment  pro- 
gram providers  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  8353.  Stage  2  child 
care  begins  when  the  county  welfare  department  determines  that  a  Cal- 
WORKs family  is  stable  and  transfers  the  family  to  a  Stage  2  child  care 
contractor  for  child  care  services,  or  a  family  appHes  and  is  found  eligible 
for  Stage  2  services. 

(p)  "Stage  3"  means  the  third  stage  of  CalWORKs  child  care  services. 
Stage  3  child  care  services  are  administered  by  the  California  Depart- 
ment of  Education  through  contracts  with  alternative  payment  program 
providers  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  8354.  Stage  3  child  care 
begins  when  a  CalWORKs  family  receiving  Stage  1  or  Stage  2  child  care 
services  has  fully  utilized  the  family's  24  months  of  eligibility  to  Stage 
1  and  Stage  2  child  care  services  following  the  date  the  adult  stopped  re- 
ceiving cash  assistance. 

(q)  "State  median  income"  means  the  most  recent  median  income  for 
California  families  as  determined  by  the  California  Department  of  Fi- 
nance. 

(r)  "Time  out"  means  that  a  family  receiving  CalWORKs  Stage  1  or 
Stage  2  child  care  services  becomes  ineligible  for  Stage  1  or  Stage  2  be- 
cause the  adult  has  been  off  cash  aid  for  24  months. 

(s)  "Welfare-to-work  activity"  means  a  county  welfare  department 
approved  activity,  including  but  not  limited  to,  employment,  job  search, 
job  training,  educational  training,  or  participating  as  a  volunteer  in  a  job- 
related  activity. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8203,  8261,  8263  and  8269,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  8359.1,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  chapter  19.5  (subchapters  1-3),  subchapter  1  (article  1),  article  1  (section 
18400)  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001 
(Register  2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to 
OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of 
law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  chapter  19.5  (subchapters  1-3),  subchapter  1  (article  1),  article  1  (section 
18400)  and  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative 
10-26-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order,  including  amendment  of 
subsections  (a)  and  (n),  transmitted  to  OAL  1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002 
(Register  2002,  No.  11). 


Subchapter  2.     CalWORKs  Stage  2  Child 
Care  Program 


Article  1 .    General  Provisions 

§  18405.    Scope  of  Subchapter. 

(a)  The  provisions  contained  in  this  subchapter  shall  only  apply  to  con- 
tractors authorized  to  establish,  maintain,  or  operate  alternative  payment 
programs  for  CalWORKs  Stage  2  child  care  programs  as  defined  in 
Education  Code  section  8353. 

(b)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  subchapter,  contractors 
funded  to  establish,  maintain,  or  operate  alternative  payment  programs 
for  CalWORKs  Stage  2  child  care  programs  shall  also  comply  with  the 
regulations  contained  in  Chapter  19,  Subchapter  1  (commencing  with 
Section  17906),  Chapter  19,  Subchapter  2  (commencing  with  Section 
1 801 2,  except  for  Section  1 80 1 7  if  child  care  is  paid  with  Federal  funds), 
and  Chapter  19.  Subchapter  15  (commencing  with  Section  18300). 

(c)  CalWORKs  Stage  2  child  care  services  may  begin  when  child  care 
is  available  through  a  local  Stage  2  program  and  one  of  the  following  oc- 
curs: 

( 1 )  The  county  welfare  department  determines  that  the  adult's  work  or 
work  activity  is  stable; 

(2)  The  adult  is  transitioning  off  CalWORKs  cash  aid;  or 

(3)  A  family  applies  and  is  found  eligible  for  CalWORKs  Stage  2  ser- 
vices. 

(d)  Contractors  administering  Stage  2  programs  in  counties  where 
there  are  multiple  contractors  shall  coordinate  services  and  cooperate  to 
ensure  all  eligible  families  receive  and  continue  to  receive  services.  Con- 
tractors may  coordinate  across  county  boundaries  so  that  eligible  fami- 
lies living  in  the  county,  employed  in  the  county,  or  receiving  child  care 
in  the  county  receive  and  continue  to  receive  such  services. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261,  8262  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  8353,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  subchapter  2  (articles  1-8),  article  1  (section  18405)  and  section  filed 
6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  26).  A 
Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  subchapter  2  (articles  1-8),  article  1  (section  18405)  and  section  refiled 
10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operafive  10-26-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  43). 
A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  11). 


Article  2.    Requirements  and  Procedures  for 
Receiving  CalWORKs  Stage  2  Services 

§18406.    Family  Eligibility. 

(a)  A  family  is  eligible  to  receive  CalWORKs  Stage  2  child  care  ser- 
vices if  all  of  the  following  conditions  are  met: 

(1)  The  family  is  and  remains  income  eligible.  A  family  is  income  eli- 
gible if  the  family's  adjusted  monthly  income  based  upon  the  family  size 
is  at  or  below  75%  of  the  state  median  income.  Adjusted  monthly  income 
is  the  total  countable  income  received  by  members  of  the  family  included 
in  the  family  size  determination  minus  verified  child  support  payments 
paid  by  the  parent  whose  child  is  receiving  child  care  services.  Except  for 
child  support  payments  paid  by  the  parent,  monthly  income  shall  not  be 
adjusted  because  of  voluntary  or  involuntary  deductions. 

(A)  When  income  fluctuations  occur,  the  adjusted  income  shall  be 
computed  by  averaging  the  total  adjusted  income  received  during  the 
previous  12  months. 

(B)  For  families  applying  for  Stage  2  child  care  pursuant  to  Section 
18409.5,  the  12-month  period  shall  be  the  12  months  immediately  pre- 
ceding the  month  in  which  the  application  is  signed. 


Page  184.82 


Itegister  2004,  No.  24;  6- 11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18408 


(C)  For  families  thai  iransfer  from  either  Stage  I  or  another  Stage  2 
contractor,  the  1 2-month  period  shall  be  the  1 2  inonths  immediately  pre- 
ceding the  transfer. 

(D)  For  all  other  families,  the  12-month  period  shall  be  the  12  months 
immediately  preceding  the  month  of  receriificalion. 

(E)  Total  countable  income  does  not  include  the  following: 
(i)  Earnings  of  a  child  under  the  age  of  18  years; 

(ii)  Loans,  grants,  and  scholarships  obtained  under  conditions  that  pre- 
clude their  use  for  current  living  costs; 

(iii)  Grants  or  loans  to  students  for  educational  purposes  made  or  in- 
sured by  a  state  or  federal  agency; 

(iv)  Allowances  received  for  uniforms  or  other  work  required  cloth- 
ing, food,  or  shelter; 

( v)  Income  that  is  used  for  business  expenses  for  self-employed  fami- 
ly members;  or 

(vi)  The  income  of  a  recipient  of  federal  supplemental  security  income 
and  state  supplemental  program  (SSI/SSP)  benefits; 

(2)  The  adult  or  minor  teen  parent  is  responsible  for  the  care  of  the 
child  needing  child  care;  and 

(3)  The  adult  or  minor  teen  parent  is: 

(A)  A  CalWORKs  cash  aid  recipient; 

(B)  A  former  CalWORKs  cash  aid  recipient  who  received  such  cash 
aid  within  the  last  24  months;  or 

(C)  Determined  eligible  for  diversion  services  by  the  county  welfare 
department. 

(b)  Current  CalWORKs  cash  aid  recipients  must  be  participating  in  a 
county  welfare  department  CalWORKs  approved  welfare-to-work  ac- 
tivity or  be  employed. 

(c)  If  child  care  is  reimbursed  with  state  funds,  the  parent(s)  and  any 
other  adult  whose  income  is  counted  towards  Stage  2  eligibility  must 
each  meet  one  of  the  following  requirements: 

( 1 )  Be  employed.  If  the  parent(s)  works  in  the  home,  the  nature  of  the 
work  must  preclude  the  supervision  of  the  parent's  children; 

(2)  Be  seeking  employment,  but  not  to  exceed  60  working  days  in  the 
fiscal  year; 

(3)  Be  participating  in  a  job  training  and  education  program  leading 
directly  to  a  recognized  trade,  paraprofession.  or  profession; 

(4)  Be  participating  in  job  retention  services  as  approved  by  the  county 
welfare  department;  or 

(5)  Be  incapacitated. 

(d)  If  child  care  is  reimbursed  with  federal  funds: 

( 1 )  The  parent  must  meet  one  of  the  following  requirements: 

(A)  Be  employed.  If  the  parent  works  in  the  home,  the  nature  of  the 
work  must  preclude  the  supervision  of  the  parent's  children; 

(B)  Be  seeking  employment,  but  not  to  exceed  sixty  working  days  in 
the  fiscal  year; 

(C)  Be  participating  in  a  job  training  and  education  program  leading 
directly  to  a  recognized  trade,  paraprofession.  or  profession;  or 

(D)  Be  participating  in  job  retention  services  as  approved  by  the 
county  welfare  department. 

(2)  Any  other  adult  whose  income  is  counted  towards  Stage  2  eligibil- 
ity must  meet  one  of  the  requirements  contained  in  Subsection  (d)(  I )  or 
be  incapacitated. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
8330.5.  Education  Code;  and  Section  11 323.2.  Welfare  and  Institutions  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  2  (sections  18406-1841 1 )  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  6-28-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-2(i-2(X)l  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  2  (sections  18406-1841 1)  and  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an 
emergency;  operative  10-26-2(X)l  (Register  2001.  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order,  including  amendment  of 
.section,  transmitted  to  OAL  J-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002, 
No.  1 1 ). 


§18407.    Child  Eligibility. 

(a)  A  child  living  in  the  household  of  the  eligible  family  pursuant  to 
Section  1 8406  may  receive  CalWORKs  Stage  2  child  care  services  il  she/ 
he  is: 

( 1 )  A  son  or  daughter  of  the  eligible  family: 

(2)  Receiving  foster  care  benefits,  federal  Supplemental  Security  In- 
come (SSI),  or  State  Supplemental  Program  (SSP)  benefits;  or 

(3)  The  responsibility  of  the  adult  to  support  and  for  whom  the  lack  of 
child  care  would  result  in  the  adult  not  being  able  to  work  or  participate 
in  a  work  activity. 

(b)  If  child  care  is  being  reimbursed  with  state  funds,  the  child  must: 

( 1 )  Be  under  14  years  of  age;  or 

(2)  Be  under  22  years  of  age  if  the  child  has  exceptional  needs  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  section  8208(/)  and  is  physically  or  mentally  incapa- 
ble of  caring  for  him/herself  as  determined  by  a  legally  qualified  profes- 
sional. 

(c)  If  child  care  is  being  reimbursed  with  federal  funds,  the  child  must: 

( 1 )  Be  under  1 3  years  of  age;  or 

(2)  Be  under  1 9  years  of  age  if  the  child  is  physically  or  mentally  inca- 
pable of  caring  for  him/herself  as  determined  by  a  legally  qualified  pro- 
fessional. 

(d)  When  a  child's  residence  alternates  between  the  homes  of  sepa- 
rated or  divorced  parents,  eligibility,  need,  and  fees  should  be  determined 
separately  for  each  household  in  which  the  child  is  residing  during  the 
time  child  care  services  are  needed. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8250. 
8350.5  and  8353.  Education  Code;  and  Section  1 1323.2,  Welfare  and  Institutions 
Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 

2001,  No.  26).  A  Cenificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2(X)L  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  PO-26-2001  order,  including  amendment  of 
subsecnon  (a),  transmitted  to  OAL  1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register 

2002,  No.  11). 

§18408.    Eligibility  Duration. 

(a)  Notwithstanding  Section  18406(a)(1),  families  receiving  Cal- 
WORKs cash  aid  are  categorically  eligible  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  8350.5  to  receive  CalWORKs  Stage  2  child  care  when: 

(1)  the  family  continues  to  meet  the  need  eligibility  criterion  pursuant 
to  Section  1 8406(b);  and 

(2)  the  requirements  of  Section  1 8084  regarding  incotne  reporting  are 
met,  in  order  to  determine  the  need  to  assess  parent  fees  pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 18109; and 

(3)  the  requirements  of  Chapter  19,  Article  5  (commencing  with  Sec- 
tion 18108)  regarding  parent  fees  are  met. 

(b)  A  contractor's  policies  regarding  family  eligibility,  except  as  pro- 
vided in  Section  1841 1(d),  shall  not  supercede  the  categorical  eligibility 
of  a  family  receiving  CalWORKs  cash  aid. 

(c)  When  such  a  categorically  eligible  family  would  otherwise  have 
their  child  care  terminated  due  to  the  family's  violation  of  a  child  care 
provider's  policy: 

( 1 )  The  contractor  shall  notify  the  county  welfare  department  of  the  ac- 
tions of  the  family  that  violated  the  contractor's  policy  in  order  to  deter- 
mine what  action(s)  may  be  taken. 

(2)  The  contractor  may  take  additional  steps  to  remedy  the  situation 
that  include  but  are  not  limited  to: 

(A)  Developing  a  jointly  agreed  upon  plan  with  the  county  welfare  de- 
partment for  specific  services  to  be  provided  to  the  family  by  the  county 
welfare  department. 

(B)  Jointly  determining  with  the  county  welfare  department  whether 
the  family  would  better  be  served  in  CalWORKs  Stage  1 . 


Page  184.83 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§  18409 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(d)  A  former  CalWORKs  cash  aid  recipient  meeting  the  requirements 
of  Sections  18406  and  18407  is  eligible  to  receive  child  care  services  in 
Stage  1  and/or  Stage  2  for  24  months  after  the  adult  is  no  longer  receiving 
CalWORKs  cash  aid.  The  24-month  time  limit  begins  the  first  day  of  the 
month  immediately  following  the  month  the  adult  is  no  longer  receiving 
CalWORKs  cash  aid. 

(e)  A  family  receiving  diversion  services  meeting  the  requirements  of 
Sections  18406  and  18407  is  eligible  to  receive  child  care  services  in 
Stage  2  for  24  months.  The  24-month  time  limit  begins  the  first  day  of 
the  month  that  the  family  is  determined  eligible  for  diversion  services. 

(0  When  a  former  CalWORKs  cash  aid  recipient  again  becomes  eligi- 
ble for  and  receives  CalWORKs  cash  aid,  and  then  is  terminated  from 
CalWORKs  cash  aid,  the  family  is  eligible  for  another  24  months  of 
Stage  1  or  Stage  2  child  care,  or  a  combination  of  the  two.  The  24— month 
period  begins  on  the  first  day  of  the  month  immediately  following  the 
month  the  adult  is  no  longer  receiving  CalWORKs  cash  aid. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8.350..'^,  8351,  83.53  and  8358. .5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order,  including  amendment  of 
section,  transmitted  to  OAL  1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002, 
No.  II). 

§  18409.    Enrollment  Into  CalWORKs  Stage  2  By  Transfer 
from  Another  CalWORKs  Agency. 

(a)  A  family  is  transferred  into  Stage  2  from  a  county  welfare  depart- 
ment's Stage  1  program  or  another  contractor's  Stage  2  program  when 
the  following  information  is  obtained  by  the  receiving  contractor  from 
the  transferring  agency: 

(1)  The  parent's(s)  full  name(s),  address(es),  and  telephone  num- 
ber(s); 

(2)  The  names  and  birth  dates  of  all  children  under  the  age  of  1 8  living 
with  the  family,  regardless  of  whether  they  are  served  in  the  CalWORKs 
program; 

(3)  The  number  of  hours  of  child  care  needed  each  day  for  each  child; 

(4)  The  names  of  other  family  members  in  the  household  who  are  re- 
lated by  blood,  marriage,  or  adoption; 

(5)  The  reason  for  needing  child  care  services; 

(6)  Family  size  and  adjusted  monthly  income; 

(7)  Employment  or  training  information  for  parent(s)  including  name 
and  address  of  employer(s)  or  training  institutions(s)  and  days  and  hours 
of  employment  or  training; 

(8)  Rate  of  payment;  and 

(9)  The  name,  address,  and  telephone  number  of  the  child  care  provid- 
er. 

(b)  The  transfer  process  specified  in  Subsection  (a)  is  not  required 
when  a  family  is  transferring  from  another  CalWORKs  Stage  2  contract 
with  the  same  contractor. 

(c)  Once  the  receiving  contractor  obtains  the  information  contained  in 
Subsection  (a)  and  determines  that  the  information  is  complete,  the  re- 
ceiving contractor  shall: 

(1)  Assume  responsibility  for  reimbursing  the  provider  for  the  child 
care  services  provided;  and 

(2)  Send  or  otherwise  provide  a  notice  to  the  family  documenting  the 
information  and  requiring  that  the  family  certify  by  signature  that  the  in- 
formation is  accurate.  Such  certification  shall  comply  with  the  timelines 
established  by  the  contractor's  policies  and  procedures.  The  contractor 
shall  notify  the  family  of  the  timeframe  by  which  the  certification  must 
be  returned,  and  that  notwithstanding  Section  18408(a),  child  care  will 
be  terminated,  pursuant  to  Section  18419,  if  the  certification  is  not  re- 
ceived within  that  timeframe. 


(3)  If  the  family  indicates  that  the  information  obtained  by  the  receiv- 
ing contractor  pursuant  to  Subsection  (a)  is  inaccurate  or  there  has  been 
a  change,  the  new  Stage  2  contractor  shall  update  the  information  pur- 
suant to  Section  18410(b). 

(d)  When  the  contractor  is  informed  by  the  California  Department  of 
Education  that  all  Stage  2  funds  have  been  allocated  for  a  given  fiscal 
year  and  contracts  will  no  longer  be  augmented  during  the  fiscal  year,  the 
Stage  2  contractor  shall  not  accept  transfers  from  another  CalWORKs 
agency  if  doing  so  would  result  in  over  enrollment  by  the  receiving  Stage 
2  contractor. 

(e)  If  at  any  time  during  the  fiscal  year  the  contractor  believes  that  ac- 
cepting additional  transfers  would  result  in  over  enrollment,  the  contrac- 
tor shall  notify  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(f)  The  contractor  shall  not  establish  a  waiting  list  for  Stage  2. 

NOTt::  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8350.5,  8351,  8353  and  8358.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-28-2(X)l  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  .section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order,  including  new  subsection  (e) 
and  subsection  relettering,  transmitted  to  OAL  1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002 
(Register  2002,  No.  11). 

§  1 8409.5.      Enrollment  into  CalWORKs  Stage  2  When  Not 
Transferring  from  Another  CalWORKs  Agency. 

(a)  When  a  family  who  is  not  being  transferred  from  a  county  welfare 
department's  Stage  1  program  or  another  contractor's  Stage  2  program 
requests  CalWORKs  Stage  2  child  care  services,  an  application  for  ser- 
vices must  be  completed  containing  the  following  information  and  sup- 
porting documentation: 

( 1 )  The  parent' s(s)  full  name(s),  address(es)  and  telephone  number(s); 

(2)  The  names  and  birth  dates  of  all  children  under  the  age  of  18  in  the 
family,  regardless  of  whether  they  are  served  in  the  CalWORKs  pro- 
gram; 

(3)  The  number  of  hours  of  child  care  needed  each  day  for  each  child; 

(4)  The  names  of  other  family  members  in  the  household  related  by 
blood,  marriage,  or  adoption; 

(5)  The  reason  for  needing  child  care  services; 

(6)  Family  size  and  monthly  adjusted  income; 

(7)  Employment  or  training  information  for  the  parent(s)  including 
name  and  address  of  employer(s)  or  training  institutions(s)  and  days  and 
hours  of  employment  or  training; 

(8)  Rate  of  payment; 

(9)  The  name,  address,  and  telephone  number  of  the  child  care  provid- 
er; and 

(10)  The  parent(s)  signature  and  date  of  the  signature. 

(b)  Once  the  application  has  been  submitted,  the  signature  of  the  con- 
tractor or  the  contractor's  employee  who  is  authorized  to  certify  the  eligi- 
bility of  the  family  must  be  obtained  before  the  contractor  assumes  re- 
sponsibility for  reimbursing  the  provider  for  the  child  care  services 
provided.  Child  care  services  received  prior  to  the  date  of  certification 
shall  not  be  reimbursed. 

(c)  When  the  contractor  is  informed  by  the  California  Department  of 
Education  that  all  Stage  2  funds  have  been  allocated  for  a  given  fiscal 
year  and  contracts  will  no  longer  be  augmented  during  the  fiscal  year,  the 
Stage  2  contractor  shall  not  accept  any  new  families  if  doing  so  would 
result  in  over  enrollment  and  may  refer  any  otherwise  eligible  family  to 
the  county  welfare  department  Stage  1  program. 

(d)  If  at  any  time  during  the  fiscal  year  the  contractor  believes  that  ac- 
cepting additional  new  families  would  result  in  over  enrollment,  the  con- 
tractor shall  notify  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(e)  The  contractor  shall  not  establish  a  waiting  list  for  Stage  2. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8350.5,  8353  and  8358.5,  Education  Code. 


Page  184.84 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18413 


History 
I .  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emeigency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 
2001.  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  tfie 
following  day. 

2.Newsectionrefiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-2.^-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

.1.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 0-26-200 1  order,  including  new  subsection  (d) 
and  subsection  relettering,  transmitted  to  OAL  1-28-2002  and  tiled  3-1 2-2002 
(Register  2002.  No.  11). 

§  1 841 0.    Contractor  Responsibilities  for  Maintaining 
Family  Eligibility. 

(a)  At  the  time  of  certification  and  recertification.  a  family  shall  be  in- 
formed of  its  responsibility  to  notify  the  contractor  within  five  calendar 
days  of  any  changes  in  family  income,  fatnily  size,  or  need  for  child  care 
services. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  update  the  family's  application  within  30  days 
after  notification  by  the  family  of  a  change  in  family  income,  family  size, 
or  need.  When  updating  the  family's  application,  the  contractor  shall 
make  every  effort  to  maximize  convenience  for  the  parent  and  avoid  re- 
quiring the  parent  to  take  time  off  from  work  or  a  work  activity. 

(c)  Notwithstanding  Subsection  (b),  all  families  shall  be  recertified  for 
eligibility  and  need  at  intervals  not  to  exceed  twelve  (12)  months. 

(d)  If  a  family  no  longer  meets  the  requirements  specified  in  Sections 
18406  and  1 8407  and  the  contractor  receives  a  referral  for  services  pur- 
suant to  Chapter  1 9.  Section  1 8092.  the  family  must  be  transferred  to  a 
non-CalWORKs  alternative  payment  program  contractor  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible. 

(e)  When  a  former  CalWORKs  cash  aid  recipient  or  a  diversion  family 
times  out.  the  family  is  to  be  transferred  to  CalWORKs  Stage  3  effective 
the  first  day  of  the  following  month.  If  there  are  no  funds  available  in  a 
CalWORKs  Stage  3  program  or  another  subsidized  child  care  program, 
the  contractor  shall  terminate  child  care  pursuant  to  Section  18419. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tion 8353,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 

2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order,  including  amendment  of 
subsection  (e),  transmitted  to  OAL  1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register 

2002,  No.  11). 

§  1 8411 .    Eligible  Providers. 

(a)  The  family  has  the  right  to  select  its  child  care  provider.  Licensed 
child  care  centers,  licensed  family  homes,  and  child  care  exempt  from  li- 
censure are  valid  parental  choices  of  care  for  all  families  receiving  Stage 
2  child  care. 

(b)  If  child  care  is  funded  with  state  funds,  a  provider  shall  not  be  reim- 
bursed for  child  care  services  that  include  religious  instruction  or  wor- 
ship. 

(c)  The  child  care  provider  shall  meet  all  of  the  following  require- 
ments: 

( 1 )  Have  a  child  care  license  or  be  exempt  from  child  care  licensing 
requirements,  as  specified  in  Title  22,  California  Code  of  Regulations, 
Sections  101 158  and  102358. 

(2)  A  license-exempt  provider  must: 

(A)  Be  18  years  old  or  older, 

(B)  Meet  or  be  exempt  from  Health  and  Safety  Self-Certification  re- 
quirements; and 

(C)  Apply  for  or  be  registered  for  Trustline  or  be  exempt  from  Trusl- 
line  Registry,  pursuant  to  Health  and  Safety  Code  section  1596.605(a). 


(d)  A  contractor  may  develop  a  policy  for  in-home  license-exeinpt 
care  requiring  a  minimum  nutTiber  of  children  to  ensure  the  provider  re- 
ceives a  payment  equivalent  to  the  minimum  wage. 

(e)  The  family's  choice  for  a  child  care  provider(s)  must  meet  the  fol- 
lowing requirements: 

(1)  The  child  care  provider's  hours  of  operation  meet  the  family's 
needs  for  child  care; 

(2)  The  child  care  provider  ensures  that  each  child's  attendance  is  re- 
corded for  payment  purposes;  and 

(3)  Adult  supervision  is  maintained  at  all  limes  when  children  are  in 
attendance. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261.  8263  and  8269.  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  8208,1.  8352,  8353  and  83.56.  Education  Code;  and  Sections 
1596.605(a)  and  1596.792.  Health  and  Safety  Code, 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 
2001.  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 0-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  li[)-26-2001  order,  includine  amendment  of 
section,  transmitted  to  OAL  1-28-2002  and  filed  3- 12-2002"( Register  2002, 
No.  11). 


Article  3. 


Requirements  for  Family  Data 
File 


§18412.     Family  Data  File. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  establish  and  maintain  a  family  data  file  for 
each  family  receiving  child  care  .services  in  accordance  with  regulations 
contained  in  Chapter  19,  Section  18081(a).  (b)(l)-(5),  (d).  and  (e). 

(b)  For  families  that  transfer  from  a  Stage  1  or  another  Stage  2  agency, 
the  receiving  contractor  shall  establish  the  family  data  file  documenta- 
tion pursuant  to  Subsection  (a)  within  six  months  of  the  date  of  the  trans- 
fer. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261.  8261.5,  8263  and  8269,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  8353  and  8358.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  3  (section  1 84 1 2)  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 6-28-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  3  (section  184 12)  and  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency; 
operative  10-26-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  II). 


Article  4. 


Provider  Payments  and  Parent 
Fees 


§18413.     Provider  Payments. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  reimburse  each  provider  no  more  than  that  pro- 
vider charges  unsubsidized  families,  not  to  exceed  the  maximum  subsidy 
amount  as  defined  in  Section  18074.1. 

(b)  Reimbursable  hours  of  care  shall  include  work  hours,  commute 
hours,  participanon  in  county-approved  activities,  and  other  eligible 
hours  as  approved  by  the  contractor. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited;  Sections  8261  and  8269.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8353  and  8357,  Education  Code. 

HiSlORY 

1.  New  article  4  (sections  18413-18414)  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  6-28-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  4  (sections  18413-18414)  and  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an 
emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of 


Page  184.85 


liegister  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -  2004 


§  18414 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002.  No.  11). 

4.  Amendment  filed  9-4-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  9^-2003  (Register 
2003.  No.  36).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1-2-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Amendment  refiled  12-29-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-29-2003 
(Register  2004.  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  4-27-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-29-2003  order,  includine  amendment  of 
section,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-26-2004  and  filed  6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No. 

24). 


§  18414.    Parent  Fees  and  Co-payments. 

(a)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Article,  contractors  shall  ap- 
ply the  regulations  contained  in  Chapter  19,  Subchapter  3,  Article  5 
(commencing  with  Section  18108,  except  for  Sections  18110,  18111, 
and  18114(b)). 

(b)  If  a  parent  chooses  a  provider  with  a  usual  and  customary  rate  ex- 
ceeding 1 .5  standard  deviations  above  the  mean  market  rate  for  the  type 
of  care  provided,  the  parent  may  receive  services  from  that  provider,  in 
which  case  the  parent  is  responsible  for  the  difference  between  the  maxi- 
mum payment  rate  and  the  provider's  rate. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  8263  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8353  and  8357,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  11). 


Article  5.     Program  Policies 

§  18415.    Contractor  Responsibilities. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  comply  with  Chapter  19,  Subchapter  10,  Ar- 
ticle 2  (commencing  with  Section  18221,  except  for  Section 
18224(a)(2)). 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  provide  an  application  to  all  families  request- 
ing CalWORKs  Stage  2  child  care  services. 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  take  action  on  any  application  submitted  for 
CalWORKs  Stage  2  child  care  services  within  30  calendar  days  starting 
with  the  first  day  after  the  filing  of  the  application. 

(d)  The  contractor  shall  assist  parents  in  choosing  child  care  services 
by  providing  parents  with  a  referral  to  the  local  resource  and  referral 
agency.  The  contractor  shall  inform  parents  of  policies  developed  pur- 
suant to  Section  18413(d). 

(e)  The  contractor  shall  not  require  the  family  or  the  provider  to  furnish 
any  documentation  previously  provided  to  a  county  welfare  department 
or  an  alternative  payment  program  within  the  one  year  prior  to  applica- 
tion, unless  the  documentation  is  absent  from  the  existing  file  and  the 
documentation  affects  the  eligibility  for  child  care  services. 

(f)  The  contractor  shall  permit  the  review  of  the  family  data  file  by  the 
child's  parent(s)  upon  request  and  at  reasonable  times  and  places.  The 
family  data  file  may  be  reviewed  by  a  representative  of  the  parent  if  the 
parent  provides  written  authorization  for  the  review.  The  use  or  disclo- 
sure of  all  information  pertaining  to  the  child  and  his/her  family  shall  be 
restricted  to  purposes  directly  connected  with  the  administration  of  the 
program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8353 
and  8358.5,  Education  Code. 


History 

1 .  New  article  5  (section  18415)  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 6-28-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  5  (section  1 841 5)  and  section  refiled  1 0-26-2001  as  an  emergency: 
operative  10-26-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  1 1). 


Article  6.    Data  Reporting 

§18416.    Data  Reporting. 

The  contractor  shall  submit  statistical,  cost,  and  program  data  to  the 
California  Department  of  Education  by  the  date  and  in  the  format  speci- 
fied in  the  California  Department  of  Education's  request. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8353,  8357  and  8358.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  6  (section  18416)  and  secfion  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 6-28-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  6  (section  1841 6)  and  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency; 
operative  10-26-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  11). 


Article  7.     Program  Quality 

§18417.    Quality. 

The  contractor  shall  adhere  to  the  regulations  contained  in  Chapter  19, 
Sections  18271,  18274,  18277,  and  18279. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8203 
and  8353,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  7  (section  1841 7)  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 6-28-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  7  (section  1841 7)  and  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency; 
operative  10-26-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  1 1). 


Article  8.     Due  Process 

§  1 841 8.    Parental  Appeals. 

The  contractor  shall  adhere  to  the  regulations  contained  in  Chapter  19, 
Sections  18120,  18121,  and  18122. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8353 
and  8358.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  8  (sections  1 841 8-1 841 9)  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  6-28-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pUance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  8  (sections  18418-18419)  and  secfion  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an 
emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Cerfificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  1 1). 

§  18419.    Notice  of  Action  Requirements. 

The  contractor  shall  comply  with  the  regulations  contained  in  Chapter 
19.  Sections  18094, 18095, 18118,  and  181 19(a).  Whenanoticeof  action 
is  to  be  issued,  the  contractor  shall  mail  or  personally  deliver  the  notice 


Page  184.86 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18421 


• 


of  action  to  the  parents.  If  the  notice  of  action  is  personally  delivered,  the 
effective  day  of  the  intended  action  shall  be  no  less  than  1 4  calendar  days 
from  the  date  the  notice  was  delivered.  If  the  notice  of  action  is  mailed, 
the  effective  date  of  the  intended  action  shall  be  no  less  than  1 9  calendar 
days  from  the  date  the  notice  was  mailed. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Sec- 
lions  83.^.3  and  8358.5.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 
2001.  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Coinpliance  must  be  transnvitted  to  OAL  by 
10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency:  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  II). 


Subchapter  3.     CalWORKs  Stage  3  Child 
Care  Program 


Article  1.     General  Provisions 

§  1 8420.    Scope  of  Subchapter. 

(a)  The  provisions  contained  in  this  Subchapter  shall  only  apply  to 
contractors  authorized  to  establish,  maintain,  or  operate  alternative  pay- 
ment programs  for  CalWORKs  Stage  3  Child  Care  Programs  as  defined 
in  Education  Code  section  8354. 

(b)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  subchapter,  contractors 
funded  to  establish,  maintain,  or  operate  alternative  payment  programs 
for  CalWORKs  Stage  3  child  care  programs  shall  also  comply  with  regu- 
lations contained  in  Chapter  1 9.  Subchapter  1  (commencing  with  Section 
17906),  Subchapter  2  (commencing  with  Section  18012,  except  for  Sec- 
tion 18017  if  child  care  is  paid  for  utilizing  federal  funds),  and  Subchapt- 
er \5  (commencing  with  Section  18300). 

(c)  Contractors  administering  Stage  3  programs  in  counties  where 
there  are  multiple  contractors  shall  coordinate  services  and  cooperate  to 
ensure  all  eligible  families  receive  and  continue  to  receive  services.  Con- 
tractors may  coordinate  across  county  boundaries  so  that  eligible  fami- 
lies living  in  the  county,  employed  in  the  county,  or  receiving  child  care 
in  the  county  receive  and  continue  to  receive  services. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  8263  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  8354,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  subchapter  3  (articles  1-8),  article  1  (section  18420)  and  section  filed 
6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register  200L  No.  26).  A 
Certificate  ofCompliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  subchapter  3  (articles  1-8),  article  1  (section  18420)  and  section  refiled 
10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  43). 
A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  11). 


Article  2.    Requirements  and  Procedures  for 
Receiving  CalWORKs  Stage  3  Services 

§18421.     Family  Eligibility. 

(a)  A  family  is  eligible  to  receive  CalWORKs  Stage  3  child  care  ser- 
vices if  all  of  the  following  conditions  are  met: 

( 1 )  The  family  is  and  remains  income  eligible.  A  family  is  income  eli- 
gible if  the  family's  adjusted  monthly  income  based  upon  the  family  size 
is  at  or  below  75%  of  the  state  median  income.  Adjusted  monthly  income 
is  the  total  countable  income  received  by  members  of  the  family  included 
in  the  family  size  determination  minus  verified  child  support  payments 


paid  by  the  parent  whose  child  is  receiving  child  care  services.  Except  for 
child  support  payments  paid  by  the  parent,  monthly  income  shall  not  be 
adjusted  because  of  voluntary  or  involuntary  deductions. 

(A)  When  income  fluctuations  occur,  the  adjusted  monthly  income 
shall  be  computed  by  averaging  the  total  adjusted  monthly  income  re- 
ceived during  the  previous  12  months. 

(B)  For  families  that  transfer  from  either  Stage  1  or  another  Stage  2 
contractor,  the  1 2-month  period  shall  be  the  1 2  months  immediately  pre- 
ceding the  transfer. 

(C)  For  all  other  families,  the  1 2-month  period  shall  be  the  1 2  months 
immediately  preceding  the  month  of  recertification. 

(D)  Total  countable  income  does  not  include  the  following: 
(i)  Earnings  of  a  child  under  the  age  of  18  years; 

(ii)  Loans,  grants,  and  scholarships  obtained  under  conditions  that  pre- 
clude their  use  for  current  living  costs; 

(iii)  Grants  or  loans  to  students  for  educational  purposes  made  or  in- 
sured by  a  state  or  federal  agency; 

(iv)  Allowances  received  for  uniforins  or  other  work  required  cloth- 
ing, food,  or  shelter; 

(v)  Income  that  is  used  for  business  expenses  for  self-employed  fami- 
ly members;  or 

(vi)The  income  of  a  recipient  of  federal  supplemental  security  income 
and  state  supplemental  program  (SSI/SSP)  benefits; 

(2)  The  adult  or  minor  teen  parent  is  responsible  for  the  care  of  the 
child  needing  child  care;  and 

(3)  The  adult  or  minor  teen  parent  is: 

(A)  A  former  CalWORKs  cash  aid  recipient  and  is  in  his/her  24th 
month  of  eligibility  for  CalWORKs  Stage  1  and/or  2  after  leaving  Cal- 
WORKs cash  aid,  or 

(B)  A  diversion  services  recipient  and  is  in  his/her  24th  month  of  eligi- 
bility for  CalWORKs  Stage  1  and/or  2  child  care. 

(b)  If  child  care  is  reimbursed  with  state  funds,  the  parent(s)  and  any 
other  adult  whose  income  is  counted  towards  Stage  3  eligibility  must 
each  meet  one  of  the  following  requirements: 

(1)  Be  employed.  If  the  parent(s)  works  in  the  home,  the  nature  of  the 
work  must  preclude  the  supervision  of  the  parent's  children; 

(2)  Be  seeking  employment,  but  not  to  exceed  sixty  working  days  in 
the  fiscal  year; 

(3)  Be  participating  in  a  job  training  and  education  program  leading 
directly  to  a  recognized  trade,  paraprofession.  or  profession; 

(4)  Be  participating  in  job  retention  services  as  approved  by  the  county 
welfare  department;  or 

(5)  Be  incapacitated. 

(c)  If  child  care  is  reimbursed  with  federal  funds: 

(1)  The  parent  must  meet  one  of  the  following  requirements: 

(A)  Be  employed.  If  the  parent  works  in  the  home,  the  nature  of  the 
work  must  preclude  the  supervision  of  the  parent's  children; 

(B)  Be  seeking  employment,  but  not  to  exceed  sixty  working  days  in 
the  fiscal  year; 

(C)  Be  participating  in  a  job  training  and  education  program  leading 
directly  to  a  recognized  trade,  paraprofession,  or  profession;  or 

(D)  Be  participating  in  job  retention  services  as  approved  by  the 
county  welfare  department. 

(2)  Any  other  adult  whose  income  is  counted  towards  Stage  3  eligibil- 
ity must  meet  one  of  the  requirements  contained  in  Subsection  (c)(  I )  or 
be  incapacitated. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8350.5  and  8354,  Education  Code;  Section  11323.2,  Welfare  and  Institutions 
Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  2  (sections  1 8421-1 8426)  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emer- 
gency; operadve  6-28-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  ofCom- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  2  (secUons  18421-18426)  and  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an 
emergency;  operative  10-26^2001  (Register  2(X)1,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of 


Page  184.87 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§  18422 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  O  AL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 
3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order,  including  amendment  of 
section,  transmitted  to  OAL  1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002, 
No.  1 1 ). 

§18422.    Child  Eligibility. 

(a)  A  child  living  in  the  household  of  an  eligible  family  pursuant  to 
Section  1 8421  may  receive  CalWORKs  Stage  3  child  care  services  if  she/ 
he  is: 

( 1 )  A  son  or  daughter  of  the  eligible  family; 

(2)  Receiving  foster  care  benefits,  federal  Supplemental  Security  In- 
come (SSI),  or  State  Supplemental  Program  (SSP)  benefits;  or 

(3)  The  responsibility  of  the  adult  to  support  and  for  whom  the  lack  of 
child  care  would  result  in  the  adult  not  being  able  to  work  or  participate 
in  a  work  activity. 

(b)  If  child  care  is  being  reimbursed  with  state  funds,  the  child  must: 

(1)  Be  under  14  years  of  age;  or 

(2)  Be  under  22  years  of  age  if  the  child  has  exceptional  needs  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  section  8208(/)  and  is  physically  or  mentally  incapa- 
ble of  caring  for  him/herself  as  determined  by  a  legally  qualified  profes- 
sional. 

(c)  If  child  care  is  being  reimbursed  with  federal  funds,  the  child  must: 

( 1)  Be  under  13  years  of  age;  or 

(2)  Be  under  1 9  years  of  age  if  the  child  is  physically  or  mentally  inca- 
pable of  caring  for  him/herself  as  determined  by  a  legally  qualified  pro- 
fessional. 

(d)  When  a  child's  residence  alternates  between  the  homes  of  sepa- 
rated or  divorced  parents,  eligibility,  need,  and  fees  should  be  determined 
separately  for  each  household  in  which  the  child  is  residing  during  the 
time  child  care  services  are  needed. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8330, 
8350.5  and  8354,  Education  Code;  Section  11323.2,  Welfare  and  Institutions 
Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 0-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  11). 

§18423.    Eligibility  Duration. 

After  initial  enrollment  into  a  Stage  3  program,  child  care  services  will 
be  continued  as  long  as  the  child  meets  the  requirements  of  Section  1 8422 
and: 

(a)  The  family  continues  to  meet  eligibility  requirements  pursuant  to 
Section  18421;  or 

(b)  The  contractor  has  received  a  referral  for  child  protective  services 
pursuant  to  Chapter  19,  Section  18092;  or 

(c)  If  being  reimbursed  by  state  funds,  the  family  is  income  eligible 
and  the  child  has  a  medical  or  psychiatric  special  need  that  cannot  be  met 
without  the  provision  of  child  care  services  as  documented  in  the  family 
data  file  pursuant  to  Chapter  19,  Secfion  18089. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8350, 
8350.5  and  8354,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  11). 


§  18424.     Enrollment  into  CalWORKs  Stage  3  By  Transfer 
from  Another  CalWORKs  Agency. 

(a)  A  family  is  transferred  into  Stage  3  from  a  county  welfare  depart- 
ment's Stage  1  program  or  another  contractor's  Stage  2  or  Stage  3  pro- 
gram when  the  following  information  is  obtained  by  the  receiving  con- 
tractor: 

(1)  The  parent's(s)  full  name(s),  address(es),  and  telephone  num- 
ber(s); 

(2)  The  names  and  birth  dates  of  all  children  under  the  age  of  1 8  living 
with  the  family,  regardless  of  whether  they  are  served  in  the  CalWORKs 
program; 

(3)  The  number  of  hours  of  child  care  needed  each  day  for  each  child; 

(4)  The  names  of  other  family  members  in  the  household  who  are  re- 
lated by  blood,  marriage,  or  adoption; 

(5)  The  reason  for  needing  child  care  services; 

(6)  Family  size  and  adjusted  monthly  income; 

(7)  Employment  or  training  informafion  for  parent(s)  including  name 
and  address  of  employer(s)  or  training  institutions(s)  and  days  and  hours 
of  employment  or  training; 

(8)  Rate  of  payment;  and 

(9)  The  name,  address,  and  telephone  number  of  the  child  care  provid- 
er. 

(b)  The  transfer  process  specified  in  Subsection  (a)  is  not  required 
when  a  family  is  transferring  from  another  CalWORKs  Stage  2  or  Stage 
3  contract  with  the  same  contractor. 

(c)  Once  the  receiving  contractor  obtains  the  information  contained  in 
Subsection  (a)  and  determines  that  the  informafion  is  complete,  the  re- 
ceiving contractor  shall: 

(1)  Assume  responsibility  for  reimbursing  the  provider  for  the  child 
care  services  provided  effective  the  first  of  the  month  after  the  family  has 
timed  out  of  Stage  1  or  Stage  2;  and 

(2)  Send  or  otherwise  provide  a  nofice  to  the  family  documenfing  the 
informafion  and  requiring  that  the  family  certify  by  signature  that  the  in- 
formafion is  accurate.  Such  certificafion  shall  comply  with  the  fimelines 
established  by  the  contractor's  policies  and  procedures.  The  contractor 
shall  notify  the  family  of  the  timeframe  by  which  the  cerfificafion  must 
be  returned,  and  that  child  care  will  be  terminated,  pursuant  to  Section 
18434.  if  the  certification  is  not  received  within  that  timeframe. 

(3)  If  the  family  indicates  that  the  information  obtained  by  the  receiv- 
ing contractor  pursuant  to  Subsecfion  (a)  is  inaccurate  or  there  has  been 
a  change,  the  new  Stage  3  contractor  shall  update  the  informafion  pur- 
suant to  Secfion  18425(b). 

(d)  The  contractor  shall  enroll  eligible  families  into  Stage  3  as  they 
time  out  without  regard  to  prioritization  unfil  the  nofification  from  the 
California  of  Education  pursuant  to  subsection  (e)  below  is  received. 

(e)  If  at  any  time  during  the  fiscal  year  the  contractor  believes  that  ac- 
cepting eligible  families  into  Stage  3  as  they  fime  out  would  result  in  over 
enrollment,  the  contractor  shall  notify  the  California  Department  of 
Educafion. 

(f)  Notwithstanding  Chapter  19,  Secfion  18225,  when  a  contractor  is 
informed  by  the  California  Department  of  Educafion  that  all  Stage  3 
funds  have  been  allocated  for  a  given  fiscal  year  and  contracts  will  no 
longer  be  augmented  during  that  fiscal  year,  the  contractor  shall: 

(1)  Review  the  Stage  1  and  2  caseload  designated  to  transfer  into  the 
contractor's  Stage  3  contract  each  month  for  the  remainder  of  the  current 
fiscal  year.  The  contractor  shall  determine  if  the  current  fiscal  year  Stage 
3  funds  available  are  sufficient  to  continue  child  care  for  all  families  that 
will  time  out  of  Stage  1  and  2  services  each  month  of  the  current  fiscal 
year. 

(2)  Confinue  to  enroll  families  without  regard  to  priori tizafion  until  the 
specific  month  that  funding  is  insufficient  to  enroll  all  families  that  have 
fimed  out  of  Stage  1  and  2  the  previous  month. 

(3)  Upon  determination  that  funding  is  insufficient  to  provide  services 
to  all  families  that  will  fime  out  in  a  specific  month,  enroll  families  unfil 
all  Stage  3  funds  are  fully  utilized,  with  priority  given  to  families  with  the 


• 


• 


Page  184.88 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18427 


lowest  adjusted  monthly  income  in  relation  to  family  size  in  accordance 
with  the  family  fee  schedule. 

(4)  Not  establish  a  waiting  list  for  CalWORKs  Stage  3  of  otherwise  eli- 
gible families  when  there  are  insufficient  funds  pursuant  to  this  Section. 

(g)  Subsequently,  if  additional  Stage  3  funding  becomes  available  due 
lo  attrition,  the  families  that  have  timed  out  in  the  month  that  funding  be- 
comes available  shall  be  enrolled  with  priority  given  to  families  with  the 
lowest  adjusted  monthly  income  in  relation  to  family  size  in  accordance 
with  the  family  fee  schedule. 

(h)  The  contractor  shall  mail  or  personally  deliver  a  completed  notice 
of  action  to  the  parent(s)  pursuant  to  Section  18434  when  services  are  to 
be  terminated  due  to  insufficient  funds. 

NOTF::  Authority  cited:  Section  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8350.5  and  8354.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
die  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order,  including  new  subsection  (e) 
and  subsection  reletterine,  transmitted  to  OAL  1-28-2002  and  filed  3-1 2-2002 
(Register  2002,  No.  11).^ 


§  1 8425.     Contractor  Responsibilities  for  Maintaining 
Family  Eligibility. 

(a)  At  the  time  of  certification  and  recertification,  a  family  shall  be  in- 
formed of  its  responsibility  to  notify  the  contractor  within  five  calendar 
days  of  any  changes  in  family  income,  family  size,  or  need  for  child  care 
services. 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  update  the  family '  s  application  within  30  days 
after  notification  by  the  family  of  a  change  in  family  income,  family  size, 
or  need.  When  updating  the  family's  application,  the  contractor  shall 
make  every  effort  to  maximize  convenience  for  the  parent  and  avoid  re- 
quiring the  parent  to  take  time  off  from  work  or  a  work  activity. 

(c)  Notwithstanding  Subsection  (b),  all  families  shall  be  recertified  for 
eligibility  and  need  as  follows: 

( 1 )  Families  receiving  care  where  the  need  is  child  protective  services 
shall  be  recertified  at  least  once  every  6  months; 

(2)  All  other  families  shall  be  recertified  at  intervals  not  to  exceed  12 
months. 

(d)  If  the  California  Department  of  Education  notifies  the  contractor 
that  funds  are  not  available  to  serve  the  existing  Stage  3  caseload  and  it 
is  necessary  to  displace  families,  families  shall  be  displaced  in  reverse  or- 
der of  enrollment  priority  based  on  income  levels  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  secfion  8263(b)(2).  When  two  or  more  families  are  in  the  same 
priority  in  relation  to  income,  the  family  that  has  received  care  in  Stage 
3  for  the  shortest  period  of  time  shall  have  higher  priority. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8350.5  and  8354,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2(X)l  (Register 
2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  10-26-2(X)l  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  11). 


§18426.     Eligible  Providers. 

(a)  The  family  has  the  right  lo  select  its  child  care  provider.  Licensed 
child  care  centers,  licensed  family  homes,  and  child  care  exempt  from  li- 
censure are  valid  parental  choices  of  care  for  all  fainilies  receiving  Stage 
3  child  care. 

(b)  If  child  care  is  funded  with  state  funds,  a  provider  shall  not  be  reim- 
bursed for  child  care  services  that  includes  religious  instruction  or  wor- 
ship. 

(c)  The  child  care  provider  shall  meet  all  of  the  following  require- 
ments: 

(1)  Have  a  child  care  license  or  be  exempt  from  child  care  licensing 
requirements,  as  specified  in  Title  22,  California  Code  of  Regulations. 
Sections  l01L58and  102358. 

(2)  A  license-exempt  provider  must: 

(A)  Be  18  years  old  or  older, 

(B)  Meet  or  be  exempt  from  Health  and  Safety  Self-Certification  re- 
quirements; and 

(C)  Apply  for  or  be  registered  for  Trustline  or  be  exempt  from  Trust- 
line  Registry,  pursuant  to  Health  and  Safety  Code  section  I5%.6()5(a). 

(d)  A  contractor  may  develop  a  policy  for  in-home  license-exempt 
care  requiring  a  minimum  number  of  children  to  ensure  the  provider  re- 
ceives a  payment  equivalent  to  the  minimum  wage. 

(e)  The  family's  choice  for  a  child  care  provider  must  meet  the  follow- 
ing requirements: 

(1)  The  child  care  provider's  hours  of  operation  meet  the  family's 
needs  for  child  care; 

(2)  The  child  care  provider  ensures  that  each  child's  attendance  is  re- 
corded for  payment  purposes;  and 

(3)  Adult  supervision  is  maintained  at  all  times  when  children  are  in 
attendance. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261,  8263  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  8208.1,  8354  and  8356,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transnutted  to  OAL  by 
10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  b[)-26-200]  order,  including  amendment  of 
section,  transmitted  to  OAL  1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002, 
No.  11). 


Article  3. 


Requirements  for  Family  Data 
File 


§  18427.     Family  Data  File. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  establish  and  maintain  a  family  data  file  for 
each  family  receiving  child  care  services  in  accordance  with  regulations 
contained  in  Chapter  19,  Secfion  18081(a),  (b)(l)-(5),  (d),  and  (e). 

(b)  For  families  that  transfer  from  a  Stage  1 ,  Stage  2,  or  another  Stage 
3  agency,  the  receiving  contractor  shall  establish  the  family  data  file  doc- 
umentafion  pursuant  to  Subsecfion  (a)  within  six  months  of  the  date  of 
the  transfer. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261,  8261.5.  8263  and  8269,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  8354  and  8358.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  3  (section  1 8427)  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency:  op- 
erative 6^28-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  3  (section  1 8427)  and  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency; 
operanve  10-26-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 


Page  184.89 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§  18428 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  1 1 ). 


Article  4. 


Provider  Payments  and  Parent 
Fees 


§18428.     Provider  Payments. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  reimburse  each  provider  no  more  than  the 
amount  the  provider  charges  unsubsidized  families,  not  to  exceed  the 
maximum  subsidy  amount  as  defined  in  Section  18074.1. 

(b)  Reimbursable  hours  of  care  shall  include  work  hours,  commute 
hours,  participation  in  county-approved  activities,  and  other  eligible 
hours  as  approved  by  the  contractor. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8354  and  8357,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  4  (sections  1 8428-1 8429)  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  6-28-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  4  (sections  18428-18429)  and  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an 
emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  1 1). 

4.  Amendment  filed  9-4-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  9^-2003  (Register 
2003,  No.  36).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1-2-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Amendment  refiled  12-29-2003  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-29-2003 
(Register  2004,  No.  1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  4^27-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-29-2003  order,  including  amendment  of 
section,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-26-2004  and  filed  6-8-2004  (Register  2004,  No. 
24). 

§  1 8429.    Parent  Fees  and  Co-Payments. 

(a)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Article,  contractors  shall  ap- 
ply the  regulations  contained  in  Chapter  19,  Subchapter  3,  Article  5 
(commencing  with  Section  18108,  except  for  Sections  18110,  18111, 
and  18114(b)). 

(b)  If  a  parent  chooses  a  provider  with  a  usual  and  customary  rate  ex- 
ceeding 1.5  standard  deviations  above  the  mean  market  rate  for  the  type 
of  care  provided,  the  parent  may  receive  services  from  that  provider,  in 
which  case  the  parent  is  responsible  for  the  difference  between  the  maxi- 
mum payment  rate  and  the  provider's  rate. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8263  and  8369,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8354  and  8357,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  11). 


Article  5.    Program  Policies 

§  18430.    Contractor  Responsibilities. 

(a)  The  contractor  shall  comply  with  Chapter  19,  Subchapter  10,  Ar- 
ticle 2  (commencing  with  Section  18221,  except  for  Section 
18224(a)(2)). 

(b)  The  contractor  shall  assist  parents  in  choosing  a  child  care  provider 
by  providing  parents  with  a  referral  to  the  local  resource  and  referral 


agency.  The  contractor  shall  inform  parents  of  policies  developed  pur- 
suant to  Section  18428(d). 

(c)  The  contractor  shall  not  require  the  family  or  the  provider  to  furnish 
any  documentation  previously  provided  to  a  county  welfare  department 
or  an  alternative  payment  program  within  the  one  year  prior  to  applica- 
tion, unless  the  documentation  is  absent  from  the  existing  file  and  the 
documentation  affects  the  eligibility  for  child  care  services. 

(d)  The  contractor  shall  permit  the  review  of  the  family  data  file  by  the 
child's  parent(s)  upon  request  and  at  reasonable  times  and  places.  The 
family  data  tile  may  be  reviewed  by  a  representative  of  the  parent  if  the 
parent  provides  written  authorization  for  the  review.  The  use  or  disclo- 
sure of  all  information  pertaining  to  the  child  and  his/her  family  shall  be 
restricted  to  purposes  directly  connected  with  the  administration  of  the 
program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Sections  8354 
and  8358.5.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  5  (section  1 8430)  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 6-28-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  5  (section  1 8430)  and  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency; 
operative  10-26-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compfiance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  11). 

Article  6.    Data  Reporting 

§18431.    Data  Reporting. 

The  contractor  shall  submit  statistical,  cost,  and  program  data  to  the 
California  Department  of  Education  by  the  date  and  in  the  format  speci- 
fied in  the  California  Department  of  Education's  request. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8269,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8354,  8357  and  8358.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  6  (section  1 843 1)  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erafive  6-28-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  6  (section  1 843 1 )  and  section  refiled  1 0-26-2001  as  an  emergency; 
operative  10-26-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Cerfificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  11). 

Article  7.    Program  Quality 

§18432.    Quality. 

The  contractor  shall  adhere  to  the  regulafions  contained  in  Chapter  19, 
Sections  18271,  18274,  18277,  and  18279. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8302 
and  8354,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  7  (section  1 8432)  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 6-28-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  7  (section  1 8432)  and  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency; 
operative  10-26-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Cerfificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  11). 

Article  8.    Due  Process 

§  18433.    Parental  Appeals. 

The  contractor  shall  adhere  to  the  regulations  contained  in  Chapter  19, 
Sections  18120.  18121,  and  18122. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  8261,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  8354 
and  8358.5,  Education  Code. 


Page  184.90 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18464 


History 

1 .  New  ailiclc  8  (sections  18433-18434)  and  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emei- 
gency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-26-2001  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  8  (sections  18433-18434)  and  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an 
emergency:  operative  10-26-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transinitted  to  OAL  by  2-2.S~2002  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  1 1). 

§  18434.    Notice  of  Action  Requirements. 

The  contractor  shall  comply  with  the  regulations  contained  in  Chapter 
1 9.  Sections  18094,  18095,  1811 8,  and  18119(a).  When  a  notice  of  action 
is  to  be  issued,  the  contractor  shall  mail  or  personally  deliver  the  notice 
oi'  action  to  the  parents.  If  the  notice  of  action  is  personally  delivered,  the 
effective  date  of  the  intended  action  shall  be  no  less  than  14  calendar  days 
from  the  date  the  notice  was  delivered.  If  the  notice  of  action  is  mailed, 
the  effective  day  of  the  intended  action  shall  be  no  less  than  1 9  calendar 
days  from  the  date  the  notice  was  mailed. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Sections  8261  and  8263,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sec- 
tions 8354  and  83.58.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-28-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-28-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-26-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  10-26-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-26-2001  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-25-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  10-26-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1-28-2002  and  filed  3-12-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  11). 


Chapter  20. 


State  Board  of  Education 
Procedures 


Subchapter  1 .     General  Provisions 


Article  1.     Public  Hearing 


§18460.    Public  Hearings. 

(a)  The  Board  may  hold  a  public  hearing  regarding  any  matter  pending 
before  it  after  giving  the  notice  required  for  meetings  by  the  Government 
Code. 

(b)  The  Board  may  direct  that  a  public  hearing  be  held  before  staff  of 
the  Department  of  Education,  an  advisory  commission  to  the  Board,  or 
a  standing  or  ad  hoc  committee  of  the  Board  regarding  any  matter  which 
is  or  is  likely  to  be  pending  before  the  Board. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031(a),  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
33030  and  33031(a),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  former  Article  1  (Section  18400),  Article  2  (Sections 
18420-18424),  Article  3  (Secfions  18430-18435),  Article  4  (Section  18440), 
Article  5  (Sections  18450-18456)  and  Article  7  (Sections  18470-18473)  filed 
9-27-85;effectivethirtiethday  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  42).  For  prior  histo- 
ry of  Chapters  1  and  1.3,  see  Registers  83,  No.  51;  77,  No.  39;  and  75,  No.  44. 

2.  Redesignation  of  former  Article  6  (Sections  18460-18464)  to  Anicle  1  and 
amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  9-27-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  85,  No.  42). 


§18461.    Speakers. 

Persons  wishing  to  address  the  Board  on  a  subject  to  be  considered  at 
a  future  meeting,  including  any  matter  designated  as  a  public  hearing, 
shall  present  a  written  request  to  the  Secretary  by  noon  of  the  third  work- 
ing day  before  the  scheduled  hearing  at  721  Capitol  Mall,  Sacramento, 
CA  958 14,  stating  the  subject  they  wish  to  address,  the  organization  they 
represent,  if  any,  and  the  nature  of  their  testimony. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031(a).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
33030  and  33031(a),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  NOTE  filed  12-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
51). 

2.  Atnendment  filed  9-27-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85.  No. 
42). 

§  18462.    Copies  of  Statement. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031(a).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
33030  and  33031(a),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  NOTE  filed  12-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
51). 

2.  Repealer  filed  9-27-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  42). 

§  18463.    Presentation  of  Public  Testimony. 

At  or  before  the  hearing  at  which  oral  comments  from  the  public  are 
to  be  received,  the  Board  President  or  the  chairperson  of  a  hearing  body 
other  than  the  full  board  shall  determine  the  total  amount  of  time  that  will 
be  devoted  to  hearing  such  oral  comments,  and  may  determine  the  time 
to  be  allotted  to  each  person  or  to  each  side  of  an  issue. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
33030  and  33031  (a).  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-28-76  as  procedural  and  organizational;  effective  upon  fil- 
ing (Register  76,  No.  22). 

2.  Repealer  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77, 
No.  39). 

3.  New  NOTE  filed  12-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
51). 

4.  Amendment  filed  9-27-85:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No. 
42). 

§18464.    Waiver  by  President. 

At  any  time,  upon  a  showing  of  good  cause,  the  Board  President  or  the 
chairperson  of  a  hearing  body  other  than  the  full  board  may  waive  the  re- 
quirements of  Sections  18461  and  18463. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
3.3031(a),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  from  Section  1 8463  and  amendment  filed  5-28-76  as  procedural 
and  organizational;  effective  upon  filing  (Register  76,  No.  22). 

2.  New  NOTE  filed  12-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
51). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-27-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No. 
42). 


Subchapter  2.    Procedure  for  Appearance 

of  an  Employee  Under  Government  Code 

Section  1028.1 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031(a),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  2  (§§  1 8520-1 8523)  filed  9-23-69;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  69,  No.  39). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  new  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Repealer  of  Chapter  2  (Sections  18520-18523)  filed  12-14-83;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  51). 


Page  184.91 


Register  2tK)4,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§  18530 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Subchapter  3.     Procedures  Relating  to 
Instructional  Materials 


Article  1.    Procedures  for  the  Public  Display 
of  Textbooks,  Public  Hearing  Given  the 

Curriculum  Development  and  Supplemental 

Materials  Commission,  and  Receipt  of 

Comments  from  the  Public 

§  18530.    Curriculum  Commission  Recommendation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031(a)  and  60001,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  60202-60204  and  60220-60224,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  1 0-24-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
44).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77,  No.  39. 

2.  Editorial  correction  to  NOTE  (Register  77,  No.  51). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-1 7-83;  effecfi  ve  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  1 8531 .    Procedure  for  Hearing  Given  the  Curriculum 
Commission. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031(a)  and  60001,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  60202,  60203,  60204  and  60220-60224,  Educauon  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-24-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-3-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  10-24-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reeister  77,  No. 
44). 

4.  Editorial  correction  to  NOTE  (Register  77,  No.  51). 

5.  Repealer  filed  6-17-83;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  18532.    Display  of  Instructional  Materials. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031(a)  and  60001,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  60202,  60203,  60204  and  60220-60224,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-24-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  refiled  1 0-3-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  10-24-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

44). 

4.  Editorial  correction  to  NOTE  (Register  77.  No.  51). 

5.  Repealer  filed  6-17-83;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  18533.    Written  Statements  to  the  Board  Regarding 
Instructional  Materials  and  Curriculum 
Frameworks. 

(a)  Any  person  may  submit  to  the  Board  a  concise  written  statement 
regarding  any  instructional  materials  or  curriculum  frameworks  recom- 
mended by  the  Curriculum  Commission  for  adoption,  as  follows: 

( 1 )  A  statement  of  error  appearing  in  the  instructional  materials  or  cur- 
riculum framework.  The  statement  shall  indicate  the  page,  pages  or  place 
in  which  the  error  appears,  shall  include  a  specification  of  the  error,  and, 
where  possible,  shall  mention  a  responsible  source  of  information  from 
which  the  Board  can  confirm  the  existence  of  such  error. 

(2)  A  statement  of  objection  to  a  specific  item  of  content  which  shall 
include  the  page  number  or  other  identification  of,  and  reference  to,  the 
item  of  content  to  which  objection  is  made,  and  the  grounds  of  the  objec- 
tion. 

(3)  Comments  relating  to  any  other  factor  of  which  the  Board  should 
be  aware  before  making  a  decision  to  accept  the  recommendation  of  the 
Curriculum  Commission. 

(4)  A  general  objection  to  the  adoption  of  the  instructional  materials 
or  curriculum  framework.  The  statement  shall  include  a  brief  statement 
of  the  objection  and  evidence  or  grounds  supporting  the  objection. 


(5)  A  statement  supporting  the  instructional  materials  or  curriculum 
framework  as  a  whole  or  any  portion  thereof.  The  statement  shall  include 
the  reasons  for  supporting  the  recommended  adoption  or  for  supporting 
specified  portions  thereof. 

(b)  One  copy  of  the  statement,  typewritten  (or  in  clearly  legible  manu- 
script) and  signed,  shall  be  mailed  post  paid,  to  the  Executive  Secretary 
of  the  Board,  721  Capitol  Mall.  Sacramento,  California.  95814.  post- 
marked not  later  than  10  days  prior  to  the  date  set  for  the  Board's  public 
hearing. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
60200  and  60202,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Ainendment  of  subsecfion  (a)  filed  9-24-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  75,  No.  39). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  refiled  10-3-75;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  75.  No.  40). 

3.  New  NOTE  filed  6-17-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
25). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  subsecfions  (a),  (a)(1)  and  (a)(3)-(5),  repealer 
of  subsections  (b)and  (c),  subsection  relettering,  and  amendment  of  newly  des- 
ignated subsection  (b)  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Education  on  12-5-94. 
Amended  section  submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  on  12-6-94,  effective 
12-30-94.  Exempt  from  Chapter  3.5  of  the  Government  Code  pursuant  to  Edu- 
cation Code  section  60004  (Register  95,  No.  3). 

§  18534.    Oral  Comments  from  the  Public;  Notice  of 
Intention  to  Present. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  33031,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
60200,  60202  and  60203,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  filed  6-17-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  18535.     Participation  by  the  Public. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031(a)  and  60001,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  60202,  60203,  60204  and  60220-60224,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  5-28-76  as  procedural  and  organizational;  effective  upon  fil- 
ing (Register  76,  No.  22). 

2.  Repealer  filed  6-17-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  18536.    Time  Devoted  to  Oral  Comments  of  the  Public. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031(a)  and  60001,  Educafion  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  60202,  60203,  60204  and  60220-60224,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  10-30-75  as  procedural  and  organizational;  effecfive  upon 
filing  (Register  75,  No.  44). 

2.  Amendment  filed  5-28-76  as  procedural  and  organizational;  effective  upon  fil- 
ing (Register  76,  No.  22). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-17-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§18537.    Time  Limitations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  33031(a)  and  60001,  Educafion  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Secfions  60202,  60203,  60204  and  60220-60224,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-17-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  18538.    Manner  of  Oral  Presentation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031(a)  and  60001,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  60202,  60203,  60204  and  60220-60224,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-1 7-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 


Article  2.    Procedures  for  Submission  and 

Opening  of  Bids  for  Elementary  Instructional 

Materials 

§18550.    Definitions. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031(a)  and  60001,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Secfions  60202,  60203,  60204  and  60220-60224,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-24-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  refiled  10-3-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
40). 


Page  184.92 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18572 


3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (e)  filed  10-24-77:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Regislcr77.  No.  44). 

4.  Editorial  correction  to  NOTE  (Register  77,  No.  51 ). 

5.  Repealer  filed  6- 1 7-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  ( Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  1 8551 .    Contents  of  Invitation  to  Submit  Instructional 
Materials  for  Adoption  in  California. 

NOTt:  Authority  cited:  Sections  3303 i(a)  and  60001,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  60222,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-24-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  rellled  1 0-3-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75.  No. 
40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  1-17-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No. 

3). 

4.  Repealer  filed  6-17-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  18552.    Mailing  of  Invitation  to  Submit. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031(a)  and  60001,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  60222,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-24-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  refiled  10-3-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  1-17-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No. 
3). 

4.  Repealer  filed  6-17-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  18553.    Submission  of  Instructional  Materials. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031(a)  and  60001,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  60222,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-24-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  refiled  10-3-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
40). 

3.  Amendment  filed  1-17-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No. 
3). 

4.  Repealer  filed  6-1 7-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§  18554.    Submission  of  Bids. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031(a)  and  60001,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  60222,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-24-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 

39). 

2.  Amendment  refiled  10-3-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register75,  No. 
40). 


§  18558.    Estimated  Cost  of  Acquisition. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  9-24-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  39). 

2.  Repealer  refiled  10-3-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
40). 

Subchapter  4.    Procedures  Relating  to 

Hearings  on  Proposals  and  Petitions  for  the 

Reorganization  of  School  Districts 

§  18570.    Submission  of  Proposals  and  Petitions. 

A  proposal  by  the  county  committee  on  school  district  organization, 
a  petition  by  another  public  agency  or  electors  for  the  reorganization  of 
a  school  district  other  than  a  transfer  of  territory,  or  an  appeal  under  Edu- 
cation Code  section  35710.5  or  3571 1  of  an  action  by  the  county  commit- 
tee approving  or  disapproving  a  petition  to  transfer  territory  from  one  dis- 
trict to  another  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Executive  Officer  of  the  Board. 
The  Executive  Officer  of  the  Board  shall  cause  the  proposal,  petition  or 
the  appeal  to  be: 

(a)  Reviewed  and  analyzed  by  the  California  Department  of  Educa- 
tion. 

(b)  Set  for  hearing  before  the  State  Board  of  Education  at  the  earliest 
practicable  date. 

(c)  Transmitted,  together  with  the  report  and  recoinmendation  of  the 
California  Department  of  Education,  to  the  Board  and  to  such  other  per- 
sons as  is  required  by  law  not  later  than  ten  days  before  the  date  of  the 
hearing. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  3303 1 ,  357 1 2,  and  35768,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  35707,  35708,  35710.5,  3571 1,  and  35752,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  4  (§§  1 8570  through  1 8574)  filed  7-22-69;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  69,  No.  30). 

2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  9-23-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

3.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  12-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
83,  No.  51). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  3-29-96;  operative  4-28-96  (Register 
96,  No.  13). 

§  1 8571 .    Arguments  Before  the  Board  (Original 
Submission). 

At  the  time  and  place  of  hearing,  the  Board  will  receive  oral  and/or 
written  arguments  on  the  proposal,  petition  or  the  appeal.  The  Board  may 
limit  the  number  of  speakers  on  each  side  of  the  issue,  limit  the  time  per- 
mitted for  the  presentation  of  a  particular  view,  and  limit  the  time  of  the 
individual  speakers.  The  Board  vvill  not  entertain  a  repetition  of  argu- 
ments previously  presented  by  the  same  or  another  speaker  at  that  meet- 


3.  Amendment  filed  1-17-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80.  No.      ing,  or  presented  at  a  previous  meeting  at  which  the  proposal,  petition  or 

appeal  was  considered. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031 ,  35712  and  35768,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  35708,  35710.5.  35711,  35752  and  35754,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  Note  filed  12-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
51). 


3) 
4.  Repealer  filed  6-1 7-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 

§18555.    Opening  of  Bids. 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031(a)  and  60001,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: section  60222,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  1-1 7-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 80,  No.  3). 

2.  Repealer  filed  6-17-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  25). 


2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  3-29-96;  operative  4-28-96  (Register 
96,  No.  13). 

§  18572.    Resubmissions  and  Petitions  for 
Reconsideration. 
§  1 8556.    Opening  of  Bids.  (a)  \i  a^iy  time  following  a  decision  by  the  Board  on  a  proposal,  peti- 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031(a)  and  60001,  Education  Code.  Refer-      [[^^  ^^  appeal,  the  original  petitioner,  county  committee  on  school  dis- 
ence:  Section  60222,  Education  Code. 


History 
1.  Repealer  filed  1-17-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80.  No.  3). 

§  18557.    Estimated  Cost  of  Manufacture. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  9-24-75,-  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  39). 

2.  Repealer  refiled  10-3-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
40). 


trict  organization,  or  any  affected  school  district  may  resubmit  the  same 
or  essentially  identical  proposal,  or  may  petition  the  Board  for  reconsid- 
eration of  the  Board's  decision. 

(b)  Any  resubmission  or  petition  for  reconsideration  shall  be  accom- 
panied by  new  arguments  or  new  facts  not  previously  presented  to  the 
Board. 

(c)  No  resubmission  or  petition  for  reconsideration  shall  be  acted  upon 
by  the  Board  with  respect  to  any  reorganization  proposal  that  has  been 


Page  184.93 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  18573 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


called  for  election  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  357  J  0.51  or 
35756. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  330.^  1 ,  357 1 2  and  35768,  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  35707.  35708,  35710-3571 1,  35752  and  35756,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  NoTt  filed  12-14-83;  effective  tfiirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
51). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  repealer  of  section  and  new  section,  and  amend- 
ment of  Note  filed  3-29-96;  operative  4-28-96  (Register  96,  No.  1 3). 


§  18573.    Criteria  for  Reorganization  of  School  Districts. 

(a)  The  analysis  of  the  proposal  or  petition  by  the  California  Depart- 
ment of  Education  shall  state  findings  of  fact  and  recommendations  as  to 
whether  each  district  affected  by  the  proposed  reorganization  substan- 
tially meets  the  following  criteria  and  standards: 

(1)  It  is  the  intent  of  the  Slate  Board  that  direct  service  districts  not  be 
created  which  will  become  more  dependent  upon  county  offices  of  edu- 
cation and  state  support  unless  unusual  circumstances  exist.  Therefore, 
each  district  affected  must  be  adequate  in  terms  of  numbers  of  pupils,  in 
that: 

(A)  Each  such  district  should  have  the  following  projected  enrollment 
on  the  date  that  the  proposal  becomes  effective  or  any  new  district  be- 
comes effective  for  all  purposes: 

Elementary  District   901 

High  School  District    301 

Unified  District    1.501 

(B)  The  analysis  shall  state  whether  the  projected  enrollment  of  each 
affected  district  will  increase  or  decline  and  the  extent  thereof. 

(2)  To  determine  whether  the  new  district  is  organized  on  the  basis  of 
substantial  community  identity,  the  following  criteria  should  be  consid- 
ered: 

(A)  Isolation. 

(B)  Geography. 

(C)  Distance  between  social  centers. 

(D)  Distance  between  school  centers. 

(E)  Topography. 

(F)  Weather. 

(G)  Community,  school,  and  social  ties  and  other  circumstances  pe- 
culiar to  the  area. 

(3)  To  determine  whether  an  equitable  division  of  property  and  facili- 
ties will  occur,  the  California  Department  of  Education  will  determine 
which  of  the  criteria  authorized  in  Education  Code  Section  35736  shall 
be  applied.  It  shall  also  ascertain  that  the  affected  districts  and  the  county 
office  of  education  are  prepared  to  appoint  the  committee  described  in 
Education  Code  section  35565  to  settle  disputes  arising  from  such  divi- 
sion of  property. 

(4)  To  determine  whether  the  new  districts  will  promote  racial  or  eth- 
nic discrimination  or  segregafion,  the  effects  of  the  following  factors  will 
be  considered: 

(A)  The  current  number  and  percentage  of  pupils  in  each  racial  and 
ethnic  group  in  the  affected  districts  and  schools  in  the  affected  districts, 
compared  with  the  number  and  percentage  of  pupils  in  each  racial  and 
ethnic  group  in  the  affected  districts  and  schools  in  the  affected  districts 
if  the  proposal  or  petifion  were  approved. 

(B)  The  trends  and  rates  of  present  and  possible  future  growth  or 
change  in  the  total  population  in  the  districts  affected,  in  each  racial  and 
ethnic  group  within  the  total  district,  and  in  each  school,  of  the  affected 
districts. 

(C)  The  school  board  policies  regarding  methods  of  preventing  racial 
and  ethnic  segregation  in  the  affected  districts  and  the  effect  of  the  pro- 
posal or  petition  on  any  desegregation  plan  or  program  of  the  affected 
districts,  whether  voluntary  or  court  ordered,  designed  to  prevent  or  to 
alleviate  racial  or  ethnic  discrimination  or  segregation. 

(D)  The  effect  of  factors  such  as  distance  between  schools  and  atten- 
dance centers,  terrain,  and  geographic  features  that  may  involve  safety 
hazards  to  pupils,  capacity  of  schools,  and  related  condifions  or  circum- 


stances that  may  have  an  effect  on  the  feasibility  of  integration  of  the  af- 
fected schools. 

(E)  The  effect  of  the  proposal  on  the  duty  of  the  governing  board  of 
each  of  the  affected  districts  to  take  steps,  insofar  as  reasonably  feasible, 
to  alleviate  segregation  of  minority  pupils  in  schools  regardless  of  its 
cause. 

(5)  The  proposal  or  petition  shall  not  significantly  adversely  affect  the 
educational  prograins  of  districts  affected  by  the  proposal  or  peution.  In 
analyzing  the  proposal  or  petition,  the  California  Department  of  Educa- 
tion shall  describe  the  districtwide  programs,  and  the  school  site  pro- 
grams, in  schools  not  a  part  of  the  proposal  or  petition  that  will  be  ad- 
versely affected  by  the  proposal  or  petition. 

(b)  The  Board  may  waive  the  criteria  specified  in  subsections  (a)(  1 ) 
through  (a)(5)  of  this  section  and  inay  approve  a  proposal  or  petition  or 
decide  an  appeal  under  Education  Code  secfion  35710.5  or  3571 1  if  the 
Board  determines  circumstances  with  respect  to  the  proposal,  petition  or 
appeal  provide  a  sufficient  excepfional  situauon. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  33031,  35712.  35750  and  35768,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  35710.5,  3571 1  and  35753,  Education  Code;  Crawford 
V.  Board  of  Education  (1976)  17  CAL.3d  280;  NAACP  v.  San  Bernardino  City 
Unified  School  District  ( 1 976)  1 7  C AL.3d  311. 

History 

1.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  12-17-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register76,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsecnon  (b)(4)  and  repealer  of  Note  filed  9-23-77;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  39). 

3.  Amendment  filed  1-17-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No. 
3). 

4.  Amendment  filed  1 2-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
51). 

5.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  3-29-96;  operative  4-28-96  (Register 
96,  No.  13). 

§18574.     Policy. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  33031(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
35750  and  35753,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  NOTE  filed  12-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
51). 

2.  Repealer  filed  9-27-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  42). 


Subchapter  5.    State  Board  of 
Education — Conflict  of  Interest  Code 

§  1 8600.    General  Provisions. 

The  Political  Reform  Act,  Government  Code  Sections  81000,  et  seq., 
requires  state  and  local  government  agencies  to  adopt  and  promulgate 
Conflict  of  Interest  Codes.  The  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  has 
adopted  a  regulafion,  2  Cal.  Code  of  Regulations  Section  1 8730,  which 
contains  the  terms  of  a  standard  Conflict  of  Interest  Code,  which  can  be 
incorporated  by  reference,  and  which  may  be  amended  by  the  Fair  Politi- 
cal Practices  Commission  to  conform  to  amendments  in  the  Polidcal  Re- 
form Act  after  public  notice  and  hearings.  Therefore,  the  terms  of  2  Cal. 
Code  of  Regulations  Secfion  18730  and  any  amendments  to  it  duly 
adopted  by  the  Fair  Polifical  Pracfices  Commission,  along  with  the  at- 
tached Appendix  in  which  officials  and  employees  are  designated  and 
disclosure  categories  are  set  forth,  are  hereby  incorporated  by  reference 
and  constitute  the  Conflict  of  Interest  Code  of  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
fion,  except  as  provided  below. 

Designated  employees  shall  file  statements  of  economic  interests  with 
the  agency.  Upon  receipt  of  the  statements  of  members  of  the  board,  the 
agency  shall  make  and  retain  a  copy  and  forward  the  original  of  these 
statements  to  the  Fair  Polifical  Pracfices  Commission. 
EXCEPTION:  As  provided  in  2  Cal.  Code  of  Regulations  Secfion  18730(b)(1),  the 
definitions  contained  in  the  Political  Reform  Act  of  1974  shall  apply  to  the  terms 
used  in  this  Code  except  that  neither  the  term  "investment"  nor  the  term  "business 
entity"  shall  operate  to  exclude  any  private  school  in  California,  whether  or  not 
such  school  is  operated  for  profit. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  87300,  87304  and  87306,  Government  Code. 
Reference:  Secfions  87300  et  seq..  Government  Code. 


Page  184.94 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18802 


History 

1.  New  chapter  5  (sections  18600-18608)  filed  12-17-76;  designated  effective 
2-1-77.  Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  10-6-76  (Register 

76,  No.  51). 

2.  Amendment  of  Norr;  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter  (Register 

77,  No.  39). 

3.  Repealer  of  chapter  5  (sections  18600- 18608)  and  new  chapter  5  (section  18600 
and  Appendix)  filed  2-26-81;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter.  Approved  by 
hair  Political  Practices  Commission  12-1-80  (Register  81,  No.  9). 

4.  Amendment  tiled  2-1 3-94:  operative  3-17-94.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing 
only.  Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  1-25-94  (Reeister  94, 
No.  71. 

5.  Amendment  of  Noti  and  appendix  (list  of  designated  employees)  filed 
8-1-2001;  operative  8-31-2001.  Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Com- 
mission 6-28-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  31). 

Appendix 

Disclosure 
Dcsii^iiuicd  Employees  Ccitegon' 

Members  of  the  State  Board  of  Education     I,  II 

Members  of  the  Curriculum  Development  and  Supplemental 
Materials  Commission  and  respective  instnictional  materials 
evaluation  panels,  the  Advisory  Commission  on  Special 
Education,  the  Child  Nutrition  Advisory  Council,  the  Commission 
on  Technology  in  Learning,  and  any  other  comjTiission, 
committee,  council,  or  similar  group  which  is  not  solely  advisoi7 
and  which  reports  to  the  State  Board  of  Education   I 

Disclosure  Categories 

Cuiegory  I.  Persons  in  this  category  shall  report  investments,  business 
positions,  and  income  to  the  extent  that  they  know  or  have  reason  to  know 
that  the  business  entity  in  which  the  investment  or  business  position  is 
held  or  the  source  of  income  is  a  publisher,  manufacturer,  or  vendor  of 
instructional  materials,  or  services  offered  to  educational  institutions  in 
the  State  of  California.  They  shall  also  report  any  investments,  positions 
of  management  and  income  from  any  private  school  in  the  State  of  Cali- 
fornia. 

Category'  II.  Persons  in  this  category  shall  report  interests  in  real  prop- 
erty in  California. 


Chapter  21 .    Private  Postsecondary 
Education  Instructions 


Subchapter  1.    General  Provisions 

§18800.     Definitions. 

(a)  "Instructor."  An  instructor  is  the  individual  who  is  responsible  for 
the  routine  operation  of  a  course  on  its  scheduled  basis;  a  person  who  is 
the  primary  source  of  instruction,  knowledge  and  expertise  by  reason  of 
his  or  her  constant  presence  or  availability  in  the  classroom  or  facility  or 
through  correspondence  instruction.  "Instructor"  does  not  include  per- 
sons designated  as  teaching  assistants,  guest  lecturers,  substitute  teach- 
ers, teacher  aides  or  any  other  personnel  specifically  not  subject  to  ap- 
proval by  the  superintendent.  However,  such  designated  personnel  may 
be  used  without  specific  approval  so  long  as,  in  the  opinion  of  the  super- 
intendent, the  quality  or  effectiveness  of  instruction  is  not  impaired  and 
the  intent  of  Sections  18814(b)  and  18817  is  not  circumvented. 

(b)  "Administrator."  An  administrator  is  any  owner  or  staff  member 
of  an  institution  who  has  an  active  role  in  its  operation  and  has  responsibi- 
lities such  as  managing,  supervising,  planning,  research,  personnel,  fi- 
nancial operations,  or  working  directly  with  students  or  prospective  stu- 
dents in  a  noninstructional  capacity  excepting  personnel  who  function 
exclusively  as  off-site  agents  holding  permits  pursuant  lo  Education 
Code  Section  94333.  "Administrator"  does  not  include  persons  who  pro- 
vide support  services  and  do  not  have  primary  responsibility  for  the  area 
of  operation  in  which  they  are  working,  custodial  and  maintenance  staff, 
and  outside  personnel  under  contract. 

(c)  "Specific  Degree."  As  used  in  Education  Code  Section  94310.2, 
"specific  degree"  means  a  degree,  the  title  of  which  includes  the  specific 
academic,  educational,  technological  or  professional  objective  attained 


which,  in  turn,  is  recognized  by  any  institution  operating  under  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  943 1 0. 1 . 

(d)  "Superintendent."  "Superintendent"  means  the  Stale  Superinten- 
dent of  Public  Instruction  and  includes  the  Private  Postsecondary  Educa- 
tion Division  where  appropriate. 

(e)  "Avocational  or  Recreational  Education."  Education  solely  avoca- 
tional  or  recreational,  as  used  in  Education  Code  Section  94303,  is  educa- 
tion, the  object  of  which  is  not  primarily  to  train  for  employment,  but 
which  is  commonly  pursued  for  personal  entertainment,  recreation,  indi- 
vidual edification  or  as  a  hobby. 

(f)  "Makes  Available."  As  used  in  Education  Code  Section  943 1 2(h), 
"makes  available"  means  to  expressly  inform  the  prospective  student  that 
a  catalog  or  brochure  may  readily  be  examined  or  obtained. 

(g)  "Institution  Stmctured  by  Schools  of  Theology."  As  used  in  Edu- 
cation Code  Section  94310.4.  an  "institution  structured  by  schools  of 
theology"  is  one  in  which  the  education  is  restricted  primarily  to  courses 
or  curriculum  in  theology  or  ministry,  and  other  education  or  instruction 
directly  related  to  theology  or  ministry,  the  content  of  which  is  not  neces- 
sarily limited  to  the  principles  of  any  particular  church  or  denomination. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94303,  94310,  94311(d)(3),  94312(h)  and  94333.  Education  Code. 

HisroRY 

1.  Repealer  of  Division  21  (Sections  18800-19281,  not  consecutive)  and  new  Di- 
vision 21  (Sections  1 8800-1 8841 .  not  consecutive)  filed  4-3-79;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  1 4).  For  prior  history,  see  Registers  77,  No. 
39;  77,  No.  27;  76,  No.  7;  75.  No.  51;  75,  No.  23;  75,  No.  9;  71,  No.  1;  70.  No. 
16;  70,  No.  13;  70,  No.  9;  65,  No.  4;  and  64,  No.  20. 

2.  Repealerof  former  Section  18800  and  renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section 
18801  to  Section  18800  filed  l-L5-85;effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Regis- 
ter 85,  No.  3). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  filed  2-2-89;  operative  2-2-89  (Register  89, 
No.  85. 

§  18801.    Content  of  Diplomas  and  Degrees. 

(a)  Every  diploma  and  degree  document  conferred  by  an  institution 
shall  contain  at  least  all  of  the  following: 

( 1 )  The  full  name  of  the  institution; 

(2)  The  address  of  the  institution  or  the  city  of  its  principal  campus  or 
administrative  facility; 

(3)  The  date  the  document  is  issued; 

(4)  The  full  legal  name  of  the  recipient; 

(5)  A  full  and  clear  citation  of  the  diploma  course  completed,  the 
course  of  study  or  discipline  in  which  the  degree  is  earned,  or  the  distinc- 
tion on  which  the  honorary  degree  is  conferred,  as  appropriate. 

(b)  Honorary  degrees  may  be  granted  by  an  institution  provided  that, 
the  honorary  degree  has  on  its  face,  in  letters  no  smaller  than  those  used 
for  the  specific  name  of  the  degree,  either  the  word  "Honorary"  in  En- 
glish or  the  words  "Honoris  Causa." 

(c)  The  title  of  any  degree  awarded  by  an  institution  structured  by 

schools  of  theology  authorized  by  Education  Code  Section  943 1 0.4  shall 

include  specific  language  that  identifies  the  degree  as  one  of  theology  or 

ministry. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94302(f)  and  (g),  94310  and  94312(i),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  18801  to  Section  18800.  and 
renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  18803  to  Section  18801  filed 
1-15-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

2.  Change  without  regulator/  effect  of  subsection  (c)  filed  2-2-89;  operative 
2-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  8). 

§  1 8802.    Custodian  of  Records. 

In  order  to  implement  the  purpose  of  Education  Code  Section 
94312(k): 

(a)  Any  institution  shall  advise  the  student  in  a  catalog  or  brochure  that 
the  institution  is  required  by  law  to  maintain  student  records  for  a  period 
of  only  five  years. 

(b)  Any  institution  shall,  in  the  event  of  complete  cessation  of  all  oper- 
ations, immediately  retain  a  custodian  of  records  and  advise  the  superin- 
tendent of  the  custodian's  name,  address  and  telephone  number.  The  in- 
stitution shall  arrange  for  the  custodian  to  retain,  for  the  balance 


Page  184.95 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6  - 11  -  2004 


§  18803 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


remaining  of  five  years,  all  those  records  described  in  Education  Code 
Section  94312(k)  along  with  each  former  student's  record  of  attendance 
and  academic  progress. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Chapter  3 
(commencing  with  Section  94300),  Part  59,  Division  10.  Title  3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  former  Section  18802  and  renumbering  of  Section  18804  to  Section 

18802  filed  1-15-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  18803.    Affiliation  and  Evaluation  of  Credit. 

(a)  An  institution  shall  not  affiliate  with  another  institution  for  the  pur- 
pose of  offering  educational  services  or  granting  diplomas  or  degrees  un- 
less both  institutions  are  approved  or  authorized  under  one  or  another  of 
Education  Code  Sections  94310  or  9431 1,  and  the  fact  of  affiliation  is  re- 
ported to  the  superintendent. 

(b)  An  institution  shall  not  grant  diplomas  or  degrees  solely  on  the  ba- 
sis of  education  taken  at,  or  credit  transferred  from,  another  institution  or 
institutions,  or  solely  on  noninstructional  learning  experiences.  Diplo- 
mas and  degrees  may  be  granted  on  the  basis  of  a  combination  of  instruc- 
tion and  noninstructional  learning  experiences  for  which  the  institution 
details  explicit  rationale  for  the  awarding  of  credit  and  systematic  and 
vigorous  method  for  evaluating  it. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94310,  9431 1  and  94312(m).  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  18803  to  Section  18801,  and 
renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  1 8805  to  Section  1 8803  filed  1-15-85; 
effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§18804.    Advertising. 

(a)  Nothing  contained  in  Education  Code  Section  94321  shall  prohibit 
an  institution  and  a  bona  fide  employer  from  jointly  advertising  in  "help 
wanted"  columns  of  a  magazine,  newspaper,  or  other  publication  if  all  of 
the  following  conditions  are  met;  specifically  that: 

(1)  There  is  a  shortage  of  persons  with  the  skills  advertised  as  wanted 
in  the  circulation  area  of  the  publication  in  which  the  advertisement  ap- 
pears. 

(2)  There  is  an  anticipated  need  for  persons  trained  in  such  skills  at  the 
end  of  the  institution's  regular  training  period  for  the  skills. 

(3)  The  advertisement  clearly  identifies  the  institution  and  the  employ- 
er as  separate  entities  and  gives  the  complete  address  of  both. 

(4)  The  advertisement  clearly  indicates  that  graduation  does  not  guar- 
antee employment  by  the  employer  named  in  the  advertisement. 

(b)  Institutions  may  advertise  or  otherwise  represent  the  fact  of  hold- 
ing a  valid  approval  or  authorization  to  operate,  issued  by  the  superinten- 
dent, but  in  doing  so  must: 

( 1 )  State  that  the  approval  or  authorization  "to  operate"  is  "by  the  Cali- 
fornia Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,"  or  "State  Superintendent 
Approved"  or  "State  Superintendent  Authorized"  as  appropriate. 

(2)  State  that  the  approval  is  conditional  or  provisional,  if  that  is  the 
fact. 

(c)  Institutions  may  advertise  or  otherwise  represent  the  fact  of  holding 
an  accreditation,  or  of  holding  any  approval  other  than  by  the  superinten- 
dent. In  so  doing  the  representation  shall  be  immediately  followed  by: 

( 1 )  The  complete  name  of  the  organization  or  agency  by  which  the  in- 
stitution is  accredited  or  approved,  except  with  respect  to  accreditation 
agencies  recognized  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education  or  its  succes- 
sor agency  in  which  case  initials  of  the  name  may  be  used. 

(2)  The  status  of  the  accreditation  or  approval  if  less  than  full;  and 

(3)  The  fact,  if  true,  that  such  organization  or  agency  is  not  recognized 
by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education  or  its  successor  agency. 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
94321(a)  and  (f).  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  of  former  Section  1 8804  to  Section  1 8802,  and  renumbering  and 


aniendmcnl  of  Section  1 8806  to  Section  18804  filed  1-1 5-85;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§18805.    Refund  Policy. 

(a)  Institutions  approved  or  authorized  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
Sections  943 10.2, 943 10.3,  and  943 10.4,  and  943 1 1(d)  shall,  in  the  event 
of  a  student  or  applicant  cancels  enrollment  prior  to  the  completion  of  the 
course,  promptly  refund  to  each  student  the  unused  portions  of  paid  tu- 
ition fees  and  other  charges  or  reduce  the  amount  due  under  the  enrol- 
lment contract,  as  appropriate,  in  accordance  with  the  following  mini- 
mum standards: 

( 1 )  Cancellation  of  Contract  or  Enrollment.  A  student  or  applicant  may 
cancel  the  contract  or  enrollment  by  notifying  institution  personnel  of 
that  intention.  Such  notice  is  effective  when  delivered  or  when  post- 
marked. An  institution  may  require  a  written  notice  of  cancellation  pro- 
vided that  such  requirement  is  clearly  detailed  in  the  catalog  and  enrol- 
lment agreement. 

(2)  Instructional  Materials.  If  there  is  to  be  any  charge  to  a  student  or 
applicant  for  instructional  materials  under  any  circumstances  whatever, 
the  school  must  detail  provisions,  if  any,  for  the  return  or  recovery  of  the 
materials,  and  a  specific  price  must  be  affixed  to  the  items  and  clearly 
cited.  Fees  for  instructional  materials  shall  not  be  considered  as  "tuition 
fees"  as  used  in  this  section. 

Initial  correspondence  course  materials  shall  be  sent  to  the  student 
within  7  working  days  following  receipt  of  student  enrollment,  or  the  stu- 
dent may  rescind  the  contract  and  shall  be  entitled  to  full  refund  of  all 
monies  paid. 

At  any  time  during  the  enrollment  period,  a  correspondence  institution 
shall  upon  written  request  send  the  balance  of  all  course  materials  to  any 
student  who  has  paid  in  full  under  his  contract.  If  the  student  has  not  paid 
in  full  but  has  paid  in  excess  of  the  amount  owed  under  paragraph  (6)  be- 
low, the  institution  shall  upon  written  request  send  the  student  the  materi- 
als paid  for  but  not  received,  which  will  constitute  full  settlement  of  the 
institution's  obligation  to  the  student.  In  such  event,  the  school  shall  re- 
main obligated  for  all  services  to  which  the  student  is  entitled. 

(3)  Registration  Fees.  An  institution  shall  be  entitled  to  a  minimum 
registration  fee  of  $25.00  with  a  maximum  of  15  percent  of  the  total  tu- 
ition fees  or  $100.00,  whichever  is  less. 

(4)  Three-Day  Full  Refund  Period.  Where  the  provisions  of  Education 
Code  Section  943 1 2(e)  are  not  applicable,  the  student  or  applicant  shall 
be  given  no  less  than  3  working  days  following  the  day  on  which  enrol- 
lment was  signed  or  effective  to  cancel  enrollment  and  receive  refund  of 
all  monies  paid  to  institution  or  its  representative,  including  the  refund 
of  registration  and  instructional  materials  fees,  provided  no  classes  have 
been  attended,  lessons  completed,  or  materials  used. 

(5)  Cancellation  After  Three-Day  Period.  Where  the  provisions  of 
Education  Code  Section  9431 2(e)  are  not  applicable,  and  should  the  stu- 
dent or  applicant  cancel  enrollment  more  than  3  working  days  following 
the  day  on  which  enrollment  was  signed  or  effective,  the  institution  may 
retain,  as  earned,  the  amount  disclosed  as  a  registration  fee  plus  any  dis- 
closed and  used  instructional  material  costs  not  inconsistent  with  its 
stated  policy,  provided  that: 

(A)  In  resident  institutions,  the  cancellation  was  made  prior  to  the  date 
upon  which  the  institution  is  scheduled  to  start  classes  or  instruction,  or 

(B)  In  correspondence  institutions,  the  cancellation  was  made  prior  to 
the  date  on  which  the  institution  received  the  first  completed  lesson  or 
prior  to  the  30th  day  following  the  date  on  which  the  student  or  applicant 
first  received  materials,  whichever  occurs  first. 

(6)  Minimum  Refund.  Should  a  student  cancel  enrollment  after  the 
time  period  described  in  (a)(5)(A)  of  this  section,  whether  or  not  he  or  she 
was  in  attendance,  or  after  the  time  period  described  in  (a)(5)(B)  of  this 
section,  the  student  is  entitled  to  a  refund  of  fees  and  charges,  except  reg- 
istration fees  and  costs  of  instructional  materials  consistent  with  the  insti- 
tution's stated  policy,  in  accordance  with  the  following  refund  formula: 


Page  184.96 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -  2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


S  18809 


Percent  dJ alleudaitec  time  or  of 

course  leiiiitli  iis  related  to  the  Mininiuiii  Amount  of 

total  course  time  or  len;^tli:  Refund 

Up  to  \(n    90% 

10%  and  up  to  25'^r    75% 

25%  and  up  to  50%    50% 

50%  and  over     No  Refund 

The  requirements  olthis  part  do  not  apply  to  institutions  operating  un- 
der Education  Code  Section  943 10.  Those  institutions  shall  develop  and 
use  a  fair,  equitable  and  positive  policy  of  incremental  refund  of  unused 
fees  and  other  charges  applicable  to  cancellations. 

(7)  Fees  Which  Shall  be  Refunded.  Fees  which  shall  be  refunded  are: 

(A)  Any  fee  or  charge  collected  in  error  shall  be  repaid  in  full. 

(B)  Any  charges  collected  from  a  student  which  the  institution  holds 
for  the  purpose  of  paying  to  any  other  public  or  private  person,  firm,  orga- 
nization, or  agency,  such  as  for  a  bond,  license  application  or  examina- 
tion fees,  or  any  similar  fees  or  charges  shall,  where  the  student  fails  to 
enter  the  course  or  withdraws  therefrom  at  any  time  prior  to  completion 
of  the  course,  be  refunded  in  full.  Such  charges  are  not  subject  to  any  re- 
fund if  the  institution  has  paid  them  prior  to  receipt  of  cancellation  of  a 
contract  or  enrollment. 

(C)  All  prepaid  but  unearned  fees  and  other  charges  paid  by  a  student 
to  the  institution  shall  be  refunded  to  the  student  if  the  institution  discon- 
tinues the  class  or  course  for  which  the  student  has  enrolled. 

(8)  Refunds  to  Veterans.  A  student  enrolled  under  any  federal  or  state 
veterans'  education  assistance  plan  may  receive  all  the  refunds  of  fees  in 
accordance  with  the  law  or  regulations  under  which  the  federal  or  state 
veterans'  education  assistance  plan  is  operated,  regardless  of  any  limita- 
tion set  forth  in  this  section. 

(9)  Timely  Refunds.  Refunds  must  be  made  by  the  institution  within 
30  days  of  the  cancellation. 

(b)  In  addition  to  inclusion  in  the  catalog  or  brochure,  the  institution's 
refund  policy  shall  be  fully,  clearly  and  conspicuously  included  in  each 
contract  of  enrollment. 

(c)  The  superintendent  may,  at  his  discretion,  permit  exceptions  to  an 
institution's  refund  policy  upon  the  institution  making  application  to  the 
superintendent  for  such  exception  and  detailing  the  reasons.  After  con- 
sideration by  the  superintendent,  he  may  deny  such  exception,  grant  the 
exception,  or  order  a  suitable  refund  policy. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
94312(d)  and  (^e).  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  18805  to  Section  18803,  and 
renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  1 8809  to  Section  1 8805  filed  1-1 5-85; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  of  subsection  (a)  filed  2-2-89;  operative 
2-2-89(Register89,  No.  8). 

§18806.     Advertising. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  94305(b)  and  94321(f),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Chapter  3  (commencing  with  Section  94300).  Part  59,  Division  10,  Title  3 
and  Section  94321(0,  Educafion  Code. 

History 
I.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  18806  to  Secrion  18804  filed 
1-15-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  18807.    Disclosures  to  Consumers. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  94305(b)  and  94312(h),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Chapter  3  (commencing  with  Section  94300),  Part  59,  Division  10,  Title  3 
and  Section  94312(h),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  1-15-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  18808.    Location  of  Approval  or  Authorization. 

Authorization  or  approval  shall  be  required  for  each  principal  location 
of  an  institution.  Within  the  meaning  of  this  section: 

(a)  Any  location  within  the  accreditation  of  an  institution  operating 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  943 1 0. 1  is  deemed  to  be  a  part  of  the 
authorized  principal  location. 


(b)  Any  location  of  an  institution  operating  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Section  943 10(b)  which  does  not  offer  an  entire  degree  prograin  is 
deeined  to  be  part  of  the  approved  principal  location. 

(c)  Any  location  of  an  institution  operating  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Section  94310.4  is  deeined  to  be  a  part  of  the  authorized  principal 
location. 

(d)  Any  location  of  an  institution  operating  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Section  943 1 1  is  deemed  to  be  a  part  of  the  approved  or  authorized 
principal  location  if: 

(1)  it  is  for  the  purpose  of  absorbing  an  enrollment  overload  that  the 
principal  facility  cannot  accommodate,  or 

(2)  it  provides  for  a  special  kind  of  training;  provided  that  such  facility 
has  no  independent  administrative  capability,  is  not  identified  in  any  ad- 
vertising, and  is  not  for  the  purpose  of  serving  another  neighborhood  or 
clientele. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94302(k).  94310.  9431 1  and  94331 .  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-22-85;effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85.  No. 
43).  For  history  of  former  section,  see  Register  85.  No.  3. 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  of  subsections  (a)  and  (c)  filed  2-2-89;  opera- 
tive 2-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  8). 


Subchapter  2.    Applications  and  Affidavits 
by  Institutions 

§18809.    Processing. 

(a)  Processing  and  review  of  any  application  or  affidavit  received  by 
the  superintendent  shall  not  commence  until,  in  the  superintendent's  de- 
termination, the  application/affidavit  is  complete,  all  required  documen- 
tation is  included  and  complete  and  the  required  fee  is  received.  Process- 
ing and  review  shall  not  continue  until  the  applicant  or  affiant  has 
supplied  all  additional  information  as  may  be  requested  by  the  superin- 
tendent. 

(b)  In  compliance  with  Chapter  3  (commencing  with  Section  L'S374) 
of  Part  6.7  of  Division  3  of  Title  2.  Government  Code,  this  agency,  upon 
receiving  an  application/affidavit,  shall  inform  an  applicant/affiant  in 
writing  within  the  following  maximum  state  working  days: 

(1)  That  such  application/affidavit  is  incomplete  or  incorrect.  A  letter 
detailing  the  deficiencies  shall  be  mailed  or  delivered  within  10  days 
from  the  receipt  of  applications/affidavits  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
Sections  94310. 1, 9431 1  (a),  (b),  (c),  94315,  and  94333, 9431 1(d)(3).  and 
within  20  days  from  the  receipt  of  applications/affidavits  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  Sections  94310.2,  94310.3,  94310.4,  and  9431 1(d).  Or, 

(2)  That  such  application/affidavit  is  complete,  and  the  applicant/af- 
fiant qualifies  for  the  status  applied  for.  The  final  decision  shall  be  ren- 
dered, and  the  document  granting  the  status  applied  for  shall  be  mailed 
or  delivered  within  10  days  from  the  receipt  of  applications/affidavits 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  Sections  943 10. 1 .  943 11  (a),  (b),  (c),  943 1 5, 
94333,  and  9431 1(d)(3)  and  the  procedures  specified  in  statute  shall  pro- 
ceed immediately  upon  the  receipt  of  completed  applications/affidavits 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  Sections  94310.2,  94310.3,  94310.4,  and 
94311(d).  Or, 

(3)  That  such  application/affidavit  is  complete,  but  it  is  the  intention 
of  the  superintendent  to  deny  the  status  applied  for. 

(A)  For  applications/affidavits  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Sections 
94310.1,  94311(a),  (b),  (c),  94315,  94333,  and  9431 1(d)(3),  a  detailing 
notice  of  intention  to  deny  shall  be  mailed  or  delivered  within  10  days 
from  the  receipt  of  the  applications/affidavits.  For  applications/affidavits 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  9431 1(d),  a  decision  of  intention  to 
deny  shall  be  rendered,  and  a  detailing  notice  of  intention  to  deny  shall 
be  mailed  or  delivered,  within  the  procedural  time  periods  specified  in 
statute. 

(B)  A  final  decision  of  the  superintendent  shall  be  rendered  to  deny  the 
status  applied  for  or  to  abandon  the  denial  action  and  grant  the  status 
applied  for,  and  a  letter  of  denial  or  the  document  granfing  the  status,  as 


Page  184.97 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  18810 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


applicable,  shall  be  mailed  or  delivered  within  190  days  from  the  date  of 
the  superintendent's  notice  of  intention  to  deny. 

(c)  The  statutory  committee  visitations  shall  occur  within  30  days  from 
the  superintendent's  impaneling  the  committee  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Sections  94310.3  and  943 1 0.4  and  within  90  days  pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 94310.2.  Final  committee  reports  shall  be  forwarded  to  the  superin- 
tendent within  30  days  following  the  on-site  visitation  by  the  committee 
pursuant  to  Sections  94310.2  and  94310.4. 

(d)  Any  appeal  arising  from  an  alleged  violation  to  the  time  periods  es- 
tablished in  this  section  shall  be  resolved  by  the  hearing  procedures  de- 
scribed in  Section  18827. 

(e)  Should  an  appeal  result  in  a  decision  that  the  appellant's  applica- 
tion/affidavit was  not  processed  within  the  maximum  time  limits  speci- 
fied in  subdivision  (c),  any  and  all  fees  paid  with  respect  to  that  applica- 
tion/affidavit shall  be  refunded  to  the  applicant/affiant  without  granting 
the  status  for  which  application/affidavit  was  made. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  15376,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
15376  and  15378,  Government  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  1 8809  to  Section  18805,  and 
renumbering  of  Section  18816  to  Section  18809  filed  1-15-85;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-22-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Resister  85,  No. 

43). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  of  subsections  (b)  and  (c)  filed  2-2-89;  opera- 
tive 2-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  8). 

§18810.    Earned  Fees. 

The  fees  charged  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  94331  are 
earned  upon  receipt  of  a  complete  application,  affidavit  or  other  docu- 
ment required  by  the  superintendent  as  a  condition  precedent  to  the  ap- 
proval, authorization  or  other  action  for  which  a  fee  is  charged. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Chapter  3 
(commencing  with  Section  94300),  Part  59,  Division  10,  Title  3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  of  former  Section  18817  to  Section  18810  filed  1-15-85;  effec- 
tive thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  1 881 1 .    Consent  to  Inspection. 

Application  by  an  institution  for  approval  or  authorization  to  operate 
is  deemed  to  include  the  applicant's  consent  to  inspections  by  representa- 
tives of  the  superintendent  and  any  special  committee  or  team  members 
appointed  under  Education  Code  Sections  94310  and  943 11.  Inspections 
may  be  made  of  any  part  of  the  institution's  operation  and  interviews  con- 
ducted of  any  person  or  persons,  determined  by  the  superintendent  as  be- 
ing relevant  to  the  standards  established  for  the  approval  or  authorization. 
Under  routine  circumstances,  as  determined  by  the  superintendent,  an 
appointment  shall  be  arranged  in  advance  of  visitations. 

After  an  approval  or  authorization  of  any  type  is  granted,  consent  to 
such  inspections  is  deemed  to  continue  and  shall  include,  in  addition  to 
those  inspectors  described  above,  representatives  of  the  California  De- 
partment of  Justice. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Chapter  3 
(commencing  with  Section  94300),  Part  59,  Division  10,  Title  3,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  of  former  Section  18818  to  Section  18811  filed  1-15-85;  effec- 
tive thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 


Subchapter  3.    Standards  for  Evaluating  the 
Institution 


Article  1.    Institutions  Approved  Under 
Education  Code  Section  94310.2 

§18814.    Standards. 

The  following  standards  apply  to  each  institution  applying  for  approv- 
al to  operate  under  Education  Code  Section  94310.2: 


(a)  Financial  Stability.  The  institution  shall  maintain  assets  sufficient 
to  ensure  capability  of  fulfilling  the  specific  program  to  enrolled  stu- 
dents. In  all  instances,  such  assets  shall  be  at  least  as  great  as  those  speci- 
fied in  California  Education  Code  Section  94310.4(b)  for  authorized  de- 
gree-granting institutions. 

(b)  Faculty.  Faculty  resources  shall  include  personnel  who  possess  de- 
grees from  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education  or  its  successor  agency  rec- 
ognized accredited  institutions  in  the  propo.sed  degree  major  field(s)  and 
in  sufficient  number  to  provide  the  proposed  educational  services. 

(c)  Course  of  Study.  The  educational  services  shall  cleariy  relate  to  the 
proposed  degree(s)  objectives,  be  comparable  in  scope  and  sequence  to 
minimum  standards  of  comparable  degree  programs  in  accredited  insti- 
tutions recognized  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education  or  its  successor 
agency,  and  shall,  in  the  judgment  of  the  visiting  committee,  ensure  qual- 
ity educational  services  to  the  degree  candidate.  This  requirement  shall 
not  be  construed  to  prevent  the  approval  of  innovative  educational  ser- 
vices. 

(d)  Facilities.  Facilities  must  relate  to  the  defined  degree  objectives. 
The  stated  educational  services  define  the  needed  facilities,  and  the  visit- 
ing committee  must  express  a  judgment  that  the  facilities  available  are 
sufficient  to  ensure  the  student  quality  educational  services. 

(e)  Degree  Requirements.  The  specified  institutional  requirements  for 
the  degree(s)  shall  be  evaluated  against  established  standards  for  similar 
degrees  in  accredited  institutions.  The  student  is  to  be  assured  that  the  de- 
gree so  approved  shall  not  deviate  substantially  from  all  other  such  de- 
grees as  a  mark  of  learning,  although  the  processes  in  a  particular  institu- 
tion may  deviate  markedly  from  those  occurring  in  other  institutional 
settings. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
94310.2,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  section  18823  to  section  18814  filed 
1-15-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  filed  2-2-89;  operative  2-2-89  (Register  89, 
No.  8). 

3.  Editorial  correction  of  subchapter  heading  (Register  94,  No.  9). 


Article  2.     Institutions  Authorized  Under 
Education  Code  Section  94310.3 

§18815.     Related  Documents. 

An  institution  operating  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  94310.3 
may,  in  addition  to  granting  appropriate  degree  documents,  issue  a  writ- 
ten or  printed  document  commonly  known  as  a  transcript  of  the  student's 
record  of  attendance  and  academic  performance. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Chapter  3 
(commencing  with  Section  94300),  Part  59,  Division  10,  Title  3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  former  Section  18815, and  renumberingofSection  18825  to  Section 
18815  filed  1-15-85;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  filed  2-2-89;  operative  2-2-89  (Register  89, 

No.  8). 


Article  3.    Institutions  Approved  Under 
Education  Code  Section  94311(d) 

§  1 881 6.    Objectives  Subject  to  Approval. 

In  addition  to  those  educational  services  normally  culminating  in  the 
awarding  of  a  degree  or  diploma  in  a  vocational,  professional,  education- 
al or  technological  field,  any  instruction  or  training  offered  for  the  pur- 
pose of  reviewing  material  in  preparation  for  an  examination  adminis- 
tered to  obtain  a  license,  registration  or  other  professional,  educational, 
technological  or  vocational  certification  is  subject  to  prior  approval  un- 
der Education  Code  Section  9431 1(d). 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Chapter  3 
(commencing  with  Section  94300),  Part  59,  Division  10,  Title  3,  Education  Code. 


Page  184.98 


Register  2(X)4,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18823 


History 
I.  Renumbering  ot  former  Section  18816  to  Section  18809,  and  renumbering  ol' 
Section  1 882^7  to  Section  188 16  filed  J-1 5-85:  et'tective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  85.  No.  3). 


§  18817.     Standards  Relating  to  Instructors  and 
Administrators. 

(a)  Each  instructor  and  administrator  applying  for  a  certificate  of  au- 
thorization for  service  under  Education  Code  Section  943!  1(d)  must 
meet  at  least  one  of  the  following  qualifications: 

( 1 )  Possession  of  a  bachelor's  degree  in  the  field  in  which  he  is  to  teach 
from  an  institution  listed  as  an  institution  of  higher  learning  by  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Education  or  its  successor  agency,  or  a  comparable  insti- 
tution of  a  foreign  country,  or  the  equivalent  of  such  a  bachelor's  degree 
or  an  advanced  degree  from  any  such  institution. 

(2)  Possession  of  a  valid  adult  or  secondary  school  teaching  credential 
or  certificate  from  this  or  another  state  authorizing  the  holder  to  teach  in 
the  field  of  instruction  in  which  he  is  to  teach  at  the  institution  applying 
for  approval. 

(3)  Five  years  of  successful  experience  in  the  profession,  trade,  indus- 
try, or  technical  occupation  in  the  field  in  which  he  is  to  teach. 

(4)  Five  years  of  a  combination  of  such  experience  and  education  at 
the  postsecondary  level. 

(5)  Possession  of  a  hcense  to  teach  issued  by  an  appropriate  state  li- 
censing board  or  federal  agency  for  the  field  in  which  he  is  to  teach. 

(6)  In  the  opinion  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  the  in- 
structor has  adequate  and  appropriate  experience  and  education  and 
demonstrates  his  ability  to  properly  instruct  in  a  particular  course  or  sub- 
ject. 

(b)  The  superintendent  shall  not  consider  as  qualified  any  instructor  or 
member  of  the  administrative  staff  who  has  pled  guilty  to  or  has  been 
found  guilty  of  any  crime  other  than  minor  traffic  offenses  or  has  entered 
a  plea  of  nolo  contendere  to  a  charge  thereof,  or  has  committed  unscrupu- 
lous acts,  made  material  misrepresentations,  committed  fraud,  or  is 
otherwise  unfit  to  engage  in  the  business  of  private  postsecondary  educa- 
tion, unless  evidence  of  rehabilitation  or  mitigation  satisfactory  to  the  su- 
perintendent is  presented.  Currently  effective  court  imposed  probation  is 
prima  facie  evidence  of  lack  of  rehabilitation.  The  offense  must  relate  to 
the  effectiveness  of  that  particular  person  to  perform  as  an  instructor  or 
administrator. 

(c)  Individuals  to  be  added  to  the  administrative  and  instructional  staff 
shall  meet  the  requirements  of  this  section  with  personal  data  submitted 
to  the  superintendent.  The  institution  shall  notify  the  superintendent 
promptly  when  the  services  of  members  of  the  administrative  or  instruc- 
tional staff  are  terminated  or  reassigned. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b).  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
9431 1(d)(3),  (d)(9)  and  94312(k)(3).  Education  Code. 

History 
I.  Renumberingof  former  Section  18817  to  Section  18810,  and  renumbering  and 

amendment  of  Section  18828  to  Section  18817filed  1-1 5-85;  effective  thirtieth 

day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  18818.    Standards  Applicable  to  Courses  of  Instruction  in 
Massage. 

Before  the  superintendent  issues  any  approval  of  a  course  or  courses 
of  instruction  in  massage,  the  following  standards  shall,  in  addition  to  any 
other  applicable  standards  established  by  Title  5,  California  Administra- 
tive Code,  be  met  and  maintained. 

(a)  A  school  of  massage  shall  not  permit  class  or  practice  sessions  of 
any  type  to  continue  later  than  10:30  p.m.  nor  start  earlier  than  7:00  a.m. 

A  school  of  massage  shall  not,  at  the  same  time,  operate  as  a  massage 
parlor  or  studio.  However,  a  school  of  massage  may  be  operated  simulta- 
neously with  and  in  the  same  or  a  contiguous  building  with  a  massage  stu- 
dio or  parlor,  provided  that  the  facilities  of  the  school  and  studio  or  parlor 
are  totally  separate,  clearly  delineated  and  there  is  neither  a  sharing  of  any 
portion  of  those  respective  facilities  nor  a  direct  access  between  them. 
For  purposes  of  this  paragraph,  each  school  shall  file  with  the  superinten- 


dent a  combined  detailed  floor  plan  of  the  school  and  the  massage  studio 
or  parlor. 

A  school  of  massage  may  share  facilities  with  a  massage  studio  or  par- 
lor at  any  time,  provided  that  a  school  so  sharing  such  facilities  files  with 
the  superintendent  a  schedule  of  hours  during  which  it  offers  classes  or 
practice  sessions  of  any  kind,  and  posts  such  schedule  at  the  school  en- 
trance in  full  view  of  anyone  who  enters.  Classes  and  practice  sessions 
shall  not  be  held  at  any  other  time. 

(b)  Any  owner,  director,  officer,  adininistrator,  employee  or  student 
of  a  school,  or  any  other  person,  is  prohibited  from  performing  massage 
of  any  kind  upon  a  member  of  the  general  public  while  on  the  .school 
premises.  Students  of  the  school  may  practice  massage  only  upon  an  in- 
structor or  other  student.  A  ""dummy"  body  maybe  used. 

(c)  Correspondence  courses  of  instruction  or  a  combination  of  corre- 
spondence and  residence  courses  of  instruction  in  massage  shall  not  be 
approved. 

(d)  An  applicanon  for  approval  shall  include  evidence  that  a  business 
license  or  signed  statement  of  exemption  has  been  obtained  by  the  .school 
from  the  appropriate  local  authority. 

(e)  School  records  shall  refiect  actual  and  verifiable  attendance  and 
progress  in  any  massage  course  for  its  entire  length. 

(f)  A  course  of  massage  shall  not  be  approved  for  less  than  100  hours 
of  instruction,  which  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to  Anatomy,  Physi- 
ology and  Hygiene,  Massage  Tlieory  and  History,  Ethics  of  Massage. 
Business  Practices,  and  a  minimum  of  75  hours  of  Demonstration  and 
Practice  of  Massage  Techniques. 

(g)  No  more  than  50  percent  of  the  total  hours  of  massage  course  may 
be  granted  for  previous  equivalent  education  or  training. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Chapter  3 
(commencing  with  Section  94300)  of  Part  59  of  Division  10,  Title  3.  Education 
Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  former  Section  18818  to  Section  1881 1,  and  renumbering  of 

Section  18829  to  Section  ISSlStiled  l-15-85;effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 

(Register  85,  No.  3). 


Subchapter  4.    Agents 

§18822.    Agent's  Permit. 

(a)  An  agent's  permit  is  required  for: 

( 1 )  Any  person  who,  at  a  place  away  from  the  institution  or  site  of  in- 
struction, accepts  application  fees  or  admission  fees. 

(2)  Any  person  who  is  employed  by,  or  owns  an  interest  in,  the  ap- 
proved or  authorized  institution  and  whose  primary  responsibility  is  that 
of  recruiting  enrollment  at  a  place  away  from  the  insfitution  or  site  of  in- 
stmction. 

(3)  Any  educational  contractor  or  broker,  and  a  person  employed  by 
or  in  any  way  associated  with  such  contractor  or  broker,  who.  at  a  place 
away  from  the  institufion  or  site  of  instruction,  recruits  students  or  ac- 
cepts application  or  admission  fees. 

(4)  Any  person  who  receives  remunerafion  or  consideration  of  any 
kind  for  providing  off-site  recruitment  services  in  receiving  enrollment 
for  an  institution. 

(b)  A  permit  is  not  required  for: 

(1)  Administrators,  admissions  officers,  and  faculty  of  the  institution 
who  make  informational  public  appearances. 

(2)  Any  person  who,  at  a  place  away  from  the  institution  or  site  of  in- 
struction, recruits  enrollment  or  accepts  application  or  admission  fees  ex- 
clusively for  the  particular  course  or  class  which  that  person  teaches. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94302(a),  (b)  and  94333,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  1 8833  to  Section  1 8822  filed 
1-15-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§18823.    Standards. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Chapter  3 
(commencing  with  Section  94300),  Part  59,  Division  10,  Title  3,  Education  Code. 


Page  184.99 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


§  18825 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


History 
1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  18823  to  Section  18814  filed 
1-15-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 


Subchapter  5.     Enforcement 

§  18825.    Grounds  for  Denial,  Revocation  or  Suspension  of 
an  Approval  or  Authorization. 

The  superintendent  may  suspend,  deny  or  revoke  an  approval,  or  au- 
thorization, or  Certificate  of  Authorization  for  Service,  whichever  action 
is  timely  and  appropriate,  on  the  following  grounds,  as  appropriate: 

(a)  The  applicant  fails  to  show  that  he,  she  or  the  proposed  institution 
or  its  educational  services  meet  the  minimum  applicable  standards  and 
requirements  in  this  Division  21  or  in  Chapter  3  of  Part  59  of  Division  10 
of  the  Education  Code. 

(b)  The  holder  of  a  conditional  or  provisional  approval  fails  to  meet  the 
requirements  for  a  full  or  final  approval. 

(c)  The  holder  fails  to  conform  to  any  one  or  more  of  the  representa- 
tions contained  in  the  application,  whether  initial  or  renewal,  or  fails  to 
operate  or  maintain  qualifications  in  conformance  with  any  of  the  appli- 
cable standards,  requirements  and  prohibitions  in  this  Division  21  or  in 
Chapter  3  of  Part  59  of  Division  10  of  the  Education  Code. 

(d)  The  affidavit  or  evidence  submitted  by  the  holder  under  applicable 
provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  94310.3  is  untrue  or  inaccurate. 

(e)  The  owner  or  any  of  the  owners,  members  of  the  board  of  directors, 
officers,  administrators,  or  instructors  has  pled  guilty  to  or  has  been 
found  guilty  of  any  crime  other  than  minor  traffic  offenses  or  has  entered 
a  plea  of  nolo  contendere  to  a  charge  thereof,  or  has  committed  unscrupu- 
lous acts,  made  material  misrepresentations,  committed  fraud,  or  is 
otherwise  unfit  to  engage  in  the  business  of  private  postsecondary  educa- 
tion, unless  evidence  of  rehabilitation  or  mitigation  satisfactory  to  the  su- 
perintendent is  presented.  Currently  effective  court  imposed  probation  is 
prima  facie  evidence  of  lack  of  rehabilitation. 

Any  crime,  act  or  omission  alleged  as  grounds  for  denial,  suspension 
or  revocation  under  this  subsection  must  relate  to  the  educational  ser- 
vices of  the  particular  institution  or  to  the  welfare  of  its  students,  or  to  the 
operation  of  private  postsecondary  institutions  generally. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94302(t),  94305(d),  94310,  94311,  94312,  94330(c)  and  94332(3),  Education 
Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  of  former  Section  18825  to  Section  18815,  and  renumbering  and 
amendment  of  Section  18838  to  Section  18825  filed  l-15-85;effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  of  subsection  (d)  filed  2-2-89;  operative 
2-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  8). 

§  18826.    Grounds  for  Denial,  Revocation,  or  Suspension  of 
an  Agent's  Permit. 

The  superintendent  may  deny,  revoke  or  suspend  an  agent's  permit, 
whichever  action  is  timely  and  appropriate,  on  the  following  grounds,  as 
appropriate: 

(a)  The  applicant  or  holder  has  practiced  or  attempted  to  practice  any 
material  deception  or  fraud  in  his  or  her  application. 

(b)  The  applicant  fails  to  meet  any  of  those  standards  and  requirements 
for  a  permit  as  set  out  in  Education  Code  Section  94333. 

(c)  The  holder  engages  in  that  conduct  prohibited  by  Education  Code 
Sections  94320,  94321  or  94333. 

(d)  The  applicant  or  holder  has  previously  had,  under  California  law 
or  under  similar  laws  of  any  other  state,  a  permit  to  solicit  or  sell  enrol- 
lments in  an  institution  revoked. 

(e)  The  applicant  or  holder  has  pled  guilty  to  or  has  been  found  guilty 
of  any  crime  other  than  minor  traffic  offenses  or  has  entered  a  plea  of  nolo 
contendere  to  a  charge  thereof,  or  has  committed  unscrupulous  acts, 
made  material  misrepresentations,  committed  fraud,  oris  otherwise  unfit 
to  engage  in  the  business  of  private  postsecondary  education,  unless  evi- 
dence of  rehabilitation  or  mitigation  satisfactory  to  the  superintendent  is 
presented.  Currently  effective  court  imposed  probation  is  prima  facie  ev- 


idence of  lack  of  rehabilitation.  The  offense  must  relate  to  the  effective- 
ness of  that  particular  person  to  perform  as  an  agent. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
943()2(a).  (b)  and  94333,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  1 8839  to  Section  1 8826  filed 
1-15-85:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85.  No.  3). 

§  18827.    Hearing  Procedures. 

(a)  Any  person  or  institution  whose  application  for  an  agent's  permit, 
approval,  authorization,  or  Certificate  of  Authorization  for  Service  has 
been  denied  may  file  a  request  within  30  calendar  days  after  maiUng  of 
the  final  notice  of  denial  for  a  hearing.  Such  request  shall  be  in  writing 
and  addressed  to  the  superintendent  in  care  of  the  Office  of  Private  Post- 
secondary  Educanon.  721  Capitol  Mall.  Sacramento.  California  95814. 
The  request  shall  be  deemed  filed  upon  receipt  by  the  Office. 

(b)  All  proceedings  to  determine  the  validity  of  actions  to  deny,  sus- 
pend or  revoke  approvals,  authorizations.  Certificate  of  Authorization 
for  Service,  or  agents'  permits  are  governed  by  the  Administrative  Proce- 
dure Act  (commencing  with  Section  1 1500  of  the  Government  Code). 
The  Accusation  or  the  Statement  of  Issues  shall  be  "Before  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction  of  the  State  of  California"  and  filed  by  the 
Office  of  Private  Postsecondary  Education. 

(c)  Each  case  shall  be  heard  by  the  hearing  officer  sitUng  alone. 
Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94330(c),  94332(3),  94333(f)  and  94339(a)(2),  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  of  former  Section  1 8827  to  Section  18816,  and  renumbering  and 
amendment  of  Section  18840  to  Section  18827  filed  1-1 5-85;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  18828.    Automatic  Termination. 

(a)  An  approval  or  authorization  issued  by  the  superintendent  auto- 
mafically  terminates  when  the  insUtution  ceases  operation,  of  which  fact 
the  institution  shall  immediately  inform  the  superintendent,  or  when  the 
institution  fails  to  make  application  for  renewal  or  pay  fees  as  required. 
An  agent's  permit  or  a  Certificate  of  Authorization  for  Service  terminates 
automatically  when  the  holder  fails  to  make  application  for  renewal  or 
pay  fees  as  required. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfions 
94311(d),  94330.  94331  and  94333,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  18828  to  Section  18817,  and 
renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  18841  to  Section  18828  filed  1-15-85; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  18829.    Standards  Applicable  to  Courses  of  Instruction  in 
Massage. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  94305(b),  Education  Code.  Reference:  Chapter  3 
(commencing  with  Section  94300),  Part  59,  Division  10,  Title  3,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  of  Section  18829  to  Section  18818  filed  1-15-85;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 


Article  6.    Student  Tuition  Recovery  Fund 


§18831.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Prepaid."  As  used  in  EducaUon  Code  Secdons  94342  and  94343 
and  this  chapter,  prepaid  describes  any  amount  of  money  which  is  paid 
in  advance  of  receiving  educational  services  or  any  contractual  or  other 
legal  obligation  to  pay  for  such  services. 

(b)  "Fund."  Fund  refers  to  the  Student  Tuition  Recovery  Fund. 

(c)  "Tuition."  As  used  in  EducaUon  Code  Section  94343  and  this  chap- 
ter, tuition  is  the  charge  for  instruction.  In  addition  to  tuifion,  charges  for 
instructional  materials  and  all  other  fees  shall  be  included  for  assessment 
purposes. 

(d)  "California  Resident."  As  used  in  Education  Code  Secfion  94342 
and  this  chapter,  a  California  resident  is  one  who  is  enrolled  in  an  insUtu- 
tion which  is  approved  or  authorized  to  operate  by  the  superintendent. 
With  respect  to  those  individuals  enrolled  in  an  approved  or  authorized 


Page  184.100 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 11  -2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  18839 


• 


• 


• 


correspondence  course,  only  those  receiving  lessons  at  a  California  mail- 
ing address  are  considered  to  be  California  residents. 
NOTl-:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94.342  and  9434.3.  Hducation  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  6  (Sections  1 8S46-18856)  filed  1 1-21-79;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  79,  No.  47). 

2.  RepeaieroffornierSection  1883  Land  renumbering  of  Section  18846  to  Section 

18831  filed  1-1. '^-8.S;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  S.'S,  No.  3). 

§  1 8832.    Institutions  Subject  to  Assessment. 

The  superintendent  shall  assess  approved  or  authorized  institutions 
which: 

(a)  Require  or  accept  prepaid  tuition  and/or  charges  for  instructional 
materials  or  any  other  fees. 

(b)  Enroll  one  or  more  individuals  who  have  made  a  direct  payment 
to  the  institution  for  training  offered.  Direct  payment  includes  payment 
by  an  enrollee  or  sponsoring  person,  or  payment  from  a  public  or  private 
lender  on  behalf  of  the  individual,  but  does  not  include  scholarships, 
grants,  subsidies,  or  any  other  income  which  is  received  by  the  institution 
directly  from  a  public  or  private  organization  where  there  is  no  obligation 
for  an  enrollee  to  pay  or  repay  either  the  funding  organization  or  the  insti- 
tution. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 
I.  Repealer  of  former  Section  18832,  and  renumbering  of  Section  J  8847  to  Section 

18832  filed  1-1.^-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  %5.  No.  3). 

§18833.    Assessment  Base. 

Assessments  will  be  based  on  the  total  number  of  California  resident 
enrollees  who  have  inade  direct  payments  to  an  institution,  as  specified 
in  Section  1 8832,  for  training  offered  during  the  assessment  period.  An 
enrollee.  as  used  in  this  section,  refers  to  an  individual  who  attends  at 
least  one  class,  or  who  remains  enrolled  beyond  the  3  day  cool ing-off  pe- 
riod as  defined  in  Section  18805(a)(4).  An  assessment  of  ten  cents  per 
one  hundred  dollars  shall  apply  to  the  actual  price  charged  for  tuition  and 
for  instructional  materials  and  all  other  fees  at  the  time  of  enrollment,  re- 
gardless of  the  amount  which  is  prepaid,  except  that,  for  courses  costing 
less  than  one  hundred  dollars,  the  assessment  shall  be  five  cents. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  SecUons 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  18833  to  Secfion  18822,  and 
renumbering  of  Secfion  18848  to  Secfion  18833  filed  1-15-85;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  (Register  87,  No.  30). 

§18834.     Due  Date. 

An  assessment  is  payable  after  the  3  day  cooling-off  period.  However, 
under  routine  circumstances,  as  determined  by  the  superintendent,  asses- 
sments will  be  paid  on  a  quarterly  basis. 

In  the  event  of  school  closure,  unpaid  assessments  shall  be  remitted  to 
the  superintendent  within  5  working  days  following  cessation  of  instruc- 
tion. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfions 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  former  Secfion  18849  to  Secfion  18834  filed  1-15-85;  effec- 

five  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  18835.    Maximum  Assessment. 

An  institution  may  elect  to  pay  an  assessment  of  two  dollars  per  enroll- 
ee during  any  assessment  period,  which  is  the  maximum  assessment  spe- 
cified in  Education  Code  Secfion  94343,  rather  than  pay  the  authorized 
rate  of  one  tenth  of  one  percent.  The  institufion  shall  not  charge  a  student 
an  amount  greater  than  that  paid  to  the  superintendent  per  enrollee. 
Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Secfions 
94342  and  94343.  Education  Code. 


History 
1.  Renumbering  of  former  Section  18850  to  Section  18835  filed  1-1.5-85:  elfec- 
tive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  18836.    Enrollee  Assessment  Refund. 

The  amount  paid  as  a  tuition  assessment  shall  be  refunded  to  a  student 
only  if  enrolliTienl  is  cancelled  within  the  3  day  cooling-off  period  in  ac- 
cordance with  Secfion  18805(a)(4).  Otherwise  the  amount  paid  as  a  tu- 
ition assessment  is  retainable  and  payable  to  the  superintendent. 
Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  94.344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  of  former  Section  18851  to  Section  18836  filed  1-L5-85;  effec- 
tive thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Regi.sier  85,  No.  3). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  (Register  87,  No.  .30). 

§  18837.    Application  for  Payment  from  the  Fund. 

The  superintendent  shall  consider  a  request  for  payment  providing  the 
applicant: 

(a)  Is  a  California  resident. 

(b)  Is  enrolled  in  an  institution  which  has  met  the  criteria  specified  in 
Section  18832  for  parficipafing  in  the  fund  and  which  has  ceased  opera- 
fion,  as  determined  by  the  superintendent. 

(c)  Has  made  a  direct  payment  to  an  institution  for  training,  s  specified 
in  Section  18832. 

(d)  Has  unused  prepaid  tuition  to  his  or  her  credit.  Unused,  as  used  in 
this  subsecfion  and  Section  18838,  refers  to  that  portion  of  instruction 
and  related  goods  and  services  never  received  as  a  result  of  school  closure 
but  for  which  direct  payment  of  prepaid  tuiuon  has  been  made.  With  re- 
spect to  any  goods  received,  only  those  which  are  not  useful  independent- 
ly of  the  instruction  may  be  considered. 

(e)  Has  requested  settlement  from  the  closing  insutution  which  has  not 
been  resolved  to  the  applicant's  satisfacfion. 

(f)  Makes  application  within  60  days  following  the  date  the  insfitution 
ceases  operafion. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
94342,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Secfion  1 8852  to  Section  1 8837  filed 
1-15-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  of  subsections  (b)-(d)  filed  2-2-89;  operative 
2-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  8). 

§  1 8838.    Payments  from  the  Fund. 

(a)  The  superintendent  shall  conduct  such  invesfigafion  and  verifica- 
fion  as  deemed  necessary  to  establish  the  validity  of  an  application  for 
payment  or  to  deny  an  application. 

(b)  Any  payment  from  the  fund  shall  be  for  the  entire  amount  of  unused 
prepaid  tuifion  as  determined  by  the  superintendent,  minus  any  actual  or 
forthcoming  refund  from  any  other  source. 

NOTEi  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section 
94342,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Secfion  18838  to  Section  18825,  and 

renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  18853to  Secfion  18838  filed  1-15-85; 

effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  18839.    Alternative  Method  for  Exemption  from 
Participation  in  the  Fund. 

The  superintendent  shall  exempt  any  insfitution  from  participating  in 
the  fund  which  maintains  an  acceptable  alternative  method  of  protecting 
students.  An  institufion  is  responsible  for  paying  assessments  until  an  ex- 
empfion  is  granted.  Plans  should  be  submitted  at  least  ninety  days  prior 
to  the  starting  date  of  an  assessment  period  to  be  considered  as  exempt 
from  that  and  future  assessment  periods.  An  acceptable  alternative  plan 
shall  satisfy  the  following  criteriia: 

(a)  Respect  individual  choice  and  allow  for  financial  settlement  when 
a  teach-out  is  neither  acceptable,  reasonable,  nor  convenient  to  the  stu- 
dent. 

(b)  Provide  for  settlement  regardless  of  reason  for  school  closure. 

(c)  Describe  an  applicafion  process,  define  the  criteria  for  evaluating 
claims,  and  outline  an  appeals  process. 


Page  184.101 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -  2004 


§  18840 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(d)  Establish  an  adequate  fund  immune  from  creditor  claims  for  pur- 
pose of  payment  of  claims. 

(e)  Specify  whether  financial  settlement,  if  applicable,  is  limited  in  any 
respect. 

Participation  in  an  acceptable  alternative  plan  shall  not  be  terminated 
until  an  institution  has  made  its  initial  payment  into  the  fund. 
Note-.  Authority  cited:  Section  94344.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
94343,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  18839  to  Section  18826,  and 

renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  18854  to  Section  1 8839  filed  1-15-85; 

effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§18840.    Notification  of  Enrollees. 

The  institution  shall  expressly  inform  each  enrollee  about  the  details 
of  the  fund  or  of  the  institution's  own  alternative  fund  at  the  time  of  enrol- 
lment on  forms  prescribed  by  the  superintendent. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  Section  1 8840  to  Section  1 8827,  and 
renumbering  of  Section  18855  to  Section  18840  filed  1-15-85;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  1 8841 .    Automatic  Termination. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  18841  to  Section  18828  filed 
1-15-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§18846.    Definitions. 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  Section  18846  to  Section  18831  filed  1-15-85;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  1 8847.    Institutions  Subject  to  Assessment. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  Section  18847  to  Section  18832  filed  1-15-85;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  1 8848.    Assessment  Base. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343,  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  Section  18848  to  Section  18833  filed  1-15-85;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§18849.    Due  Date. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  of  Section  18849  to  Secfion  18834  filed  1-15-85;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§18850.    Maximum  Assessment. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  Section  18850  to  Section  18835  filed  1-15-85;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  18851.    Enrollee  Assessment  Refund. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  of  Section  18851  to  Section  18836  filed  1-15-85;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 


§  18852.    Application  for  Payment  from  the  Fund. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  18852  to  Section  18837  filed 
1-15-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  18853.     Payments  from  the  Fund. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendinent  of  Section  18853  to  Section  18838  filed 
1-15-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§18854.     Exempted  Institutions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 
].  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  Section  18854  to  Section  18839  filed 
1-15-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  18855.    Notification  of  Enrollees. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  Section  18855  to  Secfion  18840  filed  1-15-85;  effecfive  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 

§  18856.    Administration  of  the  Fund. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  94344,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
94342  and  94343,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  1-15-85;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  3). 


• 


Chapter  22.    Veterans  Education 


Subchapter  1.    Approval  of  Nonaccredited 
Resident  Courses  in  Educational  Institutions 

NOTE:  Specific  authority  cited  for  Division  22:  Veterans'  Readjustment  Benefits 
Act  of  1966. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  1  (§^  19300,  19301,  19304,  19306,  19307,  19310,  19312,  19313, 
19315-19318)  filed  2-24-70;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70, 

No,  9). 

2.  Repealer  of  Chapter  1  (Sections  19300-19318,  not  consecufive)  filed  7-31-84; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  84,  No.  31).  For  prior  history,  see 
Register  77,  No.  39. 


Subchapter  2.     Approval  of 
Correspondence  Courses 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  2  (§§  19320, 19321, 19323,  19325-19331)  filed  2-24-70;  effec- 
tive thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  9). 

2.  Repealerof  Chapter  2  (Secfions  19320-19331,  not  consecufive)  filed  7-31-84; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  84,  No.  31).  For  prior  history,  see 
Register  77,  No.  39. 


Subchapter  3.    Approval  of  Accredited 
Resident  Courses  in  Educational  Institutions 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  3  (§§  19335-19343,  and  19345)  filed  2-24-70;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  9). 

2.  Repealer  of  Chapter  3  (Secfions  19335-19345,  not  consecufive)  filed  7-31-84; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  84,  No.  31).  For  prior  history,  see 
Register  77,  No.  39. 


• 


Page  184.102 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  19540 


• 


Chapter  23.     Miscellaneous  Provisions 


• 


Subchapter  1.     Instructional  Television 


Article  1 . 


Classroom  Instructional 
Television 


§19500.    Scope. 

This  article  relates  to  instructional  television  as  established  pursuant 
to  Education  Code  Sections  41920.  51870  and  51871. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  1 :  Sections  33031  and  31874.  Education  Code. 
Issuing  agency:  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

History 

1 .  New  Chapter  1  (§§  19500-19509)  filed  12-18-69;  effective  thirtieth  day  there- 
after (Register  69.  No.  51). 

2.  Repealer  of  Chapter  1  (§§  19500-19509)  and  new  Chapter  1  (§§  19500-19.506) 
tiled  1-23-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76,  No.  4). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 

§19501.     Definitions. 

As  used  in  Education  Code  Sections  41 920.  51870  and  51871,  and  in 
these  regulations: 

(a)  "Instructional  Television."  "Educational  Television,"  and  "Televi- 
sion Broadcasts"  mean  television  programs  used  as  integral  parts  of  the 
instructional  program  included  in  the  course  of  study  adopted  by  the 
proper  authority. 

(b)  "Pupils  of  the  district  present  in  the  classroom  and  instructed  by 
such  instructional  television  programs."  means  students  who  are  mem- 
bers of  at  least  one  class  in  which  instructional  television  meeting  the  re- 
quirements of  this  article  is  provided  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Educa- 
tion Code  Sections  51870  and  51871. 

(c)  "Closed-Circuit  Instructional  Television."  and  "Instaictional 
Television  Fixed  Service"  (2500  megahertz)  refer  to  an  instructional 
television  facility  which  includes  a  central  distribution  system. 

(d)  A  "production  agency"  is  the  agency  which  produces  any  instruc- 
tional television  programs. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

§  19502.    Application  for  Approval. 

A  school  district,  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  51871,  or 
county  superintendent  of  schools,  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section 
5 1 870.  shall  apply  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  for  approv- 
al of  a  plan  to  procure  television  broadcasts  or  closed-circuit  television 
programs.  The  application  shall  be  on  a  form  supplied  by  the  Superinten- 
dent of  Public  Instruction  and  shall  be  filed  before  June  1  of  the  school 
year  preceding  the  year  to  which  the  plan  applies. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 

§  19503.    School  District  Claim  for  Allowance. 

(a)  Between  July  1  and  August  1  following  the  close  of  the  school  year 
in  which  a  school  district  participated  in  a  program  for  instructional  tele- 
vision pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  51871,  the  district,  using  a 
form  supplied  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  shall  file  with 
the  county  superintendent  a  clai  m  for  allowance.  The  claim  for  allowance 
shall  designate  the  school  year  in  which  the  program  was  conducted  and 
shall  include  certification  that: 

( 1 )  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  approved  the  district  plan 
to  provide  instructional  television  services  during  the  designated  school 
year,  and  that  the  plan  was  carried  out. 


(2)  The  claimant  will  continue  to  provide  for  instructional  television 
during  the  school  year  following  the  designated  year. 

(3)  The  instructional  television  services  certified  in  ( 1 )  were  an  inte- 
gral part  of  the  course  of  study  approved  by  the  proper  authority. 

(4)  The  number  of  pupils  of  the  district  present  in  the  classroom  and 
instructed  by  such  television  programs  during  the  designated  school  year 
pursuant  to  this  article  is  the  number  shown  on  the  claim.  (No  pupil  shall 
be  counted  more  than  once  per  school  year.) 

(5)  The  total  cost  (exclusive  of  capital  outlay  expenditures)  to  the  dis- 
trict for  providing  such  instructional  television  programs  is  the  cost 
shown  on  the  claim. 

(b)  As  .soon  as  possible  after  receipt  of  the  completed  district  claim  for 
allowance,  but  not  later  than  August  1 5  of  that  year,  the  county  superin- 
tendent shall  review,  approve,  and  forward  it  to  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction. 

Hlstory 
1 .  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 

39). 

§  19504.    County  Superintendent's  Claim  for  Allowance. 

Between  July  and  August  15  following  the  close  of  the  school  year,  a 
county  superintendent  shall  file  with  the  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction a  claim  for  allowance  for  television  services  which  he  provided 
pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  51870  during  the  school  year  just 
closed  to  schools  and  classes  that  he  maintained.  The  claim  shall  be  on 
the  form  and  certified  as  specified  in  Section  19503. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

39). 

§19505.    Planning  of  Programs. 

Any  instructional  television  program  shall  be  planned  or  selected  by 
the  school  district  or  by  the  county  superintendent  of  schools  in  coopera- 
tion with  participating  school  districts  or  county  superintendents  of 
schools. 

§19506.    Study  Guides. 

The  county  superintendent  or  the  governing  board  of  the  school  dis- 
trict shall  make  available  to  teachers  or  students  who  are  to  use  any  televi- 
sion program  in  the  educational  program  of  such  school,  appropriate 
guides  and/or  related  printed  material  for  use  with  such  program  in  ad- 
vance of  the  showing  of  such  program. 

Subchapter  2.    California  Maritime  Academy 


History 

1.  Repealer  of  Chapter  2  (Section  19530)  filed  12-23-74;  effective  thirtieth  day 

thereafter  (Register  74.  No.  52).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  69,  No.  5 1 . 


*See  Division  7,  Title  5,  Administrative  Code. 


Subchapter  3.    Surplus  Property 


Article  1. 


Direct  Shipment  of  Food 
Commodities 


§  19540.    Direct  Shipment  of  Commodities  Donated  by  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Any  party  electing  to  take  direct  delivery  of  food  commodities  from 
the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  pursuant  to  Section  121 14  of  the 
Education  Code,  must  demonstrate  that  party's  capability  for  the  proper 
handling,  storage,  and  distribution  of  such  food,  in  accordance  with  Title 
7  of  the  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Chapter  II,  Subchapter  B.  Part 
250.6 

(o)  Personnel, 

(p)  Facilities, 


Page  184.103 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -2004 


§  19600 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(q)  Records, 

(r)  Reports. 

(s)  Right  of  inspection  and  audit, 

(t)  Complaints,  and 

(u)  Demurrage. 

The  quantity  of  commodities  to  be  made  available  for  direct  shipment 
shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  Title  7  of  the  Code  of  Federal 
Regulations,  Chapter  II.  Subchapter  B,  Part  250.4. 

Consignees  of  carload  shipments  shall  completely  unload  from  such 
cars,  at  their  expense,  all  dunnage,  debris,  or  other  foreign  matter  con- 
nected with  the  inbound  shipment  so  as  to  return  rail  freight  cars  to  the 
carrier  in  a  condition  for  loading  by  another  shipper  without  further  un- 
loading. 

Demurrage  or  other  charges  which  accrue  after  a  car  or  truck  has  been 
placed  for  unloading  by  the  delivering  carrier,  or  which  accrue  because 
placement  of  a  car  or  truck  is  prevented,  shall  be  borne  by  the  recipient 
agency,  except  that  demurrage  or  other  charges  shall  be  borne  by  the  U . S . 
Department  of  Agriculture  where  such  charges  accrue  because  of  actions 
by  the  Department  of  Agriculture  and  without  the  fault  or  negligence  of 
the  recipient  agency. 

When  recipient  agencies  elect  to  take  direct  delivery  of  commodities 
from  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  commodities  will  no  longer  be 
made  available  to  them  from  the  state  agency. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  3:  Section  121 14,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-1 8-71  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  ( Register  71 , 

No.  21). 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance— Sec.  1 1422.1,  Gov.  Code,  filed  7-8-71  (Register 
71,  No.  28). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  39). 


Subchapter  4.     Performance  Based 
Accountability  System 

§19600.    Definitions. 

For  the  purpose  of  local  education  agency  data  collection  and  report- 
ing under  the  Performance  Based  Accountability  (PBA)  System  estab- 
lished pursuant  to  Unemployment  Insurance  Code  Section  15037.1.  the 
following  terms  shall  have  these  meanings: 

(a)  "Participant"  means  a  student  who  is  enrolled  in  a  work  force  prep- 
aration program  who  authorizes  the  release  of  his  or  her  social  security 
number  and  other  personal  information  for  use  in  the  PBA  System  as  spe- 
cified on  the  PBA  Privacy  Notice  and  Student  Consent  Form  (June 
1998). 

(b)  "PBA  System"  means  the  comprehensive  performance  based  ac- 
countability system  established  pursuant  to  Unemployment  Insurance 
Code  Section  15037.1  as  an  education  and  job  training  report  card  pro- 
gram to  assess  the  accomplishments  of  California's  work  force  prepara- 
tion system. 

(c)  "PBA  Privacy  Notice  and  Student  Consent  Form  (June  1998)" 
means  the  form  required  by  Unemployment  Insurance  Code  Section 
15037.1(e),  as  modified  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  pur- 
suant to  Unemployment  Insurance  Code  Section  15037.1(f),  which  is  to 
be  distributed  to  all  students  enrolled  in  work  force  preparation  programs 
operated  by  local  education  agencies  and  which  informs  students  of  the 
purposes  and  authority  for  soliciting  the  student's  social  security  num- 
ber, the  student's  right  to  consent  or  decline  to  participate,  and  the  types 
of  personal  information  about  each  student  who  authorizes  release  of  the 
data  that  will  be  provided  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  for 
transmission  to  the  State  Job  Training  Coordinating  Council  (SJTCC)  or 
its  agent  for  use  in  the  PBA  System. 

(d)  "PBA  Student  Data  Profile  (June  1998)"  means  the  report  of  per- 
sonal information  on  each  student  who  agrees  to  participate  in  the  PBA 
System  that  is  submitted  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  for 
transmission  to  the  SJTCC  or  its  agent.  In  addition  to  name,  birth  date, 


gender,  social  security  number,  and  the  dates  of  enrollment  in  and  depar- 
ture from  the  work  force  preparation  program,  the  PBA  Student  Data  Pro- 
file (June  1 998)  will  report  the  following  information,  as  defined,  on  each 
participant: 

(1)  "Amount  of  service/training"  means  the  number  of  hours  of  in- 
struction or  training  completed  by  the  participant  while  enrolled  in  the 
work  force  preparation  program. 

(2)  "Basic  skills  deficient"  means  the  participant  is  an  individual  (oth- 
er than  one  with  disabilities) 

(A)  who  demonstrates  basic  skills  equivalent  to  or  below  that  of  stu- 
dents at  the  fifth  grade  level;  or 

(B)  has  been  placed  in  the  lowest  or  beginning  level  of  an  adult  educa- 
tion program  when  that  program  does  not  use  grade  level  equivalencies 
as  a  measure  of  student's  basic  skills. 

(3)  "Disability  status"  means  whether  the  participant 

(A)  has  been  evaluated  according  to  special  education  requirements 
contained  in  Part  30  (commencing  with  Section  56000)  and  meets  eligi- 
bility criteria  described  in  Section  56026  of  the  Education  Code;  or 

(B)  is  considered  disabled  under  Section  504  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act 
of  1973(29U.S.C.  §  794). 

(4)  "Dislocated  worker"  means  an  individual  who 

(A)  has  been  terminated  or  laid  off  or  has  received  a  notice  of  termina- 
tion or  layoff  from  employment,  is  eligible  or  has  exhausted  his  or  her 
entitlement  to  unemployment  compensation,  and  is  unlikely  to  return  to 
his  or  her  previous  industry  or  occupation;  or 

(B)  has  been  terminated  or  received  a  notice  of  termination  of  employ- 
ment as  a  result  of  any  permanent  closure  of  or  any  substantial  layoff  at 
a  plant,  facility,  or  enterprise;  or 

(C)  is  long-term  unemployed  and  has  limited  opportunities  for  em- 
ployment or  reemployment  in  the  same  or  a  similar  occupation  in  the  area 
in  which  he  or  she  resides,  including  older  individuals  who  may  have 
substantial  barriers  to  employment  by  reason  of  age;  or 

(D)  was  self-employed  (including  farmers  and  ranchers)  and  is  unem- 
ployed as  a  result  of  general  economic  conditions  in  the  community  in 
which  he  or  she  resides  or  because  of  natural  disasters. 

(5)  "Displaced  homemaker"  means  an  individual  who 

(A)  is  an  adult;  and 

(B)  has  worked  as  an  adult  primarily  without  remuneration  to  care  for 
the  home  and  family,  and  for  that  reason  has  diminished  marketable 
skills;  and 

(C)  is  one  of  the  following: 

1 .  has  been  dependent  on  public  assistance  or  on  the  income  of  a  rela- 
tive but  is  no  longer  supported  by  that  income;  or 

2.  is  a  parent  whose  youngest  dependent  child  will  become  ineligible 
to  receive  assistance  under  Chapter  2  (commencing  with  Section  1 1200) 
of  Part  3  of  Division  9  of  the  Welfare  and  Institutions  Code  (known  as 
"CalWORKS")  or  any  successor  program,  within  two  (2)  years  of  the 
parent's  enrollment  in  this  work  force  preparation  program;  or 

3.  is  unemployed  or  under  employed  and  is  experiencing  difficulty  in 
obtaining  any  employment  or  suitable  employment  as  appropriate;  or 

4.  is  described  in  (A)  and  (B)  of  this  definition  and  is  a  criminal  offend- 
er. 

(6)  "Economically  disadvantaged"  means  an  individual  who: 

(A)  is  eligible  for  aid  under  Chapter  2  (commencing  with  Section 
1 1200)  of  Part  3  of  Division  9  of  the  Welfare  and  Institutions  Code 
(known  as  "CalWORKS"),  or  any  successor  program;  or 

(B)  is  eligible  for  benefits  under  the  Food  Stamp  Act  of  1 977  (7  U.S.C. 
§  2011);  or 

(C)  meets  financial  eligibility  standards  for  the  MediCal  Program  as 
established  in  Chapter  7  of  the  Welfare  and  Institutions  Code  (commenc- 
ing with  Section  14000);  or 

(D)  is  eligible  for  participation  in  programs  assisted  under  Title  II  of 
the  Job  Training  Partnership  Act  (29  U.S.C.  §  1603). 

(7)  "Education  attainment  at  program  entry"  means  the  number  of 
years  of  formal  schooling  an  individual  completed  prior  to  entry  into  the 
work  force  preparation  program. 


• 


Page  184.104 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


Title  5 


California  Department  of  Education 


§  19601 


(8)  "Ethnicity""  means  tlie  ethnic  category  which  most  closely  reflects 
the  individuars  recognition  in  the  community.  The  categories  to  be  col- 
lected are: 

(A)  American  Indian  or  Alaska  Native:  a  person  having  origins  in  any 
of  the  original  peoples  of  North  America  and  who  maintains  cultural 
identification  through  tribal  affiliation  or  community  recognition. 

(B)  Asian:  a  person  having  origins  in  any  of  the  original  peoples  of  the 
Far  East,  Southeast  Asia,  or  the  Indian  subcontinent. 

(C)  Pacific  Islander:  a  person  having  origins  in  any  of  the  original  peo- 
ples of  the  Polynesian,  Micronesian,  or  Melanesian  islands  (excludes  the 
Philippine  Islands). 

(D)  Filipino:  a  person  having  origins  in  any  of  the  original  peoples  of 
the  Philippine  Islands. 

(E)  Hispanic:  a  person  of  Mexican,  Puerto  Rican,  Cuban.  Central  or 
South  American,  or  other  Spanish  culture  or  origin — regardless  of  race. 

(F)  Black,  not  of  Hispanic  Origin:  a  non-Hispanic  person  having  ori- 
gins in  any  of  the  Black  racial  groups  of  Africa. 

(G)  White,  not  of  Hispanic  Origin:  a  non-Hispanic  person  having  ori- 
gins in  any  of  the  original  peoples  of  Europe,  North  Africa,  or  the  Middle 
East;  e.g..  England.  Portugal.  Egypt,  and  Iran. 

(9)  "'Learner  results"  means  outcomes  from  participating  in  the  work 
force  preparation  program  which  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  fol- 
lowing: received  a  certificate  of  completion,  competency,  or  employabil- 
ity;  obtained  full-time  employment;  received  a  promotion  in  current  em- 
ployment situation;  upgraded  skills  for  current  employment;  enrolled  in 
a  community  college;  enrolled  in  a  four-year  college  or  university;  en- 
tered advance  training  at  an  institution  other  than  higher  education;  and 
entered  an  apprenticeship  program. 

(10)  "Limited-English-proficient""  means  an  individual 

(A)l .  whose  native  language  is  a  language  other  than  English;  or 

2.  who  came  from  an  environment  where  a  language  other  than  En- 
glish is  dominant;  or 

3.  who  is  an  American  Indian  or  an  Alaskan  Native  and  came  from  an 
environment  where  a  language  other  than  English  had  a  significant  im- 
pact on  his  or  her  level  of  English  language  proficiency;  and 

(B)  who  by  reason  thereof  has  sufficient  difficulty  speaking,  reading, 
writing,  or  understanding  the  English  language  to  deny  the  individual  the 
opportunity  to  learn  successfully  in  classrooms  where  the  language  of  in- 
struction is  English  or  to  participate  fully  in  our  society. 

(11)  "Non-traditional  training"  means  education  or  training  to  prepare 
the  student  for  employment  in  an  occupational  area  in  which  twenty-five 
(25)  percent  or  fewer  of  the  job  holders  are  the  same  sex  as  the  student. 

( i  2)  "Program  completer"  means  an  individual  who  has  completed  a 
work  force  preparation  program  and  has  been  granted  a  certificate  of 
completion,  competency,  or  employ  ability. 

(13)  "Program  leaver"  means  an  individual  who  enrolled  in  a  work 
force  preparation  program  and  who  attended  20  or  more  course  hours  but 
discontinued  attendance  without  completing  the  program  requirements. 

(14)  "Reasons  for  leaving  prior  to  completion"  includes  but  is  not  lim- 
ited to  the  following:  obtained  employment,  moved  from  area,  schedule 
conflict,  transportation  problems,  child  care  needs,  family  issues,  per- 
sonal health  problems,  lack  of  interest,  public  safety  concerns,  adminis- 
tratively separated  from  program. 

(15)  "Type  of  service"  means  the  services  received  while  in  the  work 
force  preparation  program.  The  term  includes  but  is  not  limited  to  the  fol- 
lowing: 

1.  assessment/counseling 

2.  personal  development  training 

3.  counseling/career  development 

4.  job  development/job  search  assistance 

5.  occupational  skills  training 

6.  on-the-job  training 

7.  work  experience 

8.  pre-employment  skills/job  readiness  training. 


( 1 6)  "Type  of  training""  means  one  or  more  of  the  work  force  prepara- 
tion programs  offered  by  regional  occupational  centers/programs  or 
adult  education  programs. 

(17)  "Veteran  status""  means  whether  the  student  is  an  individual  who 
has  served  in  the  armed  forces  of  this  country  for  at  least  1 8 1  consecutive 
days  since  January  31.  1995.  and  who  has  been  discharged  or  released 
under  conditions  other  than  dishonorable,  but  does  not  include  any  per- 
son who  served  only  in  auxiliary  or  reserve  components  of  the  armed 
forces  whose  services  therein  did  not  exempt  him  or  her  from  the  opera- 
tion of  the  Selective  Training  and  Services  Act  of  1940  (54  Stat.  885). 

(e)  "Work  force  preparation  program"'  means  a  course  of  study  which 
has  as  its  primary  goal  the  development  of  knowledge  and  skills  that  en- 
able the  student  to  obtain  paid  employment  upon  the  successful  comple- 
tion of  the  course  of  study,  and  includes 

(1)  vocational  education  or  training  offered  by  an  adult  school  or  pro- 
gram operated  by  a  school  district  or  county  office  of  education,  or  by  re- 
gional occupational  centers  or  programs,  which  require  a  student  to  at- 
tend classes  a  minimum  of  ten  (10)  hours  a  week  for  regional 
occupational  centers  or  programs  or  twelve  (12)  hours  a  week  for  adult 
schools  or  programs  while  completing  the  course  requirements  and 
which  provide  a  certificate  of  completion,  competency,  oremployability 
upon  the  successful  completion  of  the  course;  and 

(2)  apprenticeship  programs  in  which  a  person  has  entered  into  an  "ap- 
prentice agreement"  with  an  employer  or  program  sponsor;  and  the  term 
of  the  apprenticeship  for  each  apprenticeable  occupation  has  been  ap- 
proved by  the  Chief  of  the  Division  of  Apprenticeship  Standards.  Depart- 
ment of  Industrial  Relations,  and  provides  for  no  less  than  2.000  hours 
of  reasonably  continuous  employment  for  the  apprentice  and  provides 
for  his  or  her  participation  in  an  approved  program  of  training  through 
employment  and  through  education  in  related  and  supplemental  subjects. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  3303 f,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
56026,  Education  Code;  Section  J  5037.1,  Unemployment  Insurance  Code:  Sec- 
tions 1 1200  and  14000,  Welfare  and  Institutions  Code;  Section  2011,  U.S.  Code 
Title  17;  and  Sections  794  and  1603.  U.S.  Code  Title  29. 

History 

1 .  New  subchapter  4  (sections  1 9600- 1 960 1 )  and  section  filed  7-3-98  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  7-.V98  (Register  98,  No.  27).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-2-98  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-3-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  1 0- 1 3-98  and 
filed  11-23-98  (Register  98,  No.  48). 

§  1 9601 .    PBA  System  Reporting  Procedures. 

(a)  All  students  who  enroll  in  any  work  force  preparation  program  as 
defined  in  subdivision  (e)  of  Section  19600  that  is  offered  by  school  dis- 
tricts, county  offices  of  education,  or  regional  occupational  centers/pro- 
grams shall  be  provided  a  copy  of  the  PBA  Privacy  Notice  and  Student 
Consent  Form  (June  1998)  at  the  time  of  enrollment. 

(b)  The  work  force  preparation  program  administrator,  or  his  or  her  de- 
signee, shall  obtain  from  each  enrolled  student  a  signed  PBA  Privacy  No- 
tice and  Student  Consent  Form  (June  1998)  that  indicates  the  student's 
choice  of  whether  to  authorize  or  not  authorize  release  of  his  or  her  social 
security  number  and  other  personal  data  to  the  California  Department  of 
Education  for  transmission  to  the  SJTCC  or  its  agent  for  use  in  the  PBA 
System.  If  any  student  declines  to  sign  the  PBA  Privacy  Notice  and  Stu- 
dent Consent  Form  (June  1998),  the  program  administrator,  or  his  or  her 
designee,  shall  fill  in  the  student's  name  and,  in  the  space  for  student  sig- 
nature, write  "declined"  or  words  to  that  effect. 

(c)  For  each  student  who  agrees  to  participate  inlhe  PBA  System,  and 
who  has  attended  classes  for  20  or  more  course  hours,  the  work  force 
preparation  program  administrator,  or  his  or  her  designee,  shall  compile 
the  information  required  on  the  PBA  Student  Data  Profile  (June  1 998). 

(d)  On  or  before  August  31  of  each  year,  the  superintendent  of  the 
school  district  or  county  office  of  education,  or  the  administrator  of  the 
regional  occupational  center/program,  or  his  or  her  designee,  shall  report 
the  personal  information  required  on  the  PBA  Student  Data  Profile  (June 


Page  184.105 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6  - 1 1  -  2004 


§  19601 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


1998)  for  each  student  enrolled  in  the  prior  school  year  who  has  agreed 
to  participate  in  the  PB  A  System  and  shall  certify  to  the  best  of  his  or  her 
knowledge  and  belief  that  the  information  being  reported  is  accurate  and 
complete. 

(e)  Each  signed  PBA  Privacy  Notice  and  Student  Consent  Form  (June 
1 998),  whether  the  student  authorized  or  did  not  authorize  release  of  per- 
sonal data,  shall  be  retained  by  the  school  district,  county  office  of  educa- 
tion, or  regional  occupational  center/program  pursuant  to  the  require- 
ments of  the  federal  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (20 
U.S.C.  §  1232g)  and  Chapter  6.5  of  Part  27  (commencing  with  section 
49060)  of  the  California  Education  Code. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  33031,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
49060,  Education  Code;  Section  15037.1,  Unemployment  Insurance  Code:  Sec- 
tions 1 1200  and  14000,  Welfare  and  Institutions  Code;  and  Section  1232c,  U.S. 
Code  Title  20. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  7-3-98  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-3-98  (Register  98,  No. 
27).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  11 -2-98  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


I.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-3-98  order  transmitted  to  OAL  1 0-1 3-98  and 
filed  1 1-23-98  (Register  98,  No.  48). 


Chapter  24. 


Library  Services  Provided  by 
the  State 


NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  1 :  Sections  19304  and  19320,  Education  Code. 
Issuing  agencies:  State  Board  of  Education  and  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion. Reference;  Sections  19320  and  19330,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Editorial  renumbering  of  Chapter  2,  Subchapter  1,  to  Division  24,  Chapter  1 
(Register  69,  No.  51 ).  For  prior  history  see  Register  66,  No.  2. 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77.  No.  39). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)  filed  5-5-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  82,  No.  19). 

4.  Editorial  renumbering  of  Division  1,  Chapter  24  (sections  20000-20400)  to  Di- 
vision 2,  Chapter  1.  and  editorial  renumbering  of  former  Division  2,  Chapter  1 
(Sections  20410-20426)  to  new  Division  2.  Chapter  2  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 
For  prior  history,  see  Register  90.  No.  50. 


=!«      *      * 


Page  184.106 


Register  2004,  No.  24;  6-11-2004 


JB^ 


Barclays  Official 

California 

Code  of 
Regulations 


Title  5.     Education 

Division  1.5.    Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


Vol.  6 


THOIVISOIM 

* 

WEST 


Barclays  Official  California  Code  of  Regulations 

425  Market  Street  •  Fourth  Floor  •  San  Francisco,  CA  94105 
800-888-3600 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


Table  of  Contents 


Division  1.5.     Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


Table  of  Contents 


Page 


Chapter  1. 


Chapter  2. 


General  Provisions  185 

§  19800.  Definitions. 

S  19801.  Quorum;  Majority  Vote;  Limitations 

on  Public  Coinments. 
J^  19802.  Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel  — 

Conflict  of  Interest  Code. 
Appendix 185 

Summary  Review;  Appeals  185 

§19803.  Request  for  Summary  Review 

Filing;  Form  of  Request  for 
Summary  Review;  Withdrawal  of 
Request  for  Summary  Review. 
vj  19804.  Appeal  Filing;  Form  of  Notice  of 

Appeal;  Withdrawal  of  Appeal. 
§  19805.  Intervention. 


Chapter  3. 


Audits  of  California  K-12  Local 
Education  Asiencies  


186 


Article  1. 

§  19810. 
§  19811. 
§  19812. 
§  19813. 

§  19814. 

Article  2. 

§  19814.1. 

§  19815. 
§  19816. 
§  19816.1. 

Article  3. 


187 


General  Provisions 

Scope. 

Qualifications  of  Auditors. 

Auditing  Standards. 

Materiahty  Levels  for  Compliance 

Auditing. 

Auditor  .ludgment. 

Audit  Reports 

Applicability  of  Audit  Procedures 
by  Audit  Year. 
Report  Components. 
Definitions. 

Applicability  of  Audit  Procedures 
by  Audit  Year. 

State  Compliance  Procedures: 

Local  Education  Agencies 

Other  Than  Charter  Schools 190 


§  19817. 

Regular  and  Special  Day  Classes. 

§  19817.1. 

Regular  and  Special  Day  Classes. 

§  19818. 

Kindergarten  Confinuance. 

§  19819. 

Independent  Study. 

§  19820. 

Continuation  Education. 

§  19821. 

Adult  Education. 

§  19822. 

Regional  Occupational  Centers  and 

Programs. 

§  19823. 

Instructional  Time  and  Staff 

Development  Reform  Program. 

§  19824. 

Instructional  Time. 

§  19825.  Community  Day  Schools. 

§  19826.  Class  Size  Reduction. 

§  19826.1.  Class  Size  Reduction. 

§  19827.  Morgan-Han  Class  Size  Reduction 

Program. 
§  19828.  Instructional  Materials. 

§19828.1.  Instructional  Materials. 

§  19828.2.  Instructional  Materials. 

§  19829.  Ratios  of  Administrative  Employees 

to  Teachers. 
§  19829.5.  Classroom  Teacher  Salaries. 

§  19830.  Early  Retirement  Incentive. 

§  19830.1.  Iiarly  Retirement  Incentive. 

§19831.  Gann  Limit  Calculation. 

§  19832.  School  Construction  Funds. 

§  19833.  Alternative  Pension  Plans. 

§  19833.5.  Iixcess  Sick  Leave. 

§  19833.6.  Notification  of  Right  to  Elect 

California  State  Teachers 

Retirement  System  (CalSTRS) 

Membership. 
§  19834.  Proposition  20  Lottery  Funds 

(Cardenas  Textbook  Act  of  2000). 
§  19835.  State  Lottery  Funds  (California 

State  Lottery  Act  of  1984). 
§  19836.  California  School  Age  Families 

Education  (Cal-SAFE)  Program. 
§  19837.  School  Accountability  Report  Card. 

§  19837.1.  School  Accountability  Report  Card. 

§19838.  Mathematics  and  Reading 

Professional  Development. 

Article  3.1.  State  Compliance  Procedures: 

School  Districts  and 

Charter  Schools  190.13 

§  19845.  Class  Size  Reduction. 

§  19845.1.  Class  Size  Reduction. 

§  19846.  After  School  Education  and  Safety 

Program. 

Article  4.  State  Compliance  Procedures: 

Charter  Schools  190.17 

§  19850.  Contemporaneous  Records  of 

Attendance. 
§19851.  Mode  of  Instruction. 

§  19852.  Nonclassroom-Based 

Instruction/Independent  Study. 
§  19853.  Determination  of  Funding  for 

Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction. 
§  19854.  Annual  Instructional  Minutes  — 

Classroom  Based. 


Page 


(10- 1 2-2007) 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


§  19804 


Division  1.5. 


Education  Audit  Appeals 
Panel 


Chapter  1.    General  Provisions 

§19800.     Definitions. 

The  following  definiiions  shall  apply  to  these  regulations: 

(a)  "Final  audit  report"  means: 

( 1 )  for  an  annual  audit  conducted  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section 
41020,  the  report  that  has  been  accepted  by  the  Controller  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  Section  14504,  and 

(2)  for  any  other  audit  or  review  conducted  by  or  for  a  governmental 
agency  that  includes  one  or  more  apportionment  significant  exceptions 
requiring  repayment,  the  report  issued  following  an  opportunity  to  pro- 
vide a  written  response  to  a  draft  report; 

(b)  "Panel"  means  the  Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel. 

(c)  "Parties  to  the  appeal"  means  the  local  education  agency  that  is  pur- 
suing an  appeal  to  the  Panel,  the  Controller,  and  any  applicant(s)  allowed 
to  intervene  pursuant  to  Government  Code  Section  1 1440.50. 

(d)  "Summary  review"  means  the  voluntary,  informal,  summary  ap- 
peals process  set  forth  in  Education  Code  Section  41344.1(d). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  41344.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14504,  41020.  41344  and  41344.1,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-10-2004;  operative  5-10-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  20). 

§  19801.    Quorum;  l\/lajorlty  Vote;  Limitations  on  Public 
Comments. 

(a)  A  quorum  shall  be  two  of  the  three  members  then  constituting  the 
Panel. 

(b)  All  decisions  of  the  Panel  shall  be  by  majority  vote  of  the  three 
members  then  constituting  the  Panel. 

(c)  Public  comment  on  each  item  of  a  Panel  agenda  shall  be  limited  to 
3  minutes  per  speaker,  provided  that  the  Panel  may  extend  this  limit  by 
a  uniform  amount  per  speaker. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  41344.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
41344.1,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-10-2004;  operative  5-10-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  20). 

§  19802.    Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel  —  Conflict  of 
Interest  Code. 

The  Political  Reform  Act,  Government  Code  Section  81000,  et  seq., 
requires  each  state  and  local  government  agency  to  adopt  and  promulgate 
a  conflict  of  interest  code.  The  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  has 
adopted  a  regulation,  2  Cal.  Code  of  Regs.,  Section  18730,  which  con- 
tains the  terms  of  a  standard  conflict  of  interest  code.  It  can  be  incorpo- 
rated by  reference  and  may  be  amended  by  the  Fair  Political  Practices 
Commission  after  public  notice  and  hearings  to  conform  to  amendments 
in  the  Political  Reform  Act.  Therefore,  the  terms  of  2  Cal.  Code  of  Regs., 
Section  1 8730,  and  any  amendments  to  it  duly  adopted  by  the  Fair  Politi- 
cal Practices  Commission  are  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  and, 
along  with  the  attached  Appendix  in  which  members  and  employees  are 
designated  and  disclosure  categories  are  set  forth,  and  the  place  of  filing 
is  specified,  shall  constitute  the  conflict  of  interest  code  of  the  Education 
Audit  Appeals  Panel  (agency). 

Designated  employees  shall  file  statements  of  economic  interests  with 
the  agency,  which  shall  make  the  statements  available  for  public  inspec- 
tion and  reproduction.  Upon  receipt  of  the  statements  of  the  members  of 
the  Panel  or  their  designees  and  of  the  Executive  Officer,  the  agency  shall 
make  and  retain  copies  of  the  statements  and  send  the  originals  to  the  Fair 
Political  Practices  Commission. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  87300,  Government  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
87300-87302  and  87306,  Government  Code. 


History 
i .  New  division  1 .5  and  chapter  I  (section  19802)  and  new  section  and  Appendix 

filed  3-1 1-2004;  operative  4-ia~2004.  Approved  by  Eair  Political  Practices 

Commission  12-8-2003.  Submitted  to  OAL  tor  printing  only  (Resisler  2004, 

No.  11). 
2.  Amendment  of  Appendix  filed  6-5-2(X)7;  operative  7-5-2007.  Approved  by 

Fair  Pofitical  Practices  Commission  4-30-2007  (Register  2007.  No.  23). 

Appendix 

Desii>nated  Positions  Disclosure  Colci^ory 

Members  of  the  Panel  (includes  designees)  I 

Executive  Officer  I 

Employees  in  all  legal  classifications  I 
Employees  in  Staff  Services  Analyst  and  Associate 
Governmental  Program  Analyst  positions  who  may 

affect  decisions  regarding  equipment,  goods,  or  services  I 

All  contracted  consultants  * 

Disclosure  Categoiy  I: 

Persons  in  this  category  must  report  all  investments,  business  posi- 
tions, and  income,  including  gifts,  loans,  and  travel  payments,  from 
sources  that  provide  leased  facilities,  goods,  equipment,  vehicles,  ma- 
chinery, or  services,  including  training  or  consulting  services,  of  the  type 
utilized  by  the  Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel,  as  well  as  all  sources  of 
income,  excluding  salary,  from  local  education  agencies  authorized  in 
statute  to  pursue  appeals  before  the  Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel. 

"Consultants  shall  be  included  in  the  list  of  designated  employees  and 
shall  disclose  pursuant  to  the  broadest  disclosure  category  in  the  code 
subject  to  the  following  limitation: 

The  Executive  Officer  may  determine  in  writing  that  a  particular  con- 
sultant, although  in  a  "designated  position."  is  hired  to  perform  a  range 
of  duties  that  is  limited  in  scope  and  hence  is  not  required  to  comply  fully 
with  the  disclosure  requirements  described  in  this  section.  Such  deter- 
mination shall  include  a  description  of  the  consultant's  duties  and.  based 
upon  that  description,  a  statement  of  the  extent  of  disclosure  require- 
ments. The  Executive  Officer's  determinafion  is  a  public  record  and  shall 
be  retained  for  public  inspection  in  the  same  manner  and  location  as  this 
conflict  of  interest  code. 


Chapter  2.    Summary  Review;  Appeals 

§  19803.     Request  for  Summary  Review  Filing;  Form  of 

Request  for  Summary  Review;  Withdrawal  of 
Request  for  Summary  Review. 

(a)  To  request  summary  review,  a  local  education  agency  shall,  within 
30  days  of  receipt  of  the  final  audit  report,  file  a  written  Request  for  Sum- 
mary Review  with  the  Executive  Officer  of  the  Panel  and  shall: 

(1 )  identify  each  finding  for  which  summary  review  is  requested;  and 

(2)  set  forth  the  basis  for  the  local  education  agency's  claim,  as  to  each 
disputed  finding,  that  it  was  in  substantial  compliance,  as  set  forth  in 
Education  Code  Section  41344.1(c). 

(b)  A  local  education  agency  may  withdraw  a  Request  for  Summary 
Review  at  any  time  prior  to  issuance  of  a  determination  by  notifying  the 
Executive  Officer  of  the  Panel  in  writing. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Section  41.344.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
41344.1,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  chapter  2  (sections  19803-19805)  and  section  filed  5-10-2004;  operative 
5-10-2004  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2004,  No. 
20). 

§  19804.    Appeal  Filing;  Form  of  Notice  of  Appeal; 
Withdrawal  of  Appeal. 

(a)  To  present  an  appeal  to  the  Panel,  a  local  education  agency  shall, 
within  60  days  of  receipt  of  the  final  audit  report  or  within  30  days  of  re- 
ceipt of  the  determination  of  a  summary  review,  file  a  written  Notice  of 
Appeal  with  the  Executive  Officer  of  the  Panel,  identifying  each  finding 
being  appealed: 

(b)  A  local  education  agency  may  withdraw  an  appeal  at  any  time  prior 
to  issuance  of  a  decision  by  the  Panel.  The  local  education  agency  shall 
give  prompt  written  notice  of  the  withdrawal: 

( 1 )  to  the  Execufive  Officer  of  the  Panel. 


Page  185 


Register  2007,  No.  23;  6-8-2007 


§  19805 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(2)  if  the  appeal  is  pending  before  the  Office  of  Administrative  Hear- 
ings, 

(A)  to  the  administrative  law  judge  assigned  responsibility  for  the  mat- 
ter, or 

(B)  if  the  matter  has  not  been  assigned  to  a  particular  administrative 
law  judge,  to  the  Director  of  the  Office  of  Administrative  Hearings,  and 

(3)  to  all  parties  to  the  appeal. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  41344.1.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
4 1 344  and  4 1 344. 1 ,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-10-2004;  operative  5-10-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2004,  No.  20). 

§19805.    Intervention. 

Government  Code  Section  1 1440.50.  concerning  intervention,  grant 
of  motion,  and  conditions,  shall  apply  to  appeal  proceedings  of  the  Panel. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  41344.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
41344.1,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-10-2004;  operative  5-10-2004  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343 .4  (Register  2004,  No.  20). 


Chapter  3.    Audits  of  California  K-12  Local 
Education  Agencies 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§19810.    Scope. 

These  regulations  constitute  the  audit  guide,  Standards  and  Proce- 
dures for  Audits  of  California  K-12  Local  Educational  Agencies,  that 
shall  be  used  in  the  performance  of  the  audits  required  by  Education  Code 
Section  41020.  These  regulations  do  not  provide  a  complete  manual  of 
procedures;  auditors  must  exercise  professional  judgment. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  chapter  3  (articles  1-3,  sections  19810-19831),  article  1  (sections 
19810-19811)  and  section  filed  3-15-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative 
3-1 5-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  1 2).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  7-13-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-1 5-2004  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004 
and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  26). 

§  1 981 1 .    Qualifications  of  Auditors. 

(a)  Each  audit  shall  be  made  by  a  certified  public  accountant  or  a  public 
accountant,  licensed  by  the  California  Board  of  Accountancy,  and  se- 
lected by  the  local  education  agency  from  a  directory  of  certified  public 
accountants  and  public  accountants  deemed  by  the  Controller  as  quali- 
fied to  conduct  audits  of  local  education  agencies  published  by  the  Con- 
troller not  later  than  December  3 1  of  each  year. 

(b)  Except  as  provided  in  subdivision  (d)  of  Education  Code  Section 
41 320. 1 ,  it  is  unlawful  for  a  public  accounting  firm  to  provide  audit  ser- 
vices to  a  local  educational  agency  if  the  lead  audit  partner,  or  coordinat- 
ing audit  partner,  having  primary  responsibility  for  the  audit,  or  the  audit 
partner  responsible  for  reviewing  the  audit,  has  performed  audit  services 
for  that  local  educational  agency  in  each  of  the  six  previous  fiscal  years. 
The  Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel  may  waive  this  requirement  if  the 
panel  finds  that  no  otherwise  eligible  auditor  is  available  to  perform  the 
audit. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-15-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-15-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-13-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-1 5-2004  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004 
and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  26). 


§19812.    Auditing  Standards. 

Audits  shall  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  auditing  standards  gen- 
erally accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America,  the  standards  set  forth 
in  Government  Auditing  Standards  issued  by  the  Comptroller  General  of 
the  United  States,  and  the  provisions  of  this  chapter. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14501,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  2  (sections  1 98 1 2- 1 98 1 4)  and  section  filed  3-1 5-2004  as  an  emer- 
gency: operative  3-15-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7- 13-2004  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-15-2004  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004 
and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  26). 

3.  Amendment  moving  section  19812  from  article  2  to  article  1  filed  6-9-2006; 
operative  6-9-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  23). 

§  19813.    l\/lateriality  Levels  for  Compliance  Auditing. 

Each  program  for  which  Average  Daily  Attendance  is  reported  to  the 
California  Department  of  Education  for  apportionment  purposes  must  be 
audited  for  compliance  with  specific  requirements  of  law,  as  further  set 
forth  in  this  article,  if  the  number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
reported  is  material  as  shown  in  the  following  table: 


Local  Education  Agency's  Total 

Reported  Average  Daily 

Attendance  (ADA) 

1  -1,000 

1,001  -2,500 

2,501  -  10,000 

More  than  10,000 


Number  of  ADA 

Constituting  Materiality 

for  Each  Program 


1 0  or  more 
20  or  more 
50  or  more 
100  or  more 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-1 5-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-15-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-1 3-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-1 5-2004  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6^2004 
and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  26). 

3.  Amendrnent  of  subsections  (e)  and  (e)(2)  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  1 8).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-24-2005 
and  filed  6-20-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

5.  Renumbering  of  section  19813  to  section  19815  and  renumbering  of  section 
19815  to  section  19813  filed  6-9-2006;  operative  6-9-2006  (Register  2006, 

No.  23). 

§  19814.    Auditor  Judgment. 

For  each  state  compliance  requirement,  the  auditor  shall  follow  the 
procedures  included  in  this  audit  guide,  unless,  in  the  exercise  of  his  or 
her  professional  judgment,  the  auditor  determines  other  procedures  are 
more  appropriate  in  particular  circumstances. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-1 5-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-15-2004  (Register 
2(X)4,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-13-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (e)  and  (/)  filed  6-17-2004  as  an  emergency;  opera- 
tive 6-17-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  25).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-1 5-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3- 15-2004  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (e),  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004  and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004, 
No.  26). 

4.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  amending  subsection  (e)  filed  6-30-2004  pur- 
suant to  section  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2004,  No. 
27). 

5.  Amendment  of  subsections  (e)  and  (/)  refiled  9-30-2004  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 10-16-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  40).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-14-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


Page  186 


Register  2007,  No.  23;  6-8-2007 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


§  19816 


• 


• 


6.  Cenificate  ot'Compliance  as  to  9-30-2004  order,  including  further  amendment 
ol  subsection  (e),  transmitted  to  OAL  12-9-2004  and  filed  1-19-2005  (Reeis- 
ter  2005.  No.  3). 

7.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph,  redesignation  and  amendment  of  second  para- 
graph of  sub.seclion  (e)  as  subsection  (e)(  1).  new  subsection  (e)(2)  and  amend- 
ment of  subsection  (/)  filed  2-10-2005  as  an  emergency:  operative  2-10-2005 
( Register  2005.  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  6-10-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

8.  Amendment  of  subsections  (d),  (e)(  I )  and  (e)(2).  new  subsection  (e)(3).  amend- 
ment of  subsection  (k)  and  amendment  of  NoTi.  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergen- 
cy; operative  5-6-2005  (Register  2005.  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

9.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-10-2005  order,  including  5-6-2005  emer- 
gency amendments,  transmitted  to  OAL  5-24-2005  and  filed  6-20-2005  (Reg- 
ister 2005,  No.  25). 

10.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
8-26-2005  and  filed  10-1 1-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  41 ). 

1 1 .  Amendment  of  subsections  (e)(3)  and  (i).  new  subsection  (j),  subsection  relet- 
tering  and  amendment  of  newly  designated  subsection  (k)  filed  2-17-2006  as 
an  emergency:  operative  2-17-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  6-19-2006  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

12.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-17-2006  order,  including  renumbering  of 
section  19814  to  section  19816  and  renumbering  of  section  19816  to  section 
1 98 1 4,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-27-2006  and  filed  6-9-2006  (Register  2006.  No. 

23). 


Article  2.    Audit  Reports 

§  19814.1.      Applicability  of  Audit  Procedures  by  Audit 
Year. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14501.  14502.1.  14503,  41020  and  47634.2,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-1 7-2004  as  an  emergency:  operative  6-1 7-2004  (Register 

2004.  No.  25).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-1 5-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  retlled  9-30-2004  as  an  emergency:  operative  10-16-2004  (Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  40).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-1 4-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  9-30-2004  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (b),  transjnitted  to  OAL  12-9-2004  and  filed  1-19-2005  (Register 

2005,  No.  3). 

4.  Amendment  filed  2-10-2005  as  an  emergency:  operative  2-10-2005  (Register 
2005.  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-10-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative 
5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-10-2005  order,  including  5-6-2005  emer- 
gency amendments,  transmitted  to  OAL  5-24-2005  and  filed  6-20-2005  (Reg- 
ister 2005,  No.  25). 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order,  including  further  amendment 
of  subsection  (a)(2),  transmitted  to  OAL  8-26-2005  and  filed  10-11-2005 
(Register2005,  No.  41). 

8.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)(3)  filed  2-17-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative 
2-17-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  6- 1 9-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

9.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-17-2006  order,  including  renumbering  and 
amendment  of  section  19814.1  to  section  19816.1,  transmitted  to  OAL 
4-27-2006  and  filed  6-9-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  23). 

§  19815.    Report  Components. 

The  report  of  each  audit  performed  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 41020  shall  be  as  follows,  except  that  the  subelements  of  (d)  may  be 
in  any  order  among  themselves: 

(a)  Introductory  Section. 

(1)  Table  of  Contents  for  the  audit  report. 

(2)  Other  information  as  deemed  appropriate  by  the  auditee. 

(b)  Financial  Section. 


(1)  Independent  Auditor's  Report. 

(2)  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis. 

(3)  Basic  Financial  Statements. 

(4)  Notes  to  the  Basic  Financial  Statements. 

(c)  Required  Supplementary  Information. 

Schedule  of  budgetary  comparison  data  for  the  General  Fund  and  any 
major  special  revenue  funds  that  have  legally  adopted  annual  budgets, 
disclosing  excesses  of  expenditures  over  appropriations,  if  any,  in  indi- 
vidual funds  presented  in  the  budgetary  comparison. 

(d)  Supplementary  Information. 

(1)  Local  Education  Agency  Organization  Structure. 

(2)  Schedule  of  Average  Daily  Attendance. 

(3)  Schedule  of  Instructional  Time. 

(4)  Schedule  of  Financial  Trends  and  Analy.sis. 

(5)  Reconciliation  of  Annual  Financial  and  Budget  Report  With  Au- 
dited Financial  Statements. 

(6)  Optionally,  Combining  Statements  and  Individual  Fund  State- 
ments and  Schedules. 

(7)  Schedule  of  Charter  Schools. 

(8)  If  required  as  set  forth  in  the  edition  of  OMB  Circular  A- 1 33  appli- 
cable to  the  year  being  audited.  Schedule  of  Expenditures  of  Federal 
Awards. 

(9)  Notes  to  Supplementary  Information,  if  required. 

(e)  Other  Independent  Auditor's  Reports. 

( 1)  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting  and  on  Com- 
pliance and  Other  Matters  Based  on  an  Audit  of  Financial  Statements 
Performed  in  Accordance  with  Government  Auditing  Standards. 

(2)  Report  on  State  Compliance. 

(3)  If  required  as  set  forth  in  the  edition  of  OMB  Circular  A- 1 33  appli- 
cable to  the  year  being  audited.  Report  on  Compliance  With  Require- 
ments Applicable  to  Each  Major  Program  and  Internal  Control  Over 
Compliance  in  Accordance  With  OMB  Circular  A-1 33. 

(f)  Findings  and  Recommendations. 

(1)  Schedule  of  Findings  and  Questioned  Costs. 

(2)  Schedule  of  Prior  Audit  Findings. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  3  (sections  19815-19831)  and  section  filed  3-15-2004  as  an  emer- 
gency; operafive  3-15-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7- 1 3-2004  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-1 5-2004  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004 
and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  26). 

3.  Renumbering  of  section  19815  to  section  19813  and  renumbering  of  section 
19813  to  secfion  19815  filed  6-9-2006:  operative  6-9-2006  (Register  2006, 
No.  23). 

4.  New  subsection  (d)(1),  subsection  renumbering  and  amendment  of  subsection 
(e)(1)  filed  6-12-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-12-2006  (Register  2006, 
No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-10-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-12-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-20-2006  and  filed  9-29-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  39). 

§19816.    Definitions. 

The  content  of  the  audit  report  sections  and  subsections  specified  in 
Section  19815  is  as  described  in  the  Codification  of  Statements  on  Audit- 
ing Standards,  published  by  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public 
Accountants,  the  Codification  of  Governmental  Accounting  and  Finan- 
cial Reporting  Standards  published  by  the  Governmental  Accounting 
Standards  Board  (GASB),  or  Government  Auditing  Standards  published 
by  the  Comptroller  General  of  the  United  States,  in  the  respective  edi- 
tions applicable  to  the  fiscal  year  being  audited,  or  as  defined  in  one  of 
the  following: 

(a)  '"Government  Auditing  Standards"  means  the  publication  by  the 
Comptroller  General  of  the  United  States,  United  States  General  Ac- 
counting Office,  originally  issued  in  1972  and  revised  from  time  to  time, 
commonly  known  as  the  "Yellow  Book,"  that  contains  standards  for  au- 
dits of  government  organizations,  programs,  activities,  and  functions  and 


Page  187 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6- 13-2008 


§  19816 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


that  is  referenced  in  Education  Code  sections   14501.   14503,  and 
41020(b)(4). 

(b)  "Local  Education  Agency  Organization  Structure"  means  a  de- 
scription in  the  Supplementary  Information  section  that  sets  forth  the  fol- 
lowing information,  at  a  minimum: 

( 1 )  The  date  on  which  the  local  education  agency  was  established,  and 
for  charter  schools  the  date  and  granting  authority  of  each  charter; 

(2)  The  date  and  a  general  description  of  any  change  during  the  year 
audited  in  a  school  district's  boundaries; 

(3)  The  numbers  by  type  of  schools  in  the  local  education  agency; 

(4)  The  names,  titles,  terms,  and  term  expiration  dates  of  all  members 
of  the  governing  board; 

(5)  The  names,  with  their  titles,  of  the  superintendent,  chief  business 
official,  and  deputy/associate/assistant  superintendents. 

(c)  "0MB  Circular  A- 133"  means  the  publication,  produced  by  the 
federal  Office  of  Management  and  Budget  and  Med  Audits  of  States,  Lo- 
cal Governments,  and  Non-Profit  Organizations,  that  sets  forth  stan- 
dards for  attaining  consistency  and  uniformity  in  the  audits  of  govern- 
ments and  organizations  expending  federal  awards. 

(d)  "Reconciliation  of  Annual  Financial  and  Budget  Report  with  Au- 
dited Financial  Statements"  means  a  schedule  that  displays  the  differ- 
ences between  the  ending  fund  balance(s)  from  the  audited  financial 
statements  and  the  unaudited  ending  fund  balance(s)  from  the  annual  fi- 
nancial and  budget  report  for  each  fund  in  which  a  variance  occurred. 

(e)  "Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting  and  on  Com- 
pliance and  Other  Matters  Based  on  an  Audit  of  Financial  Statements 
Performed  in  Accordance  with  Government  Auditing  Standards''  means 
the  component  of  the  Other  Independent  Auditor' s  Reports  that  specifies 
material  instances  of  noncompliance,  if  any;  defines  reportable  condi- 
tions and  specifies  the  reportable  conditions  disclosed  as  a  result  of  the 
audit;  defines  material  weaknesses  and  specifies  the  material  weak- 
nesses, if  any,  that  were  disclosed  by  the  audit;  includes  a  statement  that 
no  material  weaknesses  were  found,  if  that  is  the  case;  includes  a  state- 
ment that  nonmaterial  noncompliance  and  nonreportable  conditions  in- 
volving the  internal  control  structure  and  its  operation  were  communi- 
cated to  management  in  a  separate  management  letter,  if  that  is  the  case; 
specifies  all  instances  of  fraud  and  illegal  acts,  if  any.  that  were  disclosed 
by  the  audit,  unless  clearly  inconsequential;  and  specifies  material  abuse, 
if  any,  that  was  disclosed  by  the  audit. 

(f)  "Report  on  State  Compliance"  means  the  component  of  the  Other 
Independent  Auditor's  Reports  that  specifically  and  separately  addresses 
each  of  the  state  compliance  requirements  included  in  this  audit  guide 
that  are  appHcable  to  the  year  audited,  stating  whether  or  not  the  district 
is  in  compliance  with  those  requirements;  includes  a  chart  that  displays 
the  number  of  audit  procedures  for  each  compliance  requirement  appli- 
cable to  the  year  audited  and  states  that  the  audit  procedures  included  in 
the  audit  guide  for  each  requirement  were  followed  in  the  making  of  the 
audit,  if  that  is  the  case,  or,  if  not,  what  other  procedures  were  followed; 
and  includes  an  expression  of  positive  assurance  with  respect  to  com- 
pliance with  applicable  laws  and  regulations  for  those  items  tested  in  ac- 
cordance with  those  regulafions,  and  negative  assurance  for  untested 
items. 

(1 )  The  numbers  of  audit  procedures  for  the  compliance  requirements 
included  in  this  audit  guide  for  audits  of  fiscal  year  2003-04  are 

Attendance  Reporting,  6; 

Kindergarten  Continuance,  3; 

Independent  Study,  22; 

Continuation  Education,  10; 

Adult  Education,  9; 

Regional  Occupational  Centers  and  Programs,  6; 

Instructional  Time  and  Staff  Development  Reform  Program,  7; 

Instructional  Time  for  school  districts,  4;  for  county  offices  of  educa- 
tion, 3; 

Community  Day  Schools,  9; 

Instructional  Materials  general  requirements,  9;  K-8  only,  1 ;  grades 
9-12  only,  1; 


Ratios  of  Administrative  Employees  to  Teachers,  1; 

Early  Retirement  Incentive,  4; 

Gann  Limit  Calculation,  1; 

Class  Size  Reduction  (including  in  charter  schools):  general  require- 
ments. 7;  Option  One,  3;  Option  Two,  4;  districts  or  charter  schools  with 
only  one  school  serving  K-3,  4. 

(2)  The  numbers  of  audit  procedures  for  the  compliance  requirements 
included  in  this  audit  guide  for  audits  of  fiscal  year  2004-05  are 

Attendance  Reporting,  8; 

Kindergarten  Continuance,  3; 

Independent  Study.  22; 

Continuation  Education.  10; 

Adult  Education,  9; 

Regional  Occupational  Centers  and  Programs.  6; 

Instructional  Time  and  Staff  Development  Reform  Program,  7; 

Instructional  Time  for  school  districts,  4;  for  county  offices  of  educa- 
tion, 3; 

Community  Day  Schools,  9; 

Instructional  Materials  general  requirements.  12;  K-8  only.  1;  grades 
9-12  only.  I; 

Ratios  of  Administrative  Employees  to  Teachers,  1; 

Early  Retirement  Incentive,  4; 

Gann  Limit  Calculafion,  1 ; 

School  Construction  Funds:  School  District  Bonds.  3;  State  School 
Facilities  Funds,  1; 

Alternative  Pension  Plans,  2; 

Proposifion  20  Lottery  Funds  (Cardenas  Textbook  Act  of  2000),  2; 

State  Lottery  Funds  (California  State  Lottery  Act  of  1984),  2; 

California  School  Age  Families  Education  (Cal-SAFE)  Program,  3; 

School  Accountability  Report  Card,  3; 

Class  Size  Reduction  (including  in  charter  schools):  general  require- 
ments, 7;  Option  One,  3;  Option  Two,  4;  districts  or  charter  schools  with 
only  one  school  serving  K-3,  4. 

(3)  The  numbers  of  audit  procedures  for  the  compliance  requirements 
included  in  this  audit  guide  for  audits  of  fiscal  year  2005-06  are 

Attendance  Reporting,  8; 

Kindergarten  Continuance,  3; 

Independent  Study,  22; 

Continuation  Education,  10; 

Adult  Education,  9; 

Regional  Occupational  Centers  and  Programs,  6; 

Instructional  Time  for  school  districts,  4;  for  county  offices  of  educa- 
tion, 3; 

Community  Day  Schools.  9; 

Morgan-Hart  Class  Size  Reduction  Program.  7; 

Instrucfional  Materials  general  requirements,  12;  K-8  only,  1;  grades 
9-12  only,  1; 

Ratios  of  Administrative  Employees  to  Teachers,  1 ; 

Early  Retirement  Incentive,  4; 

Gann  Limit  Calculation,  1; 

School  Construction  Funds;  School  District  Bonds,  3;  State  School 
Facilities  Funds,  1 ; 

Alternative  Pension  Plans,  2; 

Proposifion  20  Lottery  Funds  (Cardenas  Textbook  Act  of  2000),  2; 

State  Lottery  Funds  (California  State  Lottery  Act  of  1984),  2; 

California  School  Age  Families  Education  (Cal-SAFE)  Program,  3; 

School  Accountability  Report  Card,  3; 

Class  Size  Reduction  (including  in  charter  schools):  general  require- 
ments, 7;  Option  One,  3;  Option  Two,  4;  districts  or  charter  schools  with 
only  one  school  serving  K-3,  4; 

Contemporaneous  Records  of  Attendance,  for  charter  schools.  1 ; 

Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction/Independent  Study,  for  charter 
schools,  15; 

Addifional  Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction,  for  charter  schools,  1 ; 

Determination  of  Funding  for  Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction,  for 
charter  schools,  3; 


• 


• 


Page  188 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Pane] 


§  19816 


Annual  Instructional  Minutes  —  Classroom  Based,  for  charter 
schools,  3. 

(4)  The  numbers  of  audit  procedures  tor  the  compliance  requirements 
included  in  this  audit  guide  for  audits  of  fiscal  year  2006-07  are 

Attendance  Reporting.  8; 

Kindergarten  Continuance.  3: 

Independent  Study,  23: 

Continuation  Education,  10; 

Adult  Education,  9; 

Regional  Occupational  Centers  and  Programs,  6; 

Instructional  Time  for  school  districts.  6;  for  county  offices  of  educa- 
tion. 3; 

Community  Day  Schools,  9; 

Morgan-Hart  Class  Size  Reduction  Program.  7; 

Insiaiclional  Materials  general  requirements.  12;  K-8  only,  1;  grades 
9-12  only.  I; 

Ratios  of  Administrative  Employees  to  Teachers.  1; 

Early  Retirement  Incentive,  4; 

Gann  Limit  Calculation,  1; 

School  Construction  Funds;  School  District  Bonds.  3;  State  School 
Facilities  Funds.  1; 

Alternative  Pension  Plans,  2; 

Excess  Sick  Leave,  2  or  3; 

Notice  of  Right  To  Elect  California  State  Teachers  Retirement  System 
(CalSTRS)  Membership.  1; 

Proposition  20  Lottery  Funds  (Cardenas  Textbook  Act  of  2000),  2; 

State  Lottery  Funds  (California  State  Lottery  Act  of  1984),  2; 

California  School  Age  Families  Education  (Cal-SAFE)  Program,  3; 

School  Accountability  Report  Card,  3; 

Class  Size  Reduction  (including  in  charter  schools);  general  require- 
ments. 7;  Option  One,  3;  Option  Two,  4;  districts  or  charter  schools  with 
only  one  school  serving  K-3.  4; 

Contemporaneous  Records  of  Attendance,  for  charter  schools,  1 ; 

Mode  of  Instruction,  for  charter  schools.  1 ; 

Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction/Independent  Study,  for  charter 
schools,  15; 

Determination  of  Funding  for  Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction,  for 
charter  schools,  3; 

Annual  Instructional  Minutes  —  Classroom  Based,  for  charter 
schools,  3; 

(5)  The  numbers  of  audit  procedures  for  the  compliance  requirements 
included  in  this  audit  guide  for  audits  of  fiscal  year  2007-08  are 

Attendance  Reporting,  8; 

Kindergarten  Continuance.  3; 

Independent  Study,  23; 

Continuation  Education.  10; 

Adult  Education.  9; 

Regional  Occupational  Centers  and  Programs,  6; 

Instructional  Time  for  school  districts,  6;  for  county  offices  of  educa- 
tion. 3; 

Community  Day  Schools,  9; 

Morgan-Hart  Class  Size  Reduction  Program,  7; 

Instructional  Materials  general  requirements,  12;  K-8  only,  1;  grades 
9-12  only,  1; 

Ratios  of  Administrative  Employees  to  Teachers,  1; 

Classroom  Teacher  Salaries,  1; 

Early  Retirement  Incentive,  4; 

Gann  Limit  Calculation,  1; 

School  Construction  Funds;  School  District  Bonds,  3;  State  School 
Facilities  Funds,  1; 

Excess  Sick  Leave,  2  or  3; 

Notice  of  Right  To  Elect  California  State  Teachers  Retirement  System 
(CalSTRS)  Membership,  1; 

Proposition  20  Lottery  Funds  (Cardenas  Textbook  Act  of  2000),  2; 

State  Lottery  Funds  (California  State  Lottery  Act  of  1984),  2; 

California  School  Age  Families  Education  (Cal-SAFE)  Program,  3; 


School  Accountability  Report  Card,  3; 

Mathematics  and  Reading  Professional  Development,  4; 

Class  Size  Reduction  (including  in  charter  schools);  general  require- 
ments. 7;  Option  One,  3;  Option  Two,  4;  districts  or  charter  schools  with 
only  one  school  serving  K-3.  4; 

After  School  Education  and  Safety  Program:  general  requirements,  4; 
after  school,  4;  before  school,  5; 

Contemporaneous  Records  of  Attendance,  for  charter  schools,  1 ; 

Mode  of  Instruction,  for  charter  schools.  1 ; 

Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction/Independent  Study,  for  charter 
schools.  15; 

Determination  of  Funding  for  Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction,  for 
charter  schools.  3; 

Annual  Instructional  Minutes  —  Classroom  Based,  for  charter 
schools.  3. 

(6)  The  numbers  of  audit  procedures  for  the  compliance  requirements 
included  in  this  audit  guide  for  audits  of  fiscal  year  2008-09  are 

Attendance  Reporting.  8; 

Independent  Study.  23; 

Continuation  Education.  10; 

Adult  Education,  9; 

Regional  Occupational  Centers  and  Programs.  6; 

Instaictional  Time  for  school  districts,  6;  for  county  offices  of  educa- 
tion, 3; 

Community  Day  Schools,  9; 

Morgan-Hart  Class  Size  Reduction  Program.  7; 

Instructional  Materials  general  requirements.  1 2;  K-8  only,  1 ;  grades 
9-12  only,  1; 

Ratios  of  Administrative  Employees  to  Teachers.  1 ; 

Classroom  Teacher  Salaries,  1 ; 

Early  Retirement  Incentive,  4; 

Gann  Limit  Calculation,  1; 

School  Accountability  Report  Card,  3; 

Mathematics  and  Reading  Professional  Development,  4; 

Class  Size  Reduction  (including  in  charter  schools):  general  require- 
ments, 7;  Option  One,  3;  Option  Two,  4;  districts  or  charter  schools  with 
only  one  school  serving  K-3,  4; 

After  School  Education  and  Safety  Program:  general  requirements,  4; 
after  school,  4;  before  school,  5; 

Contemporaneous  Records  of  Attendance,  for  charter  schools,  1; 

Mode  of  Instruction,  for  charter  schools,  1 ; 

Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction/Independent  Study,  for  charter 
schools,  15; 

Determination  of  Funding  for  Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction,  for 
charter  schools,  3; 

Annual  Instructional  Minutes  —  Classroom  Based,  for  charter 
schools,  3. 

(g)  "Report  on  Comphance  With  Requirements  Applicable  to  Each 
Major  Program  and  Internal  Control  Over  Compliance  in  Accordance 
With  0MB  Circular  A- 1 3  3"  means  the  component  of  the  Other  Indepen- 
dent Auditor's  Reports  that  states  whether  the  auditee  has  complied  with 
federal  laws,  regulations,  and  the  provisions  of  federal  contracts  or  grant 
agreements  and  has  established  and  maintained  effective  internal  control 
over  compliance  with  the  requirements  for  major  federal  programs. 

(h)  "Schedule  of  Average  Daily  Attendance"  means  the  schedule  in 
the  Supplementary  Information  section  that  displays  Average  Daily 
Attendance  data  for  both  the  Second  Period  and  Annual  reports,  by  grade 
level  and  program  as  appropriate,  and,  for  charter  schools,  includes  total 
Average  Daily  Attendance  and  Average  Daily  Attendance  generated 
through  classroom-based  instruction. 

(i)  "Schedule  of  Charter  Schools"  means  the  schedule  in  the  Supple- 
mentary Information  section  that  lists  all  charter  schools  chartered  by  the 
school  district  or  county  office  of  education,  and  displays  information  for 
each  charter  school  on  whether  or  not  the  charter  school  is  included  in  the 
school  district  or  county  office  of  education  audit. 


Page  189 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


§  19816.1 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(j)  "Schedule  of  Financial  Trends  and  Analysis"  means,  for  fiscal  year 
2003-04,  the  schedule  in  the  Supplementary  Information  section  that 
displays  information  regarding  the  auditee's  financial  position  and  going 
concern  status,  in  the  form  of  actual  financial  and  attendance  figures  for 
at  least  the  most  recent  three-year  period  (ending  with  the  audit  year), 
plus  the  current  year's  budget,  for  the  following  items:  General  Fund  fi- 
nancial activity,  including  total  revenue,  expenditures,  and  other  sources 
and  uses;  General  Fund  balance;  available  reserve  balances  (funds  desig- 
nated for  economic  uncertainty,  and  any  other  remaining  undesignated 
fund  balance)  within  the  General  Fund,  Special  Reserve  Fund,  and  any 
Article  XIII-B  Trust  Funds;  available  reserve  balances  expressed  as  a 
percentage  of  total  General  Fund  outgo  (expenditures,  transfers  out,  and 
other  uses),  including  a  comparison  to  the  applicable  state-recom- 
mended available  reserve  percentage;  total  long-term  debt;  and  elemen- 
tary and  secondary  Second  Principal  Average  Daily  Attendance,  exclud- 
ing Regional  Occupational  Centers  and  Programs  and  Adult  Average 
Daily  Attendance;  and,  when  the  auditee's  percentage  of  available  re- 
serves to  total  General  Fund  outgo  is  below  the  state-recommended  per- 
centage, management's  plans  for  increasing  the  auditee's  available  re- 
serve percentage. 

(k)  "Schedule  of  Financial  Trends  and  Analysis"  means,  for  fiscal  year 
2004-05  and  each  fiscal  year  thereafter,  the  schedule  in  the  Supplemen- 
tary Information  section  that  displays  information  regarding  the  audi- 
tee's financial  position  and  going  concern  status,  in  the  form  of  actual  fi- 
nancial and  attendance  figures  for  at  least  the  most  recent  three-year 
period  (ending  with  the  audit  year),  plus  the  current  year's  budget,  for  the 
following  items:  General  Fund  financial  activity,  including  total  revenue, 
expenditures,  and  other  sources  and  uses;  General  Fund  balance;  avail- 
able reserve  balances  (funds  designated  for  economic  uncertainty,  and 
any  other  remaining  undesignated  fund  balance)  within  the  General  Fund 
or  Special  Reserve  Fund;  available  reserve  balances  expressed  as  a  per- 
centage of  total  General  Fund  outgo  (expenditures,  transfers  out,  and  oth- 
er uses),  including  a  comparison  to  the  applicable  state-recommended 
available  reserve  percentage;  total  long-term  debt;  and  elementary  and 
secondary  Second  Principal  Average  Daily  Attendance,  excluding  Re- 
gional Occupational  Centers  and  Programs  and  Adult  Average  Daily 
Attendance;  and,  when  the  auditee's  percentage  of  available  reserves  to 
total  General  Fund  outgo  is  below  the  state-recommended  percentage, 
management's  plans  for  increasing  the  auditee's  available  reserve  per- 
centage. 

(/)  "Schedule  of  Findings  and  Questioned  Costs"  means  that  part  of  the 
Findings  and  Recommendations  section  that  presents  all  audit  year  find- 
ings, and  a  copy  of  each  management  letter  issued,  if  any,  with  each  find- 
ing assigned  the  appropriate  code  from  among  the  following:  10000 
Attendance,  20000  Inventory  of  Equipment,  30000  Internal  Control, 
40000  State  Compliance,  41000  CalSTRS,  50000  Federal  Compliance, 
60000  Miscellaneous,  61000  Classroom  Teacher  Salaries,  70000 
Instructional  Materials,  71000  Teacher  Misassignments,  72000  School 
Accountability  Report  Card,  and  includes  the  following  elements: 

(1)  criteria 

(2)  condition 

(3)  effect 

(4)  cause 

(5)  a  statement  of  the  number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance, 
if  any,  that  were  inappropriately  reported  for  apportionment;  and  a  state- 
ment consistent  with  its  basis  of  funding,  for  any  other  inappropriately 
reported  claim-such  as  number  of  staff  development  days,  or  number  of 
pupils  for  Class  Size  Reduction,  or  amount  in  dollars  for  Instructional 
Materials,  and  so  forth 

(6)  a  recommendation  for  the  resolution  of  the  finding 

(7)  a  corrective  action  plan  prepared  by  the  auditee  that  describes  in 
specific  terms  the  actions  planned  or  taken  to  correct  the  problem,  or  a 
statement  from  the  auditee  that  the  corrective  action  recommended  by  the 
auditor  is  not  necessary  or  appropriate  and  giving  the  specific  reasons 
why,  if  that  is  the  case,  and  a  statement  that  the  corrective  action  plan  was 


not  available  if  no  corrective  action  plan  was  submitted  before  the  audit 
was  prepared. 

(m)  "Schedule  of  Instructional  Time"  means  a  schedule  in  the  Supple- 
mentary Information  section  that  displays,  for  school  districts,  including 
basic  aid  districts,  and  county  offices  of  education,  data  that  show  wheth- 
er the  auditee  complied  with  the  provisions  of  Article  8  (commencing 
with  Section  46200)  of  Chapter  2  of  Part  26  of  the  Education  Code;  and 
for  charter  .schools,  data  that  show  whether  the  auditee  complied  with  the 
provisions  of  subdivision  (a)(1)  of  Education  Code  Section  47612.5. 

(n)  "Schedule  of  Prior  Audit  Findings"  means  that  part  of  the  Findings 
and  Recommendations  section  that  presents  the  status  of  actions  taken  by 
the  auditee  on  each  of  the  findings  and  recommendations  reported  in  the 
prior  year  audit,  and  includes  as  current  year  findings  and  recommenda- 
tions those  prior  year  findings  that  have  not  been  resolved. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14501,  14502.1,  14.503,  41020  and  47634.2,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-1 .5-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-1 5-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-1 3-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-1 5-2004  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004 
and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  26). 

3.  Certificate  ofCompliance  as  to  2-1 7-2006  order,  including  renumbering  of  sec- 
tion 19816  to  section  19814andrenumberingandamendment  of  section  19814 
to  section  19816,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-27-2006  and  filed  6-9-2006  (Register 
2006.  No.  23). 

4.  New  subsections  (b)-(b)(5),  subsection  relettering.  amendment  of  newly  desig- 
nated subsections  (e)  and  (f)(2),  new  subsection  (f)(4)  and  amendment  of  newly 
designated  subsection  (/)  filed  6-12-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative 
6-1 2-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  24).  A  Certificate  ofCompliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  10-10-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  op- 
eration of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-12-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-20-2006  and  filed  9-29-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  39). 

6.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  amending  subsection  (f)(4)  filed  3-1-2007 
pursuant  to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2007, 
No.  9). 

7.  Amendment  of  subsections  (f)(  1  )-(f)(4),  new  subsection  (f)(5)  and  amendment 
of  subsections  (h)  and  (m)  filed  5-18-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative 
5-1 8-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  ofCompliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  1 1-14-2(K)7  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  op- 
eration of  law  on  the  following  day. 

8.  Certificate  ofCompliance  as  to  5-1 8-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8-1-2007 
and  filed  9-10-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  37). 

9.  New  subsection  (f)(6)  filed  6-9-2(X)8  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-9-2(X)8 
(Register  2008,  No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to 
OAL  by  12-8-2008  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of 
law  on  the  following  day. 

§  1 981 6.1 .     Applicability  of  Audit  Procedures  by  Audit 
Year. 

(a)  Of  the  compliance  requirements  set  forth  in  Article  3: 

(1)  Sections  19817  through  19825,  and  19828  through  19831  are  ap- 
plicable to  fiscal  year  2003-04  audits; 

(2)  Sections  19817.1  through  19825,  and  19828.1  through  19837  are 
applicable  to  fiscal  year  2004-05  audits. 

(3)  Sections  19817.1  through  19822,  19824,  19825,  19827  and 
19828.1  through  19837  are  applicable  to  fiscal  year  2005-06  audits. 

(4)  Sections  19817.1  through  19822,  19824,  19825,  19827,  and 
19828.1  through  19837  are  applicable  to  fiscal  year  2006-07  audits. 

(5)  Sections  19817.1  through  19822,  19824,  19825.  19827,  19828.2 
through  19832,  and  19833.5  through  19838  are  applicable  to  fiscal  year 
2007-08  audits. 

(6)  Sections  19817.1,  19819  through  19822,  19824,  19825,  19827, 
19828.3  through  19831, 19837.2,  and  19838  are  applicable  to  fiscal  year 
2008-09  audits. 

(b)  Of  the  compliance  requirements  set  forth  in  Article  3.1, 

(1)  Section  19845  is  applicable  to  fiscal  year  2003-04  audits 

(2)  Section  19845.1  is  applicable  to  fiscal  year  2004-05  audits; 

(3)  Section  19845.1  is  applicable  to  fiscal  year  2005-06  audits; 

(4)  Section  19845.1  is  applicable  to  fiscal  year  2006-07  audits; 


• 


Page  190 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


§19817.1 


(5)  Sections  1 9845. 1  and  1 9846  are  applicable  to  fiscal  year  2007-08 
audits. 

(6)  Sections  19845. 1  and  19846  are  applicable  to  fiscal  year  2008-09 
audits. 

(c)  Of  the  compliance  requirements  set  forth  in  Article  4, 

(1)  Sections    19850  through    19854  are  apphcable  to  fiscal  year 
2005-06  audits. 

(2)  Sections    19850  through    19854  are  applicable  to  fiscal  year 
2006-07  audits. 

(J)  Sections    19850  through   19854  are  applicable  to  fiscal  year 
2007-08  audits. 

(4)  Sections    19850  through   19854  are  applicable  to  fiscal  year 
2008-09  audits. 

Note.;  Aulhority  cited:  Section  J4502.J,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14501,  14502.1.  1450.1.  41020  and  47634.2.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  and  amendment  of  section  19814.1  to  section  19816.1  filed 
6-9-2006:  operative  6-9-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  23). 

2.  New  subsections  (a)(4),  (b)(4)  and  (c)(  1  )-(2)  filed  6-1 2-2006  as  an  emergency; 
operative  6-12-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-10-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-12-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-20-2006  and  filed  9-29-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  39). 

4.  New  subsections  (a)(5),  (b)(5)  and  (c)(3 )  filed  5- 1 8-2007  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 5-18-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-1 4-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-18-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8-1-2007 
and  filed  9-10-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  37). 

6.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)(5)  and  new  subsections  (a)(6),  (b)(6)  and  (c)(4) 
filed  6-9-2008  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-9-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  24). 
A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  12-8-2008  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


Article  3.    State  Compliance  Procedures: 

Local  Education  Agencies  Other  Than 

Charter  Schools 

§  19817.     Regular  and  Special  Day  Classes. 

For  fiscal  year  2003-04  only,  perform  the  following  audit  steps: 

(a)  Determine  whether  the  Second  Principal  and  Annual  reports  of 
attendance  submitted  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  recon- 
cile to  the  supporting  documents  by  verifying  the  local  education 
agency's  Average  Daily  Attendance  calculations  for  each  reporting  line 
item,  including  the  informational  line  items.  Trace  the  Average  Daily 
Attendance  numbers  from  the  Second  Principal  and  Annual  reports  of 
attendance  to  the  local  education  agency's  summaries. 

(b)  Verify  that  the  monthly  site  summaries  used  for  summarizing 
attendance  provide  accurate  information,  by  selecting  a  representative 
sample  of  schools  and  performing  the  following  procedures  (include  spe- 
cial day  classes  in  this  sample;  other  special  programs  are  identified  sepa- 
rately in  subsequent  sections  of  this  audit  guide): 

( 1 )  Reconcile  the  monthly  totals  (days  of  apportionment  attendance) 
on  the  school's  attendance  summary  to  the  summary  maintained  by  the 
local  education  agency  for  the  Second  Principal  and  the  Annual  atten- 
dance reports. 

(2)  Select  at  least  one  test  month  in  the  Second  Principal  or  Annual 
attendance  reporting  period.  Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the 
monthly  report  and  trace  the  totals  to  the  school's  attendance  summary. 

(3)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  classes  (teachers)  and  trace  the 
monthly  totals  from  the  monthly  report  to  the  data  origination  documen- 
tation. Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  attendance  registers, 
scantron  summaries,  or  other  data  arrays. 

(c)  Select  a  sample  of  absences  and  compare  to  documentation  sup- 
porting Average  Daily  Attendance  reported  to  the  California  Department 
of  Education  to  verify  that  absences  were  not  included  in  Average  Daily 
Attendance.  The  documentation  maintained  by  the  local  education 
agency  with  regard  to  its  absences  may  be  in  the  form  of  notes,  logs,  or 


other  records,  depending  on  the  board-adopted  policy  concerning  verifi- 
cation of  absences. 

(d)  If  any  inappropriately  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
are  identified  through  the  foregoing  audit  procedures,  recalculate,  con- 
sistent with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  46303,  the  correct 
number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance.  Include  a  statement  in  the 
Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  of  the  number 
of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that  were  inappropriately  reported 
for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their  dollar  value. 

(e)  For  each  teacher  selected  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (b)(3)  of  this 
section,  test  to  determine  whether  the  teacher  possessed  a  valid  certifica- 
tion document.  If  any  teacher  did  not  possess  a  valid  certification  docu- 
ment, calculate  the  penalty  or  penalties  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
Education  Code  Section  45037  and  include  the  actual  calculation  in  an 
audit  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502,1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-15-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-15-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-1 3-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-1 5  -2004  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004 
and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  26). 

3.  New  first  paragraph  and  amendment  of  subsection  (e)  filed  2-10-2005  as  an 
emergency;  operative  2-10-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  6-10-2005  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-10-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
5-24-2005  and  filed  6-20-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

5.  Amendment  of  section  heading  filed  6-9-2006;  operative  6-9-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  23). 

§  1 981 7.1 .    Regular  and  Special  Day  Classes. 

For  fiscal  year  2004-05  and  each  fiscal  year  thereafter,  perform  the 
following  audit  steps: 

(a)  Determine  whether  the  Second  Principal  and  Annual  reports  of 
attendance  submitted  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  recon- 
cile to  the  supporting  documents  by  verifying  the  local  education 
agency's  Average  Daily  Attendance  calculations  for  each  reporting  line 
item,  including  the  informational  line  items.  Trace  the  Average  Daily 
Attendance  numbers  from  the  Second  Principal  and  Annual  reports  of 
attendance  to  the  local  education  agency's  summaries. 

(b)  Verify  that  the  monthly  site  summaries  used  for  summarizing 
attendance  provide  accurate  information,  by  selecting  a  representative 
sample  of  schools  and  performing  the  following  procedures  (include  spe- 
cial day  classes  in  this  sample;  other  special  programs  are  identified  sepa- 
rately in  subsequent  sections  of  this  audit  guide): 

(1)  Reconcile  the  monthly  totals  (days  of  apportionment  attendance) 
on  the  school's  attendance  sumtnary  to  the  summary  maintained  by  the 
local  education  agency  for  the  Second  Principal  and  the  Annual  atten- 
dance reports. 

(2)  Select  at  least  one  test  month  in  the  Second  Principal  or  Annual 
attendance  reporting  period.  Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the 
monthly  report  and  trace  the  totals  to  the  school's  attendance  summary. 

(3)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  classes  (teachers)  and  trace  the 
monthly  totals  from  the  monthly  report  to  the  data  origination  documen- 
tation. Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  attendance  registers, 
scantron  summaries,  or  other  data  arrays. 

(c)  Select  a  sample  of  absences  and  compare  to  documentation  sup- 
porting Average  Daily  Attendance  reported  to  the  California  Department 
of  Education  to  verify  that  absences  were  not  included  in  Average  Daily 
Attendance.  The  documentation  maintained  by  the  local  education 
agency  with  regard  to  its  absences  may  be  in  the  form  of  notes,  logs,  or 
other  records,  depending  on  the  board-adopted  policy  concerning  verifi- 
cation of  absences. 

(d)  If  any  inappropriately  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
are  identified  through  the  foregoing  audit  procedures,  recalculate,  con- 
sistent with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  46303,  the  correct 
number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance.  Include  a  statement  in  the 


Page  190.1 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6- 13-2008 


§  19818 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  of  the  number 
of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that  were  inappropriately  reported 
for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their  dollar  value. 

(e)  For  each  teacher  selected  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (b)(3)  of  this 
section,  test  to  determine  whether  the  teacher  possessed  a  valid  certifica- 
tion document.  If  any  teacher  did  not  possess  a  valid  certification  docu- 
ment, calculate  the  penalty  or  penalties  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
Education  Code  Section  45037  and  include  the  actual  calculation  in  an 
audit  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section. 

(f)(  I)  For  each  teacher  selected  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (b)(3)  of  this 
section,  test  to  determine  whether  the  teacher  was  assigned  to  teach  in  a 
position 

(A)  consistent  with  the  authorization  of  his  or  her  certification  docu- 
ment, or 

(B)  otherwise  authorized  by  law  pursuant  to 

1.  a  governing  board  resolution  in  conformance  with  the  provisions  of 
any  of  subdivision  (b)  of  Education  Code  Section  44256,  Section 
44258.2,  Section  44258.3,  or  Section  44263,  or 

2.  approval  of  a  committee  on  assignments  pursuant  to  the  provisions 
of  subdivision  (c)  or  (d)  of  Section  44258.7. 

(2)  If  any  teacher  selected  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (b)(3)  of  this  sec- 
tion was  assigned  to  teach  a  class  in  which  more  than  20  percent  of  the 
pupils  were  English  learners,  determine  whether  the  teacher  was  autho- 
rized to  instruct  limited-Enghsh-proficient  pupils  pursuant  to  the  provi- 
sions of  Education  Code  Section  44253.3,  44253.4,  or  44253.10. 

(3)  If  any  teacher  was  assigned  to  teach  in  a  position  for  which  he  or 
she  was  not  authorized,  include  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommen- 
dations section  of  the  audit  report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14501,  14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-10-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-10-2005  (Register 

2005,  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-10-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-10-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
5-24-2005  and  filed  6-20-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  heading  filed  6-9-2006;  operative  6-9-2006  (Register 

2006,  No.  23). 

§  19818.    Kindergarten  Continuance. 

(a)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  kindergarten  classes.  Perform  the 
following  procedures. 

(b)  Obtain  a  list  of  kindergarten  pupils  enrolled  in  the  selected  kinder- 
garten classes  for  the  year  audited  and  the  year  prior.  Compare  the  enroll- 
ment lists  and  identify  those  kindergarten  pupils,  if  any,  who  are  on  both 
lists. 

(c)  Review  the  record  of  each  pupil  identified  on  both  lists  to  determine 
whether  the  pupil  continued  in  kindergarten  after  completing  one  school 
year  of  kindergarten.  For  a  pupil  who  begins  kindergarten  mid-year,  one 
school  year  of  kindergarten  is  completed  on  the  last  day  prior  to  the  anni- 
versary of  the  pupil's  first  day  of  kindergarten. 

(d)  Verify  that  the  local  education  agency  has  a  signed  parental  agree- 
ment to  continue  form,  approved  in  form  and  content  by  the  California 
Department  of  Education,  for  each  such  pupil. 

(e)  If  any  inappropriately  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
are  identified  through  the  foregoing  audit  procedures,  recalculate,  con- 
sistent with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  46303,  the  correct 
number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance.  Include  a  statement  in  the 
Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  of  the  number 
of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that  were  inappropriately  reported 
for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their  dollar  value. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-1 5-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-1 5-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7- 1 3-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-15-2004  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004 
and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  26). 


§  1 981 9.    Independent  Study. 

If  the  local  education  agency  reported  Average  Daily  Attendance  gen- 
erated through  independent  study,  perform  the  following  procedures 

(a)  At  the  agency  level: 

(1)  Reconcile  the  local  education  agency's  independent  study  atten- 
dance records  to  Average  Daily  Attendance  generated  through  full-time 
independent  study  reported  to  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(2)  From  the  independent  study  attendance  records,  select  a  represen- 
tative sample  of  pupils  for  whom  Average  Daily  Attendance  generated 
through  independent  study  was  claimed,  including  pupils  on  intermittent 
or  "short  term"  independent  study  if  the  local  education  agency  offered 
that  option,  and  confirm  that  every  pupil  in  the  sample  is  identified  in  the 
written  records  of  the  district  or  county  board  by  grade  level,  by  program 
placement,  and  by  the  school  in  which  he  or  she  is  enrolled. 

(3)  If,  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  audit  procedure,  any  pupils  are  found 
that  were  not  identified  in  the  written  records  of  the  district  or  county 
board  by  any  one  or  more  of  grade  level,  program  placement,  and  the 
school  in  which  he  or  she  was  enrolled,  recalculate,  consistent  with  the 
provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  46303,  the  correct  number  of  units 
of  Average  Daily  Attendance.  Include  a  statement  in  the  Findings  and 
Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  of  the  number  of  pupils  and 
the  number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that  were  inappropri- 
ately reported  for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their  dollar  value. 

(4)  Verify  the  local  education  agency's  calculation,  made  pursuant  to 
the  provisions  of  subdivision  (a)  of  Education  Code  Section  51745.6,  of 
ineligible  Average  Daily  Attendance,  if  any,  generated  through  full-time 
independent  study  by  pupils  18  years  of  age  or  less. 

(5)  Interview  administrative  personnel  and  school  counselors  of  the 
local  education  agency  to  determine  if  the  local  education  agency  had  po- 
licies and  procedures  to  ensure  that  any  pupil  terminating  an  independent 
study  agreement  was  permitted  to  immediately  recommence  classroom 
study. 

(6)  Interview  local  education  agency  administrative  personnel  as  well 
as  a  sample  of  independent  study  teachers  and  review  written  agreements 
to  determine  whether  it  was  the  local  education  agency's  policy  or  prac- 
tice to  provide  independent  study  pupils  or  their  parents/guardians  with 
monetary  funding  or  any  other  things  of  value  such  as  equipment  or  paid 
private  instruction.  If  so,  determine  whether  classroom  pupils  or  their 
parents/guardians  had  the  same  access  to  funding  or  things  of  value.  Read 
program  materials  provided  to  all  parents/guardians  to  determine  that  op- 
portunities were  equal  and  that  pupils  engaged  in  independent  study  were 
neither  offered  nor  given  incentives  or  special  benefits. 

(b)  Select  a  sample  of  schools  that  is  representative  of  the  local  educa- 
tion agency  and  sufficient  in  size  to  allow  the  auditor  to  draw  a  reasonable 
conclusion  with  respect  to  the  local  education  agency's  compliance  with 
independent  study  requirements.  Verify  that  the  monthly  site  summaries 
used  for  summarizing  attendance  provide  accurate  information  by  per- 
forming the  following  procedures: 

(1)  At  each  school,  examine  the  attendance  accounting  records  to 
verify  that  the  attendance  of  pupils  or  adult  education  students  or  both 
while  engaged  in  independent  study  was  maintained  on  separate  registers 
or  the  local  education  agency  had  another  mechanism  in  place  to  track 
Average  Daily  Attendance  generated  through  independent  study  sepa- 
rately from  other  Average  Daily  Attendance. 

(2)  Determine  the  total  number  of  days  of  attendance  reported  for  each 
sampled  school  that  resulted  from  attendance  by  pupils  or  adult  educa- 
tion students  or  both  while  engaged  in  independent  study.  Reconcile  the 
monthly  totals  (days  of  apportionment  attendance)  on  the  site's  atten- 
dance summary  to  the  summary  maintained  by  the  local  education 
agency  for  the  Second  Principal  and  the  Annual  attendance  reports. 

(3)  Select  a  test  month  in  the  Second  Principal  or  Annual  attendance 
reporting  period.  Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  monthly  report 
and  trace  totals  to  the  school's  attendance  summary. 

(4)  Verify  that  a  certificated  employee  of  the  local  education  agency 
coordinated,  evaluated,  and  provided  general  supervision,  as  that  term  is 
defined  in  Secdon  11 700(b),  of  each  pupil's  or  adult  education  student's 


Page  190.2 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


§  19819 


independent  siudy.  as  required  by  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (a)  of 
Education  Code  Section  51747.5. 

(5)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  teachers.  Verify  the  mathematical 
accuracy  of  the  teachers'  attendance  records  of  pupil  or  adult  education 
student  attendance.  Trace  the  monthly  totals  from  the  monthly  report  to 
the  attendance  records. 

(6)  If  1 00  percent  apportionment  attendance  was  recorded  for  all  inde- 
pendent study  pupils  or  adult  education  students  or  both,  ensure  that  the 
teacher  did  not  accme  more  days  of  apportionment  credit  for  any  assign- 
ment than  there  were  school  days  in  that  assignment  ("banking");  or  ac- 
crue days  of  attendance  for  work  submitted  subsequent  to  the  specified 
due  date  for  the  assignment  ("make-up"). 

(7)  For  programs  in  which  hourly  attendance  accounting  is  not  re- 
quired pursuant  to  Section  406.  verify  that  attendance  credit  was  re- 
corded in  whole  days  based  on  the  supervising  teacher's  personal  review, 
evaluation,  and  assignment  of  time  value  to  the  pupil's  or  adult  education 
student's  work  product,  or  the  supervising  teacher's  review  of  the  evalua- 
tion and  assignment  of  time  value  made  by  another  certificated  teacher. 

(c)  From  the  attendance  records,  select  a  representative  sample  of  pu- 
pils/adult education  students  for  whom  Average  Daily  Attendance  gen- 
erated through  independent  study  was  claimed,  including  pupils  on  inter- 
mittent ("short  term")  independent  study  if  the  local  education  agency 
offered  that  option,  and  perform  the  following  procedures: 

( 1 )  Verify  thai  no  pupil  was  enrolled  in  the  local  education  agency  pur- 
suant to  subdivision  (b)  of  Education  Code  Section  48204  while  engaged 
in  full-time  independent  study. 

(2)  Determine  each  selected  pupil's  or  adult  education  student's 
county  of  residence  at  the  time  of  commencing  independent  study  and 
verify  that  it  is  the  county  in  which  the  apportionment  claim  is  reported 
or  a  contiguous  county  within  California. 

(3)Determine  whether  mailing  addresses  or  other  evidence  of  residen- 
cy changed  during  the  time  the  pupils/adult  education  students  were  in 
independent  study  and,  if  so,  whether  each  pupil  or  adult  education  stu- 
dent remained  resident  of  the  same  or  a  contiguous  county  within  Califor- 
nia. 

(4)  Verify  that  a  total  of  not  more  than  one  day  of  attendance  generated 
through  independent  study  was  recorded  for  each  pupil,  including  pupils 
enrolled  in  more  than  one  program,  for  any  calendar  day  on  which  school 
was  in  session. 

(5)  Verify  that  a  written  agreement  exists  for  each  pupil/adult  educa- 
tion student  selected. 

(6)  Verify  that  every  pupil  whose  independent  study  attendance  was 
claimed  for  apportionment  was  participating  under  an  agreement  for  a 
minimum  of  five  consecutive  school  days. 

(7)  Verify  that  every  written  agreement  contained  all  the  required  ele- 
ments: 

(A)  The  manner,  time,  frequency,  and  place  for  submitting  a  pupil's 
or  adult  education  student's  assignments  and  for  reporting  his  or  her 
progress. 

(B)  The  objectives  and  methods  of  study  (pupil/adult  education  stu- 
dent activities  selected  by  the  supervising  teacher  as  the  means  to  reach 
the  educational  objectives  set  forth  in  the  written  agreement)  for  the  pu- 
pil's or  adult  education  student's  work. 

(C)  The  methods  utilized  to  evaluate  that  work  (any  specified  proce- 
dure through  which  a  certificated  teacher  personally  assesses  the  extent 
to  which  achievement  of  the  pupils/adult  education  students  meets  the 
objectives  set  forth  in  the  written  assignment). 

(D)  The  specific  resources,  including  materials  and  personnel,  to  be 
made  available  to  the  pupils/adult  education  students  (resources  reason- 
ably necessary  to  the  achievement  of  the  objectives  in  the  written  agree- 
ment, not  to  exclude  resources  normally  available  to  all  pupils/adult 
education  students  on  the  same  terms  as  the  terms  on  which  they  are  nor- 
mally available  to  all  pupils/adult  education  students). 

(E)  A  statement  of  the  policies  adopted  pursuant  to  subdivisions  (a) 
and  (b)  of  Education  Code  Section  5 1747  regarding  the  maximum  length 
of  time  allowed  between  the  assignment  and  the  completion  of  a  pupil's 


or  adult  education  student's  assigned  work,  and  the  number  of  assign- 
ments a  pupil  or  adult  education  student  may  miss  before  there  must  be 
an  evaluation  of  whether  it  is  in  the  pupil's  or  adult  education  student's 
best  interests  to  continue  in  independent  study. 

(F)  The  duration  of  the  independent  study  agreement,  including  the  be- 
ginning and  ending  dates  for  the  pupil's  or  adult  education  student's  par- 
ticipation in  independent  study  under  the  agreement,  with  no  agreement 
being  for  a  period  longer  than  one  semester,  or  one-half  year  for  a  school 
on  a  year-round  calendar. 

(G)  A  statement  of  the  number  of  course  credits  or.  for  the  elementary 
grades,  other  measures  of  academic  accomplishment  appropriate  to  the 
agreement,  to  be  earned  by  the  pupil/adult  education  student  upon 
completion. 

(H)  A  statement  in  each  independent  study  agreement  that  indepen- 
dent study  is  an  optional  educational  alternative  in  which  no  pupil  may 
be  required  to  participate.  In  the  case  of  a  pupil  who  is  referred  or  as- 
signed to  any  school,  class,  or  program  pursuant  to  Section  48915  or 
48917.  the  agreement  also  shall  include  the  statement  that  instruction 
may  be  provided  to  the  pupil  through  independent  study  only  if  the  pupil 
is  offered  the  alternative  of  classroom  instruction. 

(I)  Signatures,  affixed  prior  to  the  commencement  of  independent 
study,  by 

1.  the  pupil  or  adult  education  student; 

2.  the  pupil's  parent,  legal  guardian,  or  caregiver  as  that  term  is  used 
in  Family  Code  Section  6550  and  following,  if  the  pupil  is  less  than  18 
years  of  age; 

3.  the  certificated  employee  who  has  been  designated  as  having  re- 
sponsibihty  for  the  general  supervision  of  independent  study;  and 

4.  all  other  persons,  if  any.  who  had  direct  responsibility  for  providing 
assistance  to  the  pupil  or  adult  education  student. 

(8)  Verify  that  no  days  of  attendance  were  reported  for  dates  prior  to 
the  signing  of  the  agreement  by  all  parties. 

(9)  Trace  each  pupil's  or  adult  education  student's  attendance  from  the 
attendance  records  to  the  teacher's  register,  record  of  the  pupil's  or  adult 
education  student's  work  completed,  and  the  corresponding  work  assign- 
ment record.  Verify  that  evaluated  pupil/adult  education  student  work 
samples,  bearing  signed  or  initialed  and  dated  notations  by  the  supervis- 
ing teacher  indicating  that  he  or  she  personally  evaluated  the  work,  or  that 
he  or  she  personally  reviewed  the  evaluations  made  by  another  certifi- 
cated teacher,  have  been  retained  in  the  file. 

(10)  Verify  that  the  pupil/adult  education  student  work  product  sam- 
ples are  related  to  the  assignment  pursuant  to  which  the  work  was  under- 
taken and  reflect  the  curriculum  adopted  by  the  local  governing  board 
and  not  an  alternative  curriculum. 

(II)  Review  records  and  other  relevant  documentation  to  verify  that 
each  pupil's  choice  to  commence  or  to  continue  in  independent  study  was 
entirely  voluntary  and  uncoerced. 

(d)  If  any  inappropriately  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
are  identified  through  the  foregoing  audit  procedures,  recalculate,  con- 
sistent with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  46303,  the  correct 
number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance.  Include  a  statement  in  the 
Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  of  the  number 
of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that  were  inappropriately  reported 
for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their  dollar  value. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-15-2004  as  ari  emergency;  operative  3-1 5-2004  ( Register 
2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-1 3-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3- 15-2004  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004  and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004,  No. 
26). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  amending  subsection  (b)(4)  filed  5-12-2(X)6 
pursuant  to  section  100.  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2006, 
No.  19). 


Page  190.3 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


§  19820 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


4.  New  subsections  (a)(2)  and  (a)(3),  subsection  renumbering  and  amendment  of 
newly  designated  subsection  (a)(4)  filed  6-12-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative 
6- 12-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  10-10-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  op- 
eration of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-12-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-20-2006  and  filed  9-29-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  39). 


§  19820.    Continuation  Education. 

Verify  thai  the  monthly  site  attendance  summaries  provide  accurate 
information  by  performing  the  following  procedures: 

(a)  Reconcile  the  monthly  totals  (days  of  apportionment  attendance) 
on  the  site's  attendance  summary  to  the  summary  maintained  by  the  dis- 
trict for  the  Second  Principal  and  the  Annual  attendance  reports. 

(b)  Select  a  test  month  in  the  Second  Principal  attendance  reporting  pe- 
riod. Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  monthly  report  and  trace 
the  totals  to  the  site's  attendance  summary. 

(c)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  classes  (teachers).  Trace  the 
monthly  totals  from  the  monthly  report  to  the  data  origination  documen- 
tation. Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  attendance  registers, 
scantron  summaries,  or  other  data  arrays. 

(d)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  pupils  and  perform  the  following 
procedures: 

(1)  Trace  each  pupil's  attendance  in  the  weekly  attendance  records  to 
the  teacher's  attendance  register  or  other  approved  record. 

(2)  Verify  that  hourly  attendance  accounting  was  used. 

(3)  Verify  that  attendance  was  not  credited  for  more  than  the  scheduled 
class  time. 

(e)  Review  weekly  attendance  records  to  verify  that  the  district  did  not 
claim  more  than  15  hours  per  week,  or  a  proportionally  reduced  number 
of  hours  per  week  when  there  were  fewer  than  five  school  days. 

(f)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  continuation  pupils  enrolled  in 
work  experience  education. 

(1)  Review  the  weekly  attendance  reports  and  attendance  registers  to 
verify  that  each  pupil  actually  attended,  as  set  forth  in  Education  Code 
Section  48400,  four  60-minute  hours  in  each  week  in  which  he/she  gen- 
erated additional  hours  of  work  experience  apportionment  attendance 
credit. 

(2)  Verify  that  the  pupils  received  at  least  one  instructional  period  per 
week  of  classroom  work  experience  instruction  or  counseling  as  required 
by  Education  Code  Section  51760.3(b). 

(3)  Verify  that  not  more  than  10  percent  of  each  continuation  high 
school's  Average  Daily  Attendance  at  Second  Principal  (exclusive  of 
Average  Daily  Attendance  for  a  pupil  who  was  pregnant  or  was  a  parent 
and  the  primary  caregiver  for  one  or  more  of  his  or  her  children)  was  gen- 
erated through  independent  study  as  provided  in  Education  Code  Section 
51745(b). 

(g)  If  any  inappropriately  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
are  identified  through  the  foregoing  audit  procedures,  recalculate,  con- 
sistent with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  46303,  the  correct 
number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance.  Include  a  statement  in  the 
Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  of  the  number 
of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that  were  inappropriately  reported 
for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their  dollar  value. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-15-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-15-2(X)4  (Register 
2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-13-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-15-2004  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (e),  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004  and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004, 
No.  26). 

§  1 9821 .    Adult  Education. 

Verify  that  the  monthly  site  attendance  summaries  provide  accurate 
information  by  performing  the  following  procedures: 


(a)  Reconcile  the  monthly  totals  (days  of  apportionment  attendance) 
on  the  site's  attendance  summary  to  the  summary  maintained  by  the  dis- 
trict for  the  Annual  attendance  reports. 

(b)  Select  a  test  month  in  the  Annual  attendance  reporting  period. 
Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  monthly  report  and  trace  the  to- 
tals to  the  site's  attendance  summary. 

(c)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  classes  (teachers)  for  both  exclu- 
sively adult  education  students  and  concurrently  enrolled  K-12  pupils  (if 
any).  Trace  the  monthly  totals  from  the  monthly  report  to  the  data  origi- 
nation documentation.  Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  atten- 
dance registers,  scantron  summaries,  or  other  data  arrays. 

(d)  Verify  that  houriy  attendance  accounting  was  used. 

(e)  Verify  that  attendance  was  not  credited  for  more  than  the  scheduled 
class  time. 

(f)  Verify  that  the  district  used  individual  teacher-certified  records  of 
the  minutes  of  each  pupil's  or  student's  actual  attendance  for  classes 
(sometimes  termed  ad  hoc  or  laboratory  class  settings)  that  provided 
more  total  hours  of  class  time  than  the  minimum  required  to  be  attended 
for  pupils  or  students  to  receive  full  credit  for  the  class. 

(g)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  K-12  pupils  concurrently  en- 
rolled in  adult  education,  if  any.  For  each  pupil  selected,  determine,  from 
the  adult  school  files,  the  K-12  program/school  site  in  which  the  pupil 
was  enrolled.  Review  the  pupil's  K-12  program/class  schedule  and/or 
transcript  located  at  the  K-12  program/school  site  and  verify  that  the  pu- 
pil was  concurrently  enrolled  in  adult  education  courses  that  supplement- 
ed and  enriched,  and  did  not  supplant,  the  regular  course  offerings  re- 
quired to  complete  the  curriculum  for  the  K-12  program  in  which  the 
pupil  was  enrolled. 

(h)  Review  each  concurrently  enrolled  pupil's  file  to  ensure  there  is 
documentation  of  a  counseling  session — a  communication  whether  by 
phone  or  in  person  which  involved  the  pupil,  a  certificated  representative 
of  the  high  school,  and  the  pupil's  parent,  guardian,  or  caretaker — that 
met  the  requirements  of  Education  Code  Section  52500.1(b). 

(i)  Review  the  district's  records  to  ensure  that  it  submitted  to  the 
California  Department  of  Education  for  approval,  in  advance,  a  list  of  all 
courses  provided. 

(j)  If  any  inappropriately  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
are  identified  through  the  foregoing  audit  procedures,  recalculate,  con- 
sistent with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  46303,  the  correct 
number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance.  Include  a  statement  in  the 
Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  of  the  number 
of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that  were  inappropriately  reported 
for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their  dollar  value. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-15-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-15-2004  (Register 
2004.  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-1 3-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-1 5-2004  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
sections (a)  and  (f),  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004  and  filed  6-23-2004  (Regis- 
ter 2004,  No.  26). 

§  19822.    Regional  Occupational  Centers  and  Programs. 

Verify  that  the  monthly  site  attendance  summaries  provide  accurate 
information  by  performing  the  following  procedures: 

(a)  Reconcile  the  monthly  totals  (days  of  apportionment  attendance) 
on  the  site's  attendance  summary  to  the  summary  maintained  by  the  local 
education  agency  for  the  Annual  attendance  reports. 

(b)  Select  a  test  month  in  the  Annual  attendance  reporting  period. 
Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  monthly  report  and  trace  the  to- 
tals to  the  site's  attendance  summary. 

(c)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  classes  (teachers),  and  trace  the 
monthly  totals  from  the  monthly  report  to  the  data  origination  documen- 
tation. Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  attendance  registers, 
scantron  summaries,  or  other  data  arrays. 

(d)  Verify  that  hourly  attendance  accounting  was  used. 


Page  190.4 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


§  19824 


(e)  Verify  Ihai  attendance  was  not  credited  for  more  than  the  scheduled 
class  time. 

(0  Verify  that  the  local  education  agency  used  individual  teacher-cer- 
tified records  of  the  minutes  of  each  pupil's  or  student's  actual  attendance 
for  classes  (sometimes  termed  laboratory  class,  community  classroom, 
workplace  learning,  or  cooperative  education  setting)  that  were  not  con- 
ducted in  a  fashion  that  required  all  pupils/students  to  be  present  at  a  set 
time  or  in  which  more  hours  of  class  time  were  available  than  the  mini- 
mum number  of  hours  pupils/students  had  to  attend  to  receive  full  credit. 

(g)  If  any  inappropriately  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
are  identified  through  the  foregoing  audit  procedures,  recalculate,  con- 
sistent with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  46303.  the  correct 
number  o\'  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance.  Include  a  statement  in  the 
Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  of  the  number 
of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that  were  inappropriately  reported 
for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their  dollar  value. 
Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14.502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  .section  filed  3-1 5-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-15-2004  (Register 
2004.  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-13-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-1 5-2004  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (f),  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004  and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004. 
No.  26). 

§  19823.    Instructional  Time  and  Staff  Development  Reform 
Program. 

Review  the  site  calendars  and  perform  the  following  procedures: 

(a)  Verify  that  the  number  of  Instructional  Time  and  Staff  Develop- 
ment Reforin  Program  staff  development  days  claimed  did  not  exceed 
three  for  each  certificated  classroom  teacher  and  one  for  each  classified 
classroom  instructional  aide  or  certificated  teaching  assistant. 

(b)  Verify  that  each  Instructional  Time  and  Staff  Development  Re- 
form Program  staff  development  day  was  intended  to  provide  training  in 
one  or  more  of  the  following:  instructional  methods,  including  teaching 
strategies,  classroom  management  and  other  training  designed  to  im- 
prove pupil  performance,  conflict  resolution,  and  academic  content  in  the 
core  curriculum  areas  that  are  provided  by  the  local  education  agency. 
Staff  development  days  held  on  or  after  January  1 ,  2004,  additionally 
may  be  intended  to  provide  training  in  intolerance  and  hatred  prevention. 

(c)  Verify  that  contemporaneous  records  support  the  number  of 
Instructional  Time  and  Staff  Development  Reform  Program  staff  devel- 
opment days  funded. 

(d)  Verify  that  no  Instructional  Time  and  Staff  Development  Reform 
Program  staff  development  days  were  counted  as  instructional  days  for 
apportionment  purposes. 

(e)  Verify  that  Instructional  Time  and  Staff  Development  Reform  Pro- 
gram staff  development  was  not  conducted  after  school  on  any  minimum 
day  of  which  parents  or  guardians  were  notified  pursuant  to  Education 
Code  Section  48980(c),  except  as  provided  for  staff  in  multitrack  year- 
round  schools. 

(f)  Verify  that  each  staff  development  day  was  at  least  as  long  as  the 
full-time  instructional  workday  for  certificated  or  classified  instruction- 
al employees. 

(g)  Verify  that  each  participant  was  present  for  a  full-time  instruction- 
al work  day  or  the  aggregate  equivalent. 

(h)  If  any  ineligible  Instructional  Time  and  Staff  Development  Reform 
Program  staff  development  days  are  identified  through  the  foregoing 
procedures,  prepare  a  schedule  of  the  number  of  days  audited  and  the 
number  of  ineligible  days  identified.  Calculate  the  disallowance  and  esti- 
mate the  dollar  value,  and  include  the  schedule  in  the  Findings  and  Rec- 
ommendations section  of  the  audit  report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  3-1 5-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-1 5-2004  (Register 

2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 


7-1 3-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-1 5-2004  order,  including  amendmcnl  of  sec- 
tion, transmiued  to  OAL  5-6-2004  and  filed  6-23-2004 "(Register  2004.  No. 
26). 

§19824.     InstructionalTime. 

(a)  School  districts:  Perform  the  following  procedures; 

(1)  Select  a  sample  of  schools  that  is  representative  of  the  district  and 
sufficient  in  size  to  allow  the  auditor  to  draw  a  reasonable  conclusion 
with  respect  to  the  district's  compliance  with  instructional  time  require- 
ments. Review  the  school  attendance  calendar  and  bell  (class)  schedules 
of  the  sampled  schools.  Ascertain  whether  any  individual  days  are  short- 
er than  the  usual  length,  by  grade  level,  in  that  school.  Compare  the 
instructional  minutes  from  each  school  site's  bell  (class)  schedule  to  total 
instructional  minutes  computed  by  the  business  office. 

(2)  Determine,  by  grade  level,  the  total  number  of  days  in  each 
sampled  school's  attendance  calendar  that  were  of  at  least  the  minimum 
length  required,  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sections  461 12,  461 13, 
461 14,  461 15,  46117,  and  461 19,  for  elementary  schools,  or  .sections 
461 41 ,  and  46 1 42,  for  junior  high  schools  and  high  schools,  and  compare 
the  totals  to  the  standards  set  forth  in  Education  Code  section  41420  or 
37670,  as  applicable. 

(3)  If  all  sampled  regular  day  schools  have  fewer  than  the  applicable 
minimum  number  of  days,  determine  whether  the  same  is  true  for  all  the 
regular  day  schools  of  the  district. 

(4)  If  all  regular  day  schools  have  fewer  than  the  applicable  minimum 
number  of  days,  the  district  is  subject  to  the  penalty  provided  in  subdivi- 
sion (a)  of  Education  Code  Section  4 1420.  Include  a  statement  of  that  fact 
and  the  amount  of  the  penalty  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  sec- 
tion of  the  audit  report. 

If  the  district  is  not  subject  to  the  penalty  provided  in  subdivision  (a) 
of  Education  Code  Section  41420  but  is  subject  to  one  or  more  penalties 
as  provided  in  subdivision  (b)  of  Education  Code  Section  41420,  prepare 
a  separate  schedule  for  each  school  that  was  not  in  compliance  showing 
the  number  of  additional  days  the  school  would  have  had  to  maintain  op- 
erations to  meet  the  175  day  requirement,  or  the  163  day  requirement  if 
the  school  was  operated  on  a  multitrack  year-round  schedule,  and  calcu- 
late the  penalty  or  penalties.  Include  both  the  schedule(s)  and  the 
amount(s)  of  the  calculated  penalty  or  penalties  in  a  finding  in  the  Find- 
ings and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 

(5)  Compare  the  amount  of  time  offered  for  each  grade  level  in  each 
sampled  school  during  the  year  being  audited  to  the  required  amount  of 
instructional  time  as  set  forth  in  Education  Code  Section  46201,  and  to 
the  amount  offered  by  the  district  during  the  1 982-83  year. 

(6)  Determine  whether  the  district  offered  optional  classes  to  satisfy 
incentive  funding  requirements.  If  enrollment  in  optional  classes  is  low, 
review  the  district's  documentation  of  class  offerings  to  ensure  that  the 
district  has  acted  effectively  to  comply  with  the  law.  Practices  that  are  not 
consistent  with  effectively  offering  additional  instructional  time  may  in- 
clude, but  are  not  limited  to,  offering  only  a  small  number  of  courses  that 
in  addition  are  appropriate  only  for  limited  numbers  of  pupils,  and 
courses  scheduled  such  that  pupils  may  take  them  only  by  giving  up  their 
lunch  period  or  by  attending  school  outside  the  schedule  of  district-pro- 
vided bus  service. 

(7)  Prepare  the  "Schedule  of  Instructional  Time"  that  must  be  pres- 
ented in  the  Supplementary  Information  section  of  the  audit  report,  show- 
ing by  grade  level  the  number(s)  of  instructional  minutes  offered  by  the 
district  in  the  1 982-83  year;  the  1986-87  instructional  time  requirements 
.specified  in  Education  Code  Sectiion  46201 ;  the  instructional  minutes  of- 
fered during  the  year  audited  showing  the  school  with  the  lowest  number 
of  minutes  offered  at  each  grade  level;  the  number  of  instructional  days 
offered  during  the  year  audited  on  the  traditional  calendar  and  on  any 
multitrack  calendars;  and  whether  the  district  complied  with  the  in.struc- 
tional  minutes  and  days  provisions.  State  in  a  note  to  the  schedule  wheth- 
er the  district  received  incentive  funding  for  increasing  instructional  time 
pursuant  to  the  Longer  Instructional  Day  incentives. 


Page  190.5 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6- 13-2008 


§  19825 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(8)  If  any  schools  were  not  in  compliance  with  the  instaictional  min- 
utes or  days  provisions,  or  both,  prepare  a  separate  schedule  for  each 
school  showing  only  those  grade  levels  that  were  not  in  compliance  and 
calculate  the  penalty  or  penalties  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section 
46200(c),  46201(d),  or  46202(b).  Include  both  the  schedule(s)  and  the 
calculated  penalty  or  penalties  in  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recom- 
mendations section  of  the  audit  report. 

(b)  County  offices  of  education:  If  the  county  office  of  education  re- 
ceived Longer  Instructional  Day  or  Longer  Year  incentive  funding,  or 
both,  for  the  fiscal  year  audited  for  special  day  classes,  perform  the  fol- 
lowing procedures: 

( 1 )  Review  the  school  attendance  calendar  and  bell  (class)  schedules. 
Determine  the  amount  of  instructional  time  offered  by  each  school. 

(2)  Determine  whether  the  county  office  of  education  complied  with 
the  instructional  time  incentive  funding  requirements  by  comparing  the 
amount  of  time  offered  for  each  grade  level  during  the  year  being  audited 
to  the  required  amount  of  instructional  time  as  set  forth  in  Education 
Code  Section  46201.5. 

(3)  Prepare  the  "Schedule  of  Instructional  Time"  that  must  be  pres- 
ented in  the  Supplementary  Information  section  of  the  audit  report  show- 
ing by  grade  level  the  1986-87  instructional  time  requirements  specified 
in  Education  Code  Section  46201.5;  the  instructional  minutes  offered 
during  the  year  audited  showing  the  school  with  the  lowest  number  of 
minutes;  the  number  of  instructional  days  offered  during  the  year  audited 
on  the  traditional  calendar  and  on  any  multitrack  calendars;  whether  the 
county  office  of  education  complied  with  the  instructional  minutes  re- 
quirements; and,  if  the  county  office  of  education  received  an  apportion- 
ment pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  46200.5(a),  whether  the 
county  office  of  education  complied  with  the  instructional  days  provi- 
sions. State  in  a  note  to  the  schedule  whether  the  county  office  of  educa- 
tion received  incentive  funding  for  increasing  instaictional  time  pursuant 
to  the  Longer  Instructional  Day  incentives  and  whether  it  received  an  ap- 
portionment pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  46200.5(a). 

(4)  If  any  schools  were  not  in  compliance  with  the  instructional  min- 
utes or  days  provisions,  or  both,  prepare  a  separate  schedule  for  each  such 
school  showing  only  those  grade  levels  that  were  not  in  compliance  and 
calculate  the  penalty  or  penalties  set  forth  in  Education  Code  Section 
46200.5(c)  or  4620 1.5(e).  Include  both  the  schedule(s)  and  the  calculated 
penalty  or  penalties  in  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations 
section  of  the  audit  report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-15-2(X)4  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-15-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-13-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-1 5-2004  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
sections (a)(1)  and  (a)(3),  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004  and  filed  6-23-2004 
(Register  2004,  No.  26). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)(1),  new  subsections  (a)(2)-(4),  subsection  re- 
numbering and  amendment  of  newly  designated  subsections  (a)(7)-(8)  and  sub- 
sections (b)(3)-(4)  filed  6-12-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-12-2006 
(Register  2006,  No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to 
OAL  by  10-10-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of 
law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Editorial  correction  of  subsecfion  (a)(2)  (Register  2006,  No.  39). 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-12-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-20-2006  and  filed  9-29-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  39). 


§  19825.    Community  Day  Schools. 

(a)  Verify  that  the  minimum  school  day  included  at  least  360  minutes 
of  community  day  school  classroom  instruction  by  reviewing  the  bell 
schedule(s)  of  the  school  district's  or  county  office  of  education's  com- 
munity day  school(s),  and  that  the  school's  practice  was  to  schedule  all 
pupils,  other  than  pupils  with  exceptional  needs  whose  Individualized 
Education  Programs  specified  otherwise,  to  attend  for  at  least  the  mini- 
mum day. 


(b)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  pupils  and  verify  that  they  were 
scheduled  to  attend  the  community  day  school  for  at  least  360  minutes 
each  day  by  reviewing  their  class  assignments. 

(c)  Verify  that  pupils  were  provided  classroom  instruction  by  a  certifi- 
cated employee  of  the  school  district  or  county  office  of  education  for  at 
least  the  minimum  school  day,  by  reviewing  teacher  room  assignments 
and  employment  records. 

(d)  If  any  inappropriately  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
are  identified  through  the  foregoing  audit  procedures,  recalculate,  con- 
sistent with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  46303,  the  correct 
number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance.  Include  a  statement  in  the 
Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  of  the  number 
of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that  were  inappropriately  reported 
for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their  dollar  value. 

(e)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  pupils  who  were  enrolled  in  the 
district's  or  county  office's  community  day  school(s)  and  perform  the 
following  procedures: 

( 1 )  Trace  the  credit  reported  for  each  sampled  pupil' s  attendance  in  the 
fifth  and  sixth  hours  of  attendance  back  to  the  record  prepared  by  the 
classroom  teacher. 

(2)  Verify  that  hourly  attendance  accounting  was  used. 

(3)  Verify  that  pupils  who  attended  fewer  than  five  hours  in  a  school 
day  were  not  reported  for  attendance  credit  for  the  additional  funding, 
that  attendance  of  five  hours  was  reported  for  one-half  day  of  attendance 
credit  for  the  additional  funding,  and  that  attendance  of  six  hours  or  more 
was  reported  for  one  whole  day  of  attendance  credit  for  the  additional 
funding. 

(0  If  any  inappropriately  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
are  identified  through  the  immediately  foregoing  procedure,  prepare  a 
schedule  displaying  the  hours  of  attendance  credit  inappropriately  re- 
ported and  recalculate,  consistent  with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code 
Secfion  46303,  the  correct  number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance. 
Include  a  statement  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the 
audit  report  of  the  number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that 
were  inappropriately  reported  for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their 
dollar  value. 

(g)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  pupils  who  were  enrolled  in  the 
district's  or  county  office's  community  day  school(s)  and  perform  the 
following  procedures: 

( 1 )  Trace  the  credit  reported  for  each  sampled  pupil '  s  attendance  in  the 
seventh  and  eighth  hours  back  to  the  data  origination  record. 

(2)  Verify  that  hourly  attendance  accounting  was  used. 

(3)  Verify  that  no  pupils  who  had  not  completed  the  full  six-hour 
instrucfional  school  day  were  reported  for  attendance  credit  for  the  addi- 
tional funding. 

(4)  Verify  that  the  pupils'  attendance  during  the  seventh  and  eighth 
hours  was  supervised  by  an  employee  of  the  district  or  the  county  office 
of  education. 

(h)  If  any  inappropriately  reported  hours  of  attendance  are  identified 
through  the  immediately  foregoing  procedure,  prepare  a  schedule  dis- 
playing the  hours  of  attendance  inappropriately  reported  and  an  estimate 
of  their  dollar  value,  and  include  it  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations 
secfion  of  the  audit  report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  secfion  filed  3-1 5-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-15-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-13-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-15-2004  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (c),  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004  and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004, 
No.  26). 


§19826.    Class  Size  Reduction. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 


Page  190.6 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


ij  19828 


• 


• 


History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-15-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-1 5-2004  (Register 

2004.  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-1 3-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  CeHitlcate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-1 5-2004  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
.sections  (2)  and  (g)(2),  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004  and  fded  6-23-2004 
(Regisler2004.  No.  26). 

3.  New  first  paragraph  and  amendment  of  subsections  (b)(  I  )(C)  i .,  (c)(  1  )(C)  I .  and 
(e)(4)  filed  2-l0-2005  as  an  emergency,  operative  2-10-2005  (Register  2005, 
No.  6).  A  Certilicate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  6-10-2005 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-10-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
5-24-2005  and  filed  6-20-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

5.  Renumbering  of  section  19826  to  section  19845  tiled  6-9-2006;  operative 
6-9-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  23). 

§  1 9826.1 .    Class  Size  Reduction. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14.502.1,  14.503  and  41020.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-10-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-10-2005  (Register 

2005.  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-10-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-10-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
-5-24-2005  and  tiled  6-20-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  amending  subsections  (d)-(d)(2)  and  (d)(4) 
filed  Tl-10-2005  pursuant  to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regula- 
tions (Register  2005,  No.  45). 

4.  Renumbering  of  section  19826.1  to  section  19845.1  filed  6-9-2006;  operative 
6-9-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  23). 

§  19827.    Morgan-Hart  Class  Size  Reduction  Program. 

(a)  Determine  whether  the  school  district  received  Morgan-Hart  Class 
Size  Reduction  Program  funding  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Chapter 
6.8  of  Part  28  of  the  Education  Code  (commencing  with  Section  52080). 

(b)  Review  the  district's  report  of  enrollment  for  the  Morgan-Hart 
Class  Size  Reduction  Program  and  trace  the  data,  after  determining  that 
it  is  mathematically  correct,  to  supporting  summaries. 

(c)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  schools  to  test,  and  perform  the 
following  procedures: 

(1)  Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  calculation  of  Active 
Monthly  Enrollment  as  defined  in  Section  15i41(b)(])  and  Section 
15140(d)  for  each  class. 

(2)  Trace  site  summaries  to  contemporaneous  documentation. 

(3)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  classes  to  verify  that  each  class 
had  not  more  than  22  pupils  enrolled  during  the  school  year. 

(4)  Verify  that  the  school-wide  Student  to  Teacher  Ratio  as  set  forth 
in  Section  15141(b)(2)  for  all  participating  classes  is  not  more  than  20 
pupils  per  certificated  teacher. 

(5)  Review  the  titles  of  the  participating  grade  9  classes  to  verify  that 
the  classes  were  in  courses  that  count  toward  completion  of  the  gradua- 
tion requirements  established  in  subparagraph  (A),  (B),  (C),  or  (D)  of 
paragraph  (1)  of  subdivision  (a)  of  Education  Code  Section  51 225. 3.  that 
the  classes  were  in  not  more  than  two  courses,  and  that  one  of  the  courses 
was  English. 

(d)  If  any  of  the  classes  reported  for  Morgan-Hart  Class  Size  Reduc- 
tion Program  funds  are  determined  to  have  been  ineligible,  prepare  a 
schedule  summarizing  the  results  of  all  procedures  and  presenting  the 
noncompiiant  classes  by  grade  level,  course  title,  number  of  classes, 
amount  of  full  year  equivalent  enrollment  (FYEE)  as  defined  in  Section 
15140(e),  for  grade  9  classes,  or  number  of  pupils,  for  grade  10.  11,  and 
12  classes,  incorrectly  reported  as  eligible,  and  the  amount  of  Morgan- 
Hart  Class  Size  Reduction  Program  funding  claimed  on  the  basis  of  the 
FYEE  or  those  pupils.  Include  the  data  for  each  ineligible  class  only  once, 
even  if  the  class  was  found  ineligible  in  more  than  one  of  the  steps  in  the 
audit  procedures.  Include  the  schedule  in  the  Findings  and  Recommen- 
dations section  of  the  audit  report. 


NOTb:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503.  41020  and  52084,  Eiducation  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  2-17-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-17-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-19-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day.  For  prior  history,  see  Register  2004,  No.  26. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-17-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
4-27-2006  and  filed  6-9-2006  (Register  2006.  No.  23). 

§  19828.     Instructional  Materials. 

For  fiscal  year  2003-04  only,  perform  the  following  audit  steps: 

(a)  Determine  whether  the  year  audited  is  one  for  which  the  governing 
boards  of  school  districts  or  county  boards  of  education  thai  receive 
funds  for  instructional  materials  from  any  state  source  are  subject  to  the 
provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  601 19,  as  set  forth  in  subdivision 
(c)  of  that  section. 

(b)  If  the  year  audited  is  one  in  which  the  school  district  or  county  of- 
fice of  education  was  required  to  conduct  a  hearing  as  provided  in  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  601 19.  perform  the  following  audit  procedures. 

(1)  Determine  whether  the  school  district  governing  board  or  county 
board  of  educafion  held  the  public  hearing  or  hearings  required  by  the 
provisions  of  Educafion  Code  Secfion  601 19  prior  to  making  a  deter- 
minadon  through  a  resolufion  whether  each  pupil  in  each  school  had.  or 
would  have  by  the  end  of  that  fiscal  year,  sufficient  textbooks  or  other 
instrucfional  materials  in  each  subject. 

(2)  Determine  whether  the  school  district  governing  board  or  county 
board  of  educafion  provided  1 0-day  notice  of  the  required  public  hearing 
or  hearings. 

(3)  Determine  whether  each  notice  included  the  fiine.  place,  and  pur- 
pose of  the  hearing  and  whether  the  school  district  or  county  office  of 
educafion  posted  the  nofice  at  a  minimum  of  three  public  locations  in  the 
school  district  or  county,  respecfively. 

(4)  Determine  whether  the  resolution  stated  that  there  were,  or  would 
be  by  the  end  of  that  fiscal  year,  sufficient  textbooks  or  instructional  ma- 
terials, or  that  the  resolufion  stated  there  were  insufficient  textbooks  or 
instrucfional  materials,  or  both.  If  the  latter,  verify  that  the  school  district 
governing  board  or  county  board  of  education  took  acfion  to  ensure  that 
each  pupil  would  have  sufficient  textbooks  or  instructional  materials,  or 
both,  within  a  two-year  period  from  the  date  of  the  determination. 

(c)  If  the  school  district  or  county  office  of  education  was  not  in  com- 
pliance with  any  of  the  requirements  set  forth  in  the  foregoing  proce- 
dures, the  school  district  or  county  office  of  educafion  was  not  eligible 
to  receive  an  Instrucfional  Mateiials  Funding  Realignment  Program  al- 
lowance for  the  year  audited.  Include  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Rec- 
ommendafions  secfion  of  the  audit  report  showing  the  full  amount  of 
Instructional  Materials  Funding  Realignment  Program  allowance  re- 
ceived as  disallowed. 

(d)  Instrucfional  Materials  Funding  Realignment  Program: 

(1)  Determine  the  amount  of  the  Instructional  Materials  Funding  Re- 
alignment Program  allowance  received  by  the  local  education  agency. 

(2)  Verify  that  the  allowance  received  was  accounted  for  separately. 

(3)  For  kindergarten  and  grades  1  through  8.  review  the  local  educa- 
tion agency"  s  list  of  instrucfional  materials  purchased  and  select  a  sample 
to  verify  that  the  materials  were  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education 
in  March  1999  or  later,  are  in  one  of  the  four  eligible  subject  areas,  and 
bear  the  copyright  date  and  are  of  edifions  of  the  materials  adopted  by  the 
State  Board  of  Educafion. 

(4)  For  grades  9  through  12,  review  the  local  education  agency's  list 
of  instrucfional  materials  purchased  and  select  a  sample  to  verify  that  the 
materials  were  reviewed  and  approved  through  a  resolution  adopted  by 
the  local  education  agency's  governing  board  as  being  aligned  with  State 
Board  of  Education-adopted  content  standards. 

(5)  Determine  whether  the  governing  board  certified,  as  set  forth  in 
Education  Code  Secfion  60422,  that  each  pupil  had  been  provided  with 
a  standards-aligned  textbook  or  basic  instrucfional  materials. 


Page  190.7 


Register  2(X)8,  No.  24;  6- 13-2008 


§  19828.1 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(6)  If  the  governing  board  did  certify  as  set  forth  in  Education  Code 
Section  60422,  review  the  Instmctional  Materials  Funding  Realignment 
Program  expenditures  initiated  after  the  certification  was  made  and  se- 
lect a  sample  to  verify  that  the  textbooks  or  materials  were  from  the  fol- 
lowing categories: 

(A)  Purchase  of  instructional  materials  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  60200 
for  kindergarten  and  grades  1  through  8,  or  by  the  governing  board  pur- 
suant to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  60400  for  grades  9 
through  12. 

(B)  Purchase,  at  the  local  education  agency's  discretion,  of  instruc- 
tional materials,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  supplementary  instruction- 
al materials  and  technology-based  materials  from  any  source. 

(C)  Purchase  of  tests. 

(D)  Binding  of  textbooks  that  were  otherwise  usable  and  were  on  the 
most  recent  list  of  basic  instructional  materials  adopted  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education  and  made  available  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
Education  Code  Section  60200. 

(E)  Funding  of  in-service  training  related  to  instructional  materials. 

(F)  Purchase  of  classroom  library  materials  for  kindergarten  and 
grades  1  through  4,  if  the  local  education  agency  had  a  plan  as  specified 
in  Education  Code  Section  60242(d). 

(e)  If  any  of  the  instructional  materials  funds  are  found  to  have  been 
expended  inappropriately,  include  the  amount  inappropriately  spent  in  a 
finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-1 5-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-1 5-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7- 1 3-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-15-2004  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (c),  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004  and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004. 
No.  26). 

3.  New  first  paragraph  and  amendment  of  subsections  (b)(1),  (c)-(d)(l ),  (d)(6)(A) 
and  (d)(6)(D)  filed  2-10-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-10-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
6-10-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-10-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
5-24-2005  and  filed  6-20-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

§  19828.1.    Instructional  Materials. 

For  fiscal  years  2004-05  through  2006-07,  perform  the  following  pro- 
cedures: 

(a)  Determine  whether  the  year  audited  is  one  for  which  the  governing 
boards  of  school  districts  or  county  boards  of  education  that  receive 
funds  for  instructional  materials  from  any  state  source  are  subject  to  the 
provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  60119,  as  set  forth  in  subdivision 
(d)  of  that  section. 

(b)  If  the  year  audited  is  one  in  which  the  school  district  or  county  of- 
fice of  education  was  required  to  conduct  a  hearing  as  provided  in  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  601 19,  perform  the  following  audit  procedures. 

(1)  For  fiscal  year  2005-06  and  each  fiscal  year  thereafter,  determine 
whether  the  school  district  governing  board  or  county  board  of  educa- 
tion, prior  to  making  a  determination  through  a  resolution  as  to  the  suffi- 
ciency of  textbooks  or  other  instructional  materials,  held  the  public  hear- 
ing or  hearings  required  by  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section 
60 II 9  on  or  before  the  end  of  the  eighth  week  from  the  first  day  pupils 
attended  school  for  that  year,  or,  in  a  school  district  or  county  office  of 
education  having  schools  that  operate  on  a  mulfitrack,  year-round  calen- 
dar, on  or  before  the  end  of  the  eighth  week  from  the  first  day  pupils  at- 
tended school  for  that  year  on  any  track  that  began  in  August  or  Septem- 
ber. 

(2)  Determine  whether  the  school  district  governing  board  or  county 
board  of  education  provided  10-day  notice  of  the  required  public  hearing 
or  hearings. 


(3)  Determine  whether  each  notice  included  the  fime,  place,  and  pur- 
pose of  the  hearing  and  whether  the  school  district  or  county  office  of 
education  posted  the  notice  at  a  minimum  of  three  public  locations  in  the 
school  district  or  county,  respectively. 

(4)  Determine  whether  the  hearing  was  held  at  a  time  that  encouraged 
the  attendance  of  teachers  and  parents  and  guardians  of  pupils  who  attend 
the  schools  in  the  district  and  did  not  take  place  during  or  immediately 
following  school  hours. 

(5)  Determine  whether  the  resolution  stated  that  each  pupil  in  each 
school  had  sufficient  textbooks  or  instructional  materials  aligned  to  the 
content  standards  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  pursuant  to 
Educafion  Code  Section  60605  and  consistent  with  the  content  and 
cycles  of  the  curriculum  framework  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, or  instead  that  there  was  an  insufficiency  of  such  textbooks  or 
instructional  materials,  or  both,  in  any  one  or  more  of  mathematics,  sci- 
ence, history-social  science,  and  English/language  arts  including  the 
English  language  development  component  of  an  adopted  program,  as  ap- 
propriate. If  the  resolution  stated  any  insufficiency,  verify  that  the  school 
district  governing  board  or  county  board  of  educafion  provided  informa- 
tion to  classroom  teachers  and  to  the  public  setting  forth,  for  each  school 
in  which  an  insufficiency  existed,  the  percentage  of  pupils  who  lacked 
sufficient  standards-aligned  textbooks  or  instructional  materials  in  each 
subject  area  and  the  reasons  that  each  pupil  did  not  have  sufficient  stan- 
dards-aligned textbooks  or  instructional  materials,  or  both,  and  took  ac- 
tion to  ensure  that  each  pupil  would  have  sufficient  textbooks  or  instruc- 
tional materials,  or  both,  within  two  months  of  the  beginning  of  the 
school  year  in  which  the  determinafion  was  made. 

(6)  Verify  whether  the  governing  board  made  a  written  determination 
as  to  whether  each  pupil  enrolled  in  a  foreign  language  or  health  course 
had  sufficient  textbooks  or  instructional  materials  that  were  consistent 
with  the  content  and  cycles  of  the  curriculum  frameworks  adopted  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education  for  those  subjects. 

(7)  Verify  whether  the  governing  board  determined  the  availability  of 
laboratory  science  equipment  as  applicable  to  science  laboratory  courses 
offered  in  grades  9  to  12,  inclusive. 

(c)  If  the  school  district  or  county  office  of  educafion  was  not  in  com- 
pliance with  any  of  the  requirements  set  forth  in  procedures  1  through  5 
of  subdivision  (b)  of  this  section,  the  school  district  or  county  office  of 
education  was  not  eUgible  to  receive  an  Instructional  Materials  Funding 
Realignment  Program  allowance  for  the  fiscal  year  audited.  Include  a 
finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report 
showing  the  full  amount  of  Instructional  Materials  Funding  Realignment 
Program  allowance  received  as  disallowed. 

(d)  If  the  school  district  or  county  office  of  education  was  not  in  com- 
pliance with  any  of  the  requirements  set  forth  in  procedures  6  or  7  of  sub- 
paragraph (b)  of  this  section,  report  the  noncompliance  in  a  finding  in  the 
Findings  and  Recommendafions  section  of  the  audit  report. 

(e)  Instructional  Materials  Funding  Reahgnment  Program: 

( 1 )  Determine  the  amount  of  the  Instructional  Materials  Funding  Re- 
alignment Program  allowance  received  by  the  local  education  agency. 

(2)  Verify  that  the  allowance  received  was  accounted  for  separately. 

(3)  For  kindergarten  and  grades  1  through  8,  review  the  local  educa- 
tion agency's  list  of  instructional  materials  purchased  and  select  a  sample 
to  verify  that  the  materials  were  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education 
in  March  1 999  or  later,  are  in  one  of  the  four  eligible  subject  areas,  and 
bear  the  copyright  date  and  are  of  editions  of  the  materials  adopted  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education. 

(4)  For  grades  9  through  12,  review  the  local  education  agency's  list 
of  instructional  materials  purchased  and  select  a  sample  to  verify  that  the 
materials  were  reviewed  and  approved  through  a  resolution  adopted  by 
the  local  education  agency's  governing  board  as  being  aligned  with  State 
Board  of  Education-adopted  content  standards. 

(5)  Determine  whether  the  governing  board  certified,  as  set  forth  in 
Education  Code  Section  60422,  that  each  pupil  had  been  provided  with 
a  standards-aligned  textbook  or  basic  instructional  materials. 


• 


Page  190.8 


Register  2(K)8,  No.  24;  6-13-2(X)8 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


§  19828.2 


(6)  If  the  governing  board  did  certify  as  set  fortii  in  Education  Code 
Section  60422.  review  tlie  Instructional  Materials  Funding  Realignment 
Program  expenditures  initiated  after  the  certification  was  made  and  se- 
lect a  sample  to  verify  that  the  textbooks  or  materials  were  from  the  fol- 
lowing categories: 

(A)  Purchase  of  instructional  materials  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  60200 
for  kindergarten  and  grades  1  through  8,  or  by  the  governing  board  pur- 
suant to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  60400  for  grades  9 
through  12. 

(B)  Purchase,  at  the  local  education  agency's  discretion,  of  instmc- 
tional  materials,  including,  but  not  limited  to.  supplementary  instruction- 
al materials  and  technology-based  materials  from  any  source. 

(C)  Purchase  of  tests. 

(D)  Binding  of  textbooks  that  were  otherwise  usable  and  were  on  the 
most  recent  list  of  basic  instructional  materials  adopted  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education  and  made  available  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
Education  Code  Section  60200. 

(E)  Funding  of  in-service  training  related  to  instructional  materials. 

(F)  Purchase  of  classroom  library  materials  for  kindergarten  and 
grades  1  through  4,  if  the  local  education  agency  had  a  plan  as  specified 
in  Education  Code  Section  60242(d). 

(f)  if  any  of  the  instructional  materials  funds  are  found  to  have  been 
expended  inappropriately,  include  the  amount  inappropriately  spent  in  a 
finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
]4.'S0I.  14502.1.  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 
) .  New  section  filed  2-10-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-10-2005  (Register 

2005.  No.  6).  A  Ceilitlcate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 

6-10-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 

following  day. 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  designating  last  paragraph  as  subsection  (f) 
filed  3-21-2005  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1.  California  Code  of  Regulations 
(Register  2005,  No.  12). 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-10-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
5-24-2005  and  filed  6-20-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)(5)  filed  6-12-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative 
(j- 12-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  10-10-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  op- 
eration of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-12-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-20-2006  and  filed  9-29-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  39). 

6.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph  and  subsections  (b)(6)  and  (d)  filed  5-18-2007 
as  an  emergency;  operative  5-18-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  20).  A  Certificate 
of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-14-2007  or  emergency  lan- 
guage will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

7.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-18-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8-1-2007 
and  filed  9-10-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  37). 

§  19828.2.    Instructional  Materials. 

For  fiscal  year  2007-08,  perform  the  following  procedures: 

(a)  Determine  whether  the  year  audited  is  one  for  which  the  governing 
boards  of  school  districts  or  county  boards  of  education  that  receive 
funds  for  instructional  materials  from  any  state  source  are  subject  to  the 
provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  601 19,  as  set  forth  in  subdivision 
(d)  of  that  section. 

(b)  If  the  year  audited  is  one  in  which  the  school  district  or  county  of- 
fice of  education  was  required  to  conduct  a  hearing  as  provided  in  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  601 19,  perform  the  following  audit  procedures. 

(1)  Determine  whether  the  school  district  governing  board  or  county 
board  of  education,  prior  to  making  a  determination  through  a  resolution 
as  to  the  sufficiency  of  textbooks  or  other  instructional  materials,  held  the 
public  hearing  or  hearings  required  by  the  provisions  of  Education  Code 
Section  601 19  on  or  before  the  end  of  the  eighth  week  from  the  first  day 
pupils  attended  school  for  that  year,  or,  in  a  school  district  or  county  of- 
fice of  education  having  schools  that  operate  on  a  multitrack,  year-round 
calendar,  on  or  before  the  end  of  the  eighth  week  from  the  first  day  pupils 


attended  school  for  that  year  on  any  track  that  began  in  August  or  Sep- 
tember. 

(2)  Determine  whether  the  school  district  governing  board  or  county 
board  of  education  provided  10-day  notice  of  the  required  public  hearing 
or  hearings. 

(3)  Determine  whether  each  notice  included  the  time,  place,  and  pur- 
pose of  the  hearing  and  whether  the  .school  district  or  county  office  of 
education  posted  the  notice  at  a  minimum  of  three  public  locations  in  the 
school  district  or  county,  respectively. 

(4)  Determine  whether  the  hearing  was  held  at  a  time  that  encouraged 
the  attendance  of  teachers  and  parents  and  guardians  of  pupils  who  attend 
the  schools  in  the  district  and  did  not  take  place  during  or  immediately 
following  school  hours. 

(5)  Determine  whether  the  resolution  stated  that  each  pupil  in  each 
school  had  sufficient  textbooks  or  instructional  inaterials  aligned  to  the 
content  standards  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  Section  60605  and  consistent  with  the  content  and 
cycles  of  the  curriculum  framework  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, or  instead  that  there  was  an  insufficiency  of  such  textbooks  or 
instrucfional  materials,  or  both,  in  any  one  or  more  of  mathematics,  sci- 
ence, history-social  science,  and  English/language  arts  including  the 
English  language  development  component  of  an  adopted  program,  as  ap- 
propriate. If  the  resolution  stated  any  insufficiency,  verify  that  the  school 
district  governing  board  or  county  board  of  education  provided  informa- 
tion to  classroom  teachers  and  to  the  public,  setting  forth,  in  the  resolu- 
tion, for  each  school  in  which  an  insufficiency  existed,  the  percentage  of 
pupils  who  lacked  sufficient  standards-aligned  textbooks  or  instruction- 
al materials  in  each  subject  area  and  the  reasons  that  each  pupil  did  not 
have  sufficient  standards-aligned  textbooks  or  instructional  materials,  or 
both,  and  look  action  to  ensure  that  each  pupil  would  have  sufficient  text- 
books or  instructional  materials,  or  both,  within  two  months  of  the  begin- 
ning of  the  school  year  in  which  the  determinaUon  was  made. 

(6)  Verify  whether  the  governing  board  made  a  written  determination 
as  to  whether  each  pupil  enrolled  in  a  foreign  language  or  health  course 
had  sufficient  textbooks  or  instructional  materials  that  were  consistent 
with  the  content  and  cycles  of  the  curriculum  frameworks  adopted  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education  for  those  subjects. 

(7)  Verify  whether  the  governing  board  determined  the  availability  of 
laboratory  science  equipment  as  applicable  to  science  laboratory  courses 
offered  in  grades  9  to  12,  inclusive. 

(c)  If  the  school  district  or  county  office  of  education  was  not  in  com- 
pliance with  any  of  the  requirements  set  forth  in  audit  procedures  1 
through  5  of  subparagraph  (b)  of  this  section,  the  school  district  or  county 
office  of  education  was  not  eligible  to  receive  an  Instructional  Materials 
Funding  Realignment  Program  allowance  for  the  fiscal  year  audited.  In- 
clude a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit 
report  showing  the  full  amount  of  Instructional  Materials  Funding  Re- 
alignment Program  allowance  received  as  disallowed. 

(d)  If  the  school  district  or  county  office  of  education  was  not  in  com- 
pliance with  any  of  the  requirements  set  forth  in  audit  procedures  6  or  7 
of  subparagraph  (b)  of  this  section,  report  the  noncompliance  in  a  finding 
in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 

(e)  Instructional  Materials  Funding  Realignment  Program: 

(1)  Determine  the  amount  of  the  Instructional  Materials  Funding  Re- 
alignment Program  allowance  received  by  the  local  education  agency. 

(2)  Verify  that  the  allowance  received  was  accounted  for  separately. 

(3)  For  kindergarten  and  grades  1  through  8,  review  the  local  educa- 
tion agency's  list  of  instructional  materials  purchased  and  select  a  sample 
to  verify  that  the  materials  were  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education 
in  March  1999  or  later,  are  in  one  of  the  four  eligible  subject  areas,  and 
bear  the  copyright  date  and  are  of  editions  of  the  materials  adopted  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education. 

(4)  For  grades  9  through  12,  review  the  local  education  agency's  list 
of  instructional  materials  purchased  and  select  a  sample  to  verify  that  the 
materials  were  reviewed  and  approved  through  a  resolution  adopted  by 


Page  190.9 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6- 13-2008 


§  19828.3 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


the  local  education  agency's  governing  board  as  being  aligned  with  State 
Board  of  Education-adopted  content  standards. 

(5)  Determine  whether  the  governing  board  certified,  as  set  forth  in 
Education  Code  Section  60422,  that  each  pupil  had  been  provided  with 
a  standards-aligned  textbook  or  basic  instructional  materials. 

(6)  If  the  governing  board  did  certify  as  set  forth  in  Education  Code 
Section  60422,  review  the  Instructional  Materials  Funding  Realignment 
Program  expenditures  initiated  after  the  certification  was  made  and  se- 
lect a  sample  to  verify  that  the  expenditures  each  fell  into  one  of  the  fol- 
lowing categories: 

(A)  Purchase  of  instructional  materials  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  60200 
for  kindergarten  and  grades  1  through  8,  or  by  the  governing  board  pur- 
suant to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  60400  for  grades  9 
through  12. 

(B)  Purchase,  at  the  local  education  agency's  discretion,  of  instaic- 
tional  materials,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  supplementary  instruction- 
al materials  and  technology-based  materials  from  any  source. 

(C)  Purchase  of  tests. 

(D)  Binding  of  textbooks  that  were  otherwise  usable  and  were  on  the 
most  recent  list  of  basic  instructional  materials  adopted  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education  and  made  available  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
Education  Code  Section  60200. 

(E)  Funding  of  in-service  training  related  to  instructional  materials. 

(F)  Purchase  of  classroom  library  materials  for  kindergarten  and 
grades  1  through  4,  if  the  local  education  agency  had  a  plan  as  specified 
in  subdivision  (d)  of  Education  Code  Section  60242. 

(f)  If  any  of  the  instructional  materials  funds  are  found  to  have  been 
expended  inappropriately,  include  the  amount  inappropriately  spent  in  a 
finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14501,  14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-1 8-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-18-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
11 -14-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-1 8-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8-1-2007 
and  filed  9-10-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  37). 

3.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph  and  subsections  (b)(1),  (c),  (d),  (e)(6)  and 
(e)(6)(F)  filed  6-9-2008  as'an  emergency;  operafive  6-9-2008  (Register  2008, 
No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
12-8-2008  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


§  19828.3.    Instructional  Materials. 

For  fiscal  year  2008-09  and  each  fiscal  year  thereafter,  perform  the 
following  procedures: 

(a)  Determine  whether  the  year  audited  is  one  for  which  the  governing 
boards  of  school  districts  or  county  boards  of  education  that  receive 
funds  for  instructional  materials  from  any  state  source  are  subject  to  the 
provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  60119,  as  set  forth  in  subdivision 
(d)  of  that  section. 

(b)  If  the  year  audited  is  one  in  which  the  school  district  or  county  of- 
fice of  education  was  required  to  conduct  a  hearing  as  provided  in  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  601 19,  perform  the  following  audit  procedures. 

( 1 )  Determine  whether  the  school  district  governing  board  or  county 
board  of  education,  prior  to  making  a  determination  through  a  resolution 
as  to  the  sufficiency  of  textbooks  or  other  instructional  materials,  held  the 
public  hearing  or  hearings  required  by  the  provisions  of  Education  Code 
Section  601 1 9  on  or  before  the  end  of  the  eighth  week  from  the  first  day 
pupils  attended  school  for  that  year,  or,  in  a  school  district  or  county  of- 
fice of  education  having  schools  that  operate  on  a  multitrack,  year-round 
calendar,  on  or  before  the  end  of  the  eighth  week  from  the  first  day  pupils 
attended  school  for  that  year  on  any  track  that  began  in  August  or  Sep- 
tember. 


(2)  Determine  whether  the  school  district  governing  board  or  county 
board  of  education  provided  10-day  notice  of  the  required  public  hearing 
or  hearings. 

(3)  Determine  whether  each  notice  included  the  time,  place,  and  pur- 
pose of  the  hearing  and  whether  the  school  district  or  county  office  of 
education  posted  the  notice  at  a  minimum  of  three  public  locations  in  the 
.school  district  or  county,  respectively. 

(4)  Determine  whether  the  hearing  was  held  at  a  time  that  encouraged 
the  attendance  of  teachers  and  parents  and  guardians  of  pupils  who  attend 
the  schools  in  the  district  and  did  not  take  place  during  or  immediately 
following  school  hours. 

(5)  Determine  whether  the  resolution  stated  that  each  pupil  in  each 
school  had  sufficient  textbooks  or  instructional  materials  aligned  to  the 
content  standards  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  Section  60605  and  consistent  with  the  content  and 
cycles  of  the  curriculum  framework  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, or  instead  that  there  was  an  insufficiency  of  such  textbooks  or 
instructional  materials,  or  both,  in  any  one  or  more  of  mathematics,  sci- 
ence, history-social  science,  and  English/language  arts  including  the 
English  language  development  component  of  an  adopted  program,  as  ap- 
propriate. If  the  resolution  stated  any  insufficiency,  verify  that  the  school 
district  governing  board  or  county  board  of  education  provided  informa- 
tion to  classroom  teachers  and  to  the  public,  setting  forth,  in  the  resolu- 
tion, for  each  school  in  which  an  insufficiency  existed,  the  percentage  of 
pupils  who  lacked  sufficient  standards-aligned  textbooks  or  instruction- 
al materials  in  each  subject  area  and  the  reasons  that  each  pupil  did  not 
have  sufficient  standards-aligned  textbooks  or  instructional  materials,  or 
both,  and  took  action  to  ensure  that  each  pupil  would  have  sufficient  text- 
books or  instructional  materials,  or  both,  within  two  months  of  the  begin- 
ning of  the  school  year  in  which  the  determination  was  made. 

(6)  Verify  whether  the  governing  board  made  a  written  determination 
as  to  whether  each  pupil  enrolled  in  a  foreign  language  or  health  course 
had  sufficient  textbooks  or  instructional  materials  that  were  consistent 
with  the  content  and  cycles  of  the  curriculum  frameworks  adopted  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education  for  those  subjects. 

(7)  Verify  whether  the  governing  board  determined  the  availability  of 
laboratory  science  equipment  as  applicable  to  science  laboratory  courses 
offered  in  grades  9  to  12,  inclusive. 

(c)  If  the  school  district  or  county  office  of  education  was  not  in  com- 
pliance with  any  of  the  requirements  set  forth  in  audit  procedures  1 
through  5  of  subparagraph  (b)  of  this  section,  the  school  district  or  county 
office  of  education  was  not  eligible  to  receive  an  Instructional  Materials 
Funding  Realignment  Program  allowance  for  the  fiscal  year  audited.  In- 
clude a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit 
report  showing  the  full  amount  of  Instructional  Materials  Funding  Re- 
alignment Program  allowance  received  as  disallowed. 

(d)  If  the  school  district  or  county  office  of  education  was  not  in  com- 
pliance with  any  of  the  requirements  set  forth  in  audit  procedures  6  or  7 
of  subparagraph  (b)  of  this  section,  report  the  noncompliance  in  a  finding 
in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 

(e)  Instructional  Materials  Funding  Realignment  Program: 

(1)  Determine  the  amount  of  the  Instructional  Materials  Funding  Re- 
alignment Program  allowance  received  by  the  local  education  agency. 

(2)  Verify  that  the  allowance  received  was  accounted  for  separately. 

(3)  For  kindergarten  and  grades  1  through  8,  review  the  local  educa- 
tion agency's  list  of  instructional  materials  purchased  and  select  a  sample 
to  verify  that  the  materials  were  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education 
in  March  1999  or  later,  are  in  one  of  the  four  eligible  subject  areas,  and 
bear  the  copyright  date  and  are  of  editions  of  the  materials  adopted  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education. 

(4)  For  grades  9  through  12,  review  the  local  education  agency's  list 
of  instructional  materials  purchased  and  select  a  sample  to  verify  that  the 
materials  were  reviewed  and  approved  through  a  resolution  adopted  by 
the  local  education  agency's  governing  board  as  being  aligned  with  State 
Board  of  Education-adopted  content  standards. 


Page  190.10 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6- 13-2008 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


$  19830.1 


(5)  Determine  whether  the  governing  board  certified,  as  set  forth  in 
Education  Code  Section  60422.  that  each  pupil  had  been  provided  with 
a  standards-aligned  textbook  or  basic  instructional  materials, 

(A)  for  kindergarten  and  grades  1  to  8.  inclusive,  as  adopted  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code 
Section  60200  and  following,  and  by  the  beginning  of  the  first  school 
term  that  commenced  not  later  than  24  months  after  their  adoption,  and 

(B)  for  grades  9  to  12,  inclusive,  as  adopted  by  the  local  governing 
board  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Sections  60400  and 
6041 1. 

(6)  if  the  governing  board  did  certify  as  set  forth  in  Education  Code 
Section  60422.  review  the  Instructional  Materials  Funding  Realignment 
Program  expenditures  initiated  after  the  certification  was  made  and  se- 
lect a  sample  to  verify  that  the  expenditures  each  fell  into  one  of  the  fol- 
lowing categories: 

(A)  Purchase  of  instructional  materials  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  60200 
for  kindergarten  and  grades  1  through  8,  or  by  the  governing  board  pur- 
suant to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  60400  for  grades  9 
through  12. 

(B)  Purchase,  at  the  local  education  agency's  discretion,  of  instruc- 
tional materials,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  supplementary  instruction- 
al materials  and  technology-based  materials  from  any  source. 

(C)  Purchase  of  tests. 

(D)  Binding  of  textbooks  that  were  otherwise  usable  and  were  on  the 
most  recent  list  of  basic  instructional  materials  adopted  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education  and  made  available  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
Education  Code  Section  60200. 

(E)  Funding  of  in-service  training  related  to  instructional  materials. 

(F)  Purchase  of  classroom  library  materials  for  kindergarten  and 
grades  1  through  4.  if  the  local  education  agency  had  a  plan  as  specified 
in  subdivision  (d)  of  Education  Code  Section  60242. 

(f)  If  any  of  the  instmctional  materials  funds  are  found  to  have  been 
expended  inappropriately,  include  the  amount  inappropriately  spent  in  a 
finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14.S01.  14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-9-2008  as  an  ennergency;  operative  6-9-2008  (Register 
2008,  No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
12-8-2008  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


§  19829.     Ratios  of  Administrative  Employees  to  Teachers. 

(a)  For  school  districts,  verify  that  the  district  is  in  compliance  with  the 
administrator-to-teacher  ratio  requirement  for  the  year  audited  by  deter- 
mining that  the  employees  were  properly  classified  and  the  ratio  was  cal- 
culated consistent  with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  41403. 

(b)  If  the  number  of  administrators  per  hundred  teachers  exceeded  the 
allowable  ratio  set  forth  in  Education  Code  Section  41402,  indicate  the 
number  of  excess  administrators  and  the  associated  penalty,  as  set  forth 
in  Education  Code  Section  41404,  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations 
section  of  the  audit  report. 

(c)  If  the  school  district  cannot  show  that  it  was  in  compliance  with  the 
ratio  during  the  year  audited,  include  a  statement  in  the  Findings  and  Rec- 
ommendations section  of  the  audit  report  that  the  ratio  could  not  be  con- 
firmed. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-1 5-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-1 5-2004  (Register 
2004.  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-13-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3- 1 5-2004  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004 
and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  26). 


§  19829.5.    Classroom  Teacher  Salaries. 

(a)  If,  during  the  year  preceding  the  year  audited,  the  district  had  101 
units  or  more  of  Average  Daily  Attendance,  and.  during  the  year  audited, 
the  district  was  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section 
41372  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  41374.  de- 
termine whether,  after  applicable  audit  adjustments,  the  district  met  the 
current  expense  of  education  percentage  requirements  for  expenditure 
for  payment  of  salaries  of  classroom  teachers  as  set  forth  in  Education 
Code  Section  41372. 

(b)  If  the  district  did  not  meet  the  applicable  minimum  percentage  re- 
quired for  payment  of  salaries  of  classroom  teachers,  include  a  statement 
in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  .section  of  the  audit  report  indicat- 
ing the  minimum  percentage  required,  the  district's  current  expense  of 
education  for  the  year  audited  after  applicable  audit  adjustments,  and  the 
dollar  amount  by  which  the  district  was  deficient. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502. L  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1.  14503,  41020  and  4L372,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-1 8-2007  as  an  emergency:  operative  5- i  8-2007  (Register 
2007.  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1-14-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-1 8-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8- 1  -2(K)7 
and  filed  9-10-2007  (Register  2007.  No.  37). 

§  19830.    Early  Retirement  Incentive. 

For  fiscal  years  2003-04  and  2004-05,  perform  the  following  proce- 
dures: 

(a)  Obtain  a  copy  of  the  certification  required  by  Education  Code  sec- 
tions 22714.  22714.5,  and  44929  and  verify  that  the  school  district  re- 
ceived approval  from  the  county  office  of  education  or  that  the  county 
office  of  education  received  approval  from  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  as  appropriate. 

(b)  Verify  that  the  reason(s)  contained  in  the  certification  are  consis- 
tent with  the  results  of  the  early  retirement  incentive  program. 

(c)  Verify  the  data  disclosed  as  a  result  of  the  district's  or  county  of- 
fice's adoption  of  the  early  retirement  incentive  program. 

(d)  Include  a  disclosure  in  the  Notes  to  the  Basic  Financial  Statements 
that  presents  the  number  and  type  of  positions  vacated;  the  age.  service 
credit,  salary,  and,  separately,  the  benefits  of  the  retirees  receiving  addi- 
tional service  credit;  a  comparison  of  the  salary  and  benefits  of  each  retir- 
ee with  the  salary  and  benefits  of  the  replacement  employee,  if  any;  the 
resulting  retirement  cost,  including  interest,  if  any,  and  postretirement 
health  benefit  costs,  incurred  by  the  employer. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-15-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-15-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-13-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3- 1 5-2004  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (a),  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004  and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004, 
No.  26). 

3.  Amendment  adding  new  first  paragraph  filed  5- 1 8-2007  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erafive  5-18-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-14-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-1 8-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8- 1  -2007 
and  filed  9-10-2007  (Register  2007.  No.  37). 

§  1 9830.1 .    Early  Retirement  Incentive. 

For  fiscal  year  2005-06  and  each  fiscal  year  thereafter,  perform  the 
following  procedures: 

(a)  Obtain  a  copy  of  the  certification  required  by  Education  Code  sec- 
tions 22714  and  44929  and  verify  that  the  school  district  received  ap- 
proval from  the  county  office  of  education  or  that  the  county  office  of 
education  received  approval  from  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion as  appropriate. 

(b)  Verify  that  the  reason(s)  contained  in  the  certification  are  consis- 
tent with  the  results  of  the  eariy  retirement  incentive  program. 


Page  190.11 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


§  19831 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(c)  Verify  the  data  disclosed  as  a  result  of  the  district's  or  county  of- 
fice's adoption  of  the  early  retirement  incentive  program. 

(d)  Include  a  disclosure  in  the  Notes  to  the  Basic  Financial  Statements 
that  presents  the  number  and  type  of  positions  vacated;  the  age,  service 
credit,  salary,  and,  separately,  the  benefits  of  the  retirees  receiving  addi- 
tional service  credit;  a  comparison  of  the  salary  and  benefits  of  each  retir- 
ee with  the  salary  and  benefits  of  the  replacement  employee,  if  any;  the 
resulting  retirement  cost,  including  interest,  if  any,  and  postretirement 
health  benefit  costs,  incurred  by  the  employer. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14.^02.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-1 8-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-18-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1  - 1 4-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-1 8-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8-1-2007 
and  filed  9-10-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  37). 

§  1 9831 .    Gann  Limit  Calculation. 

The  following  audit  procedures  apply  to  the  current  year  appropri- 
ations limit  calculation  for  school  districts  and  county  offices  of  educa- 
tion. 

(a)  Verify  that  the  data  used  by  the  district  or  the  county  office  is  accu- 
rate, ensuring  that  the  prior  year  Gann  ADA  and  prior  year  appropriations 
limit  used  by  the  local  education  agency  match  the  data  on  the  prior  year 
appropriations  limit  calculation  previously  submitted  to  the  California 
Department  of  Education.  If  the  district  or  county  office  has  made  adjust- 
ments to  the  prior  year  data,  verify  that  the  adjustments  are  correct.  If  the 
data  has  been  revised,  verify  that  the  district  or  the  county  office  has  re- 
calculated the  prior  year  appropriations  limit  and  attached  a  copy  of  the 
recalculation  to  the  current  year  appropriations  limit. 

(b)  If  the  agency  is  found  out  of  compliance,  include  a  finding  in  the 
Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  1.5 
of  Article  XIIIB,  California  Constitution. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-15-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  3-15-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  12).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7- 1 3-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  3-1 5-2004  order  transmitted  to  OAL  5-6-2004 
and  filed  6-23-2004  (Register  2004,  No.  26). 

3.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph  and  subsection  (a)  filed  6-12-2006  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  6-12-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  10-10-2006  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-12-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-20-2006  and  filed  9-29-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  39). 

§  19832.    School  Construction  Funds. 

(a)  School  district  bonds. 

( 1 )  Verify  that  the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  bonds  issued  pursuant  to 
the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  15 140  were  deposited  in  accor- 
dance with  the  provisions  of  Educafion  Code  Section  15146. 

(2)  Select  a  sample  of  expenditures  and  verify  that  bond  proceeds  were 
expended  only  for  the  purpose(s)  for  which  the  bonds  were  issued,  as  spe- 
cified in  the  official  statement  or  statements  of  bond  indenture  submitted 
by  the  school  district  governing  board  to  the  county  auditor  or  county 
treasurer. 

(3)  Verify  that  any  money  transferred  to  the  general  fund  of  the  district 
from  the  interest  and  sinking  fund  was  transferred  in  compliance  with  the 
provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  15234. 

(4)  If  any  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  bonds  are  found  to  have  been  de- 
posited inappropriately  or  to  have  been  expended  for  purposes  other  than 
those  specified  in  the  official  statement  or  statements  of  bond  indenture, 
or  if  any  money  is  found  to  have  been  transferred  inappropriately  from 
the  interest  and  sinking  fund,  include  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Rec- 
ommendations section  of  the  audit  report  stating  the  amount  inappropri- 
ately deposited,  expended,  or  transferred. 


(b)  Slate  School  Facilities  Funds. 

(1 )  Select  a  sample  of  expenditures  and  verify  that  expenditures  from 
the  school  district's  account  in  the  county  school  facilities  fund  were 
made  only  for  qualifying  school  facilities  expenditures  as  provided  in 
subdivision  (c)  of  Education  Code  Section  17070.43  and  additionally  set 
forth  in  Education  Code  Section  1 7072.35,  or  in  Education  Code  Section 
17074.25  as  further  defined  in  subdivision  (f)  of  Education  Code  Section 
1 7070. 1 5;  or  for  other  high  priority  capital  outlay  purposes  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (c)  of  Education  Code  Section 
17070.63. 

(2)  If  any  expenditures  of  funds  from  the  school  district's  account  in 
the  county  school  facilities  fund  are  found  to  have  been  made  for  non- 
qualifying purposes,  include  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommenda- 
tions section  of  the  audit  report  stafing  the  amount  inappropriately  ex- 
pended. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-17-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-17-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  25).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 0- 1 5-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  9-30-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-16-2004  (Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  40).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-14-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  9-30-2004  order,  including  repealer  of  secfion 
19832  and  renumbering  and  amendment  of  former  section  19833  to  section 
19832,  transmitted  to  OAL  12-9-2004  and  filed  1-19-2005  (Register  2005, 
No.  3). 

§19833.    Alternative  Pension  Plans. 

(a)  As  used  in  this  section,  "alternative  pension  plan"  means  a  pension 
plan  not  administered  by  the  California  Public  Employees  Retirement 
System  (Government  Code  Secfion  20000  and  following)  or  the  State 
Teachers  Retirement  System  (Education  Code  Section  22000  and  fol- 
lowing). 

(b)  Interview  administrafive  persormel  and  determine  whether  the  lo- 
cal education  agency  has  created  an  entity,  joined  a  joint  powers  author- 
ity, or  entered  into  a  joint  venture  that  provides  for  an  altemaUve  pension 
plan  for  its  current  or  former  permanent,  full-fime  employees. 

(c)  If  the  local  education  agency  has  done  so,  determine  that  the  acfiv- 

ity  is  fully  disclosed  in  the  Notes  to  the  Basic  Financial  Statements. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-17-2004  as  an  emergency;  operafive  6-17-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  25).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-15-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  9-30-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-16-2004  (Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  40).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-14-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  9-30-2004  order,  including  renumbering  of  for- 
mer section  19833  to  section  19832  and  renumbering  and  amendment  of  former 
section  19834  to  section  19833,  transmitted  to  OAL  12-9-2004  and  filed 
1-19-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  3). 

§19833.5.    Excess  Sick  Leave. 

(a)  Determine  whether  excess  sick  leave,  as  that  term  is  defined  in  sub- 
division (c)  of  Educafion  Code  Secfion  22170.5,  is  expressly  authorized 
or  is  accrued  for  the  local  educafion  agency's  employees  who  are  mem- 
bers of  the  California  State  Teachers  Retirement  System  (CalSTRS)  by 
performing  the  following  procedures: 

(1)  Review  the  employment  contracts  of  the  superintendent  and  one 
other  high-level  administrator  who  is  a  CalSTRS  member,  to  idenfify  the 
number  of  sick  leave  days  each  was  authorized  per  school  year. 

(2)  If  neither  contract  authorizes  excess  sick  leave,  review  the  sick 
leave  accrual  records  of  the  superintendent  and  the  other  high  level  ad- 
ministrator to  determine  whether  either  or  both  have  accrued  excess  sick 
leave. 


Page  190.12 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


§  19836 


(3)  ff  neither  authorized  nor  accrued  excess  sick  leave  is  identified  in 
the  foregoing  steps,  disclose  that  fact  in  the  Supplementary  Information 
section  of  the  audit  report. 

(b)  If  either  authorized  or  accrued  excess  sick  leave  is  identified  in  the 
audit  procedures  in  subdivision  (a),  review  teachers'  (non-administra- 
tors) collective  bargaining  agreements  to  identify  any  provision  autho- 
rizing excess  sick  leave.  If  no  excess  sick  leave  authorization  is  identi- 
fied, disclose  that  fact  in  the  Supplementary  Information  section  of  the 
audit  report. 

(c)  If  authorized  or  accrued  excess  sick  leave  is  identified  in  the  audit 
procedures  in  subdivisions  (a)  or  (b)  or  both,  disclose  that  fact  in  the  Sup- 
plementary Information  section  of  the  audit  report,  identifying  each  con- 
tract or  bargaining  agreement  that  authorized  excess  sick  leave,  and  spec- 
ifying by  title(s)  the  employee(s)  whose  sick  leave  accrual  exhibited  the 
granting  of  excess  sick  leave. 

NOTb:;  Aulhorilv  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14.501.  14502.1.' 14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-1 2-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-12-2006  (Register 
2006.  No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-10-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-12-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-20-2006  and  filed  9-29-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  39). 

§  19833.6.    Notification  of  Right  to  Elect  California  State 
Teachers  Retirement  System  (CalSTRS) 
Membership. 

(a)  Determine  whether  the  district  provides  a  CalSTRS  membership 
election  form  consistent  with  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (b)  of  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  22455.5  (the  notification  and  election  form  for  the 
CalSTRS  Cash  Balance  Benefit  Program,  if  the  district  offers  that  pro- 
gram, or  the  permissive  election  and  acknowledgement  of  receipt  of 
CalSTRS  Defined  Benefit  Plan  membership  information  form,  if  the  dis- 
trict does  not  offer  the  Cash  Balance  Benefit  Program)  to  each  newly 
hired  substitute  teacher  or  part-time  employee  who  will  render  creditable 
service  as  defined  in  Education  Code  Section  221 19.5. 

(b)  If  the  required  form  is  not  provided  to  each  newly  hired  substitute 
teacher  or  part-time  employee  who  will  render  creditable  service  as  de- 
fined in  Education  Code  Section  221 19.5,  include  a  finding  in  the  Find- 
ings and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1.  Education  Code,  Reference:  Sections 
14501.  14502.1.'  14.503  and  41020.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-1 2-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-1 2-2006  (Register 
2006,  No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 0-10-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  6-12-2006  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
9-20-2006  and  filed  9-29-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  39). 

§  19834.    Proposition  20  Lottery  Funds  (Cardenas 
Textbook  Act  of  2000). 

Determine  the  amount  of  the  Proposition  20  restricted  lottery  allow- 
ance received  from  the  State  Controller. 

(a)  Verify  that  the  allowance  received  was  accounted  for  separately. 

(b)  From  the  expenditures  of  the  Proposition  20  restricted  lottery  al- 
lowance funds,  select  a  sample  and  verify  that  they  were  for  instructional 
materials  as  defined  in  subdivisions  (h),  (m),  or  (n)  of  Education  Code 
Section  60010. 

(c)  If  any  expenditure  was  not  for  instructional  materials,  include  its 
amount  in  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the 
audit  report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 

14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6- 1 7-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-1 7-2004  (Register 
2004,  No.  25).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 0- 1 5-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 


2.  New  section  refiled  9-30-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-16-2004  (Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  40).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-14-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  9-30-2004  order,  including  renumbering  of  for- 
mer section  19834  to  section  19833  and  renumbering  of  former  section  19835 
to  section  19834,  transmitted  to  OAL  12-9-2004  and  filed  1-19-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  No.  3). 

§  19835.    State  Lottery  Funds  (California  State  Lottery  Act 
of  1984). 

Determine  the  amount  of  the  non-Proposition  20  lottery  allowance  re- 
ceived from  the  State  Controller. 

(a)  Verify  that  the  allowance  was  accounted  for  separately  as  required 
by  subdivision  (k)  of  Government  Code  Section  8880.5. 

(b)  From  the  expenditures  of  the  non-Proposition  20  lottery  allowance 
funds,  select  a  sample  and  determine  whether  any  funds  were  used  for  the 
acquisition  of  real  property,  constrtiction  of  facilities,  or  financing  of  re- 
search. 

(c)  If  any  non-Proposition  20  lottery  funds  are  identified  as  having 
been  expended  for  the  acquisition  of  real  property,  construction  of  facili- 
ties, or  financing  of  research,  include  the  amount  of  the  expenditure  in 
a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  re- 
port. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-17-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-17-2004  (Register 
2004.  No.  25).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-15-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  9-30-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  10-16-2004  (Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  40).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-14-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  9-30-2004  order,  including  renumbering  of  for- 
mer section  19835  to  section  19834  and  renumbering  of  former  section  19836 
to  section  19835,  transmitted  to  OAL  12-9-2004  and  filed  1-19-2005  (Regis- 
ter 2005,  No.  3). 

§  19836.    California  School  Age  Families  Education 
(Cal-SAFE)  Program. 

If  the  school  district,  county  office  of  education,  or  charter  school  re- 
ceived Cal-SAFE  funds  for  the  audited  year,  perform  the  following  pro- 
cedures. Do  not  apply  the  materiality  provisions  set  forth  in  Section 
19813. 

(a)  Determine  whether  the  Cal-SAFE  annual  report  of  attendance  sub- 
mitted to  the  California  Department  of  Education  reconciles  to  support- 
ing documentation  by  verifying  the  local  education  agency's  calculation 
of  each  reporting  line  item. 

(b)  For  each  line  item,  select  a  representative  sample  of  Cal-SAFE  pu- 
pils whose  Average  Daily  Attendance  was  included.  For  each  pupil  in 
each  sample,  verify  the  Average  Daily  Attendance  calculation,  and  trace 
the  pupil's  daily  attendance  to  the  data  origination  documentation. 

(c)  Determine  whether  any  Cal-SAFE  pupils  generated  Average  Dai- 
ly Attendance  in  more  than  one  program.  Select  a  representative  sample 
from  among  such  pupils.  Verify  that  not  more  than  a  total  of  one  unit  of 
Average  Daily  Attendance  generated  by  each  pupil  was  included  in  the 
report. 

(d)  If  the  total  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  generated 
by  Cal-SAFE  pupils  in  their  education  programs  include  more  than  one 
unit  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  for  any  pupil,  include  a  statement  in 
the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  of  the 
number  of  excess  unit(s). 

(e)  If  any  inappropriately  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
are  identified  through  the  audit  procedures  in  subdivisions  (a)  and  (b), 
subtract  the  inappropriately  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
from  the  total  reported.  From  the  resulting  total,  subtract  any  excess  units 
of  Average  Daily  Attendance  identified  through  the  audit  procedures  in 
subdivision  (c).  Include  a  statement  in  the  Findings  and  Recommenda- 
tions section  of  the  audit  report  of  the  correct  number  of  support  services 
allowances  and  the  dollar  value  of  the  inappropriately  claimed  support 
services  allowances. 


Page  190.13 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6- 13-2008 


§  19837 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Seclion,s 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-1 7-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-1 7-2004  (Register 

2004.  No.  25).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
10-15-2004  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  9-30-2004  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 0- 1 6-2004  ( Reg- 
ister 2004,  No.  40).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  2-14-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  9-30-2004  order,  including  renumbering  of  for- 
mer section  1 9836  to  section  1 9835  and  renumbering  and  amendment  of  former 
section  19837  to  section  19836,  transmitted  lo  OAL  12-9-2004  and  filed 
1-19-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  3). 

4.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  amending  first  paragraph  and  subsections 
(d)-(e)  filed  4-14-2005  pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Reg- 
ulations (Register  2005,  No.  15). 

5.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph  filed  6-9-2006;  operative  6-9-2006  (Resister 
2006,  No.  23). 

§  19837.    School  Accountability  Report  Card. 

For  fiscal  years  2004-05  through  2006-07,  perform  the  following  pro- 
cedures: 

(a)  Obtain  copies  of  the  quarterly  report  of  summarized  complaint  data 
compiled  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (d)  of  Education  Code 
Section  35 1 86.  Identify  any  complaints  related  to  teacher  misassignment 
or  vacancies  included  in  the  summarized  data  and  compare  each  such 
complaint  to  the  information  on  teacher  misassignment  or  vacancies 
stated  in  the  School  Accountabihty  Report  Card  for  the  school  identified 
in  the  complaint,  as  required  by  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (b)(5)  of 
Education  Code  Section  33126.  If  the  information  in  the  School  Ac- 
countability Report  Card  is  inconsistent  with  the  information  in  the  com- 
plaint, interview  management  to  determine  the  basis  of  the  inconsisten- 
cy. If  the  School  Accountability  Report  Card  was  inaccurate,  include  a 
finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 

(b)  For  each  school  in  the  sample  of  schools  selected  pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 19817.1(b),  obtain  the  school  district's  or  county  office  of  educa- 
tion's completed  copy  of  the  interim  evaluation  instrument  developed  by 
the  Office  of  Public  School  Construction  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
subdivision  (d)  of  Education  Code  Section  17002.  If  the  interim  evalua- 
tion instrument  was  completed  prior  to  the  publication  of  the  school's 
School  Accountability  Report  Card,  compare  the  information  contained 
in  the  instrument  to  the  information  on  safety,  cleanliness,  and  adequacy 
of  school  facilities  contained  in  the  School  Accountability  Report  Card 
for  that  school  as  required  by  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (b)(9)  of 
Education  Code  Section  33126.  If  the  information  in  the  School  Ac- 
countability Report  Card  is  inconsistent  with  the  information  in  the  inter- 
im evaluation  instrument,  interview  management  to  determine  the  basis 
of  the  inconsistency.  If  the  School  Accountability  Report  Card  was  inac- 
curate, include  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section 
of  the  audit  report. 

(c)  For  each  school  in  the  sample  of  schools  selected  pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 19817.1(b),  compare  the  information  on  the  availability  of  .sufficient 
textbooks  and  other  instructional  materials  included  in  the  School  Ac- 
countability Report  Card  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  subdivision 
(b)(6)(B)  of  Education  Code  Section  33126  with  the  information  in  the 
resolution  reviewed  pursuant  to  Section  19828.1(b)(5)  and  the  informa- 
fion  in  the  determinafions  reviewed  pursuant  to  Section  19828.1(b)(6) 
and  Section  19828.1(b)(7).  If  the  information  in  the  School  Accountabil- 
ity Report  Card  is  inconsistent  with  the  informadon  in  the  resolution  or 
the  determinations,  interview  management  to  determine  the  basis  of  the 
inconsistency.  If  the  School  Accountability  Report  Card  was  inaccurate, 
include  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  au- 
dit report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14501,  14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  2-10-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-10-2005  (Register 

2005,  No.  6).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 


6-10-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day.  For  prior  history,  see  Register  3005,  No.  3. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-10-2005  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
5-24-2005  and  filed  6-20-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  adding  new  first  paragraph  filed  5-1 8-2007  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erative 5-1 8-2007"(Register  2007.  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-14-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed 
by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5- 1 8-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8-1-2007 
and  filed  9-10-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  37). 

§  1 9837.1 .    School  Accountability  Report  Card. 

For  fiscal  year  2007-08,  perform  the  following  procedures: 

(a)  Obtain  copies  of  the  quarterly  report  of  summarized  complaint  data 
compiled  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (d)  of  Education  Code 
Section  35 1 86.  Identify  any  complaints  related  to  teacher  misassignment 
or  vacancies  included  in  the  summarized  data  and  compare  each  such 
complaint  to  the  information  on  teacher  misassignment  or  vacancies 
stated  in  the  School  Accountability  Report  Card  for  the  school  identified 
in  the  complaint,  as  required  by  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (b)(5)  of 
Education  Code  Section  33126.  If  the  information  in  the  School  Ac- 
countability Report  Card  is  inconsistent  with  the  information  in  the  com- 
plaint, interview  management  to  determine  the  basis  of  the  inconsisten- 
cy. If  the  School  Accountability  Report  Card  was  inaccurate,  include  a 
finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 

(b)  For  each  school  in  the  sample  of  schools  selected  pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 19817.1(b),  obtain  the  school  district's  or  county  office  of  educa- 
tion's copy  of  its  most  recently  completed  school  facility  conditions  eval- 
uation instrument  developed  by  the  Office  of  Public  School  ConstrucUon 
and  approved  by  the  State  Allocation  Board,  or  a  local  evaluation  instru- 
ment that  meets  the  same  criteria,  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  subdivi- 
sion (d)  of  Education  Code  Section  17002.  If  the  evaluation  instrument 
was  completed  prior  to  the  publication  of  the  school's  School  Account- 
ability Report  Card,  compare  the  information  contained  in  the  evaluation 
instrument  to  the  information  on  safety,  cleanliness,  and  adequacy  of 
school  facilities  contained  in  the  School  Accountabihty  Report  Card  for 
that  school  as  required  by  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (b)(9)  of  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  33 1 26.  If  the  information  in  the  School  Accountability 
Report  Card  is  inconsistent  with  the  information  in  the  evaluation  instru- 
ment, interview  management  to  determine  the  basis  of  the  inconsistency. 
If  the  School  Accountability  Report  Card  was  inaccurate,  include  a  find- 
ing in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 

(c)  For  each  school  in  the  sample  of  schools  selected  pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 1 98 1 7. 1  (b),  compare  the  information  on  the  availability  of  sufficient 
textbooks  and  other  instrucfional  materials  included  in  the  School  Ac- 
countability Report  Card  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  subdivision 
(b)(6)(B)  of  Education  Code  Section  33126  with  the  information  in  the 
resolution  reviewed  pursuant  to  Section  19828.2(b)(5)  and  the  informa- 
tion in  the  determinafions  reviewed  pursuant  to  Secfion  19828.2(b)(6) 
and  Section  1 9828.2(b)(7).  If  the  informadon  in  the  School  Accountabil- 
ity Report  Card  is  inconsistent  with  the  informadon  in  the  resoludon  or 
the  determinations,  interview  management  to  determine  the  basis  of  the 
inconsistency.  If  the  School  Accountability  Report  Card  was  inaccurate, 
include  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  secdon  of  the  au- 
dit report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14501.  14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-1 8-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-18-2007  (Register 
2007,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1-14-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-1 8-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8-1-2007 
and  filed  9-10-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  37). 

3.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph  filed  6-9-2008  as  an  emergency;  operative 
6-9-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  12-8-2008  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

§  19837.2.    School  Accountability  Report  Card. 

For  fiscal  year  2008-09  and  each  fiscal  year  thereafter,  perform  the 
following  procedures: 


Page  190.14 


liegister  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


§  19845 


(a)  Obiain  copies  of  the  quarterly  report  of  summarized  complaint  data 
compiled  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (d)  of  Education  Code 
Section  35 186.  Identify  any  complaints  related  to  teacher  misassignment 
or  vacancies  included  in  the  summarized  data  and  compare  each  such 
complaint  to  the  information  on  teacher  misassignment  or  vacancies 
stated  in  the  School  Accountability  Report  Card  for  the  school  identified 
in  the  complaint,  as  required  by  the  provisions  of  subdivision  {b)(5)  of 
Education  Code  Section  33126.  If  the  information  in  the  School  Ac- 
countability Report  Card  is  inconsistent  with  the  information  in  the  com- 
plaint, interview  management  to  determine  the  basis  of  the  inconsisten- 
cy. If  the  School  Accountability  Report  Card  was  inaccurate,  include  a 
finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 

(b)  For  each  school  in  the  sample  of  schools  selected  pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 19817.1(b).  obtain  the  school  district's  or  county  office  of  educa- 
tion" s  copy  of  its  most  recently  completed  school  facility  conditions  eval- 
uation instrument  developed  by  the  Office  of  Public  School  Construction 
and  approved  by  the  State  Allocation  Board,  or  a  local  evaluation  instru- 
ment that  meets  the  same  criteria,  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  subdivi- 
sion (d)  of  Education  Code  Section  17002.  If  the  evaluation  instrument 
was  completed  prior  to  the  publication  of  the  school's  School  Account- 
ability Report  Card,  compare  the  information  contained  in  the  evaluation 
instrument  to  the  information  on  safety,  cleanliness,  and  adequacy  of 
school  facilities  contained  in  the  School  Accountability  Report  Card  for 
that  school  as  required  by  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (b)(9)  of  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  33 126.  If  the  information  in  the  School  Accountability 
Report  Card  is  inconsistent  with  the  information  in  the  evaluation  instru- 
ment, interview  management  to  determine  the  basis  of  the  inconsistency. 
If  the  School  Accountability  Report  Card  was  inaccurate,  include  a  find- 
ing in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 

(c)  For  each  school  in  the  sample  of  schools  selected  pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 1 98 1 7. 1  (b),  compare  the  information  on  the  availability  of  sufficient 
textbooks  and  other  instructional  materials  included  in  the  School  Ac- 
countability Report  Card  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  subdivision 
(b)(6)(B)  of  Education  Code  Section  33126  with  the  information  in  the 
resolution  reviewed  pursuant  to  Section  19828.3(b)(5)  and  the  informa- 
tion in  the  determinations  reviewed  pursuant  to  Section  19828.3(b)(6) 
and  Section  19828.3(b)(7).  If  the  information  in  the  School  Accountabil- 
ity Report  Card  is  inconsistent  with  the  information  in  the  resolution  or 
the  determinations,  interview  management  to  determine  the  basis  of  the 
inconsistency.  If  the  School  Accountability  Report  Card  was  inaccurate, 
include  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  au- 
dit report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14501,  14502.11,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

I .  New  section  Filed  6-9-2008  as  an  emergency;  operative  6-9-2008  (Register 
2008,  No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 2-8-2008  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

§  19838.    Mathematics  and  Reading  Professional 
Development. 

If  the  school  district  or  county  office  of  education  received  Mathemat- 
ics and  Reading  Professional  Development  funds,  perform  the  following 
procedures: 

(a)(1)  If  it  is  determined,  pursuant  to  provisions  of  Section 
19828.2(b)(5),  that  standards-aligned  textbooks  in  mathematics  or  Eng- 
lish language  arts  were  not  provided  for  each  pupil,  determine  whether 
Mathematics  and  Reading  Professional  Development  funding  was 
claimed  for  any  of  the  teachers  of  those  pupils. 

(2)  For  each  teacher  identified  in  the  foregoing  procedure,  if  any,  de- 
termine the  number  of  that  teacher's  pupils  who  were  not  provided  stan- 
dards-aligned mathematics  or  English  language  arts  textbooks  and  cal- 
culate the  applicable  penalty  by  multiplying  that  number  of  pupils  by 
$100.  Include  a  statement  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section 
of  the  audit  report  specifying  the  number  of  pupils  and  the  penalty 
amount. 


(b)(  1 )  Verify  that  the  number  of  teachers  claimed  on  the  request  for  re- 
imbursement submitted  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  did 
not  exceed  the  number  of  teachers  actually  participating  in  the  Mathe- 
matics and  Reading  Professional  Development  program. 

(2)  If  it  is  determined,  through  the  foregoing  audit  procedure  that  fewer 
teachers  participated  in  the  Mathematics  and  Reading  Professional  De- 
velopment Program  training  than  were  claimed  for  reimbursement,  in- 
clude a  statement  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the 
audit  report  specifying  the  number  of  teachers  inappropriately  reported 
for  funding  and  the  amount  of  funding  received  for  those  teachers. 

(c)(1)  Verify  that  the  training  provider  who  conducted  the  first  40 
hours  of  training  was  on  the  State  Board  of  Education-approved  list. 

(2)  If  in-house  training  was  provided  during  the  year  audited  for  any 
portion  of  the  remaining  80  hours  of  follow-up  instruction,  verify  that  the 
local  education  agency's  in-house  professional  development  met  the  re- 
quirements specified  in  subdivision  (a)(4)  of  Education  Code  Section 
99237  by  being  focused  primarily  on  the  following: 

(A)  The  mathematics  or  English  language  arts  content  standards 
adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  pursuant  to  Section  60605. 

(B)  The  curriculum  frameworks  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion for  mathematics  and  English  language  arts. 

(C)  The  use  of  instructional  materials  that  will  be  used  by  pupils  and 
are  aligned  to  the  mathematics  or  English  language  arts  content  standards 
adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  pursuant  to  Section  60605. 

(D)  Instructional  strategies  designed  to  help  all  pupils  gain  mastery  of 
the  California  academic  content  standards,  with  special  emphasis  on 
English  language  learners  and  pupils  with  exceptional  needs. 

(3)  If  it  is  determined  through  the  foregoing  audit  procedures  that  the 
school  district  or  county  office  of  education  used  an  unapproved  contrac- 
tor or  that  any  in-house  training  was  ineligible,  or  both,  include  a  finding 
in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  stating 
the  amount  inappropriately  spent. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  ] 4502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503,  41020  and  99237,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-1 8-2007  as  an  emergency:  operative  5- 1 8-2007  ( Register 
2007,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1-14-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-1 8-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8-1-2007 
and  filed  9-10-2007  (Register  2007.  No.  37). 


Article  3.1.    State  Compiiance  Procedures: 
School  Districts  and  Charter  Schools 


§  19845.    Class  Size  Reduction. 

For  fiscal  year  2003-04  only,  perform  the  following  audit  steps: 
If  the  school  district  or  charter  school  received  Class  Size  Reduction 
Program  funding  for  the  year  audited,  perform  the  following  procedures, 
using  daily  averaging  in  all  instances  in  which  averaging  is  required. 

(a)  Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  Class  Size  Reduction  Pro- 
gram claim  form  submitted  to  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(b)  Option  One  Classes 

(1)  Select  a  sample  of  classes  from  those  that  were  certilled  as  eligible 
for  Option  One  Class  Size  Reduction  Program  funding,  using  the  follow- 
ing procedures: 

(A)  The  number  of  classes  to  be  reviewed  shall  be  based  on  auditor 
judgment,  but  the  selection  of  classes  shall  be  made  randomly. 

(B)  For  each  class  selected,  the  sample  shall  include  at  least  15  days 
randomly  selected  from  all  instmctional  days  that  occurred  between  the 
first  day  of  instruction  and  April  15,  inclusive,  of  the  year  audited. 

(C)  If  class  size  for  the  sampled  classes  was  more  than  20.4  when  aver- 
aged over  a  period  from  the  first  day  of  instruction  to  April  1 5,  inclusive, 
the  auditor  shall  conduct  a  more  in-depth  review.  The  in-depth  review 
shall  be  either  of  the  following: 


Page  190.15 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


§  19845 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


1.  A  review  of  all  instmctional  days  for  all  classes  for  which  a  district 
or  charter  school  has  requested  funding  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
Education  Code  Section  52 1 26. 

2.  A  randomly  selected  sample  of  all  classes  and  instructional  days,  of 
sufficient  size  and  designed  in  such  a  manner  that  the  auditor  can  con- 
clude, with  a  95  percent  degree  of  confidence,  that  the  average  daily  class 
size  for  each  class,  when  averaged  over  the  period  from  the  first  day  of 
instruction  to  April  15,  did  not  exceed  20.4. 

(D)  The  district  or  charter  school  shall  make  the  determination  as  to 
which  of  the  two  in-depth  review  methods  set  forth  in  the  immediately 
preceding  subparagraph  shall  be  used. 

(2)  For  sampled  classes,  review  the  data  used  to  prepare  the  list  of  Op- 
tion One  classes  reported  to  the  California  Department  of  Education,  to 
verify  that  the  report  is  supported  by  contemporaneous  records. 

(3)  For  sampled  classes,  review  teacher  assignments  and  other  avail- 
able pupil  and  teacher  assignment  data  to  verify  that  the  number  of  stu- 
dents reported  as  being  under  the  immediate  supervision  of  each  assigned 
teacher  for  each  class  reported  was  the  actual  class  size  for  a  substantial 
majority  of  the  full  regular  school  day. 

(c)  Option  Two  Classes 

( 1 )  Select  a  sample  of  classes  from  those  that  were  certified  as  eligible 
for  Option  Two  Class  Size  Reduction  Program  funding,  using  the  follow- 
ing procedures: 

(A)  The  number  of  classes  to  be  reviewed  shall  be  based  on  auditor 
judgment,  but  the  selection  of  classes  shall  be  made  randomly. 

(B)  For  each  class  selected,  the  sample  shall  include  at  least  15  days 
randomly  selected  from  all  instructional  days  that  occurred  between  the 
first  day  of  instruction  and  April  15.  inclusive,  of  the  year  audited. 

(C)  If  class  size  for  the  sampled  classes  was  more  than  20.4  when  aver- 
aged over  a  period  from  the  first  day  of  instruction  to  April  15,  inclusive, 
the  auditor  shall  conduct  a  more  in-depth  review.  The  in-depth  review 
shall  be  either  of  the  following: 

1 .  A  review  of  all  instructional  days  for  all  classes  for  which  a  district 
or  charter  school  has  requested  funding  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
Education  Code  Section  52126. 

2.  A  randomly  selected  sample  of  all  classes  and  instructional  days,  of 
sufficient  size  and  designed  in  such  a  manner  that  the  auditor  can  con- 
clude, with  a  95  percent  degree  of  confidence,  that  the  average  daily  class 
size  for  each  class,  when  averaged  over  the  period  from  the  first  day  of 
instrucUon  to  April  15,  did  not  exceed  20.4. 

(D)  The  district  or  charter  school  shall  make  the  determination  as  to 
which  of  the  two  in-depth  review  methods  set  forth  in  the  immediately 
preceding  subparagraph  shall  be  used. 

(2)  For  sampled  classes,  review  the  data  used  to  prepare  the  list  of  Op- 
tion Two  classes  reported  to  the  California  Department  of  Education,  to 
verify  that  the  report  is  supported  by  contemporaneous  records. 

(3)  For  sampled  classes,  review  teacher  assignments  and  other  avail- 
able data  to  ensure  that  the  class  size  reported  was  the  maximum  actual 
class  size  for  at  least  one-half  of  the  instructional  minutes  offered  per  day 
in  each  grade  for  which  Option  Two  Class  Size  Reduction  funding  was 
claimed. 

(4)  Review  class  schedules  to  ensure  that  the  time  that  pupils  spent  in 
Option  Two  classes  was  primarily  devoted  to  instruction  in  reading  or 
mathematics. 

(d)  Class  Size  Reduction  in  districts  or  charter  schools  with  only  one 
school  serving  K-3: 

For  school  districts  or  charter  schools  that  maintain  only  one  school 
that  serves  kindergarten  and  grades  1  through  3,  verify  that: 

(1 )  The  district  or  charter  school  claimed  Class  Size  Reduction  fund- 
ing for  not  more  than  two  classes  per  participating  grade  level, 

(2)  The  pupil-to-teacher  rafio  did  not  exceed  22.4  to  1  in  any  class, 

(3)  The  average  class  size  of  all  classes  participafing  in  Class  Size  Re- 
ducfion,  combined,  did  not  exceed  20.4,  and 

(4)  The  governing  board  made  a  public  declaration  that  it  exhausted 
all  possible  alternatives  to  averaging  and  was  unable  to  achieve  a  pupil- 
to-teacher  ratio  of  20  to  1  in  a  way  that  is  educationally  acceptable. 


(e)  General  requirements: 

( 1 )  For  all  sampled  classes,  and  for  classes  claimed  for  Class  Size  Re- 
duction funding  in  districts  or  charter  schools  with  only  one  school  serv- 
ing kindergarten  and  grades  1  through  3,  review  the  school  level  informa- 
tion used  to  complete  the  California  Department  of  Education's  reporting 
form.  Verify  that: 

(A)  classes  claimed  for  funding  were  for  pupils  in  kindergarten,  or 
grades  1  to  3.  inclusive; 

(B)  if  only  one  grade  level  was  reduced,  it  was  grade  1 ; 

(C)  if  two  grade  levels  were  reduced,  they  were  grades  1  and  2;  and 

(D)  priority  was  given  to  the  reduction  of  classes  in  grades  1  and  2  be- 
fore classes  in  kindergarten  or  grade  3  were  reduced. 

(2)  For  the  sampled  classes,  verify  that  the  district  or  charter  school  did 
not  report  to  the  California  Department  of  Educafion  on  the  Class  Size 
Reduction  reporting  form: 

(A)  any  classes  consisting  of  special  educafion  pupils  enrolled  in  spe- 
cial day  classes  on  a  full-time  basis, 

(B)  any  pupil  who  was  enrolled  in  independent  study  or  home  study 
for  the  full  regular  school  day, 

(C)  any  pupil  who  was  enrolled  in  independent  study  or  home  study 
for  any  portion  of  the  full  regular  school  day,  for  that  porfion  of  each  day 
that  the  pupil  was  on  independent  study  or  home  study,  or 

(D)  any  pupil  enrolled  in  a  Class  Size  Reducfion  combination  class 
who  was  at  a  grade  level  ineligible  for  Class  Size  Reduction  funding. 

(3)  For  the  sampled  classes,  verify  that  counts  began  on  the  first  teach- 
ing day  each  class  existed. 

(4)  If  a  district  elected  to  reduce  class  size  through  the  use  of  an  early- 
late  instructional  program  and  claimed  Class  Size  Reducfion  funding  for 
Opfion  One  classes,  verify  that  it  did  not  follow  the  provisions  of  Educa- 
fion Code  Secfion  46205  when  calculafing  instrucfional  time  used  to 
qualify  for  Longer  Instructional  Day  and  Year  incenfive  funding  unless 
the  district  operated  an  early-late  instrucfional  program  pursuant  to  the 
provisions  of  Education  Code  Secfion  46205  prior  to  July  1,  1996. 

(5)  If  a  district  elected  to  reduce  class  size  through  the  use  of  an  early- 
late  instructional  program  and  claimed  Class  Size  Reduction  funding  for 
Option  Two  classes,  verify  that  it  did  not  follow  the  provisions  of  Educa- 
fion Code  Section  46205  when  calculating  instructional  fime  used  to 
qualify  for  Longer  Instructional  Day  and  Year  incenfive  funding. 

(f)  If  any  of  the  classes  reported  for  Class  Size  Reducfion  funds  is 
found  to  be  ineligible  for  such  funding  pursuant  to  any  of  the  foregoing 
audit  procedures,  or  if  any  individual  pupils  in  classes  found  to  be  eligible 
are  found  to  have  been  ineligible  because  of  their  grade  level(s)  but  to 
have  been  reported  as  eligible,  or  both,  prepare  a  schedule,  which  must 
be  presented  as  part  of  the  Findings  and  Recommendations,  summarizing 
the  results  of  all  procedures  and  presenting  the  noncompliant  classes  by 
grade  level,  number  of  classes,  number  of  pupils  incorrectly  reported  as 
eligible,  and  Class  Size  Reduction  funding  claimed  on  the  basis  of  those 
pupils,  including  the  data  for  each  ineligible  class  only  once,  even  if 
found  to  have  been  ineligible  for  Class  Size  Reducfion  funds  in  more  than 
one  of  the  steps  in  the  audit  procedures. 

(g)  Interview  management  regarding  the  district's  staff  development 
program. 

(1 )  Verify  that  the  staff  development  program  required,  as  set  forth  in 
Educafion  Code  Secfion  52127,  that  any  cerfificated  teacher  providing 
direct  instruction  to  a  class  in  the  Class  Size  Reducfion  Program  receive 
the  appropriate  training  necessary  to  maximize  the  educafional  advan- 
tages of  Class  Size  Reducfion,  including  but  not  fimited  to  methods  for 
providing  individualized  instrucfion;  effecfive  teaching,  including  class- 
room management,  in  smaller  classes;  idenfifying  and  responding  to  stu- 
dent needs;  and  opportunities  to  build  on  the  individual  strengths  of  stu- 
dents. 

(2)  If  the  district  did  not  have  a  staff  development  program  as  set  forth 
in  Education  Code  Section  52127,  include  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and 
Recommendations  secfion  of  the  audit  report  showing  the  full  amount  of 
Class  Size  Reducfion  funding  received  as  disallowed. 


Page  190.16 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


§  19845.1 


NOIH:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
1 4.502. 1 ,  1 4.503  and  4 1 020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  .3.1  heading  and  renuinbering  of  section  19826  to  section  19845 
filed  6-9-2006:  operative  6-9-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  23). 

§  1 9845.1 .    Class  Size  Reduction. 

For  fiscal  year  2004-05  and  each  fiscal  year  thereafter,  perform  the 
following  audit  steps: 

If  the  school  district  or  charter  school  received  Class  Size  Reduction 
Program  funding  for  the  year  audited,  perform  the  following  procedures, 
using  daily  averaging  in  all  instances  in  which  averaging  is  required. 

(a)  Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  Class  Size  Reduction  Pro- 
gram claim  form  submitted  to  the  California  Department  of  Education. 

(b)  Option  One  Classes 

( 1 )  Select  a  sample  of  classes  from  those  that  were  certified  as  eligible 
for  Option  One  Class  Size  Reduction  Program  funding,  using  the  follow- 
ing procedures: 

(A)  The  number  of  classes  to  be  reviewed  shall  be  based  on  auditor 
judgment,  but  the  selection  of  classes  shall  be  made  randomly. 

(B)  For  each  class  selected,  the  sample  shall  include  at  least  15  days 
randomly  selected  from  all  instructional  days  that  occurred  between  the 
first  day  of  instruction  and  April  1 5.  inclusive,  of  the  year  audited. 

(C)  If  class  size  for  the  sampled  classes  was  more  than  20.4  when  aver- 
aged over  a  period  from  the  first  day  of  instruction  to  April  1 5,  inclusive, 
the  auditor  shall  conduct  a  more  in-depth  review.  The  in-depth  review 
shall  be  either  of  the  following: 

1 .  A  review  of  all  instructional  days  for  all  classes  for  which  a  district 
or  charter  school  has  requested  funding  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
Education  Code  Section  52126. 

2.  A  randomly  selected  sample  of  all  classes  and  instructional  days,  of 
sufficient  size  and  designed  in  such  a  manner  that  the  auditor  can  con- 
clude, with  a  95  percent  degree  of  confidence,  that  the  average  daily  class 
size  for  each  class,  when  averaged  over  the  period  from  the  first  day  of 
instruction  to  April  15,  did  not  exceed  20.4. 

(D)  The  district  or  charter  school  shall  make  the  determination  as  to 
which  of  the  two  in-depth  review  methods  set  forth  in  the  immediately 
preceding  subparagraph  shall  be  used. 

(2)  For  sampled  classes,  review  the  data  used  to  prepare  the  list  of  Op- 
tion One  classes  reported  to  the  California  Department  of  Education,  to 
verify  that  the  report  is  supported  by  contemporaneous  records. 

(3)  For  sampled  classes,  review  teacher  assignments  and  other  avail- 
able pupil  and  teacher  assignment  data  to  verify  that  the  number  of  stu- 
dents reported  as  being  under  the  immediate  supervision  of  each  assigned 
teacher  for  each  class  reported  was  the  actual  class  size  for  a  substantial 
tnajority  of  the  full  regular  school  day. 

(c)  Option  Two  Classes 

( 1 )  Select  a  sample  of  classes  from  those  that  were  certified  as  eligible 
for  Option  Two  Class  Size  Reduction  Program  funding,  using  the  follow- 
ing procedures: 

(A)  The  number  of  classes  to  be  reviewed  shall  be  based  on  auditor 
judgment,  but  the  selection  of  classes  shall  be  made  randomly. 

(B)  For  each  class  selected,  the  sample  shall  include  at  least  15  days 
randomly  selected  from  all  instructional  days  that  occurred  between  the 
first  day  of  instruction  and  April  15,  inclusive,  of  the  year  audited. 

(C)  If  class  size  for  the  sampled  classes  was  more  than  20.4  when  aver- 
aged over  a  period  from  the  first  day  of  instruction  to  April  15.  inclusive, 
the  auditor  shall  conduct  a  more  in-depth  review.  The  in-depth  review 
shall  be  either  of  the  following: 

1 .  A  review  of  all  instructional  days  for  all  classes  for  which  a  district 
or  charter  school  has  requested  funding  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
Education  Code  Section  52126. 

2.  A  randomly  selected  sample  of  all  classes  and  instructional  days,  of 
sufficient  size  and  designed  in  such  a  manner  that  the  auditor  can  con- 
clude, with  a  95  percent  degree  of  confidence,  that  the  average  daily  class 
size  for  each  class,  when  averaged  over  the  period  from  the  first  day  of 
instruction  to  April  15,  did  not  exceed  20.4. 


(D)  The  district  or  charter  school  shall  make  the  determination  as  to 
which  of  the  two  in-depth  review  inethods  set  foith  in  the  immediately 
preceding  subparagraph  shall  be  used. 

(2)  For  sampled  classes,  review  the  data  used  to  prepare  the  list  of  Op- 
tion Two  classes  reported  to  the  California  Department  of  Education,  to 
verify  that  the  report  is  supported  by  contetnporaneous  records. 

(3)  For  sampled  classes,  review  teacher  assignments  and  other  avail- 
able data  to  ensure  that  the  class  size  reported  was  the  maximum  actual 
class  size  for  at  least  one-half  of  the  instructional  minutes  offered  per  day 
in  each  grade  for  which  Option  Two  Class  Size  Reduction  funding  was 
claimed. 

(4)  Review  class  schedules  to  ensure  that  the  time  that  pupils  spent  in 
Option  Two  classes  was  primarily  devoted  to  instruction  in  reading  or 
mathematics. 

(d)  Class  Size  Reduction  option  for  districts  or  charter  schools  with 
only  one  school  serving  K-3: 

For  school  districts  or  charter  schools  that  participate  in  Class  Size  Re- 
duction pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (h)  of  Education  Code 
Section  52122.  verify  that: 

(1)  The  school  had  no  more  than  two  classes  per  participating  grade 
level. 

(2)  The  governing  board  made  a  public  declaration  as  set  forth  in  sub- 
division (h)(2)  of  Education  Code  Section  52122. 

(3)  The  average  class  size  of  all  classes  participating  in  Class  Size  Re- 
duction, combined,  did  not  exceed  20.4.  and 

(4)  The  pupil-to-teacher  ratio  did  not  exceed  22.4  to  1  in  any  class. 

(e)  General  requirements: 

( 1 )  For  all  sampled  classes,  and  for  classes  claimed  for  Class  Size  Re- 
duction funding  in  districts  or  charter  schools  with  only  one  school  serv- 
ing kindergarten  and  grades  1  through  3.  review  the  school  level  informa- 
tion used  to  complete  the  California  Department  of  Education's  reporting 
form.  Verify  that: 

(A)  classes  claimed  for  funding  were  for  pupils  in  kindergarten,  or 
grades  1  to  3,  inclusive; 

(B)  if  only  one  grade  level  was  reduced,  it  was  grade  1; 

(C)  if  two  grade  levels  were  reduced,  they  were  grades  1  and  2;  and 

(D)  priority  was  given  to  the  reduction  of  classes  in  grades  I  and  2  be- 
fore classes  in  kindergarten  or  grade  3  were  reduced. 

(2)  For  the  sampled  classes,  verify  that  the  district  or  charter  school  did 
not  report  to  the  California  Department  of  Education  on  the  Class  Size 
Reduction  reporting  form: 

(A)  any  classes  consisting  of  special  education  pupils  enrolled  in  spe- 
cial day  classes  on  a  full-time  basis, 

(B)  any  pupil  who  was  enrolled  in  independent  study  or  home  study 
for  the  full  regular  school  day. 

(C)  any  pupil  who  was  enrolled  in  independent  study  or  home  study 
for  any  portion  of  the  full  regular  school  day,  for  that  portion  of  each  day 
that  the  pupil  was  on  independent  study  or  home  study,  or 

(D)  any  pupil  enrolled  in  a  Class  Size  Reduction  combination  class 
who  was  at  a  grade  level  ineligible  for  Class  Size  Reduction  funding. 

(3)  For  the  sampled  classes,  verify  that  counts  began  on  the  first  teach- 
ing day  each  class  existed. 

(4)  If  a  district  elected  to  reduce  class  size  through  the  use  of  an  early- 
late  instructional  program  and  claimed  Class  Size  Reduction  funding  for 
Option  One  classes,  verify  that  it  did  not  follow  the  provisions  of  Educa- 
tion Code  Secrion  46205  when  calculating  instructional  time  used  to 
qualify  for  Longer  Instructional  Day  and  Year  incentive  funding  unless 
the  district  operated  an  eariy-late  instructional  program  pursuant  to  the 
provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  46205  prior  to  July  1,  1996. 

(5)  If  a  district  elected  to  reduce  class  size  through  the  use  of  an  eariy- 
late  instructional  program  and  claimed  Class  Size  Reduction  funding  for 
Option  Two  classes,  verify  that  it  did  not  follow  the  provisions  of  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  46205  when  calculating  instructional  time  used  to 
qualify  for  Longer  Instructional  Day  and  Year  incentive  funding. 

(f)  If  any  of  the  classes  reported  for  Class  Size  Reduction  funding  is 
found  to  be  ineligible  for  such  funding  pursuant  to  any  of  the  foregoing 


Page  190.17 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


§  19846 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


audit  procedures,  or  if  any  individual  pupils  in  eligible  classes  are  found 
to  have  been  ineligible  because  of  their  grade  level(s)  but  to  have  been 
included  in  the  number  of  eligible  pupils  reported,  or  both,  prepare,  and 
include  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report, 
a  schedule  summarizing  the  results  of  all  procedures  and  displaying  the 
numbers  of  noncompliant  classes  by  grade  level,  number  of  pupils  incor- 
rectly reported  as  eligible,  and  Class  Size  Reduction  funding  claimed  on 
the  basis  of  those  classes  and  pupils.  Include  the  data  for  each  inehgible 
class  only  once,  even  if  found  to  have  been  ineligible  for  Class  Size  Re- 
duction funding  in  more  than  one  of  the  steps  in  the  audit  procedures.  Dis- 
play information  separately  for  classes  with  annual  average  enrollments 
determined,  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section 
52124.5,  to  be 

( 1 )  equal  to  or  greater  than  20.5  but  less  than  21 .0,  with  a  20  percent 
reduction  of  the  amount  to  which  the  district  would  otherwise  be  eligible 
for  each  such  class; 

(2)  equal  to  or  greater  than  21 .0  but  less  than  2 1 .5,  with  a  40  percent 
reduction  of  the  amount  to  which  the  district  would  otherwise  be  eligible 
for  each  such  class; 

(3)  equal  to  or  greater  than  21.5  but  less  than  2 1 .9,  with  an  80  percent 
reduction  of  the  amount  to  which  the  district  would  otherwise  be  eligible 
for  each  such  class;  and 

(4)  equal  to  or  greater  than  21.9,  with  a  100  percent  reduction  of  the 
amount  to  which  the  district  would  otherwise  be  eligible  for  each  such 
class. 

(g)  Interview  management  regarding  the  district's  staff  development 
program. 

( 1 )  Verify  that  the  staff  development  program  required,  as  set  forth  in 
Education  Code  Section  52127,  that  any  certificated  teacher  providing 
direct  instruction  to  a  class  in  the  Class  Size  Reduction  Program  receive 
the  appropriate  training  necessary  to  maximize  the  educational  advan- 
tages of  Class  Size  Reduction,  including  but  not  limited  to  methods  for 
providing  individualized  instruction;  effective  teaching,  including  class- 
room management,  in  smaller  classes;  identifying  and  responding  to  stu- 
dent needs;  and  opportunities  to  build  on  the  individual  strengths  of  stu- 
dents. 

(2)  If  the  district  did  not  have  a  staff  development  program  as  set  forth 
in  Education  Code  Section  52127,  include  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and 
Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  showing  the  full  amount  of 
Class  Size  Reduction  funding  received  as  disallowed. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  section  19826.1  to  section  19845.1  filed  6-9-2006;  operative 
6-9-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  23). 

§  19846.    After  School  Education  and  Safety  Program. 

If  the  local  education  agency  received  After  School  Education  and 
Safety  funds,  perform  the  following  procedures: 

(a)  If  the  local  education  agency  operated  an  after  school  program 
component: 

(1 )  Determine  whether  the  local  education  agency  established  a  policy 
regarding  reasonable  early  daily  release  of  pupils  from  the  program. 

(2)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  schools  for  each  program  type, 
as  that  term  is  used  in  the  attendance  report,  for  which  data  was  reported 
to  the  California  Department  of  Education  for  the  after  school  base  grant 
program.  Determine  whether  the  reported  number  of  students  served,  as 
that  term  is  used  in  the  report,  for  each  selected  school  is  supported  by 
written  records  that  document  pupil  participation,  by  tracing  the  reported 
numbers  through  any  documentation  used  to  summarize  the  numbers  of 
students  served,  to  written  data  origination  documentation. 

(3)  For  each  school  selected  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (a)(2)  of  this 
section,  determine  whether  the  after  school  program  commenced  every 
day  immediately  upon  the  conclusion  of  the  regular  schoolday,  operated 
a  minimum  of  15  hours  per  week,  and  operated  until  at  least  6:00  p.m. 
every  regular  schoolday,  by  reviewing,  for  example,  local  policies  and 


procedures,  program  staffing  schedules,  sign  in/out  sheets,  program  bro- 
chures, and  other  relevant  documentation. 

(4)  For  each  school  selected  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (a)(2)  of  this 
section,  determine  whether  elementary  school  pupils  participated  in  the 
full  day  of  the  after  school  program  on  every  day  during  which  pupils  par- 
ticipated, and  determine  whether  pupils  in  middle  or  junior  high  schools 
attended  the  after  school  program  a  minimum  of  nine  hours  a  week  and 
three  days  a  week,  except  as  consistent  with  the  established  early  release 
policy. 

(5)  If  any  noncompliance  is  found  through  the  foregoing  procedures, 
include  a  statement  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the 
audit  report,  stating  that  the  local  education  agency  did  not  have  a  policy 
on  reasonable  early  daily  release  from  the  after  school  program,  if  that 
is  the  case,  and  including  discrepancies,  if  any,  between  the  reported 
numbers  of  students  served  and  the  totals  arising  from  the  supporting 
documentation;  failure  to  operate  consistent  with  the  days/hours  require- 
ments set  forth  in  subparagraph  (a)(3)  of  this  section,  if  any;  and  the  por- 
tion of  reported  students  served  that  resulted  from  attendance,  inconsis- 
tent with  the  established  early  release  policy,  by  elementary  school  pupils 
for  less  than  the  full  day  of  the  after  school  program,  and  from  attendance 
by  middle  or  junior  high  school  pupils  for  less  than  nine  hours  a  week  or 
fewer  than  three  days  a  week,  if  any. 

(b)  If  the  local  education  agency  operated  a  before  school  program 
component: 

( 1 )  Determine  whether  the  local  education  agency  established  a  policy 
regarding  reasonable  late  daily  arrival  of  pupils  to  the  program. 

(2)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  schools  for  each  program  type, 
as  that  term  is  used  in  the  attendance  report,  for  which  data  was  reported 
to  the  California  Department  of  Education  for  the  before  school  base 
grant  program.  Determine  whether  the  reported  number  of  students 
served,  as  that  term  is  used  in  the  report,  for  each  selected  school  is  sup- 
ported by  written  records  that  document  pupil  participation,  by  tracing 
the  reported  numbers  through  any  documentation  used  to  summarize  the 
numbers  of  students  served,  to  written  data  origination  documentation. 

(3)  For  each  school  selected  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (b)(2)  of  this 
section, 

(A)  Determine  whether  the  local  education  agency  operated  the  before 
school  program  for  not  less  than  one  and  one-half  hours  per  regular 
schoolday,  by  reviewing,  for  example,  local  policies  and  procedures, 
program  staffing  schedules,  sign  in/out  sheets,  program  brochures,  and 
other  relevant  documentation. 

(B)  Determine  whether  attendance  by  pupils  for  less  than  one-half  of 
the  daily  program  hours  was  included  in  the  report  of  students  served. 

(4)  For  each  school  selected  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (b)(2)  of  this 
section,  determine  whether  elementary  school  pupils  participated  in  the 
full  day  of  the  before  school  program  on  every  day  during  which  pupils 
participated,  and  determine  whether  pupils  in  middle  or  junior  high 
schools  attended  the  before  school  program  a  minimum  of  six  hours  a 
week  and  three  days  a  week,  except  as  consistent  with  the  late  arrival 
policy. 

(5)  If  any  noncompliance  is  identified  through  the  foregoing  proce- 
dures, include  a  statement  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section 
of  the  audit  report,  stating  that  the  local  education  agency  did  not  have 
a  policy  on  reasonable  late  daily  arrival  of  pupils  to  the  before  school  pro- 
gram, if  that  is  the  case,  and  including  discrepancies,  if  any,  between  the 
reported  numbers  of  students  served  and  the  totals  arising  from  the  sup- 
porting documentation;  failure  to  operate  for  the  required  hours  each 
schoolday  as  set  forth  in  subparagraph  (b)(3)(A)  of  this  section,  if  any; 
and  the  portion  of  reported  students  served  that  resulted  from  attendance, 
inconsistent  with  the  established  late  arrival  policy,  by  elementary  school 
pupils  for  less  than  the  full  day  of  the  before  school  program,  and  by 
middle  or  junior  high  school  pupils  for  less  than  six  hours  a  week  or  fewer 
than  three  days  a  week,  if  any. 

(c)  General  requirements: 

( 1 )  Verify  that  the  local  education  agency  contributed  cash  or  in-kind 
local  funds,  equal  to  not  less  than  one-third  of  the  total  state  grant,  which 


Page  190.18 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


§  19852 


• 


may  have  originated  from  liie  school  district,  other  governmental  agen- 
cies, community  organizations,  or  the  private  sector.  Facilities  or  space 
usage  may  luirill  not  more  than  25  percent  of  the  required  local  contribu- 
tion. 

(2)  Review  program  expenditures  by  performing  the  following  proce- 
dures: 

(A)  Verify  that  expenditures  of  state  funds  for  indirect  costs  were  the 
lesser  o\'  the  local  education  agency's  indirect  cost  rate  as  approved  by 
the  California  Department  of  Education  for  the  year  audited,  or  5  percent 
of  the  state  funding  received. 

(B)  Verify  that  not  more  than  15  percent  of  the  slate  funding  was  ex- 
pended for  administrative  costs,  including  indirect  costs  charged  to  the 
program. 

(C)  Verify  that  not  less  than  85  percent  of  the  state  funding  was  allo- 
cated to  schoolsites  for  direct  services  to  pupils. 

(3)  If  the  local  education  agency  did  not  meet  the  minimum  cash  or  in- 
kind  local  contribution  requirement,  spent  state  program  funding  on  ex- 
cess indirect  costs  or  on  excess  administrative  costs,  provided  an  insuffi- 
cient allocation  to  schoolsites.  or  any  combination  of  the  foregoing, 
include  a  finding  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  au- 
dit report  stating,  correspondingly,  the  amount  of  the  local  match  require- 
ment, the  amount  by  which  the  local  education  agency  failed  to  meet  the 
match  requirement,  the  excess  amount  of  the  local  match  requirement 
fulfilled  through  facilities  or  space  usage,  the  amount(s)  inappropriately 
spent,  and  the  amount  of  the  insufficiency  in  schoolsite  allocations. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
8482.3,  14502.1,  14503  and  41020,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-1 8-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-1 8-2007  (Register 
2007.  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1-14-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-1 8-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8-1-2007 
and  filed  9-10-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  37). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)(2),  (a)(5)  and  (b)(2)  filed  6-9-2008  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  6-9-2008  (Register  2008,  No.  24).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 2-8-2008  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


Article  4. 


State  Compliance  Procedures: 
Charter  Schools 


§  19850.    Contemporaneous  Records  of  Attendance. 

(a)  Determine  whether  the  Second  Principal  report  of  attendance  sub- 
mitted to  the  California  Department  of  Education  is  supported  by  written 
contemporaneous  records  that  document  all  pupil  attendance  included  in 
the  charter  school's  Average  Daily  Attendance  calculations,  by  tracing 
the  Average  Daily  Attendance  numbers  from  the  Second  Principal  report 
of  attendance  through  any  documentation  used  by  the  charter  school  to 
summarize  attendance,  to  written  contemporaneous  data  origination 
documents. 

(b)  If  any  inappropriately  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
are  identified  through  the  foregoing  audit  procedure,  recalculate,  consis- 
tent with  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  46303,  the  correct 
number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance.  Include  a  statement  in  the 
Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  of  the  number 
of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that  were  inappropriately  reported 
for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their  dollar  value. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503,  41020,  47612.5  and  47634.2.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  4  (sections  19850-19854)  and  section  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  5-6-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order,  including  amendment  of  Note, 
transmitted  to  OAL  8-26-2005  and  filed  10-1 1-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  41). 

3.  Amendment  of  article  heading  filed  2-17-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative 
2-17-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 


mitted to  OAL  by  6-1 9-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  hy  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 
4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-1 7-2006  order,  including  further  amendment 
of  article  heading,  transmitted  (o  OAL  4-27-2006  and  filed  6-9-2006  (Rcgi.slcr 
2006.  No.  23). 

§  1 9851 .    Mode  of  Instruction. 

(a)  If  Average  Daily  Attendance  was  reported  to  the  California  Depart- 
ment of  Education  by  the  charter  school  as  generated  through  classroom- 
based  instaiction,  determine  whether  that  attendance  was  generated  in 
compliance  with  all  of  the  follovi'ing  conditions: 

(1)  The  charter  school's  pupils  were  engaged  in  educational  activities 
required  of  those  pupils,  and  the  pupils  were  under  the  immediate  super- 
vision and  control  of  an  employee  of  the  charier  school  who  possessed 
a  valid  teaching  certification  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  subdi- 
vision (/)  of  Education  Code  Section  47605. 

(2)  At  least  80  percent  of  the  instructional  time  offered  at  the  charter 
school  was  at  the  schoolsite.  The  requirement  to  be  "at  the  schoolsite"  is 
satisfied  if  either  of  the  conditions  set  forth  in  subdivision  (b)  of  Section 
11963  is  met. 

(3)  The  charter  school's  schoolsite  was  a  facility  that  was  used  princi- 
pally for  classroom  instruction  as  that  term  is  defined  in  subdivision 
(b)(1)  of  Section  11963. 

(4)  The  charter  school  required  its  pupils  to  be  in  attendance  at  the 
schoolsite  at  least  80  percent  of  the  minimum  instructional  time  required 
pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (a)(1)  of  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 47612.5. 

(b)  If  any  Average  Daily  Attendance  reported  to  the  California  Depart- 
ment of  Education  as  classroom-based  instruction  was  not  generated  in 
compliance  with  all  of  the  preceding  conditions,  it  is  not  eligible  for  ap- 
portionments unless  it  was  generated  in  full  compliance  with  the  require- 
ments set  forth  in  Section  19852.  If  it  was  not  generated  in  full  com- 
phance  with  the  requirements  set  forth  in  Section  19852.  include  a 
statement  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  re- 
port of  the  number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that  were  inap- 
propriately reported  for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their  dollar 
value. 

NoTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503,  41020,  47612.5  and  47634.2,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register 

2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order,  including  amendment  of  first 
paragraph  and  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  8-26-2005  and  filed  10-1  l-2(X)5 
(Reg'ister2005.  No.  41). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  2-17-2006  as  an  emergency;  operative 
2-17-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  6-19-2006  oremergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  amending  subsection  (c)(3)  filed  5-12-2006 
pursuant  to  section  1 00,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2006, 
No.  19). 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-17-2006  order,  including  further  amendment 
of  subsection  (b),  transmitted  to  OAL  4-27-2006  and  filed  6-9-2006  (Register 

2006,  No.  23). 

6.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  renumbering  section  19851  to  section  19852 
and  renumbering  section  19852  to  section  1985 1,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion heading  and  subsections  (a)  and  (b),  filed  3-1-2007  pursuant  to  section 
100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2007,  No.  9). 

§  19852.    Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction/Independent 
Study. 

If  Average  Daily  Attendance  was  reported  by  the  charter  school  to  the 
California  Department  of  Education  as  generated  through 
nonclassroom-based  instruction  (independent  study),  or  was  reported  as 
generated  through  classroom-based  instruction  but  was  not  generated  in 
compliance  with  all  of  the  conditions  set  forth  in  subdivision  (a)  of  Sec- 
tion 19851,  perform  the  following  procedures: 

(a)  Determine  whether  the  governing  body  of  the  charter  school  had 
adopted  written  policies  for  independent  study  as  required  by  the  provi- 
sions of  Education  Code  Section  51747.  If  it  had  not,  any  reported  Aver- 


Page  190.19 


Register  2(K)8,  No.  24;  6- 13-2008 


§  19853 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


age  Daily  Attendance  generated  through  independent  study  is  not  ehgi- 
ble  for  apportionment.  If  the  required  policies  were  in  place,  determine 
whether  any  reported  Average  Daily  Attendance  was  generated  before 
the  written  policies  were  adopted.  Any  reported  Average  Daily  Atten- 
dance generated  through  independent  study  before  the  written  policies 
were  adopted  is  not  eligible  for  apportionment. 

(b)  Verify  the  charter  school's  calculation,  made  pursuant  to  Section 
1 1 704,  of  ineligible  Average  Daily  Attendance,  if  any,  generated  through 
full-time  independent  study. 

(c)  Verify  that  the  documentation  used  by  the  charter  school  to  sum- 
marize monthly  attendance  provides  accurate  information.  If  the  charter 
school  had  multiple  sites  through  which  it  provided  independent  study, 
select  a  sample  of  school  sites  that  is  representative  of  the  charter 
.school's  grade  spans  (elementary,  middle,  and  high  schools)  and  suffi- 
cient in  size  to  allow  the  auditor  to  draw  a  reasonable  conclusion  with  re- 
spect to  the  charter  school's  compliance  with  independent  study  require- 
ments. Perform  the  following  procedures: 

( 1 )  Determine  the  total  number  of  days  of  attendance  reported  for  each 
sampled  site  that  resulted  from  attendance  by  pupils  while  engaged  in  in- 
dependent study.  Reconcile  the  monthly  totals  (days  of  apportionment 
attendance)  on  the  site's  attendance  summary  to  the  summary  maintained 
by  the  charter  school  for  the  Second  Principal  attendance  report. 

(2)  Select  a  test  month  in  the  Second  Principal  attendance  reporting  pe- 
riod. Verify  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  monthly  report,  or  its 
equivalent  if  no  monthly  report  is  prepared,  and  trace  totals  to  the  site's 
attendance  summary. 

(3)  Verify  that  a  certificated  employee  of  the  charter  school,  as  defined 
by  Section  1 1700.1 ,  coordinated,  evaluated,  and  provided  general  super- 
vision, as  that  term  is  defined  in  SecUon  1 17(X)(b),  of  each  pupil's  inde- 
pendent study,  as  required  by  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (a)  of  Educa- 
tion Code  Secfion  51747.5. 

(4)  Select  a  representative  sample  of  teachers.  Verify  the  mathematical 
accuracy  of  the  teachers'  attendance  records  of  pupil  attendance.  Trace 
the  monthly  totals  from  the  monthly  report  to  the  attendance  records. 

(d)  From  the  attendance  records,  select  a  representative  sample  of  pu- 
pils for  whom  Average  Daily  Attendance  generated  through  independent 
study  was  claimed,  including  pupils  on  intermittent  ("short  term")  inde- 
pendent study,  if  the  charter  school  offered  that  opdon,  and  perform  the 
following  procedures: 

(1)  Determine  each  pupil's  county  of  residence  at  the  time  of  com- 
mencing independent  study  and  verify  that  it  is  the  county  in  which  the 
apportionment  claim  is  reported  or  a  contiguous  county  within  Califor- 
nia. 

(2)  Determine  whether  mailing  addresses  or  other  evidence  of  residen- 
cy changed  during  the  time  the  pupils  were  in  independent  study  and,  if 
so,  whether  each  pupil  remained  a  resident  of  the  same  or  a  contiguous 
county  within  California. 

(3)  Verify  that,  on  each  day  for  which  a  pupil's  attendance  was  re- 
ported, the  pupil  engaged  in  an  educational  activity  or  activiUes  required 
of  him  or  her  by  the  charter  school. 

(4)  Verify  that  each  day  of  each  pupil '  s  attendance  included  in  calcula- 
tions of  Average  Daily  Attendance  took  place  on  one  of  the  charter 
school's  schooldays. 

(5)  Verify  that  a  total  of  not  more  than  one  day  of  attendance  was  re- 
corded for  each  pupil  for  any  calendar  day  on  which  school  was  in  ses- 
sion. 

(6)  Verify  that  a  written  agreement  exists  for  each  pupil. 

(7)  Verify  that  every  written  agreement  contained  all  the  elements  re- 
quired by  the  provisions  of  Educafion  Code  Secfion  51747(c): 

(A)  The  manner,  fime,  frequency,  and  place  for  submitting  a  pupil's 
assignments  and  for  reporting  his  or  her  progress. 

(B)  The  objectives  and  methods  of  study  (pupil  activities  selected  by 
the  supervising  teacher  as  the  means  to  reach  the  educational  objectives 
set  forth  in  the  written  agreement)  for  the  pupil's  work. 

(C)  The  methods  utilized  to  evaluate  that  work  (any  specified  proce- 
dure through  which  a  cerfificated  teacher  personally  assesses  the  extent 


to  which  achievement  of  the  pupils  meets  the  objectives  set  forth  in  the 
written  assignment). 

(D)  The  specific  resources,  including  materials  and  personnel,  to  be 
made  available  to  the  pupils  (resources  reasonably  necessary  to  the 
achievement  of  the  objecfives  in  the  written  agreement,  not  to  exclude  re- 
sources normally  available  to  all  pupils  on  the  same  terms  as  the  terms 
on  which  they  are  normally  available  to  all  pupils). 

(E)  A  statement  of  the  policies  adopted  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
subdivisions  (a)  and  (b)  of  Educafion  Code  Section  51747  regarding  the 
maximum  length  of  time  allowed  between  the  assignment  and  the 
completion  of  a  pupil's  assigned  work,  and  the  number  of  assignments 
a  pupil  may  miss  before  there  must  be  an  evaluation  of  whether  it  is  in 
the  pupil's  best  interests  to  continue  in  independent  study. 

(F)  The  duration  of  the  independent  study  agreement,  including  the  be- 
ginning and  ending  dates  for  the  pupil's  participation  in  independent 
study  under  the  agreement,  with  no  agreement  being  for  a  period  longer 
than  one  semester,  or  one-half  year  for  a  school  on  a  year-round  calen- 
dar. 

(G)  A  statement  of  the  number  of  course  credits  or,  for  the  elementary 
grades,  other  measures  of  academic  accomplishment  appropriate  to  the 
agreement,  to  be  earned  by  the  pupil  upon  completion. 

(H)  A  statement  in  each  independent  study  agreement  that  indepen- 
dent study  is  an  optional  educational  altemafive  in  which  no  pupil  may 
be  required  to  participate. 

(I)  Signatures,  affixed  prior  to  the  commencement  of  independent 
study,  by 

1.  the  pupil; 

2.  the  pupil's  parent,  legal  guardian,  or  caregiver  as  that  term  is  used 
in  Family  Code  Section  6550  and  following,  if  the  pupil  was  less  than  18 
years  of  age; 

3.  the  certificated  employee  who  was  designated  as  having  responsi- 
bility for  the  general  supervision  of  the  pupil's  independent  study;  and 

4.  all  other  persons,  if  any,  who  had  direct  responsibility  for  providing 
assistance  to  the  pupil. 

(8)  Verify  that  no  days  of  attendance  were  reported  for  dates  prior  to 
the  signing  of  the  agreement  by  all  parties. 

(9)  Verify  that  evaluated  pupil  work  samples,  bearing  signed  or  ini- 
tialed and  dated  notafions  by  the  supervising  teacher  indicafing  that  he 
or  she  personally  evaluated  the  work,  or  that  he  or  she  personally  re- 
viewed the  evaluafions  made  by  another  certificated  teacher,  have  been 
retained  in  the  file. 

(e)  If  any  inappropriately  reported  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance 
are  identified  through  the  foregoing  audit  procedures,  recalculate,  con- 
sistent with  the  provisions  of  Educafion  Code  Secfion  46303,  the  correct 
number  of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance.  Include  a  statement  in  the 
Findings  and  Recommendations  secfion  of  the  audit  report  of  the  number 
of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that  were  inappropriately  reported 
for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their  dollar  value. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.],  14503,  41020,  47612.5  and  47634.2,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register 
2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order,  including  amendment  of  Note, 
transmitted  to  OAL  8-26-2005  and  filed  10-1 1-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  41). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  renumbering  section  19852  to  section  19851 
and  renumbering  section  19851  to  section  19852,  including  amendment  of  first 
paragraph,  filed  3-1-2007  pursuant  to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of 
Regulations  (Register  2007,  No.  9). 

§  19853.     Determination  of  Funding  for 

Nonclassroom-Based  Instruction. 

If  more  than  20  percent  of  the  charter  school's  total  Average  Daily 
Attendance  was  generated  through  nonclassroom-based  instrucfion  (in- 
dependent study)  as  set  forth  in  Section  19852,  perform  the  following 
procedures: 

(a)  Determine  whether  the  charter  school  has 


Page  190.20 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


Education  Audit  Appeals  Panel 


§  19854 


• 


• 


• 


( 1)  a  mulli-year  funding  determination,  made  pursuant  to  the  provi- 
sions of  subdivision  (d)  of  Education  Code  Section  47612.5  and  of  Sec- 
tion 47634.2.  that  applies  to  the  year  being  audited  and  that  was  granted 
in  a  year  prior  to  the  year  being  audited,  or 

(2)  a  funding  determination  otherwise  applicable  to  the  year  audited. 

(b)  if  the  charier  school  does  not  have  either  type  of  funding  deter- 
mination specified  in  subdivision  (a)  of  this  section,  the  charter  school 
was  not  eligible  for  funding  for  any  Average  Daily  Attendance  generated 
through  nonclassroom-based  instruction.  Include  a  statement  in  the 
Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report  of  the  number 
of  units  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  that  were  inappropriately  reported 
for  apportionment  and  an  estimate  of  their  dollar  value. 

(c)  If  the  charter  school  has  a  funding  determination  as  specified  in 
subdivision  (a)(2)  of  this  section,  and  the  charter  school  was  in  operation 
in  the  fiscal  year  prior  to  the  year  being  audited,  verify  the  accuracy  of 
the  following  data  submitted  by  the  charter  school  to  the  California  De- 
partment of  Education  on  the  nonclassroom-based  funding  determina- 
tion form  applicable  to  the  year  being  audited: 

(1)  The  charter  school's  federal  revenues,  including  start-up,  imple- 
mentation, and  dissemination  grant(s);  stale  revenues;  local  revenues,  in- 
cluding in  lieu  of  property  taxes;  and  other  financing  sources. 

(2)  The  charier  school's  total  expenditures  for  instruction  and  related 
services. 

(3)  The  charter  school's  total  expenditures  for  salaries  and  benefits  for 
all  certificated  employees  as  defined  in  subdivision  (c)(1)  of  Section 
11963.3. 

(4)  The  charter  school's  pupil-teacher  ratio  calculated  pursuant  to 
Section  1 1704,  and,  if  submitted,  the  pupil-teacher  ratio  of  the  largest 
unified  school  district  in  the  county  or  counties  in  which  the  charter 
school  operates. 

(5)  The  listing  of  entities  that  received,  in  the  previous  fiscal  year, 
$50,000  or  more  or  ten  (10)  percent  or  more  of  the  charter  school's  total 
expenditures  identified  pursuant  to  subparagraphs  (B),  (C),  (D).  and  (E) 
of  subdivision  (a)(5)  of  Section  1 1 963.3;  the  amount  received  by  each  en- 
tity; whether  each  of  any  such  contract  payments  was  based  upon  specific 
services  rendered  or  upon  an  amount  per  unit  of  Average  Daily  Atten- 
dance or  some  other  percentage;  and  an  identification  of  which  entities, 
if  any,  had  contracts  that  included  provision  for  payments  based  on  a  per 
unit  of  Average  Daily  Attendance  amount  or  some  other  percentage. 

(d)  If  any  inaccurate  data  is  identified  through  the  immediately  forego- 
ing audit  procedures,  prepare  a  schedule  displaying  the  inaccurate  data 
and  the  corresponding  correct  data.  Include  the  schedule  in  the  Findings 
and  Recommendations  secfion  of  the  audit  report. 

(e)  If  a  funding  determination  applicable  to  the  year  audited  was  made 
for  the  charter  school  by  the  State  Board  of  Education,  pursuant  to  the 
provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  47634.2,  confirm  that  the  govern- 
ing board  of  the  charter  school  has  adopted  and  implemented  conflict  of 
interest  policies  as  required  by  subdivision  (b)(1)(C)  of  Section  1 1963.3. 
If  the  governing  board  of  the  charier  school  has  not  adopted,  or  has 
adopted  but  has  not  implemented,  conflict  of  interest  policies  as  required, 
include  a  statement  in  the  Findings  and  Recommendations  section  of  the 
audit  report  that  states  the  policies  were  not  adopted,  if  that  is  the  case; 
or  that  the  policies  were  not  implemented,  if  that  is  the  case,  and  describes 
the  relevant  facts. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14.S02.1,  14503,  41020  and  47634.2,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register 
2005.  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 


section (c),  transmitted  to  OAL  8-26-2005  and  filed  1 0-11 -2005  iRcL'isler 
2005,  No.  41). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (c)(4H  5)  filed  2-1 7-2006  as  an  emergency:  opera- 
tive 2-17-2006  (Register  2006,  No.  7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  6-19-2006  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-1 7-2006  order,  including  further  amendment 
of  subsection  (c)(4),  transmitted  to  OAL  4-27-2006  and  filed  6-9-2006  (Reg- 
ister 2006.  No.  23). 

5.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  amending  first  paragraph  filed  3-1-2007  pur- 
suant to  section  100,  title  1 .  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2007,  No. 
9). 


§19854. 


Classroom 


Kindergarten 
Grades  1  through  3 
Grades  4  through  8 
Grades  9  through  12 


Annual  Instructional  Minutes 
Based. 

(a)  Review  the  charter  school's  attendance  calendar  and  bell  (class) 
schedules  or  other  available  comparable  documentation.  If  the  charter 
school  has  muUiple  sites,  select  a  sample  of  school  sites  that  is  representa- 
tive of  the  charter  school's  grade  spans  (elementary,  middle,  and  high 
schools). 

(b)  For  each  sampled  site,  compare  the  amount  of  instructional  min- 
utes offered  for  each  grade  level  during  the  year  being  audited  to  the 
amount  of  instrucfional  minutes  required  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
subdivision  (a)(  1 )  of  Education  Code  Secfion  476 1 2.5  as  set  forth  below: 

36,000  minutes 
50,400  minutes 
54,000  minutes 
64,800  minutes 

(c)  Determine  whether  the  charter  school  offered  optional  classes  to 
safisfy  instrucfional  minutes  requirements.  If  enrollment  in  optional 
classes  was  low,  review  the  charter  school's  documentation  of  class  of- 
ferings to  ensure  that  the  charter  school  acted  effecfively  to  comply  with 
the  law.  Practices  that  are  not  consistent  with  effecfively  offering  instruc- 
fional time  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  offering  only  a  small  num- 
ber of  courses  that  in  addifion  are  appropriate  only  for  limited  numbers 
of  pupils,  and  courses  scheduled  such  that  pupils  may  take  them  only  by 
giving  up  their  lunch  period. 

(d)  Prepare  the  "Schedule  of  Instructional  Time"  that  must  be  pres- 
ented in  the  Supplementary  Information  secfion  of  the  audit  report,  show- 
ing by  grade  span  the  minimum  instrucfional  minutes  requirements  spe- 
cified in  subdivision  (a)(3)  of  Education  Code  Section  46201.  the 
instrucfional  minutes  offered  during  the  year  being  audited  showing  the 
sampled  site  with  the  lowest  number  of  minutes  offered  at  each  grade 
span;  and  whether  the  charier  school  complied  with  the  instructional 
minutes  provisions. 

(e)  If  the  charter  school  did  not  offer  the  required  number(s)  of  instruc- 
fional minutes,  prepare  a  separate  schedule  for  each  site,  showing  only 
the  grade  level(s)  that  were  not  in  compliance,  and  calculate  a  proportion- 
al reduction  in  apportionment  consistent  with  the  provisions  of  subdivi- 
sion (c)  of  Education  Code  Secfion  47612.5.  Include  both  the  schedule(s) 
and  the  calculated  reduction  in  apportionment,  in  a  finding  in  the  Find- 
ings and  Recommendations  section  of  the  audit  report. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  14502.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
14502.1,  14503,  41020,  47612.5  and  47634.2.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-6-2005  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-6-2005  (Register 
2005,  No.  18).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-6-2005  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-6-2005  order,  including  amendment  of  NoTi;. 
transmitted  to  OAL  8-26-2005  and  filed  10-1 1-2005  (Register  2005,  No.  41 ). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  5-18-2007  as  an  emergency;  operative 
5-18-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  1  l-]4-2(X)7  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  op- 
eration of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-1 8-2007  order  transmitted  to  OAL  8-1  -2007 
and  filed  9-10-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  37). 


*      *      * 


Page  190.21 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


•  *- — 

Barclays  Official 

California 

Code  of 
Regulations 


Title  5.     Education 

Division  2.     California  State  Library 


Vol.6 


XHOIVISOISI 

* 

\A/EST 


•  Barclays  Official  California  Code  of  Regulations 

425  Market  Street  •  Fourth  Floor  •  San  Francisco,  CA  94105 
800-888-3600 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


Table  of  Contents 


Division  2.     California  State  Library 


Table  of  Contents 


Page 


Chapter  ] . 

Subchapter  1. 

Article  1. 

§  20000. 
S  20002. 
§  20003. 
§  20004. 

Article  2. 

§  20020. 
§  20021. 

Article  3. 

§  20050. 

Subchapter  2. 

Article  1. 

§20100. 
§20101. 
§20102. 

§  20103. 
§  20104. 
§  20105. 

§  20106. 
§20107. 


Library  Services  Provided  by  the 
Slate  


191 


Article  2. 


§20116. 
§20117. 
§20118. 
§20119. 
§20120. 


§20121 
§20122 
§  20123 

§  20124 
§  20125 
§20127 
§20130 
§20131 
§20134 


Article  3. 

§20135. 

§20136. 

§  20140. 
§20145. 

Article  4. 

§20150. 


State  Library 191 

General  Provisions 191 

Loan  Period. 

Replacement  Copies  of  a  Book. 
Payment  for  Photostatic  Copies. 
Use  of  Books  on  Library  Premises. 

Interlibrary  Loans 191 

General  Policies. 
Request  for  Loan. 

Service  to  Individuals  191 

Direct  Library  Loan  Service  to 
Individuals. 

California  Library 

Services  191 

General  Provisions 191 

Scope. 

General  Provisions. 

Special  Filing  Provisions  for 

1978/79. 

Waiver  of  Filing  Date. 

Eligibility  to  Participate. 

General  Requirements  for 

Participation. 

Uniform  Population  Statistics. 

Definitions. 

California  Library  Services 

Board  Procedures  192.1 

Officers  of  the  State  Board. 

Quorum. 

Regular  Meetings. 

Notices. 

Open  Meetings  of  Committees, 

Commissions,  and  Advisory 

Bodies. 

Open  Meetings. 

Special  Meetings. 

Emergency  Meetings  and  Agenda 

Items. 

Agenda. 

Speakers. 

Roberts  Rules  of  Order. 

Public  Hearings. 

Waiver  by  Presiding  Officer. 

Public  Records. 

General  Provisions  for 

Systems 192.2 

System  Budget  Request  and  Plan  of 

Service. 

System  Administrative  Policy 

Manual. 

System  Administration. 

System  Advisory  Board. 

System  Reference 192.3 

Definitions. 


§20151. 

Local  Flexibility. 

§20152. 

Integrated  Service  Program. 

§  20153. 

Principles. 

§20154. 

Service  Components. 

§20155. 

General  Improvement  of  Local 
Reference  Service. 

§20156. 

Improvement  of  Reference  Servict 
to  the  Undeserved. 

§20157. 

Interlibrary  Reference. 

§20158. 

Allowance. 

§  20160. 

Special  Requirements  for  1978/79 
and  1979/80  Allowance. 

§20161. 

F'equirements  for  Allowance  for 
Years  Following  1979/80. 

§  20162. 

Single  Library  Systems. 

Article  5. 

Consolidations  and 

Affiliations 

192.4(a) 

§20180. 

Public  Library  Consolidations. 

§20185. 

System  Consolidations. 

§20190. 

Public  Library  Affiliation  with  an 
Eixisting  System. 

§20192. 

Public  Library  Withdrawal  from 
System  Membership. 

§  20195. 

Public  Library  Change  of  System 
Membership. 

Article  6. 

Direct  Loans  

192.4(b) 

§  20200. 

Scope. 

§  20203. 

Residency. 

§  20204. 

Loans  to  Eligible  Non-Resident 
Borrowers. 

§  20205. 

Non-Resident  Borrower  Eligibility. 

§  20206. 

Valid  Identification. 

§  20210. 

Eixchange  of  Local  Funds 
Prohibited. 

§20211. 

Maintenance  of  Local  Service 
Standards. 

§  20215. 

FLeimbursement  for  Net  Direct 
Loans. 

§  20216. 

Reporting  Requirements. 

§  20217. 

Reimbursable  Costs. 

Article  7. 

Communication  and 

Delivery  

192.4(b) 

§  20235. 

Definition  of  Reporting  Terms. 

Article  8. 

Interlibrary  Loans 

192.4(c) 

§20251. 

Scope. 

§  20252. 

Intent. 

§  20255. 

Eligibility. 

§  20257. 

Fleimbursable  Transaction. 

§  20260. 

Reimbursable  Costs. 

§  20265. 

Participation  Requirements. 

Subchapter  2. 

Library  of  California 

192.4(c) 

Article  L 

General  Provisions 

192.4(c) 

§  20300. 

Scope. 

§20301. 

Funding  Provisions. 

Article  2. 

Definitions 

192.4(d) 

§  20302. 

Definitions. 

Article  3. 

Library  of  California 

Board 

192.4(d) 

Page  i 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  XX 


§  20303. 

§  20304. 
§  2030,*^. 
§  20306. 
§  20307. 
§  20308. 
§  20309. 
§20310. 

Article  4. 

§20311. 
§20312. 
§20313. 

§20314. 

§20315. 
Article  5. 

§20316. 
§  20317. 
§20318. 
§20319. 
§  20320. 

§20321. 


Page 

Powers  and  Duties  of  the  State 

Board. 

Officers  of  the  State  Board. 

Quorum. 

Meetings  of  the  State  Board. 

Speakers. 

Robert's  Rules  of  Order. 

Public  Hearings. 

Public  Records. 

Eligible  Libraries 192.4(e) 

Continuation  of  Membership. 

Resource  Sharing  Standards. 

Affiliation  with  a  Regional  Library 

Network. 

Withdrawal  from  a  Regional  Library 

Network. 

Membership  Eligibility  Appeals. 

Regional  Library 

Networks  192.4(0 

Establishment  of  Regional  Library 

Networks. 

Consolidation  of  Regional  Library 

Networks. 

Realignment  of  Regional  Library 

Networks. 

Division  of  Regional  Library 

Networks. 

Regional  Library  Network 

Long-Range  Plan  and  Annual  Plan 

of  Service. 

Administration  of  Regional  Library 

Networks. 


Article  6. 

Access  Services 192.4(g) 

§  20322. 

Interlibrary  Loan. 

§  20323. 

Patron  Referral  and  Onsite  Services. 

§  20324. 

Direct  Loan. 

§  20325. 

Additional  Direct  Loan  Provisions 

for  Public  Library  Jurisdictions. 

§  20326. 

Electronic  Direct  Access. 

Article  7. 

Statewide  Services  I92.4(i) 

§  20327. 

Telecommunications. 

§  20328. 

Bibliographic  Databases. 

§  20329. 

Specialized  Reference  and 

Information  Provision. 

§  20330. 

Enhanced  Reference  and 

Information  Service. 

§  20331. 

Cooperative,  Coordinated  Resource 

Development. 

§  20332. 

Preservation. 

Subchapter  3. 

Library  Services  for  the 

Blind  192.4(1) 

Page 

§  20400.  Toil-Free  Telephone  Service. 

Chapter  2.  California  Library  Construction 

and  Renovation  Board  192.4(1) 

Article  1 .  General  Provisions 192.4(1) 

§  20410.  Definitions. 

Article  2.  California  Library 

Construction  and  Renovation 

Program   192.4(1) 

§  20412.  Eligibility  for  Grants. 

§20414.  Purposes  of  Grants. 

§  20416.  Matching  Funds. 

§  2041 8.  Normal  Public  Construction  Costs 

and  Excessive  Costs. 
§  20420.  Application  for  Grants. 

§  20422.  Audits  and  State  Payments. 

§  20424.  Facility  Dedicated  to  Direct  Public 

Library  Service. 
§  20426.  Changes  in  Projects  and  Withdrawal 

of  a  Grant. 

Chapter  3.            California  Reading  and  Literacy 
Improvement  and  Public  Library 
Construction  and  Renovation 
Bond  Act  of  2000  192.57 

Article  1.  General  Provisions 192.57 

§  20430.  Definitions. 

Article  2.  California  Library 

Construction  and  Renovation 
Program  192.58 

§  20432.  Purposes  of  Grants. 

§  20434.  Funding  Priorities. 

§  20436.  Determining  Project  Costs. 

§  20438.  Site  and  Title  Requirements. 

§  20440.  Grant  Application  Requirements. 

Appendix  1  Application  Form 192.66 

Appendix  2  Required  Elements  for  Joint  Use  Cooperative 

Agreements 192.96 

Appendix  3  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment 

Components    192.96 

Appendix  4  Library  Plan  of  Service  Components  . . .    192.97 

Appendix  5  Library  Building  Program 

Components    192.98 

Appendix  6  Requirements  for  Site  Lease  and  Lease- 
Purchase  Agreements 192.99 

§  20442.  Submission  of  Applications  and 

Grant  Awards. 

§  20444.  State  Payments;  Fiscal  and  Program 

Compliance  Review. 


Page  ii 


(4-25-2003) 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§20101 


Division  2.     California  State  Library 


• 


Chapter  1.    Library  Services  Provided  by 
the  State 


Subchapter  1.    State  Library 


Article  1.     General  Provisions 

§  20000.     Loan  Period. 

(a)  Books  and  like  materials  are  lent  for  five  weeks. 

(b)  Periodicals  are  lent  for  three  weeks. 

(c)  Foreign  language  fiction  is  lent  for  three  months. 

(d)  Exceptions  to  the  above  loan  periods  may  be  made  for  certain  types 
of  material  or  for  special  needs  of  the  borrower. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  1 :  Sections  19304  and  19320,  Education  Code. 
Issuing  agencies:  State  Board  of  Education  and  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion. Reference:  Sections  19320  and  19330,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Editorial  renumbering  of  Chapter  2,  Subchapter  1,  to  Division  24,  Chapter  I 
(Register  69,  No.  5 1 ).  For  prior  history  see  Register  66,  No.  2. 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (c)  filed  5-5-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  82,  No.  19). 

4.  Editorial  renumbering  of  Division  1.  Chapter  24  (sections  20000-20400)  to  Di- 
vision 2,  Chapter  1 ,  and  editorial  renumbering  of  former  Division  2,  Chapter  1 
(Sections  20410-20426)  to  new  Division  2,  Chapter  2  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 
For  prior  history,  see  Register  90,  No.  50. 

§  20002.    Replacement  Copies  of  a  Book. 

NOTE:  Authority  eiled:  Sections  19304  and  19320.  Education  Code.  Reference; 
Seetions  19304,  19320  and  19332-19334,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
39). 

2.  Repealer  filed  5-5-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  19). 

§  20003.     Payment  for  Photostatic  Copies. 

(a)  A  private  individual  or  a  firm  shall  pay  in  advance  of  delivery  for 
photostatic  copies,  or  any  other  item  that  may  be  sold  by  the  State  Li- 
brary. 

(b)  Public  agencies  may  buy  and  receive  delivery  of  such  copies  or 
other  items,  and  be  billed  later  for  the  purchase  price. 

NOTE:  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Sections  19304  and  19320,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  NOTE  filed  5-3-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  1 9). 

§  20004.     Use  of  Bool<s  on  Library  Premises. 

Any  person  may  use  in  reading  rooms  of  the  State  Library  any  books, 
periodicals,  and  like  material.  He  shall  not.  however,  mark,  cut,  tear,  de- 
face, or  remove  any  pages  or  parts  thereof.  Any  person  who  does  so,  may 
thereafter  be  denied  the  use  of  any  library  material. 
NOTE:  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Sections  19304  and  19320,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  NOTE  filed  5-5-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  19). 


Article  2.     Interiibrary  Loans 

§  20020.    General  Policies. 

State  Library  books  and  materials  which  are  permitted  to  circulate 
shall  be  made  available  to  inhabitants  of  the  State  through  a  loan  service. 

(a)  Where  there  is  a  local  library,  all  requests  for  loan  of  State  Library 
materials  shall  be  made  through  a  local  library,  except  as  provided  in  Sec- 
tion 20050. 


(b)  In  addition  to  borrowing  through  any  library  which  they  arc  en- 
titled to  use,  high  school  students  in  schools  where  no  established  school 
library  exists  may  borrow  through  a  high  school  district  employee  desig- 
nated by  the  proper  school  authorities  to  handle  library  requests. 

(c)  Direct  service  to  individuals  may  be  made  as  provided  in  Section 
20050. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  19304  and  19320,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  19320  and  19330,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  5-5-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thercaher 
(Register  82,  No.  19). 

§  20021 .  Request  for  Loan. 

The  State  Library  shall  loan  any  book  or  periodical  which  is  available 
for  loan  purposes  to  any  other  public  or  private  library  in  California  upon 
receipt  of  a  request  from  the  borrowing  library. 
NOTE:  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Sections  19304  and  1 9320,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  NOTE  filed  5-5-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  ( Register  82,  No.  1 9). 


Article  3.    Service  to  Individuals 

§  20050.    Direct  Library  Loan  Service  to  Individuals. 

The  State  Library  shall  give  direct  library  loan  service  to  the  following 
persons  only,  and  upon  proper  identification: 

(a)  Members  of  the  California  Legislature. 

(b)  Legislative  staff  members,  State  officers  and  employees. 

(c)  Accredited  representatives  of  the  Capitol  Correspondents  Associ- 
ation as  published  in  most  recent  legislative  histories. 

(d)  Employees,  located  in  Sacramento,  of  Organizations  Representing 
California  State  Employees  as  verified  by  the  State  Personnel  Board. 

(e)  A  resident  of  the  State  in  an  area  where  no  local  library  service  is 

available. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Anicle  3:  Sections  19304  and  19320,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  19320  and  19330,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  3-19-71;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  71.  No. 
12). 

2.  Amendment  filed  1-25-72;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  72.  No. 
5). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  4-18-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  75,  No.  16). 

4.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

5.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  5-5-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
82,  No.  19). 


Subchapter  2.    California  Library  Services 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§20100.    Scope. 

The  regulations  contained  in  this  chapter  shall  implement  the  Califor- 
nia Library  Services  Act,  Chapter  4  of  Part  11  of  Division  1  of  Title  I  of 
the  Education  Code,  beginning  with  section  18700  thereof. 
NOTE:  Authority  and  reference  cited  for  Article  1  (Sections  20100-20106.  con- 
secutive): Chapter  4  (Section  1 8700,  et  seq. )  of  Part  1 1 ,  Education  Code.  Issuing 
agency:  California  Library  Services  Boju^d. 

History 
1.  New  Article  1  (Sections  20100-20106,  consecutive)  filed  7-20-78;  effective 

thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  30). 

§20101.    General  Provisions. 

(a)  The  State  Board  finds  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  the  citizens 
of  California  and  best  fulfills  the  purposes  of  the  Act  (Chapter  4,  part  1 1 , 
Division  1 ,  Title  1 ,  Education  Code)  that  libraries  participating  in  any  one 
program  of  the  Act  participate  in  all  applicable  programs  of  the  Act. 

(b)  Any  public  library  participating  in  programs  of  the  Act  shall,  under 
section  18724(h)  of  the  Act,  provide  access  to  the  library's  bibliographic 


Page  191 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


§  20102 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


and  location  data  upon  request  from  the  State  Board  for  inclusion  in  the 
appropriate  data  base  established  by  the  State  Board  in  implementation 
of  the  Act.  The  access  shall  be  provided  in  such  form,  manner,  and  fre- 
quency as  are  agreed  upon  between  the  State  Board  and  the  library. 

(c)  Funding  distributed  according  to  California  Library  Services  Act 
provisions  may  not  be  used  to  support  other  than  library  purposes.  To 
comply  with  Education  Code  Section  18703(c).  the  funding  may  not  be 
used  to  replace  local  funds  for  library  services,  but  only  to  supplement 
the  local  funding  to  further  the  purposes  of  the  Act. 

(d)  A  public  library  participating  in  any  program  of  the  Act  must  par- 
ticipate in  the  direct  loan  transaction  reporting,  whether  the  library  partic- 
ipates in  either  of  the  direct  loan  programs  or  not.  During  the  designated 
transaction  reporting  periods  all  CLSA  participating  libraries  must  re- 
cord all  direct  loans  made  to  eligible  residents  of  other  jurisdictions 
whose  libraries  are  participating  in  the  direct  loan  programs,  as  long  as 
the  handling  costs  of  paid  loans  are  not  being  covered  in  whole,  or  in  part, 
by  CLSA  funds  in  addition  to  direct  loan  reimbursement  funds.  LSCA 
funds,  or  by  funds  provided  by  the  jurisdiction  of  the  eligible  non-resid- 
ent. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  18724.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18700-18703.  and  18724,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  subsection  (d)  filed  9-2 1-79  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Reg- 
ister 79,  No.  38).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  filed  within  120  days  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  on  l-19-80.> 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  1-17-80  (Register  80,  No.  3) 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (d)  filed  5-21-81;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  81,  No.  21). 

§  201 02.    Special  Filing  Provisions  for  1 978/79. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfions 
18700-18767,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  1-30-81;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  81.  No.  5). 

§  20103.    Waiver  of  Filing  Date. 

The  State  Board  may  waive  or  reset  any  filing  dates  required  by  these 
regulations,  if  the  State  Board  determines  that  so  doing  would  best  serve 
the  purposes  of  the  Act. 

§  201 04.    Eligibility  to  Participate. 

Funding  under  any  program  of  the  Act  shall  be  provided  only  to  li- 
braries which  are  physically  and  administratively  located  within  Califor- 
nia and  which  meet  any  additional  eligibility  criteria  required  for  specific 
program  participation. 

§  20105.    General  Requirements  for  Participation. 

(a)  Public  Library  Participation  Authorization.  Every  public  library 
wishing  to  participate  in  any  of  the  programs  of  the  Act  must  file  with  the 
State  Board  an  authorization  by  the  jurisdictional  governing  body  for  that 
library's  participation.  The  authorization  must  be  in  the  form  and  manner 
and  be  filed  by  the  date  specified  by  the  State  Board. 

(b)  Public  Library  Certification.  Upon  the  authorization  by  the  juris- 
dictional governing  body,  the  head  librarian  of  each  public  library  wish- 
ing to  participate  in  the  programs  of  the  Act  must  file  a  certification  of 
compliance  with  provisions  of  the  Act.  This  certification  shall  remain  in 
effect  until  the  library  jurisdiction  no  longer  complies  with  the  stated  pro- 
visions. The  certification  shall  specifically  include  compliance  with  Edu- 
cation Code  Sections  18703(c)  and  18724(e). 

If  the  library  or  jurisdicfion  is  no  longer  in  compliance,  the  head  li- 
brarian shall  notify  the  Board  no  later  than  thirty  days  following  such  a 
change  in  compliance  status. 

(c)  Participation  by  Libraries  other  than  Public  Libraries.  The  head  li- 
brarian of  such  library  eligible  to  participate  in  any  of  the  programs  of  the 
Act  and  wishing  to  do  so  must  file  with  the  State  Board  a  notice  of  its  in- 
tent to  participate  and  of  its  agreement  to  the  provisions  of  the  Act  and 
administrative  regulations  as  they  apply  to  the  library's  participation. 
This  notice  shall  be  filed  in  such  form  and  manner  as  specified  by  the 
State  Board  by  September  1  of  the  fiscal  year  preceding  active  participa- 


tion. The  agreement  shall  remain  in  effect  until  rescinded  by  the  State 
Board  or  the  library. 

(d)  Reports,  Applications,  and  Claims.  Any  budget  documents,  re- 
ports. appHcations.  and  claims  for  funds  pursuant  to  this  Act  shall  be  sub- 
mitted by  participating  libraries  in  such  form  and  manner  and  by  the  dates 
established  by  the  State  Board. 

(e)  No  public  library  participating  in  the  programs  of  the  Act  may 
charge  its  residents,  as  defined  in  section  20203,  any  fee  to  obtain  a  li- 
brary card  nor  for  services  for  which  it  is  receiving  reimbursement  under 
the  California  Library  Services  Act. 

(f)  The  California  Library  Services  Board  believes  that  it  is  in  the  best 
interests  of  the  citizens  of  California  that  the  information  services  of  pub- 
lic libraries  be  provided  free  of  charge. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18700-18767,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  subsections  (e)  and  (f)  filed  3-8-79;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 79,  No.  10). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)  and  (c)  filed  5-21-81;  effecfive  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  81,  No.  21). 

§  20106.     Uniform  Population  Statistics. 

Any  funds  distributed  per  capita  shall  be  awarded  using  the  most  re- 
cently published  and  available  combined  estimate  for  cities  and  counties 
from  the  California  State  Department  of  Finance. 

§20107.     Definitions. 

(a)  The  definitions  concerning  California  Library  Services  Act  com- 
ponents set  forth  in  Education  Code  Section  18710  are  hereby  incorpo- 
rated by  reference,  with  additions  as  noted  in  subsection  (b)  of  this  sec- 
tion. The  definitions  incorporated  by  reference  are  accurate  to  California 
Statutes  1979. 

(b)  Additions  to  the  regulations  hereby  incorporated  are  as  follows: 

( 1 )  "Chief  Executive  Officer"  means  the  State  Librarian. 

(2)  "President"  means  the  elected  President  of  the  Board. 
(3)"Public  library  affiliation"  means  the  formal  and  legal  joining  to  a 

System  (i.e.  the  obtaining  of  full  System  membership  status)  by  a  pubhc 
library  not  previously  a  member  of  any  System.  A  Public  Library  Affilia- 
tion is  not  considered  complete  until  all  necessary  local  System  and  juris- 
dictional agreements  have  been  approved  and  are  in  force,  and  the  State 
Board  has  approved  the  affiliation. 

(4)  "Public  library  consolidation"  means  the  formal  and  legal  joining 
of  the  functions,  services,  operations,  etc.  of  two  or  more  formerly  inde- 
pendent public  libraries  into  a  single  public  library,  as  defined  in  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  18710  (e).  A  Public  Library  Consolidafion  is  not  con- 
sidered complete  until  all  necessary  local  jurisdictional  agreements  have 
been  approved  and  are  in  force,  and  the  State  Board  has  approved  the  con- 
solidation (see  Administrative  Code  Section  20180,  below). 

(5)  Reference  collection.  Reference  collection  means  a  collection  of 
materials,  both  print  and  non-print,  designed  primarily  for  use  in  answer- 
ing requests  for  information. 

(6)  Reference  specialist.  Reference  specialist  means  a  trained  and  ex- 
perienced librarian  who  can  provide  reference  referral  services  and  who 
can  also  understand  how  to  approach  the  community  in  general  and  the 
undeserved  in  particular,  together  with  appropriate  skills  in  analysis  of 
informafion  needs  and  design  and  implementation  of  reference  programs 
responsive  to  those  needs.  A  reference  specialist  may  be  employed  in 
providing  any  of  the  services  for  which  he/she  is  qualified. 

(7)  "Secretary"  means  the  Executive  Secretary  of  the  Board. 

(8)  "State  Board"  means  the  California  Library  Services  Board. 

(9)  "System  consolidation"  means  the  formal  and  legal  joining  of  geo- 
graphic service  areas,  functions,  operations,  etc.  of  two  or  more  formerly 
separate  Systems  into  a  single  Cooperative  Library  System,  as  defined 
in  Education  Code  Section  1 87 1 0  (c).  A  System  Consolidation  is  not  con- 
sidered complete  until  all  necessary  local  System  consolidation  agree- 
ments have  been  approved  and  are  in  force,  and  until  the  State  Board  has 
approved  the  consolidation  (see  Administrative  Code  Secfion  201 85,  be- 
low). 


• 


Page  192 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20125 


(10)  "Valid  non-resident  borrowers  card"  means  a  card  that  is  issued 
free  of  charge  by  a  public  library  to  a  resident  of  another  jurisdiction 
which  maintains  a  public  library,  as  long  as  such  card  meets  all  of  the  le- 
gal requirements  of  the  issuing  library. 

(11)  "Vice-President"  means  the  elected  Vice-President  of  the  Board. 
NOTt-:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18700-18767.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  .section  filed  10-24-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
43). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  .'i-21-81;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter 
(Register  81,  No.  21). 


Article  2. 


California  Library  Services  Board 
Procedures 


§  201 1 6.    Officers  of  the  State  Board. 

The  State  Board  shall  elect  a  President  and  Vice-President.  The  State 
Librarian  shall  be  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  State  Board. 

(a)  The  State  Board  shall  annually  elect  a  President  and  Vice-Presi- 
dent at  the  first  regular  meeting  of  each  calendar  year. 

(b)  Should  a  vacancy  occur  in  the  Office  of  President  or  Vice-Presi- 
dent, the  State  Board  shall  at  its  net  regular  meeting  elect  one  of  its  mem- 
bers to  fill  such  vacancy  for  the  remainder  of  the  term. 

(c)  Duties  of  President.  The  President  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of 
the  State  Board,  shall  execute  for  the  State  Board  any  documents  requir- 
ing such  execution,  and  shall  perform  such  other  duties  as  the  State  Board 
so  provides. 

(d)  Duties  of  Vice-President.  The  Vice-President  shall  in  the  absence 
of  the  President  perform  any  of  the  duties  of  President  that  cannot  reason- 
ably await  the  President's  return. 

(e)  Duties  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer. 

(1 )  Make  such  reports  and  recommendations  to  the  State  Board  as  he 
deems  desirable  and  appropriate  or  as  may  be  required  by  the  State 
Board. 

(2)  Administer  the  provisions  of  this  chapter. 

(3)  Review  all  claims  to  ensure  programmatic  and  technical  com- 
pliance with  the  provisions  of  this  chapter. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18720  and  18724,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  2  (Sections  20116-20134,  not  consecutive)  filed  7-20-78;  effec- 
tive thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  30). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (e)  filed  5-21-81;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  81,  No.  21). 

§20117.    Quorum. 

A  quorum  for  all  State  Board  meetings  shall  be  seven  (7)  members. 
The  concurrence  of  7  of  its  members  shall  be  necessary  to  the  validity  of 
all  actions  of  the  State  Board. 

§  201 1 8.    Regular  Meetings. 

(a)  Date.  Regular  meetings  of  the  State  Board  shall  take  place  at  least 
bi-monthly  on  the  third  Thursday  of  the  months  of  February,  April,  June. 
August,  October;  the  December  meeting  shall  be  held  in  conjunction 
with  the  California  Library  Association  conference. 

(b)  Place.  The  tentative  locations  for  the  regular  meetings  of  the  fol- 
lowing calendar  year  shall  be  determined  annually,  at  the  last  regular 
meeting  of  the  calendar  year. 

(c)  Change  of  date  or  place.  Nothing  in  this  regulation  shall  be  con- 
strued to  prevent  the  State  Board  from  altering  its  regular  meeting  dates 
or  places  of  meeting. 

(d)  Meeting  notice.  A  notice  of  regular  meetings  shall  be  provided  at 
least  seven  days  prior  to  the  meeting  date  to  any  person  annually  request- 
ing such  notice  under  section  201 1 9  below.  Such  notice  shall  include  the 
time,  date,  and  place  of  the  regular  meeting  and  a  copy  of  the  agenda 
therefor. 


1.  Repealer  and  new  subsection  (a)  file  4-1 1-80;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter 
(Register  80,  No.  15). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsecfion  (b)  filed  5-21-81;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaflcr 
(Register  81,  No.  21). 

§20119.    Notices. 

(a)  Eligibility.  Notice  of  any  regular  or  special  public  meeting  of  the 
State  Board  shall  be  given  to  any  person  annually  requesting  under  sec- 
tion 201 19(b). 

(b)  Procedure.  Individuals  and  organizations  wishing  to  receive  notice 
of  regular  and  special  meetings  of  the  State  Board  and  copies  of  the  agen- 
da may  annually  request  the  Secretary  to  include  their  names  on  the  mail- 
ing list.  Inclusion  on  the  mailing  list  will  result  in  notification  to  the  ad- 
dressee of  all  regular  and  special  meetings  of  the  Stale  Board.  The 
Secretary  shall  annually  notify  interested  agencies  and  organizations 
that,  upon  request,  they  are  entitle  to  be  placed  on  the  mailing  list. 

§  20120.    Open  Meetings  of  Committees,  Commissions, 
and  Advisory  Bodies. 

(a)  State  Board  Committees.  Meetings  of  State  Board  commiuees 
composed  solely  of  members  of  the  Slate  Board,  created  by  a  formal  ac- 
tion of  the  State  Board,  shall  be  open  and  public. 

(b)  Advisory  Bodies.  Unless  otherwise  provided  by  law,  meetings  of 
any  advisory  body,  or  committees  or  subcommittees  thereof,  created  by 
statutes  or  by  formal  action  of  the  Slate  Board,  to  advise  or  report  or  rec- 
ommend to  the  Stale  Board,  shall  be  open  and  public. 

§  201 21 .    Open  Meetings. 

All  meetings  of  the  State  Board  will  be  open  and  public  except  for  ex- 
ecutive sessions  authorized  by  Government  Code  Sections  11120- 
11131. 

§  20122.    Special  Meetings. 

Special  meetings  may  be  called  by  the  President  of  the  State  Board  or 
a  majority  of  ihe  members  thereof  for  any  stated  purpose.  Notice  of  such 
meetings  shall  be  provided  at  least  24  hours  in  advance  to  those  persons 
so  requesting  under  section  201 19(b). 

§  20123.    Emergency  Meetings  and  Agenda  Items. 

(a)  Power.  An  emergency  meeting  may  be  called  by  the  President  of 
the  State  Board  or  a  majority  of  the  members  thereof  without  providing 
the  notice  required  by  section  201 19  if  there  is  an  unforeseen  emergency 
condition  in  existence. 

(b)  Definition.  An  unforeseen  emergency  condition  exists  when  there 
is  an  immediate  threat  of  adverse  effects  on  the  program  authorized  by 
the  Act  of  such  scope  that  requires  action  of  the  State  Board  to  avert  such 
effects. 

(c)  Agenda  Items.  An  item  may  be  included  on  the  agenda  of  any  regu- 
lar meeting  if  an  unforeseen  emergency  condition  exists  without  the  no- 
tice required  by  section  20119. 

(d)  Certification.  Concurrence  of  7  of  the  members  is  required  to  certi- 
fy that  an  emergency  condition  exists  in  order  to  take  any  action  at  an 
emergency  meeting  or  regarding  an  emergency  item. 

(e)  Notice.  If  reasonably  possible,  notice  of  the  emergency  item  or 
meeting  shall  be  provided  to  those  so  requesting  under  section  20 1 1 9(b). 
Lack  of  such  notice  shall  not  invalidate  any  action  taken  on  said  item  or 
at  said  meeting. 

§20124.    Agenda. 

(a)  All  matters  to  be  submitted  for  consideration  of  the  State  Board 
shall  be  sent  to  the  Secretary  at  least  10  days  preceding  a  regular  meeting 
of  the  State  Board,  at  California  Library  Services  Board,  P.O.  Box  2037, 
Sacramento,  CA.  95809. 

(b)  Setting  of  Agenda.  The  agenda  for  regular  meetings  of  the  State 
Board  shall  be  set  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  at  least  8  days  prior  to 
the  meeting. 

§20125.    Speakers. 

(a)  Recognifion  of  Speakers.  Members  of  the  public  or  the  State  Li- 
brary staff  will  be  recognized  by  the  President  of  the  State  Board  to  speak 


Page  192.1 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


§  20127 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


al  any  meeting.  All  remarks  made  shall  be  germane  to  the  business  at 
hand  and  shall  be  addressed  to  the  President.  No  person  other  than  the 
person  having  the  floor  and  members  of  the  State  Board  shall  be  per- 
mitted to  enter  the  discussion. 

(b)  Subject  of  Remarks.  All  speakers  before  the  State  Board  shall  con- 
fine their  remarks  to  the  subject  indicated  in  their  written  request,  or  indi- 
cated in  the  recognition  by  the  President. 

§  201 27.    Robert's  Rules  of  Order. 

Except  where  the  provisions  of  the  California  Library  Services  Act  of 
1977  or  of  these  regulations  provide  to  the  contrary,  or  when  the  State 
Board  determines  otherwise,  the  State  Board  shall  operate  under  the  lat- 
est edition  of  Robert's  Rules  of  Order. 

§20130.     Public  Hearings. 

(a)  Notice.  The  State  Board  may  hold  a  public  hearing  regarding  any 
matter  pending  before  it,  after  giving  the  45-day  notice  as  required  by  the 
California  Administrative  Procedures  Act.  Such  notice  shall  include  ade- 
quate descriptive  matter  relating  to  the  subjects  to  be  considered  in  hear- 
ing. 

(b)  Alternative  hearing.  The  State  Board  may  direct  that  a  public  hear- 
ing be  held  before  staff  of  the  State  Library,  an  advisory  commission  to 
the  State  Board,  or  a  standing  or  ad  hoc  committee  of  the  State  Board  re- 
garding any  matter  which  is,  or  is  likely  to  be,  pending  before  the  State 
Board. 

(c)  Speakers. 

(1)  Notice.  Persons  wishing  to  address  the  State  Board  on  a  subject  to 
be  considered  at  a  public  hearing,  should  present  a  request  to  the  Secre- 
tary four  (4)  working  days  in  advance  of  the  meeting  at  the  office  of  the 
Secretary,  stating  the  subject  they  wish  to  address,  the  organization  they 
represent,  if  any,  and  the  nature  of  their  testimony.  Persons  wishing  to  ad- 
dress the  Board,  who  have  not  presented  a  request  four  days  in  advance, 
may  be  heard  at  the  discretion  of  the  presiding  officer. 

(2)  Copies  of  Statement.  The  speaker  may  provide  a  written  copy  of 
his  statement  to  the  Secretary  24  hours  in  advance  of  the  hearing. 

(3)  F*ublic  Testimony.  At  or  before  the  hearing  at  which  oral  comments 
from  the  public  are  to  be  received,  the  State  Board  or  other  hearing  body 
shall  determine  the  total  amount  of  time  that  will  be  devoted  to  hearing 
such  oral  comments,  and  may,  at  its  discretion,  determine  the  time  to  be 
allotted  to  each  person  or  to  each  side  of  an  issue. 

Note-.  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18720,  and  18724,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  5-21-81;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  81,  No.  21). 

§  201 31 .    Waiver  by  Presiding  Officer. 

At  any  time  upon  a  showing  of  good  cause,  the  presiding  officer  of  the 
hearing  may  waive  the  requirements  of  Sections  20130. 

§  20134.     Public  Records. 

(a)  Inspection  of  Public  Records. 

(1)  Inspection  of  the  original  copy  of  any  public  record  of  the  State 
Board  (as  defined  in  Government  Code  section  6252(d)  and  6254)  will 
be  permitted  during  regular  office  hours  of  the  State  Library,  Library- 
Courts  Building,  Sacramento. 

(2)  Requests  to  inspect  such  records  should  be  filed  with  the  Secretary 
at  least  five  working  days  prior  to  the  requested  date  in  order  to  insure 
availability. 

(3)  Requests  for  inspection  should  be  as  specific  as  possible  in  identi- 
fying the  records  desired. 

(4)  Original  copies  of  public  records  shall  not  be  removed  from  the  of- 
fice the  Secretary. 

(b)  Obtaining  Copies  of  Public  Records. 

(1)  Requests  to  obtain  copies  of  public  records  may  be  made  in  person 
or  by  mail  to  the  office  of  the  Secretary. 

(2)  Such  requests  should  be  as  specific  as  possible  in  identifying  the 
records  desired. 


(3)  Certification  of  the  authenticity  of  copies  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Secretary. 

Article  3.    General  Provisions  for  Systems 

§  20135.    System  Budget  Request  and  Plan  of  Service. 

Each  System  participating  in  programs  of  the  Act  shall  adopt  a  System 
Plan  of  Service,  developed  with  the  assistance  of  the  System  Advisory 
Board,  and  prepare  a  budget  for  carrying  out  the  objectives  of  the  Plan. 
After  discussion  and  review  by  the  System  Advisory  Board,  and  approval 
by  the  Administrative  Council,  the  System  budget  request  and  Plan  of 
Service  shall  be  annually  submitted  to  the  State  Board  by  June  1  of  the 
fiscal  year  immediately  preceding  the  fiscal  year  for  which  funds  are  re- 
quested. 

(a)  Plan  of  Service.  The  annual  Plan  of  Service  shall  describe  in  the 
form  and  manner  prescribed  by  the  State  Board  how  the  System  proposes 
to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  the  Act,  and  it  shall  include  information  rela- 
tive to  the  following  statements: 

( 1 )  A  population  profile.  This  shall  be  no  more  than  five  years  old,  and 
shall  use  the  most  current  data  available. 

(2)  A  description  of  the  users  and  the  non-users  of  the  services  of  the 
members  of  the  System. 

(3)  A  description  of  the  services  provided  by  the  System. 

(4)  A  hst  of  the  major  unmet  information  needs  of  the  population  of 
the  System  area. 

(5)  A  plan  for  the  use  of  CLSA  funds,  listing  each  of  the  services  in  (3) 
above  which  the  System  plans  to  maintain  or  improve,  and  each  of  the 
unmet  needs  in  (4)  above  which  the  System  plans  to  address.  Under  each 
such  service  to  be  provided  or  unmet  needs  to  be  addressed,  the  plan  shall 
include: 

(A)  The  user  benefit  expected. 

(B)  A  brief  description  of  the  method  by  which  the  benefit  will  be  pro- 
vided. 

(b)  Budget.  The  System  budget  shall  document  in  the  form  and  manner 
prescribed  by  the  State  Board  the  dollar  amounts  to  be  expended  for  pro- 
viding each  System  service  or  addressing  each  unmet  need. 

(c)  In  addition,  each  System  shall  file  by  September  1  of  each  year  a 
report,  in  the  form  and  manner  prescribed  by  the  State  Board  for  the  fiscal 
year  just  ended,  that  describes  actual  accomplishments  and  expenditures 
of  the  System  program,  compares  them  with  the  planned  accomplish- 
ments and  expenditures  for  the  fiscal  year  reported  and  includes  other  ap- 
propriate commentary. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
1 8740-18767,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  3  (Sections  20135-20145,  not  consecurive)  filed  7-20-78;  effec- 
tive thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  30). 

2.  Amendment  filed  5-21-81;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  81,  No. 
21). 

3.  Amendment  filed  10-23-81;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  81,  No. 

43). 

§  20136.    System  Administrative  Policy  Manual. 

Each  System  participating  in  programs  of  the  Act  must  develop  by 
July  1, 1979,  a  System  Administrative  PoHcy  Manual  which  shall  include 
along  with  any  other  items  the  System  finds  useful,  its  policies  for: 

(a)  Receiving  and  accounting  for  state  and  federal  funds  on  behalf  of 
the  System. 

(b)  Employment  of  System  personnel. 

(c)  Interaction  with  System  Advisory  Boards. 

(d)  Executing  the  System  programs  approved  by  the  State  Board. 
Policy  manuals  shall  be  in  conformity  with  the  California  Library  Ser- 
vices Act.  Policy  manuals  shall  be  kept  current. 

§  20140.    System  Administration. 

(a)  Cooperative  Library  Systems.  The  System  Administrative  Council 
shall  consist  of  the  head  librarian  of  each  jurisdiction  in  the  system.  In 
case  of  the  head  librarian's  absence,  an  official  delegate  or  alternate  may 


Page  192.2 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


i?  2(H54 


• 


• 


vole  in  place  of  the  head  librarian,  li  shall  have  regular  meetings,  open 
and  accessible  to  the  public  and  to  members  of  the  System  Advisory 
Board  as  required  in  the  Ralph  M.  Brown  Act  (Govt.  Code  Section 
54950-54961 ).  Information  about  the  meetings  of  the  Council  shall  be 
disseminated  in  such  a  way  and  in  such  languages  as  the  Council  deter- 
mines will  most  effectively  inform  the  public  of  the  Council's  activities. 
The  Council  shall  be  represented  at  each  meeting  of  the  System  Advisory 
Board.  The  Council  shall  provide  for  the  position  of  a  Council  Chair-per- 
son, and  for  rotation  of  that  position  among  the  Council  members. 
NOTEi:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
187iO(n)  and  18740(a),  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  of  subsection  (b)  filed  3-2.'S-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 82,  No.  22). 

§  20145.     System  Advisory  Board. 

(a)  Purpose.  The  State  Board  finds  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  the 
citizens  of  California  and  best  fulfills  the  purposes  of  the  Act  that  System 
Advisory  Board  members  participate  in  the  planning  and  development 
of  CLSA-funded  system  services,  in  cooperation  with  their  respective 
System  Administrative  Councils.  The  purpose  of  the  System  Advisory 
Board  program  shall  be  to  provide  a  means  for  effective  communication 
between  each  Administrative  Council  and  the  residents  of  its  system  ser- 
vice areas,  and  to  help  ensure  that  library  services  provided  by  each  sys- 
tem respond  appropriately  to  the  needs  of  its  residents. 

(b)  Establishment.  An  Advisory  Board  for  each  System  shall  be  estab- 
lished. The  Advisory  Board  shall  consist  of  the  number  of  members  spe- 
cified in  Education  Code  Section  18747(b)  and  18748,  except  that  no 
System  Advisory  Board  shall  consist  of  fewer  than  five  members. 

(c)  Advisory  Board  Members.  Each  System  shall  provide  the  Califor- 
nia Library  Services  Board  annually,  no  later  than  June  1,  with  a  list  of 
the  members  of  the  System  Advisory  Board  and  an  indication  of  the  un- 
deserved population  segments  represented.  Categories  used  in  the  Popu- 
lation Profile  portion  of  the  System  Plan  of  Service  shall  be  used  to  indi- 
cate the  population  segments  represented. 

(d)  Organization.  Each  Advisory  Board  may  formalize  its  organiza- 
tion by  adopting  by-laws.  Such  by-laws  shall  be  in  conformity  with  the 
Act.  these  regulations,  and  Robert's  Rules  of  Order,  Newly  Revised. 

(e)  Advisory  Board  Meetings.  The  Advisory  Board  shall  have  regular 
meetings,  open  and  accessible  to  the  public.  Information  about  the  meet- 
ings shall  be  disseminated  in  such  a  way  and  in  such  languages  as  the  Ad- 
visory Board  determines  will  most  effectively  inform  the  public  of  the 
Board's  activities.  It  shall  be  the  responsibility  of  each  Advisory  Board 
Member  to  inform  his  or  her  appointing  governing  body  and  respective 
community  of  these  activities.  The  Advisory  Board  shall  also  be  repre- 
sented at  meetings  of  the  Administrative  Council  and  shall  provide  the 
Administrative  Council  with  regular  reports  of  the  Board's  activities. 

(f)  Orientation  and  Training.  It  shall  be  the  responsibility  of  each  Sys- 
tem Administrative  Council  to  work  in  conjunction  with  the  State  Board 
and  the  System  Advisory  Board  to  ensure  that  materials  and  training  are 
provided  as  necessary  to  orient  each  Advisory  Board  member  to  the 
goals,  functions  and  responsibilities  of  the  State  Board,  the  System  Ad- 
ministrative Council,  and  the  System  Advisory  Board.  The  Chief  Execu- 
tive Officer  may,  on  behalf  of  the  State  Board,  provide  and/or  recom- 
mend such  materials  and  training  as  appropriate. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18750,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (b)  filed  5-21-81;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  81,  No.  21). 

2.  Amendment  filed  1 0-23-81 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  81,  No. 

43). 


Article  4.    System  Reference 


§20150.     Definitions. 

For  purposes  of  this  Article: 


(a)  "Discernible  difference"  means  the  difference  in  quality  or  quanti- 
ty of  service  to  the  user  made  possible  by  the  support  provided  under  this 
Article,  beyond  the  service  which  would  have  been  provided  had  the 
meinber  library  not  had  that  support. 

(b)  "Evidence  of  benefit"  means  verification  (e.g..  statistical  sainple; 
staff  or  user  personal  testimony;  case  study)  of  a  discernible  difference. 

(c)  "Performance  objectives"  means  the  quantified  expression  of  ser- 
vice specifications  (e.g.,  average  response  fime;  number  of  new  users  sat- 
isfactorily served).  The  quantities  may  be  set  at  varying  levels  from  year 
to  year,  as  experience  is  gained  and  as  available  resources  vary. 

(d)  "Service  specification"  means  a  qualitative  outcome  (a  goal) 
which  each  System  shall  strive  to  achieve  for  one  or  more  of  the  service 
components  of  the  System  Reference  program  set  forth  in  Section  20 1 54 
of  this  Arficle.  It  describes  what  is  to  be  examined  in  determining  if  a  ref- 
erence service  is  performing  as  intended.  Service  specifications  are  ex- 
pected to  be  relatively  constant  over  a  period  of  several  years. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18741.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  of  former  Section  201 50  to  Section  201 5 1  and  new  Section  201 50 
filed  8-9-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  33).  For  history 
of  former  section,  see  Register  78.  No.  23. 

§20151.     Local  Flexibility. 

The  intent  of  this  Arficle  is  to  allow  Systems  maximuin  flexibility  to 
decide  in  what  way  they  will  caixy  out  the  requirements  of  the  Article. 
Systems  should  provide  the  best  possible  professional  Reference  ser- 
vices. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Chapter  2  (Sections  20150-20195.  not  consecutive): 
Section  18720  et  seq.  ,  Education  Code.  Issuing  agency:  California  Library  Ser- 
vices Board. 

History 

1.  Editorial  renumbering  and  correction  of  Chapter  2.  Subchapter  2  (Register  69, 
No.  5 1 ).  For  prior  history,  see  Registers  66,  Nos.  2  and  32;  68,  Nos.  23  and  41; 
69,  No.  25;  71,  No.  1. 

2.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  9-23-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  39). 

3.  Repealer  of  Chapter  2  (Sections  201 00-20401 ,  not  consecutive)  filed  5-1 7-78; 
effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (FLegister  78,  No.  20). 

4.  New  Chapter  2  (Sections  20150-20195,  not  consecutive)  filed  6-9-78;  effec- 
tive thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  23). 

5.  Renumbering  of  former  Section  20151  to  Section  20152  and  renumbering  of 
former  Section  20150  to  Section  20151  filed  8-9-83;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  33). 

§  20152.    Integrated  Service  Program. 

The  intent  of  this  Article  is  that  the  elements  to  improve  service  to  the 
undeserved  should  be  developed  and  carried  out  as  much  as  possible  in 
an  integrated  manner  with  all  local  and  System  services,  so  that  all  ele- 
ments together  provide  an  inseparable,  total  library  service  program. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  of  former  Section  201 5 1  to  Section  201 52  filed  8-9-83;  effective 

thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  33). 

§20153.     Principles. 

Each  System  shall  adopt  a  program  of  coordinated  reference  service 
support  to  the  members  of  the  system  that  conforms  to  the  following  prin- 
ciples: 

(a)  The  program  makes  a  discernible  difference  to  the  service  provided 
to  the  user  when  he  or  she  asks  the  library  for  help. 

(b)  The  program  incorporates  services  that  are  specific  to  the  needs  of 
the  undeserved. 

(c)  The  program  is  designed  to  provide  evidence  of  benefit  that  will  be 
understandable  to  local  users,  library  staffs,  and  state  officials. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18741,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  8-9-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
33). 

§20154.    Service  Components. 

Each  System  shall  use  its  reference  allowance  to  provide  the  following 
three  service  components: 


Page  192.3 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


§  20155 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(a)  general  improvement  of  local  reference  service; 

(b)  improvement  of  reference  services  to  the  undeserved;  and 

(c)  interlibrary  reference. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
187]0(h)(s)  and  18741.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  tiled  6-8-83;  designated  effective  7-1-83  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  Section  U  346.2(d)  (.Register  83,  No.  24). 

§  20155.    General  Improvement  of  Local  Reference  Service. 

(a)  Service  specifications  and  performance  objectives  for  the  general 
improvement  of  local  reference  service  component  which  are  specific  to 
each  System  shall  be  adopted  by  each  System.  Each  System  shall,  using 
information  provided  by  its  member  libraries; 

( 1 )  Assess  the  needs  of.  and  the  service  to  the  general  population  now 
being  provided  by  the  System's  member  libraries,  then 

(2)  Identify  those  program  areas  where  improvement  can  make  a  sig- 
nificant difference  in  the  quality  or  quantity  of  service,  and  determine 
which  of  those  can  be  improved  by  use  of  available  resources,  then 

(3)  Evaluate  which  of  those  remaining  areas  would  offer  the  greatest 
improvement  in  service  to  the  general  population,  then  finally, 

(4)  Adopt  service  specifications  and  performance  objectives  to  ac- 
complish the  improved  service,  which  shall  be  subject  to  approval  by  the 
Chief  Executive  Officer  on  behalf  of  the  State  Board. 

(b)  Evidence  of  benefit.  In  designing  its  general  improvement  of  local 
reference  service  component,  each  System  shall  provide  for  evidence  of 
benefit  that  can  be  gathered  without  unreasonably  burdening  the  System 
and  its  members. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18741,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-8-83;  designated  effective  7-1-83  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  Section  11 346.2(d)  (Register  83,  No.  24). 

2.  New  subsection  (b)  filed  8-9-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83, 
No.  33). 

§  20156.    Improvement  of  Reference  Service  to  the 
Undeserved. 

(a)  Service  specifications  and  performance  objectives  for  the  improve- 
ment of  reference  service  to  the  undeserved  component  which  are  specif- 
ic to  each  System  shall  be  adopted  by  each  System.  Each  System  shall, 
using  information  provided  by  its  member  libraries: 

(1)  Assess  the  reference  needs  of,  and  the  reference  service  to  the  un- 
deserved now  being  provided  by  the  System's  member  libraries,  then 

(2)  Identify  the  undeserved  population  and  those  reference  program 
areas  where  improvement  can  make  a  significant  difference  in  the  quality 
or  quantity  of  reference  service,  and  determine  which  reference  program 
areas  can  be  improved  by  use  of  available  resources,  then 

(3)  Evaluate  which  of  those  remaining  areas  would  offer  the  greatest 
improvement  in  reference  service  to  the  undeserved,  then  finally, 

(4)  Adopt  service  specifications  and  performance  objectives  to  ac- 
complish the  improved  reference  service,  which  shall  be  subject  to  the 
approval  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  on  behalf  of  the  State  Board. 

(b)  Evidence  of  benefit.  In  designing  its  component  to  improve  refer- 
ence service  to  the  undeserved,  each  System  shall  provide  for  evidence 
of  benefit  that  can  be  gathered  without  unreasonably  burdening  the  Sys- 
tem and  its  members. 

(c)  Determination  of  "Fair  and  Equitable."  Each  System  shall  provide 
an  identified  amount  from  within  its  CLSA  Reference  allowance  for  its 
improvement  of  reference  service  to  the  undeserved  component.  This 
budget,  when  accompanied  by  approved  service  specifications  and  per- 
formance objectives  as  described  in  Section  20156(a)  above,  shall  be 
considered  as  the  "fair  and  equitable"  portion  of  its  reference  allowance, 
required  by  Education  Code,  Section  18741(b). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18710(s)  and  18741,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  6-8-83;  designated  effective  7- 1-83  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  Section  II 346.2(d)  (Register  83,  No.  24). 


2.  New  subsections  (b)  and  (c)  filed  8-9-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 83,  No.  33). 

§20157.    Interlibrary  Reference. 

(a)  Each  System  shall  design  its  interlibrary  reference  component  to 
the  following  service  specifications: 

( 1 )  The  highest  possible  percentage  of  questions  shall  be  answered. 

(2)  The  answers  shall  be  delivered  to  the  user  within  an  acceptable  Ume 
period. 

(3)  Answers  shall  meet  the  user's  need  in  terms  of  amount,  format,  lan- 
guage, and  accuracy  of  information. 

(4)  Specifications  (1  )-(3)  should  be  carried  out  at  the  lowest  possible 
cost. 

(b)  The  following  uniform  performance  objectives  shall  be  met  by  all 
Systems  in  implementing  the  interlibrary  reference  services  specifica- 
tions: 

(1 )  Answers  shall  be  provided  for  90%  of  all  questions  referred  from 
member  hbraries. 

(2)  70%  of  answers  shall  be  returned  to  the  originating  member  library 
within  10  working  days  of  the  question  having  been  transmitted  by  that 
library  into  the  System's  reference  referral  structure. 

(3)  For  1  and  2  above  the  following  definifions  are  established: 
"Answer"  means  a  reply  to  a  user"  s  question  that  provides  the  user  with 

the  information  sought;  or  with  knowledge  that  the  information  does  not 
exist  in  verifiable  form;  or  that  the  information  is  likely  available  from 
one  or  more  indicated  sources  which  can,  for  a  specified  reason,  be  more 
effectively  contacted  by  the  user  than  by  the  library  system;  or  any  com- 
binaUon  of  the  foregoing.  "Answer"  does  not  include  a  status  report. 

"Originating  member  library"  means  the  System  member  public  li- 
brary as  defined  in  Education  Code  Section  18710(1). 

"Within  10  working  days"  means  a  10-day  period  which  begins  when 
a  question  is  referred  to  a  source  other  than  within  the  originating  mem- 
ber library,  by  a  part  of  that  library  authorized  to  do  so  by  its  System's 
reference  referral  procedures.  The  measured  period  ends  when  the  an- 
swer is  received  by  the  part  of  the  originating  member  library  designed 
by  its  System  procedures  to  receive  the  answer  to  the  particular  question. 

"Working  days"  means  Mondays.  Tuesdays,  Wednesdays,  Thurs- 
days, and  Fridays,  excluding  legal  holidays. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18710(h),  18726  and  18741,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-8-83;  designated  effective  7-1-83  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  Section  1 1346.2(d)  (Register  83,  No.  24). 

2.  New  subsection  (b)  filed  10-17-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 

83,  No.  43). 

§20158.    Allowance. 

Each  System  shall  receive  an  annual  allowance  based  on  the  number 
of  member  libraries  of  the  System  and  on  the  total  population  served  by 
that  System.  The  State  Board  shall  periodically,  and  at  least  annually,  re- 
view and  approve  the  membership  and  populafion  figures,  and  determine 
an  appropriate  funding  formula  which  shall  be  uniform  statewide. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Exlucation  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18724(d)  and  18741(a),  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  6-8-83;  designated  effective  7-1-83  pursuant  to  Government 

Code  Section  1 1 346.2(d)  (Register  83,  No.  24). 

§  201 60.    Special  Requirements  for  1 978/79  and  1 979/80 
Allowance. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18700-18767,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  1-30-81;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  81,  No.  5). 

§  201 61 .    Requirements  for  Allowance  for  Years  Following 
1979/80. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18741,  18745-18748,  EducaUon  Code. 


• 


• 


Page  192.4 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


S  20195 


• 


History 

1.  Amendment  tiled  4-13-79:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79.  No. 

2,  Repealer  filed  5-2 1-81;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  8 1 ,  No.  2 1 ). 

§  201 62.    Single  Library  Systems. 

NOTH:  Authoritv  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18741,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  5-25-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  22). 


Article  5.    Consolidations  and  Affiliations 

§  20180.    Public  Library  Consolidations. 

(a)  If  any  two  or  more  contiguous  juri.sdictions  operating  public  li- 
braries wish  to  consolidate  their  h'braries  into  a  single  library  agency  and 
receive  establishinent  grants  under  Education  Code  Section  18732,  a 
joint  notice  of  intent  signed  by  the  head  librarians  of  the  consolidating 
jurisdictions  must  be  filed  with  the  State  Board  no  later  than  September 
1  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  preceding  the  effective  dale  for  consoli- 
dation. Authorizations  to  consolidate,  approved  by  the  governing  body 
of  each  consolidating  jurisdiction,  and  a  joint  plan  for  provision  of  con- 
solidated services,  signed  by  the  head  librarians,  must  be  filed  with  the 
State  Board  no  later  than  June  1  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  preceding 
the  effective  date  of  the  consolidation. 

(b)  The  State  Board's  approval  of  requests  for  library  consolidation 
funds  under  Education  Code  Section  1 8732  shall  be  based  on  its  determi- 
nation that  the  consolidation  provides  a  more  effective  means  of  carrying 
out  the  purposes  of  the  Act  than  would  be  the  case  if  the  consolidation 
did  not  occur. 

(c)  For  purposes  of  determining  the  eligibility  of  the  consolidating  ju- 
risdictions to  receive  funds  under  other  provisions  of  the  Act,  a  pubUc  li- 
brary consolidation  approved  by  the  State  Board  will  be  considered  ef- 
fective beginning  July  1  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  following  the 
fiscal  year  in  which  the  consolidation  authorizations  are  filed. 

NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18732,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  1-30-81;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter 
(Register  81,  No.  5). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  and  new  subsection  (c)  filed  .5-21-81;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  81,  No.  21). 

§  20185.    System  Consolidations. 

(a)  If  any  two  or  more  Systems  whose  borders  are  contiguous  wish  to 
consolidate  and  receive  a  consolidation  grant  under  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 1 875 1 ,  a  joint  notice  of  intent,  approved  by  the  Administrative  Coun- 
cils of  the  consohdating  systems,  must  be  filed  with  the  State  Board  no 
later  than  September  1  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  preceding  the  effec- 
tive date  of  consolidation.  System  participation  authorizations  approved 
by  the  jurisdictional  governing  body  of  each  of  the  System's  member  li- 
braries, and  a  new  system  plan  of  Service  and  budget,  must  be  filed  with 
the  State  Board  no  later  than  June  1  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  preced- 
ing the  effective  date  of  consolidation.  If  the  State  Board  approves  the 
consolidation  funding  request,  a  grant  shall  be  awarded  for  each  of  the 
two  fiscal  years  following  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  filing  is  made. 

(b)  The  State  Board's  approval  of  requests  for  System  consolidation 
funds  under  Education  Code  Section  1985 1  shall  be  based  on  its  determi- 
nation that  the  consolidation  provides  a  more  effecfive  way  of  carrying 
out  the  purposes  of  the  Act  than  would  be  the  case  if  the  consolidation 
did  not  occur. 

(c)  For  purposes  of  determining  the  eligibility  of  the  consolidating  sys- 
tems to  receive  funds  under  other  provisions  of  the  Act.  a  system  consoli- 
dation approved  by  the  State  Board  will  be  considered  effective  begin- 
ning July  1  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  following  the  fiscal  year  in 
which  the  consolidation  authorizafions  are  filed. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18751,  Education  Code. 


History 

1.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  l-3()-81;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafier 
(Register  81,  No.  5). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  and  new  subsection  (c)  filed  .5-21-8 1 ;  efiective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  81,  No.  21). 

§  20190.     Public  Library  Affiliation  with  an  Existing  System. 

(a)  If  any  jurisdiction,  not  previously  a  member  of  any  System,  joins 
a  System  with  borders  contiguous  to  the  jurisdiction,  and  the  System 
wishes  to  receive  an  affiliation  grant  under  Education  Code  Section 
18752,  the  administrative  body  of  the  System  shall  file  a  notice  of  intent 
and  the  jurisdictional  governing  body  of  the  affiliating  library  shall  file 
an  affiliauon  authorization  with  the  State  Board  as  follows: 

(3)  For  memberships  occurring  between  July  1,  1980,  and  June  30, 

1981,  thenoUceof  intent  shall  be  filed  by  September  1. 1980.  and  the  af- 
filiauon authorization  shall  be  filed  by  June  1,  1981.  If  the  State  Board 
approves,  a  grant  of  $3,000  shall  be  made  for  each  of  the  fiscal  years 
1981/82  and  1982/83. 

(4)  For  memberships  occurring  between  July  1,  1981,  and  June  30. 

1 982,  the  notice  of  intent  shall  be  filed  by  September  1 , 1 98 1 ,  and  the  af- 
filiauon authorizafion  shall  be  filed  by  June  1,  1982.  If  the  State  Board 
approves,  a  grant  of  $2,000  shall  be  made  for  each  of  the  fiscal  years 
1982/83  and  1983/84. 

(5)  For  memberships  occurring  between  July  1,  1982,  and  June  30 

1983,  the  notice  of  intent  shall  be  filed  by  September  1 ,  1 982,  and  the  af- 
filiation authorization  shall  be  filed  by  June  1,  1983.  If  the  State  Board 
approves,  a  grant  of  $1,000  shall  be  made  for  each  of  the  fi.scal  years 
1983/84  and  1984/85. 

(6)  System  memberships  occurring  following  June  30,  1983  shall  not 
be  eligible  for  grants  under  Education  Code  Section  18752. 

(b)  The  State  Board's  approval  of  requests  for  affiliation  grants  under 
EducaUon  Code  Section  18752  shall  be  based  on  its  determination  that 
the  proposed  membership  is  at  least  as  effective  a  way  of  carrying  out  the 
purposes  of  the  Act  as  would  be  the  case  if  the  membership  were  with  a 
System  other  than  the  one  joined. 

(c)  For  purposes  of  determining  the  eligibility  of  the  affiliating  public 
library  or  system  to  receive  funds  under  other  provisions  of  the  Act,  an 
affiliation  will  be  considered  effective  beginning  July  1  of  the  fiscal  year 
immediately  following  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  affiliaUon  authoriza- 
tion is  filed. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18700-18767,  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1 .  Amendment  and  new  subsection  (c)  filed  12-5-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  there- 
after (Register  80,  No.  49). 

§  20192.     Public  Library  Withdrawal  from  System 
Membership. 

(a)  If  a  member  library  does  not  retain  its  membership  in  any  System 
participating  in  the  programs  of  the  Act,  the  System  shall  notify  the  State 
Board  no  later  than  three  months  preceding  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal 
year  in  which  the  withdrawal  takes  effect. 

(b)  Any  System  failing  to  provide  the  notice  required  in  Section 
20192(a)  may  be  required  to  return  to  the  State  Board  any  funds  allocated 
to  it  on  the  basis  of  the  withdrawing  library's  membership,  if  the  Chief 
Executive  Officer  determines  that  such  funds  would  not  have  been  allo- 
cated had  the  required  notice  been  provided. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18724(b)  and  18726(c),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  6-8-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
24). 

§  20195.    Public  Library  Change  of  System  Membership. 

If  any  jurisdiction  at  present  or  previously  a  member  of  a  System  which 
has  received  state  funds  pursuant  to  that  jurisdicUon's  membership, 
wishes  to  join  another  System  instead,  and  if  the  library  and  the  System 
it  proposes  to  join  wish  to  receive  state  funds  pursuant  to  that  jurisdic- 
tion's membership  under  Article  5  of  the  Act,  the  governing  body  of  the 


Page  192.4(a) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  1 1  -9-2001 


§  20200 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


jurisdiction  and  the  administrative  body  of  the  System  it  proposes  to  join 
shall  file  a  joint  notice  of  intent  with  the  State  Board.  The  notice  shall  be 
filed  by  September  1  of  the  year  preceding  any  July  I  of  the  first  full  fiscal 
year  for  which  state  funds  pursuant  to  the  new  membership  are  requested. 
The  State  Board  shall  approve  all  appropriate  state  fund  payments  to  the 
System  under  Article  5  of  the  Act  only  if  it  determines  that  the  new  mem- 
bership results  in  a  more  effective  statewide  method  of  carrying  out  the 
purposes  of  the  Act  than  would  be  the  case  if  the  jurisdiction  retained  or 
resumed  the  System  membership  it  had  previously.  If  the  State  Board 
does  not  make  such  a  determination  in  favor  of  the  new  membership,  then 
the  new  System's  funding  under  Article  5  of  the  Act  shall  be  calculated 
on  the  basis  of  the  System  comprising  only  those  public  library  jurisdic- 
tions whose  membership  is  approved. 

Article  6.     Direct  Loans 


§  20200.    Scope. 

Except  where  otherwise  specified,  the  regulations  contained  in  the  Ar- 
ticle apply  both  to  Education  Code  Section  1 873 1  (Universal  Borrowing) 
and  Education  Code  Section  1 8743  (Equal  Access)  of  the  Act. 
NOTE:  Authority  and  reference  cited  for  Article  6  (Sections  20200-20217,  not 
consecutive):  Chapter  4  (Section  18700,etseq. )  of  Part  11,  Education  Code.  Issu- 
ing agency:  California  Library  Services  Board. 

History 
1.  New  Article  6  (Sections  20200-20217,  not  consecutive)  filed  7-20-78;  effec- 
tive thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  30). 

§  20203.    Residency. 

For  purposes  of  this  Article,  each  resident  of  the  State  shall  be  deemed 
to  have  a  single  legal  residency,  which  shall  entitle  him/her  to  resident 
library  services  of  the  jurisdiction  in  which  he/she  resides,  and  such  ser- 
vices shall  not  be  reimbursable  under  this  Article.  In  determining  the 
places  of  residency,  the  following  rules  as  excepted  from  Government 
Code  section  244  shall  be  observed: 

(a)  It  is  the  place  where  one  remains  when  not  called  elsewhere  for  la- 
bor or  other  special  or  temporary  purpose,  and  to  which  he  or  she  returns 
in  seasons  of  repose. 

(b)  There  can  be  only  one  residence. 

(c)  A  residence  cannot  be  lost  until  another  is  gained. 

(d)  The  residence  of  the  parent  with  whom  an  unmarried  minor  child 
maintains  his  or  her  place  of  abode  is  the  residence  of  such  unmarried  mi- 
nor child. 

(e)  A  married  person  shall  have  the  right  to  retain  his  or  her  legal  resi- 
dence in  the  State  notwithstanding  the  legal  residence  or  domicile  of  his 
or  her  spouse. 

§  20204.     Loans  to  Eligible  Non-Resident  Borrowers. 

(a)  Public  libraries  participating  in  direct  loan  programs  under  this 
Act,  shall  not  charge  any  fee  to  non-residents  for  borrowing  privileges. 

(b)  Reserves  and  interlibrary  loan  requests  shall  be  accepted  by  the 
participating  public  library  under  the  same  rules  and  policies  applied  to 
local  residents. 

(c)  All  procedures  governing  registration  of  borrowers  shall  apply 
equally  to  residents  and  non-residents. 

(d)  All  materials  normally  loaned  by  a  participating  public  library  are 
available  for  loan  to  non-residents  under  the  same  rules  and  policies 
applied  to  local  residents. 

(e)  All  loan  and  return  rules  governing  circulation  apply  equally  to  res- 
idents and  non-residents.  If  overdue  materials  are  returned  to  a  library 
other  than  the  library  from  which  borrowed,  fines  may  be  paid  to  and  re- 
tained by  the  library  to  which  the  return  is  made.  Payments  for  lost  or 
damaged  material  are  payable  to  the  lending  library,  and  are  to  be  for- 
warded by  the  library  to  which  payment  is  made. 

(f)  Special  loan  privileges  extended  by  the  participating  public  library 
to  teachers  and  other  groups  within  its  jurisdiction  need  not  be  extended 
beyond  the  jurisdiction. 


§  20205.    Non-Resident  Borrower  Eligibility. 

An  eligible  non-resident  borrower  must  be  a  resident  of  California, 
(a)  Hold  a  valid  borrowers  card  issued  by  his/her  home  library,  or  (b) 
Hold  or  obtain  a  valid  non-resident  borrowers  card  issued  by  any  Califor- 
nia public  library,  or 

(c)  Hold  a  valid  state  borrowers  identification  card  issued  by  any  Cali- 
fornia public  library; 

(d)  And  present  any  additional  identification  normally  required  by  a 
library  of  its  own  residents. 

(e)  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  prevent  the  is.suing  of  a  non-resident 
card  or  charging  of  fees  to  a  resident  of  another  state,  except  that  loans 
to  such  non-residents  shall  not  be  counted  as  reimbursable  transactions. 

§  20206.    Valid  Identification. 

The  lending  library  must  be  supplied  with  the  name  and  current  ad- 
dress of  the  borrower  and  the  name  of  the  library  jurisdiction  in  which  the 
borrower  maintains  his  or  her  legal  residency. 

§  20210.    Exchange  of  Local  Funds  Prohibited. 

Libraries  participating  in  direct  loan  programs  authorized  by  the  Act, 
shall  not  charge  other  jurisdictions  for  borrowing  privileges  extended  to 
their  residents,  except  that  contracts  for  loan  or  other  services  provided 
within  a  defined  geographic  area  by  a  library  jurisdiction  to  residents  of 
another  jurisdiction  not  served  by  their  library  jurisdiction  are  not  prohib- 
ited. Persons  served  under  such  contracts  are  to  be  registered  as  residents 
of  the  jurisdiction  providing  the  contract  service. 

§  2021 1 .    Maintenance  of  Local  Service  Standards. 

It  is  the  intent  of  this  Article  that  local  service  standards  be  maintained: 

(a)  Extension  of  borrowing  privileges  by  libraries  to  non-residents, 
should  not  adversely  affect  the  level  of  service  provided  by  the  home  li- 
brary to  its  own  residents. 

(b)  No  library  jurisdiction  may  reduce  or  fail  to  maintain  or  improve 
the  level  of  service  to  its  residents  for  the  purpose  of  placing  undue  re- 
liance on  the  library  services  of  neighboring  library  jurisdictions. 

§  20215.    Reimbursement  for  Net  Direct  Loans. 

Loan  of  a  library  material  of  any  type  by  a  participating  public  library 
to  an  eligible  nonresident  borrower  shall  result  in  reimbursement  from 
the  state  under  Education  Code  Sections  18731  and  18743  to  the  extent 
that  the  number  of  such  loans  exceeds  the  number  of  items  borrowed  by 
that  library  jurisdiction's  residents  from  other  participating  public  li- 
braries, during  a  specific  reporting  period. 

§20216.    Reporting  Requirements. 

To  obtain  reimbursement,  participating  public  libraries  shall  provide 
reports  in  the  form  and  manner,  and  for  the  period  required.  Reports  must 
be  submitted  by  established  deadlines.  Records  in  support  of  claims  for 
state  funds  must  be  maintained  for  four  years. 

§20217.    Reimbursable  Costs. 

Reimbursable  costs,  expressed  on  a  unit  basis,  are  those  handling  costs 
incurred  by  the  lending  library  in  processing  a  direct  loan  to  a  non-resid- 
ent. The  State  Board  shall  periodically  review,  at  least  once  a  year,  and 
approve  such  cost  data,  but  the  reimbursement  rate,  as  adopted,  shall  be 
uniform  statewide. 


• 


Article  7.    Communication  and  Delivery 

§  20235.    Definition  of  Reporting  Terms. 

In  complying  with  the  reporting  requirements  of  Section  20135  each 
system  shall  report  the  following  items  using  the  following  definitions 
with  respect  to  the  communication  and  dehvery  programs: 

(a)  "Message"  means  the  transmission  of  a  discrete  body  of  informa- 
tion from  one  library  to  another  by  means  of  a  telecommunications  sys- 
tem to  a  single  individual  or  institutional  addressee.  Many  separate  items 
of  information  may  be  contained  in  a  single  message.  The  same  body  of 
information  transmitted  to  several  addressees  at  physically  distinct  loca- 


• 


Page  192.4(b) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20300 


• 


• 


lions  constitutes  several,  not  one.  messages.  Written  information  physi- 
cally conveyed  by  delivery  van.  U.S.  Mail,  or  other  courier  services  is  not 
considered  a  "message"  for  communications  and  delivery  reporting  pur- 
poses. 

(b)  "Itein  delivered"  means  the  physical  removal  of  a  discrete  item 
from  one  library  to  another  by  means  of  a  delivery  van,  U.S.  Mail,  courier 
service,  or  other  delivery  system.  Reasonable  Judgement  shall  be  exer- 
cised in  determining  particular  "items"  status  (e.g..  a  carton  containing 
10.000  brochures  is  one — not  10,000  items). 

(c)  "Frequency/schedule  of  delivery  service"  means  that  specific  (dai- 
ly, twice  weekly,  weekly,  etc.)  frequency  of  delivery  service  received  by 
member  libraries.  If  not  all  members  receive  the  same  frequency  of  deli  v- 
ery  service  the  number  of  member  libraries  served  on  each  differing 
schedule  must  be  reported. 

(d)  "Other"  means  that  when  a  system  employs  communications  or  de- 
livery  methods  other  than  those  specifically  cited  on  the  standard  report- 
ing forms,  the  system  must  specify  the  method(s)  employed  and  separate- 
ly account  for  the  message  or  delivery  volume  for  each  such  method. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  18724,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18724(e)  and  18743,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  former  Article  7  (Sections  20251-20265.  not  consecutive)  to 
Article  8  (Sections  2025 1-20265,  not  consecutive)  and  new  Article  7  (Section 
20235)  filed  6-8-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  24).  For 
prior  history,  see  Register  78,  No.  30. 


Article  8.     Interlibrary  Loans 

§20251.    Scope. 

The  regulations  in  this  article  refer  to  interlibrary  loan  activity  covered 
under  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  section  18744  (i.e.  System  inter- 
library  loan)  and  18765  (i.e.  Statewide  loan). 

NOTE:  Authority  and  reference  cited  for  Article  7  (Sections  20251-20265,  not 
consecutive):  Chapter  4  (Section  18700,  etseq. )  of  Part  11,  Education  Code,  issu- 
ing agency:  California  Library  Services  Board. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  former  Article  7  (Sections  20251-20265,  not  consecutive)  to 
Article  8  (Sections  2025 1-20265,  not  consecutive)  filed  6-8-83;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No.  24).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  78,  No. 
30. 

§  20252.     Intent. 

It  is  the  intent  of  this  program  of  the  Act  to  support  the  sharing  of  li- 
brary resources  through  interlibrary  loan.  Library  materials  needed  by  a 
library  user  and  not  available  in  that  user's  library  will  be  made  available 
to  the  user  via  interlibrary  loan. 

§  20255.     Eligibility. 

(a)  Public  Libraries.  Any  public  library  as  defined  in  Education  Code 
section  18710(1),  which  has  been  authorized  by  its  jurisdiction  to  partici- 
pate in  programs  of  the  Act  must  participate  in  the  interlibrary  loan  pro- 
grams of  the  Act. 

(b)  Libraries  Other  Than  Public  Libraries.  To  be  eligible  to  participate 
these  libraries  must  be  authorized  by  their  own  administrative  authorities 
to  do  so  and  must  file  the  proper  notice  with  the  State  Board  as  outlined 
in  section  20105(c).  Further,  a  library,  other  than  a  public  library,  may 
be  eligible  for  a  reimbursement  only  for  a  loan  to  an  eligible  public  li- 
brary. Libraries,  other  than  public  libraries,  which  can  become  ehgible 
for  participation  in  the  interlibrary  loan  reimbursement  programs  of  the 
Act  include  only  the  following: 

(1)  Libraries  operated  by  public  schools  or  school  districts.  These  li- 
braries include  only  those  defined  in  Education  Code  section  18710(m). 

(2)  Libraries  operated  by  public  colleges  or  universities.  These  include 
those  academic  libraries  (Education  Code  section  18710(a))  which  are 
funded  primarily  with  public  funds.  Academic  libraries  potentially  eligi- 
ble for  these  programs  include  the  libraries  of  the  University  of  Califor- 
nia, of  the  State  University  and  College  System,  and  of  the  California 
Community  Colleges. 


(.1)  Libraries  operated  by  public  agencies  for  institutionalized  persons. 
Libraries  for  the  institutionalized  include  hospital,  correctional,  and  resi- 
dential treatment  facility  libraries  which  are  funded  primarily  with  public 
funds  (i.e.  local,  state,  or  federal  tax  monies). 

(4)  Libraries  operated  by  nonprofit  private  educational  or  research  in- 
stitutions. These  libraries  include  those  operated  by  private  colleges  and 
universities  which  maintain  nonprofit  status  under  provisions  of  the  fed- 
eral Internal  Revenue  Service  or  the  California  Franchise  Tax  laws. 
These  libraries  also  include  those  operated  by  private  companies  which 
are  primarily  devoted  to  educational  or  research  purposes  and  which 
maintain  nonprofit  status  under  provisions  of  the  federal  Internal  Reve- 
nue Service  or  the  California  Franchise  Tax  laws.  Such  libraries  may  be 
required  by  the  State  Board  to  furnish  proof  of  their  nonprofit  status  in 
addition  to  any  other  required  notices  and  forms. 

§  20257.    Reimbursable  Transaction. 

An  interlibrary  transaction  can  result  in  reimbursement  under  Educa- 
tion Code  sections  18744  and  18765  if  it  consists  of  the  loan  of  a  library 
material  of  any  type  which  is  collected  by  a  library  or  if  it  consists  of  the 
provision  of  a  copy  in  lieu  of  loan  of  a  library  material,  from  any  eligible, 
participating  lending  library  to  any  eligible  public  library  as  defined  in 
section  20255  and  in  Education  Code  sections  18744  and  18765. 

§  20260.     Reimbursable  Costs. 

Reimbursable  costs  are  only  those  handling  costs  which  a  lending  li- 
brary incurs  in  filling  a  successfully  completed  interlibrary  loan  transac- 
tion. The  State  Board  shall  periodically,  and  at  least  annually,  review  and 
approve  the  cost  data  and  determine  an  appropriate  funding  formula 
which  shall  be  uniform  statewide. 

§  20265.    Participation  Requirements. 

Participating  libraries,  both  public  and  nonpublic,  shall  conform  to  the 
following  requirements: 

(a)  Reporting.  To  obtain  reimbursement  a  library  shall  provide  by  the 
deadline  reporting  date,  all  required  reports  of  its  interlibrary  loan  trans- 
actions in  an  established  form  and  manner  determined  by  the  Board  for 
the  period  required. 

(b)  Audit.  For  audit  purposes,  a  record  of  the  interlibrary  loan  transac- 
tions must  be  maintained  for  four  years. 

(c)  Fees.  A  library  providing  an  item  for  interiibrary  loan  may  not  col- 
lect a  handling  fee  on  a  transaction  for  which  that  library  claims  an  interli- 
brary loan  reimbursement  under  provisions  of  this  article.  A  photocopy 
fee,  exclusive  of  photocopy  handling  charge,  may  be  collected. 

(d)  Direct  Loan  Availability.  Participating  libraries  shall  make  maxi- 
mum use  of  available  bibliographic  access  tools  to  refer  users  to  borrow 
directly  from  nearby  libraries  where  requested  material  is  easily  avail- 
able, rather  than  to  process  an  interiibrary  loan. 

(e)  Responsibility  for  Borrowed  Materials.  The  borrowing  library 
shall  be  responsible  for  all  items  it  borrows,  and  if  such  item  is  lost  or 
damaged  by  the  library  or  its  users,  the  borrowing  library  may  be  required 
by  the  lending  library  to  make  restitution  for  the  item. 

(f)  Adherence  to  Standards.  All  participating  libraries  shall  attempt  to 
follow  the  standards  described  in  the  "California  Library  Services  Act  In- 
terlibrary Loan  Standards,"  which  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference. 
The  State  Board  may  withhold  reimbursements  to  libraries  which  contin- 
ually fail  to  meet  the  standards  of  performance. 

Subchapter  2.    Library  of  California 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§  20300.    Scope. 

The  regulations  contained  in  this  chapter  shall  implement  the  Library 
of  California  Act,  Chapter  4.5  of  Part  11  of  Division  1  of  Title  1  of  the 
Education  Code,  beginning  with  Section  18800  thereof. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  1 8821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Chapter  948, 
Statutes  of  1998;  Chapter  4.5,  Section  18800,  Education  Code. 


Page  192.4(c) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11 -9-2(X)l 


§  20301 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


History 

1.  New  subchapter  2  (articles  1-7,  sections  20300-20332),  article  1  (sections 
20300-20301 )  and  section  filed  5-8-2000:  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000, 
No.  19). 

§20301.    Funding  Provisions. 

(a)  Funding  distributed  according  to  Library  of  California  Act  provi- 
sions shall  be  used  to  support  library  purposes. 

(b)  Institutions  and  public  library  jurisdictions  receiving  reimburse- 
ment under  the  provisions  of  Education  Code  Section  18844(a-e)  may 
not  collect  fees  for  those  same  services  or  those  portions  thereof  for 
which  they  have  received  reimbursement. 

Note-.  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18801(b)(1),  18802(d),  18802(i)and  18830(c),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 


Article  2.    Definitions 


§  20302.    Definitions. 

(a)  These  additional  definitions  concerning  Library  of  California  Act 
components  complement  those  set  forth  in  Education  Code  Section 
18810. 

(b)  Additions  to  the  definitions  are  as  follows. 

(1)  "California  Literacy  Campaign"  means  the  program  authorized 
and  funded  under  the  California  Library  Literacy  Service  Act,  Education 
Code  Section  18733. 

(2)  "Chief  Executive  Officer"  means  the  State  Librarian. 

(3)  "Families  for  Literacy"  means  the  program  authorized  and  funded 
under  the  California  Library  Literacy  Service  Act,  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 18735. 

(4)  "Fiscal  year"  means  the  State  fiscal  year  unless  otherwise  speci- 
fied. 

(5)  "President"  means  the  elected  president  of  the  state  board. 

(6)  "Regional  library  network  affiliation"  means  that  a  public  library 
jurisdiction  or  an  insfituUon  formally  and  legally  joins  a  regional  library 
network  to  obtain  full  membership  status. 

(7)  "Regional  library  network  consolidation"  means  the  formal  and  le- 
gal joining  of  the  geographic  service  areas,  functions,  services,  and  op- 
erafions  of  two  or  more  formerly  separate  regional  library  networks  into 
a  single  regional  library  network,  as  defined  in  Education  Code  Sections 
18840-18842. 

(8)  "Regional  library  network  division"  means  the  separation  of  the 
geographic  service  areas,  functions,  services,  operafions,  and  member- 
ship of  a  single  regional  library  network  into  two  or  more  regional  library 
networks,  as  defined  in  Education  Code  Sections  18840-18842. 

(9)  "Regional  library  network  realignment"  means  a  change  in  bound- 
aries of  two  or  more  regional  library  networks. 

(10)  "Regional  network  council"  means  regional  library  council,  as 
defined  in  Educafion  Code  Secfion  18810(r). 

(11)  "Statewide  electronic  library  card"  means  the  mechanism  by 
which  a  library  user  is  authorized  to  obtain  the  services  provided  under 
Education  Code  Secfion  18844(d),  the  Electronic  Direct  Access  pro- 
gram. These  services  allow  the  user  to  browse  the  bibliographic  catalogs 
of  libraries  statewide  on  a  computer,  idenfify  and  request  library  re- 
sources through  a  computer,  and/or  receive  the  information  resources  by 
means  of  a  computer.  The  statewide  electronic  library  card  may  be  a 
physical  card  or  an  electronically  authenticated  equivalent  or  other  ap- 
propriate vehicle. 

(12)  "Vice-President"  means  the  elected  vice-president  of  the  state 
board. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18810,  Education  Code. 

History 

L  New  article  2  (section  20302)  and  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000 
(Register  2000,  No.  19). 


Article  3.     Library  of  California  Board 

§  20303.    Powers  and  Duties  of  the  State  Board. 

Pursuant  to  its  authority  to  establish  regional  library  networks,  the 
state  board  may  approve: 

(a)  regional  library  network  affiliations  and  withdrawals;  and 

(b)  regional  library  network  consolidations,  realignments,  and  divi- 
sions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  18821,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18821(e),  18830(ajand  1 8840,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  article  3  (secfions  20303-20310)  and  secfion  filed  5-8-2000;  operative 
6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20304.    Officers  of  the  State  Board. 

The  state  board  shall  elect  a  president  and  a  vice-president  from  its 
members.  The  term  of  each  office  shall  be  one  year. 

(a)  The  state  board  shall  elect  annually  a  president  and  vice-president 
at  the  last  regular  meeting  of  each  calendar  year. 

(b)  Should  a  vacancy  occur  in  the  office  of  president  or  vice-president, 
the  state  board  shall  elect  one  of  its  members  to  fill  such  vacancy  for  the 
remainder  of  the  term.  The  state  board  shall  take  this  action  at  its  next  reg- 
ular meeting  following  the  occurrence  of  the  vacancy. 

(c)  Duties  of  the  President.  The  president  shall  preside  at  all  meetings 
of  the  state  board,  shall  appoint  committees  and  advisory  bodies  as  autho- 
rized by  the  state  board  and  as  necessary  to  carry  out  its  work,  shall 
execute  for  the  state  board  any  documents  requiring  such  execution,  and 
shall  perform  such  other  duties  as  the  state  board  determines. 

(d)  Duties  of  the  Vice-President.  The  vice-president  shall,  in  the  ab- 
sence of  the  president,  perform  the  duties  of  the  president. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
18820,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  secfion  filed  5-8-2000;  operafive  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20305.    Quorum. 

A  quorum  for  all  state  board  meetings  shall  be  seven  of  the  thirteen 
members. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
18820,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  secfion  filed  5-8-2000;  operafive  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20306.    Meetings  of  the  State  Board. 

(a)  Frequency.  Regular  meetings  of  the  state  board  shall  be  held  at  least 
four  times  each  year,  distributed  over  the  course  of  the  year. 

(b)  Schedule.  The  tentative  dates  and  locations  for  the  regular  meet- 
ings for  the  forthcoming  calendar  year  shall  be  determined  annually,  at 
the  last  regular  meeting  of  the  calendar  year. 

(c)  Changes  in  Schedule.  Nothing  in  this  regulation  shall  be  construed 
to  prevent  the  state  board  from  altering  its  regular  meeting  dates  or  alter- 
ing the  locations  of  meetings. 

(d)  Meeting  Notice.  Any  person  or  organization  desiring  to  receive  no- 
tice(s)  of  state  board  meetings  may  direct  the  request  to:  Library  of 
California  Board,  California  State  Library,  P.  O.  Box  942837,  Sacramen- 
to, California  94237-0001. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
18820,  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1.  New  secfion  filed  5-8-2000;  operafive  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20307.    Speakers. 

(a)  Recognition  of  Speakers.  Members  of  the  public  or  the  Slate  Li- 
brary staff  may  be  recognized  by  the  president  to  speak  at  any  state  board 
meeting.  All  remarks  made  shall  be  germane  to  the  business  at  hand  and 
shall  be  addressed  to  the  president. 

(b)  Subject  of  Remarks.  All  speakers  before  the  state  board  shall  con- 
fine their  remarks  to  the  subject  indicated  in  the  recognition  of  the  presi- 
dent. 


• 


Page  192.4(d) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§20313 


NOTh:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18820.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000.  No.  19). 

§  20308.    Robert's  Rules  of  Order. 

Except  where  the  provisions  of  the  Library  of  California  Act  or  of 
these  regulations  provide  to  the  contrary,  or  when  the  state  board  deter- 
mines otherwise,  the  slate  board  shall  operate  utider  the  provisions  of 
Robert's  Rules  of  Order.  The  state  board  shall  adopt  an  edition  of  Rob- 
ert's Rules  of  Order  as  the  edition  for  use  by  the  state  board. 
NOTt:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18820.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  5-8-2000:  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20309.     Public  Hearings. 

The  slate  board  may  hold  a  public  hearing  regarding  any  matter  pend- 
ing before  it. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18820,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  .section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000.  No.  19). 

§  20310.    Public  Records. 

Inspection  of  the  original  copy  of  any  public  record  of  the  state  board, 
as  defined  in  Government  Code  Section  6252(d)  and  6254,  shall  be  per- 
mitted during  the  regular  office  hours  of  the  California  State  Library.  Li- 
brary and  Courts  I  Building,  914  Capitol  Mall,  Sacramento,  California 
95814. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  1 882 1 ,  Education  Code;  and  Section  6253.4,  Gov- 
ernment Code.  Reference:  Section  18820,  Education  Code;  and  Section  6253(a), 
Government  Code. 

History 

I.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000.  No.  19). 


Article  4.    Eligible  Libraries 

§  2031 1 .    Continuation  of  Membership. 

(a)  Each  institution  or  public  library  jurisdiction  shall  continue  as  a 
member  of  a  regional  library  network  as  long  as: 

( 1 )  at  least  one  of  its  participating  libraries  meets  the  eligibility  stan- 
dards required  by  Education  Code  Section  18830(a)  and  complies  with 
the  agreements  required  by  Education  Code  Section  1 8830(b); 

(2)  the  local  governing  agencies  and  appropriate  administrative  autho- 
rities do  not  reduce  funding  for  library  services  as  a  result  of  membership 
in  the  regional  library  network  and  participation  in  the  programs  and  ser- 
vices delivered  under  this  Act;  and 

(3)  the  institution  or  pubhc  library  jurisdiction  and  its  participating  li- 
braries comply  with  the  resource  sharing  standards  specified  in  Section 
20312  of  this  subchapter. 

(b)  Each  regional  library  network  shall  assure  the  compliance  of  its 
members  with  these  provisions  through  its  meinbership  policies  and  pro- 
cedures. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18830  and  18840(c),  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1.  New  article  4  (sections  20311-20315)  and  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative 
6-7-2000  (Register  2000.  No.  19). 

§  20312.    Resource  Sharing  Standards. 

(a)  Each  participating  library  shall  participate  in  one  or  more  of  the 
four  access  services  components  in  Education  Code  Section  18844(a-d). 

(b)  Each  member  of  a  regional  library  network  shall  provide  access  to 
the  library's  bibliographic  records  and  location  information  for  those  re- 
sources it  has  agreed  to  share  with  other  libraries,  to  support  the  purposes 
of  Education  Code  Sections  18842(d)  and  1 885 l(a-b).  The  access  shall 
be  provided  in  such  form,  manner,  and  frequency  as  established  through 
subsequent  rulemaking  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the  Adminis- 


trative Procedure  Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  ihe  Govern- 
ment Code,  commencing  at  Section  1 1 340). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18830(b).  18842(d),  18844  and  ]8851(a-b),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000.  No.  19). 

§  20313.     Affiliation  with  a  Regional  Library  Network. 

(a)  If  any  institution  or  public  library  jurisdiction  joins  the  regional  li- 
brary network  serving  its  geographic  area  under  the  provisions  of  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  18830.  its  affiliation  shall  be  certified  by  the  state 
board. 

(b)  Should  an  institution  or  public  library  jurisdiction  wish  to  join  a  re- 
gional library  network  other  than  the  one  serving  its  geographic  area,  it 
may  request  an  exception  to  the  geographic  boundary  requirement  from 
the  state  board.  An  exception  may  also  be  requested  to  enable  all  partici- 
pating libraries  of  a  single  institution  or  public  library  jurisdiction  to  be 
served  by  a  single  regional  library  network.  The  state  board's  approval 
for  exceptions  shall  be  based  on  its  determination  that: 

( 1 )  the  proposed  membership  is  at  least  as  effective  a  way  of  carrying 
out  the  purposes  of  the  Act  as  would  be  the  case  if  the  membership  were 
with  the  regional  library  network  serving  the  geographic  area;  and 

(2)  the  proposed  membership  does  not  result  in  an  inefficient  expendi- 
ture of  state  funds  or  redundancy  of  service. 

(c)  If  the  participating  libraries  of  an  institution  or  a  public  library  ju- 
risdiction are  located  in  geographic  areas  served  by  different  regional  li- 
brary networks,  the  institution  or  public  library  jurisdiction  may  become 
a  member  of  each  regional  library  network  serving  one  or  more  of  its  par- 
ticipating libraries.  However,  each  participating  library  shall  receive 
state-supported  services  from  a  single  regional  library  network  and  only 
that  regional  library  network  shall  file  a  certification  of  library  participa- 
tion with  the  state  board  under  the  provisions  of  Section  203 1 3(0  of  this 
subchapter  for  the  participating  library. 

(d)  The  administrative  body  of  the  regional  library  network  shall  file 
a  notice  of  agreement  and  the  institutional  governing  body  or  the  public 
library  jurisdictional  governing  body  shall  file  an  affiliation  request  with 
the  state  board  by  April  1  of  the  fiscal  year  prior  to  the  fiscal  year  when 
such  status  is  sought. 

(1)  The  notice  of  agreement  shall  certify  that  the  regional  library  net- 
work approves  the  membership  application  of  the  institution  or  public  li- 
brary jurisdiction. 

(2)  The  affiliation  request  shall  certify  that  the  governing  body  or  ap- 
propriate administrative  authority  for  the  institution  or  jurisdiction 
wishes  to  join  the  regional  library  network  and  agrees  to  comply  with  the 
provisions  of  this  Act. 

(e)  For  purposes  of  determining  the  eligibility  of  the  affiliating  institu- 
tion or  public  library  jurisdiction  to  receive  services  and  funds  under  the 
provisions  of  this  Act,  an  affiliation  shall  be  considered  effective  begin- 
ning July  1  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  following  the  fiscal  year  in 
which  the  affiliation  is  certified  by  the  state  board.  The  state  board  may 
approve  an  earlier  effective  date  if  it  determines  that  such  action  would 
best  serve  the  purposes  of  the  Act. 

(0  Participating  Libraries. 

(1)  If  a  library  within  a  member  institution  or  member  public  library 
jurisdiction  elects  to  become  a  participating  library  and  it  meets  the  eligi- 
bility criteria  for  a  participating  library  as  set  forth  in  Education  Code 
Section  18830(a-b),  and  its  participation  is  approved  by  the  regional  li- 
brary network,  the  administrative  body  of  the  regional  library  network 
shall  file  a  certification  of  library  participation  with  the  state  board  by 
April  1  of  the  fiscal  year  prior  to  the  fiscal  year  when  such  status  is  sought. 

(2)  For  purposes  of  determining  the  eligibility  of  the  participating  li- 
brary to  receive  services  and  funds  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  the 
status  of  the  library  as  a  participating  library  shall  be  considered  effective 
beginning  July  1  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  following  the  fiscal  year 
in  which  the  certificaUon  of  library  participation  is  filed  with  the  state 
board.  The  state  board  may  approve  an  earlier  effective  date  if  it  deter- 
mines that  such  acfion  would  best  serve  the  purposes  of  the  Act. 


Page  192.4(e) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


§  20314 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18821(e),  18830,  18831(a)  and  18840,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20314.    Withdrawal  from  a  Regional  Library  Network. 

(a)  If  a  member  institution  or  public  library  jurisdiction  does  not  retain 
its  membership  in  a  regional  library  network,  the  regional  library  net- 
work shall  notify  the  state  board  within  thirty  days  following  the  official 
action  of  the  member  and/or  the  regional  library  network. 

(b)  If  a  participating  library  does  not  retain  its  status  as  a  participating 
library  in  a  regional  library  network,  the  regional  library  network  shall 
notify  the  state  board  within  thirty  days  following  the  official  action  of 
the  member  on  behalf  of  its  participating  library  and/or  the  regional  li- 
brary network. 

(c)  For  the  purposes  of  determining  the  eligibihty  of  an  institution  or 
a  public  library  jurisdiction  or  a  participating  library  to  receive  services 
and  funds  under  the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  a  withdrawal  shall  be  con- 
sidered effective  upon  filing  the  notification  with  the  state  board. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18821(e),  18830  and  18840,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20315.    Membership  Eligibility  Appeals. 

(a)  If  an  institution  or  a  public  library  jurisdiction  considers  the  mem- 
bership eligibility  policies  and/or  membership  eligibility  actions  of  the 
regional  library  network  serving  its  geographic  area  to  be  inconsistent 
with  the  purposes  and  provisions  of  this  Act,  it  may  file  an  appeal  with 
the  state  board. 

(b)  An  appeal  shall  include  references  to  the  relevant  purposes  and/or 
provisions  of  the  Act;  information  on  the  membership  eligibihty  policies 
and/or  membership  eligibility  actions  of  the  regional  library  network 
which  appear  inconsistent  with  the  Act;  and  any  available  documenta- 
tion. 

(c)  The  state  board  shall  notify  the  regional  library  network  of  the  ap- 
peal and  shall  invite  the  regional  library  network  to  respond  to  the  appeal, 
which  response  is  due  within  sixty  days  of  the  state  board's  notice. 

(d)  The  state  board  shall  take  action  on  the  appeal  within  one  hundred 
and  fifty  days  of  the  institution's  or  public  library  jurisdiction's  initial  fil- 
ing. 

(e)  The  state  board's  determination  shall  be  based  upon: 

(1)  the  accuracy  of  the  data  presented  in  the  appeal; 

(2)  the  impact  of  the  regional  library  network's  membership  eligibility 
actions  and/or  membership  eligibility  policies  on  resource  sharing  in  the 
geographic  region  and  the  state; 

(3)  the  consistency  of  the  regional  library  network's  membership  eh- 
gibility  actions  and/or  membership  eligibility  policies  with  the  purposes 
and  provisions  of  the  Act;  and 

(4)  the  exclusion  or  inclusion  of  libraries  by  type,  size,  or  other  factors 
inconsistent  with  the  purposes  of  this  Act  as  a  result  of  the  regional  library 
network's  membership  eligibility  actions  and/or  membership  eligibility 
policies. 

(0  The  decisions  of  the  state  board  shall  become  effective  thirty  days 
from  its  official  action  on  the  appeal. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18821(h),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

Article  5.    Regional  Library  Networks 

§  20316.    Establishment  of  Regional  Library  Networks. 

(a)  The  state  board  shall  use  the  following  criteria  to  approve  the 
boundaries  of  the  regional  library  networks,  considering  both  cost-effec- 
tiveness and  relationship  to  the  resource  sharing  purposes  of  this  chapter: 
public  library  jurisdictional  boundaries;  commonality  with  boundaries  of 
educational  institutions;  recognition  of  current  transportation,  market- 


ing, and  communication  patterns;  location  of  and  access  to  library  re- 
sources; adequacy  of  resources  for  resource  sharing  purposes;  popula- 
tion; and  geographical  contiguity. 

(b)  Every  geographic  area  of  the  state  shall  be  served  by  a  regional  li- 
brary network. 

(c)  Upon  receipt  of  a  plan  for  a  regional  library  network  as  set  forth  in 
Education  Code  Section  18840,  the  state  board  shall  review  the  plan  for 
completeness  and  for  compliance  with  the  purposes  and  provisions  of  the 
Act. 

(d)  The  state  board  shall  conclude  its  plan  review  within  one  hundred 
and  twenty  days  from  the  submission  of  a  plan  and  approve  it  or  disap- 
prove it.  If  a  regional  library  network's  plan  is  disapproved,  the  state 
board  shall  note  the  reason(s)  for  its  disapproval  and  may  make  recom- 
mendations as  to  modifications  which  would  make  the  plan  approvable. 
A  modified  plan  may  be  re-submitted  for  state  board  consideration. 

(e)  Upon  state  board  approval,  a  regional  library  network  shall  be  es- 
tablished for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and  its  organization  and  members 
shall  be  recognized  as  ehgible  to  receive  services  and  funds  under  the 
provisions  of  this  Act.  The  establishment  and  recognition  of  the  regional 
library  network  shall  be  considered  effective  on  the  first  July  1  following 
state  board  approval.  The  state  board  may  approve  an  earlier  effective 
date  if  it  determines  that  such  action  would  best  serve  the  purposes  of  the 
Act. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18821(e),  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1.  New  article  5  (sections  20316-20321)  and  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative 
6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20317.    Consolidation  of  Regional  Library  Networks. 

(a)  If  any  two  or  more  regional  library  networks  whose  borders  are 
contiguous  wish  to  consolidate,  a  joint  notice  of  intent,  approved  by  the 
regional  network  councils  of  the  consolidating  regional  hbrary  networks, 
shall  be  filed  with  the  state  board  no  later  than  September  I  of  the  fiscal 
year  immediately  preceding  the  July  I  effective  date  of  the  consolidation. 
Regional  Hbrary  network  affiliation  authorizations  approved  by  the  insti- 
tutional or  public  library  jurisdictional  governing  body  of  each  member 
of  the  new  consolidated  regional  library  network,  and  a  new  regional  li- 
brary network  plan  as  specified  in  Education  Code  Section  18840,  shall 
be  filed  with  the  state  board  no  later  than  January  1 5  of  the  fiscal  year  im- 
mediately preceding  the  July  1  effective  date  of  the  consolidation. 

(b)  The  state  board's  approval  of  requests  for  regional  library  network 
consolidations  shall  be  based  on  the  criteria  for  the  establishment  of  re- 
gional library  networks  specified  in  Section  20316  of  this  subchapter  and 
upon  the  slate  board's  determination  that  the  consolidation  provides  at 
least  as  effective  a  way  of  carrying  out  the  purposes  of  the  Act  as  would 
be  the  case  if  the  consolidation  did  not  occur. 

(c)  For  purposes  of  determining  the  eligibility  of  the  regional  library 
networks  and  their  members  to  receive  services  and  funds  under  other 
provisions  of  the  Act,  a  consolidation  approved  by  the  state  board  shall 
be  considered  effective  beginning  July  I  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately 
following  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  consolidadon  authorizations  are 
filed.  The  state  board  may  approve  an  earlier  effective  date  if  it  deter- 
mines that  such  action  would  best  serve  the  purposes  of  the  Act. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfions 
18821(e)  and  18840,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operafive  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20318.    Realignment  of  Regional  Library  Networks. 

(a)  If  any  two  or  more  regional  library  networks  whose  borders  are 
contiguous  wish  to  realign  their  boundaries,  a  joint  notice  of  intent,  ap- 
proved by  the  regional  network  councils  of  the  realigning  regional  library 
networks,  shall  be  filed  with  the  state  board  no  later  than  September  1  of 
the  fiscal  year  immediately  preceding  the  effective  date  of  the  realign- 
ment. Regional  library  network  affiliafion  requests  approved  by  the  insti- 
tutional or  public  library  jurisdictional  governing  body  of  each  member 
of  the  new  regional  library  networks,  and  revised  or  new  regional  library 
network  plans  as  specified  in  Education  Code  Section  18840,  shall  be 


Page  192.4(f) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20322 


filed  with  the  state  board  no  later  than  January  15  of  the  fiscal  year  im- 
mediately preceding  the  effective  date  of  the  realignment. 

(b)  The  state  board's  approval  of  requests  for  regional  library  network 
realignments  shall  be  based  on  the  criteria  for  the  establishment  of  re- 
gional library  networks  specified  in  Section  203 1 6  of  this  subchapter  and 
upon  the  stale  board's  determination  that  the  realignment  provides  at 
least  as  effective  a  way  of  carrying  out  the  purposes  of  the  Act  as  would 
be  the  case  if  the  realignment  did  not  occur. 

(c)  For  purposes  of  determining  the  eligibility  of  the  regional  library 
networks  and  their  members  to  receive  services  and  funds  under  other 
provisions  of  the  Act,  a  realignment  approved  by  the  state  board  shall  be 
considered  effective  beginning  July  1  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  fol- 
lowing the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  realignment  authorizations  are  filed. 
The  state  board  may  approve  an  earlier  effective  dale  if  it  determines  that 
such  action  would  best  serve  the  purposes  of  the  Act. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18821(e)  and  18840.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20319.    Division  of  Regional  Library  Networi(s. 

(a)  If  a  regional  library  network  wishes  to  divide  into  two  or  more  re- 
gional library  networks,  a  notice  of  intent  approved  by  its  regional  net- 
work council  shall  be  filed  with  the  state  board  no  later  than  September 
1  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  preceding  the  July  1  effective  date  of  the 
division.  Regional  library  network  affiliation  authorizations  approved  by 
the  institutional  or  public  library  jurisdictional  governing  body  of  each 
member  of  the  new  regional  library  networks,  and  a  new  regional  library 
network  plan  as  specified  in  Education  Code  18840  for  each  regional  li- 
brary network  resulting  from  the  division,  shall  be  filed  with  the  state 
board  no  later  than  January  15  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  preceding 
the  July  1  effective  date  of  the  division. 

(b)  The  state  board's  approval  of  requests  for  regional  library  network 
divisions  shall  be  based  on  the  criteria  for  the  establishment  of  regional 
library  networks  specified  in  Section  20316  of  this  subchapter  and  upon 
the  slate  board's  determination  that  the  division  provides  at  least  as  effec- 
tive a  way  of  carrying  out  the  purposes  of  the  Act  as  would  be  the  case 
if  the  division  did  not  occur. 

(c)  For  purposes  of  determining  the  eligibility  of  the  regional  library 
networks  and  their  members  to  receive  services  and  funds  under  other 
provisions  of  the  Act,  a  division  approved  by  the  slate  board  shall  be  con- 
sidered effective  beginning  July  1  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  follow- 
ing the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  division  request  is  filed.  The  stale  board 
may  approve  an  earlier  effective  date  if  it  determines  that  such  action 
would  best  serve  the  purposes  of  the  Act. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18821(e)  and  18840,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  3-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20320.    Regional  Library  Network  Long-Range  Plan  and 
Annual  Plan  of  Service. 

To  continue  to  qualify  for  funding  under  the  Library  of  California  Act, 
each  regional  library  network  shall  submit  a  long-range  plan  and  an 
annual  plan  of  service  to  the  stale  board  for  its  approval. 

(a)  The  long-range  plan  shall  set  forth  the  goals  and  objectives  for  the 
regional  library  network  over  a  three  year  period,  relative  to  the  purposes 
of  this  Act  and  the  needs  of  people  within  the  region. 

(b)  The  annual  plan  of  service  shall  provide  for: 

(1)  services  to  advance  the  regional  library  network's  long-range 
goals  and  objectives;  and 

(2)  a  budget  proposed  for  the  next  fiscal  year. 

(c)  Following  approval  by  the  regional  network  council,  the  long- 
range  plan  and  annual  plan  of  service  shall  be  submitted  annually  to  the 
state  board  by  April  1  of  the  fiscal  year  immediately  preceding  the  fiscal 
year  for  which  funds  are  requested. 


(d)  The  state  board  shall  review  the  long-range  plan  and  the  annual 
plan  of  service  for  compliance  Vk/ith  the  purposes  and  provisions  of  the 
Act. 

(e)  The  state  board  shall  conclude  its  review  within  sixty  days  from  the 
submission  of  the  plans  and  approve  or  disapprove  them.  If  a  regional  li- 
brary network's  plans  are  disapproved,  the  state  board  shall  note  the  rca- 
son(s)  for  their  disapproval  and  may  make  recommendations  as  to  modi- 
fications which  would  make  the  plans  approvable.  Modified  plans  may 
be  re-submitted  for  state  board  consideration. 

(f)  Any  revision  of  the  annual  plan  of  service,  including  its  budget, 
shall  be  submitted  to  the  chief  executive  officer  at  least  thirty  days  prior 
to  the  effective  date  of  the  proposed  changes. 

(g)  In  addition,  each  regional  library  network  shall  file  by  October  1 
of  each  year  a  report  for  the  fiscal  year  just  ended,  that  describes  the  actual 
accomplishments  and  expenditures  of  the  regional  library  network  pro- 
gram, compares  them  with  the  planned  accompHshments  and  expendi- 
tures for  the  fiscal  year  reported,  and  includes  other  appropriate  commen- 
tary. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code,  Reference:  Sections 
18840(d)  and  18841(a),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000.  No.  19). 

§  20321 .    Administration  of  Regional  Library  Networks. 

(a)  The  regional  library  network  shall  provide  for  the  position  of  a 
chairperson. 

(b)  The  regional  network  council  and  its  representative  board  shall 
have  regular  meetings,  which  shall  be  open  and  accessible  to  the  public 
as  required  in  the  Open  Meetings  Act  (Government  Code  Sections 
54950-54961). 

(c)  The  regional  network  council  and  its  representative  board  may  es- 
tablish such  subgroups,  committees,  and  advisory  bodies  as  necessary  to 
assure  the  effective  and  efficient  operation  of  the  regional  library  net- 
work. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18840(a),  18840(h)  and  18841.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000.  No.  19). 


Article  6.    Access  Services 

§  20322.    Interlibrary  Loan. 

This  program  of  the  Act  supports  the  sharing  of  library  materials 
through  interlibrary  loan.  Library  resources  needed  by  a  library  user  and 
not  available  in  the  user's  library  may  be  made  available  to  the  u.ser  via 
interlibrary  loan. 

(a)  Members  of  regional  library  networks  are  eligible  to  obtain  interli- 
brary loans  and  to  receive  reimbursement  for  interlibrary  loans  under  the 
provisions  of  this  chapter.  A  library  shall  agree  both  to  extend  interlibrary 
loan  services  and  initiate  interlibrary  loan  requests  for  its  primary  clien- 
tele in  order  to  participate  in  this  program. 

(b)  An  interlibrary  loan  shall  result  in  reimbursement  under  Education 
Code  Section  1 8844(a)  if  it  consists  of  the  loan  of  a  library  material  in  any 
format  or  if  it  consists  of  the  provision  of  a  copy  in  lieu  of  loan  of  a  library 
material  from  one  member  of  a  regional  library  network  to  another  mem- 
ber of  any  regional  library  network  statewide. 

(c)  Interlibrary  loan  protocols  shall  be  established  through  subsequent 
rulemaking  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the  Administrative  Proce- 
dure Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the  Government  Code, 
commencing  at  Section  1 1340). 

(d)  Reimbursable  costs  are  those  handling  costs  and  delivery  costs 
which  a  lending  library  incurs  in  filling  a  successfully  completed  interii- 
brary  loan  request. 

(e)  The  reimbursement  formula  and  procedures  shall  be  established 
through  subsequent  rulemaking  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the 
Administrative  Procedure  Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the 
Government  Code,  commencing  at  Section  1 1340). 


Page  192.4(g) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  1 1-9-2001 


§  20323 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(f)  To  obtain  reimbursement,  a  regional  library  network  member  shall 
provide  to  the  state  board  an  invoice  detailing  its  interlibrary  loan  trans- 
actions for  the  appropriate  period.  For  audit  purposes,  a  record  of  these 
invoices  must  be  maintained  for  four  years. 

Note.  Authority  cited;  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18844(a).  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  article  6  (sections  20322-20326)  and  section  filed  5-8-2000:  operative 

6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20323.    Patron  Referral  and  Onsite  Services. 

This  program  of  the  Act  enables  library  users  from  one  institution  or 
public  library  jurisdiction  to  use  library  services  and  resources  in  another 
institution  or  public  library  jurisdiction  which  would  otherwise  be  inac- 
cessible to  them. 

(a)  Members  of  regional  library  networks  are  eligible  to  refer  patrons 
under  this  program.  Members  of  regional  library  networks  are  eligible  to 
receive  reimbursement  for  onsite  services  delivered  under  the  provisions 
of  this  Act. 

(1)  The  provision  of  onsite  services  to  a  referred  library  patron  shall 
result  in  reimbursement  under  Education  Code  Section  18844(b)  if  the 
services  are  delivered  and  if  the  referral  originated  from  another  member 
of  the  regional  library  network  in  accordance  with  protocols  developed 
by  the  regional  library  network. 

(2)  The  provision  of  onsite  services  to  a  referred  library  patron  shall 
result  in  reimbursement  under  Education  Code  Section  18844(b)  if  the 
services  are  delivered  and  if  the  referral  originated  from  a  member  of  any 
regional  library  network  statewide.  Protocols  shall  be  established 
through  subsequent  rulemaking  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the 
Administrative  Procedure  Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the 
Government  Code,  commencing  at  Section  11340). 

(b)  Information  agencies  with  uncommon  and  exceptional  onsite  ser- 
vices and  resources,  which  would  otherwise  be  inaccessible  to  the  public, 
may  receive  designation  as  an  eligible  recipient  of  reimbursement  funds 
under  Education  Code  Section  18844(b). 

( 1 )  The  information  agency  may  apply  to  a  regional  library  network 
to  provide  services  to  its  members  provided  that: 

(A)  it  is  one  of  the  few  if  not  the  only  source  of  the  onsite  service  in 
the  region;  and 

(B)  it  agrees  to  comply  with  the  purposes  and  provisions  of  this  Act. 

(2)  The  information  agency  may  apply  to  the  state  board  to  provide 
services  to  members  of  all  regional  library  networks  statewide  provided 
that: 

(A)  it  is  one  of  the  few  if  not  the  only  source  of  the  onsite  service  in 
the  state;  and 

(B)  it  agrees  to  comply  with  the  purposes  and  provisions  of  this  Act. 

(c)  Reimbursable  onsite  services  are  those  identified  by  the  state 
board. 

(d)  Reimbursable  costs  are  those  identified  by  the  state  board. 

(e)  To  obtain  reimbursement,  an  institution  or  a  public  library  jurisdic- 
tion or  an  information  agency  shall  provide  to  the  state  board  an  invoice 
detailing  its  provision  of  onsite  services  to  referred  library  patrons  for  the 
appropriate  period.  For  audit  purposes,  a  record  of  these  invoices  shall 
be  retained  for  four  years. 

(0  Reimbursable  services,  costs,  and  procedures  shall  be  established 
through  subsequent  rulemaking  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the 
Administrative  Procedure  Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the 
Government  Code,  commencing  at  Section  11 340). 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18844(b),  Education  Code. 

History 

] .  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20324.    Direct  Loan. 

This  program  of  the  Act  enables  library  users  to  receive  direct  borrow- 
ing privileges  at  libraries  for  which  these  people  do  not  constitute  the  pri- 
mary clientele. 


(a)  Members  of  a  regional  library  network  are  eligible  to  receive  reim- 
bursement for  extending  direct  borrowing  privileges  to  people  who  are 
not  part  of  their  primary  clientele,  but  who  are  part  of  the  primary  clien- 
tele of  other  members  of  its  regional  library  network.  Services  shall  be 
provided  in  accordance  with  the  protocols  of  the  regional  library  net- 
work. 

(b)  Members  of  a  regional  library  network  are  eligible  to  receive  reim- 
bursement for  extending  direct  borrowing  privileges  to  people  who  are 
not  part  of  their  primary  clientele,  but  who  are  part  of  the  primary  clien- 
tele of  other  members  of  any  regional  library  network  statewide.  Proto- 
cols shall  be  established  through  subsequent  rulemaking  under  the  provi- 
sions of  the  Administrative  Procedure  Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of 
Title  2  of  the  Government  Code,  commencing  at  Section  1 1340). 

(c)  A  library  participating  in  a  direct  loan  program  under  this  Act  shall 
apply  the  same  rules,  policies,  procedures,  and  fees  related  to  borrowing 
privileges  to  eligible  borrowers  from  other  institutions  or  public  library 
jurisdictions  as  are  applied  to  individual  members  of  its  own  primary 
clientele.  Where  there  are  different  categories  of  primary  clientele  with 
different  service  levels,  the  library  shall  identify  the  service  level  applica- 
ble to  eligible  borrowers  from  other  institutions  or  public  library  jurisdic- 
tions. 

(d)  Libraries  participating  in  this  program  shall  ascertain  whether  or 
not  each  person  requesting  direct  borrowing  privileges  is  a  member  of  its 
primary  clientele.  If  the  person  is  a  member  of  the  library's  primary  clien- 
tele, such  services  shall  not  be  reimbursable  under  this  Act. 

(e)  An  eligible  borrower  shall  hold  a  valid  borrowers  card  (or  equiva- 
lent) issued  by  a  member  of  a  regional  library  network  in  recognition  of 
his  or  her  status  as  part  of  the  primary  clientele  of  that  institution  or  public 
library  jurisdiction. 

(1)  Any  additional  identification  generally  required  by  a  library  of  its 
own  primary  clientele  may  also  be  required. 

(2)  The  lending  library  may  also  require  the  name  and  current  address 
of  the  borrower  and  the  name  and  current  address  of  the  institution  or 
public  library  jurisdiction  through  which  the  borrower  is  eligible  for  ser- 
vice. 

(f)  Contracts  for  loan  and  other  services  provided  by  an  institution  or 
a  public  library  jurisdiction  to  the  primary  clientele  of  another  institution 
or  public  library  jurisdiction  are  not  prohibited.  Persons  served  under 
such  contracts  shall  be  registered  as  part  of  the  primary  clientele  of  the 
institution  or  public  library  jurisdiction  providing  the  contract  service. 
No  reimbursement  for  services  provided  under  the  terms  of  such  con- 
tracts shall  be  provided  under  this  Act. 

(g)  Loan  of  a  library  material  of  any  type  by  an  institution  or  pubUc 
library  jurisdiction  to  an  eligible  borrower  shall  result  in  reimbursement 
from  the  state  under  Education  Code  Section  1 8844(c).  Reimbursements 
shall  be  equitable  in  that: 

( 1 )  each  loan  to  an  eligible  borrower  from  a  type  of  library  different 
from  the  lending  library  shall  be  reimbursed;  and 

(2)  each  loan  to  an  eligible  borrower  from  the  same  type  of  library  as 
the  lending  library  shall  be  reimbursed  on  a  net  imbalance  basis,  to  the 
extent  that  the  number  of  items  loaned  to  its  non-primary  clientele  ex- 
ceeds the  number  of  items  borrowed  by  its  primary  clientele  from  other 
libraries  of  the  same  type. 

(h)  To  obtain  reimbursement,  an  institution  or  public  library  jurisdic- 
tion shall  provide  to  the  state  board  an  invoice  detailing  its  provision  of 
direct  loan  services  for  the  appropriate  period.  For  audit  purposes,  a  re- 
cord of  these  invoices  shall  be  retained  for  four  years. 

(i)  Reimbursable  costs  are  those  handling  costs  incurred  by  the  lending 
library  in  processing  a  direct  loan  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

(j)  The  reimbursement  formula  and  procedures  shall  be  established 
through  subsequent  rulemaking  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the 
Administrative  Procedure  Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the 
Government  Code,  commencing  at  Section  1 1340). 
Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18844(c),  Education  Code. 


Page  192.4(h) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20327 


History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-8-2000:  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20325.    Additional  Direct  Loan  Provisions  for  Public 
Library  Jurisdictions. 

Each  public  library  jurisdiction  that  is  a  member  of  a  regional  library 
network  shall  provide  direct  borrowing  privileges  to  all  residents  of  the 
geographic  area  served  by  the  regional  library  network  in  accordance 
with  Education  Code  Section  1 8842(c)  and  shall  provide  such  service  un- 
der the  provisions  of  Section  20324  of  this  subchapter. 

(a)  In  addition  to  the  reimbursable  services  identified  in  Section  20324 
(a-b)  of  this  subchapter,  each  public  library  jurisdiction  is  eligible  to  re- 
ceive reimbursement  for  extending  direct  borrowing  privileges  to 
Californians  who  are  not  residents  of  its  geographic  jurisdiction  and  who 
are  not  part  of  the  primary  clientele  of  other  members  of  any  regional  li- 
brary network. 

(b)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  each  resident  of  the  state  shall  be 
deemed  to  have  a  single  legal  residency,  which  shall  entitle  him  or  her 
to  resident  library  services  of  the  public  library  jurisdiction  in  which  he 
or  she  resides,  and  such  services  shall  not  be  reimbursable  under  this  Act. 
In  determining  the  places  of  residency,  the  provisions  of  Government 
Code  Section  244  shall  apply. 

(c)  Extension  of  borrowing  privileges  by  public  library  jurisdictions 
to  residents  of  the  geographic  area  served  by  the  regional  library  network 
shall  not  adversely  affect  the  level  of  service  provided  by  that  Ubrary  to 
its  own  primary  clientele. 

(1 )  If  existing  public  library  service  programs,  funded  at  the  local  lev- 
el, are  diminished  as  a  result  of  this  resource  sharing  program,  the  public 
library  jurisdiction  may  request  a  waiver  of  its  participation  in  the  direct 
loan  program  or  a  waiver  of  one  or  more  of  the  provisions  of  Section 
20324  (c)  of  this  subchapter. 

(2)  The  regional  library  network  shall  submit  the  original  waiver  re- 
quest and  the  subsequent  recommendation  of  the  regional  library  net- 
work to  the  state  board  for  its  consideration  within  ninety  days  from  re- 
ceipt of  the  original  request. 

(3)  The  state  board  shall  approve  or  disapprove  the  waiver  request 
within  one  hundred  and  twenty  days  of  the  waiver  filing  with  the  state 
board  by  the  regional  library  network.  If  approved,  the  provisions  of  the 
waiver  shall  be  effective  thirty  days  from  the  date  of  the  state  board's  ac- 
tion and  shall  be  effective  for  the  time  period  specified  by  the  state  board 
in  its  approval. 

(4)  Criteria  considered  by  the  state  board  in  making  its  determination 
on  the  waiver  request  shall  include:  impact  of  the  direct  loan  program  on 
local  library  service;  equity  of  benefits  to  the  primary  clientele  of  the  re- 
questing library;  relationship  of  the  acfion  proposed  by  the  public  library 
jurisdiction  to  the  purposes  of  the  Act;  and  recommendation  of  the  re- 
gional library  network. 

NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
18802(i)  and  18844(c),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000:  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20326.    Electronic  Direct  Access. 

This  program  of  the  Act  enables  library  users  to  obtain  electronic  bor- 
rowing privileges  and  electronic  information  delivery  privileges  from  li- 
braries for  which  these  people  do  not  constitute  the  primary  clientele. 

(a)  Each  member  of  a  regional  Ubrary  network  is  eligible  to  authorize 
library  users  who  constitute  part  of  its  primary  clientele  to  utilize  this  ser- 
vice and  is  eligible  to  receive  reimbursement  for  extending  this  service 
to  people  who  are  not  part  of  its  primary  clientele  but  who  are  part  of  the 
primary  clientele  of  other  members  of  regional  Ubrary  networks  state- 
wide. 

(b)  A  member  of  a  regional  library  network  desiring  to  participate  in 
this  program  shall; 

( 1 )  make  its  own  bibliographic  records  and  location  information  as  de- 
scribed in  Section  20328(a)  of  this  subchapter  available  electronically 
statewide; 


(2)  at  its  discretion,  authorize  members  of  its  primary  clientele  to  re- 
ceive electronic  borrowing  privileges  and  electronic  information  deliv- 
ery privileges  by  issuing  statewide  electronic  library  cards  to  them; 

(3)  provide  electronic  borrowing  privileges  and  electronic  informa- 
tion delivery  privileges  to  authorized  holders  of  statewide  electronic  li- 
brary cards;  and 

(4)  deliver  services  in  accordance  with  the  protocols  established 
through  subsequent  ruleinaking  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the 
Administrative  Procedure  Act  (Chapter3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the 
Government  Code,  commencing  at  Section  1 1340). 

(c)  An  eligible  borrower  is  a  person  who  is  authorized  by  and  holds  a 
valid  statewide  electronic  library  card  issued  by  a  member  of  any  region- 
al library  network  statewide. 

(1)  Any  additional  identification  normally  required  by  a  library  of  its 
own  primary  clientele  may  also  be  required. 

(2)  The  lending  library  may  also  require  the  name  and  current  address 
of  the  borrower  and  the  name  and  current  address  of  the  institution  or 
public  library  jurisdiction  by  which  the  borrower  is  eligible  for  service. 

(3)  Items  may  be  sent  electronically  to  the  computer  transmitting  the 
request  or  to  a  designated  substitute  computer  or  to  an  e-mail  account. 

(4)  Items  which  cannot  be  transmitted  electronically  may  be  delivered 
physically  to  the  member  of  the  regional  library  network  authorizing  the 
eligible  borrower.  Alternatively,  the  borrower  may  pay  for  delivery  costs 
for  delivery  to  an  alternate  site.  The  borrower  is  responsible  for  returning 
the  item  to  the  Ubrary  authorizing  him  or  her  as  an  eligible  borrower  or, 
alternatively,  paying  the  delivery  and  related  costs  of  returning  the  item 
to  the  lending  library. 

(d)  Electronic  transmission  of  information  or  loan  of  a  library  material 
of  any  type  by  an  institution  or  a  public  library  jurisdiction  to  an  eligible 
borrower  shall  result  in  reimbursement  from  the  state  under  Education 
Code  Section  18844(d).  An  institution  or  public  library  jurisdiction  shall 
not  collect  reimbursement  for  the  same  transaction  under  both  the  interli- 
brary  loan  program  and  the  electronic  direct  access  program. 

(e)  Reimbursable  costs  are  those  handling  costs  and  delivery  costs 
which  a  lending  library  incurs  in  filling  a  successfully  completed  elec- 
tronic direct  loan  transaction. 

(f)  To  obtain  reimbursement,  an  institution  or  public  library  jurisdic- 
tion shall  provide  to  the  state  board  an  invoice  detailing  its  electronic  di- 
rect access  transactions  for  the  appropriate  period.  For  audit  purposes,  a 
record  of  these  invoices  shall  be  maintained  for  four  years. 

(g)  The  reimbursement  formula  and  procedures  shall  be  established 

through  subsequent  rulemaking  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the 

Administrative  Procedure  Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the 

Government  Code,  commencing  at  Section  1 1340). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
1 8844(d),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 


Article  7.    Statewide  Services 

§  20327.    Telecommunications. 

This  program  of  the  Act  assists  all  participating  libraries  in  obtaining 
equitable  access  to  the  resources  and  services  of  all  other  California  li- 
braries through  a  telecommunications  infrastructure. 

(a)  Each  member  of  a  regional  library  network  is  eligible  to  receive 
state  funds  for  its  participating  libraries  to  become  electronic  doorways 
to  other  library  resources  and  services  statewide.  The  state  board  shall 
identify  minimum  technical  specifications  and/or  performance  standards 
to  allow  libraries  to  meet  this  designation  through  subsequent  rulemak- 
ing conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the  Administrative  Procedure  Act 
(Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the  Government  Code,  commenc- 
ing at  Section  11340). 

(b)  Any  combination  of  regional  library  network  members,  including 
regional  library  networks,  is  eligible  to  receive  state  funds  for  linking  li- 
brary automation  systems,  supporting  electronic  access  and  resource 


Page  192.4(i) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


§  20328 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


sharing,  maintaining  access  to  electronic  files  and  databases,  and  other 
services  pursuant  to  the  purpose  of  this  Act.  The  state  board  shall  identify 
minimum  technical  specifications  and/or  performance  standards  for  ob- 
taining state  funds  through  subsequent  rulemaking  conducted  under  the 
provisions  of  the  Administrative  Procedure  Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division 
3  of  Title  2  of  the  Government  Code,  commencing  at  Section  1 1340). 

(c)  Any  member  of  a  regional  library  network  is  eligible  to  receive 
state  funds  to  assist  its  participating  libraries  with  the  telecommunica- 
tions ability  to  provide  access  for  its  clientele  to  services  provided  under 
this  Act  in  a  manner  that  is  generally  available  statewide.  The  state  board 
shall  identify  minimum  technical  specifications  and/or  performance 
standards  to  achieve  this  equity  through  subsequent  rulemaking  con- 
ducted under  the  provisions  of  the  Administrative  Procedure  Act  (Chap- 
ter 3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the  Government  Code,  commencing  at 
Section  11340). 

(d)  The  state  board  shall  identify  priorities,  criteria,  procedures,  and 
eligible  costs  for  telecommunications  projects  through  subsequent  rule- 
making conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the  Administrative  Procedure 
Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the  Government  Code,  com- 
mencing at  Section  1 1340). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18850(a),  Education  Code. 

History 
I.  New  article  7  (sections  20327-20332)  and  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative 
6^7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20328.    Bibliographic  Databases. 

This  program  of  the  Act  ensures  that  the  bibliographic  records  and 
location  information  representing  resources  in  participating  libraries  are 
made  available  statewide. 

(a)  Members  of  regional  library  networks  shall  provide  access  to  the 
bibliographic  records  and  location  information  for  those  resources  they 
share  with  other  libraries.  Bibliographic  records  and  location  informa- 
tion may  be  provided  for  books,  serials,  non-print  items,  information 
files,  and  other  library  materials.  Protocols  shall  be  established  through 
subsequent  rulemaking  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the  Adminis- 
trative Procedure  Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the  Govern- 
ment Code,  commencing  at  Section  11340). 

(b)  For  those  library  resources  available  for  sharing  but  for  which  bib- 
liographic records  and  location  information  are  unavailable,  incomplete 
or  incompatible  with  current  national  standards  for  cataloging,  or  inac- 
cessible in  electronic  format,  or  a  combination  thereof,  the  state  board 
may  allocate  funds  to: 

(1)  reimburse  regional  library  network  members  for  cataloging  pre- 
viously-uncataloged  or  inadequately-cataloged  materials  in  an  online 
communications  format  at  the  national  standards  of  Machine  Readable 
Cataloging  (MARC  21 ;  1999  edition;  Network  Development  and  MARC 
Standards  Office,  Library  of  Congress)  which  is  hereby  incorporated  by 
reference;  and 

(2)  reimburse  regional  library  network  members  for  converting  local 
bibliographic  records  to  the  online  communications  format  at  the  nation- 
al standards  of  Machine  Readable  Cataloging  (MARC  21;  1999  edifion; 
Network  Development  and  MARC  Standards  Office,  Library  of  Con- 
gress) which  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference. 

(c)  The  state  board  may  establish  and  maintain  electronic  access  to 
bibliographic  records  and  location  information  for  library  materials, 
through  the  creation  of  one  or  more  centralized  online  databases,  or 
through  linking  library  automation  system  servers  to  one  or  more  access 
clients,  or  both,  depending  upon  the  availability  and  capabilities  of  local 
or  regional  library  resources  and  the  priority  for  statewide  access. 

(d)  The  state  board  may  allocate  funds  to  train  library  staff  in  the  stan- 
dards and  technologies  needed  to  support  the  creation  and  maintenance 
of  bibliographic  databases  and  to  utilize  linked  systems  or  equivalent  ac- 
cess. 

(e)  The  state  board  shall  idenfify  priorities,  criteria,  procedures,  and  el- 
igible costs  for  bibliographic  databases  projects  through  subsequent  rule- 
making conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the  Administrative  Procedure 


Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the  Government  Code,  com- 
mencing at  Section  1 1340). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18851,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20329.    Specialized  Reference  and  Information  Provision. 

This  program  of  the  Act  enables  libraries  to  draw  upon  the  specialized 
information  resources  of  other  libraries  statewide  to  answer  questions  be- 
yond the  capacity  and  capability  of  the  regional  library  network  and  its 
members. 

(a)  The  state  board  may  designate  libraries,  regional  library  networks, 
and  information  agencies  to  respond  to  queries  in  specific  subject  areas 
and  reimburse  them  for  their  services. 

(b)  The  state  board  may  allocate  funds  to  libraries  and  regional  library 
networks  to  make  available  or  develop  and  assemble  information  re- 
sources especially  relevant  to  culturally  diverse  populations  and  people 
with  disabilities,  converting  those  resources  to  electronic  format  in  in- 
formation modules  and  making  them  accessible  statewide. 

(c)  The  state  board  shall  identify  priorities,  criteria,  procedures,  and  el- 
igible costs  for  specialized  reference  and  information  services  projects 
through  subsequent  rulemaking  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the 
Administrative  Procedure  Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the 
Government  Code,  commencing  at  Section  1 1340). 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18853(a),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 

§  20330.    Enhanced  Reference  and  Information  Service. 

This  program  of  the  Act  improves  reference  service  at  the  local  level 
in  all  participating  libraries. 

(a)  Members  of  regional  library  networks  or  regional  library  networks 
or  a  combination  thereof  are  eligible  to  receive  state  funds  for  reference 
enhancement  projects. 

(b)  Eligible  projects  include  but  are  not  limited  to: 

(1)  training  in  reference  service  provision; 

(2)  developing  local  library  reference  collections  and  services; 

(3)  providing  consultafions; 

(4)  conducting  continuing  education  classes; 

(5)  developing  and  implementing  reference  evaluation  tools;  and 

(6)  other  services  as  necessary  to  improve  local  reference  service  un- 
der the  provisions  of  this  program. 

(c)  Services  provided  under  this  program  shall  be  offered  to  members 
of  regional  library  networks. 

(d)  The  state  board  shall  select  the  projects  for  implementation  on  the 
basis  of  the  following  criteria: 

(1)  demonstrated  need  for  the  project; 

(2)  evidence  of  adequate  planning; 

(3)  anticipated  effectiveness  of  the  proposed  approach  and  plan  of  op- 
eration in  addressing  the  need; 

(4)  qualifications  and  skills  of  key  personnel; 

(5)  cost-effectiveness  and  adequacy  of  resources  to  achieve  the  proj- 
ect goal(s); 

(6)  anticipated  contribution  of  the  project  to  improvement  of  reference 
service  in  libraries;  and 

(7)  appropriateness  of  the  evaluation  plan. 

(e)  Each  applicant  seeking  funding  under  this  program  shall  submit  an 
application  that  addresses  the  criteria  in  Section  20330(d)  of  this  sub- 
chapter. 

(f)  The  state  board  shall  identify  priorities,  procedures,  and  eligible 
costs  for  enhanced  reference  and  information  services  projects  through 
subsequent  rulemaking  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the  Adminis- 
trative Procedure  Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the  Govern- 
ment Code,  commencing  at  Section  1 1340). 

(g)  Each  applicant  receiving  funds  under  this  program  shall  submit  a 
final  report  comparing  project  goals  with  actual  accomplishments  and 


Page  192.4(j) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20332 


• 


budget  estimates  with  actual  expenditures.  The  final  evaluation,  using 
the  methodology  specified  in  the  application  (Section  20330(d)(7)  of  this 
subchapter),  shall  also  be  included. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
1885.^(b).  HducationCode. 

History 
I .  New  section  filed  .S-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 


budget  estimates  with  actual  expenditures.  The  final  evaluation,  using 
the  methodology  specified  in  the  application  (Section  2033()(d)(3)(l)  of 
this  subchapter),  shall  also  be  included. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821.  Education  Code.  Reference:  .Section 
18855,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000:  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000.  No.  19). 


§  20331.    Cooperative,  Coordinated  Resource 
Development. 

This  program  of  the  Act  encourages,  promotes,  and  supports  the  coop- 
erative acquisition  and  utilization  of  library  resources  among  participat- 
ing libraries. 

(a)  The  state  board  may  negotiate  reduced  acquisition  costs  or  licens- 
ing costs  and  usage  fees  tor  members  of  regional  library  networks. 

(b)  The  state  board  may  allocate  funds  to  support  the  trial  participation 
of  regional  library  network  members  in  the  use  of  library  resources  and 
technologies  for  a  limited  period  of  time,  enabling  them  to  use  and  evalu- 
ate information  resources  new  to  them.  Member  libraries  may  participate 
by  contacting  the  state  board. 

(c)  The  state  board  may  allocate  funds  to  develop,  license,  distribute, 
and  support  electronic  files  or  databases  to  be  used  by  members  of  re- 
gional library  networks. 

(d)  Any  combination  of  regional  library  network  members  or  a  region- 
al library  network  or  a  combination  thereof  is  eligible  to  receive  funds  for 
cooperative,  coordinated  resource  development  projects, 

(1)  Eligible  projects  include  but  are  not  limited  to: 

(A)  cooperative  acquisition  or  selection  processes  to  assure  quality  ac- 
quisitions and  cost-effectiveness  for  all  participants; 

(B)  collection  agreements  regarding  areas  of  subject  responsibilities 
for  acquisition  and/or  long-term  retention; 

(C)  shared  storage  and  retention  facilities; 

(D)  collection  assessment  and  evaluation;  and 

(E)  other  projects  as  necessary  to  promote  cooperative,  coordinated  re- 
source development  consistent  with  the  purpo.ses  of  this  program. 

(2)  Each  participating  library  involved  in  a  project  under  this  program 
shall  already  be  capable  of  meeting  the  basic,  recurring  information 
needs  of  its  primary  clientele  through  its  locally  supported  collection.  Li- 
brary resources  purchased,  in  whole  or  in  part,  under  this  program  shall 
be  widely  accessible  to  Califomians  for  the  useful  life  of  those  resources 
and  shall  be  represented  on  regional  and  statewide  bibliographic  data- 
bases or  electronic  information  access  gateways. 

(3)  The  state  board  shall  select  the  projects  for  implementation  on  the 
basis  of  the  following  criteria: 

(A)  demonstrated  need  for  the  project; 

(B)  evidence  of  adequate  planning; 

(C)  anticipated  effectiveness  of  the  proposed  approach  and  plan  of  op- 
eration in  addressing  the  need; 

(D)  qualifications  and  skills  of  key  personnel; 

(E)  cost-effectiveness  and  adequacy  of  resources  to  achieve  the  proj- 
ect goal(s); 

(F)  sufficient  local  or  other  funds  committed  to  project  purposes; 

(G)  anticipated  contribution  of  the  project  to  the  improvement  of  li- 
brary collections  available  locally,  regionally,  and  statewide; 

(H)  plan  for  project  continuation;  and 
(1)  appropriateness  of  the  evaluation  plan. 

(4)  Each  applicant  seeking  funds  under  this  program  shall  submit  an 
application  that  addresses  the  criteria  in  Section  20331(d)(3)  of  this  sub- 
chapter, 

(5)  The  state  board  shall  identify  priorities,  procedures,  and  eligible 
costs  for  cooperative,  coordinated  resource  development  projects 
through  subsequent  rulemaking  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  the 
Administrative  Procedure  Act  (Chapter  3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the 
Government  Code,  commencing  at  Section  11340). 

(6)  Each  applicant  receiving  funds  under  this  program  shall  submit  a 
final  report  comparing  project  goals  with  actual  accomplishments  and 


§  20332.    Preservation. 

This  program  of  the  Act  preserves,  and  provides  widespread  access  to, 
library  materials  documenting  California's  heritage,  enhancing  Califor- 
nia's educational  opportunities  and  economic  future,  and  portraying 
California's  cultural  diversity. 

(a)  Any  member  of  a  regional  library  network  or  a  regional  library  net- 
work or  a  combination  thereofis  eligible  to  receive  funds  for  preservation 
projects. 

(b)  Eligible  projects  include  but  are  not  limited  to; 

(1)  preservation  of  library  materials  in  any  format  by  reformatting, 
digitizing,  conservation  treatment,  and  other  appropriate  preservation 
methods; 

(2)  preservation  program  management,  including  needs  as.sessment 
and  planning,  research  and  testing,  training,  disaster  preparedness  and  re- 
covery, and  other  managerial  activities; 

(3)  improvement  of  collection  security  and  the  storage  environment; 
and 

(4)  other  projects  necessary  to  preserve  library  materials  consistent 
with  the  purposes  of  this  program, 

(c)  Each  member  of  a  regional  library  network  participating  in  a  proj- 
ect under  Education  Code  Section  1 8856  (b)  shall  demonstrate  a  coinmit- 
ment  to  ongoing  preservation.  Library  resources  preserved,  in  whole  or 
part,  under  this  program,  shall  be  made  available  for  long-term  resource 
sharing  purposes  and  shall  be  represented  on  electronic  or  bibliographic 
databases  accessible  regionally  and/or  statewide. 

(d)  The  state  board  shall  select  the  projects  for  implementation  on  the 
basis  of  the  following  criteria: 

(1)  demonstrated  need  for  the  project; 

(2)  evidence  of  adequate  planning; 

(3)  anticipated  effectiveness  of  the  proposed  approach  and  plan  of  op- 
eration in  addressing  the  need; 

(4)  qualifications  and  skills  of  key  personnel; 

(5)  cost-effectiveness  and  adequacy  of  resources  to  achieve  the  proj- 
ect goal(s); 

(6)  sufficient  local  or  other  funds  committed  to  project  purposes; 

(7)  uniqueness  of  materials  to  be  preserved; 

(8)  contribution  of  materials  to  be  preserved  toward  documenting 
California's  heritage,  enhancing  Califomia's  educational  and  economic 
future,  and  portraying  California's  cultural  diversity; 

(9)  adequacy  of  the  resource  sharing  plan;  and 

(10)  appropriateness  of  the  evaluation  plan. 

(e)  Each  applicant  seeking  funds  under  this  program  shall  submit  an 
application  that  addresses  the  criteria  in  Section  20332(d)  of  this  sub- 
chapter. 

(f)  The  state  board  shall  identify  priorities,  procedures,  and  eligible 
costs  for  preservation  projects  through  subsequent  rulemaking  con- 
ducted under  the  provisions  of  the  Administrative  Procedure  Act  (Chap- 
ter 3.5  of  Division  3  of  Title  2  of  the  Goveinment  Code,  commencing  at 
Section  11340), 

(g)  Each  applicant  receiving  funds  under  this  program  shall  submit  a 
final  report  comparing  project  goals  with  actual  accomplishments  and 
budget  estimates  with  actual  expenditures.  The  final  evaluation,  using 
the  methodology  specified  in  the  application  (Section  20332(d)(IO)  of 
this  subchapter),  shall  also  be  included. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  18821,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
18856(b),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-8-2000;  operative  6-7-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  19). 


Page  192.4(k) 


Register  2(X)1,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


§  20400 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Subchapter  3. 


Library  Services  for  the 
Blind 


§  20400.    Toil-Free  Telephone  Service. 

(a)  State  funds  for  toll-free  telephone  service  for  registered  patrons  of 
the  federally  designated  regional  libraries  for  the  blind  and  physically 
handicapped  shall  be  used  as  follows: 

( 1 )  The  regional  library  shall  make  available  toll-free  telephone  ser- 
vice 24  hours  a  day  to  registered  patrons  of  the  regional  library. 

(2)  Patrons  of  a  regional  library  shall  not  use  the  toll-free  telephone 
service  for  ordinary  requests.  For  example,  the  toll-free  number  shall  not 
be  used  to  submit  requests  from  a  new  reading  list. 

(3)  The  regional  library  shall  acquire  a  tape  recorder  to  allow  patrons 
to  leave  messages  after  normal  working  hours.  Normal  working  hours  are 
defined  as  8  a.m.  to  4  p.m.,  Monday  through  Friday. 

(4)  The  regional  library  shall  submit  a  claim  for  reimbursement  of  the 
billed  costs  of  toll-free  telephone  service  to  the  California  State  Library. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  19325,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
19325,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  Chapter  (Sections  20300-20354)  and  new  Chapter  3  (Section 
20400)  filed  2-19-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  8).  For 
prior  history,  see  Registers  79,  No.  29;  79,  No.  15;  79,  No.  1 1 ;  77,  No.  22;  and 
71, No.  11. 


Chapter  2.    California  Library  Construction 
and  Renovation  Board 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 

§20410.    Definitions. 

(a)  Addition/renovation.  "Addition/renovation"  means  a  project 
which  adds  new  square  footage  to  an  existing  public  library  in  conjunc- 
tion with  remodeling  that  existing  public  library  building. 

(b)  Applicant.  "Applicant"  means  a  local  jurisdiction  as  defined  under 
Education  Code  sections  19956  and  19961  which  is  eligible  for  and  in  the 
process  of  making  application  for  California  Library  Construction  and 
Renovation  Bond  Act  funds. 

(c)  Appraised  value.  The  "appraised  value"  means  the  value  of  land, 
an  existing  building  or  any  other  improvements  as  determined  by  a  certi- 
fied appraisal  performed  within  one  year  prior  to  the  date  of  the  State  Li- 
brarian's deadline  for  application. 

(d)  Built-in  equipment.  "Built-in  equipment"  means  equipment 
which  is  constructed  as  part  of  the  building  which  is  not  detachable  and 
therefore  not  removable  from  the  building  or  grounds. 

(e)  Completion  of  the  public  library  project.  "Completion  of  the  public 
library  project"  means  the  completion  of  the  construction  contract  and 
the  receipt  by  the  applicant  of  the  final  state  payment  of  funds. 

(0  Conversion.  "Conversion"  means  a  project  which  converts  by  re- 
modeling an  existing  building,  not  currently  used  for  public  library  pur- 
poses, into  a  public  library  building. 

(g)  Eligible  project  costs.  "Eligible  project  costs"  are  costs  authorized 
in  Education  Code  sections  19957, 19962(d)  and  19963.  The  terms  "eli- 
gible project  costs"  and  "eligible  project  expenditures"  are  used  synony- 
mously. 

(h)  Eligible  projected  construction  cost.  "Eligible  projected  construc- 
tion cost"  means: 

(1)  for  the  remodeling  portion  of  conversion,  addition/renovation  or 
remodeling  projects:  the  projected  construction  costs  limited  specifically 
to  the  purposes  of  energy  conservation,  providing  access  for  the  disabled, 
and  rehabilitation  of  existing  facilities  to  bring  them  into  compliance 
with  current  health  and  safety  requirements  established  by  State  Statutes, 
State  Building  Codes  and  local  building  codes  for  public  facilities; 


(2)  for  new  construction:  those  construction  contract  costs  which  are 
derived  by  calculating  the  normal  public  construction  costs  in  the  appli- 
cant's area  (See  section  20418(c)(l)-(7)). 

(i)  Excessive.  "Excessive"  means  going  beyond  the  limits  of  what  is 
customary.  The  State  Librarian  shall  be  the  sole  judge  of  the  limits  of 
what  is  customary  with  respect  to  public  library  constaiction  projects. 

(j)  Fastened  to  the  structure.  "Fastened  to  the  structure"  means  bolted, 
screwed,  or  welded  to  the  structure  of  the  building  or  otherwise  perma- 
nently attached  to  the  building. 

(k)  Library  building  program.  The  "library  building  program"  means 
a  document  which  provides  the  analysis  of  the  need  for  the  library  project 
and  defines  the  specific  space  requirements  for  a  new  or  improved  library 
building  in  a  manner  specified  in  Appendix  3. 

(/)  Local  matching  funds.  "Local  matching  funds"  means  35  percent 
of  the  eligible  project  costs. 

(m)  New  construction.  "New  construction"  means  the  construction  of 
new  building  square  footage  for: 

( 1 )  a  totally  new  library  building,  or 

(2)  an  addition  to  an  existing  library  building,  or 

(3)  an  addition  to  an  existing  building  which  is  being  converted  to  a 
library  building. 

(n)  Project.  "Project"  means  a  new  construction  or  remodeling  project 
for  purposes  authorized  under  Education  Code  section  19957. 

(0)  Projected  construction  cost.  "Projected  construction  cost"  means 
the  projected  cost  of  the  construction  contract  for  the  library  project  esti- 
mated by  architects  and  engineers  licensed  to  practice  in  the  State  of  Cali- 
fornia. 

(p)  Qualified  library  consultant.  "Qualified  library  consultant"  means 
a  person  who: 

(1)  possesses  a  Masters  in  Library  Science  (MLS)  or  equivalent  5th 
year  degree  in  library  science, 

(2)  has  acted  as  a  consultant  to  provide  at  least  five  of  any  of  the  ser- 
vices specified  in  section  20414(1)(4)(A)  through  (E).  for  at  least  five 
different  library  projects  within  the  last  ten  years,  and 

(3)  has  provided  the  services  as  an  independent  contractor,  or  as  the 
employee  of  an  organization  involved  with  the  administration  of  public 
libraries. 

(q)  Remodeling.  "Remodeling"  means  any  form  of  renovation  or  reha- 
bilitation of  an  existing  facility.  The  three  terms,  remodeling,  renovation 
and  rehabilitation  are  used  synonymously. 

(r)  State  matching  funds.  "State  matching  funds"  means  65  percent  of 
the  eligible  project  costs. 

(s)  Supplemental  funds.  "Supplemental  funds"  means  any  additional 
local  funds  above  and  beyond  the  eligible  project  costs  which  are  directly 
related  to  the  library  construction  project  and  are  required  for  the  comple- 
tion of  the  library  construction  project. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  19960,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
19952, 19956. 19957, 19958, 19961, 19962, 19963, 19964, 19966  and  19967  Edu- 
cation Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-31-90;  operadve  10-31-90  (Register  90,  No.  50). 

2.  Editorial  renumbering  of  Division  1,  Chapter  24  (secfions  20000-20400)  to  Di- 
vision 2,  Chapter  1,  and  editorial  renumbering  of  former  Division  2,  Chapter  1 
(Sections  20410-20426)  to  new  Division  2,  Chapter  2  (Register  2001,  No.  45). 

Article  2.    California  Library  Construction 
and  Renovation  Program 

§  2041 2.    Eligibility  for  Grants. 

(a)  Joint  Powers  Agreements  (JPA).  Grants  shall  be  available  to  appli- 
cants participating  in  joint  powers  agreements  as  long  as  each  party  of  the 
JPA  is  an  eligible  grant  recipient  as  defined  in  Education  Code  section 
19956. 

(b)  Official  library  service  area  populations  of  the  project.  For  the  pur- 
pose of  making  application  for  state  funds  from  the  California  Library 
Construction  and  Renovation  Board  for  a  public  library  construction 
project,  when  providing  the  current  (1990)  and  projected  (2010)  popula- 


• 


• 


Page  192.4(1) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20414 


lion  of  the  library  service  area,  the  applicant  shall  only  count  the  people 
residing: 

( 1 )  within  the  official  legal  boundaries  of  the  applicant,  and 

(2)  within  the  service  area  of  the  proposed  project,  but 

(3)  exclude  all  people  living  within  the  boundaries  of  other  special  dis- 
trict, county,  or  city  library  service  areas,  for  which  there  is  no  library  ser- 
vice contract  with  the  applicant. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  19960,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
199.S6.  19961  and  19966  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  10-31-90;  operative  10-31-90  (Register  90,  No.  50). 

§20414.    Purposes  of  Grants. 

(a)  Allowance  for  art  works.  Any  work  of  art  which  is  acquired  as  an 
eligible  project  cost  shall  be  fastened  to  the  structure  of  the  library  build- 
ing or  otherwise  permanently  attached  to  the  grounds. 

(b)  Acquisition  of  a  prefabricated  or  existing  building 

( 1 )  A  local  jurisdiction  may  acquire,  through  purchase  or  donation,  a 
prefabricated  building  or  an  existing  building  for  the  purpose  of  convert- 
ing it  to  a  public  library. 

(2)  The  eligible  cost  of  the  building  shall  be  determined  in  the  follow- 
ing ways: 

(A)  If  the  building  will  be  purchased  by  the  applicant  after  the  State 
Librarian's  deadline  for  application,  either  the  purchase  price  or  the  ap- 
praised value  of  the  building  shall  be  an  eligible  cost  for  the  library  proj- 
ect; 

(B)  If  the  building  has  already  been  purchased  by  the  applicant  prior 
to  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  application,  the  appraised  value  of 
the  building  shall  be  an  eligible  cost  for  the  library  project; 

(C)  If  the  building  has  been  or  will  be  donated  to  the  applicant,  the  ap- 
praised value  of  the  building  shall  be  an  eligible  cost  for  the  library  proj- 
ect. 

(3)  In  the  case  (A),  where  the  purchase  price  of  the  building  is  used  for 
the  eligible  cost,  the  applicant  shall  provide  documentation  acceptable  to 
the  State  Librarian  demonstrating  proof  of  the  purchase  price  paid  for  the 
building.  In  case  (A),  the  choice  between  the  use  of  either  the  purchase 
price  or  the  appraised  value  of  the  building  shall  be  at  the  option  of  the 
applicant. 

(4)  A  building  shall  be  considered  acquired  by  the  applicant  on  the  date 
the  title  to  the  building  has  been  transferred  to  and  recorded  in  the  name 
of  the  applicant. 

(c)  Rejection  or  the  application  for  conversion  of  an  existing  building. 
The  State  Librarian  may  reject  an  application  for  the  purchase  of  an  exist- 
ing building,  if  the  State  Librarian  finds  the  existing  building  to  be  unsuit- 
able for  conversion  to  a  public  hbrary  because  of: 

(1)  poor  structural  condition, 

(2)  presence  of  toxic  materials, 

(3)  building  conditions  which  limit  effective  library  service, 

(4)  inappropriate  location  to  serve  as  a  public  library, 

(5)  conversion  costs  in  excess  of  the  normal  public  construction  cost 
inthe  applicant's  area  for  new  construction,  or 

(6)  excessive  costs  of  site  acquisition,  demolition  or  development. 

(d)  Rejection  of  the  application  for  additional  renovation  because  of 
the  existing  library  facility.  The  State  Librarian  may  reject  an  application 
for  an  addition/renovation  project,  if  the  State  Librarian  finds  that  the  ex- 
isting building  is  unsuitable  for  renovation  because  of: 

( 1 )  poor  structural  condition, 

(2)  presence  of  toxic  materials, 

(3)  building  conditions  which  limit  effective  library  service, 

(4)  inappropriate  location  to  continue  serving  as  a  public  library,  or 

(5)  renovation  costs  in  excess  of  the  normal  public  construction  cost 
in  the  applicant's  area  for  new  construction. 

(e)  Multipurpose  buildings.  A  "multipurpose  project"  means  a  project 
which  results  in  a  multi-use  facility  for  which  part  of  the  use  is  for  the 
delivery  of  public  library  services.  The  applicant  shall  determine  the  total 
and  eligible  project  costs  for  that  portion  of  the  multipurpose  project  that 


is  dedicated  solely  to  the  delivery  of  public  library  services.  The  architect 
shall  provide  a  cost  analysis  comparing  the  budget  of  the  multipurpose 
project  as  a  whole  with  the  budget  of  the  library  portion  of  (he  project. 

(f)  Land  ownership.  The  applicant  may  apply  for  state  funds  if  the 
applicant  owns  the  proposed  library  site  or  shall  acquire  the  site  as  part 
of  the  project.  If  ownership  of  the  library  site  is  not  in  the  name  ol"  the 
applicant,  the  applicant  may  apply  for  state  funds  only  if  the  applicant  ob- 
tains an  option  to  purchase  the  site,  or  a  lease  or  lease-purchase  agree- 
ment for  a  period  of  not  less  than  20  years  following  completion  of  the 
project,  or  the  useful  life  of  the  building,  whichever  is  longer.  The  lease 
or  lease  purchase  agreement  may  contain  a  provision  that  makes  the  per- 
formance of  the  agreement  contingent  upon  funding  of  the  project  by  the 
California  Library  Construction  and  Renovation  Board. 

(g)  Acquisition  of  a  site. 

(1)  A  local  jurisdiction  may  acquire  land  for  the  purpose  of  building 
a  public  library  facility,  by: 

(A)  purchase, 

(B)  donation, 

(C)  lease,  or 

(D)  lease-purchase  agreement. 

(2)  The  eligible  cost  of  the  land  for  the  library  project's  site  shall  be 
determined  in  the  following  ways: 

(A)  If  the  land  will  be  purchased  by  the  applicant  after  the  State  Li- 
brarian's deadline  for  application,  either  the  purchase  price  or  the  ap- 
praised value  of  the  land  shall  be  an  eligible  cost  for  the  library  project; 

(B)  If  the  land  has  already  been  purchased  by  the  applicant  within  three 
years  of  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  application,  either  the  purchase 
price  or  the  appraised  value  of  the  land  shall  be  an  eligible  cost  for  the 
library  project; 

(C)  If  the  land  has  already  been  purchased  by  the  applicant  prior  to 
three  years  from  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  applicant,  the  ap- 
praised value  of  the  land  shall  be  an  eligible  cost  for  the  library  project; 

(D)  If  the  land  has  been  or  will  be  donated  to  the  applicant,  the  ap- 
praised value  of  the  land  shall  be  an  eligible  cost  for  the  library  project. 

(3)  In  cases  (A)  and  (B),  where  the  purchase  price  of  the  land  is  used 
for  the  eligible  cost,  the  applicant  shall  provide  documentation  accept- 
able to  the  State  Librarian  demonstrating  proof  of  the  purchase  price  paid 
for  the  land.  In  cases  (A)  and  (B),  the  choice  between  the  use  of  either  the 
purchase  price  or  the  appraised  value  of  the  land  shall  be  at  the  option  of 
the  applicant. 

(4)  The  value  of  land,  which  has  been  acquired  through  a  lease  or  a 
lease-purchase  agreement,  shall  not  be  an  eligible  cost. 

(5)  The  value  of  land,  already  owned  by  the  applicant  and  dedicated 
to  the  operation  of  an  existing  public  library,  shall  not  be  an  eligible  cost. 

(6)  Land  shall  be  considered  acquired  by  the  applicant  on  the  dale  the 
title  to  the  land  has  been  transferred  to  and  recorded  in  the  name  of  the 
applicant. 

(h)  Rejection  of  the  apphcation  because  of  the  site.  The  State  Librarian 
may  reject  an  application,  if  the  State  Librarian  finds  that  the  proposed 
site  has: 

(1 )  excessive  acquisition  costs, 

(2)  title  restrictions  that  adversely  effect  the  state's  interest  in  the  site, 

(3)  limited  vehicular  accessibility,  in  terms  of  traffic  volume  on  roads 
or  streets,  or  parking  capacity  for  the  library  building, 

(4)  inappropriate  geographical  location  within  the  library  service  area. 

(5)  excessive  site  development  costs, 

(6)  excessive  demolition  costs, 

(7)  limited  lot  size  or  poor  configuration, 

(8)  location  in  a  100-year  flood  plain,  or 

(9)  non-compliance  with  California  Environmental  Quality  Act 
(CEQA). 

(i)  Site  development  and  demolition.  Site  development  and  demolition 
costs  associated  with  the  project  are  eligible  project  costs,  but  shall  be  di- 
rectly related  to  the  construction  of  the  library  facility.  Eligible  site  devel- 
opment and  demolition  costs  shall  be  limited  to  work  performed  within 
the  legal  boundaries  of  the  library  project's  site,  except  in  the  case  of  utili- 


Page  192.4(111) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


§  20416 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


ties,  paving,  curbs  or  gutters  which  may  extend  100  feet  beyond  the  legal 
boundaries  of  the  site  if  the  work  is  required  to  tie-in  the  library  with  ex- 
isting utilities  and  roads. 

(j)  Remodeling.  General  remodeling  of  an  existing  building  is  not  an 
eligible  project  cost.  Only  remodeling  limited  specifically  to  the  pur- 
poses of  energy  conservation,  providing  access  for  the  disabled,  and  re- 
habilitation of  existing  facilities  to  bring  them  into  compliance  with  cur- 
rent health  and  safety  requirements  for  public  facilities  is  an  eligible 
project  cost.  This  applies  to  the  remodeling  of  any  facility,  including  ex- 
isting library  buildings,  existing  library  buildings  which  are  being  expan- 
ded, or  existing  buildings  which  are  being  converted  into  a  library  build- 
ing. 

(k)  Architects  and  engineers. 

(r)Payment  of  fees  for  any  work  related  to  the  library  construction 
project  performed  by  architects  and  engineers  is  an  eligible  project  cost. 

(2)  "Architects  and  engineers"  means  a  person  required  to  be  certified 
or  licensed  by  either  the  State  Board  of  Architectural  Examiners,  State 
Board  of  Landscape  Architects,  State  Board  of  Registration  for  Profes- 
sional Engineers  and  Land  Surveyors,  or  the  State  Board  of  Registration 
for  Geologists  and  Geophysicists.  and  who  possesses  a  current  and  valid 
license  or  certificate  from  that  body. 

(/)  Other  design  professionals.  Payment  of  fees  for  any  work  related 
to  the  library  project  performed  by  other  design  professionals  is  an  ehgi- 
ble  project  cost.  "Other  design  professionals"  means: 

(1)  Interior  designers  employed  to  design  furnishings  and  equipment, 
provide  floor  layouts,  write  specifications,  and  otherwise  develop  con- 
tract documents  and  supervi.se  the  bidding  of  furnishings  and  equipment 
for  the  interiors  contract  or  portion  of  the  general  contract  for  the  library 
construction  project; 

(2)  Construction  cost  estimators  employed  to  provide  project  cost  esti- 
mates; 

(3)  Asbestos  consultants  registered  by  the  California  Occupational 
Safety  and  Health  Administration  (CAL/OSHA)  who  are  employed  to 
perform  asbestos  surveys  and  asbestos  abatement  contract  administra- 
tion; 

(4)  Qualified  library  consultants  providing: 

(A)  public  library  needs  assessments, 

(B)  public  library  facility  master  plans, 

(C)  public  library  site  studies, 

(D)  public  library  building  programs,  and 

(E)  public  library  architectural  plans  reviews. 

(m)  Ineligible  purposes.  Project  costs  which  are  ineligible  also  means, 
but  is  not  limited  to,  the  following: 

(1)  Costs  associated  with  construction  administration  or  project  man- 
agement performed  by  the  local  public  works  department  of  the  appli- 
cant, or  by  individuals  who  are  not  licensed  architects,  engineers  or  other 
design  professionals  as  specified  in  Education  Code  section  19957; 

(2)  Costs  associated  with  the  performance  of  appraisals; 

(3)  Costs  associated  with  the  performance  of  an  audit; 

(4)  Costs  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  land  by  use  of  a  lease  or 
lease-purchase  agreement 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  19960,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
19957,  19958,  19962,  19963,  19964  and  19967  Education  Code. 

History 
I.  New  section  filed  10-31-90;  operafive  10-31-90  (Register  90,  No.  50). 

§  20416.    Matching  Funds. 

(a)  Resolution  certifying  the  project  budge  the  local  funding  commit- 
ment, supplemental  funds  and  the  application 

(1)  The  governing  body  of  the  applicant  shall  certify  by  resolution  the 
following: 

(A)  the  project  budget  contained  in  the  application  (See  section 
20418(e)  and  application  form  section  entitled  "Library  Project  Bud- 
get"), 

(B)  the  commitment  of  local  matching  funds, 

(C)  the  applicant's  ability  to  finance  the  supplemental  funds  necessary 
to  complete  the  project  in  a  timely  manner  (See  section  20418(d)), 


(D)  that  local  matching  and  supplemental  funds  will  be  available  when 
needed  to  meet  the  project's  cash  flow  requirements  (See  section 
20418(d)). 

(E)  the  accuracy  and  truthfulness  of  all  information  contained  in  the 
application  form  (See  section  20420(e)),  and 

(F)  a  commitment  to  operate  the  completed  facility  and  provide  direct 
public  library  service,  unless  the  facility  shall  be  operated  by  a  jurisdic- 
tion other  than  the  applicant  (See  section  20424(a)). 

(2)  The  resolution  shall  be  supported  by  official  action  taken  at  an  open 
meeting  o['  the  governing  body  of  the  applicant  and  duly  recorded  in  the 
minutes  of  that  meeting.  The  resolution  shall  be  signed  by  the  duly 
elected  head  of  the  jurisdiction  and  notarized  or  validated  by  the  affixing 
of  the  official  seal  of  the  clerk  of  the  jurisdiction.  The  resolution  shall  be 
submitted  with  the  application  prior  to  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for 
application.  An  application  submitted  without  the  resolution  shall  be 
deemed  ineligible  by  the  State  Librarian. 

(3)  Private  funds  from  donations,  gifts  or  foundations  which  are  identi- 
fied as  such  in  the  library  project  budget  secfion  of  the  application  form 
shall  be  deposited  in  a  fund  account  under  the  complete  control  of  the 
applicant  prior  to  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  applications.  An  ac- 
count statement  bearing  on  its  face  an  original  signature  of  the  applicant's 
fiscal  officer  and  a  statement  certifying  the  necessary  account  balance 
from  private  sources  and  the  applicant's  control  over  the  account,  shall 
be  submitted  with  the  applicadon  prior  to  the  State  Librarian's  deadline 
for  applications. 

(b)  In-kind  expenditures  or  donafions.  In-kind  expenditures  or  dona- 
tions of  materials,  labor,  equipment,  works  of  art,  articles  or  services  of 
value  of  any  kind  shall  not  qualify  as  matching  funds,  and  shall  not  be 
counted  as  eligible  project  costs. 

(c)  Land  credit. 

(1)  The  State  Librarian  shall  allow  credit  for  all  land  already  acquired 
by  the  applicant,  which  has  not  been  rejected  by  the  State  Librarian  as  a 
library  site,  except: 

(A)  land  already  owned  by  the  applicant  and  dedicated  to  the  operation 
of  an  exisfing  public  library; 

(B)  land  not  owned  by  the  applicant,  but  secured  by  a  lease  or  lease- 
purchase  agreement. 

(2)  The  credit  allowance  for  land  purchased  by  the  applicant  prior  to 
three  years  of  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  applications  shall  be  the 
appraised  value  of  the  land  for  the  hbrary  project. 

(3)  The  credit  allowance  for  land  purchased  by  the  applicant  for  the  li- 
brary project  within  three  years  of  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for 
applications  shall  be  the  purchase  price  paid  by  the  applicant  for  the  land 
or  the  appraised  value  of  the  land. 

(4)  No  credit  allowance  shall  be  made  for  land  which  will  be  purchased 
by  the  applicant  after  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  applicafion  (See 
section  20414(g)(2)(A)). 

(5)  The  credit  allowance  for  land  which  has  been  donated  to  the  appli- 
cant prior  to  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  applicaUons  shall  be  the 
appraised  value  of  the  land  for  the  Ubrary  project. 

(6)  No  credit  allowance  shall  be  made  for  land  which  will  be  donated 
to  the  applicant  after  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  application  (See 
section  20414(g)(2)(D)). 

(7)  No  credit  allowance  shall  be  made  for  land  which  has  been  ac- 
quired through  a  lease  or  a  lease  purchase  agreement. 

(8)  No  credit  allowance  shall  be  made  for  land  which  is  already  owned 
by  the  applicant  and  dedicated  to  the  operation  of  an  exisfing  public  li- 
brary. 

(d)  Appraisal. 

( 1 )  For  the  purpose  of  determining  the  appraised  value  of  land  or  a 
building,  a  certified  appraisal  shall  be  obtained  by  the  applicant  and  sub- 
mitted with  the  application  prior  to  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for 
applicafions. 

(2)  A  "certified  appraisal"  means  conformance  with  the  requirements 
of  the  Lancaster-Montoya  Appraisal  Act  (Civil  Code  secfions  1922  to 
1922.14). 


Page  192.4(n) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


5}  20418 


(3)  The  appraiser  performing  the  certified  appraisal  shall  be  a  member 
of  the  American  Institute  of  Real  Estate  Appraisers,  or  the  Appraisal  In- 
stitute and  carry  the  MAI  designation,  or  a  member  of  the  Society  of  Real 
Estate  Appraisers  and  carry  the  SREA  designation. 

(4)  The  appraiser  shall  be  an  independent  contractor,  and  not  an  em- 
ployee or  agent  of  the  applicant  or  the  seller  of  the  proposed  library  site. 

(3)  If  the  certified  appraisal  is  contested  by  either  the  Slate  Librarian 
or  the  applicant,  one  or  more  additional  certified  appraisals  shall  be  ob- 
tained by  the  applicant  and  the  difference  in  the  appraisals  shall  be  re- 
solved with  a  determination  of  land  value  made  by  the  Office  of  Real  Es- 
tate and  Design  Services  in  the  Department  of  General  Services  for  the 
State  of  California. 

(e)  Furnishings  credit.  Cash  expenditures,  not  to  exceed  10  percent  of 
the  eligible  project  costs,  for  furnishings  required  to  make  the  facility  ful- 
ly operable  may  be  credited  towards  the  35  percent  matching  funds  re- 
quirement. 

(f)  Architectural  plans  credit. 

(1)  The  State  Librarian  shall  give  credit  for  architectural  plans  and 
drawings  developed  solely  for  the  public  library  project  for  which  appli- 
cation is  being  made.  The  plans  and  drawings  shall  have  been  created  by 
an  architect  or  engineer  licensed  to  practice  in  the  State  of  California.  The 
combined  credit  and  eligible  cost  for  architectural  plans  and  drawings 
shall  not  exceed  twelve  percent  of  the  construction  cost  of  the  project. 

(2)  "Architectural  plans  and  drawings"  means,  and  is  limited  to,  any 
of  the  following  documents  necessary  for  the  design  of  the  public  library 
building: 

(A)  conceptual  plans  and  drawings. 

(B)  schematic  plans  and  drawings, 

(C)  preliminary  or  design  development  plans  and  drawings,  and 

(D)  final  working  drawings  and  specifications,  commonly  referred  to 
as  contract  documents. 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  19960,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
19957,  19961,  19962,  19964  and  19967  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-31-90;  operative  10-31-90  (Register  90,  No.  50). 

§  20418.    Normal  Public  Construction  Costs  and  Excessive 
Costs. 

(a)  Architect's  projected  construction  cost  estimate  and  conceptual 
plans. A  projected  construction  cost  estimate  for  a  conversion,  addition/ 
renovation,  remodeling  or  new  project  shall  be  provided  by  architects 
and  engineers.  Conceptual  plans  shall  be  submitted  justifying  the  archi- 
tectural and  engineering  estimate  of  the  projected  construction  cost.  The 
normal  public  construction  costs  in  the  applicant's  area  shall  be  deter- 
mined using  the  methods  specified  in  sections  20418(b)(l)-(4)  for  re- 
modeling and  sections  20418(c)(l)-(7)  for  new  construction. 

(b)  Normal  public  construction  costs  in  the  applicants  area  for  remod- 
eling. 

( 1 )  The  normal  pubhc  construction  costs  in  the  applicant's  area  for  the 
remodeling  portion  of  conversion,  addition/renovation  or  remodeling 
projects  shall  be  only  the  eligible  construction  project  costs  portion  of  the 
projected  construction  cost  estimate  provided  by  architects  and  engi- 
neers. In  addition  to  the  projected  construction  cost  estimate,  architects 
and  engineers  shall  also  provide  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost 
estimate  for  the  remodeling  portion  of  conversion,  addition/renovation 
or  remodeling  projects. 

(2)  Remodeling,  conversion,  and  addition/renovation  projects  shall 
submit: 

(A)  An  engineering  study  performed  by  a  licensed  engineer  which  as- 
sesses the  structural  integrity  of  the  existing  building;  and 

(B)  An  asbestos  survey  which  determines  the  presence  of  asbestos 
containing  materials  in  the  building  and  provides  an  initial  cost  estimate 
for  the  safe  removal  or  abatement  of  the  materials.  The  building  survey 
for  asbestos  containing  materials  shall  be  performed  by  an  asbestos  con- 
sultant registered  with  the  California  Occupational  Safety  and  Health 
Administration  (CAL/OSHA);  and 

(C)  For  energy  conservation  projects,  an  energy  audit  performed  by  a 
licensed  engineer  shall  be  submitted;  and 


(D)  For  projects  which  involve  rehabilitation  for  health  and  safety  pur- 
poses, the  architect  shall  cite  specific  sections  of  State  Statutes,  State 
Building  Codes  and  local  building  codes  which  demonstrate  that  the  ex- 
isting building  is  in  need  of  rehabilitation  for  health  and  safety  purposes. 

(3)  For  remodeling  and  conversion  projects,  an  eligible  contingency 
not  to  exceed  twenty  percent  of  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost 
for  remodeling  may  be  utilized  in  the  project  budget. 

(4)  For  addition/renovation  projects,  an  eligible  contingency  not  to  ex- 
ceed fifteen  percent  of  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost  of  the  new 
construction,  and  an  eligible  contingency  not  to  exceed  twenty  percent 
of  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost  for  remodeling,  may  be  utilized 
in  the  project  budget. 

(c)  Normal  public  construction  costs  in  the  applicant's  area  for  new 
construction. 

(1)  For  new  construction,  the  calculation  of  the  normal  public  con- 
stmction  cost  in  the  applicant's  area  shall  be  based  on  the  current  ( 1 99 1) 
cost  of  public  library  buildings,  which  shall  be  $1 15.20  per  square  fool. 
This  figure  does  not  include  costs  for  land  acquisition,  site  development, 
demolition,  works  of  art,  shelving  and  built-in  equipment,  or  movable 
furnishings  and  equipment. 

(2)  The  current  cost  shall  be  modified  utilizing  the  following  "Califor- 
nia Locality  Adjustment  Table  by  County."  The  current  cost  figure  is 
multiplied  by  the  factor  in  the  adjustment  table  to  obtain  the  locally  ad- 
justed cost  of  public  library  buildings. 

California  Locahty  Adjustment  Table  by  County 

Coiinry  Multiplier  Factor 

Alameda  1.35 

Alpine 1.20 

Amador 1.19 

Butte  1.14 

Calaveras 1.11 

Colusa 1.14 

Contra  Costa 1 .30 

Del  Norte 1.15 

El  Dorado  1.20 

Fresno 1.19 

Glenn 1.14 

Humboldt   1.15 

Imperial 1.17 

Inyo 1.21 

Kern    1.17 

Kings 1.19 

Lake    1.14 

Lassen 1.11 

Los  Angeles   1 .27 

Madera    1. 11 

Marin 1.31 

Mariposa 1.13 

Mendocino    1.14 

Merced    1.12 

Modoc 1.11 

Mono 1.20 

Monterey 1 .26 

Napa   1.22 

Nevada   1.18 

Orange 1 .29 

Placer    1.20 

Plumas 1.14 

Riverside 1 .23 

Sacramento 1.21 

San  Benito 1 .26 

San  Bernardino 1 .23 

San  Diego 1.18 

San  Francisco  1.39 

San  Joaquin 1.19 

San  Luis  Obispo  1.15 

San  Mateo 1 .33 


Page  192.4(0) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


§  20418 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


County  Multiplier  Factor 

Santa  Barbara  1.25 

Santa  Clara  1.29 

Santa  Cruz 1.22 

Shasta  1.11 

Sierra 1.18 

Siskiyou    1.11 

Solano 1 .23 

Sonoma 1.22 

Stanislaus    1.11 


Count}' 

Sutter 

Multiplier  Factor 
1.J3 

Tehama 

1.11 

Trinity  ... 

1.11 

Tulare 

i.n 

Tuolumne   

1.12 

Ventura 

1 .24 

Yolo    

1.14 

Yuba  

1.13 

[The  next  page  is  192.5.] 


Page  192.4(p) 


Register  2001,  No.  45;  11-9-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20420 


(3)  The  locally  adjusted  cost  shall  then  be  increased  by  I  /3  percent  per 
month  lor  each  month  from  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  application 
until  the  anticipated  dale  of  construction  bids  for  the  project.  This  figure 
shall  be  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost.  This  figure,  or  a  lesser 
amount,  shall  be  utilized  as  the  normal  construction  cost  in  the  appli- 
cant's area  unless  justification  for  a  higher  figure  can  be  made  based  upon 
recent  local  bidding  experience. 

(4)  At  the  applicant's  option,  this  eligible  projected  construction  cost 
figure  may  be  increased  by  averaging  the  construction  contract  costs  for 
a  minimum  of  three  comparable  public  construction  projects  bid  within 
two  years  of  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  application.  If  three  com- 
parable public  construction  project  bids  cannot  be  found  within  two  years 
of  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  application,  this  locally  determined 
comparable  cost  approach  cannot  be  utilized  by  the  applicant. 

(5)  "Comparable  public  construction  projects"  shall  be  post  offices, 
museums,  courthouses,  city  halls,  auditoriums,  community  college  and 
public  libraries,  senior  citizens  centers,  public  schools  and  recreation 
centers. 

(6)  The  locally  determined  comparable  cost  figure  shall  be  averaged 
with  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost  to  obtain  the  revised  eligible 
projected  construction  cost  figure,  which  shall  be  considered  to  be  the 
normal  public  construction  cost  in  the  applicant's  area. 

(7)  For  projects  with  new  construction,  an  eligible  contingency  not  to 
exceed  fifteen  percent  of  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost  may  be 
utilized  in  the  project  budget. 

(d)  Certification  of  excessive  costs.  For  projects  where  the  projected 
construction  cost  exceeds  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost,  the 
applicant  shall  provide  certification  in  the  form  of  a  resolution  demon- 
strating the  capability  to  finance  the  supplemental  funds  necessary  to 
construct  the  project  at  the  higher  cost  (See  section  20416  (a)).  The  reso- 
lution shall  also  guarantee  that  the  required  local  matching  and  supple- 
mental funds  necessary  to  complete  the  project  at  the  level  stated  in  the 
project  budget  will  be  made  available  for  the  project  in  a  timely  manner. 

(e)  Project  budget.  The  project  budget  shall  include  all  expenditures 
for  eligible  project  costs,  as  well  as  any  other  capital  outlay  expenditures 
directly  related  to  the  library  construction  project.  In  addition,  the  project 
budget  shall  show  the  sources  of  all  funding  including  state  matching,  lo- 
cal matching,  and  local  supplemental  funding.  The  project  budget,  speci- 
fied in  the  library  project  budget  section  of  the  application,  shall  be  certi- 
fied by  resolution  of  the  governing  body  of  the  applicant  (See  section 
20416.  (a)). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  19960,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
19957,  19962,  19963  and  19964  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  10-31-90;  operative  10-31-90  (Register  90,  No.  50). 

§  20420.    Application  for  Grants. 

(a)  Minimum  local  matching  requirement.  To  be  eligible  for  state 
matching  funds,  the  minimum  eligible  project  cost  shall  be  at  least 
$33,846,  and  the  applicant  shall  provide  at  least  $18,846  in  local  match- 
ing funds  and  request  not  less  than  $35,000  in  state  matching  funds. 

(b)  Construction  bids  already  adverfised.  If  construcfion  bids  have 
been  submitted  prior  to  six  months  before  the  State  Librarian's  deadline 
for  application,  and  all  bids  were  formally  rejected  resulting  in  no  con- 
tract award,  the  project  may  be  submitted  during  the  grant  application 
process. 

(c)  Application  forms. 

( 1 )  Each  applicant  may  make  a  preliminary  application  on  the  form 
shown  in  Appendix  I  entitled  "Pre-application  for  California  Library 
Construcfion  and  Renovation  Bond  Act  Funds."  If  an  applicant  makes  a 
pre-application,  the  State  Librarian  shall  provide  a  preliminary  evalua- 
fion  of  the  proposal  and  nofify  the  applicant  of  the  compefitiveness  of  the 
project. 

(2)  Each  applicant  shall  make  a  formal  application  for  state  funds  on 
the  form  shown  in  Appendix  2  entitled  "Applicafion  for  California  Li- 
brary Construcfion  and  Renovation  Bond  Act  Funds"  and  provide  a  li- 


brary building  program  using  the  outline  shown  in  Appendix  3  entitled 
"Outline  of  Requirements  for  a  Library  Building  Program." 

(d)  Deadline  for  applications  and  late  or  incomplete  application  sub- 
missions 

( 1 )  The  pre-application  shall  be  received  by  the  Bond  Act  Fiscal  Offi- 
cer, or  that  officer's  designee,  at  the  following  location  by  3  p.m.  on  No- 
vember 2 1 ,  1 990: 

California  State  Library 

Library  &  Courts  Building 

Fiscal  Services  -  Room  215 

914  Capitol  Mall 

Sacramento,  CaUfornia  95814-4877 

(2)  If  a  pre-application  is  not  received  by  that  fime,  the  State  librarian 
shall  not  review  the  pre-application  and  shall  not  notify  the  applicant  of 
the  compefifi  veness  of  the  project,  but  the  applicant  may  still  make  appli- 
cafion. 

(3)  Applicafions  for  the  first  funding  cycle  shall  be  received  by  the 
Bond  Act  Fiscal  Officer,  or  that  officer's  designee,  at  the  following  loca- 
fion  by  3  p.m.  on  February  15,  1991: 

California  State  Library 

Library  &  Courts  Building 

Fiscal  Services  -  Room  215 

914  Capitol  Mall 

Sacramento,  California  95814^877 

(4)  If  funds  are  available  after  the  first  funding  cycle,  applications  for 
the  second  funding  cycle  shall  be  received  by  the  Bond  Act  Fiscal  Offi- 
cer, or  that  officer's  designee,  at  the  following  locafion  by  3  p.m.  on  July 
19,  1991: 

California  State  Library 

Library  &  Courts  Building 

Fiscal  Services  -  Room  215 

914  Capitol  Mall 

Sacramento.  California  95814^877 

(5)  If  an  applicafion.  or  documents  required  to  support  the  application, 
are  not  received  by  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  applications  for  the 
first  funding  cycle,  the  applicant  shall  not  be  considered  by  the  State  Li- 
brarian or  board  for  grant  approval  during  the  first  funding  cycle. 

(6)  If  an  applicafion,  or  documents  required  to  support  the  applicafion. 
are  not  received  by  the  State  librarian's  deadline  for  applications  for  the 
second  funding  cycle,  the  applicant  shall  not  be  considered  by  the  State 
Librarian  or  board  for  grant  approval  during  the  second  funding  cycle. 

(7)  The  State  Librarian  may  waive  any  minor  procedural  problems  or 
technicaUfies  which  occur  during  the  submission  of  applications. 

(e)  Certification  of  the  applicafion.  The  applicant  shall  cerfify ,  by  reso- 
lufion  (See  secfion  20416(a))  and  by  signing  the  applicafion  form,  the  ac- 
curacy and  truthfulness  of  the  information  provided  during  the  applica- 
fion for  state  funds. 

(f)  Correcfions  in  project  applicafion  information.  If  due  to  oversight 
or  clerical  error,  the  information  provided  by  the  applicant  during  the 
applicafion  process  proves  to  be  inaccurate,  the  board,  at  its  discretion, 
has  the  authority  to  make  minor  adjustments  to  correct  obviously  inaccu- 
rate informafion  in  applications. 

(g)  Only  one  pre-application  and  one  application  per  project. 

(1)  Only  one  pre-application  for  each  proposed  project  shall  be  sub- 
mitted by  the  applicant. 

(2)  Only  one  applicafion  for  each  proposed  project  shall  be  submitted 
by  the  applicant. 

(h)  Withdrawal  of  an  applicafion.  If  it  is  determined  by  the  applicant 
that  a  project  cannot  be  built  within  the  scope  of  the  application  submitted 
to  the  State  Librarian  and  board,  the  application  may  be  withdrawn  by  the 
applicant  at  any  fime. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  19960,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
19956,  19957,  19960,  19961,  19962,  19963,  19964,  19965,  19966  and  19967, 
Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  10-31-90;  operative  10-31-90  (Register  90,  No.  50). 


Page  192.5 


Register  97,  No.  24;  6- 13-97 


§  20422 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


2.  Editorial  correction  of  subsection  (d)(5)  (Register  97,  No.  24). 

§  20422.    Audits  and  State  Payments. 

(a)  Audit  requirements.  The  State  Librarian  shall  require  a  final  fiscal 
and  program  compliance  audit  of  eligible  project  funds  performed  by  an 
independent  Certified  Public  Accountant  (CPA)  utilizing  Generally  Ac- 
cepted Accounting  Principles  (GAAP),  to  be  submitted  to  the  State  Li- 
brarian by  the  grant  recipient  prior  to  release  of  the  final  ten  percent  of 
state  project  funds. 

(b)  State  payments. 

(1)  The  State  Librarian  shall  authorize  state  grant  payments  to  the 
grant  recipient  on  a  periodic  reimbursement  basis.  Payments  shall  be 
made  no  more  frequently  than  on  a  monthly  basis.  Payment  requests  shall 
state  that  the  reimbursement  request  is  being  made  only  for  eligible  proj- 
ect expenditures.  Payment  requests  shall  be  submitted  with  an  original 
signature  of  the  grant  recipient's  fiscal  officer,  or  that  officer's  desig- 
nated agent,  affixed  to  an  original  copy  of  the  payment  request. 

(2)  The  final  state  payment  of  ten  percent  shall  be  made  when: 

(A)  all  eligible  project  funds  have  been  expended; 

(B)  the  grant  recipient  certifies,  by  providing  a  compliance  letter  from 
the  local  building  official,  that  the  building  has  been  completed  in  accor- 
dance with  the  approved  plans  and  specifications,  including  the  installa- 
tion of  bookstacks,  funded  by  state  and  local  matching  funds; 

(C)  the  grant  recipient  shows  evidence  of  having  recorded  a  "Notice 
of  Completion"  for  which  the  lien  period  has  expired  and  for  which  all 
outstanding  liens  have  been  settled; 

(D)  the  grant  recipient  shows  evidence  of  the  building  title  having  been 
accepted  by  the  grant  recipient; 

(E)  the  grant  recipient  provides  evidence  that  the  Stale' s  interest  in  the 
building,  and  the  land,  if  the  land  is  owned  by  the  grant  recipient,  has  been 
recorded  in  the  title  record  (See  section  20424  (c));  and 

(F)  the  grant  recipient  submits  a  final  audit  which  is  acceptable  to  the 
Stale  Librarian  (See  section  20422(a)). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  19960,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
19957,  19958,  19962,  19963,  19965  and  19967  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  10-31-90;  operative  10-31-90  (Register  90,  No.  50). 

§  20424.    Facility  Dedicated  to  Direct  Public  Library 
Service. 

(a)  Statement  of  library  jurisdiction's  willingness  to  operate.  If  the  pro- 
posed library  facility  will  not  be  operated  by  the  applicant,  a  resolution 
indicating  a  willingness  to  operate  the  facility  shall  be  adopted  by  the 
governing  body,  or  its  designated  officer  who  has  been  empowered  to  act 
in  its  behalf  that  will  be  operating  the  facility  after  its  completion.  This 
resolution  shall  be  submitted  with  the  application  prior  to  the  State  Li- 
brarian's deadline  for  application. 

(b)  Marketable  record  title. 

( 1 )  "Marketable  record  title"  means  that  the  title  to  the  property  shall 
include  both  legal  and  equitable  estates,  shall  be  free  from  unknown  en- 
cumbrances, and  shall  be  in  a  condition  that  an  informed  and  reasonable 
buyer,  exercising  reasonable  care  would  and  should  accept  it, 

(2)  The  applicant  shall  obtain  marketable  record  title  to  the  library  site, 
unless  the  library  site  shall  be  secured  through  a  lease  or  lease-purchase 
agreement.  When  the  applicant  owns  the  site,  the  applicant  shall  provide 
the  State  Librarian  with  proof  that  the  applicant  holds  marketable  record 
title  to  the  Ubrary  site. 

(3)  If  the  library  site  is  being  secured  through  a  lease  or  lease-purchase 
agreement,  the  applicant  shall  provide  the  State  Librarian  with  proof  that 
the  lessor  holds  marketable  record  title  to  the  library  site. 

(4)  If  the  applicant  has  acquired  or  is  acquiring  a  building  for  the  pur- 
pose of  converting  it  into  a  public  library,  the  applicant  shall  obtain  mar- 
ketable record  title  to  the  building.  The  applicant  shall  provide  the  State 


Librarian  with  proof  that  the  applicant  holds  marketable  record  title  to  the 
building. 

(5)  Proof  of  marketable  record  title  shall  include  a  preliminary  title  re- 
port. The  preliminary  title  report  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  the 
following  as  applicable: 

(A)  name  and  addresses  of  all  owners  and  their  respective  interests, 

(B)  a  description  of  the  exact  property  being  proposed, 

(C)  a  statement  of  easements,  appurtenances,  encumbrances,  and  all 
other  matters  of  record  that  might  impact  on  the  use  of  the  property,  and 

(D)  a  plat  plan  or  survey  showing  in  detail  the  location  of  the  property 
and  any  easements. 

(6)  If  exceptions  to  marketable  record  title  are  present,  the  applicant's 
legal  counsel  shall  submit  a  written  opinion  indicating  that  the  exceptions 
present  do  not  diminish  the  use  of  the  property  for  a  public  library  build- 
ing or  in  any  way  diminish  or  limit  the  state's  interest  in  the  property. 

(7)  Proof  of  marketable  record  title  to  a  building  and  site,  or  proof  that 
marketable  record  title  to  a  building  and  site  can  be  obtained,  shall  be  sub- 
mitted with  the  application  prior  to  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for 
applications. 

(c)  State's  interest  recorded  in  the  title  record. 

( 1 )  When  state  grant  fund  have  been  provided  by  the  California  Li- 
brary Construction  and  Renovation  Board  for  acquisition  of  or  credit  for 
land,  the  grant  recipient  shall  record  in  the  title  record  the  state's  interest 
in  the  land  upon  completion  of  the  project. 

(2)  The  title  record  for  land  shall  specify  the  state's  interest  by  record- 
ing that  the  land  shall  be  used  to  provide  direct  public  library  service  for 
twenty  years  following  the  completion  date  of  the  project  or  the  useful 
life  of  the  library  building  in  place  upon  it,  whichever  is  longer,  as  speci- 
fied in  Education  Code  section  19967. 

(3)  When  state  grant  funds  have  been  provided  by  the  California  Li- 
brary Construction  and  Renovation  Board  for  acquisition,  construction, 
or  remodeling  of  a  library  facility,  the  grant  recipient  shall  record  in  the- 
title  record  the  state's  interest  in  the  facility  upon  completion  of  the  proj- 
ect. 

(4)  The  title  record  for  the  building  shall  specify  the  state's  interest  by 
recording  that  the  library  facility  shall  be  used  to  provide  direct  public 
library  service  for  twenty  years  following  the  completion  date  of  the  proj- 
ect or  the  useful  life  of  the  building,  whichever  is  longer,  as  specified  in 
Education  Code  section  19967. 

(d)  Value  determined  by  mutual  agreement.  For  purposes  of  Education 
Code  section  19967,  determining  the  value  of  the  facility  and  land  by  mu- 
tual agreement  shall  mean  by  use  of  a  certified  appraisal  as  called  for  in 
section  20416  (d). 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  19960,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
19956,  19957,  19962  and  19967  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  10-31-90;  operative  10-31-90  (Register  90,  No.  50). 

§  20426.    Changes  in  Projects  and  Withdrawal  of  a  Grant. 

(a)  Changes  in  a  project.  Any  change  in  the  project  made  by  the  gant 
recipient  subsequent  to  the  approval  of  the  project  by  the  board,  which 
significantly  changes  the  project  information  provided  during  the  appli- 
cation process,  shall  be  approved  by  the  State  Librarian.  The  State  Li- 
brarian shall  have  the  sole  authority  to  determine  if  a  change  is  signifi- 
cant. If  the  State  Librarian  does  not  approve  the  change,  the  grant 
recipient  may  appeal  the  State  Librarian's  decision  to  the  board.  The  de- 
cision of  the  board  regarding  a  change  in  the  project  is  final  and  binding. 

(b)  Withdrawal  of  a  grant.  If  it  is  determined  by  the  grant  recipient  that 
a  project  cannot  be  built  within  the  scope  of  the  approved  application,  the 
project  may  be  withdrawn  by  the  grant  recipient  at  any  time.  The  board 
shall  disapprove  matching  state  funds  for  projects  which  have  been  with- 
drawn by  the  grant  recipient. 


Page  192.6 


Register  97,  No.  24;  6- 13-97 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20426 


,  PRE-APPLICATION 

2  FOR 

3  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY  CONSTRUCTION  AND  RENOVATION  BOND  ACT  FUNDS 

4 

5  APPENDIX  1  (To  Section  20420  (c)) 

6 

7  Administered  by  the  California  State  Library:     Gary  E.  Strong.  California  State  Librarian 

8 

9  The  pre-applieation  shall  be  received  by  the  Bond  Act  Fiscal  Officer,  or  that  officer's  designee,  at  the  following 

10  location  by  3  p.m.  on  November  21,  1990: 
II 

1 2  California  State  Library 

1 3  Library  &  Courts  Building 

1 4  Fiscal  Services  -  Room  215 

15  914  Capitol  Mall 

1 6  Sacramento,  California  95814-4877 
17 

1 8  The  applicant  local  jurisdiction  pursuant  to  the  Education  Code,  Title  1 .  Division  1 .  Part  1 1 ,  Chapter  1 1 ,  Sections 

19  19950-19981  and  Title  5.  Division  2,  Chapter  L  Sections  20410-20426  of  the  California  Code  of  Regulations, 

20  hereby  makes  pre-application  for  a  state  matching  grant  for  the  construction  or  remodeling  of  the  public  library 

21  facility  described  herein: 

22  PROJECT  IDENTIFICATION 
23 

24       OFHCIAL  NAME  OF  PROJECT:  ► 

25 

26       TYPE  OF  APPLICANT  City:    D         County:  D  City/County:    D  District:  D 

27 

28       Joint  Powers  Agreement  (JPA): 


48 


2o  (If  applicable  —  specify  names  of  parties) 

30 

3 1       GRANT  APPLICANT:  ►  


■^2  Legal  name  of  jurisdiction  that  will  own  building 

33 

34       Elected  Official :  ► 


35  Mayor,  Chairperson  of  Board  of  Supervisors,  Head  of  Special  District,  authorized  to  sign  the  pre-applica- 


36  I'"" 

37  Title:    ►•     Phone:  ►  

38 

39        Address:    ► 

40 

41  

42 

43  For  JPA  Projects  Only 

44  If  application  is  by  a  JPA  applicant,  provide  the  elected  official  of  the  second  party. 
45 

46       Elected  Official:  ► 


47  Mayor,  Chairperson  of  Board  of  Supervisors,  Head  of  Special  District,  authorized  to  sign  the  pre-applica- 


tion 


49        Title:  ►     Phone:  ► 

50 

5 1        Address:  ► 

52 

53 

54 
55 

56  LIMIT  COMMENTS  THROUGHOUT  THE  ENTIRE  FORM  TO  SPACE  PROVIDED  UNLESS  OTHERWISE 

57  STATED.  LIMIT  TYPE  SIZE  TO  NO  SMALLER  THAN  11  POINTS,  AND  12  PITCH  (ELITE)  WITH  NO 

58  MORE  THAN  6  LINES  PER  INCH.  ATTACHMENTS  SHALL  NOT  BE  ACCEPTED  UNLESS  REQUIRED 

59  BY  REGULATION  OR  CALLED  FOR  ON  THE  PREAPPLICATION  FORM. 

60 


Page  192.7  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12- 14-90 


§  20426  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


1 

2        LIBRARY  JURISDICTION: 


3  Legal  name  of  library  that  will  operate  the  service  in  the  building 

4 

5 

6         Library  Director  Name:  ^ 


7 

8         Title:  ►   Phone: 

9 

10        Address:  ► 


13 
14 
1 5  PROJECT  EVALUATION  DATA 

16 

17 

1 8        GROSS  SQUARE  FOOTAGE: 

19 

20       The  current  gross  square  footage  of  the  existing  public  library(s)  being  replaced  is: 

21 

22  ►    SF 

23 

24  (If  there  is  no  existing  facility,  enter  "0") 

25 

26       At  completion  of  the  project,  the  total  gross  square  footage  of  the  proposed  public  library  building  will  be: 

27 
28 
29  ►    SF 

30 

31 

32       STANDARD  METROPOLITAN  STATISTICAL  AREA  (SMSA): 

33 

34       Is  the  proposed  site  for  the  project  located  in  a  Standard  Metropolitan  Statistical  Area  (SMSA)? 

35 

36  Yes  D     No  D 

37 

38       DISTANCE  TO  NEAREST  EXISTING  PUBLIC  LIBRARY  FACILITY: 

39 

4Q  (For  purposes  of  this  distance  determination  only,  a  "public  library  facility"  means  a  building  of  1,400 

41  square  feet  or  more  providing  direct  public  library  service.) 

42 

43 

44  Number  of  miles  to  the  nearest  existing  public  library  facility  other  than  the  library  facility(s)  being  replaced  by 

45  the  proposed  project: 


46 


Miles 


47 

48  (Provide  mileage  to  the  nearest  1/1 0th  or  a  mile  by  driving  the  distance  in  an  automobile  from  the 

40  proposed  site  to  the  nearest  public  library  facility,  regardless  of  what  jurisdiction  the  public  library  is 

^r.  located  in.) 

51 

52       Name  of  Nearest  Public  Library  Facility:         ^    

53 

54      Square  Footage  of  Nearest  Public  Library  Facility:  ►    SF 

55 
56 
57 


Page  192.8  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20426 


1         NUMBER  OF  SQUARE  MILES  IN  THE  PROJECT  SERVICE  AREA: 

2 

3  Number  of  square  miles  in  tlie  project  service  area:  ► SQ  Miles 

4 
5 

6         LIBRARY  PROJECTS  SERVICE  AREA  1990  POPULATION:  ^ 

7 

8         LIBRARY  PROJECTS  SERVICE  AREA  2010  POPULATION:  ►    

9 
10 

'  1        AGE  OF  THE  EXISTING  PUBLIC  LIBRARY: 

12 

1-^  When  was  the  existing  public  library  building,  which  will  be  replaced  or  improved  by  the  proposed 

14  project,  initially  built? 

^  Year 


Year 


15  ► 

16 

17  (If  proposed  project  will  replace  more  than  one  building,  list  the  oldest  of  the  buildings.) 

18 

1 9  (If  there  is  no  existing  facility,  enter  "0") 

20 

2 1        CONDITION  OF  THE  EXISTING  PUBLIC  LIBRARY: 

2? 

23  When  was  the  most  recent  structural  renovation  or 

04  expansion  of  the  existing  public  library  building? 

25 

26  ► 

27 

90  (If  proposed  project  will  replace  more  than  one  building,  list  the  most  recent  activity  for  any 

Iq  of  the  buildings.) 

30 

3  j  (If  there  is  no  existing  facility,  enter  "0") 

32 

33       ELECTRONIC  INFORMATION  DELIVERY  UNITS:  (Public  use  units  only.) 

34 

35  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  "electronic  information  delivery  units"  means  computer  terminals,  CD-ROM 

3^  readers,    microcomputers,   computer  printers,   photocopy   machines,   facsimile   machines,   minicomputers, 

oy  audio-visual  listening  or  viewing  units,  microform  readers  and  reader/printers,  TDD  units,  downlink  satellite 

'■^r,  dishes,  and  CATV  monitor/tuners  dedicated  for  the  use  of  the  public. 

39 

40  Number  of  electronic  information  delivery  units  dedicated  to  public  use  to  be  housed  in  the  proposed  project. 

41  and  specified  in  the  project's  building  program  and  furnishings  and  equipment  budget: 

42  ► 'Jnits 

43 

44  MEETING  SPACE:  (Public  use  space  only.) 

45 

45  For  purposes  of  this  section,  "meeting  space"  means  community  meeting  space,  conference  space,  quiet  study 
4-7  space,  literacy  training  space,  children's  story  hour  space,  theatres,  and  multipurpose  space  dedicated  for  the  use 
.0  of  the  public. 

49 

3Q        Number  of  square  feet  of  meeting  space  dedicated  to  public  use  to  be  housed  in  the  proposed  project,  and  speci- 

^1        fied  in  the  project's  building  program: 

52 

53  ► SF 


Page  192.9  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12- 14-90 


§  20426 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 


CHANGING  CONCEPTS  IN  PUBLIC  LIBRARY  SERVICE 

Describe  how  the  proposed  project  will  respond  to  changing  concepts  in  public  library  service: 


Page  192,10 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20426 


• 


13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 


NEEDS  ASSESSMENT 

Briefly  describe  why  the  proposed  project  is  needed,  and  the  degree  to  which  citizens,  community 
organizations  and  local  agencies  participated  in  the  determination  of  the  need.  Summarize  physical  facility  and 
service  limitations,  population  growth,  changing  demographic  characteristics  etc.: 


Page  192.11 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12- 14-90 


§  20426  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


I  PROJECT  BUDGET  ESTIMATE 

2 

3         Estimated  Total  Eligible  Project  Costs:  ►  $  

4 

5  Local  Match  (35%):  ^  $  

6 

7  State  Match  (65%):  ^  $  


8 
9 
10 


APPLICATION  TIMETABLE 

During  which  funding  allocation  cycle  does  the  applicant  intend  to  apply? 


12 

13  □  First  Cycle  D   Second  Cycle 

14 

15  SIGNATURES 

16 

17  The  parties  below  attest  to  and  endorse  the  accuracy  and  truthfulness  of  the  pre-apphcation  for  California  Library 

18  Construction  and  Renovation  Bond  Act  funds.  It  is  further  understood  that  this  pre-application  is  not  binding. 

19  but  is  necessary  to  obtain  the  State  Librarian's  notification  of  the  competitiveness  of  the  proposed  project. 

20 

21  LIBRARY  DIRECTOR 

22 

23  I  hereby  affirm  that  the  library  jurisdiction,  for  which  I  am  the  administrative  agent,  is  aware  of  the 

24  pre-application. 

25  fe.  ^  


25  Signature  Date 

27 

28       b.  ^  


Signature  Date 


Name  (Type)  Title  (Type) 


29  Name  (Type)  Title  (Type) 

30 
31 

32  OFFICIAL  OF  THE  APPLICANT  LOCAL  JURISDICTION 

33  (Local  policy-level  general  governmental  official,  e.g.,  city  manager,  mayor,  administrator  etc.) 
34 

35       I  hereby  affirm  that  the  local  jurisdiction,  for  which  I  am  a  governmental  official,  is  aware  of  the  pre-apphcation. 
36 

37      ^  ►  

38 
39 

40      ^  

41 
42 

43  For  JPA  Projects  Only 

44  If  pre-application  is  by  a  JPA  applicant,  provide  the  elected  official  of  the  second  party. 

45 

46  OFFICIAL  OF  THE  APPLICANT  LOCAL  JURISDICTION 

47  (Local  policy-level  general  governmental  official,  e.g.,  city  manager,  mayor,  administrator  etc.) 

48 

49       I  hereby  affirm  that  the  local  jurisdiction,  for  which  I  am  a  governmental  official,  is  aware  of  the  pre-application. 

50 

51       ►  

52 
53 

54      ►  

55 
56 


Signature  Date 


Name  (Type)  Title  (Type) 


Page  192.12  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


• 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20426 


,  APPLICATION 

2  FOR 

3  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY  CONSTRUCTION  AND  RENOVATION  BOND  ACT  FUNDS 

4 

5  APPENDIX  2  (To  Section  20420  (c)) 

6 

7  Administered  hy  the  California  State  Library:     Gary  E.  Strong,  California  State  Librarian 

8 

9  The  application  shall  be  received  by  the  Bond  Act  Fiscal  Officer,  or  that  officer's  designee,  at  the  following 

10  location  by  3  p.m.  on  February  15,  1991  or  July  19,  1991. 
11 

1 2  California  State  Library 

1 3  Library  &  Courts  Building 

1 4  Fiscal  Services  -  Room  2 1  .S 

15  914CapitolMali 

1 6  Sacramento,  California  95814-4877 
17 

18  The  applicant  local  jurisdiction  pursuant  to  the  Education  Code,  Title  1,  Division  LPart  11,  Chapter  11,  Sections 

]  i)  J  9950-1 9981  and  Title  5,  Division  2.  Chapter  1,  Sections  20410-20426  of  the  California  Code  of  Regulations. 

20  hereby  applies  for  a  state  matching  grant  for  the  construction  or  remodeling  of  the  public  library  facility  described 

7j  herein: 

22  PROJECT  IDENTIFICATION 

23 

24       OFFICIAL  NAME  OF  PROJECT:  ► 

25 

26       TYPE  OF  APPLICANT:  City:  D  County:  D  City/County:  D  District:  D 

27 

)g       Joint  Powers  Agreement  (JPA): 


• 


TQ  (If  applicable  —  specify  names  of  parties) 

30 

3 1        GRANT  APPLICANT:  ^  


-^9  Legal  name  of  jurisdiction  that  will  own  building 

33 

34       Elected  Official :► 


35  Mayor,  Chairperson  of  Board  of  Supervisors,  Head  of  Special  District,  authorized  to  sign 

r^^  the  application 

37       Title:  ► Phone:  ► 

38 

39        Address:  ► 


40 

41  

42 

43  For  JPA  Projects  Only 

44  If  application  is  by  a  JPA  applicant,  provide  the  elected  official  of  the  second  party. 
45 

46       Elected  Official:  ►  


47  Mayor,  Chairperson  of  Board  of  Supervisors,  Head  of  Special  District,  authorized  to  sign  the  application 

48 

49        Title:  ►   Phone:  ► 

50 

5 1         Address:  ► 


52 

53 

54 
55 

56  LIMIT  COMMENTS  THROUGHOUT  THE  ENTIRE  FORM  TO  SPACE  PROVIDED  UNLESS  OTHERWISE 

57  STATED.  LIMIT  TYPE  SIZE  TO  NO  SMALLER  THAN  11  POINTS,  AND  12  PITCH  (ELITE)  WITH  NO 

58  MORE  THAN  6  LINES  PER  INCH.  ATTACHMENTS  SHALL  NOT  BE  ACCEPTED  UNLESS  REQUIRED 

59  BY  REGULATION  OR  CALLED  FOR  ON  THE  APPLICATION  FORM.  CLEARLY  LABEL  ALL  SUPPORT- 
gQ  ING  DOCUMENTS  SUBMITTED  WITH  THE  APPLICATION  WITH  THE  NAME  OF  THE  APPLICANT 

AND  PROJECT. 


Page  192.13  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 


• 


Project  Coordinator: 


Title:   ► 
Address: 


Name  of  individual  who  will  have  administrative  control  over  the  project  for  the  local  jurisdiction 
Phone:    ►    


Alternate  Contact  Person:  ► 

(If  the  project  coordinator  is  unavailable,  the  contact  person  shall  be  authorized  to  ace  in  the  capacity  of  the  project  coordinator) 

Title:   ►     Phone:    ►    

Address:   ►  


Head  of  Planning  Department:  ►  

(If  JPA,  provide  Head  of  Planning  Department  for  jurisdiction  providing  the  service.  If  applicable  —  Special  Districts  exempt) 

Title:   ►     Phone:    ►    

Address:   ►  


• 


Head  of  Public  Works  Department: 

Title:   ►     

Address:  ►  


(If  applicable.  If  JPA,  provide  for  jurisdiction  providing  the  service.) 
Phone:   >■    


Page  192.14 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


• 


• 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20426 


2 
3 

4  LIBRARY  JURISDICTION:  ► 

5  Legal  name  of  library  that  will  operate  the  service  in  the  building 

6 

7  Library  Director  Name:  ► 


8 

9         Title:    ►     Phone: 

10 

1 1        Address:     ►  


13  

14 
15 

16       Alternate  Contact  Person:  ►  

17 

18       Title:    ►     Phone:    ► 

19 

20        Address:     ►   

21 
22 

23  

24 

25        Library  Building  Consultant:   ►  

95  (If  applicable) 

27 

28       Title;    ►     Phone:    ► 

29 

30       Address:    ►  

3) 

32  

33 
34 

35        Architect:  ►  License*: 

-^g  (providing  construction  budget  estimate  &  conceptual  plans) 

37 

38       Title:    ►     Phone:    ► 

39 

40        Address:    ►  

41 

42  

43 

44 

45        Interior  Designer:  ►    

^^  "'  (If  applicable) 

47 

48       Title:    ►     Phone:    ► 

49 

50        Address:    ►  

51 

52  

53 
54 
55 
56 
57 


Page  192.15  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12- 14-90 


§  20426  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


2  CHANGES  IN  PROJECT  INFORMATION 

3 
4 

5 

6  Were  there  any  changes  in  the  proposed  project  information  from  that  provided  during  the  pre-appli cation  or  a 

7  previous  application? 

8  Yes  D     No  D 
9 

10 

1 1       If  so.  were  changes  made  in  any  of  the  following? 

12 

1 3  Project  Square  Footage    Yes  □     No  □ 

14 

15  Standard  Metropolitan  Statistical  Area  (SMSA)  Yes  D     No  □ 

16 

17  Distance  to  Nearest  Existing  Public  Library   Yes  □     No  □ 

18 

19  Square  Miles  in  Project  Service  Area   Yes  [U     No  D 

20 

21  Library  Project's  Service  Area  1990  Population  Yes  LJ      No  LJ 

22 

23  Library  Project's  Service  Area  2010  Population  Yes  LJ      No  LJ 

24 

25  Age  of  existing  public  library  building   Yes  CH      No  CH 

26 

2 '  Date  of  most  recent  renovation  or  expansion  of 

28  existing  public  library  building   ^^^  ^      No  LJ 

29 

30  Electronic  Information  Delivery  Units    Yes  □      No  □ 

31 

32  Meeting  Room  Space Yes  CD      No  D 

33 

34  Project  Budget Yes  D      No  D 

35 

36  Needs  Assessment Yes  D      No  LH 

37 

38  Changing  Concepts  in  Library  Service   Yes  d]      No  CH 

39 
40 
41 

42  (This  information  will  be  utilized  by  the  State  Library  to  update  the  project  database  created  from  information 

43  previously  provided  during  the  pre-application  or  an  earlier  application.) 

44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 


• 


• 


Page  192.16  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12- 14-90 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20426 


• 


12 
13 
14 


16 
17 
18 
19 

20 
21 

22 
23 
24 
25 

26 

27 
28 
29 
30 
31 

32 

33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 

40 

41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 


TYPE  OF  PUBLIC  LIBRARY  PROJECT  &  GROSS  SQUARE  FOOTAGE 

TYPE  OF  PROJECT: 


A)  New  Building 

B)  Addition 

& 
Remodeling 

Of  Existing  Library  Bldg.  for: 


Energy  Conservation 
Disabled  Access 
Health  &  Safety 


Yes  D  No  D 
Yes  D  No  D 
Yes  D     No  D 


C)  Conversion 

(Acquisition  of  a  Building  to  convert 

into  a  public  library  building) 

& 

Remodeling 

Of  Building  for: 

Energy  Conservation  Yes  D  No  D 

Disabled  Access  Yes  D  No  D 

Health  &  Safety  Yes  D  No  D 

D)  Remodeling  of  Existing  Library  Building  for: 

Energy  Conservation  Yes  EH  No  D 

Disabled  Access  Yes  CD  No  d 

Health  &  Safety  Yes  D  No  D 

E)  Remodeling  for  Shelving  &  Built-in  Equipment: 
(For  projects  with  this  activity  only) 

MULTIPURPOSE  PROJECTS: 

Is  the  project  also  a  multipurpose  building? 

Specify  other  uses  of  multipurpose  building:^ 


GROSS  PROJECT  SQUARE  EOOTAGE 

► SF 

► SF 

► SF 


SF 


SF 


SF 


Yes  n     No  D 


CURRENT  GROSS  SQUARE  FOOTAGE: 

The  current  gross  square  footage  of  the  existing  public  library(s)  being  replaced  is: 

► 
(If  there  is  no  existing  facility,  enter  "0") 


SF 


Page  192.17 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12- 14-90 


§  20426  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


I  PROJECT  PLANNING  INFORMATION 

2 

3         LIBRARY  FACILITIES  MASTER  PLAN: 

4 

.^  STANDARD  METROPOLITAN  STATISTICAL  AREA  (SMSA): 

6 

7         Is  the  proposed  site  for  the  project  located  in  a  Standard  Metropolitan  Statistical  Area  (SMSA)? 

8 

9  Yes  D    No  □ 

1 0  DISTANCE  TO  NEAREST  EXISTING  PUBLIC  LIBRARY  FACILITY: 

I I  (For  purposes  of  this  distance  determination  only,  a  "public  library  facility"  means  a  building  of  1 ,400  square  feet  or 
12                       more  providing  direct  public  library  service.) 

13 

14  Number  of  miles  to  the  nearest  existing  public  library  facility  other  than  the  library  facility(s)  being  replaced  by 

15  the  proposed  project: 

16  ►    Miles 

17 

1 8  (Provide  mileage  to  the  nearest  1/lOth  of  a  mile  by  driving  the  distance  in  an  automobile  from  the  proposed  site  to 

I  g  the  nearest  public  library  facility,  regardless  of  what  jurisdiction  the  public  library  is  located  in.) 

20 

2]        Name  of  Nearest  Public  Library  Facility:     ^ 

22 

23       Square  Footage  of  Nearest  Public  Library  Facility:  ^    SF 

24 

25 

26       NUMBER  OF  SQUARE  MILES  IN  THE  PROJECT  SERVICE  AREA: 

27 

28       Number  of  square  miles  in  the  project  service  area:  ^    SQ  Miles 

29 

30 

31 

32  RELATIONSHIP  OF  PROJECT  TO  NEIGHBORING  PUBLIC  LIBRARY  FACILITIES: 

33 

34  Describe  how  the  proposed  facility  relates  to  neighboring  existing  and  proposed  public  library  facilities.  If  a  facilities  master 

35  plan  exists,  reference  appropriate  pages  in  the  report  to  support  statements: 

36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 

55  If  the  applicant  has  completed  or  updated  a  jurisdiction-wide  library  facilities  master  plan  within  the  last  5  years, 

56  the  document  shall  be  submitted  with  the  application. 
57 

58 


• 


Page  192.18  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20426 


13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 
56 
57 


NEEDS  ASSESSMENT  FOR  THE  LIBRARY  PROJECT: 

LIBRARY  PROJECTS  SERVICE  AREA  1990  POPULATION:       ^ 

LIBRARY  PROJECTS  SERVICE  AREA  2010  POPULATION:        ^ 

AGE  OF  THE  EXISTING  PUBLIC  LIBRARY: 

When  was  the  existing  public  library  building,  which  will  be  replaced  or  improved  by  the  proposed 
project,  initially  built? 

^ Year 

(If  proposed  project  will  replace  more  than  one  building,  list  the  oldest  of  the  buildings.) 
(if  there  is  no  existing  facility,  enter  "O'") 
CONDITION  OF  THE  EXISTING  PUBLIC  LIBRARY: 

When  was  the  most  recent  structural  renovation  or  expansion  of  the  existing  public  library  building? 

^  Year 


(If  proposed  project  will  replace  more  than  one  building,  Ust  the  most  recent  activity  for  any  of  the 
buildings.) 

(If  there  is  no  existing  facility,  enter  "0") 

PHYSICAL  FACILITY  LIMITATIONS 

Provide  statements  of  deficiencies  of  the  existing  public  library  facility(s)  for  the  following: 

(If  more  than  one  facility,  complete  this  section  for  each  facility  separately,  i.e.,  submit  two  copies  of  this  section  of  the 
form.) 


Structural: 


Page  192.19 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 

58 

59 


Electrical  Power  &  Data  Distribution: 


Lighting  (natural  &  electrical): 


Mechanical  (HVAC): 


Page  192.20 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20426 


3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 
56 
57 
58 
59 


Energy  Conservation: 


Health  &  Safety: 


Disabled  Access: 


Page  192.21 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


10 
11 

12 

13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 
56 
57 
58 
59 


Acoustics: 


Space  Rexibility/Expandability: 


Functional  Spatial  Relationships: 


Other/General: 


Engineering,  Energy  &  Asbestos  Studies: 

If  the  existing  library  facility  will  be  remodeled,  or  if  an  existing  building  will  be  converted  into  a  library  building, 
provide  a  copy  of  an  engineering  study  and  an  asbestos  survey  with  supporting  cost  figures.  If  the  existing  facility  will 
be  remodeled  for  energy  conservation,  provide  a  copy  of  an  energy  audit  with  supporting  cost  figures. 


Page  192.22 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


• 


• 


Title  5  California  State  Library  S  20426 


2         SERVICE  LIMITATIONS: 

3 

4         Provide  a  statement  of  space  deficiencies  of  the  existing  public  library  facility(s): 

6  (If  more  than  one  facility,  complete  this  section  for  each  facility  separately,  i.e.,  submit  two  copies  of  this  section  of  the  form.) 

7 

8 

9 

10       Collections: 


13 

14 

\5 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36        Readers'  Seating: 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 

58 

59 


Page  192.23  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


Staff  Offices.  Workstations  &  Supervision: 


1 

2 

3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 


12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20       Special  Purpose  Units: 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39       Meeting  Room  Seating: 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 

58 

59 


Page  192.24  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


• 


• 


• 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20426 


'  Types  of  Services  for  which  space  is  lacking: 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

2^ 

23 

24 

25 

26  Describe  the  degree  to  which  citizens,  community  organizations  and  local  agencies  participated  in  the 

27  determination  of  the  need  for  a  new/improved  facility: 
28 

29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 

51  If  helpful  in  demonstrating  the  facility  limitations,  provide  photographs  or  a  video  tape  of  the  existing  library 

52  building(s)  as  support  documentation.  Label  all  photographs  or  video  tapes  with  name  of  applicant  and  project. 

53  This  submittal  is  optional. 
54 

55  If  the  applicant  has  completed  or  updated  a  jurisdiction-wide  or  project  specific  library  needs  assessment  within 

56  the  last  5  years,  the  document  shall  be  submitted  with  the  application. 
57 

58 
59 


Page  1 92.25  Register  90,  Nos.  48  -  50;  1 2  - 1 4  -  90 


§  20426 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


J 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 

58 


LIBRARY  BUILDING  PROGRAM: 

For  new  construction,  conversion  and  addition/renovation  projects,  a  final  building  program  document  shall  be 
submitted  with  the  application.  The  library  building  program  shall  meet  the  requirements  shown  in  Appendix  3. 


• 


Demographics: 

Briefly  describe  how  the  proposed  library  project  will  meet  the  needs  of  the  service  area  population  based 
on  the  existing  and  projected  demographic  characteristics,  including,  but  not  limited  to  factors  such  as  age, 
race,  ethnicity,  education  and  socio-economic  considerations: 


• 


Page  192.26 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20426 


• 


3 
4 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

2! 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 


Changing  Concepts  in  Public  Library  Service: 

Describe  how  the  proposed  project  will  respond  to  changing  concepts  in  public  library  service: 


Page  192.27 


Register  90,  Nos.  48  -  50;  1 2  - 1 4  -  90 


§  20426  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


2  Building  Components  Allocation  for  the  Proposed  Library  Project: 
3 

4  Provide  a  summary  of  the  proposed  project's  holdings  at  capacity  as  retlected  in  the  library  building  program,  by  providing  the 

5  proposed  allocations  for  the  following  library  building  components: 

6 

7         Collections  Number  of  Vols/Units 

8 

9 

10       Books 

11 

12  Adult        ►    

13 

14  Fiction    ^    

15 

16  Non-Fiction ►    

17 

1 8  Reference ►    

19 

20  Special   ►    

21 

22  Young  Adult  (if  applicable) ►    

23 

24  Children  ►    

25 

26  Easy/Picture ^    

27 

28  Juvenile    ►    

29 

^^  Fiction    

31 

32  Non-Fiction ►    

33 

34  Reference ^    

35 

36  Total  Books ►    

37 

38 

39       Audio-Visual 

40 

4 '  Video  Tapes  

42 

43  Compact  Discs ►    

44 

45  Audio  Cassette  Tapes ►    

46 

47  Phonodiscs ►    

48 

49  Talking  Books   ►    

50 

5]  Computer  Software  ►    

52 

53  Other  (slides,  photographs,  realia  etc.)  ►    

54 

55  Total  Audio- Visual  Materials   ►    

56 

57 

58       Periodicals  Titles  Number  of  titles 

59 

60 

61  Adult    ►    

62 

63  Young  Adult  (if  applicable) ^    

64 

65  Children  ^    

66 

Page  192.28  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


• 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20426 


12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 

33 
34 

35 
36 

37 
38 

39 
40 
41 

42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 


Readers '  Seating 

Aduli  Reference  Services  .  .  . 

General  Book  Collection  .  .  . 

Browsing  Services 

Young  Adults  (if  applicable) 

Children's  Services    

Periodicals  Services     

Special  Collections    

Other  (Miscellaneous)  


Number  of  Seats 


Staff  Workstations: 

Circulation  

Adult  Reference     

Children's 

Young  Adult  (if  applicable)  . 

Special  Collections 

Administration     

Technical  Services 

Extension  

Custodial    

Other  (Specify ) 

Other  (Specify ) 


Number  of 
Public  Serx'ice 
Workstatioits 


Number  of 

Off/Workroom 
Workstations 


Page  192.29 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Number  of  Units 


2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 


Special  Purpose  Units 

(Provide  for  both  staff  and  public  use.) 

Computer  Terminals 

CD-ROM  Readers    

Microcomputers 

Minicomputers 

Computer  Printers    

Microform  Readers  and  Reader/Printers 

Microform  Cabinets    

Lateral/Vertical  Files   

Photocopy  Machines   

Facsimile  Machines 

AV  ListeningA'iewing  Stations  

Map  Files 

Atlas  Cases 

Card  Catalog  Units    

Workstations  for  the  Disabled  (TDD*  etc.)     

Other  (Specify: )    

Other  (Specify: )    

*  Telecommunication  Device  for  the  Deaf  (TDD) 

Electronic  Information  Delivery  Units:  (Public  use  units  only.) 

For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  "electronic  information  delivery  units"  means  computer  terminals,  CD-ROM 
readers,  microcomputers,  computer  printers,  photocopy  machines,  facsimile  machines,  minicomputers,  audio- 
visual listening  or  viewing  units,  microform  readers  and  reader/printers,  TDD  units,  downlink  satellite  dishes,  and 
CATV  monitor/tuners  dedicated  for  the  use  of  the  public. 

Number  of  electronic  information  delivery  units  dedicated  to  public  use  to  be  housed  in  the  proposed  project,  and 
specified  in  the  project's  building  program  and  fumishings  and  equipment  budget: 

►    Units 


Page  192.30 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20426 


2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

?2 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 


Cable  Television  Production  Capabilities 

Describe  the  cable  television  production  capabilities  of  the  proposed  project  (uplink  dish,  cable  channel,  production  studio  etc. 


Meeting  Space  (Provide  for  staff  and  public  use) 

Community  Meeting  Space 

Conference  Space 

Quiet  Study  Space  

Literacy  Training  Space 

Staff  Training  Space 

Administrative  Conference  Space 

Children's  Story  Hour  Space 

Multipurpose  Space 

Theatres   

Other  (Specify: )    

Other  (Specify: )    

Other  (Specify: )    


Number  of  Seals 


Meeting  Space  (Public  use  space  only.) 

For  purposes  of  this  section,  "meeting  space"  means  community  meeting  space,  conference  sp)ace,  quiet  study 
space,  literacy  training  space,  children's  story  hour  space,  theatres,  and  multipurpose  space  dedicated  for  the  use 
of  the  public. 

Number  of  square  feet  of  meeting  space  dedicated  to  public  use  to  be  housed  in  the  proposed  project,  and  specified 
in  the  project "s  building  program: 

► SQ.  FT. 


Page  192J1 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


1  Service  &  Space  Conversion  Standards  and  Guidelines: 

2  Provide  information  regarding  any  standards  or  guidelines  utilized  in  the  building  program  for  the  following.    The  use  of 

3  standards  or  guidelines  is  not  mandatory,  but  if  used,  provide  the  conversion  factors  for  the  following: 

4 

-'         Collections 

6  Provide  and  cite  the  source  for  any  standard  or  guideline  used,  such  as  units  per  capita  ,  units  per  square  foot,  etc.: 

7 

8         Books 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19       Audio-visual 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26       Periodicals 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

-'■^       Reader 's  Seats 

34       Provide  and  cite  the  source  for  any  standard  or  guideline  used,  such  as  reader's  seats  per  capita  or  per  1 ,000  people,  etc.: 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

'^■^  Staff  Workstations 

46  Provide  and  cite  the  source  for  any  standard  or  guideline  used,  such  as  number  of  staff  or  staff  workstations  per  capita  or  per 

47  1.000,  etc.: 
48 

49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 
56 
57 


Page  192.32  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20426 


3  Square  Footage 

4  If  national  (e.g.  Wheeler  &  Goldhor  or  ALA  1962)  or  local  quantitative  space  conversion  standards  were  utilized  to  plan  this 
^  project,  specify  the  level  and  cite  the  source: 


SF/ Capita        Source: 


12 

13 
14 

15 
16 
J7 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 
56 


If  the  library  facility  is  not  being  planned  to  provide  at  least  .5  square  foot  per  capita,  explain  why  this  is  not 
necessary  to  meet  the  local  service  needs  of  the  project's  projected  population: 


If  the  proposed  project's  square  footage  becomes  inadequate  to  effectively  serve  the  population  of  the 
service  area  within  twenty  years,  what  is  the  current  plan  to  meet  the  library  facility  needs  of  the  service 


Page  19233 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 


Summary  of  the  Library  Facility  Space  Requirements: 

Provide  a  summary  of  the  spaces,  collections,  readers  seats  and  square  footage  in  the  program: 

(Attach  additional  pages  if  necessary.) 


• 


Name  of  Space/Area 


Volumes  in 
Collections 


Readers 
Seats 


SQ.  FT. 


Net  Assignable  Sub-total: 
Non-Assignable  Space*: 


(Non-Assignable  Square  Footage  is 
Total  Facility  Gross  Square  Footage:  .  .  . 


%  of  the  Gross  Square  Footage) 


*"Non-Assignable"  means  utility  areas  of  a  building  required  for  the  function  of  the  building  such  as  stairways,  elevators, 
dedicated  corridors  and  walkways,  public  lobbies,  restrooms,  duct  shafts,  mechanical  rooms,  electrical  closets,  janitor's  closets, 
fireplaces,  interior  and  exterior  wall  thickness,  exterior  amenities  which  are  part  of  the  building  but  not  enclosed,  such  as  patios, 
canopies,  porches,  covered  walkways,  etc. 


Page  192.34 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


• 


• 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20426 


2 

3         SITE  DATA: 

4 

-'^         For  new  construction,  conversion  and  addition/renovation  projects,  provide  all  of  the  following  data  for  evaluation 
6         of  the  proposed  library  site: 

7 

8 

9         Ownership  and  Availability 

10 

I  I  (Provide  for  remodeling  projects  as  well.) 

12 

13       Sile 

14 

15       Is  the  library  site  currently  owned  by  the  applicant?  Yes    I — I     No     I — I 

16 

'"^       Will  the  library  site  be  owned  by  the  applicant?  ^^''    L-l     No     U 

1  o  

'^^       Is  the  library  site  currently  leased  by  the  applicant?  ^'^'^    LJ     No     LJ 

20 

21       If  the  library  site  is  leased,  provide  the  name  and  address  of  the  owner: 

22 
23 
24      Name:    ► 

25 

26       Address:  ► 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 
32 


33       If  the  library  site  is  not  already  owned  by  the  applicant: 

34 

35  (a)     A  legally  executed  option  to  purchase  agreement  for  the  site  shall  be  submitted  with  the  application;  or 

36 

37  (b)     A  legally  executed  lease  or  lease-purchase  agreement  for  the  site  shall  be  submitted  with  the  application. 

38 

39  (See  Section  20414  (t)) 

40 

41 

42       Building 

43 

44  (For  Conversion  Projects  Only) 

45 

46      Is  the  building  to  be  converted  currently  owned  by  the  applicant? 

47 

48 

49  Yes     U      No     U 

50 

51 

52  If  the  building  to  be  converted  is  not  already  owned  by  the  applicant,  a  legally  executed  option  to  purchase  agree- 

53  ment  for  the  building  shall  be  submitted  with  the  application  (even  if  the  building  will  be  donated  to  the  applicant). 
54 


Page  192.35  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


]  Title  Considerations 

2 

3  (Provide  for  remodeling  projects  as  well.) 

4 

5  Site 

6 

7         Provide  a  preliminary  title  report  for  the  proposed  library  site  with  the  application  (See  Section  20424  (b)). 

8 

9         Name  of  Title  Company  Officer:  ►    

10 


1 1        Name  of  Title  Company:^  

12 

13  Address:  ^      

14 

15  

16 

17  Telephone:  ►   

18 

19  Are  there  any  exceptions  to  marketable  record  title?  Yes    I — I     No     I — I 

20  (See  Section  20424  (b)) 
21 

22       If  so,  the  applicant  shall  provide  legal  counsel's  written  opinion  regarding  exceptions  in  the  title  report. 

23 

24 

25       Building 

26 

27       (For  Conversion  Projects  Only.) 

28 

29  Provide  a  preliminary  title  report  for  the  building  to  be  converted  into  a  library  with  the  application. 

30  (See  Section  20424  (b)) 
31 

32       Name  of  Title  Company  Officer:  ►    

33 

34       Name  of  Title  Company:^   ^_____ 

35 

36  Address:  ^      

37 

38  

39 

40  Telephone:  ► ■ 

41 

42  Are  there  any  exceptions  to  marketable  record  title?  Yes    | — |     No     | — | 

43  (See  Section  20424  (b)) 
44 

45       If  so,  the  applicant  shall  provide  legal  counsel's  written  opinion  regarding  exceptions  in  the  title  report. 

46 

47       Boundary  Survey 

48 

49  (Provide  for  remodeling  projects  as  well.) 

50 

5 1  (For  multipurpose  projects,  provide  for  the  library  portion  of  project  only.) 

52 

53  Provide  a  boundary  survey  showing  the  metes  and  bounds  of  the  proposed  library  site  upon  which  the  proposed 

54  library  facility  and  site  improvements  are  to  reside.  The  survey  shall  be  stamped  and  signed  by  a  licensed  land 
surveyor. 


• 


Page  192.36  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20426 


Appraisal 


T 


3  (For  multipurpose  projects,  provide  for  the  library  portion  of  proiect  only.) 

4 

5  Site 

6 

7         What  is/was  the  purchase  price  of  the  library  site?       ►  $ 

8 

9  (Provide  the  following  only  if  appraisal  is  required.) 

10 

1 !         What  is  the  appraised  value  of  the  library  site?  ►  $ 


1 3        Name  of  appraiser  who  performed  appraisal: 
14 

15  Telephone:  ►  

16 

17  Credentials:  ►    


1 8  (Shall  have  MAI  or  SREA) 

19 

20       Enclose  a  copy  of  the  appraisal  for  the  property  (See  Section  20416  (d)). 

21 

22        Building 

23 

24        What  is/was  the  purchase  price  of  the  building  to  be  converted? 

25 

26  ►$ 

27 

28  (Provide  the  following  only  if  appraisal  is  required.) 

29 

30        What  is  the  appraised  value  of  the  building?  ►  $ 

31 

32       Name  of  appraiser  who  performed  appraisal:  ► 

33 

34  Telephone:  R^     

35 

36  Credentials:^     


37  (Shall  have  MAI  or  SREA) 

38 

39       Enclose  a  copy  of  the  appraisal  for  the  property  (See  Section  2041 6  (d)). 

40 

41 

42       Site  Use  Potential 

43 

44       Accessibility 

45 

46       Is  the  site  strategically  located  in  a  geographically  central  part  of  the  library  service  area?  Yes  I I        No  I I 

48        Is  the  site  located  in  a  retail  commercial  business  district  (either  downtown  or  suburban)?  Yes  I I         No  I I 

49 

50        Is  the  site  generally  accessible  to  all  parts  of  the  service  area?  Yes  I I        No  I I 

51 


Page  192.37  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Describe  any  natural  or  artificial  barriers  which  may  impede  access  lo  the  site: 


2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 


List  the  major  arterial  routes  in  the  proximity  of  the  site  with  traffic  count  (number  of  vehicles  per  day) 
information: 

Number 

of  Blocks  Trajfic  Count 

Street  Name  from  Site  Count  Date 


►    

Is  site  located  on  a  pedestrian  circulation  pattern?  Yes  I — I    No  I — I 

Can  curb  cuts  be  obtained  to  provide  access  to  site?  Yes  I — I    No  i — I 

Is  site  located  on  or  near  a  mass  transit  line?  Yes  I — I    No  I — I 

Number  of  mass  transit  lines  stopping  within  1/4  mile  of  site:  ^  

Library  Parking 

Number  of  spaces  available  off  street,  on  site:    ►  spaces 

Number  of  spaces  available  off  street,  off  site:   ^  spaces 

(within  500  feet  of  front  door) 

Number  of  spaces  available  on  street:  ►  spaces 

(within  500  feet  of  front  door) 

TOTAL  NUMBER  OF  SPACES  AVAILABLE  FOR  PARKING: ►  spaces 

Number  of  parking  spaces  required  by  zoning: ►  spaces 

Calculate  the  number  of  parking  spaces  required,  if  1 .5  square  foot  of  parking  space  is  needed  for  every  1 .0  square 
foot  of  library  building  (assume  an  average  parking  space  equals  350  SF/space): 

Building  Gross  SF  x  1.5  divided  by  350  = ►  spaces 


• 


Page  192.38 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


{j  20426 


12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
J7 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 


If  proposed  project  provides  less  parking  than  J. 5  SF  of  parking  space  to  1  SF  of  building  space,  provide 
justification  of  why  the  library  needs  less  parking: 


Site  Description 

Size 

The  total  square  footage  of  the  library  site  should  equal  the  square  footage  shown  in  1  through  7  below: 

(If  the  project  is  an  addition  to  an  existing  library,  complete  this  section  for  the  entire  site,  i.e.,  the  existing  site  plus  any 
newly  acquired  land.) 

(If  the  project  is  a  multipurpose  building,  complete  this  section  only  for  the  library  portion  of  the  project.) 


1.  PROPOSED  LIBRARY  BUILDING  FOOTPRINT* 

2.  PROPOSED  LIBRARY  PARKING  LOT 

3.  FUTURE  LIBRARY  EXPANSION  OF  BUILDING** 

4.  FUTURE  LIBRARY  EXPANSION  OF  PARKING** 

5.  REQUIRED  LOCAL  ZONING  SET-BACKS 

6.  DESIRED  AESTHETIC  SET-BACKS  &  AMENITIES 

7.  MISCELLANEOUS  &  UNUSABLE  SPACE 

TOTAL  SQUARE  FOOTAGE  OF  LIBRARY  PROJECT  SITE: 


SF 
SF 
SF 
SF 
SF 
SF 
SF 
SF 


'Footprint"  means  the  square  footage  of  surface  area  of  the  site  that  the  building  occupies. 


**  If  expansion  for  the  building  or  parking  will  not  take  additional  space  on  the  site,  please  explain  method  to 
be  used: 


Page  192.39 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426 BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS Title  5 

1         Zoning 
2 

3  What  is  the  current  zoning  classification  of  the  site?    ► 

4 

5  Will  the  site  have  to  be  rezoned  to  build  the  project?  Yes  LJ    No  LJ 

6 

7         Will  a  variance  be  needed  to  build  the  project?  Yes  I I    No  I I 

8 

Q  If  so,  when  can  the  variance  be  obtained?  ► 


10  (I^ate) 

1 1  Solar  Orientation 
12 

1 3  Will  the  orientation  of  the  site  and  placement  of  the  building  on  the  site  allow  solar  access  from  a  westerly  direction 

14  into  the  library  building  through  windows  or  doors? 

YesU    NoU 
15 

1 5  If  yes,  how  will  this  problem  be  addressed: 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25       Topography 

26 

27  Describe  the  general  topography  of  the  site.  Is  the  site  generally  level  or  will  it  require  extensive  rough  grading? 

28  Provide  estimates  on  the  amount  and  cost  of  cut  and  fill  that  may  be  necessary: 
29 

30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 

39       Has  a  topographical  survey  been  completed?  Yes  I I    No  I — I 

40 

41       Drainage 

42 

43  (Provide  for  remodeling  projects  as  well.) 

44 

45       Is  the  site  in  the  100  Year  Flood  Plain?  Yes  U    No  U 

46 

47       Do  any  water  courses  drain  onto  the  site  which  require  control?  Yes  I I    No  I I 

48 

49      Do  any  water  courses  drain  off  the  site  which  require  control?  Yes  I I    No  I I 

50 

51       Is  the  storm  sewer  system  adequate  to  prevent  localized  flooding  of  the  site  during  intense    Yes  I I    No  I I 

22       storms? 

53 


• 


Page  192.40  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-U-90 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20426 


'  Cal/foniia  Environmental  Oiialiry  (CEOA) 

T 

3  (SeePublicResourcesCode.Seciions  21000 -21 177  and  California  Code  of  Regulations.  Title  14.  Sections  1?000-  153X7) 

4 

3  (Provide  for  remodeling  projects  as  well.) 

6 

7  The  applicant,  as  the  lead  agency,  shall  provide  evidence  that  the  necessary  environmental  impact  documentation 

8  (EID)  as  required  by  the  provisions  of  CEQA  has  been  fully  completed: 

9 

IQ  1 )  If  the  applicant  has  determined  that  there  is  no  possibility  the  project  will  result  in  an  adverse  environmental 

1 1  impact,  or  that  the  project  qualifies  for  a  specific  statutory  or  regulatory  exemption,  and  therefore  is  not  subject 

.  ^  to  the  provisions  of  the  act.  provide  an  explanation  and  appropriate  citations: 

13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 

34  If  an  exemption  is  claimed  for  the  project,  provide  a  statement  of  the  basis  for  the  claim,  and  if  completed,  a 

35  copy  of  the  Notice  of  Exemption  with  the  application. 
36 

37  2)  If  a  negative  declaration  was  adopted  for  the  project,  provide  a  final  copy  of  the  negative  declaration,  as  well 

38  as  a  conformed  (stamped  by  the  County  Clerk)  copy  of  the  Notice  of  Determination  which  has  been  signed 

39  by  the  lead  agency  and  filed  with  the  County  Clerk  with  the  application. 
40 

41  3)  If  the  project  was  the  subject  of  an  Environmental  Impact  Report  (EIR),  provide  a  final  copy  of  the  EIR  and 

42  a  conformed  (stamped  by  the  County  Clerk)  copy  of  the  Notice  of  Determination  which  has  been  signed  by 

43  the  lead  agency  and  filed  with  the  County  Clerk  with  the  application. 
44 

45  Before  adopting  a  Negative  Declaration,  or  a  final  Environmental  Impact  Report,  the  applicant  shall  submit  the 

46  draft  environmental  documents  to  the: 
47 

48  State  Clearinghouse 

49  Office  of  Planning  and  Research 

50  1400  10th  Street 

5j  Sacramento,  California  95814 

52 

53  The  applicant  shall  take  into  consideration  timely  comments  made  by  state  agencies  on  the  project  before  adopting 

54  final  environmental  documents  and  approving  the  project.  The  applicant  shall  provide  either  the  compliance  letter 

55  or  the  comments  from  state  agencies  provided  by  the  State  Clearinghouse  with  the  application.  After  project 

56  approval,  a  Notice  of  Determination  shall  be  filed  with  the  County  Clerk  before  it  is  submitted  with  the 
applicafion. 


Page  192.41  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 

55 
56 


Summarize  the  potential  significant  adverse  effects  to  the  environment  of  the  proposed  project  and  any 
measures  that  have  been  adopted  to  mitigate  or  reduce  these  effects: 


Are  there  any  unresolved  legal  actions  pending  against  the  project  regarding  CEQA  compliance?  If  so, 
provide  the  case  name,  court  number  and  a  brief  explanation: 


Page  192.42 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20426 


1  Historic  districts 

2 

3 

4  (Provide  for  remodeling  projects  as  well.) 

5 

6  Was  the  existing  library  building,  if  it  is  being  renovated  or  expanded  as  part  of  the  project,  or  any  buildings  on 

7  adjacent  properties,  built  prior  to  1 94 1  ? 


10       Is  the  existing  library  building,  or  any  buildings  on  adjacent  properties: 


YesD    NoD 


13 

14 
15 

16 
17 

18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 


On  the  National  Register  of  Historic  Places'? 


A  National  Historic  Landmark? 


A  National  Monument? 


YesE]  NoD 
YesD  NoD 
Yes  n   No  D 


On  County  or  Municipal  Historic  Designation  hst?  Yes  I    I   No  I    I 

Is  there  a  local  historic  preservation  ordinance  that  applies  to  the  proposed  project  site  or  any  adjacent  properties? 

Yes  D  No  D 


If  yes,  briefly  specify  any  applicable  requirements  or  restrictions,  such  as  height  limits  etc. 


49 

50  If  yes,  is  the  proposed  project  conceptual  design  substantially  in  compliance  with  the  local  historic  preservation 

5 1  ordinance? 


52 
53 


YesD    NoD 


Page  192.43 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12- 14-90 


§  20426 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

JO 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 
56 


Geotechnical  Report 

Identify  and  summarize  any  special  geologic  conditions,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  compressible  and 
expansive  soils,  tunnels  and  mine  shafts,  unstable  slopes,  active  seismic  zones,  excessive  ground  water  and 
areas  prone  to  liquefaction.  Indicate  if  these  conditions  will  prevent  the  use,  or  significantly  increase  the 
cost  of  developing  the  site  for  a  public  library  building: 


Provide  a  copy  of  the  geotechnical  report  performed  by  a  licensed  engineer  with  the  application. 


Demolition  costs 

Describe  any  demolition  costs  involved  with  the  site: 


Page  192.44 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20426 


Lllilities 

Describe  utilities  availability  and  associated  costs  if  any  utilities  are  not  currently  located  within  100  feet  of  a 
property  line  of  the  site: 

(All  off-site  costs  beyond  100  foot  utility  tie-ins  arc  local  ineligible  expenses,  but  shall  be  idenlified  and  included  in  the 
budget  estimate  under  ineligible  site  development  costs.) 


12 
13 

14 
\5 

16 

17 

18 
19 

20 
21 

22 
23 

24 

25 

26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 

41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 
56 
57 
58 
59 
60 
61 
62 


Utility' 
Electricity 
Telephone 
Gas 

Cable  TV 
Storm  Sewer 
Sanitary  Sewer 
Water 


Availability 

YesD  NoD 

YesD  NoD 

YesD  NoD 

YesD  NoD 

YesD  NoD 

YesD  NoD 

YesD  NoD 


Cost  to  Bring  Sen  ice  to  Site 


Site  Development  Costs 

Utilities 

Cut,  Fill  &  Rough  Grading    

Special  Foundation  Support 

(pilings  etc.) 

Paving,  curbs,  gutters  &  sidewalks   

Retaining  Walls   

Landscaping 

Signage  

Lighting   

Removal  of  underground  tanks   

Removal  of  toxic  materials    

Rock  removal 

Other  (Specify) 

► 

TOTAL  SITE  DEVELOPMENT  COSTS: 


Eligible 


Ineligible 


Page  192.45 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

IJ 

12 

13 

14 

15 
16 
17 
18 
19 

20 
21 

22 
23 

24 

25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 

41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 
56 
57 
58 
59 
60 
61 
62 
63 
64 
65 
66 
67 
68 


Mitigating  Circumstances: 

If  there  are  problems  with  the  proposed  site,  what  mitigating  circumstances  lessen  the  negative  impact? 
Describe  the  proposed  design  solutions  which  moderate  the  site's  drawbacks.  Provide  information  on 
alternative  sites  considered,  and  why  the  proposed  site  is  the  best  location  for  a  public  library  in  the  service 
area: 


Visual  Record: 

Provide  photographs  and/or  a  video  tape  of  the  site  and  surrounding  area.  Show  several  views  of  the  site  and  a 
360  degree  perspective  around  the  site  of  the  surrounding  buildings.  Label  all  photographs  and  video  tapes  with 
the  name  of  the  applicant  and  project. 


Provide  a  map  showing  the  location  of  the  proposed  library  site  in  the  community.  This  map  (or  another  with  a 
larger  scale)  shall  show  the  service  area  of  the  proposed  project,  and  if  possible,  the  nearest  existing  library  (other 
than  the  one  being  replaced). 

PROJECT  TIMETABLE 

Provide  the  timetable  for  the  proposed  project.  Show  estimated  dates  of  completion,  as  well  as  actual  dates  of 
completion: 


TIMETABLE 

Site  Purchase/Lease  Agreement  Executed 
Schematic  Plans  &  Cost  Estimate 
Design  Development  Plans  &  Cost  Estimate 
Working  Drawings  &  Final  Cost  Estimate 
Start  of  Construction 
Completion  of  Construction 


DATE 


Calculate  the  number  of  months  from  the  month  of  application  until  the  estimated  start  of  construction: 


Calculate  the  number  of  months  for  the  construction  of  the  project  from  start  to  finish: 


Months 


Months 


Page  192.46 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12- 14-90 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20426 


1 

2 

3 
4 
5  CONCEPTUAL  ARCHITECTURAL  PLANS 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

1 1        New  construction,  conversions  and  addition/renovations: 

12 

13 

14  For  new  construction,  conversion  and  addition/renovation  projects,  a  set  of  conceptual  plans  (no  less  than  22  x 

1 5  34  inches  for  paper  size)  prepared  by  an  architect  licensed  to  practice  in  the  State  of  California  shall  be  submitted 

16  with  the  application.  Multipurpose  projects  shall  submit  the  required  conceptual  plans  for  both  the  total 
'  ^       multipurpose  project,  as  well  as  the  library  portion  of  the  project. 

19 

20       The  conceptual  plans  shall  consist  of  the  following: 

21 

22 

23       (a)  An  area  plan  showing  the  library  site  in  context  with  the  surrounding  neighborhood  buildings,  parking  and 

14  streets. 

25 

26 

27  (b)  A  site  plan  showing  the  library  building,  parking  lot  and  access  roads,  as  well  as  any  anticipated  future 

28  expansion  of  the  building  and  parking  lot.  The  site  plan  shall  also  indicate  the  direction  of  north. 
29 

30 

^ '       (c)  A  tloor  plan  (single  line)  showing,  and  identifying  by  name  on  the  plan,  the  major  programmed  areas  for  the 
;^^  library.  Each  area  shall  show  the  square  footage  called  for  in  the  library  building  program  and  the  actual  .square 

footage  allocated  on  the  plan. 


33 

34 

35 

36       (d)  Two  sections  through  the  building,  one  longitudinal  and  one  latitudinal. 

37 

38 

39       (e)  Two  elevations,  with  one  elevation  being  the  front  of  the  library  building. 

40 

41 

42  (f)  Outline  specifications  describing  the  type  of  construction  by  identifying  the  basic  building  components 

43  (structural,  mechanical  etc.),  and  the  type  of  occupancy.  The  architect  shall  reference  any  applicable  Sections 
•44             of  State  Statutes  and  State  Building  Codes. 

45 

46 

47       (g)  For  the  remodeling  portion  of  the  project,  a  floor  plan  which  identifies  the  extent  and  limits  of  the  remodeling. 

48 

49 

50  (h)  For  projects  which  involve  rehabilitation  for  health  and  safety  purposes,  the  architect  shall  cite  the  specific 

5 1  Sections  of  State  Statutes,  State  Building  Codes  or  local  codes  which  demonstrate  that  the  existing  building 

52  is  in  need  of  rehabilitation  for  health  and  safety  purposes.  If  local  codes  are  cited,  provide  a  copy  of  any  cited 

53  sections  of  the  local  code. 
54 

55 

56 

57 

58       Remodeling  of  existing  libraries  only: 

59 

60 

61  For  projects  which  involve  remodeling  of  existing  libraries  exclusively,  only  outline  specifications  with  a  floor 

62  plan  which  identifies  the  extent  and  limits  of  remodeling  shall  be  submitted  with  the  application.  If  the  remodeling 

63  project  involves  rehabilitation  for  health  and  safety  purposes,  the  architect  shall  cite  the  specific  Sections  of  State 

64  Statutes,  State  Building  Standards  Codes  or  local  codes  which  demonstrate  that  the  existing  library  building  is 

65  in  need  of  rehabilitation  for  health  and  safety  purposes.  Provide  a  copy  of  any  sections  of  the  local  code  which 
^       have  been  cited. 

68 
69 


Page  192.47  Register^,  Nos. 48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


2  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

3 

4         Normal  Construction  Costs  in  the  Applicant's  Area: 

5 

6  (See  Section  20418(c)) 

7 

8  (For  projects  with  new  construction  only.) 

9 

10 

1 1  In  order  to  justify  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost  estimate  for  new  construction,  the  following  information 

12  is  required: 
13 

14 

15  The  current  (1990)  cost  of  public  library  buildings  figure  of  $1 15.20  per  square  foot  multiplied  by  the  following 

16  locality  adjustment  factor: 
17 

18 

19       1)  County:  ► Multiplier  Factor:    ^  

20 
21 

22  2)  Locally  Adjusted  Cost  Per  Square  Foot  ($/SF):  ^  $ /  SF 

23  ($1 15.20  X  Multiplier  Factor) 
24 

25 

26  This  figure  is  increased  by  1/3  percent  for  every  month  from  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  application  until 

27  the  anticipated  bid  date  which  provides  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost  per  square  foot  estimate. 
28 

29 

30       3)  Number  of  Months:  x  .33  =  ►  %  Inflation  Factor 

31 
32 

33       4)  Locally  Adjusted  $/SF  x  Inflation  Factor  %  =  ►  $ /  SF 

34 

35 

36       The  locally  adjusted  cost  per  square  foot  figure  added  to  the  inflation  factor  cost  per  square  foot  figure  (line  2  plus 

^^       line  4)  equals  the  normal  public  construcfion  cost  in  the  applicant's  area: 

39 

40       5)  Eligible  projected  construction  $/SF:  ►  $ /  SF 

41 
42 

43  The  eligible  projected  construction  cost  is  calculated  by  multiplying  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost  per 

44  square  foot  figure  times  the  square  footage  of  new  construction: 
45 

46 

47  Eligible  projected  construction  $/SF:  ^  * /  SF 

48  (re-enter  line  5) 
49 

50  X 

51 

52  The  Square  Footage  of  New  Construction:  ►  SF 

53 

54 

55  Equals: 

56 

57 

58       6)  The  eligible  projected  construction  cost:  ^  * 

59 
60 

61  If  the  projected  construction  cost  estimated  by  the  project  architect  is  lower  than  the  figure  in  line  6,  the  applicant 

62  shall  use  the  lower  figure  as  the  normal  public  construction  cost  in  the  applicant's  area. 
63 

64  If  the  optional  modification  below  is  not  utilized,  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost  may  be  increased  by 

65  fifteen  percent  to  allow  for  a  contingency  at  this  point: 
66 

67  Eligible  Contingency:  ^  5 

68  (15%  of  line  6) 
69 


Page  192.48  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20426 


• 


• 


12 
13 
14 

15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 


23 

24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 

41 
42 
43 
44 

45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 
56 
57 
58 
59 
60 
61 
62 
63 
64 
65 


Optional  modification: 

The  applicant  may.  at  its  option,  employ  a  local  cost  comparison  approach  to  increase  the  eligible  projected 
construction  cost  figure.  List  a  minimum  of  three  comparable  public  construction  projects  which  have  been  bid 
within  two  years  of  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for  application: 


Project 


Date  Bid 


Contract 
Cost/SF 


B)  ► 

C)  ► 

D)  ► 

E)  ► 

F)  ► 


/  SF 
/  SF 
/  SF 
/  SF 
/  SF 
/  SF 


Comparable  public  construction  projects  are  post  offices,  museums,  courthouses,  city  halls,  auditoriums, 
community  college  and  public  libraries,  senior  citizens  centers,  public  schools  and  recreation  centers. 

The  costs  per  square  foot  of  the  above  recently  bid  comparable  projects  are  averaged  to  obtain  the: 


7)  Locally  Determined  Comparable  $/SF: 
(average  of  A  through  F) 


/  SF 


The  average  of  this  locally  determined  comparable  cost  per  square  foot  figure  (line  7)  and  the  eligible  projected 
construction  cost  per  square  foot  figure  (line  5)  equals  the  revised  eligible  projected  construction  cost  per  square 
foot: 


Locally  Determined  Comparable  $/SF: 
(reenter  line  7) 


Plus 


Eligible  Projected  Construction  $/SF: 
(reenter  line  5) 


Divided  by  2,  Equals 


8)  Revised  Eligible  Projected  Construction  $/SF: 


/  SF 
/  SF 

/  SF 


The  revised  eligible  projected  construction  cost  is  calculated  by  multiplying  the  eligible  projected  construction 
cost  per  square  foot  figure  times  the  square  footage  of  new  construction: 


Revised  eligible  projected  construction  $/SF: 
(reenter  line  8) 


The  Square  Footage  of  New  Construction; 


Equals: 


/  SF 


SF 


9)  The  revised  eligible  projected  construction  cost:  ►  -*• 

The  revised  eligible  projected  construction  cost  may  be  increased  by  fifteen  percent  to  allow  for  a  contingency: 


Eligible  Contingency: 
"  (15%  of  line  9) 


• 


Page  192.49 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


1 

2  Detailed  Projected  Construction  Cost  Estimate 

3 

4 

5  For  new  constaiction.  the  architect  shall  provide  the  applicant,  and  the  applicant  shall  submit  with  the  application, 

6  a  conceptual  phase  estimate  of  the  projected  construction  costs  for  the  proposed  project.  The  estimate  shall  be 

7  organized  using  either  A.  or  B.  as  follows,  or  a  similar  estimating  format.  The  footnoted  citations  below  are 
g  provided  only  as  a  reference.  Applicants  are  not  required  to  use  the  external  documents  footnoted  by  asterisks 
g  in  order  to  comply  with  the  cost  estimate  requirements. 

10 
11 

12  A.-  General  Requirements  Finishes 

13  Site  Work  Specialties 

14  Concrete  Equipment 

15  Masonry  Furnishings 

16  Metals  Special  Conditions 

17  Wood  and  Plastics  Conveying  Systems 
|g  Thermal  and  Moisture  Protection  Mechanical 

J  9  Doors  and  Windows  Electrical 

20 
21 

22  B.**  Foundations  Conveying 

23  Substructures  Mechanical 

24  Superstructures  Electrical 

25  Exterior  Closure  General  Conditions 

26  Roofing  Special 

27  Interior  Construction  Site  Work 
28 

29 

30  *  Construction  Specifications  Institute  (C.S.I.)  Masterformat  Divisions 

31  **  R.S.  Means  Assemblies  Cost  Data  Manual 
32 

33 
34 

35  For  remodeling  work,  the  architect  shall  provide  the  applicant,  and  the  applicant  shall  submit  with  the  application, 

36  a  conceptual  plans  estimate  of  the  projected  construction  costs  for  the  proposed  project.  The  estimate  shall  be 

37  organized  by  the  three  types  of  eligible  project  expenditures  for  remodeling  work: 

38 

39  A.     Energy  Conservation 

40 

41  B.     Access  for  the  Disabled 

42 

43  C.     Compliance  with  Current  Health  and  Safety  Requirements  for  Public  Facilities 

44 

45 

46  For  remodeling  work,  the  architect  shall  also  provide  a  lump  sum  estimate  for  the  remaining  "general" 

47  remodeling  work  included  in  the  project. 
48 

49 

50      Multipurpose  Cost  Comparison: 

51 

52       (For  multipurpose  projects  only.) 

53 

54  The  architect  shall  provide  the  applicant,  and  the  applicant  shall  submit  with  the  application,  a  cost  analysis 

55  comparing  the  budget  of  the  multipurpose  project  as  a  whole  with  the  budget  of  the  library  portion  of  the  project, 

56  using  the  same  formats  as  above. 

57 


• 


Page  192.50  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20426 


• 


Library  Project  Budget 

(Provide  for  all  projects.  Provide  for  library  portion  only  of  multipurpose  projects.) 

LlBliARY  PROJECT  COSTS  ELIGIBLE 

1 )  Purchase  Price  or  Appraised  Value  of  Building    ►  $ 

Construction  Contract  for: 

2)  New  Construction    ►  $ 

(Including  additions) 

Remodeling  for: 

3)  Energy  Conservation ►  $ 

4)  Disabled  Access ►  $ 

5)  Health  &  Safety ►  $ 

6)  General  (Other)   N/A 

7)  Contingency ►  $ 

8)  Site  Development  Costs ^  $ 

9)  Site  Demolition  Costs   ►  $ 

10)  Fastened  Shelving  &  Built-in  Equipment ►  $ 

1  i )  Works  of  Art    ►  $ 

12)  Furnishings    ►  $ 

13)  Movable  Equipment    N/A 

14)  Geotechnical  Reports ^  $ 

15)  Architectural  &  Engineering  Fees ►  $ 

16)  Construction  Cost  Estimator  Fees ►  $ 

1 7)  Asbestos  Consultant  Fees    ►  $ 

18)  Library  Consultant  Fees ►  $ 

19)  Interior  Designer  Fees ►  $ 

20)  Local  Project  Administration  Costs N/A 

2 1 )  Other  (Specify )  ...         ►  $ 

22)  Other  (Specify )  .  .  ^  $ 

Page  192.51 


INELIGIBLE 


N/A 


N/A 
N/A 
N/A 


N/A 
N/A 


N/A 


N/A 
N/A 
N/A 
N/A 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


ELIGIBLE 

23)  Subtotal  $  ►  $ 

(Add  lines  1  through  22) 

24)  State  Project  Administration  Fee    ►  $ 

(1/2%  of  line  23  eligible  costs) 

25)  Purchase  Price  of  Land     ►  $ 

26)  Appraised  Value  of  Land    ^  ^ 

(No  lease  or  lease-purchase) 

27)  Credit  for  Architectural  &  Engineering  (A  &  E)  Fees ►  $ 

(Paid  for  prior  to  2/1 5/88  for  1  st  funding  cycle,  and  prior 

to  7/19/88  for  2nd  funding  cycle) 

28)  TOTAL  COSTS:    ►  $ 

SOURCES  OF  PROJECT  INCOME: 

29)  State  Matching  Funds   ►  $ 

(65%  of  line  28  eligible  costs) 

30)  Local  Matching  Funds ^  $ 

(35%  of  line  28  eligible  costs) 

31)  City    

32)  County   

33)  Special  District    

34)  Private    

35)  Other  (Specify: ) 

36)  Local  Credits  (Land,  A&E  Fees  and  Furnishings)    

(Enter  total  of  figures  on  lines  25  through  27  and  only 

furnishings  from  line  12  which  have  already  been 
acquired  prior  to  the  State  Librarian's  deadline  for 
application) 

(No  credit  for  land  which  will  be  acquired) 

(The  addition  of  lines  3 1  through  36  must  equal  line  30) 

37)  Adjusted  Local  Match 

(Line  30  minus  Hne  36) 

38)  Supplemental  Local  Funds    

(The  same  as  line  28  ineligible) 

39)  TOTAL  PROJECT  INCOME: 

(Add  lines  29,  30  and  38) 


INELIGIBLE 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 


• 


N/A 


N/A 


• 


Page  192.52 


Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20426 


'         Local  Funding  Commitment: 

2 

-^         Provide  the  necessary  resolution  by  the  eoveming  body  of  the  applicant  required  to  support  the  application. 

4  (See  Section  20416  (a)) 

5 

6 

7 

8  SIGNATURES 

9 

10 

1 1  The  parties  below  attest  to  and  certify  the  accuracy  and  truthfulness  of  the  application  for  California  Library 

1 2  Construction  and  Renovation  Bond  Act  funds.  If  the  application  is  successful,  the  application  agrees  to  execute 

1 3  the  project  on  the  basis  of  the  application  data  provided  herein. 
14 

1 3       LIBRARY  DIRECTOR 
16 

1 7  1  hereby  affirm  that  the  library  jurisdiction,  for  which  I  am  the  administrative  agent,  approves  of  the  application 

1 8  and  will  operate  the  facility  as  a  library  after  its  completion. 
19 

20 

21  ►  ► 

22  Signature  Date 

23 

24      ►  ► 


25  Name  (Type)  Title  (Type) 

26 

27 

28  HEAD  OF  PLANNING  DEPARTMENT 

29  (If  applicable  -  Special  Districts  exempt) 

30  1  hereby  certify  the  accuracy  of  the  1990  and  2010  population  figures  contained  in  the  application  for  the 

3 1  jurisdiction  which  I  represent. 

32 
33 

34  ►  ► 

35  Signature  Date 

36 

37  ►  ► 

38  Name  (Type)  Title  (Type) 
39 

40 

41        ELECTED  OFFICIAL 

42 

43  Signature  of  Mayor,  Chairperson  of  Board  of  Supervisors,  or  Head  of  District,  authorized  to  miake  application 

44  for  the  local  jurisdiction 
45 

46 

47  ►  ► 

48  Signature  Date 

49 

50  ►  ^ 

51  Name  (Type)  Title  (Type) 

52 
53 
54 
55 


Page  192.53  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12-14-90 


§  20426  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


'  JPA  projects  only. 

2 

3         (If  application  is  by  a  JPA  applicant,  provide  the  elected  official  and  head  of  planning  of  the  second  party.) 

4 

'^  ELECTED  OFFICIAL 

6 

7  Signature  of  Mayor,  Chairperson  of  Board  of  Supervisors,  or  Head  of  District,  authorized  to  make 

8  application  for  the  local  jurisdiction 
9 


1 2  Signature  Date 

13 

14       ►  ►  


1 5  Name  (Type)  Title  (Type) 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20  HEAD  OF  PLANNING  DEPARTMENT 

2 1  (If  applicable  -  Special  Districts  exempt) 

22  I  hereby  certify  the  accuracy  of  the  1990  and  2010  population  figures  contained  in  the  application  for  the 

23  jurisdiction  which  I  represent. 

24 
25 
26      ►  ►  


27  Signature  Date 

28 

29      ►  ►  


30  Name  (Type)  Title  (Type) 

31 

32 


• 


Page  192.54  Register  90,  Nos.  48-50;  12- 14-90 


Title  5 California  State  Library §  20426 

,  OUTLINE 

2  OF 

3  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  A  LIBRARY  BUILDING  PROGRAM: 

4 

5  APPENDIX  3 

6 

7  (To  Section  20410  (k)  &  Section  20420  (c)  via  application  form) 

8 

9 

1 0      Table  of  Contents 

11 

12  Overview  and  Introduction 
13 

14  Provide  a  general  introduction  to  the  project  with  an  overview  of  the  need  for  the  project  along  with  a  time 

1 3  schedule  for  the  project.  Discuss  the  relationship  of  the  library  building  program  to  the  architectural  design 
16  process,  as  well  as  the  roles  of  the  librarv  buildins  team  members. 

17 

'^       Community  Analysis 

19 

20  Provide  an  in-depth  understanding  of  the  particular  community  by  describing  and  analy/'.ing  all  relevant 

21  factors  which  will  have  an  effect  upon  the  library's  roles  and  plan  of  service. 

23  GoverumetUal  Agencies 

24 

25  Identify  all  governmental  agencies  which  will  have  an  influence  on  the  planning  of  the  new  facility  and 

26  describe  the  nature  of  the  relationship.  Identify  key  individuals  and  define  their  roles  in  the  project. 
27 

28  Location 
29 

30  Provide  general  information  locating  the  projected  within  the  library  service  area  and  local  jurisdiction. 

3 1  An  area  map  showing  the   location  of  the  proposed  project  site  shall  be  included,  if  a  site  has  been 

32  identified.  Further  site  analysis  is  optional. 
33 

34  Demography 
35 

-^6  Provide  information  about  the  size,  projected  growth  and  demographic  characteristics  of  the  population 

-^ '  within  the  library  service  area.  This  information  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to.  the  composition  of 

-^^  the  population  by  age,  race,  ethnicity,  education  and  other  socio-economic  factors.  This  information 

'^  shall  be  analyzed  and  compared  to  the  norm  of  larger  populations  such  as  the  special  district,  city,  county, 
state  and  nation.  This  data  shall  be  used  in  developing  thelibrary's  plan  of  service  to  its  community. 

42       Library  Institutional  Analysis 

43 

44  Describe  the  mission  of  the  public  library  and  the  library  plan  of  service  providing  any  information  which  will 

4.5  be  necessary  to  determine  the  allocation  of  space  for  the  proposed  library  building  in  terms  of  collections. 

46  reader's  seats,  staff  workstations,  special  purpose  units  and  meeting  room  space. 

47 

48  History  of  the  Library 

49 

50  Provide  a  brief  history  of  the  development  of  the  library. 

51 

52  Library  Plan  of  Service 

53 

54  Define  any  applicable  roles  of  the  proposed  public  library  and  describe  any  specific  goals  and  objectives 

55  for  library  service  to  the  community.  Provide  a  detailed  analysis  of  the  types  of  services  to  be  offered 

^^  as  well  as  how  the  plan  will  be  implemented  in  the  proposed  facility.    Provide  any  applicable  use 

^^  statistics,  service  standards  or  guidelines.  Provide  a  citation  and  brief  description  if  there  is  a 

-^  jurisdiction-wide  plan  of  service  that  has  been  officially  adopted.    Provide  a  citation  and  summary 

'Z^  analysis  if  there  is  a  user  survey  to  support  the  library's  plan  of  service. 

60 

61  Library  Collections 

62 

63  Describe  the  current  status  of  the  library  collections  and  project  the  capacity  of  future  holdings  for  the 

64  proposed  facility.  Discuss  collection  development  and  provide  justification  for  the  size  and  types  of 

65  collections  based  on  demographics,  previous  as  well  as  anticipated  purchasing  patterns,  verifiable 

66  library  use  statistics,  and  any  applicable  standards  or  guidelines.  Provide  a  summary  of  all  project 

67  collections  to  be  housed  in  the  library,  as  well  as  the  conversation  factors  used  to  calculate  the  required 

^  shelving  units  to  store  the  holdings. 

69 

70 


Page  192.55  Register  2001,  No.  49;  12-7-2001 


§  20426  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


2 

3 

4 

5  Readers^  Sears 

6 

7  Describe  the  number,  type  and  allocation  ol"  the  patron  seating  needed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the 

8  proposed  facility.  Identify  any  standards  utilized  in  determining  the  amount  of  seating  as  well  as  any 

9  applicable  conversion  factors  use  to  calculate  the  square  footage  needed  to  house  the  various  types  of 
'0  seating. 

11 

12  Special  Purpose  Units/Spaces 

13 

14  Identify  and  describe  the  various  kinds  of  special  purpose  units  (CD-ROM  readers,  microform  readers, 

1 5  photocopy  machines  etc.)  which  will  be  required  in  order  to  support  the  operation  of  the  proposed  facility. 

1 6  Describe  the  significance  of  this  equipment  in  meeting  the  challenge  of  changing  concepts  in  public  hbrary 

1 7  service.  Provide  an  allocation  of  the  units  as  well  as  any  applicable  conversion  factors  used  to  calculate  the 
^°  square  footage  needed  to  house  the  special  purpose  units. 

90  -Sto/f  Workstations 
21 

22  Describe  the  projected  staff  organization  and  provide  any  applicable  standards  used  in  determining  the  size 

23  of  the  projected  staff.  Provide  the  resulting  number  of  staff  workstations  (public,  office  and  workroom) 

24  needed  to  provide  the  desired  service  level  in  the  proposed  facility,  and  indicate  the  proposed  allocation  of 

25  staff  workstations.  Provide  conversion  factors  used  to  calculate  the  square  footage  needed  to  house  the 

26  various  types  of  staff  workstations. 

27 

28  Meeting  Room  Requirements 
29 

30  Describe  the  number  and  capacity  of  meeting  rooms  for  the  proposed  library.  Indicate  how  this  space 

3 1  supports  the  library's  plan  of  service  and  provide  an  allocation  of  the  space.  Provide  conversion  factors  used 

32  to  calculate  the  square  footage  needed  for  the  various  types  of  meeting  room  seats. 
33 

34       Facility  Space  Analysis 

35 

36  Summary  of  Facility  Space  Requirements 

37 

38  Provide  a  summary  page(s)  of  the  various  spaces  in  the  proposed  library  showing  the  name  of  the  spaces 

39  with  the  respective  square  footage,  collections  and  reader's  seats  required. 
40 

41  Spatial  Relationships 

42 

43  Describe  the  relationships  of  the  various  spaces  in  the  proposed  library  either  through  the  use  of  narrative, 

44  a  spatial  diagram  or  a  matrix. 
45 

46  Space  Descriptions 
47 

48  Provide  a  description  of  each  individual  space  as  well  as  a  general  narrative  for  the  whole  library  which 

49  addresses,  as  appropriate,  the  following  items: 

51  Square  footage,  occupancy  by  staff  and  patrons,  type  and  size  of  collections,  functional  activity 

52  description,    spatial   relationships,   flexibility,   expandability,   staff  efficiency,   energy   efficiency, 

53  fenestration,  space  finishes,  building  materials,  access  for  the  disabled,  acoustics,  environmental 

54  conditions  (HVAC),  electrical  power  supply,  illumination,  communications,  computer  applications, 

55  security  systems,  signs,  audio-visual  aspects,  visual  supervision  and  layout  of  furniture  and  equipment. 
56 

57 

58       Financial  Analysis 

59 

60       Provide  a  preliminary  capital  outlay  project  budget  for  the  proposed  facility  with  cost  justifications. 

61 

62 


• 


Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  19960,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  HISTORY 

19961,  19965,  and  19966  Education  Code.  1.  New  section  filed  10-31-90;  operative  10-31-90  (Register  90,  No.  50). 


Page  192.56  Register  2001,  No.  49;  12-7-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20430 


Chapter  3.    California  Reading  and  Literacy 

Improvement  and  Public  Library 

Construction  and  Renovation  Bond  Act  of 

2000 


Article  1.    General  Provisions 


§  20430.    Definitions. 

(a)  Addition  —  a  project  that  increases  the  floor  area  of  enclosed  space 
of  an  existing  building.  "Addition"  also  means  "expansion." 

(b)  Addition/remodeling  —  a  project  that  combines  remodeling  with 
an  addition  to  an  existing  building. 

(c)  Administrative  costs  of  the  project  [Education  Code  section 
1 9990]  —  administrative  costs  include  costs  of  any  services  provided  by 
employees  of  the  applicant  jurisdiction  or  its  library  service  provider,  ex- 
cluding professional  services  as  described  in  section  20432(e)  and  (f) 
where  such  services  are  required  by  the  applicant  jurisdiction  to  be  pro- 
vided by  a  Public  Works  or  similar  department,  or  by  other  departments 
providing  the  professional  services,  and  where  the  costs  are  directly 
billed  to  the  construction  project. 

(d)  Applicant  —  a  local  jurisdiction  as  defined  under  Education  Code 
section  1 9988  that  is  eligible  for  a  grant  and  that  is  in  the  process  of  mak- 
ing application  for  California  Reading  and  Literacy  Improvement  and 
Public  Library  Construction  and  Renovation  Bond  Act  of  2000  funds. 

(e)  Application  Form  —  the  form  entitled  "Application  Form:  Califor- 
nia Reading  and  Literacy  Improvement  and  Public  Library  Construction 
and  Renovation  Bond  Act  of  2000  Funds"  found  in  section  20440.  Ap- 
pendix 1. 

(f)  Appraised  value  —  the  value  of  land,  an  existing  building,  or  any 
other  improvements  as  determined  by  an  independent  certified  appraiser 
no  more  than  one  year  prior  to  the  date  of  the  Board's  deadline  for  ap- 
plication. [See  section  20436(a)  for  appraisal  requirements.] 

(g)  Architect  —  an  architect  holding  a  valid  license  under  California 
Business  and  Professions  Code,  Chapter  3,  Division  3.  commencing  with 
section  5300. 

(h)  Assignable  square  footage  —  the  usable  space  within  the  building 
assigned  to  furniture  and  equipment,  excluding  any  non-assignable 
space. 

(i)  Board  —  California  Public  Library  Construction  and  Renovation 
Board. 

(j )  Bond  Act  —  the  California  Reading  and  Literacy  Improvement  and 
Public  Library  Construction  and  Renovation  Bond  Act  of  2000  (Educa- 
tion Code  sections  19985-20011). 

(k)  Co-located  library  —  a  library  that  houses  a  combined  public  li- 
brary and  public  school  library  in  a  single  facility,  either  on  or  off  of 
school  grounds.  Library  services  provided  in  the  facility  shall  be  defined 
by  a  cooperative  agreement  between  the  public  library  jurisdiction  that 
will  operate  the  library  and  one  or  more  public  school  districts  serving 
any  combination  of  K-12  students.  The  terms  "co-location  project"  and 
"co-located  library"  are  used  synonymously.  If  portions  of  a  co-located 
project  are  not  devoted  to  the  delivery  and  support  of  public  library  direct 
service,  the  project  shall  be  considered,  in  addition,  a  multipurpose  proj- 
ect. 

(/)  Common  areas  of  a  multipurpose  building  —  areas  of  a  multi-occu- 
pant building  that  are  shared  by  its  occupants. 

(m)  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment  —  a  written  evaluation  of 
the  library  service  needs  of  an  identified  public  hbrary  service  area  con- 
taining the  elements  specified  in  section  20440,  Appendix  3. 

(n)  Completion  of  the  public  library  project  —  For  the  purposes  of 
Bond  Act  grant  projects,  the  public  library  project  shall  be  considered 
complete  at  Substantial  Completion. 


(0)  Constaiction  manager  —  an  individual  who  has  had  respon.sibilily 
for  construction  management  for  five  or  more  construction  projects  in 
excess  of  $1,000,000  each,  within  the  10  years  prior  to  the  Board's  ap- 
plication deadline. 

(p)  Conversion  —  remodeling  an  existing  building  that  is  not  currently 
used  for  public  library  purposes  to  make  it  a  public  library. 

(q)  Construcfion  cost  estimator  —  an  individual  who  has  had  responsi- 
bility for  five  or  more  construction  project  cost  estimates  in  excess  of 
$1,000,000  each,  within  the  10  years  prior  to  the  Board's  application 
deadline. 

(r)  Cooperative  agreement  —  a  written  legal  agreement  containing  the 
elements  specified  in  section  20440  .  Appendix  2. 

(s)  DSA  —  Division  of  the  State  Architect,  Department  of  General 
Services,  State  of  California. 

(t)  Electronic  technologies  —  any  electronic  device  or  network  that 
proces.ses  or  provides  access  to  data  or  informafion. 

(u)  Eligible  project  costs  —  reimbursable  costs  authorized  in  Educa- 
tion Code  secUons  19989  and  19995(b)  as  made  specific  in  these  regula- 
tions. 

(v)  Eligible  projected  construction  cost: 

( 1 )  For  new  construction  —  construction  contract  costs  for  a  public  li- 
brary or  joint  use  library  facility  derived  by  calculating  the  normal  public 
construction  costs  in  the  applicant's  area  as  specified  in  section  20436(c). 

(2)  For  conversion,  remodeling,  and  addition/remodeling  —  construc- 
tion costs  related  to  all  aspects  of  remodeling,  rehabilitating,  or  renovat- 
ing an  exisfing  public  library  facility  owned  by  the  applicant;  or  construc- 
tion costs  related  to  the  conversion  of  a  building  into  a  public  library,  as 
specified  in  secUon  20436(d). 

(w)  Engineer  —  an  engineer  holding  a  valid  license  under  California 
Business  and  Professions  Code,  Chapter  7,  Division  3,  commencing  with 
section  6700,  in  that  branch  of  engineering  that  is  applicable. 

(x)  Existing  public  library  —  a  facility  operated  to  provide  public  li- 
brary direct  service,  either  owned  or  leased,  if  the  lease  has  a  total  dura- 
tion of  not  less  than  20  years. 

(y)  Existing  public  school  library  —  a  facility  operated  to  provide  li- 
brary service  to  students  in  a  public  school,  either  owned  or  leased,  if  the 
lease  has  a  total  duration  of  not  less  than  20  years. 

(z)  Fenestrafion  —  the  arrangement,  proportioning,  and  design  of  ex- 
terior and  interior  windows,  clerestories,  skylights,  window  walls,  and 
doors  in  a  building. 

(aa)  Field  Act  —  Education  Code  sections  1 728 1 ,  1 7365,  and  8 1 1 30. 

(bb)  Gross  square  footage  —  the  entire  area  of  the  building  interior  in- 
cluding the  exterior  wall  thickness.  The  total  of  the  assignable  square 
footage  and  the  non-assignable  square  footage  equals  the  gross  square 
footage.  Whenever  the  terms  or  abbreviations  "square  footage,"  "square 
feet,"  "SQ  FT,"  or  "SF"  are  used  in  the  Bond  Act  regulations  or  appen- 
dices without  the  modifiers  "assignable"  or  "non-assignable."  then  the 
terms  or  abbreviations  mean  "gross  square  footage"  or  "gross  square 
feet." 

(cc)  Inadequate  infrastructure  —  incoming  telecommunication  con- 
nection to  a  public  school  building  equal  to  or  less  than  5 1 2  thousand  bits 
per  second  (512K  bps). 

(dd)  Joint  use  project  —  a  public  library  project  that  is  either  a  co-lo- 
cated library  or  a  joint  venture  project. 

(ee)  Joint  venture  project  —  a  project  to  construct  a  public  library  facil- 
ity that  jointly  serves  both  public  library  users  and  any  combination  of 
K-12  students  as  defined  by  a  cooperative  agreement  between  a  public 
library  jurisdicfion  and  one  or  more  public  school  districts.  Joint  venture 
library  services  are  defined  in  secfion  20434(a)(1)(B). 

iff)  K-]  2  —  kindergarten  through  grade  1 2. 

(gg)  Library  building  program  —  the  planning  document  that  de- 
scribes the  space  requirements  and  all  other  general  building  consider- 
ations required  for  the  design  of  a  public  library  building,  as  specified  in 
section  20440,  Appendix  5. 

(hh)  Library  consultant  —  a  qualified  library  consultant  who  meets  all 
of  the  following  criteria: 


Page  192.57 


Register  2001,  No.  49;  12-7-2001 


§  20432 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(1)  Possesses  a  Master  of  Library  Science  or  equivalent  5tii  year  de- 
gree in  library  science. 

(2)  Has  been  a  consultant  for  at  least  five  different  library  projects 
within  the  last  10  years  for  the  development  of  at  least  one  of  the  follow- 
ing; 

(A)  Library  needs  assessment. 

(B)  Library  plan  of  service. 

(C)  Library  facility  master  plan. 

(D)  Library  site  study. 

(E)  Library  building  program. 

(F)  Library  architectural  plans  review. 

(3)  Has  provided  the  services  in  (2)  above  as  an  independent  contractor 
or  as  the  employee  of  an  organization  involved  with  the  administration 
of  public  libraries. 

(ii)  Library  facilities  master  plan  —  a  jurisdiction-wide  plan  detailing 
the  anticipated  need  for  new  and/or  remodeled  public  hbrary  facilities  for 
a  specified  period  of  time. 

(jj)  Local  matching  funds  —  35%  of  the  total  eligible  project  costs  sub- 
mitted in  the  Library  Project  Budget  in  the  Application  Form,  which  the 
applicant  is  responsible  for  obtaining  from  sources  other  than  the  Bond 
Act. 

(kk)  Mid-point  of  construction  —  the  calendar  date  that  falls  half-way 
between  the  start  of  construction  and  Substantial  Completion  of  the  proj- 
ect. 

(//)  Multipurpose  building  —  a  multi-occupant  faciUty,  part  of  which 
is  a  public  library  and  part  of  which  is  used  for  other  purposes.  [See  also 
the  definition  (k),  Co-located  library]. 

(mm)  New  construction  —  new  building  square  footage  for  one  or 
more  of  the  following: 

(1)  A  totally  new  library  building. 

(2)  An  addition  to  an  existing  public  library  building  owned  by  the  ap- 
plicant. 

(3)  An  addition  to  an  existing  building  that  is  being  converted  to  a  pub- 
lic library  building. 

(nn)  New  public  library  —  any  of  the  following: 

(1)  The  construction  of  a  new  public  library  building. 

(2)  The  acquisition  of  a  building  that  is  not  currently  a  public  library 
and  remodeling  it  to  become  a  public  library. 

(3)  A  replacement  facility  for  an  existing  public  library,  whether  on  the 
same  site  or  a  new  site. 

(oo)  Non-assignable  space  —  utility  areas  of  a  building  required  for 
the  function  of  the  building,  including  stairways;  elevators;  corridors  and 
interior  walkways;  public  lobbies;  restrooms;  duct  shafts;  mechanical 
rooms;  electrical  closets;  telecommunications  closets  for  voice,  data, 
electrical,  security,  and  fire  systems;  janitor's  closets;  fireplaces;  interior 
and  exterior  wall  thickness;  and  exterior  amenities  that  are  part  of  the 
building  but  not  enclosed,  such  as  loading  docks  and  covered  patios, 
porches,  and  walkways. 

(pp)  Project  —  a  remodeling,  remodeling  with  addition,  or  new 
construction  project  for  purposes  authorized  under  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 19989. 

(qq)  Project  manager —  an  individual  who  has  had  responsibility  for 
project  management  of  five  or  more  construction  projects  in  excess  of 
$1,000,000  each,  within  the  10  years  prior  to  the  Board's  application 
deadline. 

(rr)  Projected  construction  cost  —  the  construction  cost  of  the  library 
project  as  estimated  by  an  architect,  engineer,  or  construction  cost  esti- 
mator. 

(ss)  Public  library  portion  of  a  building  or  site  —  the  portion  of  the 
building  or  site  dedicated  to  the  delivery  and  support  of  public  library  di- 
rect services  plus  the  pro  rata  share  of  common  areas  attributable  to  the 
delivery  and  support  of  public  library  direct  services. 

(tt)  Readers'  seats  —  all  seating  in  the  library  available  for  the  public 
of  all  ages  to  use  while  reading  print  materials  (i.e.,  lounge  seating. 


benches,  lloor  cushions,  seating  at  tables,  carrels,  and  study  counters). 
Readers'  seats  do  not  include  technology  workstations. 

(uu)  Remodeling  —  any  form  of  renovation  or  rehabilitation  of  an  ex- 
isting facility.  The  following  terms  are  used  synonymously:  remodeling, 
renovation,  and  rehabilitation. 

(vv)  State  matching  funds  —  65%  of  the  total  eligible  project  costs 
submitted  in  the  Library  Project  Budget  in  the  Application  Form. 

( ww)  Substantial  Completion  —  the  date  on  which  the  owner  and  con- 
tractor agree  that  the  construction  contract  is  sufficiently  complete  to  per- 
mit the  owner  to  take  possession  of  the  facility. 

(xx)  Supplemental  funds  —  local  funds  required  to  cover  ineligible 
project  costs  that  are  directly  related  to  the  construction  project. 

(yy)  Technology  workstations  —  workstations  in  the  library  (e.g. 
tables,  carrels,  counters,  office  systems)  available  for  the  public  of  all 
ages  to  use  while  operating  any  kind  of  library-provided  electronic  or  au- 
diovisual technology  (i.e..  personal  computers,  computer  terminals,  on- 
Hne  public  access  computers  (OPAC),  audio  and  video  units,  ADA  adap- 
tive technology,  and  microform  readers). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  19992,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
19989,  19994,  19995  and  19996,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  chapter  3  (articles  1-2.  sections  20430-20444),  article  1  (section  20430) 
and  section  filed  12-5-2001;  operative  1-4-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  49). 

Article  2.    California  Library  Construction 
and  Renovation  Program 

§  20432.    Purposes  of  Grants. 

(a)  Acquisition  of  an  existing  or  prefabricated  building 

A  local  jurisdiction  may  acquire,  through  purchase  or  donation,  an  ex- 
isting building  or  a  prefabricated  building  for  the  purpose  of  converting 
it  to  a  public  library. 

(b)  Multipurpose  building 

A  local  jurisdiction  may  acquire  space  in  a  multipurpose  building  for 
use  as  a  public  library. 

(c)  Allowable  site  use 

A  local  jurisdiction  may  build  a  public  library  facility  on  land  that  has 
been: 

(1)  Purchased. 

(2)  Donated. 
(3) Leased. 

(4)  Secured  by  a  lease-purchase  agreement. 

(d)  Site  development  and  demolition  costs 

Site  development  and  demolition  costs  are  eligible  if  they  are: 

(1)  Necessary  and  directly  related  to  the  construction  of  the  public  li- 
brary. 

(2)  Within  the  legal  boundaries  of  the  public  library  project  site. 

(3)  No  more  than  100  feet  beyond  the  legal  boundaries  of  the  site  and 
are  required  to  tie-in  the  public  library  site  with  existing  utilities  and 
roads.  Such  work  shall  be  limited  to: 

(A)  Utilities. 

(B)  Paving. 

(C)  Sidewalks,  curbs,  and  gutters. 

(D)  Landscaping  and  irrigation. 

(E)  Traffic  signals. 

(e)  Architectural  and  engineering  services 

( 1 )  Payment  of  fees  for  any  work  related  to  the  public  library  construc- 
tion project  performed  by  architects  and  engineers  are  eligible  project 
costs  provided  they  are  cash  expenditures  made  not  earlier  than  three 
years  prior  to  the  submission  of  the  grant  application,  as  specified  in 
Education  Code  section  19995(b). 

(2)  Matching  funds  credit  for  architectural  plans  and  drawings. 

(A)  The  cost  of  architectural  plans  and  drawings  developed  solely  for 
the  public  library  project  for  which  the  application  is  being  made,  regard- 


Page  192.58 


Register  2001,  No.  49;  12-7-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20434 


• 


• 


less  of  when  their  cost  was  incurred,  may  be  credited  toward  the  matching 
funds  requirement. 

(B)  "Architectural  plans  and  drawings'"  means,  and  is  limited  to.  the 
following  documents  created  by  an  architect  or  engineer  that  are  neces- 
sary for  the  design  of  the  proposed  public  library  building: 

1.  Conceptual  plans  and  drawings. 

2.  Schematic  plans  and  drawings. 

3.  Design  development  plans  and  drawings  (also  referred  to  as  prelimi- 
nary plans  and  drawings). 

4.  Construction  documents  and  specifications  (also  referred  to  as  final 
working  drawings  and  specifications). 

(f)  Other  professionals 

Fees  for  work  related  to  the  public  library  construction  project  per- 
formed by  the  following  professionals  are  eligible  project  costs: 

( 1)  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  (ADA)  consultants 

(2)  Attorneys 

(3)  Audio-visual  consultants 

(4)  Building  security  systems  consultants 

(5)  Certified  Public  Accountants 

(6)  Construction  managers 

(7)  Hazardous  materials  consultants  —  Registered  Environmental  As- 
sessors registered  by  the  California  Environmental  Protection  Agency, 
Office  of  Environmental  Health  Hazard  Assessment,  and  asbestos  con- 
sultants registered  by  the  California  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Ad- 
ministration, who  are  employed  to  perform  hazardous  materials  surveys 
and  related  abatement  contract  administration. 

(8)  Historical  consultants  required  to  assess  the  historical  significance 
of  an  existing  building. 

(9)  Interior  designers  employed  to: 

(A)  Design  furnishings  and  equipment. 

(B)  Provide  furnishings  floor  plans  and  layouts. 

(C)  Write  specifications. 

(D)  Otherwise  develop  bid  documents  and  supervise  the  bidding  and 
installation  of  furnishings  and  equipment  for  the  interiors  contract  or  por- 
tion of  the  general  contract  for  the  public  library  construction  project. 

(10)  Independent  construction  cost  estimators  employed  to  provide 
project  cost  estimates 

(11)  Land  surveyors 

(12)  Library  Consultants  providing  or  assisting  in  the  preparation  of: 

(A)  Library  needs  assessments. 

(B)  Library  plans  of  service. 

(C)  Library  facility  master  plans. 

(D)  Library  site  studies. 

(E)  Library  building  programs. 

(F)  Library  architectural  plans  reviews. 

(13)  Lighting  consultants 

(14)  Project  managers 

(15)  Real  estate  appraisers 

(16)  Scientists  required  for  CEQA  compliance 

(17)  Signage  consultants 

(18)  Technology  planning  consultants 

(19)  Telecommunication  consultants 

(20)  Traffic  engineering  consultants 

(g)  Remodeling  existing  public  library  facilities  owned  by  the  appli- 
cant jurisdiction 

(1)  As  required  by  Education  Code  19989  (c),  all  projects  to  remodel 
existing  public  library  facilities  shall  include  "necessary  upgrading  of 
electrical  and  telecommunications  systems  to  accommodate  Internet  and 
similar  computer  technology." 

(2)  These  improvements  are  defined  as  enhancements  to  the  electrical 
and  data  systems  that  provide: 

(A)  Dedicated  circuits  for  all  computers  and  their  peripherals. 

(B)  Copper,  fiber  optic,  or  wireless  data  connections  with  a  minimum 
of  Category  5  data  cabling.  Category  5  cable  is  data  communications 
twisted  pair  cable  appropriate  for  transmission  of  signals  up  to  100  Mb/ 
second. 


(h)  Ineligible  project  costs 

Ineligible  project  costs  include  but  are  not  limited  to  the  following: 

( 1 )  Costs  for  services  related  to  the  administration  of  the  public  library 
construction  project  that  are  performed  by  employees  of  the  applicant  or 
the  library  service  provider  are  ineligible.  An  exception  shall  be  made  for 
professional  services  described  in  section  20432(e)  and  (f)  where  such 
services  are  required  by  the  applicant  jurisdiction  to  be  provided  by  a 
Public  Works  or  similar  department,  or  by  other  departments  providing 
the  professional  services,  and  where  costs  for  the  services  are  directly 
billed  to  the  construction  project. 

(2)  Lease  or  lease-purchase  payments  or  the  value  of  land  secured 
through  a  lease  or  lease-purchase  agreement. 

(3)  The  costs  associated  with  portions  of  a  project  that  will  not  be  used 
for  the  delivery  and  support  of  public  library  direct  services  are  not  eligi- 
ble project  costs. 

(4)  In-kind  expenditures  and  services  or  donations  of  materials,  labor, 
furniture,  equipment,  or  articles  of  any  kind  shall  not  qualify  as  matching 
funds  and  shall  not  be  counted  as  eligible  project  costs. 

(5)  The  value  of  land  owned  by  the  applicant  that  is  already  dedicated 
to  the  operation  of  an  existing  public  library. 

NOTE:  Authorily  cited:  Section  1999?.,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
19987,  19989.  19990,  19995  and  19996,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  2  (sections  20432-20^144)  and  section  filed  12-5-2001 ;  operative 
1^-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  49). 

§  20434.    Funding  Priorities. 

(a)  New  public  library  project  priorities 

(1)  First  priority  for  new  public  library  facilities:  joint  use  projects 

As  specified  in  Education  Code  section  19994(a)(1),  first  priority  for 
new  public  libraries  shall  be  given  to  joint  use  projects  in  which  the 
agency  that  operates  the  library  and  one  or  more  school  districts  have  a 
cooperative  agreement.  [See  sections  20440(d)(  1 )  and  Appendix  2  for  in- 
formation about  Cooperative  Agreements.] 

Joint  use  projects  shall  be  one  of  two  types: 

(A)  Co-located  library  [See  "Co-located  library"  definition  in  section 
20430(k)] 

(B)  Joint  venture  projects  [See  "Joint  venture  project"  definition  in 
section  20430(ee)] 

Joint  venture  projects  shall  provide  one  or  more  of  the  following  ser- 
vices: 

1.  Computer  center 

A  computer  center  houses  computer  systems  with  electronic  resources 
or  other  educational  technologies  to  assist  with  any  combination  of  K- 1 2 
student  learning  activities.  Services  shall  include  one  or  more  of  the  fol- 
lowing: 

a.  A  range  of  computer  literacy  classes  covering  introductory  to  ad- 
vanced skill  levels. 

b.  Access  to  the  computer  resources,  including  the  Internet,  for  both 
public  and  student  clienteles. 

c.  Computer  literacy  activities  for  students  and  their  families  or  care- 
givers. 

d.  Distance  learning  equipment  and  staff  to  enable  online  instruction 
and  other  forms  of  educational  interaction  with  distant  communities,  in- 
dividuals, or  institutions. 

2.  Family  literacy  center 

A  family  literacy  center  houses  materials  and  space  for  tutoring  and 
instructional  activities  to  improve  the  ability  of  K-12  students  and  their 
parents  or  caregivers  to  read  and  write  English  and  to  develop  lifelong 
learning  skills.  Activities  shall  include  one  or  more  of  the  following: 

a.  One-to-one  tutoring,  either  personal  or  online. 

b.  Small  group  instruction. 

c.  Reading  and  writing  instruction. 

d.  Computers  with  software  to  improve  reading  and  writing  skills. 

e.  Literacy  programming  for  students  and  their  families  or  caregivers. 

f.  After-school  literacy  programming  for  students. 

3.  Homework  center 


Page  192.59 


Register  2001,  No.  49;  12-7-2001 


§  20436 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


A  homework  center  houses  space  to  provide  materials  and  formal  sup- 
port to  assist  K-12  students  with  homework  and/or  study  assignments. 
Support  shall  focus  on  the  needs  of  students  including  either  general  as- 
sistance in  reading,  writing,  science,  language,  math  skills,  and  study 
skills,  or  individual  student  assignment  assistance,  or  both.  Services  shall 
include  one  or  more  of  the  following: 

a.  Specialized  print  and  electronic  resource  collections  responsive  to 
curriculum  needs,  including  designated  computer  time  for  student  home- 
work needs. 

b.  Peer  and/or  adult  assistance,  either  paid  or  volunteer. 

c.  Instruction  in  research  and  study  skills. 

d.  Provision  of  appropriate  support  tools  such  as  bibliographies,  listing 
of  web  sites,  and  pathfinders. 

e.  After-school  computer  or  language  literacy  activities. 

f.  Temporary  reserve  or  limited  circulation  collections  in  response  to 
teacher  requests. 

4.  Career  center 

A  career  center  houses  space  to  provide  job,  career,  and  college  educa- 
tion information  to  assist  K-12  students  in  assessing  and  pursuing  voca- 
tional and  career  choices.  Information  formats  shall  include  any  com- 
bination of  print,  electronic,  and  audiovisual  resources.  Service  shall 
include  one  or  more  of  the  following: 

a.  Resources  providing  information  on  various  careers  and  vocations, 
future  opportunities,  and  the  necessary  associated  job  skills  and/or 
education. 

b.  Career  counseling  assistance,  either  paid  or  volunteer. 

c.  Information  on  available  training  programs  and  available  jobs. 

d.  Resume  assistance,  online  job  posting,  and  interview  training. 

e.  College-preparation  programs,  including  scholarship  information, 
college  application  assistance,  college  entrance  exam  preparation,  and 
college  essay  and  resume  preparation. 

5.  Shared  electronic  and  telecommunication  library  services 
Shared  library  electronic  and  telecommunication  services  provide  for 

the  sharing  of  electronic  equipment  and  resources  that  complement  the 
curriculum  of  K-12  students.  Services  shall  include  one  or  more  of  the 
following: 

a.  Wide-area  network  between  the  public  library  and  public  school(s). 

b.  Collaborative  electronic  resource  database  licenses  and  related 
training. 

c.  Collaborative  catalog  access  and  shared  circulation  systems  and  re- 
lated training. 

6.  Subject  specialty  learning  centers 

Subject  specialty  learning  centers  house  a  comprehensive,  in-depth 
collection  of  resources  and  learning  activities  on  a  specific  subject  area 
that  complements  the  curriculum  of  the  school  district  that  is  a  part  of  the 
joint  use  cooperative  agreement. 

7.  Other  library  services 

Other  similar  collaborative  library  services  that  directly  benefit  K-12 
students. 

(2)  Second  priority  for  new  public  library  facilities:  all  others 

As  specified  in  Education  Code  section  19994(a)(2),  all  other  new 
public  library  projects  shall  be  given  second  priority. 

(b)  Priorities  for  remodeling  existing  public  library  facilities  owned  by 
the  applicant  jurisdiction 

(1)  Remodeling  first  priority 

As  specified  in  Education  Code  section  19994(b)(1),  to  be  considered 
for  first  priority  funding,  a  project  to  remodel  an  existing  public  library 
building  owned  by  the  applicant  jurisdiction  shall  be  within  the  atten- 
dance area  of  a  public  elementary,  middle,  or  high  school  that,  at  the  time 
of  application,  is  identified  as  having  inadequate  infrastructure  to  support 
access  to  computers  and  other  educational  technology. 

(A)  If  the  project  is  located  in  the  attendance  area  of  more  than  one 
public  school,  the  applicant  may  select  any  one  of  the  schools  with  inade- 
quate infrastructure. 

(B)  The  applicant  shall  submit  with  the  Application  Form; 


1 .  A  letter  from  the  public  school  district  superintendent  verifying  that 
at  the  time  of  the  Board's  application  deadline: 

a.  The  project  site  is  located  within  the  attendance  area  of  the  identified 
public  school. 

b.  None  of  the  public  school  buildings  at  the  identified  public  school 
has  an  incoming  telecommunication  connection  greater  than  512  thou- 
sand bits  per  second  (512K  bps). 

2.  A  copy  of  the  public  school  attendance  area  map  showing  that  the 
public  library  project  site  is  within  the  attendance  area. 

(2)  Remodeling  second  priority 

As  specified  in  Education  Code  section  19994(b)(2),  second  priority 
shall  be  given  to  all  other  remodeling  projects  for  existing  public  library 
facilities  owned  by  library  jurisdictions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  19992  and  19994,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  19991,  19993,  19994  and  19999,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-5-2001;  operative  1^^-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  49). 

§  20436.    Determining  Project  Costs. 

(a)  Determining  the  value  of  land  and  buildings 

( 1 )  Land  and  buildings  purchased  by  or  donated  to  the  applicant 

(A)  The  eligible  project  cost  for  land  and  buildings  acquired  by  the  ap- 
plicant, whether  purchased  or  donated,  shall  be  the  appraised  value  as  de- 
termined by  a  certified  appraiser  no  more  than  one  year  prior  to  the  date 
of  the  Board's  deadline  for  application. 

(B)  When  an  existing  building  is  purchased  for  conversion  and  will  be 
a  multipurpose  building,  the  applicant  shall  provide  an  appraisal  of  only 
the  public  library  portion  of  the  building  and  site.  [See  definition:  section 
20430(ss)] 

(2)  Appraisals  of  land  and  buildings 

(A)  An  appraisal  is  only  required  if  the  value  of  the  land  or  building 
will  be  claimed  as  an  eligible  project  cost  or  a  local  matching  fund  credit. 

(B)  Appraisals  of  land  and  buildings  to  determine  the  best  and  highest 
use  of  the  property  shall  be  in  conformance  with  the  requirements  of  the 
Real  Estate  Appraiser's  Licensing  and  Certification  Law  (Business  and 
Professions  Code  sections  22300,  et  seq.). 

(C)  Appraisals  shall  be  performed  by  an  appraiser  who: 

1.  Has  a  State  Certified  General  Real  Estate  Appraiser's  License. 

2.  Is  an  independent  appraiser,  not  an  employee  of  the  applicant,  the 
applicant's  library  service  provider,  or  the  seller  of  the  proposed  public 
library  site. 

(3)  Contested  appraisals 

If  the  appraisal  is  contested  by  the  State  Librarian  or  the  applicant,  one 
or  more  additional  certified  appraisals  shall  be  obtained  by  the  applicant. 
The  difference  in  the  appraisals  shall  be  resolved  by  a  determination  of 
land  value  made  by  the  California  Department  of  General  Services,  Real 
Estate  Division. 

(b)  Construction  cost  estimate 

All  applicants  shall  submit  with  the  Application  Form  a  projected 
construction  cost  estimate  that  is  based  on  the  conceptual  plans  and  that 
has  been  prepared  by  an  architect,  engineer,  or  a  construction  cost  esti- 
mator. 

The  estimate  shall  be  organized  in  one  of  the  following  formats,  or  in 
a  similar  estimating  format,  at  the  applicant's  option. 

(1)  Format  1  [Construction  Specification  Institute  (C.S.I.)  Masterfor- 
mat  Divisions] 

(A)  General  Requirements. 

(B)  Site  Work. 

(C)  Concrete. 

(D)  Masonry. 

(E)  Metals. 

(F)  Wood  and  Plastics. 

(G)  Thermal  and  Moisture  Protection. 
(H)  Doors  and  Windows. 

(I)  Finishes. 
(J)  Specialties. 


• 


• 


Page  192.60 


Register  2001,  No.  49;  12-7-2001 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20436 


• 


• 


(K)  Equipment. 
(L)  Furnishings. 
(M)  Special  Conditions. 
(N)  Conveying  Systems. 

(0)  Mechanical. 
(P)  Electrical. 

(2)  Format  2  [R.  S.  Means  Assemblies  Cost  Data  Manual] 

(A)  Foundations. 

(B)  Substructures. 

(C)  Superstaiciures. 

(D)  Exterior  Closure. 

(E)  Roofing. 

(F)  Interior  Construction. 

(G)  Conveying. 
(H)  Mechanical. 

(1)  Electrical. 

(J)  General  Conditions. 

(K)  Special. 

(L)  Site  Work. 

(c)  Determining  normal  public  construction  costs  for  new  construction 

The  normal  public  construction  cost  in  the  applicant's  area  for  new 
construction,  both  new  facilities  and  square  footage  for  an  addition,  shall 
be  based  on  the  January  2002  cost  per  square  foot  figures  for  public  li- 
brary buildings,  as  determined  by  Marshall  Valuation  Service  in  Special 
Studies:  Library  Buildings.  The  cost  per  square  foot  for  new  facilities  is 
$202,  and  the  cost  per  square  foot  for  square  footage  added  to  an  existing 
building  is  $238.  These  figures  do  not  include  costs  for  land  acquisition; 
site  development,  demolition,  utilities,  or  landscaping;  surface  and  un- 
der-building parking;  works  of  art;  shelving;  furniture;  built-in  service 
desks,  counters,  workstations,  or  other  casework;  movable  equipment;  or 
architectural  and  engineering  fees. 

(I)  Locality  adjustment 

The  current  cost  shall  be  modified  utilizing  the  following  "California 
Locality  Adjustment  Table  by  County."  The  current  cost  figure  is  multi- 
plied by  the  factor  in  the  adjustment  table  to  obtain  the  locally  adjusted 
cost  of  public  library  buildings. 

California  Locality  Adjustment  Table  by  County 
County  Multiplier  Factor 


Alameda 

Alpine 

Amador 

Butte 

Calaveras 

Colusa 

Contra  Costa 

Del  Norte 

El  Dorado 

Fresno 

Glenn 

Humbolt 

Imperial 

Inyo 

Kern 

Kings 

Lake 

Lassen 

Los  Angeles 

Madera 

Marin 

Mariposa 

Mendocino 

Merced 

Modoc 

Mono 

Monterey 

Napa 

Nevada 

Orange 

Placer 

Plumas 


1.15 

.98 

.98 

.94 

.92 

.96 

1.14 

1.05 

1.04 

.98 

.96 

1.05 

.97 

1.03 

.97 

.92 

.98 

.98 

1.01 

.91 

1.13 

.93 

.92 

.91 

.98 

1.02 

1.07 

1.05 

1.00 

1.01 

1.01 

.97 


County 

Riverside 

Sacramento 

San  Benito 

San  Bernardino 

San  Diego 

San  Francisco 

San  Joaquin 

San  Luis  Obispo 

San  Mateo 

Santa  Barbara 

Santa  Clara 

Santa  Cruz 

Shasta 

SieiTa 

Siskiyou 

Solano 

Sonoma 

Stanislaus 

Sutter 

Tehama 

Trinity 

Tulare 

Tuolumne 

Ventura 

Yolo 

Yuba 


Multiplier  Factor 

.99 

1 .00 

1.04 

1 .00 

.97 

1.20 

.97 

.97 

1.14 

l.(X) 

1.17 

1 .05 

.98 

.97 

.98 

1.07 

1.04 

.93 

.93 

.98 

1.02 

.92 

.93 

.99 

.94 

.93 


(2)  Inflation  adjustment 

(A)  The  locally  adjusted  cost  may  then  be  increased  by  1  /5  percent  per 
month  for  each  month  from  January  1 ,  2002.  through  the  estimated  mid- 
point of  construction  of  the  project. 

(B)  This  figure  shall  be  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost.  This 
figure,  or  a  lesser  amount,  shall  be  utilized  as  the  normal  public  construc- 
tion cost  in  the  applicant's  area  unless  justification  for  a  higher  figure  can 
be  made  based  upon  recent  local  bidding  experience. 

(3)  Optional  method 

(A)  At  the  applicant's  option,  the  locally  adjusted  cost  figure  may  be 
replaced  by  averaging  the  construction  contract  cost  per  square  foot  for 
a  minimum  of  three  comparable  public  construction  projects  bid  in  the 
applicant's  county  within  three  years  of  the  Board's  deadline  for  applica- 
tion. 

(B)  If  three  comparable  public  construction  project  bids  cannot  be 
found  in  the  applicant's  county  within  three  years  of  the  Board's  deadline 
for  application,  this  locally  determined  comparable  cost  approach  cannot 
be  utilized  by  the  applicant. 

(C)  Comparable  public  constiiiction  projects  are: 

1.  Public  libraries. 

2.  Community  colleges. 

3.  Post  offices. 

4.  Museums. 

5.  Courthouses. 

6.  City  halls. 

7.  Auditoriums. 

8.  Convention  centers. 

9.  Civic  centers. 

10.  Senior  citizen  centers. 

11.  F*ublic  schools. 

1 2.  Recreation  centers. 

(4)  Contingency  for  new  construction 

For  projects  with  new  construction  an  eligible  contingency  not  to  ex- 
ceed 10%  of  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost  may  be  utilized  for 
any  eligible  cost  in  the  project  budget. 

(5)  Costs  in  excess  of  normal  public  construction  cost 

For  projects  where  the  projected  construction  cost  exceeds  the  eligible 
projected  construction  cost,  the  applicant  shall  provide  1 00%  of  the  sup- 
plemental funds  necessary  to  construct  the  project  at  the  higher  cost. 

(d)  Normal  public  construction  costs  in  the  applicant's  area  for  remod- 
ehng 


Page  192.61 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


§  20438 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(1)  For  remodeling  projects,  and  for  the  remodeling  portions  of  con- 
version and  addition/remodeling  projects,  the  normal  public  construc- 
tion cost  in  the  applicant's  area  is  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost 
estimated  by  an  architect,  engineer,  or  construction  cost  estimator. 

(2)  For  remodeling  projects,  and  for  the  remodeling  portion  of  conver- 
sion and  addition/remodeling  projects,  a  contingency  of  not  more  than 
15%  of  the  projected  cost  for  remodeling  may  be  utilized  in  the  project. 

(3)  For  addition/remodeling  projects,  and  for  the  remodeling  portion 
of  conversion  and  addition/remodeling  projects,  an  eligible  contingency 
not  to  exceed  10%  of  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost  of  the  new 
construction  and  an  eligible  contingency  not  to  exceed  15%  of  the  eligi- 
ble projected  construction  cost  for  remodeling,  may  be  utilized  for  any 
eligible  cost  in  the  project  budget. 

(e)  Project  budget 

The  project  budget  found  in  the  Application  Form  [see  section  20440, 
Appendix  1]  shall  include  both  eligible  and  ineligible  project  costs  di- 
rectly related  to  the  public  library  construction  project. 

The  project  budget  shall  also  include  the  following  sources  of  project 
revenue: 

(1 )  Amount  of  State  matching  funds. 

(2)  Amounts  and  sources  of  all  local  matching  funds. 

(3)  Amounts  and  sources  of  all  local  supplemental  funds. 

(t)  Calculating  the  eligible  project  costs  for  multipurpose  projects 
For  each  budget  line  item  in  the  project  budget  on  the  Application 
Form,  applicants  shall  calculate  the  eligible  project  costs  as  follows: 

( 1 )  Public  library  direct  services  areas  eligible  costs 

The  applicant  shall  determine  the  eligible  project  costs  for  those  areas 
that  are  dedicated  to  the  delivery  and  support  of  public  library  direct  ser- 
vices. 

(2)  Common  areas  eligible  costs 

For  a  multipurpose  project,  applicants  shall  determine  the  eligible  cost 
of  the  common  areas  by  calculating  the  public  library's  pro  rata  share  of 
those  costs. 

(3)  Multipurpose  project  cost  analysis 

An  applicant  proposing  a  multipurpose  building  project  shall  submit 
a  cost  analysis  that  has  been  prepared  by  an  architect  or  construction  cost 
estimator.  The  cost  analysis  shall  compare  the  multipurpose  project  as  a 
whole  to  the  public  library  portion  of  the  project,  justifying  the  cost  fig- 
ures in  the  Multipurpose  Project  Budget  section  of  the  Application  Form. 

(g)  Projected  Library  Operating  Budget 

Applicants  shall  provide  on  the  Application  Form  a  library  operating 
budget  that  projects: 

(1)  The  initial  library  start-up  expenses. 

(2)  Annual  operating  expenses  for  the  library. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  19992.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
19989,  19990,  19993,  19995  and  19996,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-5-2001;  operative  1^-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  49). 

§  20438.    Site  and  Title  Requirements. 

(a)  California  Environmental  Quality  Act  (CEQA) 

(1)  The  applicant,  as  lead  agency,  shall  submit  with  the  Application 
Form,  evidence  that  the  environmental  impact  documentation  (EID)  re- 
quired by  CEQA  has  been  fully  completed.  [See  Public  Resources  Code 
sections  21 000-21 177  and  California  Code  of  Regulations,  Title  1 4.  sec- 
tions 15000-15387.] 

(2)  This  evidence  shall  consist  of  one  of  the  following: 
(A)  No  adverse  environmental  impact 

1.  Determining  applicability  of  CEQA  for  the  project 

If  the  applicant  has  determined  that  there  is  no  possibility  the  project 
will  result  in  an  adverse  environmental  impact,  or  that  the  project  quali- 
fies for  a  specific  statutory  or  categorical  exemption,  and  therefore  is  not 
subject  to  the  provisions  of  CEQA,  provide  an  explanation  and  appropri- 
ate legal  citations. 

2.  Categorical  exemption 

If  an  exemption  is  claimed  for  the  project,  the  applicant  shall  also  sub- 
mit the  following: 


a.  A  statement  of  the  basis  for  the  claim. 

b.  A  copy  of  the  Notice  of  Exemption. 

(B)  Negative  declaration 

If  a  negative  declaration  was  adopted  for  the  project,  applicants  shall 
provide  a  final  copy  of  the  negative  declaration,  as  well  as  a  conformed 
(stamped  by  the  County  Clerk)  copy  of  the  Notice  of  Determination 
which  has  been  signed  by  the  lead  agency  and  filed  with  the  County  Clerk 
with  the  Application  Form. 

(C)  Environmental  Impact  Report 

If  the  project  was  the  subject  of  an  Environmental  Impact  Report 
(EIR),  applicants  shall  provide  a  final  copy  of  the  EIR  and  a  conformed 
(stamped  by  the  County  Clerk)  copy  of  the  Notice  of  Determination 
which  has  been  signed  by  the  lead  agency  and  filed  with  the  County  Clerk 
with  the  Application  Form.  Applicants  shall  also  provide  a  copy  of  the 
adopted  statement  of  overriding  considerations. 

(3)  State  Clearinghouse  review 

Before  adopting  a  Negative  Declaration  or  an  Environmental  Impact 
Report,  the  applicant  shall  submit  the  draft  environmental  documents  to 
the  State  Clearinghouse  at  the  following  address: 

STATE  CLEARINGHOUSE 

OFITCE  OF  PLANNING  AND  RESEARCH 

P.O.  BOX  3044 

SACRAMENTO.  CA  95812-3044 

The  applicant  shall  take  into  considerafion  timely  comments  made  by 
State  agencies  on  the  project  before  adopting  final  environmental  docu- 
ments and  approving  the  project.  The  applicant  shall  provide  either  the 
compliance  letter  or  the  comments  from  State  agencies  provided  by  the 
State  Clearinghouse  with  the  Application  Form.  After  project  approval 
a  Notice  of  Determination  shall  be  filed  with  the  County  Clerk  before  it 
is  submitted  with  the  Applicafion  Form. 

(b)  Marketable  record  title 

"Marketable  record  title"  means  that  the  title  to  the  property  shall  in- 
clude both  legal  and  equitable  estates,  be  free  of  unknown  encumbrances, 
and  be  in  a  condition  that  an  informed  and  reasonable  buyer,  exercising 
reasonable  care,  would  and  should  accept  it. 

(c)  Obtaining  marketable  record  title 

(1)  Site  is  owned  or  will  be  owned  by  the  applicant: 

(A)  The  applicant  shall  submit  proof  of  current  marketable  record  title 
to  the  public  library  site. 

(B)  Applicants  with  muUipurpose  buildings  shall  submit  proof  of  cur- 
rent marketable  record  title  only  for  those  portions  of  the  multipurpose 
project  site  for  which  Bond  Act  funds  will  be  expended. 

(C)  Even  though  the  applicant  does  not  own  the  property  at  the  time 
the  application  is  submitted,  the  applicant  shall  submit  proof  of  current 
marketable  record  title. 

(2)  Lease  and  lease-purchase  agreements 

If  the  public  library  site  will  be  secured  through  a  lease  or  lease-pur- 
chase agreement,  the  applicant  shall  provide  the  State  Librarian  with 
proof  that  the  lessor  holds  marketable  record  title  to  the  public  library  site 
and  shall  comply  with  the  requirements  of  secfion  20440,  Appendix  6, 
item  1.  c. 

(3)  Acquisifion  of  a  building 

If  the  applicant  acquired  or  will  acquire  a  building  for  the  purpose  of 
converting  it  into  a  public  library,  the  applicant  shall  obtain  marketable 
record  title  to  the  building. 

(4)  Preliminary  title  report  required 

Proof  of  current  marketable  record  title  shall  be  submitted  with  the  Ap- 
plication Form,  secfion  20440,  Appendix  1.  The  proof  of  marketable  re- 
cord tifie  shall  include  a  preliminary  fitle  report  which  shall  include,  but 
not  be  limited  to,  the  following,  as  applicable. 

(A)  Names  and  addresses  of  all  owners  and  their  respecfive  interests. 

(B)  A  description  of  the  exact  property  being  proposed. 

(C)  A  statement  of  easements,  appurtenances,  encumbrances,  and  all 
other  matters  of  record  that  might  impact  the  use  of  the  property. 

(D)  A  plat  plan  or  survey  showing  in  detail  the  locafion  of  the  property 
and  any  easements. 

(5)  Tifie  exceptions 


• 


• 


Page  192.62 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20440 


• 


• 


If  there  are  exceptions  to  the  marketable  record  title,  the  applicant's 
legal  coimsel  shall  prepare  a  written  opinion  indicating  that  the  excep- 
tions present  do  not  diminish  the  use  of  the  property  for  a  public  library 
building  or  in  any  way  diminish  or  limit  the  State's  interest  in  the  proper- 
ty- 
Id)  State's  interest  recorded  in  the  title  record 

( 1 )  State's  interest  in  the  land 

(A)  Slate's  interest  in  the  land  required 

When  Stale  grant  funds  have  been  provided  by  the  Board  for  acquisi- 
tion of  or  credit  for  land,  upon  completion  of  the  project  the  grant  recipi- 
ent shall  record  the  State's  interest  in  the  land  in  the  title  record. 

(B)  Statement  to  be  added  to  land  title 

The  title  record  for  land  shall  specify  the  Slate's  interest  by  recording 
that  the  land  shall  be  used  to  provide  public  library  direct  service  for  40 
years  following  the  completion  date  of  the  project,  as  specified  in  Educa- 
tion Code  section  19999. 

(2)  State's  interest  in  the  public  library  building 

(A)  State's  interest  in  the  building  required 

When  Bond  Act  funds  have  been  provided  for  acquisition,  construc- 
tion, or  remodeling  of  a  public  library  facility,  upon  completion  of  the 
project  the  grant  recipient  shall  record  the  State's  interest  in  the  facility 
in  the  title  record. 

(B)  Statement  to  be  added  to  the  building  title 

The  title  record  for  the  building  shall  specify  the  State's  interest  by  re- 
cording thai  the  public  library  facility  shall  be  used  to  provide  public  li- 
brary direct  service  for  40  years  following  the  completion  dale  of  the 
project,  as  specified  in  Education  Code  section  19999. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  19992,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
19989  and  19999,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-5-2001;  operative  1-4-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  49). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  redesignating  former  subsection  (a)(2)(D)  as 
subsection  (a)(3)  and  amending  subsections  (c)(l)(A)-(C)  and  (c)(4)  filed 
3-18-2003  pursuant  to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations 
(Register  2003,  No.  12). 

§  20440.    Grant  Application  Requirements. 

(a)  Application  for  Bond  Act  grant  funds 

( 1 )  For  each  application  cycle,  applicants  shall  submit: 

(A)  A  completed  Application  Form  found  in  section  20440,  Appendix 
1 ,  and  six  additional  copies  of  the  form. 

(B)  One  copy  of  each  supporting  document. 

(2)  Applications  submitted  for  each  cycle,  including  supporting  docu- 
ments, are  the  properly  of  the  California  Stale  Library. 

(3)  Applications  shall  be  submitted  by  the  application  deadlines  and 
sent  to  the  mailing  address  specified  in  section  20442. 

(b)  Supporting  documentation  instructions 

( 1 )  All  supporting  documentation  shall  be  submitted  with  the  Applica- 
tion Form. 

(2)  Supporting  documentation  is  required  for  all  applications  unless 
otherwise  noted  in  the  Bond  Act  regulations. 

(3)  If  an  Executive  Summary  is  specified  in  a  required  document,  it 
shall  be  no  longer  than  two  single-spaced  typed  pages.  Limit  type  size 
to  no  smaller  than  11  pointif  using  a  computer,  or  12  pitch  (elite)  if  using 
a  typewriter. 

(c)  Supporting  document  submittals:  site  and  building 

(1)  Boundary  survey 

(A)  All  applicants,  except  those  with  multipurpose  projects,  shall  pro- 
vide a  boundary  survey  showing  the  metes  and  bounds  of  the  proposed 
library  site. 

(B)  Applicants  with  multipurpose  buildings  shall  provide  a  boundary 
survey  for  the  entire  multipurpose  project  site. 

(C)  The  survey  shall  be  stamped  and  signed  by  a  licensed  land  survey- 
or. 

(2)  Geotechnical  report 


Applicants  with  new  construction  or  additions  to  existing  public  li- 
braries or  buildings  to  be  converted  to  public  libraries  shall  provide  a 
copy  of  a  geotechnical  report  performed  by  a  licensed  engineer. 

(3)  CEQA  documentation  [See  section  20438(a)] 

(4)  Visual  record  of  the  existing  library 

(A)  Applicants  who  have  existing  public  library  buildings  that  will  be 
replaced  or  improved  shall  provide  photographs  and/or  video  of  the  ex- 
isting public  library  building  as  support  documentation  concerning  the 
age  and  condition  of  the  building.  If  a  new  library  building  will  replace 
more  than  one  existing  library,  applicants  shall  provide  photographs  and/ 
or  video  of  each  library  being  replaced. 

(B)  An  applicant  proposing  a  co-located  joint  use  project  in  partner- 
ship with  a  public  school  that  has  an  existing  library  shall  also  provide 
photographs  and/or  video  of  each  school  library  that  will  be  replaced  or 
improved. 

(C)  All  photographs  and  videos  shall  be  labeled  with  the  name  of  the 
applicant  and  the  project  name. 

(5)  Map  and  visual  record  of  the  site 

Applicants  with  new  construction  or  additions  to  existing  public  li- 
braries or  buildings  to  be  converted  to  public  libraries  shall  provide 
photographs  and/or  video  of  the  site  and  surrounding  area  as  follows: 

(A)  Visual  record 

1 .  Show  views  facing  toward  the  site  from  a  minimum  of  two  vantage 
points  from  outside  the  site,  one  of  which  shall  be  the  building  front  en- 
trance. 

2.  Show  at  least  one  view  from  each  of  the  following  directions  from 
the  vantage  point  of  the  middle  of  the  site,  facing  out:  north,  south,  east, 
and  west. 

3.  All  photographs  and  videos  shall  be  labeled  with  the  name  of  the  ap- 
plicant and  the  project  name. 

(B)  Map  showing  the  site 

Provide  one  or  more  maps  showing  the  location  of  the  proposed  library 
site  in  the  community  showing  the  following: 

1 .  The  service  area  of  the  proposed  project, 

2.  All  major  thoroughfares, 

3.  All  public  K-12  schools  and, 

4.  All  major  retail  business  centers. 

(6)  Preliminary  title  report  [See  section  20438(c)(4)] 

(7)  Legal  opinion  regarding  title  exceptions  [See  section  20438(c)(3)] 

(8)  Site  ownership,  option  to  purchase,  or  possession  of  lease 

(A)  If  a  site  is  owned  by  the  applicant  at  the  time  of  application,  the 
applicant  shall  submit  verification  of  ownership. 

(B)  If  the  library  site  is  not  owned  by  the  applicant  at  the  time  of  ap- 
plication, the  applicant  shall  submit  one  of  the  following  with  the  Ap- 
plication Form: 

1 .  For  a  site  that  will  be  purchased,  a  copy  of  a  legally  executed  option 
to  purchase  agreement  for  the  site. 

2.  For  a  site  that  will  be  donated,  a  copy  of  a  legally  binding  agreement 
to  donate  the  site. 

3.  For  a  site  that  will  be  secured  through  a  lease  or  lease-purchase 
agreement,  a  legally  executed  lease  or  lease-purchase  agreement  for  the 
site  that  is  in  compliance  with  the  conditions  of  section  20440,  Appendix 
6,  and  which  may  contain  a  provision  making  the  lease  agreement  or 
lease-purchase  agreement  contingent  upon  funding  of  the  project  by  the 
Board. 

(9)  Building  ownership  (conversion  projects) 

(A)  If  a  building  is  owned  by  the  applicant  at  the  time  of  application, 
the  applicant  shall  submit  verification  of  ownership. 

(B)  If  a  building  to  be  converted  into  a  public  library  is  not  owned  by 
the  applicant  at  the  time  of  apphcation,  the  applicant  shall  submit  a  copy 
of  a  legally  executed  option  to  purchase  agreement  for  the  building. 

(C)  In  the  case  of  a  building  that  will  be  donated,  the  applicant  shall 
submit  a  copy  of  a  legally  binding  agreement  to  donate  the  building. 

(10)  Verification  of  property  value 


Page  192.63 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21  -2003 


§  20440 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Completed  property  appraisals  shall  be  submitted  with  the  Applica- 
tion Form.  [See  section  20436(a).] 

(11)  Parking  shared  use  agreement  (if  applicable)  [See  Application 
Form,  Library  Automobile  Parking  section] 

(12)  Required  studies  for  remodeling,  conversion,  and  addition-re- 
modeling projects  only 

Applicants  for  remodeling,  conversion,  and  addition-renovation  proj- 
ects shall  submit  the  following  with  the  Application  Form: 

(A)  Structural  study  —  A  licensed  engineer's  study  that  assesses  the 
structural  integrity  of  the  existing  building. 

(B)  Hazardous  materials  —  A  hazardous  materials  survey  that  deter- 
mines the  presence  of  hazardous  materials  in  the  building  and  provides 
an  initial  cost  estimate  for  the  safe  removal  or  abatement  of  the  materials. 
The  building  survey  for  hazardous  materials  shall  be  performed  by  a  haz- 
ardous materials  consultant  as  defined  in  section  20432(f)(7). 

(C)  Energy  audit  —  a  study  performed  by  a  licensed  engineer  that  as- 
sesses the  existing  facility 's  energy  efficiency  and  makes  specific  recom- 
mendations regarding  how  the  facility  can  be  made  more  energy  effi- 
cient. 

(D)  ADA  study  —  a  study  performed  by  an  ADA  consultant  that  as- 
sesses the  existing  facility's  limitations  for  its  use  by  individuals  with  dis- 
abilities and  makes  specific  recommendations  regarding  how  the  facility 
can  be  made  physically  accessible. 

(E)  Project  feasibility  study  —  performed  by  architects  and  engineers 
to  determine  the  feasibility  of  utilizing  a  specific  building  for  the  pro- 
posed public  library  project. 

(13)  First  priority  remodeling  projects  only:  letter  from  the  public 
school  district  superintendent  [See  section  20434(b)(l)(B)l.] 

(14)  First  priority  remodehng  projects  only:  public  school  attendance 
area  map  [See  section  20434(b)(l)(B)2.] 

(d)  Supporting  document  submittals:  planning 

For  the  required  supporting  documents  defined  in  Appendices  3-5,  all 
components  and  elements  listed  in  the  Appendices  are  required,  but  need 
not  be  in  the  specific  order  listed  in  the  Appendices  and  may  appear  in 
any  of  the  planning  documents. 

(1)  Joint  use  projects  only:  cooperative  agreement 

Along  with  the  grant  Application  Form  for  a  joint  use  project,  all  appli- 
cants for  joint  use  project  funding  shall  submit  a  copy  of  the  cooperative 
agreement  between  the  public  library  jurisdiction  and  the  public  school 
district(s)  that  shall  include  the  elements  listed  in  section  20440,  Appen- 
dix 2. 

(2)  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment 

(A)  All  applicants  shall  submit  a  copy  of  a  Community  Library  Needs 
Assessment  that  demonstrates  the  need  for  the  specific  project  and  de- 
scribes its  relationship  to  the  overall  public  library  jurisdiction. 

(B)  Joint  use  project  applicants  shall  develop  the  Community  Library 
Needs  Assessment  as  a  collaborative  effort  between  both  the  public  li- 
brary and  the  public  school  district(s)  and  shall  also  consider  and  respond 
to  the  needs  of  both  public  library  and  school  library  clienteles. 

(C)  The  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment  shall  have  been  com- 
pleted or  revised  within  five  years  of  the  application  deadline. 

(D)  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment  components 

The  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment  shall  include,  but  not  be 
limited  to,  the  elements  listed  in  section  20440,  Appendix  3. 

(3)  Library  Plan  of  Service 

(A)  Applicants  shall  submit  a  Library  Plan  of  Service  that  describes 
how  the  needs  of  the  residents  in  the  library  service  area,  as  identified  in 
the  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment,  will  be  met  by  the  proposed 
project. 

(B)  The  Library  Plan  of  Service  shall  include  the  elements  Usted  in  sec- 
tion 20440,  Appendix  4. 

(4)  Library  Building  Program 

(A)  Applicants  shall  submit  a  Library  Building  Program  that  demon- 
strates how  the  Library  Plan  of  Service  will  be  implemented  in  the  proj- 
ect. 


(B)  The  Library  Building  Program  shall  contain  the  components  hsted 
in  section  20440,  Appendix  5. 
(5)  Conceptual  plans  submittal 

(A)  All  applicants  shall  submit  conceptual  plans  on  paper  not  less  than 
24"x36"  prepared  by  an  architect  justifying  the  architectural  and  engi- 
neering projected  construction  cost  estimate.  The  plans  shall  be  sub- 
mitted with  the  Application  Form  prior  to  the  Board's  application  dead- 
line. 

(B)  Applicants  with  multipurpose  projects  shall  submit  the  required 
conceptual  plans  for  both  the  total  multipurpose  project,  as  well  as  the  li- 
brary portion  of  the  project. 

(C)  The  conceptual  plan  submittal  shall  consist  of  the  following: 

1 .  An  area  plan  showing  the  library  site  in  context  with  the  surrounding 
neighborhood  buildings,  parking,  pubhc  transit  stops,  and  streets.  The 
plans  and  documentation  shall  demonstrate  that  the  architectural  design 
for  the  project  is  compatible  with  the  scale  and  character  of  the  surround- 
ing neighborhood. 

2.  A  site  plan  showing  the  library  building,  automobile  and  bicycle 
parking,  access  roads,  bicycle  and  pedestrian  pathways,  and  any  antici- 
pated future  expansion  of  the  building  and  parking.  The  site  plan  shall 
also  indicate  which  direction  is  north. 

3.  A  floor  plan  (single  hne  drawing)  identifying  by  name  the  major 
programmed  areas  for  the  library,  including  non-assignable  spaces. 
Each  area  shall  show  the  assignable  square  footage  called  for  in  the  li- 
brary building  program  and  the  actual  square  footage  allocated  on  the 
floor  plan. 

4.  Two  sections  through  the  building,  one  longitudinal  and  one  latitu- 
dinal. 

5.  Two  elevations,  with  one  elevation  being  the  front  of  the  library 
building. 

6.  Outline  specifications  describing  the  type  and  quality  of  building 
systems,  basic  components,  and  components  unique  to  the  project.  The 
specifications  shall  contain  references  to  any  applicable  sections  of  State 
statutes  and  State  building  codes. 

(e)  Supporting  document  submittals:  financial  and  certifications 

( 1 )  Projected  construction  cost  estimate  [See  section  20436(b)] 

(2)  Multipurpose  projects:  cost  analysis  [See  section  20436(f)(3)] 

(3)  Resolution  certifying  project  budget,  local  funding  commitment, 
supplemental  funds,  and  public  library  operation 

The  applicant's  governing  body  shall  certify  the  following  by  resolu- 
tion and  submit  a  copy  of  the  resolution  with  the  Application  Form: 

(A)  A  commitment  to  provide  the  local  matching  fund  amount  identi- 
fied in  the  Library  Project  Budget,  as  required  by  Education  Code  section 
1 9995(a),  including  and  identifying  any  amounts  to  be  credited  to  local 
matching  funds  pursuant  to  section  19995(c)  and  (d). 

(B)  A  commitment  to  provide  supplemental  funds  necessary  to  com- 
plete the  project  at  the  level  stated  in  the  project  budget  [See  section 
20436(e)]. 

(C)  The  availability  of  the  local  matching  and  supplemental  funds  spe- 
cified in  the  project  budget  when  they  are  needed  to  meet  cash  flow  re- 
quirements for  the  project. 

(D)  The  project  budget  contained  in  the  Library  Project  Budget  section 
of  the  Application  Form. 

(E)  The  accuracy  and  truthfulness  of  all  information  submitted  in  the 
Application  Form  and  the  required  supporting  documents. 

(F)  A  commitment  to  operate  the  completed  facility  and  provide  public 
library  direct  service,  unless  the  public  library  shall  be  operated  in  whole 
by  a  jurisdiction  other  than  the  applicant. 

(G)  A  commitment  that  the  facility  shall  be  dedicated  to  public  library 
direct  service  use  for  a  period  of  40  years  following  completion  of  the 
project,  regardless  of  any  operating  agreements  the  applicant  may  have 
with  other  jurisdictions  or  parties. 

(4)  Operation  of  the  facility  involving  a  jurisdiction  other  than  the  ap- 
plicant 


• 


• 


Page  192.64 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


• 


Title  5 California  State  Library §  20440 

ir  the  completed  public  library  will  be  operated  by  a  jurisdiction  other  account  statement  shall  be  submiued  with  the  Application  Form. 

than  the  applicant,  the  applicant  shall  obtain  from  the  operating  jurisdic-  NotE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  19991!  and  19994,  Education  Code.  Kdcrcncc: 

tion  acopy  of  a  resolution  of  its  governing  body  that  certifies  a  commit-  Sections  19988,  19989,  19993,  19996.  19997, 19998  and  19999.  Education  Code. 

ment  to  operate  the  completed  facility  and  provide  public  library  direct  History 

,      i^    ■,  ,u                -.u  tu     A      f     .-       c  1. New .sectionandappendices  l-6liiled  12-5-2001:operalive  1-4-2002  (Rcsiis- 

service  and  submit  the  copy  with  the  Application  rorm.  ^^^  -,qqj  ^^  ^g.  ^^                                          ' 

(5)  Private  funds  -  availability  deadline  and  account  certification  2.  Cha'nge  without  regulatory  eflect  amending  appendices  1  and  .3  filed  .v  18-200.3 

The  applicant  shall  submit  a  copy  of  an  account  statement  from  the  ap-  pursuant  to  section  100,  title  1 ,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2003. 

plieant's  accounting  system  showing  the  ainount  of  private  funds  desig-  ^o-  !-)• 

nated  in  the  Library  Project  Budget  section  of  the  Application  Form.  This 


Page  1 92.65  Register  2003,  No.  1 2;  3  -  2 1  -  2003 


§  20440 BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS Title  5 

Appendix  1 
Application  Form 

CALIFORNIA  READING  AND  LITERACY  IMPROVEMENT  AND  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 
CONSTRUCTION  AND  RENOVATION  BOND  ACT  OF  2000  FUNDS 

Administered  by  the  California  State  Library,  Office  of  Library  Construction 

The  applicant  local  iur'ndidion,  pursuant  to  ttte  Education  Code,  Title  I,  Division  I  Part  II  Cl)apter  12,  Articles  1-3, 
sections  19985-20011  and  Title  5,  Division  2.  Chapter  3,  sections  20430-20444  of  fhe  California  Code  of  Regulations, 
liereby  makes  application  for  a  state  matcl)ing  grant  for  /he  construction  or  remodeling  of  fhe  public  library  facility 
described  l)erein  and  in  all  supporting  documents: 


APPLICATION  FORM  INSTRUCTIONS: 

i^Umit  comments  throughout  the  entire  form  to  the  space  provided  unless  otherwise  stated. 

*r  Single  space  responses,  limiting  type  size  to  no  smaller  than  1 1  points  If  using  a  computer,  or  12 
pitch  (elite)  if  a  typewriter  is  used. 

f^ Attachments  shall  not  be  accepted  unless  required  by  regulation  or  called  for  in  the  application 
form. 

^Applicants  shall  submit  a  completed  Application  Form  and  six  additional  copies  of  the  form. 
(See  section  20440  for  complete  application  submittal  requirements] 


PROJECT  IDENTIFICATION 


L  Official  Name  of  Project:  ^. 


2.  Type  of  Applicant  Jurisdiction:  ♦fC/iec/f  one  on/y;    City  ["]    County |     |    City/County  |     [    District  |     | 

3.  Grant  Applicant  Name:  ^ 

Legal  name  ofjuriidic^on  that  will  own  building 

(for  multipurpose  projects,  list  the  legal  name  of  the  jurisdictions  that  will  own  the  public  library  portion  of  the  multipurpose  building.) 

A.  Authorized  Official  of  the  Applicant  Jurisdiction:  ♦ 

Mayor,  Chairperson  of  Board  of  Supervisors,  Head  of  Special  District,  authorized  to  sign  the  application 

Title:  ^ Phone:  ♦ E-mail:  I 

Address:  ♦ 


5.  Project  Coordinator.  ^_ 


• 


Nome  of  individual  who  will  have  administrative  control  over  the  project  for  the  applicant  local  jurisdiction 

Title:  ♦ Phone:  ^ E-mail:  ♦ 

Address:  I 

Page  192.66  Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20440 


6.  Alternate  Project  Contact  Person:  ♦ 

If  the  project  coordinator  is  ur\available.  fhe  contact  person  sho//  be  oufhor/zed  to  act  in  ttte  capacity  of  tt}e  project  coordinator. 

Title:  ^ Phone:  I E-mail:  ♦ 

Address:  ♦ 


7.  Head  of  Planning  Department:  ^ 


(Fortt)e  applicant  jurisdiction,  if  applicable.  Special  Districts  are  exempt.) 

Title:  ♦ Phone:  ♦ E-mail:  ♦ 

Address:  ♦ 


8.  Head  of  Public  Works  or  General  Services  Department:  I 

If  Applicable:  Head  of  Public  Works  or  General  Services  Department  for  ttie  applicant  jurisdiction.  Special  Districts  are  exempt. 

Title:  ^ Phone:  ♦ E-mail:  ♦ 

Address:  ♦  ___^ 


9.  Operating  Library  Jurisdiction:  i_ 
10.  Library  Director  Name:  ♦ 


Legal  name  of  library  tl\at  will  operate  the  public  library. 


Public  library  director  for  the  library  jurisdiction  that  will  operate  the  public  library. 

Title:  ^ Phone:  ♦ E-mail:  ♦ 

Address:  ♦ 


1 1 .  Alternate  Library  Contact  Person:  ♦ 

If  the  library  director  is  unavailable,  the  contact  person  shall  be  authorized  to  act  in  the  capacity  of  the  library  director. 

Title:  ^ Phone:  ♦ E-mail:  ♦ 

Address:  ♦ 


12.  Library  Building  Program  Consultant:  ♦ 

(If  applicable) 

Title:  ♦ Phone:  ♦ E-mail:  I 


Address:  ♦ 


Page  192.67  Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21  -2003 


§  20440 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


13.  Technology  Planning  Consultant:  ^ 
Title:  ^ Phone:  ♦ 


(If  applicable) 
E-mail:  ♦ 


Address:  I 


14.  Project  Arctiitect:  ♦. 


License# 


Providing  consfruction  budget  estimate  and/or  conceptual  plans. 

Title:  ♦ Phone:  ♦ E-mail:  ♦_ 

Address:  I 


15.  Project  Manager:  ♦ 

Title:  ♦ Phone:  ♦. 

Address:  ^ 


(If  applicable) 
E-mail:  ♦ 


U.  Construction  Manager:  ♦ 

Title:  ♦ Phone:  ♦. 

Address:  ♦ 


(If  applicable) 

E-mail:  ♦ 


17.  Construction  Cost  Estimator:  ♦ 


Title:  ♦ 


Phone:  ♦ 


Address:  ♦ 


18.  Hazardous  Materials  Consultant:  ^ 
Title:  ♦ Phone:  ♦_ 


Address:  I 


f/f  applicable) 
E-mail:  ♦ 


f/f  applicable) 
E-mail:  I 


19.  Project  Interior  Designer:  f 

Title:  ♦ Phone:  ♦. 

Address:  ^ 


f/f  applicable) 

E-mail:  ♦ 


Page  192.68 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20440 


• 


TYPE  OF  PROJECT 


• 


New  Public  Library  Building  Gross  Total  Project  Square  Footage 

1.  Construction  of  a  New  Public  Library  Building  ♦ SF 

2.  Conversion  of  an  Existing  Building  into  a  New  Public  Library  Building  ♦ 


3.  Conversion  and  Expansion  of  on  Existing  Building  into  a  New  Public  Library  ♦_ 


.SF 
SF 


Gross  Square  Footaae 

"I  Remodeling:  SF 

Expansion: SF 


(Include  both  new  &  remodeled  square  footage.) 


Priorify: 

I     I  First  Priorifv  "jo/nf  Use" 

I     I  Co-Location  Joint  Use 
I I  Joint  Venture  Joint  Use 

I I   Computer  Center  | |   Shared  Electronic/Telecommunications 

I     I  Family  Literacy  Center  [_]  Subject  Specialty  Center 

I     \  Homework  Center  [~]  Career  Center 

I     I  Other  similar  collaborative  library  sen/ices  with  direct  benefit  to  K- 12  students 
Specify: 

Q  Second  Priorify  "All  Others" 

Existing  Public  Library  Building  Gross  Total  Project  Sauare  Footaae 

4.  Remodeling  an  Existing  Public  Library  Building 

5.  Remodeling  and  Expansion  of  an  Existing  Public  Library  Building 


.SF 
SF 


Gross  Sauare  Footage 

Remodeling: SF 

Expansion:      SF 


(Include  bottt  new  &  remodeled  square  footage.) 


I     I   First  Priority 


A  public  library  project  in  the  attendance  area  of  a  public  sctiool  that  has  inadequate  infrastructure  to  support 
access  to  computers  and  other  educational  technology. 

"Inadequate  infrastructure"  is  defined  as  an  incoming  telecommunication  connection  to  a  school  building  of 
equal  to  or  less  than  512  thousand  bits  per  second  (51 2K  bps). 

Name  of  Public  School:_ 

I     I  Second  Priority  "All  Ottiers" 

Field  Act  Applicability  (Joint  use  projects  only) 

6.  Is  the  project  subject  to  the  Field  Act?  Yes  |_J 


Ho\J 


Page  192.69 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


§  20440 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Multipurpose  Buildings  (Multipurpose  BuUdlng  Projects  Only) 
is  the  project  a  Multipurpose  Buiiding?     YesQ       No|    | 

(A  multipurpose  building  is  a  multi-occupant  facility,  part  of  wt)ict)  is  a  public  library  and  pail  of  wh/c/i  is  used  for  ott)er  purposes.) 

Types  of  Multipurpose  Building  Uses  &  Square  Footage  Allocations 


Space  Use 


SQFT 


1 .  Dedicated  to  Public  Library  Use 

(Including  Public  library  /  Schooi  Ubrar/  Use.  If  Joint  Use  Project) 


2.  Dedicated  to  "Other"  Uses 

A.  Specify: 

B.  Specify: 

C.  Specify: 

D.  Specify: 

E.  Specify: 

F.  Specify: 

G.  Specify: 

H.  Specify: 


3.  Subtotal:  Dedicated  to  "Other"  Uses 


SQFT 


_SF 
_SF 
.SF 
.SF 
_SF 
_SF 
.SF 
SF 


SF 


Line  I  SF  divided  by 
(Une  1  SF  +  Une  3  SF) 


Add  L/nes  2A  SF 
ttini  2H  SF 


SF 


line  3  SF  dMded  by 
(Une  1  SF  *  Une  3  SF) 


4.  Common  Areas  ^ 

5.  Subtotal:  Total  of  Common  Areas  ^ 

6.  Public  Library  Pro  Rata  Share  of  Common  Areas^ 

7.  "Other"  Uses  Pro  Rata  Share  of  Common  Areas' 

8.  TOTAL  MULTIPURPOSE  BUILDING  SQUARE  FOOTAGE 

9.  SF  AHRIBUTABLE  TO  PUBLIC  LIBRARY  USE 


-SF 


Must  equal  Une  6SF  +  Une  7  SF 


SQFT 


Une  5SFx 

%  In  Une  1 


SF 


SF 


UneSSFx 
%  In  Une  3 


SF 

Add  Unes  1  SF,  3SF,S,5  SF 


SF 


Une  1  SF  *  Une  6  SF 

'  "Common  Areos"  are  fhose  areas  of  a  multi-occupant  building  ttiat  are  sttared  by  all  occupants,  sucti  as  lobbies,  vestibules, 
mectianical  rooms,  restrooms,  custodial  areas,  delivery,  sliipping  and  receiving  areas,  loading  docks,  kitctienettes,  auditoriums, 
meeting  rooms,  conference  rooms,  and  storage  areas  ttiat  are  used  by  all  parlies  of  a  multipurpose  building. 


Page  192.70 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20440 


PROJECT  PLANNING  INFORMATION 


Population  Growth 


When  providing  the  1980,  2000,  and  2020  population  figures  below,  the  applicant  shall  count  only  those  residents: 

(a)  Within  the  official  boundaries  of  the  applicant  jurisdiction,  and 

(b)  Within  the  service  area  of  the  proposed  project,  but 

(c)  Exclude  all  people  living  within  the  boundaries  of  other  special  district,  county,  or  city  public  library  sen/Ice 
areas,  for  which  there  is  no  public  library  service  contract  with  the  applicant. 

All  Projects: 

1.  Public  library  project's  service  area  1980  popa/af/on:  ■ 

2.  Source: 


3.     Population  Percentage  Change  from  1980  to  2000: 


4.  Public  library  project's  service  area  2000  population: 

5.  Source: 


6.  Population  Percentage  Ct)ange  from  2000  to  2020: 


7.  Public  library  project's  service  area  2020  population: 

8.  Source:  


Joint  Use  Projects  (Both  Co-location  &  Joint  Venture  Projects): 
9.  Project's  public  schoo/  attendance  area(s)  1980  student  population: 

10.       Source:  


1 1.  Population  Percentage  Change  from  1980  to  2000: 


12.  Project's  public  sctiool  attendance  area(s)  2000  student  population: 

13.  Source: 


14.    Population  Percentage  Chonge  from  2000  to  2020: 


15.  Project's  public  schoo/  affendance  area(s)  2020  student  population: 

16.  Source:  


Page  192.71 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


§  20440  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


Existing  Library  Facility  Square  Footage 


Existing  Pubiic  Library: 

1 .  The  current  gross  square  footage  of  the  existing  public  library(s)  being  replaced  is:  I SF 

If  no  existing  public  library  facility,  enter  "0. " 

Existing  Schoo/  Library:    (Co-located  Projects  Only) 

2.  The  current  gross  square  footage  of  the  existing  school  libraryfs)  being  replaced  is:  ♦ SF 

If  no  existing  sctiool  library  facility,  enter  "0. " 


Library  Facilities  Master  Plan 


Describe  the  relationship  of  the  proposed  project  to  other  existing  or  planned  library  facilities  for  the 
jurisdiction. 


Page  192.72  Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21  -2003 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20440 


Age  of  the  Existing  Library  Facility 


See  Definition  of  "Existing  Public  library, "  section  20430. 

All  Projects 

1 .  When  was  the  existing  public  library  building (s)  ^ Year 

that  will  be  replaced  or  improved  built?  if  no  existing  public  library  facility,  enter  "N/A" 

If  proposed  project  will  replace  more  than  one 
building,  list  the  oldest  of  the  buildings. 

Co-Located  Joint  Use  Proiecis  Only 

In  addition  to  the  intormotion  listed  above: 

2.  When  was  the  existing  school  library  building(s)  I Year 

that  will  be  replaced  or  improved  built?  if  no  existing  sctiool  library  facility,  enter  "N/A" 

If  proposed  project  will  replace  more  than  one 
building,  list  ttie  oldest  of  the  buildings. 


Condition  of  the  Existing  Library  Facility 


See  Definition  of  "Existing  Public  Library. "  section  20430, 

All  Projects 

3.  When  was  the  most  recent  structural  ^  renovation  or  I Year 

expansion  of  the  existing  public  library  building  (s)  that  if  no  existing  public  library  facility,  enter  "N/A " 

is  to  be  replaced  or  improved  by  the  proposed  project? 

If  proposed  project  will  replace  more  than  one 
building,  list  the  oldest  of  the  buildings. 

Co-Located  Projects  Only 

In  addition  to  the  infornnation  listed  above: 

A.  When  was  the  most  recent  structural  ^  renovation  or  ^ Year 

expansion  of  the  existing  school  library  building(s)  that  ifno  existing  sciiooi  library  facility,  enter  "N/A" 

is  to  be  replaced  or  improved  by  the  proposed  project? 

If  proposed  project  will  replace  more  than  one 
building,  list  the  oldest  of  the  buildings. 

'  Pertaining  to  tt\e  load  bearing  elements  of  fhe  building 

Page  192.73  Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


§  20440 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


SITE  INFORMATION 


Ownership  and  Availability 
Siie 

1 .  Is  the  library  site  currently  owned  by  \he  applicant? 

2.  Will  the  library  site  be  owned  by  the  applicant? 

3.  Will  the  library  site  be  leased  by  the  applicant? 

4.  If  the  library  site  will  be  leased,  provide  the  name  of  the  owner: 


5.  Was  the  site  acquired  with  funds  from  the  "Class  Size  Reduction 
Kindergarten-University  Public  Education  Facilities  Bond  Act  of  1998"? 
[See  Education  Code  section  19995  (c)] 

6.  Is  the  site  currently  dedicated  to  the  operation  of  a  public  library? 

BUIlQinQ    (For  Conversion  Projects  Only) 

7.  Is  the  building  to  be  converted  currently  owned  by  the  applicant? 

8.  Will  the  building  be  owned  by  the  applicant? 


Qves     Q  No 

I lYes     Q  No 

LJYes     [J  No 


ElYes  n  No 

Qves  []  No 

□  Yes  D  No 

I — I  Yes  I — I  No 


Title  Considerations 
Site 

9.  Are  there  any  exceptions  to  marketable  record  title? 
6  UIIQin  Q     {For  Conversion  Projects  Only) 

10.  Are  there  any  exceptions  to  marketable  record  title? 


I lYes     I I  No 


Dves     D 


Ho 


Appraisal 

(No  appraisal  is  required  if  the  value  of  the  land  or  building  will  not  be  claimed  as  an  eligible  project  cost  or  a  local  matching  fund  credit) 


S/fe 


1 1 .  What  is  the  appraised  value  of  the  library  site? 
(or  library  portion  of  site,  if  multipurpose  project) 


♦      $ 


12.  Does  the  appraiser  have  a  State  Certified  General  Real  Estate  Appraiser's  License? 
fi  Ullding     (For  Conversion  Projects  Only) 

^      $ 


Dyes     D 


No 


13.  What  is  the  appraised  value  of  the  building? 
(or  library  portion  of  building,  if  multipurpose  project) 


14.  Does  the  appraiser  have  a  State  Certified  General  Real  Estate  Appraiser's  License?     j |  Yes   | |  No 


Page  192.74 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20440 


Site  Use  Potential 


Accessibility 

Describe  the  accessibility  of  the  proposed  site  for  the  residents  in  the  library  service  area: 
Equal  Access 


Discuss  the  site's  accessibility  to  all  parts  of  the  library  service  area  and  its  location  in  relationship  to  the 
geographic  center  of  the  library  service  area.  Discuss  any  natural  and  artificial  barriers  that  may 
impede  access  to  the  site. 


Public  Transit  Access 
m-  Number  of  public  transit  stops  located  within  V4  mile  of  site: 


If  public  transit  is  available  in  the  library  service  area,  describe  the  various  public  transit  access 
opportunities  for  the  site.  If  no  public  transit  is  available  in  the  library  service  area,  enter  "No  Public 
Transit  Service." 


Page  192.75  Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


§  20440  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


Pedestrian  &  Bicycle  Access 


Describe  other  access  opportunities  such  as  pedestrian  walkways  and  bicycle  paths.  Discuss  plans  for 
amount  and  location  of  bicycle  parking,  including  local  ordinance  requirements. 


Automobile  Access 


Describe  the  site's  accessibility  by  automobile  for  residents  of  the  library  service  area.    Take  into 
consideration  traffic,  traffic  systems,  and  availability  of  curb  cuts. 


Proximity  to  Major  Thoroughfares 

List  the  major  arterial  routes  in  the  library  service  area  with  the  most  recent  traffic  counts  (number  of 
vehicles  per  day): 

Number 

of  Blocks  Traffic  Count 

Street  Name  from  Site  Count  Date 


2. 
3. 
4. 


Page  192.76  Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20440 


library  Automobile  Parkir)g 

1 .  Number  of  library  parking  spaces  available  off  sfreet,  on  library  site. 


2.  Number  of  library  parking  spaces  available  off  street,  off  library  site. 

(within  500  feet  of  front  door) 


3.  Number  of  parking  spaces  available  on  street. 

(within  500  feet  of  front  door) 


4.  Total  Number  of  Spaces  Available  for  Library  Parking. 


spaces 


spaces 


spaces 


spaces 


Zon/ng  Requirements 

5.  Number  of  on-site  library  parking  spaces  required  by  local  zoning 


spaces 


6.  Was  a  zoning  variance  or  waiver  obtained  for  the  project  for  parking? ♦    |_J  Yes  | |  No 

7.  If  so,  by  how  many  spaces  were  the  parking  requirements  reduced?  ^ spaces 


8.  Provide  number  of  square  feet  per  parking  space  as  required  by  local  zoning  ..  I_ 


SF 


9.  If  no  local  zoning  requirement,  provide  the  average  number  of  square  feet 
per  parking  space  used  in  the  project  calculations: ^ SF 


Automobile  Parkir)g  to  Building  Square  Footage  Ratio 

10.  Calculate:   #  of  Square  Feet  of  Parking SF 


Example: 


#  of  Square  Feet  of  Building 


#  of  Square  Feet  of  Parking 

#  of  Square  Feet  of  Building 


_SF  of  Parking/ 1  SF  of  Building 


SF 


1 5,000  SF 


10,000  SF 


=  1.5  SF  of  Parking  /  1  SF  of  Building 


library  Bicycle  Parking 

1 1 .  Total  Number  of  Spaces  Available  for  on-site  Library  Bicycle  Parking. 


.spaces 


Page  192.77 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


§  20440 BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS Title  5 

Parking  Rafionale 


Describe  the  rationale  behind  the  amount  of  parking  that  will  be  available  for  the  project,  including:  ( V 
the  location  of  the  automobile  parking  (on-site  or  off-site),  both  within  and  beyond  500  feet  of  the 
library  entrance;  (2)  local  zoning  requirements;  (3)  the  availability  of  public  transportation;  (4)  bicycle 
parking  and  bicycle  and  pedestrian  paths;  and  (5)  any  other  considerations  impacting  automobile 
parking  requirements  including,  but  not  limited  to,  parking  partnerships  with  shared  use  agreements. 


Visibility 


Describe  how  visible  and  prominent  the  public  library  building  will  be  within  the  library  service  area. 


Page  192.78  Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5 California  State  Library §  20440 

Community  Confexf  &  Planning 


Describe  the  proximity  of  the  proposed  site  to  other  facilities  and  areas  of  the  community,  and  how  that 
proximity  enhances  the  use  of  the  library  by  the  residents  in  the  library  service  area.  Describe  the 
appropriateness  of  the  proposed  site  including  whether  the  proposed  library  project  will  contribute  to 
the  establishment,  redevelopment,  or  revitalization  of  a  community  or  downtown  core,  business  district, 
or  neighborhood.  Describe  how  the  proposed  library  is  connected  to  other  uses,  including  public  use 
facilities,  by  a  full  range  of  transportation  and  pedestrian  options. 


Site  Selection  Process 


Describe  the  site  selection  process  including  community  and  planning  department  involvement, 
consultant  assistance,  as  well  as  any  other  pertinent  activities  associated  with  determining  the  best  site 
for  the  library  project. 


Page  192.79  Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21  -2003 


§  20440  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS Title  5 


Site  Selection  Summary 


Describe  why  the  proposed  site  was  selected  and  why  it  is  the  best  available  location  tor  the  proposed 
public  library  project.  If  there  are  problems  with  the  proposed  site,  are  there  mitigating  circumstances 
that  lessen  the  negative  impact  of  the  problem  or  problems?  Describe  any  proposed  design  solutions 
that  may  moderate  the  site's  drawbacks. 


Page  192.80  Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5 California  State  Library  §  20440 


Site  Description 


Size 

The  total  square  footage  of  the  library  site  should  equal  the  square  footage  shown  In  1  through  8  below: 
All  Projects  (Except  Multipurpose  Buildings)  SaUOre  Footaqe 

1 .  Proposed  Library  Building  Footprint^  SF 

2.  Proposed  Library  Surface  Parking  Lot  SF 

3.  Proposed  Library  Parking  Structure  Footprint  ^  SF 

4.  Future  Library  Building  Expansion  Footprint^  SF 

5.  Future  Library  Parking  Expansion  SF 

6.  Required  Local  Zoning  Set-Backs  SF 

7.  Desired  Aesthetic  Set-Backs  &  Amenities  SF 

8.  Miscellaneous  &  Unusable  Space  SF 

9.  Total  Square  Footage  of  Library  Project  Site  SF 

1 0.  Proposed  Under-Building  Parking  SF 

'  "Footprint"  means  f/ie  square  footage  of  surface  area  of  tl\e  site  f/iaf  a  building  or  structure  occupies.  For  example,  a  single 
story  10,000  square  foot  building  would  have  a  10.000  square  foot  footprint  but  a  two-story  10.000  square  foot  building  witti 
5,000  square  feet  on  each  level  would  ttave  a  footprint  of  5,000  square  feet. 


Multipurpose  Building  Projects  Only              A  B                   c                D 

Library^  Library  Portion        Other^          Other^ 

Dedicated  of  Common       Common    Dedicated 

SOFT  SOFT                 SOFT              SQ  FT 

1 .  Proposed  Building  

2.  Proposed  Surface  Parking  Lot  

3.  Proposed  Parking  Structure  

4.  Future  Building  Expansion  

5.  Future  Parking  Expansion  

6.  Required  Local  Zoning  Set-Backs  

7.  Desired  Aesthetic  Set-Backs  &  Annenities       

8.  Miscellaneous  &  Unusable  Space  

9.  Total  Square  Footage  of  Multipurpose  Project  Site  

1 0.  Proposed  Under-Building  Parking  


2  Library  means  tt\at  portion  of  f/ie  project  that  fu^ovides  space  for  the  delivery  and  support  of  public  library  direct  services, 
including  joint  use  school  library  services  (co-location  or  joint  venture). 

^  "Other"  uses  means  any  other  space  that  does  not  provide  for  the  delivery  and  support  of  public  library  direct  services. 


Page  192.81  Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21  -2003 


§  20440  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


Zoning 

Ciassirication 

1 .  What  is  the  current  zonina  classification  of  the  site?  ♦ 

2.  Will  the  site  have  to  be  rezoned  to  build  the  project? 

Yes         No 

Variance  or  Waiver 

3.  Will  a  zoning  variance  or  waiver  be  needed  to  build  the  project? 

Yes         No 

4.  If  so,  list  the  date  the  variance  or  v^aiver  has  been  or  will  be  granted?  ♦  _ 

(Date) 

Pern)its  &  Fees 

Permit  &  Fees  Identification 

Provide  a  list  of  any  site  permits  or 

fees  that  have  been 

or  will  need  to  be  obtained 

Date  Obtained  or 

Permit  or  Fee 

Cost  of  Permit  or  Fee 

will  be  Obtained 

5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 

s 

$ 
$ 

S 

Drainage 

9.  Is  the  site  in  the  100-Year  Flood  Plain?  Yes  |     |No|     | 

10.  Do  any  watercourses  that  require  control  drain  onto  the  site?  Yes  [""]  No  [_] 

1 1 .  Do  any  watercourses  that  require  control  drain  off  the  site?  Yes  I |  No  I | 

12.  Is  the  storm  sewer  system  currently  adequate  to  prevent  localized  flooding  of  the  site?    Yes  | |  No  | | 


Page  192.82  Register  2003,  no.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5 California  State  Library  §  20440 


California  Environmental  Quality  Act  (CEQA) 


CEQA  Litigation 

Are  there  any  unresolved  legal  actions  pending  against  the  project  regarding  CEQA  compliance?  If  so, 
provide  the  case  name,  court  number,  and  a  brief  explanation. 


Energy  Conservation 


Describe  what  measures  (include  building  design,  solar  orientation,  materials,  mechanical  systems, 
natural  ambient  lighting,  etc.)  are  planned  to  reduce  energy  consumption  and  operating  costs  for  the 
library. 


Page  192.83  Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


§  20440  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


Historic  Buildings 

Historic  Status 

1 .  Was  the  existing  building,  if  it  is  being  renovated  or  expanded  as  part  of  the 
project,  or  any  buildings  on  adjacent  properties,  built  longer  than  50  years  ago? 

Yes 

No 

Is  the  existing  library  building  project,  or  any  buildings  on 

adjacent  properties: 

2.  On  the  National  Register  of  Historic  Places? 

Yes 

No 

3.  A  National  Historic  Landmark? 

Yes 

No 

4.  A  National  Monument? 

Yes 

No 

5.  On  County  br  Municipal  Historic  Designation  list? 

Yes 

No 

6.  On  the  California  Register  of  Historical  Resources  list? 

Yes 

No 

7.  A  California  Historical  Landmark? 

Yes 

No 

8.  A  State  Point  of  Historical  Interest? 

Yes 

No 

Federal  Compliance 

9.  Will  this  project  utilize  Federal  funds  or  require  a  permit  or  license  from  a  Federal  Agency? 

Yes 

No 

10.  If  yes,  has  the  review  process  required  by  section  106  of  the  National  Historic 
Preservation  Act  been  completed? 

Yes 

No 

If  not,  please  explain. 


Page  192.84  Register  2003,  no.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20440 


• 


State  Historic  Preservation  Office  (SHPO) 

1 .  Has  the  State  Historic  Preservation  Office  been  contacted  regarding  the  project?     Yes   | |     No  | | 


If  yes,  summarize  any  comments  received  from  SHPO.    Does  the  project  meet  the  Secretary  of  the 
Interior's  Standards  for  the  Treatment  of  Historic  Properties?  Please  explain. 


• 


Local  Historic  Preservation  Ordinance 

2.  Is  there  a  local  historic  preservation  ordinance  that  applies  to  the  proposed 
project  site  or  any  adjacent  properties? 


Yes 


n  NoD 


If  yes,  briefly  specify  any  applicable  requirements  or  restrictions,  such  as  height  limits,  eic.  Further, 
describe  any  ways  that  the  proposed  project's  conceptual  design  plans  are  not  substantially  in 
compliance  with  the  local  historic  preservation  ordinance. 


Page  192.85 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


§  20440 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Geofechnical  Report 

Identify  and  summarize  any  special  geologic  conditions.  Including,  but  not  limited  to,  compressible  and 
expansive  soils,  tunnels  and  mine  shafts,  unstable  slopes,  active  seismic  zones,  excessive  ground  vs/ater 
and  areas  prone  to  liquefaction.  Indicate  if  these  conditions  vvill  prevent  the  use  or  significantly  increase 
the  cost  of  developing  the  site  for  a  public  library  building. 


• 


• 


Demolition 

Describe  any  necessary  demolition  of  structures  and  the  associ( 
(If  no  demolition,  indicate  by  "N/A") 

Structure  (s)  to  be  Demolished 
1. 

3ted  costs  involved  with  the  site. 

Demolition  Cost  Estimate 

IS 

♦  $ 

♦  $ 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

Total  Demolition: 

Page  192.86 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20440 


Utilities 

Describe  availability  of  utilities  and  associated  costs  if  any  utilities  are  not  currently  located  within  100 
feet  of  a  property  line  of  the  site. 


Utility  Availability 

1.  Electricity  Yes  I — I  No  I — I 

2.  Fiber  Optic  Cable  Yes  [Zi  No  [H 

3.  Telephone  Yes  [""[  Nol — I 


4.  Gas 

5.  Cable  TV 

6.  Storm  Sewer 

7.  Sanitary  Sewer 

8.  Water 


Yes  O  NoQ 
Yes  EH  NoO 
Yes  LJ  NoLJ 
Yes  LJ  NoLJ 
Yes  I — 'No' — I 


Cost  to  brina  Service  to  Site  (Ineligible) 

n 

♦  $ 

n 

♦  $ 

♦  $ 

♦  $ 

n 

♦  $ 


Site  Development 


(All  off -site  costs  beyond  100  foot  utility  tie-ins  are  local  ineligible  expenses,  but  st^all  be  identified  and  included  in  the  budget 
estimate  under  ineligible  site  development  costs.) 


Site  Development  Costs 

1.  Utilities ♦$ 

2.  Cut,  Fill  &  Rough  Grading ♦  $ 

3.  Special  Foundation  Support  (pilings,  etc.} ♦  $ 

4.  Paving,  curbs,  gutters  &  sidewalks ♦  $ 

5.  Retaining  Walls ^ 

6.  Landscaping  ♦  $. 

7.  Signage ♦  $. 

8.  Lighting I  $. 

9.  Removal  of  underground  tanks ♦  $ . 

1 0.  Removal  of  toxic  materials ♦  $ . 

1 1.  Rock  removal ♦  $. 

12.  Traffic  signals I  $. 

Other  (Specify): 

13.  „_ ♦  $ . 

14.  ♦  $ . 

15.  TOTAL  SITE  DEVELOPMENT  COSTS ♦  $ . 


Eligible 


Ineligible 


n 

♦  $ 

♦  $• 

♦  $■ 

n. 


Page  192.87 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


§  20440 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 


Normal  Public  Construction  Costs  in  the  Applicant's  Area 


For  projects  with  new  construction  only  (I.e..  constructing  a  totally  new  library  building  or  ttie  expansion  to  an  existing  building) 


Construction  Cost  Index  Approact): 


To  Justify  the  eligible  projected  construction  cost  estimate  for  new  construction,  applicants  shall  complete  the  following: 

1)  January  2002  current  costs  per  square  foot: 

A.  For  new  facilities:  $202/SF 

B.  For  square  footage  added  to  an  existing  building,  i.e.  "expansions":      $238/SF 

Multiply  the  appropriate  County  Locality  Adjustment  Factor  (2B)  by  the  appropriate  new  cost  per  square  foot  figure  (2C)  (See 
section  20436  (c)  (1)  to  obtain  f/ie  "Locally  Adjusted  Construction  Cost  per  Square  Foot"  figure  (2D): 


2)    A.  County: 


Name  of  Project  County 


County  Locality 
B.  Adjustment  Factor: 


Appropriate 
X  C.  New  Cost/SF:  $ 


(Select:  1A  or  IB) 


7SF   =D.$. 


/SF 


rExamDie: 


Solano 


S202/SF 


3)    A.  Locally  Adjusted  Construction  Cost  Per  Square  Foot: 


$ /SF 

(Re-enter  Line  2D) 


The  "Locally  Adjusted  Construction  Cost  per  Square  Foot"  {3A)  figure  may  be  increased  by  1  /5  percent  per  month  for 
each  month  from  January  1 ,  2002,  through  to  the  estimated  mid-point  of  construction  of  the  pro'iecl 

Multiply  the  number  of  months  (4A)  times  .002  (1/5%)  to  get  an  inflation  factor  (4b).   Multiply  the  inflation  factor  (4B)  times  the 
"Locally  Adjusted  Construction  Cost  per  Square  foot"  figure  (4C)  to  get  an  "Additional  Cost  per  Square  Foot"  figure  (4D): 


Number 
4)  A.  of  Months: 


fExamole: 


Inflation 
X  .002  =  B.  Factor:  . 
(1/5%) 


X  .002  = 


Locally  Adjusted 
X  C.  Construction  $/SF:$ 


/SF 


Additional  $/SF 
=D.  $ /SF 


(Re-enter  3A) 


S2U/SF 


Add  the  resulting  "Additional  Cost  per  Square  Foot"  figure  (5A)  to  the  "Locally  Adjusted  Construction  Cost  per  Square  Foof  figure 
(SB)  to  get  the  "Bligible  Projected  Construction  Cost  per  Square  Foot"  figure  (5C): 


Additional 
5)   A.  Cost/SF:  $ 


(Re-enter  4D) 


Locally  Adjusted 
7SF   +  B.  Construction  $/SF:  $ . 


fExomple: 


(Re-enter  4C) 


S216/SF 


Eligible  Projected 
7SF  =  C.  Construction  $/SF:  $_ 


/SF 


S222/SF 


The  total  "Eligible  Projected  Construction  Cost"  for  the  project  is  calculated  by  multiplying  the  "Eligible  Projected 
Construction  Cost  per  Square  Foot"  figure  (5C)  by  the  total  number  of  square  feet  of  new  construction: 


6)      Ttie  Eligible  Projected  Construction  $/SF: 

Multiplied  By 
7}      The  Square  Footage  of  New  Construction: 

Equals 
8)      Ttie  Eligible  Projected  Construction  Cost: 


$ 


(Re-enter  5C) 


7SF 
SF 


If  the  projected  construction  cost  estimated  by  the  project  architect  is  lower  than  the  figure  in  Line  8,  the  applicant 
shall  use  the  lower  figure  as  the  normal  public  construction  cost  in  the  applicant's  area. 


A  10%  project  contingency  amount  is  allowed  and  is  calculated  by  multiplying  the  total  Eligible  Projected 
Construction  Cost  by  10%: 

9)  Eligible  Contingency:  (1 0%  of  Line  8)  $ 


Page  192.88 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20440 


Comparable  Public  Construction  ApproacI): 

As  an  alternate  to  ttie  Construction  Cost  Index  approacti  to  estimating  normal  construction  costs  in  ttie  applicant's  area,  ttie 
applicant  may  employ  a  local  public  construction  cost  comparison  approach)  to  calculate  the  Eligible  Projected  Construction 
Cost  figure.  [See  seciion  20436  (c)(3)]  List  a  minimum  of  ttiree  comparable  public  construction  projects  thiat  have  been  bid 
within  the  applicant's  County  within  three  years  of  the  Board's  deadline  for  application. 

Comparable  public  construction  projects  are  public  libraries,  community  colleges,  post  offices,  museums,  courthouses,  city  halls, 
auditoriums,  convention  centers,  civic  centers,  senior  citizen  centers,  public  schools,  and  recreation  centers. 

The  costs  listed  shall  be  for  construction  of  the  building  only  and  exclusive  of  any  site  acquisition,  demolition,  development, 
utilities,  or  landscaping;  surface  and  under  building  parking;  works  of  art;  shelving;  furniture;  built-in  service  desks,  counters, 
workstations,  or  other  casework;  movable  equipment;  or  architectural  and  engineering  fees. 

Construction 
Prolect  Dote  Bid  Cost/SF  I^BOBTSI 

A.  


B. 
C. 


D.  

E.  TOTAL 

10)  Locally  Determined  Comparable  Cost  Per  Square  Foot  ($/SF): 
DMded  by = 


Re-enter  Line  E 


Example:    S660/SF 


^^  of  Projects 


S                                   /SF 

CraBS 

S                                   /SF 

SQQl 

S                                   /SF 

nss 

S                                   /SF 

$                                    /SF 

sfcra 

^  S                                    /SF 

Locally  Determined  Comparable 
Cost  per  Square  Foot 

Divided  b> 


$220/SF 


The  "Locally  Determined  Comparable  Cost  per  Square  Foot"  (10)  figure  may  be  increased  by  1/5  percent  per  month 
for  each  month  from  January  ) ,  2002,  through  to  the  estimated  mid-point  of  construction  of  the  project. 

Multiply  the  number  of  months  (1 1A)  times  .002  (1/57o)  to  get  an  inflation  factor  (1  IB).  Multiply  the  inflation  factor  (11 B)  times  the 
"Locally  Determined  Comparable  Cost  per  Square  Foot"  figure  (1 IC)  to  get  the  "Additional  Cost  per  Square  Foot"  figure  (1  ID): 


Number 
11)  A.  of  Months: 


fExomDle: 


Inflation 
X  .002  =  B.  Factor: 
(1/5%) 


14      X  .002    = 


Locally  Determined 
C.  Comparable  $/SF: 


(Re-enter  10) 


S220/SF 


ySF  =    D.  5. 


-/SF 


Adding  the  resulting  "Additional  Cost  per  Square  Foof  figure  (12 A)  to  the  "Locally  Detennined  Construction  Cost  per  Square  Foof ' 
ffgure  (12B)  gives  the  "Eligible  Projected  Construction  Cost  per  Square  Foof  figure  (12C): 


Additional 
12)  A.  Cost/SF:  $_ 


(Re-enter  1 1D] 


Locally  Determined 
7SF  +  B.  Construction  $/SF:  $ 


Example: 


(Re-enter  11 C) 


$220/SF 


Eligible  Projected 
7SF  =  C.  Construction  $/SF:  $_ 


/SF 


$226/SFl 


The  "Eligible  Projected  Construction  Cost"  is  calculated  by  multiplying  the  "Eligible  Projected  Construction 
Cost  per  Square  Foot"  figure  (12C)  tinnes  the  square  footage  of  new  construction: 

13)  The  Eligible  Projected  Construction  $/SF:  .  $ /SF 

Multiplied  By  (Re-enter  12C) 

14)  The  Square  Footage  of  Nevyr  Construction:  SF 

Equals 

15)  The  Eligible  Projected  Construction  Cost:  $ 

If  the  projected  construction  cost  estimated  by  the  project  architect  is  lower  than  the  figure  in  Line  1 5,  the  applicant 
shall  use  the  lower  figure  as  the  normal  public  construction  cost  in  the  applicant's  area. 


A  10%  project  contingency  amount  is  allowed  and  is  calculated  by  multiplying  the  total  Eligible  Projected 
Construction  Cost  by  10%: 

U)    Eligible  Contingency:  (10%  of  Line  IS)  % 


Page  192.89 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


§  20440  BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS  Title  5 


Library  Project  Budget    (AII  projects  exceei  Multipurpose  projects) 

Ifttiere  are  no  costs  in  any  line  item  below  for  the  project,  specify  by  putting  a  zero  "0"  in  the  blank  provided. 

Line  Items:                                                                                                 Eligible  Ineligible 

1}    New  Construction $ $ 

2)  Remodeling  Construction $ $ 

3)  Contingency $ $ 

4)  Appraised  Value  ot  Building $ $ 

5)  Appraised  Value  of  Land $ $ 

6)  Site  Development $ $ 

7)  Site  Demolition $ $ 

8)  Site  Permits  &  Fees $ $ 

9)  Site  Option  to  Purchase  Agreement $ $ 

lOJ  Furnishings  &  Equipment  Costs $ $ 

11)  Signage $ $ 

1 2)  Architectural  &  Engineering  Fees $ $ 

]  3)  Construction  Cost  Estimator  Fees $ $ 

14)  Interior  Designer  Fees $ $ 

1 5)  Geotechnical/Geohazard  Reports $ $ 

1 6)  Hazardous  Materials  Consultant  Fees $ $ 

1 7)  Energy  Audit,  Structural  Engineering,  Feasibility  &  ADA  Studies $ $ 

1 8)  Library  Consultant  Fee $ $ 

1 9)  Construction/Project  Management $ $ 

20)  Other  Professional  Fees $ $ 

21 )  Local  Project  Administration  Costs $ $ 

22)  Works  of  Art $ $ 

23)  Relocation  Cosh  &  Moving  Cosh $ $ 

24)  Acquisition  of  Library  Materials $ 

25)  Other  (Specify) : $ $ 

26}  Other  (Specify) : $ $ 

27)  Other  (Specify) : $ $ 

28)  TOTAL  PROJECT  COSTS: $ $ 


Page  192.90  Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21  -2003 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20440 


Sources  of  Project  Revenue  (M  projects  except  Mumpwpose  Projects) 

29)  Slate  Matching  Funds  (65%  of  Line  28i  Eligible  Costs) $ 

30)  Local  Matching  Funds  (Line  28  Eligible  Costs  minus  Line  29) $ 

IMust  also  equal  the  total  of  Unes  31-35} 
Sources  of  Local  Matching  Funds: 

31)  City 4 

32)  County $ 

33)  Special  District -$ 

34)  Private $ 

35)  Other  (Specify: ) ^ 

36)  Local  Credits  $ 

Land  2  $ 

A&E  fees  $ 

37)  Adjusted  Local  Match  [Line  30  minus  Line  36] $ 

38)  Supplemental  Local  Funds  [Same  os  Line  28  ineligible]  $ 

39)  TOTAL  PROJECT  INCOME:  [Add  Unes  29,  30,  and  38]  „ $ 

^  Up  to  a  maximum  of  $20,000,000 

^  Land  credit  is  not  allowed  for  /and  acquired  by  funds  from  f/ie  "Class  Size  Reduction  Kindergatfen-University  Public  Education 
Facilities  Bond  Act  of  1998"  [See  Education  Code  section  19995  (c)  wtiict]  references  Part  68  (commencing  witi)  section  100400  of 
the  Education  Code) 


Projected  Library  Operatmg  Budget 

(New  Public  Libraries,  includina  Conversion  Projects  except  Multipurpose  Projects) 

INITIAL 
START-UP 
EXPENSES 

ANNUAL 
EXPENSES 

EXPENDITURES 

1.  Salaries/Benefits 

$_ 

s 

2.  Facilities  Costs 

Insurance 

Maintenance  (Including  Custodial,  Trashi,  Landscaping,  etc.) 

Security 

Utilities 

Other  (Soecifv): 

$_ 

$. 
$_ 

s 

s 
s 

3.  Equipment  &  Supplies  Costs 

Equipment 
Supplies 

4.  Materials 

Books,  AV,  Magazines,  &  Newspapers 
Electronic  Services  &  Subscriptions 
Ottier  Formats 

5.  Other  Allocations  (As  applicable  to  the  proposed  project) 
Administrative/Business  OffJce 
Broncti  Operations 
Circulation  Services 
Facilities  &  Capital  Coordination 
Program  Planning 
Techinical  Sen/ices 
Ottier  (Specifvl: 

$_ 
$_ 

s 
$ 

6.  Miscellaneous  (Ottier) 

7.  TOTAL  EXPENDITURES: 

$. 

s 

Page  192.91 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21  -2003 


§  20440 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Multipurpose  Project  Budget  (Witli  Library  Project  Budget)  (MuHip^rpose projects omy) 

If  there  are  no  costs  »n  any  line  item  below  for  ttte  project,  specify  by  putting  a  zero  "0"  in  f/ie  blank  space  provided. 


Line  items: 


1 .  New  Construction 

2.  Rennodeling  Construction  $ 

3.  Contingency  $ 

4.  Appraised  Value  of  Building  $ 

5.  Appraised  Value  of  Land  $ 

6.  Site  Development  $ 

7.  Site  Dennolition  $ 

8.  Site  Permits  &  Fees  $ 

9.  Site  Option  Agreement  $ 

10.  Furnishings  &  Equipment  Costs  $ , 

1 1 .  Signage  $ . 

1 2.  Architectural  &  Engineering  Fees  $ , 

1 3.  Construction  Cost  Estimator  Fees  $ 

14.  Interior  Designer  Fees  $ , 

1 5.  Geotechniccl/Geohazard  Reports  $ . 

$, 

$. 


A 

Library^ 

Dedicated 

Eligible 

$ 


1 6.  Hazardous  Materials  Consultant 
Fees 

1 7.  Energy  Audit,  Structural  ADA,  & 
Engineering  Feasibility  Studies 

18.  Library  Consultant  Fees 


$ 


B 

Library  Portion 

of  Common 

Eliaible 

C 

Library 

Total 

Eligible 

D 

Library 

Total 

Ineligible 

E 
Other2 
Total 
Ineligible 

$ 

$. 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$. 

$_ 

s 

$ 

$_ 

$. 

s 

$ 

$. 

$. 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$. 

$ 

$ 

$. 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$. 

$ 

$ 

$. 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$. 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$- 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 
$_ 

$ 

$ 

$_ 

$_ 

$ 

$ 

$- 

$_ 

$ 

19.  Construction/Project  Management  $ 

20.  Other  Professional  Fees  $ 

21 .  Local  Project  Administration  Costs  $ 

22.  Works  of  Art  $ 

23.  Relocation  Costs  &  Moving  Costs    $ 

24.  Acquisition  of  Library  Materials 

25.  Other  (Specify): $ 

26.  Total  Project  Costs:  $ 

'  library  means  fhof  portion  of  the  project  that  provides  space  for  the  delivery  and  support  of  public  library  direct  services, 
including  joint  use  school  library  services  (co-location  or  joint  venture). 

^  "Other^uses  means  any  ofher  space  that  does  not  provide  for  the  delivery  and  support  of  public  library  direct  services. 


Page  192.92 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20440 


Sources  of  Multipurpose  Project  Revenue  (Multipurpose  Projects  oniy) 

27.  State  Matching  Funds  (65%  of  Line  26  Total  Eligible  costs') $ 

28.  Local  Matctiing  Funds $ 

(Column  C.  Line  26  minus  Line  27.  Musf  also  equal  the  total  of  Lines  29  -  33] 

Sources  of  Local  Matching  Funds: 

29.  City .$ 

30.  County $ 

31 .  Special  District $ 

32.  Private $ 

33.  Other  (Specify: ) $ 

34.  Local  Credits  $ 

Land-  $ 

A&E  Fees  $ 

35.  Adjusted  Local  Match  (Line  28  minus  Line  34)  $ 

36.  Supplemental  Local  Funds 4 

(Some  OS  Line  26  Library  (D)  and  Other  (E)  Total  Ineligible] 

37.  TOTAL  P ROJ ECT  INCOME  [Add  t/nes  27.  28  ond  36;  $ 

"^  Up  to  a  maximum  of  $20,000,000 

^  Land  credit  is  not  allowed  for  land  acquired  by  funds  from  fhe  "Class  Size  Reduction  Kindergarten-University  Public  Education 
Facilities  Bond  Act  of  1998"  [See  Education  Code  section  19995  (c)  wt)icti  references  Part  68  (commencing  witii  section  100400  of 
/he  Education  Code)] 

Projected  LlbrOry  Operofing  Budget  (Multipurpose  New  construction  and  conversion  projects  amy) 

INITIAL 
START-UP  ANNUAL 

EXPENDITURES  EXPENSES  EXPENSES 

1.  Salaries/Benefits  $ $ 

2.  Facilities  Costs  $ $ 

Insurance 

Maintenance  (Including  Custodial,  Trasti,  Landscaping,  etc.) 

Security 

Utilities 

Other  (Specify); 

3.  Equipment  &  Supplies  Costs  $ $ 

Equipment 
Supplies 

4.  Materials  $ $ 

Books,  AV,  Magazines,  &  Newspapers 
Electronic  Services  &  Subscriptions 
Other  Formats 

5.  Ottier  Allocations  (As  applicable  to  the  proposed  project)  $ $ 

Administrative/Business  Office 

Brancfi  Operations 

Circulation  Sen/ices 

Facilities  &  Capital  Coordination 

Program  Planning 

Tecfinical  Services 

Other  (Specify): 

6.  Miscellaneous  (Other)  $ $ 

7.  TOTAL  EXPENDITURES:  $ $ 


Page  192.93 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21  -2003 


§  20440 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Financial  Capacity  (New  Consfructlon  and  Conversion  Projects  Only) 

Applicants  with  new  public  library  projects  shall  describe  their  tinancial  capacity  to  open  and  maintain 
operation  of  the  proposed  library  including  anticipated  revenue  sources  for  library  operations  support. 


PROJECT  TIMETABLE 


• 


Provide  the  timetable  for  the  proposed  project. 

Show  estimated  dates  of  completion  for  future  activities,  as  v/ell  as  actual  dates  for  activities  already  completed. 
ACTIVITY  DATE 

1 .  Planning  and  Land  Use  Permits  Obtained  (If  Applicable) 

2.  Site  Acquired  (Obtain  Possession  by  Purchase,  Donation  or  Lease) 

3.  Schematic  Plans  Completion 

4.  Design  Development  Plans  Completion 

5.  Working  Drawings  (90%)  Completion 

6.  Construction  Documents  Completion 

7.  Project  Advertised  for  Bids 

8.  Start  of  Construction 

9.  Estimated  Mid-Point  of  Construction 

10.  Completion  of  Construction 

1 1 .  Opening  of  Library  Building  to  the  Public 

12.  Final  Fiscal  &  Program  Compliance  Review  Completed 


• 


Page  192.94 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5  California  State  Library  §  20440 


APPLICATION  CERTIFICATION 


SIGNATURES 

The  parties  below  attest  to  and  certify  the  accuracy  and  truthfulness  of  the  application  for  California 
Reading  and  Literacy  Improvement  and  Public  Library  Construction  and  Renovation  Bond  Act  of  2000 
funds.  If  the  application  is  successful,  the  applicant  agrees  to  execute  the  project  on  the  basis  of  the 
application  data  provided  herein  including  all  supporting  documents. 


AUTHORIZED  OFFICIAL  OF  THE  APPLICANT  JURISDICTION 


Signature  of  Mayor,  Chairperson  of  Board  of  Supervisors,  or  Head  of  District,  authorized  to  make 
application  for  the  local  jurisdiction. 


Signature  Date 


Name  (type)  Title  (type) 


LIBRARY  DIRECTOR  OF  THE  OPERATING  LIBRARY  JURISDICTION 


I  hereby  affirm  that  the  library  jurisdiction,  for  which  I  am  the  administrative  agent,  approves  of  the 
application  and  will  operate  the  facility  as  a  public  library  after  its  completion. 


Signature  Date 


Name  (type)  Title  (type) 


□  SUBfAIT  COMPLETED  APPLICATION  FORM  AND  SUPPORTING  DOCUMENTS  ACCORDING 
TO  INSTRUCTIONS  IN  SECTION  20440 

□  MAIL  APPLICATION  AND  SUPPORTING  DOCUMENTS  TO: 

Bond  Act  Fiscal  Officer 
Office  of  Library  Consfrucfior) 
1029  J  Street,  Suite  400 
Socramenfo,  CA  95814-2625 


Page  192.95  Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


§  20440 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Appendix  2 

Required  Elements  for  Joint  Use  Cooperative  Agreements 

As  required  in  section  20440(d)(1).  applicants  with  joint  use  projects 
shall  submit  a  copy  of  the  cooperative  agreement  between  the  public  li- 
brary and  the  public  school  district(s)  that  includes  the  following  ele- 
ments: 

[.  A  definition  of  the  roles  and  responsibilities  of  each  party  with  re- 
spect to  funding,  staffing,  supervision,  operation,  management,  and  oth- 
ers as  applicable. 

2.  A  description  of  the  joint  library  services  and  how  they  will  be  pro- 
vided. 

3.  The  library  hours  of  service  for  the  pubhc  and  for  students. 

4.  The  number  and  classifications  of  staff  members. 

5.  The  use  of  volunteers,  if  any. 

6.  Identification  of  the  location  of  the  proposed  joint  use  project. 

7.  Ownership  of  the  site,  facility,  furnishings,  equipment,  and  library 
materials. 

8.  All  sources  and  uses  of  funding. 

9.  Responsibility  for  facility  operation,  maintenance,  and  manage- 
ment. 

10.  Review  and  modification  process  for  the  conditions  of  the  agree- 
ment. 

1 1 .  Field  Act  applicability  to  the  project: 

a.  A  statement  that  the  project  will  or  will  not  be  subject  to  the  Field 
Act. 

b.  The  rationale  for  the  determination  regarding  the  Field  Act  applica- 
bility. 

12.  A  20-year  commitment  to  providing  joint  use  library  services  con- 
sistent with  the  intent  of  the  cooperative  agreement. 

13.  Acknowledgment  and  incorporation  of  Education  Code  section 
19999  and  section  20440(e)(3)(G)  of  these  regulations  which  requires 
the  provision  of  public  library  direct  services  for  40  years. 

Appendix  3 

Community  Library  Needs  Assessment  Components 

As  required  in  section  20440(d)(2),  all  applicants  shall  submit  a  copy 
of  a  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment  that  demonstrates  the  need 
for  the  project  and  describes  its  relationship  to  the  overall  public  library 
jurisdiction.  The  needs  assessment  shall  include,  but  is  not  limited  to,  the 
following  components: 

1.  Table  of  Contents  giving  page  numbers  for  each  division  and  each 
required  Executive  Summary. 

2.  Overall  Executive  Summary  for  the  Community  Library  Needs  As- 
sessment, not  to  exceed  two,  single-spaced  typed  pages.  Limit  type  size 
to  no  smaller  than  1 1  point  if  using  a  computer,  or  12  pitch  (elite)  if  using 
a  typewriter. 

a.  The  Executive  Summary  shall  provide  a  narrative  overview  of  the 
findings  of  the  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment,  citing  relevant 
community  demographic  information. 

b.  The  Executive  Summary  for  joint  use  projects  shall  also  include  a 
description  of  the  K- 12  student  population  that  will  be  served  by  the  joint 
use  project  and  their  needs. 

3.  Needs  assessment  methodology 

a.  Applicants  shall  provide  an  Executive  Summary  of  the  needs  assess- 
ment methodology  not  to  exceed  two,  single-spaced  typed  pages.  Limit 
type  size  to  no  smaller  than  1 1  point  if  using  a  computer,  or  1 2  pitch  (elite) 
if  using  a  typewriter. 

b.  Applicants  shall  describe  how  they  involved  residents,  community 
organizations,  special  interest  groups,  special  populations  including 
those  with  disabilities,  local  agencies,  and  others,  as  applicable,  in  deter- 
mining the  needs  of  the  residents  of  the  library  service  area  and  the  need 
for  a  new  or  improved  facility. 


c.  Applicants  with  joint  use  projects  shall  also  describe  how  the  school 
and/or  school  district  was  involved  in  planning  the  joint  use  facility  and 
services  and  include  a  description  of  the  involvement  of  the  following 
school  representatives,  as  applicable:  superintendents,  principals,  school 
board  members,  teachers,  certified  library  media  teachers,  parents,  stu- 
dents, and  any  school  support  organizations. 

d.  Applicants  shall  describe  methods  used  to  elicit  community  input, 
such  as  surveys,  focus  groups,  community  meetings,  and  other  methods 
used. 

4.  Community  Analysis  with  Executive  Summary 

Applicants  shall  describe  and  analyze  relevant  factors  that  affect  the 
Hbrary  goals,  objectives,  and  Library  Plan  of  Service  for  the  residents  in 
the  project  service  area.  Factors  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  follow- 
ing: 

a.  Governmental  agencies 

Identify  governmental  agencies  that  will  have  an  influence  on  the 
planning  of  the  facility  and  describe  the  nature  of  the  relationship.  Identi- 
fy key  individuals  in  the  government  agencies  and  describe  their  roles  in 
the  project. 

b.  School  agencies 

Identify  public  and  private  schools  within  the  district  that  will  be 
served  by  the  proposed  project  and  their  service  needs,  including  whether 
or  not  a  school  library  exists. 

c.  Community  organizations 

Identify  community  organizations  that  will  be  served  by  the  proposed 
project,  and  describe  their  service  needs. 

d.  Demography 

Applicants  shall  obtain  the  following  demographic  information  from 
federal,  state,  or  regional  sources,  and  identify  the  source. 

( 1 )  Population  characteristics  Describe  the  service  area  population,  in- 
cluding, but  not  limited  to,  its  current  size,  projected  growth,  and  demo- 
graphic characteristics  to  the  extent  such  information  is  available  for  the 
project  service  area. 

(2)  Data  not  available  for  the  specific  project  service  area 

If  the  information  is  unavailable  for  the  project  service  area,  the  appli- 
cant may  utilize  the  demographic  information  for  local  jurisdictions  in 
which  the  project  is  located. 

(3)  Demographic  data  and  analysis 

Include  the  following  data  for  the  project  service  area  and  an  analysis 
of  the  data: 

■  The  average  California  Academic  Performance  Index  (API)  for  pub- 
lic schools  in  the  library  service  area. 

■  Poverty  rate. 

■  Per  capita  income. 

■  Literacy  rate. 

■  Unemployment  rate. 

■  Population  composition  by  age. 

■  Population  by  occupation. 

■  Median  property  value. 

■  Population  by  educational  level. 

■  Others  (optional). 

This  information  shall  be  compared  to  the  norm  for  the  state  and  na- 
tion, to  the  extent  such  information  is  available. 

Applicants  shall  include  an  Executive  Summary  of  the  overall  find- 
ings of  the  community  analysis.  The  Executive  Summary  shall  not  ex- 
ceed two,  single-spaced  typed  pages.  Limit  type  size  to  no  smaller  than 
1 1  point  if  using  a  computer,  or  12  pitch  (elite)  if  using  a  typewriter. 

5.  Analysis  and  discussion  of  community  characteristics. 

6.  Analysis  of  library  service  needs  with  Executive  Summary. 
Applicants  shall  provide  an  in-depth  analysis  of  the  library  service 

needs  based  on  the  findings  of  the  Community  Library  Needs  Assess- 
ment. 

Applicants  shall  include  an  Executive  Summary  describing  how  the 
demographic  characteristics,  and  any  other  factors,  will  affect  the  Li- 
brary Plan  of  Service.  The  Executive  Summary  shall  not  exceed  two, 


• 


• 


• 


Page  192.96 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20440 


• 


• 


single-spaced  typed  pages.  Limit  type  size  to  no  smaller  than  1 1  point  if 
using  a  computer,  or  12  pitch  (elite)  if  using  a  typewriter. 

7.  Service  limitations  of  existing  library  facilities  with  Executive  Sum- 
mary 

If  existing  facilities  will  be  replaced  or  improved,  applicants  shall  de- 
scribe how  the  existing  facilities  are  inadequate  in  providing  the  types  of 
services  needed  for  residents  of  the  project  service  area. 

Applicants  shall  describe  the  limitations  and  constraints  of  services 
provided  in  the  existing  public  library  facilities  that  will  be  replaced  or 
improved  for  categories  a-f  below.  For  co-located  joint  use  projects,  also 
provide  the  information  for  the  school  library. 

a.  Collections. 

b.  Readers'  seating. 

c.  Staff  offices,  workstations,  and  visual  supervision. 

d.  Technology. 

e.  Meeting  rooms. 

f.  Special  purpose  (miscellaneous). 

Applicants  shall  provide  descriptions  of  the  types  of  library  services 
that  are  needed  but  currently  unavailable  in  the  existing  pubHc  library 
buildings.  For  joint-use  projects,  both  co-located  and  joint  venture,  also 
address  school  library  services  that  are  needed  but  currently  unavailable. 

Applicants  shall  provide  an  Executive  Summary  which  will  give  a  nar- 
rative overview  of  the  service  limitations  of  the  existing  facility  based  on 
categories  a-f  listed  above,  not  to  exceed  two,  single-spaced  typed 
pages.  Limit  type  size  to  no  smaller  than  1 1  point  if  using  a  computer,  or 
12  pitch  (elite)  if  using  a  typewriter.  If  more  than  one  existing  facility  is 
being  replaced  or  improved,  provide  a  separate  summary  for  each  facil- 
ity. For  co-located  projects,  provide  a  separate  summary  of  the  service 
limitations  of  the  school  library. 

8.  Physical  limitations  of  existing  library  facilities  with  Executive 
Summary 

If  existing  facilities  will  be  replaced  or  improved,  applicants  shall  pro- 
vide an  analysis  of  the  physical  limitations  of  existing  public  library 
buildings  for  the  following  categories.  For  co-located  joint-use  projects, 
if  there  are  existing  facilities  that  will  be  replaced  or  improved,  also  pro- 
vide an  analysis  of  the  physical  limitations  of  the  existing  school  libraries 
for  the  same  categories 

a.  Structural. 

b.  Energy  conservation. 

c.  Health  and  safety. 

d.  Disabled  access. 

e.  Acoustics. 

f.  Space  flexibility/expandability. 

g.  Functional  spatial  relationships, 
h.  Site. 

i.  Any  other  considerations. 

Applicants  shall  provide  an  Executive  Summary  which  will  give  a  nar- 
rative overview  of  the  physical  Umitations  of  the  existing  library  facility 
based  on  categories  a-i  listed  above,  summarizing  how  the  facility  is  in- 
adequate, hazardous,  ineffective,  or  inefficient.  If  more  than  one  existing 
facility  is  being  replaced  or  improved,  provide  a  separate  summary  for 
each  facility.  The  summary  shall  not  exceed  two,  single-spaced  typed 
pages.  Limit  type  size  to  no  smaller  than  1 1  point  if  using  a  computer,  or 
12  pitch  (elite)  if  using  a  typewriter.  For  co-located  projects,  provide  a 
separate  summary  of  the  physical  limitations  of  the  school  library. 

9.  Space  Needs  Assessment 

Provide  a  listing  of  the  assignable  square  footage  allocations  needed 
for  the  proposed  project  and  an  analysis  of  how  they  were  determined  for 
the  following  categories: 

a.  Library  Collections 

(1)  Describe  the  current  status  of  the  library  collections  and  capacity 
of  the  proposed  building  to  house  the  collections  in  the  future. 

(2)  Discuss  collection  development  and  provide  justification  for  the 
size  and  types  of  proposed  collections  based  on  demographics,  previous 
as  well  as  anticipated  purchasing  patterns,  verifiable  library  use  statistics, 
and  any  standards  or  guidelines  used. 


(3)  Provide  a  summary  of  all  projected  collections  to  be  housed  in  the 
proposed  library,  including  the  size,  format,  category,  and  subcategory 
of  each  collection.  Include  the  volumes  per  linear  foot  and  assumptions 
regarding  the  percentage  of  collection  in  circulation. 

(4)  Provide  a  chart  showing  the  calculations  used  to  translate  each 
collection  subcategory  into  space  needs.  Provide  the  conversion  factors 
used  in  the  calculations  such  as  type  of  shelving  or  storage  unit,  the  num- 
ber of  volumes  per  shelving  or  storage  unit,  the  number  of  shelving  or 
storage  units  needed  to  house  the  collection,  the  number  of  assignable 
square  feet  per  shelving  or  storage  unit,  and  the  amount  of  assignable 
square  footage  needed  to  house  the  shelving  or  storage  units. 

b.  Readers'  Seats 

(1)  Describe  the  number,  type,  and  allocation  of  all  patron  seating 
needed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  proposed  facility. 

(2)  Identify  standards  utilized  in  determining  the  amount  of  seating. 

(3)  Describe  the  calculations  used  to  translate  the  various  types  of 
readers'  seating  into  space  needs,  providing  the  conversion  factors  used 
to  calculate  the  required  assignable  square  footage. 

c.  Technology 

(1)  Identify  and  describe  the  number  and  types  of  technology  equip- 
ment (computers,  printers,  servers,  routers,  other  computer  peripherals, 
and  telecommunications  equipment,  etc.)  and  workstations  required  to 
support  the  operation  of  the  proposed  facility. 

(2)  Describe  the  calculations  used  to  translate  the  technology  equip- 
ment needs  into  space  needs,  providing  the  conversion  factors  used  to 
calculate  the  assignable  square  footage  needed  to  accommodate  the 
equipment  and  workstations. 

d.  Staff  Offices  and  Workstations 

(1)  Describe  the  projected  staff  organization  and  provide  any  stan- 
dards used  in  determining  the  size  of  the  projected  staff. 

(2)  Provide  the  resulting  number  of  staff  workstations  (public,  office, 
and  workroom)  needed  to  provide  the  desired  service  level  in  the  pro- 
posed facility,  and  indicate  the  proposed  allocation  of  staff  workstations. 

(3)  Describe  the  calculations  used  to  translate  the  office  and  worksta- 
tion needs  into  space  needs,  providing  the  conversion  factors  used  to  cal- 
culate the  assignable  square  footage  to  house  the  various  types  of 
workstations. 

e.  Meeting  Room  Requirements 

( 1 )  Describe  the  number  and  capacity  of  meeting  rooms  for  the  pro- 
posed library.  Indicate  how  this  space  supports  the  library's  plan  of  ser- 
vice and  provide  an  allocation  of  the  space. 

(2)  Describe  the  calculations  used  to  determine  the  amount  of  meeting 
room  assignable  square  footage  required,  providing  conversion  factors 
used  to  calculate  the  assignable  square  footage  needed  for  the  various 
types  of  meeting  room  seats. 

f.  Special  Purpose:  Miscellaneous  Space  Needs 

(1 )  Describe  any  other  miscellaneous  spaces  or  equipment  that  have 
been  identified,  indicating  their  intended  use  and  how  they  support  the 
Ubrary's  plan  of  service  and  providing  an  allocation  of  space. 

(2)  Describe  the  calculations  used  to  determine  the  amount  of  special 
purpose  assignable  square  footage  required,  providing  the  conversion 
factors  used  to  calculate  the  assignable  square  footage  needed  for  each 
type  of  furnishing  and  equipment  or  space. 

g.  Non-Assignable  Space 

Provide  the  assumptions  made  v/ith  respect  to  the  percentage  of  non- 
assignable square  footage  as  v/ell  as  the  amount  of  non-assignable 
square  footage. 

Appendix  4 

Library  Plan  of  Service  Components 

As  required  in  section  20440(d)(3).  all  applicants  shall  submit  a  copy 
of  a  Library  Plan  of  Service  that  highlights  major  services  to  be  provided 
and  how  they  respond  to  the  needs  identified  in  the  Community  Library 
Needs  Assessment.  The  plan  shall  include,  but  is  not  limited  to,  the  fol- 
lowing components: 


Page  192.97 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


§  20440 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


1 .  Library  Plan  of  Service 

Applicants  shall  submit  a  Library  Plan  of  Service  that  describes  how 
the  needs  of  the  residents  in  the  library  service  area,  as  identified  in  the 
Community  Library  Needs  Assessment,  will  be  met  by  the  proposed 
project. 

The  Library  Plan  of  Service  shall  include: 

2.  Executive  Summary 

Provide  an  Executive  Summary  of  the  Library  Plan  of  Service,  high- 
lighting major  services  to  be  provided  and  how  they  respond  to  the  needs 
identified.  The  Executive  Summary  shall  not  exceed  two  typed  pages. 

3.  Mission  statement 

a.  Describe  the  mission  of  the  public  library. 

b.  For  co-located  joint  use  projects,  also  include  the  school's  mission 
statement  for  providing  library  services  to  their  students. 

4.  Goals  and  objectives 

Describe  the  goals,  objectives,  roles,  and  service  indicators  for  library 
services  for  the  library  project  service  area  and  how  they  respond  to  the 
information  gathered  in  the  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment. 

5.  Types  of  services  to  be  offered 

a.  All  applicants 

Provide  a  detailed  description  of  the  types  of  services  that  will  be  of- 
fered as  well  as  an  implementation  plan.  Describe  staffing,  program- 
ming, hours  of  service,  collections  and  any  special  services  along  with 
other  relevant  community  services  or  partnerships  such  as  adult  educa- 
tion, senior  citizen,  literacy  and  after  school  programs,  etc.  Indicate  how 
the  overall  plan  of  service  meets  the  needs  of  the  residents  of  the  library 
service  area. 

b.  Co-located  joint  use  projects 

Applicants  with  co-located  joint  use  projects  shall  describe  how  the 
project' s  Library  Plan  of  Service  will  meet  the  needs  of  the  K- 1 2  student 
population  identified  for  this  project.  Describe  how  this  service  is  differ- 
ent from  what  would  be  provided  for  the  proposed  project's  clientele  if 
there  were  no  joint  use  cooperative  agreement. 

c.  Joint  venture  projects 

Applicants  with  joint  venture  projects,  describe  how  the  project's  Li- 
brary Plan  of  Service  will  meet  the  needs  of  the  K-12  student  population 
identified  for  this  project.  Describe  why  the  specific  service(s)  (home- 
work center,  career  center,  family  literacy  center,  computer  center,  sub- 
ject-specialty learning  center,  shared  electronic  and  telecommunication 
library  services,  or  other  collaborative  library  services  that  directly  bene- 
fit K-12  students)  was  selected  to  meet  the  student  needs. 

6.  Jurisdiction-wide  service 

Describe  how  the  proposed  project  fits  into  the  overall  plan  of  service 
for  the  library  jurisdiction. 

7.  Technology 

a.  All  applicants  shall  describe  how  the  Library  Plan  of  Service  inte- 
grates appropriate  electronic  technologies  in  response  to  the  service 
needs  identified  in  the  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment  and  shall 
include  a  description  of  how  information  technologies  will  be  imple- 
mented to  integrate,  support,  or  extend  the  delivery  of  library  services  to 
the  residents  of  the  service  area. 

b.  Applicants  with  joint  use  projects  shall  also  describe  how  electronic 
technologies  will  be  used  to  meet  the  needs  of  K-12  students  as  identified 
in  the  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment. 

c.  The  applicant  shall  provide  an  Executive  Summary  which  will  give 
a  narrative  overview  of  how  the  Library  Plan  of  Service  integrates  ap- 
propriate electronic  technologies  in  response  to  the  service  needs  identi- 
fied in  the  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment.  Include  a  description 
of  how  information  technologies  will  be  implemented  to  integrate,  sup- 
port, or  extend  the  delivery  of  library  services  for  the  proposed  project 
now  and  in  the  future.  Joint  use  project  applicants  shall  also  describe  how 
electronic  technologies  will  be  used  to  meet  the  needs  of  K-12  students 
as  identified  in  the  Community  Library  Needs  Assessment.  The  summa- 
ry shall  not  exceed  two,  single-spaced  typed  pages.  Limit  type  size  to  no 
smaller  than  1 1  point  if  using  a  computer,  or  12  pitch  (elite)  if  using  a 
typewriter. 


Appendix  5 

Library  Building  Program  Components 

As  required  in  section  20440(d)(4).  all  applicants  shall  submit  a  copy 
of  a  Library  Building  Program  that  demonstrates  how  the  Library  Plan 
of  Service  will  be  implemented  in  the  project.  The  building  program  shall 
include,  but  is  not  limited  to.  the  following  components: 

1.  Table  of  contents  with  page  numbers  for  each  division 

2.  Overview  and  introduction 
Applicants  shall: 

a.  Provide  a  general  introduction  to  the  project,  including  an  overview 
of  the  need  for  the  project  and  a  time  schedule  for  the  project. 

b.  Discuss  the  relationship  of  the  library  building  program  to  the  archi- 
tectural design  process. 

c.  Identify  and  discuss  the  roles  and  interrelationships  of  the  library 
building  team  members. 

3.  General  Requirements  of  the  Library  Building 

Applicants  shall  provide  a  general  narrative  for  the  entire  library  that 
addresses  the  following  items,  as  appropriate: 

a.  Occupancy  by  staff  and  patrons. 

b.  Type  and  size  of  collections. 

c.  Flexibility  and  expandability. 

d.  Staff  efficiency. 

e.  Energy  efficiency. 

f.  Fenestration. 

g.  Space  finishes. 

h.  Access  for  the  disabled. 

i.  Acoustics. 

j.  Environmental  condifions  (HVAC). 

k.  Illuminadon. 

/.  Power  and  data  communication  requirements. 

m.  Security  systems. 

n.  Signs. 

o.  Audio-visual  systems. 

p.  Visual  supervision. 

q.  Master  list  of  furniture  and  equipment. 

4.  Spatial  Relationships 

Applicants  shall  describe  the  relationships  of  the  various  spaces  in  the 
proposed  library  through  the  use  of  a  narrative,  spatial  diagram,  or  ma- 
trix. 

5.  Summary  of  Facility  Space  Requirements 

Applicants  shall  provide  a  summary  of  the  spaces  in  the  proposed  li- 
brary, showing  the  name  of  each  space  and  its  respecUve  assignable 
square  footage. 

6.  Space  Descripfions 

Applicants  shall  provide  a  description  of  each  individual  space  utiliz- 
ing the  following  items  as  applicable: 

a.  Assignable  square  footage. 

b.  Occupancy  by  staff  and  patrons. 

c.  Type  and  size  of  collections. 

d.  Funcfional  acfivity  description. 

e.  Spafial  relationships. 

f.  Flexibility  and  expandability. 

g.  Fenestration, 
h.  Space  finishes. 

i.  Access  for  the  disabled. 

j.  Acousdcs. 

k.  Environmental  conditions  (HVAC). 

/.  Illumination. 

m.  Power,  data,  and  audiovisual  communications  requirements. 

n.  Security  requirements. 

o.  Visual  supervision. 

p.  Signs. 

q.  A  listing  of  required  furniture  and  equipment. 

7.  Preliminary  project  budget 


• 


Page  192.98 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


Title  5 


California  State  Library 


§  20444 


• 


Applicants  shall  provide  a  preliminary  capital  outlay  project  budget 
for  the  proposed  facility. 

Appendix  6 

Requirements  for  Site  Lease  and  Lease-Purchase 
Agreements 

An  applicant  that  is  placing  a  proposed  project  on  a  site  secured  by  a 
lease  or  a  lease-purchase  agreement  shall  conform  to  the  following  re- 
quirements: 

1.  Public  Agency  Owner 

If  the  lessor  is  a  pubUc  agency: 

a.  The  agreement  shall  provide  that  the  applicant,  as  lessee,  shall  have 
full  and  undisturbed  access  to  the  site  at  all  times  to  build  and  operate  a 
public  library  during  the  length  of  the  lease. 

b.  The  term  of  the  agreement  shall  be  a  minimum  of  40  years  following 
Substantial  Completion  of  the  project  unless  ownership  shall  otherwise 
transfer  to  the  lessee  before  this  time  period  has  expired. 

c.  The  title  report  shall  indicate  that  there  are  no  superior  liens  (deeds 
of  trust  or  other  rights)  in  the  leased  property. 

d.  The  agreement  shall  provide  that  any  subsequent  encumbrance  on 
the  property  (e.g.  deed  of  trust)  or  sale  of  the  property  must  be  subject  to 
the  lease  or  lease-purchase  agreement. 

e.  Either  full  rental  shall  be  paid  in  a  lump  sum  up  front  or  the  lessee 
shall  covenant  to  budget  for  rent  each  year. 

f.  The  lessor's  remedies  for  any  default  by  the  lessee,  including  failure 
to  pay  rent,  cannot  include  cancellation  of  the  lease,  retaking  of  the  prop- 
erty, or  eviction  of  the  lessee.  The  only  remedy  is  suit  for  rent  or  specific 
performance  to  remedy  any  specific  breach. 

g.  The  lessor  shall  demonstrate  that  the  agreement  is  legally  authorized 
and  has  been  properly  approved  and  executed  by  the  lessor  and  is  en- 
forceable against  the  lessor.  Lessor  shall  provide  a  legal  opinion  to  this 
effect,  and  the  applicant  shall  submit  the  legal  opinion  with  the  applica- 
tion. 

h.  The  applicant,  as  lessee,  shall  demonstrate  that  the  agreement  is  le- 
gally authorized  and  has  been  properly  approved  and  executed  and  is  en- 
forceable against  the  lessee.  The  applicant  shall  submit  a  legal  opinion 
to  this  effect  with  the  application. 

2.  Private  Owner 

If  the  lessor  is  a  private  entity,  in  addition  to  the  items  in  1  above,  the 
applicant  shall  submit  a  legal  opinion  with  the  application  that  either: 

a.  The  lessor  is  an  entity  which  cannot  enter  bankruptcy  proceedings 
under  the  Federal  Bankruptcy  Code,  or 

b.  The  lease  or  lease  purchase  agreement  cannot  be  rejected  by  the  les- 
sor in  the  event  of  bankruptcy. 

§  20442.    Submission  of  Applications  and  Grant  Awards. 

(a)  Submission  of  applications;  deadlines  for  application  cycles  and 
grant  amounts;  late  or  incomplete  application  submissions 

( 1 )  Application  location  -  Submit  applications  for  each  funding  cycle 
to: 

BOND  ACT  nSCAL  OFFICER 
OFFICE  OF  LIBRARY  CONSTRUCTION 
1029  J  STREET.  SUITE  400 
SACRAMENTO,  CA  95814-2825 

(2)  Funding  cycles 

(A)  First  funding  cycle 

1 .  The  application  deadline  for  the  first  funding  cycle  is  5:00  p.m.  on 
June  14,2002. 

2.  In  the  first  funding  cycle  the  Board  will  award  grants  totaling  no 
more  than  $150,000,000. 

(B)  Second  funding  cycle 

1.  The  application  deadline  for  the  second  funding  cycle  is  5:00  p.m. 
on  March  28,  2003. 

2.  In  the  second  funding  cycle  the  Board  will  award  grants  totaling  no 
more  than  $110,000,000. 

(C)  Third  funding  cycle 


1.  The  application  deadline  for  the  third  funding  cycle  is  5:00  p.m.  on 
January  16,2004. 

2.  All  remaining  grant  funds  will  be  awarded  in  the  third  funding  cycle. 

(3)  Late  applications  not  considered 

If  an  application,  or  documents  required  to  support  the  application,  are 
not  received  by  the  Board's  deadline  for  application,  the  application  shall 
not  be  considered  by  the  State  Librarian  or  Board  for  grant  approval  dur- 
ing the  funding  cycle. 

(4)  Incomplete  applications  not  considered 

If  applications,  or  documents  required  to  support  the  application,  are 
incomplete,  the  application  shall  not  be  considered  by  the  State  Librarian 
or  Board  for  grant  approval  during  the  funding  cycle. 

(b)  Corrections  to  the  project  application 

If,  due  to  oversight  or  clerical  error,  the  information  provided  by  the 
applicant  during  the  application  process  proves  to  be  inaccurate,  the  Slate 
Librarian,  at  his  or  her  discretion,  may  make  minor  adjustments  to  correct 
obviously  inaccurate  information  in  applications. 

(c)  One  application  per  project 

Applicants  may  submit  only  one  application  for  each  proposed  project 
during  any  single  application  cycle. 

(d)  Resubmission  of  a  project  application 

Applicants  may  resubmit  project  applications  that  were  not  funded  in 
one  application  cycle  for  a  subsequent  funding  cycle  by  submiuing  a 
complete  project  application. 

(e)  Changes  in  projects  after  grant  award 

( 1 )  If  there  are  proposed  changes  to  the  project  after  grant  award  that 
significantly  modify  the  project,  applicants  shall  submit  the  proposed 
changes  to  the  State  Librarian  for  review  and  authorization. 

(2)  The  State  Librarian  has  the  sole  authority  to  determine  if  a  change 
is  significant. 

(3)  If  the  State  Librarian  does  not  approve  the  change,  the  grant  recipi- 
ent may  appeal  the  State  Librarian's  decision  to  the  Board. 

(4)  The  decision  of  the  Board  regarding  a  change  in  the  project  is  final 
and  binding. 

(f)  Value  determined  by  mutual  agreement 

For  purposes  of  Education  Code  section  1 9999(c)  regarding  the  return 
of  State  grant  funds,  determining  the  value  of  the  facility  and  land  by 
mutual  agreement  shall  mean  by  an  appraisal  prepared  by  an  independent 
certified  appraiser  as  specified  in  section  20436(a). 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  19992,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
19988,  19989,  19992,  19993,  19995,  19996,  19997,  19998  and  19999,  Education 
Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1 2-5-2001 ;  operative  1-4^2002  (Register  2001,  No.  49). 


§  20444.    State  Payments;  Fiscal  and  Program  Compliance 
Review. 

(a)  Frequency  of  State  grant  payments;  original  signatures 

(1)  The  State  Librarian  shall  authorize  State  grant  payments  to  the 
grant  recipient  on  a  periodic  reimbursement  basis.  Payments  shall  be 
made  no  more  frequently  than  on  a  monthly  basis. 

(2)  Payment  requests  shall  state  that  the  reimbursement  request  is  be- 
ing made  only  for  eligible  project  costs. 

(3)  Payment  requests  shall  be  submitted  with  an  original  signature  of 
the  grant  recipient's  fiscal  officer  or  that  officer's  designee. 

(b)  Final  State  grant  payment 

The  final  State  payment  of  10%  will  be  made  when: 

(1)  All  eligible  project  costs  have  been  paid. 

(2)  The  grant  recipient  certifies  building  completion  by  providing  a 
compliance  letter  from  the  local  building  official  verifying: 

(A)  The  date  of  Substantial  Complefion  of  the  project. 

(B)  The  building  was  completed  in  accordance  with  the  approved 
plans  and  specifications. 

(C)  The  building  has  been  approved  for  occupancy. 

(D)  Book  stack  installation  has  been  completed. 


Page  192.99 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


§  20444 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(3)  The  grant  recipient  shall  submit  evidence  that  the  State's  interest 
in  the  building  and  the  land  has  been  recorded  in  the  title  record  [see 
Education  Code  section  19999]. 

(4)  Certified  Public  Accountant  (CPA)  review  and  audit  submission 

(A)  CPA  review 

Following  completion  of  the  project,  the  grant  recipient  shall  submit 
a  final  fiscal  and  program  compliance  review  performed  by  an  indepen- 
dent CPA  utilizing  standards  established  by  the  American  Institute  of 
Certified  Public  Accountants.  To  be  considered  independent,  the  CPA 
shall  not  be  an  employee  of  the  grant  recipient  or  the  grant  recipient's  li- 
brary service  provider.  The  CPA  review  shall  be  submitted  to  the  State 
Librarian  prior  to  release  of  the  final  10%  of  State  project  funds. 

(B)  Audit  Submission  with  the  CPA  review 

1 .  In  addition  to  (A),  grant  recipients  who  are  subject  to  the  Single  Au- 
dit Act,  Title  31  United  States  Code  sections  7501  through  7507,  shall 
submit  a  copy  of  their  most  recent  Single  Audit  report  to  the  State  Librari- 
an with  the  CPA  review. 


2.  Recipients  who  are  not  subject  to  the  Single  Audit  Act  shall  submit 
a  copy  of  their  most  recent  jurisdictional  audit  report  with  the  CPA  re- 
view. 

(5)  CPA  Review  deadline 

(A)  Grant  recipients  shall  submit  the  CPA  review  no  later  than  18 
months  following  Substantial  Completion  of  the  construction  contract 
for  the  project. 

(B)  If  a  CPA  review  indicating  fiscal  and  program  compliance  is  not 
received  within  18  months  following  Substantial  Completion,  the  State 
may  hire  a  CPA  to  conduct  the  review.  The  final  10%  of  grant  funds  shall 
be  reduced  by  the  cost  of  the  CPA  review. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  19992,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
19989,  19990  and  19999,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-5-2001;  operative  1^^2002  (Register  2001,  No.  49). 


• 


*      * 


Page  192.100 


Register  2003,  No.  12;  3-21-2003 


.A. 


Barclays  Official 

California 

Code  of 
Regulations 


Title  5.    Education 

Division  3.     Teachers'  Retirement  System 


Vol.6 


XHOIVISOiSI 

* 

\A/EST 


Barclays  Official  California  Code  of  Regulations 

425  Market  Street  •  Fourth  Floor  •  San  Francisco,  CA  94105 
800-888-3600 


Title  5 


Teachers'  Retirement  System 


Table  of  Contents 


Division  3.     Teachers'  Retirement  System 


Table  of  Contents 


Page 


Page 


Chapter  1. 


Teachers'  Retirement  System  193 


Article  1. 

§  20500. 

Article  2. 

§  20510. 
§20511. 

§20512. 
§20512.5. 
§20513. 
§20514. 


Article  3. 


§  20520. 

§20521 
§  20522 

§  20523 
§  20524 
§  20525 
§  20526 

§  20527 

§  20528 
§  20529 

§  20530 
§  20531 
§  20532 

§  20533 

§  20534 

§  20535 
§  20536 
§  20537 

§  20538 
§  20539 

§  20540 

§  20541 
§  20542 
§  20543 

§  20543 

§  20544 


Article  4. 


§  20547. 
§  20548. 

§  20549. 
§  20550. 


Definitions 193 

Definitions. 

Rules  of  Procedure 193 

Meetings. 

Notice  of  Regular  and  Special 

Meetings. 

Emergency  Meetings. 

Special  Meetings. 

Quorum;  Required  Vote. 

Secretary;  Duties. 

General  Provisions  of 
Administration 193 

Authority  of  Chief  Executive 

Officer. 

Time  Required  for  Credit. 

Funds  Disbursed  According  to 

Claims. 

Proof  of  Death. 

Statement  of  Service  and  Claims. 

Statement  of  Account. 

Required  Days  of  Service  for  Sick 

Leave  Credit. 

Deductions;  Local  Retirement 

Systems. 

Deposit  of  Contributions. 

Remitting  Contributions  and 

Report. 

Termination  of  Employment. 

Application  for  Retirement. 

Repayment  of  Withdrawn 

Contributions. 

Option  to  Repay  Withdrawn 

Contributions. 

Deposit  of  Retirement  Annuity  Fund 

Contribufions. 

Election  to  Pay  Contributions. 

Election  to  Redeposit. 

Part-Time  Employee — Disability 

Retirement. 

Adjustment  of  Final  Compensation. 

Full-Time  Employment  to  Quahfy 

for  Reduced  Workload. 

Definitions  of  "Full-Time  Student" 

and  "Educational  Institution." 

"Family  or  Disability  Benefits." 

Verification  of  Date  of  Birth. 

Permissive  Payments  to  System  to 

Obtain  Additional  Service  Credit. 

Mandatory  Payments  to  System  by 

Member,  Beneficiary  or  Retirant. 

Determination  of  Member's  Final 

Compensation. 


Tax  Sheltered  Annuity 
Contributions  

Tax  Sheltered  Annuity. 

Tax  Sheltered  Annuity 

Contributions. 

Resolution. 

Amendment  of  Employment 

Contract. 


195 


§  2055 1 .  Limit  on  Tax  Sheltered 

Contributions. 
§  20552.  Transmittal  and  Report  of  Tax 

Sheltered  Annuity  Contributions, 
§  20553.  Vv'ithdrawal, 

§  20554.  Tax  Sheltered  Annuity  Program. 

§  20554. 1 .  Discontinuance  of  Former  Tax 

Sheltered  Annuity  Program. 
§  20555.  Investment  of  Tax  Sheltered 

Annuity  Funds. 
§  20556.  Resolution  by  Contracting 

Employer. 
§  20557.  Transmittal  and  Report  of  Tax 

Sheltered  Annuity  Contributions. 
§  20558.  Withdrawal  for  Emergencies. 

§  20558.1.  Community  Property  Interest. 

Article  5.  Retired  Members  Employed  as 

Substitute  Teachers 196 

§  20559.  Monthly  Reports  by  Governing 

Board. 
§20560.  Amount  of  Contribution. 

Article  6.  Nomination  of  Beneficiaries 196 

§  20570.  Nomination  of  Beneficiaries. 

§20571.  Beneficiary  Under  Trust. 

Article  7.  Election  of  Options 196 

§  20580.  Optional  Elections  in  Advance  of 

Retirement. 
§  20581 .  Eady  Retirement  Limited  Term 

PLeduction  Program. 

Article  8.  Rates  197 

§  20600.  FLegular  Interest  Rate. 

§20601.  Credited  Interest  Rate. 

§  20602.  When  Interest  Is  Not  Chargeable. 

§  20603.  Present  Value  Factor. 

§  21000.  Penalty  Rale  on  Late  Employer  and 

Employee  Contributions. 
§  21001 .  Employer  Contribufion  Rate  for 

FLeduced  Workload  Program. 
§  21002.  Actuarial  Normal  Cost  Rate  for 

Additional  Service  Credit. 

Article  10.  Dependents  197 

§21020.  Dependent  Husband. 

§  2 1 02 1 .  Dependent  Parent. 

§  2 1 022.  Step-Child— When  Qualified  for 

Benefit. 
§  21023.  Providing  Information  to  the 

Teachers'  Retirement  Board. 

Article  11.               State  Teachers'  Retirement 
System — Conflict  of  Interest 
Code 197 

§  22000.  General  Provisions. 

Appendix  A 198 

Article  12.  Unused  Excess  Sick  Leave  199 

§  23000.  Definitions. 

§23001.  Certification. 

§  23002.  Billing. 

§  23003.  Payment. 

§  23004.  Determination  of  Excess  Sick  Leave 

Days. 
§  23005.  Delegation  of  Authority  of  Board  to 

Chief  Executive  Officer. 


Page  i 


Table  of  Contents BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS Title  5 

Page 

Article  13.  Election  of  Members  to  the  §  24009.  Elections  for  Vacant  Elected  Seats. 

Article  14.  Investment  Relationships  and 

Campaign  Contributions 200.2 

§  24010.  Prohibitions  on  Campaign 

Contributions. 
§  2401 1 .  Disclosure  and  Recusal 

Requirement  for  Campaign 
Contributions. 
§  24012.  Remedies,  Enforcement  and  Safe 

Harbors. 
i}  24013.  Definitions. 


13. 

Election  of  Members  to  the 

Teachers'  Retirement  Board  . . . 

.  ..  199 

§  24000. 

Board  Member  Elections. 

§  24001. 

Notice  of  Election. 

§  24002. 

Nomination  of  Candidates. 

§  24003. 

Candidate  Statements. 

§  24004. 

Ballot  Distribution. 

i?  24005. 

Ballot  Counting. 

55  24006. 

Notice  of  Election  Results. 

§  24007. 

Recount  of  an  Election. 

§  24008. 

Protest  of  an  Election. 

Page 


(1-18-2008) 


Title  5 


Teachers'  Retirement  System 


§  20520 


Division  3.    Teachers'  Retirement  System 


Chapter  1.    Teachers'  Retirement  System 


Article  1.     Definitions 

§  20500.    Definitions. 

As  used  in  this  chapter: 

(a)  "Accredited"  means  official  recognition  of  an  educational  institu- 
tion, by  an  authorized  public  authority  or  other  generally  recognized  au- 
thority, that  such  institution  maintains  standards  which  qualify  its  gradu- 
ates for  admission  to  higher  or  more  specialized  institutions  or  for 
professional  or  trade  practices. 

(b)  "Certificated"  means  the  holding  by  a  person  of  a  credential  which 
is  required  by  the  laws  of  the  state  to  be  held  as  a  condition  to  valid  em- 
ployment in  the  position  in  which  such  person  is  employed. 

(c)  "Chairperson"  means  Chairperson  of  the  Teachers'  Retirement 
Board,  duly  elected  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  Education  Code  section 
22200. 

(d)  "Credential."  "credentials"  and  "certificate"  mean  any  hfe  diplo- 
ma, credential,  certificate,  or  other  document  provided  for  by,  and  issued 
pursuant  to  the  laws  of  the  state  which  authorize  service  in  the  public 
school  system  of  this  state. 

(e)  "Emergency  meeting"  means  a  meeting  of  the  Teachers'  Retire- 
ment Board  held  because  of  an  unforeseen  emergency  condition. 

(t)  "Regular  meeting"  is  a  meeting  held  in  accordance  to  a  schedule  of 
meetings  stating  the  dates  and  places  of  the  meetings  adopted  by  the 
Teachers"  Retirement  Board. 

(g)  "Special  meeting"  is  a  nonemergency  meeting  held  by  the  Teach- 
ers' Retirement  Board  at  a  time  other  than  when  a  regular  meeting  is  held 
for  considering  and  acting  upon  such  matters,  and  no  others,  as  are  in- 
cluded in  the  notice  of  special  meeting. 

(h)  "Unforeseen  emergency  condition"  means  a  circumstance  or  a 
combination  of  circumstances  which  may  result  in  monetary  loss  to  the 
system,  or  otherwise  impair  the  integrity  or  operation  of  the  system,  or 
result  in  unconscionable  hardship  or  monetary  loss  of  a  member,  disabili- 
tant  or  retirant  unless  the  Teachers'  Retirement  Board  acts  without  being 
required  to  provide  at  least  seven  days"  notice  before  acting. 

(i)  "Vice  Chairman"  means  the  vice  chairman  of  the  Teachers"  Retire- 
ment Board,  duly  elected  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  Education  Code 
section  22200. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22209  and  2221 0,  Chapter  4,  Division  10, 
Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  22216  and  22224,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  10-15-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76,  No. 
42).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  74,  No.  33. 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  NOTE  filed  5-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77.  No.  19). 


Article  2.     Rules  of  Procedure 


§20510.    Meetings. 

The  Teachers'  Retirement  Board  shall  meet  at  least  once  every  calen- 
dar quarter  at  such  times  as  it  may  determine.  The  meetings  shall  be  pres- 
ided over  by  a  chairperson  elected  by  the  Teachers'  Retirement  Board 
from  among  its  members.  In  the  event  of  absence  from  a  meeting  of  the 
chairperson,  the  vice  chairperson,  elected  by  the  Teachers'  Retirement 
Board  from  among  its  members,  shall  act  as  presiding  officer  and  per- 
form ail  other  duties  of  the  chairperson. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  from  Section  20500. 1  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  there- 
after (Register  70.  No.  35). 


2.  Ainendment  filed  10-15-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Resiistcr  76.  No. 

42). 

§  2051 1 .    Notice  of  Regular  and  Special  Meetings. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22209  and  22210,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  22202.  Education  Code:  and  Section  87300,  Government  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  and  renumbering  from  Section  20500.4  filed  8-28-70:  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Regis"ter  70.  No.  35). 

2.  Amendment  filed  8-14-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74.  No. 
33). 

3.  Amendment  filed  10-15-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76.  No. 
42). 

4.  Repealer  filed  4-19-85;  effective  upon  filing  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
Section  1 1346.2(d)  (Register  85,  No.  16). 

§20512.     Emergency  Meetings. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22209  and  22210.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  22202,  Education  Code:  and  Section  87300,  Government  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  and  renumbering  from  .Section  20500.2  filed  8-28-70:  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70.  No.  35). 

2.  Ainendment  filed  8-14-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No. 
33). 

3.  Ainendment  filed  10-1 5-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76,  No. 
42). 

4.  Repealer  filed  4-19-85;  effective  upon  filing  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
Section  11 346.2(d)  (Register  85,  No.  16). 

§20512.5.    Special  Meetings. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  22209  and  22210.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Secdon  22202,  Education  Code;  and  Section  87300,  Government  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  and  renumbering  from  Section  205 1 2  filed  8- 1 4-74:  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  33). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-15-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76.No. 
42). 

3.  Repealer  filed  4-19-85;  effective  upon  filing  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
Section  1 1. 346.2(d)  (Register  85,  No.  16). 

§  20513.    Quorum;  Required  Vote. 

The  quorum  of  the  Teachers'  Retirement  Board  shall  consist  of  the 
majority  of  the  Board  members.  In  determining  whether  a  quorum  is 
present,  vacant  positions  on  the  Teachers'  Retirement  Board  shall  not  be 
considered.  The  concurrence  of  the  majority  of  the  members  present  shall 
be  necessary  to  the  validity  of  any  of  the  Teachers'  Retirement  Board's 
acts. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  22209  and  22210,  Educafion  Code.  Reference: 
Section  22202,  Education  Code;  and  Section  87300,  Government  Code. 

History 

1 .  Renumbering  from  Section  205(X).5  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  there- 
after (Register  70,  No.  35). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-15-76;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76.  No. 
42). 

3.  Amendment  filed  4—1 9-85;  effective  upon  filing  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
Secfion  11346.2(d)  (Register  85,  No.  16). 

§20514.    Secretary;  Duties. 

The  chief  executive  officer  shall  act  as  secretary  of  the  Teachers"  Re- 
tirement Board.  He  shall  have  charge  of  all  of  its  correspondence  and 
shall  keep  a  record  of  its  proceedings. 

History 

1.  Amendment  and  renumbering  from  Secfion  20500.3  filed  8-28-70;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  35). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-15-76;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76.  No. 
42). 


Article  3.    General  Provisions  of 
Administration 

§  20520.    Authority  of  Chief  Executive  Officer. 

The  chief  executive  officer  of  the  system  is  authorized  and  empowered 
to  correct  a  member's  record  and  to  approve,  disapprove,  modify  or 
otherwise  act  on  the  retirement  of  members  of  the  system  for  service  or 


Page  193 


Register  2000,  No.  43;  10-27-2000 


§  20521 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


for  qualifying  for  and  receiving  a  disabilily  allowance,  and  to  fix  their  re- 
tirement allowances  or  disability  allowances;  and  to  approve,  disap- 
prove, modify  or  otherwise  act  on  any  application  for  any  other  benefit 
or  refund  and  for  granting  service  credit;  and  to  determine  whether  per- 
sons who  have  qualified  for  and  are  receiving  disability  allowances  have 
recovered  from  the  disabilities  which  qualified  them  for  disability  allow- 
ances and  to  determine  the  eligibility  of  persons  for  family  allowances. 
Payment  of  retirement  allowances,  disability  allowances,  family  allow- 
ances, refunds  or  other  benefits  may  be  made  on  the  action  of  the  chief 
executive  officer. 

The  chief  executive  officer  is  authorized  to  enter  into  contracts  on  be- 
half of  the  Teachers"  Retirement  Board  and  to  perform  other  acts  neces- 
sary in  the  administration  of  the  system.  The  Teachers'  Retirement  Board 
may  by  resolution  adopted  at  any  meeting  and  recorded  in  the  minutes 
of  the  meeting,  delegate  authority  to  him  to  perform  any  act  within  its 
own  power  to  perform. 

Any  member,  former  member,  disabilitant.  retirant,  beneficiary  or 
other  person  dissatisfied  with  the  action  of  the  chief  executive  officer, 
other  than  his  referral  of  the  matter  to  hearing,  with  respect  to  payment 
of  allowances,  benefits  or  refunds  or  with  respect  to  crediting  service  or 
correction  of  records,  has  the  right  to  appeal  such  action  to  the  Teachers' 
Retirement  Board  by  filing  a  written  notice  of  such  appeal  and  the  reason 
therefor  at  the  office  of  the  system  within  a  reasonable  time  from  the  date 
of  the  mailing  to  him  by  the  chief  executive  officer  at  his  most  recent  ad- 
dress of  record  with  the  system  of  written  notice  of  the  determination  or 
action  taken  and  right  of  appeal  therefrom.  For  the  purpose  of  defining 
a  "reasonable  time"  ninety  (90)  days  is  deemed  to  be  a  reasonable  time. 
If  no  notice  of  appeal  as  herein  provided  is  made  within  the  time  pre- 
scribed, such  determination  or  action  shall  be  final. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22203,  22204,  22209.  22210,  22216  and 
22224,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  5-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  19).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  76,  No.  42. 

§  20521 .    Time  Required  for  Credit. 

The  following  members  who  are  employed  by  the  day  or  by  the  hour 
shall  have  1 75  days  or  1 ,050  hours  as  the  basis  for  determining  their  eam- 
able  compensation  for  a  school  year: 

(a)  Those  who  are  employed  as  substitutes  but  who  can  not  be  paid  for 
school  holidays; 

(b)  All  others  who  are  normally  not  employed  for  more  than  175  days 
or  1 ,050  hours. 

Full-time  day  service,  or  full-lime  service  as  performed  by  members 
whose  normal  tours  of  duty  extend  throughout  the  school  term  (hereby 
defined  for  purposes  of  this  retirement  system  as  being  the  period  begin- 
ning with  the  day  upon  which  school  commences  and  ending  with  the  day 
upon  which  school  closes  in  the  same  year)  shall  be  performance  of  as- 
signed duties  for  six  hours  per  day  for  five  days  per  week,  or  the  equiva- 
lent thereof.  Performance  of  assigned  duty  for  a  shorter  period  than  six 
hours  for  five  days  per  week,  or  the  equivalent  thereof,  such  as  but  not 
limited  to  performance  of  duUes  for  four  hours  per  day  for  five  days  per 
week,  but  for  which  such  member  receives  compensation  in  the  same 
amount  as  he  would  have  received  if  such  performance  were  six  hours 
per  day  for  five  days  per  week,  shall  nevertheless  be  counted  as  a  full- 
fime  day  or  full-fime  service. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  from  Section  20502  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  70,  No.  35).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  68,  No.  34. 

§  20522.    Funds  Disbursed  According  to  Claims. 

History 

1.  Amendment  and  renumbering  of  Section  20503  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  35).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  64,  No. 
11. 

2.  Repealer  filed  8-14-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  33). 


§  20523.     Proof  of  Death. 

History 

1 .  Repealerofformer  Section  20504  and  new  section  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  35).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  60,  No. 
13. 

2.  Repealer  filed  1-29-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  5). 

§  20524.    Statement  of  Service  and  Claims. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  and  renumbering  from  Section  20505  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  35). 

2.  Repealer  tiled  1-29-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  5). 

§  20525.    Statement  of  Account. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  5-31-60;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  60.  No. 
13). 

2.  Amendment  and  renumbering  from  Section  20506  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  35). 

3.  Repealer  filed  8-14-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  33). 

§  20526.     Required  Days  of  Service  for  Sick  Leave  Credit. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202, 22209, 22210, 22216  and  22224,  Chapter 

4.  Division  10,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  22720,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-14-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No. 
33).  For  history  of  former  section  see  Register  73,  No.  27). 

2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  5-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  19). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-24-2000  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2000,  No.  43). 

§  20527.    Deductions;  Local  Retirement  Systems. 

History 
1.  Repealer  filed  7-6-73;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  73,  No.  27). 
For  prior  history,  see  Register  70,  No.  35. 

§  20528.    Deposit  of  Contributions. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  7-6-73;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  73,  No.  27). 
For  prior  history,  see  Register  70,  No.  35. 

§  20529.     Remitting  Contributions  and  Report. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  7-6-73;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  73,  No.  27). 
For  prior  history,  see  Register  70,  No.  35. 

§  20530.     Termination  of  Employment. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  of  former  Section  205 10  and  new  section  filed  8-28-70;  effecfive  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  35).  For  history  of  former  section,  see  Reg- 
ister 26,  No.  3. 

2.  Repealer  filed  1-29-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  5). 
§  20531 .    Application  for  Retirement. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  13864  and  14304,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1 1-20-63  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Register 

63,  No.  23). 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance — Section  1 1422. 1 ,  Government  Code,  filed  2-19-64 
(Register  6,  No.  4). 

3.  Renumbering  from  Secfion  20510.1  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  there- 
after (Register  70,  No.  35). 

4.  Repealer  filed  1-29-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  5). 

§  20532.    Repayment  of  Withdrawn  Contributions. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  8-14-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  33). 
For  prior  history,  see  Register  70,  No.  5. 

§  20533.    Option  to  Repay  Withdrawn  Contributions. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  and  renumbering  from  Section  205 12  filed  8-28-70;  effecfive  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  35).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  65,  No. 
18. 

2.  Repealer  filed  8-14-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  33). 


Page  194 


liegister  2000,  No.  43;  10-27-2000 


Title  5 


Teachers'  Retirement  System 


§  20549 


• 


§  20534.    Deposit  of  Retirement  Annuity  Fund 
Contributions. 

History 

1.  Amendment  and  renumbering  of  Section  20313  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Reeister  70.  No.  35).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  59.  No. 
18. 

2.  Repealer  filed  8-14-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  33). 

§  20535.    Election  to  Pay  Contributions. 

NOTF.:  Authority  cited:  Sections  13872  and  13879,  Chap.  4,  Div.  10.  Education 
Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No. 

35). 

2.  Repealer  filed  1-29-75:  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75.  No.  5). 

§  20536.    Election  to  Redeposit. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70.  No. 

.\5). 

2.  Repealer  filed  1-29-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  5). 

§  20537.    Part-Time  Employee — Disability  Retirement. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No. 
35). 

2.  Repealer  filed  8-14-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  33). 
§  20538.    Adjustment  of  Final  Compensation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22204.  22209,  22210,  22216  and  22224, 
Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  22127,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-29-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
5).  For  history  of  former  section,  see  Register  74,  No.  33. 

2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  5-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  19). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-24-2000  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2000,  No.  43). 

§  20539.     Full-Time  Employment  to  Qualify  for  Reduced 
Workload. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  22209.  22210,  22211  and  22216,  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Secfions  22214,  22224.  22724  and  44922,  Education  Code. 

History 
l.New  section  filed  12-19-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No. 
51 ).  For  history  of  former  section,  see  Register  74,  No.  33. 

2.  Amendment  of  secfion  and  NOTE  filed  5-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaf- 
ter (Register  77,  No.  19). 

3.  Repealer  filed  4-19-85;  effecfive  upon  filing  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
Section  1 1346.2(d)  (Register  85.  No.  16). 


§  20540.     Definitions  of  "Full-Time  Student"  and 
"Educational  Institution." 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  13872,  13879,  13885  and  13896,  Educafion 
Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-7-72;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  72,  No. 
28). 

2.  Repealer  filed  1-29-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  5). 

§  20541 .    "Family  or  Disability  Benefits." 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  13872,  13879,  13885  and  13896,  Educafion 
Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  7-7-72;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  72.  No. 
28). 

2.  Repealer  filed  1-29-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  5). 

§  20542.    Verification  of  Date  of  Birth. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  13872,  13879,  13848  and  13899,  Educafion 
Code.  Reference:  Secfions  13899,  13930,  13931,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  10-5-72;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  72, 
No.4]). 


2.  Repealer  filed  1-29-75;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  5). 

§  20543.    Permissive  Payments  to  System  to  Obtain 
Additional  Service  Credit. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22145,  22202,  22210  and  22226.  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  22716,  22802.  22803,  22900,  22901.  22902.  22903. 
22904,  23200,  23201,  23202  and  23203,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  5-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  19).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  76,  No.  42. 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-24-2000  pursuant 
to  secfion  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2000.  No.  43). 

§  20543.5.     Mandatory  Payments  to  System  by  Member, 
Beneficiary  or  Retirant. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  222132,  22204.  22209,  22210,  22216  and  22224. 
Eiducation  Code.  Reference:  Section  23008,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  1-29-75;  effective  thiitieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75.  No. 
5). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-15-76;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76,  No. 
42). 

3.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  5-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  19). 

4.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  secfion  filed  10-24-2000  pursuant 
to  secfion  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2000,  No.  43). 

§  20544.    Determination  of  Member's  Final  Compensation. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  22145.  22202,  22209.  22210,  22216.  22224  and 
22226,  Chapter  4,  Division  10,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  22127, 
22145,  22400  and  22401.  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 1-22-72;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  72.  No, 
48). 

2.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  5-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77,  No.  19). 

3.  Amendment  filed  2-10-78;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78.  No. 
6). 

4.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  3-8-79;  designated  effective  4- 15-79  (Register 
79,  No.  10). 

5.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-24-2000  pursuant 
to  secfion  100,  title  1.  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2000,  No.  43). 


Article  4.    Tax  Sheltered  Annuity 
Contributions 

§  20547.    Tax  Sheltered  Annuity. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202.  22209,  22210,  22231  and  22310,  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Secfions  22231  and  22310,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  5-6-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
19).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  76,  No.  42. 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-6-79  as  an  emergency;  designated  effective 
6-30-79.  Certificate  of  Compliance  included  (Regi.ster  79,  No.  23). 

3.  Repealer  filed  11-6-79;  designated  effective  12-31-79  (Regi.ster  79,  No.  45). 

§  20548.    Tax  Sheltered  Annuity  Contributions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22209,  22210,  22231  and  223 10,  Educa- 
fion Code.  Reference:  Secfions  22231  and  22310,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  5-6-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
19).  For  prior  history.  See  Register  76,  No.  42. 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-6-79  as  an  emergency;  designated  effective 
6-30-79.  Certificate  of  Compliance  included  (Register  79,  No.  23). 

3.  Repealer  filed  1 1-6-79;  designated  effective  12-31-79  (Register  79,  No.  45). 
§  20549.    Resolution. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202.  22209,  22210.  22231  and  22310.  Educa- 
fion Code.  Reference:  Secfions  22231  and  22310,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  and  renumbering  of  Section  20516  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  35).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  64,  No. 
4. 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-15-76;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76,  No. 

42). 


Page  195 


Register  2(X)0,  No.  43;  10-27-2000 


§  20550 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


3.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-6-79  as  an  emergency;  designated  effective  §  20557.     Transmittal  and  Report  of  Tax  Sheltered  Annuity 
6-30-79.  Certificate  of  Compliance  included  (Register  79,  No.  23).  Contributions 

4.  Repealer  filed  1 1-6-79;  designated  effective  12-31-79  (Register  79,  No.  45).  nqtE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202.  22209,  22210.  22231  and  22310,  Educa- 

tion Code.  Reference:  Sections  22231  and  22310,  Education  Code. 

§  20550.    Amendment  of  Employment  Contract.  History 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22209,  22210,  22231  and  22310,  Educa-  1  ■  New  .section  filed  9-21-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 

tion  Code.  Reference:  Sections  22231  and  22310,  Education  Code.  -^8). 

History  2.  Repealer  filed  3-2-95;  operative  4-3-95  (Register  95,  No.  9). 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Resister  70,  No. 

35)                                                                              ^  §  20558.    Withdrawal  for  Emergencies. 

2.  Repealer  filed  10-5-72;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  72,  No.  41 ).  NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22209,  22210,  22231  and  22310,  Educa- 

3.  New  section  filed  6-6-79  as  an  emergency;  designated  effective  6-30-79.  Cer-  ,_. 
tificate  of  Compliance  included  (Register  79,  No.  23).  HISTORY 

,  „        ,     r-.  J.,    ^   -,«   J              J    i-r     •      ■-,',,   -„^,r.            -rrv  k,     ,c  1 .  Ncw  scction  filcd  9-2 1-79;  cffcctive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Rcglstcr  79,  No. 

4.  Repealer  filed  11-6-79;  designated  effective  12-31-79  (Register  79,  No.  45).  ^g.                                                                    j                       t 

.  _         .       .  2.  Repealer  filed  3-2-95;  operative  4-3-95  (Register  95,  No.  9). 
§  20551 .    Limit  on  Tax  Sheltered  Contributions. 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202, 22209, 222^10, 22231  and  22310,  Educa-  §  20558.1 .     Community  Property  Interest. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22209,  22210,  22231  and  22310,  Educa- 


tion Code.  Reference:  Sections  22231  and  22310,  Education  Code 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-6-79  as  an  emergency;  designated  effective  6-30-79.  Cer- 
tificate of  Compliance  included  (Register  79,  No.  23). 

2.  Repealer  filed  1 1-6-79;  designated  effective  12-31-79  (Register  79.  No.  45). 

§  20552.    Transmittal  and  Report  of  Tax  Sheltered  Annuity 
Contributions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Sections  22202, 22209, 22210, 22231  and  22310.  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Sections  22231  and  22310,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-6-79  as  an  emergency;  designated  effective  6-30-79.  Cer- 
tificate of  Compliance  included  (Register  79,  No.  23). 

2.  Repealer  filed  1 1-6-79;  designated  effecfive  12-31-79  (Register  79,  No.  45). 
§  20553.    Withdrawal. 


tion  Code.  Reference:  Sections  22231  and  22310,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  9-21-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
38). 

2.  Repealer  filed  3-2-95;  operative  4-3-95  (Register  95,  No.  9). 


Article  5.    Retired  Members  Employed  as 
Substitute  Teachers 

§  20559.    Monthly  Reports  by  Governing  Board. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  of  former  Sections  20525  and  20527  and  amendment  and  renumbering 
of  Section  20526  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70, 
No.  35).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  68,  No.  34. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22209,  22210,  22231  and  22310,  Educa-       2.  Repealer  filed  1-29-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  5). 
tion  Code.  Reference:  Sections  22231  and  22310,  Education  Code. 


History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-6-79  as  an  emergency;  designated  effective  6-30-79.  Cer- 
fificate  of  Compliance  included  (Register  79,  No.  23). 

2.  Repealer  filed  1 1-6-79;  designated  effecfive  12-31-79  (Register  79,  No.  45). 
§  20554.    Tax  Sheltered  Annuity  Program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22209,  22210.  22231  and  22310,  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Sections  22231  and  22310,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  9-21-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
38.) 

2.  Repealer  filed  3-2-95;  operative  4-3-95  (Register  95,  No.  9). 

§  20554.1 .     Discontinuance  of  Former  Tax  Sheltered 
Annuity  Program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22209,  22210,  22231  and  22310,  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Sections  22231  and  22310,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  9-21-79;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 
38). 

2.  Repealer  filed  3-2-95;  operative  4-3-95  (Register  95,  No.  9). 


§  20560.    Amount  of  Contribution. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  7-6-73;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  73,  No.  27). 
For  prior  history,  see  Register  70,  No.  35. 


Article  6.    Nomination  of  Beneficiaries 

§  20570.    Nomination  of  Beneficiaries. 

History 

1 .  New  Section  filed  9-18-57;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  57,  No. 
16.) 

2.  Amendment  and  renumbering  of  Section  20529  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thir- 
tieth day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  35). 

3.  Repealer  filed  8-14-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  33). 

§  20571 .    Beneficiary  Under  Trust. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited;  Secfions  13872  and  13879,  Chap.  4,  Div.  10,  Education 
Code. 

History 

1.  New  Section  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No. 
35). 

2.  Repealer  filed  1-29-75;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  5). 


§  20555.    Investment  of  Tax  Sheltered  Annuity  Funds. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  22202,  22209,  22210, 22231  and  22310,  Educa 
tion  Code.  Reference;  Secfions  22231  and  22310,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  9-21-79;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No.     ^  20580.    Optional  Elections  in  Advance  of  Retirement 


Article  7.    Election  of  Options 


38). 
2.  Repealer  filed  3-2-95;  operative  4-3-95  (Register  95,  No.  9). 

§  20556.    Resolution  by  Contracting  Employer. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22209,  22210,  22231  and  22310,  Educa- 
fion  Code.  Reference:  Secfions  22231  and  22310,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  9-21-79;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  79,  No. 

38). 

2.  Repealer  filed  3-2-95;  operative  4-3-95  (Register  95,  No.  9). 


History 

1.  Amendment  and  renumbering  of  SecUon  20531  filed  8-28-70;  effective  thir- 
fieth  day  thereafter  (Register  70,  No.  35).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  60,  No. 
13. 

2.  Amendment  filed  1 0-1 5-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76,  No. 
42). 

3.  Amendment  filed  5-6-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
19). 

4.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  secUon  filed  10-24-2000  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  Cahfomia  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2000,  No.  43). 


Page  196 


Register  2000,  No.  43;  10-27-2000 


Title  5 


Teachers'  Retirement  System 


§  22000 


§  20581.    Early  Retirement  Limited  Term  Reduction 
Program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202.  22209,  22210.  and  24210  of  the  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Section  24210  of  the  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  6-25-79:  designated  effective  8-1-79  (Register  79,  No.  26). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-24-2000  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1.  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2000,  No.  43). 


Article  8.    Rates 

§  20600.    Regular  Interest  Rate. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22209,  22210,  22216  and  22224,  of  the 
Education  Code.  Reference:  Section  22145  of  the  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  of  NOTE  filed  5-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register 
77.  No.  19).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  77,  No.  15. 

2.  Amendment  filed  3-31-78  pursuant  to  Section  1 1385,  Government  Code;  ef- 
fective upon  filing  (Register  78,  No.  13). 

3.  Amendment  filed  3-8-79  pursuant  to  Section  1 1 385.  Government  Code;  effec- 
tive upon  filing  (Register  79.  No.  10). 

4.  Amendment  filed  2-27-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80.  No. 
9). 

5.  Repealer  filed  4-2-81 ;  effective  upon  filing  (Register  81.  No.  14). 

§  20601 .    Credited  Interest  Rate. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202.  22209,  22210,  22216  and  22224,  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Sections  22146  and  22216,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  3-9-79  pursuant  to  Secfion  1 1 385,  Government  Code;  effec- 
tive upon  filing  (Register  79,  No.  10).  For  prior  history,  see  Registers  71,  No. 
27;  73,  No.  27;  76,  No.  14;  77.  No.  15;  and  78,  No.  13. 

2.  Amendment  filed  2-27-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No. 
9). 

3.  Repealer  filed  4-2-81 ;  effecUve  upon  filing  (Register  81,  No.  14). 

§  20602.    When  Interest  Is  Not  Chargeable. 

Note;  Authority  cited:  Secfions  22145, 22202, 222 10  and  22226,  Chapter 4,  Divi- 
sion 10,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  9-23-71 ;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter  (Register  7 1 ,  No. 
39). 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-20-71 ;  effective  upon  filing  (Register  71,  No.  43). 

3.  Amendment  of  Note  filed  5-6-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Resister 
77,  No.  19). 

4.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-24-2000  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2000,  No.  43). 

§  20603.    Present  Value  Factor. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Secfions  22202,  22209,  22210,  22216  and  22224,  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Secfion  22720,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  3-9-79  pursuant  to  Section  1 1 385,  Government  Code;  effec- 
tive upon  filing  (Register  79,  No.  10).  For  prior  history,  see  Registers  74,  No. 
33;  75,  No.  26;  76,  No.  20;  77,  No.  15;  and  78,  No.  13. 

2.  Amendment  filed  2-27-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No. 

9). 

3.  Repealer  filed  4-2-81;  effective  upon  filing  (Register  81,  No.  14). 

§  21000.    Penalty  Rate  on  Late  Employer  and  Employee 
Contributions. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202, 22209, 22210, 22216  and  22224,  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Section  22003,  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  secfion  filed  3-31-78  pursuant  to  section  1 1385,  Government  Code;  effec- 
tive upon  filing  (Register  78,  No.  1 3).  For  history  of  former  secfion,  see  Register 
74,  No.  33. 

2.  Amendment  filed  3-9-79  pursuant  to  section  1 1385,  Government  Code;  effec- 
tive upon  filing  (Register  79,  No.  10). 

3.  Amendment  filed  2-27-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80,  No. 
9). 

4.  Repealer  filed  4-2-81;  effecfive  upon  filing  (Register  81,  No.  14). 

5.  Editorial  correction  of  prinfine  error  restoring  HISTORY  4.  (Register  91,  No. 
29). 


§  21 001 .    Employer  Contribution  Rate  for  Reduced 
Workload  Program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22209,  22210,  22231  and  22310.  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Section  22724,  Flducation  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  2-27-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (RcL'isier  80,  No, 
9). 

2.  Repealer  filed  4-2-81;  effective  upon  filing  (Regi.ster  81,  No.  14). 

§  21002.    Actuarial  Normal  Cost  Rate  for  Additional  Service 
Credit. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22202,  22209,  22210,  22231  and  22310,  Educa- 
tion Code.  Reference:  Section  22901,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  2-27-80;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  80.  No. 
9). 

2.  Repealer  filed  4-2-81;  effecfive  upon  filing  (Register  81.  No.  14). 


Article  10.    Dependents 

§21020.  Dependent  Husband. 

NOTE:  Addifional  authority  cited:  Section  14186,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  10  (§§21020-21023)  filed  11-21-72;  effective  thirtieth  dav  there- 
after (Register  72,  No.  48). 

2.  Repealer  filed  8-14-74;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  74,  No.  33). 

§  21 021 .    Dependent  Parent. 

>llST0RY 

1.  Amendment  filed  5-6-77;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No. 
19). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-24-2000  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2000,  No.  43). 

§  21 022.    Step-Child— When  Qualified  for  Benefit. 

History 

1.  Repealer  filed  1-29-75;  effecfive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  75,  No.  5). 

§  21 023.    Providing  Information  to  the  Teachers' 
Retirement  Board. 

In  addition  to  tax  return,  state  or  federal,  the  claimant  or  his  guardian 
shall  furnish  to  the  Teachers'  Retirement  Board  such  other  evidence  re- 
garding his  financial  status  as  the  Teachers'  Retirement  Board  may  re- 
quire. 
NOTE:  Specific  authority:  Secfion  1 1385,  Government  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  10-15-76;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  76,  No. 

42). 


Article  1 1 .    State  Teachers'  Retirement 
System — Conflict  of  Interest  Code 

§  22000.    General  Provisions. 

(a)  Incorporation  by  Reference  of  Standard  Code  and  Appendix.  The 
Political  Reform  Act,  Government  Code  Section  81000  et  seq.,  requires 
state  and  local  government  agencies  to  adopt  and  promulgate  conllici  of 
interest  regulations.  The  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  has 
adopted  a  regulation,  2  Cal.  Code  of  Regulations  Section  18730,  which 
contains  the  terms  of  a  standard  Conflict  of  Interest  Code,  which  can  be 
incorporated  by  reference,  and  which  may  be  amended  by  the  Fair  Politi- 
cal Practices  Commission  to  conform  to  amendments  in  the  Political  Re- 
form Act  after  public  notice  and  hearings.  Therefore,  the  terms  of  2  Cal. 
Code  of  Regulations  Section  18730  and  any  amendments  to  it  duly 
adopted  by  the  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission,  along  with  the  at- 
tached Appendix  in  which  officials  and  employees  are  designated  and 
disclosure  categories  are  set  forth,  are  hereby  incorporated  by  reference. 
The  Standard  Code  and  the  Appendix  together  constitute  the  Conllict  of 
Interest  Code  of  the  California  State  Teachers'  Retirement  System 
(CalSTRS),  except  as  provided  in  subsections  (b)  and  (c)  below. 


Page  197 


Register  2005,  No.  28;  7-15-2005 


§  22000 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(b)  Filing  Requirements.  Designated  individuals  shall  file  statements 
of  economic  interests  with  CalSTRS,  pursuant  to  Section  4  of  the  Stan- 
dard Code.  CalSTRS  shall  make  such  statements  available  for  public  in- 
spection and  reproduction.  Corporate  entities  under  contract  serving  as 
consultants  to  or  contractors  for  CalSTRS  need  not  file  statements  of  eco- 
nomic interests;  however,  the  natural  person  within  the  entity  who  pro- 
vides the  consulting  or  contractual  services  must  file  the  statement  of 
economic  interests.  With  respect  to  officials  who  are  determined  to  man- 
age public  investments,  within  the  meaning  of  Government  Code  Section 
87200,  they  shall  also  be  required  to  file  statement  of  economic  interests 
(contractors  who  fall  within  the  meaning  of  managing  public  investments 
shall  also  be  required  to  file  statements  of  economic  interests).  Upon  re- 
ceipt of  the  statements  of  economic  interests  of  Board  Members,  repre- 
sentatives of  Ex-Officio  Board  Members,  Chief  Executive  Officer. 
Chief  Investment  Officer,  Directors  of  all  programs  of  CalSTRS'  Invest- 
ment Branch,  and  others  falling  within  the  designation  of  officials  who 
are  determined  to  manage  public  investments,  CalSTRS  shall  make  and 
retain  a  copy  and  forward  the  original  of  these  statements  to  the  Fair  Polit- 
ical Practices  Commission.  Statements  of  all  other  designated  employees 
will  be  retained  by  CalSTRS. 

(c)  Exception.  As  provided  in  Section  1  of  the  Standard  Code.  2  Cal. 
Code  of  Regulations  Section  18730(b)(1).  the  definitions  contained  in 
the  Political  Reform  Act  of  1974  shall  apply  to  the  terms  used  in  this 
Code. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Article  XVI,  Section  17.  California  Constitution;  Sections 
22209  and  22210,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  87034  and  87300.  Government 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  22205,  22205.2  and  22209,  Education  Code;  Sections 
87200  et  seq.  and  87300  et  seq. ,  Govemnaent  Code;  and  Section  187300,  Tit\e  2, 
California  Code  of  Regulations. 

History 

1 .  New  article  1 1  (sections  22000-22007,  Exhibits  A  and  B)  filed  6-2-78:  effec- 
tive thirtieth  day  thereafter.  Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission 
2-9-78  (Register  78,  No.  22). 

2.  Repealer  of  article  1 1  (sections  22000-22007  and  Exhibits  A  and  B)  and  new 
article  1 1  (section  22000  and  Appendix)  filed  2-26-81;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter.  Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  1 2-1-80  (Register 
81,  No.  9). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  22000  and  repealer  and  new  Appendix  filed  2-14-86; 
effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter.  Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commis- 
sion 1-7-86  (Register  86,  No.  7). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Appendix  filed  1-13-93;  operative  1-12-93.  Sub- 
mitted to  OAL  for  printing  only  pursuant  to  California  Code  of  Regulations  tide 
2,  section  18750  (Register  93,  No.  3). 

5.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (b).  Note  and  Appendix  filed  5-20-96;  op- 
erative 6-19-96.  Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  3-29-96 
(Register96,  No.  21). 

6.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  and  Appendix  filed  3-3 1-98;  operative  4-30-98. 
Approved  by  Fair  Political  PracUces  Commission  2-6-98  (Register  98,  No.  14). 

7.  Amendment  of  Appendix  filed  3-20-2000;  operative  4-19-2000.  Approved  by 
Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  1-24-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  12). 

8.  Amendment  of  appendix  filed  1 1-26-2001 ;  operative  12-26-2001.  Approved 
by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  10-2-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  48). 

9.  Amendment  of  general  provisions  and  Appendix  filed  7-12-2005;  operative 
8-11-2005.  Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  5-16-2005 
(Register  2005,  No.  28). 


Pension  Program  Managers  (All  Levels) 
Communications  Director   


Appendix  A 


Designated  Positions 
OFHCE  OF  GENERAL  COUNSEL 

Chief  Counsel    

Assistant  Chief  Counsel 

Staff  Counsel  (All  Levels) 

Chief  Auditor    

Management  Auditor  (All  Classes)  . 


Disclosure 
Categories 


PLAN  DESIGN  AND  COMMUNICATION  BRANCH 

Deputy  Chief  Executive  Officer    

System  Actuary  

Staff  Services  Manager  (All  Levels)  


ADMINISTRATION  BRANCH 

Deputy  Chief  Executive  Officer    1 

Staff  Service  Manager  (All  Levels) 5 

Accounting  Adiriinistrator  (All  Levels) 5 

Director,  Facihties  Management,  Planning  and  Services    1 

Business  Services  Officer  (All  Clas.ses  &  All  Levels)    5 

Associate  Business  Management  Analyst 5 

Analyst,  Contract  Office  (All  Classes) 5 

Information  Security  Officer 5 

BENEFITS  AND  SERVICES  BRANCH 

Deputy  Chief  Executive  Officer    1 

Staff  Services  Manager  (All  Levels)  5 

Pension  Program  Manager  (All  Levels) 5 

Pension  Program  Supervisor  5 

INVESTMENT  BRANCH 

Principal  Investment  Officer  

Investment  Officer  (All  Levels) 

Associate  Investment  Officer 

Assistant  Investment  Officer 

Fiduciary  Counsel   

Authorized  Personnel  of  External  Investment  Managers 

(consultant/contractor*)  —  Equities   2 

Authorized  Personnel  of  External  Investment  Managers 

(consultant/contractor*)  —  Fixed  Income 3 

Authorized  Personnel  of  External  Investment  Managers 

(consultant/contractor*)  —  Real  Estate    4,5 

Authorized  Personnel  of  External  Alternative  Investment  Advisors 
(consultant/contractor*) 1 

ENTERPRISE  INITIATIVES  AND  TECHNOLOGY  BRANCH 

Deputy  Chief  Executive  Officer    1 

Chief  Information  Officer   1 

Data  Processing  Manager  (All  Levels)    5 

Senior  or  Staff  Information  System  Analyst  (Supervisor) 5 

Consultants 

*ConsuItants  shall  be  included  in  the  list  of  designated  employees  and  shall  dis- 
close pursuant  to  the  broadest  disclosure  category  in  the  code  subject  to  the  follow- 
ing limitation: 

The  Chief  Executive  Officer  may  determine  in  writing  that  a  particu- 
lar consultant,  although  a  "designated  position",  is  hired  to  perform  a 
range  of  duties  that  is  limited  in  scope  and  thus  is  not  required  to  fully 
comply  with  the  disclosure  requirements  in  this  section.  Such  written  de- 
termination shall  include  a  description  of  the  consultant's  duties  and, 
based  upon  that  description,  a  statement  of  the  extent  of  disclosure  re- 
quirements. The  Chief  Executive  Officer's  determination  is  a  public  re- 
cord and  shall  be  retained  for  public  inspection  in  the  same  manner  and 
location  as  this  conflict  of  interest  code. 

Disclosure  Categories 

The  following  disclosure  categories  shall  be  subject  to  the  terms,  defi- 
nitions, and  conditions  of  the  standard  Conflict  of  Interest  Code  and  any 
amendments  thereto  incorporated  by  reference  in  subparagraph  (a)  of 
Section  22000  above. 

1.  Designated  individuals  in  Category  1  must  report: 
All  interests  in  real  property,  all  investments,  all  sources  of  income,  in- 
cluding gifts,  loans  and  travel  payments,  and  all  business  positions  in 
business  entities. 
2.  Designated  individuals  in  Category  2  must  report: 
a.  Investments  in  and  income,  including  gifts,  loans  and  travel  pay- 
ments, from  common  and  preferred  stocks  and  equity  equivalents,  and 


Page  198 


Register  2005,  No.  28;  7-15-2005 


Title  5 


Teachers'  Retirement  System 


§  24002 


b.  Income,  including  gifts,  loans  and  travel  payments,  from  and  invest- 
ments and  business  positions  in  any  business  entity  that  provides  stock 
or  other  equity  brokerage  services. 

3.  Designated  individuals  in  Category  3  must  report: 

a.  Investments  in  and  income,  including  gifts,  loans  and  travel  pay- 
ments, from  fixed-income  securities,  and 

b.  Income,  including  gifts,  loans  and  travel  payments,  from  and  invest- 
ments and  business  positions  in  any  business  entity  that  provides  securi- 
ties brokerage  services. 

4.  Designated  individuals  in  Category  4  must  report: 

a.  Interests  in  and  income,  including  gifts,  loans  and  travel  payments, 
from  real  property,  and 

b.  Income,  including  gifts,  loans  and  travel  payments,  from  and  invest- 
ments and  business  positions  in  any  business  entity  that  provides  real  es- 
tate brokerage  services. 

5.  Designated  individuals  in  Category  5  must  report: 

Income,  including  gifts,  loans  and  travel  payments,  from  and  invest- 
ments and  business  positions  in  any  business  entity  of  the  type  which  may 
contract  with  the  California  State  Teachers'  Retirement  System  to  pro- 
vide services,  supplies,  materials,  machinery  or  equipment  to  the  System. 

OFFICIALS  WHO  MANAGE  PUBLIC  INVESTMENTS 

It  has  been  determined  that  individuals  in  the  positions  listed  below  are 
officials  who  manage  public  investments,  within  the  meaning  of  Govern- 
ment Code  Section  87200,  and  will  file  a  Statement  of  Economic  Inter- 
ests under  Category  1 : 

Board  Members 

Representatives  of  Ex-Officio  Board  Members 

Chief  Executive  Officer 

Chief  Investment  Officer 

Directors  (All  Programs)  —  Investment  Branch 

Individuals,  including  consultants,  who,  under  contract,  manage  pub- 
lic investments,  within  the  meaning  of  Government  Code  Section  87200, 
shall  also  file  a  Statement  of  Economic  Interests  under  Category  1. 

Article  12.     Unused  Excess  Sick  Leave 

§  23000.     Definitions. 

NOTF:  Authority  cited:  sections  22720  and  22210,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
sections  22720  (a)(] )  and  (a)(2).  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  12  (Sections  23000-23005)  filed  1-29-87;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  87,  No.  5). 

2.  Editorial  conection  of  Reference  cite  (Register  95,  No.  9). 

3.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  1 0-24-2000  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2000,  No.  43). 

§23001.     Certification. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22720  and  22210,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  22209,  22720(a),  (a)(1)  and  (a)(2)  and  22719,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-29-87;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  87, 
No.5). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-24-2000  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2000,  No.  43). 

§  23002.     Billing. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  22720  and  22210,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  22209  and  22720(a),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-29-87;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  87,  No. 
5). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-24-2000  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2000,  No.  43). 

§  23003.    Payment. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22720  and  22210,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  22720,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1-29-87;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  87, 

No.5). 


2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-24-20()()  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  ol  Regulations  (Register  20(X),  No.  43). 

§  23004.    Determination  of  Excess  Sick  Leave  Days. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22720  and  22210.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  22209  and  22720(a),  Education  Code. 

HlSIORY 

1.  New  section  filed  1-29-87;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  87, 
No.5). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  10-24-2000  pursuant 
to  section  100,  title  1,  California  Code  of  Regulations  (Register  2000.  No.  43). 

§  23005.    Delegation  of  Authority  of  Board  to  Chief 
Executive  Officer. 

The  Board,  pursuant  to  Section  22203  of  the  Education  Code,  hereby 
delegates  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  the  administration  of  the  pro- 
gram, including  but  not  limited  to,  the  power  to  act  finally  in  accordance 
with  these  regulations  and  the  instructions  and  supervision  of  the  Board. 
The  Chief  Executive  Officer  may,  in  turn,  delegate  his  authority  to  his 
subordinates. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  22720  and  22210.  Education  Code.  Referenee: 
Sections  22203,  22204,  22209  and  22720,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  1-29-87;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  87, 

No.5). 


Article  13.    Election  of  Members  to  the 
Teachers'  Retirement  Board 

§  24000.     Board  Member  Elections. 

Teachers'  Retirement  Board  (Board)  member  elections  shall  be  con- 
ducted by  the  Election  Coordinator  designated  by  the  Chief  Executive 
Officer  in  accordance  with  this  Article. 

The  Election  Coordinator  shall  conduct  the  elections  in  the  most  cost- 
effective  manner  feasible. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  222Ci0.5,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
22200  and  22200.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  article  1 3  (sections  24000-24009)  and  section  filed  5-1 5-2003;  operative 
upon  adoption  hy  the  Teachers'  Retirement  Board  3-6-2003.  Suhinitted  to 
OAL  for  printing  only  (Register  2003,  No.  20). 

§24001.     Notice  of  Election. 

The  Election  Coordinator  shall  distribute  a  Notice  of  Election  adopted 
by  the  Board  in  advance  of  each  election  containing  candidate  nomina- 
tion and  election  guidelines,  eligibility  criteria  for  candidates  and  voters, 
how  to  obtain  candidate  nomination  packets  from  the  System,  and  the 
schedule  of  events. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  22200.5,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Sections 
22200  and  22200.5,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 ,  New  section  filed  5-15-2003;  operative  upon  adoption  by  the  Teachers"  Retire- 
ment Board  3-6-2003.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  onl  v  (Register  2003.  No. 
20). 

§  24002.     Nomination  of  Candidates. 

The  Election  Coordinator  shall  distribute  candidate  nomination  pack- 
ets containing  a  copy  of  the  Notice  of  Election,  petition  form,  nomination 
certification  form,  and  copies  of  the  rules  and  regulations  governing  the 
conduct  of  Board  member  elections,  to  members  and  participants  who  re- 
quest a  packet. 

Members  and  participants  shall  qualify  for  nomination  if  they  meet  the 
eligibility  criteria  specified  in  the  Notice  of  Election.  Nomination  shall 
be  on  the  petition  form  provided  by  the  System,  signed  by  members  and 
participants  who  would  otherwise  be  eligible  to  vote  in  the  election  being 
conducted  had  the  election  occurred  at  the  time  they  signed  the  petition. 
Members  and  participants  may  sign  more  than  one  petition  form.  The 
minimum  number  of  petition  signatures  required  shall  be  determined  by 
the  Board  and  specified  in  the  Notice  of  Election. 

The  candidate  shall  indicate  on  the  petition  form  the  specific  Board 
member  position  for  which  he  or  she  seeks  election.  An  individual  candi- 


Page  199 


Register  2005,  No.  28;  7-15-2005 


§  24003 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


date  may  not  be  a  candidate  for  more  than  one  Board  member  position 
during  any  particular  election. 

The  petition  form  shall  include  the  signature  and  legible  printed  name 
of  each  member  or  participant  signing  the  petition,  year  of  birth,  and  the 
last  4  digits  of  his  or  her  Social  Security  Number.  Any  signature  not  ac- 
companied by  all  of  the  required  information  shall  be  invalidated. 

Each  candidate  shall  certify  on  the  nomination  certification  form  pro- 
vided by  the  System  that  he  or  she  accepts  the  nomination,  consents  to 
serve  if  elected,  agrees  to  comply  with  the  rules  and  regulations  govern- 
ing the  conduct  of  Board  member  elections,  and  abide  by  a  drawing  of 
lots  by  the  Election  Coordinator  in  case  of  a  tied  vote. 

Only  those  nomination  certification  forms  and  petition  forms  received 
in  the  headquarters  office  of  the  System  by  the  deadline  specified  in  the 
Notice  of  Election  shall  be  accepted.  The  candidate  must  submit  the  nom- 
ination certification  form  and  petition  form  containing  at  least  the  mini- 
mum required  number  of  valid  signatures  in  one  packet  at  one  time.  Com- 
pleted petition  forms  and  nomination  certification  forms  transmitted  via 
facsimile  to  the  headquarters  office  of  the  System  by  the  deadline  speci- 
fied in  the  Notice  of  Election  shall  be  accepted  if  the  original  completed 
forms  are  received  in  the  headquarters  office  of  the  System  within  seven 
calendar  days  following  the  deadline. 

The  Election  Coordinator  shall  verify  the  identity  and  eligibility  of  in- 
dividuals who  sign  candidates'  petition  forms  through  sampling  or 
another  reasonable  and  cost-effective  method,  and  shall  certify  qualified 
candidates  for  the  Board  member  election. 

The  position  of  candidate  names  and  statements  in  election  materials 
distributed  by  the  System  to  eligible  voters  shall  be  chosen  by  lot  con- 
ducted by  the  Election  Coordinator  at  the  time  he  or  she  certifies  valid 
nominating  petitions. 

The  Election  Coordinator  shall  notify  qualified  candidates  of  their  cer- 
tification, and  the  posifion  of  their  names  and  statements  in  election  ma- 
terials distributed  by  the  System.  All  deadlines  and  instructions  related 
to  the  drafting  of  candidate  statements  shall  be  distributed  to  all  qualified 
candidates  in  the  notification  letter.  Upon  distributing  notification  letters 
to  qualified  candidates,  the  Election  Coordinator  shall  make  public  the 
names  of  the  qualified  candidates  for  the  Board  member  election. 

Where  only  one  candidate  has  been  nominated,  the  Election  Coordina- 
tor shall,  upon  verification  of  the  signatures  presented  in  the  nominating 
petition  and  upon  the  candidate's  certification  of  his  or  her  nomination 
acceptance,  cancel  the  remaining  election  procedures  and  designate  the 
single  candidate  to  be  certified  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  as  elected. 

If  no  candidate  has  been  nominated  in  an  election,  or  if  no  candidate 
has  presented  a  valid  petition  form  and  nomination  certification  form  for 
an  elecfion  as  required  above,  the  Election  Coordinator  shall  extend  the 
nomination  period  for  an  additional  21  calendar  days  and  publicize  his 
or  her  action  to  active  members  and  participants  and  other  interested  par- 
ties. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  22200.5,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
22200,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  5-15-2003;  operative  upon  adoption  by  the  Teachers'  Retire- 
ment Board  3-6-2003.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  (Register  2003,  No. 

20). 

§  24003.    Candidate  Statements. 

(a)  As  part  of  a  candidate  statement,  each  candidate  shall  provide  the 
following  information  in  the  format  specified  by  the  Election  Coordina- 
tor: 

(1)  Name. 

(2)  Job  Title. 

(3)  Employer. 

(4)  Status  as  either  an  acfive  member  of  the  Defined  Benefit  Program 
or  a  participant  of  the  Cash  Balance  Benefit  Program  and  years  of  service 
as  a  member  or  participant. 

(5)  A  list  of  no  more  than  5  previous  job  positions  held. 

(6)  A  list  of  no  more  than  5  organizations  to  which  the  candidate  be- 
longs and  positions  held  in  those  organizations. 


(b)  As  part  of  a  candidate  statement,  a  candidate  may  provide  a  list  of 
no  more  than  10  endorsements  by  individuals  or  entities, 

(c)  As  part  of  a  candidate  statement,  a  candidate  may  provide  answers 
to  the  following  questions: 

(1 )  What  do  you  think  should  be  the  primary  role  of  a  member  of  the 
Teachers'  Retirement  Board? 

(2)  How  do  you  think  you  could  contribute  to  CalSTRS  as  a  member 
of  the  Teachers'  Retirement  Board? 

(3)  What  education  and  training  do  you  possess  that  has  prepared  you 
to  serve  as  a  member  of  the  Teachers"  Retirement  Board? 

A  candidate's  answers  to  the  preceding  three  questions  indicating  his 
or  her  opinion  or  positions  on  issues  of  general  concern  to  the  System's 
membership  may  be  included,  so  long  as  they  are  clearly  stated  as  the 
candidate's  opinion  or  view  and  do  not  exceed  the  length  limits  specified 
by  the  Board  in  the  Notice  of  Election.  The  answers  must  be  truthful,  and 
must  not  include  any  remarks  or  questions  that  are  inherently  misleading, 
including  rhetorical  remarks  and  questions  that  are  inherently  mislead- 
ing. Answers  may  not  refer  to  individual  members  of  the  Board  or  other 
candidates  for  election  to  the  Board  by  name  or  inference. 

Any  portion  of  a  candidate's  answers  to  the  questions  above  which,  in 
total,  exceeds  the  length  limits  specified  by  the  Board  in  the  Notice  of 
Election  will  not  be  distributed. 

(d)  The  candidate  statement  shall  be  filed  with  the  Election  Coordina- 
tor by  the  deadline  indicated  in  the  nofification  letter  sent  to  qualified 
candidates.  Once  filed,  statements  may  not  be  changed  or  withdrawn  ex- 
cept by  the  Election  Coordinator.  Any  candidate  statement  received  after 
the  deadline  will  not  be  distributed. 

The  Election  Coordinator  shall  distribute  candidate  statements  to  the 
candidates  in  each  contest  following  the  candidate  statement  filing  dead- 
line. The  Election  Coordinator  shall  accept  written  comments  concern- 
ing a  candidate  statement  from  opposing  candidates  for  fourteen  calendar 
days  following  the  date  he  or  she  distributes  the  submitted  candidate 
statements.  The  Election  Coordinator  shall  attempt  to  resolve  a  dispute 
between  candidates  over  a  submitted  candidate  statement.  Only  those 
written  comments  that  allege  a  candidate  statement  violates  the  provi- 
sions of  this  Section  may  be  considered. 

The  Election  Coordinator  shall  reject  or  edit  any  statement  which  he 
or  she  determines  contains  obscene,  vulgar,  profane,  scandalous,  untrue, 
libelous  or  defamatory  matter  or  which  does  not  meet  the  statement  li- 
mitations stated  above.  The  Election  Coordinator  may  request  the  candi- 
date to  verify  the  truthfulness  of  any  factual  statements.  The  candidate 
shall  provide  timely  verification  upon  such  request  as  specified  in  the  no- 
tification letter  sent  to  qualified  candidates.  The  Election  Coordinator 
shall  remove  any  portion  of  the  candidate's  statement  a  candidate  is  un- 
able to  verify.  All  decisions  by  the  Elecfion  Coordinator  related  to  candi- 
date statements  are  final. 

Nothing  in  this  section  shall  be  deemed  to  make  candidate  statements 
or  the  authors  thereof  free  or  exempt  from  any  civil  or  criminal  action  or 
penalty  because  of  any  false,  slanderous  or  Ubelous  statements  offered 
for  printing  or  distributed  to  voters.  Informafion  contained  in  the  state- 
ment is  the  responsibility  of  the  candidate  and  the  System  shall  not  be 
held  responsible  for  the  validity  of  any  candidate  statement  or  the  con- 
tents thereof. 

Following  the  review  of  candidate  statements  by  the  Election  Coordi- 
nator, he  or  she  shall  distribute  to  each  candidate  in  the  respective  contest 
all  candidate  statements  as  they  shall  appear  in  election  materials  distrib- 
uted to  eligible  voters. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  22200.5,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
22200,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-1 5-2003;  operative  upon  adoption  by  the  Teachers'  Retire- 
ment Board  3-6-2003.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  (Register  2003,  No. 
20). 

§  24004.      Ballot  Distribution. 

The  Elecfion  Coordinator  shall  cause  ballots  and  candidate  statements 
to  be  distributed  in  advance  of  each  election  to  each  eligible  acfive  mem- 
ber and  participant  for  whom  the  System  has  a  valid  mailing  address  re- 


Page  200 


Register  2005,  No.  28;  7-15-2005 


Title  5 


Teachers'  Retirement  System 


§  24008 


corded.  The  Election  Coordinator  shall  provide  a  means  for  eligible  ac- 
tive members  and  participants  for  whom  the  System  does  not  have  a  valid 
mailing  address  recorded  lo  request  ballots  and  candidate  statements. 
The  Election  Coordinator  shall  provide  for  the  return  of  the  voted  ballots 
to  the  Board  without  cost  to  the  eligible  active  member  or  participant.  For 
purposes  of  this  Article,  "eligible  active  member"  or  "eligible  active  par- 
ticipant" means  a  member  of  the  Defined  Benefit  Program  or  a  partici- 
pant of  the  Cash  Balance  Benefit  Program,  respectively,  who  is 
employed,  on  the  date,  or  during  the  period  specified  in  the  Notice  of 
Election's  criteria  for  voter  eligibility,  by  an  employer. 
NOTE:  Authorily  cited:  Section  22200.5,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
22200,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  5-i  5-2003;  operative  upon  adoption  by  the  Teachers'  Retire- 
ment Board  3-6-2003.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printina  only  (Register  2003,  No. 
20). 

§  24005.     Ballot  Counting. 

The  Election  Coordinator  shall  create  reasonable  procedures  to  ensure 
ballots  are  secured  and  canvassed  in  a  manner  consistent  with  commonly 
accepted  election  practices. 

Valid  ballots  shall  be  canvassed  publicly  by  an  independent,  neutral 
agent  appointed  by  the  System  for  that  purpose  on  the  date  specified  in 
the  Notice  of  Election  at  a  location  to  be  designated  by  the  System. 

Depending  upon  the  method  of  balloting  selected  by  the  Election 
Coordinator,  the  following  are  declared  to  be  invalid  ballots  and  shall  not 
be  counted  in  the  election: 

a.  Votes  cast  for  individuals  not  listed  as  candidates  on  the  official  bal- 
lot. 

b.  Ballots  submitted  by  a  person  who  is  not  an  eligible  voter. 

c.  A  duplicate  ballot  is  received  from  the  same  voter. 

d.  Votes  cast  in  excess  of  that  allowed  on  the  ballot. 

e.  Ballots  not  forwarded  or  received  within  the  time  period  prescribed 
by  the  Notice  of  Election. 

f.  If  a  paper  ballot  is  not  forwarded  through  the  United  States  Postal 
Service  in  the  valid  pre-addressed  and  stamped  return  envelope  that  is 
furnished. 

g.  If  a  paper  ballot  is  not  signed  by  the  eligible  voter. 

h.  Electronic  ballots  not  cast  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  System. 

The  candidate  receiving  the  highest  number  of  votes,  or  the  winning 
lot  as  drawn  by  the  Election  Coordinator  in  case  of  a  tie  vote,  or  the  single 
candidate,  shall  be  certified  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  as  having 
been  elected. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  22200.5,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
22200.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-15-2003;  operative  upon  adoption  by  the  Teachers'  Retire- 
ment Board  3-6-2003.  Submitted  to  OAL  tor  printing  only  (Register  2003,  No. 
20). 

§  24006.     Notice  of  Election  Results. 

(a)  Within  three  business  days  after  the  public  ballot  canvassing,  or  af- 
ter verification  of  the  nominating  signatures  pursuant  to  Section  24002 
where  the  Election  Coordinator  certifies  only  one  qualified  candidate  in 
an  election  for  a  position  on  the  Board,  the  Election  Coordinator  shall 
transmit  the  election  results  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  for  his  or  her 
certification. 

(b)  Following  certification  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  the  Elec- 
tion Coordinator  shall  notify  candidates.  Board  members  and  other  inter- 
ested parties  of  the  certified  results.  Nofification  to  the  newly  elected 
Board  member  shall  include  an  Oath  of  Office  form.  This  form  is  to  be 
signed  by  the  Board  member-elect  in  the  presence  of  a  notary  public  and 
returned  to  the  System.  The  Election  Coordinator  shall  file  the  Oath  with 
the  Secretary  of  State. 

(c)  Upon  the  Chief  Executive  Officer' s  certificafion  and  proper  execu- 
tion of  the  Oath  of  Office  form,  the  Board  member  elected  through  this 
process  shall  take  his  or  her  office  on  either  the  day  provided  for  by  stat- 
ute or  immediately,  if  elected  to  fill  a  vacancy. 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  22200.5.  Education  Code.  Reference:  .Section 
22200,  Education  Code. 

History 
I .  New  section  filed  5- 1 5-2003;  operative  upon  adoption  by  the  Teachers'  Retire- 
ment Board  .3-6-2003.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  (Register  2003.  No. 
20). 

§  24007.      Recount  of  an  Election. 

(a)  A  candidate  in  the  affected  Board  member  election  may  file  a  writ- 
ten request  with  the  Election  Coordinator  at  the  headquarters  office  of  the 
System  for  recount  within  ten  business  days  following  the  distribution  of 
the  certified  election  results;  otherwise,  there  shall  be  no  opportunity  for 
requesting  a  recount  and  the  certified  election  results  stand  as  the  final 
results. 

(b)  A  request  for  a  recount  shall  not  delay  the  seating  of  an  elected 
Board  member.  Such  elected  Bo;ird  member  shall  take  office  on  either 
the  day  provided  for  by  statute  or  immediately,  if  elected  to  fill  a  vacancy, 
subject  to  the  potential  terminafion  of  such  Board  membership  as  a  result 
of  the  recount. 

(c)  A  candidate  in  the  affected  Board  member  election  may  request  a 
recount  of  the  valid  ballots  only  if  the  difference  in  the  number  of  voles 
cast  between  the  candidate  requesfing  the  recount  and  the  unofficial  win- 
ner is  less  than  3  percent  of  the  total  number  of  valid  ballots  cast.  A  writ- 
ten request  for  a  recount  shall  specify  the  election  to  be  recounted,  shall 
be  signed  by  the  candidate  requesting  the  recount,  and  may  specify  any 
other  relevant  material  to  be  examined. 

(d)  The  Election  Coordinator  shall  set  a  date  for  the  recount  upon  re- 
ceipt of  the  written  request,  and  shall  confirm  this  date  upon  receipt  of  the 
estimated  cost  to  conduct  the  recount.  The  esfimated  cost  of  conducting 
a  recount  will  include  the  System's  administrative  cost  and  the  costs  of 
the  independent,  neutral  agent  appointed  by  the  System  to  canvass  the 
valid  ballots.  Legal  tender  of  the  amount  of  the  esfimated  cost  of  conduct- 
ing the  recount  shall  be  submitted  by  the  candidate  requesfing  the  recount 
to  the  Elecfion  Coordinator  within  three  business  days  following  notifi- 
cation of  the  esfimated  cost  to  conduct  the  recount;  otherwise,  the  recount 
shall  be  terminated. 

(e)  If  the  results  of  the  recount  do  not  change  the  ranking  of  the  candi- 
dates then  the  certified  results  shall  stand  as  the  final  election  results.  In 
this  case,  if  the  actual  cost  of  the  recount  is  less  than  the  estimated  cost 
deposited  by  the  requester,  the  System  shall  refund  the  amount  which  ex- 
ceeds the  actual  cost;  if  the  actual  cost  of  the  recount  is  more  than  the  esti- 
mated cost,  the  System  shall  invoice  the  requester  for  the  difference. 

(f)  If  the  results  of  the  recount  do  change  the  ranking  of  the  candidates, 
then  the  recount  results  shall  be  cerfified  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer 
and  shall  stand  as  the  final  elecfion  results.  In  this  case,  the  System  shall 
refund  the  amount  of  the  estimated  cost  deposited  by  the  requester. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  22200.5,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
22200.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  5-15-2003;  operative  upon  adoption  by  the  Teachers"  Retire- 
ment Board  3-6-2003.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  (Register  2003,  No. 
20). 

§  24008.      Protest  of  an  Election. 

A  candidate  in  the  affected  Board  member  election  may  protest  an 
elecfion  by  filing  a  written  protest  with  the  Election  Coordinator  at  the 
headquarters  office  of  the  System  within  ten  business  days  following  the 
mailing  of  the  certified  elecfion  results  for  an  election  or  a  recount,  other- 
wise, there  shall  be  no  opportunity  for  filing  a  protest  and  the  certified 
elecfion  results  shall  stand  as  the  final  election  results.  The  written  protest 
shall  be  idenfified  using  the  word  "protest",  shall  specify  the  election,  and 
shall  state  the  grounds  of  the  protest  and  suggested  remedy. 

Upon  receipt  of  a  valid  and  firnely  protest,  the  Election  Coordinator 
shall  mail  a  copy  of  the  request  to  all  candidates  in  the  election  and  notify 
the  Board  and  other  interested  parties  that  a  protest  has  been  filed. 

An  ad-hoc  committee  of  the  Board  consisfing  of  an  odd  number  of 
members  no  fewer  than  three  shall  determine,  what  remedy,  if  any,  shall 
be  granted  to  the  candidate  filing  the  protest.  No  Board  member  who  is 
a  candidate  in  the  election  under  protest,  or  has  endorsed  a  candidate  in 


Page  200.1 


Register  2007,  No.  44;  11-2-2007 


§  24009 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


the  election  under  protest  may  become  a  member  of  the  committee  or  par- 
ticipate in  its  selection. 

The  Board  ctiairperson  shall  appoint  Board  members  to  the  commit- 
tee. If  the  Board  chairperson  is  a  candidate  or  has  endorsed  a  candidate 
in  the  election  under  protest,  the  Board  vice  chairperson  shall  appoint 
Board  members  to  the  commiliee.  It' the  Board  vice  chairperson  is  a  can- 
didate or  has  endorsed  a  candidate  in  the  election  under  protest,  the  Board 
shall  appoint  from  its  number,  members  to  the  committee  at  its  next  regu- 
larly scheduled  meeting. 

If  a  minimum  of  three  Board  members  are  not  eligible  to  participate 
on  the  ad-hoc  committee,  or  if  a  majority  of  the  full  Board,  excluding 
candidates  but  including  endorsers  of  candidates  so  directs,  the  protest 
shall  instead  be  determined  by  a  panel  of  three  arbitrators  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  below,  the  laws  of  the  State  of  California,  and  the  La- 
bor Arbitration  rules  of  the  American  Arbitration  Association  (AAA)  in 
effect  at  the  time,  to  the  extent  the  AAA  rules  are  not  in  conflict  with  these 
regulations.  One  member  of  the  panel  shall  be  selected  by  the  protesting 
candidate,  one  member  of  the  panel  shall  be  selected  by  the  successful 
candidate,  and  the  third  member,  who  shall  serve  as  chair,  shall  be  se- 
lected by  the  first  two  panel  members. 

The  committee  may  consider  written  and/or  oral  arguments  submitted 
by  the  candidate  filing  the  protest  and  any  other  interested  party,  in  mak- 
ing its  determination.  Any  oral  proceedings  by  the  committee  shall  be 
held  in  the  Board's  meeting  room  and  be  open  to  the  public.  Other  proce- 
dures, including  those  for  receiving  and  considering  arguments  and  fac- 
tual allegations,  shall  be  determined  by  the  committee  or  arbitration  pan- 
el in  its  sole  discretion. 

The  determination  of  the  committee  or  arbitration  panel  shall  be  ren- 
dered within  30  calendar  days  of  its  appointment  and  shall  be  final  and 
binding  on  the  System  and  candidates  for  office.  The  committee  or  ar- 
bitration panel  shall  declare  the  election  under  protest  void,  and  the  posi- 
tion vacant,  only  upon  a  finding  that  Board-adopted  election  procedures 
were  not  substantially  followed  and  that,  without  this  lack  of  substantial 
compliance,  the  election  outcome  would  likely  have  been  different. 

The  filing  of  a  protest  shall  not  delay  the  seating  of  an  elected  Board 

member.  Such  elected  Board  member  shall  take  office  on  either  the  day 

provided  for  by  statute  or  immediately,  if  elected  to  fill  a  vacancy,  subject 

to  the  potential  termination  of  such  Board  membership  as  a  result  of  the 

protest.  Any  newly  elected  member,  as  the  result  of  a  protest,  shall  hold 

office  for  a  period  equal  to  the  remainder  of  the  term  of  the  vacated  office. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  22200.5,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
22200,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-15-2003;  operative  upon  adoption  by  the  Teachers'  Retire- 
ment Board  3-6-2003.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  (Register  2003,  No. 
20). 


§  24009.      Elections  for  Vacant  Elected  Seats. 

The  Board  shall  provide  pubhc  noUce  that  an  elected  seat  on  the  Board 
has  been  vacated  at  or  before  its  next  regularly  scheduled  meeting. 

The  Board  shall  hold  special  elections  to  fill  vacancies  that  occur  dur- 
ing the  term  of  the  elected  members  of  the  Board  by  distributing  a  Notice 
of  Elecfion  for  a  vacated  seat  within  90  calendar  days  of  the  vacancy.  An 
election  shall  be  held  within  180  calendar  days  of  the  distribution  of  the 
Notice  of  Elecfion. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  22200.5,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
22200  and  22200.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  5-15-2003;  operative  upon  adoption  by  the  Teachers'  Retire- 
ment Board  3-6-2003.  Submitted  to  OAL  for  printing  only  (Register  2003,  No. 
20). 


Article  14.     Investment  Relationships  and 
Campaign  Contributions 

§  24010.    Prohibitions  on  Campaign  Contributions. 

(a)  No  party  engaging  or  seeking  to  engage  in  an  Investment  Relafion- 
ship  with  CalSTRS  may  make  any  campaign  contribufions,  as  defined  in 
The  Political  Reform  Act  (Gov.  Code,  §  81000  et  seq.),  valued  in  excess 
of  $  1 ,000,  individually,  or  $5000  in  the  aggregate  from  the  party  engaged 
in  the  Investment  Relafionship  and  the  individuals  idenfified  in  subdivi- 
sion (d)  collectively,  in  any  twelve  month  period  beginning  on  the  dates 
identified  in  subdivision  (e).  to  any  person  designated  in  subdivision  (c) 
below. 

(b)  For  purposes  of  this  ArUcle  14,  "Investment  Relationship"  means 
a  relationship  between  a  non-governmental  party  and  CalSTRS  for  the 
purpose  of  providing  investment  services  such  as  money  management  or 
fund  management  services,  investment  advice  or  consulting  (including 
making  recommendafions  for  the  placement  or  allocadon  of  investment 
funds),  and  investment  support  services  (including  market  research,  fund 
accounting,  custodial  services,  and  fiduciary  advice)  for  investments 
placed  in  the  Teachers'  Retirement  Fund. 

(c)  This  prohibifion  applies  to  campaign  contribufions  made  to  or  on 
behalf  of  CalSTRS  officers  and  employees,  any  exisfing  Teachers'  Re- 
tirement Board  member,  the  Governor,  Controller,  Treasurer,  and  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction,  candidates  for  Teachers'  Refirement 
Board  member,  and  candidates  for  the  offices  of  Governor,  Controller, 
Treasurer,  and  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

(d)  This  prohibition  applies  to  those  parties  currently  engaging  in  or 
seeking  to  engage  in  an  Investment  Relafionship  with  CalSTRS  which  is 
expected  to  generate  at  least  $100,000  annually  in  income,  fees,  or  other 
revenue  to  the  party,  and  specifically  includes: 

(1)  Those  individuals  employed  by  or  associated  with  the  parties  de- 
scribed in  this  Secfion  24010(b),  above,  who  are  required  to  file  a  Form 
700  Statement  of  Economic  Interest  pursuant  to  Government  Code  Sec- 
fion 81000  et  seq.,  the  Fair  Political  Pracfices  Commission  Regulations 
contained  in  Tide  2,  Division  6,  California  Code  of  Regulafions  Secfion 
18109  e/  seq.,  and  the  Teachers'  Refirement  System  Regulafions  con- 
tained in  Title  5,  Division  3,  California  Code  of  Regulations  Secfion 
22(X)0,etseq.;ox 

(2)  "Authorized  Personnel/Key  Personnel"  as  defined  and  identified 
by  the  contracting  party  in  the  "Authorized  Personnel/Key  Personnel  ex- 
hibit" incorporated  in  or  attached  to  the  contract  between  the  contracting 
party  entering  into  the  Investment  Relafionship  and  CalSTRS;  or 

(3)  Those  individuals  who  expect  to  and/or  do  experience  a  material 
financial  effect  on  their  economic  interests  including  salary,  bonuses,  op- 
tions, or  other  financial  incentives  direcfiy  deriving  from  an  Investment 
Relafionship  with  CalSTRS. 

This  prohibifion  also  applies  to  contributions  from  any  other  entities 
or  individuals  made  at  the  direcfion  of  such  parties  identified  above  in 
this  subdivision  (d). 

(e)  For  parties  defined  in  subdivision  (d)  above,  the  prohibition  set 
forth  in  this  secfion  shall  apply  to  the  time  period  which  begins 

( 1 )  On  the  date  CalSTRS  first  announces  a  procurement  or  search  pro- 
cess that  could  lead  to  an  Investment  Relationship  which  is  likely  to  gen- 
erate at  least  $100,000  annually  in  income,  fees,  or  other  revenue  to  the 
party;  or 

(2)  On  the  date  a  party  idenfified  in  subdivision  (d)  above  approaches 
CalSTRS  with  a  proposal  to  enter  into  an  Investment  Relationship  with 
CalSTRS  by  discussing  the  specific  facts  and  financial  terms  of  a  particu- 
lar investment  transacfion  or  strategy,  whichever  is  earlier,  and  ends 


Page  200.2 


Register  2007,  No.  44;  11-2-2007 


Title  5 


Teachers'  Retirement  System 


§  24013 


when  the  Investment  Relationship  is  terminated  by  any  party  for  any  rea- 
son, or  when  CalSTRS  communicates  its  decision  not  to  pursue  the  In- 
vestment Relationship. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  California  Constitution,  Anicie  XVI,  Section  17;  and  Sec- 
lions  22202.  22207,  22208,  22214,  22250,  22253  and  22305,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  California  Constitution,  Article  XVI,  Section  17;  and  Sections  22250 
and  22253,  Education  Code. 

History 
i.  New  article  14  (sections  24010-24013)  and  section  filed  10-29-2007;  opera- 
tive 1 1-28-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  44). 

§  2401 1 .    Disclosure  and  Recusal  Requirement  for 
Campaign  Contributions. 

(a)  No  CalSTRS  officer,  employee  or  current  Teachers'  Retirement 
Board  member,  including  the  Controller.  Treasurer,  and  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction  shall  make,  participate  in  making  or  in  any  way  at- 
tempt to  use  his  or  her  official  position  to  influence  a  decision  involving 
an  Investment  Relationship  with  CalSTRS  if  the  officer,  employee  or 
member  has  received,  solicited  or  directed  a  campaign  contribution,  as 
defined  in  The  Political  Reform  Act  (Gov.  Code.  §  8 1000  etseq.),  valued 
in  excess  of  $  1 ,000,  individually  or  $5000  in  the  aggregate,  in  any  twelve 
month  period  prior  to  the  dates  identified  in  Section  24010.  subdivision 
(e)  from  any  person  designated  in  Section  24010.  subdivision  (d).  For 
purposes  of  this  section,  a  member  appointed  by  the  Governor  and  the  Di- 
rector of  Finance  shall  also  be  deemed  to  have  received  a  contribution  if 
the  Governor  who  appointed  the  member  or  Director  of  Finance  has  re- 
ceived a  contribution  within  the  twelve  month  period  prior  to  the  dates 
identified  in  Section  24010,  subdivision  (e)  from  any  person  designated 
in  Section  24010,  subdivision  (d). 

(b)  If  the  disqualification  provision  of  subdivision  (a)  results  in  the 
lack  of  a  quomm  for  the  purposes  of  taking  action  on  any  item  before  the 
Board  or  any  of  its  committees,  a  sufficient  number  of  Board  members 
to  constitute  a  quorum  shall  be  drawn  by  lot  from  the  otherwise  disquah- 
fied  Board  members  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  a  quorum  and  taking 
action  on  items  before  the  Board  or  any  of  its  committees.  Board  mem- 
bers who  have  been  drawn  by  lot  to  constitute  a  quorum  shall  have  their 
participation  deemed  as  necessary  and  shall  be  exempt  from  the  restric- 
tions of  subdivision  (a)  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  a  quorum  and  par- 
ticipating in  the  deliberations  and  voting  on  an  item  for  which  a  quomm 
could  not  be  established  absent  this  waiver  of  the  restrictions  of  subdivi- 
sion (a). 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  California  Constitution,  Article  XVI,  Section  1 7;  and  Sec- 
tions 22202,  22207,  22208,  22214,  22250,  22253  and  22305,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  California  Constitution,  Article  XVI,  Section  17;  and  Sections  22250 
and  22253,  Education  Code. 


History 

1 .  New  section  filed  10-29-2007;  operative  1 1-28-2007  (Regi.sler2(K)7.  No.  44). 

§  24012.    Remedies,  Enforcement  and  Safe  Harbors. 

(a)  CalSTRS'  General  Counsel  shall  cause  an  independent  investiga- 
tion to  be  performed  for  any  reported  violation  of  Sections  24010  and 
2401 1,  and  report  any  documented  violation  to  the  Board  for  action. 

(b)  If  any  party  seeking  an  Investment  Relationship  with  CalSTRS  is 
found  to  be  in  violation  of  Section  24010,  that  party  shall  be  disqualified 
from  engaging  in  an  Investment  Relationship  with  CalSTRS  for  a  period 
of  two  years. 

(c)  Any  party  who  has  an  existing  Investment  Relationship  with 
CalSTRS  and  who  is  found  to  be  in  violation  of  the  provisions  of  Section 
24010  shall  be  subject  to  disqualification  from  doing  future  or  additional 
business  with  CalSTRS  for  a  period  of  two  years. 

(d)  If  a  party  voluntarily  reports  a  violation  of  Section  24010  to  the 
CalSTRS  General  Counsel  within  ninety  days  of  the  contribution  being 
made  and  it  is  established  pursuant  to  an  independent  investigation  that 
the  violation  was  inadvertent,  the  disqualification  provision  of  subdivi- 
sion (c)  will  not  be  applied.  This  safe  harbor  provision  does  not  apply  to 
a  knowing  or  intentional  violation  of  Section  24010. 

(e)  CalSTRS  staff  shall  maintain  a  current  list  of  parties  engaged  in  an 
Investment  Relationship  subject  to  Section  24010,  subdivision  (d).  The 
disclosure  and  recusal  requirements  of  Section  2401 1,  subdivision  (a) 
shall  not  apply  to  any  CalSTRS  officer,  employee  or  current  Teachers' 
Retirement  Board  member,  including  the  Controller,  Treasurer,  and  Su- 
perintendent of  Public  Instruction  if  the  Investment  Relationship  has  not 
been  published  on  the  list  maintained  by  CalSTRS  staff. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  California  Constitution,  Article  XVI,  Section  17;  and  Sec- 
tions 22202,  22207.  22208.  22214.  22250,  22253  and  22305,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  California  Constitution,  Article  XVI,  Section  1 7;  and  Sections  22250 
and  22253.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-29-2007;  operative  1 1-28-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  44). 

§24013.    Definitions. 

Thins  not  specifically  defined  herein  are  defined  in  the  Government 
Code,  the  Education  Code,  the  Political  Reform  Act.  the  Fair  Political 
Practices  Commission  Regulations,  and  the  Teachers'  Retirement  Sys- 
tem Regulations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  California  Constitution,  Article  XVI,  Section  17;  and  Sec- 
tions 22202,  22207,  22208,  22214,  22250,  22253  and  22305,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  California  Constitution,  .Article  XVI,  Section  17;  and  Sections  22250 
and  22253,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-29-2007;  operative  1 1-28-2007  (Register  2007,  No.  44). 


*      *      * 


Page  200.3 


Register  2(X)7,  No.  44;  11-2-2007 


^^BL 


Barclays  Official 

California 

Code  of 
Regulations 


Title  5.    Education 

Division  4.     California  Student  Aid  Commission 


Vol.6 


XMOIVISOIM 

* 

\A/EST 


Barclays  Official  California  Code  of  Regulations 

425  Market  Street  •  Fourth  Floor  •  San  Francisco,  CA  94105 
800-888-3600 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


Table  of  Contents 


Division  4.     California  Student  Aid  Commission 


Table  of  Contents 


Page 


Page 


Chapter  1.             California  Student  Aid 
Commission 


Article  8. 


Article  1. 

S  30000. 
§30001, 
§  30002. 
§  30003. 
§  30004. 
§  30005. 
§  30006. 

§  30007. 


Definition  of  Certain  Terms  .. 

Academic  Year. 
Grant  Recipient. 
Eligible  Applicant. 
Full-Time  Student. 
Part-Time  Student. 
Eligibility  Limitations. 
Standards  for  Ability  to  Pay  for 
Postsecondary  Education. 
College  Grade  Point  Average; 
Community  College  Grade  Point 
Average. 


201 
201 


§  30080. 
§  30081. 

§  30082. 


Article  9. 


5j  30008. 

High  School  Grade  Point  Average. 

§  30009. 

Qualifying  Institution. 

Article  2. 

Applicant  Qualifications 

.  .  202 

§  30020. 

Acadenaic  Record. 

§  30021. 

Choice  of  School  or  College. 

§  30022. 

Change  in  School  or  College 
Choice. 

§  30023. 

In  Lieu  Test  Scores;  Grace  Period. 

§  30024. 

Cal  Grant  B  Entitlement  Criteria. 

§  30025. 

Cal  Grant  A  and  B  Competitive 
Award  Selection  Criteria. 

§  30026. 

Reestablishing  Grade  Point 

Average. 

§  30027. 

Occupational  Talents  Criteria. 

Article  3. 

Use  of  Cal  Grants  

.  .  204 

§  30030. 

Application  of  Cal  Grants. 

§30031. 

Tuition  and  Necessary  Fees. 

§  30032. 

Refund  of  Grant  Payments. 

§  30033. 

Withdrawal  of  a  Cal  Grant. 

Article  4. 

State  Guaranteed  Loans  

.  .  204 

Article  5. 

State  Student  Incentive 

Grant  Program  

.  .  204 

§  30050. 

Statement  of  Non-interference. 

§30051. 

Ehgible  Students. 

§  30052. 

Substantial  Financial  Need. 

§  30053. 

Full-Time  Student. 

§  30054. 

Part-Time  Student. 

§  30055. 

Size  of  Grant. 

§  30056. 

Independent  Students. 

§  30057. 

Academic  Year. 

§  30058. 

Eligible  Institutions. 

Article  6. 

Conflict  of  Interest  Code 

Student  Aid  Commission 

.  .  205 

§  30060. 

Conflict  of  Interest  Code. 

Appendix  . 

.  .  205 

Article  7. 

Statement  of  Purpose  and 

§  30100 
§  30101 
§  30102 
§  30103 
§30104 
§  30105 
§  30106 
§  30107 
§  30108 
§  30109 
§30110 
§30111 
§30112 
§30113 
§30114 
§30115 
§30116 
§30117 
§30118 
§30119 
§  30120 
§30121 
§  30122 
§  30123 
§  30124 


§  30125. 
§  30126. 
§  30127. 


Article  10. 


§  30075. 
§  30076. 


Criteria  for  Approval  as 
Processor  for  the  Student 
Aid  Application  for 
California  for  Student  Aid 
Commission  Programs  

Statement  of  Purpose. 

Criteria  for  Approval  as  Processor. 


206 


§  30200. 
§30201. 
§  30202. 
§  30203. 
§  30204. 
§  30205. 
§  30206. 
^  30207. 
§  30208. 
§  30209. 
§30210. 
§30211. 
§  30212. 
§  30213. 
§  30214. 
§30215. 
§  30216. 
§30217. 
§  30218. 


Approval  or  Disapproval  for 
Processing  206 

Approval  as  a  Sole  Processor 

Withdrawal  as  a  Sole  Processor 

During  Period  of  Service. 

Withdrawal  as  a  Sole  Processor 

upon  Expiration  of  Period  of 

Service. 

The  California  Guaranteed 

Student  Loan  Program   206.  i 

Federal  Regulations. 

Student  Eligibility. 

Delivery  of  Loan  Checks. 

Prior  Grant  or  Loan  Obligations. 

Social  Security  Numbers. 

Previous  Loan  Liability. 

Insurance  Premium. 

Insurance  Premium  Refunds. 

Insurance  Premium  Revenues. 

Student  Records. 

Enrollment  Confirmation. 

Full  Guarantee. 

Payment  of  Claims. 

Preclaims  Collection  Assistance. 

Interest  on  Claims. 

Lender  Agreement. 

Lender  and  School  Reviews. 

Sallie  Mae. 

Procedural  Changes. 

Earnings  from  the  Reserve  Fund. 

Contracting  for  Services. 

Loan  Proceed  Delivery. 

California  Student  Loan  Authority. 

Earnings  from  the  Reserve  Fund. 

Lender  Transmittal  of  Manifest  and 

Fees,  and  Cancellation  of 

Non-Disbursed  Loan  Guarantees  by 

the  Commission. 

Loan  Proceed  Delivery. 

Refunding  Unused  Loan  Funds. 

Contracting  for  Services. 


The  California  Loans  to 
Assist  Students  Program 

Federal  Regulations. 

Parent  Borrower  Eligibility. 

Student  Borrower  Eligibihty. 

Prior  Grant  or  Loan  Obligations. 

Social  Security  Number. 

Application  Fraud. 

Insurance  Premium. 

Insurance  Premium  Refunds. 

Insurance  Premium  Revenues. 

Student  Records. 

Full  Guarantee. 

Payment  of  Claims. 

Preclaims  Collection  Assistance. 

Interest  on  Claims. 

Lender  Agreement. 

Lender  and  School  Reviews. 

Sallie  Mae. 

Procedural  Changes. 

Eiarnings  from  the  Reserve  Fund. 


208 


Page  i 


(7-ll-2IKm) 


Table  of  Contents 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Page 


Page 


§30219. 


§  30220 
§30221 
§  30225 
§  30226 
§  30227 


Article  1 


Lender  Transmittal  ot"  Manifest  and 
Fees,  and  Cancellation  of 
Non-Disbursed  Loan  Guarantees  by 
the  Commission. 
Loan  Proceed  Delivery. 
California  Student  Loan  Authority. 
Co-Signers  and  Co-Makers. 
Credit  Analysis. 
Loan  Disbursement  Instructions. 

Imposition  of  Civil 

Penalties,  and  Limitation, 

Suspension  and  Termination 

of  Eligibility,  Under  the 

California  Guaranteed 

Student  Loan  Program 

(CGSLP)  and  the  California 

Loans  to  Assist  Students 

(CLAS)  Program 208.1 


§  30300. 

Purpose  and  Scope. 

§30301. 

Definition  of  Certain  Terms. 

§  30302. 

Causes  of  Action. 

§  30303. 

Initiation  of  Action. 

§  30304. 

Effect  of  Emergency  Action. 

§  30305. 

Effect  of  Suspension. 

§  30306. 

Effect  of  Limitation. 

§  30307. 

Effect  of  Termination. 

§  30308. 

Civil  Penalties. 

§  30309. 

Prehearing  Conference. 

§30310. 

Authority  and  Responsibilities  of 
the  Hearing  Officer. 

§30311. 

Hearing  on  the  Record  and 
Decision. 

§30312. 

Other  Hearing-Related  Conditions. 

§30313. 

Appeal. 

§  30314. 

Removal  of  Limitations. 

§30315. 

Reinstatement  After  Termination. 

Article  12. 

The  Paul  Douglas  Teacher 

Scholarship  Program  

212 

§  30500. 

General  Provisions. 

§30501. 

New  Applicant  Eligibility  Criteria. 

§  30502. 

Renewal  Applicant  Eligibihty 
Criteria. 

§  30503. 

Appointment  of  Institutional  Paul 
Douglas  Teacher  Scholarship 
Program  Coordinator 

§  30504. 

New  Applicant  Application  Process. 

§  30505. 

New  Applicant  Nomination 
Process. 

§  30506. 

New  Applicant  Scoring  Process 
Used  by  the  California  Student  Aid 
Commission. 

§  30507. 

New  Applicant  Ranking  Process 
Used  by  the  California  Student  Aid 
Commission. 

§  30508. 

New  Applicant  Selection  Process 
Used  by  the  California  Student  Aid 
Commission. 

§  30509. 

Renewal  Applicant  Application 
Process  and  Selection  Process. 

§30510. 

Preferential  Treatment  for  New 
Applicants  Who  Agree  to  Pursue 
Teaching  Careers  in  the  Areas  of 
Math,  Science,  or  Bilingual 
Education. 

§30511. 

Financial  Awards  Limited  to  Four 
Academic  Years. 

§30512. 

Equivalency  of  GED  Test  Scores. 

§30513. 

Appeal  Procedures  for  Applicants 
and  Scholars. 

§30514. 

Prorating  Repayment  According  to 
Fraction  of  Teaching  Obligation  Not 
Completed. 

§30515. 

Collection  Costs. 

§30516. 

Alteration  of  Repayment  Schedule 
When  Scholai's  Financial  Condition 
Warrants. 

§30517. 

Documentation  Required  for  Claim 
That  Repayment  Obhgation  Is 
Temporarily  Suspended. 

Artie 

le  13. 

The  California  Teacher 

Shortage  Loan  Assumption 

Program   215 

§  30600. 

Participant  Eligibility. 

§  30601 . 

Terms  of  Loan  Assumption. 

§  30602. 

Cancellation  of  NDSL  Loans  for 
Teaching  Service. 

§  30603. 

Verification  of  Qualifying  Teaching 
Service. 

§  30604. 

Disqualifying  Loan  Status. 

§  30605. 

Disability  Deferral  of  Loan 
Liability. 

§  30606. 

Assumption  Allocation. 

§  30607. 

Participant  Selection. 

Artie 

Iel4. 

Assumption  Program  of  Loans 

for  Education  216 

§30701.  Loan  Programs  Approved  by  the 

California  Student  Aid 
Commission. 

§  30702.  Applications  by  Individuals  Who 

Agree  to  Participate  in  a  Teacher 
Trainee  Program. 

§  30703.  Reallocation  of  Unused  Wartants 

and  Cancellation  of  Invalid 
Warrants. 

§  30704.  Commencement  and  End  of  School 

Year. 

§  30705.  Federal  Perkins  Loan  Program  Loan 

Held  by  an  Individual  Eligible  for 
Cancellation  of  That  Loan. 

§  30706.  Payment. 

§  30707.  Achieving  the  Required  Minimum 

Number  of  Warrants  to  be  Issued  to 
Applicants  Who  Agree  to  Obtain  a 
Teaching  Credential  in  Mathematics 
Or  Science. 

§  30708.  Out-of-State  Teacher  Recruitment 

Warrants. 

§  30709.  Reallocation  of  Unused 

Out-of-State  Teacher  Recruitment 
Warrants  and  Cancellation  of 
Invalid  Out-of-State  Teacher 
Recruitment  Warrants. 


Article  14.5. 

National  Guard  Assumption 

Program  of  Loans  for 

Education 218 

§  30710. 

Definitions. 

§30711. 

Application  to  Participate  in  the 

Program. 

§30712. 

Nominations  by  the  Office  of  the 

Adjutant  General. 

§  30713. 

Award  Process. 

§  30714. 

Applicant  Priority. 

§  30715. 

Loan  Assumption  Agreements. 

§  30716. 

Loan  Payments. 

§30717. 

Failure  to  Comply  with  the  Loan 

Assumption  Agreement. 

§30718. 

Development  of  Projections  for 

Funding  Purposes. 

Article  15. 

Process  for  Selecting  an 

Organization  to  Provide 

Financial  Need  Analysis  and 

Related  Services  and  to  Act 

as  the  Sole  Processor  of 

the  SAAC 218.3 

Page  ii 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


Table  of  Contents 


• 


§30801. 

Definitions. 

§  30802, 

Competitive  Means:  Exeeptions. 

§  30803. 

Basis  lor  Selection. 

S  30804. 

Use  of  Consultant  Services  by 

CSAC. 

J;  30805. 

Solicitation  of  Prospective 

Competitors. 

ij  30X06. 

Exclusion  of  Prospective 

Competitors. 

§  30807. 

Required  Steps  in  the  Selection 

Process. 

i?  30808. 

Keqiiesl  for  Proposal  (RFP). 

§  30809. 

Confidentiality. 

Jj  30810. 

Questions  and  Answers. 

i^  308 1 1 . 

Role  of  the  Evaluation  Team. 

S  30812. 

Submission  of  Proposals:  Time. 

Manner,  and  Handling. 

S  30813. 

Final  Proposal. 

{5  30814. 

Issuance  of  Notice  of  Intent  to 

Award. 

Jj  30815. 

Timing  of  Award. 

Jj  30816. 

Protests. 

J?  30817. 

Options. 

S  30818. 

Actions  on  Contracts:  Limitations. 

§30819. 

Contract  to  Enable  Acquisition  of 

Additional  Items. 

§  30820. 

Contractual  Terms  and  Conditions. 

§30821. 

Confidentiality  of  Data. 

icle  16. 

Federal  Family  Education 

Loan  Program 2 1 8.4 

§30901. 

Insurance  Premium  Rate  and  the 

Fiscal  Soundness  of  the  Reserve 

Fund. 

§  30902. 

Lender  Agreement. 

§  30903. 

Lender  and  School  Reviews. 

§  30904. 

Transmittal  of  Manifest  and  Fees, 

and  Cancellation  of  Non-Disbursed 

Loan  Guarantees  by  the 

Commission. 

Article  17.                Slate  Nursing  Assumption 
Program  of  Loans  for 
Education  for  Nursing 
Faculty  (SNAPLE-NF)   218.4 

§30910.  Definitions. 

§  3091 1.  Application  to  Participate  in  the 

Program. 
§  30912.  Nominations  by  a  Participating 

Institution. 
§30913.  Award  Process. 

§  30914.  Loan  Assumption  Agreements. 

§  30915.  Loan  Payments. 

§  30916.  Failure  to  Comply  with  the  Loan 

Assimiption  Agreement. 
§  30917.  Development  of  Projections  for 

Funding  Purposes. 

Article  18.  State  Nursing  Assumption 

Program  of  Loans  for 
Education  for  Nurses  in 
State  Facilities  (SNAPLE- 

NSF) 218.8 

§  30920.  Definitions. 

§  30921.  Application  to  Participate  in  the 

Program. 
§  30922.  Certification  from  Eligible 

Institution. 
§  30923.  Award  Process. 

§  30924.  Loan  Assumption  Agreements. 

§  30925.  Loan  Payments. 

§  30926.  Failure  to  Comply  with  the  Loan 

Assumption  Agreeinent. 
§  30927.  Development  of  Projections  for 

Funding  Purposes. 


• 


Page  iii 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


ij  30007 


Division  4.    California  Student  Aid 
Commission 


Chapter  1.     California  Student  Aid 
Commission 


Article  1.     Definition  of  Certain  Terms 

§  30000.    Academic  Year. 

For  Cal  Grant  A  and  B  an  academic  year  means  two  semesters  or  three 
quarters  or  their  equivalent  within  a  1 2-month  period.  An  academic  year 
may  include  a  summer  quarter  in  those  colleges  which  maintain  a  sum- 
mer quarter  comparable  to  either  the  fall,  winter  or  spring  quarters.  For 
Cal  Grant  C  an  academic  year  means  a  period  of  time  usually  eight  or  nine 
months  during  which  a  full-time  student  would  normally  be  expected  to 
complete  the  equivalent  of  two  semesters,  two  trimesters,  or  three  quar- 
ters o\'  instruction. 

Notf;:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69500-69515  and  695.'^0-69.547,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Repealer  of  Article  1  (Sections  30000-^0006)  and  new  Article  1  (Sections 
.3()000-.10006)  filed  6-10-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77, 
No.  24).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  69,  No.  5 1  and  Register  59,  No.  7. 

2.  Amendment  tiled  6-18-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Resrister  82.  No. 

25). 

§30001.    Grant  Recipient. 

A  grant  recipient  is  a  person  who  has  successfully  met  all  of  the  re- 
quirements set  forth  in  Education  Code  Sections  69530  to  69547,  who 
has  been  selected  for  a  grant  by  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission, 
and  who  has  accepted  the  grant  in  terms  of  attending  a  school  or  college 
to  which  he  has  been  admitted. 

A  Cal  Grant  A  recipient,  as  defined  in  Education  Code  Section  69532. 
may  utilize  a  grant  for  tuition  and  fees  as  in  Education  Code  Section 
69536;  a  Cal  Grant  B  Recipient,  as  defined  in  Education  Code  Section 
69532,  may  utilize  a  grant  for  tuition,  fees  and  subsistence  as  in  Educa- 
tion Code  Section  69538;  a  Cal  Grant  C  recipient,  as  defined  in  Education 
code  Section  69532,  may  utilize  a  grant  for  occupational  or  technical 
training  for  tuition  and  training-related  costs  as  in  Education  Code  Sec- 
tion 69539. 

§  30002.     Eligible  Applicant. 

An  eligible  applicant  is  any  person  who  has  successfully  met  the  re- 
quirements set  forth  in  Sections  69530  to  69547,  Education  Code,  and 
has  submitted  in  proper  form  and  prior  to  established  deadlines  such 
applications,  supplements  and  transcripts  of  academic  record,  and  finan- 
cial and  other  information  as  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission 
may  direct. 

NOTli:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69534-695.%.  69538,  69539  and  69541,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  tiled  6-18-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No. 

25). 

§  30003.    Full-Time  Student. 

A  full-time,  regularly  enrolled  undergraduate  student  is  one  who  is 
regularly  enrolled  for  a  semester  or  quarter  program  of  not  less  than  12 
(twelve)  credit  hours  or  units  or  their  equivalent. 

§  30004.    Part-Time  Student. 

A  part-time  student  is  one  who  is  taking  6- 1 1  units  or  their  equivalent. 
A  student  enrolled  for  9-11  units  or  their  equivalent  is  considered 
3/4-time  and  a  student  enrolled  for  6-8  units  or  their  equivalent  is  consid- 
ered 1/2-time. 


§  30005.    Eligibility  Limitations. 

Undergraduate  course  means  the  first  eight  semesters  or  twelve  quar- 
ters or  their  equivalent  of  full-tiine  college  attendance  beyond  the  high 
school  graduation  and  prior  to  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Eligibility  may  be 
extended  for  two  semesters  or  three  quarters  or  their  equivalent  for  stu- 
dents enrolled  in  a  five-year  undergraduate  program. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  .Sections 
69536  and  69538,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Amendment  filed  6-18-82:  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter  (Register  82.  No. 

25). 

§  30006.     Standards  for  Ability  to  Pay  for  Postsecondary 
Education. 

The  CoiniTiission  shall  adopt  standards  of  measuring  parental  and  stu- 
dent ability  to  pay  for  postsecondary  education  and  such  standards  shall 
be  applicable  to  Cal  Grant  A,  B.  and  C. 

§  30007.     College  Grade  Point  Average;  Community 
College  Grade  Point  Average. 

(a)  General. 

(1)  "College  grade  point  average"  and  "cominunity  college  grade 
point  average"  mean  a  grade  point  average  calculated  on  the  basis  of  all 
college  work  completed,  except  for  nontransferable  units  and  courses  not 
counted  in  the  computation  for  adinission  to  a  California  public  institu- 
tion of  higher  education  that  grants  a  baccalaureate  degree.  A  college 
grade  point  average  or  a  community  college  grade  point  average  must  be 
computed  for  a  minimum  of  24  semester  units  or  its  equivalent  regardless 
of  the  grade  received. 

(2)  "All  college  work  completed"  includes  all  coursework  for  which 
grades  are  known  to  the  official  reporting  the  grade  point  average  and  ac- 
cepted for  credit  at  the  school  reporting  the  grade  point  average  regard- 
less of  the  grade  received. 

(3)  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  applicant  to  have  his  or  her  col- 
lege or  community  college  report  a  grade  point  average. 

(b)  College  Grade  Point  Average. 

(1)  For  purposes  of  computing  a  college  grade  point  average  by  an 
institution  that  grants  a  baccalaureate  degree,  "nontransferable  units" 
and  "courses  not  counted  in  the  computation  for  admission  to  a  Call  fomia 
public  institution  of  higher  education  that  grants  a  baccalaureate  degree" 
are  those  courses  which  do  not  earn  credit  for  a  baccalaureate  degree 
from  the  reporting  institution. 

(2)  For  purposes  of  computing  a  college  grade  point  average  by  a  post- 
secondary  institution  that  grants  an  associate  degree,  "nontransferable 
units"  and  "courses  not  counted  in  the  computation  for  admission  to  a 
California  public  institution  of  higher  education  that  grants  a  baccalau- 
reate degree"  are  those  courses  which  do  not  earn  credit  for  an  associate 
degree  at  the  reporting  institution. 

(3)  For  purposes  of  computing  a  college  grade  point  average  by  a  post- 
secondary  institution  that  does  not  grant  a  baccalaureate  or  an  associate 
degree: 

(A)  "nontransferable  units"  are  those  units  which  are  not  used  in  satis- 
fying requirements  for  earning  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  a  California 
public  institution  of  higher  education  that  grants  such  a  degree. 

(B)  "courses  not  counted  in  the  computation  for  admission  to  a 
California  public  institution  of  higher  education  that  grants  a  baccalau- 
reate degree"  are  any  courses  for  which  the  earned  grade  is  not  used  in 
the  computation  of  a  grade  point  average  in  determining  admission  eligi- 
bility, whether  or  not  units  earned  for  the  course  are  transferable  to  such 
an  institution. 

(c)  Community  College  Grade  Point  Average. 

For  purposes  of  computing  a  community  college  grade  point  average 
for  a  Cal  Grant  Award  pursuant  to  the  Ortiz-Pacheco-Poochigian-Vas- 
concellos  Cal  Grant  Act,  "nontransferable  units"  and  "courses  not 
counted  in  the  computation  for  admission  to  a  California  public  institu- 
tion of  higher  education  that  grants  a  baccalaureate  degree"  mean  all 
courses  except  "Associate  Degree  Credit  Courses"  as  defined  by  Title  5, 


Page  201 


Register  2001,  No.  33;  8-17-2001 


§  30008 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Chapler  6.  Article  I .  Section  55()02(a)  of  the  Calitbrnia  Code  of  Regula- 
tions. 

(d)  Certification. 

Every  college  grade  point  average  and  community  college  grade  point 
average  reported  to  the  Commission  shall  include  a  certification  under 
penalty  of  perjury  to  the  best  of  his  or  her  knowledge  from  the  school  offi- 
cial filing  the  report  that  the  grade  point  average  is  accurately  reported. 
The  certification  shall  include  a  statement  that  it  is  subject  to  review  by 
the  Commission  or  its  designee. 

NOTti:  Authority  cited:  Section  69433.7.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69432.7(d),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  1-16-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-16-2001  (Register 
2001.  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
3-16-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  History  1  (Register  2001,  No.  20). 

3.  New  section  refiled  5-15-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-16-2001  (Regis- 
ter 2001,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-13-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-15-2001  order,  including  redesignation  and 
amendment  of  former  subsection  (a)  as  subsections  (a)-(a)(3)  transmitted  to 
OAL  7-25-2001  and  filed  8-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  33). 

§  30008.    High  School  Grade  Point  Average. 

(a)  "High  school  grade  point  average"  means  a  grade  point  average 
calculated  on  a  4.0  scale,  using  all  academic  coursework.  for  the  sopho- 
more year,  the  summer  following  the  sophomore  year,  the  junior  year, 
and  the  summer  following  the  junior  year,  excluding  physical  education, 
reserve  officer  training  corps  (ROTC).  and  remedial  courses.  However, 
for  high  school  graduates  who  apply  after  their  senior  year,  "high  school 
grade  point  average"  includes  senior  year  coursework,  excluding  physi- 
cal education,  reserve  officer  training  corps  (ROTC).  and  remedial 
courses.  Grade  point  averages  shall  only  include  the  most  recent  grade 
for  any  course  repeated  by  a  student. 

(b)  "High  School"  means  a  secondary  school  accredited  by  Western 
Association  of  Schools  and  Colleges  (WASC).  or  another  regional  ac- 
credifing  association  if  the  secondary  school  is  not  in  the  WASC  region, 
or  which  has  a  University  of  California  approved  course  list.  Applicants 
who  do  not  have  a  grade  point  average  from  a  high  school  shall  provide 
a  test  score  from  the  General  Educational  Development  test  (GED),  the 
American  College  Test  (ACT)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT). 

(c)  Every  high  school  grade  point  average  reported  to  the  Commission 
shall  include  a  certification  under  penalty  of  perjury  from  the  school  offi- 
cial filing  the  report  that  the  grade  point  average  is  accurately  reported 
to  the  best  of  his  or  her  knowledge.  The  certification  shall  include  a  state- 
ment that  it  is  subject  to  review  by  the  Commission  or  its  designee.  It  is 
the  responsibility  of  the  applicant  to  have  his  or  her  high  school  grade 
point  average  reported. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69433.7,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69432.7(h).  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-16-2001  as  an  emergency;  operafive  1-16-2001  (Register 
2001.  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-16-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  History  1  (Register  2001,  No.  20). 

3.  New  section  refiled  5-15-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-16-2001  (Regis- 
ter 2001,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-13-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operafion  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-15-2001  order,  including  the  addition  of  a 
subsection  designator  for  each  paragraph,  transmitted  to  OAL  7-25-2001  and 
filed  8-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  33). 

§  30009.    Qualifying  Institution. 

(a)  A  "Qualifying  Institution"  means  an  institution  as  defined  by 
Education  Code  section  69432.7(/). 

(b)  An  institution  qualifying  pursuant  to  section  69432. 7(/)(  1 )  must  be 
participating  in  the  Federal  Pell  Grant  program  and  in  at  least  two  of  the 
three  federal  campus-based  programs  specifically  listed  in  subdivisions 


(A).  (B)  and  (C)  of  that  section.  "Participating  in  federal  campus-based 
programs"  means  the  school  has  been  allocated  funds  and  is  spending 
those  funds  at  each  California  site  which  Cal  Grant  recipients  attend. 

(c)(  I )  An  institution  qualifying  pursuant  to  section  69432. 7(/)(2) 
ineans  a  postsecondary  nonprofit  institution  headquartered  and  operating 
in  California  which: 

(A)certifies  to  the  Commission  that  10  percent  of  the  institution's  op- 
erating budget  is  expended  for  institutionally  funded  student  financial  aid 
in  the  form  of  grants;  and 

(B)  demonstrates  to  the  Commission  that  it  has  the  administrative  ca- 
pacity to  adininister  the  funds;  and 

(C)  is  accredited  by  the  Western  Association  of  Schools  and  Colleges; 
and 

(D)  meets  such  other  standards  adopted  by  regulation  by  the  Commis- 
sion in  consultafion  with  the  Department  of  Finance. 

(2)  A  regionally  accredited  instituUon  that  was  deemed  qualified  by 
the  Commission  to  participate  in  the  Cal  Grant  Program  for  the  2000-01 
academic  year  shall  retain  its  eligibility  as  long  as  it  maintains  its  existing 
accreditation  status. 

(d)  A  qualifying  institution  or  a  specific  site  of  an  otherwise  qualifying 
instituUon  shall  be  deemed  disqualified  if  it  no  longer  possesses  all  of  the 
requirements  for  a  qualifying  institution. 

(e)  An  institufion  that  becomes  disqualified  pursuant  to  Part  600  of 
Title  34  Code  of  Federal  Regulations  shall  not  be  a  "qualified  insfitution" 
pursuant  to  this  section. 

(0  An  institution  disqualified  pursuant  to  this  section  may  become  a 
"qualifying  institution"  by  complying  with  Education  Code  section 
69432.7(/)  and  this  section. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  69433.7.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69432.7(/),  Educafion  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-16-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-16-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-16-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  History  1  (Register  2001.  No.  20). 

3.  New  secfion  refiled  5-15-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-16-2001  (Regis- 
ter 2001.  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-13-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-15-2001  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (d).  transmitted  to  OAL  7-25-2001  and  filed  8-13-2001  (Register 
2001.  No.  33). 


Article  2.    Applicant  Qualifications 

§  30020.  Academic  Record. 

The  Commission  may  establish  minimum  standards  of  academic 
achievement  and  potential  and  may  adopt  criteria  for  selecting  recipients 
of  grants  from  among  applicants  to  qualify  for  a  Cal  Grant  and  may  re- 
quire applicants  to  submit  transcripts  of  high  school  and  college  academ- 
ic records  or  other  evidence  of  potential. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69500-69515  and  69530-69547.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  of  Article  2  (Sections  30020-30022)  and  new  Article  2  (Sections 

30020-30022)  filed  6-10-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77. 

No.  24).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  61.  No.  22  and  Register  70,  No.  20. 

§  30021 .    Choice  of  School  or  College. 

A  Cal  Grant  shall  be  granted  in  terms  of  the  applicant's  selection  of 
school  or  college  at  the  time  he  is  selected  for  a  grant. 

§  30022.    Change  in  School  or  College  Choice. 

Whenever  a  grant  recipient  changes  his  choice  of  school,  college  or 
program,  the  Commission  must  redetermine  his  financial  need  eligibil- 
ity. Subject  to  such  redetermination,  a  grant  recipient  may  change  his 
choice  of  college  (a)  prior  to  the  time  of  actual  enrollment,  (b)  at  the  con- 
clusion of  a  quarter  or  semester,  provided  that  any  loss  of  tuiUon  and  fee 
payments  shall  be  borne  by  the  student. 


• 


Page  202 


Register  2(X)1,  No.  33;  8-17-2001 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


§  30025 


§  30023.    In  Lieu  Test  Scores;  Grace  Period. 

(a)  All  Cal  Grant  A  and  B  applicants  shall  submit  a  grade  point  average 
piirsLianl  to  section  30007.  30008  or  30026. 

( 1 )  For  a  Competitive  Cal  Grant  award  pursuant  to  Article  5  (begin- 
ning with  Education  Code  section  69437)  of  the  Ortiz-Pacheco-Poochi- 
gian-Vasconcellos  Cal  Grant  Act.  a  student  who  does  not  have  a  grade 
point  average  pursuant  to  section  30007  or  30008  or  whose  grade  point 
average  is  more  than  5  years  old  may  submit  a  test  score  from  the  General 
Educational  Development  test  (GED).  the  American  College  Test  (ACT) 
or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT). 

(2)  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  applicant  to  have  a  grade  point  average 
or  test  score  reported. 

(b)  A  standardized  test  score  for  each  approved  test  shall  be  converted 
to  an  equivalent  grade  point  average  by  the  Commission  using  the  nation- 
al distribution  of  test  .scores  as  compared  to  the  distribution  of  grade  point 
averages  on  a  0.00  to  4.00  scale.  The  grade  point  equivalencies  shall  be 
calculated  based  upon  research  from  the  testing  agency  for  each  ap- 
proved test. 

(c)  The  Commission  may,  on  a  case-by-case  basis,  accept  the  submis- 
sion of  grade  point  average(s)  from  an  applicant  or  reporting  institution 
after  the  March  2  or  September  2  deadline  if.  in  the  opinion  of  the  Execu- 
tive Director,  circumstances  beyond  the  control  of  the  applicant  delayed 
or  prevented  the  timely  submission  of  the  grade  point  average(s)  by  the 
applicant  or  reporting  institulion(s)  by  the  March  2  or  September  2  dead- 
line. 

( 1 )  Such  circumstances  must  be  shown  by  a  certification:  (i)  from  the 
reporting  institution  of  the  circumstances  beyond  the  control  of  the  appli- 
cant that  delayed  or  prevented  the  timely  submission  of  the  grade  point 
average  by  the  reporting  institution  by  the  March  2  or  September  2  dead- 
line; (ii)  from  the  applicant  or  reporting  institution  with  proof  that  the 
grade  point  average  was  originally  mailed  by  the  applicant  or  reporting 
institution  before  the  deadline;  or  (iii)  from  the  apphcanl  with  a  written 
description,  under  penalty  of  perjury,  of  the  facts  showing  that  circum- 
stances beyond  the  control  of  the  applicant  delayed  or  prevented  the 
timely  submission  of  the  grade  point  average. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  an  application  for  an  entitlement  award  under  Educa- 
tion Code  sections  69434,  69435,  69435.3.  or  69436.  any  request  to  ac- 
cept grade  point  average(s)  after  the  March  2  deadline  shall  be  received 
by  the  Commission  no  later  than  May  16  (seventy-five  (75)  days  after 
the  March  2  deadline)  and  the  computed  grade  point  average(s)  and  certi- 
fication specified  in  subsection  ( 1 )  shall  be  included  with  the  request.  No 
later  than  April  16  (forty-five  (45)  days  after  the  March  2  deadline),  the 
Commission  shall  inform  students  who  are  potentially  eligible  for  en- 
titlement awards  based  on  application  information  the  Commission  has 
received,  that  their  grade  point  average(s)  had  not  been  received  by  the 
Commission  by  the  March  2  deadline,  and  shall  not  notify  them  that  they 
have  until  May  16  (75  days  from  the  March  2  deadline)  to  request  the 
Commission  to  accept  their  late  grade  point  average(s)  on  the  conditions 
specified  above,  including  the  submission  of  the  certification  specified 
in  sub.section  (1 ). 

(3)  In  the  case  of  an  application  for  a  competitive  grant  award  under 
Education  Code  sections  69437,  69437.3,  or  69437.6,  any  request  to  the 
Executive  Director  to  accept  grade  point  average(s)  after  the  March  2  or 
September  2  deadline  shall  be  received  by  the  Commission  no  later  than 
March  22  or  September  22  (twenty  (20)  days  after  the  March  2  or  Sep- 
tember 2  deadline)  and  the  computed  grade  point  average(s)  and  the  cer- 
tification specified  in  subsection  ( 1 )  shall  be  included  with  the  request. 

(4)  Pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  6707,  in  such  cases  where 
the  March  22  or  September  22  deadline  to  request  late  submittal  of  grade 
point  average(s)  on  behalfofcompetitive  applicants  or  the  May  16  dead- 
line to  request  late  submittal  of  grade  point  average(s)  on  behalf  of  en- 
fitlement  applicants  falls  upon  a  Saturday,  Sunday,  or  state  holiday,  the 
request  for  late  submittal  must  be  postmarked  or  received  by  the  Com- 
mission by  the  following  business  day. 


(d)  Applicants  or  officials  who  submit  a  timely  but  incomplete  or  in- 
correct grade  point  average  shall  have  a  grace  period  often  (10)  days  afier 
the  mailing  of  notice  by  the  Commission  to  file  a  corrected  or  completed 
grade  point  average.  A  corrected  or  completed  submission  postmarked 
within  the  10  day  period  shall  be  deemed  to  comply  with  this  require- 
ment. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  6y4:i2. 9(c)  and  694.^3.7.  Hducaiion  Code.  Reler- 
cnce:  Sections  694.^2. 9(c).  69434.  69435.  6943.5.3.  69436.  69437.  694.^7.3  and 
69437.6.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  tiled  1-16-2001  as  an  emergency:  operative  1-16-2001  (Register 
2001.  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  he  transmitted  lo  OAL  by 
.5-16-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  oMaw  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  History  1  (Register  2001.  No.  20). 

3.  New  section  refiled  5-15-2001  as  an  emergency:  operative  5-16-2001  (Regis- 
ter 2001.  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-1.V2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-15-2001  order,  including  the  addition  of  a 
subsection  designator  for  each  paragraph  and  amendment  of  ncwlv  designated 
subsection  (c).  transmitted  to  OAL  7-25-2001  and  filed  8-L^-20()l  (Register 
2001.  No.  33). 

5.  New  subsection  (c)(1)  filed  10-26-2006  as  an  emergency:  operative 
10-26-2006  (Register  2006.  No.  43).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-2007  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

6.  Rein.statement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  10-26-2006  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.  fif)  (Reizister  2007.  No. 
12). 

7.  Amendment  of  subsection  (c).  new  subsections  (c)(l  )-(4)  and  amendment  of 
Note  filed  5-1 1-2007:  operative  5-1 1-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
section  11343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  19). 

§  30024.    Cal  Grant  B  Entitlement  Criteria. 

A  Cal  Grant  B  Entitlement  award  for  first  year  tuition  and  fees  plus  the 
access  grant  as  defined  and  limited  by  Education  Code  section 
69435(a)(3)  shall  be  given  to  applicants  based  upon  consideration  of  the 
following  factors: 

(a)  AppUcants  with  the  lowest  expected  family  contribution  deter- 
mined pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  69432.7;  and  applicants  with 
the  highest  level  of  academic  merit  as  indicated  by  their  high  school 
grade  point  average  and/or  submitted  test  scores; 

(b)  Addifional  factors  to  be  considered  may  include  any  of  the  follow- 
ing: 

(1 )  Whether  the  applicant  is  an  orphan  or  ward  of  the  court  or  was  a 
ward  of  the  court  at  the  age  of  eighteen; 

(2)  The  level  of  educafion  attainment  of  the  applicant's  parents: 

(3)  The  number  of  family  members  in  the  applicant's  hou.sehold  in 
relation  to  the  household  income;  and 

(4)  Whether  the  applicant  comes  from  a  single  parent  household  or  is 
a  single  parent. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69435(a)(3)  and  69433.7.  Education  Code.  Ref- 
erence: Section  69435(a)(3),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-16-2001  as  an  emergency:  operative  1-16-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-16-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  Histoky  1  (Register  2001,  No.  20). 

3.  New  section  refiled  5-1 5-2001  as  an  emergency,  including  amendment  of  first 
paragraph:  operative  5-16-2001  (Register2001,No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  9-13-2001  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-L5 -200)  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (b),  transmitted  to  OAL  7-25-2001  and  filed  8-13-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  33). 

§  30025.    Cal  Grant  A  and  B  Competitive  Award  Selection 
Criteria. 

(a)  A  Cal  Grant  A  or  B  CompefiUve  Award  shall  give  special  consider- 
ation to  applicants  who  are  disadvantaged  students  taking  into  consider- 


Page  203 


Itegister  2(X)7,  No.  1 9;  5  - 1 1  -  2(X)7 


§  30026 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


aiion  those  financial,  educational,  cultural,  language,  home,  comniuniiy, 
environmental,  and  other  conditions  that  hamper  access  to.  and  ability  to 
persist  in.  postsecondary  education  programs.  The  extent  to  which  an  ap- 
plicant is  considered  disadvantaged  shall  be  determined  based  on  the  fol- 
lowing: 

( 1 )  Whether  the  applicant  is  an  orphan  or  ward  of  the  court  or  was  a 
ward  of  the  court  at  the  age  of  eighteen; 

(2)  The  level  of  education  attainment  of  the  applicant's  parents; 

(3)  The  number  of  family  members  in  the  applicant's  household  in 
relation  to  the  household  income;  and 

(4)  Whether  the  applicant  comes  from  a  single  parent  household  or  is 
a  single  parent. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  69433.7,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69437.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-16-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-16-2001  (Register 
2001.  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-16-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  History  1  (Register  2001.  No.  20). 

3.  New  section  refiled  5-15-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-16-2001  (Regis- 
ter 2001 ,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-13-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-15-2001  order,  including  the  designation  of 
the  first  paragraph  as  subsection  (a),  transmitted  to  OAL  7-25-2001  and  filed 
8-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  33). 


§  30026.    Reestablishing  Grade  Point  Average. 

An  applicant  seeking  to  reestablish  his  or  her  grade  point  average  pur- 
suant to  Education  Code  section  69437.6(c)  may  do  so  by  providing  a 
grade  point  average  computed  pursuant  to  Section  30007(c)  for  at  least 
16  academic  semester  units  or  its  equivalent  from  an  accredited  Califor- 
nia community  college.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  applicant  to  have  his 
or  her  community  college  report  a  grade  point  average. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  69433.7  and  69437.6(c),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  69437.6(c),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-16-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-16-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-16-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  History  1  (Register  2001.  No.  20). 

3.  New  section  refiled  5-15-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-16-2001  (Regis- 
ter 2001 ,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-13-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-15-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
7-25-2001  and  filed  8-13-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  33). 


§  30027.    Occupational  Talents  Criteria. 

An  applicant  seeking  to  establish  "occupational  talents"  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  69439  may  do  so  by  submitting  any  of  the  fol- 
lowing supplemental  information: 

(a)  applicant's  work  history  (including  unpaid  internships)  in  the  field; 
and/or 

(b)  recommendations  from  teachers  or  persons  working  in  the  appli- 
cant's occupational  or  technical  field. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69433.7,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69439(c),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1-16-2001  as  an  emergency;  operafive  1-16-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
5-16-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

2.  Editorial  correction  of  History  1  (Register  2001,  No.  20). 

3.  New  section  refiled  .5-15-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  5-16-2001  (Regis- 
ter 2001,  No.  20).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
9-13-2001  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  5-15-2001  order,  including  amendment  of  first 
paragraph,  transmitted  to  OAL  7-25-2001  and  filed  8-13-2001  (Register 
2001,  No.  33). 


Article  3.     Use  of  Cal  Grants 

§  30030.    Application  of  Cal  Grants. 

All  Cal  Grants  are  awarded  for  use  during  a  specified  academic  year, 
and  shall  be  put  into  effect  in  September  of  such  academic  year.  Excep- 
tions may  be  made  for  students  in  Cal  Grant  C  or  when  a  student  has  been 
granted  a  leave  or  in  such  other  instances  as  the  Commission  may  other- 
wise provide. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69500-69515  and  69530-69547,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Repealer  of  Article  3  (Sections  300.30-30033)  and  new  Article  3  (Sections 

30030-30033)  filed  6-10-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77, 

No.  24).  For  prior  history,  see  Register  64,  No.  14). 

§  30031 .    Tuition  and  Necessary  Fees. 

Only  the  tuition  and  fee  charges  which  may  be  classified  under  the  fol- 
lowing two  categories  are  acceptable  for  payment  in  the  Cal  Grant  Pro- 
gram. 

(a)  The  minimum  customary  tuition  and/or  fee  charges  at  the  per  unit, 
per  quarter,  per  semester,  or  per  term  rate  charged  all  undergraduate  stu- 
dents. 

(b)  Student  body  fees  made  mandatory  through  student  action  (Educa- 
tion Code  Section  23801). 

§  30032.    Refund  of  Grant  Payments. 

Refund  of  unused  award  funds  previously  paid  to  a  school  or  college 
shall  be  based  on  the  published  regulations  of  the  school  or  college  con- 
cerned, as  certified  to  the  Commission  by  such  school  or  college. 

§  30033.    Withdrawal  of  a  Cal  Grant. 

The  Commission  may  withdraw  a  Cal  Grant  if  the  recipient: 

(a)  Fails  to  enroll  in  school  or  college  and  attend  classes. 

(b)  Withdraws  from  school  or  college  without  making  a  request  for  a 
leave  of  absence. 

(c)  Fails  to  maintain  a  full-time  or  part-time  program  in  accordance 
with  the  regulations  of  the  school  or  college  he  is  attending  and  the  Cali- 
fornia Student  Aid  Commission. 

(d)  Loses  his  status  as  a  resident  in  California. 

(e)  Fails  to  continue  to  demonstrate  financial  need  according  to  Cali- 
fornia Student  Aid  Commission  criteria. 

(0  Is  in  violation  of  California  Student  Aid  Commission  regulations. 

Article  4.    State  Guaranteed  Loans 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69500-69515  and  69530-69547,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Article  4  (Sections  30040  through  30046)  filed  10-17-66  as  an  emergen- 
cy: effective  upon  filing  (Register  66,  No.  36). 

2.  Amendment  filed  6-10-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 
24). 

3.  Repealer  of  Article  4  (Sections  30040-30046)  filed  6-14-78;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  24). 

Article  5.    State  Student  Incentive  Grant 
Program 

§  30050.    Statement  of  Non-interference. 

The  Student  Aid  Commission  finds  that  the  State  Student  Incentive 
Grant  Program  as  authorized  by  Title  IV,  Part  A.  Subpart  3.  of  the  Higher 
Education  Act  of  1965  as  amended  (20  U.S.C,  1070c-107c-3),  wilFnot 
interfere  with  or  jeopardize  the  continuation  of  the  Cal  Grant  Program  es- 
tablished under  Sections  69530  through  69547  of  the  State  Education 
Code. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited  for  Article  5:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  69500-69515  and  69530-69547,  Educafion  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  Article  5  (Sections  30050-30057)  filed  8-2-74  as  an  emergency;  effective 

upon  filing  (Register  74,  No.  31). 


• 


Page  204 


Register  2007,  No.  19;  5-11-2007 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


§  3()()60 


2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  1 1-22-74  (Register  74.  No.  47). 

?!.  Amendment  filed  6-10-77:  effective  thiilielh  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

24). 

§  30051 .     Eligible  Students. 

Eligible  stiident.s  are  undergraduate  students  witii  substantial  financial 
need  who  are  applicants  for  a  Cal  Gram  A,  Cal  Grant  B.  or  Cal  Grant  C 
who  meet  all  requirements  otherwise  established  by  the  California  Stu- 
dent Aid  Commission  for  receipt  of  such  awards. 

History 
I .  Amendment  filed  6-10-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  (hereafter  (Register  77.  No. 

24). 

§  30052.    Substantial  Financial  Need. 

Substantial  financial  need  shall  be  financial  need  using  standards  of 
financial  need  assessment  established  by  the  Commission  for  receipt  of 
slate  funds  including  standards  of  family  contributions,  self-help  expec- 
tations, and  unmet  need. 

§  30053.     Full-Time  Student. 

A  full-time,  regularly  enrolled  undergraduate  student  is  one  who  is 
regularly  enrolled  for  a  semester  or  quarter  program  of  not  less  than  1 2 
(twelve)  credit  hours  or  their  equivalent. 

HlS'lORY 
I.  Amendment  tiled  6-10-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No. 

24). 

§  30054.     Part-Time  Student. 

A  part-time  student  is  one  who  is  taking  6-1 1  units  or  their  equivalent. 
A  student  enrolled  for  9-11  units  or  their  equivalent  is  considered 
.^/4-iime  and  a  student  enrolled  for  6-8  units  or  their  equivalent  is  consid- 
ered l/2-time. 

History 
I .  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-10-77;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 77,  No.  24). 

§  30055.    Size  of  Grant. 

The  size  of  the  grant  shall  never  be  more  than  one-half  of  the  maxi- 
mum authorized  by  the  Education  Code  in  the  State  Scholarship  (Cal 
Grant  A),  College  Opportunity  Grant  (Cal  Grant  B),  or  Occupational 
Education  and  Training  Grant  (Cal  Grant  C)  programs. 

Hi. STORY 
I .  Renumbering  of  former  Section  3(X).S4  and  amendment  filed  6- 1 0-77;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77.  No.  24). 

§  30056.    Independent  Students. 

The  criteria  for  determining  independence  from  parental  income  shall 
be  the  same  as  established  by  the  Commission  for  establishing  indepen- 
dence from  parental  income  for  the  Cal  Grant  A,  Cal  Grant  B,  and  Cal 
Grant  C  prograiTis. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  of  former  Section  .^OO.'S.'^  and  amendment  filed  6-1 0-77;  effective 

thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  24). 

§  30057.    Academic  Year. 

An  academic  year  means  a  period  of  time  usually  eight  or  nine  months 
during  which  a  full-time  student  would  normally  be  expected  to  com- 
plete the  equivalent  of  two  semesters,  two  trimesters,  or  three  quarters  of 
instruction. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  former  Section  300.'i6  filed  6-10-77;  effective  thirtieth  day 

thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  24). 

§  30058.     Eligible  Institutions. 

Eligible  institutions  are  institutions  which  are  located  in  California 
which  meet  the  requirements  for  participation  in  the  Cal  Grant  A,  Cal 
Grant  B,  and  Cal  Grant  C  programs  as  established  in  the  State  Education 
Code. 


History 

1.  Renumbering  of  former  Section  300.'i7  and  amendment  filed  6- 10-77;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  77,  No.  24). 


Article  6. 


Conflict  of  Interest  Code  Student 
Aid  Commission 


§  30060.    Conflict  of  Interest  Code. 

The  Political  Reform  Act,  Government  Code  sections  81()(K),  et  seq.. 
requires  state  and  local  government  agencies  to  adopt  and  promulgate 
Conflict  of  Interest  Codes.  The  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  has 
adopted  a  regulation.  2  California  Code  of  Regulations  section  18730, 
which  contains  the  terms  of  a  standard  Conflict  of  interest  Code,  which 
can  be  incorporated  by  reference,  and  which  may  be  amended  by  the  Fair 
Political  Practices  Commission  to  conform  to  amendments  in  the  Politi- 
cal Reform  Act  after  public  notice  and  hearings.  Therefore,  the  terms  of 
2  California  Code  of  Regulations  section  1 8730  and  any  amendments  to 
it  duly  adopted  by  the  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission,  along  with  the 
attached  Appendix  in  which  officials  and  employees  are  designated  and 
disclosure  categories  are  set  forth,  are  hereby  incorporated  by  reference 
and  constitute  the  Conflict  of  Interest  Code  of  the  Student  Aid  Commis- 
sion. 

Pursuant  to  section  4(a)  of  the  Standard  Code,  designated  employees 
shall  file  statements  of  economic  interests  with  their  agencies.  Upon  re- 
ceipt of  the  statements  of  the  California  Student  Aid  Commissioners,  the 
Executive  Director,  members  of  the  EDFUND  Board  of  Directors,  and 
the  President  of  EDFUND.  the  agency  shall  make  and  retain  a  copy  and 
forward  the  original  of  these  statements  to  the  Fair  Political  Practices 
Commission. 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
87100,  et  seq..  Government  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  6  (sections  30060-30069)  filed  7-8-77;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter.  Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  6-H-77  (Register 

•  77,  No.  28). 

2.  Repealer  of  article  6  (sections  30060-30069  and  Exhibits  A  and  B)  and  new  ar- 
ticle 6  (section  30060  and  Appendix)  filed  6-12-81;  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter.  Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  6-30-80  ( Register 
81,  No.  24). 

3.  Amendment  of  Appendix  (Exhibits  A  and  B)  filed  1-4-85:  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter.  Approved  bv  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  1  1-13-84 
(Register  85.  No.  1 ). 

4.  Amendment  of  Appendix  filed  3-27-89;  operative  4-26-89.  Approved  by  Fair 
Political  Practices  Commission  1-2.5-89  (Register  89,  No.  13). 

5.  Amendment  of  Conflict  of  Interest  Code  filed  1-17-91;  operative  2-16-91 
(Register  91,  No.  11). 

6.  Amendment  of  section  and  Appendix  filed  4-30-2001 ;  operative  ,5-.30-2001 . 
Approved  by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  2-26-2001  (Register  2001. 
No.  18). 

7.  Amendment  of  Appendix  Exhibit  A  filed  3-8-2004;  operative  4-7-2004.  Ap- 
proved by  Fair  Political  Practices  Commission  12-9-2003  (Register  2004.  No. 
11). 

8.  Amendment  of  Appendix  A  filed  5-26-2005;  operative  6-25-2005.  Approved 
by  Fair  Political  Practices  Coinmission  3- 1 7-2005  (Register  2005.  No.  2 1 ). 

Appendix 

Exhibit  "A" 

Designated  Positions 

I.  Persons  occupying  the  following  positions  are  designated  em- 
ployees and  must  report  those  financial  interests  listed  in  the  disclosure 
categories  under  Exhibit  "B"  to  which  they  have  been  assigned.  (No  em- 
ployee who  performs  purely  ministerial,  clerical,  or  service  functions 
shall  be  a  designated  employee.)  California  Student  Aid  Commission 
(CSAC)  employees  assigned  to  EDFUND  will  be  considered  EDFUND 
employees  for  purposes  of  determining  whether  their  position  is  a  desig- 
nated position. 


Page  205 


Register  2(X)7,  No.  19;  5-11  -2007 


§  30075 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Assigned 

Disclosure 

Designated  Position  Categories 

California  Student  Aid  Comniissiun  Employees 

California  Student  Aid  Commissioner 1 .  2,  3 

Executive  Director    1.2,3 

Chief  Deputy  Director 2.  3 

Division  Chief 2.  3 

Accounting  Officer    2,  3 

Auditor 2.  3 

Contract  Officer    2.  3 

Financial  Aid  Manager 2,  3 

Procurement  Officer 2,  3 

Staff  Counsel  2.3 

Staff  Services  Manager   2.  3 

Consultants* 2.  3 

EDFUND  Employees 

EDFUND  Board  Member   1,2.3 

President 1,2.3 

Vice  President   2,  3 

Assistant  Vice  President 2.  3 

Auditor 2.  3 

Claims  Prevention  and  Resolution  Manager  2,  3 

Finance  and  Administration  Manager 2,  3 

Ombudsman 2.  3 

Procurement  Staff   2.  3 

Staff  Counsel  2.3 

*Consultants 2.  3 

Exhibit  "B" 

Disclosure  Categories 

Designated  employees  assigned  to  Category  1  shall  disclose: 
Interests  in  real  property  located  in  the  jurisdiction. 
Designated  employees  assigned  to  Category  2  shall  disclose: 
Investments  and  business  positions  in,  and  income  from,  business  en- 
tities of  the  type  which  provide  services,  supplies,  materials,  or  equip- 
ment to  the  Commission. 

Designated  employees  assigned  to  Category  3  shall  disclose: 
Investments  and  business  positions  in,  and  income  from,  business  en- 
tities of  the  type  that  either  provide  financial  aid  or  related  services  to  the 
Commission  or  participate  in  and  benefit  from  the  Commission's  pro- 
grams. This  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  affiliations  with  and  income 
from  public,  private  or  vocational  schools,  colleges  and  universities,  edu- 
cational associations  or  entities,  state  or  federal  agencies,  financial  aid 
processors,  collection  agencies,  lending  institutions,  lender  services. 
school  services,  secondary  markets  and  contracted  servicers. 

Exhibit  "C" 

Consultants 

*  Consultants  shall  be  included  in  the  list  of  designated  employees  and 
shall  disclose  pursuant  to  the  broadest  disclosure  category  in  the  code 
subject  to  the  following  limitation: 

The  Executive  Director  or  the  President  of  EDFUND  may  determine 
in  writing  that  a  particular  consultant,  although  a  "designated  position," 
is  hired  to  perform  a  range  of  duties  that  is  limited  in  scope  and  thus  is 
not  required  to  fully  comply  with  the  disclosure  requirements  described 
in  this  section.  Such  written  determinafion  shall  include  a  descripfion  of 
the  consultant's  duties  and,  based  upon  that  description,  a  statement  of 
the  extent  of  disclosure  requirements.  The  Executive  Director's  or  Presi- 
dent of  EDFUND' s  determination  is  a  public  record  and  shall  be  retained 


for  public  inspection  in  the  same  manner  and  location  as  this  conflict  of 
interest  code. 


Article  7.    Statement  of  Purpose  and 

Criteria  for  Approval  as  Processor  for  the 

Student  Aid  Application  for  California  for 

Student  Aid  Commission  Programs 

§  30075.    Statement  of  Purpose. 

NOTE:  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Section  69544  and  Sections  69334  through 
69534.7  of  the  Education  Code. 

Hlstory 

1 .  New  Article  7  (Sections  30075  and  30076)  filed  8-4-78  as  an  emergency;  effec- 
tive upon  filing  (Register  78,  No.  31). 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  1 1-9-78  (Register  78.  No.  45). 

3.  Amendment  filed  8-1-79  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Register  79. 
No.  31). 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  10-1-79  (Register  79.  No.  40). 

5.  Repealer  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.l3). 

§  30076.    Criteria  for  Approval  as  Processor. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69534-695.34.7,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Editorial  correction  to  delete  former  history  note  (Register  78,  No.  48). 

2.  Amendment  filed  8-1-79  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Register  79, 
No.  31). 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  10-1-79  (Register  79,  No.  40). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsections  (1),  (2)  and  (15)  filed  6-18-82;  effective  thirtieth 
day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No.  25). 

5.  Amendment  filed  6-19-85;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  85,  No. 

25). 

6.  Repealer  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.l3). 


Article  8.    Approval  or  Disapproval  for 
Processing 

§  30080.    Approval  as  a  Sole  Processor. 

NOTE:  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Section  69544  and  Sections  69534  through 
69534.7  of  the  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  8  (Section  30080)  filed  8-4-78  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon 
filing  (Register  78,  No.  31). 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  1 1-9-78  (Register  78,  No.  45). 

3.  Amendment  filed  8-1-79  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Register  79, 

No.  31). 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  10-1-79  (Register  79,  No.  40). 

5.  Repealer  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.l3). 

§  30081 .    Withdrawal  as  a  Sole  Processor  During  Period  of 
Service. 

NOTE:  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Section  69544  and  Sections  69534  through 
69534.7  of  the  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  8-1-79  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Register  79, 

No.  31). 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  10-1-79  (Register  79,  No.  40). 

3.  Repealer  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

§  30082.    Withdrawal  as  a  Sole  Processor  upon  Expiration 
of  Period  of  Service. 

NOTE:  Authority  and  reference  cited:  Section  69544  and  Sections  69534  through 
69534.7  of  the  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  8-1-79  as  an  emergency;  effecfive  upon  filing  (Register  79, 

No.  31). 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  10-1-79  (Register  79,  No.  40). 

3.  Repealer  filed  3-14-88;operaUve  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 


• 


Page  206 


Register  2007,  No.  19;  5-11-2007 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


$30113 


Article  9.    The  California  Guaranteed 
Student  Loan  Program* 


Established  by  Chapter  1201,  Statutes  of  1977. 


§  30107.    Insurance  Premium  Refunds. 

NOTE:  Authority  eited:  Sections  6y.'S44  and  69763,  hdueation  Code.  Retereiice: 
Sections  69761.5  and  69763,  Hducation  Code. 

His  I  OK Y 

1 .  Amendment  filed  10-20-78;  elTeclive  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (ReLMsler7X,  No. 
42). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6- 1 8-S  i ;  et't'ecti  ve  thirtieth  dav  therealter  ( Reg- 
ister 81,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  filed  6-21-81 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82.  No, 
26). 

4.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97:  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Govemmeni  Code  sec- 
tion 11 343.4(d)  (Register  97.  No.  26). 


§30100.    Federal  Regulations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Article  9  (Sections  30100-30127)  filed  6-14-78;  effective  thirtieth  day     §  30108.    Insurance  Premium  Revenues. 

thereafler(Regi.ster78,No,24).ArticlewasestablishedbyChapter  1201, Stat-       no^j:.  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
utesotl977.  ,       ^.    .    ^  ^       ^        ^       ,^     .        ^„  ^,  69760-69779,  Education  Code. 

2.  Amendment  filed  10-20-78;  el lective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  Hit  rrADv 

3.  A~mcndment  filed  6-18-81;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  81,  No.  1.  Amendment  filed  10-20-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78.  No. 
25).                                                                          ■  42). 

4.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec-  -•  Repealer  and  new  .section  filed  6-18-8 1 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  therealter  (Reg- 
tion  1 1.343.4(d)  (Register  97.  No.  26). 


ister8l,No.  25). 


5.  Repealerofanicle9  (sections  .30100-30127)  filed  7-17-97;operative  7-17-97       3.  Repealer  fjled  7-17-97;  operative  7-17-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec - 
pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  29).  """  11 343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  .29). 


pursuant 

§  301 01 .    Student  Eligibility. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69.544  and  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  69761  and  69761 .5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Amendment  filed  12-14-83;effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83,  No. 
51). 

2.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1.343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  301 02.    Delivery  of  Loan  Checks. 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69544  and  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
,Sections  69761  and  69761.5,  Education  Code. 

Hestory 

1.  Amendment  filed  10-20-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78.  No. 
42). 

2.  Amendment  filed  12-14-83;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  83.  No. 
51). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97.  No.  26). 

§  301 03.    Prior  Grant  or  Loan  Obligations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section       69760-69779,  Education  Code. 
69761.5,  Education  Code;  34  CFR  Section  682.201  (a)(4),  (5),  (6),  and  (c). 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  6-18-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82,  No 
25). 

2.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 


§30109.    Student  Records. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  10-20-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No. 
42). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-1 8-8 1 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 81,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Govemment  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1 343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  301 1 0.    Enrollment  Confirmation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69.544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  .Sections 
69760-69779,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-1 8-8 1 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 81,  No.  25). 

2.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§30111.    Full  Guarantee. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 


History 

1 .  Repealer  and  new  secUon  filed  6-1 8-81 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafier  (Reg- 
ister 81,  No.  25). 

2.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Govemment  Code  sec- 
tion 11 343.4(d)  (Register  97.  No.  26). 

§  301 1 2.    Payment  of  Claims. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69544  and  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference: 

Mo-rn.    A  .h    •.      ■•  ^    c    .       ^o^^i    cA      ,■      n  A     I,  f  e      •  Sections  69760-69779,  Education  Codc;  20  USC  1078(c)(  1 )( A);  and  .34  CKR 

INOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections       ^qt  ^iiA/n^nui^ 
69760-69779,  Education  Code.  68_.516(a)(l)(,). 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Govemment  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 


§  30104.    Social  Security  Numbers. 


History 

1.  Amendment  filed  10-21-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No. 
42). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-18-81 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 81,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-24-86  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Register  86, 
No.  39).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  within  120 
days  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  on  1-22-87. 

4.  Request  for  extension  of  9-24-86  emergency  order  transmitted  to  OAL  on 
1-22-87;  amendment  refiled  1-27-87  as  an  emergency,  operative  1-22-87 
(Register  87,  No.  5).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
no  later  than  5-22-87  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of 
law(Gov.  C.  §  11346.1). 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  5-21-87  (Register  87,  No.  22). 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  69.544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections      6.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Govemment  Code  sec- 
69760-69779,  Education  Code.  tion  1 1 343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

,      ,f-iHc.7Q         History  §30113.    Proclaims  Collection  Assistance. 

1.  Amendment  tiled  8-1-79  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  tiling  (Register  79,      .,  .... 

No.  31)  r  c        c  NOTE:  Authonty  cited:  Sections  69544  and  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference: 

2.  Certificate  of  Comphance  filed  10-1-79  (Register  79,  No.  40).  Sections  69760-69779,  Education  Code;  20  USC  1080(e)(2);  and  34  CFR 

3.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-18-8 1 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg-      682.5 1 1  (d). 

ister81,No.  25).  HISTORY 

4.  Repealer  filed  7-17-97:  operative  7-17-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec-       1 .  Amendment  filed  10-20-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78  No 
tion  1 1 343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  29).  42). 


§30105.    Previous  Loan  Liability. 

NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  69.544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Govemment  Code  sec- 
fion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30106.    Insurance  Premium. 


[The  next  page  is  207.] 

Page  206.1 


Register  2007,  No.  19;  5- 1 1  -2007 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


§  30125 


• 


• 


2.  Rcpciiler  and  new  section  Hied  6-18-8 1 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  ( Rec- 
ister81.  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  filed  9-24-86  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  tiling  (Register  86. 
No.  39).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  within  120 
days  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  on  1-22-87. 

4.  Request  for  extension  of  9-24-86  emergency  order  transmitted  to  OAL  on 
1-22-87;  amendment  refiled  1-27-87  as  an  emergency,  operative  1-22-87 
(Register  87.  No.  .S).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
no  later  than  .'i-22-87  or  emeruency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of 
law  (Gov.  C.  §  11.346.1). 

.S.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  .S-21-87  (Register  87.  No.  22). 

6.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97:  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 11 343.4(d)  (Register  97.  No.  26). 

§  3011 4.     Interest  on  Claims. 

Non::  Authority  cited:  Section  69344.  Hducation  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  10-20-78:  eftective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No. 

42). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-18-8 1 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 81.  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  301 1 5.     Lender  Agreement. 

NOTt;:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779,  Education  Code. 

HtSTORY 

1.  Amendment  filed  10-2O-78;effectivethirtiethday  thereafter  (Register  78,  No. 
42). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  .section  filed  6-1 8-8 1 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 81.  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  301 16.     Lender  and  School  Reviews. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  SecUon  69544.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  10-20-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78.  No. 
42). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-1 8-8 1 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 81.  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1  1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§30117.     SallieMae. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  from  Section  30120  and  amendment  filed  10-20-78;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  42). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-1 8-8 1 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 81,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  301 1 8.     Procedural  Changes. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  69544.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  from  Section  30121  and  amendment  filed  10-20-78;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  42). 

2.  Amendment  filed  12-13-78  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Register 
78,  No.  50). 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  3-7-79  (Register  79,  No.  10). 

4.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed6-18-81;effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 81,  No.  25). 

5.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 11343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  301 19.     Earnings  from  the  Reserve  Fund. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779.  Education  Code. 


History 

1.  Renumbering  from  Section  30122  filed  10-20-78;  effective  thirtieth  dav  there- 
after (Register  78.  No.  42). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-18-8 1 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  ( Reg- 
ister 81,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97.  No.  26). 

§30120.    Contracting  for  Services. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69.544.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  from  Section  30123  and  amendment  filed  10-20-78:  effective 
thirtieth  day  Thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  42). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-18-81;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereaner(  Reg- 
ister 81,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  '^24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  301 21 .    Loan  Proceed  Delivery. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69544  and  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  69763,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  from  section  30124  and  amendment  filed  10-20-78;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78.  No.  42). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-18-81;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafier  (Reg- 
ister 81,  No.  25). 

3.  Amendment  filed  6-21-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82.  No. 
26). 

4.  Repealer  filed  4-1 1-94;  operative  5-1 1-94  (Register  94,  No.  15). 

5.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30122.    California  Student  Loan  Authority. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  from  Section  30125  and  amendment  filed  10-20-78;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78.  No.  42). 

2.  Repealer  and  new  section  filed  6-1 8-81 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Reg- 
ister 81,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30123.    Earnings  from  the  Reserve  Fund. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  from  Section  30126  and  amendment  filed  10-20-78;  effective 
thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No.  42). 

2.  Repealer  filed  6-1 8-81;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  81,  No.  25). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-24—97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30124.    Lender  Transmittal  of  Manifest  and  Fees,  and 
Cancellation  of  Non-Disbursed  Loan 
Guarantees  by  the  Commission. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  69544  and  69763,  Edueafion  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  1078(b)(2),  1078-2(a);  34  C.F.R.  682.410  (a)(IV)  and  Sections  69761. 
69761 .5  and  69763,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-21-82;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  ( Register  82.  No. 
26).  For  history  of  former  section,  see  Registers  81 .  No.  25  and  78.  No.  42. 

2.  Amendment  filed  12-17-91 ;  operative  3-1-92.  (Register  92,  No.  10). 

3.  Editorial  correcfion  (Register  97,  No.  24). 

4.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 11343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30125.    Loan  Proceed  Delivery. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-20-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78,  No. 

42). 

2.  Repealer  filed  6-1 8-81 ;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  8 1 ,  No.  25 ). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 


Page  207 


Register  2001,  No.  3;  1-19-2001 


§  30126 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  30126.    Refunding  Unused  Loan  Funds. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  69544.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760-69779,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  from  Section  301  14  and  amendment  filed  10-20-78:  effective 
thirtieth  day  Ihereafter  (Register  78.  No.  42). 

2.  Amendment  tiled  12-13-78  as  an  emeiijency;  effective  upon  filinii  (Reaister 

78.  No.  30). 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  3-7-79  (Register  79.  No.  10). 

4.  Repealer  filed  6-18-81;effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register81,  No.  25). 

5.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  .sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  301 27.    Contracting  for  Services. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  1 0-20-78;  effective  thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  78.  No.  42 ). 

2.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Ct^de  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97.  No.  26). 


Article  10.    The  California  Loans  to  Assist 
Students  Program 

§  30200.    Federal  Regulations. 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69.544.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69760,  69761.5,  69763  and  69770,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  Article  10  (Sections  30200-30221,  not  consecutive)  filed  6-21-82;  effec- 
tive thirtieth  day  thereafter  (Register  82.  No.  26). 

2.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
fion  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

3.  Repealer  of  article  10  (sections  30200-30227)  filed  7-17-97;  operative 
7-17-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No. 
29). 

§  30201 .    Parent  Borrower  Eligibility. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30202.    Student  Borrower  Eligibility. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
fion  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30203.    Prior  Grant  or  Loan  Obligations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30204.    Social  Security  Number. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 11 343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30205.    Application  Fraud. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30206.    Insurance  Premium. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69761.5.  69763  and  69770,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  7-17-97;  operative  7-17-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  29). 


§  30207.    Insurance  Premium  Refunds. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69763.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  f)-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
fion  1 1.343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30208.     Insurance  Premium  Revenues. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69763  and  69770,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  7-1 7-97;  operative  7- 1 7-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
fion  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  29). 

§  30209.    Student  Records. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69763.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97:  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Govemment  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§30210.     Full  Guarantee. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69763.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Govemment  Code  sec- 
fion  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  3021 1 .    Payment  of  Claims. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69544  and  69763.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Secfions  69760-69779,  Educafion  Code;  20  USC  1078(c)(1)(A);  and  34  CFR 
682.5 16(a)(l  )(i) 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-24-86  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Register  86, 
No.  39).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  within  120 
days  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  on  1-22-87. 

2.  Request  for  extension  of  9-24-86  emergency  order  transmitted  to  OAL  on 
1-22-87;  amendment  refiled  1-27-87  as  an  emergency,  operative  1-22-87 
(Register  87,  No.  5).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
no  later  than  5-22-87  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of 
law(Gov.C.§  11346.1). 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  5-21-87  (Register  87.  No.  22). 

4.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Govemment  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1.343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  3021 2.    Preclaims  Collection  Assistance. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69544  and  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  69760-69779,  Educafion  Code;  20  USC  1080(e)(2);  and  34  CFR 
682.511(d). 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  9-24-86  as  an  emergency;  effective  upon  filing  (Register  86, 
No.  39).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  within  120 
days  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  on  1-22-87. 

2.  Request  for  extension  of  9-24-86  emergency  order  transmitted  to  OAL  on 
1-22-87;  amendment  refiled  1-27-87  as  an  emergency,  operative  1-22-87 
(Register  87,  No.  5).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
no  later  than  5-22-87  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of 
law  (Gov.  C.  §  11346.1). 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  filed  5-21-87  (Register  87,  No.  22). 

4.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Govemment  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1 343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  3021 3.    Interest  on  Claims. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Govemment  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30214.    Lender  Agreement. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Govemment  Code  sec- 
fion  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30215.  Lender  and  School  Reviews. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 


• 


• 


Page  208 


Register  2001,  No.  3;  1-19-2001 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


§  30301 


• 


• 


History 
I .  Repealer  Hied  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  see- 
tion  1 134.14(d)  (Register  97.  No.  26). 

§30216.    SallieMae. 

Noiri:  Authority  cited:  Section  69.S44.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
6976.^.  Education  Code. 

Hlstory 
I .  Repealer  tiled  6-24-97:  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Goveminent  Code  sec- 
tion ll,34.'^.4(d)  (Register  97.  No.  26). 

§  30217.    Procedural  Changes. 

NO'IH:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
6976.^  and  69770.  Education  Code. 

History 
I .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  (>-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion I  1.34.3.4(d)  (Register  97.  No.  26). 

§  30218.    Earnings  from  the  Reserve  Fund. 

NOTi;:  Authority  cited:  Section  69544.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69763.  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  Hied  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30219.    Lender  Transmittal  of  Manifest  and  Fees,  and 
Cancellation  of  Non-Disbursed  Loan 
Guarantees  by  the  Commission. 

NOTI::  Authority  cited:  Sections  69763  and  69544.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  1078(b)(2);  34  CFR  682.410(a)(  1  Miv):  and  Sections  69763,  69761  and 
69761.5.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  4-21-94;  operative  5-23-94  (Register  94,  No.  16). 

2.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-2-1-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97.  No.  26). 

§  30220.    Loan  Proceed  Delivery. 

NOTF::  Authority  cited:  Section  69544.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

Hlstory 

1 .  Repealer  filed  4-1 1-94;  operative  5-1 1-94  (Register  94,  No.  15). 

2.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97.  No.  26). 

§  30221 .    California  Student  Loan  Authority. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  69544,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69763.  Education  Code. 

History 
I .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1.343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 

§  30225.    Co-Signers  and  Co-Makers. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69544  and  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  69760  and  69763,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1  L'^43.4(d)  (Register  97.  No.  26). 

§  30226.    Credit  Analysis. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  10-4-84;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter  (Register  84.  No. 

40). 

2.  Corrected  order  deleting  text  previously  filed  in  error  on  10-4-84,  filed 
10-9-84;  effective  upon  filing  pursuant  to  Government  Code  Section 
1 1.346.2(d)  (Register  84.  No.  40). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 


§  30227.     Loan  Disbursement  Instructions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69544  and  69763.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Sections  69760  and  69763.  Education  Code. 

Hisiory 

1 .  New  section  filed  10-4-84;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter  (Register  84.  No. 
40). 

2.  Amendment  filed  7-29-85;  effective  thirtieth  dav  thereafter  (Resisier  85.  No. 
31). 

3.  Repealer  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Goveminent  Code  sec- 
fion  11343.4(d)  (Re2ister97.  No.  26i. 


Article  1 1 .    Imposition  of  Civil  Penalties, 
and  Limitation,  Suspension  and  Termination 

of  Eligibility,  Under  the  California 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program  (CGSLP) 

and  the  California  Loans  to  Assist  Students 

(CLAS)  Program 

§  30300.  Purpose  and  Scope. 

Any  action  taken  under  this  subpart  or  any  other  provision  of  those 
rules  will  not  affect  an  institution's  responsibility  to  fulfill  the  require- 
ments of  the  Act.  regulations  orCELP  policies  and  procedures  applicable 
to  outstanding  CELP  loans  or  the  institution's  rights,  if  any.  to  benefits 
or  payments  that  are  based  on  the  institution's  prior  participation  in  the 
CELP. 

This  subpart  does  not  apply  to: 

(a)  a  determination  that  an  institution  fails  to  meet  the  definition  of  ei- 
ther an  "institution  of  higher  education"  as  defined  in  section  1085(b)  of 
20  U.S.C  or  a  "vocational  school"  as  defined  in  section  1085(c)  of  20 
U.S.C; 

(b)  an  institution  fails  to  meet  the  definition  of  "lender"  in  sections 
682.200  and  683. 10  of  34  C.F.R.  or; 

(c)  of  a  school's  loss  of  lender  eligibility  by  the  Secretary  of  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Education  (USED)  due  to  its  default  experience  under 
sections  682.61 1  and  683.90  of  34  C.F.R. 

In  any  such  case,  the  CLP  Official  terminates  the  participation  of  the 
institufion  immediately  by  sending  notice  of  such  termination. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
1078(b)(2).  1078-2(a);  .34  C.F.R.  682.401(c)(2)(ii),  683. 31(c)(2)(ii);  and  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  article  11  (sections  30300-30314)  filed  11-8-84;  effective  upon  filing 
pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1346.2(d)  (Register  84.  No.  45). 

2.  Editorial  correefion  of  printing  error  correctine  article  1 1  heading  (Register  91. 
No.  29). 

§  30301 .     Definition  of  Certain  Terms. 

(a)  Act.  Title  IV  Higher  Education  Act  of  1 965.  as  amended,  20  U.S.C. 
1070  ff,  and  42  U.S.C.  2751 -2756(b). 

(b)  Action.  Any  proceeding  or  notification  which  limits,  suspends  or 
terminates  the  participation  of  an  institution  in  the  CELP,  including  those 
taken  without  the  need  of  conforming  to  the  procedures  of  this  subpart 
such  as  a  limitation,  suspension,  termination  or  other  similar  action  taken 
as  a  result  of  a  violation  of  a  Consent  Agreement  or  termination  as  pro- 
vided in  Section  30300. 

(c)  Applicable  Laws.  Applicable  laws  include,  but  are  not  limited  to: 
The  Higher  Education  Act  of  1965,  as  amended;  Section  69760-69779 
of  the  California  Education  Code;  California  Fair  Debt  Collection  Prac- 
tices Act  (California  Civil  Code,  Section  1788  ff);  Truth  in  Lending  Act 
(L5  U.S.C.  1602  fO. 

(d)  Binding  Arbitration.  The  presentation  of  issues  to  a  disinterested 
person  chosen  by  the  parties  to  hear  their  contention  and  render  a  judg- 


[The  next  page  is  209. 


Page  208.1 


Register  2001,  No.  3;  1-19-2001 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


§  30304 


• 


• 


meni  which  the  institution  and  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission 
agree  to  honor. 

(e)  California  Educational  Loan  Programs  (CELP),  CaHfornia  Guar- 
anteed Student  Loan  Program  and  California  Loans  to  Assist  Students. 

(0  CELP  Official.  An  official  of  the  CELP  who  has  been  delegated  by 
the  Director.  California  Student  Aid  Commission,  the  responsibility  for 
initiating  and  pursuing  action  under  this  subpart. 

(g)  Consent  Agreement.  A  voluntary  agreement  reached  between  the 
institution  and  the  CELP  Official  which  fully  or  partially  settles  the  dis- 
pute(s)  between  the  parties. 

(h)  Delivery.  The  release  of  CELP  check  to  a  borrower. 

(i)  Funds.  Any  money  (including  checks,  drafts,  or  other  instruments), 
any  commitment  to  provide  money,  or  any  commitment  of  insurance 
which  has  been  (or  may  be)  provided  under  the  CELP  to  a  borrower  or 
an  institution. 

(j)  Hearing.  The  orderly  presentation  of  arguments  and  evidence  be- 
fore a  Hearing  Officer. 

(k)  Hearing  Officer.  An  impartial  person,  appointed  by  the  Director, 
California  Student  Aid  Commission,  with  no  prior  involvement  with  the 
facts  giving  rise  to  action  under  this  subpart,  who  is  either; 

( 1 )  an  attorney  who  has  been  admitted  to  the  practice  of  law  in  Califor- 
nia for  at  least  five  (5)  years  preceding  his  appointment  and  possesses  any 
additional  qualifications  established  by  the  California  State  Personnel 
Board  for  the  particular  class  involved; 

(2)  a  person  who  is  an  arbitrator  qualified  by  the  American  Arbitration 
Association;  or 

(3)  any  other  person  who  meets  the  qualifications  (other  than  merely 
testing)  for  the  position  of  Administrative  Law  Judge  for  the  Federal 
Government. 

(1)  Institution.  An  institution  of  higher  education  as  defined  in  20 
U.S.C.  1 085(b).  a  vocational  school  as  defined  in  20  U.S.C.  1 085(c),  and 
a  lender  as  defined  in  34  C.F.R.  682.200  and  683.10. 

(m)  Limitation.  Imposition  of  conditions  including  remedies  for  past 
violations  by  the  CELP  Official  or  Hearing  Officer  which  an  institution 
must  meet  in  order  to  continue  to  participate  in  the  CELP. 

(n)  Notice.  Written  information  which  is  intended  to  advise  the  person 
responsible  for  the  administration,  in  a  participating  institution,  of  the 
CELP  of  a  proposed  action  by  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission 
in  which  the  institution's  interests  are  involved. 

(0)  Reinstatement.  Allows  an  institution,  after  termination  of  its  eligi- 
bility, to  participate  again  in  the  CELP  upon  meeting  specific  conditions. 

(p)  Suspension.  The  removal  of  an  institution's  eligibility  to  partici- 
pate in  the  CELP  for  a  specified  period  of  time  or  until  the  institution 
meets  certain  requirements. 

(q)  Termination.  The  removal  of  an  institution's  eligibility  in  the 
CELP  for  an  indefinite  period  of  time,  but  not  less  than  24  months. 

(r)  Title  IV.  Title  IV  of  the  Higher  Education  Act  of  1 965,  as  amended. 
NOTt£:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
1078(b)(2),  1078-2(a);  .14  C.F.R.  682.401(c)(2)(ii),683.31(c)(2Kii);  and  Section 
69763.  Education  Code. 

§  30302.     Causes  of  Action. 

(a)  Limitation,  suspension,  or  termination  action  may  be  instituted 
when  there  is  any  violation  by  an  institution  of  applicable  law.  regulation, 
or  of  its  school  or  lender  agreement;  any  violation  by  an  institution  of  lim- 
itations or  of  a  Consent  Agreement;  or  any  form  or  degree  of  misrepre- 
sentation or  fraud  perpetrated  by  an  institution  or  its  employees  in  con- 
nection with  the  CELP  or  other  State  student  financial  aid  programs. 

(b)  If  the  CELP  official: 

( 1 )  receives  information,  determined  by  the  CELP  Official  to  be  reli- 
able, that  an  institution  is  violating  any  provision  of  applicable  laws,  reg- 
ulations, or  any  applicable  special  arrangement,  agreement,  or  limitation: 

(2)  determines  that  immediate  action  is  necessary  to  prevent  misuse  of 
Federal  or  State  funds;  and 

(3)  determines  that  the  likelihood  of  loss  outweighs  the  importance  of 
following  the  limitation,  suspension,  or  termination  procedures  autho- 


rized in  this  article;  the  CELP  Official  shall,  effective  on  the  date  on 
which  a  notice  and  statement  of  the  basis  of  the  action  is  mailed  to  the 
institution  (by  registered  mail,  return  receipt  requested),  take  emergency 
action  consistent  with  section  30304  of  this  article.  If  the  institution  has 
a  telecopier  number  which  the  CELP  Official  is  able  to  obtain  after  a  dili- 
gent search,  the  CELP  Official  shall,  at  the  time  of  inailing,  telecopy  the 
notice  and  statement,  without  attachments,  to  the  institution. 

(c)  An  emergency  action  under  this  section  may  not  exceed  30  days 
unless  a  limitation,  suspension,  or  termination  proceeding  is  initiated 
against  the  institution  under  this  article  before  the  expiration  of  that  peri- 
od, in  which  case  the  CELP  Official  inay  extend  the  emergency  action 
to  a  point  in  time  no  later  than  the  effective  date  of  the  limitation,  suspen- 
sion, or  termination  if  the  liinitation,  suspension,  or  termination  is  not 
contested,  or  the  effective  date  of  the  decision  of  the  CELP  Official  or  the 
Hearing  Officer  if  the  limitation,  suspension,  or  termination  is  contested. 

(d)  The  CELP  official  shall  provide  the  institution,  if  it  so  requests,  an 
opportunity  to  show  cause  that  the  emergency  action  is  unwarranted. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763(a).  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
l()78(b)(l)(T)&(U),  1082(h)  &(i)  and  1094(c);  and  .34  C.F.R.  668.81  -668.97. 

History 

i .  Amendment  filed  2-9-90  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-9-90  ( Register  90.  No. 

7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  loOAL  within  120  days  or 

emergency  language  will  be  repealed  on  6-1 1-90. 
2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-9-90  order  transmitted  to  OAL  6-8-90  and 

filed  7-9-90  (Register  90,  No.  .34). 

§  30303.     Initiation  of  Action. 

The  CELP  Official  begins  a  limitation,  suspension,  or  termination  ac- 
tion by  sending  by  certified  mail,  (with  return  receipt  requested)  a  notice 
advising  the  institution  of  the  consequences  of  the  action,  the  alleged  vio- 
lations on  which  the  action  is  based,  the  effective  dale  of  the  action,  and 
of  the  institution's  right  to  request  a  hearing  (if  the  request  is  in  writing 
and  received  by  the  CELP  Official  at  least  five  (5)  days  before  the  date 
the  action  is  to  be  effective)  and  of  the  right  to  present  written  material 
showing  why  an  action  should  not  take  place. 

If  a  hearing  is  requested,  the  CELP  Official  shall  set  the  date  and  place 
of  the  hearing  which  must  be  at  least  twenty  (20)  days  after  receipt  of  the 
request.  No  action,  other  than  by  Consent  Agreement,  emergency  action, 
or  as  otherwise  provided  in  these  regulations  can  take  place  until  after  a 
hearing  is  held  and  a  decision  reached  and  written  notice  thereof  given. 

If  the  institution  does  not  request  a  hearing,  but  submits  written  materi- 
al, the  CELP  Official  shall  postpone  the  effective  date  of  the  action  until 
after  such  material  is  evaluated.  All  material  must  be  received  by  the 
CELP  Official  within  twenty  (20)  days  from  the  date  the  institution  noti- 
fies the  California  Student  Aid  Commission  of  its  intention  to  submit  data 
for  consideration.  Within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  material  is  reviewed, 
the  CELP  Official  shall  notify  the  institution  by  certified  mail  (return  re- 
ceipt requested)  that  the  action  is  dismissed  or  will  be  effective  as  of  the 
date  originally  specified. 

A  limitation,  suspension,  or  termination  may  not  be  effective  eariier 
than  twenty  (20)  days  after  the  date  on  which  the  notice  is  mailed  unless 
otherwise  provided  in  these  regulations. 

NOTE:  Authoritv  cited:  Section  69763(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
l078(b)(l)(T)&(U),  1082(h)and  l()94(c):  and  34  C.F.R.  668.81  -668.97. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  2-9-90  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-9-90  ( Register  90,  No. 
7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  within  120  days  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  on  6-1 1-90. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-9-90  order  transmitted  to  OAL  6-8-90  and 
filed  7-9-90  (Register  90,  No.  34). 

§  30304.    Effect  of  Emergency  Action. 

Emergency  action  by  the  CELP  Official  may  include, 

(a)  barring  any  further  CELP  processing  or  guarantee  of  loans  to  be 
made  to  borrowers  to  cover  the  cost  of  attendance  at  a  school  which  is  the 
subject  of  an  emergency  action  or  to  be  made  by  a  lender  or  a  school  lend- 
er which  is  the  subject  of  emergency  action  and, 

(b)  barring  delivery,  by  a  school  which  is  subject  of  emergency  action, 
of  any  checks  representing  CELP  loans. 


Page  209 


Register  90,  Nos.  32  -  37;  9  - 1 4  -  90 


§  30305 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Emergency  action  does  not  bar  disbursement  or  delivery  of  loans  guar- 
anteed, prior  to  the  initiation  of  emergency  action,  by 

( 1 )  lender;  or  by 

(2)  a  school  lender  subject  to  emergency  action;  or 

( 3 )  to  a  borrower  attending  a  school  subject  to  emergency  action  unless 
specific  notification  is  made  by  the  CELP  Official  to  the  affected  party. 

The  failure  of  an  institution  to  conform  with  the  requirements  of  an 
emergency  action  may  result  in  a  limitation  or  termination  action  being 
taken  and  the  automatic  withdrawal  of  the  loan  guarantee  on  loans  dis- 
bursed by  a  lender  or  school  lender  after  the  effective  date  of  the  emer- 
gency action.  All  applications  held  by  any  party  (which  are  applications 
for  CELP  loans  for  attendance  at  a  school  against  which  emergency  ac- 
tion has  been  taken  or  for  a  loan  from  a  lender  against  which  emergency 
action  has  been  taken)  shall  be  returned  directly  by  the  holder  thereof  to 
the  borrower  with  an  explanation  of  the  action. The  notice  of  emergency 
action  may  include  a  notice  of  commencement  of  a  limitation,  suspen- 
sion, or  termination  proceeding  under  this  subpart. 

If  emergency  action  ends  by  being  converted  into  a  limitation  or  termi- 
nation, then  the  regulation  applicable  to  Hmitation  or  termination  shall 
apply.  In  any  case  to  which  an  emergency  action  does  not  apply,  loans 
not  yet  disbursed  or  delivered  shall  be  treated  in  accordance  with  the 
terms  of  a  Consent  Agreement  or  shall  be  disbursed  or  delivered. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763(a),  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
1078(b)(1)(T)&(U),  1082(h)  and  1094(c):  and  34  C.F.R.  668.81  -668.97. 

History 

1 .  Amendment  filed  2-9-90  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-9-90  (Register  90,  No. 
7 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  within  1 20  days  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  on  6-1 1-90. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-9-90  order  transmitted  to  OAL  6-8-90  and 
filed  7-9-90  (Register  90,  No.  34). 

§  30305.    Effect  of  Suspension. 

A  suspension  removes  an  institution's  eligibility  to  participate  in  the 
CELP  for  a  period  of  not  longer  than  sixty  (60)  days.  The  suspension  may 
be  extended  beyond  sixty  (60)  days  if  the  CELP  Official  and  the  institu- 
tion agree  to  an  extension  or  the  CELP  Official  begins  a  limitation  or  ter- 
mination proceeding;  in  which  case,  the  suspension  shall  continue  until 
the  completion  of  the  limitation  or  termination  hearing,  including  the  no- 
tification period  and  resolution  of  an  appeal. 

A  suspension  bars  any  further  CELP  processing  or  guarantee  of  loans 
to  be  made  to  borrowers  to  cover  the  cost  of  attending  a  suspended  school 
or  to  be  made  by  a  suspended  lender  or  school  lender  and  bars  delivery 
by  a  suspended  school  of  any  CELP  checks. 

Suspension  does  not  bar  disbursement  or  delivery  of  loans  guaranteed 
prior  to  the  suspension  by  a  suspended  lender  or  school  lender  or  by  a  sus- 
pended school,  unless  specifically  so  provided  in  the  order  of  suspension. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
1078(b)(2),  1078-2(a);  34  C.F.R.  682.401  (c)(2)(ii),  683.3 l(c)(2)(ii);  and  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

§  30306.    Effect  of  Limitation. 

A  limitation  limits,  in  a  specified  manner,  the  participation  of  an  insti- 
tution in  the  CELP  by  setting  special  conditions  for  continued  participa- 
tion in  those  programs.  A  limitation  imposed  by  the  Hearing  Officer  or 
the  CELP  Official  may  contain  an  expiration  date,  after  which  the  limita- 
tion shall  cease.  The  limitation  may  include  an  order  directing  the  institu- 
tion, which  is  subject  to  the  Hmitation,  to  make  restitution  or  repayment 
of  funds.  If  emergency  action  has  preceded  the  limitation,  then  the  terms 
of  the  emergency  action  shall  be  converted  to  the  terms  of  the  limitation, 
as  set  forth  in  this  subpart. 

A  limitation  of  a  school  may  include  a  limit  on  the  number  or  percent- 
age of  students  enrolled  in  that  institution  who  may  receive  CELP  loans, 
a  requirement  that  the  school  obtain  a  bond  in  a  specified  amount  to  as- 
sure its  ability  to  meet  its  financial  obligations  to  borrowers  who  receive 
CELP  loans,  and  other  reasonable  limits  on  its  participation  in  the  pro- 
grams. 


A  limitation  of  a  lender,  or  of  a  school  lender,  may  include  a  limit  on 
the  number  or  total  dollar  amount  of  CELP  loans  that  such  lender  may 
make,  purchase,  or  hold  or  lend  to  cover  the  cost  of  attending  a  particular 
school,  and  other  reasonable  limits  on  its  participation  in  the  programs. 
NOTE:  Authorily  cited:  Section  69763.  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
1078(b)(2),  1078-2(a);  34  C.F.R.  682.401(c)(2)(ii).683.31(c)(2)(ii):  and  Section 
69763.  Education  Code. 

§  30307.     Effect  of  Termination. 

A  termination  ends  the  eligibility  of  an  institution  to  participate  in  the 
CELP.  bars  the  delivery  by  a  terminated  school  of  CELP  loan  proceeds, 
which  shall  be  immediately  returned  to  the  lender,  bars  CGSL  and  CLAS 
Program  CELP  disbursements  by  a  lender  (or  by  a  school  lender)  whether 
or  not  a  guarantee  was  issued,  and  bars  the  guarantee  of  any  CELP  appli- 
cation submitted  by  a  terminated  lender  or  school  lender. 

If  the  emergency  action  has  preceded  the  termination,  then  the  terms 
of  the  emergency  action  shall  be  converted  to  a  termination  as  set  forth 
in  this  subpart. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
1078(b)(2),  1078-2(a);  34  C.F.R.  682.401  (c)(2)(ii),  683.3 i(c)(2)(ii);  and  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

§  30308.    Civil  Penalties. 

(a)  The  CELP  Official  shall  determine  whether  to  impose  a  civil  penal- 
ty of  up  to  $25,000  per  violation  on  an  institution  against  which  a  cause 
of  action  has  been  commenced  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  this  article. 

(b)  The  CELP  Official  shall  begin  a  civil  penalty  proceeding  by  send- 
ing the  institution  a  notice  by  certified  mail  with  return  receipt  requested. 
Tliis  notice  shall: 

(1)  Inform  the  institution  of  the  intent  to  impose  civil  penalties  against 
the  in.stitution  and  the  amount  of  the  civil  penalties,  and  identify  the  al- 
leged violations  for  which  the  civil  penalties  are  being  imposed; 

(2)  Specify  the  proposed  effective  date  of  the  civil  penalties,  which 
shall  be  the  same  date  as  the  effective  date  of  the  limitation,  suspension, 
or  termination;  and 

(3)  Inform  the  institution  that  the  civil  penalties  shall  not  be  effective 
on  the  date  specified  in  the  notice  if  the  CELP  official  receives,  at  least 
five  days  prior  to  that  date,  a  written  request  for  a  hearing  or  written  mate- 
rial indicating  why  the  civil  penalties  should  not  be  imposed. 

(c)  If  the  institution  does  not  request  a  hearing  but  submits  written  ma- 
terial, the  CELP  Official,  after  considering  that  material,  shall  notify  the 
institution  that: 

(1)  The  civil  penalties  shall  not  be  imposed;  or 

(2)  The  civil  penalties  shall  be  imposed  as  of  a  specified  date,  and  in 
a  specified  amount. 

(d)  If  the  insutution  submits  a  timely  request  for  a  hearing,  the  proce- 
dure for  the  hearing  shall  be  governed  by  the  provisions  of  this  article  re- 
lating to  hearings  in  limitafion,  suspension,  and  termination  proceedings. 

(e)  In  any  event,  if  the  institution  contests  the  alleged  violations  which 
form  the  bases  for  the  civil  penalties,  the  imposition  of  the  civil  penalties 
shall  be  stayed  until  final  adjudication  of  those  alleged  violations  or  until 
settlement  by  the  parties  reladng  to  those  alleged  violations. 

(f)  In  determining  the  amount  of  a  civil  penalty  the  CELP  Official  shall 
consider  the  appropriateness  of  the  penalty  to  the  gravity  of  the  violation; 
the  frequency  and  persistence  of  the  violation;  and  the  amount  of  any 
losses  resulting  from  the  violation. 

(g)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  article,  the  total 
amount  of  civil  penalties,  when  finally  determined  after  the  exhaustion 
of  appeals,  if  any,  shall  be  subject  to  deduction  by  the  California  Student 
Aid  Commission  from  any  sums  owed  to  the  insutution  by  the  California 
Student  Aid  Commission. 

(h)  For  the  purposes  of  civil  penally  imposition,  a  "violation"  shall  be 
a  single  violation,  regardless  of  the  number  of  instances  of  that  violation. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763(a)  and  (b).  Education  Code.  Reference: 
Section  69763(b),  Education  Code. 


Page  210 


Register  90,  Nos.  32-37;  9-14-90 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


§30312 


History 
1.  Rciuinibciiim  of  fornicr  Section  30308  to  Section  30309,  and  new  Section 
30308  niecl  8-23-88;  operative  9-22-88  ([Register  88.  No.  33), 

§  30309.    Prehearing  Conference. 

The  purpose  of  a  prehearing  conference  i.s  to  allow  the  parties  to  settle 
or  narrow  the  dispute.  A  prehearing  conference  may  be  convened  at  the 
request  of  the  CELP  Official,  the  institution,  or  the  Hearing  Officer.  The 
scope  of  a  prehearing  conference  is  to  discuss  matters  relating  to  the  pro- 
posed action,  including  settlement  without  a  hearing,  or  narrowing  of  le- 
gal or  factual  issues  to  be  resolved  at  the  hearing.  A  prehearing  confer- 
ence is  not  subject  to  any  procedural  requirements  except  as  may  be 
mutually  agreed  upon  by  the  CELP  Official  and  the  institution.  A  pre- 
hearing conference  may  be  held  in  any  manner,  including  telephone  calls 
or  subinission  of  written  material,  by  the  institution  and  the  CELP  Offi- 
cial. The  Hearing  Officer  shall  not  participate  in  any  prehearing  confer- 
ence. 

As  a  result  of  the  prehearing  conference,  the  CELP  Official  and  the  in- 
stitution may  enter  into  a  Prehearing  Agreement  which  is  a  written  stipu- 
lation whereby  both  the  CELP  Official  and  the  institution  stipulate,  in 
writing  and  signed  by  both  parties,  to  certain  facts,  procedures  or  points 
oi'  law.  regulation  or  policy  and  procedures.  The  CELP  Official  and  the 
institution  may  enter  into  a  written  Consent  Agreement  which  fully  or 
partially  settles  the  dispute  between  the  parties.  If  the  CELP  Official  and 
the  institution  enter  into  a  written  Consent  Agreement  which  fully  settles 
the  dispute  and  the  Consent  Agreement  so  specifies,  any  pending  hearing 
shall  be  cancelled,  if  the  institution  violates  any  of  the  provisions  of  the 
Consent  Agreement  the  CELP  Official  may  institute  termination  action. 
NOTt:  Authority  cited:  Seetion  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
1078(b)(2).  1078-2(a):  34  C.F.R.682.401(cK2)(ii),  683. 31(c)(2)(ii);  and  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Renumbering  of  former  Section  30309  to  Section  30310,  and  renumbering  of 
Section  30.308  to  Section  30309  filed  8-2.3-88;  operative  9-22-88  (Register  88, 
No.  35). 

§  30310.    Authority  and  Responsibilities  of  the  Hearing 
Officer. 

The  Hearing  Officer  regulates  the  course  of  the  proceedings,  the  con- 
duct of  the  parties,  and  takes  al  I  steps  necessary  to  ensure  a  fair  and  impar- 
tial hearing.  The  Hearing  Officer  shall  take  whatever  measures  are  appro- 
priate to  expedite  the  proceeding.  These  measures  may  include,  but  are 
not  limited  to.  setting  a  schedule  for  the  submission  of  written  documents 
and  legal  memoranda  and  setting  page  limitations  on  the  filing  of  any 
memoranda.  The  Hearing  Officer  has  the  authority  to  treat  a  party  to  the 
hearing,  who  fails  to  abide  by  the  orders  of  the  Hearing  Officer,  as  being 
in  non-compliance  and  may  issue  a  decision  without  a  hearing  against 
the  non-complying  party.  If  the  Hearing  Officer  terminates  a  hearing 
pursuant  to  non-compliance  he/she  shall  cause  to  be  delivered  a  written 
decision  by  certified  mail  (return  receipt  requested)  within  thirty  (30) 
days  after  such  termination. 

All  decisions  of  the  Hearing  Officer  shall  be  based  on  findings  of  fact 
and  conclusions  of  law.  The  Hearing  Officer  shall  base  the  findings  of 
fact  only  on  evidence  considered  at  the  hearing,  sUpulations  of  the  par- 
ties, and  matters  given  official  notice. 

The  Hearing  Officer  does  not  have  the  authority  to  issue  subpoenas. 
However,  if  requested  by  the  Hearing  Officer,  the  Director,  California 
Student  Aid  Commission  shall  provide  available  personnel  from  the  Cal- 
ifornia Student  Aid  Commission  who  have  knowledge  about  the  matters 
under  review,  and  the  insfitution  shall  provide  available  personnel  who 
have  knowledge  of  the  matters  under  review  for  oral  examination. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
1078(b)(2),  1078-2(a);  34  C.F.R.682.401(c)(2)(ii),683.31(c)(2)(ii);  and  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  of  former  Section  30310  to  Section  3031 1,  and  renumbering  of 
Section  30309  to  Section  30310  tiled  8-23-88;  operative  9-22-88  (Register  88, 

No.  35). 


§  3031 1 .    Hearing  on  the  Record  and  Decision. 

The  hearing  shall  take  place  in  Sacramento,  California  at  a  place  se- 
lected by  the  CELP  Official,  shall  be  attended  by  the  CELP  OITicial  and 
the  authorized  representative  of  the  institution,  shall  be  limited  to  legal 
issues  and  those  matters  of  fact  to  which  the  CELP  Official  and  the  insti- 
tution have  been  unable  to  stipulate.  The  hearing  process  may  be  limited 
as  agreed  upon  by  the  CELP  Official,  the  institution,  and  the  Hearing  Of- 
ficer in  areas  such  as  a  restriction  on  the  number  of  submissions,  a  hearing 
by  telephone  conference  call,  a  review  limited  to  the  written  records,  or 
a  certificafion  by  the  parUes  to  facts  and  issues  not  in  dispute.  The  parlies 
may  enter  into  stipulations  during  the  course  of  the  hearing.  Any  stipula- 
tions agreed  to  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Hearing  Officer  as  soon  as  possi- 
ble after  the  sUpulation  is  executed.  The  institution  may  be  represented 
by  legal  counsel  at  the  hearing,  but  the  CELP  Official  is  under  no  obliga- 
tion to  provide  such  counsel.  Forinal  rules  of  evidence  and  procedures 
applicable  to  proceedings  in  courts  of  law  are  not  required. 

There  shall  be  no  discovery  proceedings  under  this  subpart,  but  the 
parties  are  encouraged  to  exchange  relevant  documents  or  information, 
and  the  Hearing  Officer  shall  only  accept  evidence  that  is  relevant  and 
material  to  the  hearing.  Parties  may  object  to  any  evidence  which  they 
consider  to  be  irrelevant,  immaterial,  or  unduly  repetitious. 

A  record  shall  be  made  of  the  hearing.  The  record  of  the  hearing  shall 
not  be  transcribed  except  upon  request  of  a  party.  The  party  requesting 
the  transcription,  or  seeking  a  copy  of  a  transcription  previously  made, 
shall  pay  a  reasonable  fee  not  to  exceed  the  actual  cost  thereof. 

The  Hearing  Officer  shall  issue  a  written  decision  within  thirty  (.30) 
days  following  the  conclusion  of  the  hearing  except  as  otherwise  pro- 
vided in  these  regulafions.  A  limitation,  suspension,  or  termination,  after 
the  hearing,  is  effective  on  the  second  day  following  the  date  that  a  copy 
of  the  decision  is  mailed  by  certified  mail  (return  receipt  requested)  to  the 
insfitution  or  on  the  effective  date  slated  in  the  decision,  whichever  is  lat- 
er. 

The  party  not  prevailing  at  the  hearing  shall  pay  the  cost  incurred  for 
the  employment  of  the  Hearing  Officer.  If  the  insfitution  must  make  pay- 
ment of  hearing  expenses,  said  payment  shall  be  made  to  the  CELP  Offi- 
cial within  twenty  (20)  days  of  the  decision.  The  CELP  Official  may  take 
whatever  action  he/she  deems  appropriate,  including  offset  and  legal  ac- 
tion, to  collect  the  funds  due  from  the  insfitution.  The  CELP  official  may 
also  collect  interest  on  funds  due,  up  to  twelve  (12)  percent  per  annum, 
beginning  with  the  date  following  the  expiration  of  the  twenty  (20)  days 
referred  to  above. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763(a),  Education  Code,  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
1078(b)(])(T)&(U),  1082(h)  and  l()94(c);  and  34  C.FR.  668.81  -  668,97. 

History 

1.  Renumbering  of  former  section  3031 1  to  section  30312.  and  renumbering  of 
Section  303 1 0  to  Section  303 1 1  filed  8-23-88;  operative  9-22-88  ( Reei-sier  88, 
No.  35). 

2.  Amendment  filed  2-9-90  as  an  emergency;  operative  2-9-90  (Register  90.  No, 
7).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  within  1 20  days  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  on  6-1  1-90. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  2-9-90  order  transmitted  to  OAL  6  8-90  and 
filed  7-9-90  (Register  90,  No.  34). 


§  30312.    Other  Hearing-Related  Conditions. 

If  an  insfitufion.  to  which  a  nofice  is  addressed,  refuses  to  accept  such 
nofice,  the  nofice  shall  be  deemed  to  be  received  by  the  institution  on  the 
date  that  the  insfitution  refuses  to  accept  delivery  of  the  notice  from  the 
United  States  Postal  Service. 

Action  to  resolve  liability  may  include  an  order  requiring  payment  by 
the  insfitufion  to  the  CELP  Official,  or  to  designated  recipients,  of  any 
funds  that  the  insfitufion  improperly  received,  withheld,  disbursed,  or 
caused  to  be  disbursed  under  the  CELP. 

Nothing  in  this  subpart  shall  preclude  or  prohibit  the  CELP  Official 
and  the  insfitufion  from  entering  into  an  agreement  to  submit  to  binding 
arbitration  in  lieu  of  the  hearing  procedures  contained  herein. 

With  the  approval  and  the  consent  of  the  CELP  Official  and  the  institu- 
fion,  any  fime  schedule  specified  in  this  subpart  may  be  shortened  or  ex- 


Page  211 


Register  90,Nos.32-37;9-14-90 


§  30313 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


tended  unless  the  hearing  has  begun.  After  the  hearing  has  begun,  any 
such  changes  shall  be  solely  at  the  Hearing  Officer's  discretion. 

If  a  decision,  based  upon  a  Consent  Agreement  or  upon  a  hearing  or 
after  appeal  of  a  hearing,  requires  an  institution  to  reimburse  or  make  any 
other  payment  to  the  CELP  Official,  the  CELP  Official  may  offset  these 
sums  against  any  benefits  or  claim  due  to  the  institution. 

The  California  Student  Aid  Commission's  mailings  and  receipts  shall 
be  evidenced  by  original  documents  received  from  the  United  States 
Postal  Service  by  the  Commission. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763.  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
l()78(b)(2),  1078-2(a);  34  C.F.R.682.401(c)(2)(ii).683.31(c)(2)(ii):  and  Section 
69763.  Education  Code. 

History 
I.  Renumbering  of  former  Section  30312  to  Section  30313,  and  renuniberinc  of 

Section  303 1 1  to  Section  3031 2  filed  8-23-88:  operative  9-22-88  ( Reeistei^88, 

No.  35). 

§30313.    Appeal. 

A  respondent  party  not  prevailing  at  a  hearing  may  seek  final  adminis- 
trative remedy  by  appealing  the  Hearing  Officer's  decision  to  the  eleven 
member  California  Student  Aid  Commission.  The  decision  of  the  Hear- 
ing Officer  will  remain  in  effect  pending  the  conclusion  of  this  final  ad- 
ministrative review.  Request  for.  and  necessity  of.  appeal  shall  be  pres- 
ented in  writing  to  the  CELP  Official  within  twenty  (20)  days  of  the 
respondent's  receipt  of  the  Hearing  Officer's  decision.  The  appeal  may 
be  scheduled  for  review  by  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission  and 
the  time  and  place  for  the  appeal,  if  granted,  shall  be  given  to  the  appellant 
within  sixty  (60)  days  of  receipt  of  the  request  for  appeal  by  certified  mail 
(return  receipt  requested).  Effective  dates  of  these  time  restrictions  are 
established  by  the  postmarked  dates  of  requests  for  appeal. 

The  respondent  party  seeking  review  by  appeal  shall  limit  its  presenta- 
tion solely  to  evidence  introduced  into  the  record  at  the  hearing,  stipula- 
tions of  the  parties,  and  matters  that  may  be  judicially  noticed  and  shall 
make  a  reasonable  showing  that  a  prejudicial  procedural  error  was  com- 
mitted in  the  conduct  of  the  hearing  or  that  the  Hearing  Officer's  decision 
embodies  a  finding  or  conclusion  of  material  fact  which  is  clearly  erro- 
neous or  embodies  a  legal  conclusion  which  is  erroneous. 

In  reaching  its  final  administrative  decision,  the  Commission  shall 
consider  only  evidence  introduced  into  the  record  at  the  hearing,  stipula- 
tions of  the  parties,  and  matters  that  may  be  judicially  noticed. 

The  Commission's  decision  may  affirm,  modify,  or  reverse  the  Hear- 
ing Officer's  decision.  The  appellant  shall  be  notified  of  the  Commis- 
sion's decision  by  mailing  a  notice  by  certified  mail  (return  receipt  re- 
quested) to  the  appellant  within  thirty  (30)  days  of  the  date  the  appeal  was 
heard  by  the  Commission. 

The  California  Student  Aid  Commission's  decision  to  grant  or  not 
grant  final  administrative  remedy  by  hearing  an  appeal,  is  not  subject  to 
judicial  review.  If.  however,  the  Hearing  Officer's  decision  is  upheld  by 
the  Commission,  or  the  request  for  an  appeal  is  denied,  such  decisions 
shall  be  subject  to  review  in  accordance  with  the  standards  for  judicial 
review  established  by  law. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
1078(b)(2),  1078-2(a);  34  C.F.R.  682.401(c)(2)(ii),  683.31(c)(2)(ii);  and  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Renumbering  of  former  Section  30313  to  Section  30314,  and  renumbering  of 

Section  303 12  to  Section  3031 3  filed  8-23-88;  operative  9-22-88  (Register  88, 

No.  35). 

§30314.     Removal  of  Limitations. 

The  Hearing  Officer  or  CELP  Official  may  set  time  limits  for  the  expi- 
ration of  limitations.  An  insfitufion  may  request  removal  of  limitations 
imposed  under  these  regulafions  twelve  (12)  months  after  the  effective 
date  of  the  acfion  to  limit.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  removal  of 
limitations  can  only  be  requested  in  those  cases  in  which  a  time  limit  was 
not  set  by  the  Hearing  Officer  or  CELP  Official.  The  request  for  removal 
of  limitafions  must  be  in  wriUng  and  state  and  substantiate  the  institution 
has  corrected  the  violation(s)  on  which  the  limitations  were  based. 


The  CELP  Ofiicial.  within  sixty  (60)  days  of  receiving  the  request 
shall  grant  the  request,  deny  the  request,  or  grant  the  request  subject  to 
other  limitations.  If  a  request  for  removal  of  limitaUon  is  denied  or  causes 
imposition  of  other  limitations,  the  institution  may  again  request  such  re- 
moval six  (6)  tnonths  after  the  date  of  the  most  recent  request. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
1078(b)(2),  1 078-2(0);  34  C.F.R.  682.401  (c)(2)(ii),  683.3  l(c)(2)(ii);  and  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  Renumberinsi  of  former  Section  30314  to  Section  30315,  and  renumbering  of 

Section  303  H  to  Section  303 14  filed  8-23-88;  operative  9-22-88  (Register  88. 

No.  35). 

§  3031 5.    Reinstatement  After  Termination. 

An  institution  whose  participation  has  been  terminated  may  file  a  re- 
quest for  reinstatement  as  an  eligible  institution.  However,  this  request 
may  not  be  made  before  the  end  of  the  twenty-fourth  (24th)  month  after 
the  effective  date  of  the  termination.  The  reinstatement  request  shall  be 
in  writing  and  shall  state  and  substantiate  that  the  institution  has  corrected 
the  violation(s)  on  which  its  termination  was  based  including  payment  in 
full  to  the  CELP  Official  of  all  funds  due  the  California  Student  Aid  Com- 
mission, or  to  designated  recipients,  that  the  institution  improperly  re- 
ceived, withheld,  disbursed,  or  caused  to  be  disbursed,  subject  to  inde- 
pendent review  by  the  CELP  Official. 

The  institution  must  meet  all  eligibility  requirements  for  participaUon 
in  the  CELP,  upon  reinstatement  after  termination.  An  instituUon's  appli- 
cation for  reinstatement  shall  include  an  acceptable  plan  which  indicates 
that  its  participation  in  the  CELP  will  not  result  in  further  violations  by 
it  or  the  requirements  of  the  programs.  If  a  school,  which  is  also  a  lender, 
was  terminated  as  both  a  participating  school  and  a  lender,  the  school 
cannot  be  reinstated  as  a  lender  until  it  is  reinstated  as  a  participating 
school  for  a  period  of  at  least  twelve  (12)  months. 

The  CELP  Official  will  not  grant  reinstatement  to  an  insUtution  if  it  is 
owned,  in  whole  or  in  part,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  any  person  who  has 
been  convicted  of  a  crime  related  to  the  abuse  of  any  State  or  Federal  Title 
IV  financial  aid  program  or  if  it  conunues  to  employ  any  individual  who 
was  shown  to  be  an  incompetent  administrator  during  the  termination 
proceeding  or  who  was  convicted  of  a  crime  related  to  the  abuse  of  any 
State  or  Federal  Title  IV  financial  aid  programs. 

Within  sixty  (60)  days  of  receiving  a  reinstatement  request,  the  CELP 
Official  will  notify  the  institution  in  writing  by  certified  mail  (return  re- 
ceipt requested)  of  the  decision  to  grant  the  request,  deny  the  request,  or 
grant  the  request  subject  to  limitation.  If  a  request  for  reinstatement  is  de- 
nied, the  institufion  may  again  request  reinstatement  twelve  (12)  months 
after  the  date  of  the  most  recent  request. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference:  20  U.S.C. 
1078(b)(2),  1078-2(a);  34  C.F.R.  682.401(c)(2)(ii),683.31(c)(2)(ii);  and  Section 
69763,  Education  Code. 

Article  12.    The  Paul  Douglas  Teacher 
Scholarship  Program 

§  30500.    General  Provisions. 

The  Paul  Douglas  Teacher  Scholarship  Program  is  a  federal  program 
designed  to  encourage  individuals  to  become  teachers.  It  is  administered 
at  the  federal  level  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Education.  The 
federal  laws  relating  to  this  program  are  found  in  Title  20  of  the  United 
States  Code,  Secfions  1111  through  1 1 1 1  h.  The  federal  regulations  relat- 
ing to  this  program  are  found  in  Title  34  of  the  Code  of  Federal  Regula- 
fions, Part  653.  The  California  Student  Aid  Commission  has  received  ap- 
proval from  the  United  States  Department  of  Education  to  administer  this 
program  in  California.  There  are  no  California  statutes  directly  relating 
to  this  program.  The  regulations  in  this  article  supplement  the  federal 
laws  and  regulafions  menfioned  above. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  11 1 1-11  lib  and  Part  653,  Title  34,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operative  1-13-89  (Register  88,  No.  53). 


Page  212 


Register  90,  Nos.  32-37;  9- 14-90 


Title  5  California  Student  Aid  Commission  §  30501 

§  30501.     New  Applicant  Eligibility  Criteria.  as  specified  in  Sections  68000  through  68 1 34  ofihe  California  Education 

The  following  eligibility  criteria  shall  be  used  by  the  California  Stu-  Code. 
dent  Aid  Commission  for  new  applicants:  (2)  Applicants  shall  agree  to  enroll  in  and  attend  schools  with  teacher 

(a)  For  applicants  who  have  completed  fewer  than  30  semester  units  preparation  programs  approved  by  the  California  Commission  on  Teach- 

or  45  quarter  units  of  college:  er  Credentialing. 

( I )  Applicants  shall  meet  the  California  State  residency  requirements 


[The  next  page  is  2 13. J 


Page  212.1  Register  90,  Nos.  32-37;  9-14-90 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


S  30504 


• 


(3)  An  applicant  who  receives  preferential  treatment  because  he  or  she 
intends  to  teach  either  Math  or  Science  shall  agree  to  pursue  an  under- 
graduate degree  in  that  subject  area  and  to  pursue  a  single  subject  teach- 
ing credential  in  that  subject  area  unless  a  written  waiver  to  change  to 
another  subject  area  has  been  granted  by  the  California  Student  Aid  Com- 
mission. 

(4)  An  applicant  who  receives  preferential  treatment  because  he  or  she 
intends  to  be  a  bilingual  teacher  shall  agree  to  pursue  a  single  subject  or 
multiple  subject  teaching  credential  with  a  bilingual  emphasis  unless  a 
written  waiver  of  that  requirement  has  been  granted  by  the  California 
Student  Aid  Commission. 

(5 )  Applicants  shall  be  free  of  any  obligation  to  repay  any  state  or  fed- 
eral educational  grant  and  shall  not  be  in  default  on  any  state  or  federal 
educational  loan  or  any  state  or  federally  insured  educational  loan  unless 
they  have  made  arrangements  satisfactory  to  the  California  Student  Aid 
Commission  for  repaying  the  grant  or  loan  and  have  made  twelve  consec- 
utive monthly  payments  pursuant  to  those  arrangements. 

(b)  For  applicants  who  have  completed  30  or  more  semester  units  or 
45  or  more  quarter  units  of  college: 

( 1 )  Applicants  shall  meet  the  California  State  residency  requirements 
as  specified  in  Sections  68000  through  68 1 34  of  the  California  Education 
Code. 

(2)  Applicants  shall  be  enrolled  in  and  attending  schools  with  teacher 
preparation  programs  approved  by  the  California  Commission  on  Teach- 
er Credentialing. 

(3)  An  applicant  who  receives  preferential  treatment  because  he  or  she 
intends  to  teach  either  Math  or  Science  shall  agree  to  pursue  an  under- 
graduate degree  in  that  subject  area  and  to  pursue  a  single  subject  teach- 
ing credential  in  that  subject  area  unless  a  written  waiver  to  change  to 
another  subject  area  has  been  granted  by  the  California  Student  Aid  Com- 
mission. 

(4)  An  applicant  who  receives  preferential  treatment  because  he  or  she 
intends  to  be  a  bilingual  teacher  shall  agree  to  pursue  a  single  subject  or 
multiple  subject  teaching  credential  with  a  bilingual  emphasis  unless  a 
written  waiver  of  that  requirement  has  been  granted  by  the  California 
Student  Aid  Commission. 

(5)  Applicants  shall  be  free  of  any  obligation  to  repay  any  state  or  fed- 
eral educational  grant  and  shall  not  be  in  default  on  any  state  or  federal 
educational  loan  or  any  state  or  federally  insured  educational  loan  unless 
they  have  made  arrangements  satisfactory  to  the  California  Student  Aid 
Commission  for  repaying  the  grant  or  loan  and  have  made  twelve  consec- 
utive monthly  payments  pursuant  to  those  arrangements. 

(6)  Applicants  shall  have  achieved  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of 
3.0  (based  on  a  4.0  scale). 

(A)  If  the  applicant  is  enrolled  in  a  postsecondary  institution  at  the  time 
of  application,  the  grade  point  average  shall  be  based  on  the  cumulative 
work  attempted  at  that  institution,  unless  the  student  has  not  completed 
at  least  30  semester  (45  quarter)  units  at  that  institution,  in  which  case  the 
grade  point  average  shall  be  based  on  cumulative  work  attempted  at  all 
postsecondary  institutions. 

(B)  If  the  applicant  is  not  enrolled  in  a  postsecondary  institution  at  the 
time  of  application,  the  grade  point  average  shall  be  based  on  the  cumula- 
tive work  attempted  at  all  postsecondary  institutions. 

(7)  Applicants  who  have  completed  all  baccalaureate  degree  require- 
ments shall  be  formally  accepted  into  a  fifth-year  teacher  preparation 
program  beginning  with  the  Fall  term  of  the  award  year  or.  if  formally 
attending  a  fifth-year  teacher  preparation  program,  shall  be  planning  to 
continue  formally  in  attendance  during  the  fall  term  of  the  award  year. 
NOTE;  Authoritv  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  1 1 1 1(a).  1 1  llb(c),  and  J 1 1  ld(b),  and  34  CFR  653.2(b)  and  653.32(a). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operative  1-13-89  (Register  88,  No.  53). 

§  30502.     Renewal  Applicant  Eligibility  Criteria. 

The  following  eligibility  criteria  shall  be  used  by  the  California  Stu- 
dent Aid  Commission  for  the  selection  of  renewal  scholarship  applicants: 


(a)  Applicants  shall  meet  the  California  State  residency  requirements 
as  specified  in  Sections  68000  through  681 34  of  the  California  Education 
Code. 

(b)  Applicants  shall  be  enrolled  in  and  attending  .schools  with  teacher 
preparation  programs  approved  by  the  California  Commission  on  Teach- 
er Credentialing. 

(c)  An  applicant  who  received  preferential  treatment  becau.se  he  or  she 
intends  to  teach  either  Math  or  Science  shall  agree  to  pursue  an  under- 
graduate degree  in  that  subject  area  and  to  pursue  a  single  subject  leach- 
ing credential  in  that  subject  area  unless  a  written  waiver  to  change  to 
another  subject  area  has  been  granted  by  the  California  Student  Aid  Com- 
mission. 

(d)  An  applicant  who  received  preferential  treatment  because  he  or  she 
intends  to  be  a  bilingual  teacher  shall  agree  to  pursue  a  single  subject  or 
multiple  subject  teaching  credential  with  a  bilingual  emphasis  unless  a 
written  waiver  of  that  requirement  has  been  granted  by  the  California 
Student  Aid  Commission. 

(e)  Applicants  shall  be  free  of  any  obligation  to  repay  any  state  or  fed- 
eral educational  grant  and  shall  not  be  in  default  on  any  state  or  federal 
educational  loan  or  any  state  or  federally  insured  educational  loan  unless 
they  have  made  arrangements  satisfactory  to  the  California  Student  Aid 
Commission  for  repaying  the  grant  or  loan  and  have  made  twelve  consec- 
utive monthly  payments  pursuant  to  those  arrangements. 

(f)  An  applicant  shall  have  achieved  a  grade  point  average  that  is  equal 
to  or  greater  than  that  required  for  entry  into  the  appropriate  teacher  cre- 
dential program  at  the  campus  that  he  or  she  is  attending,  provided  that 
an  applicant  who  has  not  achieved  the  required  grade  point  average  may 
nevertheless  be  deemed  eligible  for  one  academic  year  by  the  California 
Student  Aid  Commission  if  the  applicant  submits  a  written  request  and 
submits  documentation  showing  that  he  or  she  did  not  achieve  the  re- 
quired grade  point  average  because  of: 

(1)  Severe  injury  to  the  applicant,  and/or 

(2)  Severe  illness  of  the  applicant. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  1111(a),  ll]lb(c),  lllld(b)and  lllle(2and  34  CFR  653.2(b)  and 
653.32(a). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operative  1-13-89  (Register  88,  No.  53). 

§  30503.    Appointment  of  Institutional  Paul  Douglas 

Teacher  Scholarship  Program  Coordinator. 

California  secondary  schools  and  postsecondary  institutions  with 
teacher  preparation  programs  approved  by  the  Commission  on  Teacher 
Credentialing  wishing  to  nominate  students  shall  designate  an  Institu- 
tional Paul  Douglas  Teacher  Scholarship  Program  Coordinator. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742.  Education  Code.  Relerence: 
20  U.S.C.  1 1 1  ld(b)  and  34  CFR  653.32(a). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operative  1-13-89  (Register  88,  No.  53). 

§  30504.    New  Applicant  Application  Process. 

All  new  applicants  shall  apply  for  a  scholarship  using  the  following 
procedures: 

(a)  For  students  who  will  graduate  from  high  school  at  the  end  of  the 
current  academic  year: 

( 1 )  Complete  an  application  designated  by  the  California  Student  Aid 
Commission  for  the  Paul  Douglas  Teacher  Scholarship  Program. 

(2)  File  the  completed  application  with  the  designated  Paul  Douglas 
Teacher  Scholarship  Coordinator  at  the  applicant's  California  secondary 
school. 

(b)  For  students  who  have  graduated  from  high  school: 

(1 )  Complete  an  application  designated  by  the  California  Student  Aid 
Commission  for  the  Paul  Douglas  Teacher  Scholarship  Program. 

(2)  File  the  completed  application  with  the  designated  Paul  Douglas 
Teacher  Scholarship  Coordinator  at  a  college  or  university  with  a  teacher 
preparation  program  approved  by  the  Commission  on  Teacher  Creden- 
tialing, which  college  or  university  they  will  attend  commencing  with  the 


Page  213 


(4-1-90) 


§  30505 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


fall  term,  and  which  college  or  university  has  a  designated  coordinator. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  1 1 1  ld(b)  and  .'^4  CFR  6.^3. .^2(a). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88:  operative  1-13-89  (Register  88,  No.  53). 

§  30505.    New  Applicant  Nomination  Process. 

The  Institutional  Paul  Douglas  Teacher  Scholarship  Coordinator 
shall: 

(a)  Review  each  application  submitted  for  completeness  and  accuracy. 

(b)  Review  each  application  submitted  to  insure  that  the  student  meets 
the  new  applicant  eligibility  criteria. 

(c)  Select  two  nominees  through  a  process  established  by  the  institu- 
tion which  shall  take  into  account  the  following  criteria: 

(1)  High  school  grade  point  average.  General  Educational  Develop- 
ment (GED)  test  score,  college  cumulative  grade  point  average,  or  any 
combination  of  these; 

(2)  Combined  Math  and  Verbal  scores  received  on  the  Scholastic  Apti- 
tude Test  (SAT)  or  composite  scores  received  on  the  American  College 
Test  (ACT), 

(3)  High  School  class  standing,  and 

(4)  Demonstrated  or  expressed  commitment  to  the  teaching  profes- 
sion. 

(d)  Submit  the  application  of  the  two  nominees  to  the  California  Stu- 
dent Aid  Commission. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  1 1 1  ld(b)  and  34  CFR  653.32(a). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operative  1-13-89  (Register  88,  No.  53). 

§  30506.    New  Applicant  Scoring  Process  Used  by  the 
California  Student  Aid  Commission. 

Applications  of  nominees  received  by  the  California  Student  Aid 
Commission  shall  be  scored  in  the  following  manner: 

(a)  For  an  applicant  who  has  completed  fewer  than  30  semester  units 
or  45  quarter  units  of  college  the  score  shall  be  computed  using  one  of 
the  following  formulas: 

{^  /  Combined  Math  &  Verbal  N 

Overall  high  school  \  j.   J  ^^^^'^  o"  Scholastic  I 

grade  point  average  X  1  oof  "•■    |        Aptitude  Test  (SAT)         f 


or 


„  J  Overall  high  school  |^ 

J>core  -<  grade  point  average  X  ]00J  + 


10,000 


Composite 

score  on  the  American 

College  Test  converted 

to  an  equivalent 

SAT  score 

10,000 


(b)  For  an  applicant  who  has  completed  30  or  more  semester  units  or 
45  or  more  quarter  units  of  college,  the  score  shall  be  computed  using  one 
of  the  following  formulas: 

/  Combined  Math  &  Verbal 
_  (^Overall  actual  or  "^      j.      I         s'^ore  on  Scholastic 

^^0K-\     imputed  college  X  100  L     "*"    <        Aptitude  Test  (SAT) 
]  Overall  high  school         [  1  to  an  equivalent 

^grade  point  average       /»  ^ 


Overall  actual  or 
Score  =^    imputed  college  X  100 
grade  point  average 


+ 


Composite 

score  on  the  American 

College  Test  converted 

to  an  equivalent 

SAT  score 

10,000 


In  subsection  (B)  of  this  section,  "imputed  college  grade  point  aver- 
age" means  a  number  provided  by  an  institution  when  that  institution 
does  not  calculate  actual  grade  point  averages.  The  institution  shall  sub- 
mit documentation  showing  that  the  imputed  college  grade  point  average 


is  statistically  valid.  An  imputed  college  grade  point  average  shall  be 
used  only  when  there  is  no  actual  college  grade  point  average. 

In  this  section  "equivalent  SAT  score"  means  composite  ACT  score 
multiplied  by  44.4444.  An  equivalent  SAT  score  shall  be  computed  only 
when  there  is  no  actual  SAT  score. 

Grade  point  average  shall  be  computed  based  on  4.0  as  the  maximum. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742,  Education  Code.  References: 
20  U.S.C,  1 1 1  ld(b)  and  34  CFR  653.32(a), 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operative  1-13-89  (Register  88,  No.  53). 

§  30507.     New  Applicant  Ranking  Process  Used  by  the 
California  Student  Aid  Commission. 

(a)  Nominees  shall  be  placed  into  one  of  the  two  following  categories: 

( 1 )  Applicants  who  have  completed  fewer  than  30  semester  units  or  45 
quarter  units  of  college;  or 

(2)  Applicants  who  have  completed  30  or  more  semester  units  or  45 
or  more  quarter  units  of  college. 

(b)  Within  each  category,  nominees  shall  be  ranked  in  descending  or- 
der by  score  (highest  first). 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  1 1 1  ld(b)  and  34  CFR  653.32(a). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operative  1-13-89  (Register  88,  No.  53). 

§  30508.    New  Applicant  Selection  Process  Used  by  the 
California  Student  Aid  Commission. 

From  the  two  ranking  lists  nominees  shall  be  selected  in  order  by  rank, 
highest  first,  in  a  manner  designed  to  use  all  currently  available  funds  and 
to  insure  that  there  are  funds  for  each  selected  individual  during  that  indi- 
vidual's entire  projected  period  of  renewal  eligibility. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  1 1  ]  ld(b)  and  34  CFR  653.32(a). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operative  1-13-89  (Register  88,  No.  53). 

§  30509.    Renewal  Applicant  Application  Process  and 
Selection  Process. 

Each  renewal  applicant  shall  submit  a  completed  application  to  the 
California  Student  Aid  Commission. 

All  eligible  renewal  applicants  shall  be  selected  for  the  next  year. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  1 1 1  ld(b)  and  34  CFR  653.32(a). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operative  1-13-89  (Register  88,  No.  53). 

§  3051 0.     Preferential  Treatment  for  New  Applicants  Who 

Agree  to  Pursue  Teaching  Careers  In  the  Areas 
of  Math,  Science,  or  Bilingual  Education. 

If  applications  received  by  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission 
from  new  applicants  (nominees)  exceed  the  number  of  available  scholar- 
ships for  new  applicants,  the  names  of  individual  applicants  (nominees) 
who  agree  to  pursue  teaching  careers  in  the  areas  of  Math,  Science,  or  Bi- 
lingual Education  shall  be  moved  to  the  tops  of  the  two  selection  lists, 
shall  be  ranked  there  by  score,  and  shall  be  selected  first,  provided  that 
no  more  than  75%  of  the  scholarships  awarded  for  that  year  shall  be 
awarded  to  applicants  (nominees)  who  receive  preference.  If  75%  of  the 
scholarships  awarded  are  awarded  to  applicants  (nominees)  who  receive 
preference,  then  the  two  ranking  lists  shall  be  re-sorted  by  score,  and  the 
remaining  25%  of  the  scholarships  shall  be  awarded  without  regard  to 
preference. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  1 1 1  lb(c)  and  34  CFR  653.32(b). 

History 
1.  New  secuon  filed  12-14-88;  operanve  1-13-89  (Register  88,  No.  53). 

§  3051 1 .    Financial  Awards  Limited  to  Four  Academic 
Years. 

A  selected  scholar  shall  receive  financial  awards  only  during  his  or  her 
sophomore,  junior,  senior,  and/or  fifth  year  of  study.  A  student  entering 


Page  214 


(4-1-90) 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


§  30602 


• 


• 


the  program  as  a  freshman  shall  start  receiving  financial  awards  during 
his  or  her  renewal  year  if  renewal  eligibility  is  maintained  and  if  funds 
are  available. 

No'l'L;  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742.  Kducalion  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  1 1 1  lc(a)  and  M  CFR  6.^.^. 21(a)(2). 

History 
I.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operative  1-1.V89  (Register  88,  No.  53). 

§  3051 2.    Equivalency  of  GED  Test  Scores. 

A  General  Educational  Development  (GED)  average  standard  test 
score  of  62  or  higher  shall  be  deemed  to  be  equivalent  to  ranking  in  the 
lop  10%  of  the  high  school  graduates  of  the  nation. 
Note.  Authoritv  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
.^4CFR6.'S.\30(c)(2). 

History 

I.  New  section  Hied  12-14-88;  operative  1-1.3-89  (Register  88.  No.  53). 

§  30513.    Appeal  Procedures  for  Applicants  and  Scholars. 

A  scholar  or  an  applicant  may  appeal  any  adverse  determination  by  the 
California  Student  Aid  Commission  in  the  following  manner: 

(a)  Provide  a  written  notice  of  appeal  which  includes  a  concise  state- 
ment of  the  action  which  is  being  challenged; 

(b)  Mail  the  notice  of  appeal  postmarked  within  20  calendar  days  fol- 
lowing the  date  appearing  on  the  letter  being  appealed;  and 

(c)  Pursue  appeals  before  the  following  individuals  or  entities,  in  the 
order  presented: 

( 1 )  Program  Coordinator,  California  Student  Aid  Commission. 

(2)  Deputy  Director  of  Grants.  California  Student  Aid  Commission, 

(3)  Executive  Director,  California  Student  Aid  Commission;  and 

(4)  The  California  Student  Aid  Commission. 

NOTE:  Authoritv  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
.34  CFR  653.40(c)(2). 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operative  1-13-89  (Register  88.  No.  53). 

§  30514.    Prorating  Repayment  According  to  Fraction  of 
Teaching  Obligation  Not  Completed. 

(a)  The  principal  amount  a  scholar  shall  repay  for  failure  to  fulfill  the 
teaching  obligation  for  a  particular  award  year  is  determined  by  the  fol- 
lowing formula; 

Years  of  teaching 

obligation  for  that 

award  year  not 

completed  x      Scholarship  amount        =      Scholarship  amount 

Total  years  of  for  that  award  year  to  be  repaid 

teaching  obligation  for  that  award  year 

for  that  award  year 

(b)  The  definition  of  a  teaching  year  shall  be  the  same  as  that  used  by 
the  school  or  school  district  in  which  the  scholar  teaches. 

Note.  Authoritv  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742.  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  1 1 II  f  and  34  CFR  653.42(a)(  1 ). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operafive  1-1.3-89  (Register  88,  No.  53). 

§30515.    Collection  Costs. 

Collection  costs  shall  include  attorney  fees,  court  filing  fees,  fees  for 
service  of  process,  and  telephone  and  mail  costs  directly  incurred  in  the 
collection  effort. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
20  U.S.C.  1 1 1  If  and  34  CFR  652.42(a)(3). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operafive  1-13-89  (Register  88.  No.  53). 

§  30516.    Alteration  of  Repayment  Schedule  When 
Scholar's  Financial  Condition  Warrants. 

The  California  Student  Aid  Commission  shall  determine  whether  to 
reduce  the  amount  of  the  required  periodic  payments  for  a  scholar  who 
does  the  following,  in  writing,  at  any  time  during  the  repayment  process: 

(a)  Asks  for  a  reduction  of  the  periodic  payment  to  a  specified  amount: 
and 


(b)  Asks  for  the  payment  reduction  for  a  specified  period  of  time,  indi- 
cating the  date  of  the  commencement  of  the  payment  of  the  reduced 
aiTiount  and  the  date  when  it  will  return  to  its  set  amount;  and 

(c)  Explains  the  reason  for  and  provides  appropriate  documentation  of 
a  financial  hardship;  and 

(d)  Agrees  to  make  supplemental  payments  after  the  lower  payment 
period  to  complete  repayment  within  the  time  specified  by  law. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
34CFR653.42(dX2)(ii). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operative  1-1.3-89  (Register  88.  No.  53). 

§  30517.  Documentation  Required  for  Claim  That 
Repayment  Obligation  Is  Temporarily 
Suspended. 

A  recipient  who  is  required  to  repay  a  scholarship  shall  not  be  consid- 
ered in  violation  of  the  repayment  provisions  as  long  as  the  recipient: 

(a)  Is  engaging  in  a  full-time  course  of  study  at  an  institution  of  higher 
education  and  provides  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission  (CSAC) 
with  verification  of  full-time  enrollment  from  the  institution; 

(b)  Is  serving,  not  in  excess  of  three  years,  on  active  duty  as  a  member 
of  the  armed  services  of  the  United  States  and  provides  the  California 
Student  Aid  ComiTiission  with  a  letter  from  the  commanding  officer  cer- 
tifying the  date  of  entry  and  expiration  of  active  obligated  service; 

(c)  Is  temporarily  totally  disabled,  for  a  period  not  to  exceed  three 
years,  as  established  by  sworn  affidavit  of  a  qualified  physician; 

(d)  Is  unable  to  secure  employment  for  a  period  not  to  exceed  twelve 
months  by  reason  of  the  care  required  by  a  spouse  who  is  disabled  as  es- 
tablished by  sworn  affidavit  of  a  qualified  physician; 

(e)  Is  seeking  and  unable  to  find  full-time  employment  for  a  single  pe- 
riod not  to  exceed  twelve  months  as  established  by  sworn  affidavit  o\'  the 
scholar;  or, 

(f)  Is  unable  to  satisfy  the  terms  of  the  repayment  schedule  established 
by  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission  and  is  also  seeking  and  unable 
to  find  full-time  employment  as  a  teacher  in  a  public  or  private  non-pro- 
fit pre-school,  elementary  school,  or  secondary  school,  or  in  a  public  or 
private  nonprofit  pre-school,  elementary,  or  secondary  education  pro- 
gram for  a  single  period  not  to  exceed  27  months  as  established  by  the 
sworn  affidavit  of  the  scholar. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69741  and  69742,  Education  Code.  Reference: 
34  CFR  653.42(h). 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  12-14-88;  operative  1-13-89  (Register  88.  No.  53). 


Article  13.    The  California  Teacher  Shortage 
Loan  Assumption  Program 

§  30600.     Participant  Eligibility. 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69602,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69600,  69601  and  69601.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  Article  13  (Secfions  30600-30607)  filed  3-7-85:  effective  thirtieth  day 
thereafter  (Register  85,  No.  10). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  section  filed  2-16-88:  operative 
2-16-88  (Register  88,  No.  9). 

§  30601 .    Terms  of  Loan  Assumption. 

NotE:  Authoritv  cited:  Section  69602,  Education  Code.  Reference:  .Sections 
69606(b)  and  69607,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  Section  filed  2-16-88;  operative 
2-16-88  (Register  88,  No.  9). 

§  30602.    Cancellation  of  NDSL  Loans  for  Teaching 
Service. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Section  69602,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69601(b)(2),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  Section  filed  2-16-88;  operative 
2-16-88  (Register  88,  No.9). 


Page  215 


Register  99,  No.  24;  6- 1 1  -99 


§  30603 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  30603.    Verification  of  Qualifying  Teaching  Service. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69602,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
6%02.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  Section  filed  2-16-88;  operative 
2-16-88(Register88.  No.  9). 

§  30604.    Disqualifying  Loan  Status. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69602,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 

69601  and  69602,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  reculatory  effect  repealing  Section  filed  2-16-88:  operative 
2- 1 6-88  ( Register  88.  No.  9). 

§  30605.    Disability  Deferral  of  Loan  Liability. 

NOTt^:  Authority  cited:  Section  69602,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 

69602  and  69608(b),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  Section  filed  2-16-88;  operative 
2-16-88(Register88,  No.  9). 

§  30606.    Assumption  Allocation. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69602,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69606,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealina  Section  filed  2-16-88;  operative 
2-16-88  (Register  88,  No.9). 

§  30607.    Participant  Selection. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69602,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69601,  69601.5  and  69602,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  repealing  Section  filed  2-16-88;  operative 
2-16-88  (Register  88,  No.9). 


Article  14. 


Assumption  Program  of  Loans 
for  Education 


§  30701 .    Loan  Programs  Approved  by  the  California 
Student  Aid  Commission. 

The  Califoniia  Student  Aid  Commission  approves  for  loan  assump- 
tion any  loan  which  falls  into  one  of  the  following  categories: 

(a)  Loans  to  students  made  pursuant  to  the  United  States  Code,  Title 
20,  Chapter  28,  Subchapter  IV,  which  is  incorporated  into  this  section  by 
reference,  and 

(b)  Privately  funded  educational  loans  to  students  issued  through  insti- 
tutions of  higher  education  for  the  purpose  of  defraying  the  costs  asso- 
ciated with  obtaining  a  baccalaureate  degree  or  an  initial  California 
teaching  credential. 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69615,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69613(b)(4)(B),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-13-88;  operative  1 1-12-88  (Register  88,  No.  43). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  and  amendment  of  Note  filed  6-7-99;  operative 
7-7-99  (Register  99,  No.  24). 

§  30702.    Applications  by  Individuals  Who  Agree  to 

Participate  in  a  Teacher  Trainee  Program. 

(a)  Any  person  who  agrees  to  participate  in  a  teacher  trainee  program 
may  send  to  any  participating  institution  a  written  request  for  an  applica- 
tion to  participate  in  the  Assumption  Program  of  Loans  for  Education. 

(b)  Each  participating  institution  shall  consider  and  respond  to  each  re- 
quest for  an  application  submitted  by  a  person  who  agrees  to  participate 
in  a  teacher  trainee  program. 

(c)  Each  participating  institution  shall  consider  and  respond  to  each 
application  submitted  by  a  person  who  agrees  to  participate  in  a  teacher 
trainee  program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69615.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69613  and  69614(a),  Education  Code. 


History 

1 .  New  section  filed  10-13-88;  operative  1 1-12-88  (Register  88,  No.  43). 

§  30703.    Reallocation  of  Unused  Warrants  and 
Cancellation  of  Invalid  Warrants. 

(a)  In  this  section,  an  "unused  warrant"  is  a  warrant  allocated  to  a  par- 
ticipating institution  which  that  institution  does  not  or  cannot  use. 

(b)  In  this  section,  an  "invalid  warrant"  is: 

(DA  warrant  held  by  a  person  not  yet  eligible  to  receive  a  full  Califor- 
nia Teaching  Credential  who  has  become  ineligible  to  continue  participa- 
tion in  the  Assumption  Program  of  Loans  for  Education,  or 

(2)  A  warrant  held  by  a  person  eligible  to  receive  a  full  California 
Teaching  Credential  who  did  not  redeem  that  warrant  within  36  months 
of  the  date  when  that  person  became  eligible  for  that  credential. 

(c)  Each  participating  institution  which  does  not  use  all  of  its  allocated 
warrants  shall  provide  to  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission  a  num- 
ber representing  the  total  number  of  warrants  which  will  be  issued  to  ap- 
plicants who  agree  to  obtain  a  teaching  credential  in  mathematics  or  sci- 
ence, and  each  participating  institution  which  does  use  all  of  its  allocated 
warrants  shall  provide  to  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission,  in 
writing. 

( 1 )  A  number  representing  the  total  number  of  warrants  which  will  be 
issued  to  applicants  who  agree  to  obtain  a  teaching  credential  in  mathe- 
matics or  science,  and 

(2)  A  number  representing  the  number  of  additional  warrants  it  could 
use,  and,  from  among  that  number,  the  number  which  would  be  used  for 
applicants  who  agree  to  obtain  a  teaching  credential  in  mathematics  or 
science,  if  additional  warrants  were  available. 

(d)  Having  received  the  information  provided  by  participating  institu- 
tions, the  California  Student  Aid  Cominission  shall  determine  whether 
the  required  minimum  number  of  applicants  who  agree  to  obtain  a  teach- 
ing credential  in  mathematics  or  science  has  been  achieved,  and, 

( 1 )  If  so.  during  the  school  year  for  which  the  warrants  were  allocated, 
reallocate  all  unused  warrants  to  participating  institutions,  giving  to  each 
institution  a  number  of  warrants  which  bears  the  same  ratio  to  the  total 
number  of  unused  warrants  as  the  number  of  warrants  which  that  institu- 
tion could  use  if  additional  warrants  were  available  bears  to  the  total 
number  of  warrants  which  all  institutions  could  use  if  additional  warrants 
were  available,  and 

(2)  If  not, 

(A)  During  the  school  year  for  which  the  warrants  were  allocated,  real- 
locate unused  warrants,  up  to  the  minimum  required  number  of  warrants 
for  math  and  science  applicants,  to  participating  institutions  which  did 
use  all  their  allocated  warrants,  giving  to  each  institution  a  number  of 
warrants  to  be  issued  only  to  math  and  science  applicants  which  bears  the 
same  ratio  to  the  total  number  of  unused  math  and  science  warrants  as  the 
number  of  math  and  science  warrants  which  that  institution  could  use  if 
additional  warrants  were  available  bears  to  the  total  number  of  math  and 
science  warrants  which  all  institutions  could  use  if  additional  warrants 
were  available,  and 

(B)  During  the  school  year  for  which  the  warrants  were  allocated,  real- 
locate all  remaining  unused  warrants  to  participating  institutions,  giving 
to  each  institution  a  number  of  warrants  which  bears  the  same  ratio  to  the 
total  number  of  unused  non-math-and-science  warrants  as  the  number 
of  non-math-and-science  warrants  which  that  institution  could  use  if 
additional  warrants  were  available  bears  to  the  total  number  of  non- 
math-and-science  warrants  which  all  institutions  use  if  additional  war- 
rants were  available. 

(e)  All  invalid  warrants  shall  be  cancelled.  No  invalid  warrant  shall  be 
reallocated. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69613(g),  69613.2(b),  69613.55  (Stats.  1998,  c. 
330  (S.B.  1564).)  and  69615,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections  69613, 
69613.2,  69613.55  (Stats.  1998,  c.  330  (S.B.  1564).)  and  69614(a),  Education 
Code. 

History 
1.  New  secuon  filed  10-13-88;  operative  11-12-88  (Register  88,  No.  43). 


• 


Page  216 


Register  99,  No.  24;  6-11-99 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


§  30709 


2.  Amondinent  olscction  and  NoTi  I'ilcd  6-7-99;  operative  7-7-99  (Register  99. 

No.  24). 

§  30704.    Commencement  and  End  of  School  Year. 

A  '"school  year"  commences  on  July  1  and  ends  on  June  30  of  the  fol- 
lowing year. 

NOTl::  Aiiihority  cited:  Section  69615.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
.^7200  and  69613.4.  Education  Code. 

HiSlORY 
1.  New  section  tiled  10-1.1-88:  operative  1  1-12-88  (Register  88,  No.  43). 

§  30705.    Federal  Perkins  Loan  Program  Loan  Held  by  an 
Individual  Eligible  for  Cancellation  of  That 
Loan. 

A  Federal  Perkins  Loan  Program  loan  becomes  non-assumable  in  its 
entirety  upon  the  teacher's  becoming  eligible  for  cancellation  of  any  part 
of  that  loan  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the  Code  of  Federal  Regulations, 
Title  34,  Subtitle  B,  Chapter  VI.  Part  674.  Subpart  D,  which  is  incorpo- 
rated into  this  section  by  reference. 

NOTI-  Authority  cited:  Section  6961.5.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69613(b)(4)  and  69613.4.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  fded  10-13-88:  operative  1 1-12-88  (Regi.ster  88,  No.  43). 

2.  Aniendnieni  of  .section  heading  and  section  filed  6-7-99;  operative  7-7-99 
(Register99.  No.  24). 

§  30706.    Payment. 

(a)  Each  year,  for  each  assumable  loan,  the  teacher  shall  do  all  of  the 
following  with  a  form  provided  by  the  California  Student  Aid  Commis- 
sion: 

( 1 )  Obtain  on  the  form  a  statement  by  the  lender  of  the  balance  owed 
by  the  teacher  as  of  June  30. 

(2)  Obtain  on  the  form  the  written  verification  of  that  balance  by  the 
lender,  and 

(3)  Return  the  form  to  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission. 

(b)  Each  year,  for  each  assumable  loan,  the  California  Student  Aid 
Commission  shall  pay  to  the  lender  either  the  maximum  assumable 
amount  or  the  loan  balance  as  of  June  30,  whichever  is  smaller,  in  the  fol- 
lowing order  of  priority: 

(1)  All  assumable  loans  guaranteed  by  the  California  Student  Aid 
Commission,  ranked  in  descending  order  by  rate  of  interest  (highest  in- 
terest rate  first,  lowest  last),  and 

(2)  All  other  assumable  loans  ranked  in  descending  order  by  rate  of  in- 
terest (highest  interest  rate  first,  lowest  last). 

NOTi:::  Authority  cited:  Section  69615,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Section 
69613.4.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  10-13-88:  operative  1  1-12-88  (Register  88,  No.  43). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)(1),  repealer  of  subsection  (b)(2)  and  subsection 
renumbering  filed  6-7-99;  operative  7-7-99  (Register  99,  No.  24). 

§  30707.    Achieving  the  Required  Minimum  Number  of 
Warrants  to  be  Issued  to  Applicants  Who 
Agree  to  Obtain  a  Teaching  Credential  in 
Mathematics  Or  Science. 

(a)  When  distributing  applications  to  participating  institutions,  the 
California  Student  Aid  Commission  shall  notify  each  institution  of  the 
minimum  number  of  awards  which  must  be  made  to  applicants  who  agree 
to  obtain  a  teaching  credential  in  mathematics  or  science,  within  the 
group  of  awards  made  to  applicants  who  agree  to  obtain  a  teaching  cre- 
dential in  subject  areas  that  are  designated  as  current  or  projected  short- 
age areas  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

(b)  Each  participating  institution,  upon  receiving  notice  from  the 
California  Student  Aid  Commission,  shall  make  at  least  the  minimum 
number  of  awards  to  applicants  who  agree  to  obtain  a  teaching  credential 
in  mathematics  or  science,  within  the  group  of  awards  made  to  applicants 
who  agree  to  obtain  a  teaching  credential  in  subject  areas  that  are  desig- 
nated as  current  or  projected  shortage  areas  by  the  Superintendent  of  Pub- 
lic Instruction. 


NOTF-:  Authoritv  cited:  Section  69615,  Education  Code.  Rererencc:  Sections 
69613(d).  69613.55  (Stats.  1998.  c.  330  (S.B.  1564).)  and  69614(a).  Education 
Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  6-7-99;  operative  7-7-99  (Register  99,  No.  24). 

§  30708.    Out-of-state  Teacher  Recruitment  Warrants. 

(a)  Each  year  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission  shall  allocate 
warrants  to  each  county,  for  the  purpose  of  recruiting  out-of-state  teach- 
ers, using  the  following  formula: 

(1 )  Each  county  shall  get  one  warrant  from  those  warrants  authorized 
for  out-of-state  recruitment,  and 

(2)  From  the  remaining  warrants  authorized  for  out-of-state  recruit- 
ment, each  county  shall  get  that  number  of  warrants  which  bears  the  saine 
ratio  to  the  total  number  of  such  warrants  as  the  number  of  teachers  in  that 
county  who  received  either  One  Year  Non-Renewable  Credentials  or 
Two  Year  Preliminary  Credentials  during  the  previous  year  bears  to  the 
total  number  of  One  Year  Non-Renewable  Credentials  and  Two  Year 
Preliminary  Credentials  issued  during  the  previous  year. 

(b)  Each  year  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission  shall  notify  each 
County  Office  oi'  Education  of  the  number  of  warrants  allocated  to  that 
county  that  year. 

(c)  Each  year  each  County  Office  of  Education  shall: 

( 1 )  Solicit,  from  every  School  District  in  that  county,  nominations  of 
individuals  to  receive  warrants; 

(2)  From  those  nominated  by  the  School  Districts  select  individuals  to 
receive  warrants  on  the  basis  of  criteria  that  may  include,  but  need  not  be 
limited  to,  any  of  the  following: 

(A)  Grade  point  average, 

(B)  Test  scores, 

(C)  Faculty  evaluations, 

(D)  Interviews,  and 

(E)  Other  recommendations;  and 

(3)  Forward  to  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission  the  names  of 
the  selected  individuals. 

(d)  Upon  receipt  from  a  County  Office  of  Education  of  names  of  se- 
lected individuals,  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission  shall  issue  a 
warrant  to  each  selected  individual  provided  that: 

(1 )  The  individual  does  not  currently  live  in  California  and  is  not  cur- 
rently employed  as  a  teacher  in  California, 

(2)  The  individual  has  received  one  or  more  loans  in  the  Federal  Fami- 
ly Education  Loan  Program  (20  U.S.C.  Sec.  1071  et  seq.)  or  any  other 
loan  program  described  in  Section  30701  above, 

(3)  The  individual  has  agreed  to  teach  in  a  public  school  in  California 
for  at  least  four  consecutive  academic  years,  and 

(4)  The  individual  has  not  previously  received  a  warrant. 

Note:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69613.5(b)  and  69615.  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence; Section  69613.5(a).  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  6-7-99;  operative  7-7-99  (Register  99,  No.  24). 

§  30709.    Reallocation  of  Unused  Out-of-State  Teacher 
Recruitment  Warrants  and  Cancellation  of 
Invalid  Out-of-State  Teacher  Recruitment 
Warrants. 

(a)  In  this  section,  an  "unused  warrant"  is  an  out-of-state  teacher  re- 
cruitment warrant  allocated  to  a  county  which  that  county  does  not  or 
cannot  use. 

(b)  In  this  section,  an  "invalid  warrant"  is  an  out-of-state  teacher  re- 
cruitment warrant  held  by  an  individual  who  did  not  complete  a  full  year 
of  eligible  teaching  service  by  the  end  of  the  school  year  in  which  the  war- 
rant was  issued. 

(c)  Each  county  which  uses  all  of  its  allocated  out-of-state  teacher  re- 
cruitment warrants  shall  provide  to  the  California  Student  Aid  Commis- 
sion, in  writing,  a  number  representing  the  number  of  additional  such 
warrants  it  could  use  if  additional  warrants  were  available. 

(d)  During  the  school  year  for  which  the  warrants  were  allocated,  the 
California  Student  Aid  Commission  shall  reallocate  all  unused  warrants 
to  counties,  giving  to  each  county  a  number  of  warrants  which  bears  the 


Page  217 


Register  2007,  No.  17;  4-27-2007 


§  30710 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


same  ratio  to  the  total  number  of  unused  warrants  as  the  number  of  war- 
rants which  that  county  could  use  if  additional  warrants  were  available 
bears  to  the  total  number  of  warrants  which  all  counties  could  use  if  addi- 
tional warrants  were  available. 

(e)  All  invalid  warrants  shall  be  cancelled.  No  invalid  warrant  shall  be 
reallocated. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  6961.1.5(b)  and  69615.  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Section  69613.5(a),  Education  Code. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  6-7-99:  operative  7-7-99  (Register  99,  No.  24). 


Article  14.5.     National  Guard  Assumption 
Program  of  Loans  for  Education 


§30710.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Contingency  operation"  means  the  current  Iraq  or  Afghanistan 
operations,  the  Gulf  War;  or  other  operations  or  national  emergencies,  as 
declared  by  the  President  or  Congress. 

(b)  "Half-time  basis"  means  half-time  enrollment  at  an  institution  of 
higher  education. 

(c)  "Institution  of  higher  education"  means  a  post-secondary  educa- 
tional institution  that  has  a  location  in  California. 

(d)  "Program"  means  the  National  Guard  Assumption  Program  of 
Loans  for  Education  established  in  Article  12.5  (commencing  with  Sec- 
tion 69750)  of  Chapter  2  of  Part  42  of  Division  5  of  Title  3  of  the  Educa- 
tion Code  and  as  set  forth  in  this  Article. 

(e)  "Program  participant"  means  a  person  who  has  a  loan  assumption 
agreement  signed  by  both  the  person  and  the  Commission. 

(f)  "Qualified  vocational  diploma  program"  means  an  educational 
program  as  defined  in  Section  94746  of  the  Education  Code,  with  a  loca- 
tion in  California,  having  all  of  the  following  characteristics: 

( 1 )  The  educational  program  consists  of  a  job-training  program  or  oth- 
er instruction,  training,  or  education  that  the  institution  represents  will 
lead  to,  fit,  or  prepare  students  for  employment  in  any  occupaUon. 

(2)  The  program  is  offered  to  students  who  do  not  possess  a  bachelor's 
or  graduate  degree  in  the  field  of  training. 

(3)  Students  who  complete  all  or  a  portion  of  the  program  are  awarded 
a  diploma,  certificate,  or  occupational  associate  degree. 

(g)  "Qualifying  member"  means  a  person,  as  defined  in  Section 
66025.6(a)  of  the  Education  Code,  who: 

(1)  has  residence,  pursuant  to  Article  5  (commencing  with  Section 
68060)  of  Chapter  1 ,  part  41 ,  Division  5,  Title  3  of  the  Education  Code, 
in  this  state  for  at  least  one  year  immediately  preceding  the  date  of  ap- 
plication to  the  program  or  any  loan  assumption  payment; 

(2)  is  currently  an  active  member  of,  and  has  satisfactorily  served  for 
at  least  one  year  in  the  California  National  Guard,  the  State  Military  Re- 
serve or  the  Naval  Militia,  and  maintains  satisfactory  service  throughout 
the  period  that  his  or  her  student  loan  payments  are  assumed  through  the 
program;  and 

(3)  has  completed  a  baccalaureate  degree,  or  is  currently  enrolled  and 
in  good  standing  in  a  program  of  undergraduate  instruction,  on  at  least 
a  half-time  basis,  at  an  instituUon  of  higher  education,  or  is  enrolled  in 
or  has  completed  a  program  of  instruction  in  a  qualified  vocational  diplo- 
ma program  where  enrollment  qualifies  a  student  for  participation  in  the 
Federal  Family  Education  Loan  Program  or  any  loan  program  approved 
by  the  Commission,  or  is  on  an  academic  leave  of  absence  from  such  un- 
dergraduate or  vocational  diploma  program  pursuant  to  Section 
66025.6(b). 

(h)  "Satisfactory  service"  means  satisfactory  performance  as  defined 
by  the  statewide  Office  of  the  Adjutant  General. 

(i)  "Academic  year"  means  a  period  of  time  as  defined  by  institutions 
of  higher  education  or  qualified  vocational  diploma  programs  attended 
by  the  participant. 

NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  6975  L  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
66025.6,  69750,  69750.5,  69750.7,  69751.2  and  94746,  Education  Code. 


History 

New  article  14.5  (sections  30710-30718)  and  section  filed  4-23-2007;  opera- 
tive 4-23-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1  .^^43.4  (Register  2007, 

No.  17). 


§  3071 1 .    Application  to  Participate  in  the  Program. 

(a)  Applications  to  participate  in  the  program  shall  be  submitted  to  the 
Office  of  the  Adjutant  General.  The  application  shall  include  the  follow- 
ing information  regarding  the  applicant: 

(1)  Last  naine,  first  name  and  middle  initial; 

(2)  Social  Security  nuinber; 

(3)  Address  and  telephone  number; 

(4)  Date  of  birth; 

(5)  Ethnicity; 

(6)  Gender; 

(7)  E-mail  address,  if  available; 

(8)  a  copy  of  the  federal  Student  Aid  Report  (SAR)  generated  by  the 
United  States  Department  of  Education  based  upon  the  applicant's  Free 
Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA)  with  an  Expected  Family 
Contribution  (EEC)  for  the  academic  year  in  which  the  applicant  applies 
to  the  program.  Verification  of  information  provided  in  the  FAFSA  and 
used  to  calculate  the  EEC  may  be  requested  by  the  Commission  as  neces- 
sary. Failure  to  provide  verificafion  in  a  fimely  manner,  if  requested,  may 
result  in  disqualification  from  consideration  for  the  program; 

(9)  identificafion  of  membership  in  specific  eligible  military  unit  un- 
der the  California  National  Guard; 

(10)  name  of  institution  of  higher  education  or  qualified  vocational  di- 
ploma program  in  which  applicant  is  or  was  enrolled  within  California, 
or  from  which  the  applicant  is  on  academic  leave  of  absence,  and  the 
institution's  six-digit  Federal  school  code; 

( 1 1 )  a  copy  of  active  duty  orders,  if  any; 

(12)  written  verification  from  an  institution  of  higher  education  that 
the  applicant  is  enrolled  on  at  least  a  half-time  basis  or  is  on  academic 
leave  of  absence,  or  proof  of  completion  of  a  baccalaureate  degree,  or 
written  verification  from  a  qualified  vocational  diploma  program  that  the 
applicant  is  enrolled  or  on  academic  leave  of  absence,  or  proof  that  the 
applicant  has  completed  the  program; 

( 1 3)  certificafion  from  the  Office  of  the  Adjutant  General  that  the  ap- 
plicant has  agreed  to  enlist,  reenlist,  or  in  the  case  of  officers  has  com- 
mitted to  serve  in  the  National  Guard,  the  State  Military  Reserve,  or  the 
Naval  Milifia;  and 

(14)  The  name  of  lender(s).  loan  identification  number(s),  and  current 
balance(s)  of  a  loan  or  loans  the  applicant  has  received,  or  has  been  ap- 
proved to  receive,  in  order  to  meet  the  costs  of  obtaining  an  undergradu- 
ate degree  at  an  institution  of  higher  education  or  to  complete  a  qualified 
vocational  diploma  program,  under  one  or  more  of  the  following  desig- 
nated loan  programs; 

(i)  the  Federal  Family  Education  Loan  Program  (20  U.S.C.  Sec.  1071 

et  seq.y, 

(ii)  the  Federal  Direct  Loan  Program  (20  U.S.C.  Sec.  1087b  et  seq.)\ 
(iii)  any  loan  program  approved  by  the  Commission  on  a  case  by  case 

basis  but  not  including  lines  of  credit,  home  equity  loans,  credit  card  debt, 

and  other  general  consumer  loans,  business  loans,  personal  loans,  or 

mortgages. 

(b)  The  application  shall  state  that  by  signing,  the  applicant  agrees  that, 
if  requested,  the  applicant  will  provide  information  or  documentation  to 
verify  the  accuracy  of  the  information  included  in  the  application,  and  the 
applicant  understands  that  failure  to  provide  accurate  and  complete  in- 
formation as  requested  may  result  in  disqualificafion  from  the  program 
and  loss  of  program  benefits.  The  application  shall  be  dated  and  signed 
by  the  student  under  penalty  of  perjury  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of 
California. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69751,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
66025.6,  69750,  69750.3,  69751.2  and  69751.3,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  4-23-2007;  operative  4-23-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  17). 


Page  218 


Register  2007,  No.  17;  4-27-2007 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


§30715 


§  30712.    Nominations  by  the  Office  of  the  Adjutant 
General. 

The  Office  of  ihe  Adjutant  General  may  nominate  any  applicant  who 
has  submitted  an  application  to  participate  in  the  program  that  meets  the 
requirements  of  Section  307 1 1  hy  submitting  all  of  the  following  in- 
formation to  the  Commission: 

(a)  the  applicant's  complete  application,  including  the  applicant's 
SAR; 

(b)  the  Office  of  the  Adjutant  General's  certification  that  the  applicant 
has  agreed  to  enlist,  reenlisl,  or  in  the  case  of  officers,  has  committed  to 
serve  in  the  National  Guard,  the  state  Military  Reserve,  or  the  Naval  Mili- 
tia; and 

(c)  the  Office  of  the  Adjutant  General's  certification  of  the  applicant's 
active  duty  status  corresponding  to  the  scoring  categories  established  in 
Section  30714(b). 

NOTt::  Authoritv  cited:  Section  69751.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
66025.6(c),  697.50.3  and  69751.2,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  4-23-2007:  operative  4-23-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1.M3.4  (Register  2007,  No.  17). 

§  30713.    Award  Process. 

The  Commission  shall  select  program  participants  from  among  the  ap- 
plicants who  are  notninaled  pursuant  to  Section  30712.  If  the  maximum 
allocation  of  warrants  authorized  for  that  year  is  not  exhausted  after  the 
selection  process  is  completed,  the  Commission  may  continue  to  accept 
nominations  and  select  program  participants  based  on  the  date  the  nomi- 
nations are  received  by  the  Commission.  The  Commission  may  continue 
to  select  participants  until  the  maximum  allocation  is  reached. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  69751.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69751.8.  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  4-23-2007;  operative  4-23-2007  pursuant  to  Government 

Code  .section  11. ^^43.4  (Register  2007,  No.  17). 

§  30714.    Applicant  Priority. 

(a)  If  the  Commission  determines  in  any  fiscal  year  that  the  funding 
for  the  program  is  insufficient  to  allow  the  Commission  to  enter  into  loan 
assuinption  agreements  with  all  eligible  applicants  who  are  nominated, 
the  Commission  shall  select  applicants  for  participation  in  the  program 
by  giving  priority  to: 

( 1 )  Individuals  who  are  financially  needy,  as  indicated  by  a  household 
income  and  asset  level  that  is  at  or  below  the  maximum  established  in 
Education  Code  Section  69432.7  for  participants  in  the  Cal  Grant  A  pro- 
gram; and 

(2)  Individuals  who  have  been  called  to  full-time  active  military  duty. 

(b)  In  implementing  the  priority  established  in  subsection  (a),  the 
Commission  shall  award  points  to  individuals  determined  by  the  Com- 
mission to  be  financially  needy  and  who  have  been  called  to  active  duty, 
based  on  the  highest  point  category  that  the  applicant  qualifies  under,  as 
follows: 


ACTIVE  DUTY  SERVICE 


POINTS 


A  CTI VEDUTY  SER  VICE 


POINTS 


An  enlisted  California  National  Guard  member 
who  has  served  or  is  currently  serving  on  federal 
active  duty  under  Title  10  or  Title  32.  U.S.C. 
for  a  period  of  not  less  than  1 1  consecutive 
months  under  a  contingency  operation 


76 


A  commissioned  officer  or  warrant  officer 
of  the  California  National  Guard  who  has 
served  or  is  serving  on  federal  active  duty 
under  Title  10  or  Title  32.  U.S.C.  for 
a  period  of  not  less  than  1 1  consecutive 
months  under  a  contingency  operation. 


70 


An  enlisted  California  National  Guard 
member  who  has  served  or  is  currently 
serving  on  federal  active  duty  under  Title  10 
or  Title  32,  U.S.C.  for  a  period  of  not  less 
than  5  consecutive  months  under  a 
contingency  operation. 


66 


A  commissioned  officer  or  warrant  officer 
of  the  California  National  Guard  who  has 
served  or  is  serving  on  federal  active  duty 
under  Title  10  or  Title  32,  U.S.C.  for  a  period 
of  not  less  than  5  consecutive  months 
under  a  contingency  operation. 


60 


Any  California  National  Guard.  State 
Military  Reserve  or  Naval  Militia  member, 
enlisted  or  officer,  who  has  served  on  Stale 
Active  Duty  pursuant  to  Militar>'  and 
Veterans  Code  §143  or  §146  for  no  less 
than  30  consecutive  davs. 


56 


Any  cuiTent  member  of  the  California 
National  Guard.  State  Military  Reserve 
or  Naval  Militia  who  is  satisfactorily 
attending  unit  drill  and  training  assemblies. 


.50 


(c)  The  Cominission  will  select  nominees  with  the  highest  nuinber  of 
points  until  the  authorized  funding  is  exhausted.  In  the  case  of  a  lie  in  the 
number  of  points,  the  Commission  will  select  nominees  based  on  the  ear- 
liest date  of  receipt  of  the  nomination  by  the  Commission. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69751.  Education  Code.  Reference:  .Sections 
69432.7  and  69751.2.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  4-23-2007;  operative  4-23-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  17). 

§  30715.    Loan  Assumption  Agreements. 

(a)  The  Commission  shall  provide  a  loan  assumption  agreement  to 
each  nominated  applicant  .selected  by  the  Commission  to  be  a  program 
participant.  The  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  be  effective  when  both 
the  program  participant  and  the  Commission  have  signed  the  agreement. 

(b)  The  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  include  the  following: 

(1)  The  program  participant  shall  agree  to: 

(i)  maintain  satisfactory  service  in  the  California  National  Guard, 
State  Military  Reserve  or  the  Naval  Militia  throughout  the  period  that  he 
or  she  participates  in  the  program; 

(ii)  be  enrolled  in  an  institution  of  higher  education,  on  at  least  a  half- 
time  basis  each  academic  term,  or  in  a  qualified  vocational  diploma  pro- 
gram, and  in  good  standing  in  such  institution  or  program,  through 
completion  of  academic  requirements  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  or 
completion  of  the  vocational  diploma  program.  If  participant  has  com- 
pleted a  baccalaureate  degree  or  vocational  diploma  program  or  com- 
pletes a  baccalaureate  degree  or  vocational  diploma  program  during  the 
term  of  the  agreement,  he  or  she  is  not  required  to  maintain  enrollment 
for  the  remaining  qualifying  year(s)ofservice  to  receive  loan  assumption 
benefits.  Participants  called  to  active  duty  who  are  on  academic  leave  of 
absence  are  not  required  to  be  enrolled  during  the  term  of  such  leave; 

(iii)  provide  four  consecutive  years  of  satisfactory  service  in  the  Na- 
tional Guard,  the  State  Military  Reserve,  or  the  Naval  Militia; 

(iv)  authorize  the  institution  of  higher  education  or  qualified  vocation- 
al diploma  program  in  which  the  applicant  is  enrolled  or  on  academic 
leave  of  absence,  or  where  the  applicant  completed  a  baccalaureate  de- 
gree or  vocational  diploma  program,  the  Office  of  the  Adjutant  General, 
and  lenders  to  provide  information  requested  by  the  Commission  for  the 
purposes  of  administering  the  loan  assumption  agreement; 

(v)  provide  information  required  by  the  Commission  for  the  purposes 
of  administering  the  loan  assumption  agreement;  and 

(vi)  comply  with  all  applicable  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  the 
program. 

(2)  The  Commission  shall  agree  that: 

(i)  upon  receipt  of  information  required  by  Section  30716,  including 
the  certification  of  the  Office  of  the  Adjutant  General  that  the  program 
parficipant  has  completed  one  year  of  service  or  in  the  case  of  a  partici- 
pant who  is  eligible  because  he  or  she  has  agreed  to  reenlist  or  an  officer 
who  has  committed  to  serve  one  year  of  additional  service,  as  a  qualifying 
member  within  the  meaning  of  Section  6602.5.6  of  the  Education  Code, 
the  Commission  shall  assume,  subject  to  the  requirements  of  Section 


Page  218.1 


Register  2007,  No.  17;  4-27-2007 


§  30716 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


69750.7  of  the  Education  Code,  up  to  two  thousand  dollars  ($2,000)  of 
the  outstanding  loan  liability  related  to  undergraduate  or  qualifying  voca- 
tional training  of  the  participant  under  one  or  more  of  the  designated  loan 
programs; 

(ii)  upon  receipt  of  the  information  required  by  Section  307 16,  includ- 
ing certification  by  the  Office  of  the  Adjutant  General  that  the  program 
participant  has  completed  two  consecutive  years  of  service  or  in  the  case 
of  a  participant  who  is  eligible  because  he  or  she  has  agreed  to  reenlist 
or  an  officer  who  has  committed  to  serve  two  consecutive  years  of  addi- 
tional service,  as  a  qualifying  member  within  the  meaning  of  Section 
66025.6  of  the  Education  Code,  the  Commission  shall  assume,  subject 
to  the  terms  of  Section  69750.7  of  the  Education  Code,  up  to  an  additional 
three  thousand  dollars  ($3,000)  of  the  outstanding  loan  liability  related 
to  undergraduate  or  qualifying  vocational  training  of  the  participant  un- 
der one  or  more  of  the  designated  loan  programs,  for  a  total  loan  assump- 
tion of  up  to  five  thousand  dollars  ($5,000);  and 

(iii )  upon  receipt  of  the  information  required  by  Section  307 1 6,  includ- 
ing certification  by  the  Office  of  the  Adjutant  General  that  the  program 
participant  has  completed  three  consecutive  years  of  service  or  in  the  case 
of  a  participant  who  is  eligible  because  he  or  she  has  agreed  to  reenlist 
or  an  officer  who  has  committed  to  serve  three  consecutive  years  of  addi- 
tional service,  as  a  qualifying  member  within  the  meaning  of  Section 
66025.6  of  the  Education  Code,  the  Commission  shall  assume,  subject 
to  the  terms  of  Secfion  69750.7  of  the  Educafion  Code,  up  to  an  additional 
three  thousand  dollars  ($3,000)  of  the  loan  outstanding  liability  related 
to  undergraduate  or  qualifying  vocational  training  of  the  participant  un- 
der one  or  more  of  the  designated  loan  programs,  for  a  total  loan  assump- 
tion of  up  to  eight  thousand  dollars  ($8,000). 

(iv)  upon  receipt  of  the  information  required  by  Section  307 16,  includ- 
ing certification  by  the  Office  of  the  Adjutant  General  that  the  program 
participant  has  completed  four  consecufive  years  of  service  or  in  the  case 
of  a  participant  who  is  eligible  because  he  or  she  has  agreed  to  reenlist 
or  an  officer  who  has  committed  to  serve  four  consecufive  years  of  addi- 
tional service,  as  a  qualifying  member  within  the  meaning  of  Section 
66025.6  of  the  Education  Code,  the  Commission  shall  assume,  subject 
to  the  terms  of  Section  69750.7  of  the  Education  Code,  up  to  an  additional 
three  thousand  dollars  ($3,000)  of  the  loan  outstanding  liability  related 
to  undergraduate  or  qualifying  vocafional  training  of  the  participant  un- 
der one  or  more  of  the  designated  loan  programs,  for  a  total  loan  assump- 
tion of  up  to  eleven  thousand  dollars  ($1 1,000). 

(c)  The  term  of  the  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  be  no  more  than 
ten  (10)  years  from  the  date  signed  by  the  program  participant  and  the 
Commission. 

(d)  The  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  constitute  a  conditional  war- 
rant that  may  be  redeemed  with  the  Commission  as  specified  in  Section 
30716. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69751,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
66025.6,  69750.3,  69750.5  and  69750.7,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  4-23-2007;  operative  4-23-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  17). 

§30716.    Loan  Payments. 

(a)  A  program  participant  may  redeem  the  condifional  warrant  and  the 
Commission  shall  make  loan  payments,  pursuant  to  the  loan  assumpfion 
agreement  and  as  provided  in  subsecfion  (b),  when  the  Commission  has 
received  the  following  information  for  each  qualifying  year  of  service  for 
which  payment  is  to  be  made: 

(1)  from  each  lending  insfitution,  for  each  loan  that  qualifies  for  the 
assumption  under  the  program  and  the  loan  assumption  agreement: 

(i)  program  participant's  name  and  social  security  number; 

(ii)  account  number; 

(iii)  interest  rate; 

(iv)  disbursement  date; 

(v)  payoff  amount  as  of  June  30; 


(vi)  lending  institution/servicer  name; 

(vii)  lending  institution/servicer  eight-digit  idenfification  code; 

(viii)  address  to  which  payment  is  to  be  sent; 

(ix)  a  signature  of  the  lending  institution  official  under  penalty  of  per- 
jury of  the  laws  of  the  state  of  California  certifying  that  this  loan  informa- 
tion is  correct; 

(x)  printed  name,  telephone  number  and  email  address  of  the  lending 
institution  official; 

(2)  certification  from  the  Office  of  the  Adjutant  General  that  the  pro- 
gram participant  completed  the  year  of  safisfactory  service  required  for 
a  loan  assumption  payment  to  be  made; 

(3)  verification  from  the  insfitution  of  higher  educafion  or  qualified 
vocafional  diploma  program,  of  enrollment  status  or  of  academic  leave 
of  absence  for  the  academic  year  corresponding  with  the  year  of  military 
service  or  verification  that  parficipant  has  completed  the  vocational  di- 
ploma program  or  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Such  verification  is  not  re- 
quired of  parficipants  who  had  completed  their  baccalaureate  degree  or 
vocafional  diploma  program  prior  to  acceptance  as  a  participant  in  the 
program  and  submitted  verification  of  completion  with  their  applicafion 
to  the  program  pursuant  to  Secfion  3071 1. 

(b)  Loan  payments  made  by  the  Commission  shall  be  made  by  lump- 
sum payment  to  the  lender,  to  be  applied  directly  to  the  principal  balance, 
if  not  otherwise  prohibited  by  applicable  law  or  by  the  terms  of  the  loan 
agreement  between  the  program  participant  and  the  lender.  Payments 
shall  first  be  made  toward  qualifying  loans  with  the  highest  interest  rates. 
The  program  participant  shall  continue  to  make  payments  as  required  un- 
der the  terms  of  the  loans  to  avoid  defaulting  on  those  loans,  unfil  notified 
by  the  lenders  or  loan  servicers  that  the  loans  are  paid  in  full. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69751,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69750.5  and  69750.7,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  tiled  4-23-2007;  operative  4-23-2007  pursuant  to  Government 

Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  17). 

§  30717.    Failure  to  Comply  with  the  Loan  Assumption 
Agreement. 

(a)  A  program  participant  who  fails  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  the 
loan  assumpfion  agreement  shall  be  withdrawn  from  the  program.  Fail- 
ure to  comply  includes  but  is  not  limited  to  failing  to  complete  one  of  the 
four  consecutive  years  of  military  service,  or  to  maintain  the  required  en- 
rollment in  an  insfitution  of  higher  educafion  or  vocational  diploma  pro- 
gram, unless  the  participant  was  on  academic  leave  of  absence  for  acfive 
duty  or  completed  a  baccalaureate  degree  or  the  vocational  diploma  pro- 
gram. The  program  parficipant  shall  retain  responsibility  to  confinue  to 
make  any  payments  required  under  the  terms  of  any  outstanding  loans  to 
avoid  defaulfing  on  those  loans. 

(b)  A  program  participant  who  is  entitled  to  an  academic  leave  of  ab- 
sence because  he  or  she  is  on  acfive  duty,  pursuant  to  Secfion  66025.6  of 
the  Education  Code,  shall  retain  responsibility  to  continue  to  make  any 
payments  required  under  the  terms  of  any  outstanding  loans  to  avoid  de- 
faulting on  these  loans. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69751,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
66025.6,  69750.3,  69750.7  and  69751,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  4-23-2(X)7;  operative  4-23-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  17). 

§  3071 8.    Development  of  Projections  for  Funding 
Purposes. 

The  Commission  shall  use  the  number  of  acfive  program  participants 
at  the  end  of  each  year  and  their  applicafion  dates  and  number  of  years 
in  the  program  to  project  the  funding  level  required  to  provide  loan  pay- 
ments under  the  program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69751,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69751(a),  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  4-23-2007;  operative  4-23-2007  pursuant  to  Government 

Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  17). 


Page  218.2 


Register  2007,  No.  17;  4-27-2007 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


§  30818 


Article  15.     Process  for  Selecting  an 

Organization  to  Provide  Financial  Need 

Analysis  and  Related  Services  and  to  Act  as 

the  Sole  Processor  of  the  SAAC 

§30801.    Definitions. 

Noif-:  Authoritv  cited:  Section  69534.1.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69.S1().  (,95.34.  695.34.1,  and  695.34.3(a).  Education  Code;  and  Sections  12101(a) 
and  (b).  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100.  Title  1,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  nied3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1  i ). 

§  30802.    Competitive  Means;  Exceptions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69534.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
695.34.1,  Education  Code:  and  Sections  12102(a),  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88:  operative  4-1.3-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100,  Title  1,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1 1). 

§  30803.    Basis  for  Selection. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69534.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
695.34.1,  Education  Code;  and  Section  12102(b),  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100,  Title  1.  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  .secfion  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1 1). 

§  30804.    Use  of  Consultant  Services  by  CSAC. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69534.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
695.34.1.  Education  Code;  and  Section  12101(b),  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100,  Title  1.  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  .3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1 1). 

§  30805.    Solicitation  of  Prospective  Competitors. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69534.1.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
69534.1,  Education  Code;  and  Section  12101(b),  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operafive  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100,  Title  1,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  .3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  11). 

§  30806.    Exclusion  of  Prospective  Competitors. 

NoTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  695.34.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
69534.1.  Education  Code;  and  Section  12102(h).  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100,  Title  1,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  fded  .3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  11). 

§  30807.    Required  Steps  in  the  Selection  Process. 

NotE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69534.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
695.34.1.  Education  Code;  and  Sections  12101(a)  and  (b).  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operafive  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Secfion  100,  Title  1,  California 
Code  of  Regulafions  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1 1 ). 

§  30808.     Request  for  Proposal  (RFP). 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  69534.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Secfion 
695.34.1,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  12101(a)  and  (b).  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100,  Title  1,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1 1 ). 

§  30809.    Confidentiality. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69534.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
695.34.1,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  12101(a)  and  (b).  Public  Contract  Code. 


History 

1.  New  section  filed  .3-14-88;  operative  4-1.3-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100.  Title  I,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89.  No.  1 1 ). 

§  30810.    Questions  and  Answers. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  695.34.1.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
695.34.1,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  12101(a)  and  (b).  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-1.3-88  (Register  88.  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100.  Title  1.  Calift)rnia 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  I  I ). 

§30811.    Role  of  the  Evaluation  Team. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  695.34.1.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69534.1.  Education  Code;  and  Sections  12101(a)  and  (b).  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  .3-14-88;  operative  4-1.3-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100.  Title  I,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89.  No.  1 1 ). 

§  30812.    Submission  of  Proposals:  Time,  Manner,  and 
Handling. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  695.34.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  .Section 
695.34.1,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  12101(a)  and  (b).  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-1.3-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100.  Title  1.  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1  1 ). 

§30813.    Final  Proposal. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  695.34.1.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
695.34.1,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  12  101(a)  and  (b).  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  .3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100.  Title  I.  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  .section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89.  No.  I  I ). 

§  30814.    Issuance  of  Notice  of  Intent  to  Award. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69534.1,  Educafion  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69534.1,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  12101(a)  and  (b).  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  3-14-88;  operafive  4-1.3-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100,  Title  1,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1 1 ). 

§  3081 5.    Timing  of  Award. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  695.34.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69534.1,  Education  Code;  and  Section  12102(0.  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operafive  4- 1 .3-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100,  Title  1,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1  1 ). 

§30816.    Protests. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69534.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
695.34.1,  Education  Code;  and  Section  12102(0-  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operafive  4-1.3-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100,  Title  1,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1 1 ). 

§30817.    Options. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69534.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69534.1,  Education  Code;  and  Section  12103,  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100,  Title  1,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1 1 ). 

§  30818.    Actions  on  Contracts;  Limitations. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Secfion  695.34.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69534.1,  Educafion  Code;  and  Section  19100.  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Secfion  100,  Title  1,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1 1 ). 


Page  218.3 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


§  30819 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


§  30819.    Contract  to  Enable  Acquisition  of  Additional 
Items. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69534.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69534.1.  Education  Code;  and  Section  12102(e).  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1 ,  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88.  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100.  Title  1,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,No.  1 1 ). 

§  30820.    Contractual  Terms  and  Conditions. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69534.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69534.1,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  12101(a)  and  (b).  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100,  Title  I,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1 1 ). 

§  30821 .    Confidentiality  of  Data. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69534.1,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
69534.1,  Education  Code;  and  Section  12101(a),  Public  Contract  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  3-14-88;  operative  4-13-88  (Register  88,  No.  13). 

2.  Change  without  regulatory  effect  pursuant  to  Section  100,  Title  I,  California 
Code  of  Regulations  repealing  section  filed  3-2-89  (Register  89,  No.  1 1 ). 


Article  16. 


Federal  Family  Education  Loan 
Program 


§  30901.    Insurance  Premium  Rate  and  the  Fiscal 
Soundness  of  the  Reserve  Fund. 

The  insurance  premium  rate  shall  be  reviewed  annually  by  the  Loan 
Study  Council,  or  its  successor,  and  a  recommendation  shall  be  made  to 
the  California  Student  Aid  Commission  for  consideration  in  resetting  the 
insurance  premium  rate.  The  Loan  Study  Council,  or  its  successor,  shall 
review  the  revenue  and  expenditure  forecasts  of  the  Federal  Family  Edu- 
cation Loan  program  administered  by  the  California  Student  Aid  Com- 
mission and  make  recommendations  to  the  Commission  related  to  the  fis- 
cal soundness  of  the  reserve  fund. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
69761.5  and  69769.5,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  7-17-97;  operative  7-17-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  29). 

§  30902.  Lender  Agreement. 

Any  eligible  lending  institution  must  complete  a  signed  agreement 
with  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission,  or  its  agent,  before  any 
Federal  Family  Education  Loan  made  by  the  lender  shall  be  guaranteed. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference:  34  CFR 

682.401(b)(7). 

History 
1.  New  article  16  (sections  30902-30904)  and  section  filed  6-24-97;  operative 
6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  11343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No. 
26). 

§  30903.    Lender  and  School  Reviews. 

Every  school  and  lender  participating  in  the  Federal  Family  Education 
Loan  program  administered  by  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission 
shall  be  reviewed  on  a  regular  basis  as  provided  in  34  CFR  Part  682  by 
the  California  Student  Aid  Commission  or  its  designee.  In  addition,  the 
California  Student  Aid  Commission  may  require  self-certified  audits  of 
both  schools  and  lenders  participating  in  the  program. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference:  34  CFR 
682.410(c). 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code 

section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 


§  30904.    Transmittal  of  Manifest  and  Fees,  and 
Cancellation  of  Non-Disbursed  Loan 
Guarantees  by  the  Commission. 

Lenders  shall  submit  to  the  California  Student  Aid  Commission,  or  its 
designee,  a  manifest  of  loan  transactions  (i.e.  disbursements,  cancella- 
tions and  any  other  transactions)  within  45  calendar  days  of  the  date  a 
loan  transaction  occurs  or  the  lender  learns  of  the  transaction.  Insurance 
premium  fees  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Commission  along  with  the  mani- 
fest for  all  loans  recorded  as  disbursements  on  the  manifest  or  shall  be 
submitted  to  the  Commission  within  30  calendar  days  of  the  date  an  in- 
surance premium  fee  billing  is  sent  to  the  lender.  A  loan  which  remains 
in  a  guaranteed,  but  non-disbursed  status  on  the  Commission's  data  base 
for  more  than  1 50  calendar  days  after  the  anticipated  disburseirtent  date 
shall  have  its  guarantee  canceled  by  the  Commission.  If  such  a  loan  had 
actually  been  disbursed,  the  lender  may  request  reinstatement  of  the 
guarantee  by  providing  the  Commission  with  a  written  request  for  rein- 
statement including  an  explanation  of  the  reason  for  the  loan's  non-dis- 
bursed status,  a  manifest  and  the  appropriate  insurance  premium  fee. 
This  request  shall  be  postmarked  or  received  within  60  days  of  the  date 
of  the  cancellation  notification. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  69763,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
428(b)(  1  )(H),  Higher  Education  Act  of  1965,  as  amended. 

History 
1 .  New  section  filed  6-24-97;  operative  6-24-97  pursuant  to  Government  Code 
section  1 1343.4(d)  (Register  97,  No.  26). 


Article  17.    State  Nursing  Assumption 

Program  of  Loans  for  Education  for  Nursing 

Faculty  (SNAPLE-NF) 

§30910.    Definitions. 

"Academic  year"  means  a  period  as  determined  by  the  employing  re- 
gionally accredited  California  college  or  university. 

"Accredited  college  or  university"  means  a  college  or  university  that 
has  been  accredited  by  a  national  or  regional  accrediting  body,  including, 
but  not  limited  to.  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools, 
The  Northwest  Commission  on  Colleges  and  Universities,  North  Central 
Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools,  New  England  Association  of 
Schools  and  Colleges,  Inc./Commission  on  Institutions  of  Higher  Educa- 
tion, Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools/Commission  on  Col- 
leges, and  Western  Association  of  Schools  and  Colleges/Accrediting 
Commission  for  Senior  Colleges  and  Universities. 

"Cost  of  Attendance"  means  the  student  budget  at  the  participating 
institution  for  the  nominated  student  that  includes  tuition,  fees,  housing, 
food,  books,  transportation  and  personal  expenses  for  the  year.  It  may 
also  include  an  allowance  for  the  rental  or  purchase  of  a  computer,  child 
care  or  other  dependent  care  costs  and  additional  expenses  for  students 
with  disabilities  not  already  covered. 

"Demonstrated  academic  ability"  means  academic  standing  consis- 
tent with  or  superior  to  the  requirements  established  by  the  accredited 
college  or  university  for  satisfactory  progress  toward  graduation  or  the 
award  of  the  graduate  or  undergraduate  degree. 

"Demonstrated  financial  need"  means  financial  need  as  determined 
under  Article  1 .5  (commencing  with  Section  69503)  of  Chapter  2  of  Part 
42  of  Division  5  of  Title  3  of  the  Education  Code. 

"Eligible  applicant"  means: 

( 1 )  a  student  who  has  been  admitted  to  or  is  enrolled  in  a  baccalaureate 
level  or  graduate  level  degree  program  in  nursing  or  a  field  related  to 
nursing  and  who  submits  an  apphcation  pursuant  to  Section  3091 1  and 
agrees  to  teach  nursing  at  a  regionally-accredited  college  or  university 
within  12  months  of  obtaining  degree,  and  has  received  or  is  approved 
to  receive,  a  loan  under  one  or  more  of  the  designated  loan  programs,  or 
any  loan  program  approved  by  the  Student  Aid  Commission,  or 

(2)  an  individual  who  has  completed  a  baccalaureate  level  or  graduate 
level  degree  program  in  nursing  or  a  field  related  to  nursing  within  the 
award  year  he  or  she  applies  for  the  program  and  who  submits  an  applica- 


Page  218.4 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


§30911 


lion  pursuant  lo  section  309 1 1  and  agrees  to  teach  nursing  at  a  regional- 
ly-accrediied  college  or  university  within  1 2  months  ofobtaining  the  de- 
gree, and  has  received  or  is  approved  to  receive,  a  loan  under  one  or  more 
of  the  designated  loan  programs,  or  any  loan  program  approved  by  the 
Student  Aid  Commission. 

"Eligible  noncitizen"  means  a  United  States  resident  as  defined  for  fi- 
nancial aid  purposes  under  Title  IV  of  the  federal  Higher  Education  Act 
of  196.^.  20  U.S.C.  Section  1091(a)(5). 

"Full-lime"  and  "full-time  basis"  means  full-time  employment,  as 
determined  by  the  employing  regionally  accredited  California  college  or 
university. 

"Half-time  basis"  means  half-time  enrollment  as  determined  by  the 
participating  institution. 

"Natural  disaster"  means  a  fire,  flood,  storm,  tidal  wave,  earthquake, 
terrorism,  epidemic,  or  other  similar  public  calamity  that  the  Governor 
determines  presents  a  threat  to  public  safety.  (California  Government 
Code.  Section  H680.3) 

"Other  natural  causes"  means  a  disease,  or  physical  or  mental  condi- 
tion involving  inpatient  care  in  a  hospital  or  residential  health  care  facil- 
ity, or  continuing  treatment  or  continuing  supervision  by  a  health  care 
provider,  or  family  care  and  medical  leave  under  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 12945.2  or  the  federal  Family  and  Medical  Leave  Act  of  1993. 

"Participating  institution"  and  "eligible  institution"  and  "eligible 
school  or  college"  means  an  accredited  college  or  university  that  has 
elected  to  participate  in  the  program  by  submitting  nominations  of  stu- 
dents to  the  Commission  under  the  provisions  of  this  Article. 

"Part-time"  and  "part-time  basis"  means  part-time  employment,  as 
determined  by  the  employing  regionally  accredited  California  college  or 
university. 

"Program"  means  the  State  Nursing  Assumption  Program  of  Loans  for 
Education  for  nursing  faculty  established  in  Article  1  (commencing  with 
.section  70100)  of  Chapter  3  of  Part  42  of  Division  5  of  Title  3  of  the 
Education  Code  and  as  set  forth  in  this  Article. 

"Program  participant"  means  an  individual  who  has  a  loan  assumption 
agreement  signed  by  both  the  individual  and  the  Commission. 

"Regionally  accredited  California  college  or  university"  means  a  col- 
lege or  university  that  has  been  accredited  by  a  regional  accreditation 
body  and  is  located  in  California. 

"Satisfactory  academic  progress"  means  academic  standing  consis- 
tent with  the  requirements  of  the  accredited  college  or  university  for  sat- 
isfactory progress  toward  the  award  of  the  graduate  or  undergraduate  de- 
gree. 

"Serious  illness"  means  an  illness  involving  inpatient  care  in  a  hospital 
or  residential  health  care  facility,  or  continuing  treatment  or  continuing 
supervision  by  a  health  care  provider,  or  family  care  and  medical  leave 
under  Government  Code  section  1 2945.2  or  the  federal  Family  and  Med- 
ical Leave  Act  of  1993. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  70106.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
70101,  70102.  70103,  70104  and  70105.  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  17  (sections  30910-30917)  and  section  filed  5-7-2007;  operative 
5-7-2007  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No. 
19). 

2.  Amendment  of  article  heading,  repeal  of  subsection  designators  and  new  defini- 
tion of  "Eligible  applicant"  filed  6-10-2008;  operative  6-10-2008  pursuant  to 
Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2008,  No.  24). 

§  3091 1 .    Application  to  Participate  In  the  Program. 

Applications  to  participate  in  the  program  shall  be  submitted  by  the  el- 
igible applicant  to  his  or  her  participating  institution.  The  application 
shall  be  submitted  to  the  Commission  by  the  June  30th  deadline  and  shall 
include  the  following  information  regarding  the  eligible  applicant: 

(a)  Applicant's  personal  information,  including: 

(1)  Last  name,  first  name  and  middle  initial; 

(2)  Social  Security  number: 

(3)  Address  and  telephone  number; 

(4)  Date  of  birth; 

(5)  E-mail  address,  if  available; 


(6)  California  registered  nurse  license  number,  if  available; 

(7)  for  an  applicant  in  an  undergraduate  degree  program,  a  copy  of  the 
federal  Student  Aid  Report  (S  AR)  generated  by  the  United  Stales  Depart- 
ment of  Education  based  upon  the  applicant's  Free  Application  for  Fed- 
eral Student  Aid  (FAFSA)  with  an  Expected  Family  Contribution  (EEC) 
for  the  academic  year  in  which  the  applicant  applies  to  the  program.  Veri- 
fication of  information  provided  in  the  FAFSA  and  used  to  calculate  the 
EEC  may  be  requested  by  the  Commission  as  necessary.  Failure  to  pro- 
vide verification  in  a  timely  manner,  if  requested,  may  result  in  disquali- 
fication from  consideration  for  an  award; 

(8)  the  name  of  the  regionally-accredited  college  or  university  that  the 
eligible  applicant  is  teaching  nursing  and  the  date  the  eligible  applicant 
commenced  employment,  if  applicable; 

(9)  the  date  the  applicant  has  or  is  expected  to  receive  his  or  her  under- 
graduate or  graduate  degree  in  nursing  or  a  field  related  to  nursing. 

(b)  The  applicant's  representations  that  he  or  she: 

(1)  is  a  United  States  citizen  or  eligible  noncitizen; 

(2)  is  a  resident  of  California; 

(3)  is  in  compliance  with  Selective  Service  requirements; 

(4)  does  not  owe  a  refund  on  any  state  or  federal  educational  grant; 

(5)  does  not  currently  have  a  delinquent  or  defaulted  student  loan. 

(6)  has  not  received  a  grant  as  an  instructor  in  a  California  community 
college  registered  nursing  program  pursuant  to  Article  3.5  i  commencing 
with  Secfion  78260  of  the  Education  Code; 

(c)  The  name  of  the  accredited  college(s)  or  uni  versity(ies),  as  applica- 
ble, at  which  the  applicant: 

(1)  is  enrolled  on  at  least  a  half-time  basis  in  an  academic  program 
leading  to  a  baccalaureate  or  graduate  degree  in  nursing  or  a  field  related 
to  nursing; 

(2)  has  obtained  a  baccalaureate  or  graduate  level  degree  within  the 
award  year  he  or  she  applies  for  the  program;  or 

(3)  is  accepted  on  at  least  a  half-time  basis  to  a  program  leading  to  a 
baccalaureate  or  graduate  degree  in  nursing  or  a  field  related  to  nursing; 

(d)  Statement  that  the  applicant  agrees  to: 

(1)  maintain  satisfactory  academic  progress  through  completion  of 
baccalaureate  or  graduate  degree  program;  and 

(2)  teach  in  a  nursing  program  on  a  full-fime  basis  at  one  or  more  re- 
gionally accredited  California  colleges  or  universities  for  at  least  three 
consecutive  academic  years,  or  on  a  part-time  basis  for  the  equivalent  of 
three  full-time  academic  years,  starting  within  twelve  (12)  months  after 
obtaining  a  degree  in  nursing  or  a  field  related  to  nursing  unless,  within 
twelve  (12)  months  after  obtaining  such  a  degree,  the  participant  enrolls 
in  a  program  leading  to  a  more  advanced  academic  degree  in  nursing  or 
a  field  related  to  nursing; 

(e)  The  name  of  lender,  type  of  loan,  loan  identification  numberts), 
and  current  balance(s)  of  a  loan  or  loans  the  applicant  has  received,  or  has 
been  approved  to  receive,  under  one  or  more  of  the  following  designated 
loan  programs: 

(1 )  the  Federal  Family  Education  Loan  Program  (20  U.S.C.  Sec.  1 07 1 
et  seq.); 

(2)  the  Federal  Direct  Loan  Program  (20  U.S.C.  Sec.  1087b  et  seq.); 

(3)  any  loan  program  approved  by  the  Commission  on  a  case  by  case 
basis  but  not  including  lines  of  credit,  home  equity  loans,  credit  card  debt, 
and  other  general  consumer  loans,  business  loans,  personal  loans,  or 
mortgages; 

(0  For  applicants  who  are  enrolled  in  an  undergraduate  program,  the 
student's  cost  of  attendance  at  the  participating  insfitution  for  the  aca- 
demic year  of  application  to  the  program. 

(g)  The  application  shall  state  that  by  signing,  the  applicant  agrees  that, 
if  requested,  the  applicant  will  provide  information  or  documentation  to 
verify  the  accuracy  of  the  information  included  in  the  application,  and  the 
applicant  understands  that  failure  to  provide  accurate  and  complete  in- 
formation as  requested  may  result  in  disqualification  from  the  program 
and  loss  of  program  benefits.  The  application  shall  be  dated  and  signed 
by  the  applicant  under  penalty  of  perjury  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of 
California. 


Page  218.5 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


§  30912 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  70106,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
70101,  70102.  70103,  70105  and  70107,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-7-2007;  operative  5-7-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  19). 

2.  Amendment  of  first  paragraph  and  subsection  (b)(7),  new  subsections 
(b)(8)-(9)  and  amendment  of  subsections  (c)(2)-(3),  (d)(1)  and  (e)  filed 
6-10-2008;  operative  6-10-2008  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4  (Register  2008,  No.  24). 

§  30912.    Nominations  by  a  Participating  Institution. 

(a)  A  participating  institution  may  nominate  one  or  more  eligible  ap- 
plicants who  have  submitted  applications  to  participate  in  the  prograin 
meeting  the  requirements  of  Section  3091 1  by  submitting  to  the  Com- 
mission by  the  June  30th  deadline  all  of  the  following  information  re- 
garding each  eligible  applicant: 

(1)  the  applicant's  complete  application,  including  applicant's  name, 
social  security  number,  and  the  SAR  for  an  undergraduate  applicant: 

(2)  the  participating  institution's  certifications  of  the  following  in- 
formation: 

(i)  the  applicant: 

A.  is  enrolled  in  a  baccalaureate  or  graduate  degree  program  in  nursing 
or  a  field  related  to  nursing  in  which  the  applicant  is,  enrolled  on  at  least 
a  half-time  basis; 

B.  has  been  admitted  to  a  baccalaureate  or  graduate  degree  program 
in  nursing  or  a  field  related  to  nursing  in  which  the  applicant  will  be  en- 
rolled on  at  least  a  half-time  basis,  or 

C.  has  successfully  completed  a  baccalaureate  or  graduate  degree  pro- 
gram within  the  award  year  he  or  she  applies  for  the  program  in  nursing 
or  a  field  related  to  nursing  in  which  the  applicant  was  enrolled  on  at  least 
a  half-time  basis; 

(ii)  the  applicant's  grade  point  average; 
(iii)  the  applicant: 

A.  is  making  satisfactory  academic  progress;  or 

B.  was  making  satisfactory  academic  progress  at  the  time  of  gradua- 
tion; 

(iv)  the  applicant  has  demonstrated  academic  ability; 
(v)  it  is  an  accredited  college  or  university;  and 
( vi)  the  date  the  applicant  has  or  is  expected  to  receive  his  or  her  under- 
graduate or  graduate  degree  in  nursing  or  a  field  related  to  nursing; 
(vii)  the  type  of  degree  the  applicant  is  pursuing  or  has  completed 
(viii)  the  applicant's  field  of  study 

(3)  the  participating  institution's  determination  that  the  applicant  has 
demonstrated  outstanding  ability  to  become  a  nursing  faculty  member, 
on  the  basis  of  the  following  criteria: 

(i)  grade  point  average;  and 

(ii)  faculty  evaluation  of  the  applicant's  ability  to  become  a  nursing 
faculty  member  based  on  the  factors  used  by  the  participating  institution 
to  hire  nursing  faculty; 

(4)  for  applicants  who  are  undergraduates,  the  applicant's  cost  of 
attendance  for  the  academic  year  of  application  to  the  program. 

(b)  Each  nomination,  including  the  certifications  required  by  this  sec- 
tion, submitted  by  a  participating  institution  shall  be  signed  by  the  direc- 
tor of  the  participating  institution's  nursing  program  or  designee  under 
penalty  of  perjury  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  California. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  70106,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
70101,  70102,  70103,  70107  and  70108,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-7-2007;  operative  5-7-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  19). 

2.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  6-10-2008;  operative  6-10-2008  pur- 
suant to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2008,  No.  24). 

§  30913.    Award  Process. 

(a)  The  Commission  shall  select  program  participants  from  among  the 
eligible  applicants  whose  applications  and  nominations  are  complete  and 
are  received  by  the  Commission  by  the  June  30th  deadline  date  each  aca- 
demic year  and  who  are  determined  by  the  Commission  to  meet  all  re- 
quirements for  participation  established  in  the  Education  Code.  If  the 
maximum  authorized  allocation  of  awards  is  not  exhausted  after  this 


selection  process  is  completed,  the  Commission  may  continue  to  accept 
nominations  and  select  program  participants  based  on  the  date  the  nomi- 
nations are  received  by  the  Commission.  The  Commission  may  continue 
to  make  awards  until  the  maximum  authorized  allocation  is  exhausted. 

(b)  The  Commission  shall  only  consider  and  select  from  among  nomi- 
nated applicants  with  demonstrated  academic  ability.  In  addition,  under- 
graduate applicants  may  only  be  considered  if  they  have  demonstrated 
financial  need.  The  Commission  shall  determine  that  such  financial  need 
exists  if  the  applicant's  cost  of  attendance  at  the  participating  institution 
for  the  academic  year  exceeds  the  applicant's  EFC  for  that  year. 

(c)  Nominated  applicants  enrolled  in  or  who  have  completed  graduate 
degree  programs  will  be  scored  and  awarded  points  using  the  following 
selection  criteria: 

(1 )  Points  will  be  awarded  according  to  the  length  of  time  remaining 
until  the  applicant  is  expected  to  receive  the  graduate  degree  in  nursing 
or  a  field  related  to  nursing,  as  follows: 

GRADUATE  DEGREE  POINTS 

Completion  Within  Four  Years  or  Less  20 

Completion  Within  Three  Years  or  Less  30 

Completion  Within  Two  Years  or  Less  40 

Completion  Within  One  Year  or  Less  50 

Completed  Program  within  award  year  60 
applicant  applies  for  the  program 

(2)  Points  will  be  awarded  based  on  the  applicant's  grade  point  aver- 
age in  the  graduate  program  in  nursing  or  a  field  related  to  nursing  as  fol- 
lows: 

(i) 

GRADUA  TE  GPA  POINTS 

2.99  OT  Less  0 

3.00-3.24  10 

3.25-3.49  15 

3.50-3.74  20 

3.75-3.99  25 

4.00  30 

;  or 

(ii)  Nominated  applicants  enrolled  in  graduate  degree  programs  who 
do  not  have  a  grade  point  average  established  in  the  graduate  program  at 
the  time  of  application  may  submit  the  grade  point  average  from  their 
baccalaureate  degree  program. 

(A)  Points  will  be  awarded  based  on  the  applicant's  grade  point  aver- 
age in  the  baccalaureate  degree  program  in  nursing  or  a  field  related  to 
nursing  as  follows: 


BACCALA  UREA  TE  GPA 
2.99  or  Less 
3.00-3.24 
3.25-3.49 
3.50-3.74 
3.75-3.99 
4.00 


POINTS 
0 
05 

7.5 

10 
12.5 

15 


(d)  Nominated  applicants  enrolled  in  or  who  have  completed  under- 
graduate degree  programs  and  who  have  been  determined  to  have  dem- 
onstrated financial  need  pursuant  to  subsection  (b)  will  be  scored  and 
awarded  points  using  the  following  selection  criteria: 

(1)  Points  will  be  awarded  according  to  the  length  of  time  remaining 
until  the  applicant  is  expected  to  receive  the  baccalaureate  degree  in  nurs- 
ing or  a  field  related  to  nursing,  as  follows: 

BACCALAUREATE  DEGREE  POINTS 

Completion  Within  Four  Years  or  Less  10 

Completion  Within  Three  Years  or  Less  15 

Completion  Within  Two  Years  or  Less  20 

Completion  Within  One  Year  or  Less  25 

Completed  Degree  within  award  year  30 
applicant  applies  for  the  program 

(2)  Points  will  be  awarded  based  on  the  applicant's  grade  point  aver- 
age in  the  baccalaureate  degree  program  in  nursing  or  a  field  related  to 
nursing  as  follows: 


BA  CCALA  UREA  TE  GPA 
2.99  or  Less 
3.00-3.24 
3.25-3.49 
3.50-3.74 
3.75-3.99 
4.00 


POINTS 
0 
05 
7.5 
10 
12.5 
15 


Page  218.6 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


ij  30915 


(e)  In  addition  lo  the  points  based  on  expected  date  of  degree  award 
and  GPA.  20  points  will  be  awarded  to  any  nominated  applicant  witli  an 
active  registered  nurse  license  issued  by  the  California  Board  of  Regis- 
tered Nursing. 

(f)  The  Commission  will  select  nominees  with  the  highest  point  totals 
until  the  authorized  award  allocation  is  exhausted.  In  the  case  of  a  tie  in 
the  total  number  of  points,  the  Commission  will  select  nominees  based 
on  the  earliest  date  of  expected  graduation  and  in  the  case  of  a  secondary 
tie.  by  the  highest  grade  point  average. 

Nort;  Authoritv  cited:  Section  70106.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
70105.  70107  and  70109,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-7-2007;  operative  5-7-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007.  No.  19). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (c)-(c)(2),  new  subsections 
(c)(2)(i)-{c)(2)(ii)(A)  and  amendment  of  subsections  (d)-(d)(l)  filed 
6-10-2008;  operative  6-10-2008  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4  (Register  2008,  No.  24). 

§  30914.     Loan  Assumption  Agreements. 

(a)  The  Commission  shall  provide  a  loan  assumption  agreement  to 
each  nominated  eligible  applicant  selected  by  the  Commission  to  be  a 
program  participant.  The  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  be  effective 
when  both  the  program  participant  and  the  Commission  have  signed  the 
agreement. 

(b)  The  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  include  the  following: 

( 1 )  For  a  program  participant  who  is  enrolled  in  or  admitted  to  a  nurs- 
ing degree  program,  the  program  participant's  agreement  to: 

(i)  maintain  satisfactory  academic  progress; 

(ii)  maintain  enrollment  on  at  least  a  half-time  basis  each  academic 
term  at  an  accredited  college  or  university; 

(iii)  continue  to  satisfy  the  eligibility  requirements  in  section 
30911(b)(lH6); 

(iv)  teach  nursing  on  a  full-time  basis  at  one  or  more  regionally  ac- 
credited California  colleges  or  universities  for  at  least  three  consecutive 
academic  years,  or  part-time  for  the  equivalent  of  three  full  time  academ- 
ic years,  starting  within  twelve  (12)  months  after  obtaining  a  baccalau- 
reate or  graduate  degree  in  nursing  or  a  field  related  to  nursing,  unless, 
within  twelve  (12)  months  after  obtaining  such  a  degree,  the  participant 
enrolls  in  a  program  leading  to  a  more  advanced  academic  degree  in  nurs- 
ing or  a  field  related  to  nursing; 

(v)  authorize  the  accredited  college  or  university  attended  by  the  appli- 
cant, employers,  and  lenders  to  provide  information  requested  by  the 
Commission  for  the  purposes  of  administering  the  loan  assumption 
agreement;  and 

(vi)  comply  with  all  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  the  program. 

(vii)  notify  the  Commission  of  starting  date  of  employment  within  2 
weeks  of  obtaining  eligible  employment. 

(2)  For  a  program  participant  who  has  successfully  completed  a  bacca- 
laureate or  graduate  level  degree  in  nursing  or  a  field  related  to  nursing 
at  the  time  of  application,  the-program  participant's  agreement  to: 

(i)  continue  to  satisfy  the  ehgibility  requirements  in  section 
30911(b)(l)-(6); 

(ii)  teach  nursing  on  a  full-time  basis  at  one  or  more  regionally-ac- 
credited California  colleges  or  universities  for  at  least  three  consecutive 
academic  years,  or  part-time  for  the  equivalent  of  three  full  time  academ- 
ic years,  within  twelve  (12)  months  of  receiving  the  degree; 

(iii)  authorize  the  accredited  college  or  university  attended  by  the  ap- 
plicant, employers,  and  lenders  to  provide  information  requested  by  the 
Commission  for  the  purposes  of  administering  the  loan  assumption 
agreement;  and 

(iv)  comply  with  all  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  the  program. 

(v)  authorize  the  accredited  college  oruniversity  attended  by  the  appli- 
cant, employers,  and  lenders  to  provide  information  requested  by  the 
Commission  for  the  purposes  of  administering  the  loan  assumption 
agreement;  and 

(vi)  comply  with  all  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  the  program. 


(vii)  notify  the  Coinmission  of  starting  date  of  employment  within  2 
weeks  of  obtaining  eligible  employment. 

(3)  The  Commission  shall  agree  that: 

(i)  after  the  program  participant  has  completed  one  academic  year  of 
teaching  nursing  studies  on  a  full-time  basis,  or  the  equivalent  on  a  part- 
time  basis,  at  one  or  more  regionally  accredited  California  colleges  or 
universities,  the  Commission  shall  assume,  subject  to  the  requirements 
of  section  309 1 5,  up  to  eight  thousand  three  hundred  thirty-three  dollars 
($8,333)  of  the  outstanding  liability  of  the  participant  under  one  or  more 
of  the  designated  loan  programs; 

(ii)  after  the  program  participant  has  completed  two  consecutive  aca- 
demic years  of  teaching  nursing  studies  on  a  full-time  basis,  or  the  equiv- 
alent on  a  part-lime  basis,  at  one  or  more  regionally  accredited  California 
colleges  or  universities,  the  Commission  shall  assume,  subject  to  the 
terms  of  section  309 1 5,  up  to  an  additional  eight  thousand  three  hundred 
thirty-three  dollars  ($8,333)  of  the  outstanding  liability  of  the  participant 
under  one  or  more  of  the  designated  loan  programs,  for  a  total  loan  as- 
sumption of  up  to  sixteen  thousand  six  hundred  sixty-six  dollars 
($16,666);  and 

(iii)  after  the  program  participant  has  completed  three  consecutive 
academic  years  teaching  nursing  studies  on  a  full-time  basis,  or  the 
equivalent  on  a  part-time  basis,  ait  one  or  more  regionally  accredited 
California  colleges  or  universities,  the  Commission  shall  assume,  subject 
to  the  terms  of  section  30915,  up  to  an  additional  eight  thousand  three 
hundred  thirty-four  dollars  ($8,334)  of  the  outstanding  liability  of  the 
participant  under  one  or  more  of  the  designated  loan  programs,  for  a  total 
loan  assumption  of  up  to  twenty-five  thousand  dollars  ($25,000). 

(c)  The  term  of  the  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  be  no  more  than 
10  years  from  the  date  signed  by  the  program  participant  and  the  Com- 
mission unless  extended  pursuant  to  Section  30916. 

(d)  The  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  constitute  a  conditional  war- 
rant that  may  be  redeemed  with  the  Commission  as  specified  in  section 
30915.  A  participant  in  this  program  shall  not  receive  more  than  one  loan 
assumption  agreement. 

(e)  The  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  include  the  participant's  cer- 
tification that  he  or  she  understands: 

(1)  The  consequences  of  failing  to  comply  with  the  loan  assumption 
agreement  as  specified  in  section  30916 

(2)  The  requirements  to  redeem  the  conditional  warrant  as  specified 
in  section  30915 

(3)  he  or  she  must  respond  to  all  communications  and  request  from  the 
Commission  within  ten  business  days 

(4)  he  or  she  must  report  any  change  in  status  that  may  affect  his  or  her 
SNAPLE-NF  eligibility 

(5)  If  it  is  determined  that  a  loan  assumption  payment  was  authorized 
based  on  misleading  or  incorrect  information,  he  or  she  will  be  required 
to  reimburse  the  Commission 

(6)  he  or  she  must  comply  with  all  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to 
the  program 

Note.  Authority  cited:  Section  70106,  Education  Code.  Reference;  Sections 
70101,  70102,  70103  and  70106,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-7-2007;  operative  5-7-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  19). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (b)(1),  new  subsections 
(b)(l  )(vii)-(b)(2)(vii),  subsection  renumbering  and  new  subsections  (e)-(e)(6) 
filed  6-10-2008;  operative  6-10-2008  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
n  343.4  (Register  2008,  No.  24). 

§  3091 5.    Loan  Payments. 

(a)  A  program  participant  may  redeem  the  conditional  warrant  and  the 
Commission  shall  make  loan  payments,  pursuant  to  the  loan  assumption 
agreement  and  as  provided  in  Section  309 1 4  and  subsection  (c),  when  the 
Commission  has  received  the  following  information  for  each  qualifying 
year  of  teaching: 

( 1 )  documentation  certifying  that  the  program  participant  has  received 
a  baccalaureate  or  graduate  degree  in  nursing  or  a  field  related  to  nursing 
from  an  accredited,  participating  institution; 


Page  218.7 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6- 13-2008 


§  30916 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(2)  the  following  employment  information  for  each  applicable  year  of 
employment  subject  to  the  loan  assumption  agreement: 

(i)  program  participant's  name  and  social  security  number; 
(ii)  names  and  addresses  of  the  program  participant's  employers; 
(iii)  program  participant's  signature  under  penalty  of  perjury  under  the 
laws  of  the  State  of  California. 

(3)  the  following  employment  information  from  the  participant's  em- 
ployer(s)  for  each  applicable  year  of  employment  subject  to  the  loan  par- 
ticipation agreement: 

(i)  statement  that  the  program  participant  completed  an  academic  year 
of  teaching  nursing  on  a  full-time  basis,  or.  if  the  program  participant  is 
employed  on  a  part-time  basis,  the  percentage  of  employment  as  related 
to  a  full-time  academic  year. 

(ii)  statement  that  the  employer  is  a  regionally  accredited  California 
college  or  university; 

(iii)  employer  representative's  printed  or  typed  name,  title,  and  tele- 
phone number; 

(iv)  employer  representative's  signature  under  penalty  of  perjury  un- 
der the  laws  of  the  State  of  California; 

(v)  certification  that  the  participant  has  not  received  a  grant  pursuant 
to  Article  3.51  commencing  with  Section  78260  of  the  Education  Code. 

(4)  the  following  information  from  each  lending  institution  for  each 
loan  that  qualifies  for  payment  under  the  program  and  the  loan  assump- 
tion agreement: 

(i)  program  participant's  name  and  social  security  number; 

(ii)  account  number  for  each  loan; 

(iii)  interest  rate  for  each  loan; 

(iv)  disbursement  dale  for  each  loan; 

(v)  payoff  amount  for  each  loan  as  of  June  30; 

(vi)  indication  for  each  loan  whether  the  loan  is  delinquent  or  in  de- 
fault; 

(vii)  lending  institution/servicer  name; 

(viii)  lending  institution/servicer  eight-digit  servicer  identification 
code; 

(ix)  address  for  where  payment  is  to  be  sent; 

(x)  a  signature  of  the  lending  institution  official  under  penalty  of  perju- 
ry under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  California 

(xi)  printed  name  of  the  lending  institution  official; 

(xii)  e-mail  address  of  the  lending  institution  official; 

(xiii)  telephone  number  of  the  lending  institution  official; 

(5)  the  Commission  has  determined  that  the  program  participant  has 
satisfied  the  requirements  for  payment  to  be  made  under  the  loan  assump- 
tion agreement. 

(b)  A  program  participant  who  teaches  on  less  than  a  full-time  basis 
is  not  eligible  for  a  loan  payment  until  he  or  she  teaches  for  the  equivalent 
of  a  full-time  academic  year. 

(c)  Loan  payments  shall  be  made  by  lump-sum  payment  to  the  lender, 
to  be  applied  directly  to  the  principal  balance,  if  not  otherwise  prohibited 
by  applicable  law  or  by  the  terms  of  the  loan  agreement  between  the  pro- 
gram participant  and  the  lender.  Payments  shall  first  be  made  toward 
loans  with  the  highest  interest  rates.  The  program  participant  shall  con- 
tinue to  make  payments  as  required  under  the  terms  of  the  loans  to  avoid 
defaulting  on  those  loans,  until  notified  by  the  lenders  or  loan  servicers 
that  the  loans  are  paid  in  full. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  70106,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
70101,  70102  and  70103,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-7-2007;  operative  5-7-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  19). 

§  30916.    Failure  to  Comply  with  the  Loan  Assumption 
Agreement. 

(a)  Except  as  otherwise  specified  in  subsections  (b)  and  (c),  a  program 
participant  who  fails  to  meet  the  requirements  for  payment  pursuant  to 
the  terms  of  the  loan  assumption  agreement,  including  failure  to  maintain 
half-time  enrollment  or  satisfactory  academic  progress  while  attending 
an  accredited  college  or  university  or  failure  to  complete  a  minimum  of 
three  consecutive  academic  years  of  teaching  in  nursing  at  one  or  more 


regionally  accredited  California  colleges  or  universities  on  a  full-time 
basis,  or  the  equivalent  on  a  part-time  basis,  will  not  qualify  for  loan  pay- 
ment. The  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  be  deemed  terminated,  and 
the  Commission  shall  not  make  any  further  payments.  The  participant 
shall  retain  responsibility  to  continue  to  make  any  payments  required  for 
any  remaining  loan  obligations  under  the  terms  of  any  outstanding  loans 
to  avoid  defaulting  on  those  loans  but  shall  not  be  required  to  repay  any 
loan  payments  previously  made  through  the  program. 

(b)  If  a  program  participant  is  unable  to  complete  one  of  the  three  con- 
secutive academic  years  of  teaching  nursing  at  one  or  more  regionally  ac- 
credited California  colleges  or  universities  on  a  full-time  basis,  or  the 
equivalent  on  a  part-lime  basis,  due  to  serious  illness,  pregnancy,  or  oth- 
er natural  causes,  the  term  of  the  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  be  ex- 
tended for  a  period  not  to  exceed  one  academic  year.  The  Commission 
shall  make  no  further  payments  under  the  loan  assumption  agreement  un- 
til the  applicable  teaching  requirements  specified  have  been  satisfied. 
The  program  participant  shall  retain  responsibility  to  continue  to  make 
any  payments  required  under  the  terms  of  any  outstanding  loans  lo  avoid 
defaulting  on  those  loans. 

(c)  If  a  natural  disaster  prevents  a  program  participant  from  complet- 
ing one  of  the  required  academic  years  of  teaching  service  due  to  the  in- 
terruption of  instruction  at  the  employing  regionally  accredited  Califor- 
nia college  or  university,  the  term  of  the  loan  assumption  agreement  shall 
be  extended  for  the  period  of  time  equal  to  the  period  from  the  interrup- 
tion of  instruction  at  the  employing  regionally  accredited  California  col- 
lege or  university  to  the  resumption  of  instruction.  The  Commission  shall 
make  no  further  payments  under  the  loan  assumption  agreement  until  the 
applicable  teaching  requirements  have  been  satisfied.  The  program  par- 
ticipant shall  retain  responsibility  to  continue  to  make  any  payments  re- 
quired under  the  terms  of  any  outstanding  loans  to  avoid  defaulting  on 
those  loans. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  70106,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
70101,  70102,  70103  and  70104,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-7-2007;  operative  5-7-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  19). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  6-10-2008;  operative  6-10-2008  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2008,  No.  24). 

§  3091 7.    Development  of  Projections  for  Funding 
Purposes. 

The  Commission  shall  use  program  participants'  expected  dates  of 
graduation  and  employment  dates  to  project  the  funding  level  required 
to  provide  loan  payments  under  the  program. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  70106,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
70106,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-7-2007;  operative  5-7-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  19). 


Article  18.    State  Nursing  Assumption 

Program  of  Loans  for  Education  for  Nurses 

in  State  Facilities  (SNAPLE-NSF) 

§  30920.    Definitions. 

(a)  "Accelerated  program"  means  an  approved  pre-licensure  nursing 
program  that  enables  a  student  to  complete  the  instructional  program  in 
less  time  than  a  tradifional  program,  as  determined  by  the  institution. 

(b)  "Accredited  program"  means  a  pre-licensure  nursing  program  ap- 
proved by  the  California  Board  of  Registered  Nursing  pursuant  to  Busi- 
ness and  Professions  Code  Sections  2785  through  2789. 

(c)  "Eligible  applicant"  means: 

(1)  a  student,  who  has  completed  a  minimum  of  60  semester  units  or 
the  equivalent,  and  has  been  admitted  to  or  is  enrolled  in  an  approved 
pre-licensure  nursing  program,  and  who  submits  an  application  pursuant 
to  Section  30921  and  agrees  to  work  in  a  state-operated  facility  in  an  eli- 
gible position,  and  has  received  or  is  approved  to  receive,  a  loan  under 


Page  218.8 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


{}  30921 


Olio  or  more  of  the  designated  loan  programs,  or  any  loan  program  ap- 
proved by  the  Student  Aid  Commission,  or 

(2)  an  individual  who  has  completed  an  approved  pre-licensure  nurs- 
ing program  within  the  award  year  that  he  or  she  applies  for  the  program, 
and  who  has  applied  or  is  applying  for  licensure  as  a  registered  nurse  in 
California,  and  who  submits  an  application  pursuant  to  section  3092 1  and 
agrees  to  work  in  a  slate-operated  facility  in  an  eligible  position,  and  has 
received  or  is  approved  to  receive,  a  loan  under  one  or  more  of  the  desig- 
nated loan  programs,  or  any  loan  program  approved  by  the  Student  Aid 
Commission.  However,  a  person  who  is  currently  employed  as  a  regis- 
tered nurse  in  a  state-operated  24-hour  facility  is  not  eligible  to  enter  into 
an  agreement  for  loan  assumption. 

(d)  "Eligible  institution"  means  a  postsecondary  institution  that  is  de- 
termined by  the  Commission  to  meet  both  of  the  following  requirements: 
the  institution  is  eligible  to  participate  in  state  and  federal  financial  aid 
programs,  and  the  institution  maintains  an  accredited  program  of  profes- 
sional preparation  for  licensing  as  a  registered  nurse  in  California. 

(e)  "Eligible  position"  means  a  position  in  a  state-operated  facility  that 
appears  on  the  list  of  Approved  Positions  for  the  State  Nursing  Assump- 
tion Program  of  Loans  for  Education  for  Nurses  in  State  Facilities  pro- 
vided by  the  Student  Aid  Commission  (see  Attachment  A). 

(0  "Employed  on  a  full-time  basis"  means  employed  in  an  eligible 
position  as  a  registered  nurse,  in  a  full-time  capacity  as  defined  by  the 
employing,  slate-operated  facility. 

(g)  "Enrolled  on  a  full-lime  basis"  means  enrolled  as  a  pre-licensure 
registered  nurse  student,  in  a  full-lime  capacity  as  defined  by  the  eligible 
institution. 

(h)  "Natural  disaster"  means  a  fire.  Hood,  storm,  tidal  wave,  earth- 
quake, terrorism,  epidemic,  or  other  similar  public  calamity  that  the  Gov- 
ernor determines  presents  a  threat  to  public  safety.  (California  Govern- 
ment Code,  Section  8680.3) 

(i)  "Need-based  student  loans"  means  federally  subsidized  student 
loans  or  other  student  loans  awarded  based  on  the  student' s  demonstrated 
financial  need. 

(j)  "Other  natural  causes"  means  a  disease,  or  a  physical  or  mental 
condition  involving  in-patient  care  in  a  hospital  or  residential  health  care 
facility,  or  continuing  treatment  or  continuing  supervision  by  a  health 
care  provider,  or  family  care  and  medical  leave  under  Government  Code 
Section  12945.2  of  the  federal  Family  and  Medical  Leave  Act  of  1993. 

(k)  "One  year"  means  twelve  calendar  months. 

(/)  "Program"  means  the  State  Nursing  Assumption  Program  of  Loans 
for  Education  for  Nurses  in  State  Facilities  established  in  Article  2  (com- 
mencing with  Section  70120  of  Chapter  2  of  Part  42  of  the  Education 
Code)  and  as  set  forth  in  this  Article. 

(m)  "Program  participant"  means  an  individual  who  has  a  loan  as- 
sumption agreement  signed  by  both  the  individual  and  the  Commission. 

(n)  "Registered  nurse"  means  a  person  who  possesses  a  valid  license 
to  practice  as  a  professional  registered  nurse  in  California  and  provides 
patient  care  services  in  an  eligible  position  as  identified  in  the  list  of  Ap- 
proved Positions  for  the  State  Nursing  Assumption  Program  of  Loans  for 
Education  for  Nurses  in  State  Facilities  (see  Attachment  A). 

(0)  "Satisfactory  academic  progress"  means  academic  standing  con- 
sistent with  the  requirements  of  the  eligible  institution  for  satisfactory 
progress  toward  the  completion  of  the  pre-licensure  nursing  program. 

(p)  "Serious  illness"  means  an  illness  involving  in-patient  care  in  a 
hospital  or  residential  health  care  facility,  or  continuing  treatment  or  con- 
tinuing supervision  by  a  health  care  provider,  or  family  care  and  medical 
leave  under  Government  Code  Section  1 2945.2  or  the  federal  Family  and 
Medical  Leave  Act  of  1993. 

(q)  "State-operated  facility"  means  a  state-operated  facility  in 
California  that: 

( 1 )  provides  health  care  24  hours  per  day,  7  days  per  week,  including 
but  not  limited  to  prisons,  psychiatric  hospitals  and  veterans'  homes; 

(2)  employs  registered  nurses; 


(3)  has  a  vacancy  rate  greater  than  10  percent  of  its  registered  nurse 
positions  as  determined  by  the  Department  of  Personnel  Administration; 
and, 

(4)  is  included  on  the  list  of  state-operated  facilities  provided  annually 
to  the  Commission  by  the  Department  of  Personnel  Administration  pur- 
suant to  Education  Code  Section  70121. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  70 12.^,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
70120.  70121,  70124,  70125  and  70128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  1 8  (sections  .^0920-30927)  and  .section  tiled  5-30-2007;  operative 
,S-30-2007  pursuant  lo  Government  Code  section  1 1. "^43. 4  (Register  2007,  No. 
22). 

2.  Amendment  of  article  heading  and  subsection  (c)  filed  6-10-2008;  operative 
6-10-2008  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section  1 134.3.4  (Register  2008.  No. 
24). 

§  30921.    Application  to  Participate  in  the  Program. 

(a)  CSAC  applications  to  participate  in  the  program  shall  be  submitted 
to  the  Commission  by  the  June  30  deadline  and  shall  include  the  follow- 
ing information  regarding  the  applicant: 

(1 )  Last  name,  first  name  and  middle  initial; 

(2)  Social  Security  number; 

(3)  Address  and  telephone  number; 

(4)  Date  of  birth; 

(5)  E-mail  address,  if  available; 

(6)  The  name  of  the  lender,  loan  identification  number(s).  type  of  loan 
or  loans  (need-based  or  non-need-based),  and  current  balance(s)  of  a 
loan  or  loans  the  applicant  has  received,  or  has  been  approved  to  receive, 
in  order  to  meet  the  costs  of  the  applicant's  education  under  one  or  more 
of  the  following  designated  loan  programs  (to  be  eligible  for  assumption 
benefits,  loan(s)  must  be  disbursed  prior  to  the  date  of  registered  nurse 
license  of  applicant): 

(A)  the  Federal  Family  Education  Loan  Program  (20  U.S.C.  Sec.  1 07 1 
et  seq.); 

(B)  the  Federal  Direct  Loan  Program  (20  U.S.C.  Sec.  1087b  et  seq.); 

(C)  any  educational  loan  program  approved  by  the  Commission  on  a 
case  by  case  basis,  but  not  including  lines  of  credit,  home  equity  loans, 
credit  card  debt,  and  other  general  consumer  loans,  business  loans,  per- 
sonal loans,  or  mortgages; 

and. 

(7)  proof  that  the  applicant  possesses  a  baccalaureate  degree,  if  appli- 
cable. 

(8)  Ethnicity; 

(9)  Gender; 

(10)  Type  of  program  of  professional  preparation  applicant  is  attend- 
ing or  has  attended 

(11)  the  name  of  the  state-operated  facility  the  eligible  applicant  is 
employed  at  and  the  date  the  eligible  applicant  commenced  employment, 
if  applicable; 

(12)  the  name  of  the  college  the  eligible  applicant  is  attending  or  has 
attended; 

(13)  the  college's  federal  school  code. 

(b)  Applications  to  participate  in  the  program  from  applicants  who  are 
admitted  to.  or  are  enrolled  in  an  accredited  program  shall  include  the  fol- 
lowing information  regarding  the  applicant: 

(1)  Certification  from  an  eligible  institution  of  the  applicant's  current 
admission  or  enrollment  as  specified  in  Section  30922(a); 

(2)  Certification  from  an  eligible  institution  that  the  applicant  has  com- 
pleted a  minimum  of  60  post-secondary  semester  units  or  the  equivalent; 

(3)  Statement  that  the  applicant  agrees  to: 

(A)  maintain  satisfactory  academic  progress  and  full-time  enroll- 
ment; 

(B)  obtain  and  maintain  a  California  registered  nurse  license  within  1 2 
months  of  completing  the  pre-licensure  nursing  program;  and, 

(C)  obtain  and  maintain  employment,  within  6  months  of  obtaining  a 
California  registered  nurse  license,  as  a  registered  nurse  in  an  eligible 


Page  218.9 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


§  30922 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


position  in  a  state-operated  facility,  as  defined  in  Section  30920(q),  on 
a  full-time  basis  for  four  consecutive  years. 

(c)  Applications  to  participate  in  the  program  from  applicants  who 
have  completed  a  pre-licensure  nursing  program  within  the  award  year 
that  he  or  she  applies  for  the  program,  but  have  not  obtained  a  California 
registered  nursing  license  shall  include  the  following  information  re- 
garding the  applicant: 

( 1 )  Certification  from  an  eligible  institution  that  the  applicant  has  com- 
pleted a  pre-licensure  nursing  program  and  the  date  completed  as  speci- 
fied in  Section  30922(a); 

(2)  Statement  that  the  applicant  agrees  to: 

(A)  obtain  and  maintain  a  California  registered  nurse  license  within  1 2 
months  of  completing  the  pre-licensure  nursing  program 

(B)  obtain  and  maintain  employment,  within  6  months  of  obtaining  a 
California  registered  nurse  license,  as  a  registered  nurse  in  an  eligible 
posiUon  in  a  state-operated  facility,  as  defined  in  Section  30920(q).  on 
a  full-time  basis  for  four  consecutive  years. 

(d)  Applications  to  participate  in  the  program  from  applicants  who 
have  completed  a  pre-licensure  nursing  program  within  the  award  year 
that  they  apply  for  the  program  and  who  possess  a  current  California  reg- 
istered nursing  license,  shall  include  the  following  information  regarding 
the  applicant: 

( 1 )  Certification  from  an  eligible  institution  that  the  applicant  has  com- 
pleted a  pre-licensure  nursing  program  and  the  date  completed  as  speci- 
fied in  Section  30922(a); 

(2)  California  Registered  Nurse  License  number  and  expiration  date; 

(3)  Statement  that  the  applicant  agrees  to: 

(A)  obtain  and  maintain  employment,  within  6  months  of  being  ac- 
cepted into  the  program,  as  a  registered  nurse  in  an  eligible  position  in 
a  state-operated  facility,  as  defined  in  Section  30920(q),  on  a  full-time 
basis  for  four  consecutive  years. 

(e)  The  application  shall  state  that  by  signing,  the  applicant  agrees  that, 
if  requested,  the  applicant  will  provide  informafion  or  documentation  to 
verify  the  accuracy  of  the  information  included  in  the  application,  and  the 
applicant  understands  that  failure  to  provide  accurate  and  complete  in- 
formation as  requested  may  result  in  disqualification  from  the  program 
and  loss  of  program  benefits.  The  applicafion  shall  be  dated  and  signed 
by  the  applicant  under  penalty  of  perjury  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of 
California. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  70125,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
70120,  70122,  70125  and  70128,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-30-2007;  operative  5-30-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  22). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (a)(7)  and  new  subsections  (a)(8)-(a)(13) 
filed  6-10-2008;  operative  6-10-2008  pursuant  to  Government  Code  section 
1 1343.4  (Register  2008,  No.  24). 

§  30922.    Certification  from  Eligible  Institution. 

(a)  All  applicants  shall  submit  certificaUon  from  an  eligible  institution 
to  the  Commission  by  the  June  30  deadline,  including: 

(1)  the  type  of  program,  whether  accelerated  or  traditional; 

(2)  that  the  applicant  is,  or  if  admitted  will  be,  enrolled  on  a  full-ume 
basis,  or  that  the  applicant  completed  the  pre-licensure  nursing  program 
and  the  that  completion  date; 

(3)  that  the  applicant,  if  enrolled,  is  maintaining  safisfactory  academic 
progress;  and, 

(4)  that  the  eligible  institution  has  determined  that  the  applicant  has 
demonstrated  outstanding  ability  on  the  basis  of  criteria  that  may  include, 
but  need  not  be  limited  to,  any  of  the  following: 

(A)  grade  point  average; 

(B)  test  scores; 

(C)  faculty  evaluations; 

(D)  interviews;  and 

(E)  other  recommendations. 

(5)  the  applicant's  grade  point  average  for  the  pre-licensure  nursing 
program; 


(6)  the  number  of  remaining  semesters  or  quarters  the  applicant  is  ex- 
pected to  take  to  complete  the  pre-licensure  program  and  the  projected 
completion  date; 

(7)  certification  that  the  institution  is  eligible  to  participant  in  state  and 
federal  financial  aid  programs; 

(8 )  certification  that  the  institution  maintains  an  accredited  program  of 
professional  preparation  for  licensing  as  a  registered  nurse  in  California; 

(9)  the  applicant's  last  name,  first  name  and  middle  initial; 

(10)  the  applicant's  Social  Security  Number; 

(11)  each  certification  submitted  by  an  eligible  institution  shall  be 
signed  by  thedirectorof  the  institution's  nursingprogram  or  designee  un- 
der penalty  of  perjury  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  California. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  70125,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
70120.  70125.  70126  and  70128.  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-30-2007;  operative  5-30-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2007.  No.  22). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (a)(6).  new  subsections  (a)(7)-(a)(10)  and 
subsection  renumbering  filed  6-10-2008;  operative  6-10-2008  pursuant  to 
Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2008,  No.  24). 

§  30923.    Award  Process. 

(a)  The  Commission  shall  select  program  participants  from  among 
those  applicants  whose  applications  are  complete  and  are  received  by  the 
Commission  by  the  June  30  deadline,  and  who  are  determined  by  the 
Commission  to  meet  all  requirements  for  participation  established  in  the 
Education  Code.  If  the  authorized  allocation  of  awards  is  not  exhausted 
after  this  selection  process  is  completed,  the  Commission  may  continue 
to  accept  applications  and  select  program  participants  based  on  the  date 
the  applications  are  received  by  the  Commission.  The  Commission  may 
continue  to  make  awards  until  the  authorized  allocation  is  exhausted. 

(b)  In  the  event  that  the  number  of  applications  from  eligible  appli- 
cants exceeds  the  maximum  allocation  of  awards,  the  Commission  shall 
score  and  award  points  to  eligible  applicants  using  the  following  selec- 
tion criteria: 

(1)  Applicants  who  have  completed  a  baccalaureate  degree  at  time  of 
application  shall  receive  25  points. 

(2)  Applicants  who  are  currently  enrolled  in  or  who  completed  an  ac- 
celerated program  within  the  award  year  he  or  she  applies  for  the  program 
shall  receive  25  points. 

(3)  Applicants  who  have  an  outstanding  balance  on  a  federally  subsi- 
dized student  loan(s)  or  other  need-based  student  loan(s)  disbursed  prior 
to  the  date  of  registered  nurse  license  of  applicant  shall  receive  25  points. 

(4)  Nominated  applicants  in  pre-licensure  nursing  programs  or  appli- 
cants who  have  completed  a  pre-licensure  program  within  the  award 
year  that  he  or  she  applies  for  the  program  will  be  scored  and  awarded 
points  using  the  following  selection  criteria; 

(A)  Points  will  awarded  according  to  the  length  of  time  remaining  until 
the  applicant  is  expected  to  complete  the  pre-licensure  nursing  program, 
as  follows: 

Completion  of  Pre-licensure 

Nursing  Program  POINTS 

Completion  Within/Longer  Than  Six  0 

Quarters  or  Four  Semesters 

Completion  Within  Five  Quarters  2.5 

Completion  Within  Three  Semesters  3.75 

Completion  Within  Four  Quarters  5 

Completion  Within  Three  Quarters  or  Two  Semesters  7.5 

Completion  Within  Two  Quarters  10.0 

Completion  Within  One  Semester  1 1 .25 

Completion  Within  One  Quarter  12.5 

Completed  Pre-Licensure  Nursing  Program  15 

(B)  Points  will  be  awarded  based  on  the  applicant's  grade  point  aver- 
age in  the  pre-licensure  nursing  program  in  nursing  as  follows: 

Pre-licensure  Nursing  GPA  POINTS 

2.99  or  Less  0 

3.00-3.24  2 

3.25-3.49  4 

3.50-3.74  6 

3.75-3.99  8 

4.00  10 


• 


Page  218.10 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6-13-2008 


Title  5 


California  Student  Aid  Commission 


§  30925 


• 


(c)  After  assignment  ofthe  scores  specified  in  subsection  (b),  the  Com- 
mission will  select  nominees  with  the  highest  point  totals  until  the  autho- 
rized award  allocation  is  exhausted,  in  the  case  of  a  tie  in  the  total  number 
of  points,  the  Commission  will  select  nominees  based  on  the  dale  the  ap- 
plication is  received  by  the  Commission. 

NOTt;:  Authority  cited;  Section  70125,  Bducalion  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
70 1 2.^  and  70128,  Education  Code. 

HlSIORY 

1.  New  section  filed  .'i-.^0-2007:  operative  .5-30-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1  1343.4  (Register  2007.  No.  22). 

2.  Ainendnient  of  subsection  (a)  filed  6-10-2008:  operative  6-10-2008  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  section  1 1.343.4  (Register  2008.  No.  24). 

§  30924.     Loan  Assumption  Agreements. 

(a)  The  Commission  shall  provide  a  loan  assumption  agreement  to 
each  applicant  who  has  been  chosen  by  the  Commission  to  be  a  program 
participant.  The  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  be  effective  when  both 
the  program  participant  and  the  Commission  have  signed  the  agreement. 

(b)  The  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  include  for  participants  who 
are  enrolled  in  or  admitted  to  an  approved  program,  the  program  partici- 
pant's agreements  to: 

( 1 )  maintain  satisfactory  academic  progress; 

(2)  maintain  enrollment  on  a  full-time  basis  each  academic  term; 
{?)  apply  for  and  obtain  a  license  to  practice  as  a  registered  nurse  in 

Calilomia  within  12  months  of  completing  the  pre-licensure  nursing 
program; 

(4)  obtain  and  maintain  full-time  employment,  within  6  months  of  ob- 
taining a  California  registered  nurse  license,  for  four  consecutive  years 
in  an  eligible  position  as  a  registered  nurse  in  a  state-operated  facility, 
as  defined  in  Section  30920(q);  and 

(5)  authorize  the  eligible  institution  that  the  applicant  is  attending,  fu- 
ture employers  from  state  operated  facilities,  and  student  loan  lenders  to 
provide  information  requested  by  the  Commission  for  the  purposes  of  ad- 
ministering the  loan  assumption  agreement; 

(6)  notify  the  Commission  of  starling  date  of  employment  within  2 
weeks  of  obtaining  eligible  employment. 

(c)  The  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  include  for  participants  who 
have  completed  a  pre-licensure  nursing  program  within  the  award  year 
that  he  or  she  applies  for  the  program  the  program  participant's  agree- 
ments to: 

(1 )  apply  for  and  obtain  a  license  to  practice  as  a  registered  nurse  in 
California  within  12  months  of  completing  the  pre-licensure  nursing 
program,  if  the  participant  has  not  already  obtained  his  or  her  license; 

(2)  obtain  and  maintain  full  time  employment,  within  6  months  of  ob- 
taining a  California  registered  nurse  license,  or  within  6  months  of  enter- 
ing the  program  if  the  participant  holds  a  registered  nurse  license  prior 
to  entering  into  the  program,  for  four  consecutive  years  in  an  eligible 
position  as  a  registered  nurse  in  a  state-operated  facility,  as  defined  in 
Section  30920(q);  and 

(3)  authorize  the  eligible  institution  that  the  applicant  attended,  future 
employers  from  state-operated  facilities,  and  student  loan  lenders  to  pro- 
vide information  requested  by  the  Commission  for  the  purposes  of  ad- 
ministering the  loan  assumption  agreement. 

(4)  notify  the  Commission  of  starting  date  of  employment  within  2 
weeks  of  obtaining  eligible  employment. 

(d)  The  Commission  shall  agree  that: 

( 1 )  after  the  program  participant  has  completed  one  year  of  full  time 
employment  in  an  eligible  position  as  a  registered  nurse  in  a  state-oper- 
ated facility,  the  Commission  shall  assume,  subject  to  the  requirements 
of  Section  30925,  up  to  five  thousand  dollars  ($5,000)  ofthe  outstanding 
liability  under  one  or  more  ofthe  designated  loan  programs  (to  be  eligible 
for  assumption  benefits,  loan(s)  must  be  disbursed  prior  to  the  date  of  reg- 
istered nurse  license  of  participant); 

(2)  after  the  program  participant  has  completed  two  consecutive  years 
of  full  time  employment  in  an  eligible  position  as  a  registered  nurse  in  a 
state-operated  facility,  the  Commission  shall  assume,  subject  to  the 
terms  of  Section  30925,  up  to  an  additional  five  thousand  dollars 


($5,000)  ofthe  participant's  outstanding  liability  under  one  or  more  of 
the  designated  loan  programs,  for  a  total  loan  assumption  of  up  to  ten 
thousand  dollars  ($10,000)  (to  be  eligible  for  assumption  benefits, 
loan(s)  must  be  disbursed  prior  to  the  date  of  registered  nurse  license  of 
participant);  and, 

(3)  after  the  program  participant  has  completed  three  consecutive 
years  of  full  time  employment  in  an  eligible  position  as  a  registered  nurse 
in  a  state-operated  facility,  the  Commission  shall  assume,  subject  lo  the 
terms  of  Section  30925,  up  to  an  additional  five  thousand  dollars 
($5,000)  of  the  participant's  outstanding  liability  under  one  or  more  of 
the  designated  loan  programs,  for  a  total  loan  assumption  of  up  to  fifteen 
thousand  dollars  ($15,000)  (to  be  eligible  for  assumption  benelils. 
loan(s)  must  be  disbursed  prior  to  the  date  of  registered  nurse  license  of 
participant);  and, 

(4)  after  the  program  participant  has  completed  four  consecutive  years 
of  full  time  employment  in  an  eligible  position  as  a  registered  nurse  in  a 
state-operated  facility,  the  Commission  shall  assume,  subject  to  the 
terms  of  Section  30925,  up  to  an  additional  five  thou.sand  dollars 
($5,000)  of  the  participant's  outstanding  liability  under  one  or  more  of 
the  designated  loan  programs,  for  a  total  loan  assumption  of  up  to  twenty 
thousand  dollars  ($20,000)  (to  be  eligible  for  assumption  benefits. 
loan(s)  must  be  disbursed  prior  to  the  date  of  registered  nunse  license  of 
participant). 

(e)  The  term  ofthe  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  be  no  more  than 
10  years  from  the  date  signed  by  the  program  participant  and  the  Com- 
mission unless  extended  by  the  Commission  in  the  case  of  serious  illness, 
pregnancy,  other  natural  causes  or  a  natural  disaster. 

(0  The  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  constitute  a  conditional  war- 
rant that  may  be  redeemed  with  the  Commission  as  specified  in  Section 
30925.  A  participant  in  this  program  shall  not  receive  more  than  one  loan 
assumption  agreement. 

(g)  The  loan  assumption  agreement  shall  include  the  participant's  cer- 
tification that  he  or  she  understands: 

(1)  The  consequences  of  failing  to  comply  with  the  loan  assumption 
Agreement  as  specified  in  section  30926; 

(2)  The  requirements  to  redeem  the  conditional  warrant  as  specified 
in  section  30925; 

(3)  The  institution  that  the  participant  attends  must  be  eligible  for  state 
and  federal  financial  aid; 

(4)  he  or  she  must  respond  to  all  communications  and  requests  from 
the  Commission  within  ten  business  days; 

(5)  he  or  she  must  report  any  change  in  status  that  may  affect  his  or  her 
SNAPLE  NSF  ehgibihty; 

(6)  he  or  she  must  comply  with  all  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to 
the  program;  and 

(7)  If  it  is  determined  that  a  loan  assumption  payment  was  authorized 
based  on  misleading  or  incorrect  information,  he  or  she  will  be  required 
to  reimburse  the  Commission. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  70125,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
70120,  70121,  70122.  70123  and  70125,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-30-2007;  operative  5-30-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  22). 

2.  Amendment  redesignating  former  subsections  (b)(A)-(F)  as  subsections 
(b)(l)-(6),  (c)(AHD)  as  (c)(l  )-(4)  and  (dKA)-(D)  as  (d)(  i  )-(4)  and  adopting 
new  subsections  (g)-(g)(7)  filed  6-1Q-2008;  operative  6-l(>-2(X)8  pursuant  to 
Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2008,  No.  24). 

§  30925.     Loan  Payments. 

(a)  A  program  participant  may  redeem  the  conditional  warrant  and  the 
Commission  shall  make  loan  payments,  as  provided  in  Section  30924(d) 
and  Section  30925(c),  when: 

(1)  the  program  participant  has  provided  documentation  certifying  li- 
censure as  a  registered  nurse  in  California. 

(2)  the  program  participant  has  provided  the  following  employment 
information  for  each  applicable  year  of  employment  subject  to  the  loan 
assumption  agreement: 

(A)  program  participant's  name  and  social  security  number; 


Page  218.11 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6- 13-2008 


§  30926 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(B)  name  of  eligible  registered  nurse  position; 

(C)  names  and  addresses  of  the  program  participant's  employer(s): 

(D)  program  participant's  signature  under  penalty  of  perjury  under  the 
laws  of  the  State  of  California. 

(3)  the  program  participant  has  provided  the  following  employment 
information  from  his  or  her  employers  for  each  applicable  year  of  em- 
ployment subject  to  the  loan  participation  agreement: 

(A)  statement  that  the  program  participant  completed  a  year  of  work 
in  an  ehgible  position  as  a  registered  nurse  on  a  full-time  basis  in  a  state- 
operated  facility. 

(B)  statement  that  the  employer  is  a  state-operated  facility, 

(C)  employer  representative's  printed  or  typed  name,  title,  and  tele- 
phone number; 

(D)  employer  representative's  signature  under  penalty  of  perjury  un- 
der the  laws  of  the  State  of  California; 

(4)  the  program  participant  has  provided  the  following  information 
from  each  lending  institution  on  the  loans  subject  to  the  loan  assumption 
agreement  (to  be  eligible  for  assumption  benefits,  loan(s)  must  be  dis- 
bursed prior  to  the  date  of  registered  nurse  license  of  participant): 

(A)  program  participant's  name  and  social  security  number; 

(B)  account  number  for  each  loan; 

(C)  interest  rate  for  each  loan; 

(D)  disbursement  date  for  each  loan; 

(E)  payoff  amount  for  each  loan  as  of  June  30; 

(F)  indication  for  each  loan  whether  the  loan  is  delinquent  or  in  default; 

(G)  lending  institution/servicer  name; 

(H)  lending  institution/servicer  eight-digit  servicer  identification 
code; 

(I)  address  where  payment  is  to  be  sent; 

(J)  a  signature  of  the  lending  institution  official  under  penalty  of  perju- 
ry under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  California; 

(K)  printed  name  of  the  lending  institution  official; 

(L)  e-mail  address  of  the  lending  institution  official; 

(M)  telephone  number  of  the  lending  institution  official; 

(5)  the  Commission  has  determined  that  the  program  participant  has 
satisfied  all  requirements  for  payment  to  be  made  pursuant  to  the  loan  as- 
sumption agreement. 

(b)  Loan  payments  shall  be  made  by  lump-sum  payment  to  the  lender, 
to  be  applied  directly  to  the  principal  balance,  if  not  otherwise  prohibited 
by  applicable  law  or  by  the  terms  of  the  loan  agreement  between  the  pro- 
gram participant  and  the  lender.  Payments  shall  first  be  made  toward 
loans  with  the  highest  interest  rates.  The  program  participant  shall  con- 
tinue to  make  payments  as  required  under  the  terms  of  the  loans  to  avoid 
defaulting  on  those  loans,  until  notified  by  the  lenders  or  loan  servicers 
that  the  loans  are  paid  in  full. 

(c)  The  state-operated  facility  at  which  the  participant  is  employed 
must  be  included  on  the  current  list  provided  to  the  Commission  by  the 
Department  of  Personnel  AdministraUon  of  facilities  with  a  greater  than 
10  percent  vacancy  rate  for  registered  nursing  positions  as  of  the  date  that 
the  participant  commences  employment  at  the  facility.  If  the  facility  is 
removed  from  the  list  after  the  date  the  participant  commenced  employ- 
ment, the  agreement  remains  valid. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Section  70125.  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
70122,  70123  and  70125,  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  5-30-2007;  operative  5-30-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  11 343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  22). 

2.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a),  new  subsection  (a)(2)(B)  and  subsection  reletter- 
ing  filed  6-10-2008;  operative  6-10-2008  pursuant  to  Government  Code  sec- 
tion 11 343.4  (Register  2008,  No.  24). 

§  30926.    Failure  to  Comply  with  the  Loan  Assumption 
Agreement. 

(a)  Except  as  otherwise  specified  in  subsections  (b)  and  (c),  a  program 
participant  who  fails  to  comply  with  all  requirements  for  payment  under 
the  loan  assumption  agreement,  including  failure  to  complete  a  minimum 


of  four  consecutive  years  of  full  fime  employment  in  an  eligible  position 
as  a  registered  nurse  in  a  state-operated  facility  or  failure  to  maintain 
full-time  enrollment  or  satisfactory  academic  progress  while  attending 
a  pre-licensure  nursing  program,  shall  be  withdrawn  from  the  program 
and  assume  full  liability  for  all  student  loan  obligations  remaining  after 
the  Commission's  payment  of  any  loan  liability  for  any  year  of  qualifying 
registered  nursing  service. 

(b)  If  a  program  participant  is  unable  to  complete  one  of  the  four  con- 
secutive years  of  work  as  a  registered  nurse  in  a  state-operated  facility, 
due  to  serious  illness,  pregnancy,  or  other  natural  causes,  the  term  of  the 
loan  assumption  agreement  shall  be  extended  for  a  period  not  to  exceed 
one  year.  The  Commission  shall  make  no  further  payments  under  the 
loan  assumption  agreement  until  the  applicable  work  requirements  spe- 
cified have  been  satisfied.  The  program  participant  shall  retain  responsi- 
bility to  continue  to  make  any  payments  required  under  the  terms  of  any 
outstanding  loans  to  avoid  defaulting  on  those  loans. 

(c)  If  a  natural  disaster  prevents  a  program  participant  from  complet- 
ing one  of  the  four  consecutive  years  of  employment  at  the  state-oper- 
ated facility,  the  term  of  the  loan  assumpfion  agreement  shall  be  extended 
for  the  period  of  time  equal  to  the  period  from  the  date  that  the  partici- 
pant's employment  at  the  facility  temporarily  ceased  to  the  date  on  which 
the  parUcipant  resumed  employment  at  the  facility.  The  Commission 
shall  make  no  further  payments  under  the  loan  assumpfion  agreement  un- 
til the  applicable  work  requirements  have  been  satisfied.  The  program 
participant,  however,  shall  retain  responsibility  to  confinue  to  make  any 
payments  required  under  the  terms  of  any  outstanding  loans  to  avoid  de- 
faulting on  those  loans. 

(d)  If  a  program  participant  self-withdraws  or  is  withdrawn  from  the 
program  within  the  award  year  he  or  she  applies  for  the  program,  the 
Commission  will  reallocate  the  award  to  the  next  eligible  applicant. 
NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  70125,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Sections 
70124  and  70125,  Education  Code. 

History 
1.  New  section  filed  5-30-2007;  operative  5-30-2007  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  22). 

§  30927.    Development  of  Projections  for  Funding 
Purposes. 

The  Commission  shall  use  program  participants'  expected  dates  of 
graduation  and  employment  start  dates  to  project  the  funding  level  re- 
quired to  provide  loan  payments  under  the  program. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Section  70125,  Education  Code.  Reference:  Section 
70125,  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  and  Attachment  A  filed  5-30-2007;  operative  5-30-2007  pursuant 
to  Government  Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2007,  No.  22). 

2.  Amendment  filed  6-10-2008;  operative  6-10-2008  pursuant  to  Government 
Code  section  1 1343.4  (Register  2008,  No.  24). 

ATTACHMENT  A 

List  of  Approved  Positions  for  the  State  Nursing  Assumption  Program 
of  Loans  for  Education  for  Nurses  in  State  Facilities 

Nurse-Anesthetist,  Correcfional  Facility 

Nurse  Practitioner 

Nurse-Pracfifioner,  Correctional  Facility 

Nurse  Practitioner,  Departments  of  Mental  Health  &  Developmental 
Services 

Nurse  Practitioner,  Safety 

Registered  Nurse 

Registered  Nurse.  Correctional  Facility 

Registered  Nurse,  Safety 

Surgical  Nurse  I 

Surgical  Nurse  I,  Correcfional  Facility 

Surgical  Nurse  II,  Correcfional  Facility 

Surgical  Nurse  I,  Departments  of  Mental  Health  &  Developmental 
Services 


• 


• 


*     *     * 


Page  218.12 


Register  2008,  No.  24;  6- 13-2008 


• 


J&. 


Barclays  Official 

California 

Code  of 
Regulations 


Title  5.     Education 

Division  4.5.     ScholarShare  Investment  Board 


Vol.6 


THOIVISOISI 

^ 

WEST 


Barclays  Official  California  Code  of  Regulations 

425  Market  Street  •  Fourth  Floor  •  San  Francisco,  CA  94105 
800-888-3600 


Title  5  ScholarShare  Investment  Board  Table  of  Contents 

Division  4.5.     ScholarShare  Investment  Board 

Table  of  Contents 

Page 

Chapter  1 .  Golden  State  Scholarshare  Trust  §  30958.  Rollover  Distributions. 

D   ^rr,-or^  Tin  §30959.  Qualificd  ScHolarship  AccouPts. 

r  rogram i  1 9 

§  30950.  Scholarshare  Trust  Detinitions.  Chapter  2.  Governor's  Scholarship  Programs  ....  220.5 

§30951.  Opening  Accounts.  §31000.  Definitions  Applicable  to 

§  30951 .1 .  Custodial  Account  Registration.  Governor's  Scholarship  Programs. 

§  30952,  Change  of  Designated  Beneficiary.  §  31001.  Claiming  A  Scholarship  Award. 

§  30953.  Application  of  Cancellation  Penalty  §  31002.  Ownership  of  Scholarship  Award. 

and  Limitation  of  Contributions.  §  31003.  Accuracy  of  Information  Assumed. 

§30954.  Distributions.  §31004.  Distribution  of  Award. 

§30955.  Change  of  Account  Ownership.  §31005.  Forfeiture  of  Scholarship  Award. 

§30956.  Account  Information.  §31006.  Refunds. 

§  30957.  Dispute  Resolution.  §  31007.  The  Appeals  Process. 


Page  i  (1-16-2004) 


Title  5 


ScholarShare  Investment  Board 


§  30950 


Division  4.5. 


ScholarShare  Investment 
Board 


• 


Chapter  1 .    Golden  State  Scholarshare 
Trust  Program 

§  30950.    Scholarshare  Trust  Definitions. 

(a)  Existing  Definitions.  The  following  terms,  as  used  in  these  regula- 
tions, are  defined  in  Section  69980  of  the  Education  Code:  Act;  adminis- 
trative fund:  benefits;  Board;  Golden  State  Scholarshare  Trust;  Scholar- 
share  trust;  participant;  participation  agreement;  program  administrator; 
program  fund;  tuition  and  fees. 

The  following  terms,  as  used  in  these  regulations,  are  defined  in  the 
Internal  Revenue  Code  Section  529  of  1 986,  as  amended.  (26  U.S.C.  Sec. 
529):  designated  beneficiary;  eligible  educational  institution;  member  of 
the  family;  qualified  higher  education  expenses;  qualified  tuition  pro- 
gram; scholarship. 

(b)  Additional  Definitions.  The  following  definitions  shall  also  apply 
to  the  Golden  State  Scholarshare  Trust  Program: 

Account — means  an  account  established  under  the  Act. 

Account  owner — means  the  "participant"  as  defined  in  Section  69980 
of  the  Education  Code.  An  account  owner  who  is  an  individual  (other 
than  an  individual  who  is  a  custodian  under  the  California  Uniform 
Transfers  to  Minors  Act)  is  specifically  referred  to  in  these  regulations 
as  an  "individual  account  owner."  An  account  owner  who  is  a  custodian 
under  the  California  Uniform  Transfers  to  Minors  Act  is  specifically  re- 
ferred to  in  these  regulafions  as  a  "custodial  account  owner."  An  account 
owner  that  is  a  trust,  estate,  partnership,  association,  company  or  corpo- 
ration, or  a  state  or  local  government  agency,  is  specifically  referred  to 
in  these  regulations  as  an  "enfity  account  owner."  Account  owner  in- 
cludes the  legal  representafive  of  an  account  owner. 

Annual  Report — means  a  statement  meeting  the  requirements  of  Sec- 
tion 69990  of  the  Education  Code. 

Business  day — means  any  day  that  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange 
(NYSE)  is  open.  The  close  of  a  business  day  is  the  fime  that  the  NYSE 
closes  for  that  day. 

California  Uniform  Transfers  to  Minors  Act — means  the  act  by  that 
name  that  is  contained  in  Part  9  (commencing  with  Section  3900)  of  Divi- 
sion 4  of  the  California  Probate  Code. 

Cash — shall  include  but  not  be  limited  to  checks  (except  for  travelers 
checks,  third-party  checks  exceeding  $10,000,  money  orders,  or  ca- 
shier's checks),  rollover  distributions,  payroll  deduction,  automafic  con- 
tribufion  plan,  and  electronic  funds  transfers.  Cash  does  not  include  prop- 
erty. 

Contribufion — means  cash  deposited  into  an  account. 

Distributee — means  the  designated  beneficiary  or  the  account  owner 
who  receives  or  is  treated  as  receiving  a  distribution  from  the  Scholar- 
share  trust. 

Distribution — means  any  disbursement  from  an  account. 

Earnings — means  the  total  account  balance  on  a  parficular  date  minus 
the  contributions  in  the  account  as  of  that  date. 

Internal  Revenue  Code — means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986, 
as  amended. 

Legal  representative  of  an  account  owner — means  an  individual,  trust, 
estate,  partnership,  association,  company  or  corporation,  a  custodian  un- 
der the  California  Uniform  Transfers  to  Minors  Act  or  a  state  or  local 
government  agency  empowered  by  law  to  act  for  or  on  behalf  of  an  ac- 
count owner  who  has  entered  into  a  participafion  agreement  pursuant  to 
the  Act.  A  legal  representative  of  an  account  owner  shall  provide  to  the 
program  administrator's  designee  a  document  establishing  the  authority 
of  the  legal  representafive  to  so  act  that  is  signed  by  the  account  owner, 
or  a  court  order  establishing  the  authority  of  the  legal  representative  to 


so  act.  The  document  or  court  order  must  be  dated  within  sixty  (60)  days 
of  receipt  by  the  Scholarshare  trust.  The  program  administrator's  desig- 
nee shall  rely  conclusively  upon  the  document  or  court  order  until  the  ear- 
lier of  its  stated  expiration  date  or  the  date  of  receipt  by  the  program  ad- 
ministrator's designee  of  a  document  or  court  order  terminating  the 
authority  evidenced  thereby.  The  legal  representative  of  an  account  own- 
er shall  be  deemed  to  be  acting  for  or  on  behalf  of  the  account  owner  in 
the  account  owner's  legal  capacity. 

Non-qualified  distribution — means  any  distribution  from  an  account 
other  than  1 )  a  qualified  distribution;  or  2)  a  withdrawal  by  reason  of  the 
death  or  disability  of  the  designated  beneficiary  of  the  account  or  a  schol- 
arship received  by  the  designated  beneficiary  to  the  extent  that  the 
amount  distributed  does  not  exceed  the  amount  of  the  scholarship,  all  as 
provided  in  Secfion  30954(d);  or  3)  a  rollover  distribution. 

Qualified  distribution — means  a  distribufion  from  an  account  to  pay 
qualified  higher  education  expenses  of  the  designated  beneficiary. 

Qualified  Scholarship  Account — means  an  account  opened  by  an  enti- 
ty account  owner  to  which  amounts  contributed,  and  any  earnings  there- 
on, are  intended  to  be  excluded  from  the  gross  income  of  the  scholarship 
recipient  under  Secfion  1 17  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

Qualified  Scholarship  Account  Distribution — means  a  distribution 
from  a  Qualified  Scholarship  Account  to  pay  for  qualified  tuition  and  re- 
lated expenses  within  the  meaning  of  Section  1 17  of  the  Internal  Revenue 
Code. 

Rollover  distribution— means  a  distribution  or  transfer  from  an  ac- 
count for  a  current  designated  beneficiary  that  is  transferred  or  deposited 
within  sixty  (60)  days  of  the  distribution  into  an  account  for  another  des- 
ignated beneficiary  who  is  a  member  of  the  family  of  the  current  desig- 
nated beneficiary.  A  distribufion  is  not  a  rollover  distribution  unless  there 
is  a  change  of  designated  beneficiary  except  that  a  change  of  designated 
beneficiary  is  not  required  for  a  distribution  or  transfer  that  occurs  be- 
tween qualified  tuifion  programs,  provided  that  such  a  distribufion  or 
transfer  cannot  occur  more  than  once  within  a  twelve-month  period  from 
the  date  of  a  previous  distribution  or  transfer  by  the  account  owner  for  the 
same  designated  beneficiary.  For  rollover  distribufions  that  involve  a 
change  of  designated  beneficiary,  the  newly  designated  beneficiary's  ac- 
count may  be  an  account  established  under  the  Act  or  established  within 
another  qualified  tuition  program  and  the  account  owner  must  certify  in 
the  written  request  for  the  rollover  distribution  that  the  new  beneficiary 
is  a  member  of  the  family  of  the  current  beneficiary.  If  the  rollover  dis- 
tribufion is  by  a  state  or  local  government  agency  or  an  entity  described 
in  Secfion  501(c)(3)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  idenfified  in  Sec- 
tion 30959(a)(2),  the  newly  designated  beneficiary  can  not  be  a  member 
of  the  family  of  the  current  designated  beneficiary  and  the  account  owner 
must  so  certify  in  the  written  request. 

State  or  local  government  agency — means  a  state  or  local  government 
(or  an  agency  or  instrumentality  thereof)  as  those  terms  are  used  in  Sec- 
fion 529(e)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

Substanfiation — means  a  document  submitted  by  an  entity  account 
owner  to  the  Scholarshare  trust  in  one  of  the  following  forms  and  dated 
no  more  than  sixty  (60)  days  prior  to  its  receipt  by  the  Scholarshare  trust: 

(1)  a  corporate  by-law  extract  or  corporate  resolution  certified  by  an 
officer  of  the  corporation  (other  than  an  individual  authorized  thereby  to 
act  as  signer  for  the  corporafion's  account),  with  raised  seal  if  in  use  by 
the  corporation; 

(2)  a  certificate  signed  by  the  owner  of  a  sole  proprietorship; 

(3)  a  cerfificate  signed  by  a  general  partner  of  a  partnership  (other  than 
an  individual  authorized  by  the  certificate  to  act  as  signer  for  the  partner- 
ship's account); 

(4)  a  certificate  signed  by  an  officer  of  a  limited  liability  company,  oth- 
er company  or  association  (other  than  an  individual  authorized  by  the 
certificate  to  act  as  signer  for  the  account  of  the  limited  liability  company, 
other  company  or  associafion); 

(5)  a  certificate  signed  by  the  chief  executive  officer  of  a  state  or  local 
government  agency; 


Page  219 


Register  2003,  No.  49;  12-5-2003 


§  30951 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(6)  a  certified  copy  of  a  court  order  establishing  an  estate  and  naming 
a  legal  representative  of  the  estate  that  is  authorized  to  act  as  a  signer  for 
the  account  of  the  estate; 

( 7)  a  certificate  signed  by  the  trustee  of  a  trust,  a  court  order,  or  a  certi- 
fied copy  of  the  portions  of  a  trust  instrument,  that  confirms  the  creation 
of  the  laist  and  the  identity  of  the  trustee,  and  provides  authorization  for 
the  taistee  to  act  as  a  signer  for  the  account  of  the  trust: 

(8)  a  letter  or  memorandum  from  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  indicat- 
ing that  the  entity  is  an  organization  described  in  Section  501(c)(3)  of  the 
Internal  Revenue  code; 

(9)  an  original  memorandum  exhibiting  the  appropriate  letterhead  and 
containing  the  holographic  signature  of  (a)  the  chief  executive  officer  of 
a  corporation  or  limited  liability  company;  (b)  the  general  partner  of  a 
partnership;  (c)  the  owner  of  a  sole  proprietorship;  or  (d)  the  chief  execu- 
tive officer  of  a  state  or  local  government  agency;  or 

( 10)  if  the  entity  account  owner  is  unable  to  provide  substantiation  in 
any  of  the  foregoing  forms,  the  entity  account  owner  may  propose  an  al- 
ternate form  of  substantiation  to  the  program  administrator's  designee 
for  consideration.  The  program  administrator's  designee  must  review  the 
alternate  form  of  substantiation  for  authenticity  and  completeness  and 
must  accept  or  reject  it.  If  judged  authentic  and  complete,  the  program 
administrator's  designee  must  act  on  the  alternate  form  of  substantiation 
within  thirty  (30)  business  days  of  so  determining.  If  judged  inauthentic 
or  incomplete,  the  program  administrator's  designee  must  notify  the  ac- 
count owner  of  the  rejection  of  the  alternate  form  of  substantiation  and 
set  forth  the  reason  for  such  determination  in  writing  within  thirty  (30) 
business  days  of  so  determining. 

(c)  Electronic  Communications. 

( 1)  A  "written  notification",  a  "written  request",  or  "written"  as  used 
in  this  Chapter  1  may  include  an  electronic  communication  containing 
an  electronic  signature  that  is  acceptable  under  California  or  federal  elec- 
tronic signature  laws. 

(2)  A  "dated  original  signature",  or  "signed"  as  used  in  this  Chapter 
1,  shall  include  signatures  acceptable  under  California  or  federal  elec- 
tronic signature  laws. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981(d)  and  69982(h),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  69980,  69983(a),  (e)  and  (h),  Education  Code;  Section 
24306(c)(A),  Revenue  and  Taxation  Code;  Sections  39(X)-3925,  Probate  Code; 
and  Sections  1 1 7(b),  1 52(a),  501  (c)(3)  and  529(b)  and  (c).  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  article  17  (sections  30950-30957)  and  section  filed  6-3-99  as  an  emergen- 
cy pursuant  to  Education  Code  69993.5;  operative  6-28-99  (Register  99,  No. 
23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-2000  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  article  17  (sections  30950-30958)  and  section  refiled  12-30-99  as  an 
emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69993.5,  including  amendment 
of  section  and  Note;  operative  12-26-99  (Register  99,  No.  53).  A  Certificate 
of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-24-2000  or  emergency  lan- 
guage will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-30-99  order,  including  new  division  4.5 
heading,  redesignation  of  former  division  4,  chapter  1 ,  article  1 7  to  division  4.5. 
chapter  1 ,  and  amendment  of  section  and  Note,  transmitted  to  OAL  4-2 1  -2000 
and  filed  6-1-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  22). 

4.  Amendment  filed  6-26-2000  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 69993.5;  operative  7-1-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  26).  A  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  12-28-2000  or  emergency  lan- 
guage will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Amendment  of  secdon  and  Note  filed  12-26-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  7-2-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  6993.5  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-26-2000  order,  including  further  amend- 
ment of  subsection  (b)  —  definition  of  "substantiation"  part  (10),  transmitted 
to  OAL  5-22-2001  and  filed  7-5-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  27). 

7.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  12-1 8-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  51).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
69993.5,  a  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-1-2002 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

8.  Editorial  correction  of  History  7  (Register  2002,  No.  21). 

9.  Editorial  correction  of  History  7  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 


10.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  il  existed  prior  to  12-18-2001  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  secfion  1 1 346. 1  (f)  (Register  2002,  No. 
31). 

1 1.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  7-31-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative 
7-3 1-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  3 1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  1 2-2-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

12.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-31-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1 1-13-2002  and  filed  12-5-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  49). 

13.  Amendment  of  subsection  (b)  filed  12-1-2003;  operative  1-1-2004  (Reeister 
2003,  No.  49). 

§  30951 .    Opening  Accounts. 

(a)  Individual  Account  Owner.  Any  individual  who  has  either  reached 
the  age  of  majority  or  who  is  an  emancipated  minor  and  who  has  provided 
the  program  administrator's  designee  with  a  certified  court  decree  of 
emancipation  and  who  meets  other  federal  and  state  legal  requirements 
governing  the  program,  shall  be  eligible  to  establish  an  account. 

(b)  Other  Account  Owners.  A  trust,  estate,  partnership,  association, 
company  or  corporation,  a  custodian  under  the  California  Uniform 
Transfers  to  Minors  Act,  or  a  state  or  local  government  agency  which 
meets  the  federal  and  state  legal  requirements  governing  the  program 
shall  be  eligible  to  establish  an  account. 

(c)  Participation  Agreement.  An  eligible  account  owner  must  submit 
a  completed  and  signed  participation  agreement  with  either  an  initial 
contribution  or  a  selection  of  electronic  funds  transfer,  automatic  con- 
tribution plan,  payroll  deduction  (if  available),  or  rollover  distribution  (if 
available)  as  the  method  of  initial  contribution  to  the  program  adminis- 
trator's designee. 

(d)  Participation  Agreement  Submitted  By  Entity  Account  Owner.  In 
satisfying  the  requirements  of  paragraph  (c)  of  this  Section,  an  entity  ac- 
count owner  must  attach  to  the  completed  application  portion  of  the  par- 
ticipation agreement  substantiation  as  to:  ( 1 )  the  legal  status  of  the  entity; 
(2)  authorization  by  the  entity  to  open  the  account;  and  (3)  the  authority 
of  the  signer  to  open  the  account  and  conduct  transactions  in  the  account. 

(e)  Number  of  Account  Owners  and  Beneficiaries  Per  Account.  Only 
one  account  owner  and  one  designated  beneficiary  is  permitted  per  ac- 
count, except  that  state  and  local  government  agencies  and  entities  de- 
scribed in  Section  501(c)(3)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  that  are  open- 
ing the  account  as  part  of  a  scholarship  program  can  open  a  qualified 
scholarship  account  for  the  benefit  of  designated  beneficiaries  to  be 
named  when  the  scholarships  are  awarded.  An  account  owner  may  be  an 
account  owner  for  more  than  one  account  provided  the  designated  bene- 
ficiary of  each  account  is  different.  An  individual  may  be  the  designated 
beneficiary  on  more  than  one  account  provided  the  account  owner  of 
each  account  is  different. 

(0  Cancelling  Participation  Agreements.  Any  account  owner  may 
cancel  a  participation  agreement  at  will  by  submitting  written  notifica- 
tion to  the  program  administrator's  designee.  A  participation  agreement 
is  deemed  cancelled  when  the  account  owner  requests  a  non-qualified 
distribution  to  remove  all  funds  from  the  account  so  that  the  balance  in 
the  account  is  reduced  to  zero. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981(c)(7)  and  (d)  and  69982(h),  EducaUon 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  69985, 69986  and  69990(a),  Education  Code;  and  Sec- 
tions 501(c)(3)  and  529(b)(4),  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-3-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
69993.5:  operative  6-28-99  (Register  99,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 2-30-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 69993.5,  including  amendment  of  subsecfion  (b);  operative  12-26-99 
(Register  99,  No.  53).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  4-24-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-30-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-21-2000 
and  filed  6-1-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  22). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  12-26-2000  as  an  emer- 
gency: operative  1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-2-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
section  6993.5  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 


Page  220 


Register  2003,  No.  49;  12-5-2003 


Title  5 


ScholarShare  Investment  Board 


§  30953 


• 


5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-26-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
5-22-200!  and  filed  7-5-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  27). 

6.  Ainendment  of  section  and  Notk  filed  12-18-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  51).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
69993.5,  a  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-1-2002 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

7.  Editorial  correction  of  History  6  (Register  2002,  No.  21 ). 

8.  Editorial  correction  of  Hlstory  6  (Register  2002.  No.  31). 

9.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  12-18-2001  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346. 1(f)  (Reeister2002,  No. 
31). 

10.  Amendment  of  section  and  Notl  filed  7-3 1 -2002  as  an  emergency;  operative 
7-3 1-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  1 2-2-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
lion  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

I  1.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-31-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1 1-13-2002  and  filed  12-5-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  49). 

§  30951 .1 .     Custodial  Account  Registration. 

(a)  Notice  of  Change  in  Custodial  Account  Regi.stration.  The  program 
administrator's  designee  shall  change  the  registration  of  a  custodial  ac- 
count upon  receipt  of  written  notification  from  the  custodial  account 
owner  that  the  designated  beneficiary  has  reached  the  age  of  majority  or 
is  otherwise  legally  authorized  to  assume  ownership.  The  change  in  ac- 
count registration  shall  not  be  effective  until  the  designated  beneficiary 
has  submitted  a  completed  participation  agreement  to  the  program  ad- 
ministrator's designee. 

(b)  Extension  of  Custodianship  Past  Designated  Beneficiary's  Reach- 
ing Age  of  Majority.  If  the  custodianship  of  the  custodial  account  is  ex- 
tended pursuant  to  Section  3920.5  of  the  California  Uniform  Transfers 
to  Minors  Act  to  a  time  past  the  designated  beneficiary's  reaching  the  age 
of  majority,  the  change  in  account  registration  will  only  be  effective  if: 
( I )  the  custodian  provides  written  notification  to  the  program  administra- 
tor's designee  of  the  termination  of  the  custodianship  at  such  later  time; 
and  (2)  the  designated  beneficiary  submits  a  completed  participation 
agreement  to  the  program  administrator's  designee. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981(c)(7),  69981(d)  and  69982(h),  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Sections  69986  and  69990(a),  Education  Code;  Sections  3920 
and  3920.5,  Probate  Code;  and  Section  529(b)(4),  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  1 2-26-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2001  (Register 

2000,  No.  52).  A  Cenificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-2-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  6993.5  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-26-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
5-22-2001  and  filed  7-5-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  27). 

3.  Amendment  filed  12-18-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2002  (Register 

2001,  No.  51).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69993.5,  a  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-1-2002  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Editorial  correction  of  History  3  (Register  2002,  No.  21 ). 

5.  Editorial  correction  of  History  3  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 

6.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  12-1 8-2001  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(f)  (Resister  2002,  No. 
31). 

7.  Amendment  filed  7-31-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-31-2002  (Register 

2002,  No.  31).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
12-2-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

8.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-31-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1 1-13-2002  and  filed  12-5-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  49). 

§  30952.    Change  of  Designated  Beneficiary. 

(a)  Change  of  Designated  Beneficiary.  An  account  owner  (other  than 
a  custodial  account  owner)  may  change  the  designated  beneficiary  desig- 
nated for  the  account  at  any  time  by  submitting  a  written  request  to  the 
program  administrator's  designee.  The  written  request  shall  contain  a 
certification  by  the  account  owner  that  the  newly  designated  beneficiary 
is  a  member  of  the  family  of  the  current  designated  beneficiary  (unless 
the  account  owner  is  a  state  or  local  government  agency  or  an  entity  de- 
scribed in  Section  501(c)(3)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  identified 
in  Section  30959(a)(2)  in  which  case  the  account  owner  must  certify  that 


the  newly  designated  beneficiary  is  not  a  tnember  of  the  family  of  the  cur- 
rent designated  beneficiary).  The  written  request  shall  also  contain  a 
dated  original  signature  of  an  individual  account  owner  or  the  dated  origi- 
nal signature  of  the  authorized  signer  for  an  entity  account  owner.  An  en- 
tity account  owner  shall  also  attach  to  the  written  request  substantiation 
that  the  entity  account  owner  authorizes  the  change  of  beneficiary  and 
that  the  signer  of  the  written  request  is  authorized  to  conduct  the  transac- 
tion. 

(b)  Change  of  Designated  Beneficiary  Through  Rollover  Distribution. 
A  change  of  designated  beneficiary  inay  also  be  accomplished  by  means 
of  a  rollover  distribution  by  an  account  owner  (other  than  a  custodial  ac- 
count owner). 

NOTC:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981  (d)  and  69982(h),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  69980,  69983(e)  and  (0,  Education  Code;  and  Sections  529(b)(7). 
(c)(3)(C)  and  (e)(2).  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

History 

1.  New  secfion  filed  6-3-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
69993.5;  operative  6-28-99  (Register  99,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 2-30-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 69993.5;  operative  12-26-99  (Register  99,  No.  53).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-24-2000  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-30-99  order  transmitted  to  OAL  4-2 1  -2000 
and  filed  6-1-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  22). 

4.  Amendment  filed  12-26-2000 as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2001  (Register 
2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-2-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  6993.5  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Cernficate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-26-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
5-22-2001  and  filed  7-5-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  27). 

6.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  12-1 8-2001  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  1-1-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  51).  Pursuant  to  Education 
Code  section  69993.5,  a  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  7-1-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

7.  Editorial  correction  of  History  6  (Register  2002.  No.  21). 

8.  Editorial  correction  of  History  6  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 

9.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  12-18-2001  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1(0  (Register  2002,  No. 
31). 

1 0.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  NoTt  filed  7-3 1-2002  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  7-31-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL,  by  1 2-2-2002  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

1 1.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-31-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
11-13-2002  and  filed  12-5-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  49). 

§  30953.    Application  of  Cancellation  Penalty  and 
Limitation  of  Contributions. 

(a)  Excess  Contribution.  The  program  administrator  or  his  or  her  de- 
signee shall  warn  account  owners  against  excess  contributions. 

(b)  Return  of  Excess  Contributions.  Contributions  for  any  designated 
beneficiary  shall  be  rejected  and  returned  to  the  extent  that  the  amount 
of  the  contribution  would  cause  the  aggregate  amount  held  for  that  bene- 
ficiary to  exceed  the  applicable  maximum  account  balance  limit,  as  de- 
termined in  accordance  with  Section  529  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code. 
Accounts  that  have  reached  the  maximum  account  balance  limit  may 
confinue  to  accrue  earnings. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981(d)  and  69982(h),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  69981(d),  69982(j),  69983(g),  69985  and  69986(b),  (d)  and  (e). 
Education  Code;  Sections  3900-3925,  Probate  Code;  and  Sections  529(b)(3)  and 
(7),  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-3-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
69993.5;  operative  6-28-99  (Register  99,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 2-30-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 69993.5,  including  amendment  of  subsection  (b);  operative  12-26-99 
(Register  99,  No.  53).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  4-24-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 


Page  220.1 


Register  2003,  No.  49;  12-5-2003 


§  30954 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-30-99  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
sections (a)  and  (c),  transmitted  to  OAL  4-2 1-2000 and  filed  6-1  -2000  (Resis- 
ter  2000,  No.  22). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  12-26-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  7-2-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  6993. .5  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-26-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
5-22-2001  and  filed  7-5-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  27). 

6.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  12-1 8-2001  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  1-1-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  51).  Pursuant  to  Education 
Code  section  69993.5,  a  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  7-1-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

7.  Editorial  correction  of  History  6  (Register  2002,  No.  21 ). 

8.  Editorial  correction  of  History  6  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 

9.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  12-18-2001  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1(f)  (Reeister  2002,  No. 
31). 

1 0.  Amendment  of  section  heading,  section  and  Note  filed  7-3 1-2002  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  7-31-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  12-2-2002  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

1 1.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-31-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1 1-13-2002  and  filed  12-5-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  49). 

12.  Repealer  of  subsection  (a),  subsection  relettering  and  amendment  of  newly 
designated  subsection  (b)  filed  12-1-2003;  operative  1-1-2004  (Register 
2003,  No.  49). 

§  30954.    Distributions. 

(a)  Generally.  An  account  owner  may  request  a  distribution  by  submit- 
ting a  written  request  to  the  program  administrator's  designee. 

(b)  Distributions  Requested  By  Custodial  Account  Owners.  A  custo- 
dial account  owner  must  provide  with  the  written  request  for  any  distribu- 
tion under  this  Section  a  certification  that  the  account  owner  is  the  custo- 
dian of  the  account  and  (except  with  respect  to  a  qualified  distribution  or 
a  distribution  due  to  the  death  of  the  designated  beneficiary)  that  the  dis- 
tribution is  authorized  under  the  California  Uniform  Transfers  to  Minors 
Act  and  is  necessary  for  the  welfare  of  the  designated  beneficiary. 

(c)  Distributions  Requested  By  Entity  Account  Owners.  An  entity  ac- 
count owner  must  provide  with  the  written  request  for  any  distributions 
under  this  Section  substantiation  that  the  distribution  is  authorized  by  the 
entity  account  owner  and  that  the  signer  of  the  request  is  authorized  to 
conduct  the  transaction. 

(d)  Non-qualified  Distribution.  An  account  owner  may  request  a  non- 
qualified distribution  by  submitting  a  written  request  to  the  program  ad- 
ministrator's designee.  The  program  administrator  or  his  or  her  designee 
shall  pay  the  amount  of  the  requested  non-qualified  distribution  to  the 
account  owner. 

(e)  Distributions  Due  to  Death,  Disability  or  Scholarship  of  Desig- 
nated Beneficiary.  An  account  owner  may  request  a  distribution  due  to 
the  death  or  disability  of,  or  scholarship  awarded  to  the  designated  bene- 
ficiary by  submitting  a  written  request  to  the  program  administrator's  de- 
signee. 

(f)  Thirty  (30)  Day  Waiting  Period.  No  distributions  can  be  made  with- 
in thirty  (30)  days  of  receipt  by  the  program  administrator's  designee  of 
a  written  request  to  change  the  account  owner  or  a  request  to  change  the 
mailing  address  of  the  account  owner,  unless  the  current  account  owner's 
signature  is  signature  guaranteed  on  the  request. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981(d)  and  69982(h),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  69983(a),  69985(b)  and  (c)  and  69986(b),  Education  Code;  Section 
3914,  Probate  Code;  and  Section  529(e)(2)(B),  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-3-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
69993.5;  operative  6^28-99  (Register  99,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  1 2-30-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 69993.5,  including  amendment  of  subsecfions  (c)(2)(B)-(C);  operative 
12-26-99  (Register  99,  No.  53).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  4-24-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 


3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-30-99  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
sections (b),  (c)(2)(B)  and  (d).  transmitted  to  OAL  4-21-2000  and  filed 
6-1-2000  (Register  2000,  No.  22). 

4.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  1 2-26-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  7-2-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  6993.5  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-26-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
5-22-2001  and  filed  7-5-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  27). 

6.  Amendment  of  subsections  (d)  and  (e)  and  repealer  of  subsections 
(e)(  l)-(e)(2)(C)  filed  12-18-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2002  (Reg- 
ister 2001,  No.  51 ).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69993.5,  a  Certificate 
of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-1-2002  or  emergency  lan- 
guage will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

7.  Editorial  correction  of  History  6  (Register  2002,  No.  21). 

8.  Editorial  correction  of  Hestory  6  (Register  2002,  No.  31 ), 

9.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  12-18-2001  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1  (f)  (Register  2002,  No. 
31). 

10.  Amendment  of  subsections  (d)  and  (e)  and  repealer  of  subsections 
(e)(l)-(e)(2)(C)  filed  7-3 1-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative  7-3 1-2002  (Reg- 
ister 2002,  No.  31).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  12-2-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

1 1.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-31-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1 1-13-2002  and  filed  12-5-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  49). 

12.  Amendment  ofsubsection(d)  filed  12-1-2003;  operative  1-1-2004  (Register 
2003,  No.  49). 

§  30955.    Change  of  Account  Ownership. 

(a)  Change  of  Account  Ownership  by  Individual  Account  Owner.  An 
individual  account  owner  may  transfer  ownership  of  an  account  to  anoth- 
er eligible  account  owner  at  any  time.  The  change  of  ownership  shall  be 
effective  if  the  transfer  is  (1)  irrevocable;  (2)  transfers  all  ownership,  re- 
versionary rights,  and  powers  of  appointments  (i.e..  power  to  change  des- 
ignated beneficiaries  and  to  direct  distributions  from  the  account);  and 
(3)  is  submitted  to  the  program  administrator's  designee  in  writing. 

(b)  Change  of  Account  Ownership  by  Entity  Account  Owner.  An  enti- 
ty account  owner  may  transfer  ownership  of  an  account  to  another  eligi- 
ble account  owner  at  any  time  by  submitting  a  written  request  to  the  pro- 
gram administrator's  designee  with  substantiation  that  the  change  of 
ownership  is  authorized  by  the  entity  and  that  the  signer  of  the  request  is 
authorized  to  conduct  the  transacfion.  The  change  of  ownership  shall  not 
be  effective  until  the  successor  account  owner  has  submitted  a  completed 
and  signed  participafion  agreement  to  the  program  administrator's  desig- 
nee. 

(c)  Change  of  Account  Ownership  by  Custodial  Account  Owner  Pro- 
hibited. A  custodial  account  owner  is  not  permitted  to  transfer  ownership 
of  a  custodial  account. 

(d)  Contingent  Account  Owner.  An  individual  account  owner  (but  not 
an  entity  or  custodial  account  owner)  may  designate  another  individual 
as  a  contingent  account  owner  to  become  the  owner  of  the  account  auto- 
matically upon  the  death  of  the  individual  account  owner  by  submitting 
a  written  request  to  the  program  administrator's  designee.  The  contin- 
gent account  owner  designation  may  be  revoked  by  the  individual  ac- 
count owner  at  any  time  by  submitting  to  the  program  administrator 
another  written  request  that  either  designates  a  new  contingent  account 
owner  or  revokes  all  previous  designation(s)  of  a  contingent  account 
owner.  Upon  the  death  of  the  individual  account  owner  who  has  in  effect 
a  designation  of  a  contingent  account  owner,  the  assets  of  the  account 
shall  not  be  deemed  assets  of  the  estate  of  such  deceased  account  owner 
for  any  purpose.  The  change  of  ownership  shall  not  be  effective  until  the 
successor  account  owner  has  submitted  to  the  program  administrator's 
designee  a  certified  copy  of  a  death  certificate  sufficiently  identifying  the 
deceased  by  name  and  Social  Security  number,  or  such  other  proof  of 
death  as  is  recognized  under  applicable  law  and  is  acceptable  to  the  pro- 
gram administrator,  and  a  completed  participation  agreement  signed  by 
the  successor  account  owner. 

(e)  Court  Order.  A  change  in  owner  of  an  account  may  be  effected  by 
submitting  to  the  program  administrator's  designee  a  written  request  that 
is  not  signed  by  the  account  owner  of  record  if  the  change  of  account 
ownership  is  accompanied  by  a  court  order  directing  the  change  of  own- 


Page  220.2 


Register  2003,  No.  49;  12-5-2003 


Title  5 


SchoIarShare  Investment  Board 


§  30957 


crship  or  by  an  alTidavit  or  declaraiion  lliat  is  recognized  under  applicable 
law  to  require  the  transfer  of  ownership  upon  death  without  a  court  order. 
The  program  administrator's  designee  shall  not  implement  a  change  in 
ownership  (other  than  a  change  in  ownership  described  in  paragraph  (d) 
of  this  Section)  without  first  receiving  a  written  request  signed  by  the  ac- 
count owner  of  record,  a  court  order,  or  an  affidavit  or  declaration  as 
herein  described.  The  successor  account  owner  must  submit  a  completed 
and  signed  participation  agreement  to  the  program  administrator's  desig- 
nee. 

Note.  Authority  citetl:  Sections  69981(d),  699X2(h)  and  69993.5.  Education 
Code.  Reference:  Section  69986(h),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-.3-99  as  an  eniereeney  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
6999.3..'S:  operative  6-28-99  (Register  99.  No.  2.3).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  .section  refiled  1 2-30-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 69993.-5,  including  new  subsections  (b)  and  (c)  and  amendment  of  NoTi:; 
operative  12-26-99  (Register  99.  No.  53).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be 
transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-24-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by 
operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Ceilificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-30-99  order,  includine  amendment  of  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  4-21-2000  and  filed  6-l-2000^(Register  2000,  No. 

22). 

4.  AiTiendment  filed  12-26-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2001  (Register 
2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-2-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  6993.5  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-26-2000  order,  including  further  amend- 
ment of  sub.seciion  (d),  transmitted  to  OAL  .5-22-2001  and  filed  7-5-2001 
(Register  2001,  No.  27). 

6.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  12-18-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  51).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
69993.5,  a  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-1-2002 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

7.  Editorial  correction  of  History  6  (Register  2002,  No.  21 ). 

8.  Editorial  correction  of  History  6  (Register  2002,  No.  3 1 ). 

9.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  12-18-2001  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  .secfion  1 1346. 1(f)  (Register  2(X)2,  No. 
31). 

10.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  7-31-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative 
7-3 1  -2002  ( Register  2002,  No.  3 1 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  12-2-2(X)2  oremergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

1 1.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-31-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1 1-13-2002  and  filed  12-5-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  49). 

§  30956.    Account  Information. 

(a)  Annual  Report.  The  account  owner  shall  be  mailed  an  annual  report 
on  or  before  March  1st  of  each  year  following  the  calendar  year  in  which 
the  account  was  initially  opened. 

(b)  Account  Information  for  Distributee.  A  distributee  shall  be  mailed 
a  statement  of  earnings,  on  or  before  January  3 1  st  of  the  year  following 
the  calendar  year  in  which  the  distribution  was  made. 

(c)  Demographic  Information.  The  program  administrator  or  his  or  her 
designee  may  request,  gather,  and  maintain  demographic  information  re- 
garding account  owners  and  designated  beneficiaries  in  the  Scholarshare 
program,  such  as  gender,  ethnicity,  geographic  location,  language,  and 
general  income  level,  in  order  to  improve  the  administration  of,  and  ser- 
vices provided  by.  the  Scholarshare  trust  program.  Such  information  may 
be  voluntarily  provided  by  the  account  owner  in  a  manner  approved  by 
the  program  administrator. 

(d)  Information  Security.  Any  information  compiled  pursuant  to  this 
Section  shall  be  inaintained  by  the  Board  and  protected  consistent  with 
the  requirements  of  the  Information  Practices  Act  of  1977.  (Civil  Code 
Section  1798,  et  seq.) 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981(d)  and  69982(h),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  69982(a)-0),  69990(c)(1)  and  69994,  Education  Code. 

History 
I.  New  section  filed  6-3-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
69993.5;  operative  6-28-99  (Register  99,  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 


2.  New  section  refiled  1 2-30-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 69993.5,  including  amendment  of  subsections  (c)  and  (d);  operative 
12-26-99  (Register  99,  No.  53).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  4-24-2000  oremergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-30-99  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
sections (c)(1)  and  (e),  transmitted  to  OAL  4-2 1 -20()()"and  filed  6-l~2(X)0 
(Regisler200(),  No.  22). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsections  (c),  (d)  and  (e)  filed  12-26-2000  as  an  emergency; 
operative  1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must 
be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-2-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  6993.5 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  tbllowing 
day. 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-26-2000  order  transinitted  to  OAL 
5-22-2001  and  filed  7-5-2001  (Register  2001.  No.  27). 

6.  Repealer  of  subsections  (c)-(c)(3).  subsection  relettering  and  amendment  of 
newly  designated  subsection  (d)  filed  12-18-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2002  (Register  2001.  No.  51 1.  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
69993.5.  a  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-1-2002 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

7.  Editorial  correction  of  History  6  (Register  2002.  No.  21). 

8.  Editorial  coiTection  of  History  6  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 

9.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  12-18-2001  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1346.1(f)  (Register  2002.  No. 
31). 

10.  Repealer  of  subsections  (c)-(c)(3),  subsection  relettering  and  amendment  of 
newly  designated  subsecfion  (d)  filed  7-31-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative 
7-31-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  1 2-2-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

11.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-31-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1 1-13-2002  and  filed  12-5-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  49). 

§  30957.     Dispute  Resolution. 

(a)  Optional  Pre-Arbitration  Procedure.  In  the  event  a  controversy  or 
claim  arises  out  of  or  relates  to  a  participation  agreement,  the  account 
owner  or  designated  beneficiary  tray  elect  to  di.scuss  the  matter  informal- 
ly with  the  program  administrator  or  his  or  her  designee.  If  the  dispute  is 
not  resolved  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  account  owner  or  designated  benefi- 
ciary, the  account  owner  or  designated  beneficiary  may  send  a  letter  ex- 
plaining the  dispute  to  the  Executive  Director  of  the  SchoIarShare  Invest- 
ment Board.  The  Executive  Director  or  his  or  her  designee  shall  meet  in 
person  or  by  telephone  with  the  account  owner  or  designated  beneficiary 
within  ten  (10)  working  days  of  receipt  of  the  letter  from  the  account 
owner  or  designated  beneficiary  or  such  longer  period  as  may  be  mutual- 
ly acceptable,  and  the  ExecuU  ve  Director  or  his  or  her  designee  shall  mail 
a  written  decision,  and  the  reasons  therefor,  to  the  account  owner  or  des- 
ignated beneficiary  within  twenty  (20)  working  days  of  the  meeting.  The 
procedure  set  forth  in  this  paragraph  is  not  a  substitute  for  mandatory  ar- 
bitration, which  is  required  by  paragraph  (b)  below.  The  procedure  set 
forth  in  this  paragraph  is  an  informal  process  that  may  resolve  controver- 
sies and  claims  and  make  arbitration  unnecessary. 

(b)  Arbitration  Mandatory.  Any  controversy  or  claim  arising  out  of  or 
relafing  to  any  participation  agreement,  or  the  breach,  termination  or  va- 
lidity thereof,  shall  be  settled  by  arbitration  administered  by  the  Ameri- 
can Arbitration  Association,  and  judgement  on  the  award  rendered  by  the 
arbitrator(s)  may  be  entered  in  any  court  having  jurisdiction  thereof. 

(c)  Arbitrafion  Clause  and  Disclosure.  Every  participation  agreement 
shall  include  the  following  arbitration  clause  and  disclosure  language. 
The  arbitrafion  clause  and  the  di.sclosure  language  shall  be  underlined  or 
printed  in  bold  face  type. 

Any  controversy  or  claim  arising  out  of  or  relating  to  this  participation 
agreement,  or  the  breach,  termination  or  validity  thereof,  shall  be  .settled 
by  arbitration  administered  by  the  American  Arbitration  Association  in 
accordance  with  its  Commercial  Arbitrafion  Rules,  and  judgment  on  the 
award  rendered  by  the  arbitrator(s)  may  be  entered  in  any  court  having 
jurisdiction  thereof. 

The  foregoing  is  a  predispute  arbitrafion  clause.  By  signing  an  arbitra- 
tion agreement,  the  parties  agree  as  follows: 

( 1 )  All  parties  to  this  agreement  are  giving  up  the  right  to  sue  each  other 
in  court,  including  the  right  to  a  trial  by  jury,  except  as  provided  by  the 
rules  of  the  American  Arbitration  Association. 


Page  220.3 


Register  2003,  No.  49;  12-5-2003 


§  30958 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


(2)  Arbilralion  awards  are  generally  final  and  binding:  a  party's  ability 
to  have  a  court  reverse  or  modify  an  arbitration  award  is  limited. 

(3)  The  ability  of  the  parties  to  obtain  documents,  witness  statements 
and  other  discovery  is  generally  more  limited  in  arbitration  than  in  court 
proceedings. 

(4)  The  arbitrators  do  not  have  to  explain  the  reason(s)  for  their  award. 

(5)  The  rules  of  the  American  Arbitration  Association  may  impose 
time  limits  for  bringing  a  claim  in  arbitration. 

(d)  Predispute  Arbitration  Clause  Disclosure.  Immediately  preceding 
the  signature  line  on  the  participation  agreement  there  shall  be  a  state- 
ment, which  shall  be  highlighted,  that  the  agreement  contains  a  predis- 
pute arbitration  clause.  The  statement  shall  also  indicate  at  what  page  and 
paragraph  the  arbitration  clause  is  located. 

(e)  Copy  of  Agreement  to  Account  Owner.  Upon  request  by  an  ac- 
count owner,  the  program  administrator  or  his  or  her  designee  shall  pro- 
vide the  account  owner  with  a  copy  of  the  participation  agreement 
executed  by  the  account  owner,  within  ten  (10)  business  days  of  receipt 
of  the  account  owner's  request. 

(0  Information  Upon  Request.  Upon  request  by  an  account  owner,  the 
program  administrator  or  his  or  her  designee  shall  provide  the  account 
owner  with  information  on  how  to  contact  or  obtain  the  rules  of  the  Amer- 
ican Arbitration  Association. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981(d)  and  69982(h),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  69981(c)  and  69990(d),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  6-3-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
69993.5;  operative  6-28-99  (Register  99.  No.  23).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance 
must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  2-23-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  re- 
pealed by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  New  section  refiled  12-30-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 69993.5,  including  amendment  of  subsection  (c)(2);  operative  12-26-99 
(Register  99,  No.  53).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL 
by  4-24-2000  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on 
the  following  day. 

3.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-30-99  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
section (a),  transmitted  to  OAL  4-2 1-2000  and  filed  6-1-2000  (Register  2000, 
No.  22). 

4.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  12-18-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  51).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
69993.5,  a  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-1-2002 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

5.  Editorial  correction  of  History  4  (Register  2002,  No.  21). 

6.  Editorial  correction  of  History  4  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 

7.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  12-18-2001  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1  (f)  (Register  2002,  No. 
31). 

8.  Amendment  of  subsection  (a)  filed  7-31-2002  as  an  emergency;  operative 
7-31-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  31).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  1 2-2-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

9.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-31-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1 1-13-2002  and  filed  12-5-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  49). 

§  30958.    Rollover  Distributions. 

(a)  Rollover  Distribution  From  Another  Qualified  Tuition  Program. 
An  account  owner  (other  than  a  custodial  account  owner)  may  make  a 
rollover  distribution  at  any  time  from  another  qualified  tuition  program 
to  an  account,  either  owned  by  the  same  or  a  different  account  owner,  by 
submitting  a  written  request  to  the  program  administrator's  designee  and 
by  complying  with  applicable  federal  and  state  law  governing  this  trans- 
action. The  rollover  distribution  shall  be  effective  provided  that  the  trans- 
fer of  funds  does  not  cause  the  aggregate  amount  of  contributions  held 
for  the  new  designated  beneficiary  to  exceed  the  maximum  account  bal- 
ance limit  applicable  to  that  beneficiary. 

(b)  Rollover  of  Account  Funds  Methods.  A  rollover  of  account  funds 
from  another  qualified  tuition  program  shall  be  effective  through  a  direct 
transfer  of  funds  from  the  other  qualified  tuition  program  to  an  account, 
or  as  a  deposit  of  the  funds  by  the  account  owner  into  an  account  within 
60  days  of  withdrawal  of  the  funds  from  the  other  qualified  tuition  pro- 
gram. Both  the  direct  transfer  of  funds  and  the  deposit  of  funds  by  the  ac- 
count owner  must  be  accompanied  by  a  written  statement  from  the  other 


qualified  tuition  program  that  identifies  the  portion  of  the  amount  direct- 
ly transferred,  or  deposited,  that  represents  contributions  and  the  portion 
of  the  amount  that  represents  earnings. 

(c)  Limitation  of  Rollover  of  Account  Funds  to  Savings  Program.  A 
rollover  distribution  from  another  qualified  tuition  program  shall  not  be 
accepted  unless  the  funds  are  transferred  from  a  tuition  savings  account 
as  defined  in  Section  529(b)(  1 )( A)(ii)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

(d)  Transfer  of  Account  Funds  as  Rollover  Distribution.  An  account 
owner  (other  than  a  custodial  account  owner)  may  transfer  funds  from  an 
account  to  another  account  either  owned  by  the  same  or  a  different  ac- 
count owner  at  any  time  by  submitting  a  written  request  to  the  program 
administrator's  designee.  The  transfer  of  account  funds  shall  be  effective 
provided  that:  ( 1 )  the  funds  are  transferred  to  an  account  for  a  new  desig- 
nated beneficiary  who  is  a  member  of  the  family  of  the  designated  benefi- 
ciary of  the  account  from  which  the  funds  are  being  transferred  and  the 
account  owner  so  certifies  in  the  written  request  (unless  the  entity  making 
the  rollover  distribution  is  a  state  or  local  government  agency  or  an  entity 
described  in  Section  501(c)(3)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  idenfi- 
fied  in  Section  30959(a)(2)  in  which  case  the  account  owner  must  cerufy 
that  the  newly  designated  beneficiary  is  not  a  member  of  the  family  of  the 
current  beneficiary);  and  (2)  the  transfer  of  funds  does  not  cause  the  ag- 
gregate amount  of  contributions  held  for  the  new  designated  beneficiary 
to  exceed  the  maximum  account  balance  limit  applicable  to  that  benefi- 
ciary. 

(e)  Execution  of  New  Participation  Agreement.  Any  rollover  distribu- 
tion that  is  intended  to  transfer  funds  to  a  new  account  not  yet  established 
under  the  Act  shall  not  be  effective  until  the  account  owner  who  is  to  re- 
ceive the  transferred  funds  has  submitted  to  the  program  administrator's 
designee  a  completed  and  signed  participation  agreement  for  the  new  ac- 
count and  the  account  has  been  established. 

(f)  Rollover  Distribution  to  Another  Qualified  State  Tuition  Program. 
An  account  owner  (other  than  a  custodial  account  owner)  may  make  a 
rollover  distribution  at  any  time  from  an  account  to  another  qualified  tu- 
ition program  by  submitting  a  written  request  to  the  program  administra- 
tor's designee  and  by  complying  with  applicable  federal  and  state  law 
governing  this  transaction. 

(1)  The  program  administrator's  designee  shall  treat  the  rollover  dis- 
tribution as  a  non-qualified  distribution  unless  the  program  administra- 
tor's designee  receives  confirmation  that  the  amount  of  the  distribufion 
has  been  deposited  in  another  qualified  tuition  program  within  sixty  (60) 
days  of  distribution  from  the  account. 

(g)  Rollover  Distributions  Requested  By  Entity  Account  Owners.  An 
entity  account  owner  must  provide  with  the  written  request  for  a  rollover 
distribution  substantiation  that  the  rollover  distribufion  is  authorized  by 
the  endty  and  that  the  signer  of  the  written  request  is  authorized  to  con- 
duct the  transaction. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981(d)  and  69982(h),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  699820)(1),  69983(0  and  69986(h),  Education  Code;  Section 
24306(c)(4)(A)  and  (B)  Revenue  and  Taxation  Code;  and  Sections  152(a), 
529(b)(  I  )(A)(ii)  and  (c)(3)(C),  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  12-30-99  as  an  emergency  pursuant  to  Education  Code  sec- 
tion 69993.5;  operative  12-26-99  (Register  99,  No.  53).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  4-24-2000  or  emergency  language  will 
be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-30-99  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
sections (a)  and  (d),  transmitted  to  OAL  4-2 1  -2000  and  filed  6-1-2000  (Regis- 
ter 2000,  No.  22). 

3.  Amendment  of  section  and  Note  filed  12-26-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2001  (Register  2000,  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  7-2-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  6993.5  or 
emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-26-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
5-22-2001  and  filed  7-5-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  27). 

5.  Amendment  filed  12-18-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2002  (Register 
2001,  No.  51).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69993.5,  a  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-1-2002  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

6.  Editorial  correction  of  History  5  (Register  2002,  No.  21). 

7.  Editorial  correction  of  History  5  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 


Page  220.4 


Register  2003,  No.  49;  12-5-2003 


Title  5 


ScholarShare  Investment  Board 


§  31000 


• 


• 


8.  Keinstatoinent  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  lo  12-18-2001  emergency  aniencl- 
nient  bv  operation  orGovemment  Code  section  1 1 346. 1  (f)  (Register  2002.  No. 
31). 

9.  Amendment  filed  7-3 1-2002  as  an  emergency:  operative  7-3 1-2002  (Register 
2002,  No.  31).  A  Ceiiificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
12-2-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the 
following  day. 

10.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-31-2002  order  transmitted  lo  OAL 
1 1-13-2002  and  filed  12-5-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  49). 

!  1.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)  and  (d)  filed  12-1-2003:  operative  1-1-2004 
(Rei!ister2003,  No.  49). 


§  30959.    Qualified  Scholarship  Accounts. 

(a)  Opening  Qualified  Scholarship  Accounts.  A  qualilled  scholarship 
account  may  be  opened  by  any  of  the  following  entities: 

(1 )  a  slate  or  local  government  agency  or  an  entity  described  in  Section 
50 1 (c)(3)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  that  has  opened  the  qualified 
scholarship  account  as  part  of  a  scholarship  program  for  the  benefit  of 
beneficiaries  to  be  named  when  the  scholarships  are  awarded;  or 

(2)  any  entity  identified  in  Section  3095 1  (b)  that  has  opened  the  quali- 
fied scholarship  account  for  the  benefit  of  a  named  beneficiary. 

(b)  Participation  Agreement.  To  open  a  qualified  scholarship  account, 
an  entity  account  owner  must  submit  a  completed  and  signed  participa- 
tion agreement  with  either  an  initial  contribution  or  a  selection  of  elec- 
tronic funds  transfer,  automatic  contribution  plan,  or  rollover  distribu- 
tion as  the  method  of  initial  contribution  to  the  program  administrator's 
designee. 

(c)  Change  of  Beneficiary  for  Qualified  Scholarship  Account.  An  enti- 
ty identified  in  paragraph  (a)(2)  of  this  Section,  except  a  state  or  local 
government  agency  or  an  entity  described  in  Section  501  (c)(3)  of  the  In- 
ternal Revenue  Code,  is  not  permitted  to  change  the  beneficiary  of  the 
qualified  scholarship  account.  A  state  or  local  government  agency  or  an 
entity  described  in  Section  501(c)(3)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and 
identified  in  Section  30959(a)(2)  may  change  the  beneficiary  of  a  quah- 
fied  scholarship  account  at  any  time  by  submitting  a  written  request  to  the 
program  administrator's  designee. 

(d)  Rollover  Distributions  for  Qualified  Scholarship  Account.  An  enti- 
ty identified  in  paragraph  (a)(2)  of  this  Section,  except  for  a  state  or  local 
government  agency  or  an  entity  described  in  Section  501(c)(3)  of  the  In- 
ternal Revenue  Code,  is  not  permitted  to  make  a  rollover  distribution.  A 
slate  or  local  government  agency  or  an  entity  described  in  Section 
501(c)(3)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  identified  in  Section 
30959(a)(2)  may  make  any  rollover  distribution  set  forth  in  Section 
30958  at  any  time  by  submitting  a  written  request  lo  the  program  admin- 
istrator's designee  with  substantiation  that  the  rollover  distribution  is  au- 
thorized by  the  entity  account  owner  and  that  the  signer  of  the  request  is 
authorized  to  conduct  the  transaction,  and  by  complying  with  applicable 
federal  and  state  law.  The  written  request  for  a  rollover  distribution  must 
contain  a  certification  that  the  newly  designated  beneficiary  is  not  a 
member  of  the  family  of  the  previous  beneficiary. 

(e)  Qualified  Scholarship  Account  Distribution.  A  qualified  scholar- 
ship account  distribution  may  be  taken  at  any  fime  by  an  entity  identified 
in  paragraph  (a)  of  this  Section  by  submitting  a  written  request  to  the  pro- 
gram administrator's  designee  with  substantiation  that  the  qualified 
scholarship  account  distribution  is  authorized  by  the  entity  account  own- 
er and  that  the  signer  of  the  request  is  authorized  to  conduct  the  transac- 
tion. A  qualified  scholarship  account  distribution  must  be  paid  directly 
to  an  eligible  educational  institution. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981(d)  and  69982(h),  Education  Code.  Refer- 
ence: Sections  69982(j)(  1),  69983(0,  69986(h);  and  Sections  1 17(b)  and  529.  In- 
ternal Revenue  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  12-26-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2(X)1  (Register 

2000.  No.  52).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
7-2-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  6993.5  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-26-2000  order,  including  amendment  of 
subsection  (d),  transmitted  to  OAL  5-22-2001  and  filed  7-5-2001  (Register 

2001.  No.  27). 


3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)-(c)  filed  12-18-2001  as  an  emergency;  opera- 
tive 1-1-2002  (Register  2001.  No.  51).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
69993.5,  a  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  7-1  -2(X)2 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

4.  Editorial  correction  of  History  3  (Register  2002,  No.  21 ). 

5.  Editorial  correction  of  History  3  (Register  2002,  No.  31). 

6.  Reinstatement  of  section  as  it  existed  prior  to  12- 1 8-2001  emergency  amend- 
ment by  operation  of  Government  Code  section  1 1 346. 1(f)  (Register  2002,  No. 
31). 

7.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)-(c)  filed  7-3 1-2(X)2  as  an  emergency;  operative 
7-31-2002  (Register  2002.  No.  31 ).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  trans- 
mitted to  OAL  by  1 2-2-2002  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  opera- 
tion of  law  on  the  following  day. 

8.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  7-31-2002  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1 1-13-2002  and  filed  12-5-2002  (Register  2002,  No.  49). 

9.  Repealer  of  subsection  (d)  and  subsection  relettering  filed  I2-1-2(X)3:  opera- 
tive 1-1-2004  (Register  2003.  No.  49). 


Chapter  2. 


Governor's  Scholarship 
Programs 


§  31 000.    Definitions  Applicable  to  Governor's  Scholarship 
Programs. 

(a)  Definitions.  The  following  definitions  shall  apply  within  this 
Chapter: 

(1 )  Account  means  the  formal  record  of  transactions  consistent  with 
Section  529  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

(2)  Account  owner  means  the  Stale  of  CalifoiTiia  acting  pursuant  to 
Education  Code  Section  69995.  et  seq.  as  owner  of  qualified  scholarship 
accounts  for  award  recipients. 

(3)  Award  notification  letter  means  the  letter  delivered  to  a  pupil 
through  his  or  her  school  which  provides:  (1)  notice  of  and  instructions 
for  claiming  a  Governor's  Scholars  Award;  (2)  identification  of  an  Inter- 
net site  lo  use  to  claim  the  award;  and  (3)  a  unique  identifying  number 
to  the  pupil. 

{A)  Award  recipient  means  a  pupil  who  has  been  identified  as  the  recip- 
ient of  a  scholarship  award  defined  in  Education  Code  Section  69997  or 
69998  and  who  has  successfully  claimed  at  least  one  scholarship  award. 

(5)  Claim  means  the  submission  of  information  by  a  pupil  or  award  re- 
cipient in  accordance  with  Section  31001  of  this  Chapter,  to  establish  his 
or  her  identity  as  the  recipient  of  a  scholarship  award. 

(6)  Pupil  means  a  student  who  has  been  identified  as  the  recipient  of 
a  scholarship  award  defined  in  Education  Code  Section  69997  who  has 
not  yet  successfully  claimed  at  least  one  such  award. 

(7)  Qualified  scholarship  account  means  an  account  opened  by  the  ac- 
count owner  for  the  benefit  of  award  recipients  in  accordance  with  Sec- 
tions 117  and  529  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

(8)  Qualified  scholarship  account  distribution  means  a  withdrawal 
from  the  qualified  scholarship  account  in  accordance  with  Sections  1 17 
and  529  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  is  referred  to  herein  as  a  dis- 
tribution. 

(9)  Scholarship  award  means  either  a  Governor's  Scholars  award  de- 
fined in  Education  Code  Section  69997  or  a  Governor's  Distinguished 
Mathematics  and  Science  Scholars  award  defined  in  Education  Code 
Section  69998. 

(10)  Scholarshare  Investment  Board's  designee  means  the  entity  des- 
ignated by  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board  to  invest  and  manage 
funds  on  behalf  of  the  account  owner. 

(b)  A  "written  notification,  "  "written  request"  or  "written  confirma- 
tion" may  include  an  electronic  notification,  electronic  request  or  elec- 
tronic confirmation  containing  an  electronic  signature  that  is  acceptable 
under  California  or  federal  electronic  signature  laws. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981(d),  69996(d)  and  69999,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  69995(c),  Education  Code;  and  Sections  529  and  1 1 7(b),  Inter- 
nal Revenue  Code. 

History 
I .  New  chapter  2  (sections  3 1 000-3 1 007)  and  section  filed  1 2- 1  -2000  as  an  emer- 
gency; operative  12-1-2000  (Register  2000.  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Com- 
pliance must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1 1-30-2001  pursuant  to  Education 


Page  220.5 


Register  2003,  No.  49;  12-5-2003 


§  31001 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


Code  section  69999  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  oflaw 
on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-1-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
]  1-30-2001  and  filed  12-21-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  51). 

3.  New  subsection  (b)  filed  12-27-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2002 
(Register  2001 ,  No.  52).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69999,  a  Cenifi- 
cate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1  -1-2(X)3  or  emergency  lan- 
guage will  be  repealed  by  operation  oflaw  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Editorial  correction  of  History  3  (Register  2002,  No.  21). 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-27-2001  order,  including  amendment  of 
section,  transmitted  to  OAL  12- 1 8-2002  and  filed  1-29-2003  (Register  2003. 
No.  5). 

§  31 001 .    Claiming  A  Scholarsliip  Award. 

(a)  Each  time  a  pupil  is  notified  by  an  award  notification  letter  of  that 
pupiTs  eligibility  for  a  Governor's  Scholars  award,  or  at  the  point  at 
which  an  award  recipient  certifies  that  he  or  she  has  met  the  requirements 
for  a  Governor's  Distinguished  Mathematics  and  Science  Award,  the  pu- 
pil or  award  recipient  shall  provide  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board's 
designee  with  the  following  information  to  successfully  claim  the  award: 

(1)  the  pupil's  name  as  it  appears  on  the  award  notification  letter; 

(2)  the  pupil's  birth  date; 

(3)  the  pupil's  Social  Security  number  or  taxpayer  identification  num- 
ber; 

(4)  the  pupil's  mailing  address; 

(5)  a  contact  telephone  number; 

(6)  the  unique  identifying  number  assigned  to  the  pupil  as  set  forth  in 
the  award  notification  letter  for  the  Governor's  Scholars  Award; 

(7)  a  designation  of  the  type  of  scholarship  award  claimed  by  the  pupil 
or  award  recipient  as  either  a  Governor' s  Scholars  award  or  a  Governor' s 
Distinguished  Mathematics  and  Science  Scholars  award; 

(8)  a  certification  by  the  pupil  or  award  recipient  that  the  pupil  or 
award  recipient  was  enrolled  in  a  California  public  school  for  at  least 
twelve  (12)  consecutive  months  immediately  preceding  the  administra- 
tion of  the  achievement  test  referred  to  in  Education  Code  Section 
69995(d)(  1 )  that  was  used  as  the  basis  for  the  award(s);  and  a  statement 
agreeing  to  provide  school  records  evidencing  such  attendance  if  re- 
quested by  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board;  and 

(9)  a  certification  by  the  award  recipient  that  if  claiming  a  Governor's 
Distinguished  Mathematics  and  Science  Scholars  Award,  the  award  re- 
cipient has  achieved  the  required  scores,  pursuant  to  Education  Code 
Section  69998.  on  the  Advanced  Placement  (AP)  exam  authorized  by 
Education  Code  Section  52241,  International  Baccalaureate  (IB)  exam 
authorized  by  Education  Code  Section  52920  or,  if  applicable,  the  Gold- 
en State  Exam  (GSE)  authorized  by  Education  Code  Section  60650. 

(b)  Upon  receipt  of  a  claim  for  a  Governor's  Scholars  award  that  con- 
tains in  a  complete  manner  all  of  the  information  set  forth  in  paragraph 
(a)  of  this  Section,  and  if  all  provided  information  matches  information 
received  from  the  test  publisher,  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board's 
designee  shall  establish,  within  thirty  (30)  days  of  receipt  of  such  claim, 
a  qualified  scholarship  account  for  the  award  recipient  and  send  a  written 
confirmation  to  the  award  recipient. 

(c)  Upon  receipt  of  a  claim  for  a  Governor's  DisUnguished  Mathemat- 
ics and  Science  award  that  contains  in  a  complete  manner  all  of  the  in- 
formation set  forth  in  paragraph  (a)  of  this  Section  with  the  exception  of 
the  unique  identifying  number,  and  if  the  test  score  information  provided 
by  the  test  publisher  matches  the  test  score  requirements  specified  in  Sec- 
tions 69997  and  69998  of  Education  Code  or  as  modified  by  the  Board 
of  Education  pursuant  to  Section  69998,  the  Scholarshare  Investment 
Board's  designee  shall  send  a  written  confirmation  to  the  award  recipient 
within  thirty  (30)  days. 

(d)  Any  scholarship  award  subsequent  to  the  award  recipient's  first 
scholarship  award  that  is  successfully  claimed  by  the  award  recipient, 
shall  be  maintained  by  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board's  designee  in 
the  same  qualified  scholarship  account  first  established  for  the  award  re- 
cipient. The  Scholarshare  Investment  Board' s  designee  shall  provide  an 
annual  statement  of  account  acUvity  and  interest  rate  to  each  award  recip- 
ient. 


(e)  If  the  pupil  or  award  recipient  provides  information  that  conflicts 
with  information  provided  by  the  State  of  California  or  the  test  publisher 
selected  pursuant  to  Education  Code  Section  60642,  the  Scholarshare  In- 
vestment Board's  designee  shall  reject  the  claim  and  inform  the  pupil  or 
award  recipient  that  the  claim  cannot  be  processed.  A  pupil  or  award  re- 
cipient whose  claim  is  so  rejected,  may  resubmit  the  claim  for  a  scholar- 
ship award  within  the  allowable  time  period  specified  in  paragraph  (h) 
by  providing  the  missing  or  corrected  information. 

(f)  If.  after  a  qualified  scholarship  account  is  established  for  an  award 
recipient,  it  is  discovered  that  the  information  referred  to  in  paragraph  (a) 
of  this  section  as  provided  by  the  award  recipient  contains  an  error  or  con- 
flicts with  information  provided  by  the  State  ofCalifornia  or  test  publish- 
er, the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board  or  its  designee  shall  require  the 
award  recipient  to  provide  sufficient  documentation  to  resolve  the  error 
or  conflict.  If  the  error  or  conflict  cannot  be  resolved,  the  Scholarshare 
Investment  Board  may  require  the  award(s)  to  be  forfeited  pursuant  to 
Secfion  31005. 

(g)  The  Scholarshare  Investment  Board  or  its  designee  shall  verify  the 
qualifying  exam  scores  of  each  award  recipient  claiming  a  Governor's 
Distinguished  Mathematics  and  Science  Award  through  the  respective 
publishers  of  the  Advanced  Placement  exam.  International  Baccalau- 
reate exam,  and,  if  applicable.  Golden  State  Exam.  If  the  Scholarshare 
Investment  Board's  designee  is  unable  to  verify  the  award  recipient's 
scores,  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board's  designee  shall  reject  the 
claim  and  inform  the  award  recipient  that  the  claim  cannot  be  processed. 
The  award  recipient  whose  claim  is  so  rejected  may  appeal  the  rejection 
pursuant  to  section  31007.  Such  an  appeal  shall  include  a  copy  of  the 
award  recipient's  official  score  report(s)  from  the  test  publisher  that  indi- 
cates a  qualifying  score. 

(h)  Each  pupil  who  is  eligible  to  claim  a  Governor's  Scholarship  Pro- 
grams Award  shall  claim  the  award  by  June  30th  following  the  five  year 
anniversary  of  taking  the  achievement  test  referred  to  in  Education  Code 
Section  60640,  which  was  used  as  the  basis  for  that  particular  award,  or 
lose  eligibility  for  the  award.  Any  funds  not  claimed  by  June  30th  follow- 
ing the  five  year  anniversary  of  taking  the  achievement  test  specified  in 
Education  Code  Section  60640  shall  revert  to  the  General  Fund. 
Note.  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981(d).  69996(d)  and  69999,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  69997(b),  Education  Code. 

History 

1 .  New  section  filed  12-1-20(X)  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-1-2000  (Register 
2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1-30-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69999  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1-2000  order,  including  amendment  of  sub- 
sections (a)(4),  (a)(7)  and  (b),  transmitted  to  OAL  11-30-2001  and  filed 
12-21-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  51). 

3.  New  subsection  (a)(5),  subsection  renumbering  and  amendment  of  subsections 
(c)  and  (f)-(h)  filed  12-27-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2002  (Regis- 
ter 2001,  No.  52).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69999,  a  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1-1-2003  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Editorial  correction  of  History  3  (Register  2002,  No.  21). 

5.  Editorial  correction  of  subsection  (g)  (Register  2003,  No.  5). 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-27-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
12-18-2002  and  filed  1-29-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  5). 

§  31 002.    Ownership  of  Scholarship  Award. 

(a)  The  account  owner  owns  all  scholarship  awards  and  earnings  there- 
on in  qualified  scholarship  accounts  until  a  qualified  distribution  is  made. 

(b)  An  award  recipient' s  right  to  claim  a  scholarship  award  is  not  trans- 
ferable to  another  individual.  An  award  recipient's  right  to  direct  a  dis- 
tribution is  not  transferable  to  another  individual. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981(d).  69996(d)  and  69999.  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  69996(b)  and  69996(c)(1),  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-1-2000  as  an  emergency;  operaUve  12-1-2000  (Register 
2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1-30-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69999  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-1-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
11-30-2001  and  filed  12-21-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  51). 


• 


• 


Page  220.6 


Register  2003,  No.  49;  12-5-2003 


Title  5 


ScholarShare  Investment  Board 


S 31006 


• 


§  31003.    Accuracy  of  Information  Assumed. 

(a)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  in  this  Chapter,  the  Scholar- 
share  Investment  Board's  designee  shall  rely  upon  the  accuracy  of  in- 
lorniation  provided  by  the  pupil  or  award  recipient  under  Section 
3 1 00 1(a)  unless  and  until  ii  receives  actual  notice  to  the  contrary  from  the 
State  of  California,  the  College  Board,  the  Iniernational  Baccalaureate 
Program,  the  lest  publisher  selected  pursuant  to  Section  60642,  or  other 
credible  source. 

(b)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  in  this  Chapter,  the  Scholar- 
share  Investment  Board  and  its  designee  shall  rely  upon  the  accuracy  of 
test  score  information  provided  by  the  lest  publishers  for  examinations 
used  as  the  basis  for  awards.  If  errors  are  identified  with  test  score  in- 
formation, the  lest  publisher  shall  provide  corrections  to  the  Scholarshare 
Investment  Board  and  its  designee.  These  corrections  to  the  erroneous 
test  score  information  shall  be  in  the  same  electronic  format  as  the  origi- 
nal file. 

NOTh:  Authorily  cited:  Sections  6998 1  (d).  69996(d)  and  69999,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  69996(d).  Education  Code. 

History 

1.  New  .section  filed  12-1-2000  as  an  emergency:  operative  1 2- 1-2(XX)  (Register 
2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1  -30-200  i  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69999  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-1-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
1 1-30-2001  and  filed  12-21-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  51). 

3.  Redesignation  of  and  amendment  of  former  section  as  subsection  (a)  and  new 
subsection  (b)  filed  12-27-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2002  (Regis- 
ter 2001.  No.  52).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69999,  a  Certificate  of 
Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1-1-2003  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Editorial  correction  of  History  3  (Register  2002.  No.  21). 

5.  Ceriificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-27-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
12-18-2002  and  filed  1-29-2003  (Register  2003.  No.  5). 


§  31 004.    Distribution  of  Award. 

(a)  To  request  distribution  of  funds,  an  award  recipient  shall  submit  a 
written  request  that  provides  the  following  information: 

(1)  the  award  recipient's  name  as  it  appears  on  the  annual  account 
statement: 

(2)  the  award  recipient's  account  number; 

(3)  the  award  recipient's  Social  Security  number  or  ta.xpayer  identifi- 
cation number; 

(4)  the  award  recipient's  mailing  address; 

(5)  the  name  and  address  of  the  eligible  educational  institution; 

(6)  the  academic  year  for  which  the  distribution  is  intended; 

(7)  the  amount  of  qualified  higher  education  expenses  to  be  paid  out 
by  the  distribution; 

(b)  The  Scholarshare  Investment  Board  or  its  designee  may  require 
additional  documentation  prior  to  the  distribution  of  funds. 

(c)  A  separate  written  request  must  be  submitted  for  each  distribution. 

(d)  Distributions  shall  be  made  only  to  eligible  educational  institu- 
tions. 

(e)  Award  recipients  shall  provide  a  certification  that  the  distribution 
shall  be  used  for  qualified  higher  education  expenses,  that  no  other  re- 
quest has  been  submitted  previously  for  payment  of  the  referenced  quali- 
fied higher  education  expenses  and  that  any  portion  of  the  distribution 
that  is  refunded  to  the  award  recipient  and  not  used  for  qualified  higher 
education  expenses  shall  be  returned  to  the  Scholarshare  Investment 
Board's  designee  in  the  tax  year  in  which  the  refund  was  received  by  the 
award  recipient. 

(0  Written  requests  for  distributions  shall  be  processed  by  the  Scholar- 
share  Investment  Board's  designee  within  thirty  (30)  days  of  receipt  of 
the  request  or  within  thirty  (30)  days  of  receipt  of  additional  documenta- 
tion requested  by  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board  or  its  designee. 
NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  6998 1(d),  69996(d)  and  69999,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  69996(a),  Education  Code;  and  Sections  529  and  1 17(b),  Inter- 
nal Revenue  Code. 


History 

1 .  New  section  filed  12-1-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  1 2- 1-2()()()  (Register 
2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1-30-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69999  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  1 2-1-2000  order,  includine  amendment  of  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  I  1-30-2001  and  filed  12-21-2001  (RcL'isler  2001. 
No.  51). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsection  (e)  filed  12-27-2001  as  an  emergency;  operative 
1-1-2002  (Register  2001.  No.  52).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  .section  69999, 
a  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1-1-2003  or  emer- 
gency language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  ol  law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Editorial  correction  of  History  3  (Register  2002,  No.  21 ). 

5.  Editorial  conection  of  subsection  (e)  (Register  2(X)3.  No.  5). 

6.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-27-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
12-18-2002  and  filed  1-29-2003  (Register  2003.  No.  5). 

§  31005.     Forfeiture  of  Scholarship  Award. 

(a)  The  following  disqualifying  events,  if  not  disproved,  will  result  in 
forfeiture  by  the  award  recipient  of  the  scholarship  award: 

(1)  the  award  recipient  provided  false  or  misleading  information  in 
claiming  the  scholarship  award; 

(2)  the  award  recipient  was  wrongly  identified  as  receiving  a  scholar- 
ship award; 

(3)  one  or  more  of  the  award  recipient's  test  scores  used  as  the  basis 
for  the  scholarship  award  were  invalidated;  or 

(4)  the  award  recipient  failed  to  provide  the  documentation  referred  to 
in  paragraph  (f)  of  Section  3 1001  of  this  Chapter 

(b)  The  Scholarshare  Investment  Board  shall  provide  the  award  recipi- 
ent with  written  notice  of  the  disqualifying  event  which,  if  not  resolved, 
would  result  in  forfeiture.  The  written  noUce  shall  inform  the  award  re- 
cipient that  he  or  she  has  thirty  (30)  days  from  receipt  of  the  notice  to  re- 
solve the  disqualifying  event  before  a  final  determination  of  forfeiture  is 
made  by  the  Execufive  Director  of  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board 
and  that  funds  will  not  be  distributed  pending  resolution  of  the  disqualify- 
ing event.  If  the  award  recipient  receives  an  unsatisfactory  final  deter- 
mination, the  award  recipient  may  appeal  the  determination  pursuant  to 
section  31007(b).  Such  an  appeal  shall  be  submitted  within  thirty  (30) 
days  of  receipt  of  the  final  determination. 

(c)  After  a  final  determinafion  of  forfeiture  has  been  issued  and  no  ap- 
peal has  been  submitted  or  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board  has 
upheld  the  final  determination,  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board  shall 
direct  its  designee  to  withdraw  the  forfeited  funds  from  the  respective 
qualified  scholarship  account  and  deposit  the  funds  into  a  forfeiture  ac- 
count within  the  Scholarshare  Trust. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981  (d).  69996(d)  and  69999,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Sections  69995(d),  69996(d)  and  69998,  Education  Code;  and  Sec- 
tions 529  and  1 17(b),  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

History 

1.  Newsecuon  filed  12-1-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-1-2000  (Register 
2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1-30-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69999  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-1-2000  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
11-30-2001  and  filed  12-21-2001  (Register  2001,  No.  51). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (b)  and  (c)  filed  12-27-2001  as  an  emergency;  op- 
erafive  1-1-2002  (Register  2001 ,  No.  52).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
69999,  a  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1-1-2(X)3 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 
day. 

4.  Editorial  correction  of  History  3  (Register  2002,  No.  21). 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-27-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
12-18-2002  and  filed  1-29-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  5). 

§31006.     Refunds. 

(a)  If  the  award  recipient  receives  a  refund  of  any  part  of  the  distribu- 
tion from  the  eligible  educafional  institution,  the  award  recipient  shall 
notify  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board's  designee  in  writing  of  such 
amount  and  either  provide  evidence  showing  that  the  refunded  amount 
was  used  for  qualified  higher  education  expenses  or  shall  return  the 
amount  of  the  refund  not  used  for  qualified  higher  education  expenses  to 
the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board's  designee.  The  Scholarshare  Invest- 


Page  220.7 


Register  2(X)3,  No.  49;  12-5-2(X)3 


§  31007 


BARCLAYS  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS 


Title  5 


menl  Board's  designee  shall  deposit  any  returned  refunded  amounts  into 
the  award  recipient's  account  within  the  Scholarshare  Trust. 

(b)  If  the  eligible  educational  institution  refunds  any  part  of  the  award 
recipient's  distribution  to  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board's  designee, 
the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board's  designee  shall  deposit  any  returned 
refunded  amounts  into  the  award  recipient's  account  within  the  Scholar- 
share  Trust. 

(c)  If  a  refund  from  the  eligible  educational  institution  to  the  award  re- 
cipient or  to  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board's  designee  is  based  on 
a  final  determination  pursuant  to  Section  3 1005,  the  Scholarshare  Invest- 
ment Board's  designee  shall  deposit  any  returned  or  refunded  amounts 
into  a  forfeiture  account  within  the  Scholarshare  Trust. 

NOTE:  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981  (d),  69996(d)  and  69999,  Education  Code. 
Reference:  Section  69996(d),  Education  Code;  Sections  529  and  11 7(b),  Internal 
Revenue  Code,  and  26  Code  of  Eederal  Regulations  Section  1.529-2(e)(4)(ii)(d). 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-1-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-1-2000  (Register 
2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1  -30-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69999  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-1-2000  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  11-30-2001  and  filed  12-21-2001  (Register  2001, 
No.  51). 

3.  Redesignation  of  existing  paragraphs  as  subsections  (a)-(c)  filed  12-27-2001 
as  an  emergency;  operative  1-1-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  52).  Pursuant  to 
Education  Code  section  69999,  a  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted 
to  OAL  by  1-1-2003  or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of 
law  on  the  following  day. 

4.  Editorial  correction  of  History  3  (Register  2002,  No.  21 ). 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-27-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
12-18-2002  and  filed  1-29-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  5). 

§  31007.    The  Appeals  Process. 

(a)  In  the  event  that  a  pupil  wishes  to  appeal  an  adverse  decision  re- 
garding the  determination  of  his  or  her  eligibility  to  claim  an  award,  but 
excluding  the  scoring  of  exams,  or  if  a  controversy  arises  out  of  the  ad- 
ministration of  an  award  recipient' s  account,  that  pupil  or  award  recipient 
may  discuss  the  matter  informally  with  the  Scholarshare  Investment 
Board  staff  or  designee.  If  the  dispute  is  not  resolved,  that  pupil  or  award 
recipient  may  appeal  the  adverse  decision.  Such  an  appeal  shall  be  in 
writing,  be  mailed  to  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board,  and  shall  in- 
clude a  signed  and  dated  letter  explaining  the  dispute  and  appropriate 
documentation  to  support  the  pupil's  position.  The  Scholarshare  Invest- 
ment Board  will  mail  a  written  decision  including  the  reason  for  the  deci- 
sion within  thirty  (30)  days  unless  SIB  notifies  the  pupil  or  award  recipi- 
ent of  a  different  timeline. 


(b)  In  the  event  a  pupil  or  award  recipient  is  not  satisfied  with  the  re- 
sulting decision,  he  or  she  may  request  that  the  dispute  be  reviewed  by 
the  Executive  Director  of  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board.  Such  a  re- 
quest shall  be  in  writing  and  shall  be  received  by  the  Executive  Director 
within  thirty  (30)  days  of  receipt  of  the  adverse  decision.  The  Executive 
Director  shall  mail  a  written  decision,  and  the  reasons  therefor,  to  the 
award  recipient  within  thirty  (30)  days  of  the  request  for  the  review  or 
such  period  as  may  be  mutually  acceptable. 

(c)  In  the  event  that  an  award  recipient  wishes  to  appeal  a  final  deter- 
mination by  the  Executive  Director,  the  award  recipient  may  request  that 
the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board  review  the  decision  of  the  Executive 
Director  at  a  regularly  scheduled  meeting.  Such  a  request  shall  be  in  writ- 
ing and  shall  be  received  by  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board  within 
thirty  (30)  days  of  receipt  of  the  adverse  decision  and  at  least  thirty  (30) 
days  in  advance  of  a  scheduled  meeting  of  the  Scholarshare  Investment 
Board.  The  pupil  or  award  recipient  shall  provide  supporting  documenta- 
tion that  would  justify  a  reconsideration  of  the  Executive  Director's  deci- 
sion. The  Scholarshare  Investment  Board  shall  mail  a  written  decision, 
and  the  reasons  therefor,  to  the  pupil  or  award  recipient  within  ninety  (90) 
days  of  the  meeting. 

(d)  The  decision  of  the  Scholarshare  Investment  Board  is  the  final  ad- 
ministrative decision. 

(e)  For  purposes  of  Section  31007,  the  terms  pupil  or  award  recipient 
shall  include  the  pupil's  or  award  recipient's  parent  or  legal  guardian,  if 
applicable. 

NOTE;  Authority  cited:  Sections  69981(d),  69996(d)  and  69999,  Educafion  Code. 
Reference:  Section  69996(d),  Education  Code;  and  Sections  529  and  1 17(b),  Inter- 
nal Revenue  Code. 

History 

1.  New  section  filed  12-1-2000  as  an  emergency;  operative  12-1-2000  (Register 
2000,  No.  48).  A  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by 
1 1  -30-2001  pursuant  to  Education  Code  section  69999  or  emergency  language 
will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following  day. 

2.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-1-2000  order,  including  amendment  of  sec- 
tion, transmitted  to  OAL  11-30-2001  and  filed  12-21-2001  (Register  2001, 

No.  51). 

3.  Amendment  of  subsections  (a)-(c)  filed  12-27-2001  as  an  emergency;  opera- 
tive 1-1-2002  (Register  2001,  No.  52).  Pursuant  to  Education  Code  section 
69999,  a  Certificate  of  Compliance  must  be  transmitted  to  OAL  by  1-1-2003 
or  emergency  language  will  be  repealed  by  operation  of  law  on  the  following 

day. 

4.  Editorial  correction  of  History  3  (Register  2002,  No.  21). 

5.  Certificate  of  Compliance  as  to  12-27-2001  order  transmitted  to  OAL 
12-18-2002  and  filed  1-29-2003  (Register  2003,  No.  5). 


• 


*      *      * 


Page  220.8 


Register  2003,  No.  49;  12-5-2003